Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutRevised Agenda Packet 05112026REVISED A G E N D A MEETING OF THE CITY COUNCIL Monday, May 11, 2026 ~ 7:00 PM City Council Chambers 211 Eighth Street Seal Beach, California LISA LANDAU MAYOR Third District BEN WONG MAYOR PRO TEM Second District   JOE KALMICK COUNCIL MEMBER First District                                                           PATTY SENECAL COUNCIL MEMBER Fourth District     NATHAN STEELE COUNCIL MEMBER Fifth District     This  Agenda  contains  a  brief  general  description  of  each  item  to  be  considered. No  action  or discussion shall be taken on any item not appearing on the agenda, except as otherwise provided by law. Supporting documents, including agenda staff reports, and any public writings distributed by the City to at least a majority of the Council Members regarding any item on this agenda are available on the City’s website at www.sealbeachca.gov.   City  Council  meetings  are  broadcast  live  on  Seal  Beach  TV-3  and  on  the  City's  website (www.sealbeachca.gov). Check  SBTV-3  schedule  for  the  rebroadcast  of  meetings.  The meetings are also available on demand on the City’s website (starting 2012).   In  compliance  with  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act  of  1990, if  you  require  disability  related modifications  or accommodations, including  auxiliary  aids  or  services  to  attend  or  participate  in  the City  Council  meeting, please  call  the  City  Clerk's  office  at  (562) 431-2527  at  least 48 hours prior to the meeting. CALL TO ORDER PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE COUNCIL ROLL CALL PRESENTATIONS / RECOGNITIONS •International Mucopolysaccharidosis (MPS) Awareness Day Proclamation May 15, 2026 •Run Seal Beach 2026 Presentation •Public Works Week Proclamation May 17-23, 2026 •Pathways Presentation •Honoring the United States Submarine Veterans, Inc., Los Angles/Pasadena Base on the Occasion of 66 Years of Service ORAL COMMUNICATIONS At this time members of the public may address the Council regarding any items  within the  subject  matter  jurisdiction  of  the  City  Council. Pursuant  to  the  Brown  Act, the Council  cannot  discuss  or  take  action  on  any  items  not  on  the  agenda  unless authorized  by  law. Matters  not  on  the  agenda  may, at  the  Council's  discretion, be referred to the City Manager and placed on a future agenda.   Those  members  of  the  public  wishing  to  speak  are  asked  to  come  forward  to  the microphone and state their name  for the record. All speakers will be limited to  a period of five (5) minutes. Speakers must address their comments only to the Mayor and entire City Council, and not to any individual, member of the staff or audience. Any documents for  review  should  be  presented  to  the  City  Clerk  for  distribution. Speaker  cards  will  be available  at  the  Clerk’s  desk  for  those  wishing  to  sign  up  to  address  the  Council, although  the  submission  of  a  speaker  card  is  not  required  in  order  to  address  the Council. Supplemental Communication from Council Member Senecal APPROVAL OF AGENDA & WAIVER OF FULL READING OF RESOLUTIONS ORDINANCES By  motion  of the  City  Council  this  is  the time  to notify  the public of  any  changes  to the agenda and /or rearrange the order of the agenda. CITY ATTORNEY REPORT Nicholas Ghirelli, City Attorney    CITY MANAGER REPORT Patrick Gallegos, City Manager    COUNCIL COMMENTS General Council Member comments and reporting pursuant to AB 1234. COUNCIL ITEMS – None CONSENT CALENDAR Items on the consent calendar are considered to be routine and are enacted by a single motion with the exception of items removed by Council Members. A.Approval of the City Council Minutes - That  the  City  Council  approve  the minutes  of  the  Closed  Session  and  Regular  City  Council  meetings  held  on April 27, 2026.   B.Demand on City Treasury (Fiscal Year 2026) - Ratification.   C.Approving and Authorizing Professional Services Agreement with Yunex, LLC for Traffic Signal Maintenance Services - That the City Council adopt  Resolution  7766: 1. Authorizing  the  City  Manager  to  execute  a Professional  Services  Agreement  with  Yunex, LLC, to  provide  Traffic  Signal Maintenance  Services  for  a three  (3) year  term  in  a  not-to-exceed  amount  of $500,000; and, 2. Authorizing  and  directing  the  City  Manager  to  execute  the Agreement; and, 3. Authorizing  the  City  Manager  the  option  to  extend  the Agreement  up to two (2) additional one-year terms after  its original term for a not-to-exceed amount of $166,667 per additional term.   D.Adopt 2026 Pavement Management Plan - That  the  City  Council  approve Resolution 7767 adopting the 2026 Pavement Management Plan Report.   E.Application for Grant Funds for the Orange County Waste & Recycling Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Program - That  the  City Council  adopt  Resolution  7768: 1. Approving  the  joint  application  for  grant funds  related  to  the  Orange  County  Waste  & Recycling  Regional  Recycling and  Edible  Food  Recovery  Program  with  Abound  Food  Care  to  manage  and expand the City’s Edible Food Recovery program, with the City of Seal Beach as  the  lead  agency, and  to  accept  any  funds  awarded  through  the  Program; and, 2. Directing  the  City  Manager, or  designee, to  execute  all  necessary documents  to  apply  for, accept, receive, and  utilize  the  grant  funding  to participate  in  the  grant  program, including  incorporation  in  the  2026-2027 Fiscal Year Budget as a Budget Amendment.   F.Approving and Authorizing the Purchase of Marine Safety Uniforms for Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards - That the  City Council  adopt  Resolution  7769: 1. Authorizing  the  purchase  of  Marine  Safety uniforms  for  Beach  Lifeguards, Pool  Lifeguards, and  Junior  Lifeguards  from Quicksilver  in  the  amount  of  $37,463.00; and, 2. Finding  that, due  to  the circumstances  applicable  to this purchase, dispensing with formal  bidding will reduce  the  net  cost  to  the  City; and, 3. Authorizing  and  directing  the  City Manager  to  approve  a  purchase  order  with  Quicksilver  and  execute  any necessary related documents for the uniform purchase.    G.Authorization to Renew the Contract with Ready Rebound to Support Officer Wellness and Injury Recovery Programs - That  the  City  Council adopt  Resolution  7770: 1. Authorizing  the  Seal  Beach  Police  Department  to renew  a  service  agreement  with  Ready  Rebound  for  specialized  officer wellness  and  recovery  services; and, 2. Allocating  funding  for  the  program’s implementation  from  the  Police  Department  budget. This  contract  will  last  3 years  with  a  not-to-exceed  cost  of $49,320  and  the  option  of  renewal for  two (2) additional years.   H.Awarding and Authorizing Professional Services Agreements with OCY Management, LLC, and Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, to Provide Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities - That  the  City  Council  adopt  Resolution 7771: 1. Approving  and  awarding  a  Professional  Services  Agreement  with OCY  Management, LLC  (OCY  Management) for  a  not-to-exceed  amount  of $180,000  to  provide  transportation  services  for  seniors  and  individuals  with disabilities  for  a  three  (3) year  term; and, 2. Approving  and  awarding  a Professional  Services  Agreement  with  Parking  Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation  Concepts  (Transportation  Concepts), for  a  not-to-exceed amount  of  $724,000  to  provide  transportation  services  for  seniors  and individuals  with  disabilities  for  a  three  (3) year  term; and, 3. Authorizing  and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreements; and, 4. Authorizing the City  Manager  to  approve  options  to  extend  the  term  with  OCY Management, LLC. (OCY  Management) for  two  (2) additional  one-year  terms  after  its original  term  for  an  additional  not-to-exceed  amount  of $60,000  per  one-year term  extension; and, 5. Authorizing  the  City  Manager  to  approve  options  to extend  the  term  with  Parking  Concepts, Inc., dba  Transportation  Concepts (Transportation  Concepts), for  two  (2) additional  one-year  terms  after  its original  term. For  each  extension  period, the  total  compensation  shall  not exceed  the  amount  paid  during  the  preceding  term, adjusted  by  the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI-U) for the Los Angeles- Long  Beach-Anaheim, CA area  for  the month of  March of  the current  year. In no event shall the annual adjustment to the not-to-exceed amount exceed five percent (5%).   ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR   PUBLIC HEARING I.Conduct Public Hearing for 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Water Shortage Contingency Plan - That  the  City Council: 1. Open  and conduct  a public hearing  to  receive  input  regarding  the  2025  Urban Water  Management Plan  and  Water  Shortage  Contingency  Plan; and, 2. Adopt  Resolution  7772 approving the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan; and, 3. Adopt Resolution 7773 approving the 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan.   UNFINISHED / CONTINUED BUSINESS- None NEW BUSINESS J. Street Lighting Assessment District - That  the  City  Council  adopt: 1. Resolution  7774  initiating  the  annual  levy  of  the  street  lighting  assessment; and, 2. Resolution  7775  setting  the  date  for  the  public  hearing  for  June  8, 2026; and, 3. Resolution  7776  approving  the  Engineer's  Report. No  increase in assessments is projected for Fiscal Year 2026-2027.   K.Consideration of Award of Public Works Agreement to Pacific Hydrotech Construction; Authorization to Enter Into a New Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement, and Approval for Budget Amendment BA #26-11-02 for the Lampson Well Treatment System Project, CIP WT1902 - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7777: 1. Approving  the  plans, specifications, and  contract  documents  for  the Lampson Well Treatment System Project, CIP WT1902; and, 2. Sustaining the bid protest of Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro), and rejecting the bid of  apparent  low  bidder, RE  Chaffee  Construction, Inc. (Chaffee), as  non- responsive and non-responsible; and, 3. Awarding a Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro for the Project in the not-to-exceed amount of $6,677,200 and waiving  minor  bid  irregularities  in  the  bid, and  rejecting  all  other  bids; and, 4. Authorizing  the  City  Manager  to  execute  the  Public  Works  Agreement  with Pac  Hydro  for  the  Project; and  authorizing  the  City  Manager  to  approve additional  work  requests  and  construction  support/testing/inspection  services up  to  $670,000  (approximately  10%), in  connection  with  the  Project; and, 5. Authorizing  the  City  Manager  to  approve  off-site  inspection  services  for  work within  the  public  right-of-way  up  to  $30,000, in  connection  with  the  Project; and, 6. Approving  and  Authorizing  the  City  Manager, or  his  designee, to negotiate  a  new  Orange  County  Water  District  Producer  Well  Construction Loan  Agreement  up  to  a  loan  amount  of  $8,100,000; and, 7. Authorizing  the City  Manager, or  his  designee, to  accept  and  expend  the  Orange  County Water  District  Producer  Well  Construction  Loan  Agreement  amount; and, 8. Authorizing a Budget Amendment up to $3,650,000, to reflect the new Orange County  Water District Producer  Well Construction Loan Agreement amount to be negotiated by City Manager, or designee, for CIP WT1902.   ADJOURNMENT Adjourn the City Council in memory of former City Council Member Sandra Massa- Lavitt to Tuesday, May 26, 2026 at 5:30 p.m., to meet in closed session, if deemed necessary. CITY COUNCIL NORMS:                               Adopted on June 12, 2023 •Maintain a citywide perspective, while being mindful of our districts. •Move from I to we, and from campaigning to governing. •Work together as a body, modeling teamwork and civility for our community. •Assume good intent. •Disagree agreeably and professionally.  •Utilize long range plans to provide big picture context that is realistic and achievable. •Stay focused on the topic at hand.  Ensure each member of Council has an opportunity to speak. •Demonstrate respect, consideration, and courtesy to all. •Share information and avoid surprises. •Keep confidential things confidential. •Respect the Council/Manager form of government and the roles of each party. •Communicate concerns about staff to the City Manager; do not criticize staff in public.                                                                                          CIVILITY PRINCIPLES: Treat everyone courteously; Listen to others respectfully; Exercise self-control;  Give open-minded consideration to all viewpoints;  Focus on the issues and avoid personalizing debate; and, Embrace respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights, inherent components of an inclusive public process, and tools for forging sound decisions.  FOLLOW US ON FACEBOOK FOLLOW US ON INSTAGRAM FOLLOW US ON TWITTER/X                                          @CITYOFSEALBEACH                                                             @CITYOFSEALBEACHCA                                    @SEALBEACHCITYCA @SEALBEACHRECREATION&COMMUNITYSERVICES       @SEALBEACH_LIFEGUARD @SEALBEACHPOLICEDEPARTMENT                                    @SEALBEACHPOLICE                                                                                                   @SEALBEACHPUBLICWORKS                                                                                                   @K9YOSA                                                                                                   @K9.SAURUS   City of Seal Beach Seal Beach Police Department Seal Beach VIPs Police Explorers City Residents THANK YOU BACKUP COURSE. FULL SUPPORT. When access to the Navy base changed, Lt. Julia Clasby and Captain Mike Ezroj quickly stepped in to help plan the backup course and support the transition. Special thanks to Cpl. Jacob Otto for serving as incident commander, Chief Henderson for walking the event once again and Mayor Pro Tem Ben Wong for helping start and participate in the race. 67 City staff members, along with family and friends, joined this year’s race — a Run Seal Beach record. 200+ volunteers THANK YOU BECAUSE OF YOU, OUR LITTLE RUN MAKES A BIG IMPACT! thank you, sponsors PLATINUM+ SPONSOR GOLD SPONSORS SILVER SPONSORS CONGRATULATIONS 5K RUN* Matthew Mayhue 16:41 Kaylee Garcia 19:38 10K RUN Andrew Shen 33:03 Katherine Phillips 40:38 *pictured 5K RUN Victor Contreras 16:57 Allison Millar 21:05 10K RUN Kevin Maeda 33:10 Lauren Feldman 43:22 Overall Winners Fastest Residents BY THE NUMBERS 3,800+ registrants from 20 states 872 5K WALKERS 1796 5K RUNNERS 914 10K RUNNERS 250 1K KIDS FUN RUN KIDS FUN RUN & FUN ZONE $104,000 in grants to 52 organizations THANK YOU YOU register. YOU participate. WE give back. $2,300,000 given in cumulative grants Run with us next year! APRIL 10, 2027 Certificate of Recognition Pathways MAY 11, 2026 1 Brandon DeCriscio From:Patrick Gallegos Sent:Monday, May 11, 2026 5:13 PM To:Patrick Gallegos Cc:Gloria Harper; Brandon DeCriscio Subject:RE: Questions for Item K, Lampson Well BCC: CITY COUNCIL Good afternoon, The response to Question #4 was updated (in red). Please see below for your reference. I noticed the scope was expanded to include - instrument and related products manufacturing for measuring, displaying, and controlling industrial. The additional cost was $670K – why was this not included in the first RFP last year? Was this additional work a Butier recommendation? Butier was reviewing to see if any potential money savings – what was the result? Bid Item #34 (furnish & install various diameters electrically actuated isolation/modulating valves, butterfly, and ball valves per plan) – is not new work and was reflected both times the project was advertised for construction bids. It should be noted that Chaffee submitted a bid for $600k under Bid #1, and submitted a bid for $670k under Bid #2. Regarding value engineering measures, a high-level summary of items include: 1. Substitution of underground piping system material with lower cost material and protective coating. 2. Streamlining preconstruction activities to reduce survey visits 3. Allowing precast junction boxes and standardized sizes and lid details 4. Standardized vessel and tank connections details using short spool pieces with grooved or mechanical couplings to reduce field welding and ease of future maintenance 5. Streamlined control panel wiring and conduits 6. Update panel type from NEMA 4x to NEMA 1 since the Programmable Logic Control (PLC) panel will be in an air- conditioned room. 7. Increased construction time for more contractor flexibility 8. Cleaned up the specifications for more clarity While the bid documents with what was believe are cost reductions, staff is unable to provide actual dollar amounts because the bids are still very much dictated by the contractor, their labor costs and sourcing abilities. Thanks, Patrick Gallegos Patrick Gallegos, City Manager 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1308 2 View our: Shoreline RecreaƟon Brochure Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. From: Patrick Gallegos Sent: Monday, May 11, 2026 4:48 PM To: Patrick Gallegos <PGallegos@sealbeachca.gov> Cc: Gloria Harper <gharper@sealbeachca.gov>; Brandon DeCriscio <BDeCriscio@sealbeachca.gov> Subject: Questions for Item K, Lampson Well BCC: CITY COUNCIL Good afternoon, For your reference, Councilmember Senecal submitted the following questions, and City staff responded (in blue). 1) Page 6 of the staff report indicated the updated OCWD loan amount does not include soft cost of the pilot program and design that were already paid ($530,167). Is the full amount of $530,167 deducted from the new loan amount? When was that pilot project and design completed? The design plans were completed around May 2025, and posted for construction bid advertisement in June 2025. Yes, the pilot program and design cost that were already paid for is deducted from the new loan amount, which is now $8.1M. 2) The construction support services of Butier started Q4 2025 and I recall seeing some warrants paid. What have we paid to Pace and Butier at this point in time? Are the Pace and Butier cost that we have paid excluded from the $8.1 loan? The delta between the estimated CIP project cost and undated loan (page 6) is $496,959. The PACE (Construction Engineering) and Butier (Construction Management) costs will be part of the $8.1M proposed OCWD Producer’s loan. The PACE design cost is NOT part of the $8.1M loan. Butier’s expenditure to date is: $5,756 PACE’s expenditure to date is: $362,737 since 2021 (post-Incode implementation). A further breakdown may be provided through data via Springbrook (prior ERP system), which will require more time to acquire. 3) Butier was performing a constructability review. Please forward a copy of the final report. Should this be posted for public review? While documents like this are not generally posted on the City’s website, it is available through a Public Records Act Request should a member of the public want a copy. (see attached for copy of value engineering log) 3 4) I noticed the scope was expanded to include - instrument and related products manufacturing for measuring, displaying, and controlling industrial. The additional cost was $670K – why was this not included in the first RFP last year? Was this additional work a Butier recommendation? Butier was reviewing to see if any potential money savings – what was the result? Staff is requesting the origin regarding the instrumentation and the additional cost of $670k question, as we cannot identify an item that correlates to the inquiry. Regarding value engineering measures, a high-level summary of items include: 1. Substitution of underground piping system material with lower cost material and protective coating. 2. Streamlining preconstruction activities to reduce survey visits 3. Allowing precast junction boxes and standardized sizes and lid details 4. Standardized vessel and tank connections details using short spool pieces with grooved or mechanical couplings to reduce field welding and ease of future maintenance 5. Streamlined control panel wiring and conduits 6. Update panel type from NEMA 4x to NEMA 1 since the Programmable Logic Control (PLC) panel will be in an air- conditioned room. 7. Increased construction time for more contractor flexibility 8. Cleaned up the specifications for more clarity While the bid documents with what was believe are cost reductions, staff is unable to provide actual dollar amounts because the bids are still very much dictated by the contractor, their labor costs and sourcing abilities. 5) The terms of the new loan were not included in the materials. What are the terms? What is the interest rate and pre-payment penalties? What happens if the project is under budget and we do not need the full loan amount? Any reset to the terms if rates drop? What is the debt cost to the city until the loan is paid back? Can you estimate the cost for 15 years to repay the loan? Given the City’s inability to timely proceed with the project, OCWD has requested that an amendment be renegotiated upon the City’s official confirmation that the project will proceed. Attached is the current OCWD Loan agreement at $4.45M, noting the following key points. 1. There are no prepayment penalties. 2. Interest is at 3.336% for 20 years (fixed). Total interest payment would be: $1,719,570.93. Annual payments would be: $308,478.55. 3. The 20-year term is set by OCWD; however, the City may opt to pre-pay, if desired. 4. Loan disbursements are based off the amount the City submits for disbursements. If the total project amount comes in less, the disbursement amount would be reflected accordingly. 6) Does the Director of Finance review the loan terms and provide a recommendation? What is our internal control process to analyze terms, repayment, reserves, and long-term liabilities before we take on loans? I assume this is a finance function. Yes – this is a Finance function. The OCWD has not submitted the new loan terms and it will be reviewed by Finance and our municipal advisor (Fieldman and Rollapp) when received. 7) What is Pac Hydro’s expiration date of the winning bid? 4 The WT1902 construction bids were opened on March 31, 2026. Accordingly, the bids would expire 60 days thereafter – May 30, 2026 Thanks, Patrick Gallegos Patrick Gallegos, City Manager 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1308 View our: Shoreline RecreaƟon Brochure Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. Agenda Item A AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk SUBJECT:Approval of the City Council Minutes ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council approve the minutes of the Closed Session and Regular City Council meetings held on April 27, 2026. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: This section does not apply. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: No legal analysis is required for this item. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There is no financial impact for this item. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council approve the minutes of the Closed Session and Regular City Council meetings held on April 27, 2026. Page 2 2 2 6 8 SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Gloria D. Harper Patrick Gallegos Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: Brandon DeCriscio, Deputy City Clerk ATTACHMENTS: A. Minutes - Closed Session, April 27, 2026 B. Minutes - Regular Session, April 27, 2026 1 0 7 6 9 Seal Beach, California April 27, 2026 The City Council met in Closed Session at 5:30 p.m. in the City Hall Conference Room. ROLL CALL Present: Mayor Landau Council Members: Kalmick, Wong, Senecal, Steele Absent: None City Staff: Nicholas R. Ghirelli, City Attorney Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk ORAL COMMUNICATIONS Mayor Landau opened oral communications. Speakers: None. Mayor Landau closed oral communications. CLOSED SESSION A. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL – ANTICIPATED LITIGATION Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(2) – One potential (1) case involving a threat of litigation regarding a proposed development at 4665 Lampson Avenue, Los Alamitos, CA. A record of the threats of litigation is available for inspection in the City Clerk’s office. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Landau adjourned the Closed Session meeting at 6:59 p.m. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk City of Seal Beach Approved: Lisa Landau, Mayor 1 0 7 6 9 Attested: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Seal Beach, California April 27, 2026 The City Council met in Regular Session at 7:00 p.m. in the City Council Chambers. Council Member Senecal led the Pledge of Allegiance. ROLL CALL Present: Mayor Landau Council Members: Kalmick, Wong, Senecal, Steele Absent: None City Staff: Nicholas R. Ghirelli, City Attorney Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Michael Henderson, Police Chief Barbara Arenado, Director of Finance Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Shaun Temple, Director of Community Development Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Kyle Cain, Orange County Fire Authority Captain Nick Nicholas, Police Captain Mike Ezroj, Police Captain Tim Kelsey, Recreation Manager Michael Peterman, Human Resources Manager Sara Holm, Executive Assistant Jennifer Robles, Management Analyst David Spitz, Associate Engineer Brandon DeCriscio, Deputy City Clerk Sean Sabo, Management Analyst Janet Barcelo, Office Specialist PRESENTATIONS / RECOGNITIONS Recognition of Golden Age Foundation President Anna Derby 57th Annual Professional Municipal Clerks Week Proclamation May 3-9, 2026 American Red Cross Sound the Alarm Initiative SMART Goals Update Arbor Day Proclamation – April 30, 2026 Recognition of Management Analyst Sean Sabo ORAL COMMUNICATIONS Mayor Landau opened oral communications. Speakers: Heather Altman, Roger Noor, Chad Berlinghieri, James Jensen, Frank Carvajal, and Ken Seiff, addressed the City 1 0 7 7 0 Council. Mayor Landau closed oral communications. Six (6) Supplemental Communications were received after posting the agenda; they were distributed to the City Council and made available to the public. APPROVAL OF AGENDA & WAIVER OF FULL READING OF RESOLUTIONS AND ORDINANCES Mayor Landau announced that item F was removed from the agenda and would not be considered. Mayor Landau moved, second by Council Member Senecal, to approve the agenda. AYES: Kalmick, Senecal, Steele, Wong, Landau NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried CITY ATTORNEY REPORT City Attorney Ghirelli reported that the City Council met in Closed Session regarding the three (3) items on the posted agenda. All five (5) Council Members were present. On item A, the City Council authorized the City Manager to enter into a settlement agreement with six (6) unnamed opioid pharmaceutical manufacturers. The vote for the item was 5-0. CITY MANAGER REPORT City Manager Gallegos reported his attendance at the Seal Beach Police Department Active Shooter Tabletop Exercise, the Arbor Day Tree Planting Ceremony, the Chamber of Commerce meeting, and the Seal Beach Classic Car Show. Additionally, City Manager Gallegos announced that the annual Seal Beach Dump Day is scheduled for Saturday, May 2, 2026, at 1776 Adolfo Lopez Drive from 8:00 a.m.- 11:00a.m. or until capacity is reached. COUNCIL COMMENTS Council Member Steele reported his attendance at the West Orange County Water Board meeting, the Seal Beach Police Department Active Shooter Tabletop Exercise, the League of California Cities Advocacy Trip, and the Seal Beach Classic Car Show. 1 0 7 7 0 Council Member Kalmick reported his attendance at the Orange County Council of Governments (OC-COG) meeting, the Arbor Day Tree Planting Ceremony, and the Seal Beach Police Department Active Shooter Tabletop Exercise. He invited the City Council and the public to the Los Cerritos Wetlands Authority Mixer on Wednesday, May 13, 2026, at 6:30 p.m., located at 140 Main Street. Additionally, Council Member Kalmick encouraged the public to visit the Seal Beach Farmers Market. Finally, he reported his upcoming attendance at the San Gabriel River Trash Mitigation Initiative Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) Signing Ceremony on May 13, 2026, from 9:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m. Council Member Senecal reported her attendance at the Seal Beach Police Department Active Shooter Tabletop Exercise, the Citizen-Council Olympic Advisory Ad Hoc Committee meeting and the League of California Cities Advocacy Trip. Mayor Pro Tem Wong reported his attendance at the Realty Investment Association of California (RIAOC) luncheon, the Seal Beach Classic Car Show Kick-Off Party, the McGaugh Elementary School Flag Day Ceremony, the Seal Beach Classic Car Show, and the Citizen-Council Olympic Advisory Ad-Hoc Committee meeting. Additionally, Mayor Pro Tem Wong congratulated Anna Derby on being recognized as a Woman of Distinction by Orange County District 1 Supervisor Nguyen. Mayor Landau announced her attendance at the McGaugh Elementary School Flag Day Ceremony, the Citizen-Council Olympic Advisory Ad Hoc Committee meeting, and the Seal Beach Classic Car Show. She thanked the sponsors for their donations to the Seal Beach Classic Car Show. COUNCIL ITEMS There were no Council Items. CONSENT CALENDAR Mayor Pro Tem Wong moved, second by Council Member Senecal to approve the recommended actions on the consent calendar with the exception of Item F. A. Approval of the City Council Minutes - That the City Council approve the minutes of the Capital Improvement Program Budget Study Session, Closed Session and Regular City Council meetings held on April 13, 2026. B. Demand on City Treasury (Fiscal Year 2025) - Ratification. C. Monthly Investment Report (April 27, 2026) - Receive and file. 1 0 7 7 0 D. Report of City Manager and Department Heads Authorized Contracts - That the City Council receive and file the report. E. City Council Appointment - It is at the request of Council Member Kalmick that the City Council appoint Sherri Drum to the Citizen-Council Olympic Advisory Ad Hoc Committee. F. Second Reading and Adoption of Ordinance 1726 Regarding City Parking Regulations - That the City Council conduct a second reading, by title only, and adopt Ordinance 1726 titled, “An Ordinance of the City Of Seal Beach Amending Certain Sections of Chapter 8.15 (Stopping, Standing and Parking) of the Seal Beach Municipal Code to Modernize Paid Parking Provisions, Establish a Residential Parking Permit Program Framework, Clarify Curb-Use Regulations Including Daylighting Near Crosswalks, and Make Other Technical Revisions.” G. Professional Services Agreement with Transtech Engineers, Inc. - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7758: 1. Approving the Professional Services Agreement with Transtech Engineers, Inc. for $472,000 in Building Division staffing services and 65 percent of designated plan check fees for building plan check services; and, 2. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the Agreement. H. Professional Services Agreement with Infinity Technologies - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7759: 1. Approving the Professional Services Agreement with Infinity Technologies for ongoing GIS support services for a two- year term in the not-to-exceed amount of $72,000; and, 2. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the Agreement with Infinity Technologies on behalf of the City. I. Agreement with Municipal Water District of Orange County for Water Loss Control Shared Services Participation - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7760 authorizing the City Manager to execute the Water Loss Control Participation Agreement with the Municipal Water District of Orange County. J. Awarding and Authorizing a Professional Service Agreement with Environmental Compliance Inspection Services for Fats, Oils and Grease Inspection Services - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7761: 1. Approving and awarding a professional services agreement with Environmental Compliance Inspection Services in the amount of $52,575 to provide Fats, Oils and Grease Inspection Services for the original three (3) years in a not-to-exceed amount of $52,575; and, 2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreement; and, 3. Authorizing the City Manager the option to extend the Agreement up to two (2) additional one-year terms after its original term for a not- to-exceed amount of $17,525 per additional term. K. Approving and Authorizing the Purchase of a Mechanical Beach Cleaner for Coastal Grooming and Beach Maintenance, and Budget Amendment BA #26-10- 1 0 7 7 0 02 - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7762: 1. Authorizing the purchase of one (1) Barber Surf Rake for coastal grooming and beach maintenance in the not- to-exceed amount of $90,171.25; and, 2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to approve a purchase order and any necessary related documents for the coastal grooming equipment purchase; and, 3. Approving Budget Amendment BA #26-10-02 in the amount of $90,171.25; and, 4. Authorizing the City Manager to surplus existing equipment upon the completion of the new equipment purchase. L. Approving and Authorizing the Purchase of Three (3) Portable Standalone Pumps for Emergency Storm Event Response and Sewer Bypass Operation - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7763: 1. Finding that the purchase of three (3) portable standalone pumps from the Charles King Company for emergency storm event response and sewer bypass operation may proceed without satisfaction of the formal bid requirements due to the circumstances applicable to the need for the purchase of the pumps during this fiscal year and to ensure immediate full operational readiness while mitigating further unnecessary rental fees, and therefore the net cost to the City will be reduced by dispensing with bidding; and, 2. Authorizing the purchase of two (2) portable standalone pumps dedicated to storm event response, and (1) portable standalone pump for sewer bypass operation, for a total of three (3) standalone pumps from the Charles King Company in the amount of $245,722.62, and rejecting all other quotes; and, 3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to approve purchase orders and any necessary related documents for the portable pump purchases. M. Homeland Security Grant Program Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for Fiscal Year 2023 - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7764: 1. Approving the Agreement to Transfer Property or Funds for Fiscal Year 2023 Homeland Security Grant Program Purposes; and, 2. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the agreement and any related documents on the City’s behalf that are necessary for the transfer of property or funds under the Fiscal Year 2023 Homeland Security Grant Program. N. Amendment 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with ClientFirst Technology Consulting - That the City Council adopt Resolution 7765: 1. Approving Amendment 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with ClientFirst Technology Consulting, for a 12-month extension to expire on June 30, 2027; and, 2. Directing the City Manager to execute Amendment 1 on behalf of the City. The vote below is for the Consent Calendar Items with the exception of Item F. AYES: Kalmick, Senecal, Steele, Wong, Landau NOES: None ABSENT: None ABSTAIN: None Motion carried 1 0 7 7 0 ITEMS REMOVED FROM THE CONSENT CALENDAR F. Second Reading and Adoption of Ordinance 1726 Regarding City Parking Regulations - That the City Council conduct a second reading, by title only, and adopt Ordinance 1726 titled, “An Ordinance of the City Of Seal Beach Amending Certain Sections of Chapter 8.15 (Stopping, Standing and Parking) of the Seal Beach Municipal Code to Modernize Paid Parking Provisions, Establish a Residential Parking Permit Program Framework, Clarify Curb-Use Regulations Including Daylighting Near Crosswalks, and Make Other Technical Revisions.” This item was not considered. PUBLIC HEARING There was no public hearing. UNFINISHED/CONTINUED BUSINESS There was no unfinished/continued business. NEW BUSINESS There was no new business. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Landau adjourned the City Council at 8:24 p.m. to Monday, May 11, 2026, at 5:30 p.m. to meet in closed session, if deemed necessary. __________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk City of Seal Beach Approved:___________________________ Lisa Landau, Mayor Attested:____________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Iris Lee, Director of Public Works SUBJECT:Approving and Authorizing Professional Services Agreement with Yunex, LLC for Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7766: 1. Authorizing the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement with Yunex, LLC, to provide Traffic Signal Maintenance Services for a three (3) year term in a not-to-exceed amount of $500,000; and, 2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreement; and, 3. Authorizing the City Manager the option to extend the Agreement up to two (2) additional one-year terms after its original term for a not-to-exceed amount of $166,667 per additional term. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The City of Seal Beach owns and maintains twenty-three (23) traffic signals and four (4) flashing beacons. This does not include the eight (8) Caltrans-owned signals along Pacific Coast Highway and the I-405 ramps. Maintenance associated with these traffic signals would include a broad range of services, such as routine inspection of traffic signal and operations equipment, emergency and non-emergency repairs, new equipment and software upgrades. As the City has exercised the maximum term extension contract option with the City’s existing Traffic Signal Maintenance Contractor, Yunex LLC, a request for proposal (RFP) was prepared to solicit Traffic Signal Maintenance Services proposals utilizing PlanetBids on March 11, 2026. On March 25, 2026, three (3) proposals were received. The evaluation panel comprised of Public Works staff who rated the proposals based on their overall 2 2 8 4 qualifications, relevant firm experience, availability, familiarity with the City’s policies, understanding and approach, fee and cost proposals. Based on these factors, Yunex, LLC (Yunex) was determined to be the most qualified firm. Yunex brings strong regional experience and familiarity with the City. The firm provides traffic signal services to over 155 agencies statewide, including nearby cities such as Irvine, Garden Grove, and Newport Beach. Their Anaheim office allows for quick response times, and their prior work with the City for over 15 years means they are already familiar with local systems and expectations, reducing startup time. Yunex also has the staff and equipment needed to maintain the City’s range of traffic signal infrastructure. The annual cost of $166,667 is based on $27,900 allotted to routine maintenance. In addition to routine maintenance, the contract covers an allowance of $138,767 for emergency and non-routine repairs for less predictable but critical work such as signal outages, damaged equipment (signal heads, controllers, wiring, and detection systems), and underground or overhead repairs. It also reflects anticipated coordination with Capital Improvement Program (CIP) projects and coordination with interagency work. The contract term is three (3) years and the City will have the option to extend the contract for up to two (2) additional one-year terms after the original term. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: This Agreement complies with all requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is categorically exempt under Section 15301, Class 1. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the resolution and agreement as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The contract has two components – (1) Routine Maintenance, and (2) Extraordinary Maintenance. Routine Maintenance generally comprises regular inspection and adjustments of the traffic signal system. Routine Maintenance is estimated to be $27,900 per year. Extraordinary Maintenance generally includes emergency/non-emergency traffic signal repairs. As the number of repairs is generally unpredictable, and based on the current fiscal year’s completed work, Staff recommends allocating $138,767 per year for extraordinary maintenance. The total contract amount will be $500,000 for the original three-year term, approximately $166,667 per year. The Traffic Signal Maintenance Services contract is budgeted in the Fiscal Year 2026-2027 General Fund Street 2 2 8 4 Maintenance Account and CIP O-ST-6. Funds for the Fiscal Year 2027-2028 expenditure will be included in the proposed Fiscal Year 2027-2028 budget. Each additional one-year extension will increase the compensation by $166,667 and will be budgeted in future fiscal years. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7766: 1. Authorizing the City Manager to execute a Professional Services Agreement with Yunex, LLC, to provide Traffic Signal Maintenance Services for a three (3) year term in a not-to-exceed amount of $500,000; and, 2. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreement; and, 3. Authorizing the City Manager the option to extend the Agreement up to two (2) additional one-year terms after its original term for a not-to-exceed amount of $166,667 per additional term. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Iris Lee Patrick Gallegos Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: Wendy Ha, Assistant Engineer ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7766 B. Professional Services Agreement with Yunex, LLC RESOLUTION 7766 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL APPROVING A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH YUNEX, LLC FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL MAINTENANCE SERVICES WHEREAS, the City owns and maintains twenty-three (23) traffic signals and four (4) flashing beacons; and, WHEREAS, maintenance associated with these traffic signals would include routine inspection of traffic signal and operations equipment, emergency and non- emergency repairs, new equipment and software upgrades; and, WHEREAS, the City has exercised the maximum term extension contract option with the City’s existing Traffic Signal Maintenance Contractor, Yunex, LLC (Yunex); and, WHEREAS, on March 11, the City issued a Request for Proposals to solicit for Traffic Signal Maintenance Services; and, WHEREAS, on March 25, the City received three (3) proposals; and, WHEREAS, the evaluation panel comprised of Public Works staff who rated the proposals based on their overall qualifications, relevant firm experience, availability, familiarity with the City’s policies, understanding and approach, fee and cost proposals, amongst other factors; and, WHEREAS, based on the aforementioned factors, Yunex was deemed the most qualified contractor to execute the scope. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine and order as follows: Section 1. The City Council hereby awards a Professional Services Agreement (Agreement) to Yunex, LLC for Traffic Signal Maintenance Services in a not-to-exceed amount of $500,000 for a three (3) year term. Section 2. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to execute the Agreement. Section 3. The City Council hereby approves the City Manager, or his designee, to extend the Agreement with Yunex, LLC for up to two (2) additional one-year terms, at his discretion, in a not-to-exceed amount of $166,667 for each one-year term extension. 1 1 1 1 5 PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7766 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT for Traffic Signal Maintenance Services between City of Seal Beach 211 - 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 & Yunex, LLC 1026 E. Lacy Ave. Anaheim, CA, 92805 (800) 229-6090 July 1, 2026 (the Yunex, LLC Contractor a Limited liability company 2 of 23 RECITALS A. City desires certain professional services. B. Pursuant to the authority provided by its City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code § 3.20.025(C), City issued a Request for Proposals on March 04, 2026, for the Traffic Signal Maintenance Services and as further defined and described with specificity in Section 1.0 of this Agreement. Contractor submitted a proposal dated March 25, 2026 to perform the professional services defined and described in Section 1.0 of this Agreement. C. Consultant represents that the principal members of its firm are licensed and registered professional Traffic Signal Maintenance Services: (DIR Registration #1000815000 and/or California licensed A & C-10 contractor (CA License #1080007)) and are fully qualified to perform the professional services contemplated by this Agreement by virtue of its experience, and the training, education and expertise of its principals and employees. D. City desires to retain Contractor as an independent contractor and Contractor desires to serve City to perform those professional services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Parties' performance of the promises, covenants, and conditions stated herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows. AGREEMENT 1.0 Scope of Services 1.1. Contractor Services. In compliance with all terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall provide those professional services (collectively Request for Proposals or other , attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference, and Contractor attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by this reference, satisfaction. 1.2. Agreement Documents; Order of Precedence. 1.2.1. The Agreement Documents include this Agreement itself, and all of the following: (i) the RFP, including all standards, appendices and exhibits attached thereto or referenced therein (Exhibit A); and (ii) the Proposal (Exhibit B); and iii) Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements (Exhibit C); all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 3 of 23 1.2.2. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Agreement and any Exhibit or incorporated documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows: (i) this Agreement; and then (ii) Exhibit C (Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements); and then (iii) Exhibit A (the RFP); and then (iv) Exhibit B (the Proposal), shall control. In the event there is any conflict between the Agreement, on the one hand, and Exhibits A, B, C on the other hand, the Agreement shall control. 1.3. Standard of Care. As a material inducement to City to enter into this Agreement, Contractor hereby represents that it has the experience necessary to undertake the Services to be provided. In light of such status and experience, Contractor hereby covenants that it shall follow the customary professional standards in performing all Services. City relies upon the skill of Contractor, and Contractor and professional manner, and Contractor and Contractor Services in such manner. Contractor shall, at all times, meet or exceed any and all applicable professional standards of care generally exercised by like professionals under similar circumstances and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to City. The acceptance of Contractor City shall not operate as a release of Contractor from such standard of care and workmanship. 1.4. Familiarity with Services. By executing this Agreement, Contractor represents that, to the extent required by the standard of practice, Contractor (i) has investigated and considered the scope and level of services to be performed, (ii) has carefully considered how the Services should be performed, and (iii) understands the facilities, difficulties and restrictions attending performance of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor represents that Contractor, to the extent required by the standard of practice, has investigated any areas of work, as applicable, and is reasonably acquainted with the conditions therein. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions, which will materially affect the performance of services, Contractor shall immediately inform City of such fact and shall not proceed except at Contractor 1.5. Compliance with Laws. In performing this Agreement, Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. 1.6. Additional Services. Contractor will not be compensated for any work performed not specified in the Scope of Services unless City authorizes such work in advance and in writing. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the City Council as specified in Subsections 3.1 and 3.2. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior City Council authorization. 4 of 23 2.0 Term 2.1. Original Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) Years Original June 30, 2029, unless sooner terminated or extended as provided by this Agreement. 2.2. Extensions. City, at its sole option, may elect to extend the Original Term of this Agreement, upon the same terms and conditions, for up to two (2) Contractor at least one month prior to the expiration of an existing term. If timely elected by City, the first extension shall have a term extending from July 1, 2029 through and including June 30, 2030 unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to this Agreement. If timely elected by City, the second extension shall be from July 1, 2030 through and including June 30, 2031 unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Agreement. Any extension shall not be effective except upon execution of a written amendment to this Agreement signed by the City Manager and Contractor authorized representatives. 3.0 Contractor 3.1. Original Term. In consideration of Contractor Services described in Section 1.0, City will pay Contractor in accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B for the Services but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $300,000 (three hundred thousand dollars) for the Original Term. Payment for any additional work authorized by City pursuant to Subsection 1.6 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B, and shall not exceed the cumulative amount established by the City Council at the time of award for the Original Term. 3.2. Extensions. In the event that City elects to extend the Original Term in accordance with Subsection 2.2 of this Agreement, and in consideration of Contractor rvices set forth in Section 1.0, City will pay Contractor in accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B for Services but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) for each extension. Payment for any additional work authorized by City for each extension pursuant to Subsection 1.6 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B, and shall not exceed the cumulative amount established by the City Council at the time of award for each extension. 4.0 Method of Payment Contractor shall submit to City monthly invoices for all Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Such invoices shall be submitted within 15 days of 5 of 23 the end of the month during which the Services were rendered and shall describe in detail the Services rendered during the period, the days worked, number of hours worked, the hourly rates charged, and the Services performed for each day in the period. City will pay Contractor within 30 days of receiving Contractor and other required taxes, or other authorized deductions from payments made to Contractor. 5.0 Termination 5.1. Termination by City. 5.1.1. This Agreement may be terminated by City, without cause, upon giving Contractor written notice thereof not less than 30 days prior to the date of termination. 5.1.2. notice to Contractor if Contractor fails to provide satisfactory evidence of renewal or replacement of comprehensive general liability insurance as required by this Agreement at least 20 days before the expiration date of the previous policy. 5.2. Termination by Contractor. This Agreement may be terminated by Contractor based on reasonable cause, by serving written notice of termination to City, provided that Contractor has first served City with a written notice of default and demand to cure, and City has failed to cure such default within 30 days of receipt of such notice. 5.3. Obligations Upon Termination. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of termination, Contractor shall cease all work under this Agreement immediately upon the effective termination date as set forth in the notice of termination. Upon termination, City shall be immediately given title to and possession of all Work Product (as defined in Subsection 11.1 of this Agreement) and all other documents, writings, and/or deliverables produced or developed pursuant to this Agreement. Provided that Contractor is not then in breach, City shall pay Contractor all undisputed amounts for any portion of the Services satisfactorily completed prior to termination, based on the reasonable value of the Services rendered. If said termination occurs prior to completion of any specific task for which a payment request has not been received, the charge for Services performed shall be the reasonable value of such Services, based on an amount agreed to by City and Contractor. City shall not be liable for any costs other than the charges or portions thereof which are specified herein. In no event shall Contractor be entitled to payment for unperformed services or services within the Scope of Services performed prior to the effective date of this Agreement; and Contractor shall not be entitled to receive more than the amount that would be paid to Contractor for the full performance of the Services up to date of termination. Contractor shall have no other claim against City by reason of such termination, including any claim for compensation or damages. 6 of 23 6.0 Party Representatives 6.1. The City Manager is City Agreement. 6.2. Michael J. Hutchens is the Contractor's primary representative for purposes of this Agreement. Michael J. Hutchens shall be responsible during the term of this Agreement for directing all activities of Contractor and devoting sufficient time to personally supervise the Services hereunder. Contractor may not change its representative without the prior written approval of City, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 7.0 Notices 7.1. All notices permitted or required under this Agreement shall be deemed made when personally delivered or when mailed 48 hours after deposit in the United States Mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to the party at the following addresses: To City: City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 Attn: City Manager To Contractor: Yunex, LLC 1026 E. Lacy Ave. Anaheim, CA, 92805 Attn: Michael J. Hutchens 7.2. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service. 8.0 Permits and Licenses Contractor and all of Contractor shall obtain and maintain during the Agreement term all necessary licenses, registrations, permits and certificates required by law for the provision of the Services under this Agreement, including a business license as required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code. 9.0 Independent Contractor 9.1. Contractor is an independent contractor and not an employee of City. All work or other Services provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed by Contractor or by Contractor personnel under 7 of 23 Contractor supervision. Contractor will determine the means, methods, and details by which Contractor employees and other personnel will perform the Services. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the satisfactory work performance of all personnel engaged in performing the Services and compliance with the customary professional standards. 9.2. All of Contractor personnel performing any of the Services under this Agreement on behalf of Contractor shall also not be employees of City and shall at all times be under Contractor's exclusive direction and control. Contractor and Contractor Contractor personnel. Contractor badge, identification number, or other information identifying such individual as an employee of City; and Contractor -mail address or City telephone number in the performance of any of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and expense such vehicles, equipment and supplies as Contractor require to perform any of the Services required by this Agreement. Contractor shall perform all Services off of City premises at locations of Contractor except (i) as otherwise required for the performance of Services on City real property, facilities, vehicles or equipment; (ii) as otherwise may from time to time be necessary in order for Contractor review plans on file at City, pick up or deliver any work product related to Contractor any Services under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be necessary to inspect or visit City locations and/or private property to perform such Services. City may make a computer available to Contractor from time to time for Contractor to obtain information about or to check on the status of projects pertaining to the Services under this Agreement. 9.3. In addition to all other provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall be responsible for and pay all wages, salaries, benefits and other amounts due to Contractor personnel in connection with their performance of any Services under this Agreement and as required by law. Contractor shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to: Social Security taxes, other retirement or pension benefits, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance. Notwithstanding any other agency, State, or federal policy, rule, regulation, statute or ordinance to the contrary, Contractor and any of its officers, employees, agents, servants, and subcontractors providing any of the Services under this Agreement shall not become entitled to, and hereby waive any claims to, any wages, salaries, compensation, benefit or any incident of employment by City, including but not limited to, eligibility to enroll in, or reinstate to membership in, the California Public Employees Retirement System as an employee of City, and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by City for employer contributions or employee contributions for PERS benefits. 8 of 23 9.4. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from, caused by, or relating to Contractor practices. or to the extent arising from, caused by or relating to the violation of any of the provisions of this Section 9.0. In addition to all other remedies available under law, City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under this Agreement any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section. This duty of indemnification is in addition to Contractor harmless as set forth in any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 10.0 PERS Compliance and Indemnification 10.1. General Requirements. The Parties acknowledge that City is a local agency member of PERS, and as such has certain pension reporting and contribution obligations to PERS on behalf of qualifying employees. Contractor agrees that, in providing its employees and any other personnel to City to perform any work or other Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall , commencing at Government Code § 20000, as amended by the Public the regulations of PERS, as amended from time to time. Without limitation to the foregoing, Contractor shall assure compliance with regard to personnel who have active or inactive membership in PERS and to those who are retired annuitants and in performing this Agreement shall not assign or utilize any of its personnel in a manner that will cause City to be in violation of the PERL, PEPRA or any other applicable retirement laws and regulations. 10.2. Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from, caused by, or relating to Contractor provisions of this Section 10.0. This duty of indemnification is in addition to Contractor other provision of this Agreement. Contractor covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 9 of 23 11.0 Ownership of Work Product 11.1. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, all field notes and other notes, draft and final reports, drawings, specifications, data, surveys, studies, plans, maps, models, photographs, images, ideas, concepts, designs including but not limited to website designs, source code, object code, computer files, electronic data and/or electronic files, other media of any kind whatsoever, and any other documents and written material of any kind, created, developed, or used by Contractor completion of, or in the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, all Work Product and any and all intellectual property rights arising from their creation, including, but not limited to, all copyrights and other proprietary rights, shall be and remain the property of City without restriction or limitation upon their use, duplication or dissemination by City upon final payment being made in accordance with Subsection 5.3, and may be used, reused or otherwise disposed of by City for any purpose without Contractor reuse or modification of the Work Product by City for any purpose other than the purpose for which the Work Product was prepared or provided under this . Contractor shall not obtain or attempt to obtain copyright protection as to any of the Work Product. 11.2. Contractor hereby assigns to City all ownership and any and all intellectual property rights to the Work Product that are not otherwise vested in City pursuant to Subsection 11.1. 11.3. Contractor warrants and represents that it has secured all necessary licenses, consents or approvals to use any instrumentality, thing or component as to which any intellectual property right exists, including computer software, used in the rendering of the Services and the production of all Work Product produced under this Agreement, and that City has full legal title to and the right to reproduce the Work Product for any purpose. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, attorneys, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, harmless from any loss, claim violates federal, state or local laws, or any contractual provisions, or any laws relating to trade names, licenses, franchises, copyrights, patents or other means of protecting intellectual property rights and/or interests in products or inventions. Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the use of patented, copyrighted, trade secret or trademarked documents, materials, equipment, devices or processes in connection with its provision of the Services and Work Product produced under this Agreement. In the event the use of any of the Work Product or other deliverables hereunder by City is held to constitute an infringement and the use of any of the same is enjoined, Contractor, at its expense, shall: (i) secure for City the right to continue using the Work Product and other 10 of 23 deliverables by suspension of any injunction, or by procuring a license or licenses for City; or (ii) modify the Work Product and other deliverables so that they become non-infringing while remaining in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement. Contractor covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 11.4. Upon expiration or termination of the Agreement, Contractor shall deliver to City all Work Product and other deliverables related to any Services performed pursuant to this Agreement without additional cost or expense to City. If Contractor prepares a document on a computer, Contractor shall provide City with said document both in a printed format and in an electronic format that is acceptable to City. 12.0 Confidentiality 12.1. Contractor may have access to financial, accounting, statistical, and personnel data of individuals and City employees, trade secrets, and/or other information that may be protected under other applicable laws relating to privacy, confidentiality and/or privilege. Contractor covenants that all Work Product (as defined in Subsection 11.1) and/or any other data, documents, writings, discussion or other information created, developed, received or provided by Contractor for performance of this Agreement are confidential unless such information is in the public domain or already known to Contractor. Contractor shall not release or disclose any such Work Product or other data, documents, writings, discussion or other information to persons or entities other than City without prior written authorization by City. City shall grant such authorization if applicable law requires disclosure. Contractor, its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, employees, agents, servants, and/or subcontractors shall not without written authorization from the City Manager or unless requested in writing by the City Attorney, voluntarily provide declarations, letters of support, testimony at depositions, response to interrogatories or other information concerning the Services performed under this Agreement or relating to any project or property located within the geographical boundaries of City. Response to a subpoena or Contractor gives City timely notice of such court order or subpoena. 12.1. Contractor shall promptly notify City should Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, servants, and/or subcontractors be served with any summons, complaint, subpoena, notice of deposition, request for documents, interrogatories, request for admissions or other discovery request, court order or subpoena from any party regarding this Agreement and the work performed thereunder or with respect to any project or property located within the geographical boundaries of City. City may, but has no obligation to, represent Contractor or be present at any deposition, hearing or similar proceeding. Contractor agrees to cooperate fully with City and to provide City with the opportunity to review any response to discovery requests provided by Contractor. 11 of 23 right by City to control, direct or rewrite the response. 12.2. Contractor s and obligations under this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. 13.0 Subcontractors No portion of this Agreement shall be subcontracted without the prior written approval of City, and any subcontracting shall be at Contractor expense. Contractor is fully responsible to City for the performance of any and all subcontractors. Authorized subcontracts, if any, shall contain a provision making the subcontractor subject to the terms, requirements and provisions of this Agreement. 14.0 Prohibition Against Assignment, Transfer or Delegation Contractor shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights, obligations or interest in this Agreement, or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement , which may be withheld for any reason. Any purported assignment, transfer or delegation shall be void and without effect, and shall entitle City to terminate this Agreement. 15.0 Inspection and Audit of Records Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to all Services and other matters covered under this Agreement, including but expressly not limited to, all Services performed, salaries, wages, payroll, invoices, time cards, cost control sheets, costs, expenses, receipts and other records and Work Product with respect to this Agreement. Contractor shall maintain adequate records on the Services provided in sufficient detail to permit an evaluation of all Services in connection therewith. All such records shall be clearly identified and readily accessible. At all times during regular business hours Contractor shall provide City with free access to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make copies and transcripts as City deems necessary, and shall allow inspection of all program data, information, documents, proceedings and activities and all other matters related to the performance of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall retain all financial and program service records and all other records related to the Services and performance of this Agreement for at least three (3) years after expiration, termination or final payment under this Agreement, 5.0 shall survive for three (3) years after expiration, termination or final payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later. 16.0 Safety Requirements 12 of 23 All work performed under this Agreement shall be performed in such a manner as to provide safety to the public and to meet or exceed the safety standards outlined by CAL OSHA and other applicable state and federal laws. City may issue restraint or cease and desist orders to Contractor when unsafe or harmful acts are observed or reported relative to the performance of the Services. Contractor shall maintain the work sites free of hazards to persons and property resulting from its operations. Contractor shall immediately report to City any hazardous condition noted by Contractor. 17.0 Insurance 17.1. General Requirements. Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has provided evidence satisfactory to City that Contractor has secured all insurance required under this Section. 17.2. Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure, maintain and keep in full force and effect for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, as follows: 17.2.1. Commercial General Liability Insurance: Contractor shall maintain limits no less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, death, personal injury and property damage; and if Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit: Coverage shall be at least as broad as the latest version of Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001). If Contractor is a limited liability company, the commercial general liability coverage shall be amended so that Contractor and its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, employees, agents, and other persons necessary or incidental to its operation are insureds; 17.2.2. Automobile Liability Insurance: Contractor shall maintain limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0001, code 1 (any auto).. 17.2.3. Insurance in the amount required Insurance: with limits of at least $1,000,000 per accident and in the aggregate for bodily injury or disease; 17.2.4. Professional Liability (or Errors and Omissions) Liability Insurance: Contractor shall maintain professional liability (or errors and 13 of 23 omissions liability) insurance that covers the Services to be performed in connection with this Agreement, with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per claim/aggregate. Any policy inception date, continuity date, or retroactive date must be before the effective date of this Agreement. If provided, then the policy shall be endorsed to provide an extended reporting period of not less than three years. 17.2.5. Cyber Liability Insurance / Technology Errors and Omissions Insurance: Contractor shall maintain comprehensive cyber liability insurance and technology errors and omissions insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence/loss and $2,000,000 general aggregate. If either coverage is maintained on a claims-made basis, any policy inception date, continuity date, or retroactive date must be before the effective date of this Agreement, and Contractor shall maintain continuous coverage through a period of not less than three years after completion of the Services required by this Agreement. Contractor shall $1,000,000 per occurrence/loss and $2,000,000 general aggregate. Coverage shall provide third-party liability for bodily injury, property damage, and cleanup costs arising out of sudden, accidental, or gradual pollution conditions resulting from Contractor include coverage for remediation of environmental contamination caused by covered operations. The scope of work contemplated by this Agreement shall be 17.3. Acceptability of Insurers. The Insurance policies required under this Section shall be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best's rating no less than A:VIII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to City. 17.4. Additional Insureds. 17.4.1. For general liability insurance, City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the services or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work. 17.4.2. For automobile liability insurance, City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be covered as additional insureds with respect to the ownership, operation, maintenance, use, loading or unloading of any auto owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor or for which the Contractor is responsible. 14 of 23 17.4.3. These additional insured provisions shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies. 17.5. Cancellations or Modifications to Coverage. The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or Contractor shall provide endorsements on forms supplied or approved by City to state: (i) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled except after 30 days (or ten days for nonpayment) prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City; (ii) any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials; 17.6. Primary and Non-Contributing. Coverage shall be primary insurance as respects City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of Contractor's scheduled underlying coverage and that any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be excess of Contractor's insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it; 17.7. Separation of Insureds. Each insurance policy shall contain standard separation of insureds provisions and shall not contain any special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. 17.8. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions shall be declared to and approved by City. Contractor guarantees that, at the option of City, either: (i) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials; or (ii) Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and defense expenses. 17.9. Waiver of Subrogation. Each insurance policy required by this , its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery and all rights 15 of 23 of subrogation against City; and shall require similar express written waivers from any subcontractor. 17.10. Enforcement of Agreement Provisions (Non-Estoppel). Contractor inform Contractor of non-compliance with any insurance requirement does not impose additional obligations on City, nor does it waive any rights hereunder. 17.11. City Remedy for Noncompliance. If Contractor does not maintain the policies of insurance required under this Section in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, or in the event any of Contractor comply with the requirements under this Section, City may either immediately terminate this Agreement or, if insurance is available at a reasonable cost, City may, but has no duty to, take out the necessary insurance and pay, at Contractor Contractor shall promptly reimburse City for any premium paid by City or City may withhold amounts sufficient to pay the premiums from payments due to Contractor. 17.12. Evidence of Insurance. Prior to the performance of Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and all original endorsements evidencing and effecting the coverages required under this Section on forms satisfactory to and approved by City. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf, and shall be on forms provided by City if requested. Contractor may provide complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies to City. Contractor shall maintain current endorsements on All certificates and endorsements shall be received and approved by City before work commences. City also reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Contractor shall also provide proof to City that insurance policies expiring during the term of this Agreement have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Contractor shall furnish such proof at least two weeks prior to the expiration of the coverages. 17.13. Insurance Requirements Not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. 17.14. Broader Coverage/Higher Limits. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Agreement. Contractor may also procure 16 of 23 and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Services. If Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required above, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by Contractor. 17.15. Subcontractor Insurance Requirements/Pass-Through Clause. Contractor shall require each of its subconsultants and/or subcontractors that perform Services under this Agreement to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of this Section. Contractor agrees to monitor and review all such coverages and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this Section. Contractor agrees to submit all agreements with consultants, subcontractors, and 17.16. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of demands or claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor may involve coverage under any of the required insurance policies. 18.0 Indemnification, Hold Harmless, and Duty to Defend 18.1. Indemnities. 18.1.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, attorneys, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent 18.0), from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, penalties, bid protests, stop notices, liens or losses of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to fees of accountants, attorneys and other professionals, and all costs associated Claims in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, to property or persons, including but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury and property damage, in any manner arising out of, claimed to arise out of, pertaining to, or relating to the breach of this Agreement and/or any acts, errors, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subconsultants, materialmen, or suppliers, or their officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, servants employees or subcontractors (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor shall bear legal liability) in the performance of the Services and/or this Agreement, except to the extent the Claims arise from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees as determined by final 17 of 23 arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitees in connection therewith. 18.1.2. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City in accordance with Sections 9.0 and 10.0. 18.2. Subcontractor Indemnification. Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 18.0 from each and every subcontractor, subconsultant, or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. If Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity agreements, Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, arising out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertaining to, or relating to, the breach of this Agreement, any acts, errors, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor subconsultant or other person or entity, and its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, servants, employees, materialmen, contractors, subcontractors and/or subconsultants, or their officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, servants, employees or contractors (or any other entity or individual for whom Contractor , subconsultant and/or such other person or individual shall bear legal liability) in the performance of the Services or this Agreement, except to the extent the Claims arise from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees as determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. 18.3. Not Limiting. Contractor indemnification obligations under this Section, or any other provision of this act or similar act. Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. 18.4. Indemnification Not Limited By Insurance. Procurement of insurance by Contractor is not and shall not be construed as a limitation of Contractor Contractor under any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the 18 of 23 Claims or Liabilities asserted against City or any of the other Indemnitees as defined in this Section 18.0, and Contractor obligations under this Agreement shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by Contractor, City, or any of the other Indemnitees. 18.5. Survival of Terms. Contractor covenants and obligations under this Section 18.0 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 19.0 Non-Discrimination and Equal Employment Opportunity Contractor affirmatively represents that it is an equal opportunity employer. In the performance of this Agreement, Contractor covenants that it shall not discriminate, harass or retaliate against any of its employees, applicants for employment, contractors, subcontractors or subconsultants because or on account of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, national origin, ancestry, age, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, military or veteran status, or any other basis prohibited by law. Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this Agreement, Contractor shall not discriminate, harass or retaliate against City, its elected or appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, and City contractors, on any basis prohibited by law. 20.0 Labor Certification By its signature hereunder, Contractor certifies that it is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code that require every employer to be -insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Services. 21.0 Prevailing Wage and Payroll Records To the extent that this Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, Contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including those set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. 22.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed by both Parties. 19 of 23 23.0 Severability The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement. 24.0 Government Code Claim Compliance In addition to any and all requirements of this Agreement pertaining to notices of and requests for compensation or payment for additional services, disputed work, claims and/or changed conditions, Contractor must comply with the claim procedures set forth in Government Code Section 900 et seq. prior to filing any lawsuit against City. Such Government Code claims and any subsequent lawsuit based upon the Government Code claims shall be limited to those matters that remain unresolved after all procedures pertaining to additional services, disputed work, claims, and/or changed conditions have been followed by Contractor. If no such Government Code claim is submitted, or if any prerequisite contractual requirements are not otherwise satisfied as specified herein, Contractor shall be barred from bringing and maintaining a lawsuit against City. 25.0 Governing Law and Venue This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, except that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in interpreting this Agreement. Orange County, California, shall be the venue for any action or proceeding that may be brought by reason of, that arises out of, and/or relates to any dispute under this Agreement (whether contract, tort or both). 26.0 Non-Exclusive Agreement Contractor acknowledges that City may enter into agreements with other consultants for services encompassed by or similar to the services that are subject to this Agreement or may have its own employees perform services encompassed by or similar to those services contemplated by this Agreement. 27.0 No Third Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall be deemed to have any rights hereunder against either party by virtue of this Agreement. 20 of 23 28.0 Waiver No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to City under this Agreement shall impair any right, power or remedy of City, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of, or consent to, any breach or default. No waiver of any breach, any failure of a condition, or any right or remedy under this Agreement shall be (i) effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Party making the waiver, (ii) deemed to be a waiver of, or consent to, any other breach, failure of a condition, or right or remedy, or (iii) deemed to constitute a continuing waiver unless the writing expressly so states. 29.0 Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest 29.1. Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Services, or which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Contractor further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Contractor shall avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Contractor shall not accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may likely make Contractor "financially interested" (as provided in California Government Code §§ 1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any matter in connection with which Contractor has been retained. 29.2. Contractor further warrants and maintains that it has not employed or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Contractor paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, any fee, commission, gift, percentage, or any other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to deduct from any sums payable to Contractor hereunder the full amount or value of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift. 29.3. Contractor warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non- contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the business of Contractor, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of Contractor at any time during the term of this Agreement, Contractor shall immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if such interest would not be deemed a prohibited "conflict of interest" under applicable laws as described in this Section. 30.0 Final Payment Acceptance Constitutes Release 21 of 23 The acceptance by Contractor of the final payment made under this Agreement shall operate as and be a release of City from all claims and liabilities for compensation to Contractor for anything done, furnished or relating to Contractor ten calendar days of the receipt of that check. However, approval or payment by City shall not constitute, nor be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of Contractor, its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, employees, subcontractors, agents, and servants for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or work performed; nor shall such approval or payment be deemed to be an assumption of such responsibility or liability by City for any defect or error in the work prepared by Contractor, its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, employees, subcontractors, agents and servants. 31.0 Corrections In addition to the indemnification obligations set forth above, Contractor shall review of Contractor plans. Should Contractor fail to make such correction in a reasonably timely manner, such correction may be made by City, and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. In addition to all other available remedies, City may deduct the cost of such correction from any retention amount held by City or may withhold payment otherwise owed Contractor under this Agreement up to the amount of the cost of correction. 32.0 Non-Appropriation of Funds Payments to be made to Contractor by City for any Services performed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted fund. In the event that City does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of Contractor Services beyond the current fiscal year, this Agreement shall cover payment for Contractor Services only to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which City appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year. 33.0 Mutual Cooperation 33.1. . City shall provide Contractor with all pertinent Data, documents and other requested information as is reasonably available for Contractor 33.2. Contractor . Contractor agrees to work closely and jurisdiction or interest in the work to be performed. In the event any claim or action is brought against City relating to Contractor rendered under this Agreement, Contractor shall render any reasonable assistance that City requires. 22 of 23 34.0 Time of the Essence Time is of the essence in respect to all provisions of this Agreement that specify a time for performance; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to limit or deprive a Party of the benefits of any grace or use period allowed in this Agreement. 35.0 Attorneys' Fees If either party commences an action against the other party, either legal, administrative or otherwise, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to have and recover from therewith. 36.0 Recitals City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 37.0 Titles and Headings The titles and headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part of it. 38.0 Corporate Authority The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Contractor warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of said party and that by his or her execution, the Contractor is formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement. [signatures on following page] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, through their respective authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written. 23 of 23 CITY OF SEAL BEACH By: _________________________ Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Attest: By: _________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Approved as to Form: By: _________________________ Nicholas Ghirelli, City Attorney CONTRACTOR: Yunex, LLC, a Limited liability company By: __________________________ Name:__ Its: By: __________________________ Name:___ Its: (Please note, two signatures required for corporations pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 313 from each of the following categories: (i) the chairperson of the board, the president or any vice president, and (ii) the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant treasurer of such corporation.) PROOF OF AUTHORITY TO BIND CONTRACTING PARTY REQUIRED EXHIBIT A CITY REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS OR OTHER SOLICITATION EXHIBIT B PROPOSAL Traffic Signal Maintenance Services for the City of Seal Beach March 25th, 2026 Work Proposal Yunex Traffic 1026 E. Lacy Ave. Anaheim, CA 92805 www.yunextraffic.com Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 3 Cover Letter .......................................................................................................................... 2 Table of Contents ..................................................................................................................3 Work Plan .............................................................................................................................4 Understanding ...................................................................................................................4 Response Times................................................................................................................4 Our Approach.....................................................................................................................5 Routine Maintenance......................................................................................................5 Extraordinary Services....................................................................................................8 Spare Materials................................................................................................................ 10 On-Line Portal (Service Business Platform)...................................................................... 12 Staffing Plan ........................................................................................................................ 15 Project Manager............................................................................................................... 15 Field Supervisors ............................................................................................................. 17 Traffic Signal / Streetlight Technicians ........................................................................... 19 Fiber Optic Technician .................................................................................................. 22 Engineering Technician / Lab Manager ............................................................................. 23 Organization Chart ........................................................................................................... 24 Exceptions .......................................................................................................................... 25 Company Qualifications ....................................................................................................... 26 Background and Experience ............................................................................................ 28 Company Profile and Qualifications .................................................................................. 28 Firm Ownership ............................................................................................................... 30 Location of Company Offices............................................................................................ 30 Principal Contact Person Regarding Proposal: ................................................................. 30 Contractor’s License / DIR Registration ............................................................................ 31 References .......................................................................................................................... 32 Recently Awarded Public Sector Contracts: ...................................................................... 33 Insurance Requirements ...................................................................................................... 34 Fee Proposal ....................................................................................................................... 35 Addendum #1 ...................................................................................................................... 36 Delegation of Approval Authority .......................................................................................... 39 Table of Contents Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 4 Understanding It is our understanding that the City of Seal Beach is seeking a qualified traffic signal maintenance firm to provide Traffic Signal Maintenance and Repair Services. The selected service company will be responsible for providing a continuing, comprehensive, routine, and extraordinary maintenance program for the City’s equipment. The City’s expectation is that the maintenance program will reduce the incidence of malfunctions, reduce complaints, promote safety, and proactively extend the longevity of the equipment, thus reducing the overall operating cost for the City’s traffic signal and street lighting systems. Our goal is always to exceed our customer’s expectations. We have a broad range of experienced personnel including IMSA Level III Traffic Signal Maintenance personnel. The technicians assigned to this contract have over 132 years of combined experience managing and maintaining traffic signals, streetlights, fiber optic networks, and central systems. Our in-house traffic signal laboratories (located in Riverside)provide a full range of technical services including complete controller/cabinet testing, repair, and conflict monitor testing/certification. Services for this contract include the provision of appropriately trained personnel and equipment necessary to perform maintenance activities as outlined in your RFP. We understand that the general Scope of Work to be done consists of routine preventative maintenance and repair of your traffic signal and street lighting devices as well as general and emergency repairs of the same. These services will provide your city with safe and efficient operations. Yunex Traffic will have available and readily accessible, qualified personnel, tools, equipment, facilities, and material required to perform all work necessary for the maintenance of the City’s traffic signal systems, as outlined in the Scope of Work and in compliance with current City and State standards. Response Times To be able to respond immediately to emergency calls, Yunex Traffic’s field technicians are authorized to take their work vehicles home daily. All work vehicles are stocked with proper field equipment so he/she may sufficiently address most problems they encounter while responding. Emergency response call outs and unscheduled repairs are initiated by calling our toll-free emergency phone number, 1-800-229-6090.A live dispatcher will be available 24 hours a day, 7 days per week, 365 days per year. Our dispatcher will create a work order in our visual planning board and once the work order is released, it will immediately transfer to our technician’s queue on their mobile device. As part of our quality control practice, our dispatcher will follow up with a phone call to our technician to confirm that he/she is in receipt of the call out/work order. For emergency calls, the technician will arrive at the site within one (1) hour during normal working hours and two (2) hours during non-working hours to assess and correct the reported problem. Once the problem is corrected, the technician will inform the city of the repair actions. Work Plan Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 5 Our Approach It is always the goal of Yunex Traffic to tailor our services around our customer’s needs. We understand that throughout the term of a contract, those needs may change. We approach all our contracts with the same vision; build a partnership with the City’s staff and work towards achieving common goals set forth through that partnership. We realize that this is an ever- evolving process and that is why we believe that the only successful route is through establishing common goals. This methodology and a commitment to service will continue to be applied to every aspect of our services for the City of Seal Beach. Routine Maintenance Yunex Traffic will execute a comprehensive Monthly Routine Maintenance Program as outlined in the City’s Scope of Work, as recommended by the manufacturer, and as listed below. Yunex Traffic will also maintain, at the same unit price, additional traffic signals and appurtenant devices as they are installed or become a part of the maintenance requirements of the city. Yunex Traffic technicians will, at a minimum, perform the following tasks on the City’s traffic signals Monthly: Routine maintenance is typically scheduled by the technicians as they are more aware of the geography of the area. Your technician will take into consideration contract requirements and your preference when scheduling routine preventive maintenance. Once our technician arrives at the location, he will complete a job hazard analysis (JHA) determining any potential hazards at the location. Following the JHA, they will secure the area with proper traffic control as referenced in the most recent editions of the CAMUTCD and W.A.T.C.H. Handbooks and in accordance with the city’s traffic control requirements. Our technician will clean and vacuum the controller and battery backup cabinets (if equipped) and ensure the cabinet vents are un-obstructed, the air filter is clean, properly inserted, and secure (air filters will be replaced semi-annually). During this process, your Yunex Traffic technician will perform the following checks inside the controller cabinet: o Confirm the controller cabinet is securely mounted to the foundation and inspect the seal for deterioration. Excessive dampness and plant/animal intrusion inside the controller cabinet will be reported to the city and repaired immediately. o Verify fan operation and ensure the thermostat is set to 90 degrees Fahrenheit and that there is sufficient airflow through the cabinet. o Inspect cabinet hardware (i.e., door gaskets, hinges, locks, etc.) for proper operation. All deficiencies will be repaired and reported to the city. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 6 o Inspect electrical components (i.e., relays, load switches, equipment displays and indications, flasher(s), rack-mount detectors, harness/connectors, service connections, system telemetry, communications system, cabinet grounding, GFCI receptacles, terminal connections cabinet lights and switches, CMU (interlock) door switch, the police panel switches, etc.) for proper operation and adjust, as necessary. We will also verify proper operation of all equipment displays and cabinet/controller indicator lamps. Deficiencies that pose a safety concern will be corrected immediately. o Semi-annually verify that controller software/firmware is up to date. Following the visual inspection, your Yunex Traffic technician will examine the functionality of the controller in relation to traffic at the intersection and confirm all phase and coordination timing is programmed correctly and is current based on the timing sheet located in the controller cabinet. In addition to monitoring phase actuation from vehicle/traffic, they will also confirm proper intersection cycling by manually placing vehicle and pedestrian calls on each phase through the cabinet test switches or the controller keypad to verify controller servicing of each phase. Yunex Traffic technicians will ensure your controller’s date and time is correct and we will adjust all controller clocks within 48 hours of time changes related to Daylight Savings Time. This also includes confirming the correct date and time in all Conflict Monitor Units and Malfunction Management Units (CMU/MMU) during each visit. Your Yunex Traffic technician will check the controller log buffers and investigate any faults that may have occurred since the last maintenance visit. CMU’s/MMU’s will be tested annually. Technicians will be ATSI CMU/MMU Test Equipment Certified. Individual test results will meet the city’s documentation requirements and be available in each controller cabinet and an electronic file (USB) will be delivered to the city within 30 days after completing the testing. This test will also be documented on the routine maintenance log located in the controller cabinet. The cost for annual CMU/MMU testing will be billed under the Extraordinary Maintenance pricing schedule. The technician will confirm that all detector loop cables are correctly identified, connected to the correct vehicle detector field terminals, and that a call is placed on the correct detector input, and that the input places a call on the correct controller phase. We will adjust or re-tune detector amplifiers and correct substandard splices, as necessary. Loops requiring re-seal or replacement will be documented and reported to the city immediately. If the intersection is equipped with video/radar detection our technician will verify that detection zones are properly structured. They will also verify proper camera operation by monitoring the vehicle call on the video processor unit and confirm that the calls are registering in the controller and actuating the correct phase in the controller. The technician will verify that detection system software has been properly updated. Annual Video Detection lens cleaning is included with routine preventative maintenance. Our technicians are extremely knowledgeable with the installation, handling, and testing of interconnect and fiber optic systems. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 7 If equipped, your Yunex Traffic technician will confirm operation of all preemption devices (i.e., railroad, emergency vehicle preemption (EVP), fire station preemption, etc.). EVP testing is included with routine preventative maintenance. If equipped, inspect CCTV cameras for correct operation. Check for damage to wiring or housing and clean lens. If requested, CCTV camera lens cleaning is included with routine preventative maintenance. The technician will also test your interconnect systems to maintain existing operation and will notify you of any deficiencies. If equipped, your Yunex Traffic technician will check the battery back-up systems / uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) including checking/logging the battery and load levels. In addition, we will confirm all battery connections to ensure they are clean and secure. We will report any batteries that require replacement immediately. All events and run time will be documented inside each controller cabinet. Semi-Annual testing by electrical bypass for proper operation is included with Routine Preventative Maintenance. Yunex Traffic will perform a monthly night check of safety lights/illuminated street name signs (IISNS) at all signalized intersections (if equipped). Our findings will be submitted to the city, and the required repairs will be made according to the Extraordinary Maintenance schedule. Our technician will walk the intersection (clockwise and counterclockwise) and visually inspect all poles, signal heads, pedestrian signals, associated framework, and signal mounted signs for proper operation, alignment, and broken or missing parts. During this process, your Yunex Traffic technician will perform the following checks outside of the controller cabinet: o Depress all pedestrian push buttons and observe proper timing and display. o Visually inspect the loops for sufficient sealant or exposed loop wires. o Inspect pull boxes, pull box lids and hand-hole covers. Missing covers/lids will be replaced immediately. o Visually inspect all signal doors, back plates, and visors and confirm they are secure. o Remove unauthorized signs, stickers, and posters that can be easily removed from traffic signal poles and the controller cabinet. Graffiti will also be removed within twenty-four (24) hours of notification. o Prepare a list of locations where painting may be necessary, which will be submitted to the City for approval. Painting rates can be provided, if requested. The technician will lubricate cabinet door locks and padlocks quarterly, unless required sooner. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 8 Maintain a yearly inventory list of all equipment in the controller cabinet at each location. This list will also be updated electronically and provided to the city yearly in a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, or as requested. Your Yunex Traffic technician will document all maintenance activities on the cabinet log, and on their mobile device which is wirelessly communicating to our maintenance server enabling our customers to view all progress in virtually real-time. Flashing Beacons noted in the RFP will be inspected monthly for proper operation and alignment. Routine adjustments, repairs, and corrections will be made as needed. Extraordinary Services In addition to the Preventative Maintenance program, we will provide other Extraordinary Services such as scheduled repairs, emergency response and technical support services to the City’s traffic signal systems in accordance with City requirements and as listed below. Our Extraordinary and Emergency Response Services include, but not limited to, the following services: Furnish and install replacement safety lights or illuminated street name signs. Downed signal heads, poles, signal on flash, signal blackout, burned out lamps, damaged controllers and cabinets, damaged illuminated street name signs, damaged inductive loops, sensing elements, pedestrian push buttons, electroliers, pedestrian signal heads, wiring, and other operational equipment related issues. Assisting the City for special events or for City construction projects, as necessary to implement revised traffic signal timing and phasing for changed traffic conditions. If requested, prepare punch list of items, and follow through with city representative to ensure successful completion. Perform overhead maintenance on traffic signals, safety lighting, street name and regulatory signs, video detection cameras, Opticom systems, and license plate reader (LPR) systems. Provide support for underground maintenance including conduit repair or replacement, wire inspection and installation, and interconnect installation. Repair, replace or otherwise render in good working order all defective parts of the traffic signal equipment with like make and model parts. Whenever equipment is removed, the city representative will be notified within twenty-four (24) hours. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 9 USA Dig Alert – Locating services using in-house locators. o Yunex Traffic will respond to all Underground Service Alert (USA) requests/notices or at the request of city staff for the marking and protection of traffic signal underground facilities such as traffic signal and electrical conduits, interconnect facilities, loops, safety light conduits, and other appurtenant equipment which might conflict with other right-of-way construction or repairs. Our technicians are equipped and certified with the proper locating devices provided by Metrotech. Fiber Optic related maintenance services such as: Installation, splicing, terminations, troubleshooting, on-reel testing, and integration. Signal Loop Replacement. Yunex Traffic is the only maintenance provider who performs Loop replacements in-house. Yunex Traffic will notify the City prior to any traffic signal deactivations that may be necessary to provide the required services. Traffic signal shutdowns will not be scheduled without the approval of an authorized representative of the City. Also, Yunex Traffic will not proceed with any extraordinary repairs without authorization from the city, unless it is a matter of public safety. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 10 Spare Materials Yunex Traffic has over $1,500,000 in local inventory, which is available to the City of Seal Beach: 25+ – 2070 controllers from various manufacturers 25+ – NEMA controllers (such as Econolite ASC3, ASC2-S, Cobalt, etc.) 25 – 24VDC Power Supply 25+ – MMU/CMU’s from various manufacturers 150 – Load Switches 60+ - Detectors 6 – Type P controller cabinets 3 – 332 controller cabinets 250+ – Replacement LED Lamps (Red/Yellow/Green) / LED pedestrian signals 50 – ADA compliant pedestrian activation buttons 25+ - Battery Backup Batteries (sizes/manufacturers vary) 25+ - Several types/sizes of Marbelite streetlight poles 20+ - Luminaire Mast Arms of various lengths 20+ – Luminaires of various manufactures and wattages 250+ - Photocells/shorting caps from various manufactures 50,000+ - Feet of various wire types Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 11 Fleet/Equipment Pictures Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 12 On-Line Portal (Service Business Platform) Yunex Traffic has rolled out a new service tool called SBP (Service Business Platform), which is a proprietary management system designed to effectively manage all service order progress, remotely update our ERP system (SAP) and as work is performed. SBP allows us to monitor many key performance items such as time arrived onsite, time of completion, materials used, and vehicle/equipment used. SBP keeps historical records for every location which allows the technicians an additional resource when troubleshooting. When creating a new service request, SBP will query the location history and will flag the order if it appears to be a repeated call out or duplicate order. Technicians transmit response and routine maintenance items in real-time using IOS or Android devices. The contractual Scope of Work and all maintenance activities are also available for technicians to review to ensure all tasks are completed within the specified timeframe. Customer specific checklists for routine preventative maintenance will be available to the technicians, so all required tasks are completed, according to your Scope of Work. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 13 Customer Portal The SBP Customer Portal gives our customers access to: Monitor real-time status of routine maintenance and service calls. Location history (sort/filter by date, location, call type, etc.). Overall historical maintenance and repair data. Real-time equipment inventories, maps, and event reporting. Asset management (including digital photographs, GIS data, etc.). Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 14 Yunex is more than willing to provide a training session on SBP and our Customer Portal to any city employees that are interested. Tracking as Related to Invoicing In addition to our Customer Portal, you will receive a detailed billing report with each invoice that lists labor and equipment hours billed for each service order. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 15 Project Manager If re-selected, Joshua Ferras would continue to be the Project Manager servicing the City of Seal Beach. Joshua, his Project Coordinator, Adrienne Carucci, the Maintenance Field Supervisor, Fred Molina, and the Construction Field Supervisor, Christopher Slocum will be responsible for maintaining communication with the city regarding daily operation and maintenance of all traffic signal equipment. Our account management team/field staff will work closely with you/your team to ensure that all your requests are being effectively addressed. Staffing Plan Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 16 Project Coordinator Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 17 Field Supervisors Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 18 Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 19 Traffic Signal / Streetlight Technicians Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 20 Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 21 Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 22 Fiber Optic Technician Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 23 Engineering Technician / Lab Manager Staff Availability All staff members listed are currently working on this contract for the City of Seal Beach, therefore, they have the experience, knowledge, availability, and bandwidth to continue to successfully manage this contract for the City of Seal Beach for its entire duration. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 24 Organization Chart Yunex Traffic has 30+ additional technicians (mostly IMSA Level III Certified) located in Orange, Los Angeles, Ventura, Riverside, San Bernardino, and San Diego areas. We also employ over 25+key construction personnel for major repairs. These include certified crane operators, dedicated utility locators for (USA) Dig Alert Service, Corning certified fiber optic technicians, and our own in-house loop crew. Subcontractors All services outlined in the RFP will be provided and performed by Yunex Traffic as the Prime Contractor. With that stated, we at Yunex do maintain relationships with numerous specialty contractors throughout the industry to be able to respond to our customers needed as a complete one-stop solution for all things traffic signal, streetlight, and fiber-optic related. Should the need for a subcontract arise, we will immediately notify our City Representative prior to utilizing them. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 25 Yunex Traffic submits its proposal with the following Exceptions and Assumptions and would like the opportunity to discuss and possibly negotiate the following items, if selected: Where applicable, Customer shall have a non-exclusive, royalty-free, nontransferable perpetual license to use Yunex Traffic Technical Data in matters relating to the contract but shall not disclose Yunex Traffic Intellectual Property including base Source Code to any third party under any circumstances. This contract does not include developing a new product so there will not be any technical data developed or originating for this project. Yunex Traffic will indemnify Customer only for third party claims against Customer to the extent damages are a direct result of Yunex Traffic’s negligence or willful misconduct. Yunex Traffic assumes that it will have full control of defending and resolving all indemnity claims. Further, Yunex Traffic must be promptly informed of any third-party do anything to expressly admit culpability of Customer without its written consent. Yunex Traffic assumes that any liquidated damages and disincentives, however defined, described or identified, are the sole and exclusive remedy for the related non- conformance, and that liquidated damages and disincentives shall never exceed an annual aggregate of 10% of the annual contract value. Yunex Traffic assumes that all damages be capped at 100% of the contract price in the aggregate, and all indirect, consequential, special, incidental, punitive and similar damages are expressly waived by the Parties. Yunex Traffic may allow audits 1) with reasonable notice, 2) at reasonable times, 3) for documents specifically related to this project, but not including cost information. Information provided or obtained in the course of an audit may not be removed, copied, transmitted, scanned, or photographed, or otherwise removed from Yunex premises. Yunex Traffic assumes that all implied warranties not expressly agreed upon in the Contract are waived. The remedies established in the warranty provision(s) shall be Customer’s sole and exclusive remedies relating to warranty. Yunex Traffic assumes that all rights and remedies of the Customer shall be expressly stated in the Contract and shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of the Customer for claims arising from the Contract. Exceptions Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 26 Yunex Traffic stands uniquely positioned to continue to partner with the City of Seal Beach for Traffic Signal Maintenance Services. In fact, we believe that our value proposition, a unique mix of corporate characteristics, industry focus, and experiences, is unmatched in the current market. Specifically, we at Yunex Traffic believe that we are the best fit for this contract, based on 5 key attributes: 1. Corporate/Divisional Competency 2. Experience 3. Locality 4. Scalability 5. Updated Project Management Our Corporate/Divisional Focus and Competency Yunex Traffic is a major global player in the industry, driving innovation in technology and physical products that are used by partners, both public and private, throughout the world. The Field Services Division at Yunex Traffic is focused on the installation, integration, and maintenance of all systems, from legacy technology to the newest and most advanced traffic management devices on the market. While this ability to work with all systems is a requisite competency for any maintainer, Yunex Traffic is unique in its occupation of a space that straddles innovation and deployment in a field environment. Our competitors typically focus on narrower aspects of the Traffic market: Heavy Construction, Traditional Maintenance, or Technological Innovation. By comparison, Yunex Traffic and our Field Services Division provide customers with a wide base of expertise across the spectrum of innovation, deployment, integration, and maintenance of systems and devices. Our Experience Yunex Traffic has been extremely successful in retaining traffic signal, streetlight, fiber optic, and engineering customers due to our desire to offer the best possible customer service. We have an exemplary customer service track-record highlighted by our well-qualified field personnel, knowledgeable customer service representatives, and proprietary detailed monthly reports. We understand what is required to maintain a community’s infrastructure and strive to exceed our customer’s expectations. Company Qualifications Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 27 Our Locality Our project office, in Anaheim, is approximately 19 miles from the City of Seal Beach. We are poised to react quickly with additional or specialty equipment, supplementary personnel when required, and with materials that the city requires. This location is not a temporary office specific to this project; we have been firmly planted for over 40 years in the area with multiple-certified technicians within minutes of your city. Our Scalability Yunex Traffic Field Services operates maintenance and project contracts across the United States, serving more than 300 public customers. Unlike a regional player, the distributed Yunex footprint allows us to respond to emerging requirements by shifting resources to where they are needed most. We are the company you are looking for - both local and global. Since we operate in multiple markets, our personnel and equipment are not affected by the same circumstances. Our Project Management To provide efficient and effective project management, project progress is tracked in real time using digital tools such as Power BI, Map box, ArcGIS, and Tableau, which enable transparency between Yunex Traffic and its client, while reducing risks of delays. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 28 Background and Experience Yunex Traffic has over 40 years of experience in traffic management solutions and services. From there, we have taken the comprehensive expertise in the field of intelligent traffic solutions with us on our way into the future. We enjoy an outstanding reputation as a global solution partner for future proof mobility concepts. In doing so, we combine in- depth industry experience and market leadership with the agility of a startup. Yunex Traffic has had a long and storied history in traffic signals, streetlights, fiber optic, and customer service. Years in Business Yunex currently maintains traffic signals, streetlights, fiber optic, and other related equipment for over 155 agencies encompassing over 4,500 signalized locations of assorted sizes, 250,000+ streetlights, to in-pavement flashing crosswalks and rapid flashing beacons. We are dedicated to meeting and exceeding the challenging public safety requirements associated with our industry. We have been in the traffic signal maintenance industry worldwide for over 50 years. In the United States, we have been in business for over 40 years servicing numerous contracts throughout the country. Company Profile and Qualifications The Yunex Traffic Customer Service Division is a licensed A & C-10 electrical contracting and transportation engineering firm specializing in the maintenance, testing, repair, upgrading and replacement of traffic signals, streetlights, fiber optic, and exterior commercial lighting. We have a broad range of expertise and experienced personnel including registered professional transportation engineers, International Brotherhood Electrical Workers (IBEW), Journeymen Electricians/Technicians and International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) Certified Technicians. Our listed field technicians are certified as “Qualified Electrical Workers” and have the necessary IMSA certifications required to work on this equipment. We are proud to say that we are one of the most successful traffic signal, streetlight, and fiber optic maintenance/construction contractors in the United States. Our employees and equipment are dedicated to traffic signal, streetlight, and fiber optic maintenance/repair. We issue insulated bucket trucks to all our linemen and electricians. Each truck is equipped with all the necessary tools, equipment, and inventory to perform 100% of project specifications, including all maintenance and repairs for traffic signals. All vehicles are appropriately marked with the company logo, Department of Transportation (D.O.T.) markings, and each employee is issued a company phone and a laptop, or tablet computer. As the leader in the private traffic signal and streetlight maintenance industry in the United States, Yunex Traffic can provide unparalleled expertise and outstanding value in traffic signal and street lighting related services. Among the most beneficial: Yunex Traffic has the largest workforce of IMSA Level III Certified Technicians, NEC Certified Electricians, and construction personnel in the industry. Yunex Traffic has the largest workforce of IMSA Level III Certified Traffic Signal Technicians and NEC Certified Electricians in the industry. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 29 Yunex Traffic has strategically positioned field offices with an abundance of inventory and technical resources, should the need arise. All technicians are assigned vehicles which are taken home daily to ensure rapid response in case of emergency. Yunex Traffic employees live in geographical areas, which allows them to respond quicker than our competition. This provides our customers with the most efficient response times in the industry. Yunex Traffic owns and operates approximately 100 service vehicles (including three cranes) of several types and sizes in the State of California, the bulk of which are in Southern California. Yunex Traffic will provide and maintain emergency service response on a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day basis, including all holidays. Yunex Traffic is focused on delivering what your city needs the most today; safe, reliable infrastructure solutions that help decrease costs, increase revenue, and have a positive environmental impact for the City of Seal Beach and its residents. Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 30 Firm Ownership o Firm Name: Yunex LLC, DBA, Yunex Traffic o Address: 9225 Bee Cave Rd, Bldg. B, Ste 201 Austin, Texas 78733 o Phone: 512-837-8300 Fax:512-421-6617 o Form of Ownership: LLC o State of Incorporation: Incorporated in the State of Delaware in February 2021 Number of employees locally and nationally Our Yunex Traffic US headquarters is in Austin, TX and employs more than 200 people - engineers, developers, integrators, and support staff - all driving our traffic systems business. An additional 100 technical staff are in multiple field offices across the country to complete local projects and provide customer support. Our robust portfolio of products and experience will help drive your project’s success. Location of Company Offices Yunex Traffic US Headquarters 9225 Bee Cave Rd, Bldg. B, Ste 201 Austin, Texas 78733 512-837-8300 https://www.yunextraffic.com/global/en/ Project Office Yunex Traffic - Orange/Los Angeles Office, Warehouse, & Invoicing 1026 E. Lacy Ave. Anaheim, CA 92805 Other California Offices Yunex Traffic – Riverside/San Bernadino Yunex Traffic - San Diego Office, Warehouse, and Lab/Testing Facility Office & Warehouse 2250 Business Way 1820 John Towers Ave., Suite A Riverside, California 92501 El Cajon, CA 92020 Yunex Traffic – Bay Area Office & Warehouse 20956 Corsair Blvd. Hayward, CA 94545 Principal Contact Person Regarding Proposal: Robert Paquette Sales Manager 2250 Business Way Riverside, California 92501 Office: (800) 229-6090 robert.paquette@yunextraffic.com Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 31 Contractor’s License / DIR Registration Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 32 Yunex has been extremely successful in retaining traffic signal, streetlight, fiber optic, and engineering customers due to our desire to offer the best possible customer services. For this project, we are providing the following references: Client / Term Description / Revenue City Contact Contact information City of Calabasas (07/2024 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $120,000 annually Tatiana Holden 100 Civic Center Way Calabasas, CA 91302 818-224-1674 tholden@cityofcalabasas.com City of Chino (07/2004 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $918,374 annually Mario Flores 13220 Central Ave. Chino, CA 91710 909-591-9828 mflores@cityofchino.org City of Garden Grove (02/2012 – Current) On-Call Traffic Signal Maintenance $300,000 annually Dai Vu PO Box 3070 Garden Grove, CA 92840 714-741-5189 daiv@ggcity.org City of Glendale (02/2014 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $500,000 annually Pastor Casanova 633 E. Broadway, Room 205 Glendale, CA 91206 818-937-8324 pcasanova@GlendaleCA.gov City of Irvine (09/1998 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $850,826 annually Mark Ha 6427 Oak Canyon Irvine, CA 92618 949-724-6186 mha@cityofirvine.org City of Moorpark (11/2004 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $75,000 annually Daniel Kim 799 Moorpark Ave Moorpark, CA 93021 805-517-6255 dkim@moorparkca.gov City of Newport Beach (10/2004 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $280,000 annually Bryan Loo 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 949-644-3324 bloo@newportbeachca.gov City of Rancho Cucamonga (10/2004 – Current) Traffic Signal Maintenance $828,050 annually Timothy Baltazar 10500 Civic Center Dr. Rancho Cucamonga, CA 91730 909-774-4136 tim.baltazar@cityofrc.us City of Santa Ana (07/2024 – Current) Traffic Signal & Streetlight Maintenance $1,500,000 annually Cesar Rodriguez 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92701 714-647-5626 crodriguez5@santa-ana.org City of Thousand Oaks (04/2025 – Current) Citywide Traffic Signal Maintenance $750,000 annually Robert Sweeting 2100 Thousand Oaks Blvd. Thousand Oaks, CA 91362 805-449-2438 rsweeting@toaks.gov Yunex has over 70 additional references that can/will be provided upon request. References Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 33 Recently Awarded Public Sector Contracts: 1. City of Monrovia – Huntington Drive LED Street Light Conversion – 11/2025 2. City of Chino – Maintenance Services for Citywide Street Lighting – 10/2025 3. City of San Gabriel – Video Detection / CCTV Cameras Installation Project – 10/2025 4. City of Cypress – Accessible Pedestrian Signals – 08/2025 5. City of Newport Beach – On-Call Streetlight Electrical Repair Services – 07/2025 6. City of Alhambra – Traffic Signal and Street Lighting Services – 07/2025 7. City of Norco – Annual Traffic Signal and Street Light Maintenance – 06/2025 8. City of Highland – Streetlight Maintenance Contract – 06/2025 9. City of Escondido – Street Light Repairs – 06/2025 10. City of Escondido – Signal Repairs – 06/2025 11. City of Moorpark – Citywide Traffic Signal and Streetlight Maintenance – 04/2025 12. City of Thousand Oaks – Citywide Traffic Signal Maintenance – 04/2025 13. City of Santa Fe Springs – Street Light LED Conversion – 02/2025 14. City of Irvine – As-Needed Fiber Optic Cabling and Repairs – 01/2025 15. City of Compton – Citywide Traffic Signal and Street Light Maintenance – 01/2025 Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 34 Yunex LLC is currently servicing this contract for the City of Seal Beach, therefore we already have the required insurance certificates in place to meet the requirements provided in the RFP. Please see our current insurance certificates below: Insurance Requirements Seal Beach: Traffic Signal Maintenance Services ©2026 Yunex Traffic 35 As requested in the RFP, Yunex LLC has completed a Fee Proposal and submitted it in a separate sealed envelope marked “Fee Proposal”. Fee Proposal Page 1 of 3 Restricted DELEGATION OF APPROVAL AUTHORITY FROM PRESIDENT & MANAGING DIRECTOR AND MANAGING DIRECTOR FINANCE YUNEX, LLC. ______________________________________________________________________ A. The undersigned Marshall Cheek, President & Managing Director and Dirk Rauber, Vice President & Managing Director Finance of the Yunex, LLC (the “Corporation”), a limited liability company duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, by virtue of the authority vested as President and Vice President to sign or countersign and otherwise execute in the name, or on behalf of the Corporation, any bids, projects, contracts, agreements and any certificates, affidavits or ancillary documents in connection therewith to the extent the foregoing instruments and are consistent with the limits of authority granted under LoA guidelines and grants of release for and on behalf of the Corporation, do hereby delegate to and acknowledge that the following person(s) may exercise such authority for and on our behalf up to $3 million. AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES Business Operations (Name/Position) Finance/Central Support Function (Name/Position) EVP, Technology B. It is further acknowledged that the following individuals are hereby authorized to sign or countersign and otherwise execute in the name, or on behalf of the Corporation, the same documents as referenced in paragraph A, up to and including a transactional limit of $1,500,000. Any such delegation extends to but is limited to the same scope, documents and subject matter as referenced and granted in paragraph A, limited to the monetary amount stated in this paragraph. C. It is further acknowledged that the following individuals are hereby authorized to sign or countersign and otherwise execute in the name, or on behalf of the Corporation, the same documents as referenced in paragraph A, up to and including a transactional limit of $500,000. Any such delegation extends to but is limited to the same scope, documents and subject matter as referenced and granted in paragraph A, limited to the monetary amount stated in this paragraph. AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES Business Operations (Position) Finance/Central Support Function (Position) Operations Manager Commercial Project Manager Project Manager Commercial Service Manager Material Manager Technical Project Manager Director, Channel Partners AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES Business Operations (Position) Finance/Central Support Function (Position) SVP, Solution Delivery Manager, Procurement Head of Projects Commercial Manager, Products Director, Field Services Controller/Head of Accounting V.P. Operations Director of Finance, Solutions & Services Page 2 of 3 Restricted Regional Manager, Field Services D. It is further acknowledged that the following individuals are hereby authorized to sign or countersign and otherwise execute in the name, or on behalf of the Corporation, the same documents as they are referenced in paragraph A, up to and including a transactional limit of $100,000. Any such delegation extends to but is limited to the same scope, documents and subject matter as referenced and granted in paragraph A, limited to the monetary amount stated in this paragraph. AUTHORIZED SIGNATORIES Business Operations (Name/Position) Finance/Central Support Function (Name/Position) Service Coordinator Procurement Specialist Sales/Account Manager Bid/Capture Manager E. It is further acknowledged that each of the signatures of the persons referred to in paragraphs A, B, C, D, and E are binding upon the Corporation. F. Notwithstanding the delegated authorities outlined above, no delegations identified herein shall apply to contracts which contain any of the following extraordinary non-standard terms: a. Unlimited liability; b. No waivers of consequential, indirect, incidental and punitive damages; c. No waivers of implied warranties; or d. Indemnification provisions which: i. Are not limited to the extent of Yunex LLC’s negligence or willful misconduct; ii. Do not provide Yunex LLC with control over claim strategy, including choice of attorneys; or iii. Do not limit the causes of action subject to indemnity to: 1. bodily injury and property damage; 2. intellectual property infringement; and 3. breach of confidentiality. G. It is further acknowledged that any delegate’s authority extends only to the scope and extent of the delegate’s respective job responsibilities. For instance, a project manager’s delegation extends only to the limits described herein and only to the project(s) for which the delegate has responsibility. H. It is further acknowledged that any document shall require the signature of two (2) of the above Authorized Signatories, one each from Business Operations and from Finance/Central Support Functions, whom shall have the requisite signature authority to be legally binding upon the Corporation. I. It is further acknowledged that each of the persons referred to herein is authorized to delegate such person’s authority hereunder to additional members of his or her management team up to the limit of such person’s delegation of authority, provided that such delegation is in written form signed by the delegator and filed with the Legal Department. J. It is further acknowledged that the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation is authorized to issue certifications attesting to the incumbency, authority and status of any of the persons referred to in this resolution. K. Any prior versions of this general Delegation of Authority policy are void. Page 3 of 3 Restricted IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto subscribed our names and affixed the corporate seal of the said company, as of the 21st day of November 2024. ________________________________ Marshall Cheek President & Managing Director Yunex, LLC. _________________________________ Dirk Rauber Vice President and Managing Director Finance Yunex, LLC CERTIFICATE I, Pamela Brickner, certify that I am the Secretary of Yunex, LLC, that Marshall Cheek and Dirk Rauber who signed this agreement for this corporation, were then President and Managing Director USA and Vice President and Managing Director Finance USA of this corporation; and this agreement was duly signed for and on behalf of this limited liability company by authority of its governing body and within the scope of its corporate powers. Witness my hand and seal of this corporation on this 21st day of November, 2024. By: _____________________________ (CORPORATE SEAL) Dirk Rauber cn=Dirk Rauber, c=US, o=Yunex LLC, ou=Managing Director Finance/ CFO, email=Dirk.Rauber@yunextraffic.com 11/22/24 ______________ Brickner Pamela z004fc5d cn=Brickner Pamela z004fc5d, ou=Users, email=pamela.brickner@yunextraffic.com 11/22/24______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ORARARARRRRARRARRARRARARRARARRRRRARAAAARARARARRARARAAAAARRARAAAAAAAAAAARAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAATTTTTTTTETTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT City of Seal Beach Traffic Signal Maintenance Services Fee Proposal 1. Routine Maintenance Item Description Quantity Unit Price Monthly Price Annual Price Monthly Traffic Signal Maintenance 23 $95.00 $2,185.00 $26,220.00 Monthly Flashing Beacon Maintenance 4 $35.00 $140.00 $1,680.00 Total Annual Routine Maintenance Cost: $27,900.00 2. Labor Rates Item Description Unit Regular Overtime Premium Operations Superintendent Hourly $107.00 $107.00 $107.00 Foreman Hourly $158.00 $197.00 $236.00 Traffic Signal Technician Hourly $149.00 $185.00 $220.00 Streetlight Technician Hourly $149.00 $185.00 $220.00 Utility Technician Hourly $149.00 $185.00 $220.00 Groundsman Hourly $120.00 $168.00 $168.00 Lab Technician Hourly $157.00 $197.00 $236.00 Engineering/Systems Technician Hourly $157.00 $197.00 $236.00 Regular, Overtime, and Premium time explanation: Regular Hours are Monday through Friday (excluding holidays) from 7:30am to 4:00pm. Overtime Hours are Monday through Friday after these work hours for the first two hours as well as Saturday for the initial 10 working hours. Premium Hours are Monday through Friday after two hours of OT, Saturdays after 10 hours worked in the city, all day Sunday starting at 12:00am until Monday at 7:30am and all holidays as listed by the DIR and outlined in the memo dated March 15th, 2023 (see below) starting at 12:00am until the next morning at 7:30am. a. https://www.dir.ca.gov/oprl/Important_Notices_Archive/03-15-2023.pdf 3. Equipment Rates Item Description Unit Unit Price Service Truck Hourly $32.00 Bucket Truck Hourly $35.00 Crane Truck Hourly $70.00 Towable Air Compressor Hourly $5.00 Towable Arrow Board Hourly $5.00 4. Extraordinary/Emergency Maintenance Item Description Unit Unit Price USA Locate/Markout Services Each $185.00 Type E Loop (1-4 loops)Each $810.00 Type E Loop (5 or More loops)Each $635.00 Cabinet Testing Each $1,075.00 5. Material Markup Item Description Unit Unit Price Material Markup % Cost + 15% 6. CPI Increases Contractor shall be paid in accordance with the fee proposal above and made a part of this Agreement. During the term of this Agreement, the compensation shall be adjusted annually based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for the Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim area for the 12-month period from December to December, not to exceed 3% unless upon mutual agreement. EXHIBIT C TERMS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS 1. Contractor acknowledges that this Agreement is subject to (a) Chapter 1 and (b) the rules and regulations established Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in 1(a) and 1(b) as though set forth in full herein. 2. California law requires the inclusion of specific Labor Code provisions in certain contracts. The inclusion of such specific provisions below, whether or not required by California law, does not alter the meaning or scope of Section 1 above. 3. Contractor shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1725.5, and has provided proof of registration to City prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that is not registered with DIR pursuant to Section 1725.5. Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain their registration with the DIR in effect throughout the duration of this Agreement. If Contractor or any subcontractor ceases to be registered with DIR at any time during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City. 4. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.4, Contractor compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR. Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by DIR regulations. 5. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Agreement are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by this Agreement. 6. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $200.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor. 7. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Contractor and each subcontractor to: keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and inform City of the location of the records. 8. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement, Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall submit to City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement. 9. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. Contractor and subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of this Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If Contractor or any subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City. 10. Contractor Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by employees of Contractor in excess of eight hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight hours per day at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay. 11. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows: compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before 12. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the project, Contractor shall be Sections 1860 and 3700, and Contractor shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor a copy of those statutory provisions and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with those statutory provisions. Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure. 13. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at Contractor City) City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, and volunteers and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed above by any person or entity (including Contractor, its subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees, agents and servants) in connection with any work undertaken or in connection with the Agreement, including without limitation the expenses. All duties of Contractor under this Section shall survive the termination of the Agreement. Agenda Item D AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Iris Lee, Director of Public Works SUBJECT:Adopt 2026 Pavement Management Plan ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7767 adopting the 2026 Pavement Management Plan. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The Pavement Management Plan (PMP) is an asset management system used by agencies to effectively and equitably manage a street system for an entire city. The management system catalogs and rates all of the streets within the city. It also maps out the performance of the streets over time and with projected budget numbers, prepares recommendations for future maintenance and rehabilitation. This management system helps agencies not only to maximize the efficiency of the funds spent, but also helps to plan future needs for the city. Pavement Management Plans became common during the 1990s. During that period, the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) began requiring that cities implement a Pavement Management Program to remain eligible to receive Measure M (and now Measure M2) street funding. OCTA has since updated the request that all streets within the City are included within a PMP that is updated every two (2) years. Pending economic conditions, the City is forecasted to receive approximately $575,000 in FY 2026-27 of M2 Local Fair Share apportionment. This allocation was considered in the City’s proposed FY 2026-27 budget, and M2- funded transportation projects were adjusted accordingly. The City of Seal Beach (City) has been utilizing a PMP since the early part of the 1990s and has been updating its program every two (2) years since 2004. The City has been investing in the street system during this time and the PMP has assisted the City with optimizing this investment. In 2009, OCTA prepared a study and standardized the requirements of the PMP that cities utilize. One of the requirements is that the streets be rated on a 0-100 scale. Many of the agencies (including Seal Beach) had already been on this system, but standardizing allowed the State to compare ratings among agencies. It also has allowed the State to Page 2 2 2 8 7 compile the information from all of the agencies into a comprehensive report (California Statewide Local Streets and Roads Needs Assessment) that is used to advocate for transportation funding. OCTA has compiled a report entitled “Countywide Assessment of Existing and Future Pavement Needs” with similar goals in mind. On August 19, 2025, Nichols Consulting Engineers, Inc. (NCE) was retained to prepare the PMP update. Accordingly, NCE inspected all City streets for use in preparing the PMP update for 2026. The City is extremely effective in managing the City’s streets and roadways with the City’s constrained budget. There was an increase in the citywide overall Pavement Condition Index (PCI) from a 78 to a 79. This one-point increase stems mainly from one-time use funds, such as OCTA grant funds on the Bike Lane Gap Closure project on Lampson Avenue, Pavement Management Relief Funding (PMRF) on Seal Beach Boulevard, and OCTA Settlement funding also used for Seal Beach Boulevard. One-time funds help augment the City’s street repaving budget but cannot be guaranteed for future projects. According to the PMP, the City’s average annual budget would lead to the City’s overall PCI dropping to 76 within seven (7) years. In summary, 62.3% of the roadway system was rated as good or very good, 25.5% as fair, and 12.2% as poor. Studies have shown that it costs significantly less to maintain pavement in good condition than to repair pavement that is in poor condition. By allowing pavement to deteriorate, streets may cost up to fifteen (15) times more to reconstruct. Delaying repairs can significantly increase repair costs. It is best practice to eliminate deferred maintenance through ongoing preventative maintenance. The table below shows the PCI ratings of the statewide average, countywide average, and the City. A rating of 100 indicates new pavement and 0 is failed pavement. Agency Average PCI Statewide Average (2024 and 2025) 65 All Orange County Cities (2024 and 2025) 80 City of Seal Beach (2026) 79 A copy of the PMP report is available for review at the Public Works Department and is included as Attachment B. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: This item is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3) of the state CEQA Guidelines because it can be seen with certainty that the adoption of a pavement management plan will not have a significant effect on the environment. Page 3 2 2 8 7 LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the resolution as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There are no fiscal impacts associated with the adoption of the 2026 Pavement Management Plan. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council approve Resolution 7767 adopting the 2026 Pavement Management Plan Report. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Iris Lee Patrick Gallegos Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: David Spitz, P.E. Associate Engineer ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7767 B. 2026 Pavement Management Plan Report RESOLUTION 7767 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL CONCERNING THE STATUS AND UPDATE OF THE 2026 PAVEMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE MEASURE M2 PROGRAM WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach (City) is required to meet eligibility requirements and submit eligibility verification packages to Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA) in order to remain eligible to receive Measure M2 (M2) funds; and, WHEREAS, the City is required to adopt and update a Pavement Management Plan (PMP), using the required format, regarding the status of road pavement conditions and implementation of the PMP on a biennial basis; and, WHEREAS, the City is required to provide a plan that manages the preservation, rehabilitation, and maintenance of paved roads by analyzing pavement life cycles, assessing overall system performance costs, and determining alternative strategies and costs necessary to improve paved roads. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine and order as follows: Section 1. The City Council hereby resolves the PMP is in conformance with the PMP Submittal Template provided in the Countywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines. Section 2. The City Council hereby adopts a PMP and has provided an updated PMP report, using the required format, to OCTA. Section 3. The City Council hereby authorizes the Director of Public Works, City Engineer, or designee, to sign the PMP certification form. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members 1 1 1 3 8 Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7767 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk SubmiƩed By: 300 E 2nd Street, #1210 Reno, NV 89501 (775) 329-4955 SubmiƩed By: 2300 E Katella Avenue, Suite 125 Anaheim, CA 92806 (657) 275-3018 Reno | Lake Tahoe | Point Richmond | Oakland | Sacramento | Anaheim | Sco Ʃsdale City of Seal Beach Public Works 211 Eight Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 April 2026 Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update Final Report Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach April 2026 Prepared for: City of Seal Beach Public Works 211 Eight Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 Prepared by: Shaun Russo PMP Analyst Vivek Jha, P.E. (MD) Principal NCE 2300 E. Katella Avenue, Suite 125 Anaheim, CA 92806 (657) 362-3018 NCE Project No. 334.13.30 Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update Executive Summary City of Seal Beach ES-3 Executive Summary Nichols Consulting Engineers, Chtd. (NCE) was selected by the City of Seal Beach (City) to update its Pavement Management Plan (PMP). The purpose of the PMP is to help educate policymakers about the current condition of the street network and the impact of various funding scenarios on future network conditions, as well as complying with the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA)’s Measure M2 Program where the City must biennially adopt and update a PMP. This report summarizes the findings from the 2026 PMP Update. The City is responsible for maintaining approximately 40.8 centerline miles (49.4 section miles) of streets, representing a substantial investment of approximately $122 million. The street network includes 19.9 miles of Master Plan of Arterial Highways (MPAH) streets and 29.5 miles of local streets. Per OCTA’s PMP certification program, all MPAH streets must be inspected at least once every 2 years, and local streets must be inspected every 6 years. The 2026 update includes an assessment of the entire street network. The City monitors pavement conditions by collecting pavement distresses in compliance with ASTM D64331 and as outlined by OCTA in the “Countywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines”, Chapter 22. Table A below summarizes the network’s Pavement Condition Index (PCI) breakdown by functional classification. Table A. Street Network PCI Breakdown Functional Class Centerline Mileage Section Mileage Percent Area Weighted Average PCI MPAH 11.7 20.3 42.3 76 Local 29.1 29.1 57.7 82 Total 40.8 49.4 100.0% 79 *The weighted average PCI is calculated by multiplying the area of each street section by the PCI of that section, totaling all sections together, and then dividing by the total area of the network area or functional classification. The 2026 weighted average (by area) PCI of the City of Seal Beach is 79. Overall, 60.8 percent of the City’s street network area is in either “Very Good” or “Good” condition, approximately 26.8 percent are in “Fair” condition, and 12.4 percent are in either “Poor” or “Very Poor” condition. The OCTA Measure M Regional Capacity Program (Project O)—which provides Measure M2 grant funding for arterial, intersection, and freeway/arterial improvements—includes an incentive for successful implementation of a PMP. The incentive is a 10 percent reduction in local matching fund requirements if either of the following conditions apply: a) Show measurable improvement of paved street conditions during the previous reporting period defined as an overall weighted (by area) average system improvement of 1 PCI point with no reduction in the overall weighted (by area) average PCI in the MPAH or local street categories; OR – 1 ASTM. “ASTM D6433-11.” Standard Practice for Roads and Parking Lots Pavement Condition Index Inspections. 2 OCTA. Countywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines Manual. March 2024. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update Executive Summary City of Seal Beach ES-4 b) Have street pavement conditions for the overall network during the previous reporting period within the highest 20 percent of the scale for street pavement conditions in conformance with OCTA Ordinance No.3, defined as a PCI of 75 or higher. The City’s PCI meets the requirements as noted in the preceding paragraph (b) by keeping the citywide network PCI greater than 75, with the MPAH street network at PCI of 76 and the Local street network at PCI of 82. The City will therefore be eligible for the 10 percent reduction in local matching fund requirements. The following scenarios were performed for this report as required by the OCTA PMP Guidelines: Scenario 1: Projected Budget ($1.49M per year)— The result shows that at the City’s existing budget funding level, the network PCI is projected to decrease from 79 to 76 by the end of the analysis period. The cost of deferred maintenance3 will increase from $5.1 million to $10.8 million by the end of FY 32/33. Scenario 2: Maintain PCI at 79 ($2.14M per year)– The result shows that the City will need to spend a total of $15.0 million over 7 years to maintain the network PCI at 79. Additionally, deferred maintenance will increase from $5.1 million to $5.7 million by the end of FY 32/33. Scenario 3: Increase PCI to 80 ($2.29M per year)– The result shows that the City will need to spend a total of $16.0 million over 7 years to increase the network PCI to 79. Additionally, deferred maintenance will decrease from $5.1 million to $4.5 million by the end of FY 32/33. The following table summarizes each scenario with its corresponding 7-year budget, the PCI, and deferred maintenance costs at the end of the analysis period. Table B. Budget Scenario Analysis Summary Scenario Description Cumulative 7-year Budget ($M) FY 32/33 Network PCI Deferred Maintenance ($M) 1 Projected Budget $10.4 76 $18.4 2 Maintain PCI at 79 $15.0 79 $5.7 3 Increase PCI to 80 $16.0 80 $4.5 Conclusion Based on the pavement conditions, the City has met OCTA’s requirements for receiving a 10 percent reduction in the local matching fund. The City’s Budget (Scenario 1) of $10.4 million is expected to drop the overall network PCI from 78 to 76 by the end of FY 32/33. The current projections show that the City will remain eligible for Measure M2 local matching funds reduction of ten percent for the entire analysis period (till FY 32/33). In Scenario 2, PCI will be maintained at 79 for the next 7 years. In Scenario 3, the PCI will increase from 79 to 80, one point for the next reporting cycle and maintain through FY 32/33. Both scenarios will satisfy the OCTA requirements for the next 7 years. 3 Deferred maintenance is a maintenance and activity that was not performed when it should have been or was scheduled to be performed but was delayed to a future period due to the lack of funding. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update Executive Summary City of Seal Beach ES-5 Comparing the current results to the 2024 PMP Cycle, the results show that the City’s investment in pavement rehabilitation since 2024 has produced measurable improvements: overall network PCI increased from 78 to 79, MPAH PCI improved from 72 to 76, and the deferred maintenance backlog was reduced from approximately $6.9 million to $5.1 million. These results confirm that the City’s recent pavement program has been effective and that the network is well-positioned for the next planning cycle. Recommendations NCE recommends that the City consider the following: 1. Pavement Budget - NCE recommends that, City increase its annual budget so that Scenario 2 noted above can be implemented. This will ensure that the City’s PCI is maintained at the existing level while limiting the growth of deferred maintenance to $5.7 million. It should be noted that this scenario will require the City to increase the funding from $10.4 million to $15.0 million over the seven-year period. 3. Inspection Strategies – To continue monitoring the street network and be in compliance with OCTA Measure M2 requirements, it is recommended that the City continues its practice of inspecting the entire street network every two years. 2. Maintenance and Rehabilitation (M&R) Decision Tree - It is important for the City to review and update the M&R treatment strategies and associated unit costs annually to reflect current construction techniques/costs so that the budget analysis results can continue to be reliable and accurate. It should be noted that although asphalt prices are experiencing volatility, on average, Seal Beach unit costs have increased by approximately 7 percent for preventative maintenance treatments and approximately 18 percent for rehabilitation maintenance treatments between 2024 and 2026. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update Table of Contents City of Seal Beach vi Table of Contents 1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 1 1.1 Purpose ..................................................................................................................................... 1 2 Network Summary ................................................................................................................... 2 3 Pavement Condition ................................................................................................................ 2 4 Reduction in M2 Local Match ................................................................................................... 6 5 Maintenance and Rehabilitation Strategies ............................................................................. 7 6 Budget Analysis ....................................................................................................................... 9 6.1 Budget Needs ............................................................................................................................ 9 6.2 Budget Scenarios .................................................................................................................... 10 6.3 Scenario 1: Projected Budget ($1.49M per year). .................................................................. 11 6.4 Scenario 2: Maintain PCI at 79 ($2.14M per year). ................................................................. 12 6.5 Scenario 3: Increase PCI to 80 ($2.29M per year). ................................................................. 13 6.6 Scenario Comparisons. ............................................................................................................ 14 6.7 Comparison with 2024 PMP Update. ...................................................................................... 15 7 Conclusion and Recommendations ........................................................................................ 17 7.1 Findings ................................................................................................................................... 17 7.2 Recommendations .................................................................................................................. 17 List of Figures Figure 1. Example of Streets with Different PCIs. ......................................................................................... 3 Figure 2. Percent Pavement Area by Condition Category. ............................................................................ 4 Figure 3. Costs of Maintaining Pavements Over Time .................................................................................. 8 Figure 4. PCI vs Deferred Maintenance for Scenario 1. ............................................................................... 11 Figure 5. PCI vs Deferred Maintenance for Scenario 2. ............................................................................... 12 Figure 6. PCI vs Deferred Maintenance for Scenario 3. ............................................................................... 13 Figure 7. Comparison of Annual PCI by Scenario. ....................................................................................... 14 Figure 8. Comparison of Annual Deferred Maintenance by Scenario. ........................................................ 14 Figure 9. Comparison of 7-Year Scenario Budgets: 2024 vs. 2026 PMP Cycle. ........................................... 15 Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update Table of Contents City of Seal Beach vii List of Tables Table 1. Network Summary Statistics by Functional Class ............................................................................ 2 Table 2. Pavement Condition Categories ...................................................................................................... 4 Table 3. Pavement Condition Summary - Citywide ....................................................................................... 5 Table 4. Pavement Condition Summary – MPAH Network ........................................................................... 5 Table 5. Pavement Condition Summary – Local Network ............................................................................. 5 Table 6. MPAH Pavement Maintenance and Rehabilitation Decision Tree .................................................. 8 Table 7. Local Pavement Maintenance and Rehabilitation Decision Tree .................................................... 8 Table 8. Summary of Results from an Unconstrained Needs Analysis. ......................................................... 9 Table 9. Budget Scenario Analysis Summary. .............................................................................................. 10 Table 10. Summary of Results from Scenario 1 Analysis ............................................................................. 11 Table 11. Summary of Results from Scenario 2 Analysis ............................................................................. 12 Table 12. Summary of Results from Scenario 3 Analysis ............................................................................. 13 List of Appendices Appendix 1 Section Description Inventory – Average (Weighted by Area) PCI Appendix 2 7-Year Work Plan Appendix 3 Pavement Condition GIS Maps Appendix 4 OCTA Pavement Management Plan Agency Submittal Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 1 1 Introduction Nichols Consulting Engineers, Chtd. (NCE) was selected by the City of Seal Beach to perform an update of the City’s Pavement Management Plan (PMP). In general, PMPs are “designed to provide objective information and useful data so that managers can make more consistent, cost effective, and defensible decisions related to the preservation of a pavement network.4” The goal of this effort is to update the PMP with current pavement conditions and to perform funding analyses to help inform policy makers as well as to comply with the Orange County Transportation Authority’s (OCTA) Measure M2 Program. OCTA annually updates its guidelines to ensure field data collection and reporting procedures are consistent and that pavement conditions are comparable between reporting cycles. To update the City’s PMP, NCE performed pavement condition surveys in compliance with ASTM D64335 as required by OCTA in the “Citywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines” 6. The surveys did not include non- pavement issues such as traffic, safety and street hazards, geometric issues, shoulders, sidewalks, curb and gutters, drainage issues, or immediate maintenance needs. After inspection, all survey data was entered into the City’s PAVERTM database, and pavement condition index (PCI) calculations were performed. NCE then coordinated with City staff and reviewed and updated the City’s decision tree including maintenance and rehabilitation (M&R) strategies treatment unit costs. A budget needs analysis was then performed, and three (3) budget scenarios were analyzed for the street network. This report answers the following questions for the City of Seal Beach: • What does the City’s pavement network include? • What is the current condition of the pavement network? • What is the City’s current M&R strategies? • How much funding is required to perform all the M&R treatments needed over the next 7 years? • What effect will the City’s existing funding and other funding levels have on the network condition and deferred maintenance? 1.1 Purpose The purpose of this report is to assist policy makers in using the results of the PMP. This report analyzes different levels of funding and maximizes the return from expenditure by selecting the most cost-effective repairs. This report assists the City with identifying maintenance and rehabilitation (M&R) priorities specific to the City’s needs, and highlights options for improving the current PCI. These options are developed by conducting "what- if" analyses using MicroPAVER® software. By varying the budget amounts available for pavement maintenance and repair, the impact of different funding strategies on the City’s streets for the next 7 years was determined. The 2026 PMP update includes an assessment of the entire MPAH and Local City maintained pavement network. The assessment was done between November 2025 and February 2026, via a walking inspection method. The 4 AASHTO “Guidelines for Pavement Management Systems.” American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Washington DC, July 1990. 5 ASTM. "ASTM D6433-11." Standard Practice for Roads and Parking Lots Pavement Condition Index Surveys. 6 OCTA. Countywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines Manual. March 2022. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 2 database was updated with maintenance activities that have occurred since the last update in 2024. In addition, pavement treatment policies were reviewed, and unit costs were updated. 2 Network Summary The City is responsible for maintaining approximately 40.8 centerline miles (49.4 section miles) of streets, including 11.4 centerline miles of Master Plan of Arterial Highways (MPAH) streets and 29.5 centerline miles of local streets. Table 1 summarizes the street network by functional classification. Table 1. Network Summary Statistics by Functional Class Functional Class Centerline Mileage Section Mileage Percent Area Weighted Average PCI MPAH 11.7 20.3 42.3 76 Local 29.1 29.1 57.7 82 Total 40.8 49.4 100.0% 79 *The weighted average PCI is calculated by multiplying the area of each street section by the PCI of that section, totaling all sections together, and then dividing by the total area of the network area or functional classification. The total street network replacement cost is estimated to be approximately $122 million. This can be viewed as the value of the pavement network and is the amount needed to fund a full reconstruction of the entire paved network. It does not include related infrastructure assets such as sidewalks, signals, markings, signs, or storm drains. 3 Pavement Condition The PCI is a measurement of pavement grade or condition and ranges from 0 to 100. A newly constructed street will have a PCI of 100, while a street in very poor condition will have a PCI of 40 or less. The pavement condition is primarily affected by the climate, traffic loads and volumes, construction materials, and age. The symptoms manifested by the pavement as it ages or fails are determined by the distress types that are present, which for asphalt concrete pavements include: Asphalt Concrete Pavements: • Alligator (Fatigue) Cracking • Patching and Utility Cut Patching • Bleeding • Polished Aggregate • Block Cracking • Potholes • Bumps & Sags • Railroad Crossing • Corrugation • Rutting • Depression • Shoving • Edge Cracking • Slippage Cracking • Joint Reflection Cracking • Swell • Lane/Shoulder Drop-Off • Raveling • Longitudinal/Transverse Cracking • Weathering The photographs in Figure 1 illustrate the City’s asphalt concrete streets and show a range of PCIs. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 3 Figure 1. Example of Streets with Different PCIs. The PCI scale is divided into 5 general condition categories. Pavements in “Very Good” condition have a PCI at or above 86, pavements in “Good” condition have a PCI between 75 and 85, pavements in “Fair” condition have a PCI between 60 and 74, pavements in “Poor” condition have a PCI between 41 and 59, and finally pavements in “Very Poor” condition have a PCI at or below 40. Table 2 shows the PCI range for each condition category, which is outlined by OCTA in the “Countrywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines.” Seal Beach Blvd SB From Gate Rd to Golden Rain Rd (N) PCI: 100 14th Street From Electric Ave to PCH PCI: 80 Bolsa Avenue From Seal Beach Blvd to Balboa Dr PCI: 61 Lampson Avenue EB From Basswood St to Candlebery Av PCI: 52 6th Street From Ocean Av to Electric Av PCI: 74 1st Street NB From Welcome Lane to PCH PCI: 39 Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 4 Table 2. Pavement Condition Categories Condition Category PCI Range Description Very Good 86 – 100 Pavements with little or no distress. Good 75 – 85 Pavements which have some distresses which are predominantly non-load related. Fair 60 – 74 Pavements which have a significant level of distress which is predominantly load related. Poor 41-59 Pavements which have a major distress. Very Poor 0 – 40 Pavements which have an extensive amount of distress. The City’s overall weighted average PCI for the network in 2026 is 78, which places the overall network pavement condition in the “Good” category. Figure 2 breaks down the current network PCI by functional classification. As shown, most of the network falls under the “Good” or “Very Good” condition. Figure 2. Percent Pavement Area by Condition Category. Table 3 through Table 5 provide a pavement condition breakdown for the Citywide street network as well as the MPAH and Local networks by PCI range and condition category. Overall, 40.9 percent of the City’s Street Network area is in “Very Good” condition, 19.9 percent is in “Good” condition, 26.8 percent is in “Fair” condition, 10.1 percent is in “Poor” condition, and 2.3 percent is in “Very Poor” condition. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 5 Table 3. Pavement Condition Summary - Citywide Condition Category PCI Range Section Mileage Percent Centerline Mileage Pavement Area (SF) Percent Area Very Good 86 – 100 20.6 41.6% 3,814,633 40.9% Good 75 – 85 10.2 20.7% 1,861,460 19.9% Fair 60 – 74 12.6 25.5% 2,501,222 26.8% Poor 41-59 4.6 9.4% 940,637 10.1% Very Poor 0 – 40 1.4 2.8% 213,442 2.3% Totals 49.4 100.0% 9,331,394 100.0% Table 4. Pavement Condition Summary – MPAH Network Condition Category PCI Range Section Mileage Percent Section Mileage Pavement Area (SF) Percent Area Very Good 86 – 100 7.2 35.7% 1,439,963 36.5% Good 75 – 85 3.6 17.7% 601,572 15.2% Fair 60 – 74 5.3 26.3% 1,088,406 27.6% Poor 41-59 2.8 13.8% 614,956 15.6% Very Poor 0 – 40 1.3 6.4% 203,250 5.1% Totals 20.3 100.0% 3,873,880 100% Table 5. Pavement Condition Summary – Local Network Condition Category PCI Range Section Mileage Percent Section Mileage Pavement Area (SF) Percent Area Very Good 86 – 100 13.3 45.8% 2,374,670 44.1% Good 75 – 85 6.6 22.8% 1,259,888 23.4% Fair 60 – 74 7.3 24.9% 1,412,816 26.2% Poor 41-59 1.8 6.3% 325,681 6.0% Very Poor 0 – 40 0.1 0.2% 10,192 0.2% Totals 29.5 100% 5,457,514 100% Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 6 4 Reduction in M2 Local Match The OCTA Measure M Regional Capacity Program (Project O) - which provides Measure M2 grant funding for arterial, intersection, and freeway/arterial improvements, includes an incentive for successful implementation of a PMP. The incentive is a 10 percent reduction in local matching fund requirements if either of the following conditions apply: a) Show measurable improvement of paved street conditions during the previous reporting period defined as an overall weighted (by area) average system improvement of 1 PCI point with no reduction in the overall weighted (by area) average PCI in the MPAH or local street categories; – OR – b) Have street pavement conditions for the overall network during the previous reporting period within the highest 20 percent of the scale for street pavement conditions in conformance with OCTA Ordinance No.3, defined as a PCI of 75 or higher. The City’s PCI meets the requirements as noted in the preceding paragraph (b) by keeping the overall network PCI greater than 75, with the MPAH street network at PCI of 76 and the Local street network at PCI of 82. The City will therefore be eligible for the 10 percent reduction in local matching fund requirements for the next 2- year cycle. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 7 5 Maintenance and Rehabilitation Strategies In general, slurry seals will be applied to pavements in “Good” condition with localized repairs being performed when load related distresses are present. Pavements in “Fair” condition will receive a 2-inch grind and overlay; pavements in “Poor” condition will receive a 2-inch grind and overlay with base repairs; and lastly, pavements in “Very Poor” condition are often in need of surface reconstruction. Experience and research have shown that it costs much less to maintain pavement in good condition than to repair pavement that has already failed. As shown in Figure 3, by allowing pavements to deteriorate, streets that once cost $0.98/square foot (SF) to slurry seal may soon cost $5.29/SF to overlay, or $16.23/SF to reconstruct. The mantra of pavement maintenance follows the colloquial saying of "Pay now or pay more later". In other words, delaying repairs can significantly increase repair costs. Preventive maintenance treatments, such as slurry seal, can extend the life of a pavement by correcting minor faults and reducing further deterioration. Pavements in the “Fair” condition show some form of distress that require more than preventive maintenance. At this point, a well-designed pavement will have reached between 35 and 50 percent of its life, and an overlay will be required. A key element of a pavement management repair strategy is to keep streets in the “Good” to “Fair” categories from deteriorating. This is particularly true for streets in the “Fair” range, since pavement deterioration will accelerate if left untreated. For the pavements in the “Poor” category, approximately 40 percent of the pavement life is left—a thicker grind and overlay (2 to 5 inches) with substantial localized base repair would be required. Pavements in “Very Poor” condition are near the end of their service life and often exhibit severe forms of distress such as potholes, rutting and extensive cracking, etc. At this stage, surface or full-depth reconstruction is typically required. The City’s maintenance and rehabilitation decision tree for both MPAH and Local networks are generalized in Table 6 and Table 7. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 8 Figure 3. Costs7 of Maintaining Pavements Over Time Table 6. MPAH Pavement Maintenance and Rehabilitation Decision Tree Condition Category AC Pavement (MPAH) Very Good Do Nothing Good Do Nothing Fair 2" Grind and ARHM Overlay ($5.29/SF) Poor 2" Grind and ARHM Overlay with 10% Base Repairs ($7.84/SF) Very Poor AC Surface Reconstruction (2”ARHM+6”AC) ($16.23/SF) Table 7. Local Pavement Maintenance and Rehabilitation Decision Tree Condition Category AC Pavement (Local) Very Good Slurry Seal ($0.98/SF) Good Slurry Seal with 5% Base Repairs ($1.07/SF) Fair 1.5" Grind and ARHM Overlay ($4.37/SF) Poor 1.5" Grind and ARHM Overlay with 10% Base Repairs ($6.77/SF) Very Poor AC Surface Reconstruction (2”ARHM+2”AC) ($9.04/SF) 7 In addition to the contractor’s prices, unit costs are loaded to include staff time, design, construction management, contingencies, and all non-Asphalt Concrete (AC) related work. Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor 65% 25% 10% Slurry Seal w /Base Repairs $1.00-1.39/SF Grind and ARHM Overlay $4.37-5.29/SF Grind and ARHM Overlay w/Base Repairs $6.77-7.84/SF Reconstruction $10.03-16.23/SF Percent of Pavement Life Pavement Condition Category Do Nothing / Slurry Seal $0 – 0.98/SF Unit Cost (Local-MPAH)/SF Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 9 6 Budget Analysis Based on the principle that it costs less to maintain streets in good condition than it does to repair those that have failed, cost-effective PMPs employ strategies that eliminate the deferred maintenance and then maintain the network with ongoing preventive maintenance. Such strategies bring the network condition to an optimal PCI that can be maintained over time. 6.1 Budget Needs The first step in developing such a cost-effective strategy is to determine, assuming unlimited revenues (i.e., an unconstrained budget), the total maintenance budget “needs” of the network. In other words, the amount of funding required for each street in the network to achieve an optimal level based on the policy established in the decision tree. The costs of the treatment(s) over the analysis period were calculated by multiplying the unit cost by the pavement section area at an annual inflation rate of 5.0 percent. This is estimated to be approximately $17.5 million over the next 7 years. Of the total budget needs, approximately $13.7 million (78 percent) is devoted to rehabilitation and reconstruction treatments, while the rest is allocated towards preventive maintenance. If the City follows this “ideal” strategy, the Citywide average network PCI will be maintained at 84. Table 8 below shows the impacts of expenditure on the PCI, assuming an unconstrained budget. Table 8. Summary of Results from an Unconstrained Needs Analysis. Fiscal Year Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 32/33 31/32 32/33 Total Needs ($M) Overall NA 5.1 1.2 4.6 1.9 0.3 2.9 1.7 17.5 Rehabilitation ($M) Overall NA 3.8 1.1 4.3 1.7 0.1 1.4 1.3 13.7 Preventive Maintenance ($M) Overall NA 1.3 0.1 0.3 0.1 0.2 1.5 0.3 3.8 PCI with Treatment Overall 79 82 81 84 85 84 84 84 NA PCI without Treatment Overall 79 78 76 74 72 70 68 66 NA In the unconstrained budget “Needs” analysis, the PCI value for each street section is projected without treatment over the analysis period and assigned the applicable treatments. The appropriate time to apply treatments is also determined per the decision tree, since the pavement begins to deteriorate immediately after application and as a result, and subsequent preventive maintenance may be required. The streets in “Poor” and “Very Poor” conditions that require the more costly repairs will be among those chosen in the first year. Once these treatments are completed, the streets may not require another treatment during the analysis period. The expenditures of this unconstrained budget scenario reflect a strategy of “front loading” the maintenance repairs since deferring treatments will cost more due to higher costs associated with addressing “Poor” to “Very Poor” pavement conditions. However, very few agencies can fund all maintenance treatments in the first year, so the budget scenarios reflect a more realistic annual funding level. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 10 6.2 Budget Scenarios Having determined the maintenance needs of the street network, the next step in developing a cost-effective M&R strategy is to conduct several alternative budgets or “what-if” scenario analyses. By examining the impacts of budget "scenarios", the advantages, and disadvantages of the 3 funding levels and maintenance strategies can be illustrated. The 3 scenarios are required by the OCTA PMP Guidelines. The following scenarios were performed for this report using an annual inflation factor of 5.0 percent. Scenario 1: Projected Budget ($1.49M per year)— The result shows that at the City’s existing budget funding level, the network PCI is projected to decrease from 79 to 76 by the end of the analysis period. The cost of deferred maintenance8 will increase from $1.35 million to $10.8 million by the end of FY 32/33. Please note that this budget scenario reflects the city’s projected annual budget based on the information provided to the project team. Scenario 2: Maintain PCI at 79 ($2.14M per year)– The result shows that the City will need to spend a total of ~$15.0 million over 7 years to maintain the network PCI at 79. Additionally, deferred maintenance will increase from $1.35 million to $5.7 million by the end of FY 32/33. Scenario 3: Increase PCI to 80 ($2.29M per year)– The result shows that the City will need to spend a total of ~$16.0 million over 7 years to increase the network PCI to 80. Additionally, deferred maintenance will decrease from $5.1 million to $4.5 million by the end of FY 32/33. The following table summarizes each scenario with its corresponding 7-year budget, the PCI, and deferred maintenance costs at the end of the analysis period. Table 9. Budget Scenario Analysis Summary. Scenario Description Cumulative 7-year Budget ($M) FY 32/33 Network PCI Deferred Maintenance ($M) 1 Projected Budget $10.4 76 $10.8 2 Maintain PCI at 79 $15.0 79 $5.7 3 Increase PCI to 80 $16.0 80 $4.5 8 Deferred maintenance is a maintenance and activity that was not performed when it should have been or was scheduled to be performed but was delayed to a future period due to the lack of funding. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 11 6.3 Scenario 1: Projected Budget ($1.49M per year). Per City’s current budget, the network PCI will decrease from 79 to 76 by the end of FY 32/33. The deferred maintenance cost will increase from $5.1 million to $10.8 million by the end of FY 32/33. Table 10 and Figure 4 show the results of this scenario. Table 10. Summary of Results from Scenario 1 Analysis Fiscal Year Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 32/33 31/32 32/33 Total Budget ($M) Overall NA 2.6 2.3 2.2 0.87 0.85 0.74 0.92 10.4 Rehabilitation ($M) Overall NA 2.4 2.0 2.0 0.62 0.61 0.498 0.678 8.8 Preventive Maintenance ($M) Overall NA 0.18 0.26 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.24 0.25 1.7 Deferred Maintenance ($M) Overall 5.1 1.3 1.2 5.5 7.5 8.0 8.9 10.8 NA PCI MPAH 76 76 77 79 78 77 77 76 N/A Local 82 83 81 80 79 78 76 75 N/A Overall 79 80 80 80 78 78 77 76 N/A Figure 4. PCI vs Deferred Maintenance for Scenario 1. 5.1 1.4 1.2 5.5 7.5 8.0 8.9 10.8 79 80 80 80 79 78 77 76 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 20 Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 30/31 31/32 32/33 PCIDeferred Maintenance ($M)Fiscal Year Deferred Maint. ($M)Network PCI MPAH PCI Local PCI Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 12 6.4 Scenario 2: Maintain PCI at 79 ($2.14M per year). In this scenario the overall network PCI is maintained at 79. As shown in Table 11 and Figure 5 for Scenario 2, the estimated financial commitment required to accomplish this goal is $15.0 million (approximately $4.6 million more than Scenario 1). While the network PCI is maintained at 79, the deferred maintenance at the end of FY 32/33 will decrease to $5.7 million. Table 11. Summary of Results from Scenario 2 Analysis Fiscal Year Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 32/33 31/32 32/33 Total Budget ($M) Overall NA 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 15.0 Rehabilitation ($M) Overall NA 2.4 2.0 2.0 0.9 1.8 1.7 1.6 12.3 Preventive Maintenance ($M) Overall NA 0.18 0.26 0.25 1.1 0.24 0.32 0.26 2.7 Deferred Maintenance ($M) Overall 5.1 1.3 1.2 5.5 6.4 5.7 5.2 5.7 NA PCI MPAH 76 76 77 79 78 80 79 78 N/A Local 82 83 81 80 80 79 79 80 N/A Overall 79 80 80 80 79 79 79 79 N/A Figure 5. PCI vs Deferred Maintenance for Scenario 2. 5.1 1.4 1.2 5.5 6.4 5.7 5.2 5.7 79 80 80 80 79 79 79 79 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 20 Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 30/31 31/32 32/33 PCIDeferred Maintenance ($M)Fiscal Year Deferred Maint. ($M)Network PCI MPAH PCI Local PCI Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 13 6.5 Scenario 3: Increase PCI to 80 ($2.29M per year). This scenario aims to increase the PCI to 80 by the end of FY 32/33. As shown in Table 12 and Figure 6, a total amount of $16.0 million ($5.6 million more than Scenario 1) is required over 7 years. The deferred maintenance cost at the end of FY 32/33 will decrease to $4.5 million ($6.4 million less than Scenario 1). Table 12. Summary of Results from Scenario 3 Analysis Fiscal Year Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 32/33 31/32 32/33 Total Budget ($M) Overall NA 2.6 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 16.0 Rehabilitation ($M) Overall NA 2.4 2.0 2.0 1.2 2.0 1.9 1.9 13.3 Preventive Maintenance ($M) Overall NA 0.18 0.26 0.25 1.1 0.24 0.32 0.36 2.7 Deferred Maintenance ($M) Overall 5.1 1.3 1.2 5.5 6.1 5.2 4.4 4.5 NA PCI MPAH 76 76 77 79 79 80 79 78 N/A Local 82 83 81 80 80 80 81 82 N/A Overall 79 80 80 80 79 79 80 80 N/A Figure 6. PCI vs Deferred Maintenance for Scenario 3. 5.1 1.4 1.2 5.5 6.1 5.2 4.5 4.5 79 80 80 80 79 80 80 80 0 20 40 60 80 100 0 5 10 15 20 Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 30/31 31/32 32/33 PCIDeferred Maintenance ($M)Fiscal Year Deferred Maint. ($M)Network PCI MPAH PCI Local PCI Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 14 6.6 Scenario Comparisons. Figure 7 compares the annual changes in PCI for each of the scenarios. As described above, the PCI will decrease to 76 in Scenario 1, remain at 79 for Scenario 2, and increase to 80 in Scenario 3 by the end of FY 32/33. Figure 7. Comparison of Annual PCI by Scenario. Figure 8 illustrates the changes in deferred maintenance over the 7-year analysis period for each scenario. For Scenario 1 the deferred maintenance will increase from $1.35 million to $10.8 million by the end of FY 32/33. Scenarios 2, and 3 present a deferred maintenance of $5.7 million, and $4.5 million, respectively, by the end of FY 32/33. Figure 8. Comparison of Annual Deferred Maintenance by Scenario. 66 76 79 79 79 80 0 20 40 60 80 100 Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 30/31 31/32 32/33Network PCIFiscal Year Untreated PCI/Do Nothing Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3 5.1 1.4 1.2 5.5 7.5 8.0 8.9 10.8 5.1 1.4 1.2 5.5 6.4 5.7 5.2 5.75.1 1.4 1.2 5.5 6.1 5.2 4.5 4.5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 Current 26/27 27/28 28/29 29/30 30/31 31/32 32/33Deferred Maintenance ($M)Fiscal Year Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3 Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 15 6.7 Comparison with 2024 PMP Update. A comparison of results between the 2024 and 2026 PMP cycles provides useful context for interpreting the current network condition and scenario costs. The analysis confirms that the City’s investment in pavement rehabilitation since the 2024 update has produced measurable improvements across all key metrics. Field inspection results show improvement in overall network condition between cycles. The citywide network PCI increased from 78 to 79. The most significant gain was in the MPAH network, where PCI improved from 72 to 76, a 4-point increase driven primarily by the substantial work done on the MPAH streets since the last PMP update. Bringing those streets back to a “very good” condition level removed a substantial reconstruction cost from the deferred maintenance backlog. Local street PCI registered a minor decline from 82 to 81, which is within normal variation and does not indicate a systemic issue. Deferred maintenance (DM) saw the most significant improvement between cycles. In the 2024 PMP, the Current Budget scenario started with approximately $6.9 million in deferred maintenance and projected it would climb steeply to $18.4 million over 7 years. In the 2026 PMP, the Current Budget scenario starts with only $5.1 million in deferred maintenance, a reduction of approximately 26 percent. This improvement reflects the combined effect of completed reconstruction projects, updated inspection data, and strategic treatment sequencing carried out since the 2024 update. Perhaps the most consequential finding is that maintaining or improving the network now costs less than it did two years ago. Figure 9 compares the 7-year scenario budgets across the two PMP cycles. The Maintain PCI scenario (Scenario 2) now requires approximately $2.9 million less over 7 years while achieving a higher ending PCI (79 versus 78). The Increase PCI scenario (Scenario 3) requires approximately $2.7 million less while delivering an ending PCI of 80 versus 79. This cost efficiency is a direct result of the reduced deferred maintenance backlog entering this cycle. Figure 9. Comparison of 7-Year Scenario Budgets: 2024 vs. 2026 PMP Cycle. $0.0M $5.0M $10.0M $15.0M $20.0M Current Budget (S1)Maintain PCI (S2)Increase PCI (S3)7-Year Budget ($M)2024 PMP Cycle 2026 PMP Cycle Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 16 The results presented in this section demonstrate that the City’s pavement program is performing effectively. The network enters the 2026 planning cycle in improved conditions, with a lower cost burden for scenarios that maintain or increase network quality. Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 17 7 Conclusion and Recommendations In summary, the City of Seal Beach has a substantial investment of $122 million in the pavement network. Overall, the pavement network is in “Good” condition with a PCI of 79. Approximately 40.9 percent of the City’s Street Network area is in “Very Good” condition, 19.9 percent is in “Good” condition, 26.8 percent is in “Fair” condition, 10.1 percent is in “Poor” condition, and 2.3 percent is in “Very Poor” condition. The biennial update of the PMP is an eligibility requirement of the Measure M2 plan as administered by OCTA. Appendix 4 contains the completed PMP template as required by OCTA. 7.1 Findings Based on the pavement conditions, the City has met OCTA’s requirements for receiving a 10 percent reduction in the local matching fund. In summary, the City of Seal Beach has a substantial investment of $122 million in the pavement network. Overall, the pavement network is in “Good” condition with a PCI of 79. The City’s existing budget (Scenario 1) of $10.4 million over 7 years is expected to reduce the overall network PCI from 79 to 76. In Scenario 2, PCI is maintained at 79 over 7 years with an investment of $15.0 million (approximately $4.6 million more than Scenario 1). Under Scenario 3, PCI would increase from 79 to 80 by the end of FY 32/33 with an investment of $16.0 million (approximately $5.6 million more than Scenario 1). 7.2 Recommendations Based on the data collected and the scenarios analyzed and presented in this report, NCE offers the following recommendations. 1. Prior Work Accomplishments - NCE commends the City of Seal Beach for the pavement work completed since the 2024 PMP Update. The completed arterial projects and continued preventive maintenance program have delivered a measurable improvement in network PCI and reduced the deferred maintenance backlog substantially. This strong foundation positions the City to maintain network quality at lower cost in the current cycle. 2. Pavement Budget - NCE recommends that, City increase its annual budget so that Scenario 2 noted above can be implemented. This will ensure that the City’s PCI is maintained at the existing level while limiting the growth of deferred maintenance to $5.7 million. It should be noted that this scenario will require the City to increase the funding from $10.4 million to $15.0 million over the seven-year period. 3. Additional Funding - To address the gap between the City’s existing funding and the recommended scenario, NCE recommends the City actively pursue additional pavement funding sources if feasible. 4. Pavement Maintenance Strategies a. NCE recommends that the City could consider alternative treatments such as Full-depth reclamation (FDR) or Cold-in-place (CIR) or cold central plant recycling (CCPR)which are alternatives to reconstruction and conventional overlays. These treatments could potentially offer cost savings compared to traditional treatments. b. NCE recommends that the City continue with a well-funded preventive maintenance program, and with rehabilitation projects to improve pavement currently in poor condition. This is Pavement Management Plan 2026 Update City of Seal Beach Final Report April 2026 18 necessary to at least maintain the portion of the street network that is in good condition and avoid increasing the deferred maintenance. 5. Inspection Strategies - To continue monitoring the street network and be in compliance with OCTA Measure M2 requirements, it is that the City continues its practice of inspecting the entire street network every two years. 3. M&R Decision Tree - It is important for the City to review and update the M&R treatment strategies and associated unit costs annually to reflect current construction techniques/costs so that the budget analysis results can continue to be reliable and accurate. It should be noted that although asphalt prices are experiencing volatility, on average, Seal Beach unit costs have increased by approximately 7 percent for preventative maintenance treatments and approximately 18 percent for rehabilitation maintenance treatments between 2024 and 2026. Final Report April 2026 19 Appendix 1 Section Description Inventory – Average (Weighted by Area) PCI Final Report April 2026 20 Section Description Inventory Average (Weighted by Area) PCI for: i. By Street Name MPAH Network Local Network ii. By Descending PCI MPAH Network Local Network Final Report April 2026 21 Section Description Inventory Report This report lists a variety of section description information for each of the City’s pavement sections. It lists the street and section identifiers, limits, functional classification, surface type, number of lanes, lengths, widths, latest treatment history, and latest inspection result. The field descriptions in this report are listed below. Header Description BRANCH ID Street identification in PAVERTM unique for each street STREET NAME The name of the street as indicated by street signs in the field SECTION ID Section identification number in PAVERTM unique for each section of one street BEG LOCATION Beginning limit of the section END LOCATION Ending limit of the section FC MPAH = Master Plan of Arterial Highways streets, Local = local streets SURFACE TYPE Surface Type (AC = Asphalt Concrete, AC/AC = AC Overlay of AC Pavement, PCC = Portland Cement Concrete) LANES Number of lanes of the section LENGTH (FT) Length of the section in feet WIDTH (FT) Average width of the section in feet LAST TREATMENT TYPE Date of the last treatment on the section PCI DATE Last inspection date or M&R date, whichever is the latest PCI Average PCI for the section PCI Category PCI Range Fair 60-74 Poor 41-59 Very Poor 0-40 MPAH Network by Street Name City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - MPAH Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type 09 021 1ST ST PCH 597' NE/PCH 2 A Primary AC 597 24 14,328 02/05/26 43 67 33 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 09 0258 1ST ST MARINA DR WELCOME LN 2 A Primary AC 1,015 29 30,540 02/05/26 35 24 76 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 09 0259 1ST ST WELCOME LN PCH 2 A Primary AC 1,117 29 40,578 02/05/26 39 40 60 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 09 0350 1ST ST PCH WELCOME LN 2 A Primary AC 1,136 29 33,838 11/12/25 38 43 57 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 09 0351 1ST ST WELCOME LN MARINA DR 2 A Primary AC 1,028 29 30,317 02/05/26 39 25 75 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 014 333 6TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB MARINA DR 2 E Secondary AAC 182 36 6,355 11/17/25 48 59 41 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 031 051 BOLSA AV SEAL BEACH BL BALBOA DR 2 C Secondary AC 2,006 36 72,216 02/06/26 61 68 32 0 6/11/2012 ARHM Rehabilitation 031 052 BOLSA AV BALBOA DR PCH 2 C Secondary AC 1,046 36 42,962 11/03/25 99 0 0 100 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 062 0100 ELECTRIC AV SEAL BEACH BL END 2 E Secondary AC 215 32 7,653 11/17/25 85 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 063 0101 ELECTRIC AV NB SEAL BEACH BL 14TH ST (S)1 C Secondary AAC 860 27 23,220 11/05/25 88 80 20 0 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 063 0102 ELECTRIC AV NB 14TH ST (S)12TH ST 1 C Secondary AC 685 27 18,495 11/05/25 76 17 83 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 063 0103 ELECTRIC AV NB 12TH ST MAIN ST 1 C Secondary AC 913 27 25,101 11/05/25 74 39 61 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 063 0385 ELECTRIC AV NB MAIN ST 6TH ST 1 C Secondary AC 1,001 27 27,027 11/05/25 24 7 78 15 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 064 0104 ELECTRIC AV SB 6TH ST MAIN ST 1 C Secondary AC 910 25 22,750 11/17/25 48 39 61 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 064 0105 ELECTRIC AV SB MAIN ST 12TH ST 1 C Secondary AAC 960 26 24,960 02/05/26 38 19 81 0 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 064 0106 ELECTRIC AV SB 12TH ST 14TH ST 1 C Secondary AAC 615 26 15,990 11/17/25 38 44 51 5 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 064 0386 ELECTRIC AV SB 14TH ST SEAL BEACH BL 1 C Secondary AAC 795 26 21,555 02/05/26 86 41 59 0 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0186 0500 LAMPSON AV EB SEAL BEACH BLVD OLD RANCH PLAZA 2 A Secondary AAC 640 25 21,806 02/06/26 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0186 0510 LAMPSON AV EB OLD RANCH PLAZA 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 1,930 30 56,106 02/06/26 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0186 0520 LAMPSON AV EB 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 735 30 21,985 02/10/26 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0186 0530 LAMPSON AV EB BASSWOOD ST CANDLEBERY AV 2 A Secondary AAC 1,275 28 36,105 01/27/26 52 31 69 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0186 0540 LAMPSON AV EB CANDLEBERRY AV HEATHER ST 2 A Secondary AC 2,605 29 74,883 01/27/26 63 32 67 1 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0186 0550 LAMPSON AV EB HEATHER ST ROSE ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,580 30 51,025 01/27/26 64 23 73 4 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0186 0560 LAMPSON AV EB ROSE ST TULIP ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,262 29 39,482 01/27/26 67 5 95 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0186 0570 LAMPSON AV EB TULIP ST CITY LIMITS 2 A Secondary AC 442 30 13,260 01/27/26 72 0 100 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 086 0505 LAMPSON AV WB OLD RANCH PLAZA SEAL BEACH BLVD 2 A Secondary AAC 670 25 20,457 02/06/26 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0515 LAMPSON AV WB 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST OLD RANCH PLAZA 2 A Secondary AAC 1,890 30 55,127 02/06/26 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0525 LAMPSON AV WB BASSWOOD ST 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 715 30 21,620 02/06/26 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0535 LAMPSON AV WB CANDLEBERY AV BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 1,290 29 39,082 01/27/26 71 54 42 4 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0545 LAMPSON AV WB HEATHER ST CANDLEBERRY AV 2 A Secondary AC 2,625 29 78,233 10/31/25 86 34 51 15 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 086 0555 LAMPSON AV WB ROSE ST HEATHER ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,580 27 46,077 10/31/25 79 26 71 3 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 086 0565 LAMPSON AV WB TULIP ST ROSE ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,226 26 34,607 10/31/25 73 34 66 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 086 0575 LAMPSON AV WB CITY LIMITS TULIP ST 2 A Secondary AC 442 26 13,656 10/31/25 76 10 90 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 090 0150 MARINA DR PCH 6TH ST 3 C Secondary AC 629 61 38,369 11/12/25 100 0 0 0 10/1/1996 Overlay - AC 090 0151 MARINA DR 6TH ST 1ST ST 2 C Collector AC 1,650 45 79,246 11/12/25 100 0 0 0 10/1/1996 Overlay - AC 090 0304 MARINA DR 1ST ST CITY LIMIT (SAN GABRIEL RIVER)2 C Secondary AC 560 50 27,585 11/12/25 100 0 0 0 10/1/1996 Overlay - AC 0100 0166 OLD RANCH PARKWAY SEAL BEACH BLVD 740' W/ SEAL BEACH 4 A Primary AC 740 47 38,576 11/10/25 56 100 0 0 1/1/1986 Overlay - AC 0100 0167 OLD RANCH PARKWAY 740' W/ SEAL BEACH CDS 2 A Primary AC 1,054 34 35,691 02/05/26 81 100 0 0 1/1/1986 Overlay - AC 0115 0184 SEAL BEACH BL ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 A Primary AC 1,510 40 60,400 11/12/25 65 70 24 6 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0115 0600 SEAL BEACH BL NB PCH BOLSA AV 3 A Major AAC 1,735 42 79,396 11/10/25 60 51 48 1 6/30/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0115 0610 SEAL BEACH BL NB BOLSA AV HERON POINTE 3 A Major AC 2,050 42 89,779 11/10/25 60 33 67 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0115 0620 SEAL BEACH BL NB HERON POINTE ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 3 A Major AC 1,235 42 55,188 02/05/26 60 0 100 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0115 0630 SEAL BEACH BL NB ADOLFO LOPEZ DR APOLLO DR 3 A Major AC 585 50 30,310 11/10/25 56 23 77 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0640 SEAL BEACH BL NB APOLLO DR ROAD C 3 A Major AC 1,765 40 82,880 11/10/25 56 29 59 12 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0650 SEAL BEACH BL NB ROAD C WESTMINSTER AVE 3 A Major AC 1,562 40 77,935 11/10/25 63 30 62 8 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0660 SEAL BEACH BL NB WESTMINSTER AVE ST ANDREWS DR 3 A Major AC 1,016 40 42,790 02/05/26 96 52 48 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0670 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST ANDREWS DR GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)3 A Major AC 1,964 40 83,499 02/05/26 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0680 SEAL BEACH BL NB GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)GATE RD 3 A Major AC 1,530 40 69,846 02/05/26 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0710 SEAL BEACH BL NB OLD RANCH PKY LAMPSON AV 3 A Major AC 848 46 49,325 11/03/25 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0720 SEAL BEACH BL NB LAMPSON AV ST. CLOUD DR 3 A Major AC 905 32 39,382 02/06/26 69 31 69 0 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC MPAH Network Page 1 of 2 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - MPAH Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type MPAH Network 0115 0730 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST. CLOUD DR PLYMOUTH DR 3 A Major AC 1,500 36 64,872 11/03/25 59 52 48 0 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0740 SEAL BEACH BL NB PLYMOUTH DR CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)3 A Major AC 1,090 42 53,295 02/06/26 59 36 64 0 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0605 SEAL BEACH BL SB BOLSA AV PCH 3 A Major AAC 1,705 42 72,146 11/10/25 59 52 48 0 6/30/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0116 0615 SEAL BEACH BL SB HERON POINTE BOLSA AV 3 A Major AC 2,082 42 90,384 11/10/25 58 44 56 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0116 0625 SEAL BEACH BL SB ADOLFO LOPEZ DR HERON POINTE 3 A Major AC 1,240 42 55,060 11/10/25 58 30 70 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0116 0635 SEAL BEACH BL SB APOLLO DR ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 3 A Major AC 585 49 28,735 02/05/26 63 16 84 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0645 SEAL BEACH BL SB ROAD C APOLLO DR 3 A Major AC 1,805 40 75,410 11/10/25 63 31 63 6 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0655 SEAL BEACH BL SB WESTMINSTER AVE ROAD C 3 A Major AC 1,465 40 69,910 11/10/25 67 82 18 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0665 SEAL BEACH BL SB ST ANDREWS DR WESTMINSTER AVE 3 A Major AC 1,016 40 49,616 02/05/26 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0675 SEAL BEACH BL SB GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)ST ANDREWS DR 3 A Major AC 1,964 42 83,602 02/05/26 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0685 SEAL BEACH BL SB GATE RD (N) GOLDEN RAIN RD 3 A Major AC 1,540 40 62,512 02/05/26 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0715 SEAL BEACH BL SB LAMPSON AV OLD RANCH PKY 3 A Major AC 830 50 48,233 11/03/25 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0725 SEAL BEACH BL SB ST. CLOUD DR LAMPSON AV 3 A Major AC 885 32 39,890 11/03/25 60 33 57 10 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0735 SEAL BEACH BL SB PLYMOUTH DR ST. CLOUD DR 3 A Major AC 1,500 36 60,923 02/06/26 65 33 64 3 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0745 SEAL BEACH BL SB CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)PLYMOUTH DR 3 A Major AC 1,090 40 47,895 11/03/25 57 58 34 8 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0127 0420 WESTMINSTER AVE EB CITY LIMIT APOLLO DR 2 A Primary AC 1,445 33 49,825 10/31/25 100 100 0 0 7/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0127 0430 WESTMINSTER AVE EB APOLLO DR ROAD B 2 A Primary AC 1,140 33 38,875 10/31/25 99 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0127 0440 WESTMINSTER AVE EB ROAD B SEAL BEACH BLVD 2 A Primary AC 1,685 33 72,592 10/31/25 88 35 65 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0127 0450 WESTMINSTER AVE EB SEAL BEACH BL KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 775 36 35,168 10/31/25 72 40 60 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0127 0460 WESTMINSTER AVE EB KITTS HWY 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/25 84 15 85 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0127 0470 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/25 78 12 88 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0127 0480 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 7500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/25 76 24 76 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0127 0490 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 7500' E/ KITTS HWY CITY LIMITS (W/ BOLSA CHICA RD)2 A Primary AC 2,100 32 69,800 02/06/26 87 24 76 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0425 WESTMINSTER AVE WB APOLLO DR CITY LIMIT 2 A Primary AC 1,445 33 44,002 10/31/25 99 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0435 WESTMINSTER AVE WB ROAD B APOLLO DR 2 A Primary AC 1,140 33 41,270 10/31/25 100 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0445 WESTMINSTER AVE WB SEAL BEACH BLVD ROAD B 2 A Primary AC 1,685 33 56,105 10/31/25 99 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0455 WESTMINSTER AVE WB KITTS HWY SEAL BEACH BL 2 A Primary AC 800 25 26,634 10/31/25 73 39 61 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0465 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 2500' E/ KITTS HWY KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/25 79 12 88 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0475 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/25 80 8 92 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0485 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 7500' E/ KITTS HWY 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/25 77 13 87 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0495 WESTMINSTER AVE WB CITY LIMITS (W/ BOLSA CHICA RD)7500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,100 32 69,800 10/31/25 88 100 0 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 20.3 3,948,147 Page 2 of 2 Local Network by Street Name City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type 01 01 10TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AC 660 40 26,400 11/12/25 80 16 70 14 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 01 02 10TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 950 40 38,000 11/17/25 68 100 0 0 2/1/2000 Overlay - AC 01 03 10TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/25 42 22 78 0 2/1/2000 Overlay - AC 02 04 11TH ST ELECTRIC AV LANDING AV 2 E Local AAC 210 37 7,770 11/12/25 96 100 0 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 02 05 11TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/25 50 37 63 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 02 06 11TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 965 40 36,000 11/17/25 74 31 69 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 03 07 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV NB PCH 2 C Local AAC 872 36 31,392 11/05/25 62 55 38 7 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 03 08 12TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 C Local PCC 810 40 32,400 11/17/25 91 0 0 100 10/1/1997 New Construction - PCC 03 09 12TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 24 5,040 11/17/25 46 26 74 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 03 0388 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 2 C Local AC 102 37 3,774 11/12/25 70 29 71 0 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 04 010 13TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 E Local AAC 1,013 21 20,160 11/12/25 91 100 0 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 04 011 13TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 710 40 28,400 11/17/25 85 68 28 4 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 04 012 13TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/25 78 46 54 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 05 013 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AAC 1,010 21 21,210 11/12/25 80 78 22 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 05 014 14TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 660 36 23,760 11/17/25 82 64 36 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 05 015 14TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/25 50 0 100 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 05 0365 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 2 E Local AC 102 36 3,645 11/17/25 79 32 68 0 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 06 016 15TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 E Local AAC 1,110 21 23,310 11/12/25 73 34 66 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 07 017 16TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AC 1,160 21 24,360 11/05/25 96 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 08 018 17TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 E Local AC 1,260 21 26,460 11/12/25 96 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 09 019 1ST ST OCEAN AV MARINA DR 2 A Local AC 887 40 35,480 02/05/26 83 38 0 62 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 010 022 2ND ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AV 2 E Local AC 860 40 34,400 11/12/25 67 13 56 31 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 010 334 2ND ST CENTRAL AV MARINA DR 2 E Local AC 105 40 4,200 11/12/25 77 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 011 023 3RD ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AV 2 E Local AC 760 40 30,400 11/17/25 72 15 85 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 012 024 4TH ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT 2 E Local AC 660 36 23,760 11/17/25 71 5 78 17 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 012 0375 4TH ST CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT 2 E Local PCC 70 60 4,200 11/17/25 72 0 43 57 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 012 0376 4TH ST CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT MARINA DR 2 E Local AC 502 36 18,072 11/17/25 80 28 72 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 013 025 5TH ST MARINA DR PCH 4 C Local AC 683 60 41,280 02/05/26 71 36 64 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 013 026 5TH ST MARINA DR CENTRAL AV 2 C Local AC 775 36 27,900 11/17/25 65 66 34 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 013 0370 5TH ST CENTRAL AV OCEAN AV 2 C Local AC 626 36 22,536 11/17/25 66 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 014 027 6TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AAC 1,384 37 51,208 02/05/26 74 90 10 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 015 028 7TH ST ELECTRIC AV MARINA DR 2 E Local AAC 302 36 10,872 02/05/26 84 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 015 029 7TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AAC 1,280 40 51,200 02/05/26 85 82 18 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 016 030 8TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AAC 502 36 18,072 11/12/25 97 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 016 031 8TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AAC 1,150 40 46,000 11/17/25 78 44 56 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 017 032 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL CDS 2 A Local AAC 850 60 51,366 11/10/25 85 41 49 10 1/1/2007 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 017 033 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR SEAL BEACH BL 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL 2 A Local AAC 425 60 25,500 02/05/26 58 49 17 34 1/1/2007 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 018 034 AGUA PL MARLIN AV CDS 2 E Local AAC 220 27 7,040 02/05/26 94 81 0 19 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 019 036 ALMOND AV VIOLET ST SUNFLOWER CR 2 E Local AC 510 37 19,270 10/29/25 84 11 62 27 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 019 037 ALMOND AV SUNFLOWER CR OLEANDER ST 2 E Local AC 965 37 35,705 10/29/25 100 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0311 ALMOND AV OLEANDER ST IRIS CR 2 E Local AC 1,120 36 40,320 10/29/25 100 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0312 ALMOND AV IRIS CR DAISY ST 2 E Local AC 975 36 35,100 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0314 ALMOND AV DAISY ST COLUMBINE ST 2 E Local AC 735 36 26,460 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0315 ALMOND AV COLUMBINE ST ASTER ST 2 E Local AC 1,210 36 44,560 10/29/25 57 16 73 11 7/1/2015 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 020 038 ASTER ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AAC 1,239 37 45,843 11/10/25 85 0 100 0 10/1/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 020 039 ASTER ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AAC 206 37 7,622 01/27/26 94 100 0 0 10/1/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 021 040 AVALON DR CATALINA AV END 2 E Local AC 430 33 14,190 11/03/25 78 22 78 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 022 041 BALBOA DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 E Local AC 1,060 37 39,220 11/03/25 100 0 0 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 022 042 BALBOA DR PCH BOLSA AV 2 E Local AC 660 37 24,420 11/03/25 50 42 58 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 023 043 BANYAN AV CAMELIA ST COLUMBINE ST 2 E Local AC 600 33 19,800 11/10/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) Local Network Page 1 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 024 044 BASSWOOD ST ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 2 C Local AC 410 36 14,760 02/06/26 95 90 10 0 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 026 046 BAYOU WY BAYSIDE DR HARBOR WY 2 E Local AAC 630 33 20,790 11/03/25 71 90 0 10 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 025 045 BAYSIDE DR BOLSA AV CRESTVIEW AV 2 E Local AC 1,410 33 46,530 11/03/25 71 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 027 047 BEACHCOMBER DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,160 33 38,280 02/05/26 70 74 26 0 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 028 048 BERYL COVE WY EMERALD COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 445 33 15,485 11/05/25 90 35 65 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 029 049 BIRCHWOOD AV DAISY ST ASTER ST 2 E Local AAC 1,650 33 54,450 02/09/26 95 100 0 0 4/1/1984 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 029 0313 BIRCHWOOD AV OLEANDER ST DAISY ST 2 E Local AAC 1,950 33 64,350 02/06/26 88 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 030 050 BLUEBELL ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 996 33 33,345 11/10/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 032 053 CAMELIA ST ALMOND AV BANYAN AV 2 E Local AC 590 33 19,470 11/10/25 67 25 75 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 054 CANDLEBERRY AV FUCHSIA ST ASTER AV 2 E Local AAC 1,770 36 63,720 10/29/25 43 32 68 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 055 CANDLEBERRY AV MARIGOLD ST FUCHSIA ST 2 E Local AAC 1,392 37 51,504 10/29/25 75 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 056 CANDLEBERRY AV WISTERIA ST OLEANDER ST 2 E Local AC 1,690 33 55,770 10/29/25 68 29 71 0 1/1/2009 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 0303 CANDLEBERRY AV ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 2 E Local AAC 365 36 13,140 02/06/26 84 14 78 8 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 036 059 CARAVEL WY MARINA DR CORSAIR WY 2 E Local AC 360 37 13,320 11/10/25 98 100 0 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 034 057 CARMEL AV SURF PL COASTLINE DR 2 E Local AAC 360 37 13,320 11/03/25 94 83 0 17 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 035 058 CARNATION CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 02/06/26 76 38 62 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 060 CATALINA AV COASTLINE DR SURF PL 2 E Local AC 570 38 21,660 11/03/25 91 15 85 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 061 CATALINA AV SURF PL AVALON DR 2 E Local AC 830 37 30,710 11/03/25 98 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0353 CATALINA AV AVALON DR BALBOA DR 2 E Local AC 535 37 19,795 11/03/25 99 100 0 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0354 CATALINA AV BALBOA DR SEA BREEZE DR 2 E Local AC 1,182 37 43,734 11/03/25 64 76 24 0 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0355 CATALINA AV SEA BREEZE DR BAYSIDE DR 2 E Local AC 510 37 18,870 11/03/25 72 100 0 0 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0356 CATALINA AV BAYSIDE DR CDS 2 E Local AC 828 37 31,442 11/03/25 81 47 53 0 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 062 CENTRAL AV 1ST ST 2ND ST 1 C Local AAC 270 18 5,196 11/12/25 89 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 063 CENTRAL AV 2ND ST 4TH ST 2 C Local AAC 585 36 21,060 11/12/25 88 71 29 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 064 CENTRAL AV 4TH ST 6TH ST 2 C Local AAC 572 36 20,592 11/12/25 74 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 0380 CENTRAL AV 6TH ST 7TH ST 2 C Local AAC 270 36 9,720 11/12/25 99 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 0381 CENTRAL AV 7TH ST MAIN ST 2 C Local AAC 586 36 21,096 11/12/25 95 50 50 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 0382 CENTRAL AV MAIN ST 10TH ST 2 C Local AAC 265 36 9,540 11/12/25 90 33 67 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 0383 CENTRAL AV 10TH ST 12TH ST 2 C Local AAC 565 36 20,340 11/12/25 92 69 31 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 039 065 CENTRAL WY 2ND ST 1ST ST 2 E Local AC 260 40 10,400 11/12/25 66 16 72 12 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 039 066 CENTRAL WY 4TH ST 2ND ST 2 E Local AC 560 38 21,280 11/12/25 77 18 80 2 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 039 067 CENTRAL WY 5TH ST 4TH ST 2 E Local AC 260 38 9,880 11/12/25 76 22 78 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 040 068 CLIPPER WY CARAVEL WY ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 910 33 30,030 11/10/25 98 100 0 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 041 069 CLOVER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 130 33 5,540 11/10/25 96 100 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 042 070 COASTLINE DR CARMEL AV CDS 2 E Local AC 480 27 14,110 11/03/25 77 13 87 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 042 071 COASTLINE DR MARVISTA DR CARMEL DR 2 E Local AC 455 33 15,015 11/03/25 68 24 76 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 042 0357 COASTLINE DR BALBOA DR SILVER SHOALS AVE 2 E Local AC 795 33 26,235 11/03/25 79 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 042 0358 COASTLINE DR SILVER SHOALS AVE MARVISTA DR 2 E Local AC 999 37 36,963 11/03/25 64 49 51 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 044 073 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)HARVARD LN (S)2 C Local AC 635 36 22,860 10/29/25 89 38 62 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 044 074 COLLEGE PARK DR (S) HARVARD LN CITY LIMIT 2 C Local AC 940 30 32,365 10/29/25 62 35 65 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 044 0337 COLLEGE PARK DR HARVARD LN (N)YALE LN (N)2 C Local AC 908 37 34,585 10/29/25 90 47 53 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 044 0395 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)YALE LN (N)2 C Local AC 1,083 36 38,988 02/06/26 84 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 043 072 COLUMBINE ST ALMOND AV BANYAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 33 6,930 02/06/26 66 38 62 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 045 075 CORAL PL CDS BAYSIDE DR 2 E Local AC 230 27 7,310 02/05/26 74 19 81 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 046 076 CORSAIR WY CARAVEL WY SCHOONER WY 2 E Local AC 1,020 33 33,660 11/10/25 94 36 39 25 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 047 077 CREST DR CATALINA AV CRESTVIEW AV 2 E Local AAC 210 33 6,930 11/03/25 82 37 63 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 048 078 CRESTVIEW AV CATALINA AV BAYSIDE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,130 33 37,290 11/03/25 87 35 59 6 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 048 0309 CRESTVIEW AV BAYSIDE DR CREST DR 2 E Local AAC 1,130 33 37,290 02/05/26 84 53 45 2 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 048 0310 CRESTVIEW AV CREST DR AVALON DR 2 E Local AAC 925 33 30,525 11/03/25 80 15 85 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 049 079 CRYSTAL COVE WY MARBLE COVE WY OPAL COVE WY 2 E Local AAC 520 33 17,160 11/05/25 86 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Page 2 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 050 080 CRYSTAL PL CRYSTAL COVE WY CDS 2 E Local AC 240 27 7,695 11/05/25 100 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 051 081 DAFFODIL CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 11/10/25 64 22 78 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 052 082 DAHLIA DR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 11/10/25 69 23 77 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 053 083 DAISY CR FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/29/25 98 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 054 084 DAISY ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 410 33 13,530 11/03/25 98 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 054 085 DAISY ST CANDLEBERRY AV DOGWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 210 33 6,930 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 055 086 DARTMOUTH CR HARVARD LN END 2 E Local AC 180 34 8,120 10/29/25 86 49 51 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 056 087 DOGWOOD AV DAISY ST IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 1,470 33 48,510 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 056 088 DOGWOOD AV MARIGOLD ST FUCHSIA ST 2 E Local AC 1,386 33 46,538 10/31/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 056 089 DOGWOOD AV WISTERIA ST OLEANDER ST 2 E Local AC 1,745 33 57,585 10/29/25 99 53 47 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 057 090 DOLPHIN AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 226 24 5,424 11/17/25 64 5 84 11 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 057 091 DOLPHIN AV OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 1 E Local AC 582 24 13,968 11/17/25 77 84 16 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 058 092 DORY WY GALLEON WY SCHOONER WY 2 E Local AC 360 28 10,080 11/10/25 72 46 54 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 059 093 DRIFTWOOD AV BALBOA DR COASTLINE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,460 33 48,180 11/03/25 66 62 38 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 060 094 EBBTIDE PL COASTLINE PL CDS 2 E Local AC 230 27 7,410 11/03/25 73 46 54 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 061 020 ELDER AV FUCHSIA ST IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 1,467 36 52,812 02/05/26 94 100 0 0 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 061 095 ELDER AV HEATHER ST FUCHSIA ST 2 E Local AC 520 36 18,720 02/06/26 72 96 4 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 061 096 ELDER AV OLEANDER ST HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,130 36 40,680 10/29/25 80 54 39 7 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 061 097 ELDER AV VIOLET ST PRIMROSE ST 2 E Local AC 1,380 33 45,540 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 062 098 ELECTRIC AV 5TH ST CORSAIR WY 2 E Local AC 510 37 18,870 11/10/25 90 36 64 0 2/12/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 062 099 ELECTRIC AV CORSAIR WY CDS 2 E Local AC 473 33 17,218 11/10/25 77 43 57 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 065 0107 EMERALD COVE WY BERYL COVE WY JADE COVE WY 2 E Local AC 580 33 19,140 11/05/25 83 40 60 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 066 0108 EMERALD PL EMERALD COVE WY CDS 2 E Local AC 230 27 7,645 11/05/25 98 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 067 0109 FATHOM AV SILVER SHOALS AV BALBOA DR 2 E Local AC 810 33 26,730 11/03/25 71 100 0 0 8/12/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 068 0110 FERN CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/25 95 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 069 0111 FIR AV GOLDENROD ST IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AAC 1,460 33 48,180 02/06/26 70 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 069 0112 FIR AV ROSE ST HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,585 33 54,385 10/29/25 90 11 89 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 069 0113 FIR AV SUNFLOWER ST ROSE ST 2 E Local AAC 330 33 10,890 10/29/25 94 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 069 0114 FIR AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 E Local AAC 1,220 33 40,260 02/06/26 46 23 77 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 070 0115 FIR CR FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AC 130 60 8,900 10/29/25 55 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 072 0117 FUCHSIA CR FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AAC 330 33 12,140 10/29/25 75 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 071 0116 FUCHSIA ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AAC 210 33 6,930 10/31/25 78 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 071 0405 FUCHSIA ST CANDLEBERRY AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AAC 456 33 15,048 10/31/25 74 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 073 0118 GALLEON WY ELECTRIC AV SCHOONER WY 2 E Local AC 310 33 10,230 11/10/25 84 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 073 0352 GALLEON WY SCHOONER WY DORY WY 2 E Local AC 740 33 25,638 11/10/25 80 66 34 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 074 0119 GOLDENROD CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/25 83 18 82 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0139 0120 GOLDENROD ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 E Local AAC 240 33 7,692 10/29/25 82 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0139 0400 GOLDENROD ST FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AAC 295 33 11,494 10/29/25 80 38 41 21 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 075 0121 GUAVA AV IRONWOOD AV CDS 2 E Local AC 530 33 18,740 02/06/26 71 69 31 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 075 0122 GUAVA AV PANSY ST HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,360 33 44,880 10/29/25 100 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 077 0124 HARBOR WY BAYSIDE DR BAYOU WY 2 E Local AAC 760 33 25,080 02/05/26 94 89 0 11 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 076 0123 HARVARD LN COLLEGE PARK DR OCCIDENTAL LN 2 C Local AC 1,063 37 39,331 10/29/25 96 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 076 331 HARVARD LN OCCIDENTAL LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR 2 C Local AC 1,289 37 47,693 10/29/25 94 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 076 336 HARVARD LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 2 E Local AC 992 37 37,804 10/29/25 98 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 078 0125 HAZELNUT AV GUAVA AV HEATHER ST 2 E Local AAC 1,210 33 39,930 10/29/25 83 62 21 17 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 078 0126 HAZELNUT AV HEATHER ST ROSE ST 2 E Local AC 1,545 33 50,985 10/29/25 68 49 45 6 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 078 0127 HAZELNUT AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 E Local AC 1,310 33 43,230 10/29/25 96 44 56 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 079 0128 HEATHER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/25 86 18 82 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0135 0129 HEATHER ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AVE 2 E Local AAC 250 37 9,250 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0135 0130 HEATHER ST ELDER AV HAZELNUT AV 2 E Local AC 722 37 26,714 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) Page 3 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 0135 0408 HEATHER ST IRONWOOD AVE LAMPSON AV 2 E Local AAC 140 37 5,180 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 080 0131 IRIS CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/25 71 30 70 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0136 0132 IRIS ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 226 32 7,232 10/29/25 96 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 081 0133 IRONWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AC 524 33 17,292 02/05/26 90 47 53 0 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 081 0134 IRONWOOD AV ELDER AV HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,967 33 64,911 02/05/26 93 100 0 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 081 0135 IRONWOOD AV ROSE ST IRIS ST 2 E Local AC 1,420 33 46,860 10/29/25 96 49 51 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 081 0136 IRONWOOD AV WISTERIA ST TULIP ST 2 E Local AC 322 37 11,914 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 081 0137 IRONWOOD AV TULIP ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 E Local AC 1,020 37 37,740 10/29/25 96 51 49 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 082 0138 ISLAND VIEW DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,110 33 36,630 11/03/25 69 73 27 0 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 083 0139 JADE COVE WY EMERALD COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 445 33 15,485 02/11/26 83 47 51 2 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 084 0140 JASMIN CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/25 92 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 085 0141 LAGUNA PL MARLIN AV CDS 2 E Local AC 380 27 11,460 11/05/25 63 38 62 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 087 0145 LANDING AV 12TH ST 11TH ST 2 E Local AC 260 42 10,920 11/12/25 91 33 67 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 087 0146 LANDING AV SEAL BEACH BL 16TH ST 2 E Local AC 485 22 10,670 11/05/25 58 100 0 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 087 0390 LANDING AV 16TH ST 15TH ST 2 E Local AC 228 21 4,788 11/05/25 48 45 55 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 087 0391 LANDING AV 15TH ST 14TH ST 2 E Local AC 228 21 4,788 02/05/26 53 47 53 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 087 0392 LANDING AV 14TH ST 12TH ST 2 E Local AC 502 21 10,542 11/05/25 44 57 43 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 088 0147 LOYOLA PLAZA COLLEGE PARK DR END 2 E Local AC 330 25 9,250 10/31/25 97 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 089 0148 MAIN ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 C Local AC 708 52 35,350 11/12/25 96 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 089 0149 MAIN ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AVE 2 C Local AC 1,190 57 67,830 11/12/25 75 57 43 0 6/30/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 091 0152 MARBLE COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 455 33 15,815 11/05/25 100 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 092 0153 MARIGOLD ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/25 99 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 092 0154 MARIGOLD ST CANDLEBERRY AV DOGWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 093 0155 MARINE AV ELECTRIC AV DOLPHIN AV 1 E Local AC 320 24 7,680 11/17/25 55 33 67 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 094 0156 MARLIN AV SEAL BEACH BL RIVIERA DR 2 E Local AC 765 32 24,480 11/05/25 87 62 38 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 094 0360 MARLIN AV RIVIERA DR BALBOA DR 2 E Local AC 900 37 33,300 02/05/26 90 41 59 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 095 0157 MARVISTA AV CATALINA AV COASTLINE DR 2 E Local AC 1,682 33 56,106 11/03/25 83 81 10 9 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 095 0158 MARVISTA AV COASTLINE DR PCH 2 E Local AC 120 36 4,570 11/12/25 70 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 096 0159 NEPTUNE AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 24 5,040 02/05/26 78 29 71 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 097 0160 NORTH GATE RD SEAL BEACH BL 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL 2 A Local AAC 650 42 28,895 02/05/26 58 44 56 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 097 0161 NORTH GATE RD 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL PAVEMENT CHANGE 2 A Local AAC 750 42 31,500 11/10/25 99 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 097 0165 NORTH GATE RD PAVEMENT CHANGE END 2 A Local AAC 1,867 30 56,010 11/10/25 63 59 40 1 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 098 0162 OCCIDENTAL DR STANFORD LN HARVARD LN 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/25 100 0 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0163 OCEAN AV 13TH ST MAIN ST 2 C Local AC 1,265 52 65,780 11/17/25 68 63 37 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0164 OCEAN AV MAIN ST 5TH ST 2 C Local AC 1,245 52 64,740 02/05/26 66 62 38 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0306 OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 13TH ST 2 C Local AC 1,308 52 61,070 11/17/25 66 56 39 5 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0307 OCEAN AV 5TH ST 1ST ST 2 C Local AC 1,240 52 64,480 11/12/25 70 64 36 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0101 0168 OLEANDER ST ALMOND AV (S)ALMOND AV (N)2 E Local AC 155 36 5,808 10/31/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0101 0410 OLEANDER ST ALMOND AV (N)BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 276 33 9,108 02/06/26 100 0 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0101 0411 OLEANDER ST BIRCHWOOD AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AC 708 36 25,488 01/27/26 94 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0101 0412 OLEANDER ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 E Local AC 256 36 9,216 01/27/26 89 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0102 0169 OPAL COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 445 33 15,485 11/05/25 93.02 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0113 0170 PANSY CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/25 98 100 0 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0103 0171 PANSY ST FIR AV GUAVA AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/25 100 0 0 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0106 0174 PRIMROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/25 99 100 0 0 1/1/1990 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0104 0172 PRIMROSE ST DOGWOOD AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AC 210 33 6,930 10/29/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0105 0173 PRINCETON CR HARVARD LN CDS 2 E Local AC 116 30 5,635 10/31/25 79 16 84 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0107 0175 PURDUE CR COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 2 E Local AC 110 27 5,354 10/31/25 93 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0108 0176 RIVIERA DR MARLIN AV BOLSA AV 2 E Local AC 560 31 17,360 11/05/25 93 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0137 0177 ROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/25 92 12 88 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Page 4 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by Name Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 0109 0178 ROSE ST FIR AV HAZELNUT AV 2 C Local AAC 390 37 14,430 10/31/25 95 0 100 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0109 0179 ROSE ST HAZELNUT AV LAMPSON AV 2 C Local AC 440 37 16,280 10/31/25 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0110 0180 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY SEAL BEACH BL WEST RD 2 C Local AC 864 30 25,920 10/31/25 48 39 56 5 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0110 0181 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY WEST RD MONTECITO RD 2 C Local AC 364 28 10,192 10/31/25 32 46 47 7 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0111 0182 SANDPIPER DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 2 E Local AC 1,110 33 36,630 11/03/25 77 100 0 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0112 0183 SCHOONER WY GALLEON WY DORY WY 2 E Local AC 660 33 21,780 11/10/25 81 53 47 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0114 0185 SEA BREEZE DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 E Local AC 1,160 33 38,280 11/03/25 78 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0117 0194 SEAL WY 10TH ST 11TH ST 1 E Local PCC 290 15 4,350 11/17/25 77 4 80 16 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0117 0195 SEAL WY DOLPHIN AV 14TH ST 1 E Local PCC 255 13 3,315 02/05/26 89 55 0 45 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0117 0196 SEAL WY 12TH ST 11TH ST 1 E Local PCC 300 12 3,600 11/17/25 88 0 84 16 7/1/2011 New Construction - Initial 0117 0247 SEAL WY 13TH ST 12TH ST 1 E Local PCC 295 12 3,540 11/17/25 95 0 0 100 7/1/2011 New Construction - Initial 0117 0248 SEAL WY 14TH ST 13TH ST 1 E Local PCC 295 12 3,540 11/17/25 94 0 0 100 7/1/2011 New Construction - Initial 0117 0249 SEAL WY NEPTUNE AV DOLPHIN AV 1 E Local PCC 385 13 5,005 11/17/25 90 0 53 47 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0117 0250 SEAL WY ELECTRIC AV NEPTUNE AV 1 E Local PCC 505 13 6,565 11/17/25 86 0 100 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0118 0197 SILVER SHOALS AV BOLSA AV FATHOM AV 2 E Local AAC 300 33 9,900 02/05/26 89 29 71 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 0119 0198 SOUTH SHORE DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 2 E Local AC 1,060 33 34,980 11/03/25 75 79 21 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0120 0199 STANFORD LN COLLEGE PARK DR COLLEGE PARK DR 2 E Local AC 1,898 32 60,736 10/31/25 100 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0138 0200 SUNFLOWER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 02/06/26 67 34 58 8 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0121 0201 SUNFLOWER ST FIR AV IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 560 37 20,720 10/31/25 100 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 0122 0202 SURF PL CATALINA AV END 2 E Local AC 480 33 15,840 02/05/26 87 68 32 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0123 0203 TAPER DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 E Local AC 1,110 33 36,630 11/03/25 77 78 22 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0124 0204 TEABERRY CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/25 67 60 40 0 1/1/2006 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0125 0205 TULIP ST IRONWOOD AV LAMPSON AV 2 E Local AAC 118 36 4,248 10/31/25 44 16 84 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0126 0206 VIOLET ST ALMOND AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AC 660 33 21,780 01/27/26 88 100 0 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0126 0207 VIOLET ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 02/06/26 86 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0128 0210 WISTERIA ST DOGWOOD AV IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 1,075 37 40,575 10/31/25 100 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0128 0211 WISTERIA ST DOGWOOD AV CDS 2 E Local AC 794 33 27,920 02/06/26 76 62 38 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0129 0212 YALE CR END YALE LN 2 E Local AC 100 48 5,510 10/31/25 99 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0130 0213 YALE LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR (S) COLLEGE PARK DR 2 E Local AC 1,260 33 45,968 10/31/25 100 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 29.1 5,383,247 Page 5 of 5 MPAH Network by Descending PCI City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - MPAH Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type 0186 0500 LAMPSON AV EB SEAL BEACH BLVD OLD RANCH PLAZA 2 A Secondary AAC 640 25 21,806 2/6/2026 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0186 0520 LAMPSON AV EB 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 735 30 21,985 2/10/2026 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0505 LAMPSON AV WB OLD RANCH PLAZA SEAL BEACH BLVD 2 A Secondary AAC 670 25 20,457 2/6/2026 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0515 LAMPSON AV WB 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST OLD RANCH PLAZA 2 A Secondary AAC 1,890 30 55,127 2/6/2026 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0525 LAMPSON AV WB BASSWOOD ST 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 715 30 21,620 2/6/2026 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 090 0150 MARINA DR PCH 6TH ST 3 C Secondary AC 629 61 38,369 11/12/2025 100 0 0 0 10/1/1996 Overlay - AC 090 0151 MARINA DR 6TH ST 1ST ST 2 C Collector AC 1,650 45 79,246 11/12/2025 100 0 0 0 10/1/1996 Overlay - AC 090 0304 MARINA DR 1ST ST CITY LIMIT (SAN GABRIEL RIVER)2 C Secondary AC 560 50 27,585 11/12/2025 100 0 0 0 10/1/1996 Overlay - AC 0115 0670 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST ANDREWS DR GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)3 A Major AC 1,964 40 83,499 2/5/2026 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0680 SEAL BEACH BL NB GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)GATE RD 3 A Major AC 1,530 40 69,846 2/5/2026 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0710 SEAL BEACH BL NB OLD RANCH PKY LAMPSON AV 3 A Major AC 848 46 49,325 11/3/2025 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0665 SEAL BEACH BL SB ST ANDREWS DR WESTMINSTER AVE 3 A Major AC 1,016 40 49,616 2/5/2026 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0675 SEAL BEACH BL SB GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)ST ANDREWS DR 3 A Major AC 1,964 42 83,602 2/5/2026 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0685 SEAL BEACH BL SB GATE RD (N) GOLDEN RAIN RD 3 A Major AC 1,540 40 62,512 2/5/2026 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0715 SEAL BEACH BL SB LAMPSON AV OLD RANCH PKY 3 A Major AC 830 50 48,233 11/3/2025 100 0 0 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0186 0510 LAMPSON AV EB OLD RANCH PLAZA 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 1,930 30 56,106 2/6/2026 100 0 0 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0127 0420 WESTMINSTER AVE EB CITY LIMIT APOLLO DR 2 A Primary AC 1,445 33 49,825 10/31/2025 100 100 0 0 7/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0435 WESTMINSTER AVE WB ROAD B APOLLO DR 2 A Primary AC 1,140 33 41,270 10/31/2025 100 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0425 WESTMINSTER AVE WB APOLLO DR CITY LIMIT 2 A Primary AC 1,445 33 44,002 10/31/2025 99 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0445 WESTMINSTER AVE WB SEAL BEACH BLVD ROAD B 2 A Primary AC 1,685 33 56,105 10/31/2025 99 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0127 0430 WESTMINSTER AVE EB APOLLO DR ROAD B 2 A Primary AC 1,140 33 38,875 10/31/2025 99 100 0 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 031 052 BOLSA AV BALBOA DR PCH 2 C Secondary AC 1,046 36 42,962 11/3/2025 99 0 0 100 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0115 0660 SEAL BEACH BL NB WESTMINSTER AVE ST ANDREWS DR 3 A Major AC 1,016 40 42,790 2/5/2026 96 52 48 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0127 0440 WESTMINSTER AVE EB ROAD B SEAL BEACH BLVD 2 A Primary AC 1,685 33 72,592 10/31/2025 88 35 65 0 8/1/2017 ARHM Overlay 0190 0495 WESTMINSTER AVE WB CITY LIMITS (W/ BOLSA CHICA RD)7500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,100 32 69,800 10/31/2025 88 100 0 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 063 0101 ELECTRIC AV NB SEAL BEACH BL 14TH ST (S)1 C Secondary AAC 860 27 23,220 11/5/2025 88 80 20 0 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0127 0490 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 7500' E/ KITTS HWY CITY LIMITS (W/ BOLSA CHICA RD)2 A Primary AC 2,100 32 69,800 2/6/2026 87 24 76 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 064 0386 ELECTRIC AV SB 14TH ST SEAL BEACH BL 1 C Secondary AAC 795 26 21,555 2/5/2026 86 41 59 0 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 086 0545 LAMPSON AV WB HEATHER ST CANDLEBERRY AV 2 A Secondary AC 2,625 29 78,233 10/31/2025 86 34 51 15 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 062 0100 ELECTRIC AV SEAL BEACH BL END 2 E Secondary AC 215 32 7,653 11/17/2025 85 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0127 0460 WESTMINSTER AVE EB KITTS HWY 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/2025 84 15 85 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0100 0167 OLD RANCH PARKWAY 740' W/ SEAL BEACH CDS 2 A Primary AC 1,054 34 35,691 2/5/2026 81 100 0 0 1/1/1986 Overlay - AC 0190 0475 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/2025 80 8 92 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0465 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 2500' E/ KITTS HWY KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/2025 79 12 88 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 086 0555 LAMPSON AV WB ROSE ST HEATHER ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,580 27 46,077 10/31/2025 79 26 71 3 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0127 0470 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/2025 78 12 88 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 0190 0485 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 7500' E/ KITTS HWY 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/2025 77 13 87 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 063 0102 ELECTRIC AV NB 14TH ST (S)12TH ST 1 C Secondary AC 685 27 18,495 11/5/2025 76 17 83 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0127 0480 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 7500' E/ KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 2,500 32 80,000 10/31/2025 76 24 76 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 086 0575 LAMPSON AV WB CITY LIMITS TULIP ST 2 A Secondary AC 442 26 13,656 10/31/2025 76 10 90 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 063 0103 ELECTRIC AV NB 12TH ST MAIN ST 1 C Secondary AC 913 27 25,101 11/5/2025 74 39 61 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0190 0455 WESTMINSTER AVE WB KITTS HWY SEAL BEACH BL 2 A Primary AC 800 25 26,634 10/31/2025 73 39 61 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 086 0565 LAMPSON AV WB TULIP ST ROSE ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,226 26 34,607 10/31/2025 73 34 66 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0186 0570 LAMPSON AV EB TULIP ST CITY LIMITS 2 A Secondary AC 442 30 13,260 1/27/2026 72 0 100 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0127 0450 WESTMINSTER AVE EB SEAL BEACH BL KITTS HWY 2 A Primary AC 775 36 35,168 10/31/2025 72 40 60 0 10/1/1997 Overlay - AC 086 0535 LAMPSON AV WB CANDLEBERY AV BASSWOOD ST 2 A Secondary AAC 1,290 29 39,082 1/27/2026 71 54 42 4 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0115 0720 SEAL BEACH BL NB LAMPSON AV ST. CLOUD DR 3 A Major AC 905 32 39,382 2/6/2026 69 31 69 0 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0186 0560 LAMPSON AV EB ROSE ST TULIP ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,262 29 39,482 1/27/2026 67 5 95 0 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0116 0655 SEAL BEACH BL SB WESTMINSTER AVE ROAD C 3 A Major AC 1,465 40 69,910 11/10/2025 67 82 18 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0184 SEAL BEACH BL ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 A Primary AC 1,510 40 60,400 11/12/2025 65 70 24 6 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0116 0735 SEAL BEACH BL SB PLYMOUTH DR ST. CLOUD DR 3 A Major AC 1,500 36 60,923 2/6/2026 65 33 64 3 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0186 0550 LAMPSON AV EB HEATHER ST ROSE ST 2 A Secondary AC 1,580 30 51,025 1/27/2026 64 23 73 4 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 0115 0650 SEAL BEACH BL NB ROAD C WESTMINSTER AVE 3 A Major AC 1,562 40 77,935 11/10/2025 63 30 62 8 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0635 SEAL BEACH BL SB APOLLO DR ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 3 A Major AC 585 49 28,735 2/5/2026 63 16 84 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0645 SEAL BEACH BL SB ROAD C APOLLO DR 3 A Major AC 1,805 40 75,410 11/10/2025 63 31 63 6 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0186 0540 LAMPSON AV EB CANDLEBERRY AV HEATHER ST 2 A Secondary AC 2,605 29 74,883 1/27/2026 63 32 67 1 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 031 051 BOLSA AV SEAL BEACH BL BALBOA DR 2 C Secondary AC 2,006 36 72,216 2/6/2026 61 68 32 0 6/11/2012 ARHM Rehabilitation MPAH Network Page 1 of 2 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - MPAH Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type MPAH Network 0116 0725 SEAL BEACH BL SB ST. CLOUD DR LAMPSON AV 3 A Major AC 885 32 39,890 11/3/2025 60 33 57 10 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0610 SEAL BEACH BL NB BOLSA AV HERON POINTE 3 A Major AC 2,050 42 89,779 11/10/2025 60 33 67 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0115 0620 SEAL BEACH BL NB HERON POINTE ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 3 A Major AC 1,235 42 55,188 2/5/2026 60 0 100 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0115 0600 SEAL BEACH BL NB PCH BOLSA AV 3 A Major AAC 1,735 42 79,396 11/10/2025 60 51 48 1 6/30/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0115 0740 SEAL BEACH BL NB PLYMOUTH DR CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)3 A Major AC 1,090 42 53,295 2/6/2026 59 36 64 0 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0730 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST. CLOUD DR PLYMOUTH DR 3 A Major AC 1,500 36 64,872 11/3/2025 59 52 48 0 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0116 0605 SEAL BEACH BL SB BOLSA AV PCH 3 A Major AAC 1,705 42 72,146 11/10/2025 59 52 48 0 6/30/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0116 0625 SEAL BEACH BL SB ADOLFO LOPEZ DR HERON POINTE 3 A Major AC 1,240 42 55,060 11/10/2025 58 30 70 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0116 0615 SEAL BEACH BL SB HERON POINTE BOLSA AV 3 A Major AC 2,082 42 90,384 11/10/2025 58 44 56 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 0116 0745 SEAL BEACH BL SB CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)PLYMOUTH DR 3 A Major AC 1,090 40 47,895 11/3/2025 57 58 34 8 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 0100 0166 OLD RANCH PARKWAY SEAL BEACH BLVD 740' W/ SEAL BEACH 4 A Primary AC 740 47 38,576 11/10/2025 56 100 0 0 1/1/1986 Overlay - AC 0115 0630 SEAL BEACH BL NB ADOLFO LOPEZ DR APOLLO DR 3 A Major AC 585 50 30,310 11/10/2025 56 23 77 0 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0115 0640 SEAL BEACH BL NB APOLLO DR ROAD C 3 A Major AC 1,765 40 82,880 11/10/2025 56 29 59 12 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 0186 0530 LAMPSON AV EB BASSWOOD ST CANDLEBERY AV 2 A Secondary AAC 1,275 28 36,105 1/27/2026 52 31 69 0 7/1/2002 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 064 0104 ELECTRIC AV SB 6TH ST MAIN ST 1 C Secondary AC 910 25 22,750 11/17/2025 48 39 61 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 014 333 6TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB MARINA DR 2 E Secondary AAC 182 36 6,355 11/17/2025 48 59 41 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 09 021 1ST ST PCH 597' NE/PCH 2 A Primary AC 597 24 14,328 2/5/2026 43 67 33 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 09 0259 1ST ST WELCOME LN PCH 2 A Primary AC 1,117 29 40,578 2/5/2026 39 40 60 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 09 0351 1ST ST WELCOME LN MARINA DR 2 A Primary AC 1,028 29 30,317 2/5/2026 39 25 75 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 064 0105 ELECTRIC AV SB MAIN ST 12TH ST 1 C Secondary AAC 960 26 24,960 2/5/2026 38 19 81 0 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 064 0106 ELECTRIC AV SB 12TH ST 14TH ST 1 C Secondary AAC 615 26 15,990 11/17/2025 38 44 51 5 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 09 0350 1ST ST PCH WELCOME LN 2 A Primary AC 1,136 29 33,838 11/12/2025 38 43 57 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 09 0258 1ST ST MARINA DR WELCOME LN 2 A Primary AC 1,015 29 30,540 2/5/2026 35 24 76 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 063 0385 ELECTRIC AV NB MAIN ST 6TH ST 1 C Secondary AC 1,001 27 27,027 11/5/2025 24 7 78 15 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 20.3 3,948,147 Page 2 of 2 Local Network by Descending PCI City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type 019 037 ALMOND AV SUNFLOWER CR OLEANDER ST 2 E Local AC 965 37 35,705 10/29/2025 100 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0311 ALMOND AV OLEANDER ST IRIS CR 2 E Local AC 1,120 36 40,320 10/29/2025 100 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0312 ALMOND AV IRIS CR DAISY ST 2 E Local AC 975 36 35,100 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 019 0314 ALMOND AV DAISY ST COLUMBINE ST 2 E Local AC 735 36 26,460 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 022 041 BALBOA DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 E Local AC 1,060 37 39,220 11/3/2025 100 0 0 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 023 043 BANYAN AV CAMELIA ST COLUMBINE ST 2 E Local AC 600 33 19,800 11/10/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 030 050 BLUEBELL ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 996 33 33,345 11/10/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 050 080 CRYSTAL PL CRYSTAL COVE WY CDS 2 E Local AC 240 27 7,695 11/5/2025 100 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 054 085 DAISY ST CANDLEBERRY AV DOGWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 210 33 6,930 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 056 087 DOGWOOD AV DAISY ST IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 1,470 33 48,510 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 056 088 DOGWOOD AV MARIGOLD ST FUCHSIA ST 2 E Local AC 1,386 33 46,538 10/31/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 061 097 ELDER AV VIOLET ST PRIMROSE ST 2 E Local AC 1,380 33 45,540 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0135 0129 HEATHER ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AVE 2 E Local AAC 250 37 9,250 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0135 0130 HEATHER ST ELDER AV HAZELNUT AV 2 E Local AC 722 37 26,714 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0135 0408 HEATHER ST IRONWOOD AVE LAMPSON AV 2 E Local AAC 140 37 5,180 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 081 0136 IRONWOOD AV WISTERIA ST TULIP ST 2 E Local AC 322 37 11,914 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 091 0152 MARBLE COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 455 33 15,815 11/5/2025 100 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 092 0154 MARIGOLD ST CANDLEBERRY AV DOGWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 098 0162 OCCIDENTAL DR STANFORD LN HARVARD LN 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/2025 100 0 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0101 0168 OLEANDER ST ALMOND AV (S)ALMOND AV (N)2 E Local AC 155 36 5,808 10/31/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0101 0410 OLEANDER ST ALMOND AV (N)BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 276 33 9,108 2/6/2026 100 0 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0103 0171 PANSY ST FIR AV GUAVA AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/2025 100 0 0 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0104 0172 PRIMROSE ST DOGWOOD AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AC 210 33 6,930 10/29/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0109 0179 ROSE ST HAZELNUT AV LAMPSON AV 2 C Local AC 440 37 16,280 10/31/2025 100 0 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 0121 0201 SUNFLOWER ST FIR AV IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 560 37 20,720 10/31/2025 100 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 0128 0210 WISTERIA ST DOGWOOD AV IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 1,075 37 40,575 10/31/2025 100 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 075 0122 GUAVA AV PANSY ST HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,360 33 44,880 10/29/2025 100 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0130 0213 YALE LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR (S) COLLEGE PARK DR 2 E Local AC 1,260 33 45,968 10/31/2025 100 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0120 0199 STANFORD LN COLLEGE PARK DR COLLEGE PARK DR 2 E Local AC 1,898 32 60,736 10/31/2025 100 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0129 0212 YALE CR END YALE LN 2 E Local AC 100 48 5,510 10/31/2025 99 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 056 089 DOGWOOD AV WISTERIA ST OLEANDER ST 2 E Local AC 1,745 33 57,585 10/29/2025 99 53 47 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 092 0153 MARIGOLD ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 10/31/2025 99 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 038 0380 CENTRAL AV 6TH ST 7TH ST 2 C Local AAC 270 36 9,720 11/12/2025 99 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0353 CATALINA AV AVALON DR BALBOA DR 2 E Local AC 535 37 19,795 11/3/2025 99 100 0 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 097 0161 NORTH GATE RD 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL PAVEMENT CHANGE 2 A Local AAC 750 42 31,500 11/10/2025 99 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 0106 0174 PRIMROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/2025 99 100 0 0 1/1/1990 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 053 083 DAISY CR FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/29/2025 98 0 0 100 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 037 061 CATALINA AV SURF PL AVALON DR 2 E Local AC 830 37 30,710 11/3/2025 98 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 066 0108 EMERALD PL EMERALD COVE WY CDS 2 E Local AC 230 27 7,645 11/5/2025 98 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 036 059 CARAVEL WY MARINA DR CORSAIR WY 2 E Local AC 360 37 13,320 11/10/2025 98 100 0 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 040 068 CLIPPER WY CARAVEL WY ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 910 33 30,030 11/10/2025 98 100 0 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 054 084 DAISY ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 410 33 13,530 11/3/2025 98 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 076 336 HARVARD LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 2 E Local AC 992 37 37,804 10/29/2025 98 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0113 0170 PANSY CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/2025 98 100 0 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 016 030 8TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AAC 502 36 18,072 11/12/2025 97 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 088 0147 LOYOLA PLAZA COLLEGE PARK DR END 2 E Local AC 330 25 9,250 10/31/2025 97 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 078 0127 HAZELNUT AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 E Local AC 1,310 33 43,230 10/29/2025 96 44 56 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 081 0137 IRONWOOD AV TULIP ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 E Local AC 1,020 37 37,740 10/29/2025 96 51 49 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 02 04 11TH ST ELECTRIC AV LANDING AV 2 E Local AAC 210 37 7,770 11/12/2025 96 100 0 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 07 017 16TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AC 1,160 21 24,360 11/5/2025 96 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Local Network Page 1 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 089 0148 MAIN ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 C Local AC 708 52 35,350 11/12/2025 96 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 081 0135 IRONWOOD AV ROSE ST IRIS ST 2 E Local AC 1,420 33 46,860 10/29/2025 96 49 51 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 041 069 CLOVER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 130 33 5,540 11/10/2025 96 100 0 0 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in) 076 0123 HARVARD LN COLLEGE PARK DR OCCIDENTAL LN 2 C Local AC 1,063 37 39,331 10/29/2025 96 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0136 0132 IRIS ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 226 32 7,232 10/29/2025 96 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 08 018 17TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 E Local AC 1,260 21 26,460 11/12/2025 96 100 0 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 0117 0247 SEAL WY 13TH ST 12TH ST 1 E Local PCC 295 12 3,540 11/17/2025 95 0 0 100 7/1/2011 New Construction - Initial 024 044 BASSWOOD ST ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 2 C Local AC 410 36 14,760 2/6/2026 95 90 10 0 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 068 0110 FERN CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/2025 95 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0109 0178 ROSE ST FIR AV HAZELNUT AV 2 C Local AAC 390 37 14,430 10/31/2025 95 0 100 0 11/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 029 049 BIRCHWOOD AV DAISY ST ASTER ST 2 E Local AAC 1,650 33 54,450 2/9/2026 95 100 0 0 4/1/1984 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 038 0381 CENTRAL AV 7TH ST MAIN ST 2 C Local AAC 586 36 21,096 11/12/2025 95 50 50 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 034 057 CARMEL AV SURF PL COASTLINE DR 2 E Local AAC 360 37 13,320 11/3/2025 94 83 0 17 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 046 076 CORSAIR WY CARAVEL WY SCHOONER WY 2 E Local AC 1,020 33 33,660 11/10/2025 94 36 39 25 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 069 0113 FIR AV SUNFLOWER ST ROSE ST 2 E Local AAC 330 33 10,890 10/29/2025 94 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 076 331 HARVARD LN OCCIDENTAL LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR 2 C Local AC 1,289 37 47,693 10/29/2025 94 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 018 034 AGUA PL MARLIN AV CDS 2 E Local AAC 220 27 7,040 2/5/2026 94 81 0 19 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 020 039 ASTER ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AAC 206 37 7,622 1/27/2026 94 100 0 0 10/1/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 061 020 ELDER AV FUCHSIA ST IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AC 1,467 36 52,812 2/5/2026 94 100 0 0 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 077 0124 HARBOR WY BAYSIDE DR BAYOU WY 2 E Local AAC 760 33 25,080 2/5/2026 94 89 0 11 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 0101 0411 OLEANDER ST BIRCHWOOD AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AC 708 36 25,488 1/27/2026 94 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0117 0248 SEAL WY 14TH ST 13TH ST 1 E Local PCC 295 12 3,540 11/17/2025 94 0 0 100 7/1/2011 New Construction - Initial 0107 0175 PURDUE CR COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 2 E Local AC 110 27 5,354 10/31/2025 93 100 0 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0102 0169 OPAL COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 445 33 15,485 11/5/2025 93.02 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 081 0134 IRONWOOD AV ELDER AV HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,967 33 64,911 2/5/2026 93 100 0 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0108 0176 RIVIERA DR MARLIN AV BOLSA AV 2 E Local AC 560 31 17,360 11/5/2025 93 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 0383 CENTRAL AV 10TH ST 12TH ST 2 C Local AAC 565 36 20,340 11/12/2025 92 69 31 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 084 0140 JASMIN CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/2025 92 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0137 0177 ROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/2025 92 12 88 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 087 0145 LANDING AV 12TH ST 11TH ST 2 E Local AC 260 42 10,920 11/12/2025 91 33 67 0 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay 04 010 13TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 E Local AAC 1,013 21 20,160 11/12/2025 91 100 0 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 037 060 CATALINA AV COASTLINE DR SURF PL 2 E Local AC 570 38 21,660 11/3/2025 91 15 85 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 03 08 12TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 C Local PCC 810 40 32,400 11/17/2025 91 0 0 100 10/1/1997 New Construction - PCC 038 0382 CENTRAL AV MAIN ST 10TH ST 2 C Local AAC 265 36 9,540 11/12/2025 90 33 67 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0117 0249 SEAL WY NEPTUNE AV DOLPHIN AV 1 E Local PCC 385 13 5,005 11/17/2025 90 0 53 47 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 062 098 ELECTRIC AV 5TH ST CORSAIR WY 2 E Local AC 510 37 18,870 11/10/2025 90 36 64 0 2/12/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 081 0133 IRONWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AC 524 33 17,292 2/5/2026 90 47 53 0 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 044 0337 COLLEGE PARK DR HARVARD LN (N)YALE LN (N)2 C Local AC 908 37 34,585 10/29/2025 90 47 53 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 028 048 BERYL COVE WY EMERALD COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 445 33 15,485 11/5/2025 90 35 65 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 094 0360 MARLIN AV RIVIERA DR BALBOA DR 2 E Local AC 900 37 33,300 2/5/2026 90 41 59 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 069 0112 FIR AV ROSE ST HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,585 33 54,385 10/29/2025 90 11 89 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0118 0197 SILVER SHOALS AV BOLSA AV FATHOM AV 2 E Local AAC 300 33 9,900 2/5/2026 89 29 71 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 038 062 CENTRAL AV 1ST ST 2ND ST 1 C Local AAC 270 18 5,196 11/12/2025 89 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 044 073 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)HARVARD LN (S)2 C Local AC 635 36 22,860 10/29/2025 89 38 62 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0117 0195 SEAL WY DOLPHIN AV 14TH ST 1 E Local PCC 255 13 3,315 2/5/2026 89 55 0 45 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0101 0412 OLEANDER ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 E Local AC 256 36 9,216 1/27/2026 89 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 029 0313 BIRCHWOOD AV OLEANDER ST DAISY ST 2 E Local AAC 1,950 33 64,350 2/6/2026 88 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0126 0206 VIOLET ST ALMOND AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AC 660 33 21,780 1/27/2026 88 100 0 0 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 038 063 CENTRAL AV 2ND ST 4TH ST 2 C Local AAC 585 36 21,060 11/12/2025 88 71 29 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0117 0196 SEAL WY 12TH ST 11TH ST 1 E Local PCC 300 12 3,600 11/17/2025 88 0 84 16 7/1/2011 New Construction - Initial Page 2 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 048 078 CRESTVIEW AV CATALINA AV BAYSIDE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,130 33 37,290 11/3/2025 87 35 59 6 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 094 0156 MARLIN AV SEAL BEACH BL RIVIERA DR 2 E Local AC 765 32 24,480 11/5/2025 87 62 38 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0122 0202 SURF PL CATALINA AV END 2 E Local AC 480 33 15,840 2/5/2026 87 68 32 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0126 0207 VIOLET ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 E Local AC 160 33 5,280 2/6/2026 86 100 0 0 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay 0117 0250 SEAL WY ELECTRIC AV NEPTUNE AV 1 E Local PCC 505 13 6,565 11/17/2025 86 0 100 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 049 079 CRYSTAL COVE WY MARBLE COVE WY OPAL COVE WY 2 E Local AAC 520 33 17,160 11/5/2025 86 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 079 0128 HEATHER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/2025 86 18 82 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 055 086 DARTMOUTH CR HARVARD LN END 2 E Local AC 180 34 8,120 10/29/2025 86 49 51 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 015 029 7TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AAC 1,280 40 51,200 2/5/2026 85 82 18 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 04 011 13TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 710 40 28,400 11/17/2025 85 68 28 4 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 017 032 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL CDS 2 A Local AAC 850 60 51,366 11/10/2025 85 41 49 10 1/1/2007 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 020 038 ASTER ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 E Local AAC 1,239 37 45,843 11/10/2025 85 0 100 0 10/1/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 048 0309 CRESTVIEW AV BAYSIDE DR CREST DR 2 E Local AAC 1,130 33 37,290 2/5/2026 84 53 45 2 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 015 028 7TH ST ELECTRIC AV MARINA DR 2 E Local AAC 302 36 10,872 2/5/2026 84 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 033 0303 CANDLEBERRY AV ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 2 E Local AAC 365 36 13,140 2/6/2026 84 14 78 8 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 073 0118 GALLEON WY ELECTRIC AV SCHOONER WY 2 E Local AC 310 33 10,230 11/10/2025 84 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 019 036 ALMOND AV VIOLET ST SUNFLOWER CR 2 E Local AC 510 37 19,270 10/29/2025 84 11 62 27 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 044 0395 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)YALE LN (N)2 C Local AC 1,083 36 38,988 2/6/2026 84 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 078 0125 HAZELNUT AV GUAVA AV HEATHER ST 2 E Local AAC 1,210 33 39,930 10/29/2025 83 62 21 17 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 09 019 1ST ST OCEAN AV MARINA DR 2 A Local AC 887 40 35,480 2/5/2026 83 38 0 62 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC 083 0139 JADE COVE WY EMERALD COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 E Local AC 445 33 15,485 2/11/2026 83 47 51 2 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 065 0107 EMERALD COVE WY BERYL COVE WY JADE COVE WY 2 E Local AC 580 33 19,140 11/5/2025 83 40 60 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 074 0119 GOLDENROD CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/2025 83 18 82 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 095 0157 MARVISTA AV CATALINA AV COASTLINE DR 2 E Local AC 1,682 33 56,106 11/3/2025 83 81 10 9 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0139 0120 GOLDENROD ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 E Local AAC 240 33 7,692 10/29/2025 82 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 05 014 14TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 660 36 23,760 11/17/2025 82 64 36 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 047 077 CREST DR CATALINA AV CRESTVIEW AV 2 E Local AAC 210 33 6,930 11/3/2025 82 37 63 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0356 CATALINA AV BAYSIDE DR CDS 2 E Local AC 828 37 31,442 11/3/2025 81 47 53 0 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0112 0183 SCHOONER WY GALLEON WY DORY WY 2 E Local AC 660 33 21,780 11/10/2025 81 53 47 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 048 0310 CRESTVIEW AV CREST DR AVALON DR 2 E Local AAC 925 33 30,525 11/3/2025 80 15 85 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0139 0400 GOLDENROD ST FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AAC 295 33 11,494 10/29/2025 80 38 41 21 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 012 0376 4TH ST CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT MARINA DR 2 E Local AC 502 36 18,072 11/17/2025 80 28 72 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 01 01 10TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AC 660 40 26,400 11/12/2025 80 16 70 14 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 061 096 ELDER AV OLEANDER ST HEATHER ST 2 E Local AC 1,130 36 40,680 10/29/2025 80 54 39 7 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 05 013 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 E Local AAC 1,010 21 21,210 11/12/2025 80 78 22 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 073 0352 GALLEON WY SCHOONER WY DORY WY 2 E Local AC 740 33 25,638 11/10/2025 80 66 34 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 05 0365 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 2 E Local AC 102 36 3,645 11/17/2025 79 32 68 0 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 0105 0173 PRINCETON CR HARVARD LN CDS 2 E Local AC 116 30 5,635 10/31/2025 79 16 84 0 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 042 0357 COASTLINE DR BALBOA DR SILVER SHOALS AVE 2 E Local AC 795 33 26,235 11/3/2025 79 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 04 012 13TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/2025 78 46 54 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 096 0159 NEPTUNE AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 24 5,040 2/5/2026 78 29 71 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 021 040 AVALON DR CATALINA AV END 2 E Local AC 430 33 14,190 11/3/2025 78 22 78 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0114 0185 SEA BREEZE DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 E Local AC 1,160 33 38,280 11/3/2025 78 100 0 0 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC 016 031 8TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AAC 1,150 40 46,000 11/17/2025 78 44 56 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 071 0116 FUCHSIA ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 E Local AAC 210 33 6,930 10/31/2025 78 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0111 0182 SANDPIPER DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 2 E Local AC 1,110 33 36,630 11/3/2025 77 100 0 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 0117 0194 SEAL WY 10TH ST 11TH ST 1 E Local PCC 290 15 4,350 11/17/2025 77 4 80 16 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 039 066 CENTRAL WY 4TH ST 2ND ST 2 E Local AC 560 38 21,280 11/12/2025 77 18 80 2 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 042 070 COASTLINE DR CARMEL AV CDS 2 E Local AC 480 27 14,110 11/3/2025 77 13 87 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 062 099 ELECTRIC AV CORSAIR WY CDS 2 E Local AC 473 33 17,218 11/10/2025 77 43 57 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Page 3 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 010 334 2ND ST CENTRAL AV MARINA DR 2 E Local AC 105 40 4,200 11/12/2025 77 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0123 0203 TAPER DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 E Local AC 1,110 33 36,630 11/3/2025 77 78 22 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 057 091 DOLPHIN AV OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 1 E Local AC 582 24 13,968 11/17/2025 77 84 16 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 035 058 CARNATION CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 2/6/2026 76 38 62 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 039 067 CENTRAL WY 5TH ST 4TH ST 2 E Local AC 260 38 9,880 11/12/2025 76 22 78 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 0128 0211 WISTERIA ST DOGWOOD AV CDS 2 E Local AC 794 33 27,920 2/6/2026 76 62 38 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 072 0117 FUCHSIA CR FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AAC 330 33 12,140 10/29/2025 75 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0119 0198 SOUTH SHORE DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 2 E Local AC 1,060 33 34,980 11/3/2025 75 79 21 0 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 089 0149 MAIN ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AVE 2 C Local AC 1,190 57 67,830 11/12/2025 75 57 43 0 6/30/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 055 CANDLEBERRY AV MARIGOLD ST FUCHSIA ST 2 E Local AAC 1,392 37 51,504 10/29/2025 75 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 02 06 11TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 965 40 36,000 11/17/2025 74 31 69 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 071 0405 FUCHSIA ST CANDLEBERRY AV ELDER AV 2 E Local AAC 456 33 15,048 10/31/2025 74 100 0 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 014 027 6TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AAC 1,384 37 51,208 2/5/2026 74 90 10 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 038 064 CENTRAL AV 4TH ST 6TH ST 2 C Local AAC 572 36 20,592 11/12/2025 74 100 0 0 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 045 075 CORAL PL CDS BAYSIDE DR 2 E Local AC 230 27 7,310 2/5/2026 74 19 81 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 060 094 EBBTIDE PL COASTLINE PL CDS 2 E Local AC 230 27 7,410 11/3/2025 73 46 54 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 06 016 15TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 E Local AAC 1,110 21 23,310 11/12/2025 73 34 66 0 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural 058 092 DORY WY GALLEON WY SCHOONER WY 2 E Local AC 360 28 10,080 11/10/2025 72 46 54 0 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 061 095 ELDER AV HEATHER ST FUCHSIA ST 2 E Local AC 520 36 18,720 2/6/2026 72 96 4 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 011 023 3RD ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AV 2 E Local AC 760 40 30,400 11/17/2025 72 15 85 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 037 0355 CATALINA AV SEA BREEZE DR BAYSIDE DR 2 E Local AC 510 37 18,870 11/3/2025 72 100 0 0 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 012 0375 4TH ST CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT 2 E Local PCC 70 60 4,200 11/17/2025 72 0 43 57 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 025 045 BAYSIDE DR BOLSA AV CRESTVIEW AV 2 E Local AC 1,410 33 46,530 11/3/2025 71 100 0 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 067 0109 FATHOM AV SILVER SHOALS AV BALBOA DR 2 E Local AC 810 33 26,730 11/3/2025 71 100 0 0 8/12/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 026 046 BAYOU WY BAYSIDE DR HARBOR WY 2 E Local AAC 630 33 20,790 11/3/2025 71 90 0 10 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 075 0121 GUAVA AV IRONWOOD AV CDS 2 E Local AC 530 33 18,740 2/6/2026 71 69 31 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 013 025 5TH ST MARINA DR PCH 4 C Local AC 683 60 41,280 2/5/2026 71 36 64 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 080 0131 IRIS CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 10/31/2025 71 30 70 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 012 024 4TH ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT 2 E Local AC 660 36 23,760 11/17/2025 71 5 78 17 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 095 0158 MARVISTA AV COASTLINE DR PCH 2 E Local AC 120 36 4,570 11/12/2025 70 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 03 0388 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 2 C Local AC 102 37 3,774 11/12/2025 70 29 71 0 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 099 0307 OCEAN AV 5TH ST 1ST ST 2 C Local AC 1,240 52 64,480 11/12/2025 70 64 36 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 027 047 BEACHCOMBER DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,160 33 38,280 2/5/2026 70 74 26 0 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 069 0111 FIR AV GOLDENROD ST IRONWOOD AV 2 E Local AAC 1,460 33 48,180 2/6/2026 70 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 052 082 DAHLIA DR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 11/10/2025 69 23 77 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 082 0138 ISLAND VIEW DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,110 33 36,630 11/3/2025 69 73 27 0 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 078 0126 HAZELNUT AV HEATHER ST ROSE ST 2 E Local AC 1,545 33 50,985 10/29/2025 68 49 45 6 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 056 CANDLEBERRY AV WISTERIA ST OLEANDER ST 2 E Local AC 1,690 33 55,770 10/29/2025 68 29 71 0 1/1/2009 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0163 OCEAN AV 13TH ST MAIN ST 2 C Local AC 1,265 52 65,780 11/17/2025 68 63 37 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 01 02 10TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 E Local AC 950 40 38,000 11/17/2025 68 100 0 0 2/1/2000 Overlay - AC 042 071 COASTLINE DR MARVISTA DR CARMEL DR 2 E Local AC 455 33 15,015 11/3/2025 68 24 76 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0138 0200 SUNFLOWER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 2/6/2026 67 34 58 8 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 010 022 2ND ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AV 2 E Local AC 860 40 34,400 11/12/2025 67 13 56 31 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 032 053 CAMELIA ST ALMOND AV BANYAN AV 2 E Local AC 590 33 19,470 11/10/2025 67 25 75 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0124 0204 TEABERRY CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 430 33 15,440 10/31/2025 67 60 40 0 1/1/2006 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0164 OCEAN AV MAIN ST 5TH ST 2 C Local AC 1,245 52 64,740 2/5/2026 66 62 38 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 013 0370 5TH ST CENTRAL AV OCEAN AV 2 C Local AC 626 36 22,536 11/17/2025 66 100 0 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 059 093 DRIFTWOOD AV BALBOA DR COASTLINE DR 2 E Local AAC 1,460 33 48,180 11/3/2025 66 62 38 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 099 0306 OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 13TH ST 2 C Local AC 1,308 52 61,070 11/17/2025 66 56 39 5 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 039 065 CENTRAL WY 2ND ST 1ST ST 2 E Local AC 260 40 10,400 11/12/2025 66 16 72 12 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial Page 4 of 5 City of Seal Beach, CA 2026 Pavement Management Program Update PCI Report - Local Streets Sorted by PCI Branch ID Section ID Street Name From To Lanes Section Rank Classification Surface Type Length Width Area Inspection Date PCI PCI Climate % PCI Load % PCI Other % Last Work Date Last Work Type Local Network 043 072 COLUMBINE ST ALMOND AV BANYAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 33 6,930 2/6/2026 66 38 62 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 013 026 5TH ST MARINA DR CENTRAL AV 2 C Local AC 775 36 27,900 11/17/2025 65 66 34 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 051 081 DAFFODIL CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 E Local AC 230 33 8,840 11/10/2025 64 22 78 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 042 0358 COASTLINE DR SILVER SHOALS AVE MARVISTA DR 2 E Local AC 999 37 36,963 11/3/2025 64 49 51 0 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 057 090 DOLPHIN AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 226 24 5,424 11/17/2025 64 5 84 11 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 037 0354 CATALINA AV BALBOA DR SEA BREEZE DR 2 E Local AC 1,182 37 43,734 11/3/2025 64 76 24 0 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 085 0141 LAGUNA PL MARLIN AV CDS 2 E Local AC 380 27 11,460 11/5/2025 63 38 62 0 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 097 0165 NORTH GATE RD PAVEMENT CHANGE END 2 A Local AAC 1,867 30 56,010 11/10/2025 63 59 40 1 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 03 07 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV NB PCH 2 C Local AAC 872 36 31,392 11/5/2025 62 55 38 7 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 044 074 COLLEGE PARK DR (S) HARVARD LN CITY LIMIT 2 C Local AC 940 30 32,365 10/29/2025 62 35 65 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 097 0160 NORTH GATE RD SEAL BEACH BL 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL 2 A Local AAC 650 42 28,895 2/5/2026 58 44 56 0 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 017 033 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR SEAL BEACH BL 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL 2 A Local AAC 425 60 25,500 2/5/2026 58 49 17 34 1/1/2007 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 087 0146 LANDING AV SEAL BEACH BL 16TH ST 2 E Local AC 485 22 10,670 11/5/2025 58 100 0 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 019 0315 ALMOND AV COLUMBINE ST ASTER ST 2 E Local AC 1,210 36 44,560 10/29/2025 57 16 73 11 7/1/2015 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 070 0115 FIR CR FIR AV CDS 2 E Local AC 130 60 8,900 10/29/2025 55 100 0 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 093 0155 MARINE AV ELECTRIC AV DOLPHIN AV 1 E Local AC 320 24 7,680 11/17/2025 55 33 67 0 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 087 0391 LANDING AV 15TH ST 14TH ST 2 E Local AC 228 21 4,788 2/5/2026 53 47 53 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 022 042 BALBOA DR PCH BOLSA AV 2 E Local AC 660 37 24,420 11/3/2025 50 42 58 0 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 05 015 14TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/2025 50 0 100 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 02 05 11TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/2025 50 37 63 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 0110 0180 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY SEAL BEACH BL WEST RD 2 C Local AC 864 30 25,920 10/31/2025 48 39 56 5 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 087 0390 LANDING AV 16TH ST 15TH ST 2 E Local AC 228 21 4,788 11/5/2025 48 45 55 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 069 0114 FIR AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 E Local AAC 1,220 33 40,260 2/6/2026 46 23 77 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 03 09 12TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 24 5,040 11/17/2025 46 26 74 0 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 087 0392 LANDING AV 14TH ST 12TH ST 2 E Local AC 502 21 10,542 11/5/2025 44 57 43 0 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 0125 0205 TULIP ST IRONWOOD AV LAMPSON AV 2 E Local AAC 118 36 4,248 10/31/2025 44 16 84 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 033 054 CANDLEBERRY AV FUCHSIA ST ASTER AV 2 E Local AAC 1,770 36 63,720 10/29/2025 43 32 68 0 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 01 03 10TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 E Local AC 210 25 5,250 11/17/2025 42 22 78 0 2/1/2000 Overlay - AC 0110 0181 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY WEST RD MONTECITO RD 2 C Local AC 364 28 10,192 10/31/2025 32 46 47 7 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 29.1 5,383,247 Page 5 of 5 Final Report April 2026 22 Appendix 2 7-Year Work Plan Final Report April 2026 23 Seven-Year Work Plan under Scenario 1 (City’s Projected Budget) MPAH Rehabilitation Program Local Rehabilitation Program Local Preventive Program MPAH Rehabilitation Program City of Seal Beach, CA Pavement Management Plan - 2026 Update Seven-Year Work Plan Under Scenario 1 (City's Existing Budget) MPAH Rehabilitation Program FY Branch ID Section ID Name From To Lanes Area (SF)PCI Date PCI Last Treatment Date Last Treatment Type Recommended Maint. Unit Cost Cost 2026-27 09 0258 1ST ST MARINA DR WELCOME LN 2 30,540 2/5/2026 35 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.23 $251,344 2026-27 09 0351 1ST ST WELCOME LN MARINA DR 2 30,317 2/5/2026 39 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.23 $249,509 $500,853 2027-28 09 0259 1ST ST WELCOME LN PCH 2 40,578 2/5/2026 39 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.64 $350,594 2027-28 09 0350 1ST ST PCH WELCOME LN 2 33,838 11/12/2025 38 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.64 $292,360 2027-28 064 0104 ELECTRIC AV SB 6TH ST MAIN ST 1 22,750 11/17/2025 48 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.64 $196,560 2027-28 064 0105 ELECTRIC AV SB MAIN ST 12TH ST 1 24,960 2/5/2026 38 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.64 $215,654 2027-28 064 0106 ELECTRIC AV SB 12TH ST 14TH ST 1 15,990 11/17/2025 38 6/30/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.64 $138,154 2027-28 063 0385 ELECTRIC AV NB MAIN ST 6TH ST 1 27,027 11/5/2025 24 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.64 $233,513 $1,426,836 2028-29 0186 0570 LAMPSON AV EB TULIP ST CITY LIMITS 2 13,260 1/27/2026 72 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.12 $81,151 2028-29 0116 0735 SEAL BEACH BL SB PLYMOUTH DR ST. CLOUD DR 3 60,923 2/6/2026 65 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.12 $372,849 2028-29 0116 0745 SEAL BEACH BL SB CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)PLYMOUTH DR 3 47,895 11/3/2025 57 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.12 $293,117 2028-29 0115 0730 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST. CLOUD DR PLYMOUTH DR 3 64,872 11/3/2025 59 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.12 $397,017 2028-29 0115 0740 SEAL BEACH BL NB PLYMOUTH DR CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)3 53,295 2/6/2026 59 5/10/2010 Overlay - AC 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.12 $326,165 $1,470,299 2029-30 086 0575 LAMPSON AV WB CITY LIMITS TULIP ST 2 13,656 10/31/2025 76 7/1/2002 Overlay - AC 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.43 $87,808 2029-30 0100 0166 OLD RANCH PARKWAY SEAL BEACH BLVD 740' W/ SEAL BEACH 4 38,576 11/10/2025 56 1/1/1986 Overlay - AC 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$8.23 $317,480 $405,289 2030-31 063 0102 ELECTRIC AV NB 14TH ST (S)12TH ST 1 18,495 11/5/2025 76 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.75 $124,841 $124,841 2032-33 063 0103 ELECTRIC AV NB 12TH ST MAIN ST 1 25,101 11/5/2025 74 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $7.44 $186,751 $186,751Total Total Total Total Total Total Page 1 of 1 Local Rehabilitation Program City of Seal Beach, CA Pavement Management Plan - 2026 Update Seven-Year Work Plan Under Scenario 1 (City's Existing Budget) Local Rehabilitation Program FY Branch ID Section ID Name From To Lanes Area (SF)PCI Date PCI Last Treatment Date Last Treatment Type Recommended Maint. Unit Cost Cost 2026-27 03 07 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV NB PCH 2 31,392 11/5/2025 62 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $4.59 $144,089 2026-27 019 0315 ALMOND AV COLUMBINE ST ASTER ST 2 44,560 10/29/2025 57 7/1/2015 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $316,822 2026-27 022 042 BALBOA DR PCH BOLSA AV 2 24,420 11/3/2025 50 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $173,626 2026-27 033 054 CANDLEBERRY AV FUCHSIA ST ASTER AV 2 63,720 10/29/2025 43 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $453,049 2026-27 044 074 COLLEGE PARK DR (S) HARVARD LN CITY LIMIT 2 32,365 10/29/2025 62 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $4.59 $148,555 2026-27 069 0114 FIR AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 40,260 2/6/2026 46 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $286,249 2026-27 070 0115 FIR CR FIR AV CDS 2 8,900 10/29/2025 55 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $4.59 $40,851 2026-27 087 0146 LANDING AV SEAL BEACH BL 16TH ST 2 10,670 11/5/2025 58 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $7.11 $75,864 2026-27 087 0390 LANDING AV 16TH ST 15TH ST 2 4,788 11/5/2025 48 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $34,043 2026-27 087 0391 LANDING AV 15TH ST 14TH ST 2 4,788 2/5/2026 53 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $34,043 2026-27 087 0392 LANDING AV 14TH ST 12TH ST 2 10,542 11/5/2025 44 6/11/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.11 $74,954 2026-27 097 0160 NORTH GATE RD SEAL BEACH BL 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL 2 28,895 2/5/2026 58 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $4.59 $132,628 $1,914,772 2027-28 01 03 10TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 5,250 11/17/2025 42 2/1/2000 Overlay - AC 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $39,165 2027-28 02 05 11TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 5,250 11/17/2025 50 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $39,165 2027-28 03 09 12TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 5,040 11/17/2025 46 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $37,598 2027-28 04 012 13TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 5,250 11/17/2025 78 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $39,165 2027-28 05 015 14TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 5,250 11/17/2025 50 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $39,165 2027-28 057 090 DOLPHIN AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 2 5,424 11/17/2025 64 7/2/2012 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $40,463 2027-28 093 0155 MARINE AV ELECTRIC AV DOLPHIN AV 1 7,680 11/17/2025 55 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $57,293 2027-28 0110 0180 ROSSMOOR CENTER WYSEAL BEACH BL WEST RD 2 25,920 10/31/2025 48 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $193,363 2027-28 0110 0181 ROSSMOOR CENTER WYWEST RD MONTECITO RD 2 10,192 10/31/2025 32 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$7.46 $76,032 $561,410 2028-29 03 0388 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 2 3,774 11/12/2025 70 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.06 $19,096 2028-29 017 033 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR SEAL BEACH BL 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL 2 25,500 2/5/2026 58 1/1/2007 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$5.06 $129,030 2028-29 080 0131 IRIS CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 8,840 10/31/2025 71 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.06 $44,730 2028-29 095 0158 MARVISTA AV COASTLINE DR PCH 2 4,570 11/12/2025 70 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.06 $23,124 2028-29 097 0165 NORTH GATE RD PAVEMENT CHANGEEND 2 56,010 11/10/2025 63 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$5.06 $283,411 $499,392 2029-30 013 025 5TH ST MARINA DR PCH 4 41,280 2/5/2026 71 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.31 $219,197 $219,197 2030-31 013 0370 5TH ST CENTRAL AV OCEAN AV 2 22,536 11/17/2025 66 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.58 $125,751 2030-31 099 0307 OCEAN AV 5TH ST 1ST ST 2 64,480 11/12/2025 70 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.58 $359,798 $485,549 Total Total Total Total Total Page 1 of 2 City of Seal Beach, CA Pavement Management Plan - 2026 Update Seven-Year Work Plan Under Scenario 1 (City's Existing Budget) Local Rehabilitation Program FY Branch ID Section ID Name From To Lanes Area (SF)PCI Date PCI Last Treatment Date Last Treatment Type Recommended Maint. Unit Cost Cost 2031-32 013 026 5TH ST MARINA DR CENTRAL AV 2 27,900 11/17/2025 65 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)$9.07 $253,053 2031-32 038 064 CENTRAL AV 4TH ST 6TH ST 2 20,592 11/12/2025 74 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.86 $120,669 2031-32 039 066 CENTRAL WY 4TH ST 2ND ST 2 21,280 11/12/2025 77 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $5.86 $124,701 $498,423 2032-33 05 0365 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 2 3,645 11/17/2025 79 1/1/1980 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $22,417 2032-33 035 058 CARNATION CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 8,840 2/6/2026 76 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $54,366 2032-33 039 067 CENTRAL WY 5TH ST 4TH ST 2 9,880 11/12/2025 76 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $60,762 2032-33 042 070 COASTLINE DR CARMEL AV CDS 2 14,110 11/3/2025 77 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $86,777 2032-33 057 091 DOLPHIN AV OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 1 13,968 11/17/2025 77 1/1/1970 New Construction - Initial 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $85,903 2032-33 062 099 ELECTRIC AV CORSAIR WY CDS 2 17,218 11/10/2025 77 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $105,891 2032-33 072 0117 FUCHSIA CR FIR AV CDS 2 12,140 10/29/2025 75 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay $6.15 $74,661 $490,776 Total Total Page 2 of 2 Local Preventive Program City of Seal Beach, CA Pavement Management Plan - 2026 Update Seven-Year Work Plan under Scenario 1 (City's Existing Budget) Local Preventive Program FY Branch ID Section ID Name From To Lanes Area (SF)PCI Date PCI Last Treatment Date Last Treatment Type Recommended Maint. Unit Cost Cost 2026-27 027 047 BEACHCOMBER DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 2 38,280 2/5/2026 70 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.12 $42,874 2026-27 082 0138 ISLAND VIEW DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 2 36,630 11/3/2025 69 1/1/2008 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.12 $41,026 2026-27 0114 0185 SEA BREEZE DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 38,280 11/3/2025 78 1/1/2008 Overlay - AC Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.12 $42,874 2026-27 037 0354 CATALINA AV BALBOA DR SEA BREEZE DR 2 43,734 11/3/2025 64 8/11/1999 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.12 $48,982 $175,755 2027-28 016 031 8TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 2 46,000 11/17/2025 78 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.18 $54,280 2027-28 089 0149 MAIN ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AVE 2 67,830 11/12/2025 75 6/30/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.18 $80,039 2027-28 0111 0182 SANDPIPER DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 2 36,630 11/3/2025 77 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.18 $43,223 2027-28 0119 0198 SOUTH SHORE DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 2 34,980 11/3/2025 75 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.18 $41,276 2027-28 0123 0203 TAPER DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 2 36,630 11/3/2025 77 5/6/2013 ARHM Rehabilitation Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)$1.18 $43,223 $262,043 2028-29 09 019 1ST ST OCEAN AV MARINA DR 2 35,480 2/5/2026 83 5/24/2010 Overlay - AC Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $40,092 2028-29 020 039 ASTER ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 2 7,622 1/27/2026 94 10/1/2011 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $8,613 2028-29 044 0395 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)YALE LN (N)2 38,988 2/6/2026 84 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $44,056 2028-29 061 020 ELDER AV FUCHSIA ST IRONWOOD AV 2 52,812 2/5/2026 94 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $59,678 2028-29 077 0124 HARBOR WY BAYSIDE DR BAYOU WY 2 25,080 2/5/2026 94 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $28,340 2028-29 0107 0175 PURDUE CR COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 2 5,354 10/31/2025 93 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $6,050 2028-29 0108 0176 RIVIERA DR MARLIN AV BOLSA AV 2 17,360 11/5/2025 93 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.13 $19,617 $206,446 2029-30 04 010 13TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 20,160 11/12/2025 91 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $23,990 2029-30 018 034 AGUA PL MARLIN AV CDS 2 7,040 2/5/2026 94 6/30/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $8,378 2029-30 034 057 CARMEL AV SURF PL COASTLINE DR 2 13,320 11/3/2025 94 7/1/2019 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $15,851 2029-30 046 076 CORSAIR WY CARAVEL WY SCHOONER WY 2 33,660 11/10/2025 94 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $40,055 2029-30 068 0110 FERN CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 8,840 10/31/2025 95 1/1/2008 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $10,520 2029-30 069 0113 FIR AV SUNFLOWER ST ROSE ST 2 10,890 10/29/2025 94 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $12,959 2029-30 076 331 HARVARD LN OCCIDENTAL LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR 2 47,693 10/29/2025 94 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $56,755 2029-30 084 0140 JASMIN CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 8,840 10/31/2025 92 4/20/2020 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $10,520 2029-30 087 0145 LANDING AV 12TH ST 11TH ST 2 10,920 11/12/2025 91 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $12,995 2029-30 0101 0411 OLEANDER ST BIRCHWOOD AV ELDER AV 2 25,488 1/27/2026 94 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $30,331 2029-30 0126 0207 VIOLET ST ELDER AV FIR AV 2 5,280 2/6/2026 86 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $6,283 2029-30 0137 0177 ROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 15,440 10/31/2025 92 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.19 $18,374 $247,009 Total Total Total Total Page 1 of 2 City of Seal Beach, CA Pavement Management Plan - 2026 Update Seven-Year Work Plan under Scenario 1 (City's Existing Budget) Local Preventive Program FY Branch ID Section ID Name From To Lanes Area (SF)PCI Date PCI Last Treatment Date Last Treatment Type Recommended Maint. Unit Cost Cost 2030-31 08 018 17TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1 26,460 11/12/2025 96 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $33,075 2030-31 024 044 BASSWOOD ST ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 2 14,760 2/6/2026 95 8/1/2011 ARHM Rehabilitation Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $18,450 2030-31 029 049 BIRCHWOOD AV DAISY ST ASTER ST 2 54,450 2/9/2026 95 4/1/1984 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $68,063 2030-31 041 069 CLOVER CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 5,540 11/10/2025 96 6/30/2024 ARHM Overlay (1.5 in)Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $6,925 2030-31 076 0123 HARVARD LN COLLEGE PARK DR OCCIDENTAL LN 2 39,331 10/29/2025 96 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $49,164 2030-31 081 0135 IRONWOOD AV ROSE ST IRIS ST 2 46,860 10/29/2025 96 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $58,575 2030-31 0136 0132 IRIS ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AV 2 7,232 10/29/2025 96 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.25 $9,040 $243,291 2031-32 02 04 11TH ST ELECTRIC AV LANDING AV 2 7,770 11/12/2025 96 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $10,179 2031-32 038 062 CENTRAL AV 1ST ST 2ND ST 1 5,196 11/12/2025 89 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $6,807 2031-32 038 0380 CENTRAL AV 6TH ST 7TH ST 2 9,720 11/12/2025 99 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $12,733 2031-32 038 0383 CENTRAL AV 10TH ST 12TH ST 2 20,340 11/12/2025 92 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $26,645 2031-32 050 080 CRYSTAL PL CRYSTAL COVE WY CDS 2 7,695 11/5/2025 100 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $10,080 2031-32 066 0108 EMERALD PL EMERALD COVE WY CDS 2 7,645 11/5/2025 98 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $10,015 2031-32 078 0127 HAZELNUT AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 43,230 10/29/2025 96 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $56,631 2031-32 081 0137 IRONWOOD AV TULIP ST SUNFLOWER ST 2 37,740 10/29/2025 96 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $49,439 2031-32 088 0147 LOYOLA PLAZA COLLEGE PARK DR END 2 9,250 10/31/2025 97 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $12,118 2031-32 089 0148 MAIN ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 35,350 11/12/2025 96 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.31 $46,309 $240,956 2032-33 0113 0170 PANSY CR ALMOND AV CDS 2 15,440 10/31/2025 98 5/1/2003 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $21,307 2032-33 0118 0197 SILVER SHOALS AV BOLSA AV FATHOM AV 2 9,900 2/5/2026 89 7/1/2015 Overlay - AC Structural Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $13,662 2032-33 016 030 8TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 18,072 11/12/2025 97 5/24/2010 2 in Cold Mill & Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $24,939 2032-33 036 059 CARAVEL WY MARINA DR CORSAIR WY 2 13,320 11/10/2025 98 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $18,382 2032-33 040 068 CLIPPER WY CARAVEL WY ELECTRIC AV 2 30,030 11/10/2025 98 1/1/2010 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $41,441 2032-33 054 084 DAISY ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 2 13,530 11/3/2025 98 4/20/2020 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $18,671 2032-33 07 017 16TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 2 24,360 11/5/2025 96 7/1/2019 ARHM Overlay Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $33,617 2032-33 076 336 HARVARD LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 2 37,804 10/29/2025 98 12/1/2023 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $52,170 2032-33 091 0152 MARBLE COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 2 15,815 11/5/2025 100 6/1/2026 Surface Treatment - Slurry Seal Type II Slurry Seal $1.38 $21,825 $246,014 Total Total Total Page 2 of 2 Final Report April 2026 24 Appendix 3 Pavement Condition GIS Maps APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 12026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 1,700 3,400ft. 1 in. = 3,210 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor)SEAL BEACH BLVDLAMPSON AV WESTMINSTER AVE APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 22026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 490 980ft. 1 in. = 917 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor) COASTLINE DR CARAVEL4TH ST10TH ST6TH ST12TH ST11TH ST13TH STSEA L LAN D I N G CE N T R A L AVALONCRY S T A L C O V E CATALINA AV BAYOU WY 5TH ST3RDMARINA DR HARBOR2NDEL E C T R I C A V MAR L I N A V1ST STFATHOM AV CLIPPER WY CRESTVIEW AV 14TH ST1ST ST SOUTH SHORE DRSEA BREEZE DRTAPER DRMAIN ST15TH STISLAND VIEW DRBEACHCOMBER DRSANDPIPER DRBOLSA 16TH ST8TH ST17TH ST7TH STOCE A N BAYSIDE DRSEAL BEACH BLD R I F T W O O D AV M A R V I S T A AV APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 32026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 300 600ft. 1 in. = 567 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor) OCCIDENTAL COLLEGEPARKDRHARVARD LNYALE LNSTANFORDLN APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 42026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 440 880ft. 1 in. = 833 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor)OLEANDERSTHEATHER STGOLDENRODFUCHSIAIRISASTER STHAZELNUT AV LAMPSON AV TEABERRYPANSYSUNFLOWERROSEPRIMROSEDAISYBASSWOOD IR O N W O O D A V SUNFLOWERELDER AV VIOLETSTCAMELIABANYANAV ALMOND AVBLUEBELLST WISTERIAGUAVA AV CANDLEBERRY AV FIR AV BIRCHWOOD AV D O G W O O D A V Final Report April 2026 25 Appendix 4 OCTA Pavement Management Plan Agency Submittal [City of Seal Beach] Pavement Management Plan Prepared by: [NCE] Submitted to OCTA: 6-30-2026 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 1 Local Jurisdiction Submittal Table of Contents I. Pavement Management Plan Certification ..................................................................................................... 2 II. Executive Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 3 III. Background (Optional) .................................................................................................................................... 4 IV. Current Pavement Conditions (PCI) ................................................................................................................ 5 V. Projected Pavement Conditions (PCI) ............................................................................................................. 5 VI. Alternative Funding Levels .............................................................................................................................. 6 Maintain Existing Average Network PCI .......................................................................................................... 6 Improve Average Network PCI ......................................................................................................................... 6 VII. Current and Projected Backlog by Year of Pavement Maintenance Needs ................................................... 7 VIII. Centerline Mileage .......................................................................................................................................... 7 IX. Percentage of Network in Each of Five Condition Categories Based on Centerline Miles ............................. 8 X. Reduction in Local Match ................................................................................................................................ 9 XI. Appendix A – Seven-Year Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Plan Based on Current or Expected Funding Level and Maintenance of Current System PCIs ............................................................................. 10 XII. Appendix B – Complete Listing of Current Street Conditions ....................................................................... 11 XIII. Appendix C – GIS Digital Data ....................................................................................................................... 12 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 12 Structure of GIS Data ..................................................................................................................................... 12 XIV. Appendix D – Quality Assurance/Quality Control Plan ................................................................................. 14 Introduction ................................................................................................................................................... 14 Objectives ...................................................................................................................................................... 14 Structure of QA/QC Plan ................................................................................................................................ 14 Condition Survey Procedures ......................................................................................................................... 15 Accuracy Required for Data Collection .......................................................................................................... 16 Random and Systematic Re-Inspections ........................................................................................................ 16 PCI Comparison with Past Surveys ................................................................................................................. 17 Inspector’s Qualifications and Experience ..................................................................................................... 18 Safety Procedures .......................................................................................................................................... 19 XV. Appendix E – Pavement Management Data Files ......................................................................................... 20 XVI. Appendix F – GIS Maps – Current Conditions (Optional) .............................................................................. 20 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 3 II. Executive Summary Nichols Consulting Engineers, Chtd. (NCE) was selected by the City of Seal Beach to perform an update of the City’s Pavement Management Plan (PMP). The goal of this project is to update the PMP with current pavement conditions and to perform funding analyses to help inform and educate policy makers as well as to comply with the Orange County Transportation Authority’s (OCTA) Measure M2 Program. The 2026 PMP update includes an inspection of the entire street network (MPAH and Local street) conducted via a walking inspection methodology. The assessment was completed in February 2026 and the result shows that the City’s overall weighted PCI for the pavement network is 79, which is in the “Good” category. As part of this project, the City pavement management plan (PMP) database was updated with maintenance activities that had occurred since the last PMP update in 2024, pavement treatment policies were reviewed, and unit costs were updated. Three budget scenarios were run as part of this project. The City’s current funding scenario follows the City’s Seven-Year Maintenance Improvement Plan and grouped adjacent areas so that the mobilization costs are saved. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 4 III. Background (Optional) PMPs are “designed to provide objective information and useful data for analysis so that … managers can make more consistent, cost-effective, and defensible decisions related to the preservation of a pavement network.”1 A PMP is designed to assist cities and counties by answering typical questions such as: • What does the City’s pavement network consist of in terms of miles and area? • What is the current Pavement Condition Index (PCI)2 of the public street pavement network? • What are the City’s current maintenance and rehabilitation strategies? • How much funding is required to perform all needed M&R treatments over the next several years? • How will the condition of the pavement network change over time given existing M&R strategies and • funding levels? • How much additional funding is needed to maintain or improve the current pavement condition • throughout the network? As part of the 2026 PMP the entire street network was evaluated using walking surveys in accordance with ASTM D6433. Three (3) budget scenarios were performed in accordance with OCTA requirements. For the anticipated existing budget scenarios, a workplan was developed to select streets that provide the most cost-effective allocation of funding. As part of this analysis, the network PCI breakdown is provided below. Centerline Mileage Section Mileage Pavement Area (SF) Weighted PCI MPAH 11.7 20.3 3,948,147 75.9 Local 29.1 29.1 5,383,247 81.7 Citywide 40.8 49.37 9,331,394 79.2 1 AASHTO “Guidelines for Pavement Management Systems”. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Washington DC, July 1990. 2 The weighted average PCI is a result of multiplying the area of each street section by the PCI of that section, totaling the sections together and then dividing by the total of the network areas or functional classification. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 5 IV. Current Pavement Conditions (PCI) Current Network PCI Current MPAH PCI Current Local PCI 79 76 82 V. Projected Pavement Conditions (PCI) Should be by projected PCI by year under existing or expected funding levels for next seven fiscal years (“Today” is before June 30, 2026). Fiscal Year Current Funding Entire Network PCI MPAH Local Today $2.56 million 79 76 82 2026-27 $2.59 million 80 76 83 2027-28 $2.25 million 80 77 81 2028-29 $2.22 million 80 79 80 2029-30 $0.87 million 78 78 79 2030-31 $0.85 million 78 77 78 2031-32 $0.74 million 77 77 76 2032-33 $0.92 million 76 76 75 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 6 VI. Alternative Funding Levels Maintain Existing Average Network PCI Fiscal Year Maintain Funding Entire Network PCI MPAH Local Today $2.56 million 79 76 82 2026-27 $2.59 million 80 76 83 2027-28 $2.25 million 80 77 81 2028-29 $2.22 million 80 79 80 2029-30 $1.99 million 79 78 80 2030-31 $2.00 million 79 80 79 2031-32 $1.99 million 79 79 79 2032-33 $1.99 million 79 78 80 Improve Average Network PCI Fiscal Year Current Funding Entire Network PCI MPAH Local Today $2.56 million 79 76 82 2026-27 $2.59 million 80 76 83 2027-28 $2.25 million 80 77 81 2028-29 $2.22 million 80 79 80 2029-30 $2.25 million 79 79 80 2030-31 $2.23 million 80 80 80 2031-32 $2.23 million 80 79 81 2032-33 $2.21 million 80 78 82 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 7 VII. Current and Projected Backlog by Year of Pavement Maintenance Needs Fiscal Year Current Funding Backlog Maintain PCI Backlog Increase PCI Backlog Current $5.1 million $5.1 million $5.1 million 2026-27 $1.3 million $1.3 million $1.3 million 2027-28 $1.2 million $1.2 million $1.2 million 2028-29 $5.5 million $5.5 million $5.5 million 2029-30 $7.5 million $6.4 million $6.1 million 2030-31 $8.0 million $5.7 million $5.2 million 2031-32 $8.9 million $5.2 million $4.4 million 2032-33 $10.8 million $5.7 million $4.5 million VIII. Centerline Mileage Entire Pavement Network MPAH Local Roads 40.8 11.7 29.1 Please note the previous version (2024 and earlier) reported section mileage while the above table reports centerline mileage. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 8 IX. Percentage of Network in Each of Five Condition Categories Based on Centerline Miles Condition Category PCI Range Network Percent Area of Total Pavement Area of Pavement (sf) Percent Centerline Mileage of Network Centerline Mileage of Network Very Good 86-100 MPAH 15.4% 1,439,963 43.4% 4.4 Local 25.4% 2,374,670 13.3 Good 75-85 MPAH 6.4% 601,572 21.6% 2.2 Local 13.5% 1,259,888 6.6 Fair 60-74 MPAH 11.7% 1,088,406 24.3% 2.6 Local 15.1% 1,412,816 7.3 Poor 41-59 MPAH 6.6% 614,956 8.4% 1.6 Local 3.5% 325,681 1.8 Very Poor 0-40 MPAH 2.2% 203,250 2.4% 0.9 Local 0.1% 10,192 0.1 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 9 X. Reduction in Local Match A local agency match reduction of 10% of the eligible cost for Project O submitted for consideration of funding through the Comprehensive Transportation Funding Programs (CTFP) call for projects is available if the local agency either: a. Shows measurable improvement of paved road conditions during the previous reporting period defined as an overall weighted (by area) average system improvement of one Pavement Condition Index (PCI) point with no reduction in the overall weighted (by area) a verage PCI in the Master Plan of Arterial Highways (MPAH) or local street categories; or b. Have road pavement conditions during the previous reporting period, within the highest 20% of the scale for road pavement conditions in conformance with OCTA Ordinance No. 3, defined as a PCI of 75 or higher, otherwise defined as in “good condition”. If applicable, please use the space below to justify the local agency’s eligibility for a reduction in Local Match based on the statement above. The City’s PCI meets the requirements as noted in the preceding paragraph (b) by keeping the network within the highest 20% of the scale for road pavement conditions in conformance with OCTA Ordinance No. 3, with the overall network showing PCI of 75 or greater. The City will therefore be eligible for the 10 percent reduction in local matching fund requirements. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 10 XI. Appendix A – Seven-Year Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Plan Based on Current or Expected Funding Level and Maintenance of Current System PCIs The seven-year plan for road maintenance and rehabilitation should be based on current and projected budget. Street sections selected for treatment should be identified here. Specific data to be submitted should follow the format below: MPAH Limits of Work Street Name From To Length of Segment Width of Segment Pavement Area Type of Treatment Cost of Treatment Year of Treatment LOCAL Limits of Work Street Name From To Length of Segment Width of Segment Pavement Area Type of Treatment Cost of Treatment Year of Treatment Please attach the seven-year road maintenance and rehabilitation plan, following the above template, after this sheet. The plan should be labeled Appendix A. Appendix A-1 Seven-Year Work Plan for MPAH Network Appendix A Seven-Year Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Plan based on City's Current Funding MPAH Sorted by Treatment Year Street Name From To Length of Segment Width of Segment Pavement Area Type of Treatment Cost of Treatment Year of Treatment 1ST ST MARINA DR WELCOME LN 1,015 29 30,540 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)251,344$ 2026-27 1ST ST WELCOME LN MARINA DR 1,028 29 30,317 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)249,509$ 2026-27 1ST ST WELCOME LN PCH 1,117 29 40,578 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)350,594$ 2027-28 1ST ST PCH WELCOME LN 1,136 29 33,838 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)292,360$ 2027-28 ELECTRIC AV SB 6TH ST MAIN ST 910 25 22,750 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)196,560$ 2027-28 ELECTRIC AV SB MAIN ST 12TH ST 960 26 24,960 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)215,654$ 2027-28 ELECTRIC AV SB 12TH ST 14TH ST 615 26 15,990 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)138,154$ 2027-28 ELECTRIC AV NB MAIN ST 6TH ST 1,001 27 27,027 2" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)233,513$ 2027-28 LAMPSON AV EB TULIP ST CITY LIMITS 442 30 13,260 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 81,151$ 2028-29 SEAL BEACH BL SB PLYMOUTH DR ST. CLOUD DR 1,500 36 60,923 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 372,849$ 2028-29 SEAL BEACH BL SB CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)PLYMOUTH DR 1,090 40 47,895 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 293,117$ 2028-29 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST. CLOUD DR PLYMOUTH DR 1,500 36 64,872 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 397,017$ 2028-29 SEAL BEACH BL NB PLYMOUTH DR CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)1,090 42 53,295 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 326,165$ 2028-29 LAMPSON AV WB CITY LIMITS TULIP ST 442 26 13,656 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 87,808$ 2029-30 OLD RANCH PARKWAY SEAL BEACH BLVD 740' W/ SEAL BEACH 740 47 38,576 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)317,480$ 2029-30 ELECTRIC AV NB 14TH ST (S)12TH ST 685 27 18,495 2" Grind & ARHM Overlay 124,841$ 2030-31 ELECTRIC AV NB 12TH ST MAIN ST 913 27 25,101 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 186,751$ 2032-33 MPAH Limits of Work 1 of 1 Appendix A-2 Seven-Year Work Plan for Local Network Appendix A Seven-Year Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Plan based on City's Current Funding Local Sorted by Treatment Year Street Name From To Length of Segment Width of Segment Pavement Area Type of Treatment Cost of Treatment Year of Treatment 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV NB PCH 872 36 31,392 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 144,089$ 2026-27 ALMOND AV COLUMBINE ST ASTER ST 1,210 36 44,560 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)316,822$ 2026-27 BALBOA DR PCH BOLSA AV 660 37 24,420 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)173,626$ 2026-27 CANDLEBERRY AV FUCHSIA ST ASTER AV 1,770 36 63,720 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)453,049$ 2026-27 COLLEGE PARK DR (S) HARVARD LN CITY LIMIT 940 30 32,365 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 148,555$ 2026-27 FIR AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 1,220 33 40,260 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)286,249$ 2026-27 FIR CR FIR AV CDS 130 60 8,900 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 40,851$ 2026-27 LANDING AV SEAL BEACH BL 16TH ST 485 22 10,670 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 75,864$ 2026-27 LANDING AV 16TH ST 15TH ST 228 21 4,788 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)34,043$ 2026-27 LANDING AV 15TH ST 14TH ST 228 21 4,788 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)34,043$ 2026-27 LANDING AV 14TH ST 12TH ST 502 21 10,542 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)74,954$ 2026-27 NORTH GATE RD SEAL BEACH BL 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL 650 42 28,895 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 132,628$ 2026-27 BEACHCOMBER DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 1,160 33 38,280 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)42,874$ 2026-27 ISLAND VIEW DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 1,110 33 36,630 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)41,026$ 2026-27 SEA BREEZE DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 1,160 33 38,280 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)42,874$ 2026-27 CATALINA AV BALBOA DR SEA BREEZE DR 1,182 37 43,734 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)48,982$ 2026-27 10TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 210 25 5,250 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)39,165$ 2027-28 11TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 210 25 5,250 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)39,165$ 2027-28 12TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 210 24 5,040 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)37,598$ 2027-28 13TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 210 25 5,250 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)39,165$ 2027-28 14TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 210 25 5,250 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)39,165$ 2027-28 DOLPHIN AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 226 24 5,424 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)40,463$ 2027-28 MARINE AV ELECTRIC AV DOLPHIN AV 320 24 7,680 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)57,293$ 2027-28 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY SEAL BEACH BL WEST RD 864 30 25,920 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)193,363$ 2027-28 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY WEST RD MONTECITO RD 364 28 10,192 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)76,032$ 2027-28 8TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 1,150 40 46,000 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)54,280$ 2027-28 MAIN ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AVE 1,190 57 67,830 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)80,039$ 2027-28 SANDPIPER DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 1,110 33 36,630 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)43,223$ 2027-28 SOUTH SHORE DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 1,060 33 34,980 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)41,276$ 2027-28 TAPER DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 1,110 33 36,630 Type II Slurry Seal w/ Dig-Outs (5%)43,223$ 2027-28 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 102 37 3,774 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 19,096$ 2028-29 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR SEAL BEACH BL 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL 425 60 25,500 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)129,030$ 2028-29 IRIS CR ALMOND AV CDS 230 33 8,840 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 44,730$ 2028-29 MARVISTA AV COASTLINE DR PCH 120 36 4,570 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 23,124$ 2028-29 NORTH GATE RD PAVEMENT CHANGE END 1,867 30 56,010 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)283,411$ 2028-29 1ST ST OCEAN AV MARINA DR 887 40 35,480 Type II Slurry Seal 40,092$ 2028-29 ASTER ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 206 37 7,622 Type II Slurry Seal 8,613$ 2028-29 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)YALE LN (N)1,083 36 38,988 Type II Slurry Seal 44,056$ 2028-29 ELDER AV FUCHSIA ST IRONWOOD AV 1,467 36 52,812 Type II Slurry Seal 59,678$ 2028-29 HARBOR WY BAYSIDE DR BAYOU WY 760 33 25,080 Type II Slurry Seal 28,340$ 2028-29 OLD RANCH PARKWAY 740' W/ SEAL BEACH CDS 1,054 34 35,691 Type II Slurry Seal 40,331$ 2028-29 PURDUE CR COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 110 27 5,354 Type II Slurry Seal 6,050$ 2028-29 RIVIERA DR MARLIN AV BOLSA AV 560 31 17,360 Type II Slurry Seal 19,617$ 2028-29 5TH ST MARINA DR PCH 683 60 41,280 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 219,197$ 2029-30 13TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1,013 21 20,160 Type II Slurry Seal 23,990$ 2029-30 AGUA PL MARLIN AV CDS 220 27 7,040 Type II Slurry Seal 8,378$ 2029-30 CARMEL AV SURF PL COASTLINE DR 360 37 13,320 Type II Slurry Seal 15,851$ 2029-30 CORSAIR WY CARAVEL WY SCHOONER WY 1,020 33 33,660 Type II Slurry Seal 40,055$ 2029-30 FERN CR ALMOND AV CDS 230 33 8,840 Type II Slurry Seal 10,520$ 2029-30 FIR AV SUNFLOWER ST ROSE ST 330 33 10,890 Type II Slurry Seal 12,959$ 2029-30 HARVARD LN OCCIDENTAL LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR 1,289 37 47,693 Type II Slurry Seal 56,755$ 2029-30 Local Limits of Work 1 of 2 Appendix A Seven-Year Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Plan based on City's Current Funding Local Sorted by Treatment Year Street Name From To Length of Segment Width of Segment Pavement Area Type of Treatment Cost of Treatment Year of Treatment Local Limits of Work JASMIN CR ALMOND AV CDS 230 33 8,840 Type II Slurry Seal 10,520$ 2029-30 LANDING AV 12TH ST 11TH ST 260 42 10,920 Type II Slurry Seal 12,995$ 2029-30 OLEANDER ST BIRCHWOOD AV ELDER AV 708 36 25,488 Type II Slurry Seal 30,331$ 2029-30 VIOLET ST ELDER AV FIR AV 160 33 5,280 Type II Slurry Seal 6,283$ 2029-30 ROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 430 33 15,440 Type II Slurry Seal 18,374$ 2029-30 5TH ST CENTRAL AV OCEAN AV 626 36 22,536 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 125,751$ 2030-31 OCEAN AV 5TH ST 1ST ST 1,240 52 64,480 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 359,798$ 2030-31 17TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1,260 21 26,460 Type II Slurry Seal 33,075$ 2030-31 BASSWOOD ST ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 410 36 14,760 Type II Slurry Seal 18,450$ 2030-31 BIRCHWOOD AV DAISY ST ASTER ST 1,650 33 54,450 Type II Slurry Seal 68,063$ 2030-31 CLOVER CR ALMOND AV CDS 130 33 5,540 Type II Slurry Seal 6,925$ 2030-31 HARVARD LN COLLEGE PARK DR OCCIDENTAL LN 1,063 37 39,331 Type II Slurry Seal 49,164$ 2030-31 IRONWOOD AV ROSE ST IRIS ST 1,420 33 46,860 Type II Slurry Seal 58,575$ 2030-31 IRIS ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AV 226 32 7,232 Type II Slurry Seal 9,040$ 2030-31 5TH ST MARINA DR CENTRAL AV 775 36 27,900 1.5" Grind & ARHM w/ Dig-Outs (10%)253,053$ 2031-32 CENTRAL AV 4TH ST 6TH ST 572 36 20,592 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 120,669$ 2031-32 CENTRAL WY 4TH ST 2ND ST 560 38 21,280 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 124,701$ 2031-32 11TH ST ELECTRIC AV LANDING AV 210 37 7,770 Type II Slurry Seal 10,179$ 2031-32 CENTRAL AV 1ST ST 2ND ST 270 18 5,196 Type II Slurry Seal 6,807$ 2031-32 CENTRAL AV 6TH ST 7TH ST 270 36 9,720 Type II Slurry Seal 12,733$ 2031-32 CENTRAL AV 10TH ST 12TH ST 565 36 20,340 Type II Slurry Seal 26,645$ 2031-32 CRYSTAL PL CRYSTAL COVE WY CDS 240 27 7,695 Type II Slurry Seal 10,080$ 2031-32 EMERALD PL EMERALD COVE WY CDS 230 27 7,645 Type II Slurry Seal 10,015$ 2031-32 HAZELNUT AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 1,310 33 43,230 Type II Slurry Seal 56,631$ 2031-32 IRONWOOD AV TULIP ST SUNFLOWER ST 1,020 37 37,740 Type II Slurry Seal 49,439$ 2031-32 LOYOLA PLAZA COLLEGE PARK DR END 330 25 9,250 Type II Slurry Seal 12,118$ 2031-32 MAIN ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 708 52 35,350 Type II Slurry Seal 46,309$ 2031-32 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 102 36 3,645 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 22,417$ 2032-33 CARNATION CR ALMOND AV CDS 230 33 8,840 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 54,366$ 2032-33 CENTRAL WY 5TH ST 4TH ST 260 38 9,880 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 60,762$ 2032-33 COASTLINE DR CARMEL AV CDS 480 27 14,110 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 86,777$ 2032-33 DOLPHIN AV OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 582 24 13,968 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 85,903$ 2032-33 ELECTRIC AV CORSAIR WY CDS 473 33 17,218 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 105,891$ 2032-33 FUCHSIA CR FIR AV CDS 330 33 12,140 1.5" Grind & ARHM Overlay 74,661$ 2032-33 PANSY CR ALMOND AV CDS 430 33 15,440 Type II Slurry Seal 21,307$ 2032-33 SILVER SHOALS AV BOLSA AV FATHOM AV 300 33 9,900 Type II Slurry Seal 13,662$ 2032-33 8TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 502 36 18,072 Type II Slurry Seal 24,939$ 2032-33 CARAVEL WY MARINA DR CORSAIR WY 360 37 13,320 Type II Slurry Seal 18,382$ 2032-33 CLIPPER WY CARAVEL WY ELECTRIC AV 910 33 30,030 Type II Slurry Seal 41,441$ 2032-33 DAISY ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 410 33 13,530 Type II Slurry Seal 18,671$ 2032-33 16TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 1,160 21 24,360 Type II Slurry Seal 33,617$ 2032-33 HARVARD LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 992 37 37,804 Type II Slurry Seal 52,170$ 2032-33 MARBLE COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 455 33 15,815 Type II Slurry Seal 21,825$ 2032-33 2 of 2 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 11 XII. Appendix B – Complete Listing of Current Street Conditions A complete listing of current pavement conditions should be included in this report. Specific data to be submitted should follow the format below: MPAH Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date LOCAL Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date Please attach the complete street listing, following the above template, after this sheet. The pages should be labeled Appendix B. Appendix B-1 MPAH Network Appendix B MPAH PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date 1ST ST PCH 597' NE/PCH 24 14,328 43 2/5/2026 1ST ST MARINA DR WELCOME LN 29 30,540 35 2/5/2026 1ST ST WELCOME LN PCH 29 40,578 39 2/5/2026 1ST ST PCH WELCOME LN 29 33,838 38 11/12/2025 1ST ST WELCOME LN MARINA DR 29 30,317 39 2/5/2026 6TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB MARINA DR 36 6,355 48 11/17/2025 BOLSA AV SEAL BEACH BL BALBOA DR 36 72,216 61 2/6/2026 BOLSA AV BALBOA DR PCH 36 42,962 99 11/3/2025 ELECTRIC AV SEAL BEACH BL END 32 7,653 85 11/17/2025 ELECTRIC AV NB SEAL BEACH BL 14TH ST (S)27 23,220 88 11/5/2025 ELECTRIC AV NB 14TH ST (S)12TH ST 27 18,495 76 11/5/2025 ELECTRIC AV NB 12TH ST MAIN ST 27 25,101 74 11/5/2025 ELECTRIC AV NB MAIN ST 6TH ST 27 27,027 24 11/5/2025 ELECTRIC AV SB 6TH ST MAIN ST 25 22,750 48 11/17/2025 ELECTRIC AV SB MAIN ST 12TH ST 26 24,960 38 2/5/2026 ELECTRIC AV SB 12TH ST 14TH ST 26 15,990 38 11/17/2025 ELECTRIC AV SB 14TH ST SEAL BEACH BL 26 21,555 86 2/5/2026 LAMPSON AV EB SEAL BEACH BLVD OLD RANCH PLAZA 25 21,806 100 2/6/2026 LAMPSON AV EB OLD RANCH PLAZA 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST 30 56,106 100 2/6/2026 LAMPSON AV EB 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST BASSWOOD ST 30 21,985 100 2/10/2026 LAMPSON AV EB BASSWOOD ST CANDLEBERY AV 28 36,105 52 1/27/2026 LAMPSON AV EB CANDLEBERRY AV HEATHER ST 29 74,883 63 1/27/2026 LAMPSON AV EB HEATHER ST ROSE ST 30 51,025 64 1/27/2026 LAMPSON AV EB ROSE ST TULIP ST 29 39,482 67 1/27/2026 LAMPSON AV EB TULIP ST CITY LIMITS 30 13,260 72 1/27/2026 LAMPSON AV WB OLD RANCH PLAZA SEAL BEACH BLVD 25 20,457 100 2/6/2026 LAMPSON AV WB 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST OLD RANCH PLAZA 30 55,127 100 2/6/2026 LAMPSON AV WB BASSWOOD ST 735' W/ BASSWOOD ST 30 21,620 100 2/6/2026 LAMPSON AV WB CANDLEBERY AV BASSWOOD ST 29 39,082 71 1/27/2026 LAMPSON AV WB HEATHER ST CANDLEBERRY AV 29 78,233 86 10/31/2025 LAMPSON AV WB ROSE ST HEATHER ST 27 46,077 79 10/31/2025 LAMPSON AV WB TULIP ST ROSE ST 26 34,607 73 10/31/2025 LAMPSON AV WB CITY LIMITS TULIP ST 26 13,656 76 10/31/2025 MARINA DR PCH 6TH ST 61 38,369 100 11/12/2025 MARINA DR 6TH ST 1ST ST 45 79,246 100 11/12/2025 MARINA DR 1ST ST CITY LIMIT (SAN GABRIEL RIVER)50 27,585 100 11/12/2025 OLD RANCH PARKWAY SEAL BEACH BLVD 740' W/ SEAL BEACH 47 38,576 56 11/10/2025 OLD RANCH PARKWAY 740' W/ SEAL BEACH CDS 34 35,691 81 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL ELECTRIC AV PCH 40 60,400 65 11/12/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB PCH BOLSA AV 42 79,396 60 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB BOLSA AV HERON POINTE 42 89,779 60 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB HERON POINTE ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 42 55,188 60 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL NB ADOLFO LOPEZ DR APOLLO DR 50 30,310 56 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB APOLLO DR ROAD C 40 82,880 56 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB ROAD C WESTMINSTER AVE 40 77,935 63 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB WESTMINSTER AVE ST ANDREWS DR 40 42,790 96 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST ANDREWS DR GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)40 83,499 100 2/5/2026 MPAH 1 of 2 Appendix B MPAH PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date MPAH SEAL BEACH BL NB GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)GATE RD 40 69,846 100 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL NB OLD RANCH PKY LAMPSON AV 46 49,325 100 11/3/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB LAMPSON AV ST. CLOUD DR 32 39,382 69 2/6/2026 SEAL BEACH BL NB ST. CLOUD DR PLYMOUTH DR 36 64,872 59 11/3/2025 SEAL BEACH BL NB PLYMOUTH DR CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)42 53,295 59 2/6/2026 SEAL BEACH BL SB BOLSA AV PCH 42 72,146 59 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB HERON POINTE BOLSA AV 42 90,384 58 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB ADOLFO LOPEZ DR HERON POINTE 42 55,060 58 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB APOLLO DR ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 49 28,735 63 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL SB ROAD C APOLLO DR 40 75,410 63 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB WESTMINSTER AVE ROAD C 40 69,910 67 11/10/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB ST ANDREWS DR WESTMINSTER AVE 40 49,616 100 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL SB GOLDEN RAIN RD (N)ST ANDREWS DR 42 83,602 100 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL SB GATE RD (N) GOLDEN RAIN RD 40 62,512 100 2/5/2026 SEAL BEACH BL SB LAMPSON AV OLD RANCH PKY 50 48,233 100 11/3/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB ST. CLOUD DR LAMPSON AV 32 39,890 60 11/3/2025 SEAL BEACH BL SB PLYMOUTH DR ST. CLOUD DR 36 60,923 65 2/6/2026 SEAL BEACH BL SB CITY LIMIT (BRADBURY RD)PLYMOUTH DR 40 47,895 57 11/3/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB CITY LIMIT APOLLO DR 33 49,825 100 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB APOLLO DR ROAD B 33 38,875 99 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB ROAD B SEAL BEACH BLVD 33 72,592 88 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB SEAL BEACH BL KITTS HWY 36 35,168 72 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB KITTS HWY 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 32 80,000 84 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 32 80,000 78 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 7500' E/ KITTS HWY 32 80,000 76 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE EB 7500' E/ KITTS HWY CITY LIMITS (W/ BOLSA CHICA RD)32 69,800 87 2/6/2026 WESTMINSTER AVE WB APOLLO DR CITY LIMIT 33 44,002 99 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB ROAD B APOLLO DR 33 41,270 100 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB SEAL BEACH BLVD ROAD B 33 56,105 99 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB KITTS HWY SEAL BEACH BL 25 26,634 73 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 2500' E/ KITTS HWY KITTS HWY 32 80,000 79 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 2500' E/ KITTS HWY 32 80,000 80 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB 7500' E/ KITTS HWY 5000' E/ KITTS HWY 32 80,000 77 10/31/2025 WESTMINSTER AVE WB CITY LIMITS (W/ BOLSA CHICA RD)7500' E/ KITTS HWY 32 69,800 88 10/31/2025 2 of 2 Appendix B-2 Local Network Appendix B Local PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date 10TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 40 26,400 80 11/12/2025 10TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 40 38,000 68 11/17/2025 10TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 25 5,250 42 11/17/2025 11TH ST ELECTRIC AV LANDING AV 37 7,770 96 11/12/2025 11TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 25 5,250 50 11/17/2025 11TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 40 36,000 74 11/17/2025 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV NB PCH 36 31,392 62 11/5/2025 12TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 40 32,400 91 11/17/2025 12TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 24 5,040 46 11/17/2025 12TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 37 3,774 70 11/12/2025 13TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 21 20,160 91 11/12/2025 13TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 40 28,400 85 11/17/2025 13TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 25 5,250 78 11/17/2025 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 21 21,210 80 11/12/2025 14TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 36 23,760 82 11/17/2025 14TH ST SEAL WY OCEAN AV 25 5,250 50 11/17/2025 14TH ST ELECTRIC AV SB ELECTRIC AV NB 36 3,645 79 11/17/2025 15TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 21 23,310 73 11/12/2025 16TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 21 24,360 96 11/5/2025 17TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 21 26,460 96 11/12/2025 1ST ST OCEAN AV MARINA DR 40 35,480 83 2/5/2026 2ND ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AV 40 34,400 67 11/12/2025 2ND ST CENTRAL AV MARINA DR 40 4,200 77 11/12/2025 3RD ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AV 40 30,400 72 11/17/2025 4TH ST OCEAN AV CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT 36 23,760 71 11/17/2025 4TH ST CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT 60 4,200 72 11/17/2025 4TH ST CENTRAL AVE ROUNDABOUT MARINA DR 36 18,072 80 11/17/2025 5TH ST MARINA DR PCH 60 41,280 71 2/5/2026 5TH ST MARINA DR CENTRAL AV 36 27,900 65 11/17/2025 5TH ST CENTRAL AV OCEAN AV 36 22,536 66 11/17/2025 6TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 37 51,208 74 2/5/2026 7TH ST ELECTRIC AV MARINA DR 36 10,872 84 2/5/2026 7TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 40 51,200 85 2/5/2026 8TH ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 36 18,072 97 11/12/2025 8TH ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 40 46,000 78 11/17/2025 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL CDS 60 51,366 85 11/10/2025 ADOLFO LOPEZ DR SEAL BEACH BL 425 W/SEAL BEACH BL 60 25,500 58 2/5/2026 AGUA PL MARLIN AV CDS 27 7,040 94 2/5/2026 ALMOND AV VIOLET ST SUNFLOWER CR 37 19,270 84 10/29/2025 ALMOND AV SUNFLOWER CR OLEANDER ST 37 35,705 100 10/29/2025 ALMOND AV OLEANDER ST IRIS CR 36 40,320 100 10/29/2025 ALMOND AV IRIS CR DAISY ST 36 35,100 100 10/29/2025 ALMOND AV DAISY ST COLUMBINE ST 36 26,460 100 10/29/2025 ALMOND AV COLUMBINE ST ASTER ST 36 44,560 57 10/29/2025 ASTER ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 37 45,843 85 11/10/2025 Local 1 of 6 Appendix B Local PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date Local ASTER ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 37 7,622 94 1/27/2026 AVALON DR CATALINA AV END 33 14,190 78 11/3/2025 BALBOA DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 37 39,220 100 11/3/2025 BALBOA DR PCH BOLSA AV 37 24,420 50 11/3/2025 BANYAN AV CAMELIA ST COLUMBINE ST 33 19,800 100 11/10/2025 BASSWOOD ST ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 36 14,760 95 2/6/2026 BAYOU WY BAYSIDE DR HARBOR WY 33 20,790 71 11/3/2025 BAYSIDE DR BOLSA AV CRESTVIEW AV 33 46,530 71 11/3/2025 BEACHCOMBER DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 33 38,280 70 2/5/2026 BERYL COVE WY EMERALD COVE WY MARLIN AV 33 15,485 90 11/5/2025 BIRCHWOOD AV DAISY ST ASTER ST 33 54,450 95 2/9/2026 BIRCHWOOD AV OLEANDER ST DAISY ST 33 64,350 88 2/6/2026 BLUEBELL ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 33 33,345 100 11/10/2025 CAMELIA ST ALMOND AV BANYAN AV 33 19,470 67 11/10/2025 CANDLEBERRY AV FUCHSIA ST ASTER AV 36 63,720 43 10/29/2025 CANDLEBERRY AV MARIGOLD ST FUCHSIA ST 37 51,504 75 10/29/2025 CANDLEBERRY AV WISTERIA ST OLEANDER ST 33 55,770 68 10/29/2025 CANDLEBERRY AV ASTER ST LAMPSON AV 36 13,140 84 2/6/2026 CARAVEL WY MARINA DR CORSAIR WY 37 13,320 98 11/10/2025 CARMEL AV SURF PL COASTLINE DR 37 13,320 94 11/3/2025 CARNATION CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 76 2/6/2026 CATALINA AV COASTLINE DR SURF PL 38 21,660 91 11/3/2025 CATALINA AV SURF PL AVALON DR 37 30,710 98 11/3/2025 CATALINA AV AVALON DR BALBOA DR 37 19,795 99 11/3/2025 CATALINA AV BALBOA DR SEA BREEZE DR 37 43,734 64 11/3/2025 CATALINA AV SEA BREEZE DR BAYSIDE DR 37 18,870 72 11/3/2025 CATALINA AV BAYSIDE DR CDS 37 31,442 81 11/3/2025 CENTRAL AV 1ST ST 2ND ST 18 5,196 89 11/12/2025 CENTRAL AV 2ND ST 4TH ST 36 21,060 88 11/12/2025 CENTRAL AV 4TH ST 6TH ST 36 20,592 74 11/12/2025 CENTRAL AV 6TH ST 7TH ST 36 9,720 99 11/12/2025 CENTRAL AV 7TH ST MAIN ST 36 21,096 95 11/12/2025 CENTRAL AV MAIN ST 10TH ST 36 9,540 90 11/12/2025 CENTRAL AV 10TH ST 12TH ST 36 20,340 92 11/12/2025 CENTRAL WY 2ND ST 1ST ST 40 10,400 66 11/12/2025 CENTRAL WY 4TH ST 2ND ST 38 21,280 77 11/12/2025 CENTRAL WY 5TH ST 4TH ST 38 9,880 76 11/12/2025 CLIPPER WY CARAVEL WY ELECTRIC AV 33 30,030 98 11/10/2025 CLOVER CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 5,540 96 11/10/2025 COASTLINE DR CARMEL AV CDS 27 14,110 77 11/3/2025 COASTLINE DR MARVISTA DR CARMEL DR 33 15,015 68 11/3/2025 COASTLINE DR BALBOA DR SILVER SHOALS AVE 33 26,235 79 11/3/2025 COASTLINE DR SILVER SHOALS AVE MARVISTA DR 37 36,963 64 11/3/2025 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)HARVARD LN (S)36 22,860 89 10/29/2025 COLLEGE PARK DR (S) HARVARD LN CITY LIMIT 30 32,365 62 10/29/2025 2 of 6 Appendix B Local PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date Local COLLEGE PARK DR HARVARD LN (N)YALE LN (N)37 34,585 90 10/29/2025 COLLEGE PARK DR YALE LN (S)YALE LN (N)36 38,988 84 2/6/2026 COLUMBINE ST ALMOND AV BANYAN AV 33 6,930 66 2/6/2026 CORAL PL CDS BAYSIDE DR 27 7,310 74 2/5/2026 CORSAIR WY CARAVEL WY SCHOONER WY 33 33,660 94 11/10/2025 CREST DR CATALINA AV CRESTVIEW AV 33 6,930 82 11/3/2025 CRESTVIEW AV CATALINA AV BAYSIDE DR 33 37,290 87 11/3/2025 CRESTVIEW AV BAYSIDE DR CREST DR 33 37,290 84 2/5/2026 CRESTVIEW AV CREST DR AVALON DR 33 30,525 80 11/3/2025 CRYSTAL COVE WY MARBLE COVE WY OPAL COVE WY 33 17,160 86 11/5/2025 CRYSTAL PL CRYSTAL COVE WY CDS 27 7,695 100 11/5/2025 DAFFODIL CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 64 11/10/2025 DAHLIA DR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 69 11/10/2025 DAISY CR FIR AV CDS 33 8,840 98 10/29/2025 DAISY ST ALMOND AV BIRCHWOOD AV 33 13,530 98 11/3/2025 DAISY ST CANDLEBERRY AV DOGWOOD AV 33 6,930 100 10/29/2025 DARTMOUTH CR HARVARD LN END 34 8,120 86 10/29/2025 DOGWOOD AV DAISY ST IRONWOOD AV 33 48,510 100 10/29/2025 DOGWOOD AV MARIGOLD ST FUCHSIA ST 33 46,538 100 10/31/2025 DOGWOOD AV WISTERIA ST OLEANDER ST 33 57,585 99 10/29/2025 DOLPHIN AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 24 5,424 64 11/17/2025 DOLPHIN AV OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 24 13,968 77 11/17/2025 DORY WY GALLEON WY SCHOONER WY 28 10,080 72 11/10/2025 DRIFTWOOD AV BALBOA DR COASTLINE DR 33 48,180 66 11/3/2025 EBBTIDE PL COASTLINE PL CDS 27 7,410 73 11/3/2025 ELDER AV FUCHSIA ST IRONWOOD AV 36 52,812 94 2/5/2026 ELDER AV HEATHER ST FUCHSIA ST 36 18,720 72 2/6/2026 ELDER AV OLEANDER ST HEATHER ST 36 40,680 80 10/29/2025 ELDER AV VIOLET ST PRIMROSE ST 33 45,540 100 10/29/2025 ELECTRIC AV 5TH ST CORSAIR WY 37 18,870 90 11/10/2025 ELECTRIC AV CORSAIR WY CDS 33 17,218 77 11/10/2025 EMERALD COVE WY BERYL COVE WY JADE COVE WY 33 19,140 83 11/5/2025 EMERALD PL EMERALD COVE WY CDS 27 7,645 98 11/5/2025 FATHOM AV SILVER SHOALS AV BALBOA DR 33 26,730 71 11/3/2025 FERN CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 95 10/31/2025 FIR AV GOLDENROD ST IRONWOOD AV 33 48,180 70 2/6/2026 FIR AV ROSE ST HEATHER ST 33 54,385 90 10/29/2025 FIR AV SUNFLOWER ST ROSE ST 33 10,890 94 10/29/2025 FIR AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 33 40,260 46 2/6/2026 FIR CR FIR AV CDS 60 8,900 55 10/29/2025 FUCHSIA CR FIR AV CDS 33 12,140 75 10/29/2025 FUCHSIA ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 33 6,930 78 10/31/2025 FUCHSIA ST CANDLEBERRY AV ELDER AV 33 15,048 74 10/31/2025 GALLEON WY ELECTRIC AV SCHOONER WY 33 10,230 84 11/10/2025 GALLEON WY SCHOONER WY DORY WY 33 25,638 80 11/10/2025 3 of 6 Appendix B Local PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date Local GOLDENROD CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 83 10/31/2025 GOLDENROD ST ELDER AV FIR AV 33 7,692 82 10/29/2025 GOLDENROD ST FIR AV CDS 33 11,494 80 10/29/2025 GUAVA AV IRONWOOD AV CDS 33 18,740 71 2/6/2026 GUAVA AV PANSY ST HEATHER ST 33 44,880 100 10/29/2025 HARBOR WY BAYSIDE DR BAYOU WY 33 25,080 94 2/5/2026 HARVARD LN COLLEGE PARK DR OCCIDENTAL LN 37 39,331 96 10/29/2025 HARVARD LN OCCIDENTAL LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR 37 47,693 94 10/29/2025 HARVARD LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 37 37,804 98 10/29/2025 HAZELNUT AV GUAVA AV HEATHER ST 33 39,930 83 10/29/2025 HAZELNUT AV HEATHER ST ROSE ST 33 50,985 68 10/29/2025 HAZELNUT AV WISTERIA ST SUNFLOWER ST 33 43,230 96 10/29/2025 HEATHER CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 86 10/31/2025 HEATHER ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AVE 37 9,250 100 10/29/2025 HEATHER ST ELDER AV HAZELNUT AV 37 26,714 100 10/29/2025 HEATHER ST IRONWOOD AVE LAMPSON AV 37 5,180 100 10/29/2025 IRIS CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 71 10/31/2025 IRIS ST HAZELNUT AV IRONWOOD AV 32 7,232 96 10/29/2025 IRONWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV ELDER AV 33 17,292 90 2/5/2026 IRONWOOD AV ELDER AV HEATHER ST 33 64,911 93 2/5/2026 IRONWOOD AV ROSE ST IRIS ST 33 46,860 96 10/29/2025 IRONWOOD AV WISTERIA ST TULIP ST 37 11,914 100 10/29/2025 IRONWOOD AV TULIP ST SUNFLOWER ST 37 37,740 96 10/29/2025 ISLAND VIEW DR BOLSA AV SEA BREEZE DR 33 36,630 69 11/3/2025 JADE COVE WY EMERALD COVE WY MARLIN AV 33 15,485 83 2/11/2026 JASMIN CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 8,840 92 10/31/2025 LAGUNA PL MARLIN AV CDS 27 11,460 63 11/5/2025 LANDING AV 12TH ST 11TH ST 42 10,920 91 11/12/2025 LANDING AV SEAL BEACH BL 16TH ST 22 10,670 58 11/5/2025 LANDING AV 16TH ST 15TH ST 21 4,788 48 11/5/2025 LANDING AV 15TH ST 14TH ST 21 4,788 53 2/5/2026 LANDING AV 14TH ST 12TH ST 21 10,542 44 11/5/2025 LOYOLA PLAZA COLLEGE PARK DR END 25 9,250 97 10/31/2025 MAIN ST ELECTRIC AV PCH 52 35,350 96 11/12/2025 MAIN ST OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AVE 57 67,830 75 11/12/2025 MARBLE COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 33 15,815 100 11/5/2025 MARIGOLD ST BIRCHWOOD AV CANDLEBERRY AV 33 5,280 99 10/31/2025 MARIGOLD ST CANDLEBERRY AV DOGWOOD AV 33 5,280 100 10/31/2025 MARINE AV ELECTRIC AV DOLPHIN AV 24 7,680 55 11/17/2025 MARLIN AV SEAL BEACH BL RIVIERA DR 32 24,480 87 11/5/2025 MARLIN AV RIVIERA DR BALBOA DR 37 33,300 90 2/5/2026 MARVISTA AV CATALINA AV COASTLINE DR 33 56,106 83 11/3/2025 MARVISTA AV COASTLINE DR PCH 36 4,570 70 11/12/2025 NEPTUNE AV SEAL WY OCEAN AV 24 5,040 78 2/5/2026 NORTH GATE RD SEAL BEACH BL 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL 42 28,895 58 2/5/2026 4 of 6 Appendix B Local PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date Local NORTH GATE RD 650' W/O SEAL BEACH BL PAVEMENT CHANGE 42 31,500 99 11/10/2025 NORTH GATE RD PAVEMENT CHANGE END 30 56,010 63 11/10/2025 OCCIDENTAL DR STANFORD LN HARVARD LN 33 5,280 100 10/31/2025 OCEAN AV 13TH ST MAIN ST 52 65,780 68 11/17/2025 OCEAN AV MAIN ST 5TH ST 52 64,740 66 2/5/2026 OCEAN AV ELECTRIC AV 13TH ST 52 61,070 66 11/17/2025 OCEAN AV 5TH ST 1ST ST 52 64,480 70 11/12/2025 OLEANDER ST ALMOND AV (S)ALMOND AV (N)36 5,808 100 10/31/2025 OLEANDER ST ALMOND AV (N)BIRCHWOOD AV 33 9,108 100 2/6/2026 OLEANDER ST BIRCHWOOD AV ELDER AV 36 25,488 94 1/27/2026 OLEANDER ST ELDER AV FIR AV 36 9,216 89 1/27/2026 OPAL COVE WY CRYSTAL COVE WY MARLIN AV 33 15,485 93 11/5/2025 PANSY CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 15,440 98 10/31/2025 PANSY ST FIR AV GUAVA AV 33 5,280 100 10/31/2025 PRIMROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 15,440 99 10/31/2025 PRIMROSE ST DOGWOOD AV ELDER AV 33 6,930 100 10/29/2025 PRINCETON CR HARVARD LN CDS 30 5,635 79 10/31/2025 PURDUE CR COLLEGE PARK DR CDS 27 5,354 93 10/31/2025 RIVIERA DR MARLIN AV BOLSA AV 31 17,360 93 11/5/2025 ROSE CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 15,440 92 10/31/2025 ROSE ST FIR AV HAZELNUT AV 37 14,430 95 10/31/2025 ROSE ST HAZELNUT AV LAMPSON AV 37 16,280 100 10/31/2025 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY SEAL BEACH BL WEST RD 30 25,920 48 10/31/2025 ROSSMOOR CENTER WY WEST RD MONTECITO RD 28 10,192 32 10/31/2025 SANDPIPER DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 33 36,630 77 11/3/2025 SCHOONER WY GALLEON WY DORY WY 33 21,780 81 11/10/2025 SEA BREEZE DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 33 38,280 78 11/3/2025 SEAL WY 10TH ST 11TH ST 15 4,350 77 11/17/2025 SEAL WY DOLPHIN AV 14TH ST 13 3,315 89 2/5/2026 SEAL WY 12TH ST 11TH ST 12 3,600 88 11/17/2025 SEAL WY 13TH ST 12TH ST 12 3,540 95 11/17/2025 SEAL WY 14TH ST 13TH ST 12 3,540 94 11/17/2025 SEAL WY NEPTUNE AV DOLPHIN AV 13 5,005 90 11/17/2025 SEAL WY ELECTRIC AV NEPTUNE AV 13 6,565 86 11/17/2025 SILVER SHOALS AV BOLSA AV FATHOM AV 33 9,900 89 2/5/2026 SOUTH SHORE DR BOLSA AV TAPER DR 33 34,980 75 11/3/2025 STANFORD LN COLLEGE PARK DR COLLEGE PARK DR 32 60,736 100 10/31/2025 SUNFLOWER CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 15,440 67 2/6/2026 SUNFLOWER ST FIR AV IRONWOOD AV 37 20,720 100 10/31/2025 SURF PL CATALINA AV END 33 15,840 87 2/5/2026 TAPER DR BOLSA AV CATALINA AV 33 36,630 77 11/3/2025 TEABERRY CR ALMOND AV CDS 33 15,440 67 10/31/2025 TULIP ST IRONWOOD AV LAMPSON AV 36 4,248 44 10/31/2025 VIOLET ST ALMOND AV CANDLEBERRY AV 33 21,780 88 1/27/2026 VIOLET ST ELDER AV FIR AV 33 5,280 86 2/6/2026 5 of 6 Appendix B Local PCI Listing - Current Conditions Sorted by Street Name Street Name From To Width of Segment Area Current PCI Most Recent Inspection Date Local WISTERIA ST DOGWOOD AV IRONWOOD AV 37 40,575 100 10/31/2025 WISTERIA ST DOGWOOD AV CDS 33 27,920 76 2/6/2026 YALE CR END YALE LN 48 5,510 99 10/31/2025 YALE LN (N) COLLEGE PARK DR (S) COLLEGE PARK DR 33 45,968 100 10/31/2025 6 of 6 Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 12 XIII. Appendix C – GIS Digital Data Introduction The OCTA GIS Section maintains a spatial inventory of transportation infrastructure which mostly consists of major arterial streets, roads, and highways. A key component of road information is pavement condition. Maintaining an inventory of pavement condition will enhance OCTA’s GIS visualization and analysis capabilities and assist in understanding the transportation investment needs throughout the region. Therefore, a GIS dataset in digital format should be included in this report. If the agency is unable to provide pavement data in the requested GIS format, a request for exception must be submitted by the agency. When requesting an exception, the agency must provide a letter signed by the Public Works Director with an explanation and a timeline of when the agency will have the capabilities of providing pavement data in the required GIS digital format. Structure of GIS Data The GIS dataset must consist of linear or polygon geographic features that represent road/street segments. All segments that are part of the report should be included in the GIS dataset. The attribute information of each segment must follow the requirements listed below under GIS Feature Attributes. The GIS data requirements are discussed below. Most commercial and open -source GIS software provides industry-standard tools to manage GIS data to meet these requirements. GIS Digital Data Format The GIS data must be submitted in either one of the following formats: • Esri Shapefile, or • Esri File Geodatabase Metadata The GIS data are required to have associated metadata. The minimum metadata items required are: • Title of Dataset • Tags (A set of words that can be used by GIS to search for the resource. For example: “pavement”, “transportation”, “roads”) • Summary (A brief purpose statement of the dataset) • Description (A brief narrative of the dataset’s content) • Credits (A recognition of those who created or contributed to the resource) Spatial Geometry Type The spatial geometry of the segment features should be lines that represent the roadway centerline as accurately as possible. Polygon features may be provided if they are the only spatial features available. If polygons are provided, they must spatially represent the paved surface of roadway segments. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 13 Projection The GIS data must have spatial reference information and have its coordinate system identified and embedded in or associated with the data file(s). All GIS data submitted to OCTA should be in the following projected coordinate system: • NAD 1983 State Plane California VI FIPS 0406 (US Feet) - More information about this system can be found at: https://spatialreference.org/ref/epsg/nad83-california-zone-6-ftus/ GIS Feature Attributes The required segment attributes are: • Street name • Unique segment identifier (Segment ID from original source if available) • Name of intersecting road at the beginning of a segment • Name of intersecting road at the end of the segment • Current pavement condition index (PCI) • Current PCI inspection date • Length of road segment in feet • Width of road segment in feet • Paved area of road segment in square feet or square yards Additional attributes such as number of travel lanes, direction of travel, projected PCI and pavement surface type may be provided. An example of a GIS attribute table for road segments is shown below (Note that there are additional attributes such as surface, functional class, and number of travel lanes). Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 14 XIV. Appendix D – Quality Assurance/Quality Control Plan Introduction When performing data collection in any field, the need for quality control is paramount as it is essential for accurate planning, analysis and design. This is particularly true for collecting pavement distress data for a pavement management system. The Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) Plan establishes minimum quality standards for performance and procedures for updates of the pavement management system. If applicable, utilize the space below to include information on the agency’s QA/QC policies: NCE’s “Quality Assurance Management Plan” (QAMP) affirms that: “NCE is dedicated to achieving technical and management excellence and to delivering professional engineering and environmental services that meet or exceed our clients' needs. NCE's Quality Control (QC) Program is designed to achieve these goals. This QA Management Plan (QAMP) describes NCE's QA Program, which is based on four principles: client satisfaction, employee participation, problem prevention, and continuous quality improvements.” NCE's QAMP establishes minimum quality standards for performance and procedures for assuring that our clients receive quality service. It requires the participation of employees at every level. It encourages project managers and technical staff to take pride in their work and responsibility for ensuring that the work is done correctly the first time. The program is designed to reduce the incidence of problems related to quality and results in implementation, where necessary, of corrective actions and modification of work procedures to minimize the incidence of future problems. Objectives This document constitutes a formal QA/QC Plan for the City of Seal Beach. It was prepared on 10/1/2025. Specifically, it is intended for the 2025/2026 Pavement Management Plan Update. The focus is on the collection of network-level pavement distress data (defined by National Cooperative Highway Research Program (NCHRP) Synthesis 401 Quality Management of Pavement Data Collection, as “Network-level data collection involves collection of large quantities of pavement condition data, which is often converted to individual condition indices or aggregated into composite condition indices.”) This document also addresses the QA/QC plan requirements of the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA)’s “Countywide Pavement Management Plan Guidelines” (section 2.4), adopted in May 2010. Structure of QA/QC Plan The following components are addressed in this QA/QC Plan: • Condition survey procedures used • Accuracy required for data collection • Inspector qualifications and experience • Safety Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 15 Condition Survey Procedures The governing document in performing condition surveys for the City of Seal Beach is ASTM D6433 “Standard Practice for Roads and Parking Lots Pavement Condition Index (PCI) Surveys.” Both asphalt concrete (AC) and Portland cement concrete (PCC) pavements are included in this protocol. The following distresses are collected for each pavement type. Asphalt Concrete AC Pavements 1. Alligator (fatigue) cracking 2. Bleeding 3. Block cracking 4. Bumps and sags 5. Corrugation 6. Depression 7. Edge cracking 8. Joint reflection cracking 9. Lane/Shoulder drop off 10. Longitudinal & Transverse cracking 11. Patching and utility cut patching 12. Polished aggregate 13. Potholes 14. Railroad crossing 15. Rutting 16. Shoving 17. Slippage cracking 18. Swell 19. Weathering 20. Raveling Portland Cement Concrete (Jointed) 1. Blowup/buckling 2. Corner breaks 3. Divided slab 4. Durability (“D”) cracking 5. Faulting 6. Joint seal damage 7. Lane/shoulder drop off 8. Linear cracking 9. Patching (large) and utility cuts 10. Patching (small) 11. Polished aggregate 12. Popouts 13. Pumping 14. Punchout 15. Railroad crossing 16. Scaling, map cracking and crazing 17. Shrinkage cracks 18. Spalling (corner) 19. Spalling (joint) Any exceptions to the above procedures are discussed before any surveys are performed. They are documented in the paragraphs below. [Note to agency: these are usually related to distresses or situations that are not covered in the manuals. Examples include roller check marks or edge cracking on streets with no curbs and gutters. Others include the raveling of surface seals or the use of open-graded asphalt concrete mixes where the surface appears to have large voids present. Any modifications must be documented and included in this document. Photos are extremely helpful.] All surveys are performed as walking surveys, and the entire pavement area is inspected. Field crews are typically composed of a two-person crew traveling in a van. The crew will collect and record visual distresses using equipment installed in the van. The safety of field personnel is paramount in all instances. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 16 The sample unit selected must be representative of the entire pavement section. This assumes that the section is homogenous; if it is not homogeneous, then the section must be split according to the criteria agreed upon by the agency. Typically, the criteria used are: • Pavement condition • Construction age, if known • Maintenance history, if known • Traffic volumes (or functional classification as a surrogate) • Surface types (e.g. asphalt concrete or Portland cement concrete) • Geometric elements (e.g. widths) Any modifications to the section inventory data are documented in the pavement management report. A sample unit must be between 2,500 ± 1,000 square feet in conformance with ASTM D6433 protocols. Typical sample unit dimensions are 100 feet long by the width of the street. Streets that are wider than 40 feet wide will have shorter lengths (generally 50 feet) or if they are divided by a raised median, separate sample units will be taken in each direction. Any pavement areas that are not representative of the section will be noted and surveyed as an additional sample unit. Accuracy Required for Data Collection The accuracy required for data collection has two components, both of which are further described in the following paragraphs. • Re-inspections • PCI comparisons with past surveys Random and Systematic Re-Inspections Random Re-inspections Random re-inspections will include a representative selection across the following categories: • Functional classes (i.e. MPAH, locals); • Surface types (e.g. asphalt concrete or Portland cement concrete); • Pavement conditions (e.g. good, fair, poor); • Inspectors; • Geographical areas, if applicable. Systematic Re-inspections For systematic re-inspections, this could be due to noticed trends such as specific treatment types (e.g. open- graded mixes), a specific inspector or geographical area. In such cases, more than 5% will be re-inspected. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 17 Acceptability Criteria At the time of re-inspection, the actual distresses will be re-inspected and verified, and any corrections made, if necessary. Distress types and severities must be the same and re-measured quantities within ±10% of the original measured quantity. If corrections are required on more than 10% of the re-inspected sample unit, then an additional 5% will be re- inspected. This will continue until more than 95% of the re-inspected sections meet the acceptability criteria. PCI Comparison with Past Surveys As another level of quality control, the new PCIs are compared with the previous PCIs. If they differ by more than ±10 PCI points, these sections are automatically flagged for further investigation. If PCI Increases 10 points The section is investigated to see if a maintenance and rehabilitation event has occurred since the last survey, but has not been recorded. Typically, it may include activities such as: • Crack sealing activities – changes medium or high severity cracking to low severity • Patching activities – alligator cracking that has been removed and patched, so that the resultant PCI is increased. • Surface seals • Overlay • Others Therefore, an up to date maintenance and rehabilitation history file in the pavement management database is desirable, both for historical accuracy as well as to provide additional quality control. If PCI decreases 10 points The section is checked to see if the average deterioration rate (usually 3 to 4 points per year) is exceeded. If the drop in PCI is within range of what is acceptable, no further action is required. If the drop is more than the acceptable range, a re-inspection will be performed. The default performance curves in the pavement management software form the basis for what is acceptable. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 18 Inspector’s Qualifications and Experience The NCE personnel involved in pavement condition data collection and analysis for this project—regardless of survey method (walking, windshield, semi-automated, or fully automated)—are strongly recommended to attend formal ASTM D6433 distress training through either the annual OCTA training program or an internal training program. Critical Requirement: All PCI results submitted as part of this project must be reviewed and signed by at least one inspector holding an active OCTA Pre-Qualification certificate. Reports that are not reviewed and signed by an OCTA pre-qualified inspector will not be accepted by OCTA. Local jurisdictions will be required to submit a revised report prepared by an OCTA pre-qualified inspector. The table below identifies all project personnel involved in field data collection and QA/QC review, including their training credentials and OCTA Pre-Qualification status. Inspector Name Role (Field Inspector or QA/QC Reviewer or Both) Date of ASTM D6433 Training Training Conducted By: OCTA Pre-Qualification Active (Y/N) Expiration Date Certificate Provided with this Report (Y/N) Joseph De Leon Field Inspector 12/23/2024 Mei-Hui Lee Y 6/30/2027 Y Franc Escobedo Field Inspector 12/23/2024 Mei-Hui Lee Y 6/30/2027 Y Shaun Russo QA/QC Reviewer 12/23/2024 Mei-Hui Lee Y 6/30/2027 Y As shown above, the field inspectors and the QA/QC reviewer all hold active OCTA Pre-qualification. Resumes of the technicians utilized on this project are included as an attachment. Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 19 Safety Procedures The NCE administers a health and safety program in compliance with the Cal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Title VIII, Section 3203. The program is documented in NCE's Workplace Safety Program Manual. Generally, the safety procedures include (Edit as applicable to agency): • Inspectors to wear Class 2 or 3 safety vest at all times; • Flashing beacon on all vehicles utilized for surveys; and • Stopped vehicles to be parked at locations away from moving traffic (e.g. nearby parking, shoulders, etc.). • For higher volume streets, inspectors will use the sidewalk and or medians and move in the face of traffic when conducting surveys. This will furnish them with more time and provide them with better chances of escaping a dangerous situation involving incoming vehicles. On streets where there is a high volume of traffic or high speeds, additional measures may be necessary, such as: • Surveys to occur during off-peak periods or on weekends; • Additional inspector to watch out for traffic; and • Traffic flaggers in extreme cases. In extreme cases where it is not possible to walk on the pavement surface, inspections will be performed from sidewalks or raised medians. However, this is extremely rare for city or county roads/streets; this is most often encountered on state highways, and lane closures are the most likely option in that circumstance. All NCE inspectors are required to take online safety programs annually as administered by “Click Safety.” These classes include: • Workzone Traffic Safety Tips for Construction. • Cal Heat Illness Prevention for all Industry Workers. • Cal Person Protective Equipment for Construction. Attachments A. Certificate of Prequalification – OCTA Pavement Inspector Prequalification Program B. Resumes of Field Inspectors ---End of QA/QC Plan--- Attachment A Certificate of Prequalification CERTIFICATE Shaun Russo This certificate has been presented to for successfully meeting the requirements of the OCTA 2025 Pavement Inspector Prequalification Program using MANUAL survey techniques Expiration: 6.30.2027 www.WestCoastEC.com/OCTA Of Prequalification CERTIFICATE Franc Escobedo This certificate has been presented to for successfully meeting the requirements of the OCTA 2025 Pavement Inspector Prequalification Program using MANUAL survey techniques Expiration: 6.30.2027 www.WestCoastEC.com/OCTA Of Prequalification CERTIFICATE Joseph De Leon This certificate has been presented to for successfully meeting the requirements of the OCTA 2025 Pavement Inspector Prequalification Program using MANUAL survey techniques Expiration: 6.30.2027 www.WestCoastEC.com/OCTA Of Prequalification Attachment B Resumes of Field Inspectors Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors Registrations and Certifications OCTA Pavement Inspector Prequalification Affiliations American Society of Civil Engineers American Public Works Association Joined NCE 2023 Total Years of Experience 5 years Shaun Russo PMP Analyst Shaun Russo recently joined NCE in 2023 as a pavement management program analyst. He is experienced in leading various types of public works projects throughout Southern California. He has completed projects for over 60 local agencies including pavement management programs, sidewalk management programs, right-of-way asset inventories, and various types of Geographic Information Systems technical support. His experience includes working with agencies throughout San Diego, Orange, Los Angeles, Riverside, and San Bernardino Counties. He is experienced in pavement distress data collection according to the American Society for Testing and Materials D6433 standards and has completed the Orange County Transportation Authority’s PAVER™ ‘Distress Identification’ course for Asphalt Concrete and Portland Cement Pavements. He has extensive experience with both PAVER™ and StreetSaver® pavement management software and has built and maintained databases for several local agencies. His experience with Geographic Information Systems has allowed him to perform advanced analysis of different types of data and has allowed him to ensure a high level of data accuracy across his projects. Shaun has worked on all aspects of pavement/sidewalk management programs from initial network creation to budgetary analysis and maintenance recommendations. He works closely with city staff to learn the internal operations of each agency and tailor each project to meet their specific needs. Representative Projects Pavement Management Program Updates City of Yorba Linda, CA Staff Engineer/PMP Analyst. Shaun’s role was to assist the field team with PCI data collection and lead the quality control efforts. He was responsible for updating the city’s geographic information systems files and StreetSaver database with all PCI and M&R data. NCE has served the pavement management needs of the City of Yorba Linda through three consecutive cycles since 2020. In 2020, NCE transitioned the City’s PAVER™ database to the MTC StreetSaver® platform and, as part of the 2020 and 2022 PMP updates, completed tasks such as converting databases, verifying street inventory, field-verifying pavement inventory, conducting distress/condition surveys using ASTM D6433 on 215 centerline miles, calculating PCI for each street section, performing budgetary analyses with three funding scenarios, developing seven-year and two-year maintenance and repair work plans, and preparing the final report for OCTA submittal. NCE completed the City’s PMP Update in 2023/24, with the final report submitted to OCTA in May 2024. Pavement Management Program Updates City of Anaheim, CA Staff Engineer/PMP Analyst. Shaun’s role was to lead the quality control efforts for NCE. NCE updated Anaheim’s PMP to meet OCTA’s Measure M2 requirements Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors from 2013 through 2023, covering 584 centerline miles of arterial and local streets. Across multiple PMP cycles, NCE conducted pavement inspections, collected ride quality data, updated maintenance histories, and delivered GIS files with condition data, all under a rigorous quality control plan. The team analyzed various funding scenarios to meet targeted PCI goals and backlogs, prepared all required OCTA reports, identified sidewalk gaps, and developed a five-year work plan for arterial streets. NCE completed the latest PMP update and OCTA submittal in 2023, delivered the Arterial Streets Five-Year Plan in June 2024, and has been selected for PMP updates through 2029. M2 PMP Support Services; Paver™ and StreetSaver® Training Workshops Orange County Transportation Authority, CA Trainer/Support Staff. Shaun has been a lead trainer for the annual OCTA PMP training since 2023. He has assisted in the PMP Distress and Software training courses and has led the field training on PCI data collection following ASTM D6433 standards. Since 1997, NCE has partnered with OCTA on a range of PMP projects across Orange County’s 6,500 miles of roads. The county’s 35 cities and the county itself must maintain pavement management systems to qualify for Measure M funding, a transportation sales tax renewed through 2041. For the past 16 years, NCE has provided guidance and recommendations to help agencies establish and maintain these systems. In 2024, NCE was retained by OCTA to provide PMP support services, including staff augmentation and a comprehensive review of PMP practices and challenges. NCE surveyed agencies, with 34 out of 35 responding, and presented the results at the April OCTA Technical Advisory Committee. Since 2011, NCE has developed and led annual PAVER™ and StreetSaver® training workshops for OCTA. The most recent training, completed in April 2025, included field identification of pavement distresses, software training, and report preparation. These ongoing efforts help agencies prioritize rehabilitation projects and ensure compliance with OCTA requirements. 2024 Pavement Management Program Update and Traffic Sign Inventory City of Thousand Oaks, CA PMP Analyst. NCE is presently conducting a comprehensive evaluation of the entire street network consisting of about 384 centerline miles of streets, in accordance with ASTM D6433 through automated surveys. Various budget scenarios were analyzed to assess the impact of different conditions on future PCI projections. The most viable scenario outcome was utilized to formulate a multi-year work plan that can be directly implemented by the City for furutre their CIP. NCE is employing artificial intelligence and machine learning to create an inventory of traffic signs within the City’s jurisdiction. Shaun has updated the City's Decision Tree, developed five budget scenarios for the next ten years, and has prepared the PMP report. He has also provided the City with a multi-year plan designed to identify suitable sections for rehabilitation and maintenance, facilitating near-project-level street selection. 10-Year Pavement Management Plan Orange County Transportation Authority, CA Senior Technician/Data Analyst. The Orange County Transportation Authority was looking for a 10-year countywide pavement management plan to assess Orange County’s countywide budgetary needs through 2032. Shaun’s role was to review the Pavement Management Program databases and associated Geographic Information Systems files for all 35 agencies and report on the accuracy and integrity of the datasets. Orange County Transportation Authority wanted to see if the Measure M funding requirements were being followed by each agency/consultant and to what extent. He was able to identify both strengths and weaknesses in the datasets and recommendations were made to Orange County Transportation Authority on what should be expected from each agency and their consultants moving forward. (2022) Citywide Pavement Management Program City of Commerce, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. The City of Commerce was looking for an update to its pavement management program. The Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority requires an update from each Los Angeles agency every three years. While managing the project, it was brought to the city’s attention that the existing StreetSaver® database was incomplete. Shaun was able to identify over 5 miles of missing street sections and was given permission to rebuild Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors the entire database and Geographic Information Systems-Pavement Management Program layer. Segmentation was reviewed to ensure accurate data was being reported and section attributes were reviewed, updated, and included in the database and Geographic Information Systems layer. The consultant engineer for the city was so happy with the results that they immediately asked for the same services for one of their other Los Angeles clients. (2022) Pavement Management Program, Sidewalk Distress Inventory, and Geographic Information Systems Asset Inventory. City of Lawndale, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. The City of Lawndale was looking for an update to its pavement management program. They also needed a new sidewalk management plan and digitization of multiple right-of-way assets including street legends, street striping, curb ramps, sidewalk/curb/gutter, and curb markings. As the lead on the project, Shaun managed a team of Geographic Information Systems and field technicians in the data collection and Geographic Information Systems data creation. He participated in the setup and scheduling of all fieldwork and was the quality control manager for all datasets. (2022) Sidewalk Management Program City of Rancho Palos Verdes, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. The City of Rancho Palos Verdes was looking for a new sidewalk management program after the successful update to its pavement management program. Shaun worked on the Sidewalk Management Program both in 2019 and 2022. He met with city staff to learn their current operations for sidewalk repair strategies and helped develop priority levels that were in line with the city’s practices. He was responsible for the accuracy of all data, quality control, and final analysis of the data. Pavement Management Program City of Barstow, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. The City of Barstow was looking for a review of its current pavement management program and an update to its existing network. They were unhappy with the previous data that was collected years prior. Shaun performed a full rebuild of their PAVER™ database and created a new geographic information system Management Program layer for analysis and mapping. He met with city staff to train them on how to properly collect distress data following American Society for Testing and Materials D6433 standards and additional training on how to use the Pavement Management Program data and MicroPAVER™ software. Pavement Management Program and Alley & Parking Lot Street Network Build City of Monrovia, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. Shaun worked as the Senior technician on Monrovia’s annual Pavement Management Program update for multiple cycles from 2019. Initially, he was tasked with building a new MicroPAVER™ database and linking the geographic information system Management Program layer. He later worked with a third party to complete an Artificial Intelligence true area calculation for all street sections to improve the accuracy of their cost projections and budgetary modeling. In 2022-23 they asked if he could build them two additional networks, one for their parking lots and one for their alley network. These new datasets have helped Monrovia to proactively manage all three networks and to maintain one of the highest pavement conditions in LA County. Pavement Management Program City of Big Bear Lake, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. The City of Big Bear Lake was looking for an update to its pavement management program. The city had indicated that they did not have any official Pavement Management Program database or Geographic Information Systems layers but were simply running their program off a 20-year-old spreadsheet. Shaun reviewed their current network, built them a new MicroPAVER™ database, and linked the geographic information system Management Program layer. Significant updates were made to segmentation to ensure that all pavement sections contained similar pavement type, age, and condition. Every section was reviewed for accuracy in the length, width, and Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors true area values along with the other typical section attributes. After the update was complete, he met with the city engineers to help them integrate the new network and datasets into their existing workflows. Pavement Management Program and Culvert Inspection/Inventory La Cresta Property Owners Association Project Lead/Senior Technician. The La Cresta Property Owners Association was looking for a new pavement management program to help them find more cost-effective ways to manage their street network. Shaun was tasked with building a new program for them and creating a new MicroPAVER™ database to store all their street data. With all available funding for the network coming from the association’s property assessment taxes, the data needed to be accurate and reliable. Shaun met with the president of their roads committee to ensure the program was in line with the association board members' goals and expectations. The board was pleased with the final data and recommendations and asked if the team could assist them with additional services. They needed help to find all culverts within the association's boundaries to map out locations, take photographs, and identify whether they needed to be flushed out. Shaun oversaw these efforts and accurately identified all culverts within the association. They were mapped out using Geographic Information Systems field tablets and photographed to assist the board in identifying priorities and coming up with a maintenance schedule. Pavement Management Program City of Murrieta, CA Project Lead/Senior Technician. The City of Murrieta had requested an update to its pavement management program, and it was noted that did not have any data associated with its street network. Shaun was tasked with identifying all publicly owned streets and creating a new street network. A new MicroPAVER™ database was created from scratch, with proper segmentation for all 300+ miles of publicly owned streets. He also built them a linked geographic information system Management Program layer for use in their internal Geographic Information Systems and for further data analysis. Ultimately the city was very pleased with the new network. The new MicroPAVER™ database was then used for budgetary modeling and Capital Improvement Program project selection. Pavement Management System Updates Various Cities and Counties, CA Senior Technician/Analyst. Projects included various forms of surveys for pavement distress data collection, sidewalk distress data collection, and Geographic Information Systems field data collection. • National City • Vista • Buena Park • Costa Mesa • Fountain Valley • Fullerton • Huntington Beach • Laguna Beach • Laguna Hills • Laguna Woods • La Palma • Orange • Placentia • Rosemead • Lakewood • Inland Empire Utility Agency • Rancho Santa Margarita • Santa Ana • Seal Beach • Westminster • Yorba Linda • Brea • Cypress • Irvine • La Habra • La Habra Heights • Newport Beach • San Clemente • San Juan Capistrano • Vista • Pomona • Indian Wells • Stanton • Tustin • Lake Elsinore • Menifee • Lawndale • Lomita • Lynwood • Compton • Murrieta • Norwalk • Glendora • Ontario • Redlands • Rialto • Palmdale • Rancho La Quinta Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors Education Computer Operations Program, Computer Learning Center, Los Angeles, CA, 1983-84 Network Engineering & Administrative Program Computer Learning Center, Anaheim, CA, 1997 Certified Network Administration Computer Learning Center, Anaheim, CA 1997 Registrations and Certifications MTC StreetSaver® Rater Certification Program OCTA PAVERTM Certification Joined NCE 2004 Total Years of Experience 22 years Franc Escobedo Senior Engineering Field Technician Franc Escobedo has performed numerous pavement condition inspections throughout California, Idaho, and Washington. His experience includes distress collection across various Pavement Management Systems, including the Metropolitan Transportation Commission StreetSaver®, PAVERTM, Cartography, and Hansen systems. Additionally, Franc has completed both the Orange County Transportation Authority PAVERTM and Metropolitan Transportation Commission “Distress Identification” courses for both asphalt concrete and Portland cement pavements and now assists with the training of agency staff on both courses. Franc performs all activities relating to pavement data collection using hardcopy forms or tablets. As part of the quality control process, he performs cross-checks of data in the Pavement Management System database. He regularly performs quality control checks of field-collected data and pavement maintenance history to ensure that Pavement Management System databases are accurate and up to date. During this process, he generates detailed reports that are necessary to perform his cross-checks of the collected data. His field experience and expertise are added benefits to agencies during field training. Listed below is a collection of agencies for which Franc has performed condition inspections – they total over 6,000 centerline miles of roads and streets. Representative Projects Projects included various forms of inspections for pavement distress data collection, such as walking, windshield, and/or semi-automated. As-Needed Pavement Condition Survey Services, APE15117 City of San Francisco, CA Engineering Technician. Pavement distress surveyor. Since 2016, NCE performed condition surveys on almost 1,000 centerline miles of streets. A particular challenge in 2016 and 2017 was the change in distress protocols when weathering and raveling were split into two different distresses; this resulted in an increase in the Pavement Condition Index, further confirmed by a research study. Project cost: $868,796. Pavement Management System Updates City of Berkeley, CA Engineering Technician. Pavement distress surveyor. NCE is updating StreetSaver® and providing a five-year paving plan for 2018 – 2022. For the first four years, the City will select streets for treatment based on criteria identified under Measure M. Project cost: $49,900. Pavement Management Update Sonoma County, CA Engineering Technician. Pavement distress surveyor. The scope included updating the existing pavement management system annually, developing pavement Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors treatment strategies, conducting budgetary analysis, and providing non-pavement needs assessment. Project cost: $823,981. As-Needed Pavement Engineering Services, San Francisco International Airport City of San Francisco, CA Engineering Technician. Pavement distress surveyor. Since 2011, NCE has provided on-call pavement consultant services on a very complex airfield environment under tight security, conducted forensic analysis on the Portland cement concrete apron areas, and implemented the PAVER™ Pavement Management System. NCE performed the pavement designs for Runway 10R-28L, Plot 40, and Plot 12, determined the structural adequacy, and performed mechanistic pavement designs using FAARFIELD for Runways 1L/19R and Taxiways E, F, and L. Determined the Aircraft Classification Number/Pavement Classification Number for all runways and taxiways. NCE conducted forensic analysis on a new taxiway exhibiting premature large-scale reflective block cracking and rutting at Boarding Area A and dimpling of Taxiways B and M. NCE designed a high-stability asphalt concrete mix to solve this problem. Developed mitigation plan for premature failure of thin-bonded Portland cement concrete overlay on access roads Developed construction guidelines for long- lasting longitudinal joints within asphalt concrete pavements. Updated the PAVER™ Airport Pavement Management System and performed automated distress surveys as per American Society for Testing and Materials D5340. Digital images were collected, and the information was used to update San Francisco International Airport’s Geographic Information System and asset management system. Prepared final reports on the funding and maintenance needs for the next 20 years for the Federal Aviation Administration. NCE is currently providing similar pavement services to San Francisco International Airport as a subconsultant through 2022. Project cost: $1.2 million. Program Management System Updates Orange County, CA Senior Engineering Technician. Pavement distress surveyor. Scope includes verifying the road inventory for a road network (674 centerline miles), surveying the roads using ASTM D6433-11 protocols, updating the maintenance history, developing maintenance strategies, performing multiple budget scenarios, linking to a GIS shapefile, developing a seven- year work plan, and preparing reports. Concurrent with the pavement condition survey, mobile data collection units gathered high-resolution 360-degree geo-referenced right-of-way street level digital imagery along with 3D point cloud data. Assets collected included markings, signs, curb ramps, signals, and drainage features. Pavement Management and Road Surveying San Diego County, CA Field Technician. Collecting distress data for asphalt concrete/Portland cement concrete surfaces as per American Society for Testing and Materials D6433 standards. Inspected control sections for a prior automated survey. Pavement Management Pavement Management Inspections Various Cities and Counties, CA, ID, NV, WA Engineering Field Technician • Ada County, ID • Agoura Hills • Aliso Viejo • Antioch • Auburn, WA • Anaheim • Bakersfield • Baldwin Park • Beaumont • Downey • East Palo Alto • El Centro • Elk Grove • Encinitas • Fairfield • Fremont • Fresno County • Fullerton • Mono County • Monterey • Monterey County • Monterey Park • Moreno Valley • Mountain View • Napa County • Newport Beach • Oakland • Santa Barbara • Santa Cruz • Santa Cruz County • Santa Maria • Santa Monica • Seal Beach • Siskiyou County • Sonoma County • South Lake Tahoe Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors • Bell • Beverly Hills • Brentwood • Buena Park • Burbank • Camarillo • Campbell • Carmel • Carson • Cathedral City • Chula Vista • Commerce • Contra Costa County • Corona • Cudahy • Cypress • Dana Point • Diamond Bar • Dinuba • Hawaiian Gardens • Hayward • Highland • Hillsborough • Humboldt County • Inyo County • La Habra • Lake Forest • Las Vegas • Lemon Grove • Livermore • Mammoth Lakes • Manhattan Beach • Marina • Marin County • Martinez • Mendocino County • Milpitas • Mission Viejo • Orange • Orange County • Oxnard • Pacific Grove • Palm Springs • Pismo Beach • Poway • Redwood City • Richmond • Rogue River National Forest • San Bruno • San Clemente • San Diego County • San Dimas • San Francisco • San Marcos • San Marino • San Mateo County • San Ramon • Stanislaus County • Stanton • State of Nevada • State of Oregon • State of Washington • Thousand Oaks • Torrance • Tulare • Tuolumne County • Tustin • Umpqua National Forest • Vallejo • Vernon • Vista • Walnut Creek • West Covina • West Sacramento • Whittier • Wildomar • Yorba Linda Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors Education Mendocino College Registrations and Certifications MTC StreetSaver® Rater Certification Program OCTA PAVERTM Certification Joined NCE 2017 Total Years of Experience 8 years Joseph DeLeon Senior Field Technician Joseph joined NCE in 2017 as a pavement management technician and is experienced in collecting distress data for pavement management systems. Apart from conducting field inspections, he has performed all functions related to data collection and is an active participant in the quality control process. As part of this process, he performs cross-checks of data in the Pavement Management Program database. Joseph has performed quality control checks of field-collected data and pavement maintenance history to ensure that PMP databases are accurate and up to date. During this process, he generates detailed reports needed to help perform his crosschecks of the data collected. Joseph has completed the Orange County Transportation Authority’s PAVER™ ‘Distress Identification’ course for Asphalt Concrete and Portland Cement Pavements. Joseph is also certified by the Metropolitan Transportation Commission to perform pavement distress inspections; the certification testing involves passing a rigorous field test to test the inspector’s knowledge of the distress procedures once a year. The Pavement Inspector Certification/Testing covers both American Society for Testing and Materials D6433 for PAVER™ and StreetSaver® modified American Society for Testing and Materials D6433 distress types. Representative Projects Pavement Management Program Updates City of Yorba Linda, CA Engineering Technician. Joseph provided GIS database management, Field PCI inspections, and QA/QC. NCE has served the pavement management needs of the City of Yorba Linda through three consecutive cycles since 2020. In 2020, NCE transitioned the City’s PAVER™ database to the MTC StreetSaver® platform and, as part of the 2020 and 2022 PMP updates, prepared tasks such as converting databases, verifying street inventory, field-verifying pavement inventory, conducting distress/condition surveys using ASTM D6433 on 215 centerline miles, calculating PCI for each street section, performing budgetary analyses with three funding scenarios, developing seven-year and two-year maintenance and repair work plans, and preparing the final report for OCTA submittal. NCE prepared the City’s PMP Update in 2023/24, with the final report submitted to OCTA in May 2024. Design and Construction Management Services for FY 23-24 Street Rehabilitation City of Alhambra, CA Engineering Technician. Joseph provided GIS database management, Field PCI inspections, and QA/QC. The City of Alhambra selected NCE to design PS&E for the City's annual roadway maintenance and rehabilitation projects. The project covered $3.1 million in improvements across 20 streets segments, approximately 3.6 miles of residential streets. NCE staff collected data on curb and gutter damage to address drainage problems, pavement cross slopes, existing utility covers, and base repairs. The project included pavement treatments ranging from shallow overlays with Asphalt Rubber Hot-Mix to full-depth reconstructions, over Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors 7,000 linear feet of curb and gutter repairs, the replacement of 73 driveways, the design of 18 new ADA-compliant curb ramps, and the design of 44 retrofit ADA-compliant curb ramps. Street Rehabilitation Programs and PMS Update Services City of San Marino, CA Engineering Technician. Joseph provided GIS database management, Field PCI inspections, and QA/QC. FY 2022 & FY 2023 Annual Street Rehabilitation Program: NCE provided civil and pavement design for the City of San Marino’s FY 2022 & FY 2023 Annual Street Rehabilitation Program, covering nearly $6.1 million and 19 of the City’s most deteriorated street sections. Innovative pavement solutions resulted in significant cost savings, allowing more streets to be improved. The project included comprehensive pavement surveys, base repair markings, coring, subgrade testing, and sustainable treatment recommendations, with special attention to Macadam Road base areas. Over 10,000 linear feet of curb and gutter repairs and more than 130 ADA curb ramps were designed. Construction plans featured updated 2021 Greenbook technical specifications and detailed cost estimates. FY 2020 & FY 2021 Annual Street Rehabilitation Program: NCE prepared the civil and pavement design plans, specifications, and engineer’s estimate of probable construction cost (PS&E) for the City’s annual road rehabilitation program totaling nearly $5.8 million and about 66 street sections. This also included the identification of hundreds of curbs and gutter repairs. A comprehensive pavement design was conducted, including pavement conditions surveys, base repair markings, pavement coring, and subgrade laboratory testing. Since 2015, NCE has assisted the City with PMS and pavement evaluation and design services. In 2020, the City selected NCE to provide integrated design services, including PMS, pavement evaluation and design, and preparation of PS&E packages. Through its integrated design approach, NCE has helped the City improve its network PCI by 7 points, from a PCI of 65 in 2018 to a PCI of 72 in 2022, over a period of 4 years. This was achieved by creating a focused, multi- year plan that met the City's needs and optimized its capital improvement program budget. Countywide Pavement Management Program Implementation Transportation Agency for Monterey County, CA Technician. Joseph used ArcGIS Pro to update the database of its traffic signs. NCE collected data on traffic signs as non- pavement assets as part of the field surveys. The mobile data collection units utilized could also gather high -resolution, 360-degree, geo-referenced right-of-way digital images. This mobile mapping system provided the ability to inventory traffic signs assets with a high level of accuracy. NCE collected latitude and longitude, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices code, and support type for traffic signs. The County will view the 360-degree images on Mapillary.com at no additional cost. Collect Pavement Rating, Management System, and other Asset Data Glenn County Transportation Commission, CA Technician. Joseph is assisting in the analysis of the pavement right-of-way asset data inventory. He is using ArcGIS Pro to update the database of its pavement right-of-way assets. The scope of work included collecting pavement condition and right-of-way asset data on over 700 miles of primarily rural roads. The mobile data collection unit utilized for the pavement survey gathered high-resolution, 360-degree, geo-referenced right-of-way digital images which were used to extract the location of non-pavement assets such as Americans with Disabilities Act ramps, traffic signs, pavement marking, and storm drains. Pavement Management Program and Right-of-Way Asset Inventory City of Redondo Beach, CA Senior Field Technician. NCE is presently collaborating with the City to conduct an inventory of right-of-way assets, including traffic signs and curb ramps. In addition, in 2017 NCE developed a right-of-way asset inventory for assets such as sign inventory, curb ramp, pavement and curb marking, cross gutter inventory, and manhole inventory. In addition to updating the asset inventory, NCE is currently collaborating with the City to revise its Pavement Management Program and to develop a multi-year focus plan by conducting pavement design and base repair assessment(s). The City consists of about 159.43 centerline miles of streets. Joseph has led the data collection initiatives for all of these projects. Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors Pavement Evaluation/Design and Street Rehabilitation Projects City of Redondo Beach, CA Engineering Technician. Joseph provided GIS database management, Field PCI inspections, and QA/QC. NCE has partnered with the City of Redondo Beach since 2017 with their PMP, multi-year work plan, and asset inventory. As part of the recent multi-year work plan, NCE pavement engineers refined the PMP recommendations for the upcoming 3-year rehabilitation program (FY 2025/26–2027/28) to save the City approximately $1.5 million in overall project costs. Beginning in 2024, NCE was also contracted by the City to provide the PS&E design for the City’s FY 2022 and FY 2023 annual roadway maintenance and rehabilitation catch-up programs. As part of these projects, NCE prepared the PS&E package for approximately $2.6 million, covering 32 street segments across 5.9 centerline miles. NCE staff marked out base repair locations, took pavement core samples, and carried out laboratory testing to develop project -specific pavement design recommendations. They also collected curb and gutter damage that will need to be addressed during construction. The design also includes the development of new curb ramps, bulb-outs as part of a Safe Routes to School initiative, intersection reconstruction, electrical work, sidewalk plaza regrading, and coordination with the City’s ongoing bicycle and pedestrian master plan improvements. NCE also helped update the City’s bid documents to the newer 2021 Greenbook Specifications and 2023 Caltrans Specifications. NCE is currently finalizing the 100% PS&E for the FY 2023 program. 2020 Asset Data Collection City of San Clemente, CA Technician. Joseph assisted in the data collection for this project. NCE assisted the City in carrying out an inventory of the pavement right-of-way assets such as signs, sidewalks, and pavement markings. The sign inventory included the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices Code, support type, and spatial location. Similarly, the sidewalk inventory included the length, type, material, and spatial location. Lastly, the pavement marking inventory included the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices code and spatial locations. The City has 138.53 centerline miles. Citywide Sidewalk Assessment City of Carson, CA Senior Field Technician. Joseph assisted in the data collection for this project. NCE conducted a citywide inspection in Corona for tripping hazards in the public right-of-way, as well as Americans with Disabilities Act compliance with curb ramps at street intersections. Field staff performed walking surveys and took photographs along the entire 350 centerline miles of public streets as well as parks, city-owned buildings, and parking lots. Jim oversaw the data collection effort, preparing a combination of “high accuracy” and “mapping grade” data collectors. High-accuracy inspections utilized differential Global Positioning System correction to achieve an average 14 -inch accuracy to pinpoint sidewalk repair locations while mapping grade inspections were used for large targets such as curb ramps. Kingman Asset Inventory City of Kingman, AZ Technician. Joseph assisted in the extraction of the asset data for this project. NCE is assisting the City with developing an inventory of the city’s sidewalks, curbs, Americans with Disabilities Act curb ramps, and pavement marking. The City has approximately 226 centerlines of roadway and its right-of-way was assessed to contain 265 miles of curb, 187 miles of sidewalk, 2,137 curb ramps, and 111 miles of pavement striping. Pavement Management Systems City of Santa Barbara, CA Field Technician. Joseph collected distress data for asphalt concrete/Portland cement concrete surfaces according to the American Society for Testing and Materials19/20 system. He also inspected residential, collector, and urban arterial streets in Santa Barbara. The City has 246.72 centerline miles. Attachment B Resume of Field Inspectors Pavement Asset Management Pavement Condition Surveys Various Cities and Counties, CA Senior Field Technician. Below is a collection of agencies for which Joseph has performed condition inspections. These projects have included various forms of inspections for pavement distress data collection, such as walking, windshield, and/or automated. • Aliso Viejoy • Anaheim • Baldwin Park • Beaumont • Beverly Hills • Buena Park • Burbank • Cathedral City • Clearlake • Corona • Downey • El Cajon • Elk Grove • Encinitas • Fairfield • Garden Grove • Hawaiian Gardens • Highland • Kings County • Lake County • Lake Forest • Lakeport • Lemon Grove • Manhattan Beach • Martinez • Mission Viejo • Monterey Park • Oakland • Orange City • Orange Cove • Orange Grove • Pacific Grove • Pismo Bach • Redondo Beach • Riverside • San Bernardino • San Clemente • San Dimas • San Marcos • San Marino • Sand City • Santa Ana • Santa Barbara • Santa Barbara Conty • Santa Maria • Seal Beach • Sonoma County • South Gate • Stockton • Thousand Oaks • Torrance • Ventura • Wildomar • Yorba Linda Pavement Management Plan Local Jurisdiction Submittal P a g e | 20 XV. Appendix E – Pavement Management Data Files The Pavement Management data files shall be submitted to OCTA in spreadsheet format. This must include the following information: • Street name and limits for all public streets • Street identifiers (Branch ID, Section ID) • Direction (if applicable) • Beginning and ending of each section • Length, widths, and true areas • Functional Classification (MPAH, Local) • Number of travel lanes • PCI and date of inspection • Type of recommended treatment • Cost of recommended treatment • Street geometry as linear or polygon features The Pavement Management data files are submitted here as an electronic copy sent via email as an attachment, via a link to an online storage device site, such as DropBox and/or OneDrive, or USB drive , and/or included as Appendix E. XVI. Appendix F – GIS Maps – Current Conditions (Optional) If included, attach and label Appendix F. APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 12026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 1,700 3,400ft. 1 in. = 3,210 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor)SEAL BEACH BLVDLAMPSON AV WESTMINSTER AVE APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 22026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 490 980ft. 1 in. = 917 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor) COASTLINE DR CARAVEL4TH ST10TH ST6TH ST12TH ST11TH ST13TH STSEA L LAN D I N G CE N T R A L AVALONCRY S T A L C O V E CATALINA AV BAYOU WY 5TH ST3RDMARINA DR HARBOR2NDEL E C T R I C A V MAR L I N A V1ST STFATHOM AV CLIPPER WY CRESTVIEW AV 14TH ST1ST ST SOUTH SHORE DRSEA BREEZE DRTAPER DRMAIN ST15TH STISLAND VIEW DRBEACHCOMBER DRSANDPIPER DRBOLSA 16TH ST8TH ST17TH ST7TH STOCE A N BAYSIDE DRSEAL BEACH BLD R I F T W O O D AV M A R V I S T A AV APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 32026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 300 600ft. 1 in. = 567 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor) OCCIDENTAL COLLEGEPARKDRHARVARD LNYALE LNSTANFORDLN APPROVEDREVISEDDATEDRAWNJOB NUMBERSOURCE FIGURE VJ-04/04/2026SMR334.30.2501ESRI Light Gray Canvas 42026 Pavement Condition Index (PCI) City of Seal Beach, CA 0 440 880ft. 1 in. = 833 ft. PCI Ranges 86 - 100 (Very Good) 75 - 85 (Good) 60 - 74 (Fair) 41 - 59 (Poor) 0 - 40 (Very Poor)OLEANDERSTHEATHER STGOLDENRODFUCHSIAIRISASTER STHAZELNUT AV LAMPSON AV TEABERRYPANSYSUNFLOWERROSEPRIMROSEDAISYBASSWOOD IR O N W O O D A V SUNFLOWERELDER AV VIOLETSTCAMELIABANYANAV ALMOND AVBLUEBELLST WISTERIAGUAVA AV CANDLEBERRY AV FIR AV BIRCHWOOD AV D O G W O O D A V Reno | Lake Tahoe | Point Richmond | Oakland | Sacramento | Anaheim | Sco Ʃsdale ncenet.com CollaboraƟon. Commitment. Confidence.CollaboraƟon. Commitment. Confidence. Agenda Item E AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Iris Lee, Director of Public Works SUBJECT:Application for Grant Funds for the Orange County Waste & Recycling Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Program ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7768: 1. Approving the joint application for grant funds related to the Orange County Waste & Recycling Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Program with Abound Food Care to manage and expand the City’s Edible Food Recovery program, with the City of Seal Beach as the lead agency, and to accept any funds awarded through the Program; and, 2. Directing the City Manager, or designee, to execute all necessary documents to apply for, accept, receive, and utilize the grant funding to participate in the grant program, including incorporation in the 2026-2027 Fiscal Year Budget as a Budget Amendment. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery (RREFR or Program) Program provides funding to support projects that advance recycling, waste reduction, and edible food recovery efforts in Orange County. Administered by Orange County Waste & Recycling (OCWR), the Program helps meet state-mandated waste diversion requirements, including Assembly Bill 939 and Senate Bill 1383, which require jurisdictions statewide to recover 20 percent of surplus edible food. The RREFR grant focuses on expanding edible food recovery countywide. The 2024 Edible Food Recovery (EFR) Capacity Planning Report projects that, between 2025 and 2034, 40,000 tons of edible food will be landfilled compared to just 10,000 tons recovered. The grant aims to bridge the gap by strengthening regional infrastructure for the safe collection, storage, transportation, and distribution of edible food, and by supporting projects that achieve measurable diversion of edible food from landfills. Page 2 2 2 9 4 Staff recommends that the City Council authorize staff to submit a RREFR grant application in partnership with Abound Food Care (Abound), a registered 501(C)3 corporation located in Orange County focused on building a national movement bringing together nonprofit, public, and private partners to eliminate food waste and food insecurity. Abound would manage and expand the City’s EFR program. EFR programs are a legal obligation under California's AB 939 and SB 1383, and failure to comply with these state mandates exposes the City to potential enforcement action and penalties. The scope of the application includes: updating the generator lists; outreach and outreach material/documentation; donation tracking; food safety training; resource identification; non-profit pantry list maintenance; edible food generator inspections; food recovery organization inspections; reporting assistance; and grant management assistance. While the City currently has an EFR program, this funding would be used to help fill identified gaps in the program, enhance compliance, and support long-term operational needs. Securing grant funding allows the City to build out a more robust EFR program at little or no direct cost to the General Fund or solid waste and recycling ratepayers while fulfilling its obligations under state law and contributing to countywide efforts for the next five (5) years. Upon expiration of the grant funding, the management of the program and associated costs would be determined via negotiated contract language. Analysis The grant application will be prepared in accordance with the Program requirements, and if awarded, the funds will be used to manage and expand the City’s EFR program. Overall, this grant program provides an opportunity to improve waste management in the City as well as utilize an alternative funding source to help comply with an unfunded state mandate. The attached resolution provides OCWR with confirmation that the City Council is aware of the application and approves staff’s recommendation for grant funds for the EFR. Additionally, the resolution authorizes the City Manager, or designee, to execute for and on behalf of the City, the necessary agreements and/or any other documents or instruments required by OCWR for participation in the Program and for acceptance of the funds. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: The proposed submittal of the grant applications does not constitute a project and therefore is exempt from the State of California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines pursuant to Section 15061 (b)(3). The proposed submittal of the grant applications will not involve any development or change to the physical environment and therefore, no further review under CEQA is warranted or necessary. Page 3 2 2 9 4 LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the resolution as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The grant application is for a period of five (5) years, and the City should be notified by July 2026 if an award is anticipated. Thus, revenues and expenditures associated with this grant applications will be included as a Budget Amendment for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 and budgeted accordingly for the subsequent four years thereafter. The project budget for Abound to manage and expand the City’s EFR program is $183,395.85 over five years, or $36,679.17 per year, if awarded. There are no matching funds from the City required. The table below represents a breakdown of the total Project funding: Description Amount Grant Funding - Year 1 $ 36,679.17 Grant Funding - Year 2 $ 36,679.17 Grant Funding - Year 3 $ 36,679.17 Grant Funding - Year 4 $ 36,679.17 Grant Funding - Year 5 $ 36,679.17 Project Cost $ 183,395.85 City Allocated General Fund $ 0 Project Cost $ 183,395.85 RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7768: 1. Approving the joint application for grant funds related to the Orange County Waste & Recycling Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Program (Program) with Abound Food Care to manage and expand the City’s Edible Food Recovery program, with the City of Seal Beach as the lead agency, and to accept any funds awarded through the Program; and, 2. Directing the City Manager or their designee to execute all necessary documents to apply for, accept, receive, and utilize the grant funding to participate in the grant program, including incorporation in the 2026-2027 Fiscal Year Budget as a Budget Amendment. Page 4 2 2 9 4 SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Iris Lee Patrick Gallegos Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: Lauren Barich, Management Analyst ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7768 B. Grant Application Template C. Abound Proposal RESOLUTION 7768 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL APPROVING THE APPLICATION FOR AND RECEIPT OF GRANT FUNDS FOR THE ORANGE COUNTY WASTE AND RECYLING REGIONAL RECYCLING AND EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY PROGRAM WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach (City) desires to maintain and expand its Edible Food Recovery (EFR) Program in compliance with AB 939 and SB 1383; and, WHEREAS, the City will submit a joint application in partnership with Abound Food Care (Abound) for the Orange County Waste & Recycling Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Grant (RREFR) Program; and, WHEREAS, the City will act as the Lead Applicant for the RREFR. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine, and order as follows: Section 1. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager, or designee, to submit a joint application with Abound Food Care for the OC Waste & Recycling Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery Grant Program; and to accept any grant funds awarded. Section 2. The City Council hereby designates and directs the City Manager to execute all necessary documents to apply for, accept, receive, provide the assurance, certifications, commitments required, and other all grant-related documents necessary to secure funds and implement the Program. Further, the City Council authorizes the City Manager, at his discretion, to delegate any or all of the authority regarding the EFR and/or RRERR. Section 3. The City Council hereby authorizes a grant term, if received, until May 11, 2031. If the resolution expires during the application period, a new valid resolution will be provided to OC Waste & Recycling. Section 4. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: 1 1 1 5 7 AYES: Council Members _______________________________________ NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7768 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk REGIONAL RECYCLING ANDEDIBLE FOOD RECOVERYGRANT (RREFR) 714-834-4000 www.oclandfills.com @ocwaste GRANT APPLICATION FORM Page 1 of 8 REGIONAL RECYCLING AND EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY GRANT PROGRAM APPLICATION FOR FISCAL YEARS 26-27, 27-28, 28-29 Complete and submit all sections. APPLICANT / ORGANIZATION INFORMATION APPLICANT / ORGANIZATION NAME (MUST MATCH RESOLUTION): REQUESTED GRANT AMOUNT: GRANT PARTICIPANT(S) (FOR REGIONAL PROGRAMS ONLY): MAILING ADDRESS: PROJECT ADDRESS (IF APPLICABLE): CITY: CITY: STATE: ZIP CODE: STATE: ZIP CODE: PRIMARY CONTACT NAME: TITLE: TELEPHONE NUMBER: FAX NUMBER: EMAIL ADDRESS: RESOLUTION AND/OR LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENT (ATTACHMENT) ANY APPLICANT THAT IS UNDER THE DIRECTION OF A GOVERNING BODY MUST SUBMIT A RESOLUTION THAT AUTHORIZES SPECIFIC GRANT-RELATED MATTERS AND IDENTIFIES AN INDIVIDUAL OR INDIVIDUALS WITH AUTHORITY TO ACT ON BEHALF OF THE APPLICANT. A LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION IS USED FOR JOINT APPLICATIONS. PLEASE REFER TO THE APPLICATION GUIDELINES AND INSTRUCTIONS DOCUMENT FOR REQUIREMENTS. MUST CHECK ONE: FOR ENTITIES WITH GOVERNING BODIES: WE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT AN APPROVED RESOLUTION AND, IF APPLICABLE, LOA DESIGNATING AN ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY IS ENCLOSED IN THE APPLICATION. Page 2 of 8 WE ACKNOWLEDGE THAT OUR RESOLUTION WAS APPROVED BY CITY COUNCIL AND/OR BOARD BY: WE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT OUR APPROVED RESOLUTION MUST BE RECEIVED BY OC WASTE & RECYCLING NO LATER THAN FRIDAY, JUNE 5, 2026, OTHERWISE OUR APPLICATION WILL BE DEEMED INCOMPLETE. PRIOR GRANT HISTORY DID ANY OF THE JURISDICTIONS RECEIVE PREVIOUS GRANT FUNDING FROM OC WASTE & RECYCLING? YES NO IF YES, PROVIDE A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF EACH PROJECT (3-5 SENTENCES): PROJECT DESCRIPTION PROVIDE A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED GRANT PROJECT (3-5 SENTENCES): IDENTIFY THE POPULATION SERVED BY THE GRANT PROJECT AND THE GEOGRAPHICAL AREA WHERE ACTIVITIES WILL TAKE PLACE: Page 3 of 8 PROJECT SUSTAINIBILITY (ATTACHMENT) LIST SPECIFIC PERSONNEL WHO WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MONITORING, REPORTING, AND EVALUATING PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY OVER A FIVE-YEAR GRANT CYCLE INCLUDES A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE PROJECT WILL SUSTAIN REGIONAL OUTCOMES OVER A FIVE-YEAR GRANT CYCLE AND BEYOND THE GRANT TERM CLEARLY DESCRIBES THE SOURCE OF FUNDS THE GRANTEE WILL CONTRIBUTE FINANCIALLY THROUGHOUT THE GRANT TERM TO ENSURE EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY. WORK PLAN (ATTACHMENT) WORK PLAN TEMPLATE ATTACHED BUDGET PLAN (ATTACHMENT) BUDGET PLAN ATTACHED EXPLAIN PARTNERSHIPS WITH OTHER CITIES, AGENCIES, ORGANIZATIONS, OR ENTITIES AND GRANTEE(S) COMMITMENTS: PROJECT NARRATIVE (ATTACHMENT, NOT TO EXCEED 6 PAGES) A THOROUGH EXPLANATION OF WHY THE FUNDING IS NEEDED AND INCLUDES DOCUMENTED DATA OR RESEARCH (E.G., BENEFITS, END PRODUCTS, TARGET POPULATION, ETC.) EXISTING EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY PROGRAMS IN THE AREA, IF ANY, AND INCLUDES A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE PROJECT WILL IMPROVE OR CREATE PARTNERSHIPS CHALLENGES THE PROJECT WILL ADDRESS AND HOW THE PROJECT WILL PROVIDE SOLUTIONS GOALS AND OBJECTIVES. GOALS AND OBJECTIVES MUST BE CLEAR, QUANTIFIABLE, AND SUPPORT THE GRANT’S OVERALL MISSION HOW THE PROJECT WILL INCREASE THE EXPANSION OF EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY CAPACITY WHILE BENEFITING THE COMMUNITY AND THE ENVIRONMENT HOW DIVERSE EDUCATIONAL OUTREACH IS INTEGRATED INTO THE GRANT PROGRAM Page 4 of 8 APPLICATION CERTIFICATION Certification: I declare, under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have read all information in the Application Guidelines and Instructions and that all information submitted for the OC Waste & Recycling’s consideration for award of grant funds is true and accurate to the best of my knowledge. X Signature Authority - as authorized in Resolution; or Authorized Designee - as authorized in submitted Letter of Authorization Date Print Name Print Title Page 5 of 8 WORK PLAN (EXAMPLE) LIST THE GOALS, OBJECTIVES, TASKS/ACTIVITIES, SUB-TASKS, STAFF/CONTRACTOR, AND TIMEFRAMES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE YOUR PROJECT. THE WORK PLAN TASKS/ACTIVITIES SHOULD MATCH THE TASKS/ACTIVITIES IDENTIFIED IN THE BUDGET. GOAL OBJECTIVE TASK # TASK/ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION RESPONSIBLE PERSONNEL (contractor or staff, include name & title) EVALUATION METHOD (survey, workshop, etc.) TIMEFRAME (month/year- month/year) BUDGET CATEGORY Page 6 of 8 BUDGET PLAN (EXAMPLE) EQUIPMENT Refrigerator(s) $70,000 Signs & Sign plates to be installed on refrigerator(s) $2,000 Subtotal $72,000 ADMINSTRATIVE/OPERATING EXPENSES Supplies including but not limited to food storage containers $2,000 Outreach and education material including but not limited to webpage, signage, banners, posters and flyers $8,000 Subtotal $10,000 TOTAL BUDGETED PROGRAM EXPENSES $82,000 Page 7 of 8 REGIONAL RECYCLING AND EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY GRANT PROGRAM APPLICATION FOR FISCAL YEARS 25-26, 26-27, 27-28 APPLICATION CHECKLIST This application checklist is provided for your convenience and is not intended to be all inclusive. You are responsible for completing and submitting all required documentation. APPLICATION FORM All applicable information and documents are provided; applicable boxes are checked. Application Certification is signed by the: 1) Signature Authority as authorized in Resolution, or 2) Authorized Designee. *Authorized Designee may sign only if the Letter of Authorization has been submitted to OC Waste & Recycling. RESOLUTION AND/OR LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION REQUIREMENT Approved Resolution is included with application; box is checked, or If applicable, approved Resolution is not submitted with application but will be submitted to OC Waste & Recycling for receipt by Friday, JUNE 5, 2026; box is checked. If applicable, Letter of Authorization (LOA) is included with application. *A LOA is not required to be submitted with the application; however, it must be submitted prior to Designee’s exercise of his/her authority. PROJECT DESCRIPTION (10 POINTS) Description Population served Specific personnel responsible PROJECT NARRATIVE (40 POINTS) Project narrative does not exceed 6 pages (does not include letters of support or other attachments) PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY (20 POINTS) List specific personnel who will be responsible for monitoring, reporting, and evaluating project sustainability over a five-year grant cycle. Includes a description of how the project will sustain regional outcomes over a five -year grant cycle and beyond the grant term. Clearly describes the source of funds the grantee will contribute financially throughout the grant term to ensure edible food recovery project sustainability. WORK PLAN (10 POINTS) Work plan is organized by Tasks/Activities Work plan template complete BUDGET PLAN (10 POINTS) Matches all tasks/activities, sub-tasks, staff, contractor, and equipment listed in work plan. Page 8 of 8 APPLICATION FORMAT SUBMITTAL (10 POINTS) Hard Copy (Wet Signatures Required) The complete hard copy application, including original signatures, must be received or postmarked no later than 4:59 p.m. on Friday, May 15, 2026. To schedule a drop-off appointment, please email grants@ocwr.ocgov.com. Digital Submission A complete digital application package must also be submitted through the OpenGov portal. The digital submission must be received no later than 4:59 p.m. on Friday, May 15, 2026. The proposal is clear, concise, well-organized, and provides adequate detail and data. The project is well-planned from beginning to end and forecasts the project’s sustainability after the grant term has ended. Application documents are on the grantee(s) letterhead and includes Project Description, Project Narrative, Work Plan, Budget Plan, Resolution (if applicable), Letter of Authorization (if applicable), and all other relevant documents. 200 N Tustin Ave Ste.110 Santa Ana CA 92705 657.335.4480 aboundfoodcare.org PROPOSED SCOPE OF WORK – MUNICIPAL EDIBLE FOOD RECOVERY COMPLIANCE PROGRAM Jurisdiction Abound Food Care (“Abound”) will provide services on behalf of the City of Seal Beach (“Jurisdiction”). I. Generator List Update Abound will complete a review of the Jurisdiction’s list of Tier I and Tier II food waste generators. Review will check for completeness and accuracy of lists. Updates will be documented and made available to the Jurisdiction. II. Outreach Abound will conduct, and record, targeted outreach to capture required information related to the recovery of excess edible food. Outreach efforts will identify food generators that have implemented a food donation program and those that require additional follow-up to ensure they initiate a donation program. Outreach will be in cooperation with city and waste hauler staff and include permitted food waste generators. Results of outreach efforts will be tracked using the Abound CRM platform. Outreach touchpoints will include: a. Initial Outreach will identify what agreements are in place between generator and food recovery organization b. Tier I and Tier II food waste generators as defined by CA SB1383 and corresponding regulations in effect at the time of initial implementation. c. Other food waste generators in the city as identified, and mutually prioritized, by the city, waste hauler, and Abound. III. Outreach Material Abound will provide material, including educational material highlighting the benefits of participation and requirements to be compliant with SB 1383, to support outreach efforts by both its own staff and by Jurisdiction staff. IV. Outreach Documentation To support compliance with the municipal requirements mandated in CA SB1383, Abound will record the results of outreach efforts through the use of the Abound CRM platform. Data which will be captured includes elements such as generator name, date of contact, type of contact, and summary of discussion. Abound will provide to the Jurisdiction reports documenting outreach efforts and corresponding results. V. Donation Tracking On behalf of the Jurisdiction, Abound will utilize a food recovery tracking platform to record excess edible food donated within the city by Tier I and Tier II generators through participating food recovery organizations. Tracking will include information on types of food donated, food recovery organization recipient, pounds of food recovered and frequency of donations in accordance with CA SB1383 requirements. VI. Food Safety Training Abound, using proprietary or partner platforms at its discretion, will make safe food handling training available to all nonprofit food pantries operating within the Jurisdiction. An option to use third-party food safety auditing services is also available. VII. Resource Identification In coordination with the Jurisdiction, Abound will identify additional assets and resources needed by non-profit food pantries operating within the Jurisdiction to effectively reduce food waste. Potential resources may include, but are not limited to, food repurposing kitchens, educational partnerships including vocational training, food insecurity screening by health care providers and joint grant opportunities. VIII. Non-Profit Pantry List Maintenance Abound will provide, annually, an updated listing of non-profit pantries available to recover excess edible food within the Jurisdiction. IX. Edible Food Generator Inspections Abound will conduct annual inspections of identified Tier 1 and Tier II food generators to ensure compliance with CA SB1383 regulations. Inspections will include confirmation of a written agreement with a food recovery organization or service, the active use of a food donation log which records the generators’ food donation activities, and identification of red flags. X. Food Recovery Organization Inspections Inspections of Food Recovery Organizations will include conducting annual inspections of identified Food Recovery Organizations to evaluate compliance with SB 1383 regulations by reviewing contracts, food recovery records, and food safety best practices. The inspections will assess storage and transportation conditions, need for staff training, and overall adherence to recordkeeping and food handling standards, identifying any areas of non-compliance. XII. Reporting Assistance Abound will assist and provide support with any necessary reporting needed for the jurisdiction such as any capacity reporting as well as EAR reporting information needed regarding edible food recovery. XIII. Grant Management Assistance Abound Food Care will support jurisdiction in managing the Regional Recycling and Edible Food Recovery (RREFR) grant by providing administrative, operational, and compliance services aligned with the application’s requirements. Abound Food Care will track performance metrics and ensure timely reporting on project outcomes for quarterly and final reports. Additionally, Abound Food Care can assist with program execution by facilitating edible food recovery operations, community outreach, and capacity-building efforts, while maintaining compliance with grant guidelines and ensuring long-term project sustainability through data-driven evaluation and funding strategies. Program Cost The cost of implementing the Abound Municipal Program, as outlined above, is $36,679.17 per year to be paid monthly ($3,056.60 per month). Total term cost is $183,395.85. Term Term of the agreement is five years. Agenda Item F AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Joe Bailey, Marine Safety Chief SUBJECT:Approving and Authorizing the Purchase of Marine Safety Uniforms for Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7769: 1. Authorizing the purchase of Marine Safety uniforms for Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards from Quicksilver in the amount of $37,463.00; and, 2. Finding that, due to the circumstances applicable to this purchase, dispensing with formal bidding will reduce the net cost to the City; and, 3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to approve a purchase order with Quicksilver and execute any necessary related documents for the uniform purchase. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: The City of Seal Beach provides uniforms for Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards. These uniforms must provide high sun protection, quick- drying capability, durability, and a professional appearance. Lifeguard uniforms consist of a collared shirt, swim trunks with a patch, a hat, and a high-visibility swim shirt. Junior Lifeguard uniforms include a t-shirt, swim shorts, a hat, and a water-resistant backpack. Each year, the Marine Safety Department evaluates uniform providers to identify vendors capable of fulfilling the City’s needs with high-quality, durable products. In 2023, the City entered into a three-year agreement with Quiksilver to supply uniforms at a consistent cost. Page 2 2 2 9 5 With that agreement concluding in 2025, staff solicited new quotes from qualified vendors. Marine Safety Uniform Quotes Quiksilver $37,463.00 Billabong $44,871.00 Florance Marine $51,642.11 Quiksilver again submitted the lowest responsive bid. Based on pricing and product quality, staff recommends selecting Quiksilver as the uniform provider for the 2026 summer season. Staff did not utilize the “formal bid process,” inclusive of a bidder’s notice and published notice, because the lifeguard uniforms are intended to meet specialized requirements for the Marine Safety Department and there are limited manufacturers of such uniforms. Instead, the staff sought bids from three qualified firms. Staff believes it is receiving a better cost by ensuring that qualified providers delivered bids. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: This item is not subject to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) pursuant to Section 15061(b)(3) of the state CEQA Guidelines because it can be seen with certainty that approval the proposed administrative action will not have a significant impact on the environment. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has approved the resolution as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The total cost of $37,463.00 is included in the Fiscal Year 2025–2026 adopted budget. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7769: 1. Authorizing the purchase of Marine Safety uniforms for Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards from Quicksilver in the amount of $37,463.00; and, 2. Finding that, due to the circumstances applicable to this purchase, dispensing with formal bidding will reduce the net cost to the City; and, Page 3 2 2 9 5 3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to approve a purchase order with Quicksilver and execute any necessary related documents for the uniform purchase. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Joe Bailey Patrick Gallegos Joe Bailey, Marine Safety Chief Patrick Gallegos, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7769 B. Quicksilver Price Quotation C. Billabong Price Quotation D. Florance Marine Price Quotation RESOLUTION 7769 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE PURCHASE OF MARINE SAFETY UNIFORMS FOR BEACH LIFEGUARDS, POOL LIFEGUARDS, AND JUNIOR LIFEGUARDS WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach provides Marine Safety services, including Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards; and, WHEREAS, uniforms are required to ensure staff are properly identified, protected from environmental conditions, and maintain a professional appearance; and, WHEREAS, the City previously entered into a three-year agreement with Quiksilver in 2023 for the provision of uniforms; and, WHEREAS, upon expiration of that agreement, staff solicited quotes from qualified vendors; and, WHEREAS, Quiksilver submitted the lowest responsive bid and meets the City’s requirements for quality and cost-effectiveness; and, WHEREAS, the total cost for the purchase of uniforms is $37,463.00, which is included in the Fiscal Year 2025–2026 adopted budget. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine and order as follows: Section 1. The City Council hereby approves the purchase of Marine Safety uniforms for Beach Lifeguards, Pool Lifeguards, and Junior Lifeguards in the amount of $37,463.00. Section 2. The City Council finds that, due to the circumstances applicable to this purchase, the net cost to the City will be reduced by dispensing with formal bidding; and, Section 3. The City Council hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager, or designee, to approve a purchase order and execute any necessary related documents to complete the purchase. Section 4. The City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this Resolution. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: 1 1 1 6 1 AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7769 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Agenda Item G AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Michael Henderson, Chief of Police SUBJECT:Authorization to Renew the Contract with Ready Rebound to Support Officer Wellness and Injury Recovery Programs ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7770: 1. Authorizing the Seal Beach Police Department to renew a service agreement with Ready Rebound for specialized officer wellness and recovery services; and, 2. Allocating funding for the program’s implementation from the Police Department budget. This contract will last 3 years with a not-to-exceed cost of $49,320 and the option of renewal for two (2) additional years. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: Law enforcement personnel face significant physical and mental demands in the course of duty. Supporting their long-term wellness is critical to maintaining operational readiness, morale, and retention. The Seal Beach Police Department has prioritized officer wellness as part of its commitment to a proactive and sustainable workforce. Ready Rebound is an organization specializing in providing structured support for first responders recovering from injury or trauma. Their services include tailored recovery plans, injury prevention, mental health check-ins, and a return-to-duty program that aligns with public safety needs. The program is designed to: Reduce lost workdays due to injury or chronic pain Improve physical and mental resilience Support officers through recovery and safe reintegration Reduce long-term medical and workers’ compensation costs Page 2 2 2 8 6 Ready Rebound’s individualized approach aligns with best practices in public safety wellness and has been successfully implemented by other agencies across the state. Over the past year, Ready Rebound has provided valuable support to the Police Department by assisting employees who were injured or required specialized medical care. The organization has supported more than ten employees in navigating the workers’ compensation process, while also helping coordinate appropriate medical treatment, including connecting personnel with specialized physicians and physical therapy services tailored to their injuries. SERVICES PROVIDED: Under the proposed agreement, Ready Rebound will deliver the following: Comprehensive injury recovery coaching Preventative training and resilience education Coordination with department, Human Resources and risk management Progress tracking and customized return-to-duty planning The contract will provide access for all Police Department Staff, both on and off duty, as well as access for all department staff immediate family and retired staff. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed the proposed agreement and found it acceptable to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: Costs associated with the Ready Rebound program will be funded through the Police Department’s budget. The total contract amount will not exceed $49,320 for the three year term. The costs will increase by 3% each year and will be included in the budget as proposed. Year Price Per Member Annual Cost 2026/27 $399 $15,960 2027/28 $411 $16,440 2028/29 $423 $16,920 2029/30 (Optional)$436 $17,440 2030/31 (Optional)$449 $17,960 Page 3 2 2 8 6 RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7770: 1. Authorizing the Seal Beach Police Department to renew a service agreement with Ready Rebound for specialized officer wellness and recovery services; and, 2. Allocating funding for the program’s implementation from the Police Department budget. This contract will last 3 years with a not-to-exceed cost of $49,320 and the option of renewal for two (2) additional years. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Michael Henderson Patrick Gallegos Michael Henderson, Chief of Police Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: Michael Ezroj, Operations Bureau Captain ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7770 B. Quote for Services C. Professional Service Agreement RESOLUTION 7770 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO RENEW A CONTRACT WITH READY REBOUND TO SUPPORT OFFICER WELLNESS AND RECOVERY SERVICES WHEREAS, the Seal Beach Police Department recognizes the importance of proactive wellness programs in maintaining the health, safety, and operational readiness of its sworn personnel; and, WHEREAS, Ready Rebound is an organization specializing in recovery and injury prevention services tailored to the unique needs of law enforcement and first responders; and, WHEREAS, the Seal Beach Police Department seeks to renew a contract with Ready Rebound to support officer wellness through structured recovery plans, mental and physical readiness services, and return-to-duty support; and, WHEREAS, the funding for this program will be allocated from the Police Department’s existing wellness program budget, with an annual increase in price of 3%. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine, and order as follows: Section 1. The City Council hereby approves the Seal Beach Police Department renewing a service agreement with Ready Rebound to provide officer recovery and wellness services. Section 2. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager or his designee to execute the necessary documents to implement this program, and to allocate up to $15,960.00 for year one and 3% increase per year for additional years up to five years. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members 1 1 1 3 6 Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7770 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Created On: 5/1/26 Order Form Expiration: 5/31/26 Prepared By: Subscription Start Date: 7/1/26 Email: Subscription End Date: 6/30/31 Subscription Term: Customer Information Customer: Contact Name:Billing Contact: Bill To/Ship To:Email: Email: Phone: Order Details Billing Frequency:Annual PO # If Required: Payment Terms: Net Thirty (30) Days SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES: Member Type Paid Members Price per Member per Year Start Date End Date Annual Fee Police 40 $ 399.00 7/1/26 6/30/27 $15,960.00 Police 40 $ 411.00 7/1/27 6/30/28 $16,440.00 Police 40 $ 423.00 7/1/28 6/30/29 $16,920.00 Police 40 $ 436.00 7/1/29 optional 6/30/30 optional $17,440.00 Police 40 $ 449.00 7/1/30 optional 6/30/31 optional $17,960.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total Subscription Fees: $84,720.00 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES: Date Total Price 7/1/26 WAIVED Total Professional Services Fees:$0.00 Due Date Amount Due July 1, 2026 $15,960.00 July 1, 2027 $16,760.00 July 1, 2028 $17,600.00 July 1, 2029 $18,480.00 July 1, 2030 $19,400.00 MSA link: https://readyrebound.com/terms-and-conditions-102dn3 Customer:Company: Signature:Signature: Name Name Title Title Date Date Raquel Morales on behalf of Eric Erhardt eerhardt@readyrebound.com 3 + 2 years mezroj@sealbeachca.gov Mike Ezroj Amount Seal Beach Police Department Ready Rebound, Inc. 311 E. Chicago St. Suite 520 Milwaukee, WI, 53202 United States For bill payments, please send checks to: Ready Rebound, Inc. PO Box 719172 Chicago, IL 60677-9422 911 Seal Beach Boulevard Seal Beach, CA 90740 Mike Ezroj mezroj@sealbeachca.gov 562-799-4100 WAIVED Professional Service Implementation Establishment of provider partnerships, department training, and member onboarding. Exact implementation timelines will be confirmed with the Client administration during the Project Kickoff call. Ready Rebound Recover 24/7 access to licensed athletic trainers, individualized healthcare navigation and advocacy, and preferred access to medical providers. Sports medicine healthcare model for members and nuanced return-to-work communication for all stakeholders, including employers and medical providers. Service is available for all musculo-skeletal injury circumstances for paid members, their immediate family, and retirees. Product / Service Billing Table: Order Form Legal Terms This Order Form is entered into between Ready Rebound, Inc., with its principal place of business at 311 E. Chicago St., Suite 520, Milwaukee, WI 53202 (“Ready Rebound”), and you, the entity identified above (“Customer”), as of the Effective Date. This Order Form includes and incorporates the Master Subscription Agreement ("MSA") executed by the parties and attached, or if no such MSA is executed or attached, the MSA at https://readyrebound.com/terms-and-conditions-102dn3 and any applicable Statement of Work ("SOW") incorporated herein in the event additional Professional Services are purchased. The Order Form, MSA and SOW shall hereafter be referred to as the "Agreement". Unless otherwise specified above, fees for the Subscription Services and Professional Services shall be due and payable, in advance, on the Effective Date. By signing this Agreement, Customer acknowledges that it has reviewed, and agrees to be legally bound by, the MSA. Each party’s acceptance of this Order Form is conditional upon the other’s acceptance of the terms in the MSA to the exclusion of all other terms. This Order Form is executed by a duly authorized signatory. In addition the Parties agree to amend the MSA to include the following new section(s): Ready Rebound, Inc. READY REBOUND MASTER SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT This is a contract between Company and Customer. Customer is responsible for carefully reading all terms and conditions of this Agreement before signing an Order Form, clicking an “Accept” button, or accessing or using any Service. By signing an Order Form, or accessing or using any Service, Customer confirms that it has read and accepts this Agreement in its entirety. Any different or additional terms Customer may reference or provide to Company are overridden by this Agreement. 1. CONTRACT STRUCTURE AND ORDER-OF-PRECEDENCE This Master Subscription Agreement (“MSA”) is entered into between Ready Rebound, Inc. (“Company”) and customer (“Customer”) identified on the corresponding mutually executed order document between Customer and Company that references this MSA (“Order Form”) as of the latest date set forth on the signature page of the Order Form (“Effective Date”). If Customer purchases Professional Services from Company, the Parties must enter into a statement of work (“SOW”) describing those Services in the event such Professional Services are not described in the Order Form. In addition to the terms and conditions of the MSA, Customer’s use of certain Services is subject to the additional terms and conditions provided in the Order Form (“Service-Specific Terms”). By using the Services listed in these Service-Specific Terms, Customer agrees that these Service-Specific Terms are incorporated into the MSA. Capitalized terms used below have the same meanings as used in the Agreement, unless expressly defined otherwise. This MSA, the Service-Specific Terms, all Order Forms and SOWs (collectively, the “Agreement”) govern Customer’s access to and use of Company’s Service. In the event of any conflicts between this MSA, any Order Form, and any SOW, the following order- of-precedence applies: SOW takes precedence and prevails over its associated Order Form solely with respect to its subject matter; an Order Form takes precedence and prevails over this MSA solely with respect to its subject matter; and Service-Specific Terms takes precedence and prevails over this MSA solely with respect to its subject matter. Customer and Company may be referred to in the Agreement individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.” 2. OWNERSHIP OF SERVICE AND CUSTOMER DATA 2.1 Ownership of the Service. The Service and Company Technology are the property of Company and its licensors, and are protected by copyright, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property laws. Company and its licensors retain any and all rights, title and interest in and to the Service and Company Technology (including all intellectual property rights), including all copies, modifications, improvements, extensions and derivative works thereof and any software, applications, inventions or other technology developed in connection with supporting the Company Technology.. Customer’s right to use the Service and Company Technology is limited to the rights expressly granted in this MSA and the applicable Order Forms. All rights not expressly granted to Customer are reserved and retained by Company and its licensors. 2.2 Ownership and Use of Customer Data. As between Customer and Company all Customer Data is the property of Customer. Company may store, access and process Customer Data as necessary to provide the Service, meet its obligations under the Agreement and verify Customer’s compliance with terms of Service, including to monitor and analyze use of the Service, and to develop, improve and enhance the Service and other Company offerings. 2.3 Storage. Company stores Customer Data in data centers that are owned and controlled by Company or owned and controlled by a third-party vendor of Company, which third-party vendor shall protect Customer Data to the same level as required by this Agreement . Customer Data may be accessed remotely for support and technical operations purposes from outside the US, but will be stored in the US. 2.4 Feedback. Customer grants Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to use and incorporate into the Services Customer’s Feedback. Company will exclusively own any improvements or modifications to the Services based on or derived from any of Customer’s Feedback including all intellectual property rights in and to the improvements and modifications. 3. GRANT OF ACCESS Subject to the terms and conditions of this MSA, Company hereby grants to Customer the non-exclusive, non-transferable (except as specified in Section 14.2 (Assignment)) right to access and use the Service and Company Technology during the Service Term in accordance with the limitations in this MSA and the terms of all applicable Order Form(s) and SOWs. Unless otherwise set forth in an applicable Order Form, the usage allotments (e.g., number of members) to which Customer is entitled will correspond to the Service to which Customer then subscribes. If Customer’s use of the Service exceeds the entitlements applicable to its then-current subscription, Company may (i) require Customer to pay any Fees associated therewith; or (ii) terminate all applicable Order Forms for cause in accordance with Section 6.2(b) (Termination of Order Form or SOW). 4. CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES 4.1 Customer Responsible for Member Accounts. Customer is responsible for all activity occurring under Customer’s Member accounts (except to the extent any such activity is caused by Company) and for complying with all laws and regulations applicable to Customer’s use of the Service and Company Technology. 4.2 Use Restrictions. Customer must not, without Company’s prior written consent, cause or permit the: (a) use, copying, modification, rental, lease, sublease, sublicense, operation of a service bureau, transfer or other commercial exploitation of, or other third party access to, any element of the Service or Company Technology, except to the extent expressly permitted by the Agreement; (b) creation of any modifications or derivative works of the Service or Company Technology; (c) reverse engineering of the Service or Company Technology; (d) gaining of unauthorized access to the Service, Company Technology or its related systems or networks; (e) interference with or disruption of the integrity or performance of the Service, Company Technology or the data contained therein (for example, via unauthorized benchmark testing or penetration testing); (f) sending, storing or use of any Customer Data in connection with the Service or Company Technology for which Customer lacks sufficient ownership or other rights; or (g) sending, storing or use of any infringing, obscene, threatening, libelous or otherwise unlawful or tortious material in connection with the Service or Company Technology. Customer also must use reasonable security measures to access the Service and Company Technology, and must not knowingly send, store or use any material containing any viruses, worms, Trojan horses or other malicious or harmful computer code, files, scripts, agents or programs in connection with the Service or Company Technology. Company also reserves the right to take all steps reasonably necessary to protect the security, integrity or availability of the Service or Company Technology (e.g., by temporarily suspending access by anyone who introduces malicious code or attempts to do so), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement. 4.3 No Export; Government Use. Customer may not remove or export from the United States or allow the export or re-export of the Services, Company Technology or anything related thereto, or any direct product thereof in violation of any restrictions, laws or regulations of the United States Department of Commerce, the United States Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control, or any other United States or foreign agency or authority. As defined in FAR section 2.101, the Company Technology and documentation are “commercial items” and according to DFAR section 252.2277014(a)(1) and (5) are deemed to be “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation.” Consistent with DFAR section 227.7202 and FAR section 12.212, any use modification, reproduction, release, performance, display, or disclosure of such commercial software or commercial software documentation by the U.S. Government will be governed solely by the terms of this Agreement and will be prohibited except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement. 4.4 No Medical Advice. The Content and other materials created by Company or obtained from Company's licensors, and other materials contained on the Service are for informational purposes only. The Content is not intended to be a substitute for professional medical advice, diagnosis, or treatment. Customer acknowledges that Members should seek the advice of their physician or other qualified health provider with any questions they may have regarding a medical condition. Company does not recommend or endorse any specific tests, physicians, products, procedures, opinions, or other information that may be mentioned on the Service. Reliance on any information provided by Company, Company employees, others appearing on the Service at the invitation of Company is solely at the Members own risk. The service providers and professionals utilizing or featured on the Service are not Company employees. Any health education, opinions, advice, or information expressed by a professional or service provider utilizing or featured on the Service are of the professional and the professional alone. They do not reflect the opinions of the Company. Company does not recommend or endorse any specific tests, physicians, products, procedures, opinions, or other information that may be mentioned on Company or by a licensee of Company.  4.5 Equipment. Customer shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining any equipment and ancillary services needed to connect to, access or otherwise use the Services, including, without limitation, modems, hardware, servers, software, operating systems, networking, web servers and the like (collectively, “Equipment”). Customer shall also be responsible for maintaining the security of the Equipment, Customer account, passwords (including but not limited to administrative and user passwords) and files, and for all uses of Customer account or the Equipment with or without Customer’s knowledge or consent. 5. SUPPORT 5.1 Support. Subject to the terms hereof, Company will provide Customer with reasonable online technical support Services on weekdays during the hours of 9:00 am through 5:00 pm Central Time, with the exclusion of Federal Holidays. 6. TERM, TERMINATION AND EFFECT OF TERMINATION 6.1 TERM 6.1(a) Term of MSA. This MSA will begin on the Effective Date and continue in effect until all Order Forms and SOWs, if any, expire or are terminated in accordance with this MSA. 6.1(b) Term of Order Forms. The initial term of each Order Form will start on the Start Date and end on the End Date as each is identified on the Order Form (the “Initial Service Term”), and shall renew automatically as set forth below. Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable Order Form, or unless the Order Form is terminated in accordance with Section 6.2(b), upon expiration of the Initial Service Term, the relevant Order Form will automatically renew on an annual basis for subsequent renewal terms of twelve (12) months (each a "Renewal Service Term"), unless either Party notifies the other Party in writing, at least ninety (90) days (subject to Section 7.2) prior to the end of the then-current Service Term, that it chooses not to renew. The Initial Service Term and all Renewal Service Terms (if any) are referred to in the Agreement collectively as the “Service Term.” 6.2 TERMINATION 6.2(a) Termination of Agreement. Neither Party will have the right to terminate the Agreement without legally valid cause (no termination “for convenience”). This MSA will automatically terminate upon the date that all Order Forms and all SOWs, if any, have expired or been terminated in accordance with the terms set forth herein. Upon permitted termination of this MSA, all Order Forms and SOWs governed by it will also be terminated automatically. (b) Termination of Order Form or SOW. Either Party may terminate an Order Form or SOW in accordance with their respective terms. Either Party may terminate an Order Form or SOW for cause upon written notice if the other Party fails to cure any material breach thereof, or any material breach of this MSA, within thirty (30) days after receiving reasonably detailed written notice from the other Party alleging the breach. (c) Termination for Change of Law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this MSA, if complying with any law applicable to the Service by Company enacted after the Effective Date would materially change the Parties’ costs or risks in providing the Service, then the Parties’ respective legal counsel will promptly meet to discuss alternative options. If the Parties are unable to reach an amicable resolution within thirty (30) days, then each Party will have the right to terminate the Agreement (including all Order Forms and SOW) – in which case the termination will be effective thirty (30) days thereafter. In the event of such a termination, Customer’s sole right and Company’s sole obligation (except to the extent otherwise expressly stated in this MSA) will be for Company to promptly refund to Customer, on a pro rata basis, any Fees paid under all Order Forms and SOW then in effect that are unused as of the termination effective date. 6.3 EFFECT OF TERMINATION 6.3(a) Effect of Expiration or Termination of MSA. Sections 1, 2, 4.2 - 4.4, 6.3, 12, 13, 14, and 15 of this MSA will survive any expiration or termination of this MSA. An Order Form or SOW may identify additional terms that will survive any expiration or termination of the applicable Order Form or SOW. (b) Effect of Termination of MSA, Order Form or SOW. Subject to the exclusive remedy provisions in this MSA: (a) if Customer terminates an Order Form, SOW or this MSA for uncured material breach in accordance with this MSA, Customer will be entitled to a refund, on a pro rata basis, of any prepaid Fees that are unused as of the termination effective date; and (b) if Company terminates an Order Form, SOW or this MSA for uncured material breach in accordance with Section 6.2, all amounts owed by Customer thereunder will become due and payable. 7. ORDER PROCESS Customer orders the Service via one or more Order Forms, and Customer orders Company’s Professional Services via one or more SOW. Customer’s Affiliates are also permitted to sign Order Forms and SOWs with Company that are governed by this MSA, in which case all references to “Customer” in this MSA shall be interpreted to refer to the relevant Customer Affiliate for purposes of interpreting such Affiliate Order Forms and SOW; provided, however, that Company’s maximum liability under Section 12 to Customer and all of its Affiliates who sign Order Forms or SOWs under this MSA shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the limits stated in Section 12. 7.1 Purchase Orders. If Customer requires that a purchase order (“PO”) be issued before making payment under an Order Form or SOW, Customer must provide to Company such valid PO conforming to the applicable Order Form or SOW in time for Customer to meet its payment obligations. The terms and conditions of any PO (or of any other unilateral Customer document not agreed in writing by authorized representatives of both Parties) will have no effect on the rights or obligations of the Parties, regardless of any failure to object to such terms and conditions. 7.2. Modification of Fees Upon Renewal. Company reserves the right to modify the Fees for its Service under one or more Order Forms, effective upon commencement of the next Renewal Service Term of the relevant Order Form(s), by notifying Customer in writing at least thirty (30) days before the end of the then-current Service Term. Unless Customer notifies Company in writing at least twenty (20) days prior to the end of the then- current Service Term that Customer chooses not to renew such Order Form(s), the modified Fees shall take effect under the relevant Order Form(s) upon commencement of the next Renewal Service Term. 8. FEES AND PAYMENT 8.1 Payment Details. Customer must pay all fees and charges in accordance with this MSA and each mutually executed Order Form and SOW (“Fees”). Except to the extent otherwise expressly stated in this MSA, or in an Order Form or SOW: a. all obligations to pay Fees are non-cancelable and non-refundable, except as set forth I Section 6.3 (b); b. Customer must make all payments; c. Customer must pay all undisputed Fees due under all Order Forms and SOW within thirty (30) days after Customer receives each invoice (invoices are deemed received when Company emails them to Customer’s designated billing contact); and d. all Fees must be paid in U.S. Dollars. In accordance with each Order Form: (i) Company charges and collects in advance the annual Fees for use of the Service based on the Service subscribed to by Customer (after the Initial Service Term, Company will invoice Customer for such annual Fees at least thirty (30) days prior to the start of each Renewal Service Term); and (ii) if Customer’s use of the Service exceeds the contracted usage volume(s) specified in the applicable Order Form, Customer will pay the additional usage-based Fees, as described in such Order Form. Company reserves the right to change the Fees or applicable charges and to institute new charges and Fees at the end of the Initial Service Term or then current renewal term, upon thirty (30) days prior notice to Customer (which may be sent by email). 8.2 Taxes. Company's Fees are exclusive of all taxes, levies, withholdings, deductions or duties imposed by taxing authorities in connection with any Order Forms or SOW. Customer is responsible for paying all such taxes, levies, withholdings, deductions or duties except any taxes based solely on Company's income or which do not arise from any Order Form or SOW. If Company has the legal obligation to pay or collect taxes for which Customer is responsible, that additional amount will be invoiced to, and paid by Customer, unless Customer provides Company a valid tax exemption certificate authorized by the appropriate taxing authority. If Customer has the legal obligation to withhold or deduct any amount from the Fees, the sum payable by Customer (in respect of which such deduction or withholding is required to be made) shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that Company receives a sum net of any withholding or deduction equal to the sum which it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made or required to be made. Unless prohibited by the applicable taxing jurisdiction, the tax situs will be Customer’s admin user address as set forth in the applicable Order Form. Customer may update such address by providing written notice to Company and taxes will be updated on a prospective basis. 8.3 Customer Contact Information. Customer agrees to provide Company accurate billing and other contact information for each Order Form and SOW at all times during the Service Term, including the name of Customer’s applicable legal entity, and the street address, e-mail address, name and telephone number of an authorized billing contact. Customer shall update this information within thirty (30) days after any changes, via email to Company’s Accounts Receivable team at invoices@readyrebound.com. 8.4 Consequences of Non-Payment. If Customer fails to make any payments required under any Order Forms or SOW, then in addition to any other rights Company may have under this MSA or applicable law: a. Customer will owe Company an interest penalty of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month on any outstanding balance under each delinquent invoice, or the maximum permitted by law (whichever is less); b. Company will be entitled to recover its reasonable costs of collection; c. Company may suspend the start of any Renewal Service Term, or subsequent Service Term agreed in an Order Form between the Parties; and d. If Customer’s account remains delinquent (with respect to payment of a valid invoice) for thirty (30) days after receipt of a delinquency notice from Company, which may be provided via email to Customer’s designated billing contact, Company may temporarily suspend Customer’s access to the Service for up to ninety (90) days to pursue good faith negotiations before pursuing termination in accordance with Section 6. Customer will continue to incur and owe all applicable Fees irrespective of any such Service suspension based on such Customer delinquency. 9. THIRD PARTY INTERACTIONS To the extent Customer’s use of the Service requires use of any third-party products, packages or services not made available by Company (e.g., Salesforce CRM, Amazon Web Services or a Web browser), Customer may be required to separately purchase or license such products, packages or services directly from the applicable third party. In addition, in connection with using the Service, Customer may choose to purchase or license certain other third-party products, packages or services identified by the Company. Any third-party products, packages and services and any terms associated therewith are between Customer and the relevant third parties. Company does not license, support, control, endorse or otherwise make any representations or warranties regarding any third- party products or services under this section, and in no event will Company have any liability whatsoever in connection therewith, even if Customer has directed Company to implement or configure the third-party products, packages or services. Customer is responsible for the conduct of any third party which obtains access to the Services from Customer. 10. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES If Customer wishes to purchase any training, implementation or other professional services from Company relating to the Service (“Professional Services”), the Parties will mutually agree to one or more separate SOW (or if applicable, Order Form) containing the relevant description of services. Company Professional Services are separate and apart from the Service, and neither Party’s obligations in connection with the Service are dependent in any way on any Professional Services. Company retains all ownership rights in and to all copyrightable works, deliverables, designs, inventions, know-how, software, techniques, trade secrets, work product and other materials created by or for Company (either alone or jointly with Customer or others) and provided to Customer, and any derivative works thereof, excluding any Customer Confidential Information. Company grants Customer a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free right to access and use the materials Company provides with the Professional Services internally in connection with the Service during the Term of this Agreement. Customer may not create derivative works of any materials Company provides with the Professional Services. Nothing in this MSA will prohibit, restrict or limit (i) Company from performing the same or similar Professional Services for or providing the same or similar work product to any third party, or (ii) Customer from hiring a third party to perform professional services related to the Services. 11. WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMERS 11.1 Mutual Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other that it has the legal power and authority to enter into this MSA, and that: (a) this MSA has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitutes a valid and binding agreement enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms; (b) to the best of its knowledge, no authorization or approval from any third party is required in connection with such Party’s execution, delivery or performance of this MSA; and (c) to the best of its knowledge, the execution, delivery and performance of this MSA does not violate the terms or conditions of any other legally binding agreement. 11.2 Additional Customer Warranties: Customer Party represents and warrants it will not use the Services for any illegal or unauthorized purposes and the use of the Services will not violate any applicable law or regulation. 11.3 Additional Company Commitments. Company further represents and warrants that: a. It will use reasonable technical means to screen for and detect disabling devices, viruses, trojan horses, trap doors, back doors, time bombs, cancelbots and other computer programming routines designed to damage or detrimentally interfere with software or data; b. The Service will perform substantially in accordance with the relevant documentation; c. It will make reasonable efforts to notify Customer, at least thirty (30) days in advance via Company’s Normal Communication Channels, of any scheduled changes Company believes are likely to have a material, adverse impact on Customer’s use of the Service (“Material Changes”).; and d. Professional Services provided by Company will be performed in a professional and workmanlike manner. If Company breaches any warranties in this Section 11.3, Customer’s exclusive remedy and Company’s sole obligation will be for Company to make reasonable efforts to correct the non-conformity or, if Company is unable to correct the non-conformity within sixty (60) days after receipt of Customer’s written notice, for Customer to terminate the applicable Order Form(s) or SOW and receive a refund, on a pro rata basis, of any Fees prepaid under such Order Form(s) or SOW that are unused as of the termination effective date. e. It shall use reasonable efforts consistent with prevailing industry standards to maintain the Services in a manner which minimizes errors and interruptions in the Service. Services may be temporarily unavailable for scheduled maintenance or for unscheduled emergency maintenance, either by Company or by third-party providers, or because of other causes beyond Company’s reasonable control, but Company shall use reasonable efforts to provide advance notice in writing or by e-mail of any scheduled service disruption. 11.4 Warranty Disclaimers. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS MSA: (A) COMPANY AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS, STATUTORY OR IMPLIED (IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW), REGARDING THE SERVICE, PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, OR ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER; AND (B) COMPANY AND ITS LICENSORS DO NOT WARRANT THAT THE SERVICE OR ANY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ARE OR WILL BE ERROR-FREE, MEET CUSTOMER’S REQUIREMENTS, ACHIEVE ANY PARTICULAR RESULTS, OR BE TIMELY OR SECURE. COMPANY AND ITS LICENSORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICE AND ANY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, AND CUSTOMER HAS NO RIGHT TO MAKE OR PASS ON TO ANY THIRD PARTY ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY BY COMPANY. CUSTOMER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR USING THE SERVICE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. USE OF THE SERVICE IS NOT A GUARANTEE OF COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. THE SERVICE MAY BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS, DELAYS, AND OTHER PROBLEMS INHERENT IN THE USE OF THE INTERNET OR ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS. COMPANY IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DELAYS, DELIVERY FAILURES, OR OTHER DAMAGE, LOSS OR LIABILITY RESULTING FROM SUCH PROBLEMS NOT CAUSED BY COMPANY. CUSTOMER AGREES THAT ITS SUBSCRIPTION TO THE SERVICE AND FEES DUE OR PAID UNDER THE AGREEMENT ARE NEITHER CONTINGENT ON THE DELIVERY OF ANY FUTURE FUNCTIONALITY OR FEATURES, NOR BASED ON ANY ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMENTS REGARDING ANY FUTURE FUNCTIONALITY OR FEATURES. MORE GENERALLY, IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY IS RELYING ON ANY OTHER COMMITMENTS, STATEMENTS OR OTHER MATTERS NOT EXPRESSLY ADDRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT, AN ORDER FORM OR AN SOW. 12. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS MSA, BUT ONLY TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW: 12.1 EXCEPT FOR (A) FEES DUE TO COMPANY UNDER APPLICABLE ORDER FORMS AND SOWS, (B) CUSTOMER’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTIONS 4.2 (USE RESTRICTIONS), NEITHER PARTY’S TOTAL AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THE AGREEMENT WILL EXCEED THE FEES ACTUALLY PAID BY AND DUE FROM CUSTOMER IN THE 12-MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY; EXCLUDING SUCH LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THE LIABLE PARTY’S NEGLIGENCE OR MISCONDUCT; 12.2 EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO CUSTOMER’S OBLIGATIONS AND CUSTOMER’S LIABILITY UNDER SECTIONS 4.2 (USE RESTRICTIONS), IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY OR ITS AFFILIATES, OWNERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES OR LICENSORS BE LIABLE OR OTHERWISE OBLIGATED TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANYONE ELSE FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, REVENUE, OPPORTUNITIES, ECONOMIC ADVANTAGE, GOODWILL, DATA OR USE, OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, HYBRID, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF CAUSE, EVEN IF THE PARTY FROM WHICH DAMAGES ARE BEING SOUGHT OR SUCH PARTY’S AFFILIATES OR LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND EVEN IF A REMAINING AVAILABLE REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE; AND 12.3 THE TERMS OF SECTION 12 APPLY REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, WHETHER THE ASSERTED LIABILITY, CLAIM OR DAMAGES ARE BASED ON CONTRACT (INCLUDING BREACH OF WARRANTY), TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STATUTE, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 12 ALLOCATE RISKS UNDER THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN CUSTOMER AND COMPANY, AND THE FEES CHARGED FOR THE SERVICE ARE BASED ON THIS ALLOCATION OF RISKS AND THESE LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY. COMPANY SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANYONE FOR ANY DECISION MADE OR ACTION TAKEN BY ANY PARTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY MEMBER) IN RELIANCE ON INFORMATION ABOUT PROFESSIONALS AND SERVICE PROVIDERS ON THE SERVICE. 13. CONFIDENTIALITY 13.1 Definition. As used in this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means information and materials provided by or on behalf of the disclosing Party or its Affiliate(s) (“Discloser”) to the Party or its Affiliate(s) receiving such information or materials (“Recipient”) that (a) are identified as confidential at the time of disclosure, or (b) a reasonable person in the relevant industries should understand to be confidential based on the nature of the information and materials and all other relevant factors. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer’s Confidential Information includes Customer Data and Customer’s non-public business plans, and Company’s Confidential Information includes Company’s non-public business plans, all non-public aspects of the Company Technology, and the results of any evaluation of the Service performed by or on behalf of Customer for purposes of monitoring its availability, performance or functionality, or for any other benchmarking or competitive purposes. 13.2 Permitted Disclosures and Obligations. Recipient must not use any of Discloser’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than carrying out Recipient’s obligations or exercising its rights under the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, use of Confidential Information in an aggregated and anonymized manner that eliminates or does not include Personal Data is not prohibited. Recipient also must not disclose to any third party any Confidential Information, other than to Recipient’s Affiliates, contractors and consultants who (a) need to know such information, and (b) are bound by confidentiality obligations substantially similar to Recipient’s under this Agreement (each Party is fully responsible for its respective Affiliates’, contractors’ and consultants’ compliance with this Agreement). Recipient must treat all Discloser Confidential Information with the same degree of care Recipient gives to its own Confidential Information, but not less than reasonable care. Recipient and its Affiliates, contractors and consultants who receive Confidential Information hereunder must: (i) not use any such Confidential Information to compete with Discloser or in any other way except as reasonably necessary; (ii) promptly notify Discloser of any unauthorized use or disclosure of its Confidential Information of which Recipient becomes aware; and (iii) reasonably assist Discloser in remedying any such unauthorized use or disclosure. 13.3 Exclusions. Recipient’s obligations under Section 13 do not apply to Discloser Confidential Information that Recipient can prove: (a) is or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of Recipient; (b) is rightfully in Recipient’s possession free of any confidentiality obligation; or (c) was independently developed by Recipient without using any Discloser Confidential Information. Disclosure by Recipient of Confidential Information (i) in response to a valid order or other legal process issued by a court or other governmental body having jurisdiction, (ii) as otherwise required by law including pursuant to the California Public Records Act, or (iii) necessary to establish the rights of either Party will not be a breach of this Agreement if, to the extent legally permitted, Recipient gives prompt notice and reasonable cooperation so Discloser may seek to prevent or limit such disclosure. Except to the extent permitted by a separate written agreement, the Parties will not disclose any information requiring an authorization to be exported outside of the United States. 13.4 Ownership and Destruction of Confidential Information. As between Discloser and Recipient, all Discloser Confidential Information is the property of Discloser, and no license or other rights are granted or implied hereby. Promptly after any request by Discloser, Recipient will destroy or return to Discloser all Confidential Information and materials in Recipient’s possession or control. However, Recipient may retain electronic copies of any computer records or electronic files containing any Discloser Confidential Information that have been created pursuant to Recipient’s standard, reasonable archiving and backup practices. 13.5 Confidentiality Period. Recipient’s obligations with respect to Discloser’s Confidential Information under Section 13 will remain in effect for the term of the Agreement and for three (3) years after any expiration or termination of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Recipient’s obligations under the Agreement will continue to apply to Confidential Information that qualifies as a trade secret or Personal Data under applicable law for as long as it so qualifies. 14. GENERAL 14.1 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution. The Agreement is governed by California law and controlling United States federal law, without regard to conflicts of law provisions of any jurisdiction. The Service is a service, not a good, and is not subject to the Uniform Commercial Code, the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act, or the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods. Any disputes, actions, claims or causes of action arising out of or relating to the Agreement or the Service will be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Orange County, California, USA. However, other than with respect to seeking injunctive relief in connection with matters that qualify for such an extraordinary remedy under applicable law, neither Party may initiate any litigation against the other Party until after providing clear written notice of its intention to do so and first making a good faith effort to resolve the dispute informally through escalation to an appropriate level of executive management of both Parties for at least thirty (30) days after providing such notice. 14.2 Assignment and Other Transfers. Neither Party may assign, sublicense or otherwise transfer (by operation of law or otherwise) the Agreement, or any of a Party’s rights or obligations under the Agreement, to any third party without the other Party’s prior written consent, which consent must not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; provided, however, that upon written notice to the other Party, either Party may assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, along with all associated Order Forms and SOWs (and all its rights and obligations thereunder), (a) to a successor-in-interest in connection with a merger, acquisition, reorganization, a sale of most or all of its assets, or other change of control, or (b) to its Affiliate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, however: (i) in the event of any permitted transfer by Customer under this section to a direct competitor of Company, Company will have the right to terminate this Agreement, including all associated Order Forms and SOW, for cause under Section 6.2 (in the event of such a termination, Company will promptly refund to Customer, on a pro rata basis, all Fees prepaid by Customer under all Order Forms and SOW then in effect that are unused as of the termination effective date); and (ii) Customer is not allowed to transfer to a successor-in-interest or Affiliate a subscription to a particular version of the Service if in Company’s sole determination such successor-in-interest or Affiliate would not otherwise be eligible to subscribe to that version. In the event of a transfer by Customer that is permitted under this section, the rights granted under this Agreement shall continue to be subject to the same usage limitations that applied under applicable Order Forms prior to the transfer (e.g., any transaction volume terms and limitations to particular Customer legal entities, business units, projects, brands, products or services set forth therein). Any purported assignment or other transfer in violation of this section is void. Subject to the terms of this section, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective permitted successors and transferees. 14.3 Force Majeure. If either Party is prevented from performing, or is unable to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, e.g., war, riots, labor unrest, fire, earthquake, flood, hurricane, other natural disasters and acts of God, Internet service failures or delays, and denial of service attacks (collectively, “Force Majeure”), the affected Party’s performance will be excused for the resulting period of delay or inability to perform. The affected Party must, however, (a) give the other Party prompt written notice of the nature and expected duration of such Force Majeure, (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate the delay and other effects, (c) periodically notify the other Party of significant changes in the status of the Force Majeure, and (d) notify the other Party promptly when the Force Majeure ends. 14.4 Marketing. Company may: (i) identify Customer as a Company customer; (ii) issue a mutually agreed press release announcing that Customer has selected Company as a vendor. 14.5 Independent Contractors. The Parties are independent contracting parties. Neither Party has, or will hold itself out as having, any right or authority to incur any obligation on behalf of the other Party. The Parties’ relationship in connection with the Agreement will not be construed as a joint venture, partnership, franchise, employment, or agency relationship, or as imposing any liability upon either Party that otherwise might result from such a relationship. 14.6 Notices. All legal notices (e.g., notice of termination of this Agreement or an Order Form based on an alleged material breach) required under this Agreement must be delivered to the other Party in writing (a) in person, (b) by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or (c) by certified U.S. mail (requiring signature) to the other Party’s corporate headquarters, Attention: Legal Department. With respect to all other notices, Customer may email Company at hello@readyrebound.com, and Company may email Customer’s billing contact identified on the applicable Order Form(s) or SOW. Either Party may change its notice address by giving written notice to the other Party. 14.7 Anti-Corruption. Each Party acknowledges it has not received or been offered any illegal or otherwise improper bribe, kickback, payment, gift or other thing of value by any employee, representative or agent of the other Party in connection with the Agreement. Each Party will use reasonable efforts to promptly notify the other Party if it becomes aware of any circumstances that are contrary to this acknowledgment. 14.8 Export. Each Party agrees to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and sanctions relating to prohibitions or limitations on relationships or transactions with prohibited countries or individuals (e.g., those administered by the U.S. Commerce or Treasury Departments). Customer shall not make the Service available to any individual or entity that is (i) located in a country that is subject to a United States government embargo, or (ii) is listed on any United States government list of prohibited or restricted parties. 14.9 Contract Revisions. This MSA may be amended upon mutual written agreement of both parties. 14.10 Entire Agreement. This MSA, together with any applicable Order Forms and SOWs (including any other terms referenced in any of those documents), comprises the entire agreement between Customer and Company regarding the subject matter of the Agreement, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, discussions or agreements (including any non-disclosure or other agreement governing the sharing of confidential information by and between Company and Customer), whether written or oral, between the Parties regarding such subject matter, and may only be modified by a document signed by authorized representatives of both Parties. Each term and provision of the Agreement is valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, and any invalid, illegal or unenforceable term or provision shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that most effectivel y accomplishes the Parties’ shared goals and intent, determined from the perspective of an objective, reasonable person. 15. INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE 15.1 Indemnity. Company agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Customer and its elected officials, officers, directors, agents, attorneys and employees (each, an “Indemnitee“) from and against any and all liabilities, damages, losses, expenses, claims, demands, suits, fines, or judgments (each, a “Claim,” and collectively, the “Claims“), including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incidental thereto, which may be suffered by, incurred by, accrued against, charged to, or recoverable from any Indemnitee, by reason of any Claim arising out of or relating to any act, error or omission, negligence, or misconduct of Company, its officers, directors, agents, employees, and subcontractors, during the performance of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Claims arising out of or relating to any Claim arising out of or relating to the Services allegedly or actually infringing or misappropriating any United States or foreign patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark, or other proprietary right; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent that the applicable Claim resulted from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnitee. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Company from any Claim arising out of or relating to Customer’s default under this Agreement. 15.2 Insurance. Company shall, at its own expense, procure and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, policies of insurance, of the types and in the minimum amounts as follows, with responsible insurance carriers duly admitted and qualified in California covering the operations of Company, pursuant to this Agreement: commercial general liability ($1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate); excess liability ($2,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate); workers’ compensation (statutory limits) and employers’ liability ($500,000 per accident); cyber liability ($5,000,000 per occurrence) and professional liability ($1,000,000 per occurrence, $1,000,000 aggregate). The Indemnitees shall be named as additional insureds in the commercial general, cyber, and excess liability policies which shall contain standard cross liability clauses. Company shall cause the liability it assumed under this Agreement to be specifically insured under the contractual liability section of the liability insurance policies. The liability policies shall be primary without right of contribution from any Indemnitee, and Company waives all rights of subrogation with respect to said policies. Such policies shall require that Customer be given no less than thirty (30) calendar days prior written notice of any cancellation thereof or material change therein. Customer shall have the right to request an adjustment of the limits of liability for commercial general, cyber, and excess liability, and/or professional liability insurance as Company’s exposure to Customer increases. Company shall provide Customer with certificates of insurance and original endorsements, evidencing all of the above coverage, including all special requirements specifically noted above, and shall provide Customer with certificates of insurance evidencing renewal or substitution of such insurance thirty (30) calendar days prior to the effective date of such renewal or substitution. 16. DEFINITIONS As used in the Agreement: “Affiliate” means a company, corporation, individual, partnership or other legal entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Party to the Agreement. For purposes of this definition, “control” means direct or indirect ownership or control of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests of the subject entity; "Content" means the audio and visual information, documentation and services contained in or made available via the Service, other than Customer Data and Customer Confidential Information; “Customer Data" means any data, information or material processed by the Service (including Personal Data) in the course of Customer or Members’ use of the Service; “Customer Personal Data” means that portion of Customer Data that is Personal Data received from Customer or Members in the course of accessing or using the Services pursuant to the Agreement. “including” (and its variants) means including without limitation. “Feedback” means suggestions, comments, improvements, ideas, or other feedback or materials regarding the Services provided by Customer to Company. “Normal Communication Channels” means the online channels through which Company normally communicates important information to its customers, e.g., the email address(es) provided by Customer (Customer must opt-into Company’s online community site to receive certain important information regarding such changes and to take other required action relating to use of the Service); “Personal Data” means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person as such term or its equivalent (e.g., personally identifiable information or personal information).; "Service" means Company’s offerings ordered by Customer on an Order Form (including all related Content); “SOW” means Statement(s) of Work, Work Authorization(s) or other contract(s) under which Company provides its Professional Services; "Member(s)" means Customer’s employees, representatives, consultants, contractors and agents who have been authorized by Customer to use Service; and "Company Technology" means all of Company's and its licensors’ proprietary technology that Company makes available to Customer as part of or in connection with Customer’s subscription to the Service (including any and all software, software packages, hardware, products, processes, APIs, algorithms, user interfaces, trade secrets, know- how, techniques, designs and other tangible or intangible technical material or information). IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed by duly authorized officers or representatives as of the Effective Date. Company: Ready Rebound, Inc. Customer: By: Name: David Reeves Title: Chief Executive Officer By: Name: Title: Date: Date: Agenda Item H AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council FROM:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager SUBJECT:Awarding and Authorizing Professional Services Agreements with OCY Management, LLC, and Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, to Provide Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7771: 1. Approving and awarding a Professional Services Agreement with OCY Management, LLC (OCY Management) for a not-to-exceed amount of $180,000 to provide transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities for a three (3) year term; and, 2. Approving and awarding a Professional Services Agreement with Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts), for a not-to-exceed amount of $724,000 to provide transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities for a three (3) year term; and, 3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreements; and, 4. Authorizing the City Manager to approve options to extend the term with OCY Management, LLC. (OCY Management) for two (2) additional one- year terms after its original term for an additional not-to-exceed amount of $60,000 per one-year term extension; and, 5. Authorizing the City Manager to approve options to extend the term with Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts), for two (2) additional one-year terms after its original term. For each extension period, the total compensation shall not exceed the amount paid during the preceding term, adjusted by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI-U) for the Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim, CA area for the month of March of the current year. In no event shall the annual adjustment to the not-to-exceed amount exceed five percent (5%). Page 2 2 2 9 3 BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: History: The City of Seal Beach operates a Senior Transportation Services program for its qualified senior and disabled residents. This program comprises two distinct services: the shuttle service and the Dial-a-Ride service. The program is partially funded by two sources, both provided by the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA): the Senior Mobility Program (SMP) and the Enhanced Mobility for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities (EMSD) Grant. As a condition of receiving these funding sources, the program must adhere to all associated requirements, including the use of a competitive procurement process for the selection of any third-party service providers. Since May 24, 2021, the City has contracted both services with two different providers: OCY Management, LLC. (OCY Management) and Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts). As both agreements expire on May 24, 2026, the City initiated a competitive bid process to secure new contracts. Vendor Selection: Staff issued a Request for Proposals for Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities on November 3, 2025. On January 7, 2026, staff received two (2) proposals for the shuttle service and one (1) proposal for the Dial- a-Ride service. The evaluation panel rated the proposals and interviewed each firm based on factors including qualification, experience, organization, approach, and cost. Based on the criteria, the two (2) incumbent service providers were deemed to be the most qualified. The City’s past experience and satisfaction with these two firms also supported the decision to enter into another agreement with each firm to provide the following transportation services: • Dial-a-Ride: OCY Management, LLC (OCY Management) • Shuttle Service: Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts) Staff reviewed each firm’s cost proposal and found them to be reasonable and comparable with similar senior transportation services programs, despite the rise in overall costs. The contract term is three (3) years and the City will have the option to extend the contract for up to two (2) additional one-year terms. OCY Management’s agreement is in a not-to-exceed amount of $180,000 for the three-year original term. Transportation Concepts’ agreement is in a not-to-exceed amount of $724,000 for the three-year original term. Page 3 2 2 9 3 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the agreements and resolutions to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: A total of $263,000 is proposed for the FY 2026-2027 Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities budget. It is anticipated that approximately $29,000 per year will be allocated to OCYC’s agreement, and $234,000 per year will be allocated to Transportation Concept’s agreement. The Orange County Transportation Authority’s (OCTA) SMP program funds approximately $84,000 per year of the overall budget. OCTA’s EMSD grant fund will also fund up to $50,000 of the Services for FY 2026-2027. Additional funds for subsequent years will be proposed in subsequent budget cycles. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7771: 1. Approving and awarding a Professional Services Agreement with OCY Management, LLC (OCY Management) for a not-to-exceed amount of $180,000 to provide transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities for a three (3) year term; and, 2. Approving and awarding a Professional Services Agreement with Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts), for a not-to-exceed amount of $724,000 to provide transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities for a three (3) year term; and, 3. Authorizing and directing the City Manager to execute the Agreements; and, 4. Authorizing the City Manager to approve options to extend the term with OCY Management, LLC. (OCY Management) for two (2) additional one- year terms after its original term for an additional not-to-exceed amount of $60,000 per one-year term extension; and, 5. Authorizing the City Manager to approve options to extend the term with Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts), for two (2) additional one-year terms after its original term. For each extension period, the total compensation shall not exceed the amount Page 4 2 2 9 3 paid during the preceding term, adjusted by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI-U) for the Los Angeles-Long Beach-Anaheim, CA area for the month of March of the current year. In no event shall the annual adjustment to the not-to-exceed amount exceed five percent (5%). SUBMITTED, NOTED, AND APPROVED BY: Patrick Gallegos Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: Anthony Nguyen, Community Services Coordinator ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7771 B. Agreement with Orange County Yellow Cooperative, Inc. C. Agreement with Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts RESOLUTION 7771 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL APPROVING AGREEMENTS FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES WITH OCY MANAGEMENT, LLC, AND PARKING CONCEPTS INC., DBA TRANSPORTATION CONCEPTS, TO PROVIDE TRANSPORTATION SERVICES FOR SENIORS AND INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES WHEREAS, the City desires to retain both OCY Management, LLC and Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, to provide transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities; and, WHEREAS, on May 24, 2021, the City entered into professional services agreements with both OCY Management, LLC and Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, for a three (3) year term with two (2) additional one (1) year extensions, expiring May 24, 2026; and, WHEREAS, on November 3, 2025, the City issued a Request for Proposals for Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities; and, WHEREAS, on January 7, 2026, the City received three (3) proposals in response to the Request for Proposals; and, WHEREAS, the City performed a detailed review and evaluation of the proposals and deemed the following firms to be most qualified to provide such services: OCY Management, LLC (OCY Management) Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (Transportation Concepts); and, WHEREAS, the City has determined that OCY Management, LLC is qualified to provide Dial-A-Ride services for seniors and individuals with disabilities; and, WHEREAS, the City has determined that Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, is qualified to provide shuttle services for seniors and individuals with disabilities. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine, and order as follows: Section 1. The City Council finds that all recitals set forth above are true and correct and incorporates them herein by this reference. Section 2. Approves and awards a Professional Services Agreement to OCY Management, LLC for Dial-a-Ride services for seniors and individuals with disabilities, for a three-year term in the not-to- exceed amount of $180,000 pursuant to the Proposal submitted by OCY Management, LLC dated January 5, 2026; and rejects all other proposals. Section 3. Approves and awards a Professional Services Agreement to Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, for shuttle services for seniors and individuals with disabilities, for a three- year term in the not-to-exceed amount of $724,000 pursuant to the Proposal submitted by Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts dated January 7, 2026; and rejects all other proposals. Section 4. Authorizes the City Manager to extend the original term with OCY Management, LLC. by up to two one-year extensions for the not-to-exceed amount of $60,000 for each extension. Section 5. Authorizes the City Manager to extend the original term with Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts by up to two one-year extensions, for which the total compensation for each extension shall not exceed the amount paid during the preceding term, adjusted by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI-U) for the Los Angeles-Long Beach- Anaheim, CA area for the month of March of the current year. In no event shall the annual adjustment to the not-to-exceed amount exceed five percent (5%). Section 4. Authorizes the City Manager to execute the Agreements with OCY Management, LLC and Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, on behalf of the City and any amendments or extensions thereafter. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7771 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT for Professional Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities between City of Seal Beach 211 - 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 & OCY Management, LLC 520 W Dyer Rd Santa Ana, CA 92707 (714) 427-2555 This Professional Service Agreement (“the Agreement”) is made as of May 24, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between OCY Management, LLC (“Contractor”), a California limited liability company, and the City of Seal Beach (“City”), a California charter city, (collectively, “the Parties”). 2 of 15 RECITALS A. City desires certain professional transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities. B. Pursuant to the authority provided by its City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code § 3.20.025, City issued a Request for on November 3, 2025, for the professional transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities and as further defined and described with specificity in Section 1.0 of this Agreement. Contractor submitted a proposal dated January 7, 2026, to perform the professional services defined and described in Section 1.0 of this Agreement. C. Contractor represents that the principal members of its firm are licensed and registered professional Transportation Providers and are fully qualified to perform the professional services contemplated by this Agreement by virtue of its experience, and the training, education and expertise of its principals and employees. D. City desires to retain Contractor as an independent contractor and Contractor desires to serve City to perform those professional services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Parties' performance of the promises, covenants, and conditions stated herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows. AGREEMENT 1.0 Scope of Services 1.1. Contractor’s Services. In compliance with all terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall provide those professional services (collectively “Services”) set forth in the Request for (“RFP”), attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference, and Contractor’s accepted Proposal (“Proposal”) attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by this reference, all to City’s reasonable satisfaction. The Services relate to the following City Program: Professional Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities. 1.2. Agreement Documents; Order of Precedence. 1.2.1. The Agreement Documents include this Agreement itself, and all of the following: (i) the RFP, including all standards, appendices and exhibits attached thereto or referenced therein (Exhibit A); and (ii) the Proposal (Exhibit B); and iii) Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements (Exhibit C); all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 3 of 15 1.2.2. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Agreement and any Exhibit or incorporated documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows: (i) this Agreement; and then (ii) Exhibit C (Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements); and then (iii) Exhibit A (the RFP); and then (v) Exhibit B (the Proposal), shall control. In the event there is any conflict between the Agreement, on the one hand, and Exhibits A, B, and C, on the other hand, the Agreement shall control. 1.3. Standard of Care. As a material inducement to City to enter into this Agreement, Contractor hereby represents that it has the experience necessary to undertake the Services to be provided. In light of such status and experience, Contractor hereby covenants that it shall follow the customary professional standards in performing all Services. City relies upon the skill of Contractor, and Contractor’s staff, if any, to do and perform the Services in a skillful, competent, and professional manner, and Contractor and Contractor’s staff, shall perform the Services in such manner. Contractor shall, at all times, meet or exceed any and all applicable professional standards of care generally exercised by like professionals under similar circumstances and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to City. The acceptance of Contractor’s work by the City shall not operate as a release of Contractor from such standard of care and workmanship. 1.4. Familiarity with Services. By executing this Agreement, Contractor represents that, to the extent required by the standard of practice, Contractor (i) has investigated and considered the scope and level of services to be performed, (ii) has carefully considered how the Services should be performed, and (iii) understands the facilities, difficulties and restrictions attending performance of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor represents that Contractor, to the extent required by the standard of practice, has investigated any areas of work, as applicable, and is reasonably acquainted with the conditions therein. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions, which will materially affect the performance of services, Contractor shall immediately inform City of such fact and shall not proceed except at Contractor’s risk until written instructions are received from City’s Representative. 1.5. Compliance with Laws. In performing this Agreement, Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. 1.6. Additional Services. Contractor will not be compensated for any work performed not specified in the Scope of Services unless City authorizes such work in advance and in writing. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the City Council. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior City Council authorization 4 of 15 2.0 Term 2.1. Original Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) years (Original Term”) and shall expire at midnight on May 24, 2029, unless sooner terminated or extended as provided by this Agreement. 2.2 Extensions. City, at its sole option, may elect to extend the Original Term of this Agreement, upon the same terms and conditions, for up to two (2) additional terms of one year each (“extension”), by providing written notice to Contractor at least one month prior to the expiration of an existing term. If timely elected by City, the first extension shall have a term extending from May 24, 2029 through and including May 24, 2030, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to this Agreement. If timely elected by City, the second extension shall be from May 24, 2030 through and including May 24, 2031, unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Agreement. Any extension shall not be effective except upon execution of a written amendment to this Agreement signed by the City Manager and Contractor’s authorized representatives. 3.0 Contractor’s Compensation 3.1. Original Term. In consideration of Contractor’s performance of the Services described in Section 1.0, City will pay Contractor in accordance with the one-way trip rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B for the Services but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $180,000 (One Hundred Eighty Thousand and 00/XX dollars) for the Original Term. Payment for any additional work authorized by City pursuant to Subsection 1.6 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B and shall not exceed the cumulative amount established by the City Council at the time of award for the Original Term. 3.2. Extensions. In the event that City elects to extend the Original Term in accordance with Subsection 2.2 of this Agreement, and in consideration of Contractor’s performance of the Services set forth in Section 1.0, City will pay Contractor in with the one-way trip rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B for Services but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $ 60,000 (Sixty Thousand and 00/XX dollars) for each extension.. Payment for any additional work authorized by City for each extension pursuant to Subsection 1.6 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B and shall not exceed the cumulative amount established by the City Council at the time of award for each extension. 4.0 Method of Payment Contractor shall submit to City monthly invoices for all Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Such invoices shall be submitted within 15 days of 5 of 15 the end of the month during which the Services were rendered and shall describe in detail the Services rendered during the period, the days worked, number and type of trips taken, and rates charged for each trip, and the Services performed for each day in the period. City will pay Contractor within 30 days of receiving Contractor’s invoice. City will not withhold any applicable federal or state payroll and other required taxes, or other authorized deductions from payments made to Contractor. 5.0 Termination 5.3. Termination by City. 5.1.1. This Agreement may be terminated by City, without cause, upon giving Contractor written notice thereof not less than 30 days prior to the date of termination. 5.1.2. This Agreement may be terminated by City upon 10 days’ notice to Contractor if Contractor fails to provide satisfactory evidence of renewal or replacement of comprehensive general liability insurance as required by this Agreement at least 20 days before the expiration date of the previous policy. 5.4. Termination by Contractor. This Agreement may be terminated by Contractor based on reasonable cause, by serving written notice of termination to City, provided that Contractor has first served City with a written notice of default and demand to cure, and City has failed to cure such default within 30 days of receipt of such notice. 5.5. Obligations Upon Termination. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of termination, Contractor shall cease all work under this Agreement immediately upon the effective termination date as set forth in the notice of termination. Upon termination, City shall be immediately given title to and possession of all Work Product (as defined in Subsection 11.1 of this Agreement) and all other documents, writings, and/or deliverables produced or developed pursuant to this Agreement. Provided that Contractor is not then in breach, City shall pay Contractor all undisputed amounts for any portion of the Services satisfactorily completed prior to termination, based on the reasonable value of the Services rendered. If said termination occurs prior to completion of any specific task for which a payment request has not been received, the charge for Services performed shall be the reasonable value of such Services, based on an amount agreed to by City and Contractor. City shall not be liable for any costs other than the charges or portions thereof which are specified herein. In no event shall Contractor be entitled to payment for unperformed services or services within the Scope of Services performed prior to the effective date of this Agreement; and Contractor shall not be entitled to receive more than the amount that would be paid to Contractor for the full performance of the Services up to 6 of 15 date of termination. Contractor shall have no other claim against City by reason of such termination, including any claim for compensation or damages. 6.0 Party Representatives 6.1. The City Manager is the City’s representative for purposes of this Agreement. 6.2. Ackbar Majid is the Contractor's primary representative for purposes of this Agreement. Ackbar Majid shall be responsible during the term of this Agreement for directing all activities of Contractor and devoting sufficient time to personally supervise the Services hereunder. Contractor may not change its representative without the prior written approval of City, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 7.0 Notices 7.3. All notices permitted or required under this Agreement shall be deemed made when personally delivered or when mailed 48 hours after deposit in the United States Mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to the party at the following addresses: To City: City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 Attn: City Manager To Contractor: OCY Management, LLC 520 W Dyer Rd Santa Ana, CA 92707 Attn: Akbar Majid 7.4. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service. 8.0 Permits and Licenses Contractor and all of Contractor’s employees and other personnel shall obtain and maintain during the Agreement term all necessary licenses, permits and certificates required by law for the provision of the Services under this Agreement, including a business license as required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code. 9.0 Independent Contractor 7 of 15 9.1. Contractor is an independent contractor and not an employee of City. All work or other Services provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed by Contractor or by Contractor’s employees or other personnel under Contractor’s supervision. Contractor will determine the means, methods, and details by which Contractor’s employees and other personnel will perform the Services. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the satisfactory work performance of all personnel engaged in performing the Services and compliance with the customary professional standards. 9.2. All of Contractor’s employees and other personnel performing any of the Services under this Agreement on behalf of Contractor shall also not be employees of City and shall at all times be under Contractor's exclusive direction and control. Contractor and Contractor’s personnel shall not supervise any of City’s employees; and City’s employees shall not supervise Contractor’s personnel. Contractor’s personnel shall not wear or display any City uniform, badge, identification number, or other information identifying such individual as an employee of City; and Contractor’s personnel shall not use any City e -mail address or City telephone number in the performance of any of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and expense such vehicles, equipment and supplies as Contractor’s personnel require to perform any of the Services required by this Agreement. Contractor shall perform all Services off of City premises at locations of Contractor’s choice, except (i) as otherwise required for the performance of Services on City real property, facilities, vehicles or equipment; (ii) as otherwise may from time to time be necessary in order for Contractor’s personnel to receive projects from City, review plans on file at City, pick up or deliver any work product related to Contractor’s performance of any Services under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be necessary to inspect or visit City locations and/or private property to perform such Services. City may make a computer available to Contractor from time to time for Contractor’s personnel to obtain information about or to check on the status of projects pertaining to the Services under this Agreement. 9.3. In addition to all other provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall be responsible for and pay all wages, salaries, benefits and other amounts due to Contractor’s personnel in connection with their performance of any Services under this Agreement and as required by law. Contractor shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to: Social Security taxes, other retirement or pension benefits, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance. Notwithstanding any other agency, State, or federal policy, rule, regulation, statute or ordinance to the contrary, Contractor and any of its officers, employees, agents, and subcontractors providing any of the Services under this Agreement shall not become entitled to, and hereby waive any claims to, any wages, salaries, compensation, benefit or any incident of employment by City, including but not limited to, eligibility to enroll in, or 8 of 15 reinstate to membership in, the California Public Employees Retirement System (“PERS”) as an employee of City, and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by City for employer contributions or employee contributions for PERS benefits. 9.4. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from , caused by, or relating to Contractor’s personnel practices. or to the extent arising from, caused by or relating to the violation of any of the provisions of this Section 9.0. In addition to all other remedies available under law, City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under this Agreement any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section. This duty of indemnification is in addition to Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify and hold harmless as set forth in any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 10.0 PERS Compliance and Indemnification 10.1. General Requirements. The Parties acknowledge that City is a local agency member of PERS, and as such has certain pension reporting and contribution obligations to PERS on behalf of qualifying employees. Contractor agrees that, in providing its employees and any other personnel to City to perform any work or other Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall assure compliance with the Public Employees’ Retirement Law (“PERL”), commencing at Government Code § 20000, as amended by the Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (“PEPRA”), and the regulations of PERS, as amended from time to time. Without limitation to the foregoing, Contractor shall assure compliance with regard to personnel who have active or inactive membership in PERS and to those who are retired annuitants and in performing this Agreement shall not assign or utilize any of its personnel in a manner that will cause City to be in violation of the PERL, PEPRA or any other applicable retirement laws and regulations. 10.2. Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from, caused by, or relating to Contractor’s violation of any provisions of this Section 10.0. This duty of indemnificat ion is in addition to Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify and hold harmless as set forth in any 9 of 15 other provision of this Agreement. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 11.0 Ownership of Work Product 11.1. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, all field notes and other notes, draft and final reports, drawings, specifications, data, surveys, studies, plans, maps, models, photographs, images, ideas, concepts, designs including but not limited to website designs, source code, object code, computer files, electronic data and/or electronic files, other media of any kind whatsoever, and any other documents and written material of any kind, created, developed, or used by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement (collectively “Work Product”) shall be considered “works made for hire,” for the benefit of City. Upon completion of, or in the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, all Work Product and any and all intellectual property rights arising from their creation, including, but not limited to, all copyrights and other proprietary rights, shall be and remain the property of City without restriction or limitation upon their use, duplication or dissemination by City upon final payment being made in accordance with Subsection 5.3, and may be used, reused or otherwise disposed of by City for any purpose without Contractor’s consent; provided that any use, reuse or modification of the Work Product by City for any purpose other than the purpose for which the Work Product was prepared or provided under this Agreement shall be at City’s own risk. Contractor shall not obtain or attempt to obtain copyright protection as to any of the Work Product. 11.2. Contractor hereby assigns to City all ownership and any and all intellectual property rights to the Work Product that are not otherwise vested in City pursuant to Subsection 11.1. 11.3. Contractor warrants and represents that it has secured all necessary licenses, consents or approvals to use any instrumentality, thing or component as to which any intellectual property right exists, including computer software, used in the rendering of the Services and the production of all Work Product produced under this Agreement, and that City has full legal title to and the right to reproduce the Work Product for any purpose. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, attorneys, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, harmless from any loss, claim or liability in any way related to a claim that City’s use of any of the Work Product violates federal, state or local laws, or any contractual provisions, or any laws relating to trade names, licenses, franchises, copyrights, patents or other means of protecting intellectual property rights and/or interests in products or inventions. Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the use of patented, copyrighted, trade secret or trademarked documents, materials, equipment, devices or processes in connection with its provision of the Services and Work Product produced 10 of 15 under this Agreement. In the event the use of any of the Work Product or other deliverables hereunder by City is held to constitute an infringement and the use of any of the same is enjoined, Contractor, at its expense, shall: (i) secure for City the right to continue using the Work Product and other deliverables by suspension of any injunction, or by procuring a license or licenses for City; or (ii) modify the Work Product and other deliverables so that they become non-infringing while remaining in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 11.4. Upon expiration or termination of the Agreement, Contractor shall deliver to City all Work Product and other deliverables related to any Services performed pursuant to this Agreement without additional cost or expense to City. If Contractor prepares a document on a computer, Contractor shall provide City with said document both in a printed format and in an electronic format that is acceptable to City. 12.0 Confidentiality 12.1. Contractor may have access to financial, accounting, statistical, and personnel data of individuals and City employees, trade secrets, and/or other information that may be protected under other applicable laws relating to privacy, confidentiality and/or privilege. Contractor covenants that all Work Product (as defined in Subsection 11.1) and/or any other data, documents, writings, discussion or other information created, developed, received or provided by Contractor for performance of this Agreement are confidential unless such information is in the public domain or already known to Contractor. Contractor shall not release or disclose any such Work Product, data, documents, writings, discussion or other information to persons or entities other than City without prior written authorization by City. City shall grant such authorization if applicable law requires disclosure. Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, servants, and/or subcontractors shall not without written authorization from the City Manager or unless requested in writing by the City Attorney, voluntarily provide declarations, letters of support, testimony at depositions, response to interrogatories or other information concerning the Services performed under this Agreement or relating to any project or property located within City. Response to a subpoena or court order shall not be considered “voluntary,” provided Contractor gives City timely notice of such court order or subpoena. 12.2. Contractor shall promptly notify City should Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, and/or subcontractors be served with any summons, complaint, subpoena, notice of deposition, request for documents, interrogatories, request for admissions or other discovery request, court order or subpoena from any party regarding this Agreement and the work performed thereunder or with respect to any project or property located within the geographical boundaries of City. City may, but has no obligation to, represent 11 of 15 Contractor or be present at any deposition, hearing or similar proceeding. Contractor agrees to cooperate fully with City and to provide City with the opportunity to review any response to discovery requests provided by Contractor. However, City’s right to review any such response does not imply or mean the right by City to control, direct or rewrite the response. 12.3. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. 13.0 Subcontractors No portion of this Agreement shall be subcontracted without the prior written approval of City, and any subcontracting shall be at Contractor’s sole cost and expense. Contractor is fully responsible to City for the performance of any and all subcontractors, and Contractor shall monitor and review all work and other services performed by any subcontractor to ensure that all Services performed by such subcontractor comply with the requirements and provisions of this Agreement. 14.0 Prohibition Against Assignment, Transfer or Delegation Contractor shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights, obligations or interest in this Agreement, or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without City’s prior written consent, which may be withheld for any reason. Any purported assignment, transfer or delegation without City’s consent shall be void and without effect, and shall entitle City to terminate this Agreement. 15.0 Inspection and Audit of Records Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to all Services and other matters covered under this Agreement, including but expressly not limited to, all Services performed, salaries, wages, payroll, invoices, time cards, cost control sheets, costs, expenses, receipts and other records and Work Product with respect to this Agreement. Contractor shall maintain adequate records on the Services provided in sufficient detail to permit an evaluation of all Services in connection therewith. All such records shall be clearly identified and readily accessible. At all times during regular business hours Contractor shall provide City with free access to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make copies and transcripts as City deems necessary, and shall allow inspection of all program data, information, documents, proceedings and activities and all other matters related to the performance of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall retain all financial and program service records and all other records related to the Services and performance of this Agreement for at least three (3) years after 12 of 15 expiration, termination or final payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later. City’s rights under this Section 15.0 shall survive for three (3) years after expiration, termination or final payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later. 16.0 Safety Requirements All work performed under this Agreement shall be performed in such a manner as to provide safety to the public and to meet or exceed the safety standards outlined by CAL OSHA and other applicable state and federal laws. City may issue restraint or cease and desist orders to Contractor when unsafe or harmful acts are observed or reported relative to the performance of the Services. Contractor shall maintain the work sites free of hazards to persons and property resulting from its operations. Contractor shall immediately report to City any hazardous condition noted by Contractor. 17.0 Insurance 17.1. Contractor General Requirements. Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has provided evidence satisfactory to City that Contractor has secured all insurance required under this Section. 17.2. Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance . Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure, maintain and keep in full force and effect for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, as follows: 17.2.1. Commercial General Liability Insurance, with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, death, personal injury and property damage; and if Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Agreement/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit: Coverage shall be at least as broad as the latest version of Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001). If Contractor is a limited liability company, the commercial general liability coverage shall be amended so that Contractor and its managers, affiliates, employees, agents, servants, and other persons necessary or incidental to its operation are insureds; 17.2.2. Sexual abuse/molestation insurance: Contractor shall procure and maintain sexual abuse/molestation liability coverage with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. Coverage may be provided as part of commercial general liability coverage, or as a separate policy. 17.2.3. Automobile Liability Insurance, with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall 13 of 15 17.2.3. Automobile Liability Insurance, with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0001, code 1 (any auto). 17.2.4. Workers’ Compensation Insurance in the amount required by law; and Employer’s Liability Insurance, with a minimum limit of $1,000,000 per accident and in the aggregate for bodily injury or disease; 17.3. Acceptability of Insurers. The Insurance policies required under this Section shall be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best's rating no less than A: VIII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to City. 17.4. Additional Insured s. 17.4.1. Additional insured status. General liability, automobile liability, and umbrella/excess liability insurance policies shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers shall be additional insureds under such policies . 17.4.2. These additional insured provisions shall also apply to any sexual abuse and molestation policy and excess/umbrella liability policies. 17.5. Cancellations or Modifications to Coverage . The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or Contractor shall provide endorsements on forms supplied or approved by City to state: (i) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled except after 30 days (or ten days for nonpayment) prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City; (ii) any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials; 17.6. Primary and Non -Contributing. Coverage shall be primary insurance as respects City, its elected and appointed officials , officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Contractor's scheduled underlying coverage and that any insurance or self -insurance maintained by City, its elected and appointed officials , officers, employees, agents , servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it; 17.7. Separation of Insureds. Each insurance policy shall contain standard separation of insureds provisions and shall not contain any special 14 of 15 limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. 17.8. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions shall be declared to and approved by City. Contractor guarantees that, at the option of City, either: (i) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials ; or (ii) Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and defense expenses. 17.9. Waiver of Subrogation. Each insurance policy required by this Agreement shall expressly waive the insurer’s right of subrogation against City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery and all rights of subrogation against City; and shall require similar express written waivers from any subcontractor. 17.10. Enforcement of Agreement Provisions (Non-Estoppel). Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on City’s part to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any insurance requirement does not impose additional obligations on City, nor does it waive any rights hereunder. 17.11. City Remedy for Noncompliance. If Contractor does not maintain the policies of insurance required under this Section in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, or in the event any of Contractor’s policies do not comply with the requirements under this Section, City may either immediately terminate this Agreement or, if insurance is available at a reasonable cost, City may, but has no duty to, take out the necessary insurance and pay, at Contractor’s expense, the premium thereon. Contractor shall promptly reimburse City for any premium paid by City or City may withhold amounts sufficient to pay the premiums from payments due to Contractor. 17.12. Evidence of Insurance. Prior to the performance of Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and all original endorsements evidencing and effecting the coverage s required under this Section on forms satisfactory to and approved by City. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf, and shall be on forms provided by City if requested. Contractor may provide complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies to City. Contractor shall maintain current endorsements on file with City’s Risk Manager. All certificates and endorsements shall be received and approved by City before work commences. City also reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance 15 of 15 policies, at any time. Contractor shall also provide proof to City that insurance policies expiring during the term of this Agreement have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Contractor shall furnish such proof at least two weeks prior to the expiration of the coverages. 17.13. Insurance Requirements Not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. 17.14. Broader Coverage/Higher Limits. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Agreement. Contractor may also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Services. If Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required above, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by Contractor. 17.15. Subcontractor Insurance Requirements/Pass-Through Clause. Contractor shall require each of its subcontractors that perform Services under this Agreement to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of this Section. Contractor agrees to monitor and review all such coverages and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this Section. Contractor agrees to submit all agreements with Contractors, subcontractors, and others engaged in the Services upon City’s request. 17.16. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of demands or claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required insurance policies. 18.0 Indemnification, Hold Harmless, and Duty to Defend 18.1. Indemnities. 18.1.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, attorneys, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent 16 of 15 contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees” in this Section 18.0), from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, penalties, bid protests, stop notices, liens or losses of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to fees of accountants, attorneys and other professionals, and all costs associated therewith, and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively “Claims”), in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, to property or persons, including but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury and property damage, in any manner arising out of, claimed to arise out of, pertaining to, or relating to the breach of this Agreement and/or any acts, errors, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, or suppliers, or their officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, employees, or contractors (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor shall bear legal liability) in the performance of the Services and/or this Agreement, except to the extent the Claims arise from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees as determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitees in connection therewith. 18.1.2. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City in accordance with Sections 9.0 and 10.0. 18.2. Subcontractor Indemnification. Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 1 8.0 from each and every subcontractor, or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. If Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity agreements, Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, arising out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain ing to, or relating to, the breach of this Agreement, any acts, errors, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor’s subcontractor, or other person or entity, and its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, employees, materialmen, contractors, subcontractors or their officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, or employees (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor’s subcontractor, and/or such other person or individual shall bear legal liability) in the performance of the Services or this Agreement, except to the extent the Claims arise from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees as determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. 17 of 15 18.3. Workers’ Compensation Acts Not Limiting. Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Section, or any other provision of this Agreement, shall not be limited by the provisions of any workers’ co mpensation act or similar act. Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials . 18.4. Indemnification Not Limited By Insurance . Procurement of insurance by Contractor is not and shall not be construed as a limitation of Contractor’s liability, or as a waiver of or limitation on full performance of Contractor’s duties of defense and indemnification, under this Section 18.0 or under any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor’s defense and indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Claims or Liabilities asserted against City or any of the other Indemnitees as defined in this Section 18.0, and Contractor’s defense and indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by Contractor, City, or any of the other Indemnitees. 18.5. Survival of Terms. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section 18.0 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 19.0 Non-Discrimination and Equal Employment Opportunity Contractor affirmatively represents that it is an equal opportunity employer. In the performance of this Agreement, Contractor covenants that it shall not discriminate, harass or retaliate against any of its employees, applicants for employment, contractors, or subcontractors because or on account of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, national origin, ancestry, age, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, military or veteran status, or any other basis prohibited by law. Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this Agreement, Contractor shall not discriminate, harass or retaliate against City, its elected or appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, and/or any City contractors, or subcontractors, on any basis prohibited by law. 20.0 Labor Certification By its signature hereunder, Contractor certifies that it is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code that require every employer to be insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self -insurance 18 of 15 in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Services. 21.0 Prevailing Wage and Payroll Records To the extent that this Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, constitute “public works” as defined in the California Labor Code, Contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including those set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. 22.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed by both Parties. 23.0 Severability The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement. 24.0 Government Code Claim Compliance In addition to any and all requirements of this Agreement pertaining to notices of and requests for compensation or payment for additional services, disputed work, claims and/or changed conditions, Contractor must comply with the claim procedures set forth in Government Code Section 900 et seq. prior to filing any lawsuit against City. Such Government Code claims and any subsequent lawsuit based upon the Government Code claims shall be limited to those matters that remain unresolved after all procedures pertaining to additional services, disputed work, claims, and/or changed conditions have been followed by Contractor. If no such Government Code claim is submitted, or if any prerequisite contractual requirements are not otherwise satisfied as specified herein, Contractor shall be barred from bringing and maintaining a lawsuit against City. 25.0 Governing Law and Venue This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, except that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied i n interpreting this Agreement. Orange County, California, shall be the venue for any action or proceeding that may be brought by reason of, that arises out of, and/or relates to any dispute under this Agreement (whether contract, tort or both). 19 of 15 26.0 Non-Exclusive Agreement Contractor acknowledges that City may enter into agreements with other Contractors for services similar to the services that are subject to this Agreement or may have its own employees perform services similar to those services contemplated by this Agreement. 27.0 No Third Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall be deemed to have any rights hereunder against either party by virtue of this Agreement. 28.0 Waiver No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to City under this Agreement shall impair any right, power or remedy of City, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of, or consent to, any breach or default. No waiver of any breach, any failure of a condition, or any right or remedy under this Agreement shall be (i) effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Party making the waiver, (ii) deemed to be a waiver of, or consent to, any other breach, failure of a condition, or right or remedy, or (iii) deemed to constitute a continuing waiver unless the writing expressly so states. 29.0 Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest 29.6. Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Services, or which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Contractor further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Contractor shall avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Contractor shall not accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may likely make Contractor "financially interested" (as provided in California Government Code §§ 1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any matter in connection with which Contractor has been retained. 29.7. Contractor further warrants and maintains that it has not employed or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Contractor paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, any fee, 20 of 15 commission, gift, percentage, or any other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to deduct from any sums payable to Contractor hereunder the full amount or value of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift. 29.8. Contractor warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non-contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the business of Contractor, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of Contractor at any time during the term of this Agreement, Contractor shall immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if such interest would not be deemed a prohibited "conflict of interest" under applicable laws as described in this Section. 30.0 Final Payment Acceptance Constitutes Release The acceptance by Contractor of the final payment made under this Agreement shall operate as and be a release of City from all claims and liabilities for compensation to Contractor for anything done, furnished or relating to Contractor’s work or services. Acceptance of payment shall be any negotiation of City’s check or the failure to make a written extra compensation claim within ten calendar days of the receipt of that check. However, approval or payment by City shall not constitute, nor be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of Contractor, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and subcontractors for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or work performed; nor shall such approval or payment be deemed to be an assumption of such responsibility or liability by City for any defect or error in the work prepared by Contractor, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and subcontractors. 31.0 Corrections In addition to the indemnification obligations set forth above, Contractor shall correct, at its expense, all errors in the work which may be disclosed during City’s review of Contractor’s report or plans. Should Contractor fail to make such correction in a reasonably timely manner, such correction may be made by City, and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. In addition to all other available remedies, City may deduct the cost of such correction from any retention amount held by City or may withhold payment otherwise owed Contractor under this Agreement up to the amount of the cost of correction. 32.0 Non-Appropriation of Funds 21 of 15 Payments to be made to Contractor by City for any Services performed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted fund. In the event that City does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of Contractor’s Services beyond the current fiscal year, this Agreement shall cover payment for Contractor’s Services only to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which City appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year. 33.0 Mutual Cooperation 33.9. City’s Cooperation. City shall provide Contractor with all pertinent Data, documents and other requested information as is reasonably available for Contractor’s proper performance of the Services required under this Agreement. 33.10. Contractor’s Cooperation. Contractor agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City’s representative and any other agencies that may have jurisdiction or interest in the work to be performed. In the event any claim or action is brought against City relating to Contractor’s performance of Services rendered under this Agreement, Contractor shall render any reasonable assistance that City requires. 34.0 Time of the Essence Time is of the essence in respect to all provisions of this Agreement that specify a time for performance; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to limit or deprive a Party of the benefits of any grace or use period allowed in this Agreement. 35.0 Attorneys' Fees If either party commences an action against the other party, either legal, administrative or otherwise, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to have and recover from the losing party all of its attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection therewith. 36.0 Recitals City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 37.0 Titles and Headings EXHIBIT A CITY REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS City of Seal Beach Request for Proposals for Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities RFP responses to be received until 2:00 P.M., January 7, 2026 in the Recreation Department ATTN: Anthony Nguyen, Community Services Coordinator Of Community Services/Recreation. Approved for Advertising: Anthony Nguyen Community Services Coordinator Date Issued: November 3, 2025 ii Table of Contents I. INTRODUCTION II. QUALIFICATIONS III. SCOPE OF SERVICES IV. PRE-PROPOSAL QUESTIONS V. SCHEDULE VI. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS VII. FEE AND COST PROPOSAL VIII. INTERVIEW IX. SELECTION PROCESS X. SPECIAL PROVISIONS XI. GENERAL CONDITIONS EXHIBIT A – Sample Contract EXHIBIT B – Pre-trip Inspection Checklist 3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR TRANSPORTATION SERVICES FOR SENIORS AND INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES ALL INTERESTED PARTIES MUST REGISTER BY EMAILING anguyen@sealbeachca.gov. COMMUNICATION AND ADDENDA, IF ANY, WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO REGISTERED PARTIES VIA EMAIL PROVIDED. I. INTRODUCTION The City of Seal Beach operates a Senior Transportation Services program for its qualified senior and disabled residents. This program is partially funded by two grants from the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA): the Senior Mobility Program (SMP) and the Enhanced Mobility for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities (EMSD). As a condition of receiving these grants, the program must adhere to all associated requirements. This program comprises two components: Shuttle Service and Dial-a-Ride Service. The City currently contracts both of these services with two different providers. As both agreements will expire on May 24, 2026, the City is initiating a competitive bid process to secure new contracts. The City is seeking one or more contractors to provide either (1) Shuttle Service, (2) Dial -a-Ride Service, or (3) both services for an anticipated term of three (3) years, with an option to extend. The final agreement amount and term will be determined based on the quality, diversity, and responsiveness of the proposals received. The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, to waive any informalities, and to negotiate with the selected firm or firms as deemed to be in the best interest of the City. II. QUALIFICATIONS Minimum Qualifications • Valid license of operations for the work to be conducted. • Valid City of Seal Beach business license for the term of the Agreement, if selected. • Ability to meet the Qualifications and Expertise detailed in this RFP. Desirable Qualifications • Knowledge and experience working in the City of Seal Beach • Knowledge and experience with similar community transit programs. Knowledge of Seal Beach areas, in particular, Leisure World 4 III. SCOPE OF SERVICES The City of Seal Beach Senior Transportation Services Program currently operates Monday through Friday. There are two (2) components to the Program – (1) shuttle service that operates a fixed route within the City, with current service operating from 9:00 a.m.to 4:00 p.m.; and (2) on-demand Dial-a-Ride service, with current service operating from 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. The Program is free of charge to all qualified registered users. To qualify, one must be a Seal Beach resident who is either: sixty (60) years old or older, or an individual with documented disabilities. Residents must register through the City to use the Program. Registered users will be issued a unique ID number. Shuttle Service Current shuttle services include the following routes. These routes are subject to change. Fixed Route Shuttle: Leisure World, Seal Beach Pier, Pavilions, The Shops at Rossmoor, and North Seal Beach Community Center. The current fixed route shuttle service averages approximately 125 vehicle service hours per month, per year depending on City observed closures, weekdays in the month, and special events or occasions. On a given service day, the shuttle takes approximately one (1) hour to complete a full cycle through the fixed stops, with a total of six (6) total service hours per day. On average, the shuttle vehicle service hours per month have been recorded between 108 to 138 service hours. • Fiscal Year 2021-2022: averaged approximately 123 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2022-2023: averaged approximately 125 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2023-2024: averaged approximately 125 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2024-2025: averaged approximately 125 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2025-2026: projected to average approximately 125 service hours per month. Dial-a-Ride The Dial-a-Ride program averages approximately 14 vehicle service hours per month, running concurrently with the shuttle service. Registered users are required to make reservations for each one-way trip and may use this program to travel within the City of Seal Beach city limits. There are three (3) exceptions for travel outside of city limits: 1. VA Hospital in Long Beach 2. UCI Health - Los Alamitos Medical Center Up to three (3) miles outside the City limits, within Orange County, for non-emergency medical purposes Contractor may propose on the Shuttle Service, Dial-a-Ride Service, or both. The following sections describe the qualifications and tasks required by this Program, at a minimum. Definitions: 5 • No-Show: occurs when a passenger misses a scheduled trip without cancelling in time. • Missed Trip: a pre-scheduled and confirmed journey that is not completed due to an error or failure by the transportation provider. • On-Time Pickup: the vehicle arrives at the designated location within an agreed-upon time window, typically a short period before and after the scheduled time. • Vehicle Service Hour: the total time a vehicle is in use for a transportation system’s operational schedule, including both revenue service (carrying passengers) and non-revenue service (like deadheading or layovers). • Revenue Service: the total hours a vehicle is scheduled and available to transport passengers on a public route, starting from the first scheduled pick-up and ending at the last drop-off. Billing Form, Records and Reports: The Contractor shall maintain records, data, and documents of all work performed, including but not limited to; miles per trip, service hours per trip, type of trips (trip category), cost per trip, passenger names, pick up and drop off times, odometer readings, pick up and drop off addresses, space type (ambulatory, walker, wheelchair, scooter, etc.) on-going updated registration list, and any other metrics requested by the City to fully and completely meet OCTA reporting requirements. A copy of such record shall be provided to the City with the monthly invoice on or before the 10th business day of the following month. Contractor shall maintain such records through the term of the Agreement, plus five (5) years after Contract termination, including access to accounting books, program records, payroll documents and facilities as deemed necessary. Records shall be made readily available in a timely manner to the city upon request related to the Agreement, to comply with OCTA’s annual site visit audits of the Program. Contractor shall provide a billing form and progress payment form approved by the City. Service Standards: • On-Time Pickups: greater than or equal to 90-95%, within a +5-minute window. • Missed Trips: less than or equal to 1% of total scheduled trips. • Maximum Dwell Time: 5 minutes. • Maximum In-Vehicle Time: 45 minutes. • Complaint Resolution: 90% within 10 business days. Staffing Requirements: Contractor shall provide the necessary management and administrative personnel whose expertise will ensure efficient operations of Program, providing safe, reliable, and timely transportation for the seniors of the City of Seal Beach. The City recognizes that high-quality operations begin with key personnel. As such, a minimum level of staffing is described below: Project Manager: The Project Manager will be the person in charge of all management, training, day-to-day operations, and maintenance of all documentations, records, invoices, and reports required. The Project Manager shall maintain 6 consistent and sufficient contact and communication with the City’s designated point of contact, including sharing feedback, complaints, and internal forms used by staff. Reservation, Scheduling, and Dispatch Staff: For our on-demand Dial-a-Ride Service, the Contractor shall provide adequate staffing to ensure efficient and timely administration of reservations, scheduling and dispatching of service trips/drivers in accordance with the service schedules and policies set forth by the City. At a minimum, these staff will have the following responsibilities: Reservations • Maintain and update list of registered users • Handle telephone requests and inquiries so as to maximize customer service, giving timely, accurate and courteous service • Carry out trip reservation activities in a manner that will maximize productivity • Ensure that the City’s and OCTA’s policies and procedures are followed. Scheduling • Manage Program services in accordance with City’s and OCTA’s policies and procedures. Receive, approve, and process requests for service. • Review and refine daily trip itineraries ensuring the most efficient and effective travel patterns. • Initiate client call back regarding discrepancies and/or schedule changes. • Administer and process cancellations, track passenger no-shows, mailing letters, and making phone calls. Dispatching • Schedule and assign drivers and vehicles in accordance with the service hour schedules and scheduled trip each day. • Ensure that all scheduled trips are promptly executed. • Assist drivers while they are on service to carry out assigned trip on-time, providing address assistance and telephoning passengers, as needed. • Monitor the performance of scheduled trips, reassigning trips and/or adjusting the number of vehicles in services, as necessary, to ensure on-time performance in the most efficient and effective manner. • Wheelchair accessible vehicles must be available for service when requested. Drivers • Drivers must be properly licensed and trained to proficiency to perform duties to operate a bus, taxi, rideshare, and/or applicable modes of transportation in the State of California as well as maintain any other licenses or certificates required by applicable federal, state, or local regulations. Disability awareness and passenger assistance will be included in this training. • Drivers must be in good standing with the DMV. • Drivers must be able to speak, understand, and read English adequately. • Drivers are required to treat all passengers with courtesy, respect, and dignity. 7 Dress and Appearance Standard • Contractor shall provide a uniform to be worn by all drivers when operating a vehicle in City service that will convey a professional image. • It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that driver's uniforms remain in good repair, and do not appear old or worn out. Uniforms that are not in good repair must be replaced. Driver Feedback • As drivers are the first line out in the field, driver feedback about schedules, customer needs, vehicle maintenance and working conditions is imperative. The Contractor must have on-going mechanisms, including monthly driver meetings evaluate driver feedback. The City shall be allowed to participate in monthly driver meetings. Removal of Drivers • City may require that any driver be removed from transporting City customers for excessive complaints, rudeness, or other inappropriate behavior or appearance. • Any driver receiving three or more valid customer complaints within a rolling 30-day period will be subject to a thirty (30) day probation period. The City will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any driver determined unsuitable. Within ten days of receipt of such notice, Contractor shall, at its sole discretion, either propose to replace the driver or present to the City a plan for correcting the driver's performance deficiencies. If either the City rejects the plan or the driver's performance deficiencies are not corrected to the City's satisfaction within the 30-day plan period, the Contractor shall immediately replace the driver. Personnel Policies • Contractor shall have in effect personnel policies that conform to all local, state, and federal laws including, but not limited to, all regulations concerning Equal Employment Opportunities, FTA Drug and Alcohol Regulations, Compensation, Worker's Compensation, and other regulations, as appropriate and will produce any documentation necessary to establish its compliance. • Contractor shall maintain at all times a current list of personnel assigned to the Program and provide the City with an updated roster of all drivers each month. • Purchasing or consuming illegal substances or alcoholic beverages while in uniform shall not be allowed. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to terminate any employee doing so. • City promotes and supports a smoke-free work environment. There is no smoking allowed on vehicles used to provide the City's transportation service. • City retains the right to review Contractor's personnel policies and the list of personnel assigned to the Program. Training and Safety Programs State and Federal Regulations • Motor Vehicle Codes - All Contractors are to comply fully with local, state and federal vehicle code regulations pertaining to the licensing and operations of vehicles. 8 • Drug-Free Workplace - The Contractor shall comply with all local, state and federal requirements for maintaining a drug free workplace and all applicable local, state and federal drug testing regulations. • Contractor shall maintain a Program services safety policy. • Contractor shall maintain its vehicles and provide all services in compliance with the Americans with Disability Act. • California OSHA - Contractor shall comply with all California OSHA requirements. • Title VI or ADA grievances – Contractor shall provide and maintain reports of open or closed during the program year in review (if applicable). OCTA Training Requirements • Contractor shall provide and maintain policies, manuals, handbooks, training guides, and/or syllabuses used to ensure that operators of vehicles used for the Program are properly licensed and trained to proficiency to perform duties safely and in a manner that treats riders with respect and dignity. Drivers should have refresher training once a year. • Contractor shall provide and maintain policies, complaint form, manuals, handbooks, and/or official statements used to ensure the protection of the Program participants from discrimination based on disabilities, race, color, and national origin. Reservations, Scheduling and Dispatch Service Efficiency • Average Call Answer Time: less than or equal to 2 minutes. • Abandonment Rate: less than or equal to 5%. • Call Resolution: 95% without callback. Transportation Service Scheduling Contractor shall provide a dedicated “toll-free” reservation number for the Dial-a-Ride Program. Reservations shall be taken by qualified and trained personnel to answer and properly respond to all telephone calls for trip reservations, cancellations, ride check status, service inquiries, and general information requests. Automated reservation systems are not acceptable. Scheduling is to be based upon 24-hour advanced reservations, unless Contractor is available to schedule within a shorter reservation window. Same day pickup options are desirable, but not mandatory. Reservations staff shall at a minimum be on-duty during the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays. Cancellations can also be taken by voice mail. Cancellations received during the weekend for a Monday ride must be processed to avoid unnecessary no-show activity on Monday. Dispatching Contractor shall provide qualified and trained personnel to: • Schedule and assign drivers and vehicles in accordance with the service hour schedules and scheduled trips for each day. 9 • Assist drivers while they are in service to carry out the assigned trips on-time, providing address assistance and telephoning passengers, as needed. • Monitor the performance of scheduled trips, reassigning trips and/or adjusting the number of vehicles in service as needed to ensure on-time performance in the most efficient manner. • Ensure that unanticipated service demands, passenger and vehicle accidents, other events and general service delivery are handled appropriately. • Be available between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday – Friday, excluding weekends and holidays. • Ensure that the City's policy of "no stranded passengers" is achieved. Vehicle Operations Service Schedules Service schedules are subject to change due to varying factors. Contractor shall cooperate with City to revise and refine the service levels, as required by the City. In the event that major changes, increase or decreases, are required from the service levels specified by the City, in most cases the City will give the Contractor at least 5 working days to respond to major changes requiring more drivers or major adjustments to work shifts. As little as 24 hours’ notice may be given to respond to minor adjustments. The Contractor shall not supply vehicle service hours/trips without City approval. Such hours will not be paid for by the City. City Observed Closures The Program will not operate on the below closures that are observed by the city, dates are subject to change. • New Year’s Day (January) • Martin Luther King Day (January) • President’s Day (February) • Memorial Day (May) • Independence Day (July) • Labor Day (September) • Veteran’s Day (November) • Thanksgiving and the Day after (November) • Christmas Eve and Christmas Day (December) Driver Vehicle Trip Sheets Drivers shall maintain a detailed log of trips completed in order for the City to track changes in service levels and needs including daily pre-trip inspections including the maintenance of all accessibility features of the vehicles, scheduled preventative maintenance and maintenance of all vehicles used in the Senior Mobility Program. Vehicles 10 The City will not provide any vehicles for the use under the Program. The Contractor must provide its own fleet of vehicles. Shuttle vehicles must have wheelchair accessibility, and the Dial-a-Ride program must be able to provide wheelchair accessible vehicles upon request. Fuel The Contractor will be responsible for providing all fuel necessary to operate Contractor-owned vehicles under this Program. Back-Up and Overflow Service In an effort to reduce the number of unmet transportation needs and to increase the overall efficiency of service delivery, Contractors are encouraged to propose the use of supplemental sedan and taxicab services or other innovative practices to supplement regular transportation services. Vehicle Storage It is preferred for the shuttle service vehicle(s) to be stored at the Contractor’s facilities, as space at the City yard is limited. The Contractor's yard shall not be more than 40 miles away from the City of Seal Beach. The City may accommodate storage of the shuttle vehicle(s), providing there is available space. Performance Standards-Management & Operations Contractor shall strive at all times to provide service in a manner that will maximize productivity and customer service. Continued nonperformance of Contractor and/or violation of service standards may result in contract termination. Annual Review of Standards The City may from time to time review the standards established for the Program to ensure those standards are met. In consultation with Contractor, the City may, at its discretion, adjust standards, and penalties to ensure and encourage increased efficiency and improved performance of services. Data Collection/Reporting Dispatch Log Contractor dispatch staff shall create and maintain a daily dispatch log that records the basic services provided on that day and, particularly, any and all accidents, incidents, road calls and other unforeseen events that may have occur and any response taken. On a monthly basis, Contractor shall provide the City an electronic copy of all dispatch logs for that month in a format acceptable to the City. Accident Reporting and Follow Up 11 Contractor shall notify the City within 24 hours of any accident/incidents, including: • Collisions between a vehicle and another vehicle, person or object. • Passenger accidents, including falls to vehicle passengers who are entering, occupying or exiting the vehicle. • Disturbances, ejectment, fainting, sickness, deaths or assaults. • Accidents the driver witnesses. • Passenger complaints of injury or property or other circumstances likely to result in the filing of claims against the Contractor or City. • Any passenger, driver and service complaint that arises from an accident. The Contractor shall ensure proper follow up on any accidents or incidents, where appropriate, to ensure that any unresolved safety hazards or liability issues are addressed. Contractor shall provide copies of reports to the City. Daily and Monthly Operations Reporting On a daily basis, Contractor shall capture the operating data and then prepare a Monthly Operating Report which shall be submitted to the City with the monthly invoice on or before the 10th business day of the following month. The Monthly Operating Report shall include, at a minimum, the following data: Operating Data: Passenger Names Vehicle Number Scheduled Pick-Up Dates Scheduled Pick-Up Times Pick-Up Addresses Pick-Up City Pick-Up Times Pick-Up Odometer Readings Drop Off Addresses Drop Off City Drop Off Times Drop Off Odometer Readings Number of Passengers Space Type (Ambulatory, Wheelchair, Scooter, Walker, Cane, PCA) Trip Categories/Type (Medical, Senior Center, Personal Care, Shopping) Vehicle Service Hours Service Miles Total Passengers Total Trips No-Shows Canceled Trips Missed Trips Fare Revenue Received (when collected) Telecommunications: Calls accepted 12 Calls answered Average wait time for answered calls Maximum wait time for answered calls Average call length Average number of agents on duty Additionally, the Monthly Operating Report for the Dial-a-Ride service will be accompanied by an electronic copy of the Dispatch Logs for the month just completed as well as the revenue collected from fare proceeds. All data collected by the Contractor shall be available upon request for audit and inspection by the City, OCTA or any other governmental agency. Accounting All service costs incurred in the performance of this Agreement shall be recorded in an account separate from those used for other business activities of the Contractor and shall be available for inspection or audit during normal business hours upon City request. Invoices and Billing All relevant back-up documentation, including monthly operations summaries, must be included with invoice. Invoices shall be submitted to the City within ten (10) days of the close of the month’s billing cycle. Vehicle Maintenance Services Vehicle Maintenance Vehicle maintenance shall be provided by and the sole expense of the Contractor. The City reserves the right to inspect the vehicles at any time for vehicle cleanliness or other maintenance needs. Through an approved Preventive Maintenance program, the Contractor shall cause all components of each Contractor-owned vehicle used for the Program, including its body, frame, furnishing, mechanical, electric, hydraulic or other operating systems to be maintained in proper working condition free from damage and malfunction; including the maintenance of all accessibility features of the vehicles. Any significant vehicle damage caused in any accident or otherwise shall require the Contractor to immediately repair such damage, which is determined to impair safe mechanical operation of the bus. No vehicle shall be operated in revenue service that has body, paint, or interior damage unless special permission has been granted by the City due to extraordinary circumstances. In no event shall the City be required to repair, replace, or maintain any vehicle. The Contractor, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain all necessary equipment and parts for the proper maintenance and operation of all vehicles under this Program. Vehicle Cleanliness, Aesthetics Requirements To facilitate customer service and improve vehicle life, it is imperative vehicles remain clean and free from body damage. Vehicles are subject to City inspection and shall by immediately remedied as noted by the City. Daily Vehicle Cleanliness Standards 13 Vehicles shall be cleaned on a daily basis in a manner which maintains cleanliness via the following guidelines: • Clean inside of all windows, removing all dust, fingerprints and head prints. • Remove all dust from seats, dashboards, wheel wells, rails, ledges. • Sweep all floor areas; mop all liquid spills. • Ensure vehicle is free of all paper, gum and debris, etc. • Repair all damaged seats. • Daily removal/repair of graffiti. Monthly Major Cleaning Standards At minimum, every 30 days the interior of the vehicle will receive a complete, major cleaning which shall be documented in writing listing the coach number and date of major cleaning. This documentation shall be submitted to the City. The monthly major cleaning shall consist of all the items included in daily cleaning standards as well as: • Clean the ceiling, sidewalls, windows, ledges and dash. • Clean all seats. • Mop the floor; remove all gum and apply light coat of nonskid wax, after stripping old wax from • the floor. Preventive Maintenance/Maintenance Repair Procedures Contractor’s Preventive Maintenance/Repair Program shall include procedures to address repair and maintenance of all vehicles in the Program, including but not limited to, the following: daily pre-trip inspections that meet or exceed the guidelines provided in the attached Pre-Trip Inspection Checklist (Attachment 2) to identify each vehicle component and system inspected; scheduled preventive maintenance that meets or exceeds vehicle manufacturer’s standards; maintenance of maintenance records for each vehicle for five (5) years; and if required, cooperate fully in any annual motor inspections conducted by the California Highway Patrol. Contractor’s maintenance records shall be made available to the City at all times. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of preventive and regular maintenance to Contractor-supplied vehicles. Contractor shall strive at all times to provide vehicle maintenance services in a manner which will maximize program efficiency, vehicle reliability and operating safety. IV. PRE-PROPOSAL QUESTIONS For answers to questions or particulars regarding this Request for Proposal, all interested parties are to contact: Anthony Nguyen Community Services Coordinator Community Services/Recreation Division 211 Eighth Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 anguyen@sealbeachca.gov 14 (562) 431-2527 ext. 1344 The City will respond to all questions and requests for clarification received by November 21st, 2025. V. SCHEDULE The following dates reflect the anticipated schedule: ▪ Request for Proposal Solicitation November 3, 2025 ▪ Pre-Proposal Question Deadline December 3, 2025 ▪ Proposal Submittal Deadline January 7, 2026, 2:00 p.m. ▪ Contractor Interviews (if conducted) January/February 2026 ▪ Contract Award by City Council February/March 2026 ▪ Notice to Proceed March 2026 ▪ Start of Service May 26, 2026 VI. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Acceptance of Submittals Proposals are due by 2:00 PM on January 7, 2026 to the City Clerk’s Office at City Hall, and addressed to the following. Postmarks will not be accepted. Attn: Anthony Nguyen City of Seal Beach Office of the City Clerk First Floor 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 Please submit one (1) unbound original, two (2) bound hard copies, and one (1) electronic copy of the Contractor’s Proposal. Proposals received after the date and time listed above will not be accepted or considered for this Project. There is no expressed or implied obligation for City to reimburse firms for any expenses incurred in preparing proposals in response to this request. Materials submitted by respondents are subject to public inspection under the California Public Records Act (Government Code Sec. 6250 et seq.). Any language purporting to render the entire proposal confidential or propriety will be ineffective and will be disregarded. The City reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted, and to use any idea in a proposal regardless of whether the proposal was selected. Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the firm of the conditions 15 contained in the RFP, unless clearly and specifically noted in the proposal submitted and confirmed in the contract between the City and the selected Contractor. All property rights, including publication rights of all reports produced by the selected Contractor in connection with services performed under this Agreement shall be vested in the City. Protest procedures and dispute resolution process shall follow 2 CFR Part 200.318(k), 23 CFR 172.5(c)(18). Information to be Submitted The following information shall be provided, at a minimum: o Cover Letter o Table of Contents o Company Qualifications o Local Staffing List o Understanding/Approach o References o Sample Letter Proposal o Cost Proposal Exceptions Business Entity DIR Registration Number/Contractor’s License Contract Signatories o Cover Letter: Cover letter shall not exceed two pages. It shall provide an executive summary of the proposal and designate the firm’s authorized representative regarding this RFP. Table of Contents: The table of contents shall list the following sections with page numbers and information in each section shall be provided. Company Qualifications: Provide a summary of the Contractor’s qualifications, including background and experience. Contractor shall also provide the following information: (1) List all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements and the like (in or out of court) that the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid has been involved with in the past five (5) years. (2) List the dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any the company and/or principal having an interest in this Bid. Local Staffing List: Provide an organizational chart showing the names, positions, responsibilities, and availability of the individual(s) that would be assigned to this Agreement, including sub-Contractors. Identify the individual(s) authorized to negotiate the contract on behalf of the Contractor’s firm and the Contractor’s project manager. Understanding/Approach: Describe the Contractor’s understanding of the Work requested in this RFP, any key issues that may need special attention. Describe how the Contractor will approach the scope of services and each task needed to complete the project. Any task assumptions and/or exclusions shall be clearly identified. 16 References: Contractor should provide a minimum of three (3) references the Contractor has performed similar work for within the last five (5) years. Information shall include, at a minimum: • Agency/Company name • Scope of work and/or services provided • Contract value • Dates • Client project manager name, valid telephone number, and email Cost Proposal: Contractors will be required to submit a “Cost Proposal for Transportation Services”. All rates shall remain for the term of the contract as permitted by law, unless specifically detailed on the Cost Proposal. Exceptions: The Contractor shall review this RFP and attached sample contract. Exceptions to any portion of the RFP and/or City’s standard agreement will need to be clearly identified. Identification of exceptions does not constitute City concurrence and acceptance. Exceptions may be negotiated with the top-ranked firm. Business Entity: Clearly indicate the firm’s business entity type (i.e., a California corporation). DIR Registration/Contractor’s License: Clearly indicate the Contractor’s Department of Industrial Relations registration number for the prime/sub-Contractor and provide the Contractor and sub-Contractor’s license information. Contract Signatories: Provide the two binding signatories for the firm, pursuant to California Corporation Code Section 313. VII. FEE AND COST PROPOSAL In preparing the fee and cost proposal for this project, the Contractor shall take into consideration the following: 1. Compensation for services, and any optional tasks, provided will be on a time-and-materials. 2. Fee proposal and billing rates shall remain effective for the term of the Agreement. Any anticipated billing/rate adjustments shall be clearly identified in the Proposal and shall not be made more than once each calendar year. 3. If applicable and necessary, the City will negotiate the final fee with the top-ranked Contractor. VIII. INTERVIEW Top ranked Contractor team(s) may be interviewed by the selection committee. Proposed key personnel from the Contractor’s team may be requested to present the teams’ and their qualifications at an interview. IX. SELECTION PROCESS Proposals will be evaluated on the basis of the response to all provisions of this Request For Proposal (RFP) for services. Any RFP for services shall specify the use of vehicles meeting Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility standards. Since this solicitation is an RFP as opposed to a Bid, pricing alone will not constitute the 17 entire selection criteria. The City may use some or all of the following criterion in its evaluation and comparison of proposals submitted. The criteria listed are not necessarily an all-inclusive list. The order in which they appear is not intended to indicate their relative importance. The City reserves the right to modify the evaluation criterion and percentage of score as deemed appropriate prior to the commencement of evaluation. The City reserves the right to determine whether or not a proposal meets the specifications and requirements of this RFP and reject any proposal that, in the City’s sole opinion, fails to meet the detail or intent of the requirements. The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. POTENTIAL EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Completeness of Response (Pass/Fail) Responses to this RFP must be complete. Responses that do not include the proposal content requirements identified within this RFP and subsequent addenda and do not address each of the requested items will be considered incomplete, may be rated a Fail in the Evaluation Criteria, and may receive no further consideration. 2. Qualification, Experience, & Background a. Relevant experience, specific qualifications, and technical expertise of the Contractor to perform the work. b. Contractor’s background, including financial condition, litigation, and claims. c. Experience working with OCTA’s Senior Mobility Program. d. Local presence and familiarity with the City of Seal Beach. e. Contractor’s experience working in the public sector and knowledge of public sector procurement processes, in particular City of Seal Beach processes, and policies. f. Quality of references the Contractor currently or have previously provided similar transportation services for in the past five (5) years. 3. Organization & Approach a. Contractor’s range of providing shuttle and/or Dial-a-Ride service. b. Contractor’s ability to demonstrate the most efficient and effective program utilizing City fleet or Contractor-furnished fleet. c. Contractor’s ability to provide the necessary resources towards the Program. d. Contractor’s understanding of the nature of public sector work and its decision-making process. e. A facilities inspection may be included as part of this section’s evaluation. 4. Fee a. Cost proposal b. Ability to provide a cost-effective program The City reserves the right to determine whether or not a proposal meets the specifications and requirements of this RFP and reject any proposal that, in the City’s sole opinion, fails to meet the detail or intent of the requirements. The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. The City reserves the right to put non- emergency and pre-planned projects out for formal bidding. 18 All proposals received as specified will be evaluated by City staff in accordance with the abovementioned. During the evaluation period, the City may do any or all of the following: generate a “short list” and conduct interviews with the top candidates; conduct on-site visits and/or tours of the candidates’ places of business. Contractors should be aware that award may be made without Contractor visits, interviews, or further discussion or negotiations. X. SPECIAL PROVISIONS a. Normal working hours will generally be between the hours of 7:30 AM and 5:30 PM, Monday through Friday. The Contractor must receive the approval of the City prior to commencing Work during hours outside those stated above. b. Contractor shall maintain an adequate crew of experienced employees to perform the services required. c. Contractor will be required to supply a list of vehicles/equipment owned and available for Work. d. Contractor will be required to supply a list of references for similar work performed. e. Contractor will be required to supply additional experience references, if requested. f. Contractor shall provide City with required proof of Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, Automobile Liability Insurance and vehicle insurance, Workers’ Compensation insurance with limits required by the State of California, Employers’ Liability insurance, and City business license as noted in the contract. g. Contractor shall be responsible for Contractor’s compliance in all respects with the prevailing wage rates to all the laborers involved, and with California Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., including the keeping of all records required by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776 and the implementing administrative regulations. The City shall be a third-party beneficiary of the forgoing covenant with rights to enforce the same as against the Contractor. h. Hourly rates and unit prices quoted shall include all labor, equipment and material required, unless otherwise stated. i. Contractor shall protect any and all public and private property. Any damage resulting directly or indirectly from Contractor’s actions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. j. Contactor shall adhere to all Cal-OSHA rules and regulations for any and all Work performed under this Contract. k. Contractor must be able to provide a list of employee’s names, dates worked, and hours worked on each date if requested by the City. PERSONNEL The Contractor shall use and furnish all labor necessary for the satisfactory performance for the Work set forth in this Agreement. a. Contractor's Laborers 19 The Contractor shall require each of his/her employees to adhere to basic standards of working attire. These are to include uniforms with the Contractor's company name or insignia clearly visible, proper shoes and other gear required by State Safety Regulations, and proper wearing of clothing, which includes that shirts shall be worn at all times. b. Typical Tasks Contractor shall supply staff with the necessary skills to perform duties in connection with Program services. c. Licenses Contractor shall possess all valid licenses and insurances issued by the appropriate agency by the time of proposal submittal and shall remain valid for the term of the Agreement. Contractor shall have a valid City of Seal Beach business license for the term of the Agreement, if selected. Contractor and applicable Contractor’s staff will be required to possess a valid and current California Driver License, including all insurances as required by the City. EQUIPMENT The contractor shall use and furnish all equipment necessary for the satisfactory performance of the Work set forth in this Agreement. SUPERVISION The Contractor shall provide such adequate supervision as to furnish ongoing supervision of workmanship and adherence to schedules by Contractor’s staff performing the Work. The Contractor’s Project Manager shall check with the City bi-weekly as to (1) schedule of Work; (2) complaints; and (3) adequacy of performance. The Contractor shall submit such reports as the City may require ensuring Program compliance. TELEPHONE, ELECTRONIC MAIL, AND EMERGENCY SERVICE CONTACT INFORMATION The Contractor shall provide the City at all times throughout the duration of this contract emergency telephone numbers who can be called for emergency conditions at any time that Contractor’s representatives are not immediately available. The emergency number shall be used to contact the Contractor representative who can take the necessary action required to alleviate an emergency condition. In addition, the Contractor shall employ person(s) to answer telephone and e-mail complaints, requests for service, etc. (an answering service will not be considered sufficient for this purpose) during normal City business hours. Normal City business hours are 7:30 A.M. to 5:30 P.M., Monday through Friday. XI. GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Signature The Proposal shall be signed by an individual authorized to bind the Contractor. 20 B. Other Considerations: The City shall not be liable for any pre-contractual expenses incurred by any firm considering submitting a proposal in response to this RFP. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all proposals, or any part of, or waive any informalities or irregularities. The City reserves the right to withdraw, to cancel this RFP at any time without prior notice, and the City makes no representations that any contract will be awarded to any firm responding this RFP. C. Business License Required The Seal Beach Municipal Code requires all businesses operating in the City to obtain a business license and pay a business license tax. For more information, go to www.sealbeachca.gov. D. Labor Law Compliance Consultant shall perform the services required by this Agreement in compliance with all applicable Federal and California employment laws, including, but not limited to, those laws related to minimum hours and wages; occupational health and safety; fair employment and employment practices; workers’ compensation insurance and safety in employment; and all other Federal, State and local laws and ordinances applicable to the services required under this Agreement. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City from and against all claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, proceedings, and judgments of every nature and description including attorneys’ fees and costs, presented, brought, or recovered against City for, or on account of any liability under any of the above-mentioned laws, which may be incurred by reason of Consultant’s performance under this Agreement. E. Criminal History Background Investigation Contractor shall be registered with the Department of Justice as a Human Resources Agency. Contractor shall at a minimum perform background checks on drivers utilizing a vendor such as Live Scan to ensure that drivers with inappropriate backgrounds are not employed to provide Services under this Agreement. Drivers shall have no felony conviction history consistent with Contractor’s obligations under Government Code Section 12952. EXHIBIT B Contractor’s Proposal for Professional Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities, dated January 5, 2026 EXHIBIT C TERMS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS 1. This Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, constitute “public works” as defined in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code (“Chapter 1”). Further, Contractor acknowledges that this Agreement is subject to (a) Chapter 1 and (b) the rules and regulations established by the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. Therefore, as to those Services that are “public works”, Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in 1(a) and 1(b) as though set forth in full herein. 2. California law requires the inclusion of specific Labor Code provisions in certain contracts. The inclusion of such specific provisions below, whether or not required by California law, does not alter the meaning or scope of Section 1 above. 3. Contractor shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1725.5, and has provided proof of registration to City prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that is not registered with DIR pursuant to Section 1725.5. Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain their registration with the DIR in effect throughout the duration of this Agreement. If Contractor or any subcontractor ceases to be registered with DIR at any time during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City. 4. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.4, Contractor’s Services are subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR. Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by DIR regulations. 5. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Agreement are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by this Agreement. 6. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $200.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor. 7. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Contractor and each subcontractor to: keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and inform City of the location of the records. 8. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement, Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall submit to City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement. 9. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. Contractor and subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of this Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If Contractor or any subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City. 10. Contractor acknowledges that eight hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by employees of Contractor in excess of eight hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight hours per day at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay. 11. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.” 12. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the project, Contractor shall be responsible for such subcontractor’s compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700, and Contractor shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor a copy of those statutory provisions and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with those statutory provisions. Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure subcontractor’s compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure. 13. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at Contractor’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to City) City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, and volunteers and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed above by any person or entity (including Contractor, its subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees, agents and servants) in connection with any work undertaken or in connection with the Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and other related costs and expenses. All duties of Contractor under this Section shall survive the termination of the Agreement. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT for Professional Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities between City of Seal Beach 211 - 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 & Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts 12 Mauchly, Building I Irvine, CA 92618 (949) 753-7525 This Professional Service Agreement (“the Agreement”) is made as of May 24, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts (“Contractor”), a California corporation, and the City of Seal Beach (“City”), a California charter city, (collectively, “the Parties”). 2 of 15 RECITALS A. City desires certain professional transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities. B. Pursuant to the authority provided by its City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code § 3.20.025, City issued a Request for on November 3, 2025, for the professional transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities and as further defined and described with specificity in Section 1.0 of this Agreement. Contractor submitted a proposal dated January 7, 2026, to perform the professional services defined and described in Section 1.0 of this Agreement. C. Contractor represents that the principal members of its firm are licensed and registered professional Transportation Providers and are fully qualified to perform the professional services contemplated by this Agreement by virtue of its experience, and the training, education and expertise of its principals and employees. D. City desires to retain Contractor as an independent contractor and Contractor desires to serve City to perform those professional services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the Parties' performance of the promises, covenants, and conditions stated herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows. AGREEMENT 1.0 Scope of Services 1.1. Contractor’s Services. In compliance with all terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall provide those professional services (collectively “Services”) set forth in the Request for (“RFP”), attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference, and Contractor’s accepted Proposal (“Proposal”) attached hereto as Exhibit, all to City’s reasonable satisfaction. The Services relate to the following City Program: Professional Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities. 1.2. Agreement Documents; Order of Precedence. 1.2.1. The Agreement Documents include this Agreement itself, and all of the following: (i) the RFP, including all standards, appendices and exhibits attached thereto or referenced therein (Exhibit A); and (ii) the Proposal (Exhibit B); and iii) Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements (Exhibit C); all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 3 of 15 1.2.2. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between this Agreement and any Exhibit or incorporated documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows: (i) this Agreement; and then (ii) Exhibit C (Terms for Compliance with California Labor Law Requirements); and then (iii) Exhibit A (the RFP); and then (v) Exhibit B (the Proposal), shall control. In the event there is any conflict between the Agreement, on the one hand, and Exhibits A, B, and C, on the other hand, the Agreement shall control. 1.3. Standard of Care. As a material inducement to City to enter into this Agreement, Contractor hereby represents that it has the experience necessary to undertake the Services to be provided. In light of such status and experience, Contractor hereby covenants that it shall follow the customary professional standards in performing all Services. City relies upon the skill of Contractor, and Contractor’s staff, if any, to do and perform the Services in a skillful, competent, and professional manner, and Contractor and Contractor’s staff, shall perform the Services in such manner. Contractor shall, at all times, meet or exceed any and all applicable professional standards of care generally exercised by like professionals under similar circumstances and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to City. The acceptance of Contractor’s work by the City shall not operate as a release of Contractor from such standard of care and workmanship. 1.4. Familiarity with Services. By executing this Agreement, Contractor represents that, to the extent required by the standard of practice, Contractor (i) has investigated and considered the scope and level of services to be performed, (ii) has carefully considered how the Services should be performed, and (iii) understands the facilities, difficulties and restrictions attending performance of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor represents that Contractor, to the extent required by the standard of practice, has investigated any areas of work, as applicable, and is reasonably acquainted with the conditions therein. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions, which will materially affect the performance of services, Contractor shall immediately inform City of such fact and shall not proceed except at Contractor’s risk until written instructions are received from City’s Representative. 1.5. Compliance with Laws. In performing this Agreement, Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state, and local law. 1.6. Additional Services. Contractor will not be compensated for any work performed not specified in the Scope of Services unless City authorizes such work in advance and in writing. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the City Council. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior City Council authorization 4 of 15 2.0 Term 2.1. Original Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a term of three (3) years (Original Term”) and shall expire at midnight on May 24, 2029, unless sooner terminated or extended as provided by this Agreement. 2.2 Extensions. City, at its sole option, may elect to extend the Original Term of this Agreement, upon the same terms and conditions, for up to two (2) additional terms of one year each (“extension”), by providing written notice to Contractor at least one month prior to the expiration of an existing term. If timely elected by City, the first extension shall have a term extending from May 24, 2029 through and including May 24, 2030, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to this Agreement. If timely elected by City, the second extension shall be from May 24, 2030 through and including May 24, 2031, unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Agreement. Any extension shall not be effective except upon execution of a written amendment to this Agreement signed by the City Manager and Contractor’s authorized representatives. 3.0 Contractor’s Compensation 3.1. Original Term. In consideration of Contractor’s performance of the Services described in Section 1.0, City will pay Contractor in accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B for the Services but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $724,000 (Seven Hundred Twenty Four Thousand and 00/XX dollars) for the Original Term. Payment for any additional work authorized by City pursuant to Subsection 1.6 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B and shall not exceed the cumulative amount established by the City Council at the time of award for the Original Term. 3.2. Extensions. In the event that City elects to extend the Original Term in accordance with Subsection 2.2 of this Agreement, and in consideration of Contractor’s performance of the Services set forth in Section 1.0, City will pay Contractor in accordance with the hourly rates shown on the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B. For each extension period, the total compensation shall not exceed the amount paid during the preceding term, adjusted by the percentage change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI -U) for the Los Angeles -Long Beach-Anaheim, CA area for the month of March of the current year. In no event shall the annual adjustment to the not -to-exceed amount exceed five percent (5%). Payment for any additional work authorized by City for each extension pursuant to Subsection 1.6 will be compensated in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B and shall not exceed the cumulative amount established by the City Council at the time of award for each extension. 5 of 15 4.0 Method of Payment Contractor shall submit to City monthly invoices for all Services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Such invoices shall be submitted within 15 days of the end of the month during which the Services were rendered and shall describe in detail the Services rendered during the period, the days worked, number of hours worked, the hourly rates charged, and the Services performed for each day in the period. City will pay Contractor within 30 days of receiving Contractor’s invoice. City will not withhold any applicable federal or state payroll and other required taxes, or other authorized deductions from payments made to Contractor. 5.0 Termination 5.1. Termination by City. 5.1.1. This Agreement may be terminated by City, without cause, upon giving Contractor written notice thereof not less than 30 days prior to the date of termination. 5.1.2. This Agreement may be terminated by City upon 10 days’ notice to Contractor if Contractor fails to provide satisfactory evidence of renewal or replacement of comprehensive general liability insurance as required by this Agreement at least 20 days before the expiration date of the previous policy. 5.2. Termination by Contractor. This Agreement may be terminated by Contractor based on reasonable cause, by serving written notice of termination to City, provided that Contractor has first served City with a written notice of default and demand to cure, and City has failed to cure such default within 30 days of receipt of such notice. 5.3. Obligations Upon Termination. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of termination, Contractor shall cease all work under this Agreement immediately upon the effective termination date as set forth in the notice of termination. Upon termination, City shall be immediately given title to and possession of all Work Product (as defined in Subsection 11.1 of this Agreement) and all other documents, writings, and/or deliverables produced or developed pursuant to this Agreement. Provided that Contractor is not then in breach, City shall pay Contractor all undisputed amounts for any portion of the Services satisfactorily completed prior to termination, based on the reasonable value of the Services rendered. If said termination occurs prior to completion of any specific task for which a payment request has not been received, the charge for Services performed shall be the reasonable value of such Services, based on an amount agreed to by City and Contractor. City shall not be liable for any costs other than the charges or portions thereof which are specified herein. In no event 6 of 15 shall Contractor be entitled to payment for unperformed services or services within the Scope of Services performed prior to the effective date of this Agreement; and Contractor shall not be entitled to receive more than the amount that would be paid to Contractor for the full performance of the Services up to date of termination. Contractor shall have no other claim against City by reason of such termination, including any claim for compensation or damages. 6.0 Party Representatives 6.4. The City Manager is the City’s representative for purposes of this Agreement. 6.5. Brett Baum is the Contractor's primary representative for purposes of this Agreement. Brett Baum shall be responsible during the term of this Agreement for directing all activities of Contractor and devoting sufficient time to personally supervise the Services hereunder. Contractor may not change its representative without the prior written approval of City, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 7.0 Notices 7.6. All notices permitted or required under this Agreement shall be deemed made when personally delivered or when mailed 48 hours after deposit in the United States Mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to the party at the following addresses: To City: City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 Attn: City Manager To Contractor: Parking Concepts Inc., dba Transportation Concepts 12 Mauchly, Building I Irvine, CA 92618 Attn: Brett Baum 7.7. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service. 8.0 Permits and Licenses Contractor and all of Contractor’s employees and other personnel shall obtain and maintain during the Agreement term all necessary licenses, permits and certificates required by law for the provision of the Services under this 7 of 15 Agreement, including a business license as required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code. 9.0 Independent Contractor 9.1. Contractor is an independent contractor and not an employee of City. All work or other Services provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be performed by Contractor or by Contractor’s employees or other personnel under Contractor’s supervision. Contractor will determine the means, methods, and details by which Contractor’s employees and other personnel will perform the Services. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the satisfactory work performance of all personnel engaged in performing the Services and compliance with the customary professional standards. 9.2. All of Contractor’s employees and other personnel performing any of the Services under this Agreement on behalf of Contractor shall also not be employees of City and shall at all times be under Contractor's exclusive direction and control. Contractor and Contractor’s personnel shall not supervise any of City’s employees; and City’s employees shall not supervise Contractor’s personnel. Contractor’s personnel shall not wear or display any City uniform, badge, identification number, or other information identifying such individual as an employee of City; and Contractor’s personnel shall not use any City e -mail address or City telephone number in the performance of any of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and expense such vehicles, equipment and supplies as Contractor’s personnel require to perform any of the Services required by this Agreement. Contractor shall perform all Services off of City premises at locations of Contractor’s choice, except (i) as otherwise required for the performance of Services on City real property, facilities, vehicles or equipment; (ii) as otherwise may from time to time be necessary in order for Contractor’s personnel to receive projects from City, review plans on file at City, pick up or deliver any work product related to Contractor’s performance of any Services under this Agreement, or (iii) as may be necessary to inspect or visit City locations and/or private property to perform such Services. City may make a computer available to Contractor from time to time for Contractor’s personnel to obtain information about or to check on the status of projects pertaining to the Services under this Agreement. 9.3. In addition to all other provisions of this Agreement, Contractor shall be responsible for and pay all wages, salaries, benefits and other amounts due to Contractor’s personnel in connection with their performance of any Services under this Agreement and as required by law. Contractor shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to: Social Security taxes, other retirement or pension benefits, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance. Notwithstanding any other agency, State, or federal policy, rule, regulation, statute or ordinance to the contrary, Contractor and any of its officers, employees, agents, and subcontractors providing any of 8 of 15 the Services under this Agreement shall not become entitled to, and hereby waive any claims to, any wages, salaries, compensation, benefit or any incident of employment by City, including but not limited to, eligibility to enroll in, or reinstate to membership in, the California Public Employees Retirement System (“PERS”) as an employee of City, and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by City for employer contributions or employee contributions for PERS benefits. 9.4. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from , caused by, or relating to Contractor’s personnel practices. or to the extent arising from, caused by or relating to the violation of any of the provisions of this Section 9.0. In addition to all other remedies available under law, City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under this Agreement any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section. This duty of indemnification is in addition to Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify and hold harmless as set forth in any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 10.0 PERS Compliance and Indemnification 10.1. General Requirements. The Parties acknowledge that City is a local agency member of PERS, and as such has certain pension reporting and contribution obligations to PERS on behalf of qualifying employees. Contractor agrees that, in providing its employees and any other personnel to City to perform any work or other Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall assure compliance with the Public Employees’ Retirement Law (“PERL”), commencing at Government Code § 20000, as amended by the Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (“PEPRA”), and the regulations of PERS, as amended from time to time. Without limitation to the foregoing, Contractor shall assure compliance with regard to personnel who have active or inactive membership in PERS and to those who are retired annuitants and in performing this Agreement shall not assign or utilize any of its personnel in a manner that will cause City to be in violation of the PERL, PEPRA or any other applicable retirement laws and regulations. 10.2. Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liability, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from, caused by, or relating to Contractor’s violation of any 9 of 15 provisions of this Section 10.0. This duty of indemnification is in addition to Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify and hold harmless as set forth in any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 11.0 Ownership of Work Product 11.1. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing, all field notes and other notes, draft and final reports, drawings, specifications, data, surveys, studies, plans, maps, models, photographs, images, ideas, concepts, designs including but not limited to website designs, source code, object code, computer files, electronic data and/or electronic files, other media of any kind whatsoever, and any other documents and written material of any kind, created, developed, or used by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement (collectively “Work Product”) shall be considered “works made for hire,” for the benefit of City. Upon completion of, or in the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, all Work Product and any and all intellectual property rights arising from their creation, including, but not limited to, all copyrights and other proprietary rights, shall be and remain the property of City without restriction or limitation upon their use, duplication or dissemination by City upon final payment being made in accordance with Subsection 5.3, and may be used, reused or otherwise disposed of by City for any purpose without Contractor’s consent; provided that any use, reuse or modification of the Work Product by City for any purpose other than the purpose for which the Work Product was prepared or provided under this Agreement shall be at City’s own risk. Contractor shall not obtain or attempt to obtain copyright protection as to any of the Work Product. 11.2. Contractor hereby assigns to City all ownership and any and all intellectual property rights to the Work Product that are not otherwise vested in City pursuant to Subsection 11.1. 11.3. Contractor warrants and represents that it has secured all necessary licenses, consents or approvals to use any instrumentality, thing or component as to which any intellectual property right exists, including computer software, used in the rendering of the Services and the production of all Work Product produced under this Agreement, and that City has full legal title to and the right to reproduce the Work Product for any purpose. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, attorneys, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, harmless from any loss, claim or liability in any way related to a claim that City’s use of any of the Work Product violates federal, state or local laws, or any contractual provisions, or any laws relating to trade names, licenses, franchises, copyrights, patents or other means of protecting intellectual property rights and/or interests in products or inventions. Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the use of patented, copyrighted, trade secret or 10 of 15 trademarked documents, materials, equipment, devices or processes in connection with its provision of the Services and Work Product produced under this Agreement. In the event the use of any of the Work Product or other deliverables hereunder by City is held to constitute an infringement and the use of any of the same is enjoined, Contractor, at its expense, shall: (i) secure for City the right to continue using the Work Product and other deliverables by suspension of any injunction, or by procuring a license or licenses for City; or (ii) modify the Work Product and other deliverables so that they become non-infringing while remaining in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 11.4. Upon expiration or termination of the Agreement, Contractor shall deliver to City all Work Product and other deliverables related to any Services performed pursuant to this Agreement without additional cost or expense to City. If Contractor prepares a document on a computer, Contractor shall provide City with said document both in a printed format and in an electronic format that is acceptable to City. 12.0 Confidentiality 12.1. Contractor may have access to financial, accounting, statistical, and personnel data of individuals and City employees, trade secrets, and/or other information that may be protected under other applicable laws relating to privacy, confidentiality and/or privilege. Contractor covenants that all Work Product (as defined in Subsection 11.1) and/or any other data, documents, writings, discussion or other information created, developed, received or provided by Contractor for performance of this Agreement are confidential unless such information is in the public domain or already known to Contractor. Contractor shall not release or disclose any such Work Product, data, documents, writings, discussion or other information to persons or entities other than City without prior written authorization by City. City shall grant such authorization if applicable law requires disclosure. Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, servants, and/or subcontractors shall not without written authorization from the City Manager or unless requested in writing by the City Attorney, voluntarily provide declarations, letters of support, testimony at depositions, response to interrogatories or other information concerning the Services performed under this Agreement or relating to any project or property located within the geographical boundaries of City. Response to a subpoena or court order shall not be considered “voluntary,” provided Contractor gives City timely notice of such court order or subpoena. 12.2. Contractor shall promptly notify City should Contractor, its officers, employees, agents, and/or subcontractors be served with any summons, complaint, subpoena, notice of deposition, request for documents, interrogatories, request for admissions or other discovery request, court order or subpoena from any party regarding this Agreement and the work performed 11 of 15 thereunder or with respect to any project or property located within the geographical boundaries of City. City may, but has no obligation to, represent Contractor or be present at any deposition, hearing or similar proceeding. Contractor agrees to cooperate fully with City and to provide City with the opportunity to review any response to discovery requests provided by Contractor. However, City’s right to review any such response does not imply or mean the right by City to control, direct or rewrite the response. 12.3. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. 13.0 Subcontractors No portion of this Agreement shall be subcontracted without the prior written approval of City, and any subcontracting shall be at Contractor’s sole cost and expense. Contractor is fully responsible to City for the performance of any and all subcontractors, and Contractor shall monitor and review all work and other services performed by any subcontractor to ensure that all Services performed by such subcontractor comply with the requirements and provisions of this Agreement. 14.0 Prohibition Against Assignment, Transfer or Delegation Contractor shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any of its rights, obligations or interest in this Agreement, or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement, either in whole or in part, without City’s prior written consent, which may be withheld for any reason. Any purported assignment, transfer or delegation without City’s consent shall be void and without effect, and shall entitle City to terminate this Agreement. 15.0 Inspection and Audit of Records Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to all Services and other matters covered under this Agreement, including but expressly not limited to, all Services performed, salaries, wages, payroll, invoices, time cards, cost control sheets, costs, expenses, receipts and other records and Work Product with respect to this Agreement. Contractor shall maintain adequate records on the Services provided in sufficient detail to permit an evaluation of all Services in connection therewith. All such records shall be clearly identified and readily accessible. At all times during regular business hours Contractor shall provide City with free access to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make copies and transcripts as City deems necessary, and shall allow inspection of all program data, information, documents, proceedings and activities and all other matters related to the performance of the Services under this Agreement. Contractor shall retain all financial and program service records and all other records related to the 12 of 15 Services and performance of this Agreement for at least three (3) years after expiration, termination or final payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later. City’s rights under this Section 15.0 shall survive for three (3) years after expiration, termination or final payment under this Agreement, whichever occurs later. 16.0 Safety Requirements All work performed under this Agreement shall be performed in such a manner as to provide safety to the public and to meet or exceed the safety standards outlined by CAL OSHA and other applicable state and federal laws. City may issue restraint or cease and desist orders to Contractor when unsafe or harmful acts are observed or reported relative to the performance of the Services. Contractor shall maintain the work sites free of hazards to persons and property resulting from its operations. Contractor shall immediately report to City any hazardous condition noted by Contractor. 17.0 Insurance 17.1. Contractor General Requirements. Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until it has provided evidence satisfactory to City that Contractor has secured all insurance required under this Section. 17.2. Minimum Scope and Limits of Insurance . Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure, maintain and keep in full force and effect for the duration of the Agreement, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, as follows: 17.2.1. General liability insurance. Provider shall maintain commercial general liability insurance with coverage at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence, $4,000,000 general aggregate, for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. The policy must include contractual liability that has not been amended. Any endorsement restricting standard ISO “insured contract” language will not be accepted. 17.2.2. Sexual abuse/molestation insurance. Provider shall procure and maintain sexual abuse/molestation liability coverage with limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate. Coverage may be provided as part of commercial general liability coverage or as a separate policy. 17.2.3. Automobile liability insurance. Provider shall maintain automobile liability insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the 13 of 15 Provider arising out of or in connection with services to be performed under this Agreement, including coverage for any owned, hired, non-owned, or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than $10,000,000 combined single limit for each accident. Minimum limit may increase depending on the vehicle’s maximum number of passengers. 17.2.4. Workers’ compensation insurance. Provider shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance (Statutory Limits) and Employer’s Liability Insurance with limits of at least $1,000,000. 17.3. Acceptability of Insurers. The Insurance policies required under this Section shall be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best's rating no less than A: VIII, licensed to do business in California, and satisfactory to City. 17.4. Additional Insured s. 17.4.1. Additional insured status. General liability, automobile liability, and umbrella/excess liability insurance policies shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers shall be additional insureds under such policies . 17.4.2. These additional insured provisions shall also apply to any sexual abuse and molestation policy, and any excess/umbrella liability policies. 17.5. Cancellations or Modifications to Coverage . The insurance policies shall contain the following provisions, or Contractor shall provide endorsements on forms supplied or approved by City to state: (i) coverage shall not be suspended, voided, reduced or canceled except after 30 days (or ten days for nonpayment) prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City; (ii) any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies, including breaches of warranties, shall not affect coverage provided to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials; 17.6. Primary and Non -Contributing. Coverage shall be primary insurance as respects City, its elected and appointed officials , officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, or if excess, shall stand in an unbroken chain of coverage excess of the Contractor's scheduled underlying coverage and that any insurance or self -insurance maintained by City, its elected and appointed officials , officers, employees, agents , servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not be called upon to contribute with it; 14 of 15 17.7. Separation of Insureds. Each insurance policy shall contain standard separation of insureds provisions and shall not contain any special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. 17.8. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self- insured retentions shall be declared to and approved by City. Contractor guarantees that, at the option of City, either: (i) the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials ; or (ii) Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation costs, claims and administrative and defense expenses. 17.9. Waiver of Subrogation. Each insurance policy required by this Agreement shall expressly waive the insurer’s right of subrogation against City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery and all rights of subrogation against City; and shall require similar express written waivers from any subcontractor. 17.10. Enforcement of Agreement Provisions (Non-Estoppel). Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on City’s part to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any insurance requirement does not impose additional obligations on City, nor does it waive any rights hereunder. 17.11. City Remedy for Noncompliance. If Contractor does not maintain the policies of insurance required under this Section in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, or in the event any of Contractor’s policies do not comply with the requirements under this Section, City may either immediately terminate this Agreement or, if insurance is available at a reasonable cost, City may, but has no duty to, take out the necessary insurance and pay, at Contractor’s expense, the premium thereon. Contractor shall promptly reimburse City for any premium paid by City or City may withhold amounts sufficient to pay the premiums from payments due to Contractor. 17.12. Evidence of Insurance. Prior to the performance of Services under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and all original endorsements evidencing and effecting the coverage s required under this Section on forms satisfactory to and approved by City. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf, and shall be on forms provided by City if requested. Contractor may provide complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies to City. Contractor shall maintain current 15 of 15 endorsements on file with City’s Risk Manager. All certificates and endorsements shall be received and approved by City before work commences. City also reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Contractor shall also provide proof to City that insurance policies expiring during the term of this Agreement have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Contractor shall furnish such proof at least two weeks prior to the expiration of the coverages. 17.13. Insurance Requirements Not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. 17.14. Broader Coverage/Higher Limits. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Agreement. Contractor may also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Services. If Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required above, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by Contractor. 17.15. Subcontractor Insurance Requirements/Pass-Through Clause. Contractor shall require each of its subcontractors that perform Services under this Agreement to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of this Section. Contractor agrees to monitor and review all such coverages and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this Section. Contractor agrees to submit all agreements with Contractors, subcontractors, and others engaged in the Services upon City’s request. 17.16. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of demands or claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required insurance policies. 18.0 Indemnification, Hold Harmless, and Duty to Defend 18.1. Indemnities. 18.1.1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify City, its 16 of 15 elected and appointed officials, officers, attorneys, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees” in this Section 18.0), from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, judgments, penalties, bid protests, stop notices, liens or losses of any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to fees of accountants, attorneys and other professionals, and all costs associated therewith, and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively “Claims”), in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, to property or persons, including but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury and property damage, in any manner arising out of, claimed to arise out of, pertaining to, or relating to the breach of this Agreement and/or any acts, errors, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor, its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, materialmen, or suppliers, or their officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, or employees or subcontractors (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor shall bear legal liability) in the performance of the Services and/or this Agreement, except to the extent the Claims arise from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees as determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by the Indemnitees in connection therewith. 18.1.2. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City in accordance with Sections 9.0 and 10.0. 18.2. Subcontractor Indemnification. Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 1 8.0 from each and every subcontractor, or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. If Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity agreements, Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Claims in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, arising out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain ing to, or relating to, the breach of this Agreement, any acts, errors, omissions, negligence or willful misconduct of Contractor’s subcontractor, or other person or entity, and its officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, employees, materialmen, contractors, subcontractors or their officers, directors, managers, affiliates, agents, employees or subcontractors (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor’s subcontractor, and/or such other person or individual shall bear legal liability) in the performance of the Services or this Agreement, except to the extent the Claims arise from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees as 17 of 15 determined by final arbitration or court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. 18.3. Workers’ Compensation Acts Not Limiting. Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Section, or any other provision of this Agreement, shall not be limited by the provisions of any workers’ co mpensation act or similar act. Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials . 18.4. Indemnification Not Limited By Insurance . Procurement of insurance by Contractor is not and shall not be construed as a limitation of Contractor’s liability, or as a waiver of or limitation on full performance of Contractor’s duties of defense and indemnification, under this Section 18.0 or under any other provision of this Agreement. Contractor’s defense and indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Claims or Liabilities asserted against City or any of the other Indemnitees as defined in this Section 18.0, and Contractor’s defense and indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by Contractor, City, or any of the other Indemnitees. 18.5. Survival of Terms. Contractor’s covenants and obligations under this Section 18.0 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement. 19.0 Non-Discrimination and Equal Employment Opportunity Contractor affirmatively represents that it is an equal opportunity employer. In the performance of this Agreement, Contractor covenants that it shall not discriminate, harass or retaliate against any of its employees, applicants for employment, contractors, or subcontractors because or on account of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression, marital status, national origin, ancestry, age, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, military or veteran status, or any other basis prohibited by law. Contractor further covenants that in the performance of this Agreement, Contractor shall not discriminate, harass or retaliate against City, its elected or appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, volunteers, those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, and/or any City contractors, or subcontractors, on any basis prohibited by law. 20.0 Labor Certification By its signature hereunder, Contractor certifies that it is aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the California Labor Code that require every employer to be 18 of 15 insured against liability for Workers’ Compensation or to undertake self -insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Services. 21.0 Prevailing Wage and Payroll Records To the extent that this Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, constitute “public works” as defined in the California Labor Code, Contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including those set forth in Exhibit C, attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. 22.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Agreement may only be modified by a writing signed by both Parties. 23.0 Severability The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement. 24.0 Government Code Claim Compliance In addition to any and all requirements of this Agreement pertaining to notices of and requests for compensation or payment for additional services, disputed work, claims and/or changed conditions, Contractor must comply with the claim procedures set forth in Government Code Section 900 et seq. prior to filing any lawsuit against City. Such Government Code claims and any subsequent lawsuit based upon the Government Code claims shall be limited to those matters that remain unresolved after all procedures pertaining to additional services, disputed work, claims, and/or changed conditions have been followed by Contractor. If no such Government Code claim is submitted, or if any prerequisite contractual requirements are not otherwise satisfied as specified herein, Contractor shall be barred from bringing and maintaining a lawsuit against City. 25.0 Governing Law and Venue This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, except that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied i n interpreting this Agreement. Orange County, California, shall be the venue for any action or proceeding that may be brought by reason of, that arises out of, and/or relates to any dispute under this Agreement (whether contract, tort or both). 19 of 15 26.0 Non-Exclusive Agreement Contractor acknowledges that City may enter into agreements with other Contractors for services similar to the services that are subject to this Agreement or may have its own employees perform services similar to those services contemplated by this Agreement. 27.0 No Third Party Beneficiaries This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall be deemed to have any rights hereunder against either party by virtue of this Agreement. 28.0 Waiver No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to City under this Agreement shall impair any right, power or remedy of City, nor shall it be construed as a waiver of, or consent to, any breach or default. No waiver of any breach, any failure of a condition, or any right or remedy under this Agreement shall be (i) effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Party making the waiver, (ii) deemed to be a waiver of, or consent to, any other breach, failure of a condition, or right or remedy, or (iii) deemed to constitute a continuing waiver unless the writing expressly so states. 29.0 Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest 29.1. Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Services, or which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Contractor further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Contractor shall avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Services. Contractor shall not accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may likely make Contractor "financially interested" (as provided in California Government Code §§ 1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any matter in connection with which Contractor has been retained. 29.2. Contractor further warrants and maintains that it has not employed or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Contractor paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, any fee, commission, gift, 20 of 15 percentage, or any other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to deduct from any sums payable to Contractor hereunder the full amount or value of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift. 29.3. Contractor warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non-contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the business of Contractor, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of Contractor at any time during the term of this Agreement, Contractor shall immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if such interest would not be deemed a prohibited "conflict of interest" under applicable laws as described in this Section. 30.0 Final Payment Acceptance Constitutes Release The acceptance by Contractor of the final payment made under this Agreement shall operate as and be a release of City from all claims and liabilities for compensation to Contractor for anything done, furnished or relating to Contractor’s work or services. Acceptance of payment shall be any negotiation of City’s check or the failure to make a written extra compensation claim within ten calendar days of the receipt of that check. However, approval or payment by City shall not constitute, nor be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of Contractor, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and subcontractors for the accuracy and competency of the information provided and/or work performed; nor shall such approval or payment be deemed to be an assumption of such responsibility or liability by City for any defect or error in the work prepared by Contractor, its officers, directors, employees, agents, and subcontractors. 31.0 Corrections In addition to the indemnification obligations set forth above, Contractor shall correct, at its expense, all errors in the work which may be disclosed during City’s review of Contractor’s report or plans. Should Contractor fail to make such correction in a reasonably timely manner, such correction may be made by City, and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. In addition to all other available remedies, City may deduct the cost of such correction from any retention amount held by City or may withhold payment otherwise owed Contractor under this Agreement up to the amount of the cost of correction. 32.0 Non-Appropriation of Funds 21 of 15 Payments to be made to Contractor by City for any Services performed within the current fiscal year are within the current fiscal budget and within an available, unexhausted fund. In the event that City does not appropriate sufficient funds for payment of Contractor’s Services beyond the current fiscal year, this Agreement shall cover payment for Contractor’s Services only to the conclusion of the last fiscal year in which City appropriates sufficient funds and shall automatically terminate at the conclusion of such fiscal year. 33.0 Mutual Cooperation 33.4. City’s Cooperation. City shall provide Contractor with all pertinent Data, documents and other requested information as is reasonably available for Contractor’s proper performance of the Services required under this Agreement. 33.5. Contractor’s Cooperation. Contractor agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City’s representative and any other agencies that may have jurisdiction or interest in the work to be performed. In the event any claim or action is brought against City relating to Contractor’s performance of Services rendered under this Agreement, Contractor shall render any reasonable assistance that City requires. 34.0 Time of the Essence Time is of the essence in respect to all provisions of this Agreement that specify a time for performance; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to limit or deprive a Party of the benefits of any grace or use period allowed in this Agreement. 35.0 Attorneys' Fees If either party commences an action against the other party, either legal, administrative or otherwise, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to have and recover from the losing party all of its attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection therewith. 36.0 Recitals City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 37.0 Titles and Headings 22 of 15 The titles and headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any part of it. 38.0 Corporate Authority The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Contractor warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of said party and that by his or her execution, the Contractor is formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, through their respective authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written. CITY OF SEAL BEACH By: _________________________ Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Attest: By: _________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk Approved as to Form: By: _________________________ Nicholas Ghirelli, City Attorney CONTRACTOR: Parking Concepts, Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, a California Corporation. By: __________________________ Name: __ Its: By: __________________________ Name: ___ Its: (Please note, two signatures required for corporations pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 313 from each of the following categories: (i) the chairperson of the board, the president or any vice president, and (ii) the secretary, any assistant secretary, the chief financial officer or any assistant treasurer of such corporation.) David Mueller Assistant Secretary Vice President Brett Baum EXHIBIT A CITY REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS City of Seal Beach Request for Proposals for Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities RFP responses to be received until 2:00 P.M., January 7, 2026 in the Recreation Department ATTN: Anthony Nguyen, Community Services Coordinator Of Community Services/Recreation. Approved for Advertising: Anthony Nguyen Community Services Coordinator Date Issued: November 3, 2025 ii Table of Contents I. INTRODUCTION II. QUALIFICATIONS III. SCOPE OF SERVICES IV. PRE-PROPOSAL QUESTIONS V. SCHEDULE VI. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS VII. FEE AND COST PROPOSAL VIII. INTERVIEW IX. SELECTION PROCESS X. SPECIAL PROVISIONS XI. GENERAL CONDITIONS EXHIBIT A – Sample Contract EXHIBIT B – Pre-trip Inspection Checklist 3 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS FOR TRANSPORTATION SERVICES FOR SENIORS AND INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES ALL INTERESTED PARTIES MUST REGISTER BY EMAILING anguyen@sealbeachca.gov. COMMUNICATION AND ADDENDA, IF ANY, WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO REGISTERED PARTIES VIA EMAIL PROVIDED. I. INTRODUCTION The City of Seal Beach operates a Senior Transportation Services program for its qualified senior and disabled residents. This program is partially funded by two grants from the Orange County Transportation Authority (OCTA): the Senior Mobility Program (SMP) and the Enhanced Mobility for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities (EMSD). As a condition of receiving these grants, the program must adhere to all associated requirements. This program comprises two components: Shuttle Service and Dial-a-Ride Service. The City currently contracts both of these services with two different providers. As both agreements will expire on May 24, 2026, the City is initiating a competitive bid process to secure new contracts. The City is seeking one or more contractors to provide either (1) Shuttle Service, (2) Dial -a-Ride Service, or (3) both services for an anticipated term of three (3) years, with an option to extend. The final agreement amount and term will be determined based on the quality, diversity, and responsiveness of the proposals received. The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, to waive any informalities, and to negotiate with the selected firm or firms as deemed to be in the best interest of the City. II. QUALIFICATIONS Minimum Qualifications • Valid license of operations for the work to be conducted. • Valid City of Seal Beach business license for the term of the Agreement, if selected. • Ability to meet the Qualifications and Expertise detailed in this RFP. Desirable Qualifications • Knowledge and experience working in the City of Seal Beach • Knowledge and experience with similar community transit programs. Knowledge of Seal Beach areas, in particular, Leisure World 4 III. SCOPE OF SERVICES The City of Seal Beach Senior Transportation Services Program currently operates Monday through Friday. There are two (2) components to the Program – (1) shuttle service that operates a fixed route within the City, with current service operating from 9:00 a.m.to 4:00 p.m.; and (2) on-demand Dial-a-Ride service, with current service operating from 7:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. The Program is free of charge to all qualified registered users. To qualify, one must be a Seal Beach resident who is either: sixty (60) years old or older, or an individual with documented disabilities. Residents must register through the City to use the Program. Registered users will be issued a unique ID number. Shuttle Service Current shuttle services include the following routes. These routes are subject to change. Fixed Route Shuttle: Leisure World, Seal Beach Pier, Pavilions, The Shops at Rossmoor, and North Seal Beach Community Center. The current fixed route shuttle service averages approximately 125 vehicle service hours per month, per year depending on City observed closures, weekdays in the month, and special events or occasions. On a given service day, the shuttle takes approximately one (1) hour to complete a full cycle through the fixed stops, with a total of six (6) total service hours per day. On average, the shuttle vehicle service hours per month have been recorded between 108 to 138 service hours. • Fiscal Year 2021-2022: averaged approximately 123 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2022-2023: averaged approximately 125 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2023-2024: averaged approximately 125 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2024-2025: averaged approximately 125 service hours per month. • Fiscal Year 2025-2026: projected to average approximately 125 service hours per month. Dial-a-Ride The Dial-a-Ride program averages approximately 14 vehicle service hours per month, running concurrently with the shuttle service. Registered users are required to make reservations for each one-way trip and may use this program to travel within the City of Seal Beach city limits. There are three (3) exceptions for travel outside of city limits: 1. VA Hospital in Long Beach 2. UCI Health - Los Alamitos Medical Center Up to three (3) miles outside the City limits, within Orange County, for non-emergency medical purposes Contractor may propose on the Shuttle Service, Dial-a-Ride Service, or both. The following sections describe the qualifications and tasks required by this Program, at a minimum. Definitions: 5 • No-Show: occurs when a passenger misses a scheduled trip without cancelling in time. • Missed Trip: a pre-scheduled and confirmed journey that is not completed due to an error or failure by the transportation provider. • On-Time Pickup: the vehicle arrives at the designated location within an agreed-upon time window, typically a short period before and after the scheduled time. • Vehicle Service Hour: the total time a vehicle is in use for a transportation system’s operational schedule, including both revenue service (carrying passengers) and non-revenue service (like deadheading or layovers). • Revenue Service: the total hours a vehicle is scheduled and available to transport passengers on a public route, starting from the first scheduled pick-up and ending at the last drop-off. Billing Form, Records and Reports: The Contractor shall maintain records, data, and documents of all work performed, including but not limited to; miles per trip, service hours per trip, type of trips (trip category), cost per trip, passenger names, pick up and drop off times, odometer readings, pick up and drop off addresses, space type (ambulatory, walker, wheelchair, scooter, etc.) on-going updated registration list, and any other metrics requested by the City to fully and completely meet OCTA reporting requirements. A copy of such record shall be provided to the City with the monthly invoice on or before the 10th business day of the following month. Contractor shall maintain such records through the term of the Agreement, plus five (5) years after Contract termination, including access to accounting books, program records, payroll documents and facilities as deemed necessary. Records shall be made readily available in a timely manner to the city upon request related to the Agreement, to comply with OCTA’s annual site visit audits of the Program. Contractor shall provide a billing form and progress payment form approved by the City. Service Standards: • On-Time Pickups: greater than or equal to 90-95%, within a +5-minute window. • Missed Trips: less than or equal to 1% of total scheduled trips. • Maximum Dwell Time: 5 minutes. • Maximum In-Vehicle Time: 45 minutes. • Complaint Resolution: 90% within 10 business days. Staffing Requirements: Contractor shall provide the necessary management and administrative personnel whose expertise will ensure efficient operations of Program, providing safe, reliable, and timely transportation for the seniors of the City of Seal Beach. The City recognizes that high-quality operations begin with key personnel. As such, a minimum level of staffing is described below: Project Manager: The Project Manager will be the person in charge of all management, training, day-to-day operations, and maintenance of all documentations, records, invoices, and reports required. The Project Manager shall maintain 6 consistent and sufficient contact and communication with the City’s designated point of contact, including sharing feedback, complaints, and internal forms used by staff. Reservation, Scheduling, and Dispatch Staff: For our on-demand Dial-a-Ride Service, the Contractor shall provide adequate staffing to ensure efficient and timely administration of reservations, scheduling and dispatching of service trips/drivers in accordance with the service schedules and policies set forth by the City. At a minimum, these staff will have the following responsibilities: Reservations • Maintain and update list of registered users • Handle telephone requests and inquiries so as to maximize customer service, giving timely, accurate and courteous service • Carry out trip reservation activities in a manner that will maximize productivity • Ensure that the City’s and OCTA’s policies and procedures are followed. Scheduling • Manage Program services in accordance with City’s and OCTA’s policies and procedures. Receive, approve, and process requests for service. • Review and refine daily trip itineraries ensuring the most efficient and effective travel patterns. • Initiate client call back regarding discrepancies and/or schedule changes. • Administer and process cancellations, track passenger no-shows, mailing letters, and making phone calls. Dispatching • Schedule and assign drivers and vehicles in accordance with the service hour schedules and scheduled trip each day. • Ensure that all scheduled trips are promptly executed. • Assist drivers while they are on service to carry out assigned trip on-time, providing address assistance and telephoning passengers, as needed. • Monitor the performance of scheduled trips, reassigning trips and/or adjusting the number of vehicles in services, as necessary, to ensure on-time performance in the most efficient and effective manner. • Wheelchair accessible vehicles must be available for service when requested. Drivers • Drivers must be properly licensed and trained to proficiency to perform duties to operate a bus, taxi, rideshare, and/or applicable modes of transportation in the State of California as well as maintain any other licenses or certificates required by applicable federal, state, or local regulations. Disability awareness and passenger assistance will be included in this training. • Drivers must be in good standing with the DMV. • Drivers must be able to speak, understand, and read English adequately. • Drivers are required to treat all passengers with courtesy, respect, and dignity. 7 Dress and Appearance Standard • Contractor shall provide a uniform to be worn by all drivers when operating a vehicle in City service that will convey a professional image. • It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that driver's uniforms remain in good repair, and do not appear old or worn out. Uniforms that are not in good repair must be replaced. Driver Feedback • As drivers are the first line out in the field, driver feedback about schedules, customer needs, vehicle maintenance and working conditions is imperative. The Contractor must have on-going mechanisms, including monthly driver meetings evaluate driver feedback. The City shall be allowed to participate in monthly driver meetings. Removal of Drivers • City may require that any driver be removed from transporting City customers for excessive complaints, rudeness, or other inappropriate behavior or appearance. • Any driver receiving three or more valid customer complaints within a rolling 30-day period will be subject to a thirty (30) day probation period. The City will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any driver determined unsuitable. Within ten days of receipt of such notice, Contractor shall, at its sole discretion, either propose to replace the driver or present to the City a plan for correcting the driver's performance deficiencies. If either the City rejects the plan or the driver's performance deficiencies are not corrected to the City's satisfaction within the 30-day plan period, the Contractor shall immediately replace the driver. Personnel Policies • Contractor shall have in effect personnel policies that conform to all local, state, and federal laws including, but not limited to, all regulations concerning Equal Employment Opportunities, FTA Drug and Alcohol Regulations, Compensation, Worker's Compensation, and other regulations, as appropriate and will produce any documentation necessary to establish its compliance. • Contractor shall maintain at all times a current list of personnel assigned to the Program and provide the City with an updated roster of all drivers each month. • Purchasing or consuming illegal substances or alcoholic beverages while in uniform shall not be allowed. It shall be Contractor's responsibility to terminate any employee doing so. • City promotes and supports a smoke-free work environment. There is no smoking allowed on vehicles used to provide the City's transportation service. • City retains the right to review Contractor's personnel policies and the list of personnel assigned to the Program. Training and Safety Programs State and Federal Regulations • Motor Vehicle Codes - All Contractors are to comply fully with local, state and federal vehicle code regulations pertaining to the licensing and operations of vehicles. 8 • Drug-Free Workplace - The Contractor shall comply with all local, state and federal requirements for maintaining a drug free workplace and all applicable local, state and federal drug testing regulations. • Contractor shall maintain a Program services safety policy. • Contractor shall maintain its vehicles and provide all services in compliance with the Americans with Disability Act. • California OSHA - Contractor shall comply with all California OSHA requirements. • Title VI or ADA grievances – Contractor shall provide and maintain reports of open or closed during the program year in review (if applicable). OCTA Training Requirements • Contractor shall provide and maintain policies, manuals, handbooks, training guides, and/or syllabuses used to ensure that operators of vehicles used for the Program are properly licensed and trained to proficiency to perform duties safely and in a manner that treats riders with respect and dignity. Drivers should have refresher training once a year. • Contractor shall provide and maintain policies, complaint form, manuals, handbooks, and/or official statements used to ensure the protection of the Program participants from discrimination based on disabilities, race, color, and national origin. Reservations, Scheduling and Dispatch Service Efficiency • Average Call Answer Time: less than or equal to 2 minutes. • Abandonment Rate: less than or equal to 5%. • Call Resolution: 95% without callback. Transportation Service Scheduling Contractor shall provide a dedicated “toll-free” reservation number for the Dial-a-Ride Program. Reservations shall be taken by qualified and trained personnel to answer and properly respond to all telephone calls for trip reservations, cancellations, ride check status, service inquiries, and general information requests. Automated reservation systems are not acceptable. Scheduling is to be based upon 24-hour advanced reservations, unless Contractor is available to schedule within a shorter reservation window. Same day pickup options are desirable, but not mandatory. Reservations staff shall at a minimum be on-duty during the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on weekdays. Cancellations can also be taken by voice mail. Cancellations received during the weekend for a Monday ride must be processed to avoid unnecessary no-show activity on Monday. Dispatching Contractor shall provide qualified and trained personnel to: • Schedule and assign drivers and vehicles in accordance with the service hour schedules and scheduled trips for each day. 9 • Assist drivers while they are in service to carry out the assigned trips on-time, providing address assistance and telephoning passengers, as needed. • Monitor the performance of scheduled trips, reassigning trips and/or adjusting the number of vehicles in service as needed to ensure on-time performance in the most efficient manner. • Ensure that unanticipated service demands, passenger and vehicle accidents, other events and general service delivery are handled appropriately. • Be available between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday – Friday, excluding weekends and holidays. • Ensure that the City's policy of "no stranded passengers" is achieved. Vehicle Operations Service Schedules Service schedules are subject to change due to varying factors. Contractor shall cooperate with City to revise and refine the service levels, as required by the City. In the event that major changes, increase or decreases, are required from the service levels specified by the City, in most cases the City will give the Contractor at least 5 working days to respond to major changes requiring more drivers or major adjustments to work shifts. As little as 24 hours’ notice may be given to respond to minor adjustments. The Contractor shall not supply vehicle service hours/trips without City approval. Such hours will not be paid for by the City. City Observed Closures The Program will not operate on the below closures that are observed by the city, dates are subject to change. • New Year’s Day (January) • Martin Luther King Day (January) • President’s Day (February) • Memorial Day (May) • Independence Day (July) • Labor Day (September) • Veteran’s Day (November) • Thanksgiving and the Day after (November) • Christmas Eve and Christmas Day (December) Driver Vehicle Trip Sheets Drivers shall maintain a detailed log of trips completed in order for the City to track changes in service levels and needs including daily pre-trip inspections including the maintenance of all accessibility features of the vehicles, scheduled preventative maintenance and maintenance of all vehicles used in the Senior Mobility Program. Vehicles 10 The City will not provide any vehicles for the use under the Program. The Contractor must provide its own fleet of vehicles. Shuttle vehicles must have wheelchair accessibility, and the Dial-a-Ride program must be able to provide wheelchair accessible vehicles upon request. Fuel The Contractor will be responsible for providing all fuel necessary to operate Contractor-owned vehicles under this Program. Back-Up and Overflow Service In an effort to reduce the number of unmet transportation needs and to increase the overall efficiency of service delivery, Contractors are encouraged to propose the use of supplemental sedan and taxicab services or other innovative practices to supplement regular transportation services. Vehicle Storage It is preferred for the shuttle service vehicle(s) to be stored at the Contractor’s facilities, as space at the City yard is limited. The Contractor's yard shall not be more than 40 miles away from the City of Seal Beach. The City may accommodate storage of the shuttle vehicle(s), providing there is available space. Performance Standards-Management & Operations Contractor shall strive at all times to provide service in a manner that will maximize productivity and customer service. Continued nonperformance of Contractor and/or violation of service standards may result in contract termination. Annual Review of Standards The City may from time to time review the standards established for the Program to ensure those standards are met. In consultation with Contractor, the City may, at its discretion, adjust standards, and penalties to ensure and encourage increased efficiency and improved performance of services. Data Collection/Reporting Dispatch Log Contractor dispatch staff shall create and maintain a daily dispatch log that records the basic services provided on that day and, particularly, any and all accidents, incidents, road calls and other unforeseen events that may have occur and any response taken. On a monthly basis, Contractor shall provide the City an electronic copy of all dispatch logs for that month in a format acceptable to the City. Accident Reporting and Follow Up 11 Contractor shall notify the City within 24 hours of any accident/incidents, including: • Collisions between a vehicle and another vehicle, person or object. • Passenger accidents, including falls to vehicle passengers who are entering, occupying or exiting the vehicle. • Disturbances, ejectment, fainting, sickness, deaths or assaults. • Accidents the driver witnesses. • Passenger complaints of injury or property or other circumstances likely to result in the filing of claims against the Contractor or City. • Any passenger, driver and service complaint that arises from an accident. The Contractor shall ensure proper follow up on any accidents or incidents, where appropriate, to ensure that any unresolved safety hazards or liability issues are addressed. Contractor shall provide copies of reports to the City. Daily and Monthly Operations Reporting On a daily basis, Contractor shall capture the operating data and then prepare a Monthly Operating Report which shall be submitted to the City with the monthly invoice on or before the 10th business day of the following month. The Monthly Operating Report shall include, at a minimum, the following data: Operating Data: Passenger Names Vehicle Number Scheduled Pick-Up Dates Scheduled Pick-Up Times Pick-Up Addresses Pick-Up City Pick-Up Times Pick-Up Odometer Readings Drop Off Addresses Drop Off City Drop Off Times Drop Off Odometer Readings Number of Passengers Space Type (Ambulatory, Wheelchair, Scooter, Walker, Cane, PCA) Trip Categories/Type (Medical, Senior Center, Personal Care, Shopping) Vehicle Service Hours Service Miles Total Passengers Total Trips No-Shows Canceled Trips Missed Trips Fare Revenue Received (when collected) Telecommunications: Calls accepted 12 Calls answered Average wait time for answered calls Maximum wait time for answered calls Average call length Average number of agents on duty Additionally, the Monthly Operating Report for the Dial-a-Ride service will be accompanied by an electronic copy of the Dispatch Logs for the month just completed as well as the revenue collected from fare proceeds. All data collected by the Contractor shall be available upon request for audit and inspection by the City, OCTA or any other governmental agency. Accounting All service costs incurred in the performance of this Agreement shall be recorded in an account separate from those used for other business activities of the Contractor and shall be available for inspection or audit during normal business hours upon City request. Invoices and Billing All relevant back-up documentation, including monthly operations summaries, must be included with invoice. Invoices shall be submitted to the City within ten (10) days of the close of the month’s billing cycle. Vehicle Maintenance Services Vehicle Maintenance Vehicle maintenance shall be provided by and the sole expense of the Contractor. The City reserves the right to inspect the vehicles at any time for vehicle cleanliness or other maintenance needs. Through an approved Preventive Maintenance program, the Contractor shall cause all components of each Contractor-owned vehicle used for the Program, including its body, frame, furnishing, mechanical, electric, hydraulic or other operating systems to be maintained in proper working condition free from damage and malfunction; including the maintenance of all accessibility features of the vehicles. Any significant vehicle damage caused in any accident or otherwise shall require the Contractor to immediately repair such damage, which is determined to impair safe mechanical operation of the bus. No vehicle shall be operated in revenue service that has body, paint, or interior damage unless special permission has been granted by the City due to extraordinary circumstances. In no event shall the City be required to repair, replace, or maintain any vehicle. The Contractor, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain all necessary equipment and parts for the proper maintenance and operation of all vehicles under this Program. Vehicle Cleanliness, Aesthetics Requirements To facilitate customer service and improve vehicle life, it is imperative vehicles remain clean and free from body damage. Vehicles are subject to City inspection and shall by immediately remedied as noted by the City. Daily Vehicle Cleanliness Standards 13 Vehicles shall be cleaned on a daily basis in a manner which maintains cleanliness via the following guidelines: • Clean inside of all windows, removing all dust, fingerprints and head prints. • Remove all dust from seats, dashboards, wheel wells, rails, ledges. • Sweep all floor areas; mop all liquid spills. • Ensure vehicle is free of all paper, gum and debris, etc. • Repair all damaged seats. • Daily removal/repair of graffiti. Monthly Major Cleaning Standards At minimum, every 30 days the interior of the vehicle will receive a complete, major cleaning which shall be documented in writing listing the coach number and date of major cleaning. This documentation shall be submitted to the City. The monthly major cleaning shall consist of all the items included in daily cleaning standards as well as: • Clean the ceiling, sidewalls, windows, ledges and dash. • Clean all seats. • Mop the floor; remove all gum and apply light coat of nonskid wax, after stripping old wax from • the floor. Preventive Maintenance/Maintenance Repair Procedures Contractor’s Preventive Maintenance/Repair Program shall include procedures to address repair and maintenance of all vehicles in the Program, including but not limited to, the following: daily pre-trip inspections that meet or exceed the guidelines provided in the attached Pre-Trip Inspection Checklist (Attachment 2) to identify each vehicle component and system inspected; scheduled preventive maintenance that meets or exceeds vehicle manufacturer’s standards; maintenance of maintenance records for each vehicle for five (5) years; and if required, cooperate fully in any annual motor inspections conducted by the California Highway Patrol. Contractor’s maintenance records shall be made available to the City at all times. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs of preventive and regular maintenance to Contractor-supplied vehicles. Contractor shall strive at all times to provide vehicle maintenance services in a manner which will maximize program efficiency, vehicle reliability and operating safety. IV. PRE-PROPOSAL QUESTIONS For answers to questions or particulars regarding this Request for Proposal, all interested parties are to contact: Anthony Nguyen Community Services Coordinator Community Services/Recreation Division 211 Eighth Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 anguyen@sealbeachca.gov 14 (562) 431-2527 ext. 1344 The City will respond to all questions and requests for clarification received by November 21st, 2025. V. SCHEDULE The following dates reflect the anticipated schedule: ▪ Request for Proposal Solicitation November 3, 2025 ▪ Pre-Proposal Question Deadline December 3, 2025 ▪ Proposal Submittal Deadline January 7, 2026, 2:00 p.m. ▪ Contractor Interviews (if conducted) January/February 2026 ▪ Contract Award by City Council February/March 2026 ▪ Notice to Proceed March 2026 ▪ Start of Service May 26, 2026 VI. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Acceptance of Submittals Proposals are due by 2:00 PM on January 7, 2026 to the City Clerk’s Office at City Hall, and addressed to the following. Postmarks will not be accepted. Attn: Anthony Nguyen City of Seal Beach Office of the City Clerk First Floor 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 Please submit one (1) unbound original, two (2) bound hard copies, and one (1) electronic copy of the Contractor’s Proposal. Proposals received after the date and time listed above will not be accepted or considered for this Project. There is no expressed or implied obligation for City to reimburse firms for any expenses incurred in preparing proposals in response to this request. Materials submitted by respondents are subject to public inspection under the California Public Records Act (Government Code Sec. 6250 et seq.). Any language purporting to render the entire proposal confidential or propriety will be ineffective and will be disregarded. The City reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted, and to use any idea in a proposal regardless of whether the proposal was selected. Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the firm of the conditions 15 contained in the RFP, unless clearly and specifically noted in the proposal submitted and confirmed in the contract between the City and the selected Contractor. All property rights, including publication rights of all reports produced by the selected Contractor in connection with services performed under this Agreement shall be vested in the City. Protest procedures and dispute resolution process shall follow 2 CFR Part 200.318(k), 23 CFR 172.5(c)(18). Information to be Submitted The following information shall be provided, at a minimum: o Cover Letter o Table of Contents o Company Qualifications o Local Staffing List o Understanding/Approach o References o Sample Letter Proposal o Cost Proposal Exceptions Business Entity DIR Registration Number/Contractor’s License Contract Signatories o Cover Letter: Cover letter shall not exceed two pages. It shall provide an executive summary of the proposal and designate the firm’s authorized representative regarding this RFP. Table of Contents: The table of contents shall list the following sections with page numbers and information in each section shall be provided. Company Qualifications: Provide a summary of the Contractor’s qualifications, including background and experience. Contractor shall also provide the following information: (1) List all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements and the like (in or out of court) that the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid has been involved with in the past five (5) years. (2) List the dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any the company and/or principal having an interest in this Bid. Local Staffing List: Provide an organizational chart showing the names, positions, responsibilities, and availability of the individual(s) that would be assigned to this Agreement, including sub-Contractors. Identify the individual(s) authorized to negotiate the contract on behalf of the Contractor’s firm and the Contractor’s project manager. Understanding/Approach: Describe the Contractor’s understanding of the Work requested in this RFP, any key issues that may need special attention. Describe how the Contractor will approach the scope of services and each task needed to complete the project. Any task assumptions and/or exclusions shall be clearly identified. 16 References: Contractor should provide a minimum of three (3) references the Contractor has performed similar work for within the last five (5) years. Information shall include, at a minimum: • Agency/Company name • Scope of work and/or services provided • Contract value • Dates • Client project manager name, valid telephone number, and email Cost Proposal: Contractors will be required to submit a “Cost Proposal for Transportation Services”. All rates shall remain for the term of the contract as permitted by law, unless specifically detailed on the Cost Proposal. Exceptions: The Contractor shall review this RFP and attached sample contract. Exceptions to any portion of the RFP and/or City’s standard agreement will need to be clearly identified. Identification of exceptions does not constitute City concurrence and acceptance. Exceptions may be negotiated with the top-ranked firm. Business Entity: Clearly indicate the firm’s business entity type (i.e., a California corporation). DIR Registration/Contractor’s License: Clearly indicate the Contractor’s Department of Industrial Relations registration number for the prime/sub-Contractor and provide the Contractor and sub-Contractor’s license information. Contract Signatories: Provide the two binding signatories for the firm, pursuant to California Corporation Code Section 313. VII. FEE AND COST PROPOSAL In preparing the fee and cost proposal for this project, the Contractor shall take into consideration the following: 1. Compensation for services, and any optional tasks, provided will be on a time-and-materials. 2. Fee proposal and billing rates shall remain effective for the term of the Agreement. Any anticipated billing/rate adjustments shall be clearly identified in the Proposal and shall not be made more than once each calendar year. 3. If applicable and necessary, the City will negotiate the final fee with the top-ranked Contractor. VIII. INTERVIEW Top ranked Contractor team(s) may be interviewed by the selection committee. Proposed key personnel from the Contractor’s team may be requested to present the teams’ and their qualifications at an interview. IX. SELECTION PROCESS Proposals will be evaluated on the basis of the response to all provisions of this Request For Proposal (RFP) for services. Any RFP for services shall specify the use of vehicles meeting Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) accessibility standards. Since this solicitation is an RFP as opposed to a Bid, pricing alone will not constitute the 17 entire selection criteria. The City may use some or all of the following criterion in its evaluation and comparison of proposals submitted. The criteria listed are not necessarily an all-inclusive list. The order in which they appear is not intended to indicate their relative importance. The City reserves the right to modify the evaluation criterion and percentage of score as deemed appropriate prior to the commencement of evaluation. The City reserves the right to determine whether or not a proposal meets the specifications and requirements of this RFP and reject any proposal that, in the City’s sole opinion, fails to meet the detail or intent of the requirements. The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. POTENTIAL EVALUATION CRITERIA 1. Completeness of Response (Pass/Fail) Responses to this RFP must be complete. Responses that do not include the proposal content requirements identified within this RFP and subsequent addenda and do not address each of the requested items will be considered incomplete, may be rated a Fail in the Evaluation Criteria, and may receive no further consideration. 2. Qualification, Experience, & Background a. Relevant experience, specific qualifications, and technical expertise of the Contractor to perform the work. b. Contractor’s background, including financial condition, litigation, and claims. c. Experience working with OCTA’s Senior Mobility Program. d. Local presence and familiarity with the City of Seal Beach. e. Contractor’s experience working in the public sector and knowledge of public sector procurement processes, in particular City of Seal Beach processes, and policies. f. Quality of references the Contractor currently or have previously provided similar transportation services for in the past five (5) years. 3. Organization & Approach a. Contractor’s range of providing shuttle and/or Dial-a-Ride service. b. Contractor’s ability to demonstrate the most efficient and effective program utilizing City fleet or Contractor-furnished fleet. c. Contractor’s ability to provide the necessary resources towards the Program. d. Contractor’s understanding of the nature of public sector work and its decision-making process. e. A facilities inspection may be included as part of this section’s evaluation. 4. Fee a. Cost proposal b. Ability to provide a cost-effective program The City reserves the right to determine whether or not a proposal meets the specifications and requirements of this RFP and reject any proposal that, in the City’s sole opinion, fails to meet the detail or intent of the requirements. The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. The City reserves the right to put non- emergency and pre-planned projects out for formal bidding. 18 All proposals received as specified will be evaluated by City staff in accordance with the abovementioned. During the evaluation period, the City may do any or all of the following: generate a “short list” and conduct interviews with the top candidates; conduct on-site visits and/or tours of the candidates’ places of business. Contractors should be aware that award may be made without Contractor visits, interviews, or further discussion or negotiations. X. SPECIAL PROVISIONS a. Normal working hours will generally be between the hours of 7:30 AM and 5:30 PM, Monday through Friday. The Contractor must receive the approval of the City prior to commencing Work during hours outside those stated above. b. Contractor shall maintain an adequate crew of experienced employees to perform the services required. c. Contractor will be required to supply a list of vehicles/equipment owned and available for Work. d. Contractor will be required to supply a list of references for similar work performed. e. Contractor will be required to supply additional experience references, if requested. f. Contractor shall provide City with required proof of Commercial General Liability insurance coverage, Automobile Liability Insurance and vehicle insurance, Workers’ Compensation insurance with limits required by the State of California, Employers’ Liability insurance, and City business license as noted in the contract. g. Contractor shall be responsible for Contractor’s compliance in all respects with the prevailing wage rates to all the laborers involved, and with California Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., including the keeping of all records required by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776 and the implementing administrative regulations. The City shall be a third-party beneficiary of the forgoing covenant with rights to enforce the same as against the Contractor. h. Hourly rates and unit prices quoted shall include all labor, equipment and material required, unless otherwise stated. i. Contractor shall protect any and all public and private property. Any damage resulting directly or indirectly from Contractor’s actions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. j. Contactor shall adhere to all Cal-OSHA rules and regulations for any and all Work performed under this Contract. k. Contractor must be able to provide a list of employee’s names, dates worked, and hours worked on each date if requested by the City. PERSONNEL The Contractor shall use and furnish all labor necessary for the satisfactory performance for the Work set forth in this Agreement. a. Contractor's Laborers 19 The Contractor shall require each of his/her employees to adhere to basic standards of working attire. These are to include uniforms with the Contractor's company name or insignia clearly visible, proper shoes and other gear required by State Safety Regulations, and proper wearing of clothing, which includes that shirts shall be worn at all times. b. Typical Tasks Contractor shall supply staff with the necessary skills to perform duties in connection with Program services. c. Licenses Contractor shall possess all valid licenses and insurances issued by the appropriate agency by the time of proposal submittal and shall remain valid for the term of the Agreement. Contractor shall have a valid City of Seal Beach business license for the term of the Agreement, if selected. Contractor and applicable Contractor’s staff will be required to possess a valid and current California Driver License, including all insurances as required by the City. EQUIPMENT The contractor shall use and furnish all equipment necessary for the satisfactory performance of the Work set forth in this Agreement. SUPERVISION The Contractor shall provide such adequate supervision as to furnish ongoing supervision of workmanship and adherence to schedules by Contractor’s staff performing the Work. The Contractor’s Project Manager shall check with the City bi-weekly as to (1) schedule of Work; (2) complaints; and (3) adequacy of performance. The Contractor shall submit such reports as the City may require ensuring Program compliance. TELEPHONE, ELECTRONIC MAIL, AND EMERGENCY SERVICE CONTACT INFORMATION The Contractor shall provide the City at all times throughout the duration of this contract emergency telephone numbers who can be called for emergency conditions at any time that Contractor’s representatives are not immediately available. The emergency number shall be used to contact the Contractor representative who can take the necessary action required to alleviate an emergency condition. In addition, the Contractor shall employ person(s) to answer telephone and e-mail complaints, requests for service, etc. (an answering service will not be considered sufficient for this purpose) during normal City business hours. Normal City business hours are 7:30 A.M. to 5:30 P.M., Monday through Friday. XI. GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Signature The Proposal shall be signed by an individual authorized to bind the Contractor. 20 B. Other Considerations: The City shall not be liable for any pre-contractual expenses incurred by any firm considering submitting a proposal in response to this RFP. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all proposals, or any part of, or waive any informalities or irregularities. The City reserves the right to withdraw, to cancel this RFP at any time without prior notice, and the City makes no representations that any contract will be awarded to any firm responding this RFP. C. Business License Required The Seal Beach Municipal Code requires all businesses operating in the City to obtain a business license and pay a business license tax. For more information, go to www.sealbeachca.gov. D. Labor Law Compliance Consultant shall perform the services required by this Agreement in compliance with all applicable Federal and California employment laws, including, but not limited to, those laws related to minimum hours and wages; occupational health and safety; fair employment and employment practices; workers’ compensation insurance and safety in employment; and all other Federal, State and local laws and ordinances applicable to the services required under this Agreement. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City from and against all claims, demands, payments, suits, actions, proceedings, and judgments of every nature and description including attorneys’ fees and costs, presented, brought, or recovered against City for, or on account of any liability under any of the above-mentioned laws, which may be incurred by reason of Consultant’s performance under this Agreement. E. Criminal History Background Investigation Contractor shall be registered with the Department of Justice as a Human Resources Agency. Contractor shall at a minimum perform background checks on drivers utilizing a vendor such as Live Scan to ensure that drivers with inappropriate backgrounds are not employed to provide Services under this Agreement. Drivers shall have no felony conviction history consistent with Contractor’s obligations under Government Code Section 12952. EXHIBIT B Contractor’s Proposal for Professional Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities, dated January 7, 2026 City of Seal Beach Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities Presented by: Transportation Concepts January 7, 2026 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com January 7, 2025 Anthony Nguyen, Community Services Coordinator City of Seal Beach 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 RE: Proposal for Transportation Services for Seniors and Individuals with Disabilities Dear Mr. Nguyen: As the long-standing incumbent provider of Seal Beach’s Senior Shuttle Service, Transportation Concepts (TC), a division of Parking Concepts, Inc., is honored to submit our proposal to continue serving the residents of Seal Beach. For the past five years, our team has demonstrated a deep operational understanding of the City’s service environment, its riders, and its unique mobility needs. Our experience in Seal Beach has enabled us to build strong relationships with riders, understand local travel patterns, and tailor service to the specific needs of seniors and individuals with disabilities. As outlined in the RFP, TC brings direct experience operating in Seal Beach and familiarity with its transit context, including Leisure World. Our incumbent status provides a proven, low-risk operational foundation, further strengthened by the planned deployment of BREEZE, our passenger management and reporting platform, which enhances data accuracy, transparency, and compliance without disrupting existing service. Impeccable customer service remains the centerpiece of TC’s operating philosophy. Our programs emphasize safety, professionalism, ADA sensitivity, and a service culture that consistently produces positive rider feedback and long-term satisfaction. BREEZE supports this approach by reducing manual paperwork for drivers, allowing them to focus more fully on passenger assistance while improving the quality and timeliness of operational reporting. We also understand the importance of maintaining all reporting, safety, operational, and performance requirements established in the RFP, including on-time pickup standards, complaint resolution timelines, driver training, reservation protocols, and all OCTA compliance obligations. As your incumbent provider, we already meet these requirements daily and are uniquely positioned to ensure seamless continuity of service with no disruption to riders. Should we be selected to continue as Seal Beach’s transportation partner, TC will bring forward the same knowledgeable project management team, well-trained drivers, and corporate support resources that have contributed to the stability and success of the program. Our commitment continues to be to enhance mobility, strengthen community connections, and deliver a safe, reliable, and dignified transportation experience for every rider. We appreciate the opportunity to continue supporting the City of Seal Beach and its residents. Please feel free to contact me with any questions or requests for additional information. We look forward to the possibility of continuing this important work together. Sincerely, Brett Baum Vice President Transportation Concepts / Parking Concepts, Inc. David L. Mueller President Parking Concepts, Inc. 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com Table of Contents Company Qualifications ............................................................................................................................................. 2 Company Overview ............................................................................................................................................... 3 Local Presence and Operations ............................................................................................................................. 4 Arbitrations, Lawsuits, and Settlements ............................................................................................................... 4 Bankruptcy Judgements ........................................................................................................................................ 4 Local Staffing List ....................................................................................................................................................... 5 Organization Chart ................................................................................................................................................. 6 Job Descriptions ..................................................................................................................................................... 7 Management Philosophy ....................................................................................................................................... 8 Providing Exceptional Service – Meet Our Driver .................................................................................................. 8 Key Personnel ........................................................................................................................................................ 9 Understanding/Approach ........................................................................................................................................ 11 Understanding ..................................................................................................................................................... 12 Approach ............................................................................................................................................................. 13 Recruit and Hire ............................................................................................................................................... 13 Scope of Services ............................................................................................................................................. 15 References ............................................................................................................................................................... 28 Cost Proposal ........................................................................................................................................................... 32 Exceptions, Business Entity, DIR Registration/Contractor’s License, and Contract Signatories............................... 34 Exceptions ............................................................................................................................................................ 35 Business Entity ..................................................................................................................................................... 35 DIR Registration/Contractor’s License ................................................................................................................. 35 Contract Signatories ............................................................................................................................................ 35 Company Qualifications 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 2 Company Qualifications Company Qualifications Company Qualifications 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 3 Company Overview Transportation Concepts, the public transportation division of Parking Concepts, a California Corporation, was founded in 1974. Our corporate office is in Irvine, California, and we currently employ close to 1,200 people. Gill Barnett, CEO and owner of Parking Concepts, founded the company to provide an enhanced level of customer service to an industry that had been sorely lacking in such a crucial arena of the customer’s journey. Today, Parking Concepts is one of the most successful and respected parking facility operators in the United States. In 1982, Parking Concepts was awarded a shuttle bus contract at the Ontario International Airport, spurring the creation of Transportation Concepts. Over the last 43 years, Transportation Concepts (TC) has successfully operated a large number of fixed - route / shuttle service contracts similar to the City’s services. Although Transportation Concepts operates as a dba under Parking Concepts, the provision of effective transportation operations is at the core of what we do. Our primary objective with our clients and potential clients, such as the City of Seal Beach, is to transport passengers safely and efficiently, creating a positive image for the City as well as our organization simultaneously. Our scope of services includes: • Safety : Employee, ridership, maintenance shop, environmental, accident/incident prevention and response. • Customer Service: Passenger relations, disability awareness, on-time performance, and courtesy. • Employee Development: Recruitment, screening, hiring, training, and supervision. • Maintenance: Preventive, body work, warranty, parts inventory, vehicle appearance, heating/air conditioning, audit/inspection, and technician training. • Vehicle Operation: Employee check in, vehicle inspection, dispatch/vehicle communications, on time performance, route supervision, fare collection and extensive training. Transportation Concepts has had excellent performance records with the contracts we operate. We have consistently surpassed contractual on-time performance standards, maintained an excellent safety record, and have an industry reputation for getting the job done as promised, and will maintain this standard for our work with the City of Seal Beach. Ontario Airport Shuttle Service City of Redondo Beach Fixed Routes Palo Verde Transit Shuttle City of Glendora Dial-A-Ride Beach Cities Transit Dial-A-Ride Lake County Dial-A-Ride Company Qualifications 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 4 Local Presence and Operations Transportation Concepts currently provides the City of Seal Beach with dependable, high-quality senior transportation services. Since beginning service in 2021, the company has delivered consistent operational stability and a level of customer care that has earned strong praise from both City staff and program participants. As noted in the City’s 2022 Letter of Recommendation, the onboarding process was seamless, the transition was smooth, and Transportation Concepts quickly demonstrated its ability to meet every need of the program with flexibility and professionalism. Today, Transportation Concepts operates the Senior Shuttle Monday through Friday, covering core Seal Beach destinations such as Leisure World, the Pier, Pavilions, the North Seal Beach Senior Center, and The Shops at Rossmoor. This service aligns directly with the operational structure described in the City’s Senior Transportation RFP, including reliable route cycles, ADA-accessible vehicles, and a commitment to maximizing on-time performance. Drivers are well-trained, courteous, and deeply familiar with the needs of the senior and disabled communities they serve. The City has repeatedly noted the positive reception of individual drivers and has highlighted their strong customer rapport, reliability, and consistent willingness to address rider needs. Throughout the partnership, Transportation Concepts has maintained excellent communication with the City, accommodating schedule changes, program adjustments, and day-to-day operational needs with responsiveness and efficiency. This collaborative approach mirrors the City’s expectations for dispatch, reporting, documentation, and compliance with OCTA and ADA requirements. Continuing service with Transportation Concepts offers Seal Beach clear benefits: • Uninterrupted program stability • Maintained rider trust • Preservation of institutional knowledge regarding routes, riders, and community patterns With proven reliability, documented customer satisfaction, and a demonstrated understanding of the City’s transportation objectives, Transportation Concepts stands uniquely positioned to continue supporting the Senior Transportation Program with the same high-quality performance the City has come to expect. Arbitrations, Lawsuits, and Settlements Parking Concepts Inc., dba Transportation Concepts has been a company in existence for over 51 years. Throughout the years we have always been a financially strong organization. There is no past, current or pending financial or legal issues that would in any way jeopardize our ability to continue operating the City of Seal Beach Senior Shuttle Services. However, pursuant to the RFP request, included under separate cover, and marked confidential is a list of all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements and the like that the company has been involved with in the past five (5) years. Bankruptcy Judgements Parking Concepts Inc., dba Transportation Concepts, has never filed or been a party to any Bankruptcy filings for over 50 years since its inception. Local Staffing List 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 5 Local Staffing List Local Staffing List Local Staffing List 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 6 Organization Chart Transportation Concepts has a successful track record of retaining our team members. We do not just talk about caring for our people, we show it. This ensures your operation is staffed with knowledgeable, friendly personnel who prioritize the customer’s experience and have actual onsite experience. The below chart illustrates our proposed staffing plan for individuals that would be assigned to this Agreement, which is indicative of our current operation with the City. Corporate Support Brett Baum* Vice President George Heere Project Manager Jonathon Norman Maintenance Manager Skyler Kessee Training Manager Dispatch/Info Center Roger DeJesus Mechanics William Ruiz Driver City of Seal Beach *Authorized to negotiate contract terms of agreement. Local Staffing List 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 7 Job Descriptions Job Title Responsibilities Project Manager • Primary liaison to the City of Seal Beach • Provides tactical and strategic planning for the daily operation of the Senior Shuttle Service. • Overall responsibility for the shuttle service, including safety, system performance, quality, adherence to all governmental regulations, and compliance with the Contractual and TC established standards and procedures. • Ensures system is properly staffed given requirements and goals. • Monitors service performance against set goals/targets. • Reviews daily, weekly, and monthly reports with appropriate stakeholders Dispatcher • Ensure that the services are provided in a safe, reliable, and timely manner. • Ensure that all customer service issues are responded to, resolved and reported in a timely manner. • Submits formal operational reports at specified intervals. • Completes all customer service tasks related to telephone requests for information or scheduling transportation • Provides excellent customer service Safety Trainer • Carries out Safety Plan for Seal Beach operation • Assists in the recruitment and hiring of vehicle operators • Provides Classroom and coordinates all behind-the-wheel training • Investigate accidents, incidents, and near misses and retrain as needed • Conducts monthly safety meetings • Collectively with the Project Manager, conducts facility safety audits and OSHA compliance audits Mechanic • Follow appropriate maintenance intervals for preventive maintenance program • Perform and track all vehicle maintenance activity and repairs • Comply with all CHP regulations; set up shop for safe and efficient operations; prepare vehicle records • Administer warranty program • Effectively manage and track inventory Driver • Safely transport passengers throughout the service area • Ensures ridership data is collected • Provide excellent customer service Local Staffing List 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 8 Management Philosophy The delivery of safe, reliable, and customer-focused transportation services is the sole mission of Transportation Concepts. Our organization is singularly focused on supporting municipal partners such as the City of Seal Beach by providing dependable senior shuttle operations that prioritize passenger safety, service reliability, and a positive community image. TC is supported by PCI’s experienced internal resources, allowing us to provide additional expertise beyond day- to-day operations when needed. These resources include specialized support in maintenance oversight, labor compliance, risk management, safety programs, technology deployment, and environmental best practices assuring the City has access to comprehensive support throughout the contract term. For more than four decades, Transportation Concepts has maintained a management philosophy that emphasizes partnership, accountability, and responsiveness to the unique needs of each client. We believe effective service delivery is driven not only by corporate systems, but by empowered local teams working collaboratively with City staff. This approach has guided our partnership with Seal Beach since 2021 and continues to shape how we will manage and enhance the Senior Shuttle Program. Throughout our tenure as the incumbent operator, Transportation Concepts has demonstrated consistent performance, continuous improvement, and a commitment to service excellence. We have worked closely with the City to refine operations, support reporting and compliance requirements, and integrate operational enhancements that strengthen program oversight and reliability. Transportation Concepts remains committed to providing Seal Beach with high-quality, community-centered transportation services and to operating as a trusted extension of City staff in support of the residents we serve. The following pages detail our proposed key personnel for this project. Providing Exceptional Service – Meet Our Driver William Ruiz has been a cornerstone of the Seal Beach Senior Transportation Program for more than five years and is widely regarded as an essential contributor to the program’s success. His consistent presence, professionalism, and deep familiarity with the community have made him a trusted figure among riders, City staff, and program leadership. William’s approach to service reflects the values most critical to senior transportation: safety, patience, compassion, and reliability. Feedback received directly from the City of Seal Beach highlights the exceptional impact William has on the rider experience. City staff have shared comments from seniors describing him as “really professional,” “friendly,” and someone who “goes above and beyond” to make riding the shuttle more pleasurable. Additional rider feedback reinforces this sentiment, with patrons noting that William is “fabulous,” “very helpful and attentive,” and that they “always feel safe on his bus,” emphasizing the trust and confidence he inspires. William’s importance to the program extends beyond daily service delivery. As the City has experienced increased ridership and welcomed many new registrants, City staff have noted that William is “loved by the residents of Seal Beach,” a reflection of the strong rapport he has built with both long-time and new riders. His familiarity with program protocols and rider needs has been especially valuable during periods of growth and transition. William’s professionalism is perhaps best illustrated during challenging situations. Following a passenger-related incident, a longtime Leisure World resident described William as calm, composed, and fully in control of the Local Staffing List 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 9 situation, noting that he was “directing onlookers to keep clear,” communicating effectively with emergency responders, and ensuring passenger safety. The rider went on to describe William as “an excellent driver,” stating, “We feel very safe riding with him,” and praising his patience, courtesy, and willingness to assist passengers with walkers, shopping bags, and boarding needs. “We depend on him,” the resident wrote. “Getting on his bus makes our day.” William Ruiz’s dedication, institutional knowledge, and genuine care for the seniors he serves make him far more than a driver; he is a stabilizing presence and a key reason for the program’s strong reputation within the community. His performance exemplifies the standard of service Transportation Concepts is committed to delivering for the City of Seal Beach and its residents. Key Personnel The following individuals will continue to provide support for the City of Seal Beach Senior Transportation Program. Brett Baum – Vice President Transportation Experience 26+ Years Transit and Transportation Contracts: • City of Redondo Beach • Metro’s contracted bus services – North Region • City of La Habra • Multiple Los Angeles County/Orange County contracts Brett Baum joined PCI in 1999 as a Project Manager and brings over 26 years of transportation management expertise. He oversees operations, compliance, and customer service with a focus on safety and regulatory standards. His earlier leadership roles spanned large-scale fixed-route and commuter operations. He holds an Advanced Logistics Management degree and a Transit Management Certificate. George Heere – Project Manager Transportation Experience 18+ Years Transit and Transportation Contracts: • City of Redondo Beach • Metro’s contracted bus services – North Region • City of Seal Beach • Multiple Los Angeles County contracts George Heere will serve as our dedicated Project Manager for Seal Beach. He will function as an extension of the City’s Senior Transportation Services team, ensuring service quality, community responsiveness, and adherence to all goals and regulatory standards. George oversees daily operations within budget, leveraging team input to monitor performance and forecast system needs. He is responsible for key program functions including NTD reporting, system planning coordination, safety plan updates, marketing efforts, and interdepartmental communication. Throughout the contract term, George will provide steady leadership, clear operational insight, and consistent partnership with City staff and officials. Local Staffing List 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 10 Skyler Kessee – Safety and Training Manager Transportation Experience 10+ Years Transit and Transportation Contracts: • Los Angeles and Greater Los Angeles Counties Skyler Kessee will support the Seal Beach Senior Transportation Program as a safety and compliance leader with more than eight years of experience in public transit operations and regulatory oversight. He previously served as Safety Manager for MV Transportation under contract with the Los Angeles Department of Transportation, overseeing safety programs for operations with more than 300 employees. Skyler brings extensive expertise in FTA, DOT, FMCSA, OSHA, CHP, and ADA compliance, accident investigation, risk mitigation, emergency action planning, and audit readiness. He also has a strong training background as a U.S. DOT Safety and Training Instructor and Master Behind-the-Wheel Trainer. Skyler’s combination of field experience and management oversight ensures strong safety performance, regulatory compliance, and continuous improvement for the Seal Beach program. Jonathan Norman - Maintenance Manager Transportation Experience 16+ Years Transit and Transportation Contracts: • City of Seal Beach Jonathan has extensive firsthand knowledge of the City’s fleet and a strong command of CHP regulatory requirements. His expertise includes preventive maintenance diagnostics, repair oversight, and scheduling in both manual and automated environments. He also has a proven background in shop management, technician coordination, inventory control, and warranty administration. Jonathan will provide essential support to Maintenance Supervisor Roger De Jesus, the local operations team, and our regional maintenance resources throughout the contract term. Roger De Jesus - Maintenance Supervisor Transportation Experience 20+ Years Transit and Transportation Contracts: • City of Seal Beach Roger De Jesus brings extensive hands-on diagnostic and repair expertise with similar transit fleets. He has a strong command of preventive maintenance practices, repair standards, and all regulatory requirements applicable to the designated fleet. Roger will work closely to support daily operational needs. Roger reports to and is supported by Maintenance Manager Jonathan Norman, ensuring all maintenance activities meet City, Company, and regulatory standards. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 11 Understanding/Approach Understanding/Approach Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 12 Understanding Transportation Concepts, as the incumbent provider of Seal Beach’s senior transportation services, brings an operational foundation built from four years of direct experience delivering the Shuttle program. Since partnering with the City in 2021, we have developed hands-on knowledge of the program’s community role, operational expectations, and regulatory environment. From service start-up, TC collaborated with the City to design routes, establish time points, and implement a customized ridership management system that fulfills all NTD and OCTA reporting requirements, improving on- time performance, trip scheduling efficiency, and communication between drivers, dispatch, and management. Through this work, we understand the program’s mechanics and the lived experience of the seniors and individuals with disabilities who rely on it daily. Our experience reflects direct alignment with the RFP’s priority areas, including regulatory compliance, customer service, OCTA program familiarity, and local knowledge. This encompasses: • Extensive OCTA & NTD reporting experience, supported by a tailored reporting platform we developed jointly with the City. • 100% Compliance with OCTA Annual Audits with Seal Beach and La Habra operations • 100% pass rate on CHP Terminal Inspections, backed by rigorous fleet oversight from TC’s Director of Maintenance. • Industry-leading road-call performance: only one road call per 100,000 miles, significantly exceeding industry norms and our internal goal of fewer than three per 100,000. • Robust safety and training programs, reinforced by industry safety consultants, ongoing OSHA audits, and continuous driver instruction. • Exceptional driver performance, highlighted by consistently positive feedback for front-line operator, Mr. William Ruiz. TC consistently supports the operational requirements described in the RFP, including reliability, safety, efficiency, data tracking, and responsive communication. Some key operational successes include: • On-time performance that meets or exceeds City expectations. • Zero missed service days, maintaining 100% service levels despite market-wide labor shortages. • Dedicated administrative support added to meet increasing OCTA reporting requirements. • Preventive maintenance and inspection schedules aligned with both City and regulatory expectations. • Driver training aligned with ADA, safety, and customer service needs, ensuring courteous, professional interactions with riders. • Collaborative communication practices, with TC proactively supporting City staff through upcoming OCTA -driven program changes. Our operational familiarity allows us to anticipate demand fluctuations, adjust schedules efficiently, and provide the stable experience riders rely on. This includes understanding mobility patterns at Leisure World, peak shopping, and seasonal shifts in demand. TC submits this proposal with existing systems already integrated into Seal Beach operations to allow for a more efficient, cost-effective continuation of service compared to onboarding a new provider. We maintain a highly efficient operational model supported by an integrated HR, recruiting, and payroll platform (Paycom) that streamlines workforce onboarding and retention. This system is complemented by our partnerships with external recruiting firms, ensuring continuous staffing coverage and uninterrupted service delivery. Our customized dispatch and reporting system enables optimized trip scheduling, improving efficiency and responsiveness across Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 13 the shuttle operations. Additionally, our preventive maintenance practices significantly reduce road calls, extend fleet lifecycle, and minimize service disruptions, contributing to consistent reliability and cost-effective performance. As the incumbent, Transportation Concepts presents a fully tested, reliable, and community-aligned program, including: • Four years of successful partnership with the City, including route design and program build-out. • Consistent rider satisfaction, supported by courteous operators and dependable service delivery. • Strong alignment with RFP requirements for reliability, safety, ADA compliance, data reporting, and customer service. • A new AI-powered service monitoring platform. Transportation Concepts offers Seal Beach unmatched readiness, proven operational capability, and an established team that already understands the City's expectations, systems, riders, and service environment. Our performance record, regulatory compliance, and community-centered approach directly reflect the qualities the RFP identifies as the basis for evaluation. We stand fully prepared to continue delivering reliable, compliant, and high-quality senior transportation services that meet and exceed the standards of the City and the expectations of the residents we proudly serve. Approach Transportation Concepts, as the incumbent provider of Seal Beach’s senior transportation services, will continue delivering a comprehensive, turnkey Shuttle program that is safe, reliable, customer-focused, and fully compliant with all OCTA, ADA, and City requirements. Our approach is founded on more than 40 years of transit experience and strengthened by our firsthand operational knowledge of Seal Beach’s routes, ridership needs, and performance expectations. As demonstrated through years of performance, Transportation Concepts brings: • Decades of specialized public transit experience, including fixed-route and demand-response operations throughout Orange County. • A proven management structure, led by a hands-on Project Manager supported by strong corporate oversight in safety, training, and maintenance. • Documented success meeting performance standards, including on-time performance, safety benchmarks, and exceptional customer service—validated through ongoing City feedback. • Direct familiarity with Seal Beach’s service environment, including Leisure World ridership patterns, stop locations, and schedule requirements. Recruit and Hire Transportation Concepts recognizes that the success of the Seal Beach Senior Transportation Program depends on recruiting individuals who demonstrate professionalism, safety awareness, and a strong customer-service mindset. Our recruitment strategy is designed to attract qualified candidates while supporting workforce stability and continuity of service. Recruitment Process Recruitment efforts include a combination of local outreach and professional recruiting resources. TC actively advertises positions through its website, local media outlets, community employment centers, and partnerships with external recruitment firms. Emphasis is placed on identifying candidates who reside locally and understand the community served. To remain competitive in the current labor market and support retention, Transportation Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 14 Concepts implemented a wage adjustment effective January 1, 2025, increasing driver wages by $5.00 per hour, a 25% increase to the starting rate. This strategy has strengthened retention and expanded the candidate pool, including the return of experienced operators. Hiring & Selection Methodology Transportation Concepts utilizes a structured, seven-step hiring and screening process to ensure all employees meet the City of Seal Beach’s expectations for safety, reliability, and passenger service. Final Selection & Onboarding Employment offers are extended only after candidates meet all licensing, credentialing, safety, and customer service criteria. All employees receive and acknowledge the Transportation Concepts Employee Handbook, which outlines expectations, policies, and safety responsibilities. The handbook is regularly updated to ensure compliance with state and federal regulations. Through this disciplined recruitment and hiring methodology, Transportation Concepts ensures that personnel assigned to the Seal Beach program are qualified, safety-focused, and committed to providing respectful, reliable service to the City’s senior residents. 1. Application & Job Description: Applicants complete an online employment application and receive a detailed job description outlining duties, performance expectations, and customer service responsibilities. 2. Application Review: Applications are reviewed for employment history, driving experience, accident history, and workplace injury disclosures. 3. Motor Vehicle Record Review: All candidates must submit an original, current DMV Motor Vehicle Record covering the prior five years. Applicants who fail to meet driving standards are not advanced. 4. Interview Process: Interviews are conducted by trained staff using standardized questions designed to evaluate communication skills, customer service orientation, and attitude toward passenger assistance. 5. Reference & Prior Employer Checks: Candidates provide authorization to contact prior employers. References are verified in accordance with 49 CFR Part 40, including drug and alcohol history, and all findings are documented. 6. Background Investigation: All employees must successfully pass criminal background screening, E- Verify, and ongoing eligibility verification. Minimum standards include five years of driving experience, no felony convictions, acceptable accident and violation history, and no DUI/DWI within the past 15 years. 7. Physical & Drug Screening: Final candidates must pass a DOT-compliant physical examination and drug screening prior to hire. Ongoing testing includes pre-employment, random, post-accident, and return- to-duty testing in accordance with FTA and DOT requirements. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 15 Scope of Services Transportation Concepts will continue to approach the Seal Beach shuttle services with customer experience at the forefront. The following sections detail how we will continue partnering with the City of Seal Beach to deliver exceptional customer service while providing transportation services for seniors and individuals with disabilities. Service Operations & Schedule Transportation Concepts has continuously operated Seal Beach’s senior shuttle service in accordance with City- defined routes, schedules, and service hours since 2021. Our operational approach emphasizes consistent weekday service, predictable headways, and reliable performance. As the incumbent operator, TC carefully manages service hours to remain within City budget parameters while maintaining high service levels and responsiveness to community needs. Technology Focus: BREEZE To further enhance service delivery and program oversight, Transportation Concepts proposes deploying BREEZE, PCI’s passenger management, reporting, and operations platform. BREEZE modernizes shuttle operations by replacing handwritten passenger logs with a streamlined, tablet-based digital workflow that captures ridership activity, time stamps, ADA indicators, and operational data in real time using the existing Seal Beach fleet’s onboard tablets. This transition improves data accuracy, reduces administrative burden, strengthens compliance with NTD and OCTA reporting requirements, and allows drivers to spend more time focused on passenger care and customer service. Driver Workflow •Tablet-based interface replaces handwritten manifests •One-touch entry for boardings, rider category, mobility type, and wheelchair securements •Automatic time stamps and GPS-based location capture •Simplified workflow allowing drivers to focus on safe operation and passenger assistance Ridership Capture and Reporting •Real-time digital ridership data collection •Automated support for NTD and OCTA reporting requirements •Reduced manual data entry and reconciliation •Improved accuracy and audit readiness Management and City Oversight •Secure web-based dashboard accessible to authorized City staff •Real-time and historical reporting on ridership, service reliability, and stop-level activity •Visibility into ADA indicators, peak demand periods, and operational exceptions •Tools to support data- driven route and schedule adjustments Optional Enhancements •Online trip reservation requests to supplement phone-based scheduling •Future integration with City rider registration systems •Contactless fare and payment capability if implemented in the future •Scalable architecture allowing phased deployment without service disruption BREEZE Platform Features Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 16 BREEZE includes a secure, web-based dashboard (similar to the one shown to the right) that consolidates ridership, operational, and performance data into a single reporting environment. City staff and program management gain real-time and historical visibility into ridership trends, service reliability, stop-level activity, ADA-related metrics, and operational exceptions. These tools support proactive decision-making, enable data-informed adjustments to routes and schedules, and enhance overall transparency. The platform also offers optional enhancements such as online trip reservations, future rider eligibility integration, and contactless payment capability. These features can be implemented at the City’s discretion without disrupting existing operations, while traditional phone- based reservations can continue to ensure accessibility for all riders. Because Transportation Concepts is the incumbent operator and the Seal Beach fleet is already tablet-equipped, deployment of BREEZE is straightforward and low risk. Implementation includes system configuration, customization to City reporting requirements, driver training, parallel testing, and full rollout upon City approval. No new hardware investment is required, and ongoing system support and maintenance will be provided by Transportation Concepts and PCI. Together, Transportation Concepts’ proven operational performance, and the BREEZE platform provide the City of Seal Beach with enhanced functionality, improved oversight, and a scalable technology foundation while preserving the personalized, high-touch service experience riders expect. Route Management & Community Destinations TC has direct experience designing, implementing, and refining the shuttle route within Seal Beach. At service startup, we worked collaboratively with the City to establish routes, timepoints, and operational parameters tailored to senior travel needs. Our familiarity with key community destinations, including senior housing, shopping centers, medical offices, and community facilities, allows us to anticipate ridership demand and adjust service efficiently when City-directed route changes occur. Vehicles & ADA Accessibility Transportation Concepts provides turnkey senior shuttle service using wheelchair-accessible vehicles that meet all ADA, CHP, and City of Seal Beach standards. We are responsible for vehicle readiness, fueling, cleaning, inspections, and preventive maintenance. Vehicles are maintained in a safe, clean, and professional condition, reinforcing the City’s image and ensuring passenger comfort. All ADA equipment, including lifts and securement systems, is inspected daily and maintained in full compliance before vehicles are placed into service. Drivers & Customer Service TC assigns professionally trained, properly licensed drivers with a strong emphasis on customer service, disability awareness, and senior sensitivity. Our operators receive extensive classroom, behind-the-wheel, and route- specific training prior to operating the fixed-route shuttle independently. Drivers are uniformed, courteous, and trained to assist passengers respectfully, reinforcing the stability and trust that Seal Beach riders rely on. This service philosophy has resulted in consistently positive rider feedback and strong community relationships. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 17 Dispatch, Supervision & On-Time Performance Transportation Concepts provides dispatch coverage during all service hours and maintains active supervision of the shuttle operations. Dispatchers coordinate daily pull-outs, monitor service adherence, and communicate real-time updates to drivers. To operate this service effectively, Transportation Concepts will continue to provide Dispatch coverage during all hours of operation with one Dispatcher. Our Project Manager will provide back up as necessary. This allows coverage during all operating hours of the City of Seal Beach operation. Maintenance, Safety & Road Call Response TC’s preventive maintenance program exceeds regulatory requirements and is designed to minimize service interruptions. Our goal is to provide safe, clean, and well-maintained vehicles for our drivers and passengers. Our main objectives in the maintenance department are to: • Perform quality service inspections meeting both OEM and Client expectations. • Proactively address proper part replacement through identifying the life expectancy of parts and incorporating replacement schedules as part of the PM process. • Ensure vehicles are clean and cosmetically appropriate. • Stock a proper level of inventory to reduce vehicle downtime. • Ensure quality parts are being utilized. • Ensure vehicles are safe and in compliance with state and local regulations. • Track and keep accurate records. • Keep road calls to a minimum. Transportation Concepts’ maintenance program is structured to ensure fleet safety, reliability, and regulatory compliance through five integrated components: daily inspections, preventive maintenance, vehicle repairs, cleaning, and maintenance recordkeeping. This disciplined approach minimizes service disruptions, extends vehicle life, and ensures a consistently safe and professional fleet. Daily Inspections All vehicles undergo documented pre-trip and post-trip inspections each service day using a Daily Bus Report. Any identified defects are immediately reviewed by dispatch and maintenance staff, with vehicles either repaired prior to service or replaced to prevent delays. This process ensures mechanical issues are addressed before impacting service or passenger safety. Preventative Maintenance TC conducts preventive maintenance inspections at mileage-based intervals in accordance with OEM, City, CHP, ADA, and contractual requirements. Inspections include: • Drive on Inspection – Check specific gauges, warning lights, indicators, driver area specific items, switches, windshield etc. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 18 • Interior Inspection- Inspect floors, seats, windows, emergency window operation, lights, heat, vent, and A/C operation, stanchions, safety equipment, registration, and other required items. • Exterior Inspection- Inspect exterior body condition, tires, windows, lights, bumpers, rims, lift, interlock, and other applicable items. • Chassis Inspection- Inspect undercarriage, suspension, brakes, and look for leaks and perform various filter and fluid changes per specific PM type. • Test Drive- Check for proper shift points, engine performance, braking, etc. Any defects noted during the process will be reviewed and safety items will be repaired before being placed back into service. Preventive maintenance activities are tracked electronically, allowing TC to identify trends, schedule component replacements proactively, and reduce road calls. Vehicle Repairs All repairs are completed to industry standards using OEM-approved parts and fully documented through work orders. Wheelchair lifts, ramps, securement systems, and ADA equipment are inspected and serviced regularly and must be fully operational prior to revenue service. Vehicles with safety-related deficiencies are removed from service until corrected. Climate control systems, electrical components, braking systems, and all mechanical elements are maintained year-round to ensure passenger comfort and safety. The following components are inspected: • Drive compressor belt for proper tension/wear • Replace return air filter • Monitor oil level • Inspect the control thermometer • Check all the wiring and connections • Analyze the system for proper operation • Inspect Blowers for proper operation • Inspect evaporator and condenser cores, clean if needed • Check site glass for proper refrigerant fill • Check all lines In addition, every 24,000 miles, the following will be completed: • Change filter dryer as specified by manufacturer • Clean cores • Torque component mounting bolts • Inspect the water control valve for proper operation • Check the condenser and evaporator for proper operation Seats will be maintained in proper operating condition. All tears, cuts, gum, graffiti, and other damage will be repaired in a professional manner. TC will replace seat covers and/or cushion materials that are worn or cannot be professionally repaired, using seat cover materials that are identical in design and color to those materials being replaced. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 19 Cleaning Transportation Concepts recognizes that vehicle cleanliness is a visible and critical indicator of service quality and rider confidence. All vehicles used in revenue service receive daily interior cleaning, including sweeping or vacuuming floors, wiping down seats, stanchions, dashboards, and high-touch surfaces, and removing debris, spills, and graffiti as needed. This daily attention ensures a safe, comfortable, and sanitary environment for passengers. Exterior cleaning is performed on a scheduled basis that exceeds minimum RFP requirements, reflecting the coastal operating environment and the importance of maintaining a professional fleet appearance. TC utilizes dedicated utility staff and a long-standing professional washing vendor to ensure consistent exterior washes, including cleaning of windows, wheels, and vehicle exteriors to remove salt air residue, dirt, and buildup. The Project Manager monitors cleaning schedules and quality standards to confirm that each vehicle is maintained in a clean, well-presented condition that reflects positively on the City and enhances the overall passenger experience. Transportation Concept's Comprehensive Driver Training Program TC fully recognizes that the unique skills and dedication of our team members are our greatest assets and competitive advantages in the industry. Ensuring that our drivers are expertly trained not only meets our commitment to safety and exceptional service but also solidifies our market leadership. We have a rigorous and ongoing training plan in place for every new and existing member of our team. This plan is tailored to address the specifics of our service areas, vehicle types, and customer requirements, and includes: • Location-Specific Training: Every TC driver receives training that is uniquely tailored to the routes they will be serving, ensuring an in-depth understanding of all operational aspects. • Vehicle Operation: Given the range of vehicles in our fleet, training incorporates significant differences between fossil fuel and electric vehicles. Our expertise in EV operation is reflected in the curriculum. • Safety and Emergency Preparedness: Our program places special emphasis on safe driving behaviors, defensive operation of the vehicle, and emergency procedures. This focus ensures that our team is always prepared for the unexpected. After the initial training, the trainer and management will closely monitor the new employee's performance for the first 30 days. Shuttle drivers will receive 6-8 hours of annual training to update skills and learn about policy changes. Our focus on quality training ensures that PCI's drivers are not just operators, but skilled professionals enhancing customer experience. Comprehensive Training Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 20 Training encompasses new driver training, orientation to the safety policy of the company, and regular, ongoing in-service training for all existing employees. Using the company’s proprietary Driver Training program, which has been developed using the TAPTCO Transit and Paratransit driver training program, along with additional Transit materials from the Transportation Safety Institute (TSI), APTA, and the National Safety Council. The result is a very successful training program. The key element in our program is training our professional bus operators to demonstrate the skillset for the safety and comfort of their passengers, along with effective technical performance in operating the equipment, safety policy orientation, and regular, ongoing in-service training for all existing employees. Our training program will be overseen by one of our Certified Trainers. They will ensure that all training requirements, including all company policies and procedures, contractual requirements, and those required by regulatory agencies governing transit. TC Minimum Training Requirements TC training program exceeds the training standards established by all regulatory agencies. Our drivers are often trained with endorsements exceeding the minimum requirements, which allows more flexibility within our firm’s operations. TC keeps a database of all company drivers together with the expiration of licenses and endorsements, assuring contract and legal compliance. Vehicle Operator Status Classroom BTW In-Service Total Hours No Transit Experience 48 hours 40 hours 40 hours 128 hours Transit Experienced 32 hours 8-40 hours 32 hours 72-104 hours All commercially licensed drivers working for TC must undergo a road test certification following DOT, FMCSA, and TC guidelines. This evaluation allows supervisors and TC trainers to relay vital information about routes, customer service standards, and company policies, including emergency response and specific detours. During a ride along, a supervisor, trainer, or manager will join the shuttle to assess the driver’s compliance with company policies and their general job performance, including customer interactions and driving skills. TC supervision/ management will conduct shuttle shadows by discreetly following the driver to verify that they are adhering to safe vehicle operation standards, traffic laws, and company policies. TC is committed to excellent customer service for all passengers, including those with disabilities. Mandatory ADA training through our member services department is designed to familiarize team members with all relevant laws and regulations and to train them in the use of all necessary equipment for ADA passenger transport. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 21 Driver Classroom Training We begin our classroom training with 8 hours of company orientation, followed by an additional 40 hours for employees without previous transit training. This is an intense technical training program using the TAPTCO Training System. If the new hire driver is already an experienced transit driver, we will reduce the classroom training time down, depending upon the Trainers assessment of the individual, however a minimum of 24 hours is required for all experienced vehicle operators that we hire. Classroom Driver Training Topics Introduction to Professional Driving Mirror Adjustments & Reference Points Special Driving Conditions Active Shooter DVD Federal Regulations Fatigue Management Introduction to ADA & Sensitivity Local Issues / SOP / Policies and Procedures Hazards Communication LLLC Defensive Driving / Critical Points ADA, Lifts, Ramps & Securement Employee Handbook Creating a Drug & Alcohol-Free Workplace Prevent Harassment Professionalism / Customer Service Reasonable Accommodations Blood-borne Pathogens Preventing Driving Distractions Conflict/Aggression Management Title VI Heat Stress Prevention / Wellness Following Distance Accident & Emergency Procedures CNG Fuel Tank / Filling Procedures Whistleblower Intersections NTI – Warning Signs Lock Out / Tag Out Introduction to the Bus Railroad Crossings IIPP Fire Extinguisher / Emergency Evacuation Pre-Trip Inspections Pedestrian Awareness Slip, Trips and Falls OSHA Training Air Brake System Preventing Backing Accidents AVL / Paddles / Manifest TSI Transit Training Safety Best Practices Merging, Lane Changing & Passing The Mark DVD Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 22 Behind the Wheel Training Behind-the-Wheel Training also follows the TAPTCO driver training program. Our Behind the Wheel (BTW) driver training covers: • Introduction to the Bus / 10 step process • Skills /Maneuvering Standards • Daily Driving Standards In-Service Training In-service training is conducted with one of our certified behind-the-wheel drivers. A new driver without experience will be required to complete 40 hours of operating the bus in service with an experienced evaluator. For those new hire drivers with previous certifications/experience, we require a minimum of 8 hours of in- service training with an experienced BTW evaluator. In Service training focuses on all elements of operating the bus in “real time” conditions. A qualified BTW Trainer is always onboard while the new employee is operating the bus on the public streets. Once the new operator progresses to on-the-road training with a qualified driver trainer, meeting the requirements as outlined above. This individual will reinforce the basics of defensive driving and the handling of the specific vehicle they will be operating. Time is also spent as a participant/observer. The following are some of the components of the in-service training program: • Basic vehicle handling skills, including starting, stopping, turns, and backing • Proper loading and unloading procedures. • Proper lock-down (equipment) and securing procedures. • Paperwork requirements, APC/ AVL operations, Destination sign operation. • Specific route training. • Providing passengers with courteous and comfortable transportation. • Proper use of the radios. • Care and maintenance of the vehicle and equipment, accident procedures, and dress code. • Special driving skills when transporting passengers, in periods of rain and/or unseasonable weather. Throughout the training program, the qualified operator trainer continually evaluates the performance and personalities of candidates to recognize the individuals who have the best chance to succeed. Not all people are able to deal with the demands of public transit. Our Training program has been extremely useful for screening those individuals not suited for public transit service. This period may be extended if necessary to meet the individual needs and demonstrate the skills of the new driver. During this span of time, the operator trainer completes a Driver Evaluation Form on the new driver and meets with the new driver at the end of this training phase to discuss the evaluation. Any deficiencies are noted and must be corrected before the driver is authorized to operate without the senior driver on board. Ongoing Training All maintenance personnel receive specific fleet training through manufacturers or by our Maintenance Manager or other qualified outside resources involved in the TC maintenance program. This training will include, at a minimum, the following: • Monthly review of PM (City and other regulatory compliance) • Contract compliance with safety, maintenance, and cleaning. • Minimum of 48 hours of certified training on specific bus components • Parts inventory and vendors • Service requirements Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 23 Each mechanic receives continual training in all areas of maintenance technology, including a minimum of 12 hours of training annually in each of the following OSHA-required training segments: • Heat Stress Prevention • Hazard Communication • Fire Prevention • First Aid • IIPP • Log Out /Tag Out • PPE • Blood Bourne Pathogen Any maintenance personnel assigned to work on the System buses will have a thorough knowledge of: • Bus engines, transmissions, electrical, multiplex I/O electrical systems, electronic engine and transmission controls, hydraulic and air systems, engine cooling systems, radiators, passenger heating and cooling (A/C), and related mechanical parts. • Methods and procedures used in servicing mechanical equipment. • Bus chassis and bodies. • Tools, precision instruments, equipment, and procedures used in the general repair and maintenance of bus equipment. • Decimals, fractions, and specifications related to bus mechanics. • Specialized areas such as painting, upholstering, brake relining, air-conditioning, destination signs and wheelchair lifts. Maintenance personnel shall be able to: • Inspect bus engines, transmissions, and other related parts. • Diagnose bus engine, transmission, electrical, multiplex I/O electrical, hydraulic, and air system problems and related parts. • Repair bus engine, transmission, electrical, hydraulic, and air system problems and related parts. • Perform wheelchair/lift/ramp inspections • Perform annunciator and destination sign inspections • Inspections on video recording devices • Document, on City-approved forms, all repairs performed. Daily pre- and post-trip inspections, scheduled preventive maintenance intervals, and quality assurance reviews ensure fleet reliability. In the event of a vehicle issue, TC deploys a replacement vehicle promptly with a goal of minimizing passenger delay. This disciplined approach has supported consistent CHP inspection success and strong road-call performance. Safety Transportation Concepts’ safety program is built on a clear, organization-wide commitment to protecting passengers, employees, and the communities we serve. Safety is not treated as a standalone requirement, but as a guiding principle that informs every aspect of service delivery—from hiring and training to daily operations, maintenance, and supervision. This philosophy aligns directly with the City of Seal Beach’s expectations for safe, reliable, and compliant senior transportation services. Our safety policy is founded on five core principles: • Safety is the highest operational priority • Safety is a shared responsibility across all roles • Accidents, incidents, and near misses are preventable • Unsafe conditions must be identified and eliminated proactively • Safety is a continuous process, not a checklist Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 24 Target Zero Safety Initiative Transportation Concepts operates under a companywide safety framework known as Target Zero, which reflects our goal of eliminating preventable accidents, injuries, and near misses. This initiative is led by executive leadership and reinforced at every operational level, ensuring consistent expectations, accountability, and performance monitoring across all locations. Since the implementation of Target Zero, TC has achieved measurable improvements in safety performance, including: • Significant reductions in workplace injuries • Substantial decreases in claims frequency and severity • Meaningful cost reductions associated with incidents These outcomes are driven by leadership engagement, disciplined execution of risk-reduction strategies, and structured communication that reinforces safe behaviors and early hazard identification. Local Safety Implementation & Training At the operating level, Transportation Concepts maintains a structured safety wellness program designed to support Seal Beach’s service requirements and rider population. Key elements include: • Mandatory driver safety meetings are conducted monthly • Regular ride checks and on-street observations by management staff • Ongoing ADA, passenger assistance, and defensive driving training • Quarterly facility and fleet safety inspections • Immediate communication and review of any incident or near miss, including corrective action and retraining when appropriate Safety messaging is continuously reinforced through dispatch communications, driver materials, payroll notices, and staff briefings to ensure consistent awareness and engagement. TC maintains a safety incentive program designed to reinforce safe behaviors and recognize exemplary safety performance. By aligning individual accountability with positive reinforcement, the program encourages employees to consistently follow established safety procedures and make sound operational decisions. This approach supports a strong safety culture focused on accident prevention, injury reduction, and regulatory compliance. A summary of the safety incentive program is provided in the table below. Achievement Criteria Reward Employee of the Quarter Awarded to one driver at the location. This achievement is based on three months of performance. If all other criteria are met, the manager must select the winner based on who most exemplifies TC’s safety philosophy for the period. No accidents/incidents, Perfect attendance In proper uniform No injuries No valid complaints No conduct violations Select promotional items to be presented by the Manager at the monthly safety meeting. $50 gift card One Year Safe Driving Award Awarded to each driver who meets the criteria. This achievement is based on one year of performance. No Preventable accidents/injuries $100 gift card One year Safety pin Five Year Safe Driving Award Awarded to each driver who meets the criteria over a 5-year period No Preventable accidents/injuries $500 gift card Five-year Safety pin Safety Jacket Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 25 Monitoring, Oversight & Compliance Transportation Concepts employs a comprehensive monitoring system to ensure ongoing compliance with City, CHP, ADA, and regulatory standards. Driver motor vehicle records are reviewed regularly through State monitoring programs, while operational performance is evaluated through ride checks, documentation reviews, and supervisory observations. All accidents, incidents, and near misses are formally investigated with a focus on root cause analysis, retraining, and system-wide communication to prevent recurrence. TC applies the same preventive standard to near misses as it does to reportable incidents, recognizing that early intervention is critical to maintaining a strong safety culture. Continuous Improvement & Accountability The effectiveness of Transportation Concepts’ safety program is the result of an integrated approach that combines careful employee screening, comprehensive training, proactive supervision, and consistent performance monitoring. This structure ensures that safety expectations are clearly understood, regularly reinforced, and continuously improved. Through this disciplined and transparent approach, Transportation Concepts delivers senior shuttle services that meet the City of Seal Beach’s safety objectives while providing riders with confidence, comfort, and peace of mind. Reporting, Documentation & Compliance Transportation Concepts already performs all data collection, reporting, and documentation required for fixed- route shuttle service. Operators complete daily trip sheets, which are reviewed by dispatch and entered into monthly operating reports submitted to the City. TC supports OCTA and NTD reporting requirements through accurate tracking of vehicle hours, miles, ridership, and service performance, with built-in quality control checks to ensure audit-ready documentation. These reports include: • Daily Dispatch Log  Records ALL activities that pertain to the day-to-day activities in dispatch.  Tracks ALL activities and incidents for the purpose of follow up and checks and balances.  Utilizes “PROBLEM and ACTION CODES. “ - A list containing the most reported problems with the ability to add others. - Includes a list of action codes to explain how you handled the problem. • Daily Service Report  Recaps the amount of service time lost on a particular route and block and the reason for it.  Shows if and what supervisors had to drive.  Time loss is measured in hours and minutes format. Vehicle Operators will record their daily operations on a daily Driver Trip Sheet, which will be turned into the Dispatcher at the end of their shift. The Dispatcher will perform a review of the Trip Sheet to ensure that all the primary information is recorded. Subsequently, the information from the Trip Sheets will be entered into an Excel spreadsheet by the staff. All the information from the Trip Sheets will be entered into the spreadsheet within three days of service and will be available for City review within five days of service. At the end of each month, TC will also prepare a Monthly Operating Report that will include information on all the Operating Data as required or desired by the City of Seal Beach. This report will be submitted to the City on or before the 15th of the month. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 26 As a contracted operator of public transit services, TC reports operating statistics to clients and agencies who directly report to NTD. The following is a sample of the procedures and reporting areas that are typically reported by TC, easily viewed and monitored via the Breeze platform to maximize efficiency and operational flow. With each specific operation, the reporting parameters and data may be different. • NTD Operating Statistics  Ridership by the number of Unlinked Passenger Trips  Total Vehicle Miles  Vehicle Revenue and Non-Revenue Miles  Total Vehicle Hours  Revenue and Non-Revenue Hours  Type of Vehicle and Service Mode  Number of Vehicle Trips  Incidents and Accidents  ADA Stats; Mobility Aids, Attendants, Lift Boarding  Passenger Complaints Transportation Concepts will submit reports on a weekly and monthly basis, including a summary of significant achievements and challenges, as well as recommended solutions or action plans to enhance situational issues based upon agency needs. Reports will include hours and miles, accidents/incidents, complaints and commendations, vehicle maintenance, repair, and PMI tracker, drug, and alcohol testing (quarterly), and dispatch logs (if requested). All statistical information as required by the City and the OCTA will be incorporated into a weekly or monthly summary. A sampling of our reports are pictured here. Understanding/Approach 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 27 References 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 28 References References References 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 29 Transportation Concepts takes pride in delivering a high-touch, community-focused level of service that aligns closely with the City of Seal Beach’s expectations for its Senior Shuttle Program. Our “boutique” service approach emphasizes integrity, responsiveness, and strong partnerships with City staff, ensuring a consistently positive experience for riders and stakeholders alike. The references included in this proposal reflect our proven performance operating municipal shuttle services similar in scope and complexity to Seal Beach’s program. Transportation Concepts would be pleased to provide additional reference letters from current public-sector clients upon the City’s request. Beach City Transit, City of Redondo Beach Contact Name Tyron Gunn, Transit Manager Phone | Email (310) 697-3358 | tyron.gunn@redondo.org Length of Contract 14+ years Annual Revenue $3.6 Million # of Employees 45 Services Provided Fixed route and curb to curb paratransit transportation services. Approximately a 10-mile service area includes Redondo Beach, Hermosa Beach, Manhattan Beach and El Segundo. The vehicle fleet consists of 20 CNG powered buses, six of which are assigned to paratransit. Responsible for dispatch, operation, supervision and vehicle maintenance on fleet of City provided buses. “Transportation Concepts’ management staff [continue] to be adaptable, responsive and proactive in resolving service issues, producing professional and technical assistance, and in addressing the needs and expectations of City staff. Vehicles are well-maintained within the appropriate schedules, and the annual CHP inspections are consistently positive.” – Joyce Rooney, City of Redondo Beach City of La Habra Contact Name Kim Albarian, Deputy Director Phone | Email (562) 448-4022 | KAlbarian@lahabraca.gov Length of Contract 14+ years Annual Revenue $750k # of Employees 1.5 Services Provided Provides seniors transportation throughout the area, a curb-to-curb paratransit transportation services. The vehicle fleet consists of 2+gas buses. Responsible for dispatch, operation, supervision, and vehicle maintenance on fleet of City-provided buses. See next page for letter of recommendation from La Habra. References 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 30 References 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 31 Lake County Transit Authority Contact Name Lisa Davey-Bates Phone | Email 707.272.5851 | ldaveybates@dbcteam.net Length of Contract 5+ years Annual Revenue $3,163,000 # of Employees 35 Services Provided TC supports the Lake Transit Authority by operating fixed-route and dial-a-ride services that connect Lake County with neighboring Mendocino and Napa Counties. In 2019, TC expanded this commitment to regional mobility with the Medi Links program, specifically designed to address the gaps identified in Lake County’s 2011 Non-Emergency Medical Transportation Plan. Medi Links now provides residents, including seniors and disabled riders in Sonoma County, with affordable, reliable, and ADA-compliant door-to-door transportation to critical medical services throughout the region. Suisun City / Solano Transportation Authority Contact Name Brandon Thomson, Transit Mobility Coordinator Phone | Email 707.399.3234 | bthomson@sta.ca.gov Length of Contract 3+ years Annual Revenue $550k # of Employees 7 Services Provided TC supports the Fixed-Route and Micro-transit transportation services Vehicle fleet consists of nine buses, 1 of which is assigned to micro-transit. Responsible for dispatch, operation, supervision, and provision of vehicle maintenance on fleet of agency buses. Cost Proposal 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 32 Cost Proposal Cost Proposal Cost Proposal 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 33 Seal Beach Senior Shuttle Program Cost Proposal - Annual Operating Budget Transportation Concepts Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4/5 Revenue Pricing based on CPI for the Los Angeles - Long Beach- Anaheim Index for March of the current year. Billing Revenues- 1,500 Annual Hours $233,473 $241,068 $249,060 Total Net Revenue $233,473 $241,068 $249,060 Cost of Sales Driver Wages (Union Rate) $75,400 $78,039 $80,770 Other Driver Benefits $5,768 $5,970 $6,179 Driver Workers Compensation $8,294 $8,584 $8,885 DMV License $50 $52 $55 Vehicle Depreciation $30,000 $30,000 $30,000 Shuttle Insurance $17,478 $19,226 $21,148 License and Registration $766 $750 $750 Physical Damage $1,500 $1,500 $1,500 Maintenance Expense - Parts $6,549 $6,765 $6,968 Maintenance Expense - Operating Supplies $600 $600 $600 Maintenance Expense - Outside Repairs $3,000 $3,150 $3,308 Outside Bus Wash $2,400 $2,472 $2,546 Tires $1,800 $1,890 $1,985 Fuel $18,640 $19,199 $19,775 Breeze Technology $4,000 $4,000 $4,000 Safety Program $150 $150 $150 Phone Communications/Breeze $5,400 $5,400 $5,400 Dues & Sub-Business License $224 $247 $272 Office Supplies $100 $100 $100 Licenses $244 $251 $259 General Liability Insurance $11,898 $12,245 $12,602 Oil, Greece, Fluids $300 $300 $300 Total Expenses $194,561 $200,890 $207,550 Corporate Overhead and Profit $38,912 $40,178 $41,510 NOTES: Monthly Revenue Hours 125 125 125 125 Annual Revenue Hours 1,500 1500 1500 1,500 Annual Fixed Monthly Cost $111,022 $114,399 $118,045 Fixed Monthly Rate $9,252 $9,533 $9,837 Total Hourly Cost $122,451 $126,669 $131,015 Fixed Vehicle Revenue Hourly Rate $82 $84 $87 Total Annual Costs $233,473 $241,068 $249,060 Exceptions, Business Entity, DIR Registration/Contractor’s License, and Contract Signatories 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 34 Exceptions, Business Entity, DIR Registration/Contractor’s License, and Contract Signatories Exceptions, Business Entity, DIR Registration/Contractor’s License, and Contract Signatories Exceptions, Business Entity, DIR Registration/Contractor’s License, and Contract Signatories 949.753.7525 | transportation-concepts.com | 35 Exceptions Transportation Concepts does not take any exceptions to the RFP or attached sample contract. We look forward to continuing our partnership with Seal Beach. Business Entity Transportation Concepts is a dba of Parking Concepts Inc., a California corporation. Our corporation number is C740412. DIR Registration/Contractor’s License Parking Concepts Inc.’s DIR number is 1000017454 Contract Signatories Pursuant to California Corporation Code Section 313 the two individuals that the company has authorized to bind the organization are as follows: • Gill Barnett, CEO and Founder • David Mueller, President EXHIBIT C TERMS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS 1. This Agreement calls for services that, in whole or in part, constitute “public works” as defined in Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code (“Chapter 1”). Further, Contractor acknowledges that this Agreement is subject to (a) Chapter 1 and (b) the rules and regulations established by the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. Therefore, as to those Services that are “public works”, Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in 1(a) and 1(b) as though set forth in full herein. 2. California law requires the inclusion of specific Labor Code provisions in certain contracts. The inclusion of such specific provisions below, whether or not required by California law, does not alter the meaning or scope of Section 1 above. 3. Contractor shall be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations in accordance with California Labor Code Section 1725.5, and has provided proof of registration to City prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that is not registered with DIR pursuant to Section 1725.5. Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain their registration with the DIR in effect throughout the duration of this Agreement. If Contractor or any subcontractor ceases to be registered with DIR at any time during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City. 4. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.4, Contractor’s Services are subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR. Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by DIR regulations. 5. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Agreement are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by this Agreement. 6. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $200.00 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor. 7. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Contractor and each subcontractor to: keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and inform City of the location of the records. 8. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these aforementioned Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing work under this Agreement, Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall submit to City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement. 9. Contractor shall not perform work with any subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. Contractor and subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of this Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or state law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If Contractor or any subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the project, Contractor shall immediately notify City. 10. Contractor acknowledges that eight hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. Contractor shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $25.00 for each worker employed in the performance of this Agreement by Contractor or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by employees of Contractor in excess of eight hours per day, and 40 hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight hours per day at not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay. 11. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every employer will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract.” 12. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the project, Contractor shall be responsible for such subcontractor’s compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700, and Contractor shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor a copy of those statutory provisions and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with those statutory provisions. Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure subcontractor’s compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the subcontractor to pay his or her workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure. 13. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at Contractor’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to City) City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, and volunteers and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed above by any person or entity (including Contractor, its subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees, agents and servants) in connection with any work undertaken or in connection with the Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and other related costs and expenses. All duties of Contractor under this Section shall survive the termination of the Agreement. Agenda Item I AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Iris Lee, Director of Public Works SUBJECT:Conduct Public Hearing for 2025 Urban Water Management Plan Water Shortage Contingency Plan ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council: 1. Open and conduct a public hearing to receive input regarding the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan and Water Shortage Contingency Plan; and, 2. Adopt Resolution 7772 approving the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan; and, 3. Adopt Resolution 7773 approving the 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: Pursuant to California Water Code Sections 10610 through 10656, known as the Urban Water Management Planning Act (UWMP Act), every urban water supplier that provides water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 service connections or supplies more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually is required to prepare and adopt an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) and submit it to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) every five (5) years. The UWMP is a comprehensive long-range planning document intended to evaluate water supply reliability and ensure adequate water resources are available to meet existing and projected demands under a range of hydrologic conditions, including normal, single dry-year, and multiple dry-year scenarios. The City, as a retail urban water supplier, has prepared the 2025 UWMP in compliance with the UWMP Act and applicable provisions of the California Water Code. The 2025 UWMP updates and builds upon the City’s 2020 UWMP and extends the planning horizon through the Year 2050. The UWMP serves as a key Page 2 2 2 8 8 planning tool to support informed decision-making related to water supply, demand management, and long-term resource sustainability. The 2025 UWMP was developed through a shared-services agreement with the Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC), in coordination with 22 other retail water agencies. This collaborative regional approach allows participating agencies to utilize consistent data, assumptions, and analytical methodologies, while also improving efficiency and ensuring compliance with evolving regulatory requirements. The City’s water supply portfolio continues to consist of a combination of imported potable water and local groundwater resources. Imported supplies are obtained through MWDOC, a member agency of the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (Metropolitan), while local groundwater is extracted from the Orange County Groundwater Basin, which is managed and replenished by the Orange County Water District (OCWD). This diversified supply portfolio enhances the City’s ability to maintain reliable service under varying hydrologic, environmental, and regulatory conditions. The 2025 UWMP includes an updated characterization of water use within the City’s service area and provides revised water demand projections through Year 2050. These projections account for anticipated population growth, land use patterns, and implementation of state-mandated water use efficiency standards. The UWMP also documents the City’s compliance with applicable water conservation requirements and highlights ongoing and planned water use efficiency programs administered both locally and in coordination with MWDOC. In addition, the UWMP provides an updated assessment of the City’s existing and planned water supply sources, including considerations for supply reliability, infrastructure, and long-term resource planning. A key component of the UWMP is the evaluation of water supply reliability under varying conditions. The UWMP analyzes the City’s ability to meet projected water demands during normal hydrologic conditions, as well as during single dry-year and multiple dry-year scenarios, which are intended to simulate extended drought conditions. These analyses support the identification of potential supply shortfalls and inform the development of response strategies to maintain reliable water service. In accordance with California Water Code Section 10632, the 2025 UWMP incorporates the 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP), which updates and replaces the City’s 2020 WSCP. The WSCP is a required strategic and operational planning document that establishes a structured framework for responding to water supply shortages. The WSCP defines water shortage levels based on the severity of supply conditions and identifies corresponding response actions to reduce water demand, maintain essential public health and safety services, and ensure regulatory compliance. The WSCP is intended to serve as the City’s operational guide for managing water shortages in a proactive and consistent manner. Water supply shortages may result from a variety of factors, including prolonged drought, climate variability, Page 3 2 2 8 8 regulatory restrictions, infrastructure failure, or other emergency events. The WSCP includes predefined response measures, communication protocols, and implementation procedures that enable the City Council, staff, and the public to respond efficiently and effectively to changing water supply conditions. Copies of the 2025 UWMP and 2025 WSCP have been made available for public review at the Office of the City Clerk, the Public Works Department counter at City Hall, and on the City’s website, in accordance with statutory public notification and review requirements. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: Preparation and adoption of the UWMP are statutorily exempt from environmental review pursuant to Section 15282 of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines, which specifically exempts the adoption and implementation of urban water management plans prepared in accordance with the Urban Water Management Planning Act. Pursuant to California Water Code Section 10652, the California Environmental Quality Act (Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code) does not apply to the preparation and adoption of a WSCP prepared in accordance with California Water Code Section 10632. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the resolutions as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: There is no direct fiscal impact associated with the adoption of the UWMP and WSCP. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council: 1. Open and conduct a public hearing to receive input regarding the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan and Water Shortage Contingency Plan; and, 2. Adopt Resolution 7772 approving the 2025 Urban Water Management Plan; and, 3. Adopt Resolution 7773 approving the 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan. Page 4 2 2 8 8 SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Iris Lee Patrick Gallegos Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Patrick Gallegos, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7772 B. Resolution 7773 C. 2025 Urban Water Management Plan D. 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan RESOLUTION 7772 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING THE 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN WHEREAS, the California Urban Water Management Planning Act, (Wat. Code §10610, et seq. (the Act), mandates that every urban supplier of water providing water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre - feet of water annually, prepare an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP); and, WHEREAS, these plans support suppliers’ long-term resource planning to ensure that adequate water supplies are available to meet existing and future water needs; and , WHEREAS, the UWMP must be adopted by the supplier’s governing body and submitted to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR); and, WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach (City) is an urban water supplier subject to this requirement; and, WHEREAS, on June 14, 2021, the City Council adopted the City’s 2020 UWMP and Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) by Resolution 7164 and 7165, and subsequently amended the WSCP by Resolution 7290 on May 23, 2022; and, WHEREAS, the City has prepared the 2025 UWMP as an update to the 2020 UWMP on the City’s water resource needs, water use efficiency programs, water reliability assessments, and strategies to mitigate water shortage conditions; and , WHEREAS, the City’s 2025 UWMP contains all elements to satisfy compliance with the Act as amended since 2020; and, WHEREAS, in accordance with applicable law, including Water Code section 10642, and Government Code section 6066, a Notice of a Public Hearing regarding adoption of the City’s 2025 UWMP was published within the jurisdiction of the City of Seal Beach on April 23, 2026 and April 30, 2026; and, WHEREAS, in accordance with applicable law, including but not limited to Water Code section 10642, a public hearing was held on May 11, 2026 at 7:00 PM, or soon thereafter, in the Council Chambers of the City located at 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, in order to provide members of the public and other interested entities with the opportunity to be heard in connection with proposed adoption of the 2025 UWMP and issues related thereto; and, NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine and order as follows: Section 1. The 2025 UWMP is hereby adopted as amended by changes incorporated by the Seal Beach City Council as a result of input received (if any) at the public hearing and ordered filed with the City Clerk of the Seal Beach City Council. Section 2. The City Manager, or designee, is authorized and directed to file a copy of the City’s 2025 UWMP with the DWR, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the City provides water supplies within 30 days but no later than July 1, 2026. Section 3. The 2025 UWMP shall be available for public review during the City’s normal business hours no later than 30 days after filing a copy of the plan. Section 4. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council, and the Clerk of the Council shall attest to and certify the vote adopting this Resolution. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7772 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk RESOLUTION 7773 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL ADOPTING THE 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN WHEREAS, the California Urban Water Management Planning Act, (Wat. Code §10610, et seq. (the Act), mandates that every urban supplier of water providing water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre- feet of water annually, prepare and adopt, in accordance with prescribed requirements, a Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) as part of its Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP); and, WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach (City) meets the definition of an urban water supplier for purposes of the Act and is required to prepare and adopt and WSCP as part of its 2025 UWMP; and, WHEREAS, the Act specifies the requirements and procedures for adopting such WSCPs; and, WHEREAS, pursuant to recent amendments to the Act, urban water suppliers are required to adopt and electronically submit their WSCPs to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) by July 1, 2026; and, WHEREAS, the City has prepared a WSCP in accordance with the Act, and in accordance with applicable legal requirements, has undertaken certain coordination, notice, public involvement, public comment, and other procedures in relation to its WSCP; and, WHEREAS, in accordance with the Act, the City has prepared its WSCP with its own staff, with the assistance of consulting professionals, and in cooperation with other governmental agencies, and has utilized and relied upon industry standards and the expertise of industry professionals in preparing its WSCP, and has also utilized DWR’s Urban Water Management Plan Guidebook 2025, including its related appendices, in preparing its WSCP; and, WHEREAS, on June 14, 2021, the City adopted Resolution 7165 adopting the 2020 WSCP and subsequently amended the WSCP by Resolution 7290 on May 23, 2022; and, WHEREAS, in accordance with applicable law, including Water Code section 10642, and Government Code section 6066, a Notice of a Public Hearing regarding adoption of the WSCP was published within the jurisdiction of the City on April 23, 2026, and April 30, 2026; and, WHEREAS, in accordance with applicable law, including but not limited to Water Code sections 10642 and 375, a public hearing was held on May 11, 2026 at 7:00 PM, or soon 1 1 1 4 1 thereafter, in the Council Chambers of the City located at 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, in order to provide members of the public and other interested entities with the opportunity to be heard in connection with proposed adoption of the 2025 WSCP and issues related thereto; and, WHEREAS, the Seal Beach City Council has reviewed and considered the purposes and requirements of the Act, the contents of the WSCP, and the documentation contained in the administrative record in support of the WSCP, and has determined that the factual analyses and conclusions set forth in the WSCP are legally sufficient; and, WHEREAS, the Seal Beach City Council desires to adopt the WSCP and to incorporate it as part of its 2025 UWMP prior to July 1, 2026 in order to comply with the Act. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine and order as follows: Section 1. The 2025 WSCP is hereby adopted as amended by changes incorporated by the Seal Beach City Council as a result of input received (if any) at the public hearing and ordered filed with the City Clerk of the Seal Beach City Council and shall be incorporated into the City of Seal Beach’s 2025 UWMP. Section 2. The City Manager, or designee, is hereby authorized and directed to include a copy of this Resolution in the City of Seal Beach’s WSCP and/or in the City of Seal Beach’s 2025 UWMP. Section 3. The City Manager, or designee, is authorized and directed to file a copy of the City’s 2025 WSCP, as part of its 2025 UWMP, with the DWR, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the City provides water supplies within 30 days but no later than July 1, 2026. Section 4. The 2025 WSCP shall be available for public review during the City’s normal business hours no later than 30 days after filing a copy of the plan. Section 5. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council, and the Clerk of the Council shall attest to and certify the vote adopting this Resolution. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: 1 1 1 4 1 AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7773 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk 2025 Urban Water Management Plan FINAL DRAFT / April 2026 in collaboration with and 2025 Urban Water Management Plan April 2026 / FINAL DRAFT 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH i pw://Carollo/CA/MWDOC/204447-000000/03 Reports and Studies/02 Deliverables/Grp2_SB UWMP/_Cover_TOC_Abbrevs_AppxCovers.docx Contents CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND UWMP OVERVIEW 1.1 Overview of Urban Water Management Plan Requirements 1-1 1.2 UWMP Organization 1-2 CHAPTER 2 UWMP PREPARATION 2.1 Individual Planning and Compliance 2-1 2.2 Coordination and Outreach 2-2 2.2.1 Integration with Other Planning Efforts 2-2 2.2.2 Wholesale and Retail Coordination 2-4 2.2.3 Public Participation 2-4 CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 3.1 Agency Overview 3-1 3.1.1 Formation and Purpose 3-1 3.1.2 City Council 3-2 3.1.3 Relationship to MWDOC 3-2 3.2 Water Service Area and Facilities 3-4 3.2.1 Water Service Area 3-4 3.2.2 Water Facilities 3-7 3.3 Climate 3-9 3.4 Population, Demographics, and Socioeconomics 3-9 3.4.1 Service Area Population 3-9 3.4.2 Demographics and Socioeconomics 3-10 3.4.3 Demographic Projection Methodology 3-10 3.5 Land Uses 3-11 3.5.1 Current Land Uses 3-11 3.5.2 Projected Land Uses 3-11 CHAPTER 4 WATER USE CHARACTERIZATION 4.1 Water Use in the Last Five Years 4-4 4.1.1 Direct Municipal and Industrial Use 4-5 4.2 Projected Water Use 4-6 4.2.1 Water Use Projections for 2026-2030 4-6 4.2.2 Water Use Projections for 2030-2050 4-6 4.3 Water Demand Projection Methodology 4-8 4.3.1 Econometric Approach, Data Acquisition, and Model Development 4-9 4.3.2 Forecasted Demands 4-11 4.4 Water Loss 4-12 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ii CHAPTER 5 CONSERVATION TARGET COMPLIANCE 5.1 Reporting Requirements 5-1 CHAPTER 6 WATER SUPPLY CHARACTERIZATION 6.1 Water Supply Overview 6-1 6.2 Imported Water 6-4 6.2.1 Metropolitan Water District of Southern California 6-5 6.2.2 Colorado River Aqueduct 6-8 6.2.3 State Water Project 6-11 6.2.4 Storage, Transfers, and Conveyance Programs 6-14 6.2.5 Potential Future Water Projects 6-16 6.2.6 Supply Reliability within MET 6-17 6.3 Local Groundwater 6-22 6.3.1 Orange County Groundwater Basin 6-22 6.3.2 Planned Future Groundwater Sources 6-30 6.4 Surface Water 6-30 6.4.1 Existing Surface Water Sources 6-30 6.4.2 Planned Future Surface Water Sources 6-30 6.5 Stormwater 6-30 6.5.1 Existing Stormwater Sources 6-30 6.5.2 Planned Future Stormwater Sources 6-30 6.6 Wastewater and Recycled Water 6-30 6.6.1 Agency Coordination 6-31 6.6.2 Wastewater 6-33 6.6.3 Current Recycled Water Uses 6-33 6.6.4 Projected Recycled Water Uses 6-33 6.6.5 Potential Recycled Water Uses 6-34 6.6.6 Optimization Plan 6-34 6.7 Desalination Opportunities 6-35 6.7.1 Ocean Water Desalination 6-35 6.7.2 Groundwater Desalination 6-35 6.8 Water Exchanges and Transfers 6-35 6.8.1 Existing Exchanges and Transfers 6-35 6.8.2 Planned and Potential Exchanges and Transfers 6-36 6.9 Future Water Projects 6-36 6.10 Energy Intensity 6-38 6.10.1 Water Supply Energy Intensity 6-38 6.10.2 Wastewater and Recycled Water Energy Intensity 6-40 6.10.3 Key Findings and Next Steps 6-42 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH iii CHAPTER 7 WATER SERVICE RELIABILITY AND DROUGHT RISK ASSESSMENT 7.1 Water Service Reliability Overview 7-1 7.2 Factors Affecting Water Supply Reliability 7-2 7.2.1 Climate Change and the Environment 7-2 7.2.2 Regulatory and Legal 7-3 7.2.3 Water Quality 7-4 7.2.4 Locally Applicable Criteria 7-7 7.3 Water Service Reliability Assessment 7-8 7.3.1 Normal Year Reliability 7-8 7.3.2 Single Dry Year Reliability 7-8 7.3.3 Multiple Dry Years Reliability 7-9 7.4 Management Tools and Options 7-10 7.5 Drought Risk Assessment 7-11 7.5.1 Methodology 7-12 7.5.2 Total Water Supply and Use Comparison 7-13 7.5.3 Water Source Reliability 7-14 CHAPTER 8 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLANNING 8.1 Background 8-1 8.2 Overview of the Water Shortage Contingency Plan 8-1 8.3 Summary of Water Shortage Response Strategy and Required DWR Tables 8-2 CHAPTER 9 DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9.1 City of Seal Beach Demand Management Measures 9-2 9.1.1 Operations Practices 9-3 9.1.2 Public Education and Outreach 9-5 9.1.3 Residential Indoor Rebate Programs 9-9 9.1.4 CII Programs 9-9 9.1.5 Landscape Programs 9-10 9.2 City of Seal Beach Demand Management Measures Implementation (2020-2025) 9-11 9.3 MWDOC Demand Management Implementation Assistance Programs 9-12 9.3.1 State Water Conservation Compliance Assistance 9-12 9.3.2 Regional Rebate Programs and Local Program Assistance 9-13 9.3.3 Research and Evaluation 9-13 9.4 Urban Water Use Objective and CII Performance Measure Compliance 9-14 9.4.1 Urban Water Use Objectives Components 9-14 9.4.2 CII Performance Measures 9-16 CHAPTER 10 PLAN ADOPTION, SUBMITTAL, AND IMPLEMENTATION 10.1 Overview 10-1 10.2 Agency Coordination 10-2 10.3 Public Participation 10-2 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH iv 10.4 UWMP Submittal 10-3 10.5 Amending the Adopted UWMP or WSCP 10-3 Appendices APPENDIX A UWMP WATER CODE CHECKLIST APPENDIX B DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES (DWR) STANDARDIZED TABLES APPENDIX C REDUCED DELTA RELIANCE APPENDIX D AWWA WATER LOSS AUDITS APPENDIX E 2022 BASIN 8-1 ALTERNATIVE UPDATE APPENDIX F WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APPENDIX G WATER USE EFFICIENCY IMPLEMENTATION REPORT APPENDIX H 2025 ORANGE COUNTY WATER DEMAND MODEL TECHNICAL MEMORANDUM APPENDIX I NOTIFICATION OF PUBLIC AND SERVICE AREA PROVIDERS APPENDIX J ADOPTED UWMP RESOLUTIONS Tables Table 2.1 Submittal Table 2-1 Retail: Public Water Systems 2-1 Table 2.2 Submittal Table 2-2: Plan Identification 2-1 Table 2.3 Submittal Table 2-3: Supplier Identification 2-2 Table 2.4 Submittal Table 2-4 Retail: Water Supplier Information Exchange 2-4 Table 3.1 Submittal Table 3-1 Retail: Population - Current and Projected 3-9 Table 3.2 City of Seal Beach Service Area Dwelling Units by Type 3-10 Table 4.1 Submittal Table 4-1 Retail: Total Uses for Potable and Non-Potable Water – Actual 4-5 Table 4.2 City of Seal Beach’s Service Area Total Potable Demand for 2026-2030 4-6 Table 4.3 Submittal Table 4-2 Retail: Total Uses of Potable, and Non-Potable Water – Projected 4-7 Table 4.4 Submittal Table 4-3 Retail: Inclusion in Water Use Projections 4-7 Table 4.5 Optional Submittal Table 4-4 Retail: Passive Water Savings Projections 4-8 Table 4.6 Summary of Demand Sectors 4-9 Table 4.7 Summary of Historical Data Collected for Model Development 4-10 Table 4.8 Future Model Parameters 4-12 Table 4.9 Submittal Table 4-5 Retail: Water Loss Audit Reporting 4-13 Table 4.10 Submittal Table 4-6 Retail: Progress Towards 2028 Water Loss Standard 4-14 Table 5.1 Submittal Table 5-1 Retail: SB X7-7 2020 Target Progress 5-2 Table 6.1 Water Supplies – 2025 Actual 6-2 Table 6.2 Water Supplies – Projected 6-3 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH v Table 6.3 MET SWP Program Capabilities 6-12 Table 6.4 MET’s Projected Supply Capability and Demands through 2050 for a Normal Year 6-18 Table 6.5 MET’s Projected Supply Capability and Demands through 2050 for a Single Dry Year 6-19 Table 6.6 MET’s Projected Supply Capability and Demands through 2050 for a Drought (5 Consecutive Water Years) 6-20 Table 6.7 MET’s Water Use, Supply, and Drought Risk Assessment for 2026-2030 6-21 Table 6.8 Groundwater Pumped in the Past 5 Years Within the City’s Service Area 6-22 Table 6.9 Management Actions Based on Changes in Groundwater Storage 6-26 Table 6.10 Wastewater Collected within the City’s Service Area in 2025 6-33 Table 6.11 Optional Submittal Table 0-1A: Recommended Energy Reporting 6-39 Table 6.12 Optional Submittal Table 0-2: Energy Intensity of Wastewater and Recycled Water 6-41 Table 7.1 Retail: Basis of Water Year Data (Reliability Assessment) 7-2 Table 7.2 Submittal Table 7-2 Retail: Normal Year Supply and Use Comparison 7-8 Table 7.3 Submittal Table 7-3 Retail: Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison 7-9 Table 7.4 Submittal Table 7-4 Retail: Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison 7-10 Table 7.5 Submittal Table 7-5 Retail: Five-Year Drought Risk Assessment 7-14 Table 8.1 Submittal Table 8-1: Cross-Reference for Standard vs Supplier Shortage Levels 8-4 Table 8.2 Submittal Table 8-2 Retail: Supply Augmentation and Other Actions 8-4 Table 8.3 Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions 8-5 Table 9.1 DMM Implementation Responsibility and Regional Programs in Orange County 9-2 Table 9.2 City of Seal Beach Water Rates 9-3 Table 9.3 City of Seal Beach Water Use Efficiency Program Participation 9-11 Table 9.4 MWDOC Programs to Help OC Retail Agencies Meet their Urban Water Use Objectives 9-15 Table 9.5 City of Seal Beach CII BMP and Water Efficiency Programs and Incentives 9-16 Table 10.1 External Coordination and Outreach 10-1 Table 10.2 Submittal Table 10-1 Retail: Notification to Cities and Counties 10-2 Figures Figure 3.1 Regional Location of the City of Seal Beach and Other MWDOC Member Agencies 3-3 Figure 3.2 City of Seal Beach Water Service Area 3-6 Figure 3.3 City of Seal Beach Distribution System 3-8 Figure 4.1 Historical Water Use and Population in Orange County 4-2 Figure 4.2 Projected Water Use Across All Orange County Water Agencies 4-3 Figure 4.3 Econometric Demand Forecast Development Process 4-11 Figure 6.1 City’s Projected Water Supply 6-4 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH vi Figure 6.2 Major Aqueducts that Supply Imported Water to Southern California (MET, 2025) 6-6 Figure 6.3 MET Feeders and Transmission Mains that Serve Orange County 6-7 Figure 6.4 Map of the OC Basin (OCWD, 2022) 6-24 Figure 6.5 MWDOC Imported Water Sales for Groundwater Replenishment 6-29 Figure 8.1 Purpose and Relationships of the UWMP, WSCP, and Water Shortage Response Ordinance 8-2 Figure 9.1 City of Seal Beach Pop-Up Tent 9-6 Figure 9.2 Girl Scout Tour 9-8 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH vii Abbreviations AB Assembly Bill ACS American Community Survey ADU accessory dwelling units AF acre-feet AFY acre-feet per year AMI Advanced Metering Infrastructure AVEK Antelope Valley-East Kern AWWA American Water Works Association BEA Basin Equity Assessment BiOps Biological Opinions BMP best management practices BPP Basin Production Percentage BSA Boy Scouts of America C Celsius CAMP4W Climate Adaptation Master Plan for Water Carollo Carollo Engineers CDR Center for Demographic Research at California State University, Fullerton CEE Consortium for Energy Efficiency cfs cubic feet per second CII Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional CIP Capital Improvement Plan City City of Seal Beach Conservation Framework “Making California a Conservation Way of Life” Framework CPTP Coastal Pumping Transfer Program CRA Colorado River Aqueduct CRSS Colorado River Simulation System CUP conjunctive use program CUWCC California Urban Water Conservation Council CWC California Water Code CVP Central Valley Project CY Calendar Year DCP Drought Contingency Plan / Delta Conveyance Project DDW Division of Drinking Water DIM dedicated irrigation meters DOF State Department of Finance DRA Drought Risk Assessment DMM Demand Management Measures 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH viii DVL Diamond Valley Lake DWR California Department of Water Resources EIR Environmental Impact Report EO Executive Order EPA US Environmental Protection Agency ESA Endangered Species Act FIRO Forecast Informed Reservoir Operations FY Fiscal Year FMD flow monitoring device GAC granular activated carbon GIS geographic information system gpcd gallons per capita per day gpf gallons per flush gpm gallons per minute GAP Green Acres Project GDP gross domestic product GHG greenhouse gas GIS Geographic Information System GRP Groundwater Resilience Plan / Groundwater Reliability Plan GSA Groundwater Sustainability Agency GSP Groundwater Sustainability Plan GSWC Golden State Water Company GWRS Groundwater Replenishment System H2S hydrogen sulfide HCF hundred cubic feet HDI hot-dry index HECW high efficiency clothes washer HET high efficiency toilet HRL Healthy Rivers and Landscapes ICS Intentionally Created Surplus IRP Integrated Water Resources Plan IRWD Irvine Ranch Water District ITP Incidental Take Permit IWCM Interim Water Control Manual kWh kilowatt hour LAM landscape area measurements LDAP Landscape Design Rebate Program LODES Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics LRP Local Resources Program 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ix LVL Leo J. Vander Lans Advanced Water Treatment Facility M&I municipal and industrial MAF million acre-feet MCL maximum contaminant level MET Metropolitan Water District of Southern California MF microfiltration MG million gallons mgd million gallons per day mg/L milligrams per liter MUM mixed-use CII meters MWDOC Municipal Water District of Orange County MWDOC, 2025 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model TM ND non-detect NDMA N-nitrosodimethylamine ng/L nanograms per liter NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System OC Basin Orange County Groundwater Basin OCSD Orange County Sanitation District OCWD Orange County Water District PCH Pacific Coast Highway PFAS per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances PPCP pharmaceuticals and personal care products ppt parts per trillion PRISM Parameter Elevation Regressions on Independent Slopes Model PRS pressure regulating stations QSA Quantification Settlement Agreement QWEL Qualified Water Efficient Landscaper R&I retail and municipal RA Replenishment Assessment RHNA Regional Housing Needs Assessment RO reverse osmosis SARCCUP Santa Ana River Conservation and Conjunctive Use Program SB Senate Bill SCAB South Coast Air Basin SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition SCAG Southern California Association of Governments SDCWA San Diego County Water Authority SFD Single-Family Dwelling SGMA Sustainable Groundwater Management Act 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH x SNWA Sierra Nevada Water Authority sq mi square mile SR 57 Orange County Freeway State State of California STEM science, technology, engineering, and mathematics Supplier urban water supplier SWP State Water Project SWRCB State Water Resources Control Board TAZ traffic analysis zones TAP Conservation Framework Technical Assistance Program TDS total dissolved solids TM 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum USACE US Army Corps of Engineers USBR United States Bureau of Reclamation USGS United States Geological Survey UV ultraviolet UWMP Urban Water Management Plan UWMP Act or Act UWMP Act of 1983 UWUO Urban Water Use Objective Valley San Bernardino Valley Municipal Water District Water Code California Water Code WCM Water Control Manual WEEA Water Energy Education Alliance WOCWB West Orange County Water Board WRD Water Replenishment District WR P1 Delta Stewardship Council’s Delta Plan Policy WR P1 WSAP Water Supply Allocation Plan / Water Savings Action Plan WSIP Water Savings Incentive Program WSCP Water Shortage Contingency Plan WUE Water Use Efficiency 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ES-1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Introduction and UWMP Overview The City of Seal Beach (City) prepared this 2025 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) to submit to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) to satisfy the UWMP Act of 1983 (UWMP Act or Act) and subsequent California Water Code (Water Code) requirements. UWMPs are comprehensive documents that present an evaluation of a water supplier’s reliability over a long-Term (20-25 year) horizon. This 2025 UWMP provides an assessment of the present and future water supply sources and demands within the City’s service area. It presents an update to the 2020 UWMP on the City’s water resource needs, water use efficiency programs, water reliability assessment, and strategies to mitigate water shortage conditions. It also presents the City’s updated 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP), designed to prepare for and respond to water shortages. This 2025 UWMP contains all elements required by the UWMP Act. UWMP Preparation The City coordinated the preparation of this 2025 UWMP with other key entities, the Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC), the regional wholesaler of imported water for Orange County, and the Orange County Water District (OCWD), Orange County Groundwater Basin (OC Basin) manager and provider of recycled water in north Orange County. The City also coordinated with other entities that provided valuable, regionally consistent data for the analyses prepared in this UWMP, including population projections from the Center for Demographic Research (CDR) at California State University, Fullerton, and the Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum (TM). System Description The City of Seal Beach (City) was incorporated in 1915 and later became a charter city in 1964. The City is located along the California coastline in Orange County and is bordered to the north by the City of Los Alamitos, and the unincorporated Rossmoor community; to the east by the Cities of Garden Grove, Westminster, and Huntington Beach; to the south by the Pacific Ocean and City of Huntington Beach; and to the west by the City of Long Beach. The City’s Water Division operates 4 production wells, an active service connection with MET managed by MWDOC, emergency interconnections with other utilities, 2 reservoirs with a total storage capacity of 7 million gallons (MG), 2 booster stations, 4 disinfection sites, approximately 680 hydrants and manages an approximately 75-mile water mains system with about 5,423 service connections. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ES-2 Water Use Characterization Water Use in the Last Five Years Total water use within the City’s service area has fluctuated over the past 5 years (fiscal year [FY] 2021-25), with an annual average of approximately 3,287 acre-feet (AF). FY 2020-21 through FY 2021-22 saw the highest water uses over the last 5 years due to region-wide drought conditions. FY 2022-23 proved to be one of the wettest years on record in the State and the City saw a general decrease in water demand following this wet year, as precipitation offsets landscape irrigation demands. These year-to-year fluctuations in precipitation will continue to influence the City’s annual demands. Excluding this most recent FY 2024-25 due to the suspected meter inaccuracy, the City saw a decrease in demand of 13.7 percent over the 4-year period from FY 2020-21 to FY 2023-24. Projected Water Use The water use projection for this UWMP is based on the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum (TM). This demand projection represents the City’s total water demand and considers factors such as weather, water price, regional economic conditions, and housing density through a regression, or econometric, model. Over the next 25 years, the City’s total water demands are projected to decrease by about 14.6 percent from 3,932 AF in 2025 to approximately 3,358 AF by 2050. The Orange County Groundwater Basin is expected to continue meeting a notable share of total water demand between 2025 and 2050 (with a Basin Pumping Percentage [BPP] of 85 percent forecasted through 2050). Conservation Target Compliance The City participated in the Orange County 20x2020 Regional Alliance along with all other Orange County water agencies. The alliance was created by MWDOC in collaboration with all its retail member agencies as well as the Cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana, to assist Orange County retail agencies in complying with the requirements of the Water Conservation Act of 2009, also known as SB X7-7 (Senate Bill 7 as part of the Seventh Extraordinary Session). Signed into law on February 3, 2010, it required the State of California to reduce urban water use by 20 percent by 2020. Retail water suppliers are required to comply with SB X7-7 individually or as a region in collaboration with other retail water suppliers, to be eligible for water-related state grants and loans. Orange County, as a region, achieved its 2020 target water use of 159 gallons per capita per day (gpcd) prior to 2020, indicative of the collective efforts in reducing water use in the region. All Orange County water retailers, achieved individual compliance prior to 2020. By 2020, the City achieved a per capita per day water use of 95 gpcd (compared to its 142 gpcd target) and continues to implement water use efficiency measures. Water Supply Characterization The City’s main source of water supply is groundwater from the OC Basin. Imported water makes up the rest of the City’s water supply portfolio. In FY 2024-25, the City relied on approximately 90 percent groundwater and 10 percent imported water. This supply portfolio is projected to remain stable for the next 25 years with the BPP of 85 percent forecasted through 2050. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ES-3 Water Service Reliability and Drought Risk Assessment Every urban water supplier is required to assess the reliability of their water service to its customers under a normal year, a single dry year, and multiple dry years. The water service reliability assessment compares projected supply to projected demand for three long-term hydrological conditions. The City’s water sources are local groundwater from the OC Basin and imported water purchased from MWDOC/MET. The OC Basin manager, OCWD, has developed programs and projects to improve groundwater recharge and augment groundwater through recycled water, conjunctive use, and water transfers. OCWD assesses groundwater conditions and sets its BPP, which determines how much water will be pumped from the basin year, and the Basin Equity Assessment (BEA), which is a surcharge for exceeding the BPP. The BPP is set at 85 percent and is forecasted to remain so through 2050. MET, the Southern California regional wholesaler of imported water, has also invested in numerous programs and projects to augment its direct deliveries of imported water, such as water transfers, groundwater banking, and use of its reservoir storage. MET’s 2025 UWMP demonstrates that MET will be able to meet its projected water demands for its entire service area for the next 25 years under normal, dry, and five consecutive dry year conditions. Overall, the City’s service area is projected to meet full-service demands from 2026 through 2050 under normal years, single dry year, and five consecutive dry year conditions. Water Shortage Contingency Planning The Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) is a standalone document adopted by the City serving as the guidance document used to prepare for and respond to water shortages and service disruptions of the City’s water supplies through proactive mitigation measures. A water shortage, when water supply available is insufficient to meet the normally expected customer water use at a given point in time, may occur due to a number of reasons, such as water supply quality changes, climate change, drought, and catastrophic events (e.g., earthquake). The City’s WSCP provides a water supply availability assessment and structured steps designed to respond to actual conditions. This level of detailed planning and preparation will help maintain reliable supplies and reduce the impacts of supply interruptions. The WSCP contains the processes and procedures that will be deployed when shortage conditions arise so that the City’s governing body and its staff can easily identify and efficiently implement pre-determined steps to mitigate a water shortage to the level appropriate to the degree of water shortfall anticipated. Demand Management Measures The City has demonstrated its commitment to water use efficiency through multi-faceted and holistic water use efficiency programs. The City’s water use efficiency implementation can be described broadly under five categories: Operations Practices (e.g., conservation pricing, water waste prevention, water loss control, and metering with commodity rates), Education and Outreach (e.g., public outreach programs, K-12 school programs, Water Awareness Poster Contest, Qualified Water Efficiency Landscaper Training Program), Residential Indoor Program (e.g., various rebates), Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional Program (e.g., rebates, Water Savings Incentive Program, On-site Retrofit Program), and Landscape Programs (e.g., turf replacement, spray-to-drip irrigation rebate, residential landscape design assistance). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ES-4 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation The Water Code requires both the UWMP and the WSCP to be adopted by the Supplier’s governing body. Before the adoption of the UWMP, the City notified the public and the cities and counties within its service area that MWDOC was in the process of preparing an UWMP and WSCP per the Water Code. The City circulated the final draft of the UWMP and WSCP to facilitate public review and held a public hearing to receive input from the public on the UWMP and WSCP. Upon completion of the public hearing, the City moved to adopt both the UWMP and WSCP. Post adoption, the City submitted the UWMP to DWR and other key agencies and made the document available for public review within 30 days after filing with DWR. The UWMP serves as a legal and technical water management foundation for the City and can be referenced as needed, until its next required update cycle in 2030. With approval from DWR, the City shall implement this plan into its public resources, providing City staff, the public, and elected officials with an understanding of past, current, and future water conditions and management. Furthermore, the WSCP serves as a strategic planning document designed to prepare for and respond to water shortages and service disruptions of the City’s water supplies. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 1-1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND UWMP OVERVIEW The City of Seal Beach (City) prepared this 2025 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) to submit to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) to satisfy the UWMP Act of 1983 (UWMP Act or Act) and subsequent California Water Code (Water Code) requirements. The City is a retail water supplier that provides water to its residents and other customers using the imported potable water supply obtained from its regional wholesaler, the Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC) and local groundwater from the Orange County Groundwater Basin (OC Basin), which is managed by the Orange County Water District (OCWD). The City, as one of MWDOC’s 27 member agencies, prepared this 2025 UWMP in collaboration with MWDOC, Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MET), OCWD, and other key agencies. UWMPs are comprehensive documents that present an evaluation of a water supplier’s reliability over a long-term (20-25 year) horizon. In response to the changing climatic conditions since the 2020 UWMP, MWDOC has been assisting its member agencies and surrounding communities to manage both their water supplies and demands. The water loss audit program, water conservation measures, public outreach and education on conservation and efforts for increased self-reliance to reduce dependency on imported water from the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta (the “Delta”) are some of the water management actions that the City has taken to maintain the reliability of water supply for its service area. In addition, the City has been maintaining and improving their water system through the rehabilitation of existing wells, and targeted infrastructure upgrades to safeguard water quality, among other projects. This UWMP provides an assessment of the present and future water supply sources and demands within the City’s service area. It presents an update to the 2020 UWMP on the City’s water resource needs, water use efficiency programs, water reliability assessment and strategies to mitigate water shortage conditions. It also includes the City’s updated 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) designed to prepare for and respond to water shortages. This 2025 UWMP contains all elements required by the Act. 1.1 Overview of Urban Water Management Plan Requirements The UWMP Act enacted by California legislature requires every urban water supplier (Supplier) providing water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet (AF) of water annually to prepare, adopt, and file an UWMP with the DWR every 5 years in the years ending in six and one. For this 2025 UWMP cycle, DWR continues to place emphasis on achieving improvements for long term reliability and resilience to drought and climate change in California. Despite there being no new statutory requirements, Suppliers must now report progress on meeting their 2028 Water Loss Standards and continue to state their compliance with Senate Bill (SB) X7-7 2020 Targets. Additional guidance on stored water accounting and recommendations on identifying the need for future or proposed water supply projects are provided by DWR as well. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 1-2 1.2 UWMP Organization This UWMP is organized into 10 chapters aligned with the DWR Guidebook recommendations. The sections within each chapter are customized to include the City’s water supply reliability and future projections as well as plans to overcome any water shortages over a planning horizon of the next 25 years. The chapters for this UWMP are listed below: Chapter 1 Introduction and UWMP Overview gives an overview of the UWMP fundamentals and requirements for the 2025 UWMP. Chapter 2 UWMP Preparation identifies this UWMP as an individual planning effort of the City, lists the type of year and units of measure used and introduces the coordination and outreach activities conducted by the City to develop this UWMP. Chapter 3 System Description gives a background on the City’s water system and its climate characteristics, population projections, demographics, socioeconomics, and predominant current and projected land uses of its service area. Chapter 4 Water Use Characterization provides historical, current, and projected water use by customer category for the next 25 years for the City and the projection methodology used by the City to develop the 25-year projections. Chapter 5 Conservation Target Compliance restates that the City’s 2020 per capita water use in gallons per capita per day (gpcd) met the compliance target defined by SB X7-7. Chapter 6 Water Supply Characterization describes the current water supply portfolio of the City as well as the planned and potential water supply projects and water exchange and transfer opportunities. Chapter 7 Water Service Reliability and Drought Risk Assessment describes the assessment of the reliability of the City’s water supply service to its customers for a normal year, single dry year and five consecutive dry years scenarios. This section also includes a Drought Risk Assessment (DRA) of all the supply sources for a consecutive 5-year drought period beginning 2026. Chapter 8 Water Shortage Contingency Planning is a brief summary of the standalone WSCP document which provides a structured guide for the City to deal with water shortages, incorporating prescriptive information and standardized action levels, lists the appropriate actions and water use efficiency measures to be taken to ensure water supply reliability in times of water shortage conditions, along with implementation actions in the event of a catastrophic supply interruption. Chapter 9 Demand Management Measures provides a description of the City’s current and planned measures and programs to help the retail customers in its service area be water efficient and comply with the City’s urban water use reduction targets. Chapter 10 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Implementation provides a record of the process the City followed to adopt and implement its UWMP. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 2-1 CHAPTER 2 UWMP PREPARATION The City of Seal Beach’s (City) 2025 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) is prepared to meet the California Water Code (Water Code) compliance as a retail water supplier to its customers. The development of this UWMP involved close coordination with its wholesale supplier, the Municipal Water District of Orange County (MWDOC), along with other key entities within the region. 2.1 Individual Planning and Compliance As described in Chapter 1, every urban water supplier providing water for municipal purposes to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 AF of water annually must prepare, adopt, and file an UWMP with the California DWR every 5 years to meet the compliance requirements of the UWMP Act. As shown in Table 2.1. The City meets this requirement as it has 5,423 municipal connections and supplied 3,932 AF in fiscal year (FY) 2025. Table 2.1 Submittal Table 2-1 Retail: Public Water Systems Submittal Table 2-1 Retail: Public Water Systems Public Water System Number Public Water System Name Number of Municipal Connections 2025 Volume of Water Supplied 2025 (AF) Add additional rows as needed CA3010041 City of Seal Beach 5,423 3,932 Total 5,423 3,932 DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. This table identifies the unit of measure selected in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Reported 2025 water supply values may be higher than actual. Based on available information, this discrepancy is likely related to meter inaccuracy, though it has not yet been confirmed. Verification will occur following meter replacement and monitoring of subsequent water use data. The City opted to prepare its own UWMP (Table 2.2) and comply with the Water Code individually, while closely coordinating with the MWDOC and various key entities as discussed in Chapter 2.2 to streamline regional integration. The UWMP Checklist was completed to confirm the compliance of this UWMP with the Water Code (Appendix A). All DWR standardized tables are provided in Appendix B. The City has selected to report demands and supplies using fiscal year as the basis (Table 2.3). Table 2.2 Submittal Table 2-2: Plan Identification Submittal Table 2-2: Plan Identification Select One or Both Type of Plan Name of Regional Alliance or RUWMP (Drop Down List) Individual UWMP If Water Supplier is also a member of a SB X7-7 Regional Alliance, select name from the drop down. Orange County 20x2020 Regional Alliance Regional Urban Water Management Plan (RUWMP) If Supplier selected RUWMP, select name from the drop down. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 2-2 Table 2.3 Submittal Table 2-3: Supplier Identification Submittal Table 2-3: Supplier Identification Type of Supplier (select one or both) Supplier is a wholesale supplier Supplier is a retail supplier Fiscal or Calendar Year (select one) UWMP Tables are in calendar years UWMP Tables are in fiscal years If using fiscal years provide month and date that the fiscal year begins (mm/dd) 7/1 Units of measure used in UWMP (select from drop down) Unit AF DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. 2.2 Coordination and Outreach 2.2.1 Integration with Other Planning Efforts The City, as the retail supplier to its customers, coordinated the preparation of this UWMP with its water supplier wholesaler MWDOC, the OCWD as the manager of the Orange County Groundwater Basin, and its regional wastewater management agency, Orange County Sanitation District (OCSD). The City also developed this Plan in conjunction with other regionally consistent efforts such as population projections from the Center for Demographic Research at California State University, Fullerton (CDR) and the Orange County Water Deland Projection Model Technical Memorandum. Key planning and reporting documents that were used to develop this UWMP are listed below:  Metropolitan Water District of Southern California’s (MET) 2025 UWMP uses assumptions that fall within the plausible futures contemplated in MET’s Integrated Water Resources Plan to evaluate MET’s future imported water supply reliability.  MET’s 2020 Integrated Water Resources Plan (IRP) Regional Needs Assessment is a long-term, scenario-based planning document that guides Metropolitan’s programs and investments to ensure reliable water supplies in Southern California and provides a basis for water supply reliability in Orange County.  MET’s Climate Adaptation Master Plan for Water (CAMP4W) is an ongoing planning and decision-making tool that accounts for the complexities and uncertainties of climate change. Part of the second phase of MET’s long-term IRP planning process, CAMP4W incorporates the results and findings of MET’s 2020 IRP Regional Needs Assessment into a collaborative process to identify and evaluate integrated regional solutions.  MET’s 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) provides a water supply availability assessment and guide for MET’s intended actions during water shortage conditions. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 2-3  MWDOC’s 2025 WSCP provides a water supply availability assessment and structured steps designed to respond to actual conditions that will help maintain reliable supplies and reduce the impacts of supply interruptions.  MWDOC’s 2023 Orange County Water Reliability Study is a planning document to help guide planning for future water supply reliability for water providers in Orange County and provide input on regional water supply issues for MET.  2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum is a collaborative effort amongst MWDOC, OCWD, and all retail water suppliers in Orange County that developed water demand projections to produce regionally consistent forecasts across all Orange County water agencies.  OCWD’s Groundwater Resilience Plan (GRP – February 2025) is an adaptive strategies management plan outlining strategic projects to secure reliable future water supplies in the Orange County Basin.  OCWD’s 2023-24 Engineer’s Report provides information on the groundwater conditions, water supply and basin utilization of the Orange County Basin.  2022 Basin 8-1 Alternative is an alternative to the Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) for the Orange County Basin, provides significant information related to sustainable management of the basin in the past and hydrogeology of the basin, including groundwater quality and basin characteristics, and addresses DWR’s recommendations to ensure long-term basin sustainability.  Local Hazard Mitigation Plan City of Seal Beach (2025) provides the basis for the seismic and other natural and natural disaster risk analysis of the water system facilities.  Water and Wastewater Financial Plan and Rate Study for the City’s service area provides information on water infrastructure planning projects and plans to address any required water system improvements. 2.2.1.1 Statewide Water Planning In addition to regional coordination with the various agencies described above, the City as a MWDOC member agency is currently a part of MET’s statewide planning effort to reduce reliance on the water imported from the Delta. It is the policy of the State of California to reduce reliance on the Delta in meeting California’s future water supply needs through a statewide strategy of investing in improved regional supplies, conservation, technology innovation, partner collaborations and water use efficiency measures. This policy is codified through the Delta Stewardship Council’s Delta Plan Policy WR P1 and is measured through Supplier reporting in each Urban Water Management Planning cycle. WR P1 (WR P1) is relevant to water suppliers that plan to participate in multi-year water transfers, conveyance facilities, or new diversions in the Delta. Additionally, with the recent amendments to the Bay Delta Plan, tributary flow objectives to the Delta are being updated to account for quality and habitat improvements for local environmental resources. This results in reduced reliance on Delta water supplies. Since 2022, the Bay-Delta Plan Amendment update has been in development. This effort considers additional tributaries from the southern San Joaquin Valley, triggering a reevaluation of Delta flow requirements and conservation objectives, which ultimately may impact available supply to the State Water Project (SWP). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 2-4 Through significant local investment, collaboration at both a local and regional scale and integration with MWDOC’s water use efficiency strategies and conservation programs, the City has demonstrated a reduction in Delta reliance. For member agencies of MWDOC that receive imported water from MET, these agencies have passively demonstrated a reduction in Delta reliance and a subsequent improvement in regional self-reliance by participating in MWDOC led regional strategies. A detailed description and documentation of the City’s consistency with Delta Plan Policy WR P1 is included in Chapter 7.4 and Appendix C. 2.2.2 Wholesale and Retail Coordination The City developed its UWMP in conjunction with MWDOC’s 2025 UWMP. As a retail water supplier, the City provided its historical water use and initial water use projections data to MWDOC (Table 2.4). MWDOC in turn provided the refined projections of the City’s water demand and the imported supply from MWDOC over the next 25 years. The City also has been taking part in multiple regional programs administered by MWDOC to assist retail agencies in meeting various State compliance, such as the OC Regional Alliance for SB X7-7 compliance, regional water loss program or SB555 compliance, and regional water use efficiency programs. Chapter 5 and Chapter 9 provide detailed information on these programs. Table 2.4 Submittal Table 2-4 Retail: Water Supplier Information Exchange Submittal Table 2-4 Retail: Water Supplier Information Exchange Water Code Section 10631(h) The retail Supplier has informed the following wholesale supplier(s) of projected water use. Wholesale Water Supplier Name Municipal Water District of Orange County Orange County Water District NOTES: 2.2.3 Public Participation For further coordination with other key agencies, and to encourage public participation in the review and update of this Plan, the City held a public hearing on May 11, 2026 and notified key entities and the public per the Water Code requirements. Chapters 10.2 and 10.3 describe these efforts in detail. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-1 CHAPTER 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The City of Seal Beach (City) was incorporated in 1915 and later became a charter city in 1964. The City is located along the California coastline in Orange County and is bordered to the north by the City of Los Alamitos, and the unincorporated Rossmoor community; to the east by the Cities of Garden Grove, Westminster, and Huntington Beach; to the south by the Pacific Ocean and City of Huntington Beach; and to the west by the City of Long Beach. The City’s Water Division operates four production wells, an active service connection with MET managed by MWDOC, emergency interconnections with other utilities, 2 reservoirs with a total storage capacity of 7 million gallons (MG), 2 booster stations, 4 disinfection sites, approximately 680 hydrants and manages an approximately 75-mile water mains system with about 5,423 service connections. Lying in the South Coast Air Basin (SCAB), its climate is characterized by southern California’s “Mediterranean” climate with mild winters, warm summers and moderate rainfall. In terms of land use, the City is mostly developed with a mix of residential, commercial, industrial, and public land. There is a large United States Naval Weapons Station within the City along with light industrial and institutional land uses. Recent development has primarily consisted of 30 residential units and the establishment of a new park. Moving forward, the City will continue planning for its Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation. The current population (2025) of 24,399 is projected to decrease by 3 percent over the next 25 years to 23,666. This equates to an annual decline rate of 0.12 percent. 3.1 Agency Overview This section provides information on the formation and history of the City, its organizational structure, roles, and relationship to the MWDOC. 3.1.1 Formation and Purpose The City is a predominantly residential community located along the California coastline in Orange County. As mentioned above, the City was incorporated in 1915 and became a charter city in 1964. Originally called Bay City, Seal Beach was developed in the early 1900s as a resort destination for residents of the Los Angeles area. Its early growth was accelerated by the construction of the Pacific Electric Railway Trolley, which reached the City in 1906. The railway allowed visitors to reach the City more easily and in greater numbers to enjoy the many hotels, bathhouses and dance halls which were constructed for recreation. In 1926, oil was discovered in the City, and the oil boom that followed resulted in the development of Seal Beach into the residential community it is today. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-2 3.1.2 City Council The City is administered under a council-manager form of government and is governed by a five-member City council elected by district serving 4-year alternating terms. Current City Council members are:  Lisa Landau – Council Member, 2025 & 2026 Mayor (District Three – Hill, Coves, Bridgeport & Heron Pointe)  Ben Wong – Council Member, 2026 Mayor Pro Tem (District Two – Leisure World, College Park West & Rossmoor Center)  Nathan Steele – Council Member, 2025 Mayor Pro Tem (District Five – Leisure World)  Joe Kalmick – Council Member, 2022 Mayor (District One – Old Town & Surfside Colony)  Patty Senecal – Council Member (District Four - College Park East & Town Center) 3.1.3 Relationship to MWDOC The City is one of MWDOC’s 27 member agencies purchasing imported water from MWDOC, Orange County’s wholesale water supplier and a member agency of the MET. The City’s location within MWDOC’s service area is shown in Figure 3.1. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-3 Figure 3.1 Regional Location of the City of Seal Beach and Other MWDOC Member Agencies 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-4 3.2 Water Service Area and Facilities 3.2.1 Water Service Area Rossmoor Center, located in the City, is served by an investor-owned water utility, the Golden State Water Company (GSWC). Therefore, this UWMP is limited to those communities receiving water service from the City and covers an aerial extent of approximately 7,135 acres within the City’s boundaries. The Leisure World Retirement Community, with 6,808 dwelling units, is served by the City through 3 master meters. The City maintains the water distribution facilities and the fire hydrants within Leisure World. The service area is divided into several distinct communities as shown in Figure 3.2 and described below:  Old Town, which is the area south of Pacific Coast Highway (PCH) and Marina Drive, between First Street and Seal Beach Boulevard, was developed in the 1920s. It is the oldest area of the City. High density residential and commercial land uses are prevalent. Large single-family residential lots are found in the Gold Coast District. The City’s mile long beach in Old Town is used for surfing and swimming. The Seal Beach Pier, located at the end of Main Street, provides fishing facilities.  Bridgeport is the area west of PCH north of Marina Drive and southeast of the San Gabriel River. It was primarily developed in the 1960s and consists of medium and high-density residential land uses. It includes the Seal Beach Trailer Park, and Oakwood Apartments. Old Town and Bridgeport cover 276 acres.  Marina Hill was developed in the 1950s and consists mostly of single-family homes. This area covers 201 acres north of Pacific Coast Highway and west of Seal Beach Boulevard, adjacent to the south edge of the Hellman Ranch property. It is further divided into Marina Hill-North and Marina Hill South, with Bolsa Avenue forming the boundary.  Hellman Ranch Covers 199 acres and is located west of Seal Beach Boulevard and north of Marina Hill. The development includes 100 acres of open space, freshwater wetlands and 70 single-family residential units.  The Boeing Facility, Police Facility and City Yard are located on 107 acres between Hellman Ranch and Westminster Avenue, west of Seal Beach Boulevard. This area is zoned for light industry. The Boeing Facility supports Boeing’s commercial aviation program. Engineering and design operations are also conducted from this facility. Development plans for the area include 31 acres of industrial, 19 acres of commercial, and a 120-room hotel on 2 acres.  Surfside, a colony that was incorporated in the 1930s, became a part of Seal Beach in 1969. The area consists of single-family dwelling units located on 10 acres of the south spit of Anaheim Bay. Although a gated community, pedestrian and bicycle access to the beach is available.  Leisure World, completed in 1962, covers the portion of the City between Westminster Avenue and the San Diego Freeway westerly of Seal Beach Boulevard. It is a gated community of 533 acres with 6,608 dwelling units, 4 club houses, and a 9-hole golf course. Leisure World is a retirement community for seniors 55 years and older. Medical, religious, commercial, and recreational facilities are all provided within the compound limits. The existing population is 8,400. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-5  College Park East is a single-family residential area developed in the late 1960s. It is located on 292 acres between the San Diego Freeway and Lampson Avenue, west of Bolsa Chica Channel in the northeast section of the City.  Bixby Old Ranch and Old Ranch Golf Course are located north of Lampson Avenue and east of Seal Beach Boulevard. Most of Bixby Old Ranch has recently been developed. This area covers 230 acres. The golf course is served through 2 meters. Irrigation water to the golf course is provided by a private on-site well.  College Park West is a 62-acre small residential community located along San Gabriel River northeast of Leisure World. Water service to College Park West is provided through a metered supply connection from Leisure World.  The Seal Beach National Wildlife Refuge was established in 1972 and preserves 911 acres of salt marsh and upland area in Anaheim Bay. The refuge is located within the boundaries of the United States Naval Weapons Station and there is no public access.  Sunset Aquatic Park was acquired by the County in 1962 from the United States Navy. It encompasses 67 acres of Anaheim Bay and is the site of a public marina and park.  The Naval Weapons Station Seal Beach was established in 1944. It covers approximately 5,000 acres of land located between Seal Beach Boulevard and Bolsa Chica Road from the San Diego Freeway to PCH. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-6 Figure 3.2 City of Seal Beach Water Service Area 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-7 3.2.2 Water Facilities The City’s Water Division of the Department of Public Works maintains approximately 75 miles of mains, 4 production wells, 2 reservoirs with a total storage capacity of 7 MG, 2 booster stations that constantly maintain water at approximately 60 pounds per square inch (psi), 4 disinfection sites, approximately 680 hydrants, approximately 5,423 service connections, an active service connection with MET and emergency interconnections with the City of Long Beach, the City of Huntington Beach, the City of Westminster, and GSWC. Figure 3.3 illustrates the City’s water supply and distribution system. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-8 Figure 3.3 City of Seal Beach Distribution System 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-9 3.3 Climate The City's service area is located within the South Coast Air Basin (SCAB) that encompasses all of Orange County, and the urban areas of Los Angeles, San Bernardino, and Riverside counties. The climate in the SCAB area is characterized by southern California’s “Mediterranean” climate: a semi-arid environment with mild winters, warm summers, and moderate rainfall. Local rainfall has limited impacts on reducing water demand in the City, except for the case of landscape irrigation demand. For example, in August 2023, Orange County as a region experienced the lowest seasonal water demand due to significant summer precipitation events from Tropical Storm Hilary. The increase in precipitation allowed landscape irrigation systems to be turned off, however other municipal and industrial uses (e.g. consumption, processing, and washing still remained the same). Water that infiltrates into the soil may enter groundwater supplies depending on the local geography. However, due to the large extent of impervious cover in Southern California, rainfall runoff quickly flows to a system of concrete storm drains and channels that lead directly to the ocean. OCWD has successfully captured stormwater along the Santa Ana River and in recharge basins for years and used it as an additional source of supply for groundwater recharge. Based on the 2022 Basin 8-1 Alternative Plan Update, OCWD captured an average annual stormwater volume of approximately 54,000 AF over the period of 5 years, from Water Year 2016-17 to 2020-21. MET's water supplies come from the State Water Project (SWP) and the Colorado River Aqueduct (CRA) are influenced by climate conditions in northern California and the Colorado River Basin, respectively. Both regions have variable hydrologic conditions that can significantly affect MET’s supplies from year to year. This past decade has seen dramatic swings in annual precipitation, especially in the form of snowpack, which directly affects SWP supply allocations. Similarly, the Colorado River Basin also experienced year-to-year swings in hydrology ,and due to the prolonged drought conditions since 2000, storage within the Colorado River system has declined to less than half of its reservoir capacity and has been fluctuating at that level (MET, 2025). 3.4 Population, Demographics, and Socioeconomics 3.4.1 Service Area Population The City serves a 2025 population of 24,399 according to the Center for Demographic Research at California State University, Fullerton (CDR). Overall, the population is projected to decrease 3 percent by 2050. Table 3.1 shows the population projections in 5-year increments out to the year 2050 within the City’s service area. Table 3.1 Submittal Table 3-1 Retail: Population - Current and Projected Submittal Table 3-1 Retail: Population - Current and Projected Water Code Section 10631(a) Population Served 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050(opt) 24,399 24,525 24,369 24,289 24,036 23,666 Notes: Source - Center for Demographic Research at California State University, Fullerton, 2025. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-10 3.4.2 Demographics and Socioeconomics As shown below in Table 3.2, the total number of dwelling units in the City’s service area is expected to increase by 3.9 percent in the next 25 years from 14,676 in 2025 to 15,242 in 2050. Table 3.2 City of Seal Beach Service Area Dwelling Units by Type Dwelling Units 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 Single Family 4,663 4,665 4,669 4,672 4,682 4,691 All Other(1) 10,013 10,357 10,417 10,461 10,502 10,551 Total 14,676 15,022 15,086 15,133 15,184 15,242 Notes: Source: Center for Demographic Research at California State University, Fullerton, 2025. (1) Includes duplex, triplex, apartment, condo, townhouse, mobile home, etc. Yachts, houseboats, recreational vehicles, vans, etc. are included if primary place of residence. Does not include group quartered units, cars, railroad box cars, etc. In addition to the types and proportions of dwelling units, various socio-economic factors such as age distribution, education levels, general health status, income and poverty levels affect the City’s water management and planning. Based on the United States Census Bureau's 2023 American Community Survey, the City has about 44 percent of population of 65 years and over, 43 percent between the ages of 18 and 64 years, and 13 percent under the age of 18 years. Of the City’s population over 25 years of age, 95.4 percent is at minimum a high school graduate, with 51.1 percent of this age group having at least a bachelor’s degree. 3.4.3 Demographic Projection Methodology CDR is a collaborative research center established in 1996 to provide accurate and timely demographic data on population, housing, and employment in Orange County. CDR serves as Orange County’s authoritative source for demographic information. The City obtains its service area population and dwelling unit data from MWDOC via CDR. MWDOC contracts with CDR to update the 2010 population estimates through the current year and to provide an annual estimate of population served by each of its retail water suppliers within its service area. CDR uses geographic information system (GIS) mapping and data from the 2000, 2010, and 2020 United States Decennial Censuses, State Department of Finance (DOF) population estimates, and the CDR annual population estimates and Housing Inventory System (HIS). These annual estimates incorporate annual revisions to the DOF annual population estimates, often for every year back to the most recent Decennial Census. As a result, all previous estimates are set aside and replaced with the most current set of annual estimates. Annexations and boundary changes for water suppliers are incorporated into these annual estimates. Demographic projections used for this UWMP reflect the most recently available set of projections developed by CDR based on its 2022 Orange County Projections. Demographic projections for Orange County are updated every 4 years, with the next set of projections expected in the late fall of 2026. The 2022 Orange County Projections accounted for Draft RHNA rezone sites with jurisdictions including the number of dwelling units that are most likely to occur/get built by the end of 2050 under assumptions and trends existing at the time of the forecasting effort, including a parcel-level inventory of additional housing capacity from sites that were to be rezoned to accommodate the 6th RHNA cycle. In the summer of 2025, projections by water supplier for population and dwelling units by type were estimated using the 2022 Orange County Projections dataset. Growth for each of the 5-year increments was allocated using 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-11 GIS and a review of the traffic analysis zones (TAZ) data with a 2023 aerial photo. The growth was added to the 2025 estimates for each respective water supplier. 3.5 Land Uses 3.5.1 Current Land Uses The City is mostly developed with a mix of residential, commercial, industrial, and public land. There is a large United States Naval Weapons Station within the City along with light industrial and institutional land uses. uses. Based on the zoning designation collected and aggregated by Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) in 2018, the current land use within the City’s service area can be categorized as follows:  Single family residential – 7.4 percent.  Multi-family residential – 7.4 percent.  Agriculture – 0.5 percent.  Commercial – 2.4 percent.  Industrial – 1.7 percent.  Institutional/Governmental – 47.8 percent.  Open space and parks – 3.8 percent.  Other – 26.5 percent (e.g., Undevelopable or Protected Land, Water, and Vacant).  No land use designations – 2.4 percent. 3.5.2 Projected Land Uses The City has identified the redevelopment sites listed below that are in addition to projected Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) and in process development projects, to meet the jurisdiction's fair share of regional housing needs across all income levels. It is possible that not every proposed project will get built in the next decade.  1780 Pacific Coast Highway – The site can reasonably accommodate ground floor commercial use and parking with four second-story housing units.  Leisure World – An additional 125 moderate-income units can be accommodated on approximately 5.55 acres presently devoted to recreational vehicle storage at an assumed density of 22.7 units to an acre (this site has a maximum density of 32.2 units to an acre). New three-story buildings can accommodate parking on the ground level with units above.  Accurate Storage – This site is proposed for rezoning to a maximum density of 46 units per acre that will enhance the financial viability of adding residences to the site. At an assumed capacity of 37 dwelling units per acre.  The Shops at Rossmoor – This site is 27 acres, and surface parking occupies approximately 19 acres. It is assumed that approximately 12 acres of surface parking could be developed with housing, calculated at 37 units per acre, this would result in 441 units, exclusive of a density bonus. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-12  Old Ranch Town Center – It is assumed approximately 8.3 acres of the surface parking lot of the center could be developed or redeveloped with housing uses, creating a mixed-use environment at 37 units per acre, for a total of 306 units.  Seal Beach Plaza – This site, located northwest of Seal Beach Boulevard and Westminster Boulevard, can be redeveloped entirely or partially as a mixed-use project. Assuming that residential uses are developed on 1.5 acres of surface parking at the site at a calculated density of 37 du/acre, 55 moderate-income units could be accommodated following adoption of a new mixed-use zoning district.  Seal Beach Center – This site, located on Pacific Coast Highway between Balboa Drive and Bolsa Avenue, has a mixed-use zoning allowing up to 46 units per acre, 2.7 acres of surface parking and a calculated capacity of 37 dwelling units per acre, the capacity would be 99 above-moderate units without using a density bonus.  99 Marina – A density of 33 units per acre is proposed at this site to meet the 30-dwelling-unit per-acre default density thresholds established under Government Code Section 65583.2(c)(3)(B)). However, this location may have additional development standards imposed by the Coastal Commission, similar to the adjacent development, where a portion of the site was left as open space. Thus, the total housing production expected at the site is 66 units, all of which are assumed to be above moderate, to be extremely conservative. It should be noted that the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model discussed in Chapter 4 was based on CDR’s 2022 Orange County projections. The developments listed above may have been added or modified since. As a result, the future demands associated with these developments would likely increase the City’s water demand beyond what is presented in this UWMP. The City will continue planning for the Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation imposed by the State. Additionally, new developments may potentially include ADUs, while it is also anticipated that policy changes will make it easier for homeowners to add ADUs to existing residential properties. The following requirements and changes in laws will impact the City’s future land use moving forward:  Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) – State law requires jurisdictions to provide their share of the RHNA allocation. SCAG determines the housing growth needs by income for local jurisdictions through RHNA allocation. The City’s RHNA allocation for 2021-2029 is 1,243 dwelling units. This includes 258 units for very low-income households, 201 units for low-income households, 239 units for moderate-income households, and 545 units for above moderate-income households. The City’s 2022 Housing Element Update provides an 8-year strategy to ensure the availability of adequate residential sites to accommodate these units.  Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) – ADUs are separate small dwellings embedded within residential properties. There has been an increase in the construction of ADUs in California in response to the rise in interest to provide affordable housing supply. Since 2020, several landmark laws were passed by State Legislature, updating ADU law to simplify the construction, rental, and sale of ADUs in California. The most significant laws that have recently come into effect include: » AB-1033 Accessory dwelling units: local ordinances: separate sale or conveyance which authorizes local governments to adopt ordinances permitting the sale of ADUs separately from the primary residence as condominiums. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3-13 » AB-976 Accessory dwelling units: owner-occupancy requirements which prohibits a local agency from requiring owner-occupancy for property owners to build and rent an ADU. » AB-1154 Junior accessory dwelling units which no longer requires owner-occupancy for Junior ADUs (JADUs) as long as they have their own bathroom. » AB-1332 Accessory dwelling units: preapproved plans which requires local agencies to develop a program for pre-approved ADU plans, with projects using these plans having to be approved or denied within 30 days. » SB-543 Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units which requires local agencies to determine if an ADU/JADU application is complete within 15 business days of submittal, revises ADU size to now be measured by “interior livable space”, and now re-defines a JADU to be no more than 500 square feet of interior livable space. » SB-1211 Land use: accessory dwelling units: ministerial approval which authorizes multi-family property owners to build up to eight detached ADUs on a single lot, provided that the number of ADUs does not exceed the number of existing primary units. » AB-2533 Accessory dwelling units: junior accessory dwelling units: unpermitted developments which prohibits local agencies from denying permits for unpermitted ADUs/JADUs constructed before January 1, 2020 based on code violations unless the structure is a health or safety hazard. In 2024, a total of 6,162 new residential units were permitted in Orange County, including those for ADUs (CDR, 2025). CDR projects that by 2050, approximately 13,000 more ADUs will be built in Orange County, with 2 ADUs expected within the City’s service area. The increase in ADUs is likely to result in an increase in number of people per lot of land. Depending on whether the addition of ADUs results in a net replacement of irrigated area (or other high water use features such as swimming pools), ADUs could increase or decrease water demands. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-1 CHAPTER 4 WATER USE CHARACTERIZATION One of the main objectives of a UWMP is to provide an insight into the projected future water demands and supplies. This chapter describes the City of Seal Beach’s (City) current and future water demands for their service area, factors that influence demands, and the methodology used to forecast future water demands over the next 25 years. For the 2025 UWMPs, water demand projections will span from planning year 2025 through planning year 2050. Known for its suburban coastal communities and densely populated inland areas, Orange County has evolved greatly from its beginnings as an agricultural region. As some of the earliest cities in Orange County, from 1928 to 1931 the Cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana all joined with 10 other southern California cities to form the MET with the ambitious dream to bring Colorado River water across the Mojave Desert. The MWDOC later joined MET as a member agency in 1951, and with the merger with Coastal Municipal Water District in 2001, now represents the remainder of Orange County to provide and manage the imported water supplies within its service area. Orange County is now mostly comprised of residential, mixed-use, and commercial developments, with less industry in the region. Agriculture in the region has also declined significantly as Orange County has grown more suburban. Thus, modern-day water use within Orange County can be largely summarized by the following four demand sectors:  Single-Family Residential.  Multi-Family Residential.  Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional (CII).  Dedicated Irrigation (potable, recycled, and raw water). Figure 4.1 shows Orange County’s overall historical water usage compared to population since 1990, when local water conservation programs were first established. As shown, from the early 1990s through the mid-2000s, Orange County’s water usage increased as the population increased. Population figures slowed significantly in 2018 and began to decrease during the COVID19 Pandemic in 2020-2021. Since 2007, retail, municipal, and industrial water use in Orange County has declined due to multiple contributing factors. Decades of sustained investments in water-use efficiency and public education have led to significant adoption of water-efficient appliances and fixtures and increased public awareness of the need to use water wisely. Furthermore, in response to recurring droughts, growing urban demand, and increasingly limited water supplies, multiple regulatory requirements to promote water conservation have evolved and been implemented over the past several years throughout California and Orange County. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-2 Figure 4.1 Historical Water Use and Population in Orange County Orange County’s trending decline in water usage can most notably be attributed to Orange County water agencies’ past efforts to achieve regional and individual compliance with SB X7-7, the Water Conservation Act of 2009, through the Orange County 20x2020 Regional Alliance and compliance with Executive Order (EO) B-29-15. EO B-29-15 mandated 25 percent reduction in potable water use in response to the 2013-2014 drought. Furthermore, Orange County water agencies’ ongoing progress towards achieving SB 606 and Assembly Bill (AB) 1668, the “Making Conservation a California Way of Life” legislation, water use objectives continue to exemplify Orange County water agencies’ commitment to water conservation, water use efficiency, and overall reduction in potable water usage in recent decades. In 2025, MWDOC and OCWD, in collaboration with MWDOC’s member agencies and the Cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana, led the effort to develop the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model. The Orange County Water Demand Projection Model (MWDOC, 2025) was used to project long-term water demand under three hydrologic conditions (normal year, single dry year, and five consecutive dry years) over a 25-year horizon in 5-year increments, consistent with the 2025 UWMP requirements. Although Orange County demands are forecast to be relatively flat into the future, with water use efficiency efforts counterbalancing new growth, Figure 4.2 shows that annual variations in weather could cause high fluctuations. Some examples of this are described below:  Single-family consumption is highly seasonal, and the model correlates well with seasonality and temperature by capturing fluctuations in single-family outdoor irrigation. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-3  Multi-family use is generally less responsive to weather than single-family demands, as much of multi-family outdoor irrigation has been shifted into the irrigation-specific water use sector (dedicated irrigation meters), and generally newer multi-family dwellings in Orange County have comparatively less landscaped area than generally older single-family dwellings due to Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinances (MWELO) mandated since 1993. Seasonal price elasticity varies the least between months for the multi-family sector.  Commercial, Industrial and Institutional use is positively correlated to each job proportion as well as gross domestic product throughout Orange County, which means a higher amount of CII jobs and production value trend in an increase in water demands.  Irrigation is the most responsive to temperature and precipitation compared to the other sectors. In terms of future development, North Orange County is substantially built out, with a majority residential land uses with some mixed-use areas dedicated to commercial, institutional, and governmental uses. Future developments planned in North Orange County are mainly redevelopment and infill projects As for the City’s service area specifically, future developments similarly include a number of redevelopment projects, potential Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs), and additional residential units to meet the City’s Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation, which will all shape the City’s future water use. Figure 4.2 Projected Water Use Across All Orange County Water Agencies Water use within the City’s service area has fluctuated in the past 5 years, with an annual average total water use of approximately 3,287 AF. Following one of the worst droughts in California history between 2017 and 2022, the significant wet year in 2023 saw a decrease in overall water use from FY 2021-22 to FY 2022-23 in the City’s entire service area. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-4 Water use in FY 2024-25 included 3,932 AF potable water. The City’s water use is primarily residential and institutional/governmental. The projected water use in 2050 is 3,358 for potable water. It should be noted that reported FY 2024-25 water demands throughout this Chapter may be higher than actual. Based on available information, this discrepancy is likely related to meter inaccuracy, though it has not yet been confirmed. Verification will occur following meter replacement and monitoring of subsequent water use data. 4.1 Water Use in the Last Five Years The 5-year average water use within the City’s service area is approximately 3,287 AF provided by potable sources. Demand trends have regionally remained flat due to water-use efficiency efforts and increased precipitation in recent wet years, such as FY 2023. As mentioned in Chapter 3, the City is mostly developed with projected populations expected to slightly decrease. Total demands have remained relatively stable due to ongoing water conservation programs and improved water use efficiency efforts. FY 2020-21 through FY 2021-22 saw the highest water uses over the last 5 years due to region-wide drought conditions. FY 2022-23 proved to be one of the wettest years on record in the State and the City saw a general decrease in water demand following this wet year, as precipitation offsets landscape irrigation demands. These year-to-year fluctuations in precipitation will continue to influence the City’s annual demands. Excluding this most recent FY 2024-25 due to the suspected meter inaccuracy, the City saw a decrease in demands of 13.7 percent over the 4-year period from FY 2020-21 to FY 2023-24. Table 4.1 presents the City’s service area existing water use by source for direct uses. There are no indirect uses within the City’s service area. The City’s service area total water usage in FY 2024-25 was 3,932 AF (Table 4.1). The total usage was met through a combination of potable sources, including groundwater and imported water. In FY 2024-25, about 90.4 percent of the total demand was met through Orange County Basin groundwater. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-5 Table 4.1 Submittal Table 4-1 Retail: Total Uses for Potable and Non-Potable Water – Actual Submittal Table 4-1 Retail: Total Uses for Potable and Non-Potable Water – Actual Water Code Section 10631(d)(1) Use Type Additional Description (as needed) 2025 Actual Water Use Drop down list May select each use multiple times These are the only use types that will be recognized by the WUEdata online submittal tool Potable or Non-Potable (OPTIONAL) Drop down list Volume (AF) Single Family Potable 957 Multi-Family Potable 303 Commercial Potable 457 Institutional/Governmental Potable 917 Landscape Potable 242 Other (optional) Sunset Aquatic Park Potable 8 Distribution System Water Loss Apparent Water Loss Potable 54* Distribution System Water Loss Real Water Loss Potable 993* Subtotal Potable 3,932 Subtotal Non-Potable 0 Total 3,932 DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. This table identifies the unit of measure selected in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Institutional usage includes Leisure World (899.14 AF) and City (18.15 AF). Additional usage includes Sunset Aquatic Park, which accounted for 8.32 AF. Distribution System Water Loss (in total 1,047 AF) is calculated as the difference between total potable production and use for FY 2025. *Reported 2025 water usage values may be higher than actual. Based on available information, this discrepancy is likely related to meter inaccuracy, though it has not yet been confirmed. Verification will occur following meter replacement and monitoring of subsequent water use data. 4.1.1 Direct Municipal and Industrial Use As of FY 2024-25, there are 5,423 water service connections in the City’s water system. Table 4.1 summarizes the City’s potable water demand for FY 2024-25; a total of 3,932 AF of potable water was used. The City has a mix of single and multi-family residential water use which account for 32.1 percent of their total potable water demand. Commercial use accounts for 11.6 percent of total potable water demand while institutional/governmental use accounts for 23.3 percent. Landscape irrigation accounts for 6.1 percent of total potable demand while other uses (i.e. Sunset Aquatic Park) account for almost 0.2 percent of total potable demand. Distribution system water loss (apparent and real) accounted for 25.3 percent in FY 2024-25. While the majority of this discrepancy is expected to be due to meter inaccuracy and therefore represent apparent water loss, it is currently reported as real water loss because the cause has not yet been verified. Verification will occur following meter replacement and review of post-replacement consumption data. Section 4.4 identifies typical sources of apparent and real water loss. Since the City is essentially built out with only a number of planned redevelopment projects, demands are not expected to increase significantly. Rather, the City’s continual water conservation is expected to slightly decrease demands in the long term. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-6 4.2 Projected Water Use The water use projection for this UWMP is separated into a near-term period covering the next 5 years (2026-2030) and a long-term period extending from 2030 through 2050. The water use projection is based on the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum (TM), which is included in Appendix H of this UWMP. The methodology used in this demand forecast links water use statistically to a set of explanatory variables through a regression, or econometric, model. Section 4.3 offers a description of the methodology used to calculate the City’s demand projections. 4.2.1 Water Use Projections for 2026-2030 Total demands (direct) are met through imported water (treated) and groundwater. The City utilizes the projected total demands to incorporate the best available planning information when projecting the imported water demands of its service area. The City’s total water demand projection for the next 5 years is shown in Table 4.2. As shown below, the City’s total service area water demands are expected to gradually decrease over the next 5 years (2026 to 2030), due to a projected decline in the service area’s M&I demands in the short term. The City does not project any non-potable demands for its service area in the next 5 years. Table 4.2 City of Seal Beach’s Service Area Total Potable Demand for 2026-2030 Total Water Demand Fiscal Year Ending 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Total Water Demand (AF) 3,449 3,429 3,418 3,390 3,377 4.2.2 Water Use Projections for 2030-2050 The City’s service area’s total water demands (by use type) for the next 25 years are shown in Table 4.3. By 2050, total direct water demand is projected to reach 3,358 AF by the year 2050, a 14.6 percent decrease from the 2025 demand of 3,932 AF. Table 4.4 indicates additional information for both future conservation efforts and low-income water demands included in the projections. Table 4.5 presents the passive water savings included in Table 4.3 projections for 2030-2050. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-7 Table 4.3 Submittal Table 4-2 Retail: Total Uses of Potable, and Non-Potable Water – Projected Submittal Table 4-2 Retail: Total Uses of Potable, and Non-Potable Water - Projected Water Code Section 10631(d)(1) Use Type Additional Description (as needed) Projected Water Use (Report To the Extent that Records are Available) Drop down list May select each use multiple times These are the only Use Types that will be recognized by the WUEdata online submittal tool Potable or Non- Potable (OPTIONAL) Drop down list 2030 (AF) 2035 (AF) 2040 (AF) 2045 (AF) 2050 opt (AF) Single Family Potable 1,989 1,982 1,982 1,969 1,956 Multi-Family Potable 292 292 293 291 289 Commercial Includes Institutional and Industrial uses Potable 526 529 533 538 542 Landscape Includes Agriculture use Potable 441 441 442 441 441 Distribution System Water Loss Includes Other uses Potable 130 130 130 130 129 Subtotal Potable 3,377 3,373 3,380 3,368 3,358 Subtotal Non-Potable 0 0 0 0 0 Total 3,377 3,373 3,380 3,368 3,358 DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. This table identifies the unit of measure selected in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Source – 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Forecast for the City of Seal Beach Table 4.4 Submittal Table 4-3 Retail: Inclusion in Water Use Projections Submittal Table 4-3 Retail: Inclusion in Water Use Projections Water Code Section 10631 (a), 10631 (d)(4)(A), and 10631 (d)(4)(B) Are Future Water Savings Included in Projections? Drop down list (y/n) Yes If "Yes" to above, state the section or page number, in the cell to the right, where citations of the codes, ordinances, or otherwise are utilized in demand projections are found. Optional Suppliers may complete Optional Submittal Table 4-4 R to quantify the expected savings. Chapter 4.3 Are Lower Income Residential Demands Included In Projections? Drop down list (y/n) Yes Optional If the method for accounting Lower Income Residential Demands has been included, provide page number where this accounting can be found. Chapter 4.3 DWR NOTES: Additional guidance is provided in Appendix K. NOTES: Future water savings include passive conservation (defined as water savings that occur without incentives). Active conservation (defined as water savings that occur with incentives) is not included in the projections. The demand projection methodology accounted for the entire population of the service area (i.e. all income levels). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-8 Table 4.5 Optional Submittal Table 4-4 Retail: Passive Water Savings Projections OPTIONAL Submittal Table 4-4 Retail: Passive Water Savings Projections Water Code Section 10631(d)(4)(A) Description (Codes, Standards, Ordinances, or Plans) Passive savings 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 (opt) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) Add additional rows as needed 44 43 43 43 43 DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. This table identifies the unit of measure selected in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Passive conservation here is defined as water savings that occur without incentives. Based on the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model, passive conservation is assumed to equal a 1.9% decrease in residential demand due to conservation by 2030 (linearly extrapolated), then remains constant in subsequent years. 4.2.2.1 Direct Municipal and Industrial Use Potable Municipal and Industrial Use Total potable water demands are projected to decrease to 3,358 AF by the year 2050, a decrease of about 0.6 percent between 2030 and 2050 (Table 4.3). It is projected that combined single- and multi-family residential water use will account for 66.9 percent of total potable water demand. Commercial water use (including institutional and industrial uses) is expected to account for 16.1 percent, and landscape irrigation water use will account for 13.1 percent of total potable water use in the City by 2050. Distribution system water loss and other uses will account for 3.8 percent of total potable water demands. 4.3 Water Demand Projection Methodology In 2025, MWDOC and OCWD, in collaboration with MWDOC’s member agencies and the Cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana, led the effort to develop the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model, (MWDOC, 2025). This effort developed a demand model by regressing historical water consumption data provided by each Orange County water agency against several explanatory variables known to influence water demand (including weather, water price, regional economic conditions, and housing density). The water demand projections were for the Orange County region as a whole and provided retail agency specific demands, spanning the years of 2025-2050. The full TM can be found in Appendix H. The demand projections created four econometric, or regression, demand models representing the following four water billing sectors for each Orange County retail agency:  Single-Family Residential.  Multi-Family Residential.  Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional (CII).  Dedicated Irrigation (potable, recycled, and raw water). Prior to developing the forecasts, model calibration and fine tuning for each of the four demand sectors occurred at the individual retail agency level. The demand across all four models, plus other uses for each agency, is summed to a total forecast for each agency, the MWDOC service area, the OCWD service area, and total Orange County. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-9 The demand projection methodology accounted for the entire population of each individual retail agency’s service area (i.e., all income levels), thus accounting for the water demand projections for lower income households within the City’s service area. 4.3.1 Econometric Approach, Data Acquisition, and Model Development A regression, or econometric, approach to demand forecasting statistically links retail level water use to weather, economic, and socioeconomic factors (explanatory variables). The model relies on a comprehensive dataset of historical water-use data for almost 40 different billing sectors collected from Orange County retail agencies. MWDOC obtained explanatory variables from reputable sources, including weather databases and Census-based reports. The explanatory variables used in the regression were based on industry experience regarding what factors affect water use nationwide and in Southern California. By statistically linking water use to explanatory variables, the econometric models provide a robust foundation for understanding variability and projecting future consumption patterns. Modeled water use is the product of the driver count (e.g. number of accounts), and the rate of water use per driver: 𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑊𝑊=𝐷𝐷𝑊𝑊𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝐶𝑊𝑊 × 𝑅𝑅𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝐶𝐶𝑜𝑜 𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑈𝑊𝑊 𝑝𝑝𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 𝐷𝐷𝑊𝑊𝐷𝐷𝐷𝐷𝑊𝑊𝑊𝑊 Each of the four demand sectors modeled (single family, multifamily, CII, and irrigation) has a separate equation. Driver units change into the future based on housing, employment, and population projections. The rate of water use per driver is based on the historical response of the use rate to explanatory variables (measured by coefficients) and the future values of those same explanatory variables. Linear regression produces the coefficients for each explanatory variable to closely reproduce the historical rate of use per driver unit. The coefficients explain how (both in terms of magnitude and sign) water use responds to changes to explanatory variables. MWDOC identified driver units based on data provided by agencies and the Center for Demographic Research at Cal State Fullerton (CDR) that can be easily projected into the future. The rate of water use per driver is based on agency provided billing sector uses from 2010 through 2024. Table 4.6 shows the driver units and rate of use for each of the four models. Table 4.6 Summary of Demand Sectors Sector Driver Units Rate of Use Definition Single-family Residential Accounts gallons/account/day Multifamily Residential gallons/account/day Commercial, Institutional, Industrial (CII) Jobs gallons/job/day Dedicated Irrigation (potable, recycled & raw water) Accounts gallons/account/day The rates of water use for each sector model are based on the historical responses to explanatory variables, and the future values of those explanatory variables. Addressing multiple influences on demand improves the accuracy and precision of all estimated parameters, and the modeling team identified a large range of explanatory variables based on past experience with demand modeling and available data. Table 4.7 displays the explanatory variables. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-10 Table 4.7 Summary of Historical Data Collected for Model Development Dataset Data Source(s) Observed weather (monthly precipitation, monthly maximum temperature) Parameter-elevation Regressions on Independent Slopes Model (PRISM) Water Price Retail agency provided (2010 – 2024) Drought Restrictions State Water Resources Control Board Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Real Gross Domestic Product: All Industries in Orange County, CA Median Income US Census American Community Survey (ACS) Housing Density US Census American Community Survey (ACS), California State University Fullerton Center for Demographics Research (CDR), Southern California Association of Governments (SCAG) land use data Persons Per Household Relative Sectoral Economic Activity US Census LODES, CDR Passive Efficiency Estimates Analysis of trend indicators and MWDOC/FLUME insight COVID Binary Indicator Assumed active from March 2020 – May 2023 The MWDOC Water Use Efficiency Group provided annual water savings achieved by various active conservation measures. To avoid potential errors in the classification of historical conservation data, total historical conservation was modeled in each sectoral regression model using a linear trend to capture steady change over time. While historical conservation is captured in a linear trend, projected passive conservation is based on the best available data from 2021 Orange County Residential Water Efficiency Potential and Opportunities Study and assumes a 1.9 percent decrease in annual residential demand from 2025 to 2030, at which point passive conservation is projected to remain constant. Future active conservation is not accounted for in baseline demand forecast, as water savings from active programs (programs that require customers to change behavior) are highly specific to retail agencies and to the formulation and timing of their implementation. The process of identifying the explanatory variables to include in the regression equation and developing coefficients that accurately measure the response of water use to changes in these variables is the most time-intensive part of the demand forecasting process. Prior to developing the forecasts, model calibration and fine tuning for each of the four demand sectors occurred at the individual retail agency level. The modeling team worked with each retail agency to calibrate sectoral model equations and quantify other uses (those not included in the single-family, multifamily, irrigation, or CII demand sectors). Figure 4.3 presents the iterative process undergone to develop the econometric demand forecasts. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-11 Figure 4.3 Econometric Demand Forecast Development Process 4.3.2 Forecasted Demands Forecasted demand is a function of both the change in driver units into the future as well as the change in explanatory variables. Table 4.8 summarizes the future drivers and variables and assumptions for the baseline forecast. It should be noted that the CDR demographic forecast accounts for both the RHNA allocations and projected increase in Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). The 2022 Orange County Projections accounted for Draft RHNA rezone sites 1 with jurisdictions including the number of dwelling units that are most likely to occur/get built by the end of 2050 under assumptions and trends existing at the time of the forecasting effort. 1 For the 2022 Orange County Projections, CDR collected initial draft input from local jurisdictions in September 2021 on their anticipated jurisdiction-level housing growth for each projection year. In December 2021-February 2022, CDR reviewed and extracted data from jurisdictions’ draft housing elements to create a parcel-level inventory of additional housing capacity from sites that were to be rezoned to accommodate the 6th RHNA cycle. These were reviewed by jurisdictions in spring 2022. Jurisdictions completed the rezoning of the final sites after their housing elements were certified by the State Housing and Community Development Department starting in 2022. The final adopted rezone sites will feed into CDR’s 2026 Orange County Projections. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-12 Table 4.8 Future Model Parameters Data Category Variable Source Assumptions Driver Units Single-family and multifamily accounts CDR Historical households per account; averages are multiplied by households projected by CDR Irrigation accounts Agency Billing Data Accounts are assumed to be constant into the future Sectoral Employment CDR Proportion of jobs within CII sectors projected by CDR Explanatory Variables Monthly Maximum Temperature and Total Precipitation PRISM 30-year historical normal weather Water Price Retail Agencies Prices increase by 3% per year above inflation for 2025-2030 and keeps pace with inflation thereafter (zero difference from inflation trend) Water Use Restrictions State and Local Restrictions None Seasonality Sine/cosine functions to capture monthly pattern Median Income US Census Constant income at 2022 value (real dollars) Housing Density CDR Derived from CDR housing unit projections, assuming residential area remains at 2024 levels Persons Per Household CDR CDR projected demographics Gross Domestic Product Federal Reserve Long-term GDP trend Relative Sectoral Employment CDR Calculated based on CDR projections Passive Efficiency Estimates Flume Insight Assumes a 2% decrease in residential demand due to conservation by 2030 (linearly extrapolated), then no change COVID Binary Indicator None (occurred between March 2020 and May 2023) The normal year scenario was provided by the baseline forecast. In this model, the single dry year scenario used a hot-dry index (HDI) to identify the year with the most weather-sensitive demand, with 2014 selected for most agencies. The multiple dry year was developed to describe the potential impact of consecutive dry years. The forecasts for individual agencies, including the City’s, was then summed to the regional level, providing regionally consistent forecasts for all of Orange County. 4.4 Water Loss The City has conducted annual water loss audits since 2015 per the AWWA (American Water Works Association) methodology per SB 555 to understand the relationship between water loss, operating costs and revenue losses. Non-revenue water for Calendar Year (CY) 2020-2024 consists of three components: real losses (e.g., leakage in mains and service lines, and storage tank overflows), apparent losses (unauthorized consumption, customer metering inaccuracies and systematic data handling errors), and unbilled water (e.g. hydrant flushing, firefighting, and blow-off water from well start-ups). Table 4.9 summarizes the status of the last 5 years of water loss audit reporting for the water system. Reports can be found online at WUEdata - Water Audit Plans. Understanding and controlling water loss from a distribution system is an effective way for the City to achieve regulatory standards and manage their existing resources. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-13 Table 4.9 Submittal Table 4-5 Retail: Water Loss Audit Reporting Submittal Table 4-5 Retail: Water Loss Audit Reporting Water Code Section 10631(d)(3)(A) Public Water System ID # Reported in Table 2-1 R Reporting Period Submitted to DWR Water Loss Audit Program (yes/no) Report submittal status for all five years for each Public Water System as available. Add rows as needed CA3010041 2020 Yes 2021 Yes 2022 Yes 2023 Yes 2024 Yes DWR NOTES: Suppliers will provide a link to the WUEdata submittals of their Water Loss Audit Reports. NOTES: Water Loss Audits reported in Calendar Years (CY). Signed in 2018 and adopted in 2024, the “Making Conservation a California Way of Life” legislation (SB 606 and Assembly Bill 1668) establishes a new framework for long-term improvements in urban water use efficiency and drought planning as California adapts to climate change impacts. Under the regulation, Suppliers must annually calculate Urban Water Use Objectives based on standards applied at the service-area scale, including the Water Loss Performance Standard developed by the State Water Resources Control Board to minimize water waste through system leaks. The Water Loss Performance Standard requires that Suppliers must meet the real water loss standard and apparent water loss standard by 2028. Table 4.10 presents the City’s progress towards compliance with the 2028 Water Loss Standard, as of the time of writing this UWMP. The most recent American Water Works Association (AWWA) Water Loss Audit for CY 2024 was utilized for the calculations presented. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4-14 Table 4.10 Submittal Table 4-6 Retail: Progress Towards 2028 Water Loss Standard Submittal Table 4-6 Retail: Progress Towards 2028 Water Loss Standard Water Code Section 10631(d)(3)(C) Public Water System ID # Reported in Submittal Table 2-1 R Did the Water Board Calculate a Water Loss Standard for this Public Water System? (y/n) If no, Supplier will not complete this row. Real Water Loss Apparent Water Loss State Water Board Standard Most Recent AWWA Water Loss Audit Real Water Loss Per Unit per Day State Water Board Standard Most Recent AWWA Water Loss Audit Apparent Water Loss Per Unit per Day 2028 Real Water Loss Standard per Unit per day Units for Real Water Loss Drop down list Number of Units (Connections or Miles corresponding with units selected) Volume of Total Real Loss (from AWWA Water Loss Audit) 2028 Apparent Water Loss Standard per Unit per Day Units for Apparent Water Loss Number of Connections Volume of Total Apparent Loss (from AWWA Water Loss Audit) (AF) (AF) CA301004 1 Yes 24.2 Gallons per Service Connection per Day (GPSCD) 5,423 595.21 98.0 5.0 Gallons per Service Connection per Day (GPSCD) 5,423 32.77 5.4 Water Board's Calculated Water Loss Standards DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) for Water Loss MUST remain consistent with units reported in Submittal Table 2-3. The units reported in Submittal Table 2-3 are used in this table's calculations. NOTES: Uses the Water Board’s calculated water loss standards updated as of 01/30/2026 and AWWA Water Loss Audit for CY 2024. Connection count may differ from what is reported in Table 2-1 R for FY 2025. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 5-1 CHAPTER 5 CONSERVATION TARGET COMPLIANCE The Water Conservation Act of 2009, also known as SB X7-7, mandated a 20 percent reduction in urban per-capita water use across California by 2020. To achieve this goal, the Act required each retail water supplier to establish an urban water-use target, contributing to the State’s collective efforts. The Legislature stated that the combined reductions from all retail suppliers would fulfill the statewide legislative mandate. The goal of this chapter is to allow the retail water supplier to report on their progress toward meeting their urban water-use targets in their UWMP, pursuant to Water Code Section 10608.40. Suppliers that did not meet their 2020 target in 2020 are required to compare their 2025 water use to the 2020 target. Retail water suppliers are required to comply with SB X7-7 individually or as a region in collaboration with other retail water suppliers or demonstrate they have a plan or have secured funding to be in compliance, in order to be eligible for water related state grants and loans. When determining water use in an UWMP, two terms are often used interchangeably:  Daily Per-Capita Water Use. The amount of water used per person per day. In the UWMP calculations, this is total water use within a service area, divided by population, and it is measured in gallons.  Gallons Per-Capita Per Day (gpcd). This is the “daily per-capita water use” measured in gallons. Therefore, the term commonly used when referring to “daily per-capita water use” is “gallons per-capita per day” or gpcd 1. 5.1 Reporting Requirements MWDOC’s Water Use Efficiency (WUE) programs helped Orange County meet the State’s 20x2020 mandate by coordinating conservation efforts across its member agencies, funding and implementing regionally cost-effective efficiency programs, and enabling compliance through the Orange County 20x2020 Regional Alliance. By aligning its WUE portfolio directly with SB X7-7 requirements, supporting high-impact measures (especially outdoor water savings), documenting eligible indirect potable reuse credits, and centrally handling regional target calculations and reporting, MWDOC allowed participating retailers to comply collectively rather than individually resulting in regional per-capita water use well below the required 2020 target. 1 It is important to distinguish gpcd (as used in UWMPs) from the Residential Gallons Per Capita Per Day (R-gpcd) that is used in some reporting to the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB). gpcd is the total water use from all sectors within a service area (residential, commercial, institutional, and any others) minus allowable exclusions (as defined in SB X7-7), then divided by the population. This is used in UWMPs. R-gpcd is only a part of the gpcd; it is the estimated residential water use in a service area divided by population. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 5-2 As a result of MWDOC’s WUE program, all Orange County water retailers, including all MWDOC’s member agencies and the participating cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana, achieved compliance prior to 2020. The following table with information taken from the 2020 UWMP verifies that City of Seal Beach met their SB X7-7 requirement. A discussion of programs implemented to support the achievement of the agency’s per capita water reduction goals is covered in Chapter 9 – Demand Management Measures of this UWMP. Table 5.1 Submittal Table 5-1 Retail: SB X7-7 2020 Target Progress Actual 2025 GPCD (From SB X7-7 Compliance Form) Did Supplier meet the 2020 Target in 2025? No Individual Target 142 95 Yes NA Submittal Table 5-1 Retail: SB X7-7 2020 Target Progress Water Code Section 10608.40 NOTES: Supplier met the 2020 target, actual 2025 GPCD not required. Did Supplier Achieve Targeted Reduction for 2020? Actual 2020 GPCD2020 Target Regional Alliance Target or Individual Target? Drop down list DWR NOTES: Suppliers calculating a 2025 GPCD will need to complete and submit SB X 7-7 Compliance Tables to verify the use of SB X7-7 Methodologies. Suppliers that were part of a merger or consolidation since 2020 see Chapter 5 and Appendix P for guidance. NA=Not Applicable Check the box if the Supplier was not an Urban Water Supplier during or before the 2020 UWMP reporting cycle. Proceed to the next table. Only for suppliers that did not meet the Target in 2020 See DWR NOTES below. Was Supplier part of a merger or consolidation since 2020? 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-1 CHAPTER 6 WATER SUPPLY CHARACTERIZATION Orange County has a water supply portfolio made up from a variety of local and imported sources. Groundwater is produced from the Orange County Basin, which is managed by the OCWD. To enhance the reliability of groundwater, OCWD has implemented projects and programs over the years that include: 1) the Orange County Groundwater Replenishment System (GWRS), which is the world’s largest water purification system for IPR; 2) increased stormwater capture for groundwater recharge; and 3) participation in the Santa Ana River Conservation and Conjunctive Use Program (SARCCUP), a collaborative, watershed-scale approach for groundwater basin management, replenishment, and water transfers. Imported water is provided by the MET, the wholesale water provider to 26 member agencies in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego, and Ventura Counties. MET’s imported water sources are delivered through its own Colorado River Aqueduct (CRA) and the California Aqueduct, under contract with the State Water Project (SWP). To enhance its reliability of its imported water, MET has implemented many programs such as canal lining and transfers of agricultural water, land fallowing programs with irrigation districts, water banking programs, and use of its storage reservoirs. Local and imported water sources in Orange County are managed in such a way that they complement each other. For example, during wet and normal years additional MET water is purchased for groundwater replenishment in the Orange County Basin. During dry and drought years, when imported water is more limited, more groundwater can be produced to meet Orange County water demands. This coordinated management of water supplies has resulted in reliable water service even during multi-year droughts. Based on the water supply assessment described in this chapter and in Chapter 7, the Orange County region will continue to receive a reliable water supply through the next 25 years. Specifically, this chapter includes: 1) descriptions of each water supply source and their management; 2) quantification of water supply sources through 2050 under normal, dry, and multi-dry weather conditions; 3) opportunities for exchanges and transfers; and 4) discussion regarding any planned or potential future water supply projects. This chapter also includes the energy intensity of the water service. 6.1 Water Supply Overview The City meets all of its demands with a combination of imported water and local groundwater to meet its water needs. The City works together with two primary agencies, MWDOC and OCWD, to deliver a safe and reliable water supply that will continue to serve the community in periods of drought and shortage. MWDOC is the Orange County wholesaler of imported water and one of MET’s 26 member agencies. MET’s imported water is delivered from the California SWP and MET’s CRA to Southern California. The City purchases imported water through MWDOC to supplement their local supplies. In FY 2025, local sources accounted for 90 percent of the City’s water supplies, which may fluctuate based on the Basin Production Percentage (BPP) and the City’s pumping capabilities.. The primary source of local supply, groundwater, originates from the Orange County Basin (OC Basin), which is located in the middle portion of MWDOC’s service area and is managed by the OCWD. The GWRS is a joint project between 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-2 OCWD and the OCSD. Using advanced treatment purification, recycled wastewater is transformed into a high-quality water supply for groundwater replenishment. The City’s main source of water supply is groundwater from the OC Basin. Imported water makes up the rest of the City’s water supply portfolio. In FY 2024-25, the City relied on approximately 90 percent groundwater and 10 percent imported water (Table 6.1). Table 6.1 Water Supplies – 2025 Actual Submittal Table 6-8 Retail: Water Supplies - 2025 Actual Water Code Section 10631(b) Water Supply Additional Description 2025 Actual Volume (AF) Groundwater (not desalinated) Orange County Groundwater Basin 3,555 Purchased or Imported Water MWDOC 377 Total 3,932 NOTES: Source - MWDOC, 2025; Reported 2025 water supply values may be higher than actual. Based on available information, this discrepancy is likely related to meter inaccuracy, though it has not yet been confirmed. Verification will occur following meter replacement and monitoring of subsequent water use data. In 2025, MWDOC developed a water demand forecast model for its participating water agencies that statistically correlates municipal and industrial (M&I) water use with demographic, socioeconomic, conservation and weather variables—as reported in the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model TM (MWDOC, 2025). Because the model isolates weather, future water demand projects can be estimated under single and multiple-year droughts and under future climate change scenarios. It is projected that by 2050, the City’s water portfolio will change to approximately 85 percent groundwater and 15 percent imported water (Table 6.2 and Figure 6.1). It should be noted that these representations of supply match the projected demand. However, the City can purchase more MET imported water through MWDOC, should the need arise. Note that the GWRS supplies are included as part of groundwater pumping numbers. The following subsections provide a detailed discussion of the City’s water sources as well as the future water supply portfolio for the next 25 years. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-3 Table 6.2 Water Supplies – Projected Submittal Table 6-9 Retail: Water Supplies — Projected Water Code Section 10631 (b) Water Supply Additional Detail on Water Supply Projected Water Supply 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 (opt) Reasonably Available Volume Reasonably Available Volume Reasonably Available Volume Reasonably Available Volume Reasonably Available Volume (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) Purchased or Imported Water MWDOC 507 506 507 505 504 Groundwater (not desalinated) OC Basin 2,871 2,867 2,873 2,863 2,854 Total 3,377 3,373 3,380 3,368 3,358 NOTES: Source – MWDOC, 2025. Groundwater volumes assume OCWD’s basin production percentage (BPP) to be 85 percent starting in 2025. Volumes of groundwater and imported water may vary depending on OCWD's actual BPP projections, which are established annually. Refer 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model TM (MWDOC, 2025) for supply projection methodology. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-4 Figure 6.1 City’s Projected Water Supply 6.2 Imported Water The City supplements its water supply with imported water purchased from MET through MWDOC. In FY 2024-25, the City relied on approximately 377 acre-feet per year (AFY) – approximately 10 percent of the City’s water supply portfolio for FY 2024-25 – of imported water from MET / MWDOC to meet its demands. MET’s two principal sources of water are the Colorado River and the SWP. MET receives water from the Colorado River through the CRA and from the SWP through the California Aqueduct. For Orange County, the water obtained from these sources is treated at the Robert B. Diemer Filtration Plant located in the City of Yorba Linda. Typically, the Diemer Filtration Plant receives a blend of Colorado River water from Lake Mathews through the MET Lower Feeder and SWP water through the Yorba Linda Feeder. Imported water is supplied to the City by MWDOC via West Orange County Water Board (WOCWB), which is a joint powers agency formed in 1955 with the purpose of providing a reliable imported water supply to its member agencies. MWDOC supplies WOCWB member agencies imported water through two turnouts, OC-9 and OC-35. WOCWB Feeder No. 2 originates at OC-35 and conveys water to the City as well as to the Cities of Huntington Beach, Garden Grove, and Westminster. The maximum flow capacity at the City’s turnout is 10 cubic feet per second (cfs). Imported water is conveyed to the City via the OC-35 Connection to the MET system. The connection is located at Springdale Street and Westminster Avenue and is shared with the City of Huntington Beach who are responsible for operating the facility and communicating flow data to MWDOC and MET. The maximum capacity of the connection for the City is 9.9 cfs (Seal Beach, 2012). 0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70% 80% 90% 100% 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 2,871 2,867 2,873 2,863 2,854 507 506 507 505 504 Groundwater Imported Water 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-5 6.2.1 Metropolitan Water District of Southern California MET is the largest water wholesaler in California, serving approximately 19 million customers in a 5,200 square mile service area. MET wholesales imported water supplies to 26 member agencies located in the 6 Southern California counties of Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego, and Ventura. MET is governed by a Board of Directors comprised of 38 appointed individuals with a minimum of 1 representative from each of MET’s 26 member agencies. The allocation of directors and voting rights is determined by each agency’s assessed valuation. Each member of the Board is entitled to cast 1 vote for each 10 million dollars of assessed valuation of property taxable for district purposes, in accordance with Section 55 of the Metropolitan Water District Act. Directors may be appointed by the chief executive officer of the member agency or by a majority vote of the agency's governing board. Directors are not compensated by MET for their service (The Metropolitan Water District Act, 1969). MET is responsible for importing water into the region through its operation of the CRA, which brings Colorado River supply to its service area, and its SWP contract, which brings water from northern California via the California Aqueduct. MET supplements its direct deliveries of imported supplies with its storage reservoirs, water transfers, agricultural irrigation water conservation, and water banking programs. Major imported water aqueducts bringing water to Southern California are shown in Figure 6.2. It should be noted that the Los Angeles Aqueduct is owned and operated by the Los Angeles Department of Water and Power and is not part of MET’s imported water supplies. Member agencies receive water from MET through various delivery points and pay for service through a rate structure comprising volumetric rates, capacity charges, and readiness-to-serve charges. Member agencies provide MET with estimates of imported water demand in April each year, indicating the amount of water they anticipate they will need to meet their demands over the next 5 years. In Orange County, MWDOC and the cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana are MET member agencies that purchase imported water directly from MET. MWDOC purchases both treated potable and untreated water from MET to supplement its retail agencies’ local water supplies and for groundwater replenishment. Figure 6.3 illustrates the MET feeders and major transmission pipelines that deliver water within Orange County. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-6 Figure 6.2 Major Aqueducts that Supply Imported Water to Southern California (MET, 2025) 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-7 Figure 6.3 MET Feeders and Transmission Mains that Serve Orange County 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-8 6.2.2 Colorado River Aqueduct 6.2.2.1 Background The Colorado River was MET’s original source of water after MET’s establishment in 1928. The original founding members created MET with the goal to build the CRA to bring water to Southern California. The CRA, which is owned and operated by MET, transports water from the Colorado River to its terminus Lake Mathews, in Riverside County. The actual amount of water per year that may be conveyed through the CRA to MET’s member agencies is subject to the availability of Colorado River water. Approximately 40 million people rely on the Colorado River and its tributaries for potable water with 5.5 million acres of land using Colorado River water for irrigation. The CRA includes supplies from the implementation of the Quantification Settlement Agreement (QSA) and its related agreements to transfer water from agricultural agencies to urban uses. The 2003 QSA enabled California to implement major Colorado River water conservation and transfer programs to stabilize water supplies and reduce the state’s demand on the river to its 4.4 million AF entitlement. Colorado River transactions are potentially available to supply additional water up to the CRA capacity of 1.25 million AF on an as-needed basis. Water from the Colorado River or its tributaries is available to users in California, Arizona, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming, and Mexico. California is apportioned the use of 4.4 million AF of water from the Colorado River each year plus one-half of any surplus that may be available for use collectively in Arizona, California, and Nevada. In addition, California has historically been allowed to use Colorado River water apportioned to, but not used by, Arizona or Nevada. MET has fourth-priority rights, with a basic entitlement of 550,000 AFY of Colorado River water, plus surplus water up to an additional 662,000 AFY when the following conditions exist (MET, 2025):  Water is unused by the California holders of priorities 1 through 3.  Water is saved by the Palo Verde land management, crop rotation, and water supply program.  When the United States Secretary of the Interior makes available either one or both of the following: » Surplus water. » Colorado River water that is apportioned to but unused by Arizona and/or Nevada. 6.2.2.2 Current Conditions and Supply The Colorado River supply faces current and future imbalances between water supply and demand in the Colorado River Basin due to reductions in snowpack, long-term drought conditions, and climate change. The last 25-year period has been called a megadrought, with Lake Mead’s elevation dropping from a high of 1,215 feet in 2000 to its lowest level of 1,040 feet in July 2022. While extreme wet conditions resulted in lake levels exceeding 1,077 feet in February 2024, levels have been persistently hovering around 1,057 feet since May 2025. The United States Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) projects that there is a 53 percent likelihood that Lake Mead elevation could fall below 1,035 feet, which would trigger water shortages for MET under the current operating guidelines. As of August 2025, Lake Mead storage was approximately 31 percent of capacity per USBR’s 24-Month Study, which also projected continued Lower Basin shortage conditions in 2026 (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-9 The current operating guidelines for the Colorado River expire at the end of 2026, and a new, long-term operating plan must be in place by November 2026 to manage the river’s water supply. The ongoing Colorado River allocation negotiations are focused on creating a post-2026 operating plan, with states and the federal government aiming for consensus on how to manage the river’s declining water supply due to the severe, prolonged drought in the Colorado River Basin. The drought on the Colorado River began around 2000 and has continued, in various degrees of severity, for over two decades, making it a historic megadrought that has significantly reduced water flow into the river and lowered water levels in reservoirs like Lake Powell and Lake Mead. Although some periods, like the wet winter of 2023, brought temporary relief with increased snowfall, they were not enough to fully replenish the system or overcome the prolonged lack of water and effects of climate change, such as aridification and increased evaporation according to the United States Geological Survey (USGS, 2024). Under the 2007 Interim Guidelines, together with the Lower Basin Drought Contingency Plan (2019), the Intentionally Created Surplus (ICS) program has allowed MET to store conserved water in Lake Mead for subsequent recovery; these frameworks sunset with the Guidelines at the end of 2026 and are expected to be addressed in the post-2026 rules (MET, 2025). The USBR, which is part of the United States Department of the Interior, is the federal agency leading the negotiations and responsible for managing the river system. The ongoing Colorado River negotiations aim to find a fair and sustainable way to allocate the available water, which is significantly less than in the past. Talks are centering on a “natural flow” proposal that divides water based on current river conditions, rather than historical allocations. However, states remain at odds over how much water to allocate to the Upper and Lower Basins, with the federal government planning to impose its own plan if an agreement is not reached by the November 2026 deadline. Some key challenges that remain to be resolved are the different interests of the Upper Basin states (Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, New Mexico) and the Lower Basin states (California, Arizona, Nevada) to reach consensus on how much water the Upper Basin should send downstream. In addition, Tribal nations are also seeking recognition of their rights and a role in the future management of the river. Given MET’s junior priority status within California’s Colorado River priority system, reductions to MET’s supplies are a possibility under future operating criteria; MET’s planning reflects this risk (MET, 2025). Consistent with MET’s 2025 UWMP, supply capability planning uses USBR’s August 2023 Colorado River Simulation System (CRSS) assumptions, including a climate-adjusted flow reduction factor of approximately 9.3 percent per 1°C of warming over the planning horizon (2025–2050). MET continues to utilize supply, storage, transfer, and conservation programs, including ICS participation under the current Guidelines, to manage risk and buffer shortages. In addition, conserved QSA-related transfer water delivered at Lake Havasu (including Imperial Irrigation District and canal-lining exchanges) is categorized in MET’s 2025 UWMP as Colorado River imported supply (previously treated as local supply), aligning accounting with current practice (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-10 6.2.2.3 MET Colorado River Current Programs Over the years, MET has helped fund and implement various programs to improve Colorado River supply reliability and help resolve the imbalance between supply and demand. Implementation of such programs has contributed to achievements such as a record-low diversion of the Colorado River in 2019, a level not seen since the 1950s. Colorado River water management programs include:  Lower Colorado Water Supply Projects – Authorized in 1980s, this project provides up to 10,000 AFY of water to certain entities that do not have or have insufficient rights to use Colorado River water. A contract executed in 2007 allowed MET to receive project water left unused by the project contractors along the River – nearly 10,000 AF were received in recent years when unused supplies were available.  Imperial Irrigation District / MET Conservation Program – Under agreements executed in 1988 and 1989, this program allows MET to fund water efficiency improvements within Imperial Irrigation District’s service area in return for the right to divert the water conserved by those investments. An average of 105,000 AFY of water has been conserved since the program’s implementation.  Management of MET-Owned Land in Palo Verde – Since 2001, MET has acquired approximately 21,000 acres of irrigable farmland that are leased to growers, with incentives to grow low water-using crops and experiment with low water-consumption practices. MET continues to evaluate opportunities to formally account for verified long-term water savings associated with these lands as part of its Colorado River supply reliability strategy.  Palo Verde Land Management, Crop Rotation, and Water Supply Program – Authorized in 2004, this 35-year program allows MET to pay participating farmers to reduce their water use, and for MET to receive the saved water. Over the life of the program, an average of 84,500 AFY has been saved and made available to MET.  Southern Nevada Water Authority (SNWA) and MET Storage and Interstate Release Agreement – Entered in 2004, this agreement allows SNWA to store its unused, conserved water with MET, in exchange for MET to receive additional Colorado River water supply. MET has relied on the additional water during dry years, especially during the 2011-2016 California drought, and SNWA is not expected to call upon MET to return water until after 2026.  Lake Mead Storage Program – Executed in 2006 and subsequently integrated with Lower Basin Drought Contingency Plan (DCP) operations, MET may intentionally leave conserved water in Lake Mead for exclusive future use. MET has significantly expanded its use of intentionally created surplus (ICS) storage in recent years, including record storage creation (450,000 AF) in 2023 under DCP-related conservation programs.  Quagga Mussel Control Program – Developed in 2007, this program introduced surveillance activities and control measures to combat quagga mussels, an invasive species that impact the Colorado River’s water quality.  Bard Seasonal Fallowing Program – Authorized in 2019, and subsequently expanded, this program allows MET to pay participating farmers in Bard to reduce their water use between the late spring and summer months of selected year. Under expanded program authorizations through 2026 (Quechan Seasonal Fallowing Program), this program can provide up to approximately 12,000 AFY in certain years. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-11  Lower Basin Drought Contingency Plan – Signed in 2019, this agreement incentivizes storage in Lake Mead through 2026 and overall, it increases MET’s flexibility to fill the CRA as needed (MET, 2025).  Lower Basin Conservation and System Efficiency Programs – In recent years, MET has participated in new, multi-agency conservation and system efficiency programs implemented between 2023 and 2026. These programs incentivize agricultural conservation, system efficiency improvements, urban conservation, and groundwater storage in the Lower Colorado River Basin, with the goal of reducing system demands and increasing storage in Lake Mead during critically dry conditions. This includes programs such as the Quechan Diversion Forbearance program.  Exchange Programs – MET is involved in separate exchange programs with the USBR, which takes place at the Colorado River Intake and with San Diego County Water Authority (SDCWA), which exchanges conserved Colorado River water. The Colorado River faces long-term challenges of water demands exceeding available supply with additional uncertainties due to climate change. Climate change impacts expected in the Colorado River Basin include the following:  More frequent, more intense, and longer lasting droughts, which will result in water deficits.  Continued dryness in the Colorado River Basin, which will increase the likelihood of triggering a first-ever shortage in the Lower Basin.  Increased temperatures, which will affect the percentage of precipitation that falls as rain or snow, as well as the amount and timing of mountain snowpack (MET, 2025). Given these uncertainties, MET plans to continue implementing and expanding Colorado River conservation, storage, exchange, and transfer programs, while also supporting increased water recycling and system efficiency improvements within the Colorado River Basin. MET continues to evaluate additional transfer and conservation opportunities to further enhance regional supply reliability through the 2025 UWMP planning horizon. 6.2.3 State Water Project 6.2.3.1 Background The SWP consists of a series of pump stations, reservoirs, aqueducts, tunnels, and power plants operated by California Department of Water Resources (DWR) and is an integral part of the effort to ensure that business and industry, urban and suburban residents, and farmers throughout much of California have sufficient water. Water from the SWP originates at Lake Oroville, which is located on the Feather River in Northern California. Much of the SWP water supply passes through the Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta (“Delta”). The SWP is the largest state-built, multipurpose, user-financed water project in the United States. Nearly two-thirds of residents in California receive at least part of their water from the SWP, with approximately 70 percent of SWP’s contracted water supply going to urban users and 30 percent to agricultural users. The primary purpose of the SWP is to divert and store water during wet periods in Northern and Central California and distribute it to areas of need in Northern California, the San Francisco Bay area, the San Joaquin Valley, the Central Coast, and Southern California (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-12 The Delta is key to the SWP’s ability to deliver water to its agricultural and urban contractors. All but 5 of the 29 SWP contractors receive water deliveries below the Delta (pumped via the Harvey O. Banks or Barker Slough pumping plants). However, the Delta faces many challenges concerning its long-term sustainability such as climate change posing a threat of increased variability in floods and droughts. Sea level rise complicates efforts in managing salinity levels and preserving water quality in the Delta to ensure a suitable water supply for urban and agricultural use. Furthermore, other challenges include continued subsidence of Delta islands, many of which are already below sea level, and the related threat of catastrophic levee failure as water pressure increases or following a major seismic event. In May 2019, DWR withdrew its permit for the two-tunnel WaterFix project in favor of a smaller one-tunnel project alternative. In July 2022, the draft Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the recommended Delta Conveyance Project (DCP) alternative was issued, with the project potentially operational by 2045 (Delta Conveyance Design and Construction Authority, 2024), though its implementation faces strong opposition by environmental organizations and other interests in the Delta. The maximum value of the DCP, when coupled with 250,000 AF of new regional storage, is estimated to be 367,000 AFY for MET with 63,000 AFY of that amount for Orange County. The DCP also reduces the probability that any shortage occurs by about 10 percent, meaning a doubling of the time between shortage conditions from once every 5 years to once every decade (MWDOC, 2023). 6.2.3.2 Current Conditions and Supply Just like the Colorado River, the amount of water that can be delivered from the SWP to its 29 contractors varies annually based on hydrology and reservoir storage along the SWP. The DWR publishes the maximum entitlement of SWP water for each water contracting agency in “Table A.” DWR sets these allocations to balance the needs for human health and safety, agricultural, and municipal water, considering factors like reservoir storage, runoff forecasts, and Endangered Species Act (ESA) requirements. The primary drivers that influence allocations are hydrologic conditions (precipitation and snowmelt) along with storage levels, especially in Lake Oroville. Actual deliveries typically average less than 50 percent of Table A due to hydrologic and regulatory constraints (MET, 2025). MET’s actual annual allocations based on springtime Table A values for the past UWMP cycles are summarized in Table 6.3. Table 6.3 MET SWP Program Capabilities Year Average Annual Table A Spring Allocation (million AF) 2015 0.38 2020 0.38 2025 0.96 Percent Change(1) +252.6 percent Notes: (1) Percent change is between the years 2020 and 2025. Source: SWP Allocations 1996-2026 SWP contractors may additionally receive Article 21 water on a short-term basis in addition to Table A water if requested. Article 21 of SWP contracts allows contractors to receive additional water deliveries only under specific conditions, generally during wet months of the year (December through March). Because a SWP contractor must have an immediate use for Article 21 supply or a place to store it outside of the SWP, there are few contractors like MET that can access such supplies (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-13 Carryover water is SWP water allocated to an SWP contractor and approved for delivery to the contractor in a given year but not used by the end of the year. The unused water is stored in the SWP’s share of San Luis Reservoir, when space is available, for the contractor to use in the following year (MET, 2025). Turnback pool water is Table A water that has been allocated to SWP contractors who have exceeded their demands. This water can then be purchased by another contractor depending on its availability (MET, 2025). The following factors affect the ability to estimate existing and future water delivery reliability: Water availability at the source: Availability can be highly variable and depends on the amount and timing of rain and snow that fall in any given year. Generally, during a single dry year or two, surface and groundwater storage can supply most water deliveries, but multiple dry years can result in critically low water reserves. Fisheries issues can also restrict the operations of the export pumps even when water supplies are available. Water rights with priority over the SWP: Water users with prior water rights are assigned higher priority in DWR’s modeling of the SWP’s water delivery reliability, even ahead of SWP Table A water. Climate change: Mean temperatures are predicted to vary more significantly than previously expected. This change in climate is anticipated to bring warmer winter storms that result in less snowfall at lower elevations, reducing total snowpack. From historical data, DWR projects that by 2050, the Sierra snowpack will be reduced from its historical average by 25 to 40 percent. Increased precipitation as rain could result in a larger number of “rain-on-snow” events, causing snow to melt earlier in the year and over fewer days than historically, affecting the availability of water for pumping by the SWP during summer. Furthermore, water quality may be adversely affected due to the anticipated increase in wildfires. Rising sea levels may result in potential pumping cutbacks on the SWP and CVP. DWR’s recent planning documents and the Draft 2025 DCR describe climate-adjusted “existing conditions” baselines and future scenarios used by agencies for UWMPs. Regulatory restrictions on SWP Delta exports: The BiOps protect special-status species such as delta smelt and spring- and winter-run Chinook salmon and imposed substantial constraints on Delta water supply operations through requirements for Delta inflow and outflow and export pumping restrictions. Restrictions on SWP operations imposed by state and federal agencies contribute substantially to the challenge of accurately determining the SWP’s water delivery reliability in any given year (DWR, 2020b). Ongoing environmental and policy planning efforts: Following the 2019 withdrawal of WaterFix, DWR certified the DCP Final EIR and approved the Bethany alignment in December 2023, a key modernization initiative for the SWP. EcoRestore and related habitat efforts continue to advance. Delta levee failure: The levees are vulnerable to failure because most original levees were simply built with soils dredged from nearby channels and were not engineered. A breach of one or more levees and island flooding could affect Delta water quality and SWP operations for several months. When islands are flooded, DWR may need to drastically decrease or even cease SWP Delta exports to evaluate damage caused by salinity in the Delta. It can be concluded that the federal regulatory framework affecting the Bay-Delta's ecosystem, species, and water supply are constantly evolving by adapting to new scientific information, changing climate conditions, and legal challenges. This dynamic and complex regulatory landscape, along with hydrologic and storage conditions along the SWP, continues to result in water supply uncertainties that impact all SWP contractors, including MET, MWDOC, and its member agencies (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-14 6.2.3.3 SWP Programs/Plans In the past 5 years, MET has updated and implemented planning, regulatory, infrastructure, and operational programs to improve the reliability of the SWP supplies while addressing environmental, seismic, and climate-related risks in the Sacramento–San Joaquin Delta and along the California Aqueduct. Key SWP programs and planning efforts include: SWP Biological Opinions and California Incidental Take Permit – Updated federal Biological Opinions and a California ITP issued in 2024 provide a new operating framework intended to improve flexibility and species protection. The 2025 MET UWMP characterizes the net reliability benefit at approximately +60,000 AFY relative to prior permits, subject to hydrologic and regulatory conditions. Healthy Rivers and Landscapes (HRL) Voluntary Agreements – MET supports the State’s proposed Healthy Rivers and Landscapes program, which establishes a voluntary framework for improving Delta ecosystem conditions through coordinated flow contributions and habitat restoration projects. The HRL approach is intended to provide regulatory stability while supporting environmental objectives consistent with SWP operations. 6.2.4 Storage, Transfers, and Conveyance Programs Storage is a major component of MET’s dry year resource management strategy. MET’s likelihood of having adequate supply capability to meet projected demands, without implementing its Water Supply Allocation Plan (WSAP) depends on its storage resources. Following a significant drawdown during the 2020–2022 drought, MET rebuilt storage as hydrologic conditions improved. By the end of 2023, MET had approximately 3.4 million AF of regional dry-year storage. Storage increased to 3.8 million AF by the end of 2024, with levels projected to reach approximately 3.9 million AF by the end of 2025. MET also maintains approximately 750 TAF of emergency storage dedicated to catastrophic supply interruption conditions, including a major seismic failure of the Delta levees. In its 2025 UWMP, MET evaluates storage based on median starting storage at the beginning of each five-year increment, representing a 50 percent probability that actual storage will be higher or lower. This approach differs from earlier UWMPs, which relied on average storage assumptions, and provides a more conservative and realistic representation of storage availability. All storage capability values incorporate conveyance and recovery constraints associated with SWP terminal reservoirs, the CRA, and MET’s in-region and out-of-region groundwater banking programs. Lake Oroville continues to serve as the SWP’s largest storage facility with a capacity of approximately 3.5 million AF. Water released from Oroville moves to the Feather River and then to the Sacramento River before being pumped south at the Harvey O. Banks pumping plant into the California Aqueduct. MET’s storage portfolio includes surface reservoirs such as Diamond Valley Lake, Lake Mathews, and Lake Skinner; SWP terminal storage in San Luis Reservoir; groundwater banking programs including Semitropic, Arvin-Edison, the High Desert Water Bank, Kern Delta, and Mojave; and ICS storage in Lake Mead. These storage assets provide operational flexibility during dry years and help maintain supplies during extended droughts or emergency events. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-15 MET endeavors to increase the reliability of water supplies through the development of flexible storage and transfer programs including groundwater storage (MET, 2025). These include:  Antelope Valley-East Kern (AVEK) Water Agency Exchange and Storage Program: Under the exchange program, for every 2 AF MET receives, MET returns 1 AF back to AVEK, and MET will also be able to store up to 30,000 AF in the AVEK’s groundwater basin, with a dry-year return capability of 10,000 AF.  Arvin-Edison Storage Program: The storage program is estimated to deliver 75,000 AF, and the specific amount of water MET can expect to store in and subsequently receive from the program depends on hydrologic conditions and any regulatory requirements restricting MET’s ability to export water for storage. During wet years, MET has the discretion to use to program to store portions of its SWP supplies which are in excess, and during dry years, the Arvin-Edison Water Storage District returns MET’s previously stored water to MET by direct groundwater pump-in or by exchange of surface water supplies.  Diamond Valley Lake to Rialto Pipeline: Planned for completion in 2028, this project creates new conveyance that improves the ability to move non-SWP supplies (120 cfs), including CRA and banked water) into areas historically dependent on SWP deliveries, increasing drought and seismic resilience.  High Desert Water Bank Program: Developed in partnership with AVEK, this regional groundwater banking program allows MET to store up to 280,000 AF of SWP Table A or other available supplies in the Antelope Valley groundwater basin. The program provides a put-and-take capability of up to approximately 70,000 AFY, with infrastructure including monitoring and production wells, California Aqueduct turnouts, pipelines, recharge basins, and pump facilities. Phase 1 became operational in 2023, with full build-out expected by approximately 2030.  Kern-Delta Water District Storage Program: This groundwater storage program has 250,000 AF of storage capacity, and water for storage can either be directly recharged into the groundwater basin or delivered to Kern-Delta Water District farmers in lieu of pumping groundwater. During dry years, the Kern-Delta Water District returns MET’s previously stored water to MET by direct groundwater pump-in return or by exchange of surface water supplies.  Mojave Storage Program: MET entered into a groundwater banking and exchange transfer agreement with Mojave Water Agency that allows for the cumulative storage of up to 390,000 AF. The agreement allows for MET to store water in an exchange account for later return.  Richvale & Western Canal Water Transfers: These multi-year transfer options will provide supplemental dry-year supplies when available, with volumes up to approximately 54,000 AF (2025-2027).  San Bernardino Valley MWD Surplus SWP Program: Programmatic access to surplus SWP supplies (approximately 13 TAF) will be available from SBVMWD under certain hydrologic and operational conditions.  Semitropic Storage Program: The maximum storage capacity of the program is 350,000 AF, and the minimum and maximum annual yields available to MET are 34,700 AF and 236,200 AF, respectively. The specific amount of water MET can expect to store in and subsequently receive from the program depends on hydrologic conditions, any regulatory requirements restricting MET’s ability to export water for storage and demands placed by other program participants. During wet years, MET has the discretion to use the program to store portions of its SWP supplies which are in excess, and during 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-16 dry years, the Semitropic Water Storage District returns MET’s previously stored water to MET by direct groundwater pump-in or by exchange of surface water supplies.  Sepulveda Feeder Pump Stations (Stage 1): This program includes pumping improvements that expand westward movement of CRA/SWP/banked supplies across service areas to address localized system constraints. Pumping capacity is expected to be 30 cfs upon completion of Stage 1 in 2027.  Yuba Accord Extension: This project is a continuation of an established dry-year transfer program from the Yuba watershed that can be accessed subject to hydrologic and regulatory conditions. As of 2025, the extension is under negotiation for approximately 250,000 AFY in supply. 6.2.5 Potential Future Water Projects 6.2.5.1 Climate Adaptation Master Plan for Water In February 2023, the MET’s Board directed its staff to integrate water resources planning, climate resilience planning, and financial planning into a Climate Adaptation Master Plan for Water (CAMP4W). Then a Joint Task Force of Board Members and Member Agency Managers was convened to facilitate the development of CAMP4W in a timely and transparent process. The main elements of CAMP4W include: 1. Identify climate and growth scenarios, building from analyses conducted for MET’s Integrated Resources Plan (IRP); 2. Develop time-bound targets for new regional water supplies and system improvements; 3. Establish a framework for decision-making and annual reporting; 4. Form policies, initiatives, and partnerships; and 5. Evaluate business models and funding strategies. Because investments required for regional supply reliability and system resilience are significant, it is important that decisions are made through an adaptive management process to avoid the risks associated with over-investment or under-performance. Tracking signposts and progress towards time-bound targets is therefore critical for CAMP4’s annual reporting. Currently, regional projects being explored by MET include Pure Water Southern California, new reservoir storage in Southern California of up to 155,000 AFY, regional seawater desalination, and participation in California’s DCP. These projects will be scored against the following CAMP4W criteria: 1) reliability; 2) resilience; 3) financial; 4) adaptability/ flexibility; 5) equity; and 6) environmental co-benefits. Pure Water Southern California – The potential Pure Water Southern California program, a partnership with the Sanitation Districts of Los Angeles County, would purify wastewater treatment effluent that currently flows to the ocean to produce high quality recycled water. The purified water would be delivered to Metropolitan’s member agencies to meet their groundwater replenishment and storage requirements. It should be noted that the 2025 MET UWMP does not include Pure Water yield in projected supplies (MET, 2025). Sites Reservoir – This potential project includes a water storage reservoir of 1.5 million AF and would require the construction of two large dams up to 310 feet high and 9 smaller saddle dams. The water stored in the reservoir, located north of Sacramento, would be diverted from the Sacramento River during high flow events and returned to the Sacramento River during dry and critical years, thereby providing additional dry-year water for environmental flows and project partners including SWP agencies south of 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-17 the Delta. The current operations model estimates the annual water yield of the Sites Reservoir Project at approximately 270,000 AFY by 2032, when the Sites Reservoir Project is scheduled to be operational (MET, 2025). It should be noted that the 2025 MET UWMP does not include Sites Reservoir in projected supplies (MET, 2025). Delta Conveyance Project – Following DWR’s withdrawal and subsequent termination of the California WaterFix project, the State advanced a new single-tunnel Delta Conveyance Project to address seismic risk, sea-level rise, extreme weather, and regulatory uncertainty while improving long-term SWP delivery reliability. The environmental review was completed in 2023 and DWR has approved the project. Potential yield used in planning analyses is on the order of approximately 400,000 AFY. It should be noted that the 2025 MET UWMP does not include Delta Conveyance Project yield in projected supplies pending future milestones and contracting decisions (MET, 2025). 6.2.6 Supply Reliability within MET MET’s 2025 UWMP reports on its water reliability and identifies projected supplies to meet the long-term demand within its service area. The MET 2025 UWMP discusses the current water supply conditions and long-term plans for supply implementation and continued development of a diversified resource mix. It describes the programs being implemented, such as the CRA, SWP, Central Valley storage/transfer programs, water use efficiency programs, local resource projects, and in-region storage that will enable the region to meet its water supply needs. MET’s 2025 UWMP also presents MET’s supply capacities from 2025 through 2050 for average year, single dry year, five consecutive dry years, and more frequent and severe droughts, as specified in the UWMP Act. Information concerning MET’s UWMP, including the background, associated challenges, and long-term development of programs for each of MET’s supply sources and capacities have been summarized and included in the following subsections. Additional information on MET can be found directly in MET’s 2025 UWMP. 6.2.6.1 MET’s Water Service Reliability Assessment Results In MET’s 2025 UWMP, MET evaluated supply reliability by projecting supply and demand under a normal year, single-dry year, and 5-year consecutive dry years, based on conditions affecting the SWP (MET’s largest and most variable supply). For this supply source, the average of 100 historical years 1922-2021 most closely represents water supply conditions in a normal water year, the single driest year was 1977 and the 5-year dry period was 1988-1992. The analyses also include Colorado River supplies under the same hydrological variations. MET also incorporated the SWP and Colorado River’s reliability factors, such as water quality objectives set by the SWRCB, BiOps, and amendments to the Coordinated Operations Agreement for the SWP and Quantification Settlement Agreements for the Colorado River into their assessment. MET has concluded that the region can provide reliable water supplies under normal, single-dry, and 5-year consecutive dry conditions as presented in Table 6.4, Table 6.5, and Table 6.6, respectively. In each of the following tables, “Current Programs” supplies include:  In-Region Supplies and Programs.  Metropolitan Surface Storage (Diamond Valley Lake, Lake Mathews, Lake Skinner). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-18  Flexible Storage in Castaic Lake and Perris Lake.  Groundwater Storage for Conjunctive Use.  California Aqueduct (SWP), including Central Valley transfers and storage program supplies conveyed by the aqueduct.  Colorado River Aqueduct, including deliveries, programs, and exchanges with SDCWA. These supplies are impacted - typically reduced - by the single dry year and multiple dry year scenarios. Though demands increase in these drought conditions, MET projects reliable supply, even surplus, through 2050. MWDOC is a MET member agency, and MET’s projections take into account the imported demands from Orange County. As so, MET’s water reliability assessments are used to determine that demands within MWDOC can be met for all three hydrological conditions. Table 6.4 MET’s Projected Supply Capability and Demands through 2050 for a Normal Year 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-19 Table 6.5 MET’s Projected Supply Capability and Demands through 2050 for a Single Dry Year 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-20 Table 6.6 MET’s Projected Supply Capability and Demands through 2050 for a Drought (5 Consecutive Water Years) 6.2.6.2 MET’s Drought Risk Assessment Results For its Drought Risk Assessment (DRA), MET assessed the reliability of each individual water supply source over the five-consecutive-year drought through a modeling method using the same historical hydrologic conditions as the water service reliability assessment: 1922 to 2021. MET used the five consecutive years of 1988 to 1992 to complete its DRA, because this represents the driest five consecutive year historical sequence for MET’s supply. As shown in Table 6.7, MET’s total supplies are insufficient to fully meet projected demands under these drought conditions, resulting in annual shortfalls in four of the 5 years and a cumulative deficit of approximately 1.1 million AF by FY 2029-30. These results indicate that MET’s SWP and CRA supplies alone cannot meet demands during this 5-year drought period without additional actions. MET’s 2025 UWMP therefore identifies Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) actions, as necessary tools to close the deficit and maintain service through the modeled drought sequence (Table 6.7). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-21 Table 6.7 MET’s Water Use, Supply, and Drought Risk Assessment for 2026-2030 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-22 6.3 Local Groundwater Among all local supplies available to the City’s service area, groundwater supplies make up the majority, with the primary supply from the Orange County Groundwater Basin (OC Basin). The water supply resources within the City’s service area are enhanced by the existence of groundwater basins, which provide a reliable local source and, additionally, are used as reservoirs to store water during wet years and draw from storage during dry years. Table 6.8 shows a breakdown of historical groundwater production by the City. Although the City has four groundwater wells, one of the City’s wells (Leisure World Well) is inactive. The remaining three active wells are sufficient for the City’s water supply. Pumping limitations set by the BPP and the pumping capacity of the wells are constraints affecting the groundwater supply to the City. The groundwater volume pumped by the City has remained stable over the last 5 years (Table 6.8). This section describes the groundwater basin(s) used by the City and provides a 25-year projection of the service area’s groundwater supply. Table 6.8 Groundwater Pumped in the Past 5 Years Within the City’s Service Area Submittal Table 6-1 Retail: Groundwater Volume Pumped Water Code Section 10631(4) and 10631(4)(c) Groundwater Type Location or Basin Name 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) Alluvial Basin Orange County Groundwater Basin 2,341 2,736 2,156 2,341 3,555 Total 2,341 2,736 2,156 2,341 3,555 NOTES: Source - MWDOC, 2025; Reported 2025 water supply values may be higher than actual. Based on available information, this discrepancy is likely related to meter inaccuracy, though it has not yet been confirmed. Verification will occur following meter replacement and monitoring of subsequent water use data. 6.3.1 Orange County Groundwater Basin This section describes the OC Basin and the management measures taken by OCWD, the basin manager and member agency of MWDOC, to optimize local supply and minimize overdraft. The OCWD was formed in 1933 by a special legislative act of the California State Legislature to protect and manage the County's vast, natural, groundwater supply using the best available technology and defend its water rights to the OC Basin. This legislation is found in the State of California Statutes, Water – Uncodified Acts, Act 5683, as amended. The OC Basin is managed by OCWD under the Act, which functions as a statutorily-imposed physical solution. The OCWD Management Area includes approximately 89 percent of the land area of the OC Basin, and 98 percent of all groundwater production occurs within the area. Approximately 2.5 million residents live within OCWD’s boundaries and rely upon the basin for their primary water supply. OCWD manages water resource monitoring programs, land use elements related to basin management, groundwater elevation, groundwater quality, and coastal area monitoring through a number of monitoring programs. OCWD monitors the basin by collecting groundwater elevation and quality data from approximately 400 District-owned wells and manages an electronic database that stores water elevation, water quality, production, recharge, and other data on over 2,000 wells and facilities within and outside OCWD boundaries (OCWD, 2023). For detailed monitoring programs and management information, refer to the 2017 Basin 8-1 Alternative (Appendix D). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-23 Groundwater levels are managed within a safe basin operating range to protect the long-term sustainability of the OC Basin and to protect against land subsidence. OCWD, a member of agency of MWDOC, purchases untreated water from MET for basin recharge, as needed. In addition, OCWD regulates groundwater levels in the OC Basin by regulating the annual amount of pumping and setting the BPP for the water year. As defined in the District Act, the BPP is the ratio of water produced from groundwater supplies within the OCWD service area to all water produced within the area from both supplemental sources and groundwater within the OCWD (OCWD, 2020a). More information regarding the BPP is discussed in Section 6.3.1.3. 6.3.1.1 Basin Characteristics The OC Basin underlies the northern half of Orange County beneath broad lowlands. The OC Basin, managed by OCWD, covers an area of approximately 350 square miles, bordered by the Coyote Hills and Chino Hills to the north, the Santa Ana Mountains to the northeast, and the Pacific Ocean to the southwest. The OC Basin boundary extends to the Orange County-Los Angeles Line to the northwest, where groundwater flows across the county line into the Central Groundwater Basin of Los Angeles County. A map of the OC Basin is shown on Figure 6.4. The total thickness of sedimentary rocks in the OC Basin is over 20,000 feet, with only the upper 2,000 to 4,000 feet containing fresh water. The OC Basin’s estimate full storage volume is approximately 66 million AF. There are three major aquifer systems that have been subdivided by OCWD, the Shallow Aquifer System, the Principal Aquifer System, and the Deep Aquifer System. These three aquifer systems are hydraulically connected as groundwater can flow between each other through intervening aquitards or discontinuities in the aquitards. The Shallow Aquifer system occurs from the surface to approximately 250 feet below ground surface. Most of the groundwater from this aquifer system is pumped by small water systems for industrial and agricultural use. The Principal Aquifer system occurs at depths between 200 and 1,300 feet below ground surface. Over 90 percent of groundwater production is from wells that are screened within the Principal Aquifer system. Only a minor amount of groundwater is pumped from the Deep Aquifer system, which underlies the Principal Aquifer system and is up to 2,000 feet deep in the center of the OC Basin. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-24 Figure 6.4 Map of the OC Basin (OCWD, 2022) 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-25 6.3.1.2 Sustainable Groundwater Management Act In 2014, the State of California adopted the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act (SGMA) to help manage its groundwater sustainably and limit adverse effects such as significant groundwater-level declines, land subsidence, and water quality degradation. SGMA requires all high- and medium-priority basins, as designated by DWR, be sustainably managed. DWR designated the Coastal Plain of OC Basin as a medium-priority basin, primarily due to heavy reliance on the OC Basin’s groundwater as a source of water supply. Compliance with SGMA can be achieved in one of the following two ways (OCWD, 2023):  A Groundwater Sustainability Agency (GSA) is formed and a Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) is adopted.  Special Act Districts created by statute, such as OCWD, and other agencies may prepare and submit an Alternative to a GSP. The agencies within Basin 8-1, OCWD and La Habra, collaborated to submit the original Alternative to a GSP in 2017, titled the “Basin 8-1 Alternative” to meet SGMA compliance. Under SGMA, alternatives must undergo periodic review and updating at 5-year intervals, analogous to GSP updates. OCWD prepared its first such periodic update, the 2022 update to the Basin 8-1 Alternative, and submitted it around January 2022. 6.3.1.3 Basin Production Percentage Background The OC Basin is not adjudicated and as such, pumping from the OC Basin is managed through a process that uses financial incentives to encourage groundwater producers to pump a sustainable amount of water. The framework for the financial incentives is based on establishing the BPP, the percentage of each Producer’s total water supply that comes from groundwater pumped from the OC Basin. Groundwater production at or below the BPP is assessed the Replenishment Assessment (RA). While there is no legal limit as to how much an agency pumps from the OC Basin, there is a financial disincentive to pump above the BPP. The BPP is set uniformly for all Producers by OCWD on an annual basis. Agencies that pump above the BPP are charged the RA plus the Basin Equity Assessment (BEA). The BEA is presently calculated so that the cost of groundwater production is equivalent to the cost of importing potable water supplies. This approach serves to discourage, but not eliminate, production above the BPP, and the BEA can be increased to discourage production above the BPP if necessary. The BPP is set based on groundwater conditions, availability of imported water supplies, and Basin management objectives. The supplies available for recharge must be estimated for a given year. The supplies of recharge water that are estimated are: 1) Santa Ana River stormflow, 2) natural incidental recharge, 3) Santa Ana River baseflow, 4) GWRS supplies, and 5) other supplies such as imported water and recycled water purchased for the Alamitos Barrier. The BPP is a major factor in determining the cost of groundwater production from the OC Basin for that year. For the 2025-26 water year, OCWD is set to maintain a BPP of 85 percent. Under normal hydrologic conditions, groundwater production could reach approximately 315,000 AFY; however, OCWD anticipates groundwater production during 2025-26 will be approximately 297,000 AFY due to PFAS related impacts that continue to limit well availability across several producers. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-26 BPP Adjustments for Basin Management OCWD has established management guidelines that are used to establish future BPPs, as seen in Table 6.9. Raising or lowering the BPP allows OCWD to manage the amount of pumping from the basin. OCWD has a policy to manage the groundwater basin within a sustainable range to avoid adverse impacts to the basin. OCWD seeks to maintain some available storage space in the basin to maximize surface water recharge when such supplies are available, especially in relatively wet years. By keeping the basin relatively full during wet years, and for as long as possible in years with near-normal recharge, the maximum amount of groundwater could be maintained in storage to support pumping in future drought conditions. During dry hydrologic years, when less water is available for recharge, the BPP could be lowered to maintain groundwater storage levels. A component of OCWD’s BPP policy is to manage the groundwater basin so that the BPP will not fluctuate more than 5 percent from year to year. The OCWD’s GWRS came online in 2008 with a capacity of approximately 70 million gallons per day (mgd) and was expanded to 100 mgd in 2015. In 2023, it was expanded again to a final capacity of 130 mgd. The GWRS provides a resilient local water supply that recharges the Orange County groundwater basin with advanced treated wastewater. The additional yield supported OCWD’s move to raise the BPP from the long-standing approximately 77 percent level prior to 2023 to 85 percent beginning in February 2023. Monthly water-resources reports show agencies achieving 86 percent to 88 percent pumping shares after the final expansion in late-2024 to early-2025, reflecting how GWRS production has enabled higher local reliance over the last decade, along with the relatively low water demands of approximately 400,000 AFY. Modeling and forecasts generate estimates based on historical averages. Consequently, forecasts use average hydrologic conditions, which smooth the dynamic and unpredictable local hydrology. Variations in local hydrology are the most significant impact to supplies of water available to recharge the groundwater basin. The current BPP of 85 percent is based on modeling of average annual rainfall weather patterns and estimated groundwater recharge volumes. If OCWD were to experience a relatively dry period, the BPP could be reduced to maintain water storage levels, by as much as 5 percent. Table 6.9 Management Actions Based on Changes in Groundwater Storage Available Storage Space(1) Basin Management Action to Consider Less than 100,000 AF Raise BPP 100,000 to 300,000 AF Maintain and / or raise BPP towards 85% goal 300,000 to 350,000 AF Seek additional supplies to refill basin and / or lower the BPP Greater than 350,000 AF Seek additional supplies to refill basin and lower the BPP Notes: (1) Amount below full basin condition. Basin Equity Assessment Exemptions In some cases, OCWD encourages treating and pumping groundwater that does not meet drinking water standards to protect water quality. This is achieved by using a financial incentive called the BEA Exemption. A BEA Exemption is used to promote beneficial uses of poor-quality groundwater and reduce or prevent the spread of poor-quality groundwater into non-degraded aquifer zones. OCWD uses a partial or total exemption of the BEA to compensate a qualified participating agency or Producer for the costs of treating poor quality groundwater, which typically include capital, interest and operations and maintenance costs for treatment facilities (City of La Habra et al., 2017). Similarly, for proactive water 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-27 quality management, OCWD exempts a portion of the BEA for their Coastal Pumping Transfer Program (CPTP). The CPTP encourages inland groundwater producers to increase pumping and coastal producers to decrease pumping to reduce the groundwater basin drawdown at the coast and protect against seawater intrusion. Inland pumpers can pump above the BPP without having to pay the full BEA for the amount pumped above the BPP (OCWD, 2015). Coastal pumpers receive BEA revenue from OCWD to assist in offsetting their additional water supply cost from taking less groundwater. OCWD Groundwater Reliability Plan To adapt to the substantial growth in water demands in OCWD’s management area, it is paramount to anticipate and understand future water demands and develop projects to increase future water supplies proactively to match demands. The Groundwater Reliability Plan (GRP) is a continuation of these planning efforts that estimates the OC Basin’s sustainable average annual production and extrapolates water needs of the OC Basin by combining recently completed water demand projections, and modeling of Santa Ana River flows available for recharge. These data will be used to evaluate future water supply projects and guide management of the OC Basin. The OC Basin is unadjudicated and is therefore subject to implementation of a GSP. DWR approved an alternative to a Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) for the OC Basin. The alternative plan was submitted to DWR to meet requirements of the SGMA and demonstrate how water managers have already achieved or will achieve sustainable groundwater management. DWR received 15 alternative plans and 9 were approved. The alternative report that was approved by DWR, entitled Basin 8-1 Alternative, was prepared in collaboration with the City of La Habra and Irvine Ranch Water District. OCWD has an adopted Groundwater Management Plan but elected to create a new report in a format that mirrors a GSP, which is required under SGMA. Current water demand projections show a relatively slow increase over the 25-year planning horizon, which is generally of similar magnitude as the additional production from the GWRS since its final expansion in early 2023 to 130 mgd. This locally controlled, drought proof supply of water reduces the region’s dependance on imported water. Historically, the Santa Ana River has served as the primary source of water to recharge the OC Basin. To determine the availability of future Santa Ana River flows, OCWD utilized surface water flow modeling of the upper watershed. Modeling was developed to predict the impacts future stormwater capture and wastewater recycling projects in the upper watershed would have on future Santa Ana River flow rates at Prado Dam. Santa Ana River base flows are expected to decrease as more water recycling projects are built in the upper watershed. OCWD continues to work closely with the United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) to temporarily impound and slowly release up to approximately 20,000 AF of stormwater in the Prado Dam Conservation Pool. To some extent, the losses in baseflow are partially offset through the capture of additional stormwater held in the Prado Dam Conservation Pool. When available, OCWD will continue to augment groundwater recharge through the purchase of imported water through MET. OCWD will diligently monitor and evaluate future water supply projects to sustainably manage and protect the OC Basin for future generations. Specifically, in April 2021 USACE modified the Interim Water Control Manual (IWCM) change to allow 505 feet year-round, formalizing the higher pool and associated release operations used for conservation. And in February 2025, the USACE approved a new minor deviation permitting temporary storage up to elevation 508 feet, with potential future 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-28 increases evaluated to 510 to 512 feet, enabling capture of roughly 2 billion gallons more stormwater and corresponding managed release rates tailored to OCWD’s recharge capacity. OCWD Engineer’s Report The OCWD Engineer’s Report documents groundwater conditions and evaluates water supply and Basin utilization within OCWD’s service area. The most recent report is the 2023–24 Engineer’s Report released in February 2025. As reported, the BPP for the 2023–24 water year was established at 85 percent by the OCWD Board of Directors. The overall BPP achieved within OCWD for non-irrigation use was 83.8 percent, with the reduced achievement attributed primarily to PFAS-related well shutdowns. Groundwater stored in the Basin increased by 56,000 AF for the 2023-24 water year, and the annual overdraft was 52,800 AF, which reflects the amount by which natural replenishment was exceeded. The increase in storage was supported by total groundwater recharge of 336,421 AF, including significant contributions from supplemental water recharged by the GWRS. For the 2025-26 water year, OCWD is proposing to maintain a BPP of 85 percent. Under normal hydrologic conditions, groundwater production could reach approximately 315,000 AF; however, OCWD anticipates groundwater production during 2025-26 will be approximately 297,000 AF due to PFAS-related impacts that continue to limit well availability across several producers. It is estimated that approximately 8,000 AF of additional production above the BPP will be undertaken by the City of Tustin, City of Huntington Beach, Mesa Water District, and Irvine Ranch Water District to support groundwater quality improvement projects. As in prior years, groundwater produced above the BPP for these water-quality projects will be partially or fully exempt from the Basin Equity Assessment (BEA) due to the Basin-wide benefit of pumping and treating poor-quality groundwater. During the 2023-24 water year, MET untreated full-service water supplies were available for groundwater replenishment; however, OCWD did not purchase replenishment water due to favorable Basin storage conditions. OCWD likewise does not plan to purchase untreated full-service water for replenishment in 2025-26. 6.3.1.4 Recharge Management Recharging water into the OC Basin through natural and artificial means is essential to support pumping from the OC Basin. Active recharge of groundwater began in 1949, in response to increasing drawdown of the OC Basin and, consequently, the threat of seawater intrusion. The OC Basin’s primary source of recharge is supplied from the Santa Ana River, which is diverted into recharge basins and its main Orange County tributary, Santiago Creek. Other sources of recharge water include natural infiltration, recycled water, and imported water. Natural recharge consists of subsurface inflow from local hills and mountains, infiltration of precipitation and irrigation water, recharge in small flood control channels, and groundwater underflow to and from Los Angeles County and the ocean. Recycled water for OC Basin recharge is from two sources. The main source is the GWRS, which completed its final expansion in 2023 and now produces up to 130 mgd of advanced-purified water for recharge at the Talbert Seawater Barrier and in the Kraemer, Miller, Miraloma, and La Palma basins. The second source is recycled water purified at the Water Replenishment District of Southern California’s (WRD) Leo J. Vander Lans Advanced Water Treatment Facility (LVL), which provides up to 8 mgd for injection at the Alamitos Seawater Barrier (owned and operated by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works). In recent 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-29 years, WRD’s upgrades and operations have increased the use of recycled water at the Alamitos Barrier and reduced reliance on imported supplies. Injection of recycled water into these barriers is an ongoing effort by OCWD (in coordination with WRD and Los Angeles County) to control seawater intrusion into the OC Basin; operation of the injection wells forms a hydraulic barrier to seawater intrusion. OCWD also purchases imported water for recharge through MWDOC. Untreated imported water can be used to recharge the OC Basin through the surface recharge system at multiple locations, such as Anaheim Lake, the Santa Ana River, Irvine Lake, and San Antonio Creek, while treated imported water may be used for in-lieu recharge when appropriate. For current planning context and detailed recharge management strategies, refer to OCWD’s most recent planning documents, including the 2024 OCWD Resilience Plan, in addition to prior foundational documents (Appendix D). 6.3.1.5 MET Imported Water for Groundwater Replenishment In the past, OCWD, MWDOC, and MET have coordinated water management to increase storage in the OC Basin when imported supplies are available for this purpose. MET’s groundwater replenishment program was discontinued on January 1, 2013, and currently MET via MWDOC sells replenishment water to OCWD at the full-service untreated MET rate. Figure 6.5 shows MWDOC’s imported water sales to OCWD since FY 1990-91, which averages approximately 27,888 AFY. In three of the past five water years, OCWD did not need to purchase more imported water to replenish groundwater. Figure 6.5 MWDOC Imported Water Sales for Groundwater Replenishment 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-30 6.3.2 Planned Future Groundwater Sources The City has included improvement projects for all of their wells, to continue the reliability of their local groundwater sources. These projects are further described in Section 6.9. On a regional scale, OCWD regularly evaluates potential projects and conducts studies to review the feasibility of new projects or sources. Groundwater basin-related projects that are planned or in progress are described below: Forecast Informed Reservoir Operations (FIRO) at Prado Dam – Stormwater represents a significant source of water used by OCWD to recharge the OC Basin. Much of this recharge is made possible by the capture of Santa Ana River stormflows behind Prado Dam in the Conservation Pool. FIRO represents the next generation of operating water reservoirs using the best available technology. Advances in weather and stormwater runoff forecasting hold promise to allow USACE to safely impound more stormwater while maintaining equivalent flood risk management capability behind Prado Dam. Analyses indicate that FIRO would increase average annual recharge by approximately 4,000 to 6,000 AFY, and up to 23,000 AF in very wet years, consistent with earlier preliminary analyses. Federal and local partners have indicated FIRO at Prado Dam is moving from technical assessment toward implementation via Water Control Manual (WCM) updates. 6.4 Surface Water 6.4.1 Existing Surface Water Sources There are, currently, no direct surface water uses in the City’s Service area. 6.4.2 Planned Future Surface Water Sources As of 2025, there are no planned surface water uses in the City’s service area. 6.5 Stormwater 6.5.1 Existing Stormwater Sources There are, currently, no direct stormwater uses in the City’s Service area. 6.5.2 Planned Future Stormwater Sources As of 2025, there are no planned stormwater uses in the City’s service area. 6.6 Wastewater and Recycled Water The City is directly involved in wastewater services through its ownership and operation of the wastewater collection system in its service area. However, the City does not own or operate wastewater treatment facilities. The sewer system service area encompasses about 1,705 acres and includes approximately 34 miles of sewer main. The wastewater system serves about 5,000 customers (Seal Beach’s Sewer Master Plan, 2007). For additional details on the City’s wastewater services, refer to the 2018 The City of Seal Beach Sewer Master Plan. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-31 Recycled water is wastewater that is treated through primary, secondary and tertiary processes and is acceptable for most non-potable water purposes such as irrigation, and commercial and industrial process water per Title 22 requirements. Recycled water opportunities have continued to grow in Southern California as public acceptance and the need to expand local water resources continues to be a priority. Recycled water also provides a degree of flexibility and added reliability during drought conditions when imported water supplies are restricted. The City is indirectly involved in recycled water production, through its supply of wastewater for Integrated Water Resources Plan (IRP). The following sections expand on the existing agency collaboration involved in these efforts as well as the City’s projected recycled water use over the next 25 years. 6.6.1 Agency Coordination The City does not own or operate wastewater treatment facilities and sends all collected wastewater to OCSD for treatment and disposal. OCSD provides treated water to OCWD, the manager of the Orange County Groundwater Basin. OCWD is the manager of the Orange County Groundwater Basin and strives to maintain and increase the reliability of the Orange County Groundwater Basin through replenishment with imported water, stormwater, and advanced treated wastewater. A full description of the Orange County Groundwater Basin is available in Section 6.3.1. OCWD and OCSD have jointly constructed and expanded two water recycling projects to meet this goal that include: 1) OCWD Green Acres Project (GAP); and 2) OCWD GWRS. 6.6.1.1 Orange County Sanitation District OCSD collects wastewater from residential, commercial, and industrial customers in 20 cities, 4 special districts, and portions of unincorporated Orange County, totaling 479 square miles that serves more than 2.6 million residents in northwest and central Orange County (OC San, 2025). These flows include dry weather urban runoff collected from 15 diversion points and discharged into the sewer system for treatment and Santa Ana River Interceptor flows from the upper Santa Ana watershed (OC San, 2017). OCSD operates and maintains two treatment plants: Reclamation Plant No. 1, located in Fountain Valley with a capacity of 320 mgd, and Reclamation Plant No. 2 located in Huntington Beach with a capacity of 312 mgd. OCSD also operates 572 miles of collection system pipelines along with 15 offsite pump stations. Approximately 150 mgd of secondary effluent undergoes advanced treatment at the GWRS facility operated by the OCWD and 7 mgd undergoes tertiary treatment at OCWD's GAP facility. Treated wastewater is discharged to the Pacific Ocean via an ocean outfall in compliance with state and federal requirements as set forth in OCSD's National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. OCSD's ocean outfall is 120-inch diameter and extends 4 miles off the coast of Huntington Beach. A 78-inch diameter emergency outfall also exists that extends 1.3 miles off the coast (OC San, 2017). OCSD Reclamation Plant No. 1 – Reclamation Plant No. 1 treats raw wastewater and has a maximum treatment capacity of 320 mgd. The plant provides primary and secondary treatment and supplies secondary effluent to OCWD for further tertiary treatment at their GAP facility and advanced treatment at their GWRS. Reclamation Plant No. 1 is the only plant that provides water to OCWD for additional treatment and recycling. An interplant pipeline allows flows to be conveyed to Treatment Plant No. 2. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-32 OCSD Treatment Plant No. 2 – Treatment Plant No. 2 provides primary and secondary treatment to raw wastewater and has a maximum treatment capacity of 312 mgd. All secondary effluent from their plant is discharged to the ocean through the ocean outfall. 6.6.1.2 Orange County Water District OCWD is the manager of the OC Basin and provides water to 19 municipal water agencies and special districts. A full description of the OC Basin is available in Section 6.3.1. OCWD and OCSD have jointly constructed and expanded two water recycling projects that include: 1) OCWD GAP and 2) OCWD GWRS. OCWD GAP OCWD owns and operates the GAP, a water recycling system that treats up to 7.5 mgd and provides 8,400 AFY of recycled water for irrigation and industrial uses. GAP provides an alternate source of water that is mainly delivered to parks, golf courses, greenbelts, cemeteries, and nurseries in the cities of Costa Mesa, Fountain Valley, Newport Beach, and Santa Ana. Approximately 100 customer sites use GAP water, current recycled water users include Mile Square Park and Golf Courses in Fountain Valley, Costa Mesa Country Club, Chroma Systems carpet dyeing, Kaiser Permanente, and Caltrans. OCWD GWRS OCWD’s GWRS allows southern California to decrease its dependency on imported water and creates a local and reliable source of water. OCWD’s GWRS purifies secondary treated wastewater from OCSD to levels that meet and exceed all state and federal drinking water standards. The GWRS Phase 1 plant has been operational since January 2008 and uses a three-step advanced treatment process consisting of MF, RO (RO), and ultraviolet (UV) light with hydrogen peroxide. A portion of the treated water is injected into the seawater barrier to prevent seawater intrusion into the groundwater basin. The other portion of the water is pumped to ponds where the water percolates into deep aquifers and becomes part of Orange County’s water supply. The treatment process is described on OCWD’s website. (OCWD, GWRS, 2020). The GWRS first began operating in 2008 producing 70 million gallons of water per day (mgd) and in 2015, it underwent a 30 mgd expansion. Approximately 39,200 AFY of the highly purified water is pumped into the injection wells and 72,900 AFY is pumped to the percolation ponds in the City of Anaheim where the water is naturally filtered through sand and gravel to deep aquifers of the groundwater basin. The OC Basin provides approximately 77 percent of the potable water supply for north and central Orange County. The design and construction of the first phase (78,500 AFY) of the GWRS project was jointly funded by OCWD and OCSD; Phase 2 expansion (33,600 AFY) was funded solely by OCWD. The Final Expansion of the GWRS is the third and final phase of the project and was completed in 2023. The plant now produces 130 mgd and requires additional treated wastewater from OCSD. This additional water comes from OCSD’s Treatment Plant 2, which is in the City of Huntington Beach approximately 3.5 miles south of the GWRS. The Final Expansion project included expanding the existing GWRS treatment facilities, constructing new conveyance facilities at OCSD Plant 2 and rehabilitating an existing pipeline between OCSD Plant 2 and the GWRS. Following completion, the GWRS plant now recycles 100 percent of OCSD’s reclaimable sources and produces enough water to meet the needs of over 1 million people. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-33 6.6.2 Wastewater The City operates and maintains the local sewer collection pipes that feed into the OCSD's trunk sewer system to convey wastewater to OCSD's treatment plants. The City's sewer system includes 34 miles of sewer lines, 780 manholes and 7 lift stations. The wastewater collected in the City’s system is conveyed to OCSD’s extensive system of gravity flow sewers, pump stations, and pressurized sewers. Ultimately, the wastewater is treated at OCSD treatment plants in Fountain Valley (Plant No. 1) and Huntington Beach (Plant No. 2). Table 6.10 summarizes the wastewater collected by the City and transported to OCSD's system in 2025. Table 6.10 Wastewater Collected within the City’s Service Area in 2025 Submittal Table 6-2 Retail: Wastewater Collected Within Service Area in 2025 Water Code Section 10633(a) Wastewater Collection Recipient of Collected Wastewater Name of Wastewater Collection Agency Wastewater Volume Metered or Estimated? Volume of Wastewater Collected from UWMP Service Area 2025 Name of Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) and Place ID Number Is WWTP Located Within UWMP Area? (AF) City of Seal Beach Estimated 3,028 OCSD Plant 1, Place ID 758392 No OCSD Plant 2, Place ID 259158 No Total Wastewater Received from UWMP Service Area in 2025: 3,028 NOTES: This assumes a return rate of 77 percent based on the 2018 Sewer Master Plan. 6.6.3 Current Recycled Water Uses There are currently no direct recycled water uses within the City’s service area. For indirect use, the City also benefits from OCWD’s GWRS system that provides IRP through replenishment of Orange County Groundwater Basin with water that meets state and federal drinking water standards. 6.6.4 Projected Recycled Water Uses As of April 2019, the State of California amended its recycled water policy to expand its numeric goal of recycled water use to 2.5 million AFY by 2030 and added annual required reporting requirements for wastewater and recycled water. The City has plans for potential tie-ins to the Long Beach Recycled Water Pipeline Project via a 4-inch diameter line. No volumes or allocations have been defined. The City has applied for a Water Recycling Funding Program grant from DWR to conduct a Long Beach-sourced recycled water feasibility study. The City will additionally continue to supply wastewater to support the region’s IRP via GWRS. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-34 6.6.5 Potential Recycled Water Uses While the City recognizes the potential for beneficial reuse in their service area, there is no source of recycled water supply in proximity to the City. The City's wastewater is conveyed to OCSD's regional treatment facilities where the wastewater is treated, recycled, or discharged to the ocean. Recycled water analyses performed over the years have shown that local treatment and reuse facilities are not feasible. The City supports the continued development of recycled water and potential uses throughout the region with OCWD’s GWRS. 6.6.6 Optimization Plan Studies of water recycling opportunities within Southern California provide a context for promoting the development of water recycling plans. It is recognized that broad public acceptance of recycled water requires continued education and public involvement. Currently, most of the recycled water available being directed toward replenishment of the groundwater basin and improvements in groundwater quality. As a user of groundwater, the City supports the efforts of OCWD and OCSD to use recycled water as a primary resource for groundwater recharge in Orange County. 6.6.6.1 Public Education The City participates in the MWDOC public education and school education programs, which include information on water recycling. MWDOC's water use efficiency public information programs are a partnership with agencies throughout the county. Through a variety of public information programs, MWDOC reaches the public, including those in the City, with information regarding present and future water supplies, the demands for a suitable quantity and quality of water, including recycled water, and the importance of implementing water efficiency techniques and behaviors. Through MWDOC, water education programs have reached thousands of students in the City with grade-specific programs that include information on recycled water. 6.6.6.2 Financial Incentives The implementation of recycled water projects involves a substantial upfront capital investment for planning studies, Environmental Impact Reports (EIRs), engineering design and construction before recycled water is available to the market. The establishment of new supplemental funding sources through federal, state and regional programs now provides significant financial incentives for water agencies to develop and make use of recycled water locally. Potential sources of funding include federal, state and local funding opportunities. These funding sources include the United States Department of Interior Bureau of Reclamation (USBR), California Proposition 13 Water Bond, Proposition 84 and MET Local Resources Program (LRP). These funding opportunities may be sought by the City or possibly more appropriately by regional agencies. The City will continue to support seeking funding for regional water recycling projects and programs. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-35 6.6.6.3 Optimization Plan The City does not use recycled water, therefore, there is no need for a recycled water optimization plan. In other areas of Orange County, recycled water is used for irrigating golf courses, parks, schools, businesses, and communal landscaping, as well as for groundwater recharge. Analyses have indicated that present worth costs to incorporate recycled water within the City are not cost effective as compared to purchasing imported water from MWDOC or using groundwater. The City will continue to conduct feasibility studies for recycled water and seek out creative solutions such as funding, regulatory requirements, institutional arrangement, and public acceptance for recycled water use with MWDOC, OCWD, MET, and other cooperative agencies. 6.7 Desalination Opportunities 6.7.1 Ocean Water Desalination The City currently does not have plans for ocean desalination. 6.7.2 Groundwater Desalination The City currently does not have plans for brackish groundwater desalination. 6.8 Water Exchanges and Transfers 6.8.1 Existing Exchanges and Transfers Interconnections with other agencies result in the ability to share water supplies during short term emergency situations or planned shutdowns of major imported water systems. However, beyond short-term outages, transfers can also be involved with longer term water exchanges to deal with droughts or water allocation situations. The following subsections describe the City’s existing and planned exchanges and transfers. The City maintains five emergency interconnections as follows:  Golden State Water Company: in Rossmoor at Saint Cloud Dr.  City of Westminster: Westminster Ave. east of Milan St.  City of Long Beach: Marina Dr. and 1st St.  City of Huntington Beach: Pacific Coast Highway and Philips Rd.  City of Huntington Beach: Pacific Coast Highway and Anderson St. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-36 6.8.2 Planned and Potential Exchanges and Transfers The City is currently negotiating an emergency interconnection at Lampson and Tulip Streets with Golden State Water Company. In addition, MWDOC supports its retail agencies, such as the City, in developing both local and regional transfer and exchange opportunities that promote reliability within their systems. Examples of these future projects include: Santa Ana River Conservation and Conjunctive Use Project (SARCCUP) – The Santa Ana River Conservation and Conjunctive Use Project (SARCCUP) is a joint project established by five regional water agencies within the Santa Ana River Watershed (Eastern Municipal Water District, Inland Empire Utilities Agency, Western Municipal Water District, Orange County Water District, and San Bernardino Valley Municipal Water District). In September 2021, the participating agencies, in coordination with MET, executed a regional agreement framework establishing SARCCUP as a watershed-scale groundwater banking program to improve drought reliability across Orange, Riverside, and San Bernardino counties. In 2016, SARCCUP received $55 million in Proposition 84 funding from DWR; however, implementation has since advanced with the 2021 agreements and subsequent program updates. The overall SARCCUP program consists of three main elements: 1) Watershed-Scale Cooperative Water Banking Program; 2) Water Use Efficiency-landscape design/irrigation improvements and water budget assistance; and 3) Habitat creation and Arundo donax removal within the Santa Ana River. The Watershed-Scale Cooperative Water Banking Program is the largest component of SARCCUP. Under MET’s arrangement with San Bernardino Valley Municipal Water District (Valley), when Valley declares surplus SWP water and offers it to MET, MET offers at least 50 percent of an equivalent amount to SARCCUP member agencies for storage and later use in the Santa Ana River watershed, consistent with MET policy. This structure formalizes the purchase and storage pathway that had been under development and aligns with MET’s extraordinary supply policy during allocations. Program capacity planning identifies up to approximately 137,000 AF of storage across 6 basins, including up to 36,000 AF in the Orange County Groundwater Basin for use in dry years. Stored SARCCUP supplies may be designated “extraordinary supplies” during a MET allocation if managed consistent with MET’s Water Supply Allocation Plan, thereby enhancing participating agencies’ drought reliability. Within Orange County, extraordinary supply assignment agreements among MET, MWDOC/OCWD, and certain retail agencies (e.g., Anaheim, Fullerton, Santa Ana) document how SARCCUP extraordinary supply is assigned and delivered locally. Program implementation and participation details continue to be refined among OCWD, retail agencies, and MWDOC. 6.9 Future Water Projects The City continually reviews practices that will provide its customers with adequate and reliable supplies, including preparing a Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) every year with a 5-year projection. Trained staff continue to ensure the water quality is safe and the water supply will meet present and future needs in an environmentally and economically responsible manner. Although the City has various projects planned to maintain or improve the water system, there are currently no City-specific planned projects that have both a concrete timeline and a quantifiable increase in supply. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-37 The City anticipates water demand in the City to remain relatively constant over the next 25 years. The projects that have been identified by the City in the 5-year Capital Improvement Program to improve the City’s water supply reliability include complete renovations of three of the City’s four water supply well facilities, construction of a wellhead treatment plant at the Lampson Well facility, and various routine system infrastructure rehabilitation/replacement efforts. A few of the proposed water capital projects are highlighted below. To review the complete 5-year water CIP please refer to the City’s Adopted Fiscal Year 2025-26 Budget (City of Seal Beach, 2025). Lampson Wellhead Treatment Plant – The Lampson Avenue Well is one of the City’s primary groundwater pumping facilities used to supply potable water to the City’s residents and water customers. Shortly after it was placed in service in 2008, odor issues developed when pumping at higher flow rates caused by naturally occurring hydrogen sulfide (H2S) dissolved within the groundwater. This high concentration of H2S within groundwater has required the City to operate this well at only 40 percent of its intended flow rate/output. This well deficiency has in turn required the City to become more dependent on expensive and less reliable imported water. This project constructs a treatment plant to enable this critical water supply facility to operate at its full flow rate/output and thus maximizing the City’s ability to use local groundwater supplies to meet annual City water demand. Bolsa Chica Water Wellhead Rehabilitation Project – Bolsa Chica Well facility is one of the City’s primary groundwater pumping facilities that enables the City to maximize local groundwater supplies to meet annual water demand and thus minimize dependence on imported water. This facility was constructed in 1984 and is fast approaching its useful service life. This project reconstructs the wellhead and thus extends the well facility’s service life for an additional 40 years. Beverly Manor Booster Pump Station and Wellhead Rehabilitation – The Beverly Manor facility not only serves as a groundwater well but also as a booster pump station that draws water from one of the two City storage reservoirs. This facility also enables the City to maximize local groundwater supplies to meet annual water demand and thus minimize dependence on imported water. In addition, it ensures system reliability through its booster pumping capabilities. This facility was constructed in 1978 and is fast approaching its useful service life. This project reconstructs the wellhead and booster pumping station extending its service life for an additional 40 years. Leisure World Wellhead Reestablishment – The Leisure World well, which has been inactive, is detailed in the City’s CIP to be funded starting FY 2026. This will increase the City’s groundwater production in the OC Basin. Smart Water Meter Replacement – The City’s water meters average to 25 years in age, thus reaching their useful life. In 2019 the City commissioned a feasibility study to replace the City’s aging water meters with Advance Metering Infrastructure (AMI), simply known as Smart Meters. This Study will provide a “blueprint” on how to proceed with the deployment of new Smart Meters citywide. Once installed these meters will allow for wireless real time data collection, leak detection, and it will minimize future O&M involved with manual meter readings. The Bureau of Reclamation grant has been submitted, and the next phase of technology deployment is planned and pending funding. SCADA Improvements – The City’s water system is managed and monitored through the SCADA base station at the City’s maintenance yard located off Adolfo Lopez Drive. The City’s current SCADA system is outdated and is missing key infrastructure necessary for complete functionality. Upgrades to SCADA will supply operators the ability to further optimize operations of the water distribution system. This project 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-38 will be completed in three phases. Phase 1, the selection of a new software program which has been completed. Phase 2 consists of analyzing the current infrastructure and identifying needed improvements at all facilities, and Phase 3, the full installation and integration of the equipment. 6.10 Energy Intensity The City owns and operates a water distribution system and a wastewater collection system. This section reports the energy intensity for each system using data from CY 2024. Water and energy resources are inextricably connected. Known as the "water-energy nexus", the California Energy Commission estimates the transport and treatment of water, treatment and disposal of wastewater, and the energy used to heat and consume water account for nearly 20 percent of the total electricity and 30 percent of non-power plant related natural gas consumed in California. In 2015, California issued new rules requiring 50 percent of its power to come from renewables, along with a reduction in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions to 40 percent below 1990 levels by 2030. Consistent with energy and water conservation, renewable energy production, and GHG mitigation initiatives, the City reports the energy intensity of its water and wastewater operations. The methodology for calculating water energy intensity outlined in Appendix O of the UWMP Guidebook was adapted from the California Institute for Energy Efficiency exploratory research study titled “Methodology for Analysis of the Energy Intensity of California’s Water Systems” (Wilkinson 2000). The study defines water energy intensity as the total amount of energy, calculated on a whole-system basis, required for the use of a given amount of water in a specific location. UWMP reporting is limited to available energy intensity information associated with water processes occurring within an urban water supplier’s direct operational control. Operational control is defined as authority over normal business operations at the operational level. Any energy embedded in water supplies imparted by an upstream water supplier (e.g., water wholesaler) or consequently by a downstream water purveyor (e.g., retail water provider) is not included in the UWMP energy intensity tables. The City’s calculations conform to methodologies outlined in the UWMP Guidebook and Wilkinson study. 6.10.1 Water Supply Energy Intensity In CY 2024, the City consumed 1,375 kWh per million gallons (MG), or 448.1 kWh per AF, for water extraction and delivery (Table 6.11). The basis for calculations is provided in more detail in the following subsections. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-39 Table 6.11 Optional Submittal Table 0-1A: Recommended Energy Reporting Optional Submittal Table O-1A: Recommended Energy Reporting - SINGLE DELIVERY PRODUCT - WATER SUPPLY PROCESS APPROACH Water Delivery Product Retail Potable Deliveries Only for Water Delivery Products Under the Urban Water Supplier's Operational Control Start Date of Reporting Period 1/1/2024 Water Management Process Non-Consequential Hydropower End Date of Reporting Period 12/31/2024 Is upstream embedded energy included in the values reported? No Units for Water Volume Extract and Divert Place into Storage Conveyance Treatment Distribution Total Utility Hydropower Net Utility Volume of Water Entering Process AF 2,420 0 0 0 2,786 2,786 0 2,786 Energy Consumed (kWh) N/A 1,084,402 0 0 0 259,388 1,343,790 0 1,343,790 Energy Intensity (kWh/vol. converted to MG) N/A 1,375 0.0 0.0 0.0 286 1,480 0.0 1,480 Quantity of Self-Generated Renewable Energy 0 kWh Data Quality (Estimate, Metered Data, Combination of Estimates and Metered Data) Combination of Estimates and Metered Data Data Quality Narrative: Volume of Water Entering Process: Extraction data based on MWDOC Compiled Water Audits "Volume from Own Sources" and Distribution data based on MWDOC Compiled Water Audits "Authorized-Consumption." Non-Revenue Water is not considered in this calculation - the energy efficiency is based on water delivered to customers. Energy Consumed: Based on metered data. Narrative: The City of Seal Beach relies on imported water and local groundwater to meet its customers' water needs. Operational control is limited to groundwater wells and potable water booster stations. NOTES: Energy consumption is estimated based on FY 2025 meter data. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-40 6.10.1.1 Operational Control and Reporting Period As described throughout the report, the City is a retail agency that relies on groundwater and imported water. Water supply energy intensity was calculated for the 2024 calendar year (CY). This is a standard for energy and GHG reporting to the Climate Registry, California Air Resources Board and the United States Environmental Protection Agency. Calendar year reporting provides consistency when assessing direct and indirect energy consumption within a larger geographical context, as fiscal year starting dates can vary between utilities and organizations. 6.10.1.2 Volume of Water Entering Processes According to the MWDOC Compiled Water Audits, the City extracted 2,420 AF of groundwater from the OC Basin and distributed 2,786 AF of both groundwater and imported water. Water volume is based on water audit data. The Extracted volume is based on the “Volume from Own Sources” data point while water deliveries are based on “Authorized Consumption.” This calculation excludes water losses so that the final energy intensity is based on the water that is actually delivered to customers. 6.10.1.3 Energy Consumption and Generation According to Southern California Edison Electricity Bills, groundwater wells consumed 1,084,402 kWh of electricity and pump stations along the distribution system consumed 259,388 kWh of electricity. Currently, the City does not generate renewable energy. Energy consumption is based on metered data. 6.10.2 Wastewater and Recycled Water Energy Intensity In CY 2024, the City consumed 50.3 kWh per AF for wastewater services (Table 6.12). The basis for calculations is provided in more detail in the following subsections. 6.10.2.1 Operational Control and Reporting Period The City’s existing sewer system is made up of a network of gravity sewers and lift stations. As explained in Section 6.5, the City owns and operates six wastewater lift stations but no treatment facilities. Similar to the water supply energy intensity, wastewater energy intensity was calculated for the 2024 CY. 6.10.2.2 Volume of Wastewater Entering Processes In CY 2024, the City collected and conveyed approximately 3,028 AF of wastewater to OCSD. The City does not treat any of the wastewater generated within the City’s boundary. Wastewater volume is based on estimated data. 6.10.2.3 Energy Consumption and Generation According to estimates referencing Southern California Edison Electricity Bills, the City’s 6 lift stations consumed 152,412 kWh of electricity in 2024. There are no other wastewater facilities that are owned and operated by the City. Currently, the City does not generate renewable energy. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-41 Table 6.12 Optional Submittal Table 0-2: Energy Intensity of Wastewater and Recycled Water Optional Submittal Table O-2: Recommended Energy Reporting - WASTEWATER AND RECYCLED WATER Start Date of Reporting Period 1/1/2024 Only for Water Delivery Products Under the Urban Water Supplier's Operational Control End Date of Reporting Period 12/31/2024 Is upstream embedded energy in the values reported? No Water Management Process Units of Measure for Water (AF) Collection / Conveyance Treatment Discharge / Distribution Total Volume of Wastewater Entering Process (volume units selected above) 3,028 0 0 3,028 Wastewater Energy Consumed (kWh) 152,412 0 0 152,412 Wastewater Energy Intensity (kWh/volume) 50.3 0.0 0.0 50.3 Quantity of Self-Generated Renewable Energy related to recycled water and wastewater operations 0 kWh Data Quality Combination of Estimates and Metered Data Data Quality Narrative: Volume of Water Entering Process: Estimated at 77% potable water consumption in the service area in FY 2025. Energy Consumed: Based on metered data for CY 2024. Narrative: Seal Beach operates the local wastewater collection system but does not operate treatment facilities. Operational control is limited to a wastewater lift station in the local collection system. The table does not include downstream energy consumed to treat the wastewater, which is out of Seal Beach's control. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6-42 6.10.3 Key Findings and Next Steps Calculating and disclosing direct operationally controlled energy intensities is another step towards understanding the water-energy nexus. However, much work is still needed to better understand upstream and downstream (indirect) water-energy impacts. When assessing water supply energy intensities or comparing intensities between providers, it is important to consider reporting boundaries as they do not convey the upstream embedded energy or impacts energy intensity has on downstream users. Engaging one’s upstream and downstream supply chain can guide more informed decisions that holistically benefit the environment and are mutually beneficial to engaged parties. Suggestions for further study include: Supply-chain engagement – The City relies on a variety of water sources for their customers. While some studies have used life cycle assessment tools to estimate energy intensities, there is a need to confirm this data. The 2025 UWMP requirement for all agencies to calculate energy intensity will help the City and neighboring agencies make more informed decisions that would benefit the region as a whole regarding the energy and water nexus. A similar analysis could be performed with upstream supply chain energy, for example, with State Project Water. Internal benchmarking and goal setting – With a focus on energy conservation and a projected increase in water demand despite energy conservation efforts, the City’s energy intensities will likely decrease with time. Conceivably, in a case where water demand decreases, energy intensities may rise as the energy required to pump or treat is not always proportional to water delivered. In the course of exploring the water-energy nexus and pursuing renewable energy goals, there is a need to assess whether energy intensity is a meaningful indicator or if it makes sense to use a different indicator to reflect the City’s commitment to energy and water conservation. Current efforts could be expanded with the addition of a wastewater energy intensity evaluation. Regional sustainability – Water and energy efficiency are two components of a sustainable future. Efforts to conserve water and energy, however, may impact the social, environmental, and economic livelihood of the region. Use of supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems for pumping optimization, groundwater well rehabilitation, and variable frequency drives are steps that will continue to improve energy efficiency in the water-energy nexus. In addition to the relationship between water and energy, overtime, it may also be important to consider and assess the connection these resources have on other aspects of a sustainable future. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-1 CHAPTER 7 WATER SERVICE RELIABILITY AND DROUGHT RISK ASSESSMENT This chapter of the UWMP describes the City of Seal Beach’s water service reliability assessment for three long-term hydrological conditions: a normal year, a single dry year, and a drought period lasting five consecutive years. The Drought Risk Assessment assesses water supply reliability during a severe drought lasting the next five consecutive years, from 2026 to 2030. Factors affecting reliability, such water quality, regulations and climate change, are also summarized in this assessment of reliability. 7.1 Water Service Reliability Overview As part of the UWMP, every urban water supplier is required to assess the reliability of their water service to its customers under a normal year, a single dry year, and multiple dry years. The City of Seal Beach’s water sources are from local groundwater and imported water purchased from the MWDOC. MWDOC is one of 26 member agencies of the MET, which imports water from the Colorado River through its own CRA and from Northern California through the California Aqueduct managed by the SWP. MET has also invested in numerous programs and projects to augment its direct deliveries of imported water such as water transfers, groundwater banking, and use of its reservoir storage as summarized in Chapter 6. Local groundwater in the Orange County Basin is managed by the OCWD. As summarized in Chapter 6, OCWD has developed programs and projects to improve groundwater recharge and augment groundwater through recycled water, conjunctive use and water transfers. OCWD assesses groundwater conditions and sets its BPP, which determines how much water will be pumped from the basin year, and the BEA, which is a surcharge for exceeding the BPP. Currently, the BPP is set at 85 percent. Likewise MET has also invested in numerous programs and projects to augment its direct deliveries of imported water such as water transfers, groundwater banking, and use of its reservoir storage as summarized in Chapter 6. MET’s draft 2025 UWMP demonstrates that MET will be able to meet its projected water demands for the next 25 years under normal, dry and multiple dry year conditions (MET, 2025). In 2025, all water agencies in Orange County, in collaboration with their wholesalers, MWDOC and OCWD, developed a water demand forecast model for their service areas that estimated water demand at the individual retail water agency level. The demand model statistically correlates M&I water use with demographic, socioeconomic, conservation, and weather variables as reported in the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model TM (MWDOC, 2025). Because the model isolates weather, future water demand can be estimated under single and multiple-year droughts and under future climate change scenarios. The model used a 33-year dataset (1991-2024) to estimate demand under average (normal), single-dry year, and five consecutive dry years hydrologic conditions. Correlation coefficients between demand, temperature, and precipitation were applied to the hottest and driest historical sequences to calculate high-demand scenarios, which were expressed as scaling factors relative to the 33-year average demand. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-2 Table 7.1 Retail: Basis of Water Year Data (Reliability Assessment) OPTIONAL Submittal Table 7-1 Retail: Basis of Water Year Data (Reliability Assessment) Year Type Base Year not using a calendar year, type in the last year of the fiscal, water year, or range of years, for example, water year 2024-2025, use 2025 Available Supplies if Year Type Repeats Check the box if quantification of available supplies is not compatible with this table and is provided elsewhere in the UWMP. Location: [insert location from UWMP] Quantification of available supplies is provided in this table as either volume only, percent only, or both. Volume Available % of Average Supply Average Year 1991-2024 100% Single-Dry Year 2022 106% Consecutive Dry Years 1st Year 1991-2024 106% Consecutive Dry Years 2nd Year 1991-2024 112% Consecutive Dry Years 3rd Year 1991-2024 113% Consecutive Dry Years 4th Year 1991-2024 115% Consecutive Dry Years 5th Year 1991-2024 117% 7.2 Factors Affecting Water Supply Reliability To prepare realistic water supply reliability assessments, various factors affecting reliability were considered. These include climate change and environmental requirements, regulatory changes, water quality impacts, and locally applicable criteria. In May 2025, DWR published a technical addendum to the 2023 State Water Project Delivery Capability Report (DCR) describing the impact of subsidence to future SWP deliveries. The study showed that SWP deliveries could be reduced by future subsidence. DWR recommends using the 2025 DCR to support long-term planning efforts because DWR has planned near-term fixes and is committed to restore the conveyance capacity of the California Aqueduct. MET will continue to stay informed and incorporate any suitable subsidence modeling in the future. 7.2.1 Climate Change and the Environment Changing climate patterns are expected to shift precipitation patterns and affect water supply availability. Unpredictable weather patterns will make water supply planning more challenging. Although climate change impacts are associated with exact timing, magnitude, and regional impacts of these temperature and precipitation changes, researchers have identified several areas of concern for California water planners (CAMP4W, 2025). These areas include:  A reduction in Sierra Nevada Mountain snowpack.  Extreme heat threatens both infrastructure and the health and safety of human lives. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-3  Prolonged drought periods.  Water quality issues associated with increase in wildfires.  Rising sea levels resulting in: » Impacts to coastal groundwater basins due to seawater intrusion. » Increased risk of damage from storms, high-tide events, and the erosion of levees. » Potential pumping cutbacks to the SWP and Central Valley Project (CVP). Other important issues of concern due to global climate change include:  Effects on local supplies such as groundwater.  Changes in urban and agricultural demand levels and patterns.  Alterations to power generation and pumping regime.  Increases in ocean algal blooms affected seawater desalination supplies. Without additional surface storage, earlier and heavier runoff will flow to the ocean instead of being held as mountain snowpack, causing California to lose more water. California therefore needs to place a strong emphasis on expanding storage. As described in Chapter 6, the Colorado River Basin supplies have been inconsistent since about the year 2000, with precipitation near normal while runoff has been less than average in 2 out of every 3 years. Climate models are predicting a continuation of this pattern whereby hotter and drier weather conditions will result in continuing lower runoff, pushing the system toward a drying trend that is often characterized as long-term drought. Dramatic swings in annual hydrologic conditions have affected water supplies available from the SWP over the last decade. The declining ecosystem in the Delta has also led to a reduction in water supply deliveries, and operational constraints will likely continue until a long-term solution to these problems is identified and implemented (MET, 2025). Climate change is also projected to impact future water demands. The 2025 Orange County Water Demand Model TM developed a sensitivity for the water demand forecast based on using future climate variables from a subset of 15 downscaled global climate models (GCMs) from the World Climate Research Program (WCRP) Coupled Model Intercomparison Project (CMIP6). Future weather variables under two climate scenarios were substituted for baseline historical average weather, with the results indicating that projected water demands under one to five consecutive dry years could be 5 percent to 17 percent greater than baseline demands (MWDOC, 2025). 7.2.2 Regulatory and Legal Ongoing regulatory restrictions, such as those imposed by the BiOps on the effects of SWP and the federal CVP operations on certain marine life, also contribute to the challenge of determining water delivery reliability. Endangered species protection and conveyance needs in the Delta have resulted in operational constraints that are particularly important because pumping restrictions impact many water resources programs – SWP supplies and additional voluntary transfers, Central Valley storage and transfers, and in-region groundwater and surface water storage. BiOps protect special-status species listed as threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and imposed substantial 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-4 constraints on Delta water supply operations through requirements for Delta inflow and outflow and export pumping restrictions. In addition, the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) has set water quality objectives that must be met by the SWP including minimum Delta outflows, limits on SWP and CVP Delta exports, and maximum allowable salinity level. SWRCB has implemented the new Lower San Joaquin River flow objectives from the Phase 1 Delta Plan amendments through adjudicatory (water rights) and regulatory (water quality) processes. The Lower San Joaquin River flow objectives are estimated to reduce water available for municipal water use. New litigation, listings of additional species under the ESA, or regulatory requirements imposed by the SWRCB could further adversely affect SWP operations in the future by requiring additional export reductions, releases of additional water from storage, or other operational changes impacting water supply operations. The Colorado River 2007 Interim Guidelines governing the Lower Basin water supply shortages and the operations of Lakes Mead and Powell are set to expire in 2026, and new operating guidelines will need to be developed for 2027 and beyond. At the time of this 2025 UWMP, negotiations over the successor post-2026 guidelines are ongoing and the outcome is highly uncertain. It is anticipated that California will likely be required to reduce its supplies from the Colorado River, on average, under the new guidelines, and that as the junior priority, MET is at risk. A final EIS with a Selected Alternative is expected in the summer of 2026 with a record of decision to follow. The difficulty and implications of environmental review, documentation, and permitting pose challenges for multi-year transfer agreements, recycled water projects, and seawater desalination plants. The timeline and roadmap for getting a permit for recycled water projects are challenging and inconsistently implemented in different regions of the state. IPR projects face regulatory restraints such as treatment, blend water, retention time, and Basin Plan Objectives, which may limit how much recycled water can feasibly be recharged into the groundwater basins. New regulations and permitting uncertainty are also barriers to seawater desalination supplies, including updated Ocean Plan Regulations, Marine Life Protected Areas, and Once-Through Cooling Regulations (MET, 2025). 7.2.3 Water Quality The following sub-section describes the water quality of the region’s water supplies and the measures being taken to continue delivering high-quality drinking water that meets federal and state regulations. 7.2.3.1 Imported Water MET is responsible for providing high quality potable water throughout its service area. Over 250,000 water quality tests are performed per year on MET’s water to test for regulated contaminants and additional contaminants of concern to monitor the safety of its waters (MET, 2025). MET’s supplies originate primarily from the CRA and from the SWP. A blend of these two sources, proportional to each year’s availability of the source, is then delivered throughout MET’s service area. Although the CRA and SWP have different water quality characteristics, MET has implemented effective treatment and management strategies to maintain high-quality water. The CRA water source contains higher total dissolved solids (TDS) and the SWP contains higher levels of naturally-occurring organic matter, lending to the formation of disinfection byproducts. To remediate the CRA’s high level of salinity and the SWP’s high level of organic matter, MET blends CRA and SWP supplies and has upgraded all its 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-5 treatment facilities to include ozone treatment processes. In addition, MET has been engaged in efforts to protect its Colorado River supplies from threats of uranium, perchlorate, and Chromium VI while also investigating the potential water quality impact of the following emerging contaminants: N-nitrosodimethylamine (NDMA), pharmaceuticals and personal care products (PPCP), microplastics, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS), and 1,4-dioxane (MET, 2025). PFAS is a group of widely used manmade “forever chemicals” that include both PFOA (perfluorooctanoic acid) and PFOS (perfluorooctane sulfonate). MET has voluntarily monitored PFAS in its source and treated waters since 2017. Most samples have shown non detect (ND) for all tested PFAS, including PFOA and PFOS. A limited number of other PFAS-such as PFHxA, PFBA, PFPeA, PFDoA, PFTA, and PFBS, have been detected only at trace levels below their method detection limits. PFOA and PFOS have not been detected in Metropolitan’s imported or treated water supplies. Some member agencies, however, have detected these compounds in local groundwater wells, which may require treatment or source management to comply with emerging DDW regulations. As DDW and EPA establish enforceable maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for PFOA and PFOS, some agencies may supplement their local supplies with increased purchases of Metropolitan water (MET, 2025). EPA finalized the first national drinking water standards for six PFAS compounds in April 2024. These standards include enforceable MCLs for PFOA and PFOS set at 4 parts per trillion (ppt). In May 2025 the EPA announced that it would extend the compliance deadline for PFOA and PFOS from 2029 to 2031 to provide additional time for testing, planning, and installation of treatment technologies. While MET and its member agencies continue to monitor and test PFAS in imported and local sources, the delay in the federal compliance date allows additional time to evaluate treatment options, coordinate funding, and plan system upgrades necessary to meet forthcoming federal PFAS standards. The presence of quagga mussels in water sources is a water quality concern. Quagga mussels are an invasive species that was first discovered in 2007 at Lake Mead, on the Colorado River. This species of mussels forms massive colonies in short periods of time, disrupting ecosystems and blocking water intakes. They can cause significant disruption and damage to water distribution systems. MET has had success in controlling the spread and impacts of the quagga mussels within the CRA; however, the future could require more extensive maintenance and reduced operational flexibility than current operations allow. It also resulted in MET eliminating deliveries of CRA water into Diamond Valley Lake (DVL) to keep the reservoir free from quagga mussels (MET, 2025). In addition, Golden Mussels, another invasive species capable of disrupting pipelines and altering ecosystems, were detected in the Sacramento–San Joaquin Delta in October 2024 and are now spreading through the SWP. These mussels pose similar concerns due to their ability to obstruct raw water conveyance facilities and negatively affect aquatic environments. Although their presence does not typically result in violations of drinking water standards, unmanaged infestations can degrade habitats, clog infrastructure, and reduce the aesthetic and recreational value of lakes and reservoirs. State and regional agencies continue to monitor golden mussel movement and evaluate appropriate response strategies to limit their spread (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-6 7.2.3.1 Groundwater Groundwater is a reliable component of the water supply for Orange County, and the OCWD manages the basin to provide long-term quality and sustainability. The basin supports a significant portion of the region’s water demands and is monitored through an extensive network of production, monitoring, and recharge wells that provide data on water levels and water quality conditions across the aquifer system. Orange County Groundwater Basin OCWD is responsible for managing the OC Groundwater Basin. To maintain groundwater quality, OCWD conducts an extensive monitoring program that serves to manage the OC Basin’s groundwater production, control groundwater contamination, and comply with all required laws and regulations. A network of nearly 700 groundwater wells provides OCWD a source for samples, which are tested for a variety of purposes. OCWD collects samples each month to monitor Basin water quality. The total number of water samples analyzed varies year-to-year due to regulatory requirements, conditions in the basin, and applied research and/or special study demands. These samples are collected and tested according to approved federal and state procedures as well as industry-recognized quality assurance and control protocols (City of La Habra et al., 2017). OCWD routinely tests for hundreds of regulated constituents, but the parameters discussed, PFAS, TDS, and nitrate, are of focus because they represent the most relevant regional and regulatory considerations that influence groundwater management and long-term supply planning. These issues do not indicate that the groundwater basin is unsafe; rather, they are discussed because they are key focus areas for state agencies and water suppliers throughout Southern California. PFAS are of particular concern for groundwater quality, and since the summer of 2019, the Division of Drinking Water (DDW) requires testing for PFAS compounds in some groundwater production wells in the OCWD area. According to the EPA, the established federal MCLs for certain PFAS compounds in drinking water, including 4 nanograms per liter (ng/L), or ppt, for PFOA and PFOS. In addition, the California State Water Resources Control Board has established health-based Notification Levels (NLs) and Response Levels (RLs) for several PFAS compounds. The current NLs are 4 ng/L for PFOA and 4 ng/L for PFOS, while the RLs are 10 ng/L for PFOA and 40 ng/L for PFOS. If PFAS concentrations exceed the NL, water systems must notify their governing body; if concentrations exceed the RL, water systems are expected to take corrective actions such as removing the source from service or implementing treatment. PFAS have been detected in the OC Basin in very tiny amounts (ppt), entering primarily via the Santa Ana River whose flows infiltrate into the basin. Despite playing no role in releasing PFAS into the environment, OCWD is working with its cities and retail water districts to remove it from local water supplies in order to comply with new state and federal regulations. More than 100 wells have been impacted due to various state and federal regulations. Fifteen impacted agencies will have to temporarily purchase more costly imported water to replace PFAS contaminated supplies. As of 2025, 53 impacted wells are back online due to close to a billion dollars being spent on state-of-the-art testing, research and piloting of different treatment systems, and design and construction of treatment plants that are now operational. By 2025 OCWD had restored 49 wells to service with operational treatment systems, with an additional 57 wells in planning, design, or construction stages (ACWA, 2025).These systems continue to rely primarily on granular activated carbon (GAC) and ion exchange (IX) media operated in lead–lag configuration to achieve non detect PFAS levels consistent with evolving state and federal regulatory standards (Santa Ana Regional Water Quality Control Board & Orange County Water District, 2023.) 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-7 Groundwater production in FY 2023-24 totaled 280,420 AF, with slight increases projected over the next 2 years as additional treatment systems come online, showing continued reductions associated with PFAS-impacted wells that remain offline across several agencies. Salinity is a significant water quality problem in many parts of Southern California, including Orange County. Salinity is a measure of the dissolved minerals in water including both TDS and nitrates. OCWD continuously monitors the levels of TDS in wells throughout the OC Basin. TDS currently has a California Secondary MCL of 500 mg/L. The portions of the OC Basin with the highest levels are generally located in the cities of Irvine, Tustin, Yorba Linda, Anaheim, and Fullerton. There is also a broad area in the central portion of the OC Basin where TDS ranges from 500 to 700 milligrams per liter (mg/L). Sources of TDS include the water supplies used to recharge the OC Basin and from onsite wastewater treatment systems, also known as septic systems. The TDS concentration in the OC Basin increased on average from 415 mg/L in 2022-23 to 432 mg/L in 2023-24 (OCWD, 2025). Nitrates are one of the most common and widespread contaminants in groundwater supplies, originating from fertilizer use, animal feedlots, wastewater disposal systems, and other sources. The MCL for nitrate in drinking water is set at 10 mg/L. OCWD regularly monitors nitrate levels in groundwater and works with producers to treat wells that have exceeded safe levels of nitrate concentrations. OCWD manages the nitrate concentration of water recharged by its facilities to reduce nitrate concentrations in groundwater. This includes the operation of the Prado Wetlands, which was designed to remove nitrogen and other pollutants from the Santa Ana River before the water is diverted to be percolated into OCWD’s surface water recharge system. Although water from the deep aquifer system is of very high quality, it is amber-colored and contains a sulfuric odor due to buried natural organic material, requiring treatment before use as drinking water. The principal aquifer, which supplies most basin pumping, occurs at depths of roughly 300 to 1,200 feet below ground surface (OCWD, 2025). The total volume of amber-colored groundwater in the deep system is estimated at approximately 1 million AF. 7.2.4 Locally Applicable Criteria Within Orange County, there are no significant local applicable criteria that directly affect reliability. Over the years, the water agencies in Orange County have made tremendous efforts to integrate their systems to provide flexibility for interchanging with different sources of supply. There are emergency agreements in place to provide adequate supply of water in all parts of the County. In the northern part of the County, agencies can meet most of their demands from groundwater with very little limitation, except for the OCWD BPP. For the agencies in south Orange County, most of their demands are met with imported water, and their limitations are based on the capacity of their systems, which are very robust. However, if a major earthquake on the San Andreas Fault occurs, it can potentially be damaging to key water aqueducts and disrupt imported supplies to the entire Southern California for up to 6 months. The MET region would likely require a water-use reduction of 10 to 25 percent until the system is repaired. However, MET has taken proactive steps to handle such disruption, such as constructing DVL, which mitigates potential impacts. DVL, along with other local reservoirs, can store a 6- to 12-month supply of emergency water (MET, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-8 7.3 Water Service Reliability Assessment This section assesses the reliability of Seal Beach’s water service to its customers. This is completed by comparing the projected long-term water demand (Chapter 4), to the projected water supply sources available to Seal Beach (Chapter 6), in 5-year increments, for a normal water year, a single dry water year, and a drought lasting five consecutive water years. 7.3.1 Normal Year Reliability In 2025, MWDOC and OCWD in collaboration with Orange County retail agencies, developed water demand forecast models for individual retail water agencies in Orange County, as described in detail in Chapter 4. This 25-year demand forecast uses statistical models to account for demographic, socioeconomic, conservation, and weather variables (MWDOC, 2025). For normal year reliability, the demand forecast represents average weather conditions. Seal Beach is 100 percent reliable for normal year demands from 2025 through 2050. Seal Beach receives imported water from MWDOC via connection to MET's regional distribution system. Although pipeline and connection capacity rights do not guarantee the availability of water, they do guarantee the ability to convey water into the local system when it is available to the MET distribution system. A comparison between the supply and demand for projected years between 2025 and 2050 is shown in Table 7.2. The table demonstrates that projected supplies and demands are equal in every planning year, with no anticipated surpluses or shortfalls. As stated above, the available supply will meet projected demands due to a diversified supply and conservation measures limiting and reducing imported demands in the later years. Seal Beach’s supplies are provided by MWDOC and Orange County Groundwater Basin. In MWDOC’s 2025 Urban Water Management Plan, they identify their wholesale supplies as 100 percent reliable under normal-year conditions (Submittal Table 7-2; MWDOC, 2025). Table 7.2 Submittal Table 7-2 Retail: Normal Year Supply and Use Comparison Submittal Table 7-2 Retail: Normal Year Supply and Use Comparison Water Code Section 10635 (a) 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 (Opt) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) Supply totals (autofill from Submittal Table 6-9 R) 3,377 3,373 3,380 3,368 3,358 Use totals (autofill from Submittal Table 4-2 R) 3,377 3,373 3,380 3,368 3,358 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: This table compares the projected demand and supply volumes determined in Sections 4.3.2 and 6.1, respectively. 7.3.2 Single Dry Year Reliability A single dry year is defined as a single year of minimal to no rainfall within a period where average precipitation is expected to occur. Orange County’s water demand projection model (described in Chapter 4), isolated the impacts that weather and future climate can have on water demand through the use of a statistical model. The impacts of hot/dry weather conditions are reflected as a percentage increase in water demands from the normal year condition. For a single dry year condition (FY 2013-14), 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-9 the model projects a 6 percent increase in demand for Seal Beach’s service area (MWDOC, 2025). Detailed information of the model is included in Appendix E. Seal Beach’s has documented that it is 100 percent reliable for single dry year demands from 2025 through 2050. As shown in Table 7.3, projected single dry year supplies and demands are equal from 2030 to 2050, resulting in no anticipated shortages. This assessment incorporates a 6 percent increase in demand above normal-year levels and shows the significant reserves and conservation measures available within MET. Table 7.3 Submittal Table 7-3 Retail: Single Dry Year Supply and Demand Comparison Submittal Table 7-3 Retail: Single Dry Year Supply and Use Comparison Water Code Section 10635(a) 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 (Opt) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) Supply totals 3,573 3,569 3,576 3,563 3,552 Use totals 3,573 3,569 3,576 3,563 3,552 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: The single dry year projections estimate a 6% increase on imported M&I demand. 7.3.3 Multiple Dry Years Reliability Multiple dry years are defined as five or more consecutive dry years with minimal rainfall within a period of average precipitation. Orange County’s water demand projection model (described in Chapter 4) isolated the impacts that weather and future climate can have on water demand through the use of a statistical model. The impacts of hot/dry weather conditions are reflected as a percentage increase in water demands from the normal year condition. During multiple dry years, the UWMP applies dry-year adjustment factors to reflect future climate conditions and retail level water demand. These increase 6 percent in single-dry and first multiple-dry year, going up to 12, 13, 15, and 17 percent in subsequent drought years, relative to average-year demand (see Table 7.1) (MWDOC, 2025). Rather than repeating the single-dry-year factor for all 5 years, the 5-year multi-dry-year scenario applies the year-specific dry-year adjustment factors for each consecutive year, reflecting the increasing impacts of extended drought. Seal Beach has demonstrated that its water supplies remain fully reliable throughout a five‑consecutive‑year dry period from 2025 through 2050. Even assuming a conservative demand increase of 6 to 17 percent each year for five consecutive years, Seal Beach is capable of meeting all customers’ demands from 2025 through 2050 (Table 7.4), with significant reserves held by MET and conservation. The table includes treated and untreated water from MET for M&I and non-M&I demands. The multiple dry-year projections estimate a 6 percent increase on imported M&I demand. The 2030 column assesses supply and demand for FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30; the 2035 column assesses FY 2030-31 through FY 2034-35 and so forth, to end the water service reliability assessment in FY 2045-50. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-10 Table 7.4 Submittal Table 7-4 Retail: Multiple Dry Years Supply and Demand Comparison Submittal Table 7-4 Retail: Multiple Dry Years Supply and Use Comparison Water Code Section 10635(a) 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 (Opt) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) (AF) First year Supply totals 3,573 3,569 3,576 3,563 3,552 Use totals 3,573 3,569 3,576 3,563 3,552 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 Second year Supply totals 3,781 3,777 3,783 3,770 3,759 Use totals 3,781 3,777 3,783 3,770 3,759 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 Third year Supply totals 3,804 3,800 3,807 3,794 3,782 Use totals 3,804 3,800 3,807 3,794 3,782 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 Fourth year Supply totals 3,876 3,872 3,879 3,865 3,854 Use totals 3,876 3,872 3,879 3,865 3,854 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 Fifth year Supply totals 3,942 3,938 3,945 3,931 3,919 Use totals 3,942 3,938 3,945 3,931 3,919 Surplus/(shortfall) 0 0 0 0 0 NOTES: The 2030 column assesses supply and demand for FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30; the 2035 column assesses FY 2030-31 through FY 2034-35 and so forth, in order to end the water service reliability assessment in FY 2049-50. 7.4 Management Tools and Options Existing and planned water management tools and options that seek to maximize local resources and results in minimizing the need to import water are described below.  Reduced Delta Reliance: Both MWDOC and MET have demonstrated consistency with Reduced Reliance on the Delta Through Improved Regional Water Self-Reliance (Delta Plan policy WR P1) by reporting the expected outcomes for measurable reductions in supplies from the Delta. MET has improved its self-reliance through methods including water use efficiency, water recycling, stormwater capture and reuse, advanced water technologies, conjunctive use projects, local and regional water supply and storage programs, and other programs and projects. Similarly, Orange County water agencies have further invested in water use efficiency, local water supply projects, and advanced water technologies to increase regional self-reliance. In the near term (2030), regional self-reliance during a normal water year for the entire MET service area is projected to increase by approximately 601 TAF compared to the 2010 baseline, an improvement equal to nearly 20 percent of projected 2030 retail demands. Looking ahead to 2050, normal year regional self-reliance is expected to grow by more than 1.0 million AF above the 2010 baseline, representing an increase of roughly 20 percent of projected 2050 retail demands (MET, 2025).  The continued and planned use of groundwater: The water supply resources within Seal Beach’s service area are enhanced by the existence of groundwater basins that account for the majority of local supplies available. As described in Chapter 4, the OC Basin is also used as reservoirs to store water during wet years and draw from storage during dry years, subsequently minimizing MWDOC service area’s reliance on imported water. Groundwater basins are managed within a safe basin operating range so that groundwater wells are only pumped as needed to meet water use. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-11 Although Buena Park does not manage any of the service area’s groundwater basins, as a groundwater producer, Buena Park supports the efforts to maintain the health of the local basins through local groundwater recharge efforts such as OCWD’s GWRS program.  Groundwater storage and transfer programs: OCWD’s involvement in SARCCUP includes participation in a conjunctive use program that improves water supply resiliency and increases available dry-year yield from local groundwater basins. The groundwater bank has 137,000 AF of storage (Inland Empire Utilities Agency, 2021). MET has numerous groundwater storage and transfer programs in which MET endeavors to increase the reliability of water supplies, including the Antelope Valley-East Kern Water Agency (AVEK) Waster Agency Exchange and Storage Program and the High Desert Water Bank Program. In addition, MET has encouraged storage through its cyclic and conjunctive use programs that allow MET to deliver water into a groundwater basin in advance of agency demands, such as the Cyclic Storage Agreements under the Main San Gabriel Basin Judgement.  MWDOC Water Loss Program: The water loss audit program reduces Seal Beach’s dependency on imported water from the Delta by implementing water loss control technologies after assessing audit data and leak detection.  Increased use of recycled water: OCWD’s GWRS and GAP help Southern California reduce its reliance on imported water by providing a local, reliable water supply that meets or exceeds all federal and state drinking water standards. OCWD completed the final expansion of the GWRS in 2023 to increase production to 130 mgd, further strengthening regional water self-sufficiency. The City also has plans for potential tie-ins to the Long Beach Recycled Water Pipeline Project via a 4-inch diameter line. No volumes or allocations have been defined. The City has applied for a Water Recycling Funding Program grant from DWR to conduct a Long Beach-sourced recycled water feasibility study.  Implementation of demand management measures during dry periods: During dry periods, water reduction methods to be applied to the public through the retail agencies, will in turn reduce Seal Beach’s overall demands on MET and reliance on imported water. Seal Beach met its conservation target of 20 percent by 2020 as part of the Orange County Regional Alliance as well as individually. 7.5 Drought Risk Assessment California Water Code (CWC) Section 10635(b) requires every urban water supplier to include, as part of its UWMP, a DRA for its water service as part of information considered in developing its demand management measures and water supply projects and programs. The DRA is a specific planning action that assumes Seal Beach is experiencing a drought over the next 5 years and addresses water supply reliability in the context of presumed drought conditions. Together, the water service reliability assessment, DRA, and WSCP allow Seal Beach to have a comprehensive picture of its short-term and long-term water service reliability and to identify the tools to address any perceived or actual shortage conditions. CWC Section 10612 requires the DRA to be based on the driest 5-year historical sequence for Seal Beach’s water supply. However, CWC Section 10635 also requires that the analysis consider plausible changes on projected supplies and demands due to climate change, anticipated regulatory changes, and other locally applicable criteria. The following sections describe the methodology and results from Seal Beach’s DRA. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-12 7.5.1 Methodology As described in more detail in Chapter 4, the water demand forecasting model prepared for Seal Beach isolated the impacts that weather and future climate can have on water demand through the use of an econometric model. In addition to weather related factors, the model incorporates explanatory variables that influence both historical and projected water use, including water price, gross domestic product (GDP), median household income, housing density, persons per household, households per account, sectoral employment mix (for CII demand), seasonal patterns, historical conservation trends, drought restrictions, and COVID19 behavioral effects. These variables allow the model to separately quantify how economic conditions, demographic shifts, land use characteristics, and institutional constraints affect demand across residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, and irrigation sectors (MWDOC, 2025). The impacts of hot/dry weather condition are reflected as a percentage increase in water demands from the average condition. For a single dry year condition (FY 2013-14), the model projects a 6 percent increase in demand for Seal Beach’s service area (MWDOC, 2025). The model used a 33-year dataset (1991-2024) to estimate demand under average (normal), single-dry year, and five consecutive dry years hydrologic conditions. Correlation coefficients between demand, temperature, and precipitation were applied to the hottest and driest historical sequences to calculate high-demand scenarios, which were expressed as scaling factors relative to the 33-year average demand. For Seal Beach, the five consecutive dry year demand scenario is based on the demand model’s multiple dry year methodology. In accordance with the econometric demand model approach used to develop UWMP demand projections, a single hot/dry year was first identified based on weather conditions that produced the greatest demand response. Consecutive dry years were then represented by applying incremental scaling factors to this single hot/dry year demand to account for the compounding effects of persistent warm and dry conditions over time. These scaling factors show long-term relationships between regional water use and multi-year temperature and precipitation deficits and are applied sequentially to simulate second through fifth consecutive dry years. This approach is consistent with the demand modeling framework summarized in Table 7.1 and Table 7.5. 7.5.1.1 Water Demand Characterization Seal Beach’s water supplies consist of groundwater from the Orange County Groundwater Basin and purchased water from MWDOC, regardless of hydrologic conditions. As described in Chapter 6, MET’s supplies are from the Colorado River, SWP, and in-region storage. In MET’s 2025 UWMP, the DRA concluded that even without activating WSCP actions. Beyond this, MET’s DRA indicated a surplus of supplies that would be available to all of its member agencies, including MWDOC, should the need arise. Therefore, any increase in demand that is experienced in MWDOC's service area is assumed to be met by MET's water supplies. Based on the water demand projection model discussed in more detail in Chapter 4, in a single dry year, demand is expected to increase by 6 percent above a normal year (see Table 7.1). Seal Beach’s DRA conservatively assumes that a drought from FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30 is based on the FY 2025 normal year supply with the 5-year consecutive dry year hydrology (from Table 7.1) (MWDOC, 2025). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-13 7.5.1.2 Water Supply Characterization Seal Beach’s assumptions for its supply capabilities are discussed and presented in 5-year increments under its water reliability assessment in Section 7.3. For Seal Beach’s DRA, these supply capabilities are further refined and presented annually for the years 2026 to 2030, which the Orange County Demand Model (2025) applied a historical dry-year sequence from within 1991-2024 dataset as an analog for five consecutive dry years. Groundwater is sustainably managed through the BPP and robust management measures (Section 6.3.4 and Appendix G), direct and indirect recycled water uses provide additional local supply (Section 6.6), and based on MET’s and MWDOC's UWMP, imported water is available to close any local water supply gap (Section 7.5.1). For its DRA, the model assessed the reliability of supplies available to Orange County through MET using historical supply availability under dry-year conditions. MET’s supply sources under the CR, SWP, and in-region supply categories are individually listed and discussed in detail in MET’s UWMP. Future supply capabilities for each of these supply sources are also individually tabulated in Appendix 3 of MET’s UWMP, with consideration for plausible changes on projected supplies under climate change conditions, anticipated regulatory changes, and other factors. In addition, Seal Beach may benefit from MET-implemented supply augmentation actions during regional shortages. These actions are planned and exercised by MET based on regional conditions and in accordance with the WSCP and are not assumed as baseline or guaranteed supplies for Seal Beach. Such actions may include the use of supplies and storage programs within the Colorado River, SWP, and in-region storage portfolios. 7.5.2 Total Water Supply and Use Comparison Seal Beach’s anticipated total water use and supply under a 5-year drought from FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30, are compared in Table 7.5. Seal Beach’s assessment reveals that its supply capabilities are expected to balance with its projected water use for the next 5 years, from 2026 to 2030. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7-14 Table 7.5 Submittal Table 7-5 Retail: Five-Year Drought Risk Assessment Submittal Table 7-5 Retail: Five-Year Drought Risk Assessment Water Code Section 10635(b)(3) 2026 Total Total Water Use (AF) 4,160 Total Supplies (AF) 4,160 Surplus/Shortfall w/o WSCP Action 0 2027 Total Total Water Use (AF) 4,402 Total Supplies (AF) 4,402 Surplus/Shortfall w/o WSCP Action 0 2028 Total Total Water Use (AF) 4,429 Total Supplies (AF) 4,429 Surplus/Shortfall w/o WSCP Action 0 2029 Total Total Water Use (AF) 4,513 Total Supplies (AF) 4,513 Surplus/Shortfall w/o WSCP Action 0 2030 Total Total Water Use (AF) 4,590 Total Supplies (AF) 4,590 Surplus/Shortfall w/o WSCP Action 0 7.5.3 Water Source Reliability Seal Beach’s water supply portfolio is predominantly supported by the Orange County Groundwater Basin, which provides roughly 85 percent of the City’s water under the FY 2025-26 BPP and is expected to remain a reliable source through FY 2029-30. OCWD’s active basin management, such as adjusting the BPP and securing supplemental recharge supplies, helps maintain long-term groundwater reliability. Local supply is further strengthened by Seal Beach’s use of indirect potable reuse water from OCWD’s Groundwater Replenishment System, which enhances drought resilience. While emergency interconnections with neighboring agencies are not part of the normal supply mix, they offer additional backup capacity if ever needed. Seal Beach’s DRA concludes that available supplies meet projected demands during a modeled 5-year drought, with the ability to increase MET purchases if necessary. As detailed in Chapter 8, Seal Beach has in place a robust WSCP and comprehensive shortage response planning efforts that include demand reduction measures and supply augmentation actions. However, since Seal Beach’s DRA shows a balance, no water service reliability concern is anticipated, and no shortfall mitigation measures are expected to be exercised over the next 5 years. Seal Beach and its wholesale, MWDOC, will periodically revisit its representation of the supply sources and of the gross water use estimated for each year, and will revise the DRA if needed. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-1 CHAPTER 8 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLANNING 8.1 Background Water shortage contingency planning is a strategic planning process that the City of Seal Beach engages to prepare for and respond to water shortages. A water shortage is defined when water supply available is insufficient to meet the customer demand at a given point in time. This may occur due to water supply availability changes, water quality changes, and/or catastrophic events (e.g., earthquake). The WSCP, included in Appendix F and summarized in this chapter, provides a water supply availability assessment and structured steps designed to respond to actual conditions. This level of detailed planning and preparation is intended to help maintain reliable supplies and reduce the impacts of supply interruptions. The Water Code Section 10632 requires that every urban water supplier that serves more than 3,000 AFY or has more than 3,000 connections prepared adopt a standalone WSCP as part of its UWMP. The WSCP is required to plan for a greater than 50 percent supply shortage. The WSCP may require updating based on new DWR requirements every 5 years and will be adopted as a current update for submission to DWR by July 1, 2026. 8.2 Overview of the Water Shortage Contingency Plan The WSCP serves as the operating manual that the City will use to prevent catastrophic service disruptions through proactive, rather than reactive, mitigation of water shortages. The WSCP defines the processes and procedures that would be deployed when shortage conditions arise so that the City governing body, its staff, and the public can easily identify and efficiently implement pre-determined steps to mitigate a water shortage to the level appropriate for the degree of water shortfall anticipated. The relationship between the three procedural documents related to planning for and responding to water shortages is graphically depicted in Figure 8.1. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-2 Figure 8.1 Purpose and Relationships of the UWMP, WSCP, and Water Shortage Response Ordinance A complete version of the City’s WSCP is provided in Appendix F and includes the steps to assess if a water shortage is occurring, and what level of demand reduction actions to trigger the most appropriate response to the water shortage conditions. The WSCP has prescriptive elements, including an analysis of water supply reliability; the drought shortage actions that align with water shortage levels that correspond to water shortage percentages ranging from 10 percent to greater than 50 percent; an estimate of potential to close supply gap for each measure; protocols and procedures to communicate identified actions for any current or predicted water shortage conditions; procedures for an annual water supply and demand assessment; monitoring and reporting requirements to determine customer compliance; and reevaluation and improvement procedures for evaluating the WSCP. 8.3 Summary of Water Shortage Response Strategy and Required DWR Tables The WSCP is organized into the following three main sections with Section 3 aligned with the California Water Code Section 16032 requirements:  Section 1 Introduction and WSCP Overview gives an overview of the WSCP fundamentals.  Section 2 Background Information provides a background on the City’s water service area.  Section 3 Water Shortage Contingency Preparedness and Response Planning.  Section 3.1 Water Supply Reliability Analysis provides a summary of the water supply analysis and water reliability findings from the 2025 UWMP.  Section 3.2 Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment Procedures provides a description of procedures to conduct and approve the AWSDA.  Section 3.3 Six Standard Water Shortage Stages explains the WSCP’s six standard water shortage levels corresponding to progressive ranges of up to 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and more than 50 percent shortages. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-3  Section 3.4 Shortage Response Actions describes the WSCP’s shortage response actions that align with the defined shortage levels.  Section 3.5 Communication Protocols addresses communication protocols and procedures to inform customers, the public, interested parties, and local, regional, and state governments, regarding any current or predicted shortages and any resulting shortage response actions.  Section 3.6 Compliance and Enforcement describes customer compliance, enforcement, appeal, and exemption procedures for triggered shortage response actions.  Section 3.7 Legal Authorities describes the legal authorities that enable the City to implement and enforce its shortage response actions.  Section 3.8 Financial Consequences of the WSCP provides a description of the financial consequences of and responses for drought conditions.  Section 3.9 Monitoring and Reporting describes monitoring and reporting requirements and procedures that ensure appropriate data is collected, tracked, and analyzed for purposes of monitoring customer compliance and to meet state reporting requirements.  Section 3.10 WSCP Refinement Procedures addresses reevaluation and improvement procedures for monitoring and evaluating the functionality of the WSCP.  Section 3.11 Special Water Feature Distinction is a required definition for inclusion in a WSCP per the Water Code.  Section 3.12 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Availability describes the process the City followed to adopt its WSCP. The WSCP is based on adequate details of demand reduction and supply augmentation measures that are structured to match varying degrees of shortage will aim to make the relevant stakeholders understand what to expect during a water shortage situation. City of Seal Beach adopted water shortage levels consistent with the requirements identified in Water Code Section 10632 (a)(3)(A) (Table 8.1). The six shortage levels the City of Seal Beach uses in their water shortage planning and documented in their WSCP are the same as DWR’s six standard shortage levels, as indicated in Table 8.1. The water supply augmentation measures that align with each agency shortage level are described in Table 8.2. This table also estimates the extent to which that action will augment supplies to reduce the gap between supplies and demands. The demand reduction action measures that align with each shortage level and how each measure will reduce the shortage gap between expected supplies and the shortage level is summarized in Table 8.3. The purpose of Table 8.2 and Table 8.3 are to demonstrate the results the City can expect once shortage level actions are implemented to deliver the expected outcomes necessary to meet the requirements of a given shortage level. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-4 Table 8.1 Submittal Table 8-1: Cross-Reference for Standard vs Supplier Shortage Levels Submittal Table 8-1: Cross-reference for Standard vs Supplier Shortage Levels Water Code Section 10632(a)(3)(B) Check the box if the Supplier uses the Standard six levels of water shortage. Proceed to the next table. Standard Shortage Levels Percent Shortage Range Suppliers Shortage Levels Percent Shortage Range 1 Up to 10% 1 Up to 10% 2 Up to 20% 2 Up to 20% 3 Up to 30% 3 Up to 30% 4 Up to 40% 4 Up to 40% 5 Up to 50% 5 Up to 50% 6 >50% 6 >50% NOTES: Table 8.2 Submittal Table 8-2 Retail: Supply Augmentation and Other Actions Submittal Table 8-2 Retail: Supply Augmentation and Other Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(A),(C) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Supply Augmentation Methods and Other Actions by Water Supplier Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) Add additional rows as needed 1 through 3 Other Purchases Percentage 0 - 100 percent Additional imported water purchase through MWDOC DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Additional Imported Water Purchases to meet the supply gap may have financial ramifications per the MWDOC Water Supply Allocation Plan. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-5 Table 8.3 Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Demand Reduction Actions Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Select those that apply. How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? For Retail Suppliers Only Drop Down List Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) Add additional rows as needed 0 Landscape - Prohibit certain types of landscape irrigation On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Watering or irrigation of nonfunctional turf (NFT) on State and local government properties, commercial, industrial and institutional owned landscapes, homeowners' associations common area landscapes, and local government facilities in disadvantaged communities (DAC) is prohibited. See Note 1 below. No 0 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Watering or irrigating of lawns, landscaping, and other vegetated areas with potable water between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on any day, except by use of a hand-water shut-off nozzle or device, or for a very short period of time for the limited purpose of adjusting or repairing an irrigation system. 0 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No water user shall cause or allow watering or irrigation of lawn, landscape or other vegetated area with potable water using a landscape irrigation system or a watering device that is not continuously attended for longer than 15 minutes watering per day per station. This section does not apply to landscape irrigation systems that exclusively use very low-flow drip type irrigation systems where no emitter produces more than 2 gallons of water per hour and weather based controllers or stream rotor sprinklers that meet a 70% efficiency standard. 0 Other - Require automatic shut of hoses On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall wash a motor vehicle, trailer, boat or other type of mobile equipment other than by a hand-held bucket or by a hose equipped with a positive shut-off nozzle. This prohibition shall not apply to washing performed at a commercial car wash. 0 Water Features - Restrict water use for decorative water features, such as fountains On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall operate a water fountain or other decorative water feature that does not use re-circulated water. 0 Landscape - Restrict or prohibit runoff from landscape irrigation On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No water user shall cause or allow water to run off landscape areas into adjoining streets, sidewalks, driveways, alleys, gutters, ditches or any paved surfaces due to incorrectly maintained sprinklers, excessive watering or use. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-6 Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Demand Reduction Actions Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Select those that apply. How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? For Retail Suppliers Only Drop Down List Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) 0 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than 7 days. 0 CII - Restaurants may only serve water upon request On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Restaurants shall not offer water service and shall serve water only to a customer that specifically requests water. 0 Other - Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall install non-recirculating water systems in connection with commercial conveyor car wash and commercial laundry systems. Effective on January 1, 2010, the owner or operator of any commercial conveyor car wash system shall install operational re-circulating water systems, or secure a waiver of this requirement from the director. 0 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall install single pass cooling systems in connection with new water service. 0 Other - Prohibit use of potable water for washing hard surfaces On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Water shall not be used to wash down sidewalks, hard or paved surfaces, including but not limited to sidewalks, walkways, driveways, parking areas, tennis courts, patios or alleys. Notwithstanding this prohibition, a water user may wash down such surfaces when necessary to alleviate safety or sanitary hazards, and then only by use of a hand-held bucket or similar container, a hand-held hose equipped with a positive self-closing water shut-off device, a low- volume, high-pressure cleaning machine equipped to recycle any water used, or a low-volume high-pressure water broom. Yes 0 Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No landscape watering shall occur within 48 hours after measurable precipitation. 0 Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition On-going Long Term- Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Irrigating ornamental turf on public street medians is prohibited. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-7 Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Demand Reduction Actions Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Select those that apply. How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? For Retail Suppliers Only Drop Down List Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) 1 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 1 Shortage Response Actions) No 1 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 2% Irrigation shall not be performed except on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Irrigation may be performed at any time if done by means of a hand-held hose equipped with a positive shut-off nozzle, a hand-held faucet filled bucket of 5 gallons or less, or a drip irrigation system. Yes 1 Other Percentage 2% Agricultural users and commercial nurseries shall curtail all non-essential water use, but are otherwise exempt from Level 1 measures. Watering of livestock and irrigation of propagation beds are permitted at any time. Yes 1 Other Percentage 1% Washing of motor vehicles, boats, airplanes and other mobile equipment shall be performed only on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. This prohibition shall not apply to the washing of garbage trucks, vehicles used to transport food and perishables and other mobile equipment for which frequent cleaning is essential for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare. Yes 1 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 1% Filling or refilling of swimming pools, spas, ponds and artificial lakes shall be performed only on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Yes 1 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 1% Watering golf courses, parks, school grounds and recreational fields shall be performed only between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. This prohibition does not apply to golf course greens. Yes 1 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than five (5) days. 1 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 3% Ornamental fountains and similar structures shall not be operated. Yes 2 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 2 Shortage Response Actions) No 2 Other Percentage 2% Agricultural users and commercial nurseries shall curtail all non-essential water use, but are otherwise exempt from Level 2 measures. Watering of livestock and irrigation of propagation beds are permitted at any time. Yes 2 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than 4 days. 2 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Percentage 15% Watering or irrigating of lawn, landscape, or other vegetated area with potable water is limited to three (3) days per week. Yes 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-8 Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Demand Reduction Actions Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Select those that apply. How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? For Retail Suppliers Only Drop Down List Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) 3 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 3 Shortage Response Actions) No 3 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than three (3) days. 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Percentage 15% Watering or irrigating of lawn, landscape, or other vegetated area with potable water is limited to two (2) days per week. Yes 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 1% Irrigation shall not be performed except on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Yes 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 1% Agricultural users and commercial nurseries shall use water only between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Watering of livestock and irrigation of propagation beds are permitted at any time. Yes 3 Other - Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water Percentage 2% Washing of motor vehicles, boats, airplanes and other mobile equipment is prohibited except when performed at a commercial car wash. This prohibition shall not apply to the washing of garbage trucks, vehicles used to transport food and perishables and other mobile equipment for which frequent cleaning is essential for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare. Yes 3 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 1% Filling or refilling of swimming pools, spas, ponds and artificial lakes shall be performed only on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Yes 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 2% Watering golf courses, parks, school grounds and recreational fields shall be performed only between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. This prohibition does not apply to golf course greens. Yes 3 Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Percentage 3% New construction meters and permits for unmetered service shall not be issued. Construction water shall not be used for earth work or road construction purposes. Yes 3 Other Percentage 1% The use of non-reclaimed and non-recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 20%. Yes 4 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 4 Shortage Response Actions) No 4 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than two (2) days. 4 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Percentage 15% Watering or irrigating of lawn, landscape, or other vegetated area with potable water is limited to one (1) days per week. Yes 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8-9 Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Demand Reduction Actions Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Select those that apply. How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? For Retail Suppliers Only Drop Down List Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) 4 Other Percentage 1% The use of non-reclaimed and non-recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 30%. Yes 5 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 5 Shortage Response Actions) No 5 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than one (1) day. Yes 5 Landscape - Prohibit all landscape irrigation Percentage 15% Outdoor irrigation is prohibited. Yes 5 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Percentage 2% Use of water for agricultural or commercial nursery purposes is prohibited. This prohibition shall not apply to watering of livestock. Yes 5 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 2% Filling or refilling of swimming pools, spas, ponds and artificial lakes is prohibited. Yes 5 Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition Percentage 5% Watering golf course areas, other than greens, is prohibited. Watering of parks, school grounds and recreational fields is prohibited except for plant materials classified as rare, exceptionally valuable or essential to the well being of rare animals. Yes 5 Other Percentage 2% The use of non-reclaimed and non-recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 40%. Yes 5 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Percentage 2% The use of water for commercial manufacturing or processing purposes shall be reduced in volume by 40%. Yes 5 Other Percentage 2% Water shall not be used for air conditioning purposes. Yes 6 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 6 Shortage Response Actions) No 6 Other Percentage 2% The use of non-reclaimed and non-recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 50%. Yes 6 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Percentage 2% The use of water for commercial manufacturing or processing purposes shall be reduced in volume by 50%. Yes 6 Other Percentage 50% Water use for public health and safety purposes only. Yes DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Note 1: NFT irrigation requirements begin January 1, 2027 for State and local government properties, January 1, 2028 for commercial, industrial and institutional owned landscapes, January 1, 2029 for homeowners' associations common area landscapes, and January 1, 2031 for local government properties in disadvantaged communities (DAC). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-1 CHAPTER 9 DEMAND MANAGEMENT MEASURES Over the past several decades, water use efficiency and conservation have evolved from voluntary best practices into core regulatory requirements shaping urban water management throughout California and Orange County. In response to recurring droughts, growing urban demand, and increasing competition for limited water supplies, the California Urban Water Conservation Council (CUWCC) was formed in 1991 to promote statewide cooperation on urban water conservation. Through the development and implementation of the CUWCC Best Management Practices, water agencies established a consistent, voluntary framework for improving efficiency through locally tailored programs. This early foundation was later strengthened by legislative actions, most notably SB X7-7, the Water Conservation Act of 2009, which set enforceable urban water use reduction targets to cut per capita use by 20 percent by 2020 and required retail water suppliers to actively manage demand as part of long-term water planning. All Orange County water agencies came together to create the Orange County 20x2020 Regional Alliance and met compliance as a region. The City of Seal Beach (City) also met compliance individually. These efforts reflected a growing recognition that efficient water use is essential to ensuring reliability amid population growth, limited supplies, and increasing climate variability. Recurring drought conditions have further accelerated the pace and scale of conservation efforts in the last decade. The 2013-2014 drought prompted a statewide emergency response, culminating in an executive order mandating a 25 percent reduction in urban water use across California. All Orange County Water Agencies, including the City, met this reduction target as reported in Chapter 5 of this 2025 Urban Water Management Plan. More recently, the 2021-2022 drought reinforced the need for sustained efficiency gains and durable demand management strategies beyond temporary emergency actions. These regulatory and hydrologic drivers ultimately led to the passing and adoption of SB 606 and Assembly Bill (AB) 1668, the “Making Conservation a California Way of Life” legislation (passed in 2018 and adopted in 2024). The legislation establishes long-term water use objectives for individual water suppliers and reinforces conservation as a permanent element of water management. Together, these milestones underscore the necessity for the MWDOC and the City to implement comprehensive demand management measures and meet established urban water use reduction targets to ensure regional water supply resilience. The goal of the Demand Management Measures (DMM) chapter is to provide a comprehensive description of the water use efficiency programs that the City has implemented in the most recent 5 years, is currently implementing, and plans to implement to meet its urban water use reduction targets. Per the “Making California a Conservation Way of Life” Framework (Conservation Framework), each Urban Water Supplier is required to calculate and report their Urban Water Use Objective (UWUO) and to stay within their calculated annual water budget. The UWUO is an aggregate efficient water use of:  Indoor Residential Use (population x gallons per capita per day (gpcd) standard).  Outdoor Residential Use (measurements of irrigated/irrigable area, local weather data, and a landscape efficiency factor).  Outdoor Use with Dedicated Irrigation Meters (measurements of irrigated area, local weather data, and a landscape efficiency factor).  Distribution System Water Losses. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-2  Approved Variances.  Potable Reuse Bonus. Additionally, the Conservation Framework includes commercial, industrial, and institutional (CII) non-volumetric Performance Measures, including CII customer account classifications, thresholds for converting mixed-use CII meters (MUMs) irrigating over half an acre of landscape to dedicated irrigation meters (DIMs) or in lieu technologies, CII best management practices (BMPs), and identification of and information sharing with disclosable buildings. One of the City’s top priorities since the adoption of the “Making California a Conservation Way of Life” Framework has been to make progress toward compliance with the Conservation Framework. This chapter will describe the City’s DMM activities, including those administered by its wholesaler and supplemental programs administered locally at the retail-level. 9.1 City of Seal Beach Demand Management Measures This section describes the specific DMMs performed by the City, including DMMs offered in partnership with MWDOC, its wholesale supplier, to encourage water conservation within their service area. Table 9.1 summarizes DMM implementation by the City as well as responsibilities of MWDOC. Table 9.1 DMM Implementation Responsibility and Regional Programs in Orange County Efficiency Measure Responsibility of: MWDOC Regional Program and Activities Retailer MWDOC as a Wholesaler Operations Practices Wholesale Agency Assistance Programs -   Conservation Pricing    Conservation Coordinator    Water Waste Prevention  -  Water Loss Control (System Water Audits, Leak Detection and Repair)  (1)  Metering with Commodity Rates  (1) (1) Education and Outreach Public Outreach Programs    K-20 Water Education Initiatives and K-12 School Programs    OC Scouts Boy Scouts of America (BSA) and OC Girl Scouts Programs    Water Awareness Poster Contest    Water Energy Education Alliance    Qualified Water Efficient Landscaper (QWEL) Training Program    Residential Indoor Implementation Residential Indoor Rebates  -  Flow Monitor Device Rebates  -  2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-3 Efficiency Measure Responsibility of: MWDOC Regional Program and Activities Retailer MWDOC as a Wholesaler Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional Implementation Water Savings Incentive Program  -  CII Indoor Rebates (High Efficiency Toilets and Urinals, Plumbing Flow Control Valves, Connectionless Food Steamers, Air-cooled Ice Machines, Food Defrosters, Cooling Tower Conductivity Controllers and pH Controllers, Dry Vacuum Pumps, Laminar Flow Restrictors)  -  Landscape Programs Turf Replacement Program (including Tree Rebate)  -  Spray-to-Drip Irrigation Rebate Program  -  Landscape Rebates (Smart Timers, High Efficiency Sprinkler Nozzles, Large Rotary Nozzles, In-stem Flow Regulators)  -  Residential Landscape Design Assistance Program  -  Notes: (1) MWDOC does not own or operate a distribution system; water wholesaled by MWDOC is delivered through the MET distribution system and meters. 9.1.1 Operations Practices 9.1.1.1 Wholesale Agency Assistance Programs MWDOC’s Assistance Programs are described in Section 9.3. 9.1.1.2 Conservation Pricing The City has a two-tier inclining block rate structure for residential customer sectors and a one-tier inclining block rate structure for its commercial customer sectors. The water rate also includes a minimum fixed charge based on meter size. The City’s conservation pricing structure is always in place and is not dependent upon a water shortage for implementation. The current volumetric rates as of September 1, 2025 are provided in Table 9.2; these rates will be adjusted July 1, 2026. Table 9.2 City of Seal Beach Water Rates Water Rates Effective September 1, 2025 Tier Units of Water (1 Unit = 100 cubic feet) Unit Rate Single Family Residential 1 0-17 $5.20 2 18+ $5.51 Multi-Unit Family Residential / Leisure World 1 0-17 $5.20 2 17+ $5.44 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-4 Water Rates Effective September 1, 2025 Tier Units of Water (1 Unit = 100 cubic feet) Unit Rate Other Commercial $5.20 Irrigation $5.33 City $5.27 Aquatic Park $5.89 9.1.1.3 Conservation Coordinator Various City staff contribute to the oversight and implementation of the City’s water use efficiency programs. The City has also hired a consultant to assist with the implementation of the Water Conservation Ordinance by conducting public outreach and inspections. Sources of funding for the City’s water conservation program include the City’s Water Enterprise Funds. 9.1.1.4 Water Waste Prevention Ordinances City Council adopted a Water and Water Conservation ordinance (Ordinance 1586) on June 8, 2009, revising and supplementing the City’s previous water conservation provisions. The ordinance established provisions for leak repair, runoff prevention, limits on watering hours and duration, limits on serving water at restaurants, excessive runoff from landscape irrigation, use of hose outdoors without a shut off nozzle, use of single pass cooling systems, and use of decorative water features with no recirculation, among other prohibitions against waste. The ordinance has a permanent water conservation clause i.e., the City’s water conservation ordinance is effective at all times and is not dependent upon a water shortage for implementation. In the event of a water supply shortage, the ordinance established provisions for three water conservation phases associated with increasingly restrictive prohibitions. Phase 1 corresponds to a water supply shortage or a threatened shortage, Phase 2 corresponds to a severe water supply shortage, and Phase 3 corresponds to an emergency condition. The provisions and water conservation measures to be implemented in response to each shortage level are described in the City’s WSCP. In May 2022, the 2020 WSCP was amended and re-adopted, and in June 2022, Ordinance 1695 amended the City’s municipal code by revising and supplementing the City’s water conservation provisions. 9.1.1.5 Water Loss Control SB 555 signed into law in 2015 requires urban water suppliers to submit annual, validated water loss audit reports to the DWR. Water auditing is the basis for effective water loss control. DWR’s UWMP Guidebook includes a water audit manual intended to help water utilities complete the AWWA Water Audit on an annual basis. Audits must be validated by a certified water auditor to ensure accuracy. A Water Loss Audit was completed for the City which identified areas for improvement and quantified total loss. Based on the data presented, the three priority areas identified were customer metering inaccuracies, billed metered, and water imported. Multiple criteria are a part of each validity score, and a system wide approach will need to be implemented for the City’s improvement. The City completes a system water audit to calculate water losses on an annual basis. Expressing water loss audit results in terms of Real Losses per Service Connection per Day allows for standardized comparison across MWDOC 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-5 retailer agencies and is a metric consistent with the Water Board’s forthcoming economic model. The City responds to leaks, hydrant knockoffs, and other emergencies on a 24-hour basis. Stand-by crews repair all leaks quickly and efficiently to minimize losses. From time to time, the City surveys specific neighborhoods for leak detection. Additionally, the City is part of the MWDOC leak detection program and has an ongoing program to replace deteriorated and substandard pipelines and service lines. The City also has a valve and hydrant program where all valves in the system are exercised and maintained at regular intervals. This facilitates prompt shut offs for repairs when necessary and minimizes water losses. 9.1.1.6 Metering The City is fully metered for all customer sectors, including separate meters for single-family and multi-family residential, CII, dedicated landscape, and City-owned meters. The City will continue to install and read meters on all new services and perform proactive meter replacement. The City’s program for meter replacement and calibration consists of replacing meters when stuck or when meters are reading low or high. After replacement, they are subsequently tested by flow testing and calibration. The City has mechanical meters and uses direct or touch meter reading. 9.1.2 Public Education and Outreach The City implements several public education and outreach measures, including the programs administered by MWDOC, its wholesale supplier. The City develops, coordinates, and delivers a substantial amount of public information, education, and outreach programs aimed at elevating water agency and consumer awareness and understanding of current water issues as well as efficient water use and water-saving practices, sound policy, and water reliability investments that are in the best interest of the region. These efforts encourage good water stewardship that benefits all of the City’s residents, businesses, and industries across all demographics. An outline of the City’s public education initiatives is below. 9.1.2.1 City Hall Public Event Pop-Ups As part of the City’s ongoing commitment to community engagement and public education on water conservation and sustainable water use, the Pop-Up City Hall Tent is regularly deployed at a variety of local events throughout the year. These include the Classic Car Show, Health Expo, Leisure World, National Night Out, Arts and Crafts Fair, and the Summer Concert Series, among others. The Pop-Up City Hall Tent serves as a mobile outreach station where City staff provide in-person assistance and distribute informational materials related to a wide range of City services, including the municipal water system. At these events, staff are available to answer questions about the City’s drinking water supply, water system operations, and the annual Water Quality Report, helping to foster transparency and build public understanding of how local water resources are managed. The booth offers educational resources and personalized guidance on water conservation programs, rebate opportunities, and practical strategies to enhance both indoor and outdoor water use efficiency (Figure 9.1). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-6 Figure 9.1 City of Seal Beach Pop-Up Tent 9.1.2.2 Print and Electronic Outreach Material The City produces the following print and electronic outreach material to provide public education for water conservation practices and water use efficiency programs. Water Use Efficiency Postcards: Following the rescission of the Level 2 Water Supply Shortage in 2023, the City launched a targeted public outreach effort to reinforce the importance of ongoing water use efficiency. As part of this initiative, the City developed and distributed informational postcards to residents, acknowledging the community’s contributions to water conservation during the shortage period and encouraging continued stewardship of the region’s water resources. The postcards highlighted the City’s permanent water conservation measures, provided updates on relevant state legislation, and directed recipients to helpful resources, including available rebate programs and conservation tools. Bill Inserts: As part of the City’s ongoing public education and outreach efforts, water utility bills periodically include informational inserts focused on water use efficiency, conservation practices, and available rebate programs. These inserts provide timely updates, practical tips for reducing water use, and direct residents to local and regional resources that support sustainable water management. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-7 Social Media and City Newsletter: The City employs both digital and print communication platforms to support ongoing public education and outreach related to water use efficiency and conservation. Facebook and Instagram are utilized to share visually engaging and informative content focused on permanent water conservation measures, seasonal efficiency practices, current water supply conditions, and available rebate programs. These platforms serve as a tool to maintain public awareness and promote community-wide participation in water conservation efforts. The City’s official newsletter, The Wave, is distributed in digital format and regularly features articles on water resource management, conservation initiatives, and practical strategies to support efficient water use. 9.1.2.3 K-20 Water Education Initiatives and K-12 School Programs Over the past several years, MWDOC’s investment in K-20 water education has significantly grown, evolving to include programs and activities that support environmental literacy for all Orange County students. The effort has expanded beyond K-12 water education programs to include career and workforce development initiatives in higher education through the Water Energy Education Alliance (WEEA) described in more detail in Section 9.1.2.4. MWDOC’s K-12 Water Education School Programs bring standards-aligned, engaging water lessons directly into classrooms and connect water to every part of students’ lives. All elementary, middle, and high school programs meet California State Standards and Next Generation Science Standards, providing students with high-quality, relevant learning experiences that build both academic and real-world understanding. This includes a Grab-and-Go Water Activities program, developed in partnership with the Orange County Department of Education, which provides free, self-guided water activities for K-12 teachers, parents and students. 9.1.2.4 OC Scouts Boy Scouts of America (BSA) and OC Girl Scouts Programs The City, in partnership with MWDOC, hosts water education workshops each year to help Scouts BSA earn the Soil & Water Conservation Merit Badge and Girl Scouts earn the MWDOC Water Resources & Conservation Patch. These hands-on science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) clinics teach children of all ages where their water comes from, how to use water more efficiently, and how all life depends on the health and security of our natural resources, fostering water awareness and responsibility through fun, activity-based learning. For example, during the 2020-2025 DMM implementation period, the City of Seal Beach Public Works Department partnered with MWDOC and the Girl Scouts of Orange County to host a STEM-focused educational clinic at the Lampson Well site. During the two-hour Water Resources and Conservation Patch Program, Girl Scout Juniors, Brownies, and Daisies learned about local water sources, the importance of water resources in Orange County, and practical ways to use water efficiently (Figure 9.2). City water staff led demonstrations on well pump operations, showcased the City's on-site disinfectant generation system, and guided the participants in testing drinking water for chlorine residual. Each Girl Scout who attended successfully earned their Water Resources and Conservation patch. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-8 Figure 9.2 Girl Scout Tour 9.1.2.5 Water Awareness Poster Contest The City participates in MWDOC’s annual Water Awareness Poster Contest, offered for students in grades K-12. The Poster Contest presents children with an opportunity to use their artistic talents to express the importance and value of water through artwork. Each year, hundreds of entries are collected from students and classrooms across the county, and from these entries, 40 winners are selected. 9.1.2.6 Water Energy Education Alliance The WEEA unites over 260 water, energy, and education leaders across the state to build and strengthen career pathways for all California students. Administered and led by the MWDOC, WEEA is comprised of a powerful statewide coalition of education leaders, workforce advocates, and industry experts to raise student awareness, forge strong partnerships, and cultivate a diverse, highly skilled talent pipeline. By connecting students with high-impact opportunities, WEEA is shaping a workforce that fuels industry success, enhances worker well-being, and ensures a resilient, thriving California. 9.1.2.7 Qualified Water Efficient Landscaper Training Program Since 2018, MWDOC along with the City, has offered free Qualified Water Efficient Landscaper (QWEL) certification classes designed for landscape professionals. Classes are open to any city staff, professional landscaper, water district employee, or maintenance personnel that would like to become a Qualified Water Efficient Landscaper. The QWEL certification program provides 20 hours of instruction on water efficient areas of expertise such as local water supply, sustainable landscaping, soil types, irrigation systems and maintenance, as well as irrigation controller scheduling and programing. QWEL has received recognition from EPA WaterSense for continued promotion of water use efficiency. To earn the QWEL certification, class participants must demonstrate their ability to perform an irrigation audit as well as pass the QWEL exam. Successful graduates will be listed as a Certified Professional on the WaterSense website as well as on MWDOC’s landscape resources page, to encourage Turf Removal participants or those making any landscape improvements to hire a QWEL certified professional. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-9 Started in December 2020, a hybrid version of QWEL is available in conjunction with the California Landscape Contractors Association’s Water Management Certification Program. This joint effort allows landscape industry an opportunity to obtain two nationally recognized EPA WaterSense Professional Certifications with one course and one written test. This option is offered through MET. 9.1.3 Residential Indoor Rebate Programs The City partners with MWDOC to implement residential measures that target indoor water use efficiency for single family and multifamily residential customers. 9.1.3.1 High Efficiency Clothes Washer and Toilet Rebate Programs The High Efficiency Clothes Washer (HECW) Rebate Program provides residential customers with rebates starting at $85 for purchasing and installing HECWs that use 35 to 50 percent less water than standard washer models. Devices must meet or exceed the Consortium for Energy Efficiency (CEE) Tier 1 Standard, and a listing of qualified products can be found at ocwatersmart.com. There is a maximum of one rebate per home. The Premium High Efficiency Toilet (HET) Rebate Program offers residential customers rebates starting at $40 for replacing their toilets using 1.6 gallons per flush (gpf) with Premium HETs. Premium HETs use just 1.1 gallons of water or less per flush, which is 20 percent less water than WaterSense standard toilets. 9.1.3.2 Flow Monitor Device Pilot This pilot program provides rebates starting at $100, or more in select areas, per flow monitor device installed. These devices monitor a home’s water use and can help detect leaks, making them a proactive tool for preventing expensive water bills and water damage due to unforeseen leaks. A list of residential rebate-eligible flow monitoring devices is provided. 9.1.4 CII Programs The City provides a variety of financial incentives, in partnership with MWDOC, to help businesses, restaurants, institutions, hotels, hospitals, industrial facilities, and public sector sites achieve their efficiency goals. Water users in these sectors have options to choose from a standardized list of water efficient equipment/devices or may complete customized projects through a pay-for-performance where the incentive is proportional to the amount of water saved. Such projects include high efficiency commercial equipment installation and manufacturing process improvements. 9.1.4.1 Water Savings Incentive Program The Water Savings Incentive Program (WSIP) is designed for non-residential customers to improve their water efficiency through upgraded equipment or services that do not qualify for standard rebates. WSIP is unique because it provides an incentive based on the actual amount of water saved by the customers. This “pay-for-performance” design lets customers implement custom projects for their sites. The City partners with MWDOC and MET to offer this program. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-10 Projects must save at least 10 MG of water to qualify for the Program and incentives are paid by MET based on the amount of water saved. Payment amount is up to $0.60 per 1,000 gallons saved per year over the project life, up to a maximum of 10 years. Payments are limited to 50 percent of the eligible project costs while funding is available. Additional funding may be available through MWDOC, but it is limited. Examples of successful projects include but are not limited to changing industrial process system water to capture and reuse process wastewater, capturing condensation and using it to supplement cooling tower water supply, and replacing water-using equipment with more efficient products. 9.1.4.2 CII Rebates The City offers additional financial incentives under the SoCal Water$mart Rebate Program which offers rebates for various water efficient devices to CII customers. Core funding is provided by MET and supplemental funding is sourced from MWDOC via grant funds and/or retail water agencies. Devices include: High Efficiency Toilets and Urinals, Plumbing Flow Control Valves, Connectionless Food Steamers, Air-cooled Ice Machines, Food Defrosters, Cooling Tower Conductivity Controllers and pH Controllers, Dry Vacuum Pumps, and Laminar Flow Restrictors. 9.1.5 Landscape Programs Some of the most active and effective water use efficiency programs the City provides are those that target the reduction of outdoor water use. With a large proportion of water consumed outdoors via landscape demands, this sector has been and will continue to be a focus for MWDOC and the City. 9.1.5.1 Turf R eplacement Program The Orange County Turf Replacement Program offers incentives to replace existing turf grass with California-native, drought-tolerant plants and landscaping. Residential, commercial, and public properties in the City’s service area are all eligible for this program. The goals of this program are to increase water use efficiency through sustainable landscaping practices that result in multi-benefit projects across Orange County. Participants are encouraged to utilize smart irrigation timers and furthermore, projects are required to include a stormwater capture feature, such as a rain garden or dry stream bed, and have a minimum of 3 plants per 100 square feet to increase plant density and promote healthy soils. These projects save water and reduce dry and wet weather runoff, increase urban biomass, and sequester more carbon than turf landscapes. Additionally, MWDOC is piloting a tree program that allows eligible trees to qualify as a sustainability feature in Turf Replacement projects. Beginning March 4, 2024, Turf Replacement Program participants became eligible for an additional incentive for planting trees as part of their Turf Replacement project. Participants can receive up to $100 per tree, for up to 5 trees ($500), in addition to the Turf Replacement rebate. The pilot goals include increasing the presence of trees in Turf Replacement projects and breaking down barriers to participation. It is anticipated that the pilot will be evaluated in 2026. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-11 9.1.5.2 Spray-to-Drip Rebate Program The Spray to Drip Rebate Program offers residential, commercial, and public agency customers rebates for converting areas irrigated by traditional high-precipitation rate spray heads to low-precipitation rate drip irrigation. Drip irrigation systems are extremely water efficient. Rather than spraying wide areas subject to wind drift, overspray and runoff, drip systems use point emitters to deliver water to specific locations at or near plant root zones. Water drips slowly from the emitters either onto the soil surface or below ground. As a result, less water is lost to wind, evaporation, and overspray, saving water, and reducing irrigation runoff and non-point source pollution. The City partners with MWDOC to provide $1 per square foot of conversion area when replaced with eligible drip irrigation products. 9.1.5.3 SoCal Water$mart Rebate Program for Landscape The City also offers financial incentives under the SoCal Water$mart Rebate Program for a variety of water efficient landscape devices, such as Smart Irrigation Timers and Central Computer Irrigation Controllers, large rotary nozzles and rotating sprinkler nozzles, soil moisture sensors, irrigation master valves, and in-stem flow regulators. 9.1.5.4 Landscape Design Assistance Rebate This program is offered for residential customers who are participating in the turf replacement program and are seeking professional design services. Participants must hire a landscape design professional to provide a design that meets the rebate eligible design requirements. Participants will receive up to $1,000 upon completion of their turf replacement project if they have used a professional designer. 9.2 City of Seal Beach Demand Management Measures Implementation (2020-2025) During the past 5 years, FY 2020-21 to FY 2024-25, the City, with the assistance of MWDOC, has continued water use efficiency programs for its residential, CII, and landscape customers with the participation shown in Table 9.3. The City will continue to implement all applicable programs in the next 5 years. Table 9.3 City of Seal Beach Water Use Efficiency Program Participation Program FY20/21 FY21/22 FY22/23 FY23/24 FY24/25 High Efficiency Clothes Washer (HECW) 14 7 10 9 3 High Efficiency Toilets (HETs) 0 1 0 0 0 Flow Monitoring Devices (FMD) -- 0 3 1 1 Commercial Plumbing Fixtures (CII) 0 0 0 0 0 Water Savings Incentives Projects (WSIP) 0 0 0 0 0 Turf Replacement (Residential) 780 4,226 2,901 627 0 Turf Replacement (Commercial) 3,962 0 0 13,614 4,427 Landscape Design Rebate Program (LDAP) 2 1 3 0 0 Landscape Design Rebate Program (LMAP) 3 1 3 1 0 Spray-to-Drip (Residential) 0 0 3,509 0 0 Spray-to-Drip (Commercial) 0 0 0 3,623 16,280 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-12 Program FY20/21 FY21/22 FY22/23 FY23/24 FY24/25 Rotating Nozzles (Small Residential) 0 0 0 0 0 Rotating Nozzles (Small Commercial) 0 0 0 0 0 Rotating Nozzles (Large Commercial) 0 0 0 0 0 Smart Timers (Residential) 6 5 3 8 6 Smart Timers (Commercial) 0 0 0 0 0 Rain Barrels 0 0 2 0 0 Recycled Water Onsite Retrofits 0 0 0 0 0 9.3 MWDOC Demand Management Implementation Assistance Programs To help facilitate implementation of DMMs throughout Orange County, MWDOC’s wholesale efforts focus on the following three areas: 1) State Water Conservation Compliance Assistance (e.g., Conservation Framework and Non-Functional Turf); 2) Regional Rebate Programs and Local Program Assistance; and 3) Research and Evaluation. This both complies with and goes beyond the Foundational BMPs of Utility Operations Programs requirements. 9.3.1 State Water Conservation Compliance Assistance To support Orange County retailers with compliance of SB 606 and AB 1668, MWDOC is providing multi-level support to assist agencies in meeting the primary goals of the legislation, including to use water more wisely and to eliminate water waste. Beginning in 2023, urban water suppliers were required to calculate and report their annual UWUO, submit validated water audits annually, and implement and report BMP CII performance measures. MWDOC offers Orange County water suppliers a “Conservation Framework Technical Assistance Program (TAP)” and “Meter Area Measurements Program” to assist them with compliance with the Conservation Framework. 9.3.1.1 Conservation Framework Technical Assistance Program (TAP) This program provides Orange County water suppliers with support on tasks that are required as part of the Conservation Framework. An agency may opt in to receive support with any of the following:  Readiness Assessment - perform a retailer-specific readiness assessment, including task recommendations and pricing to help retail agencies understand what areas need to be addressed.  Conservation Framework Compliance Plan - create a customized Framework Compliance Plan that outlines: 1) what the retailer needs to do to prepare for compliance; and 2) what needs to be implemented to achieve the water savings necessary to comply with the Urban Water Use Objective.  Annual Report Compilation and Data Management - support the retailer with Annual Report preparation and assistance; and organize and manage data needed to comply with the reporting requirements of the Regulation.  CII Account Classification - classify CII customer accounts according to the Regulation requirements and create a guidance plan to keep classifications at 95 percent (or higher). 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-13  CII Best Management Practices (BMPs) and In-Lieu Technologies Implementation Plan - create a customized implementation plan mapping compliance with the Conservation Framework regulation, including the CII BMP requirements of § 974, the in-lieu technologies and accompanying BMP requirements in § 973, and disclosable buildings requirements in § 974a.  Miscellaneous Framework Technical Assistance - various activities such as: » Development of Development of metrics and annual targets to demonstrate progress » Additional training or technical support » Workshop or webinar facilitation to spur cross-team collaborations » Develop outreach and engagement plans and implement meetings to support engagement of internal and external collaborators 9.3.1.2 Meter Area Measurements Program The Program assists Orange County water supplier in providing 1) landscape area measurements (LAM) associated with dedicated irrigation meters (DIMs), which may include the creation of water efficiency budgets for dedicated landscape meter customers; 2) identification of mixed-use CII meters (MUMs) irrigating landscapes greater than half acre and subject to the regulation; and 3) reconciliation of DIM and residential LAMs where areas may overlap. 9.3.2 Regional Rebate Programs and Local Program Assistance MWDOC develops, obtains funding for, and implements regional water savings rebate programs on behalf of all retail water agencies in Orange County, such as the Turf Replacement Program. This approach minimizes confusion for consumers by providing the same programs with the same participation guidelines, maintains a consistent message to the public to use water efficiently, and provides support to retail water agencies by acting as program administrators for the region. As a leader of water efficiency in Orange County, MWDOC provides a holistic suite of programs that are accessible to all consumer groups in the region. When requested, MWDOC also assists retail agencies in developing and implementing local programs within their service areas. This assistance includes collaboration with each retail agency to design a program that fits that agency’s local needs, including providing staffing, targeting customer classes, acquiring grant funding from a variety of sources, and implementing, marketing, reporting, and evaluating the program. On behalf of its member agencies, MWDOC also organizes and provides the following:  Monthly coordinator meetings.  Marketing materials.  Public speaking.  Community events. 9.3.3 Research and Evaluation An essential part of MWDOC’s regional water use efficiency program is the ongoing research and evaluation of both existing and potential initiatives. Research allows an agency to measure the water savings benefits of a specific program and compare those benefits to the costs of implementing the program. This allows the agency to evaluate the economic feasibility of the program when compared to 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-14 other efficiency projects or existing or potential sources of supply, before investing in new initiatives or continuing to implement existing programs. MWDOC routinely conducts statistical water savings (impact) evaluations and process evaluations to guide strategic investment and ensure the effective management of its regional water use efficiency programs. From 2021 to 2025, MWDOC conducted several research initiatives to support informed decision-making. In partnership with Flume Data Labs, MWDOC completed its Residential End Use Study in 2021, with subsequent updates in 2022 and 2024. This study provided detailed insights into disaggregated residential indoor and outdoor water use, significantly enhancing the understanding of water use patterns across Orange County. In 2023, MWDOC released its Potential and Opportunities study, which quantified the remaining water savings potential in the Orange County residential market, identified the most promising and cost-effective methods for reducing residential demand, and made recommendations on how best to direct financial and technical assistance to Retail Agencies and consumers for implementing residential water efficiency upgrades. To assess the economic impact of the Conservation Framework, MWDOC worked with M.Cubed and in 2023 published the Draft Water Use Efficiency Standards Economic Analysis: Impact Assessment of State-Mandated Urban Water Use Objectives. MWDOC continues to evaluate the impact of the regulation and Orange County retailer compliance. Additionally, MWDOC is piloting a tree program that allows eligible trees to qualify as a sustainability feature in Turf Replacement projects. Pilot goals include increasing the presence of trees in Turf Replacement projects and breaking down barriers to participation. It is anticipated that the pilot will be evaluated in 2026. A pilot research program investigating water savings associated with the replacement of broken pressure regulating valves at residential homes wrapped up in 2025. The results of this study are expected in 2027. 9.4 Urban Water Use Objective and CII Performance Measure Compliance A large focus for the City is to implement DMMs that will help them to meet the requirements of the Conservation Framework. DMMs described in this chapter may help to support member agencies with meeting their required UWUO and achieving CII Performance Measure Compliance. In addition, MWDOC provides support to agencies to assist with the calculation of UWUOs and compliance with CII Performance measures via the Meter Area Measurement and TAP Programs, as described in Section 9.3. 9.4.1 Urban Water Use Objectives Components Table 9.4 describes MWDOC’s programs that will assist agencies in meeting their UWUO, through both direct measures (programs/activities that result in directly quantifiable water savings) and indirect measures (programs that provide resources promoting water efficiencies to the public that are impactful but not directly measurable). Additionally, MWDOC provides technical assistance to support water suppliers with compliance. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-15 Table 9.4 MWDOC Programs to Help OC Retail Agencies Meet their Urban Water Use Objectives UWUO Component Calculation Program Impact Indoor Residential Population and GPCD standard Direct Impact  High efficiency indoor fixtures and appliance rebates Direct Impact  Increased indoor residential efficiencies and reductions of GPCD use Outdoor Residential Irrigated/irrigable area measurement and a landscape efficiency factor of local ETo and effective precipitation Direct Impact  Turf Replacement  High efficiency irrigation rebates Indirect Impact  Online resources such as OC Friendly Gardens Webpage  Educational classes Direct Impact  Increase outdoor residential efficiencies and reductions of gallons per ft2 of irrigated/ irrigable area used Indirect Impact  Provide information, resources, and education to promote efficiencies in the landscape Outdoor Dedicated Irrigation Meters Irrigated area measurement and a landscape efficiency factor of local ETo and effective precipitation Technical Assistance  DIM landscape classification and measurement Direct Impact  Turf Replacement  High efficiency irrigation rebates Indirect Impact  Educational training and resources Technical Assistance  Classification and measurement of landscapes associated with DIMs are required to complete the calculation. Direct Impact  Increase outdoor residential efficiencies and reductions of gallons per square foot of irrigated/ irrigable area used. Indirect Impact  Provide information, resources, and education to promote landscape efficiencies. Water Loss Agency-specific loss factor and number of connections Technical Assistance  Water Balance Validation  Customer Meter Accuracy Testing  Distribution System Pressure Surveys Direct Impact  Distribution System Leak Detection Technical Assistance  The accuracy of the water loss audit is validated for submission to the State. Direct Impact  Identify areas of the distribution system that need repair, replacement, or other actions to limit water loss. Bonus Incentives Volume of indirect potable reuse water applied to residential and DIM irrigation uses; not to exceed 15% of UWUO Direct Impact  Groundwater replenishment system (GWRS) Direct Impact  The GWRS (run by OCWD) recharges the groundwater basin with purified, highly treated wastewater, allowing OCWD- member agencies to access indirect potable reuse. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9-16 9.4.2 CII Performance Measures Urban water supplies are required to report BMPs for CII customers. The City, in partnership with MWDOC, offers a broad variety of programs and incentives to help CII customers implement BMPs and increase their water efficiencies (Table 9.5). Table 9.5 City of Seal Beach CII BMP and Water Efficiency Programs and Incentives Component Requirement Program Offered Impact CII Customer Account Classifications Classify each CII water user, based on the end-use of water for the water user, in accordance with Energy Star Portfolio Manager’s 18 broad categories, in addition to 4 other categories. Technical Assistance  CII Customer Account Classification Technical Assistance  Classify customer accounts according to the specified categories to comply with the regulation. Large Landscape Identification Identify all CII water users associated with large landscapes – landscapes irrigated with a mixed-use meter greater than half an acre Technical Assistance  Large Landscape identification Technical Assistance  Identify and map landscapes associated with MUM landscapes that are greater than half an acre to comply with the regulation. Best Management Practices (BMPs) Offer CII BMPs for customers that exceed the recommended size, volume of water use, or another threshold Technical Assistance  BMP Implementation Plan Technical Assistance  Provide a BMP Implementation Plan to guide water suppliers with a roadmap to compliance with the regulation. Disclosable Buildings Identify disclosable buildings in service area according to the list provided by the California Energy Commission Technical Assistance  Disclosable buildings list Technical Assistance  Provide the California Energy Commission list of disclosable buildings by water supplier to comply with the regulation. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 10-1 CHAPTER 10 PLAN ADOPTION, SUBMITTAL, AND IMPLEMENTATION The Water Code requires the UWMP to be adopted by the City of Seal Beach’s governing body. Before the adoption, the City must hold a public hearing allowing members of the public to provide input on the UWMP. Prior to the public hearing, the City must notify the public and surrounding cities, counties and water agencies within its service area of the scheduled public hearing. Upon completion of the public hearing, the City’s governing body shall vote to adopt the UWMP. Post adoption, the City submits the UWMP to the DWR while also making it available for public access. This section provides a record of the process the City followed to adopt and implement its UWMP. 10.1 Overview Recognizing that close coordination among other relevant public agencies is key to the success of its UWMP, the City worked closely with many other entities to develop and update this planning document. The City also encouraged public involvement through its public review and hearing process, which provided residents with an opportunity to learn and ask questions about their water supply management and reliability. Through the public hearing, the public has an opportunity to comment and put forward any suggestions for revisions of the Plan. Table 10.1 summarizes external coordination and outreach activities carried out by the City and their corresponding dates. The UWMP checklist to confirm compliance with the Water Code is provided in Appendix A. Table 10.1 External Coordination and Outreach External Coordination and Outreach Date Reference Notified city or county within supplier’s service area that water supplier is preparing an updated UWMP (at least 60 days prior to public hearing) 2/11/2026 Appendix I Public Hearing Notice 4/27/2026 & 5/4/2026 Appendix I Held Public Hearing 5/11/2026 Adopted UWMP and WSCP 5/11/2026 Appendix J Submitted UWMP to DWR (no later than 30 days after adoption) 6/10/2026 Submitted UWMP to the California State Library (no later than 30 days after adoption) 6/10/2026 Submitted UWMP to the cities and county within the supplier’s service area (no later than 30 days after adoption) 6/10/2026 This UWMP was adopted by the City Council on May 11, 2026. A copy of the adopted resolution is provided in Appendix J. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 10-2 10.2 Agency Coordination The Water Code requires the Suppliers preparing UWMPs to notify any city or county within their service area at least 60 days prior to the public hearing. As shown in Table 10.2, the City sent a Letter of Notification to the County of Orange and the cities within its service area on February 11, 2026 to state that it was in the process of preparing an updated UWMP. This notice of preparation is included in Appendix I. Table 10.2 Submittal Table 10-1 Retail: Notification to Cities and Counties Submittal Table 10-1 Retail: Notification to Cities and Counties Water Code Section 10621(b) and 10642 City Name 60 Day Notice Drop Down (yes/no) Notice of Public Hearing Drop Down (yes/no) Add additional rows as needed Golden State Water Company Yes Yes County Name Drop Down List 60 Day Notice Drop Down (yes/no) Notice of Public Hearing Drop Down (yes/no) Add additional rows as needed Orange County Yes Yes The City’s water supply planning relates to the policies, rules, and regulations of its regional and local water providers. The City is dependent on imported water from MET through MWDOC, its regional wholesaler. The City is also dependent on groundwater from OCWD, the agency that manages the Orange County Basin. As such, the City involved the relevant agencies in this 2025 UWMP at various levels of contribution as described below. The City’s 2025 UWMP leveraged data and regionally consistent analyses supplied by MWDOC, such as population projections from the California State University, Fullerton Center for Demographic Research and the information quantifying water availability to meet the City’s projected demands for the next 25 years, in 5-year increments. This 2025 UWMP was developed in collaboration with MWDOC’s 2025 UWMP to ensure consistency between the two documents. As a groundwater producer who relies on supplies from the OCWD-managed Orange County Basin, the City coordinated the preparation of this 2025 UWMP with OCWD. Several OCWD documents, such as the Groundwater Reliability Plan, Engineer’s Report, and Basin 8-1 Alternative were used to retrieve the required relevant information, including the projections of the amount of groundwater the City is allowed to extract in the 25-year planning horizon. The various planning documents of the key agencies that were used to develop this UWMP are listed in Chapter 2.2.1. 10.3 Public Participation The City encouraged community and public interest involvement in the Plan update through a public hearing and inspection of the draft document on May 11, 2026. As part of the public hearing, the City discussed adoption of the UWMP, key components of the UWMP and the conclusions that served as the basis of the UWMP. Copies of the Draft 2025 UWMP were placed for public review at City Hall and Library. 2025 URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 10-3 Notices of the public meeting were posted inside City Hall. Legal public notices for the meeting were published in the local newspaper and posted at City facilities. A copy of the Notice of Public Hearing is included in Appendix I. The hearing was conducted during a regularly scheduled meeting of the City Council. 10.4 UWMP Submittal The City Council reviewed and approved the 2025 UWMP at its May 11, 2026 meeting after the public hearing. See Appendix J for the resolution approving the Plan. By June 10, 2026, the City’s adopted 2025 UWMP was filed with DWR and sent directly to the California State Library, and the County of Orange and Golden State Water Company. The submission to DWR was done electronically through the online submittal tool – WUE Data Portal. The City will make the Plan available for public review on its website no later than 30 days after filing with DWR. 10.5 Amending the Adopted UWMP or WSCP Based on DWR’s review of the UWMP, the City will make any amendments in its adopted UWMP, as required and directed by DWR and will follow each of the steps for notification, public hearing, adoption, and submittal for the amending the adopted UWMP. If the City revises its WSCP after UWMP is approved by DWR, then an electronic copy of the revised WSCP will be submitted to DWR within 30 days of its adoption. in collaboration with and 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan FINAL DRAFT / April 2026 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan April 2026 / FINAL DRAFT Prepared By: Prepared For: Carollo Engineers, Inc. City of Seal Beach 707 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 3920 218 8th Street Los Angeles, California 90017 Seal Beach, California 90740 Phone: 213.489.1587 Phone: 562.431.2527 https://www.carollo.com https://www.sealbeachca.gov In collaboration with: 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH i pw://Carollo/CA/MWDOC/204447-000000/03 Reports and Studies/02 Deliverables/Grp2_SB UWMP/SealBeach_2025 WSCP.docx Contents SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND WSCP OVERVIEW 1 1.1 Water Shortage Contingency Plan Requirements and Organization 1 1.2 Integration with Other Planning Efforts 3 SECTION 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION 4 2.1 City Service Area 4 2.2 Relationship to Wholesalers 7 2.3 Relationship with Wholesaler Water Shortage Planning 8 2.3.1 MET Water Surplus and Drought Management Plan 8 2.3.2 MET Water Supply Allocation Plan 10 2.3.3 MWDOC Water Supply Allocation Plan 11 SECTION 3 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLANNING 13 3.1 Water Supply Reliability Analysis 13 3.2 Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment Procedures 13 3.2.1 Decision-Making Process 14 3.2.2 Data and Methodologies 15 3.3 Six Standard Water Shortage Levels 20 3.4 Shortage Response Actions 20 3.4.1 Supply Augmentation 20 3.4.2 Demand Reduction 21 3.4.3 Operational Changes 21 3.4.4 Additional Mandatory Restrictions 21 3.4.5 Emergency Response Plan (Hazard Mitigation Plan) 21 3.4.6 Seismic Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan 23 3.4.7 Shortage Response Action Effectiveness 23 3.5 Communication Protocols 24 3.6 Compliance and Enforcement 25 3.7 Legal Authorities 26 3.8 Financial Consequences of WSCP 27 3.9 Monitoring and Reporting 27 3.10 WSCP Refinement Procedures 28 3.11 Special Water Feature Distinction 28 3.12 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Availability 29 SECTION 4 REFERENCES 30 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH ii Appendices APPENDIX A DWR SUBMITTAL TABLES APPENDIX B SEAL BEACH WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY RESPONSE ORDINANCE 1695 APPENDIX C NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING (PENDING) APPENDIX D ADOPTED WSCP RESOLUTION (PENDING) Tables Table 1 Cross-Reference for Standard vs Supplier Shortage Levels 20 Table 2 Coordination Procedures 25 Table 3 Shortage Response Compliance and Enforcement Actions 26 Table 4 Agency Contacts and Coordination Protocols 26 Figures Figure 1 City of Seal Beach Service Area 6 Figure 2 Regional Location of the City of Seal Beach and Other MWDOC Member Agencies 8 Figure 3 Resource Stages, Anticipated Actions, and Supply Declarations 9 Figure 4 AWSDA Reporting Timeline 15 Figure 5 Water Shortage Contingency Plan AWSDA Framework 16 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH iii Abbreviations % percent AF acre-feet AWSDA Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment BPP Basin Production Percentage City City of Seal Beach CRA Colorado River Aqueduct DDW Division of Drinking Water DRA Drought Risk Assessment DVL Diamond Valley Lake DWR California Department of Water Resources EOC Emergency Operations Center EOP Emergency Operations Plan EPA Environmental Protection Agency FY fiscal year GRP OCWD’s Groundwater Resilience Plan GSP Groundwater Sustainability Plan GSWC Golden State Water Company IAWP Interim Agricultural Water Program LHMP Local Hazard Mitigation Plan MCL maximum contaminant level WEROC Water Emergency Response Organization of Orange County MET Metropolitan Water District of Southern California MWDOC Municipal Water District of Orange County ND non detect NIMS National Incident Management System OCWD Orange County Water District PFAS per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances PFOA perfluorooctanoic acid PFOS perfluorooctane sulfonate ppt parts per trillion Producers Groundwater Producers SEMS California Standardized Emergency Management System Supplier Urban Water Supplier SWP State Water Project UWMP Urban Water Management Plan Water Code California Water Code WEROC Water Emergency Response Organization of Orange County 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH iv WSAP Water Supply Allocation Plan WSCP Water Shortage Contingency Plan WSDM Water Surplus and Drought Management Plan 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 1 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION AND WSCP OVERVIEW The Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP) is a strategic planning document designed to prepare for and respond to water shortages. This WSCP complies with California Water Code (Water Code) Section 10632, which requires that every Urban Water Supplier (Supplier) shall prepare and adopt a WSCP as part of its Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP). This level of detailed planning and preparation is intended to help maintain reliable supplies and reduce the impacts of supply interruptions. The WSCP is the City of Seal Beach (City)’s operating manual that is used to prevent catastrophic service disruptions through proactive, rather than reactive, management. A water shortage, when the water supply available is insufficient to meet the normally expected customer water use at a given point in time, may occur due to a number of reasons, such as drought, climate change, and catastrophic events. This plan provides a structured guide for the City to deal with water shortages, incorporating prescriptive information and standardized action levels, along with implementation actions in the event of a catastrophic supply interruption. This way, if and when shortage conditions arise, the City’s governing body, its staff, and the public can easily identify and efficiently implement predetermined steps to manage a water shortage. A well-structured WSCP allows real-time water supply availability assessment and structured steps designed to respond to actual conditions, enabling efficient management of any shortage with predictability and accountability. The WSCP also describes the City’s procedures for conducting an Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment (AWSDA) that is required by Water Code Section 10632.1 and is to be submitted to the California Department of Water Resources (DWR) on or before July 1 of each year, or within 14 days of receiving final allocations from the State Water Project (SWP), whichever is later. The City’s 2025 WSCP is included as an appendix to its 2025 UWMP, which will be submitted to DWR by July 1, 2026. However, while developed in conjunction with the UWMP, this WSCP is a standalone document and can be amended, as needed, without amending the UWMP. Furthermore, the Water Code does not prohibit a Supplier from taking actions not specified in its WSCP, if needed, without having to formally amend its UWMP or WSCP. 1.1 Water Shortage Contingency Plan Requirements and Organization The WSCP provides the steps and water shortage response actions to be taken in times of water shortage conditions. The WSCP has prescriptive elements, such as an analysis of water supply reliability; the water shortage response actions for each of the six standard water shortage levels that correspond to water shortage percentages ranging from 10 percent (%) to greater than 50%; an estimate of potential to close supply gap for each measure; protocols and procedures to communicate identified actions for any current or predicted water shortage conditions; procedures for an AWSDA; monitoring and reporting requirements to determine customer compliance; and reevaluation and improvement procedures for evaluating the WSCP. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 2 This WSCP is organized into three main sections, with Section 3 aligned with Water Code Section 16032 requirements: Section 1 Introduction and WSCP Overview gives an overview of the WSCP fundamentals. Section 2 Background Information provides a background on the City’s water service area. Section 3 Water Shortage Contingency Preparedness and Response Planning. Section 3.1 Water Supply Reliability Analysis provides a summary of the water supply analysis and water reliability findings from the 2025 UWMP. Section 3.2 Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment Procedures provides a description of procedures to conduct and approve the AWSDA. Section 3.3 Six Standard Water Shortage Stages explains the WSCP’s six standard water shortage levels corresponding to progressive ranges of up to 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and more than 50% shortages. Section 3.4 Shortage Response Actions describes the WSCP’s shortage response actions that align with the defined shortage levels. Section 3.5 Communication Protocols addresses communication protocols and procedures to inform customers, the public, interested parties, and local, regional, and state governments, regarding any current or predicted shortages and any resulting shortage response actions. Section 3.6 Compliance and Enforcement describes customer compliance, enforcement, appeal, and exemption procedures for triggered shortage response actions. Section 3.7 Legal Authorities describes the legal authorities that enable the City to implement and enforce its shortage response actions. Section 3.8 Financial Consequences of the WSCP provides a description of the financial consequences of and responses for drought conditions. Section 3.9 Monitoring and Reporting describes monitoring and reporting requirements and procedures that ensure appropriate data is collected, tracked, and analyzed for purposes of monitoring customer compliance and to meet state reporting requirements. Section 3.10 WSCP Refinement Procedures addresses reevaluation and improvement procedures for monitoring and evaluating the functionality of the WSCP. Section 3.11 Special Water Feature Distinction is a required definition for inclusion in a WSCP per the Water Code. Section 3.12 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Availability describes the process the City followed to adopt its WSCP. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 3 1.2 Integration with Other Planning Efforts As a retail water supplier in Orange County, the City considered other key entities in the development of this WSCP, including the Municipal Water District of Orange County ([MWDOC] (regional wholesale supplier)), the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California ([MET] (regional wholesaler for Southern California and the direct supplier of imported water to MWDOC)), and Orange County Water District ([OCWD] (Orange County Groundwater Basin manager and provider of recycled water in North Orange County). As a MWDOC member agency, the City also developed this WSCP with input from several coordination efforts led by MWDOC. Some of the key planning and reporting documents that were used to develop this WSCP are:  MWDOC’s 2025 UWMP provides the basis for the projections of the imported supply availability over the next 25 years for the City’s service area.  MWDOC’s 2025 WSCP provides a water supply availability assessment and structured steps designed to respond to actual conditions that will help maintain reliable supplies and reduce the impacts of supply interruptions.  MWDOC’s 2023 Orange County Water Reliability Study is a planning document to help guide planning for future water supply reliability for water providers in Orange County and provide input on regional water supply issues for MET.  2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum is a collaborative effort amongst MWDOC, OCWD, and all retail water suppliers in Orange County that developed water demand projections to produce regionally consistent forecasts across all Orange County water agencies.  OCWD’s 2025 Groundwater Resilience Plan (GRP) is an adaptive strategies management plan outlining strategic projects to secure reliable future water supplies in the Orange County Basin.  MET’s 2025 UWMP uses assumptions that fall within the plausible futures contemplated in MET’s Integrated Water Resources Plan to evaluate MET’s future imported water supply reliability.  MET’s 2025 WSCP provides a water supply availability assessment and guide for MET’s intended actions during water shortage conditions.  OCWD’s 2023-24 Engineer’s Report provides information on the groundwater conditions, water supply, and basin utilization of the OC Basin.  OCWD’s 2022 Basin 8-1 Alternative is an alternative to the Groundwater Sustainability Plan (GSP) for the OC Basin, provides significant information related to sustainable management of the basin in the past and hydrogeology of the basin, including groundwater quality and basin characteristics, and addresses DWR’s recommendations to ensure long-term basin sustainability.  City of Seal Beach 2025 Local Hazard Mitigation Plan (LHMP) provides the basis for the seismic and other natural and natural disaster risk analysis of the water system facilities. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 4 SECTION 2 BACKGROUND INFORMATION The City of Seal Beach is a predominantly residential community located along the Southern California coastline in Orange County. It was incorporated in 1915 and became a charter city in 1964. The City is administered under a council-manager form of government and is governed by a five-member City council elected by district serving 4-year alternating terms. Originally called Bay City, Seal Beach was developed in the early 1900s as a resort destination for residents of the Los Angeles area. Its early growth was accelerated by the construction of the Pacific Electric Railway Trolley, and in 1926, oil was discovered in the City, and the oil boom that followed resulted in the development of Seal Beach into the residential community it is today. 2.1 City Service Area The City is bordered to the north by the City of Los Alamitos, and the unincorporated Rossmoor community; to the east by the Cities of Garden Grove, Westminster, and Huntington Beach; to the south by the Pacific Ocean and City of Huntington Beach; and to the west by the City of Long Beach. Rossmoor Center, located in the City, is served by an investor-owned water utility, the Golden State Water Company (GSWC), and thus, the WSCP is limited to those communities receiving water service from the City and covers an aerial extent of approximately 7,135 acres within the City’s boundaries. The Leisure World Retirement Community, with 6,808 dwelling units, is served by the City through 3 master meters. The City maintains the water distribution facilities and the fire hydrants within Leisure World. The service area is divided into several distinct communities as shown in Figure 1 and described below:  Old Town the area south of Pacific Coast Highway and Marina Drive, between First Street and Seal Beach Boulevard, was developed in the 1920s. It is the oldest area of the City. High density residential and commercial land uses are prevalent. Large single-family residential lots are found in the Gold Coast District. The City’s mile long beach in Old Town is used for surfing and swimming. The Seal Beach Pier, located at the end of Main Street, provides fishing facilities.  Bridgeport is the area west of Pacific Coast Highway north of Marina Drive and southeast of the San Gabriel River. It was primarily developed in the 1960s and consists of medium- and high-density residential land uses. It includes the Seal Beach Trailer Park and Oakwood Apartments. Old Town and Bridgeport cover 276 acres.  Marina Hill was developed in the 1950s and consists mostly of single-family homes. This area covers 201 acres north of Pacific Coast Highway and west of Seal Beach Boulevard, adjacent to the south edge of the Hellman Ranch property. It is further divided into Marina Hill North and Marina Hill South, with Bolsa Avenue forming the boundary.  Hellman Ranch covers 199 acres and is located west of Seal Beach Boulevard and north of Marina Hill. The development includes 100 acres of open space, freshwater wetlands and 70 single-family residential units. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 5  The Boeing Facility, Police Facility and City Yard are located on 107 acres between Hellman Ranch and Westminster Boulevard, west of Seal Beach Boulevard. This area is zoned for light industry. The Boeing Facility supports Boeing’s commercial aviation program. Engineering and design operations are also conducted by this facility. Development plans for the area include 31 acres of industrial, 19 acres of commercial, and a 120-room hotel on 2 acres.  Surfside is a colony that was incorporated in the 1930s and became a part of Seal Beach in 1969. The area consists of single-family dwelling units located on 10 acres of the south spit of Anaheim Bay. Although it is a gated community, pedestrian and bicycle access to the beach is available.  Leisure World was completed in 1962 and covers the portion of the City between Westminster Boulevard and the San Diego Freeway westerly of Seal Beach Boulevard. It is a gated community of 533 acres with 6,608 dwelling units, 4 club houses, and a 9-hole golf course. Leisure World is a retirement community for seniors 55 years and older. Medical, religious, commercial, and recreational facilities are all provided within the compound limits. The existing population is 8,400.  College Park East is a single-family residential area developed in the late 1960s. It is located on 292 acres between the San Diego Freeway and Lampson Avenue, west of Bolsa Chica Channel in the northeast section of the City.  Bixby Old Ranch and Old Ranch Golf Course are located north of Lampson Avenue and east of Seal Beach Boulevard. This area covers 230 acres. The golf course is served through two meters. Irrigation water to the golf course is provided by a private on-site well.  College Park West is a 62-acre small residential community located along San Gabriel River northeast of Leisure World. Water service to College Park West is provided through a metered supply connection from Leisure World.  The Seal Beach National Wildlife Refuge was established in 1972 and preserves 911 acres of salt marsh and upland area in Anaheim Bay. The refuge is located within the boundaries of the United States Naval Weapons Station and there is no public access.  Sunset Aquatic Park was acquired by the County in 1962 from the United States Navy. It encompasses 67 acres of Anaheim Bay and is the site of a public marina and park.  The United States Naval Weapons Station was established in 1944. It covers approximately 5,000 acres of land located between Seal Beach Boulevard and Bolsa Chica Road from the San Diego Freeway to Pacific Coast Highway. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 6 Figure 1 City of Seal Beach Service Area 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 7 2.2 Relationship to Wholesalers The Metropolitan Water District of Southern California: MET is the largest water wholesaler for domestic and municipal uses in California, serving approximately 19 million customers. MET wholesales imported water supplies to 26 member cities and water districts in 6 Southern California counties. Its service area covers the Southern California coastal plain, extending approximately 200 miles along the Pacific Ocean from the City of Oxnard in the north to the international boundary with Mexico in the south. This encompasses 5,200 square miles and includes portions of Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego, and Ventura counties. Approximately 85% of the population from the aforementioned counties reside within MET's boundaries. MET is governed by a Board of Directors comprised of 38 appointed individuals with a minimum of one representative from each of MET’s 26 member agencies. The allocation of directors and voting rights are determined by each agency’s assessed valuation. Each member of the Board shall be entitled to cast one vote for each 10 million dollars ($10,000,000) of assessed valuation of property taxable for district purposes, in accordance with Section 55 of the Metropolitan Water District Act. Directors can be appointed through the chief executive officer of the member agency or by a majority vote of the governing board of the agency. Directors are not compensated by MET for their service. MET is responsible for importing water into the region through its operation of the Colorado River Aqueduct (CRA) and its contract with the State of California for SWP supplies. Member agencies receive water from MET through various delivery points and pay for service through a rate structure made up of volumetric rates, capacity charges and readiness to serve charges. Member agencies provide estimates of imported water demand to MET annually in April regarding the amount of water they anticipate they will need to meet their demands for the next 5 years. The Municipal Water District of Orange County: In Orange County, MWDOC and the Cities of Anaheim, Fullerton, and Santa Ana are MET member agencies that purchase imported water directly from MET. Furthermore, MWDOC purchases both treated potable and untreated water from MET to supplement its retail agencies’ local supplies. The City is one of MWDOC’s 27 member agencies purchasing imported water from MWDOC. The City’s location within MWDOC’s service area is shown in Figure 2. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 8 Figure 2 Regional Location of the City of Seal Beach and Other MWDOC Member Agencies 2.3 Relationship with Wholesaler Water Shortage Planning The WSCP is designed to be consistent with MET’s Water Surplus and Drought Management (WSDM) Plan, MWDOC’s Water Supply Allocation Plan (WSAP), and other emergency planning efforts as described below. MWDOC’s WSAP is integral to the WSCP’s shortage response strategy in the event that MET or MWDOC determines that supply augmentation (including storage) and lesser demand reduction measures would not be sufficient to meet a projected shortage levels needed to meet demands. 2.3.1 MET Water Surplus and Drought Management Plan MET evaluates the level of supplies available and existing levels of water in storage to determine the appropriate management stage annually. Each stage is associated with specific resource management actions to avoid extreme shortages to the extent possible and minimize adverse impacts to retail customers should an extreme shortage occur. The sequencing outlined in the WSDM Plan reflects anticipated responses towards MET’s existing and expected resource mix. Surplus stages occur when net annual deliveries can be made to water storage programs. Under the WSDM Plan, there are four surplus management stages that provides a framework for actions to take for surplus supplies. Deliveries in Diamond Valley Lake (DVL) and in SWP terminal reservoirs continue through each surplus stage provided there is available storage capacity. Withdrawals from DVL for regulatory purposes or to meet seasonal demands may occur in any stage. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 9 The WSDM Plan distinguishes between shortages, severe shortages, and extreme shortages. The differences between each term are listed below:  Shortage: MET can meet full-service demands and partially meet or fully meet interruptible demands using stored water or water transfers as necessary (Stages 1-3).  Severe Shortage: MET can meet full-service demands only by making withdrawals from storage, calling on its water transfers, and possibly calling for extraordinary conservation and reducing deliveries under the Interim Agricultural Water Program (IAWP) (Stages 4-5).  Extreme Shortage: MET must allocate available imported supplies to full-service customers (Stage 6). There are six shortage management stages to guide resource management activities. These stages are defined by shortfalls in imported supply and water balances in MET’s storage programs. When MET must make net withdrawals from storage to meet demands, it is considered to be in a shortage condition. Figure 3 gives a summary of actions under each surplus and shortage stages when an allocation plan is necessary to enforce mandatory cutbacks. The goal of the WSDM plan is to avoid Stage 6, an extreme shortage (MET, 2026b). Source: MET, 2026. Figure 3 Resource Stages, Anticipated Actions, and Supply Declarations MET’s Board of Directors adopted a Water Supply Condition Framework in June 2008 to communicate the urgency of the region’s water supply situation and the need for further water conservation practices. The framework has four conditions, each calling for increasing levels of conservation. Descriptions for each of the four conditions are listed below:  Baseline Water Use Efficiency: Ongoing conservation, outreach, and recycling programs to achieve permanent reductions in water use and build storage reserves. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 10  Condition 1 Water Supply Watch: Local agency voluntary dry-year conservation measures and use of regional storage reserves.  Condition 2 Water Supply Alert: Regional call for cities, counties, member agencies, and retail water agencies to implement extraordinary conservation through drought ordinances and other measures to mitigate use of storage reserves.  Condition 3 Water Supply Allocation: Implement MET’s WSAP. As noted in Condition 3, should supplies become limited to the point where imported water demands cannot be met, MET will allocate water through the WSAP (MET, 2026a). 2.3.2 MET Water Supply Allocation Plan MET’s imported supplies have been impacted by a number of water supply challenges, as noted earlier. In case of extreme water shortage within the MET service area is the implementation of its WSAP. MET’s Board of Directors adopted the WSAP in February 2008 to fairly distribute a limited amount of water supply and applies it through a detailed methodology to reflect a range of local conditions and needs of the region’s retail water consumers (MET, 2026a). The WSAP includes the specific formula for calculating member agency supply allocations and the key implementation elements needed for administering an allocation. MET’s WSAP is the foundation for the urban water shortage contingency analysis required under Water Code Section 10632 and is part of MET’s 2025 UWMP. MET’s WSAP was developed in consideration of the principles and guidelines in MET’s 1999 WSDM Plan with the core objective of creating an equitable “needs-based allocation.” The WSAP’s formula seeks to balance the impacts of a shortage at the retail level while maintaining equity on the wholesale level for shortages of MET supplies of greater than 50% cutbacks. The formula takes into account a number of factors, such as the impact on retail customers, growth in population, changes in supply conditions, investments in local resources, demand hardening aspects of water conservation savings, recycled water, extraordinary storage and transfer actions, and groundwater imported water needs. The formula is calculated in three steps: 1) base period calculations, 2) allocation year calculations, and 3) supply allocation calculations. The first two steps involve standard computations, while the third step contains specific methodology developed for the WSAP. Step 1: Base Period Calculations – The first step in calculating a member agency’s water supply allocation is to estimate their water supply and demand using a historical based period with established water supply and delivery data. The base period for each of the different categories of supply and demand is calculated using data from the two most recent non-shortage years. Step 2: Allocation Year Calculations – The next step in calculating the member agency’s water supply allocation is estimating water needs in the allocation year. This is done by adjusting the base period estimates of retail demand for population growth and changes in local supplies. Step 3: Supply Allocation Calculations – The final step is calculating the water supply allocation for each member agency based on the allocation year water needs identified in Step 2. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 11 In order to implement the WSAP, MET’s Board of Directors makes a determination on the level of the regional shortage, based on specific criteria, typically in April. The criteria used by MET include current levels of storage, estimated water supplies conditions, and projected imported water demands. The allocations, if deemed necessary, go into effect in July of the same year and remain in effect for a 12-month period. The schedule is made at the discretion of the Board of Directors (MET, 2026b). As demonstrated by the findings in MET’s 2025 UWMP, both the Water Reliability Assessment and the Drought Risk Assessment (DRA) demonstrate that MET is projecting to be able to mitigate the challenges posed by hydrologic variability, potential climate change, and regulatory risk on its imported supply sources through the significant storage capabilities it has developed over the last two decades, both dry-year and emergency storage (MET, 2026b). Although MET’s 2025 UWMP forecasts that MET will be able to meet projected imported demands throughout the projected period from 2026 to 2050, uncertainty in supply conditions can result in MET needing to implement its WSAP to preserve dry-year storage and curtail demands (MET, 2026b). 2.3.3 MWDOC Water Supply Allocation Plan To prepare for the potential allocation of imported water supplies from MET, MWDOC worked collaboratively with its 27 retail agencies to develop its own WSAP that was adopted in January 2009 and amended in 2016. The MWDOC WSAP outlines how MWDOC will determine and implement each of its retail agency’s allocation during a time of shortage. The MWDOC WSAP uses a similar method and approach, when reasonable, as that of the MET’s WSAP. However, MWDOC’s plan remains flexible to use an alternative approach when MET’s method produces a significant unintended result for the member agencies. The MWDOC WSAP model follows five basic steps to determine a retail agency’s imported supply allocation: Step 1: Determine Baseline Information – The first step in calculating a water supply allocation is to estimate water supply and demand using a historical base period with established water supply and delivery data. The base period for each of the different categories of demand and supply is calculated using data from the last two non-shortage years. Step 2: Establish Allocation Year Information – In this step, the model adjusts for each retail agency’s water need in the allocation year. This is done by adjusting the base period estimates for increased retail water demand based on population growth and changes in local supplies. Step 3: Calculate Initial Minimum Allocation Based on MET’s Declared Shortage Level – This step sets the initial water supply allocation for each retail agency. After a regional shortage level is established, MWDOC will calculate the initial allocation as a percentage of adjusted base period imported water needs within the model for each retail agency. Step 4: Apply Allocation Adjustments and Credits in the Areas of Retail Impacts and Conservation – In this step, the model assigns additional water to address disparate impacts at the retail level caused by an across-the-board cut of imported supplies. It also applies a conservation credit given to those agencies that have achieved additional water savings at the retail level as a result of successful implementation of water conservation devices, programs, and rate structures. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 12 Step 5: Sum Total Allocations and Determine Retail Reliability – This is the final step in calculating a retail agency’s total allocation for imported supplies. The model sums an agency’s total imported allocation with all of the adjustments and credits and then calculates each agency’s retail reliability compared to its Allocation Year Retail Demand. The MWDOC WSAP includes additional measures for plan implementation, including the following (MWDOC, 2016):  Appeal Process – An appeals process to provide retail agencies the opportunity to request a change to their allocation based on new or corrected information. MWDOC anticipates that under most circumstances, a retail agency’s appeal will be the basis for an appeal to MET by MWDOC.  Melded Allocation Surcharge Structure – At the end of the allocation year, MWDOC would only charge an allocation surcharge to each retail agency that exceeded their allocation if MWDOC exceeds its total allocation and is required to pay a surcharge to MET. MET enforces allocations to retail agencies through an allocation surcharge to a retail agency that exceeds its total annual allocation at the end of the 12-month allocation period. MWDOC’s surcharge would be assessed according to the retail agency’s prorated share (acre-feet [AF] over usage) of MWDOC amount with MET. Surcharge funds collected by MET will be invested in its Water Management Fund, which is used in part to fund expenditures in dry-year conservation and local resource development.  Tracking and Reporting Water Usage – MWDOC will provide each retail agency with water use monthly reports that will compare each retail agency’s current cumulative retail usage to their allocation baseline. MWDOC will also provide quarterly reports on its cumulative retail usage versus its allocation baseline.  Timeline and Option to Revisit the Plan – The allocation period will cover 12 consecutive months, and the Regional Shortage Level will be set for the entire allocation period. MWDOC only anticipates calling for allocation when MET declares a shortage; and no later than 30 days from MET’s declaration will MWDOC announce allocation to its retail agencies. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 13 SECTION 3 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND RESPONSE PLANNING The City’s WSCP is a detailed guide of how the City intends to act in the case of an actual water shortage condition. The WSCP anticipates a water supply shortage and provides pre-planned guidance for managing and mitigating a shortage. Regardless of the reason for the shortage, the WSCP is based on adequate details of demand reduction and supply augmentation measures that are structured to match varying degrees of shortage to ensure the relevant stakeholders understand what to expect during a water shortage situation. 3.1 Water Supply Reliability Analysis Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(1), the WSCP shall provide an analysis of water supply reliability conducted pursuant to Water Code Section 10635, and the key issues that may create a shortage condition when looking at the City’s water asset portfolio. Understanding water supply reliability, factors that could contribute to water supply constraints, availability of alternative supplies, and what effect these have on meeting customer demands provides the City with a solid basis on which to develop appropriate and feasible response actions in the event of a water shortage. For the 2025 UWMP, the City worked collaboratively with MWDOC, OCWD, and MWDOC’s other retail water agencies to produce long-term projected water use over the next 25 years, in 5-year increments, for each agency (MWDOC, 2025). The City also conducted a DRA to evaluate a drought period that lasts five consecutive water years starting from the year following when the assessment is conducted (2026-2030). An analysis of both assessments determined that the City is capable of meeting all customers’ demands from 2025 through 2050 for a normal year, a single dry year, and a drought lasting five consecutive years with significant imported water supplemental drought supplies from MWDOC/MET and ongoing conservation program efforts. The City has also added reliability through receiving the majority of its water supply from groundwater from the OC Basin and supplemental supplies from MWDOC/MET. As a result, there is no projected shortage condition due to drought that will trigger customer demand reduction actions until MWDOC notifies the City of insufficient imported supplies. More information is available in the City’s 2025 UWMP Sections 6 and 7 (Seal Beach, 2026). 3.2 Annual Water Supply and Demand Assessment Procedures Per Water Code Section 10632.1, the City will conduct an AWSDA pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and by July 1 of each year, beginning in 2022, submit an AWSDA with information for anticipated shortage, triggered shortage response actions, compliance and enforcement actions, and communication actions consistent with the Supplier’s WSCP. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 14 The City must include in its WSCP the procedures used for conducting an AWSDA. The AWSDA is a determination of the near-term outlook for supplies and demands and how a perceived shortage may relate to WSCP shortage stage response actions in the current calendar year. This determination is based on information available to the City at the time of the analysis. Starting in 2022, the AWSDA is due by July 1 of every year. This section documents the decision-making process required for formal approval of the City’s AWSDA determination of water supply reliability each year and the key data inputs and the methodologies used to evaluate the water system reliability for the coming year, while considering that the year to follow would be considered dry. 3.2.1 Decision-Making Process The following decision-making process describes the functional steps that the City will take to formally approve the AWSDA determination of water supply reliability each year. 3.2.1.1 City Steps to Approve the AWSDA Determination The AWSDA will be predicated on the OCWD Basin Production Percentage (BPP) and on MWDOCs AWSDA outcomes. The City produces local groundwater from the OC Basin managed by OCWD. The OC Basin is not adjudicated and as such, pumping from the OC Basin is managed through a process that uses financial incentives to encourage Groundwater Producers (Producers) to pump a sustainable amount of water. The framework for the financial incentives is based on establishing the BPP, the percentage of each Producer’s total water supply that comes from groundwater pumped from the OC Basin. The BPP is set uniformly for all Producers by the OCWD Board of Directors on an annual basis. Based on the projected water demand and modeled water supply, over the long-term, OCWD anticipates sustainably supporting a BPP of 85%; however, volumes of groundwater and imported water may vary depending on OCWD's actual BPP projections. A supply reduction that may result from the annual BPP projection will be included in the AWSDA. While the City’s primary source of water is OCWD groundwater, any remaining source to meet retail demands comes from the purchase of imported water from MWDOC. MWDOC surveys its member agencies annually for anticipated water demands and supplies for the upcoming year. MWDOC utilizes this information to plan for the anticipated imported water supplies for the MWDOC service area. This information is then shared and coordinated with MET and is incorporated into their analysis of their service area’s annual imported water needs. Based on the year’s supply conditions and WSDM actions, MET will present a completed AWSDA for its member agencies’ review from which they will then seek Board approval in April of each year. Additionally, MET expects that any triggers or specific shortage response actions that result from the AWSDA will be approved by their Board at that time. Based upon MET’s Assessment and taking into consideration information provided to MWDOC through the annual survey, MWDOC will provide an anticipated estimate of imported supplies for City to incorporate into the AWSDA. The City’s designee will be responsible for approving the AWSDA in years when no shortage is identified and submitting it to DWR by July 1. In years where a water shortage is identified, the AWSDA will be presented to City Council and submitted to DWR prior to the July 1 deadline. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 15 Figure 4 AWSDA Reporting Timeline 3.2.2 Data and Methodologies The following paragraphs document the key data inputs and methodologies that are used to evaluate the water system reliability for the coming year, while considering that the year to follow would be considered dry. 3.2.2.1 Assessment Methodology The City will evaluate water supply reliability for the current year and one dry year for the purpose of the AWSDA. The AWSDA determination will be based on considerations of unconstrained water demand, local water supplies, MET/MWDOC imported water supplies, planned water use, and infrastructure considerations. The balance between projected local supplies coupled with MET imported supplies and anticipated unconstrained demand will be used to determine what, if any, shortage level is expected under the WSCP framework as presented in Figure 5. The WSCP’s standard shortage levels are defined in terms of shortage percentages. Shortage percentages will be calculated by dividing the difference between water supplies and unconstrained demand by total unconstrained demand. This calculation will be performed separately for anticipated current year conditions and for assumed dry year conditions. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 16 Figure 5 Water Shortage Contingency Plan AWSDA Framework 3.2.2.2 Locally Applicable Evaluation Criteria Within Orange County, there are no significant local applicable criteria that directly affect reliability. Through the years, the water agencies in Orange County have made tremendous efforts to integrate their systems to provide flexibility to interchange with different sources of supplies. There are emergency agreements in place to ensure all parts of the County have an adequate supply of water. In the northern part of the County, agencies have the ability to meet a majority of their demands through groundwater with very little limitation, except for the OCWD BPP. The City will also continue to monitor emerging supply and demand conditions related to supplemental imported water from MWDOC/MET and take appropriate actions consistent with the flexibility and adaptiveness inherent to the WSCP. The City’s AWSDA was based on the City’s service area, water sources, water supply reliability, and water use as described in Water Code Section 10631, including available data from state, regional, or local agency population, land use development, and climate change projections within the service area of the City. Some conditions that affect MWDOC’s wholesale supply and demand, such as groundwater replenishment, surface water and local supply production, can differ significantly from earlier projections throughout the year. If a major earthquake on the San Andreas Fault occurs, it has the potential to damage all three key regional water aqueducts and disrupt imported supplies for up to six months. The region would likely impose a water use reduction ranging from 25% to 35% until the system is repaired. However, MET has taken proactive steps to handle such disruption, such as constructing DVL, and prepositioning necessary reconstruction resources to quickly recover from such a seismic event, which mitigates potential impacts. DVL, along with other local reservoirs, can store a 6- to 12-month supply of emergency water (MET, 2026a). 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 17 3.2.2.3 Water Supply As detailed in the City’s 2025 UWMP, the City meets its customers’ demands with a combination of local groundwater from the OC Basin and imported water from MWDOC/MET. The City’s main source of water supply is groundwater, with imported water making up the rest of the City’s water supply portfolio. In fiscal year (FY) 2024-25, the City relied on 90% groundwater and 10% imported water. It is projected that by 2050, the City’s water portfolio will change to approximately 85% groundwater (and 15% imported water, consistent with OCWD’s long term 85% BPP projection, and the City can purchase more MET imported water through MWDOC should the need arise (Seal Beach, 2026). 3.2.2.4 Unconstrained Customer Demand The WSCP and AWSDA define unconstrained demand as expected water use prior to any projected shortage response actions that may be taken under the WSCP. Unconstrained demand is distinguished from observed demand, which may be constrained by preceding, ongoing, or future actions, such as emergency supply allocations during a multi-year drought. WSCP shortage response actions to constrain demand are inherently extraordinary; routine activities such as ongoing conservation programs and regular operational adjustments are not considered as constraints on demands. The City’s DRA reveals that its supply capabilities are expected to balance anticipated total water use and supply, assuming a 5-year consecutive drought from FY 2025-26 through FY 2029-30 (Seal Beach, 2026). This is based on the water demand projection model, in a single dry year, demand is expected to increase by 7% above a normal year (MWDOC, 2025). For the City, the five consecutive dry year demand scenario is based on the demand model’s multiple dry year methodology. In accordance with the econometric demand model approach used to develop UWMP demand projections, a single hot/dry year was first identified based on weather conditions that produced the greatest demand response. Consecutive dry years were then represented by applying incremental scaling factors to this single hot/dry year demand to account for the compounding effects of persistent warm and dry conditions over time. These scaling factors show long-term relationships between regional water use and multi-year temperature and precipitation deficits and are applied sequentially to simulate second through fifth consecutive dry years. This approach is consistent with the demand modeling framework summarized in Chapter 7 of the City’s UWMP (MWDOC, 2025). 3.2.2.5 Planned Water Use for Current Year Considering Dry Subsequent Year Water Code Section 10632(a)(2)(B)(ii) requires the AWSDA to determine “current year available supply, considering hydrological and regulatory conditions in the current year and one dry year.” The AWSDA will include two separate estimates of City’s annual water supply and unconstrained demand using: 1) current year conditions, and 2) assumed dry year conditions. Accordingly, the AWSDA’s shortage analysis will present separate sets of findings for the current year and dry year scenarios. The Water Code does not specify the characteristics of a dry year, allowing discretion to the Supplier. The City will use its discretion to refine and update its assumptions for a dry year scenario in each AWSDA as information becomes available and in accordance with best management practices. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 18 Supply and demand analyses for the single-dry year case were based on conditions affecting the SWP as this supply availability fluctuates the most among MET’s, and therefore MWDOC and the City’s, sources of supply. Severe drought conditions in 2021-2022 affected most of the Western United States, including the Colorado River system, which caused its water supply decrease. As conditions worsened, Lake Mead and Lake Powell (the largest storage units in the system), had a combined total storage capacity of 25% in 2022, a significant decrease from 39% in 2021 (MWDOC, 2025). The Orange County Water Demand Projection Model isolated the impacts that weather and future climate can have on water demand through the use of a statistical model. The impacts of hot/dry weather conditions are reflected as a percentage increase in water demands from the normal year condition (average of FY 2017-18 and FY 2018-19). For a single dry year condition (FY 2013-14), the model projects a 5% increase in demand for the OC Basin area where the City’s service area is located (MWDOC, 2025). Detailed information of the model is included in the City’s 2025 UWMP. The City has documented that it is 100% reliable for single dry year demands from 2025 through 2050 with a demand increase of 7% from normal demand with significant reserves held by MET, local groundwater supplies, and conservation (Seal Beach, 2026). 3.2.2.6 Infrastructure Considerations The AWSDA will include consideration of any infrastructure issues that may pertain to near-term water supply reliability, including repairs, construction, and environmental mitigation measures that may temporarily constrain capabilities, as well as any new projects that may add to system capacity. MWDOC closely coordinates with MET and its member agencies, including the City, on any planned infrastructure work that may impact water supply availability. Throughout each year, MET regularly carries out preventive and corrective maintenance of its facilities within the MWDOC service area that may require shutdowns to inspect and repair pipelines and facilities and support capital improvement projects. These shutdowns involve a high level of planning and coordination between MWDOC, MWDOC’s member agencies, and MET to ensure that major portions of the distribution system are not out of service at the same time. Operational flexibility within MET’s system and the cooperation of member agencies allow shutdowns to be successfully completed while continuing to meet all system demands. Specifically for the City, as of March 2026, infrastructure considerations that could impact water supply reliability include:  Power outages and surges.  Wells or pumps temporarily out of service during rehabilitation projects, improvements, or maintenance.  Capital projects including the Navy reservoir rehabilitation, Los Cerritos Wetlands Authority (LCWA) 18-inch watermain lining, Lampson Avenue 12-inch water main replacement, and other water main replacements in various parts of the system.  Other considerations such as the age of lines and the single feed water line to Surfside and Sunset Aquatic Park. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 19 3.2.2.7 Other Factors For the AWSDA, any known issues related to water quality would be considered for their potential effects on water supply reliability. Specifically for the City, Lampson Well has exhibited naturally occurring odor characteristics associated with hydrogen sulfide (H₂S). H₂S is addressed under the National Secondary Drinking Water Regulations for aesthetic effects only and is not a health or safety concern. Per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) are a group of thousands of manmade chemicals that includes perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA) and perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS). PFAS compounds were once commonly used in many products including, among many others, stain- and -water-repellent fabrics, nonstick products (e.g., Teflon), polishes, waxes, paints, cleaning products, and fire-fighting foams. Beginning in the summer of 2019, the California State Division of Drinking Water (DDW) began requiring testing for PFAS compounds in some groundwater production wells in the OCWD area. The City has three active groundwater wells, none of which is impacted by PFAS. MET has voluntarily monitored PFAS in its source and treated waters since 2017. Most samples have shown non detect (ND) for all tested PFAS, including PFOA and PFOS. A limited number of other PFAS— such as PFHxA, PFBA, PFPeA, PFDoA, PFTA, and PFBS, have been detected only at trace levels below their method detection limits. PFOA and PFOS have not been detected in MET’s imported or treated water supplies. Some member agencies, however, have detected these compounds in local groundwater wells, which may require treatment or source management to comply with emerging DDW regulations. As DDW and United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) establish enforceable maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for PFOA and PFOS, some agencies may supplement their local supplies with increased purchases of MET water (MET, 2025). EPA finalized the first national drinking water standards for six PFAS compounds in April 2024. These standards include enforceable MCLs for PFOA and PFOS set at 4 parts per trillion (ppt). In May 2025 the EPA announced that it would extend the compliance deadline for PFOA and PFOS from 2029 to 2031 to provide additional time for testing, planning, and installation of treatment technologies. While MET and its member agencies continue to monitor and test PFAS in imported and local sources, the delay in the federal compliance date allows additional time to evaluate treatment options, coordinate funding, and plan system upgrades necessary to meet forthcoming federal PFAS standards. PFAS have been detected in the OC Basin in very small amounts (ppt), entering primarily via the Santa Ana River whose flows infiltrate into the basin. Despite playing no role in releasing PFAS into the environment, OCWD is working with its cities and retail water districts to remove it from local water supplies in order to comply with new state and federal regulations. More than 100 wells have been impacted due to various state and federal regulations. Fifteen impacted agencies will have to temporarily purchase more costly imported water to replace PFAS contaminated supplies. As of 2025, 53 impacted wells are back online due to close to a billion dollars being spent on state-of-the-art testing, research and piloting of different treatment systems, and design and construction of treatment plants that are now operational. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 20 3.3 Six Standard Water Shortage Levels Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(3)(A), Suppliers must include the six standard water shortage levels that represent shortages from the normal reliability as determined in the AWSDA or cross-reference their shortage levels to the standard levels. The shortage levels have been standardized to provide a consistent regional and statewide approach to conveying the relative severity of water supply shortage conditions. This is an outgrowth of the severe statewide drought of 2012-2016, and the widely recognized public communication and state policy uncertainty associated with the many different local definitions of water shortage levels. The six DWR standard water shortage levels correspond to progressively increasing estimated shortage conditions (up to 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, and greater than 50% shortage compared to the normal reliability condition) and align with the response actions the Supplier would implement to meet the severity of the impending shortages. The six shortage levels the City uses in their water shortage planning and documented in the WSCP are aligned with and correspond to DWR’s six standard shortage levels in Table 1. Table 1 Cross-Reference for Standard vs Supplier Shortage Levels Standard Shortage Levels Percent Shortage Range Suppliers Shortage Levels Percent Shortage Range 1 Up to 10% 1 Up to 10% 2 Up to 20% 2 Up to 20% 3 Up to 30% 3 Up to 30% 4 Up to 40% 4 Up to 40% 5 Up to 50% 5 Up to 50% 6 Greater than 50% 6 Greater than 50% Source: Water Code Section 10632(a)(3)(B) 3.4 Shortage Response Actions Water Code Section 10632 (a)(4) requires the WSCP to specify shortage response actions that align with the defined shortage levels. The City has defined specific shortage response actions that align with the defined shortage levels in DWR Table 8-2 and Table 8-3 (Appendix A). These shortage response actions were developed with consideration to the system infrastructure and operations changes, supply augmentation responses, customer-class or water use-specific demand reduction initiatives, and increasingly stringent water use prohibitions. 3.4.1 Supply Augmentation The supply augmentation actions are described in DWR Table 8-2 (Appendix A). These augmentations represent short-term management objectives triggered by the MET’s WSDM Plan and do not overlap with the long-term new water supply development or supply reliability enhancement projects. Supply Augmentation is made available to the City through MWDOC and MET. The City relies on MET’s reliability portfolio of water supply programs including existing water transfers, storage and exchange agreements to supplement gaps in the City’s supply/demand balance. MET has developed significant storage capacity 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 21 (over 5 million AF) in reservoirs and groundwater banking programs both within and outside of the Southern California region. Additionally, MET can pursue additional water transfer and exchange programs with other water agencies to help mitigate supply/demand imbalances and provide additional dry-year supply sources. MWDOC, and in turn its retail agencies, including the City, have access to supply augmentation actions through MET. MET may exercise these actions based on regional need, and in accordance with their WSCP, and may include the use of supplies and storage programs within the Colorado River, SWP, and in-region storage. The City has the ability to augment its supply to reduce the shortage gap by up to 100% by purchasing additional imported water through MWDOC or pumping additional groundwater in the OC Basin; however, both are subject to rate penalties from MWDOC and OCWD, respectively. 3.4.2 Demand Reduction The demand reduction measures that would be implemented to address shortage levels are described in DWR Table 8-3 (Appendix A). This table indicates which actions align with specific defined shortage levels and estimates the extent to which the actions will reduce the gap between supplies and demands to deliver the outcomes necessary to meet the requirements of a given shortage level. This table also identifies the enforcement action, if any, associated with each demand reduction measure. 3.4.3 Operational Changes During shortage conditions, operations may be affected by supply augmentation or demand reduction responses. The City will consider their operational procedures when it completes its AWSDA or as needed to identify changes that can be implemented to address water shortage on a short-term basis, such as temporarily altering maintenance cycles, deferring planned system outages, and adjusting the flow and routing of water through its system to more effectively distribute available supply across the service area. 3.4.4 Additional Mandatory Restrictions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(D) calls for “additional, mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices that are in addition to state-mandated prohibitions and appropriate to the local conditions” to be included among the WSCP’s shortage response actions. The City will identify additional mandatory restrictions as needed based on the existing Seal Beach Water Shortage Contingency Response Ordinance 1695 (Appendix B). 3.4.5 Emergency Response Plan (Hazard Mitigation Plan) A catastrophic water shortage would be addressed according to the appropriate water shortage level and response actions. It is likely that a catastrophic shortage would immediately trigger Shortage Level 6 and response actions have been put in place to mitigate a catastrophic shortage. In addition, there are several Plans that address catastrophic failures and align with the WSCP, including MET’s WSDM and WSAP, the City’s LHMP and the Water Emergency Response Organization of Orange County (WEROC)’s Emergency Operations Plan (EOP). 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 22 3.4.5.1 MET’s WSDM and WSAP MET has comprehensive plans for stages of actions it would undertake to address a catastrophic interruption in water supplies through its WSDM and WSAP. MET also developed an Emergency Storage Requirement to mitigate against potential interruption in water supplies resulting from catastrophic occurrences within the Southern California region, including seismic events along the San Andreas Fault. In addition, MET is working with the state to implement a comprehensive improvement plan to address catastrophic occurrences outside of the Southern California region, such as a maximum probable seismic event in the Sacramento-San Joaquin River Delta that would cause levee failure and disruption of SWP deliveries. 3.4.5.2 Water Emergency Response Organization of Orange County Emergency Operations Plan In 1983, the Orange County water community identified a need to develop a plan on how agencies would respond effectively to disasters impacting the regional water distribution system. The collective efforts of these agencies resulted in the formation of WEROC to coordinate emergency response on behalf of all Orange County water and wastewater agencies, develop an emergency plan to respond to disasters, and conduct disaster training exercises for the Orange County water community. WEROC, administered by MWDOC, was established through the creation of an indemnification agreement among its member agencies to protect each other against civil liabilities and to facilitate the exchange of resources. WEROC is unique in its ability to provide a single point of contact for the representation of all water and wastewater utilities in Orange County during a disaster. This representation is to the county, state, and federal disaster coordination agencies. Within the Orange County Operational Area, WEROC is the recognized contact for emergency response for the water community, including the City. As a member of WEROC, the City will follow WEROC’s EOP in the event of an emergency and coordinate with WEROC to assess damage, initiate repairs, and request and coordinate mutual aid resources in the event that the City is unable to provide the level of emergency response support required by the situation. The EOP defines the actions to be taken by WEROC Emergency Operations Center (EOC) staff to reduce the loss of water and wastewater infrastructure; to respond effectively to a disaster; and to coordinate recovery operations in the aftermath of any emergency involving extensive damage to Orange County water and wastewater utilities. The EOP includes activation notification protocol that will be used to contact partner agencies to inform them of the situation, activation status of the EOC, known damage or impacts, or resource needs. The EOP is a standalone document that is reviewed annually and approved by the MWDOC Board every 3 years. WEROC is organized on the basis that each member agency is responsible for developing its own EOP in accordance with the California Standardized Emergency Management System (SEMS), National Incident Management System (NIMS), and Public Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 to meet specific emergency needs within its service area. The WEROC EOC is responsible for assessing the overall condition and status of the Orange County regional water distribution and wastewater collection systems including MET facilities that serve Orange County. The EOC can be activated during an emergency situation resulting from both natural and manmade causes, and can be activated through automatic, manual, or standby for activation. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 23 WEROC recognizes four primary phases of emergency management, which include:  Preparedness: Planning, training, and exercises that are conducted prior to an emergency to support and enhance response to an emergency or disaster.  Response: Activities and programs designed to address the immediate and short-term effects of the onset of an emergency or disaster that helps to reduce effects on water infrastructure and speed recovery. This includes alert and notification, EOC activation, direction and control, and mutual aid.  Recovery: This phase involved restoring systems to normal, in which short-term recovery actions are taken to assess the damage and return vital life-support systems to minimum operating standards, while long-term recovery actions have the potential to continue for many years.  Mitigation/Prevention: These actions prevent the occurrence of an emergency or reduce the area’s vulnerability in ways that minimize the adverse impacts of a disaster or emergency. The EOC Action Plans provide frameworks for EOC staff to respond to different situations with the objectives and steps required to complete them, which will in turn serve the WEROC member agencies. In the event of an emergency that results in a catastrophic water shortage, the City will declare a water shortage condition of up to Level 3 for the impacted area depending on the severity of the event, and coordination with WEROC is anticipated to begin at Level 4 or greater (WEROC, 2021). 3.4.5.3 City of Seal Beach’s Emergency Response Plan The City will also refer to its current American Water Infrastructure Act Risk and Resilience Assessment and Emergency Response Plan in the event of a catastrophic supply interruption. 3.4.6 Seismic Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan Per the Water Code Section 10632.5, Suppliers are required to assess seismic risk to water supplies as part of their WSCP. The plan also must include the mitigation plan for the seismic risk(s). Given the great distances that imported supplies travel to reach Orange County, the region is vulnerable to interruptions along hundreds of miles of aqueducts, pipelines and other facilities associated with delivering the supplies to the region. Additionally, the infrastructure in place to deliver supplies is susceptible to damage from earthquakes and other disasters. In lieu of conducting a seismic risk assessment specific to the City’s 2025 UWMP, the City has included their LHMP, as required under the federal Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-390). The LHMP describes the City’s approach to proactively decreasing threats before disaster occurs, including water supply specific mitigation actions such as improving security and alert systems, upgrading back-up power systems, and retrofitting existing flood control infrastructure. (Seal Beach, 2025). 3.4.7 Shortage Response Action Effectiveness For each specific Shortage Response Action identified in the plan, the WSCP also estimates the extent to which that action will reduce the gap between supplies and demands identified in DWR Table 8-2 and Table 8-3 (Appendix A). To the extent feasible, the City has estimated percentage savings for the chosen suite of shortage response actions, which can be anticipated to deliver the expected outcomes necessary to meet the requirements of a given shortage level. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 24 3.5 Communication Protocols Timely and effective communication is a key element of the WSCP implementation. In the context of water shortage response, the purpose may be an emergency water shortage situation, such as may result from an earthquake, or a longer-term, non-emergency, shortage condition, such as may result from a drought. In an emergency, the City will activate the communication protocol detailed in the Emergency Response Plan. In a non-emergency water shortage situation, the City will implement the communication protocols described below. Per the Water Code Section 10632 (a)(5), the City has established communication protocols and procedures to inform customers, the public, interested parties, and local, regional, and state governments regarding any current or predicted shortages as determined by the AWSDA described pursuant to Section 10632.1; any shortage response actions triggered or anticipated to be triggered by the annual water supply and demand assessment described pursuant to Section 10632.1; and any other relevant communications. Non-emergency water shortage communication protocols are focused on communicating the water shortage contingency planning actions that can be derived from the results of the AWSDA, and it would likely trigger based upon the decision-making process in Section 3.2. Prior to water shortage level declaration, the City will pursue outreach to inform customers of water shortage levels and definitions, targeted water savings for each drought stage, guidelines that customers are to follow during each stage, and sources of current information on the City’s supply and demand response status. The type and degree of communication will vary with each shortage level in order to inform stakeholders of the current water shortage level status and associated shortage response actions, as defined in Section 3.4.1. Predefined communication objectives and tools will ensure the City’s ability to message necessary events and information to ensure compliance with shortage response actions. These communication objectives and tools are summarized in Table 2. The City’s Public Works department will lead public information and outreach efforts in close coordination with other MWDOC and MET. The City will share information and provide guidance to its customers as well as monitor the customer response and attitude toward both voluntary and mandatory customer response guidelines. The City’s customer outreach is required to successfully achieve targeted water savings during each shortage level. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 25 Table 2 Coordination Procedures Shortage Level Communication Objectives Communication Tools 1 Compliance with shortage response actions, 10% reduction in water use  Social Media, City Media Channel, Educational Material (e.g. Door Hanger, Brochure, Bill Inserts)  Educational Site Visits (Commercial and Residential) 2 Compliance with storage response actions, 20% reduction in water use  Social Media, City Media Channel, Educational Material (e.g. Door Hanger, Brochure, Bill Inserts)  Educational Site Visits (Commercial and Residential) 3 Compliance with shortage response actions, 30% reduction in water use  Social Media, City Media Channel, Educational Material (e.g. Door Hanger, Brochure, Bill Inserts)  Educational Site Visits (Commercial and Residential)  PSA by City of Seal Beach City Manager (or City Council) 4 Compliance with shortage response actions, 40% reduction in water use  Social Media, City Media Channel, Educational Material (e.g. Door Hanger, Brochure, Bill Inserts)  Educational Site Visits (Commercial and Residential)  PSA by City of Seal Beach City Manager (or City Council) 5 Compliance with shortage response actions, 50% reduction in water use  Social Media, City Media Channel, Educational Material (e.g. Door Hanger, Brochure, Bill Inserts)  Educational Site Visits (Commercial and Residential)  PSA by City of Seal Beach City Manager (or City Council) 6 Compliance with shortage response actions, >50% reduction in water use  Social Media, City Media Channel, Educational Material (e.g. Door Hanger, Brochure, Bill Inserts)  Educational Site Visits (Commercial and Residential)  PSA by City of Seal Beach City Manager (or City Council) 3.6 Compliance and Enforcement Per the Water Code Section 10632 (a)(6), the City has defined customer compliance, enforcement, appeal, and exemption procedures for triggered shortage response actions in the existing Seal Beach Water Shortage Contingency Response Ordinance 1695 (Appendix B). Communication procedures to ensure customer compliance are described in Section 3.5. Table 3 summarizes the means the City will use to ensure compliance and enforcement of Shortage Response Actions. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 26 Table 3 Shortage Response Compliance and Enforcement Actions Shortage Response Actions Compliance Enforcement Customer service, education, and communication programs Reduce water usage Educational Letter Water-waste patrols Eliminate/Cease water wasting activity Educational Letter/Verbal Warning/Violation Notice/Administrative Civil Penalties Warning and citation protocols Correct malfunction (e.g. broken sprinkler), Reduce water usage/Cease water wasting activity Violation Notice/Administrative Civil Penalties Fines and surcharges Correct malfunction (e.g. broken sprinkler), Reduce water usage/Cease water wasting activity Violation Notice/Administrative Civil Penalties 3.7 Legal Authorities Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(7)(A), the City has provided a description of the legal authorities that empower the City to implement and enforce its shortage response in the Seal Beach Water Shortage Contingency Response Ordinance 1695 (Appendix B). The City intends to update any legal authorities in a subsequently adopted ordinance which will supersede the existing ordinance. Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(7)(B), the City shall declare a water shortage emergency condition to prevail within the area served by such wholesaler whenever it finds and determines that the ordinary demands and requirements of water consumers cannot be satisfied without depleting the water supply of the distributor to the extent that there would be insufficient water for human consumption, sanitation, and fire protection. Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(7)(C), the City shall coordinate with any agency or county within which it provides water supply services for the possible proclamation of a local emergency under California Government Code, California Emergency Services Act (Article 2, Section 8558). Table 4 identifies the contacts for all cities or counties for which the Supplier provides service in the WSCP, along with developed coordination protocols, can facilitate compliance with this section of the Water Code in the event of a local emergency as defined in subpart (c) of Government Code Section 8558. Table 4 Agency Contacts and Coordination Protocols Contact Agency Coordination Protocols General Manager Golden State Water Company Phone/email Public Works Director County of Orange Phone/email City Council/City Manager City of Seal Beach Meeting/Memo 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 27 3.8 Financial Consequences of WSCP Per Water Code Section 10632(a)(8), Suppliers must include a description of the overall anticipated financial consequences to the Supplier of implementing the WSCP. This description must include potential reductions in revenue and increased expenses associated with implementation of the shortage response actions. This should be coupled with an identification of the anticipated mitigation actions needed to address these financial impacts. During a catastrophic interruption of water supplies, prolonged drought, or water shortage of any kind, the City will experience a reduction in revenue due to reduced water sales. Throughout this period of time, expenditures may increase or decrease with varying circumstances. Expenditures may increase in the event of significant damage to the water system, resulting in emergency repairs. Expenditures may also decrease as less water is pumped through the system, resulting in lower power costs. Water shortage mitigation actions will also impact revenues and require additional costs for drought response activities such as increased staff costs for tracking, reporting, and communications. The City receives water revenue from a service charge and a commodity charge based on consumption. The service charge recovers costs associated with providing water to the serviced property. The service charge does not vary with consumption, and the commodity charge is based on water usage. Rates have been designed to recover the full cost of water service in the charges. Therefore, the total cost of purchasing water would decrease as the usage or sale of water decreases. In the event of a drought emergency, the City will impose excessive water use penalties on its customers, which may include additional costs associated with reduced water revenue, staff time taken for penalty enforcement, and advertising the excessive use penalties. The excessive water use penalties are further described in the City’s Water Shortage Contingency Response Ordinance 1695 (Appendix B). However, there are significant fixed costs associated with maintaining a minimal level of service. The City will monitor projected revenues and expenditures should an extreme shortage and a large reduction in water sales occur for an extended period of time. To overcome these potential revenue losses and/or expenditure impacts, the City may use reserves. If necessary, the City may reduce expenditures by delaying implementation of its Capital Improvement Program and equipment purchases to reallocate funds to cover the cost of operations and critical maintenance, adjust the work force, implement a drought surcharge, and/or make adjustments to its water rate structure. Based on current water rates, a volumetric cutback of 50% and above of water sales may lead to a range of reductions in revenues. The impacts to revenues will depend on a proportionate reduction in variable costs related to supply, pumping, and treatment for the specific shortage event. The City has set aside reserve funding to mitigate a short-term water shortage situation. 3.9 Monitoring and Reporting Per Water Code Section 10632(a)(9), the City is required to provide a description of the monitoring and reporting requirements and procedures that have been implemented to ensure appropriate data is collected, tracked, and analyzed for purposes of monitoring customer compliance and to meet state reporting requirements. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 28 Monitoring and reporting key water use metrics is fundamental to water supply planning and management. Monitoring is also essential in times of water shortage to ensure that the response actions are achieving their intended water use reduction purposes, or if improvements or new actions need to be considered (see Section 3.10). Monitoring for customer compliance tracking is also useful in enforcement actions. Under normal water supply conditions, potable water production figures are recorded daily. Weekly and monthly reports are prepared and monitored. The data from these reports will be used to measure the effectiveness of any water shortage contingency level that may be implemented. As levels of water shortage are declared by MET and MWDOC, the City will follow implementation of those levels as appropriate based on the City’s risk profile provided in UWMP Chapter 6 and continue to monitor water demand levels. When MET calls for extraordinary conservation, MET’s Drought Program Officer will coordinate public information activities with MWDOC and monitor the effectiveness of ongoing conservation programs. The City will participate in monthly member agency manager meetings with both MWDOC and OCWD to monitor and discuss monthly water allocation charts. This will enable the City to be aware of import and groundwater use on a timely basis as a result of specific actions taken responding to the City’s WSCP. 3.10 WSCP Refinement Procedures Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(10), the City must provide reevaluation and improvement procedures for systematically monitoring and evaluating the functionality of the water shortage contingency plan in order to ensure shortage risk tolerance is adequate and appropriate water shortage mitigation strategies are implemented as needed. The City’s WSCP is prepared and implemented as an adaptive management plan. The City will use the monitoring and reporting process defined in Section 3.9 to refine the WSCP. In addition, if certain procedural refinements or new actions are identified by City staff, or suggested by customers or other interested parties, the City will evaluate their effectiveness, incorporate them into the WSCP, and implement them quickly at the appropriate water shortage level. It is envisioned that the WSCP will be periodically reevaluated to ensure that its shortage risk tolerance is adequate and the shortage response actions are effective and up to date based on lessons learned from implementing the WSCP. The WSCP will be revised and updated during the UWMP update cycle to incorporate updated and new information. For example, new supply augmentation actions will be added, and actions that are no longer applicable for reasons such as program expiration will be removed. However, if revisions to the WSCP are warranted before the UWMP is updated, the WSCP will be updated outside of the UWMP update cycle. In the course of preparing the AWSDA each year, City staff will routinely consider the functionality of the overall WSCP and will prepare recommendations for City Council if changes are found to be needed. 3.11 Special Water Feature Distinction Per Water Code Section 10632 (b), the City has defined water features in that are artificially supplied with water, including ponds, lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, separately from swimming pools and spas, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 115921 of the Health and Safety Code, in the City’s Water Shortage Contingency Response Ordinance 1695 (Appendix B). 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 29 3.12 Plan Adoption, Submittal, and Availability Per Water Code Section 10632 (a)(c), the City provided notice of the availability of the Public Review Draft 2025 UWMP and Draft 2025 WSCP and notice of the public hearing to consider adoption of the WSCP. The public review drafts of the 2025 UWMP and the 2025 WSCP were posted prominently on the City’s website in advance of the public hearing on May 11, 2026. Copies of the Draft WSCP were also made available for public inspection at the City Clerk’s and Public Works Department offices and public hearing notifications were published in local newspapers. A copy of the published Notice of Public Hearing is included in Appendix C. The City held the public hearing for the Draft 2025 UWMP and Draft WSCP on May 11, 2026, at the City Council meeting. The City Council reviewed and approved the 2025 UWMP and the WSCP at its May 11, 2026 meeting after the public hearing. See Appendix D for the resolution approving the WSCP. By July 1, 2026, the City’s adopted 2025 UWMP and WSCP was filed with DWR, California State Library, and the County of Orange. The City will make the WSCP available for public review on its website no later than 30 days after filing with DWR. Based on DWR’s review of the WSCP, the City will make any amendments to its adopted WSCP, as required and directed by DWR. If the City revises its WSCP after UWMP is approved by DWR, then an electronic copy of the revised WSCP will be submitted to DWR within 30 days of its adoption. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH 30 SECTION 4 REFERENCES City of Seal Beach. (2026). 2025 Urban Water Management Plan. City of Seal Beach. (2025). Local Hazard Mitigation Plan. Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MET). (2026a). 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan. Metropolitan Water District of Southern California (MET). (2026b). 2025 Urban Water Management Plan. Municipal Water District of Orange County. (2023, July). 2023 Orange County Water Reliability Study. Municipal Water District of Orange County. (2025, December 30). Orange County Water Demand Projection Model Technical Memorandum. Water Emergency Response Organization of Orange County (WEROC). (2025). WEROC 2025 Annual Report. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH APPENDIX A DWR SUBMITTAL TABLES 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Submittal Table 8-1: Water Shortage Contingency Plan Levels Submittal Table 8-1: Cross-reference for Standard vs Supplier Shortage Levels Water Code Section 10632(a)(3)(B) Check the box if the Supplier uses the Standard six levels of water shortage. Proceed to the next table. Standard Shortage Levels Percent Shortage Range Suppliers Shortage Levels Percent Shortage Range 1 Up to 10% 1 Up to 10% 2 Up to 20% 2 Up to 20% 3 Up to 30% 3 Up to 30% 4 Up to 40% 4 Up to 40% 5 Up to 50% 5 Up to 50% 6 >50% 6 >50% NOTES: Submittal Table 8-2: Supply Augmentation and Other Actions Submittal Table 8-2 Retail: Supply Augmentation and Other Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(A),(C) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Supply Augmentation Methods and Other Actions by Water Supplier Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) Add additional rows as needed 1 through 3 Other Purchases Percentage 0 - 100 percent Additional imported water purchase through MWDOC DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Additional Imported Water Purchases to meet the supply gap may have financial ramifications per the MWDOC Water Supply Allocation Plan. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Submittal Table 8-3: Demand Reduction Actions Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) Shortage Level Demand Reduction Actions Drop down list These are the only categories that will be accepted by the WUEdata online submittal tool. Select those that apply. How much is this going to reduce the shortage gap? Additional Explanation or Reference (OPTIONAL) Penalty, Charge, or Other Enforcement? For Retail Suppliers Only Drop Down List Volume or Percentage Drop down Shortage Gap Reduction Value (May be a range) (AF) Add additional rows as needed 0 Landscape - Prohibit certain types of landscape irrigation On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Watering or irrigation of nonfunctional turf (NFT) on State and local government properties, commercial, industrial and institutional owned landscapes, homeowners' associations common area landscapes, and local government facilities in disadvantaged communities (DAC) is prohibited. See Note 1 below. No 0 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Watering or irrigating of lawns, landscaping, and other vegetated areas with potable water between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on any day, except by use of a hand-water shut-off nozzle or device, or for a very short period of time for the limited purpose of adjusting or repairing an irrigation system. 0 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No water user shall cause or allow watering or irrigation of lawn, landscape or other vegetated area with potable water using a landscape irrigation system or a watering device that is not continuously attended for longer than 15 minutes watering per day per station. This section does not apply to landscape irrigation systems that exclusively use very low-flow drip type irrigation systems where no emitter produces more than 2 gallons of water per hour and weather based controllers or stream rotor sprinklers that meet a 70% efficiency standard. 0 Other - Require automatic shut of hoses On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall wash a motor vehicle, trailer, boat or other type of mobile equipment other than by a hand-held bucket or by a hose equipped with a positive shut-off nozzle. This prohibition shall not apply to washing performed at a commercial car wash. 0 Water Features - Restrict water use for decorative water features, such as fountains On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall operate a water fountain or other decorative water feature that does not use re-circulated water. 0 Landscape - Restrict or prohibit runoff from landscape irrigation On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No water user shall cause or allow water to run off landscape areas into adjoining streets, sidewalks, driveways, alleys, gutters, ditches or any paved surfaces due to incorrectly maintained sprinklers, excessive watering or use. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) 0 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than 7 days. 0 CII - Restaurants may only serve water upon request On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Restaurants shall not offer water service and shall serve water only to a customer that specifically requests water. 0 Other - Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall install non-recirculating water systems in connection with commercial conveyor car wash and commercial laundry systems. Effective on January 1, 2010, the owner or operator of any commercial conveyor car wash system shall install operational re-circulating water systems, or secure a waiver of this requirement from the director. 0 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No person shall install single pass cooling systems in connection with new water service. 0 Other - Prohibit use of potable water for washing hard surfaces On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Water shall not be used to wash down sidewalks, hard or paved surfaces, including but not limited to sidewalks, walkways, driveways, parking areas, tennis courts, patios or alleys. Notwithstanding this prohibition, a water user may wash down such surfaces when necessary to alleviate safety or sanitary hazards, and then only by use of a hand-held bucket or similar container, a hand-held hose equipped with a positive self-closing water shut- off device, a low-volume, high-pressure cleaning machine equipped to recycle any water used, or a low-volume high- pressure water broom. Yes 0 Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. No landscape watering shall occur within 48 hours after measurable precipitation. 0 Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition On-going Long Term-Conservation Savings Measure. Not applicable to Water Shortage Contingency Plan quantifiable savings. Irrigating ornamental turf on public street medians is prohibited. 1 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 1 Shortage Response Actions) No 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) 1 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 2% Irrigation shall not be performed except on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Irrigation may be performed at any time if done by means of a hand-held hose equipped with a positive shut-off nozzle, a hand-held faucet filled bucket of 5 gallons or less, or a drip irrigation system. Yes 1 Other Percentage 2% Agricultural users and commercial nurseries shall curtail all non-essential water use, but are otherwise exempt from Level 1 measures. Watering of livestock and irrigation of propagation beds are permitted at any time. Yes 1 Other Percentage 1% Washing of motor vehicles, boats, airplanes and other mobile equipment shall be performed only on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. This prohibition shall not apply to the washing of garbage trucks, vehicles used to transport food and perishables and other mobile equipment for which frequent cleaning is essential for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare. Yes 1 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 1% Filling or refilling of swimming pools, spas, ponds and artificial lakes shall be performed only on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Yes 1 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 1% Watering golf courses, parks, school grounds and recreational fields shall be performed only between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. This prohibition does not apply to golf course greens. Yes 1 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than five (5) days. 1 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 3% Ornamental fountains and similar structures shall not be operated. Yes 2 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 2 Shortage Response Actions) No 2 Other Percentage 2% Agricultural users and commercial nurseries shall curtail all non-essential water use, but are otherwise exempt from Level 2 measures. Watering of livestock and irrigation of propagation beds are permitted at any time. Yes 2 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than 4 days. 2 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Percentage 15% Watering or irrigating of lawn, landscape, or other vegetated area with potable water is limited to three (3) days per week. Yes 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) 3 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 3 Shortage Response Actions) No 3 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than three (3) days. 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Percentage 15% Watering or irrigating of lawn, landscape, or other vegetated area with potable water is limited to two (2) days per week. Yes 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 1% Irrigation shall not be performed except on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Yes 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 1% Agricultural users and commercial nurseries shall use water only between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Watering of livestock and irrigation of propagation beds are permitted at any time. Yes 3 Other - Prohibit vehicle washing except at facilities using recycled or recirculating water Percentage 2% Washing of motor vehicles, boats, airplanes and other mobile equipment is prohibited except when performed at a commercial car wash. This prohibition shall not apply to the washing of garbage trucks, vehicles used to transport food and perishables and other mobile equipment for which frequent cleaning is essential for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare. Yes 3 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 1% Filling or refilling of swimming pools, spas, ponds and artificial lakes shall be performed only on designated irrigation days and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. Yes 3 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific times Percentage 2% Watering golf courses, parks, school grounds and recreational fields shall be performed only between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. This prohibition does not apply to golf course greens. Yes 3 Moratorium or Net Zero Demand Increase on New Connections Percentage 3% New construction meters and permits for unmetered service shall not be issued. Construction water shall not be used for earth work or road construction purposes. Yes 3 Other Percentage 1% The use of non-reclaimed and non- recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 20%. Yes 4 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 4 Shortage Response Actions) No 4 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than two (2) days. 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH Submittal Table 8-3 Retail: Demand Reduction Actions Water Code Section 10632(a)(4)(B) and (E) Yes Is the Supplier completing this table using the standard six levels? (yes/no) 4 Landscape - Limit landscape irrigation to specific days Percentage 15% Watering or irrigating of lawn, landscape, or other vegetated area with potable water is limited to one (1) days per week. Yes 4 Other Percentage 1% The use of non-reclaimed and non- recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 30%. Yes 5 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 5 Shortage Response Actions) No 5 Other - Customers must repair leaks, breaks, and malfunctions in a timely manner Percentage 2% Each water user shall repair all leaks from indoor and outdoor plumbing fixture at the user’s premises. Such water user shall eliminate any loss or escape of water through breaks, leaks or other malfunctions in the water user’s plumbing or distribution system promptly after discovering the leak and in no event in less than one (1) day. Yes 5 Landscape - Prohibit all landscape irrigation Percentage 15% Outdoor irrigation is prohibited. Yes 5 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Percentage 2% Use of water for agricultural or commercial nursery purposes is prohibited. This prohibition shall not apply to watering of livestock. Yes 5 Other water feature or swimming pool restriction Percentage 2% Filling or refilling of swimming pools, spas, ponds and artificial lakes is prohibited. Yes 5 Landscape - Other landscape restriction or prohibition Percentage 5% Watering golf course areas, other than greens, is prohibited. Watering of parks, school grounds and recreational fields is prohibited except for plant materials classified as rare, exceptionally valuable or essential to the well being of rare animals. Yes 5 Other Percentage 2% The use of non-reclaimed and non- recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 40%. Yes 5 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Percentage 2% The use of water for commercial manufacturing or processing purposes shall be reduced in volume by 40%. Yes 5 Other Percentage 2% Water shall not be used for air conditioning purposes. Yes 6 Expand Public Information Campaign Percentage 5% Community Outreach and Messaging (Expand Public Information Campaign to reflect Level 6 Shortage Response Actions) No 6 Other Percentage 2% The use of non-reclaimed and non- recycled water by commercial car washes shall be reduced in volume by 50%. Yes 6 CII - Other CII restriction or prohibition Percentage 2% The use of water for commercial manufacturing or processing purposes shall be reduced in volume by 50%. Yes 6 Other Percentage 50% Water use for public health and safety purposes only. Yes DWR NOTES: Units of measure (AF, CCF, MG) must remain consistent throughout the UWMP as reported in Submittal Table 2-3. NOTES: Note 1: NFT irrigation requirements begin January 1, 2027 for State and local government properties, January 1, 2028 for commercial, industrial and institutional owned landscapes, January 1, 2029 for homeowners' associations common area landscapes, and January 1, 2031 for local government properties in disadvantaged communities (DAC). 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH APPENDIX B SEAL BEACH WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY RESPONSE ORDINANCE 1695 Below is the weblink to the current ordinance (last accessed on April 17, 2026) http://www.qcode.us/codes/sealbeach/ 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH APPENDIX C NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING (PENDING) 2025 WATER SHORTAGE CONTINGENCY PLAN APRIL 2026 / FINAL DRAFT / CAROLLO CITY OF SEAL BEACH APPENDIX D ADOPTED WSCP RESOLUTION (PENDING) 2025 Urban Water Management Plan & 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan Public Hearing Prepared for: May 11, 2026 C A R O L L O / 2 updatefooter0323.pptx/2updatefooter0323.pptx/2Agenda •Purpose and Overview of the UWMP and WSCP •System Description •Water Use Characterization and Projections •Water Conservation Target Compliance •Water Supply Characterization •Water Service Reliability and Drought Risk Assessment •Water Shortage Contingency Planning •Demand Management Measures C A R O L L O / 3 updatefooter0323.pptx/3updatefooter0323.pptx/3Purpose and Overview of the UWMP •2025 Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) is prepared to comply with the 1983 UWMP Act and California Water Code. •This 2025 UWMP was prepared as part of a shared-services agreement with MWDOC along with 22 other partner agencies. •The 2025 UWMP is an update to the 2020 UWMP and includes the following key elements: »Water use characterization and projections through year 2050 »Reporting on water conservation target compliance »Update of the City’s existing and planned water supplies »A long-term water supply reliability assessment through year 2050. »The 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan (WSCP); an update to the 2020 WSCP »Update of water use efficiency programs from MWDOC and the City C A R O L L O / 4 updatefooter0323.pptx/4updatefooter0323.pptx/4System Description •Service Area: 7,135 acres •Water System Components »4 wells (3 active, 1 inactive) »1 imported water connections to MET »4 connections with other agencies. »2 reservoirs with a capacity of 7 MG »2 booster pump stations »75 miles of pipelines ▪City’s Population in 2025: 24,399 ▪Projected Population 2050: 23,666 ▪Population Change: -3.0% 0 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 2025 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 Population Forecast Source: Center for Demographics Research (CSUF) C A R O L L O / 5 updatefooter0323.pptx/5updatefooter0323.pptx/5Water Use Projections •The City participated in the development of the 2025 Orange County Water Demand Projection Model led by MWDOC. ▪City’s demand projection: »2020: 3,443 afy »5-year average: 3,287 »2050: 3,358 afy »Change 2020-2050: -2.5% Total demand in Orange County continues to trend down, while population has increased more than 700,000 (+30%) C A R O L L O / 6 updatefooter0323.pptx/6updatefooter0323.pptx/6Water Conservation Target Compliance •The 2009 Water Conservation Act (SB X7-7) mandated 20% reduction in urban per capita water use by 2020 (aka 20x2020). •MWDOC’s Water Use Efficiency (WUE) program helped meet the goals through the Orange County 20x2020 Regional Alliance. •Participating retailers, including the City of Seal Beach, complied collectively rather than individually. The City is in compliance with the mandated 20% water use reduction and WUE target. 142 95 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 2020 Target 2020 ActualPer Capita Water Use (gpcd) C A R O L L O / 7 updatefooter0323.pptx/7updatefooter0323.pptx/7Water Supply Characterization ▪City’s existing supply mix: »Groundwater: 90.4% »Imported Water: 9.6% •The City has 4 inter- connections with adjacent agencies •The City anticipates to rehabilitating existing wells in the near future as new water supplies. City’s Projected Water Supply Mix The City’s water supply mix is not projected to change through year 2050 C A R O L L O / 8 updatefooter0323.pptx/8updatefooter0323.pptx/8Water Service Reliability and Drought Risk Assessment •Water Service Reliability is assessed by comparing the projected water demand with the projected available water supplies •Near-Term Assessment developed for 2026-2030 based on driest 5-year sequence for supply •Long-Term Assessment are developed in 5-year increments from 2030-2050 for three hydrologic conditions: »Normal Water Year »Single Dry Year »Drought lasting 5 Consecutive Dry Years The City has long-term supply reliability under normal, single dry year, and 5 consecutive drought years. 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 2030 2035 2040 2045 2050 Example: Single Dry Year Assessment Supply (afy)Demand (afy) C A R O L L O / 9 updatefooter0323.pptx/9updatefooter0323.pptx/9Water Shortage Contingency Planning ▪The WSCP is both a required element of the UWMP as well as a stand-alone document. •No new requirements were added for the 2025 WSCP •Key WSCP elements: »Analysis of water supply reliability »Annual water supply and demand assessment »6 standard water shortage levels »Shortage response actions »Communication protocols Stage Shortage Percentage Shortage Response Actions 0 0% (normal)•City proceed with planned practices •Permanent water waste prohibitions •Non-functional turf ban effective 1/1/2027 1 Up to 10%•Same as level 0 •Up to 10% consumer demand reduction with mandatory level 1 conservation measures 2 11-20%•Same as level 1 •Up to 20% consumer demand reduction with mandatory level 3 conservation measures 3 21-30%•Same as level 2 •Up to 30% consumer demand reduction required •Declare Water Supply Shortage Emergency 4 31-40%•Same as level 3 •Up to 40% consumer demand reduction required 5 41-50%•Same as level 4 •Up to 50% consumer demand reduction required 6 >50%•Same as level 5 •Up to 60% consumer demand reduction required. C A R O L L O / 10 updatefooter0323.pptx/10updatefooter0323.pptx/10Demand Management Measures ▪Water Use Efficiency Program and Rebates 2020-2025: »High Efficiency Clothes Washers »High Efficiency Toilets »Flow Monitoring Devices »Turf Replacement Programs »Spray to Drip conversion »Smart Timers »Rain Barrels »Landscape Design Rebate Programs ▪Demand Management Implementation Assistance Programs: »Technical Assistance Program »Meter Area Measurements »Regional Rebate Programs »Local Program Assistance »Water Conservation Research The City collaborates with MWDOC to implement water conservation programs to reduce water demands https://www.mwdoc.com/ save-water/water-use-efficiency/ Public Hearing May 11, 2026 QUESTIONS? Prepared for: 2025 Urban Water Management Plan & 2025 Water Shortage Contingency Plan Agenda Item J AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Barbara Arenado, Director of Finance/City Treasurer SUBJECT:Street Lighting Assessment District ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt: 1. Resolution 7774 initiating the annual levy of the street lighting assessment; and, 2. Resolution 7775 setting the date for the public hearing for June 8, 2026; and, 3. Resolution 7776 approving the Engineer's Report. No increase in assessments is projected for Fiscal Year 2026-2027. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: Similar to previous years, the City contracted with Willdan Financial Services to develop a proposal to initiate an annual levy of assessments for the Street Lighting Assessment District for Fiscal Year 2026-2027. Under the provisions of the "Landscaping and Lighting Act of 1972," (Part 2 of Division 15 of the Streets and Highways Code of the State of California), the three (3) resolutions included on this agenda are required to initiate the levy process and must be passed in order to schedule the date for Public Hearing. The Engineer's Report (prepared by Willdan Financial Services) includes: 1) the plans and specifications for the lighting improvements, 2) an estimate of the cost for the improvements, 3) a diagram of the assessment district, and 4) an assessment of the estimated cost of the improvements. Upon conclusion of the public hearing, Council may adopt a resolution confirming the diagram and assessment either as originally proposed or as modified by Council. The adoption of the resolution shall constitute the levy of an assessment for the fiscal year referred to in the assessment. Page 2 2 2 9 1 The assessment for each parcel of property in the district is based upon the benefit derived from street lighting. Total estimated costs for providing street lighting for 2026-2027 are $279,923, which includes utility costs of $270,000, assessment engineer costs of $9,500, and a County fee of $423. The Reserve Fund is estimated to be $0.00 as of June 30, 2026. In order to cover the estimated Fiscal Year 2026-2027 expenditures of $279,923, total revenues required are $140,992 in assessments plus a General Fund contribution of $138,931. A comparison of the last two years’ assessments to the proposed 2026-2027 assessment for certain parcels is summarized in the following table: 2024-25 2025-26 2026-27 Zone 1 Single family homes in College Park East & West, the Hill & Cove Areas $21.86 $21.86 $21.86 Zone 2 Single family homes in Old Town $11.26 $11.26 $11.26 Zone 3 Leisure World Condominiums $1.21 $1.21 $1.21 Zone 4 Surfside $4.15 $4.15 $4.15 Exhibit B of the Engineer’s Report gives additional examples of assessment amounts by land use and zone for Fiscal Year 2026-2027. (A copy of the Engineer’s Report is not included with the Resolutions due to the large size of the document. However, a copy is available for review in the City Clerk’s office.) If the resolutions initiating the proceedings, setting the public hearing and approving the Engineer's Report are adopted, the following schedule of events must occur in order to establish the assessments for Fiscal Year 2026-2027: DATES May 11 City Council adopts resolutions initiating proceedings, approving Engineer's Report, and setting the date for public hearing on June 8, 2026. June 8 Hold public hearing, consider protests, and adopt resolution confirming diagram and assessment. August 10 File assessment with County Auditor. August 17 Make necessary corrections to assessment roll for County Assessor. Page 3 2 2 9 1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: There is no environmental impact related to this item. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the resolutions as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: The General Fund will need to make a contribution to the Street Lighting Fund estimated to be $138,931. In the proposed budget for Fiscal Year 2026-2027, approved by the Director of Finance, a transfer into the Street Lighting Fund of $138,931 has been budgeted and should be adequate to bridge the gap between revenues generated by Street Lighting District No. 1 and expenditures expected to be paid. RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt: 1. Resolution 7774 initiating the annual levy of the street lighting assessment; and, 2. Resolution 7775 setting the date for the public hearing for June 8, 2026; and, 3. Resolution 7776 approving the Engineer's Report. No increase in assessments is projected for Fiscal Year 2026-2027. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Barbara Arenado Patrick Gallegos Barbara Arenado, Director of Finance/City Treasurer Patrick Gallegos, City Manager ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7774 B. Resolution 7775 C. Resolution 7776 D. Engineer’s Report E. Preliminary Assessment Roll RESOLUTION 7774 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL INITIATING PROCEEDINGS FOR THE ANNUAL LEVY AND COLLECTION OF ASSESSMENTS WITHIN, AND ORDERING THE PREPARATION OF AN ENGINEER’S REPORT FOR STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT NO. 1 WHEREAS, the Seal Beach City Council has previously formed an assessment district known and designated as STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT NO. 1 (hereinafter referred to as the “District”) pursuant to the terms of the “Landscaping and Lighting Act of 1972,” being Division 15, Part 2 of the Streets and Highways Code of the State of California, commencing with Section 22500 (the “Act”); and, WHEREAS, at this time the City Council is desirous to take proceedings to provide for the annual levy and collection of assessments for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 to provide for the annual costs of maintenance and servicing of street lighting within the District. THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. That the above recitals are all true and correct. Section 2. That the public interest and convenience requires, and the City Council hereby initiates proceedings for, the annual levy and collection of special assessments for payment of the annual maintenance and servicing of street lights within the District, including, but not limited to, the repair, removal or replacement of such street lights. No new improvements or substantial changes in existing improvements are proposed as a part of these proceedings. Section 3. That the improvements are hereby referred to WILLDAN FINANCIAL SERVICES, who is hereby directed to prepare and file an Engineer’s Report in accordance with Article 4 of Chapter 1 of the Act, and generally containing the following: A. Plans and specifications describing the general nature, location and extent of the improvements; B. An estimate of the costs of the improvements for the District for the Fiscal Year 2026-2027; C. A diagram for the District, showing the area and properties proposed to be assessed; and D. An assessment of the estimated costs of the improvements stating the net amount to be assessed, describing each 1 1 1 4 4 assessable lot and parcel within the District, and assessing the net amount upon assessable lots and parcels within the District in proportion to the benefits received. That upon completion of the preparation of said Report, the original shall be filed with the City Clerk, who shall then submit the same to this legislative body for its immediate review and consideration. Section 4. That the above Report shall include all costs and maintenance expenses of said maintenance and servicing relating to the Fiscal Year commencing July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: __ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk 1 1 1 4 4 STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7774 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. __ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk RESOLUTION 7775 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DECLARING ITS INTENTION TO PROVIDE FOR THE ANNUAL LEVY AND COLLECTION OF ASSESSMENTS WITHIN STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT NO. 1, AND SETTING A TIME AND PLACE FOR PUBLIC HEARING THEREON WHEREAS, the Seal Beach City Council, has previously formed an assessment district known as STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT NO. 1 (hereinafter referred to as the “District”), generally located within the entire City of Seal Beach, pursuant to the terms of the “Landscaping and Lighting Act of 1972,” being Division 15, Part 2 of the Streets and Highways Code of the State of California, commencing with Section 22500 (the “Act”); and, WHEREAS, at this time the City Council is desirous to take proceedings to provide for the annual levy and collection of assessments for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 to provide for costs and expenses necessary to pay for the maintenance and servicing of streetlights within said District; and, WHEREAS, there has been presented and approved by this City Council an Engineer’s Report, as required by law, and this City Council is desirous of continuing with the proceedings for said annual levy. THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. That the above recitals are all true and correct. Section 2. That the public interest and convenience requires, and it is the intention of this legislative body to undertake proceedings for the annual levy and collection of assessments to pay the cost and expenses for the maintenance and servicing of improvements with the above-referenced District, for the Fiscal Year commencing July 1, 2026 and ending June 30, 2027, and said improvements generally being described as the maintenance and servicing of street lights within the City, including, but not limited to, the repair, removal or replacement of such street lights. No new improvements or any substantial changes in existing improvements are proposed as part of these proceedings. Section 3. That said improvements are of direct benefit to the properties within the boundaries of said District, which District the legislative body previously declared to be the area benefited by said improvements, and for particulars, reference is made to the boundary map as previously approved by this legislative body, a copy of which is on file in the office of the City Clerk and open for public inspection, and is designated by the name of the District. 1 1 1 4 5 Section 4. That the Engineer’s Report, prepared and filed by Willdan Financial Services, as preliminarily approved by this legislative body, is on file with the City Clerk and open for public inspection. Reference is made to said Report for a full and detailed description of the improvements, the boundaries of the District and any zones therein, and the proposed assessments upon assessable lots and parcels of land within the District. Section 5. That public property owned by any public agency and in use in the performance of a public function that is included within the boundaries of the District shall not be subject to assessment under these proceedings to pay for any of the costs and expenses of said improvements. Section 6. NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT MONDAY, THE 8TH OF JUNE 2026, AT THE HOUR OF 7:00 P.M., IN THE REGULAR MEETING PLACE OF THE CITY COUNCIL, BEING THE COUNCIL CHAMBERS, CITY HALL, IS THE TIME AND PLACE FIXED BY THIS LEGISLATIVE BODY FOR HEARING PROTESTS OR OBJECTIONS IN REFERENCE TO THE ANNUAL LEVY OF ASSESSMENTS AND TO ANY OTHER MATTERS CONTAINED IN THIS RESOLUTION. ANY PERSONS WHO WISH TO OBJECT TO THE PROCEEDINGS OR THE ANNUAL LEVY SHOULD FILE A WRITTEN PROTEST WITH THE CITY CLERK PRIOR TO THE CONCLUSION OF THE PUBLIC HEARING. A WRITTEN PROTEST SHALL STATE ALL GROUNDS OF OBJECTION. A PROTEST BY A PROPERTY OWNER SHALL CONTAIN A DESCRIPTION SUFFICIENT TO IDENTIFY THE PROPERTY OWNED BY THE SIGNER THEREOF. THE CITY COUNCIL SHALL CONSIDER ALL ORAL STATEMENTS AND ALL WRITTEN PROTESTS MADE OR FILED BY ANY INTERESTED PERSON. Section 7. That the assessments to be levied and collected against the assessable lots and parcels of property within the District for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 are not proposed to increase from the assessments levied and collected for Fiscal Year 2025-2026. Section 8. That the City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to give notice as required by law by causing a copy of this Resolution to be published in a newspaper of general circulation within said City; said publication to be completed not less than ten (10) days prior to the date set for the public hearing. Section 9. For any and all information relating to these proceedings, including information relating to protest procedures, your attention is directed 1 1 1 4 5 to the person designated below: Barbara Arenado – Director of Finance; City of Seal Beach – 211 8th Street – Seal Beach, CA 90740; (562) 431-2527 Ext. 1311 or email: barenado@sealbeachca.gov. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: ___ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7775 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. ___ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk RESOLUTION 7776 A RESOLUTION OF THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL APPROVING THE ENGINEER’S REPORT IN CONNECTION WITH THE ANNUAL LEVY AND COLLECTION OF ASSESSMENTS WITHIN STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT NO. 1 WHEREAS, the Seal Beach City Council, pursuant to the terms of the “Landscaping and Lighting Act of 1972,” being Division 15, Part 2 of the Streets and Highways Code of the State of California, commencing with Section 22500 (the “Act”) did, by previous resolution, initiate proceedings and order the preparation of an Engineer’s Report for the annual levy and collection of assessments within an assessment district known and designated as STREET LIGHTING DISTRICT NO. 1 (hereinafter referred to as the “District”); and, WHEREAS, there has now been presented to this City Council a Report entitled “Engineer’s Report, Annual Levy of Assessment, Street Lighting District No. 1, Fiscal Year 2026-2027,” as required by said Division 15, Part 2 of the Streets and Highways Code and as previously directed by Resolution; and, WHEREAS, this City Council has now carefully examined and reviewed the Report as presented and is satisfied with each and all of the items and documents as set forth therein, and is satisfied that the assessments have been allocated in accordance with the benefits received from the proposed improvements, as set forth in said Report. THE SEAL BEACH CITY COUNCIL DOES HEREBY RESOLVE: Section 1. That the above recitals are all true and correct. Section 2. That the Report as presented, consists of the following: A. Plans and specifications describing the general nature, location and extent of the improvements; B. An estimate of the costs of the improvements for the District for Fiscal Year 2026-2027; C. A diagram for the District, showing the area and properties proposed to be assessed; and, D. An assessment of the estimated costs of the improvements stating the net amount to be assessed, describing each assessable lot and parcel within the District, and assessing the net amount upon all assessable lots and parcels within the District in proportion to benefits received. 1 1 1 4 9 That said Report is hereby approved as filed and is ordered to be filed in the Office of the City Clerk as a permanent record and to remain open to public inspection. Section 3. That the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this Resolution, and the minutes of this meeting shall so reflect the presentation of said Report. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: _ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution 7776 on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. ____ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 2026-2027 ENGINEER’S ANNUAL LEVY REPORT INTENT MEETING: MAY 11, 2026 PUBLIC HEARING: JUNE 8, 2026 27368 Via Industria Suite 200 Temecula, CA 92590 T 951.587.3500 | 800.755.6864 F 951.587.3510 www.willdan.com TABLE OF CONTENTS I. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................1 II. PROPOSITION 218 ....................................................................................2 III. BOUNDARIES OF DISTRICT ....................................................................3 IV. IMPROVEMENTS AUTHORIZED BY THE 1972 ACT ...............................4 V. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................6 VI. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS .............................................................................7 VII. METHOD OF APPORTIONMENT OF ASSESSMENT ..............................8 VIII. ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM AND ROLL ................................................... 16 EXHIBIT A .......................................................................................................... 17 EXHIBIT B .......................................................................................................... 18 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 1 of 18 I. INTRODUCTION Pursuant to the order of the City Council of the City of Seal Beach and in compliance with the requirements of Article 4 of Chapter 1 of the "Landscaping and Lighting Act of 1972" (herein after referred to as the "1972 Act "), being Part 2 of Division 15, Sections 22500 through 22679 of the Streets and Highways Code of the State of California, this Report presents the engineering analysis for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 of the district (hereinafter referred to as the "District") known as: Street Lighting District No. 1 City of Seal Beach Assessments for this District are being levied for the following: 1. The maintenance and servicing of local street lights in close proximity to certain lots and parcels which provide a direct special benefit to such lots or parcels. 2. The maintenance and servicing of arterial street lights which provide a special benefit to the assessable parcels within the District whether or not such parcels are in close proximity to such lights. The 1972 Act, in Section 22573, states that the "net amount to be assessed upon lands within an assessment district may be apportioned by any formula or method which fairly distributes the net amount among all assessable lots or parcels in proportion to the estimated benefits to be received by each such lot or parcel from the improvements." Details of the formula being used to spread the assessments throughout this District are found under the heading "Method of Apportionment of Assessment". 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 2 of 18 II. PROPOSITION 218 In November 1996 voters of the State of California passed Proposition 218 which added Article XIIID to the California Constitution requiring new procedures for assessment districts. Article XIIID requires that assessments comply with stated provisions by July 1, 1997, unless an assessment district meets certain exemptions. The exemptions from the procedural and approval requirements are set forth in Section 5 of the Article and include the following: “(a) Any assessment imposed exclusively to finance the capital costs or maintenance and operation expenses for sidewalks, streets, sewers, water, flood control, drainage systems or vector control.” The City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 qualifies as an existing assessment with the District funding items that are considered exempt under provision (a) quoted above, specifically street and sidewalk improvements. Using the definitions provided by the Office of the Controller for the State of California in the Guidelines Relating to Gas Tax Expenditures published by the Division of Local Government Fiscal Affairs, street improvements include street lighting. It is the Assessment Engineer’s understanding that the City has determined that the highest assessment rates used to calculate the annual assessments in years prior to the approval of Proposition 218 established the maximum assessment rates. Therefore, so long as the assessment rates do not exceed the maximum rates established prior to the passage of Proposition 218, assessment balloting is not required. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 3 of 18 III. BOUNDARIES OF DISTRICT The boundaries of the City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 are coterminous with the city limits of the City of Seal Beach and are shown on the map entitled Assessment Diagram, City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1. The map of the District is on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach and is available for review and public inspection and by reference is made part of the report. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 4 of 18 IV. IMPROVEMENTS AUTHORIZED BY THE 1972 ACT As applicable or may be applicable to this proposed District, the 1972 Act defines improvements to mean one or any combination of the following:  The installation or planting of landscaping.  The installation or construction of statuary, fountains, and other ornamental structures and facilities.  The installation or construction of public lighting facilities.  The installation or construction of any facilities which are appurtenant to any of the foregoing or which are necessary or convenient for the maintenance or servicing thereof, including, but not limited to, grading, clearing, removal of debris, the installation or construction of curbs, gutters, walls, sidewalks, or paving, or water, irrigation, drainage, or electrical facilities.  The maintenance or servicing, or both, of any of the foregoing.  The acquisition of any existing improvement otherwise authorized pursuant to this section. Incidental expenses associated with the improvements including, but not limited to:  The cost of preparation of the report, including plans, specifications, estimates, diagram, and assessment;  The costs of printing, advertising, and the publishing, posting and mailing of notices;  Compensation payable to the County for collection of assessments;  Compensation of any engineer or attorney employed to render services;  Any other expenses incidental to the construction, installation, or maintenance and servicing of the improvements;  Any expenses incidental to the issuance of bonds or notes pursuant to Section 22662.5.  Costs associated with any elections held for the approval of a new or increased assessment. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 5 of 18 The 1972 Act defines "Maintain" or "maintenance" to mean furnishing of services and materials for the ordinary and usual maintenance, operation, and servicing of any improvement, including:  Repair, removal, or replacement of all or any part of any improvement.  Providing for the life, growth, health, and beauty of landscaping, including cultivation, irrigation, trimming, spraying, fertilizing, or treating for disease or injury.  The removal of trimmings, rubbish, debris, and other solid waste.  The cleaning, sandblasting, and painting of walls and other improvements to remove or cover graffiti. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 6 of 18 V. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The improvements include the maintenance and servicing of the public street lighting system within the City of Seal Beach. The City maintains Street Light Inventory Maps that show and describe the general nature, location, and extent of the street lights. These maps are on file in the office of the City Clerk where they are available for inspection and are incorporated herein by reference. Maintenance includes, but is not limited to, the removal, repair, or replacement of light standards, poles, bulbs, fixtures, appurtenances, supplies, etc. Servicing includes the furnishing of all electrical energy to the street lights. The local street lighting improvements to be maintained and serviced in Zones 1 and 2 of this District include the residential portion of the Edison-owned street lights within the boundaries of these zones. Zones 3 and 4 of this District have no local street lighting improvements to be maintained. The local street lighting improvements to be maintained and serviced in Zone 5 of this District include the non-residential portion of the Edison- owned street lights within the boundaries of this zone. The arterial street lighting improvements to be maintained and serviced by this District include Edison and City-owned street lights on the following streets and highways:  Beverly Manor Road - West of Seal Beach Boulevard  Bolsa Avenue - Pacific Coast Highway to Seal Beach Boulevard  Electric Avenue - Marina Drive to Seal Beach Boulevard  First Street - Pacific Coast Highway to Ocean Avenue  Lampson Avenue - Seal Beach Boulevard to East City Limit  Main Street - Pacific Coast Highway to Ocean Avenue  Marina Drive - West City Limit to Pacific Coast Highway  Ocean Avenue - First Street to Seal Beach Boulevard  Old Ranch Parkway - Seal Beach Boulevard to the 22 Freeway  Pacific Coast Highway - West City Limit to East City Limit  Seal Beach Boulevard - North City Limit to Ocean Avenue  Westminster Avenue – West City Limit to East City Limit  Bixby Old Ranch Town Center – Seal Beach Boulevard from 405 to Lampson  Seal Beach Boulevard – At Heron Point/Forrestal Lane  Old Bolsa Chica Road – East Side Fronting Bolsa Storage Facility Property 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 7 of 18 VI. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS The costs of providing the services that are to be funded by the District were estimated by the City in connection with the Fiscal Year 2026-2027 City budget. The following table details the District’s estimated budget for Fiscal Year 2026-2027, as well as, shows the Fiscal Year 2026-2027 Assessment Budget and how the local lighting benefit is apportioned to each zone within the District: Amount $270,000.00 9,500.00 422.98 0.00 0.00 $279,922.98 $0.00 138,931.24 140,991.74 $279,922.98 $57,057.81 Zone 1 $57,465.31 Zone 2 19,075.41 Zone 5 7,393.21 83,933.93 $140,991.74 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Reserve Fund Contribution/(Usage) Projected Ending Reserve Fund Balance June 30, 2027 Subtotal Local Street Lighting Benefit Total Assessment Fund Balance Information Estimated Beginning Reserve Fund Balance July 1, 2026 Allocation to Zones Arterial Street Lighting Benefit Local Street Lighting Benefit Reserve Fund Contribution /(Usage) General Fund Contribution Total Assessments for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 Total Revenue City Attorney Budget For Fiscal Year 2026-2027 Revenue for Fiscal Year 2026-2027 Description Estimated Cost of Maintenance and Servicing Servicing Costs (Utilities) Assessment Engineer City Administration County Fee 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 8 of 18 VII. METHOD OF APPORTIONMENT OF ASSESSMENT Section 22573 of the 1972 Act provides that assessments may be apportioned by any formula or method which fairly distributes the net amount to be assessed among all assessable lots or parcels within the District in proportion to the estimated benefits received by each such lot or parcel from the improvements. The 1972 Act also permits the classification of various areas within the District into different zones where, by reason of variations in the nature, location and extent of the improvements, the various areas will receive differing degrees of benefit from the improvements. A zone shall consist of all territory that will receive substantially the same degree of benefit from the improvements. All lots and parcels within the District boundaries, with the exception of utility operating rights-of-way and public property, will be assessed. The proposed method of apportionment of assessment for Local Street Lighting Benefits and Arterial Street Lighting Benefits is described below: LOCAL STREET LIGHTING BENEFITS (FOR STREET LIGHTS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO LOTS AND PARCELS) Maintenance and servicing of certain street lights along the streets and highways in close proximity to certain lots or parcels provides a special benefit to such lots or parcels for the following reasons:  Such street lights, by virtue of the illumination they provide, improve security of such lots or parcels.  Such street lights improve ingress to and egress from such lots or parcels by illuminating access after sunset, and by so improving ingress and egress, further improve the security of such lots or parcels by improving the nighttime visibility of such lots or parcels and the access of emergency vehicles thereto.  Also, in the case of commercial lots or parcels, such street lights, by improving ingress and egress, facilitate the opening and operation of businesses used after sunset. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 9 of 18 The assessment formula recognizes that benefits received from street lights are based on the following criteria: A. TRAFFIC CIRCULATION 1. Improved ingress to and egress from lots or parcels within the District. 2. Improved ingress to and egress from commercial lots or parcels and a corresponding promotion of business during nighttime hours. B. SECURITY 1. Increased illumination after sunset and a corresponding reduction in vandalism and other criminal acts and damage to improvements. 2. Increased illumination after sunset and a corresponding improvement to the access of emergency vehicles to such lots or parcels. 3. Increased illumination after sunset and a corresponding reduction in illegal dumping on vacant land. C. INTENSITY 1. Intensity or degree of illumination provided on adjacent streets varies with the type of street and the use of the adjacent property. The basic unit for this formula is the single-family residence with the traffic circulation benefits being assigned one-half unit and security and intensity benefits being assigned one-quarter unit each, for a total of one unit. Multi-family residential, condominium and townhouse parcels are assigned the following declining scale of fractional traffic circulation benefit units: one-half unit per dwelling unit for the first 20, one-third unit for the 21st through 50th, one-fourth unit for the 51st through 100th, and one-fifth unit for each dwelling over 100. For multi-family residential, condominium and townhouse parcels, security and intensity benefits are assigned ¼-unit for each dwelling unit. However, figuring any dwelling units over four would be set back sufficiently far from the lighted street that they received minimal security and intensity benefit per unit, a maximum value of one unit each for security and intensity is assigned. Exhibit A provides examples of the direct assessment for local street lighting per parcel. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 10 of 18 For purposes of the local lighting benefits, the lots or parcels have been divided into the following zones: Zone Parcels/Lots 1 All residential zoned parcels within the areas generally known as College Park East, College Park West and The Hill. This zone also includes the condominium parcels on Montecito Road in the vicinity of the Rossmoor Center. 2 All residential zoned parcels including those used for commercial uses within the Old Town area between Pacific Coast Highway and the Pacific Ocean. 3 All residential zoned parcels within the Leisure World complex west of Seal Beach Boulevard between the San Diego Freeway and Westminster Avenue. 4 All residential zoned parcels within the Surfside community located between Pacific Coast Highway and the Pacific Ocean immediately northwest of Anderson Avenue. 5 All non-residential zoned, nonexempt parcels within the City. 6 All exempt parcels within the City. LOCAL LIGHTING ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY BY ZONE Zone 1 Under the proposed formula, all single-family residences within Zone 1 will be assessed the same amount. Multiple-family residential and condominium parcels with an equal number of dwelling units will be assessed equal amounts. There are certain condominiums and apartment complexes in Zone 1 that lie on large contiguous parcels. For these parcels, the combined parcels’ total assessment is computed, and then evenly distributed among the units on such parcels. In no case will the assessment for a dwelling unit on a multiple-family parcel exceed that of a single-family residence. The local benefit assessment per unit in Zone 1 is determined to be a maximum of $17.71. Exception: Because of the distance between the nearest street lights and the condominium units at Montecito, such parcels receive insignificant benefit from such lights and are therefore not assessed for local street lighting benefits. Zone 2 Under the proposed formula, all single-family residences within Zone 2 will be assessed the same amount. Multiple-family residential and condominium parcels with an equal number of dwelling units will be assessed equal amounts. There are certain condominiums and apartment complexes in Zone 2 that lie on large contiguous parcels. For these parcels, the combined parcels’ total assessment is computed, and then evenly 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 11 of 18 distributed among the units on such parcels. In no case will the assessment for a dwelling unit on a multiple-family parcel exceed that of a single-family residence. The local benefit assessment per unit in Zone 2 is determined to be a maximum of $7.11. There are certain parcels within Zone 2 on residential zoned lots or parcels that are being used for non-residential uses. These parcels were assigned comparable units on the basis of whether they had nominal, moderate, or high intensity, traffic circulation, and security benefits. Because the intensity of the street lights in Zone 2 is the same regardless of how a parcel is used, the intensity benefits determined for these non- residential parcels are equivalent to those assigned to a single-family residential parcel. Because of greater traffic generated by non-residential uses, those parcels determined to have nominal, moderate and high traffic circulation benefits were assessed two, four, and eight times, respectively, that of an equivalent single-family residential parcel. Because parcels with non-residential uses generally require and therefore benefit more from increased security due to the greater value of improvements on such parcels, such parcels determined to have nominal, moderate, and high security benefits were assessed two, four, and eight times, respectively, that of an equivalent single-family residential parcel. Exception: Because of the distance between the local street lights that benefit the Seal Beach Shores Mobile Home Park and the individual dwelling units within the park, the mobile home park is not assessed as a multi-family parcel. However, the Seal Beach Shores Mobile Home Park has been determined to receive some local lighting benefits which are equivalent to 3.25 units, the benefiting parcel's unit distribution defined in Subsection C below. Single unit mobile home parcels are not assessed for local lighting benefits due to their considerable distance from local streets. Each of the parcels in Zone 2 being used for non-residential use is determined to be in one of the following categories: A. Commercial Parking Lots, Churches - 1.75 units based on intensity (.25 units), nominal traffic circulation (1 unit) and nominal security benefit (.50 units). B. Professional or Office Buildings, Service Shops - 2.25 units based on intensity (.25 units), nominal traffic circulation (1 unit) and moderate security benefit (1 unit). C. Store with Residence - 3.25 units based on intensity (.25 units), moderate traffic circulation (2 units) and moderate security benefit (1 unit). D. Hotels/Motels - 6.25 units based on intensity (.25 units), high traffic circulation (4 units) and high security benefit (2 units). 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 12 of 18 Zones 3 and 4 The local street lighting system within these zones is privately owned and is not the responsibility of the City of Seal Beach, the parcels in Zones 3 and 4 are not assessed for local street lighting. Zone 5 Since the size of the parcels within Zone 5 (zoned non-residential) varies considerably, it would not be equitable to determine that each parcel received a similar local street lighting benefit from the maintenance and servicing of street lights in close proximity to the lots or parcels. Therefore, the formula proposed for spreading the cost of local street lighting assessments in Zone 5 is based on the front footage of each lot or parcel on a street that provides local street lighting for that parcel. The local benefit assessment per unit in Zone 5 is determined to be a maximum of $.15 per front foot. Exceptions: Any non-residential zoned parcel within the Leisure World complex and the Surfside Community are not assigned any local street lighting benefits because the local street lighting system within these zones is privately owned and not the responsibility of the City of Seal Beach. Zone 6 Zone 6 is the District classification for all non-assessed parcels in the District, including all federal, state, county and city owned parcels, which are exempt from the assessment, as well as any privately owned parcels that are determined to receive no benefit from the District improvements. ARTERIAL STREET LIGHTING BENEFIT (FOR STREET LIGHTS ON ARTERIAL STREETS) Zones 1 through 4 The maintenance and servicing of street lights on arterial streets and highways, previously named in this report and within the District, provides a special benefit which is received by each and every assessable lot or parcel within the District, tending to enhance their value for the following reasons. Each of the streets listed is a major arterial street which improves access to all lots or parcels throughout the District. Such street lights improve ingress to and egress from such lots or parcels by illuminating access after sunset. Arterial street lights create a city-wide lighting system that provides traffic circulation benefits. While local street lighting benefits properties adjacent to the lighting, arterial street lighting benefits traffic circulation to and from all parcels city-wide. Therefore, the formula proposed for spreading the arterial street lighting benefit is based on the traffic circulation benefits for each lot or parcel with the basic unit being the single- family residence assigned a traffic circulation unit of 1. The arterial benefit assessment per unit is determined to be a maximum of $4.15. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 13 of 18 Typically, fewer people live on multi-family parcels on a per unit basis than on a single- family parcel. Therefore, the benefit received by multi-family parcels, per unit, from arterial street lights is less than single-family parcels. Multi-family residential, condominium and townhouse parcels are assigned the following declining scale of fractional benefit units, similar to those assigned above for local benefit street lighting: one-half unit per dwelling for the first 20, one-third unit per dwelling for the 21st through 50th, one-quarter unit per dwelling for the 51st through 100th, and one-fifth unit for each dwelling over 100. There are certain condominiums and apartment complexes that lie on large contiguous parcels. For these parcels, the combined parcel's total assessment is computed, and then evenly distributed among the units on such parcels. Within the Leisure World Community there are both residential cooperative and condominiums. Because Leisure World exists as a community, each condominium and each cooperative benefits the same as any other condominium and cooperative, respectively, in Leisure World. The benefit units are computed as if all the condominiums lie on one "parcel" and all the cooperative units lie on one "parcel," then the computed benefit units are evenly distributed to the individual condominium or cooperative units. There are also certain private recreational facilities within Leisure World (Zone 3), such as libraries and clubhouses, which are accessible only by the Leisure World residents. Such facilities are assumed to receive no arterial benefit and therefore are not assessed. Zone 5 Non-residential parcels were assigned comparable units on the basis of whether they had nominal, moderate or high traffic circulation benefits and whether their operations were primarily daytime, nighttime or a combination. Furthermore, the non-residential parcels were compared to the single-family residential parcels to determine the traffic circulation benefit for the nominal, moderate, and high classifications of non-residential uses. Each non-residential parcel was determined to be in one of the following categories: Nominal - Daytime Use Only (ND)  Office Buildings  Professional Buildings  Auto Repair Shops  Churches  Nurseries  Commercial and Industrial Parking Lots 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 14 of 18 Moderate - Daytime Use Only (MD)  Banks  Savings and Loans  Stores High - Daytime Use Only (HD)  Restaurants (not open in evenings) Nominal - Day and Night Use (NN)  Commercial Parking Lots (if used in conjunction with nighttime establishments) Moderate - Day and Night Use (MN)  Service Stations  Recreational Vehicle Facilities  Clubs and Lodge Halls  Markets  Theaters  Motels  Shopping Centers including Parking Lots High - Day and Night Use (HN)  Restaurants (open in evenings)  Hospitals  Convalescent Homes  Amusement Facilities DAYTIME USE ONLY Non-residential land uses classified as Nominal-Daytime Use Only (ND) were only found to benefit from the lighting improvements slightly less than the single-family parcels as the majority of the traffic circulation occurs during daylight hours. Therefore, ND traffic circulation benefits for non-residential lots or parcels are two-thirds that of a single-family residential lot or parcel. Moderate and High-Daytime Use Only (MD and HD, respectively) traffic circulation land uses benefit more from the lighting improvements because of their increased opportunity to use nighttime lighting and are assigned one and one-third that of a single-family residential lot or parcel and two times that of a single-family residential lot or parcel, respectively. As such, those lots or parcels determined to have nominal, moderate or high traffic circulation benefits as well as daytime operation (ND, MD, HD) were assessed two-thirds, one and one-third, and two times, respectively, that of an equivalent single-family residential lot or parcel. 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 15 of 18 DAY AND NIGHT USE Because of the substantially greater benefit of uses which have nighttime traffic circulation, non-residential lots or parcels categorized as Nominal-Day and Night Use (NN) are two times that of a single-family residential or lot parcel, Moderate-Day and Night Use (MN) traffic circulation benefits are four times that of a single-family residential lot or parcel and High-Day and Night Use (HN) nighttime traffic circulation benefits are six times that of a single-family residential lot or parcel. Therefore, those parcels determined to have nominal, moderate or high traffic circulation benefits as well as nighttime operation (NN, MN, HN) were assessed two, four, and six times, respectively, that of an equivalent single-family residential lot or parcel. Since the sizes of the non-residential lots or parcels vary considerably, it was determined that the area of each non-residential lot or parcel would also be used in determining the benefit received by each parcel. For this purpose, the size of an average single-family lot or parcel was determined to be 5,000 square feet. Consequently, the benefit received by each non-residential lot or parcel is computed as follows: Nominal - Daytime Use Only (ND) 0.67 units per 5,000 ft² of lot or parcel area Moderate - Daytime Use Only (MD) 1.33 units per 5,000 ft² of lot or parcel area High - Daytime Use Only (HD) 2.00 units per 5,000 ft² of lot or parcel area Nominal - Day and Night Use (NN) 2.00 units per 5,000 ft² of lot or parcel area Moderate - Day and Night Use (MN) 4.00 units per 5,000 ft² of lot or parcel area High - Day and Night Use (HN) 6.00 units per 5,000 ft² of lot or parcel area 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 16 of 18 VIII. ASSESSMENT DIAGRAM AND ROLL The Boundary Map and Diagram showing the boundaries of the District and Zones of benefit is on file in the offices of the City Engineer and the City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach where it is available for public inspection and is incorporated herein by reference. For details of the lines and dimensions of the parcels within the District (City), reference is made to the Orange County Assessor's Parcel Maps for Fiscal Year 2026-2027, which are also incorporated herein by reference. See the Assessment Roll (Exhibit B) also on file in the offices of the City Engineer and the City Clerk, for assessments to individual parcels for Fiscal Year 2026-2027. For a description of the lots or parcels in the District, reference is made to the Orange County Assessment Roll, which is incorporated herein by reference. In conclusion, it is my opinion that the assessments for Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 have been apportioned in direct accordance with the benefits that each parcel receives from the improvements. Willdan Financial Services Assessment Engineer _____________________________ Tyrone Peter, PE # C 81888 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 17 of 18 EXHIBIT A EXAMPLES OF ASSESSMENT BY LAND USE AND ZONE Examples of Assessment by Land Use and Zone for the District follow: Arterial Local Total Per Dwelling Unit Total Arterial Asmt/Acre Total Local Asmt/FF Zone 1: Residential Parcels in College Park East and West, The Hill and condominiums on Montecito Road in the vicinity of the Rossmoor Center Single-Family $4.15 $17.71 $21.86 $21.86 Condominium (per unit) $1.03 to $1.62 $0.00 to $7.23 $1.03 to $8.79 $1.03 to $8.79 Zone 2: Residential Parcels in Old Town Area between PCH and the Pacific Ocean Single-Family $4.15 $7.11 $11.26 $11.26 Condominium (single unit) $2.08 $7.11 $9.19 $9.19 Duplex $4.15 $14.22 $18.37 $9.19 Triplex $6.23 $21.33 $27.56 $9.19 26 Units $49.80 $99.54 $149.34 $5.74 Zone 3: Residential Parcels in Leisure World Complex Cooperative $0.84 N/A $0.84 $0.84 Condominium (per unit) $1.21 N/A $1.21 $1.21 Zone 4: Residential Parcels in Surfside Community Single-Family $4.15 N/A $4.15 $4.15 Zone 5: Non-residential, Nonexempt parcels in the City (acreage, front footage) Nominal Daytime Use (.07 ac, 25 ff) $1.70 $3.75 $5.45 N/A $24.29 $0.15 Moderate Daytime Use (.07 ac, 25 ff) $3.37 $3.75 $7.12 N/A $48.14 $0.15 High Daytime Use (.07 ac, 25 ff) $5.06 $3.75 $8.81 N/A $72.29 $0.15 Nominal Night Use (.07 ac, 25 ff) $5.06 $3.75 $8.81 N/A $72.29 $0.15 Moderate Night Use (.07 ac, 25 ff) $10.12 $3.75 $13.87 N/A $144.57 $0.15 High Night Use (.07 ac, 25 ff) $15.18 $3.75 $18.93 N/A $216.86 $0.15 Zone 6: Exempt Parcels N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2026/2027 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Page 18 of 18 EXHIBIT B ASSESSMENT ROLL The assessed parcels and assessments are listed by their corresponding assessment numbers in the following Assessment Roll. APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-110-01 2 $44.44 $115.70 $160.14 043-110-02 5 28.38 2.66 31.04 043-111-01 5 33.00 7.75 40.75 043-111-02 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 043-111-07 2 16.00 2.91 18.91 043-111-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-111-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-111-11 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-111-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-111-13 2 46.22 18.68 64.90 043-111-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-111-17 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 043-111-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-111-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-111-24 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 043-111-25 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 043-111-28 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 043-111-29 5 35.25 12.98 48.23 043-111-30 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 043-111-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-01 5 31.13 58.57 89.70 043-112-02 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 043-112-03 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 043-112-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-06 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-112-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-13 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-112-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-21 5 3.75 15.18 18.93 043-112-22 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 043-112-23 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 043-112-28 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 043-112-29 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 043-112-34 5 50.55 78.09 128.64 043-112-35 5 7.50 6.25 13.75 043-112-36 5 7.50 6.25 13.75 043-112-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-112-41 5 34.58 24.37 58.95 043-113-04 5 7.50 18.80 26.30 043-113-08 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 043-113-14 5 28.23 9.62 37.85 043-113-15 5 3.91 3.37 7.28 043-113-18 5 3.91 3.37 7.28 043-113-19 5 3.91 1.70 5.61 043-113-20 5 24.32 3.15 27.47 043-113-21 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-113-23 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-113-24 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-113-25 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 City of Seal Beach Street Lighting District No. 1 Preliminary Assessment Roll Fiscal Year 2026/2027 Willdan Financial Services Page 1 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-113-26 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 043-113-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-113-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-113-29 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-113-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-113-31 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 043-113-32 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 043-113-36 5 5.89 4.81 10.70 043-113-37 5 3.75 5.77 9.52 043-113-41 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 043-113-42 5 7.82 6.25 14.07 043-113-43 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-113-44 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-113-46 5 11.25 9.62 20.87 043-113-48 5 37.58 57.85 95.43 043-113-49 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 043-113-50 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 043-113-51 5 15.00 12.97 27.97 043-113-52 5 3.60 0.22 3.82 043-113-53 5 21.53 9.18 30.70 043-121-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 043-121-05 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 043-121-06 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 043-121-07 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-121-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-21 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 043-121-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-121-24 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-122-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-17 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-122-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-23 5 28.88 4.84 33.72 043-122-26 5 45.00 19.62 64.62 043-122-27 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 043-122-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-122-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-01 5 30.00 49.90 79.90 043-131-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 2 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-131-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-23 5 30.00 49.90 79.90 043-131-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-131-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-132-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-01 5 37.50 16.35 53.85 043-133-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-133-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 3 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-133-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-133-20 5 30.00 49.90 79.90 043-134-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-134-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-12 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-134-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-134-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-01 5 22.50 5.29 27.79 043-135-02 2 16.00 2.66 18.66 043-135-03 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 043-135-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-14 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 043-135-15 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-135-16 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 043-135-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-18 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-135-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-21 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-135-22 5 36.38 73.75 110.13 043-135-24 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-135-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-135-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 4 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-136-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-22 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-136-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-31 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-136-32 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 043-136-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-34 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 043-136-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-37 2 56.88 24.90 81.78 043-136-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-136-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-160-50 1 2,201.35 507.55 2,708.90 043-160-64 5 - 0.24 0.24 043-160-69 5 - 2.91 2.91 043-160-70 5 - 104.62 104.62 043-172-14 5 25.78 14.78 40.56 043-172-20 5 25.78 14.78 40.56 043-172-21 5 25.78 14.78 40.56 043-251-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-251-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 5 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-252-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-252-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-253-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 6 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-254-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-254-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-260-02 5 40.51 62.19 102.70 043-260-04 5 9.98 69.11 79.09 043-260-05 5 305.81 1,013.30 1,319.11 043-261-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-261-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-261-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-261-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-261-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-262-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-271-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-271-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-271-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-271-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-272-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-273-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 7 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-281-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-281-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 8 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-282-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-48 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-49 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-50 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-282-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-283-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 043-292-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-292-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 9 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-293-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-293-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-294-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-01 5 99.54 122.93 222.47 043-301-02 2 16.00 91.13 107.13 043-301-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 10 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-301-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-301-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-302-04 2 16.00 4.61 20.61 043-302-05 2 16.00 11.62 27.62 043-302-06 5 14.03 63.63 77.66 043-302-10 5 57.14 216.93 274.07 043-302-12 5 16.66 130.16 146.82 043-302-13 5 25.34 110.63 135.97 043-302-14 5 62.67 88.94 151.61 043-303-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-303-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 11 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 043-311-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-44 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-45 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-46 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-311-47 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-312-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 043-313-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 086-011-56 5 91.65 282.74 374.39 086-011-57 5 - 282.92 282.92 086-491-06 5 9.51 67.23 76.74 086-492-27 5 5.30 49.17 54.47 086-492-51 5 18.98 109.48 128.46 086-492-56 5 76.63 370.59 447.22 086-492-78 5 30.93 176.52 207.45 086-492-80 5 25.66 99.75 125.41 086-492-88 5 91.11 488.80 579.91 086-492-89 5 - 34.12 34.12 086-492-90 5 33.75 366.05 399.80 086-492-91 5 - 112.77 112.77 086-492-92 5 270.00 1,920.92 2,190.92 086-591-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-591-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-591-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-591-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-591-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-592-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 12 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 086-592-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-592-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-592-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-592-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-592-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-593-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-594-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-594-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-594-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-595-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-596-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-596-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-596-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-601-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 13 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 086-602-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-602-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-603-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-604-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 14 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 086-605-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-605-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-611-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-612-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 15 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 086-613-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-613-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-614-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-615-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 16 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 086-621-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-621-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-622-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 086-623-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 095-010-66 5 - 230.71 230.71 095-010-68 5 6.45 1,091.86 1,098.31 095-641-05 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-06 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-07 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-08 3 - 83.93 83.93 095-641-10 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-11 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-12 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-13 3 - 40.28 40.28 Willdan Financial Services Page 17 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 095-641-14 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-15 3 - 20.13 20.13 095-641-18 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-19 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-20 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-21 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-22 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-23 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-24 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-25 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-641-26 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-641-29 5 - 92.55 92.55 095-641-33 5 - 44.72 44.72 095-641-44 5 41.25 38.95 80.20 095-641-46 5 30.00 41.35 71.35 095-641-49 5 23.17 119.41 142.58 095-641-52 5 42.02 77.06 119.08 095-641-55 5 44.14 496.31 540.45 095-641-56 5 23.55 77.06 100.61 095-641-57 5 45.19 366.92 412.11 095-651-06 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-651-07 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-651-08 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-651-09 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-651-10 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-651-11 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-651-12 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-651-13 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-651-14 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-651-15 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-651-16 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-651-19 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-661-08 3 - 70.49 70.49 095-661-09 3 - 70.49 70.49 095-661-10 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-661-11 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-12 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-13 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-15 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-16 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-661-17 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-18 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-661-19 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-21 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-661-22 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-661-23 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-661-24 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-661-25 3 - 30.21 30.21 095-661-26 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-06 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-07 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-08 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-09 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-10 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-11 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-12 3 - 80.57 80.57 095-671-13 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-14 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-671-15 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-671-16 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-671-17 5 - 6.56 6.56 095-671-18 3 - 30.21 30.21 Willdan Financial Services Page 18 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 095-671-26 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-681-03 3 - 30.21 30.21 095-681-04 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-681-05 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-681-06 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-681-07 3 - 70.49 70.49 095-681-08 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-681-09 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-681-12 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-681-13 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-681-14 3 - 30.21 30.21 095-681-16 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-681-17 3 - 30.21 30.21 095-681-18 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-681-29 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-691-04 5 - 293.32 293.32 095-691-05 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-691-06 3 - 30.21 30.21 095-691-07 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-691-08 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-691-09 3 - 70.49 70.49 095-691-10 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-691-11 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-691-12 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-691-13 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-691-14 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-781-01 3 - 53.71 53.71 095-781-02 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-781-03 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-781-04 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-781-05 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-781-06 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-781-07 3 - 60.42 60.42 095-781-08 3 - 67.14 67.14 095-781-09 3 - 67.14 67.14 095-781-10 3 - 50.35 50.35 095-781-11 3 - 23.49 23.49 095-781-12 3 - 30.21 30.21 095-781-13 3 - 40.28 40.28 095-781-17 5 13.50 5.09 18.59 095-781-18 5 - 384.14 384.14 095-791-01 5 162.56 234.21 396.77 095-791-02 5 120.35 239.99 360.34 095-791-03 5 50.63 323.84 374.47 095-791-04 5 12.96 397.57 410.53 095-791-05 5 59.52 309.38 368.90 095-791-06 5 107.88 229.15 337.03 095-791-07 5 0.48 232.76 233.24 095-791-08 5 - 28.19 28.19 095-791-09 5 93.33 179.99 273.32 095-791-10 5 51.36 179.27 230.63 095-791-11 5 25.92 667.92 693.84 095-791-12 5 123.66 391.79 515.45 095-791-13 5 61.26 221.19 282.45 095-791-18 5 60.77 324.53 385.30 095-792-01 5 313.85 1,169.58 1,483.43 095-792-02 5 285.04 864.54 1,149.58 095-792-03 5 169.10 860.20 1,029.30 095-792-04 5 23.96 51.32 75.28 095-792-05 5 - 70.84 70.84 095-792-06 5 76.19 164.09 240.28 095-792-07 5 27.84 36.14 63.98 Willdan Financial Services Page 19 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 095-792-08 5 142.50 498.94 641.44 095-792-09 5 112.50 88.22 200.72 130-012-54 5 - 1,360.87 1,360.87 130-012-55 5 319.15 1,514.00 1,833.15 130-012-58 5 743.44 849.39 1,592.83 130-541-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-541-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-21 5 24.64 117.25 141.89 130-555-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-555-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-861-14 5 - 135.32 135.32 130-861-15 5 - 1,236.07 1,236.07 130-861-16 5 - 346.97 346.97 130-861-17 5 - 260.23 260.23 130-861-18 5 - 292.32 292.32 130-861-19 5 7.80 465.52 473.32 130-861-20 5 43.05 176.38 219.43 130-861-21 5 44.85 289.14 333.99 130-861-22 5 3.75 59.71 63.46 130-861-23 5 48.00 156.14 204.14 130-861-24 5 - 38.02 38.02 130-861-25 5 - 18.65 18.65 130-861-26 5 21.60 58.26 79.86 130-861-27 5 21.60 77.06 98.66 130-871-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 20 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 130-871-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-66 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-67 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 130-871-68 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 178-461-02 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-04 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-06 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-07 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-08 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-10 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-12 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-13 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-14 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-16 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-18 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-20 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-23 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-24 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-25 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-26 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-27 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-28 4 - 4.15 4.15 Willdan Financial Services Page 21 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 178-461-29 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-30 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-31 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-32 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-33 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-34 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-35 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-36 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-37 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-39 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-40 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-41 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-42 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-43 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-44 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-45 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-46 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-47 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-48 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-49 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-50 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-51 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-52 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-53 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-54 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-55 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-56 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-57 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-58 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-461-59 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-04 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-06 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-07 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-08 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-10 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-12 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-13 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-14 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-16 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-18 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-20 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-23 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-24 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-26 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-30 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-33 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-35 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-36 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-462-39 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-02 5 14.83 1.21 16.04 178-471-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-04 4 - 4.15 4.15 Willdan Financial Services Page 22 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 178-471-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-06 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-07 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-08 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-10 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-12 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-13 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-14 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-16 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-17 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-18 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-23 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-24 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-25 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-26 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-27 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-28 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-29 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-30 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-31 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-32 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-33 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-34 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-35 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-36 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-37 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-39 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-40 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-41 5 13.72 1.21 14.93 178-471-44 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-45 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-471-46 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-04 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-10 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-12 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-14 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-17 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-18 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-20 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-26 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-27 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-29 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-30 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-37 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-42 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-43 4 - 4.15 4.15 Willdan Financial Services Page 23 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 178-472-44 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-45 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-46 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-47 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-472-48 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-01 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-02 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-04 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-06 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-08 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-10 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-12 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-13 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-14 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-16 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-17 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-18 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-20 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-24 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-25 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-26 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-27 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-28 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-32 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-33 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-34 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-35 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-36 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-37 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-39 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-40 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-41 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-42 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-43 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-44 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-46 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-47 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-51 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-54 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-55 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-481-56 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-01 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-02 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-06 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-07 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-08 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-12 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-13 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-14 4 - 4.15 4.15 Willdan Financial Services Page 24 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 178-491-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-16 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-18 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-23 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-24 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-25 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-26 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-27 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-28 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-29 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-30 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-32 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-34 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-35 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-36 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-37 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-40 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-45 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-48 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-49 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-50 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-51 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-52 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-53 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-57 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-491-58 4 4.15 4.15 178-491-59 4 4.15 4.15 178-502-01 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-02 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-03 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-05 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-06 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-07 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-08 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-09 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-10 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-11 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-15 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-19 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-20 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-21 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-22 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-23 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-24 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-25 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-28 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-29 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-36 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-38 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-39 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-40 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-42 5 48.55 75.92 124.47 178-502-43 5 36.00 27.48 63.48 178-502-45 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-48 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-49 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-50 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-54 4 - 4.15 4.15 Willdan Financial Services Page 25 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 178-502-55 4 - 4.15 4.15 178-502-56 4 4.15 4.15 178-502-57 4 4.15 4.15 199-011-10 5 147.30 104.16 251.46 199-011-12 2 23.11 70.55 93.66 199-011-14 2 - 2.08 2.08 199-011-16 2 - 2.08 2.08 199-011-18 2 - 2.08 2.08 199-011-19 2 - 2.08 2.08 199-011-20 2 - 2.08 2.08 199-011-22 2 - 2.08 2.08 199-011-28 2 23.11 156.46 179.57 199-011-29 2 23.11 33.20 56.31 199-012-01 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-02 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-03 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-04 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-05 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-06 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-07 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-08 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-09 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-10 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-11 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-12 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-13 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-14 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-15 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-16 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-17 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-18 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-19 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-20 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-21 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-22 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-23 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-24 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-25 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-26 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-27 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-28 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-29 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-30 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-31 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-32 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-33 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-34 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-35 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-36 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-37 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-38 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-39 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-40 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-41 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-42 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-43 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-44 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-45 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-46 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-47 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-48 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-49 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 Willdan Financial Services Page 26 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-012-50 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-51 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-52 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-53 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-54 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-55 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-56 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-57 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-58 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-59 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-60 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-61 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-62 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-63 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-64 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-65 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-66 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-67 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-68 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-69 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-70 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-71 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-72 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-73 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-74 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-75 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-76 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-77 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-78 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-79 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-012-80 2 2.61 1.43 4.04 199-021-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-021-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-10 2 165.31 88.19 253.50 199-021-11 5 13.21 2.66 15.87 199-021-12 5 52.90 6.78 59.68 199-021-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-17 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-021-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-021-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-03 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-022-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 27 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-022-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-13 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-022-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-28 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-022-29 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-022-30 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-022-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-32 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-022-33 5 33.48 28.93 62.41 199-022-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-022-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-01 2 12.44 1.70 14.14 199-023-02 2 12.44 7.76 20.20 199-023-04 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-023-06 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-023-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-08 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-023-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-14 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-023-15 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-023-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-23 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-023-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-25 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-023-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-27 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-023-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 28 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-023-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-44 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-45 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-46 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-47 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-48 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-50 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-52 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-54 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-55 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-023-56 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-06 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-031-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-08 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-031-09 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-031-10 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-11 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-031-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-13 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-16 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-17 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-22 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-23 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-24 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-031-25 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-26 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-031-27 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-031-28 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-031-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-30 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-031-31 2 46.22 18.68 64.90 199-031-32 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-031-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-031-36 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-032-03 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-032-04 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-032-05 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-032-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-07 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-032-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-11 2 60.44 26.98 87.42 199-032-12 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-032-13 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-032-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-15 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-032-16 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-032-17 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-032-18 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 Willdan Financial Services Page 29 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-032-19 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-032-20 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-032-21 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-032-22 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-032-23 2 71.10 33.20 104.30 199-032-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-33 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-032-34 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-032-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-032-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-01 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-033-04 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-033-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-08 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-033-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-10 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-033-11 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-033-12 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-033-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-033-14 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-033-15 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-033-16 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-033-17 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-033-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-21 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-033-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-25 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-033-26 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-033-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-033-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-034-01 5 25.13 9.40 34.53 199-034-02 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 199-034-03 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-034-04 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-034-05 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 199-034-06 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-034-07 5 7.50 4.81 12.31 199-034-08 5 5.63 7.23 12.86 199-034-09 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-034-10 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-034-11 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-034-12 5 3.75 15.18 18.93 199-034-13 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 199-034-14 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 199-034-15 5 7.50 9.40 16.90 199-034-16 5 3.75 15.18 18.93 199-034-17 5 31.51 6.05 37.56 199-034-18 5 3.74 1.70 5.44 Willdan Financial Services Page 30 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-034-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-034-23 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-034-24 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-034-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-034-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-034-28 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-034-29 2 12.44 13.07 25.51 199-034-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-034-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-01 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-041-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-041-03 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-041-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-05 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-041-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-07 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-041-10 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-041-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-16 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-041-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-041-20 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-042-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-02 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-042-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-042-08 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-042-10 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-042-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-15 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-042-16 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-042-17 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-042-18 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-042-19 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-042-20 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-042-21 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-042-22 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-042-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-29 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-042-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-31 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-042-32 2 12.44 4.86 17.30 199-042-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-042-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-043-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 31 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-043-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-043-03 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-043-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-043-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-043-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-043-07 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-043-09 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-043-10 5 25.13 3.15 28.28 199-043-11 5 7.50 6.25 13.75 199-043-12 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 199-043-13 5 3.75 10.12 13.87 199-043-14 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-043-15 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 199-043-16 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-043-17 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-043-18 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 199-043-19 5 9.38 8.18 17.56 199-043-20 5 27.80 7.69 35.49 199-044-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-044-04 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-044-05 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-044-06 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-044-07 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-044-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-044-12 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-044-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-044-14 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-044-15 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-044-16 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-044-19 5 3.75 4.34 8.09 199-044-20 5 3.75 2.88 6.63 199-044-21 5 24.00 9.40 33.40 199-044-22 5 3.75 10.12 13.87 199-044-23 5 11.25 9.62 20.87 199-044-26 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-044-27 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 199-044-28 5 7.50 6.25 13.75 199-044-29 5 7.50 6.25 13.75 199-044-30 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-044-31 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-044-32 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 199-044-33 5 3.90 3.37 7.27 199-044-34 5 40.78 28.93 69.71 199-044-36 5 15.00 18.26 33.26 199-044-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-02 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-051-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-05 2 74.66 35.28 109.94 199-051-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-07 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-051-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-19 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-051-20 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-051-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 32 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-051-23 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-051-24 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-051-25 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-051-26 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-051-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-28 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-051-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-051-44 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-01 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-052-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-09 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-052-10 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-052-11 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-052-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-052-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-052-15 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-052-16 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-052-19 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-052-20 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-052-21 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-052-22 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-052-23 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-052-24 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-052-25 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-052-26 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-052-27 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-052-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-35 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-052-36 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-052-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-052-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-01 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-053-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-09 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-053-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-13 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 Willdan Financial Services Page 33 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-053-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-053-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-053-17 5 25.13 3.15 28.28 199-053-18 5 25.13 28.20 53.33 199-053-19 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 199-053-20 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-053-21 5 3.75 5.06 8.81 199-053-22 5 5.63 4.81 10.44 199-053-23 5 5.63 4.81 10.44 199-053-24 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-053-25 5 3.75 3.37 7.12 199-053-26 5 3.75 1.70 5.45 199-053-28 5 5.63 4.81 10.44 199-053-29 5 29.73 6.30 36.03 199-053-30 5 3.75 4.87 8.62 199-053-31 5 3.75 4.87 8.62 199-061-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-04 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-061-05 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-061-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-061-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-17 5 30.00 16.63 46.63 199-061-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-061-27 5 27.95 34.71 62.66 199-062-08 5 7.50 2.91 10.41 199-062-09 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-062-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-062-11 5 3.75 2.88 6.63 199-062-12 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-062-13 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-062-14 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-062-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 34 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-062-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-44 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-45 5 4.15 3.60 7.75 199-062-47 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-49 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-51 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-52 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-60 2 16.00 9.34 25.34 199-062-61 2 16.00 9.34 25.34 199-062-62 2 16.00 9.34 25.34 199-062-63 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-062-64 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-062-77 2 14.22 8.30 22.52 199-062-78 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-79 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-80 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-062-81 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-06 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-063-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-063-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-20 5 30.00 5.56 35.56 199-063-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-063-22 5 30.00 16.60 46.60 199-063-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-05 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-06 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-18 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-19 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-20 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-064-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 35 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-064-22 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-064-23 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-064-24 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-064-25 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-064-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-27 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-064-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-31 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-32 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-39 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-45 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-46 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-064-47 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-48 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-064-51 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-01 5 22.50 2.66 25.16 199-065-02 5 9.38 3.39 12.77 199-065-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-065-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-065-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-29 5 30.00 34.71 64.71 199-065-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-065-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-066-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 36 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-066-16 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-066-18 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-066-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-066-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-071-01 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-071-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-03 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-04 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-05 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-071-06 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-08 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-09 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-071-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-071-11 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-071-12 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-071-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-071-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-071-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-071-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-071-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-071-18 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-072-01 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-072-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-05 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-072-06 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-072-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-072-08 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-072-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-13 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-072-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-16 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-072-17 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-072-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-20 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-072-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-23 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-072-25 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-072-26 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-072-28 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-072-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 37 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-072-30 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-072-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-32 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-072-33 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-072-34 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-072-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-45 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-072-46 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-073-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-073-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-073-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-073-06 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-073-08 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-073-10 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-073-11 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-073-15 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-16 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-17 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-073-18 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-075-01 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-075-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-075-03 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-075-04 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-075-05 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-075-06 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-075-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-075-08 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-075-09 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-075-10 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-075-11 2 46.22 18.68 64.90 199-075-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-075-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-075-14 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-075-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-075-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-075-17 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-076-01 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-076-02 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-05 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-07 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-076-08 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-11 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-16 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-076-18 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-20 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 38 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-076-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-27 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-29 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-34 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-35 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-37 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-076-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-39 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-41 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-076-42 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-43 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-44 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-45 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-46 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-076-47 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-076-49 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-076-50 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-076-51 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-076-52 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-53 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-54 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-55 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-076-56 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-01 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-081-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-081-03 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-081-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-05 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-06 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-07 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-081-08 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-081-09 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-081-11 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-081-13 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-14 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-081-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-17 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-081-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-20 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-081-21 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-081-22 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-23 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-25 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-081-27 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-081-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-33 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-081-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-35 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-37 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 Willdan Financial Services Page 39 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-081-39 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-081-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-41 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-081-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-43 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-44 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-45 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-47 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-48 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-49 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-50 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-081-51 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-03 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-04 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-05 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-07 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-08 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-15 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-082-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-19 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-082-20 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-082-21 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-082-22 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-082-23 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-082-24 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-25 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-082-26 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-082-27 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-082-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-29 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-30 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-31 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-34 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-39 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-082-40 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-41 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-082-42 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-06 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-083-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-083-08 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-083-09 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 Willdan Financial Services Page 40 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-083-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-084-01 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-084-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-04 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-084-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-084-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-13 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-084-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-16 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-17 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-18 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-19 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-20 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-21 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-084-22 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-24 2 42.66 16.60 59.26 199-084-25 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-26 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-084-27 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-28 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-084-29 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-084-30 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-084-31 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-084-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-084-33 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-091-01 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-091-02 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-091-03 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-091-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-091-05 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-091-06 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-091-07 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-091-08 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-091-09 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-091-10 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-091-11 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-091-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-091-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-091-14 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-091-15 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-091-16 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-091-17 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-091-18 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-092-01 2 16.00 1.95 17.95 199-092-02 5 7.50 1.94 9.44 199-092-03 2 23.11 3.86 26.97 199-092-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-092-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-092-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-092-07 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-092-08 2 23.11 6.23 29.34 199-092-09 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-092-11 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-092-12 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 Willdan Financial Services Page 41 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-092-13 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-092-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-092-15 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-093-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-03 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-093-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-093-05 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-093-06 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-093-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-11 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-093-12 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-093-13 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-093-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-15 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-093-16 2 63.99 29.05 93.04 199-093-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-093-20 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-093-21 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-094-01 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-06 2 49.77 20.75 70.52 199-094-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-15 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-16 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-094-17 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-094-18 2 56.88 24.90 81.78 199-094-21 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-094-22 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-094-23 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-24 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-26 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-27 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-094-28 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-094-29 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-31 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-32 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-33 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-094-34 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-094-35 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-094-36 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-37 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-094-38 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 42 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-101-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-101-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-102-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-102-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-102-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-104-01 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-104-02 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-104-03 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-104-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-104-05 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-104-06 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-104-07 2 56.88 24.90 81.78 199-104-08 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-09 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-10 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-11 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-12 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-13 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-14 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-104-15 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-111-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-111-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-111-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-111-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-111-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-111-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-111-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-112-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-112-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-112-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-112-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-112-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-112-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-113-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-114-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-115-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-121-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 43 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-121-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-51 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-55 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-56 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-121-57 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-122-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 44 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-123-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-123-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-124-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-124-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-124-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-124-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-131-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-132-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 45 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-133-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-133-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-134-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-135-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 46 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-136-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-136-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-141-02 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-141-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-04 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-141-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-07 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-141-08 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-141-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-141-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-141-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-142-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-09 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-11 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-143-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 47 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-143-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-143-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-01 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-04 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-144-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-144-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-01 2 60.44 26.98 87.42 199-145-02 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-145-03 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-145-04 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-145-09 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-145-10 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-145-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-15 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-16 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-145-18 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-145-19 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-145-20 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-145-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-22 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-28 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-29 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-145-30 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-146-01 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-146-02 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-146-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-146-04 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-146-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-146-06 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-146-07 2 53.33 22.83 76.16 199-146-08 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-146-09 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-146-10 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-146-11 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-146-12 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 199-146-13 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-146-14 2 21.33 6.23 27.56 199-146-15 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-146-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-146-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-01 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-147-03 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-04 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-06 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-147-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 Willdan Financial Services Page 48 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-147-08 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-09 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-147-10 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-147-11 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-147-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-13 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-15 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-147-16 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-17 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-147-21 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-147-22 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-148-01 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-148-02 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-148-04 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-148-05 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-06 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-07 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-08 2 32.00 10.38 42.38 199-148-09 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-148-10 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-148-11 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-12 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-13 2 14.22 4.15 18.37 199-148-14 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-15 2 35.55 12.45 48.00 199-148-17 2 39.11 14.53 53.64 199-148-18 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-19 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-20 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-21 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-22 2 28.44 8.30 36.74 199-148-23 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-24 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-25 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-26 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-148-27 2 7.11 4.15 11.26 199-151-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 49 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-151-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-151-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-152-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-153-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-154-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 50 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-155-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-155-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-161-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-162-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 51 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-163-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-163-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-164-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 52 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-165-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-165-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-166-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-171-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 53 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-172-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-172-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-173-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-174-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 54 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-175-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-175-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-181-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-181-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-182-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-183-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-184-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 55 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-185-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-185-21 5 67.65 44.24 111.89 199-191-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-191-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-192-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-192-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-192-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-192-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-192-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-192-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 56 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-193-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-193-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-194-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-195-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-195-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-195-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-196-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-196-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-196-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-196-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-197-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-198-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-198-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-198-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-198-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 57 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 199-201-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-48 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-49 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-50 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-51 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-55 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-56 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-57 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-58 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-59 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-60 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-61 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-62 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-63 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-64 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-65 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-66 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-67 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-68 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-69 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-70 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 199-201-84 5 141.98 88.74 230.72 200-011-01 3 - 40.29 40.29 200-011-02 3 - 60.43 60.43 200-011-03 3 - 10.07 10.07 Willdan Financial Services Page 58 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 200-011-04 3 - 40.32 40.32 200-011-05 3 - 50.36 50.36 200-021-04 3 - 63.79 63.79 200-021-05 3 - 63.79 63.79 200-021-06 5 112.32 694.17 806.49 200-021-07 5 35.40 325.39 360.79 200-031-01 3 - 46.99 46.99 200-031-02 3 - 60.43 60.43 200-031-03 3 - 31.89 31.89 217-081-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-081-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-082-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-082-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-082-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-082-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-082-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 59 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-083-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-083-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-084-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-085-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-085-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-085-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-085-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-085-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-086-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-091-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 60 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-092-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-092-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-093-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 61 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-094-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-094-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-101-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-102-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 62 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-103-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-103-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-104-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 63 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-105-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-105-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-106-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-107-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-107-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-107-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-108-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-108-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-108-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-108-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-108-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-111-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-112-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 64 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-113-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-113-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-114-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-115-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 65 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-121-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-121-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-122-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-122-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-122-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-122-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-122-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-122-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-123-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 66 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-125-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-125-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-131-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 67 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-132-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-132-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-48 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 68 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-134-49 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-50 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-51 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-55 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-56 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-57 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-58 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-59 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-134-60 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-141-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-145-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 69 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-146-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-146-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-48 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-49 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-50 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-51 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-148-55 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 70 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-155-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-155-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 71 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-156-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-156-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-157-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 72 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-158-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-158-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-161-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-161-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-161-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-161-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-162-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-162-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-162-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-162-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-162-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-162-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-163-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-164-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 73 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-165-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-165-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-166-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-167-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-168-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-168-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-168-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-168-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-171-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-171-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-171-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-172-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 74 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-173-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-173-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-174-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-175-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-176-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-177-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 75 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-177-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-177-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-177-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-177-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-177-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-178-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 76 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-181-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-181-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-182-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 77 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-183-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-48 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-49 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-50 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-51 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-183-55 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-184-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 78 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-191-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-191-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-192-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-193-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-194-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-195-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 79 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-196-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-196-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-197-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-197-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-197-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-197-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-197-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-201-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-202-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 80 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-203-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-203-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 81 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-204-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-204-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-211-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 82 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-212-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-212-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-42 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-43 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-44 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-45 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-46 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-47 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-48 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-49 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-50 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-51 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 83 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-213-52 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-53 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-54 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-55 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-56 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-57 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-213-58 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-214-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-214-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-214-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-214-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-214-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-214-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-221-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 84 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-222-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-25 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-26 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-27 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-28 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-29 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-30 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-31 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-32 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-33 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-34 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-35 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-36 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-37 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-38 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-39 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-40 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-222-41 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-223-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-01 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-02 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-03 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-04 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-05 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-06 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-07 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-08 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-09 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-10 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-11 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-12 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-13 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-14 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-15 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-16 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-17 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-18 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-19 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 Willdan Financial Services Page 85 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 217-224-20 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-21 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-22 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-23 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-224-24 1 17.71 4.15 21.86 217-231-01 5 42.61 73.76 116.37 217-371-01 5 84.45 23.42 107.87 217-371-02 5 - 0.10 0.10 217-371-03 5 16.20 11.85 28.05 217-371-04 5 - 20.89 20.89 217-371-05 5 - 9.40 9.40 217-371-06 5 39.00 39.08 78.08 217-371-07 5 - 0.19 0.19 217-371-08 5 103.05 100.73 203.78 930-134-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 930-134-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-09 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-10 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-11 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-12 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 931-254-14 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 932-030-02 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-03 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-04 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-05 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-06 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-07 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-08 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-09 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-10 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-11 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-12 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-13 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-14 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-15 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-16 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-17 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-18 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-19 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-20 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-21 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-22 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-23 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-24 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-25 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-26 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-27 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-28 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-29 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-30 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-31 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-32 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-33 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-34 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-35 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-36 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-37 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-38 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-39 1 - 1.62 1.62 Willdan Financial Services Page 86 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 932-030-40 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-41 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-42 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-43 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-44 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-45 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-46 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-47 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-48 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-49 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-50 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-51 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-52 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-53 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-54 1 - 1.62 1.62 932-030-55 1 - 1.62 1.62 933-660-01 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-02 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-03 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-04 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-05 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-06 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-07 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-08 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-09 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-10 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-11 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-12 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-13 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-14 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-15 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-16 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-17 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-18 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-19 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-20 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-21 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-22 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-23 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-24 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-25 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-26 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-27 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-28 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-29 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-30 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-31 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-32 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-33 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-34 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-35 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-36 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-37 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-38 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-39 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-40 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-41 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-42 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-43 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-44 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-45 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-46 1 - 1.47 1.47 Willdan Financial Services Page 87 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 933-660-47 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-48 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-49 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-50 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-51 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-52 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-53 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-54 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-55 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-56 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-57 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-58 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-59 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-60 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-61 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-62 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-63 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-64 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-65 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-66 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-67 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-68 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-69 1 - 1.47 1.47 933-660-70 1 - 1.47 1.47 934-220-01 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-02 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-03 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-04 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-05 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-06 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-07 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-08 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-09 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-10 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-11 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-12 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-13 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-14 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-15 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-16 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-17 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-18 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-19 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-20 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-21 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-22 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-23 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-24 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-25 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-26 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-27 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-28 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-29 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-30 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-31 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-32 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-33 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-34 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-35 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-36 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-37 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-38 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 Willdan Financial Services Page 88 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 934-220-39 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-40 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-41 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-42 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-43 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-44 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-45 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-46 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-47 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-48 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-49 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-50 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-51 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-52 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-53 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-54 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-55 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-56 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-57 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-58 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-59 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 934-220-60 1 7.23 1.56 8.79 935-810-01 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-02 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-03 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-04 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-05 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-06 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-07 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-08 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-09 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-10 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-11 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-12 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-13 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-14 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-15 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-16 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-17 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-18 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-19 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-20 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-21 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-22 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-23 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-24 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-25 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-26 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-27 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-28 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-29 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-30 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-31 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-32 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-33 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-34 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-35 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-36 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-37 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-38 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-39 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-40 1 - 1.47 1.47 Willdan Financial Services Page 89 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 935-810-41 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-42 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-43 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-44 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-45 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-46 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-47 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-48 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-49 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-50 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-51 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-52 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-53 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-54 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-55 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-56 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-57 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-58 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-59 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-60 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-61 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-62 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-63 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-64 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-65 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-66 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-67 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-68 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-69 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-70 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-71 1 - 1.47 1.47 935-810-72 1 - 1.47 1.47 936-590-01 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-02 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-03 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-04 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-05 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-06 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-07 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-08 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-09 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-10 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-11 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-12 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-13 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-14 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-15 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-16 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-17 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-18 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-19 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-20 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-21 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-22 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-23 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-24 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-25 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-26 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-27 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-28 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-29 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-30 1 - 1.03 1.03 Willdan Financial Services Page 90 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 936-590-31 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-32 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-33 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-34 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-35 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-36 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-37 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-38 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-39 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-40 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-41 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-42 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-43 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-44 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-45 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-46 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-47 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-48 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-49 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-50 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-51 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-52 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-53 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-54 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-55 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-56 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-57 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-58 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-59 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-60 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-61 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-62 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-63 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-64 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-65 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-66 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-67 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-68 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-69 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-70 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-71 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-72 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-73 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-74 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-75 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-76 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-77 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-78 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-79 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-80 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-81 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-82 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-83 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-84 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-85 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-86 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-87 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-88 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-89 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-90 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-91 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-92 1 - 1.03 1.03 Willdan Financial Services Page 91 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 936-590-93 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-94 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-95 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-96 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-97 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-98 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-590-99 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-00 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-01 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-02 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-03 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-04 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-05 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-06 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-07 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-08 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-09 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-10 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-11 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-12 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-13 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-14 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-15 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-16 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-17 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-18 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-19 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-20 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-21 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-22 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-23 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-24 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-25 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-26 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-27 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-28 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-29 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-30 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-31 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-32 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-33 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-34 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-35 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-36 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-37 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-39 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-40 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-41 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-42 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-43 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-44 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-45 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-46 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-47 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-48 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-49 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-50 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-51 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-52 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-53 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-54 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-55 1 - 1.03 1.03 Willdan Financial Services Page 92 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 936-591-56 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-57 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-58 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-59 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-60 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-61 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-62 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-63 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-64 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-65 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-66 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-67 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-68 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-69 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-70 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-71 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-72 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-73 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-74 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-75 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-76 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-77 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-78 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-79 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-80 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-81 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-82 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-83 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-84 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-85 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-86 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-87 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-88 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-89 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-90 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-91 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-92 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-93 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-94 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-95 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-96 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-97 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-98 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-591-99 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-00 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-01 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-02 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-03 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-04 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-05 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-06 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-07 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-08 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-09 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-10 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-11 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-12 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-13 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-14 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-15 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-16 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-17 1 - 1.03 1.03 Willdan Financial Services Page 93 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 936-592-18 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-19 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-20 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-21 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-22 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-23 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-24 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-25 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-26 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-27 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-28 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-29 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-30 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-31 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-32 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-33 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-34 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-35 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-36 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-37 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-38 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-39 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-40 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-41 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-42 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-43 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-44 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-45 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-46 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-47 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-48 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-49 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-50 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-51 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-52 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-53 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-54 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-55 1 - 1.03 1.03 936-592-56 1 - 1.03 1.03 937-320-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-320-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-320-03 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-320-04 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-330-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-330-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-330-03 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-330-04 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-330-05 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-330-06 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-03 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-09 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-10 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-12 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-13 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 937-530-14 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-430-01 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-02 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-03 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-04 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-05 3 - 1.21 1.21 Willdan Financial Services Page 94 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 938-430-06 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-07 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-08 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-09 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-10 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-11 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-12 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-13 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-14 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-15 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-16 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-17 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-18 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-19 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-20 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-21 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-22 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-23 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-24 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-25 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-26 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-27 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-28 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-29 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-30 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-31 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-32 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-33 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-34 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-35 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-36 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-37 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-38 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-39 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-40 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-41 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-42 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-43 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-44 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-45 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-46 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-47 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-48 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-49 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-50 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-51 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-52 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-53 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-54 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-55 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-56 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-57 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-58 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-59 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-60 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-61 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-62 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-63 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-64 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-65 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-66 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-67 3 - 1.21 1.21 Willdan Financial Services Page 95 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 938-430-68 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-69 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-70 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-71 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-72 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-73 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-74 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-75 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-76 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-77 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-78 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-79 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-80 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-81 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-82 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-83 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-84 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-85 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-86 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-87 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-88 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-89 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-90 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-91 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-92 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-93 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-94 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-95 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-96 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-97 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-98 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-430-99 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-00 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-01 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-02 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-03 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-04 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-05 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-06 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-07 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-08 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-09 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-10 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-11 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-12 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-13 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-14 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-15 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-16 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-17 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-18 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-19 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-20 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-21 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-22 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-23 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-24 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-25 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-431-26 3 - 1.21 1.21 938-960-01 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-02 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-08 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 Willdan Financial Services Page 96 of 97 APN Zone Local Assessment Arterial Assessment Charge 938-960-09 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-10 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-11 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-17 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-18 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-19 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-20 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-21 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-27 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-28 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-34 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-35 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-41 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-42 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-47 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-48 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-53 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-54 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-60 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-61 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-62 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-63 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-64 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-65 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-66 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-67 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-68 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 938-960-69 2 7.11 2.08 9.19 Totals $83,933.93 $57,057.83 $140,991.74 Total Parcels 5,975 Note: Totals may not tie to the budget due to rounding. Willdan Financial Services Page 97 of 97 Agenda Item K AGENDA STAFF REPORT DATE:May 11, 2026 TO:Honorable Mayor and City Council THRU:Patrick Gallegos, City Manager FROM:Iris Lee, Director of Public Works SUBJECT:Consideration of Award of Public Works Agreement to Pacific Hydrotech Construction; Authorization to Enter Into a New Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement, and Approval for Budget Amendment BA #26-11-02 for the Lampson Well Treatment System Project, CIP WT1902 ________________________________________________________________ SUMMARY OF REQUEST: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7777: 1. Approving the plans, specifications, and contract documents for the Lampson Well Treatment System Project, CIP WT1902; and, 2. Sustaining the bid protest of Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro), and rejecting the bid of apparent low bidder, RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee), as non-responsive and non-responsible; and, 3. Awarding a Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro for the Project in the not-to-exceed amount of $6,677,200 and waiving minor bid irregularities in the bid, and rejecting all other bids; and, 4. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro for the Project; and authorizing the City Manager to approve additional work requests and construction support/testing/inspection services up to $670,000 (approximately 10%), in connection with the Project; and, 5. Authorizing the City Manager to approve off-site inspection services for work within the public right-of-way up to $30,000, in connection with the Project; and, 6. Approving and Authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to negotiate a new Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement up to a loan amount of $8,100,000; and, Page 2 2 2 8 5 7. Authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to accept and expend the Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement amount; and, 8. Authorizing a Budget Amendment up to $3,650,000, to reflect the new Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement amount to be negotiated by City Manager, or designee, for CIP WT1902. BACKGROUND AND ANALYSIS: On March 4, 2026, the City solicited public bids for the Lampson Well Treatment System, CIP WT1902 (Project), and subsequently issued one (1) official addendum. The original Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Specifications, and Addendum No. 1 (collectively “Bid Documents”) may be reviewed in the Public Works Department and are not included with this staff report due to their length. On March 31, 2026, the City Clerk’s office received eight (8) bids with the following base bid results: Rank Contractor Total Base Bid Low RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee) $6,488,550.00 2 Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro) $6,677,200.00 3 SCW Contracting Corporation $6,698,521.00 4 Caliauga, Inc. $7,277,750.00 5 RC Foster Corporation $7,565,500.00 6 Canyon Springs Enterprises $7,669,220.00 7 Covenant Technical Solutions $7,749,690.00 8 Metro Builders & Engineers Group Limited $7,982,284.00 A. Staff and Construction Manager’s Independent Bid Analysis The project team, including City staff and its construction manager, performed an independent analysis of the apparent low bidder’s bid package. Several irregularities were identified, including: a. Forms not completed, with responses stating “See Attached” and referencing separate documents b. Clerical error on the Safety Record form c. Missing notary page for the Safety Record form d. Missing resume for one individual listed as critical staff e. Project history consisting of a mix of partially relevant and non- comparable work; more closely related to well equipping, booster stations, waterlines, and general utility work than to construction of a pressurized treatment facility Page 3 2 2 8 5 On April 2 and April 6, 2026, staff requested clarification of the items listed above from Chaffee. The apparent low bidder provided timely responses. Items (a) through (d) were addressed and may be considered immaterial and subject to waiver. For item (e), Chaffee submitted an updated project list; however, the updated information did not clearly demonstrate experience with comparable projects. Of the references provided, one was unavailable, one involved a smaller installation, one was for a project in its early stages, and one included negative performance feedback. On April 6, 2026, the second-lowest bidder, Pac Hydro, submitted a bid protest alleging that the apparent low bidder is non-responsive and non-responsible and that the bid should be rejected (Attachment B). The protest identified the following grounds: 1. Failure to meet mandatory experience requirements (non-responsiveness) 2. Absence of qualifying projects 3. Material deviation that cannot be waived 4. Alternative basis of non-responsibility based on the bid and documentation submitted On April 14, 2026, Chaffee submitted a response to the protest, disputing the grounds raised by Pac Hydro. B. Pac Hydro Protest of the Chaffee Bid Based on Pac Hydro’s review of Chaffee’s submitted project references, Pac Hydro contends that none of the originally listed projects demonstrate experience with any of the required treatment systems. Additionally, Pac Hydro contends that Chaffee’s bid proposal did not provide any project that meets the defined criteria of pressurized water treatment systems which constitutes a complete failure to comply with a material requirement of the proposal form. Pac Hydro references that under California law, public agencies are not permitted to waive material deviation or overlook a bidder’s failure to comply with mandatory requirements (Ghilotti Construction Co. v. City of Richmond (1996) 45 Cal. App. 4th 897). Finally, allowing a bidder to proceed without demonstrating the required experience would undermine the integrity of the competitive bidding process and violate the requirement that all bidders be evaluated on equal basis (MCM Construction, Inc. v. City and County of San Francisco (1998) 66 Cal. App. 4th 359). C. Due Process Hearing Page 4 2 2 8 5 Based on independent analysis conducted by City staff and the City’s Construction Management Consultant, Butier Engineering, Inc., the information provided raised concerns regarding whether the apparent low bidder is a responsible bidder, including whether the apparent low bidder has the experience and capacity to complete the project. Accordingly, a due process hearing was held before a neutral hearing officer to provide the apparent low bidder with an opportunity to demonstrate that it is a responsible bidder. On April 23, 2026, the City provided written notice to the apparent low bidder of the due process hearing and provided all documents to be presented to the hearing officer. The apparent low bidder was also provided with the opportunity to submit additional documentation to address the question of whether it is a responsible bidder. The hearing was held on May 6, 2026 at 1:00 pm in the Seal Beach Council Chambers, with a representative from the City of Laguna Niguel serving as the neutral hearing officer. The City outlined its concerns and the contractor presented their case. Following consideration of the information presented, the hearing officer issued a written determination that R.E. Chaffee is not a responsible bidder. Said determination letter is forthcoming and will be added to this staff report as Attachment K prior to the May 11, 2026 City Council meeting. D. Orange County Water District (OCWD) Producer Well Construction Loan The California State Legislature has granted OCWD the statutory authority to manage, regulate, replenish, and protect the quality of groundwater supplies within its service boundaries. Under the OCWD Act, the District is also authorized to enter into agreements with groundwater producers to increase groundwater production in lieu of using alternative non-tributary sources. These agreements aim to facilitate the removal of contaminants or pollutants from the groundwater basin, with OCWD funding a portion of the production costs to promote the beneficial use of impaired groundwater and improve overall water quality within the District. In December 2024, the City submitted an application to OCWD for a loan through the OCWD Producer Well Construction Loan Program, in the amount of $4,450,000 over a 20-year term. The purpose of the loan is to provide treatment for the City’s high production Lampson Well (4,000 gpm) which has hydrogen sulfide and odor at higher flow rates, in order to provide a meaningful increase in the amount of groundwater the City can safely and reliably produce from the Orange County Groundwater Basin. On February 19, 2025, OCWD’s Board of Directors approved a Producers Well Construction Loan Agreement for the City of Seal Beach based on the City’s request for $4,450,000. On March 10, 2025, the City Council adopted Resolution 7623, approving the OCWD Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement in the amount of $4,450,000 for the Project. Due to increased construction costs identified through the current public bidding process, and the addition of necessary construction management services, the City will need to negotiate an update to the loan amount up to $8,100,000, which Page 5 2 2 8 5 will be subject to approval by the OCWD Board at a later date. Staff anticipates that revisions to the new agreement will be minimal and therefore requests authorization for the City Manager to execute the agreement upon approval by the OCWD Board. However, should the final agreement contain material language changes, staff will bring it back to the City Council for review and approval. In addition, staff requests a budget adjustment to increase the CIP WT1902 allocation in the adopted FY 2025–2026 budget from $4,450,000 to $8,100,000 to reflect the funding needs outlined in the Fiscal Impact section. E. Staff’s Recommendation Based on the due process hearing and findings of the hearing officer, staff recommends that the City Council find the apparent low bidder, R.E. Chaffee, Inc. is not a responsible bidder and reject the Chaffee bid; find that Pacific Hydrotech Construction, the second lowest bidder, is the responsive and responsible bidder; award the contract to Pacific Hydrotech Construction in the amount of $6,677,200, waive minor bid irregularities, and reject all other bids. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT: This project complies with all requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and is categorically exempt under section 15301 Class 1, Subsection (b) of the CEQA Guidelines because this project is an alteration of a publicly owned utility facility involving negligible expansion of existing use. LEGAL ANALYSIS: The City Attorney has reviewed and approved the Agreement and Resolution as to form. FINANCIAL IMPACT: Funding for this project is contingent on OCWD approval of the City’s updated loan request of $3,650,000, increasing the total loan to $8,100,000. Funding has been allocated for the Lampson Well Treatment System (CIP WT1902) in the FY 2025-2026 Capital Improvement Program budget. Staff is requesting a budget amendment which will update the project budget to reflect the revised OCWD loan amount. The table below represents the proposed budget amendment for this project: Page 6 2 2 8 5 The Water and Sewer Rate Adjustment approved on August 11, 2025, was based on an assumed construction-related cost of $5,072,863. Due to ongoing industry volatility, it is recommended that the City Council authorize the additional OCWD loan amount and utilize reserves to cover the associated debt service increase. The table below presents the estimated breakdown of the Project construction cost: Description Amount Pilot Project and Design (Completed):$530,167 Construction Support (Council Approved) PACE Amendment 3 – Engineering $144,870 Butier – Construction Management $494,722 Butier – Contingency (approx.10%)$50,000 Construction Support Cost:$689,592 Construction Pac Hydro $6,677,200 Contingency (approx. 10%)$670,000 Right-of-Way Inspection $30,000 Construction Cost:$7,377,200 Estimated CIP WT1902 Project Cost: $8,596,959 Updated OCWD Loan Amount: (Not including soft costs of the pilot program and design that have already been expended) $8,100,000 RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council adopt Resolution 7777: 1. Approving the plans, specifications, and contract documents for the Lampson Well Treatment System Project, CIP WT1902; and, 2. Sustaining the bid protest of Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro), and rejecting the bid of apparent low bidder, RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee), as non-responsive and non-responsible; and, 3. Awarding a Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro for the Project in the not-to-exceed amount of $6,677,200 and waiving minor bid irregularities in the bid, and rejecting all other bids; and, Page 7 2 2 8 5 4. Authorizing the City Manager to execute the Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro for the Project; and authorizing the City Manager to approve additional work requests and construction support/testing/inspection services up to $670,000 (approximately 10%), in connection with the Project; and, 5. Authorizing the City Manager to approve off-site inspection services for work within the public right-of-way up to $30,000, in connection with the Project; and, 6. Approving and Authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to negotiate a new Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement up to a loan amount of $8,100,000; and, 7. Authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to accept and expend the Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement amount; and, 8. Authorizing a Budget Amendment up to $3,650,000, to reflect the new Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement amount to be negotiated by City Manager, or designee, for CIP WT1902. SUBMITTED BY: NOTED AND APPROVED: Iris Lee Patrick Gallegos Iris Lee, Director of Public Works Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Prepared by: Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works/City Engineer ATTACHMENTS: A. Resolution 7777 B. Public Works Agreement with Pacific Hydrotech Construction C. Pacific Hydrotech Construction Bid Proposal D. R.E. Chaffee, Inc. Bid Proposal (Non-Responsible) E. R.E. Chaffee, Inc. Bid Proposal Clarification 1 dated April 6, 2026 F. R.E. Chaffee, Inc. Bid Proposal Clarification 2 dated April 10, 2026 G. Pacific Hydrotech Construction’s Bid Protest dated April 6, 2026 H. City’s Bid Protest Notice to R.E. Chaffee, Inc. dated April 13, 2026 I. R.E. Chaffee Inc.’s Response to Bid Protest dated April 14, 2026 J. City’s Due Process Hearing Notice to R.E. Chaffee, Inc. dated April 23, 2026 K. Hearing Officer Determination following Due Process Hearing (forthcoming) RESOLUTION 7777 RESOLUTION AWARDING A PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT WITH PACIFIC HYDROTECH CONSTRUCTION, AND AUTHORIZATION TO ENTER INTO A NEW ORANGE COUNTY WATER DISTRICT PRODUCER WELL CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT, APPROVING BUDGET AMENDMENT BA #26-11- 02; AND AUTHORIZING THEIR EXECUTION BY THE CITY MANAGER; FOR THE LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT, CIP WT1902 WHEREAS, on March 31, 2026, the City solicited public bids for the Lampson Well Treatment System Project (Project), CIP WT1902, and received eight (8) bids in response to the solicitation; and, WHEREAS, based on the bids opened on March 31, 2026, the apparent low bidder is RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee) in the amount of 6,488,550; the second low bidder is Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro) in the amount of $6,677,200; and, WHEREAS, on April 6, 2026, Pac Hydro submitted a bid protest to the City alleging that the Chaffee bid is non-responsive because Chaffee failed to submit a bid proposal in compliance with the bid requirements, and further alleged that Chaffee is not a responsible bidder because Chaffee failed to meet mandatory experience requirements, including but not limited to, the following: 1. Based on Pac Hydro’s review of Chaffee’s submitted project references, none of the listed projects demonstrate experience with any of the required treatment systems. 2. Additionally, Pac Hydro found that Chaffee’s bid proposal has not provided any project that meets the defined criteria of pressurized water treatment systems which constitutes a complete failure to comply with a material requirement of the proposal form. 3. Pac Hydro references that under California law, public agencies are not permitted to waive material deviation or overlook a bidder’s failure to comply with mandatory requirements (Ghilotti Construction Co. v. City of Richmond (1996) 45 Cal.App4th 897). 4.Finally, allowing a bidder to proceed without demonstrating the required experience would undermine the integrity of the competitive bidding process and violate the requirement that all bidders be evaluated on equal basis (MCM Construction, Inc. v. City and County of San Francisco (1998) 66 Cal.App.4th 359). 1 1 1 2 6 WHEREAS, on April 14, 2026, Chaffee submitted a response letter to the Pac Hydro bid protest, disputing the claims; and, WHEREAS, based on the City and its construction manager’s independent detailed bid analysis, review of the Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Specifications, and Addenda No. 1, (collectively “Bid Document”) and consultation with the City Attorney’s office, the information provided raised concerns regarding the apparent low bidder’s responsibility and capacity to complete the project; and, WHEREAS, on May 6, 2026, a non-responsible due process hearing was held to provide the apparent low bidder with an opportunity to demonstrate that it is a responsible bidder, with a representative from the City of Laguna Niguel serving as the neutral hearing officer; and, WHEREAS, following consideration of the information presented, the hearing officer determined Chaffee is not a responsible bidder; and, WHEREAS, Pac Hydro submitted the second lowest bid in the amount of $6,677,200 to perform the Project; and, WHEREAS, upon reviewing the Bid Documents, the bids submitted for the work to be performed pursuant to the Agreement and the plans and specifications, and the record and determination on the due process hearing, the City Council finds that Chaffee’s bid was not responsive and that Chaffee is not a responsible bidder and that its bid should be rejected; and , WHEREAS, upon review of Pac Hydro’s Bid Proposal and the plans and specifications, the City Council further finds that Pac Hydro is a responsive and responsible bidder and a qualified firm to perform the Project; and, WHEREAS, on March 10, 2025, the City Council adopted Resolution 7623, approving an Orange County Water District (OCWD) Producer Well Construction Loan Program in the amount of $4,450,000 for the Project; and, WHEREAS, due to increased construction costs identified in the Project’s bid and the addition of construction management services, City has requested an update to the loan amount bringing it to $8,100,000, subject to OCWD Board approval at a later date; and, WHEREAS, the FY 2025-2026 CIP WT1902 budget was originally approved at $4,980,167 and now requires an update to reflect the revised OCWD loan amount, upon OCWD approval, resulting in a new total of $8,100,000. NOW, THEREFORE, the Seal Beach City Council does resolve, declare, determine and order as follows: 1 1 1 2 6 SECTION 1. The City Council finds that all Recitals set forth above are true and correct and incorporates them herein by this reference. SECTION 2. The City Council hereby approves the plans and specifications for the Project. SECTION 3. Based on the City Council’s review of the record including the findings and recommendation of the hearing officer, the City Council hereby sustains the bid protest filed by Pacific Hydrotech Construction (Pac Hydro) against the bid of RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee), deems Chaffee to be a nonresponsive and non-responsible bidder, and rejects the Chaffee bid. SECTION 4. Based on the record and recitals set forth above, The City Council hereby awards a Public Works Agreement to Pac Hydro for the Project in the not-to-exceed amount of $6,677,200, waives any irregularities in the bid and rejects all other bids. SECTION 5. The City Council hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager to execute the Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro on behalf of the City. SECTION 6. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager, or designee, to approve additional work requests and construction support/testing/inspection services by Pac Hydro up to $670,000 (approximately 10%), in connection with the Project. SECTION 7. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to approve off-site inspection services for work within the public right-of-way up to $30,000, in connection with the Project. SECTION 8. Upon approval by OCWD, the City Council hereby authorizes and directs the City Manager to enter into a new Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement reflecting an updated loan amount of $8,100,000. SECTION 9. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager to accept and expend the revised Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan amount. SECTION 10. The City Council hereby approves Budget Amendment BA #26-11-02 allocating funds as follows: 1 1 1 2 6 PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED by the Seal Beach City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026 by the following vote: AYES: Council Members NOES: Council Members ABSENT: Council Members ABSTAIN: Council Members Lisa Landau, Mayor ATTEST: Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk STATE OF CALIFORNIA } COUNTY OF ORANGE } SS CITY OF SEAL BEACH } I, Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, do hereby certify that the foregoing resolution is the original copy of Resolution XXXX on file in the office of the City Clerk, passed, approved, and adopted by the City Council at a regular meeting held on the 11th day of May 2026. Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT PROJECT CIP NO. WT1902 between City of Seal Beach 211 - 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 & Pacific Hydrotech Corporation 30590 Cochise Circle Murrieta California, 92563 (951) 943-8803 (951) 943-1093 - FAX THIS CONTRACT (“Contract”) is made as of May 11, 2026, by and between the City of Seal Beach, a California charter city (“City”), and Pacific Hydrotech Corporation, a California corporation (“Contractor”) (collectively, “the parties” and individually, a “party”). 2 RECITALS A. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Seal Beach (“City”) approved the plans and specifications for the Lampson Well Treatment System, CIP WT1902 (“Project”) with respect to design criteria, and based thereon the City issued a Notice Inviting Bids dated March 4, 2026; and B. WHEREAS, Contractor submitted a Bid to City for the Project dated March 31, 2026 in the amount of $6,677,200 (“Bid” hereinafter) in response to the Notice Inviting Bids; and C. WHEREAS, Contractor is a California licensed A and B Contractor (State Contractor's license number (License #) 518355, DIR #1000002987; and, D. WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority provided by its City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code, City desires to engage Contractor to carry out the Project in the manner set forth herein and more fully described in Section 1.0. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of performance by the parties of the mutual promises, covenants, and conditions herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: CONTRACT 1. Contractor’s Services. 1.1 Scope and Level of Services. For and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract, Contractor shall perform and complete in good and workmanlike manner all work (“Work”) for the Project identified as Lampson Well Treatment System, CIP WT1902 (“Project”) as described in this Contract and in the Contract Documents listed in Subsection 1.2. 1.2 Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract and all the following: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Accepted Bid Proposal and Bid Sheets, Notification of Award, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontractors, Contractor’s Industrial Safety Record, Contractor’s Technical Ability and Experience References, Resumes, Bidder Questionnaire, Bid Bond, Faithful Performance Bond, Payment Bond (Labor and Materials), permits from regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, Special Provisions, Specifications, General Provisions, Plans, Standard Plans, Reference Documents, and any other documents referenced therein, all Addenda as prepared prior to the date of Bid opening setting forth any modifications or interpretations of any of said documents, Change Orders, and any and all supplemental agreements executed amending or extending the Work contemplated and that may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and 3 acceptable manner; and all Exhibits attached to this Contract. The Exhibits attached to this Contract include the Performance Bond (Exhibit A), Payment Bond (Labor and Materials) (Exhibit B), Workers’ Compensation Insurance Certificate (Exhibit C), Insurance Endorsements (Exhibit D), Acknowledgment of Penal and Civil Penalties Concerning Contractor Licensing Laws (Exhibit E), Acknowledgment of Labor Law Requirements (Exhibit F), Standard Specifications and Reference Documents (Exhibit G), Non-Collusion Declaration (Exhibit H), Contractor’s Industrial Safety Record (Exhibit I), Declaration of Subcontractors (Exhibit J), and Accepted Bid Proposal with Bid Sheets (Exhibit K). All Contract Documents are hereby incorporated into this Contract. 1.3 The Work shall be performed in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents. Contractor shall furnish at its own expense all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary therefor, except such labor, materials, equipment and services as are specified in the Contract Documents to be furnished by City. 1.4 In the event of any material discrepancy between the express provisions of this Contract and the provisions of the other Contract Documents, the provisions of this Contract shall prevail. 2. Effective Date. This Contract is effective as of May 11, 2026 (the “Effective Date”), and shall remain in full force and effect until Contractor has rendered the services required by this Contract and a Notice of Completion has been filed with the Orange County Recorder, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to this Contract. 3. Contractor’s Compensation. 3.1 Payment. For performing and completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, City shall pay Contractor, in accordance with the Bid Proposal as full compensation therefor, but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $6,677,200 (Six Million Six Hundred Seventy-Seven Thousand Two Hundred dollars), subject to any additions and deletions pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. Said sum shall constitute payment in full for all Work performed hereunder, including, without limitation, all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services used or incorporated in the Work, supervision, administration, overhead, expenses and any and all other things required, furnished or incurred for completion of the Work as specified in the Contract Documents. City shall make payments to Contractor on account of the Contract sum at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions specified in the Contract Documents. 3.2 Additional Work. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the City Council, subject to the not-to-exceed amount set forth in Section 3.1. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior City Council authorization. 4. Contractor’s Personnel. 4 4.1 All Work shall be performed by Contractor or under Contractor’s direct supervision, and all personnel shall possess the qualifications, permits, and licenses required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code and other state and local laws and by the Notice Inviting Bids/Instructions to Bidders to perform such Services, including, without limitation, a City of Seal Beach business license as required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code. 4.2 Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all employees’ wages and benefits, and shall comply with all requirements pertaining to employer’s liability, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, and Social Security. Contractor shall fully comply with the workers’ compensation law regarding Contractor and Contractor’s employees. 4.3 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and its elected officials, officers, employees, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liabilities, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from Contractor’s alleged violations of personnel practices. 4.4 Contractor is, and shall at all times remain as to City, a wholly independent contractor. Contractor shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of City or otherwise act as an agent of City. Neither City nor any of its agents shall have control over the conduct of Contractor or any of Contractor’s employees, except as set forth in this Contract. Contractor shall not, at any time, or in any manner, represent that it or any of its officers, agents, or employees are in any manner employees of City. Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to Contractor under this Contract, and indemnify and hold City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against City by reason of the Work performed pursuant to this Contract. 4.5 City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under this Contract any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section 4. 5. Indemnification. 5.1 Contractor’s Duty. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend, indemnify, and hold the City and its elected and appointed officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers, successors, assigns, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, expenses, judgments, penalties, stop notices, liens, liabilities and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys or other professionals and all costs associated therewith and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively, “Liabilities”), in 5 law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to, the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, agents, attorneys, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors, or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual for whom the Contractor bears legal liability)in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Liabilities with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitees in connection therewith. The City shall not be liable for any accident, loss, or damage to the Work prior to completion, except as otherwise specified in Section 6-5 of the Specifications. 5.2 Taxes and Workers’ Compensation. Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to the Contractor under the Contract, and indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract. Contractor shall fully comply with the Workers’ Compensation law regarding Contractor and Contractor’s employees. Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any failure of Contractor to comply with applicable Workers’ Compensation laws. City may offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under the Contract any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to the City any reimbursement or indemnification a rising under this Subsection 5.2. 5.3 Bid Protests. In addition to all other obligations set forth in this Section 5, Contractor shall reimburse the City for all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by City in connection with, arising out of or incident to any Bid protest. 5.4 Civil Code Exception. Nothing in this Section 5 shall be construed to encompass Indemnitees’ sole negligence or willful misconduct to the limited extent that the underlying Contract is subject to Civil Code Section 2782(a) or the City’s active negligence to the limited extent that the underlying Contract Documents are subject to Civil Code Section 2782(b), provided such sole negligence, willful misconduct or active negligence is determined by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction. 5.5 Workers’ Compensation Acts not Limiting. Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section 5, or any other provision of the Contract, shall not be limited by the provisions of any Workers’ Compensation act or similar act. Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers. 6 5.6 Insurance Requirements not Limiting. City does not, and shall not, waive any rights that it may possess against Contractor because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to the Contract. The indemnities in this Section 5 shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Liabilities, tax, assessment, penalty or interest asserted against City. 5.7 Nonwaiver of Rights. Indemnitees do not, and shall not, waive any rights that they may possess against Contractor because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to this Contract. 5.8 Subcontractor Indemnity Agreements. Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identi cal to those in this Section 5 from each and every Subcontractor or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance of the Contract. If Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity obligations, Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities at law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Subcontractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor’s Subcontractor bears legal liability) in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. 5.9 Survival. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract, are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State, and are in addition to any other rights or remedies that Indemnitees may have under the law. Payment is not required as a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision, and an entry of judgment against a Contractor shall be conclusive in favor of the Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision. 6. Insurance. 6.1 Liability Insurance. Contractor shall at all times during the term of this Contract carry, maintain and keep in full force and effect the insurance referenced in this Section 6. The policy limits set forth below do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor. Contractor shall complete and execute the following documents attached as Exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by this reference: 6.1.1 Exhibit D-1: Additional Insured Endorsement - Commercial General Liability. 7 6.1.2 Exhibit D-2: Additional Insured Endorsement - Automobile Liability. 6.1.3 Exhibit D-3: Additional Insured Endorsement - __________ Liability <INSERT AS APPROPRIATE FOR SPECIFIC CONTRACT>. 6.2 Minimum Scope of Insurance. Unless otherwise approved by City, coverage shall be at least as broad as: 6.2.1 Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001). 6.2.2 Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 1/87) covering Automobile Liability, code 1 (any auto). 6.2.3 Insurance Services Office form number CG 20 10 11 85 (Ed. 11/85) covering Additional Insured—Owners, Lessees or Contactors (Form B). 6.2.4 Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance. 6.2.5 Professional Liability insurance. Unless the City waives in the requirement for professional liability insurance, Contractor shall provide to City the standard form issued by the carrier. 6.2.6. <INSERT OTHER APPROPRIATE INSURANCE BASED ON SPECIFIC CONTRACT (e.g., Cyber Liability Insurance, Pollution and Environmental Liability Insurance, etc.)> 6.3 Minimum Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: 6.3.1 General Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Contract or the general limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. 6.3.2 Automobile Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. 6.3.3 Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury or disease ; and Workers’ Compensation Insurance in the amount required by law. 6.3.4. <INSERT OTHER APPROPRIATE MINIMUM INSURANCE LIMITS FOR ADDITIONAL POLICIES REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC CONTRACT PER SECTION 6.2.6 ABOVE> 8 6.4 Additional Insureds. City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be the insured or named as additional insureds covering the Work, regardless of any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement, whether liability is attributable to Contractor or City. 6.5 Replacement Insurance. Contractor agrees that it will not cancel, reduce or otherwise modify the insurance coverage required by the Contract during the term of the Contract. Contractor agrees that if it does not keep the required insurance in full force and effect, and such insurance is available at a reasonable cost, City may take out the necessary insurance and pay the premium thereon, and the repayment thereof shall be deemed an obligation of Contractor and the cost of such insurance may be deducted, at the option of City, from payments due Contractor. This shall be in addition to all other legal options available to City to enforce the insurance requirements. 6.6 Certificates of Insurance with Original Endorsements. Contractor shall submit to City certificates of insurance with the original endorsements, both of which reference the same policy number, for each of the insurance policies that meet the insurance requirements, not less than one (1) day before beginning of performance under the Contract. The endorsements are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. Endorsements must be executed on City’s forms titled “Additional Insured Endorsement,” copies of which are attached as exhibits to this Contract, or on any other form that contains substantially the same terms and is approved by City’s Risk Manager. The endorsements must specifically name the City of Seal Beach and its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials as insureds or additional insureds. Current insurance certificates and endorsements shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this Contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies at any time. 6.7 Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Contractor shall inform City of any deductibles or self-insured retentions except with respect to any professional liability insurance. 6.8 Other Insurance Provisions. The general liability and automobile liability policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: 6.8.1 For any claims related to this Contract, Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City, their officers, officials, employees, volunteers or those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. 9 6.8.2 Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. 6.8.3 Each insurance policy required by this Section 6 shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled or materially modified except after 30 calendar days prior written notice by first class mail has been given to City. 6.8.4 Each insurance policy required by this Section 6 shall expressly waive the insurer’s right of subrogation against City and its elected officials, officers, employees, servants, attorneys, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City or agency officials. By executing this Agreement, Contractor waives all rights of subrogation against City and its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. 6.9 Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating of no less than A:VIIl unless waived in writing by City’s Risk Manager. 6.10 No Limitation on Indemnity. The insurance provisions shall not be construed to limit Contractor’s indemnity obligations contained in this Contract or any other Contract Documents. 6.11 Insurance Requirements not Limiting. If Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required in this Section 6, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by Contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Contract are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Contract. 6.12 Subcontractors. Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors that perform services under the Contract to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of the Contract including this Section 6. 7. Liquidated Damages. Should the Contractor fail to complete the Project, or any part thereof, in the time agreed upon in the Contract, the Contractor shall reimburse the City for the additional expense and damage for each calendar day that the Contract remains uncompleted after the Contract completion date. It is agreed that the amount of such additional expense and damage incurred by reason of failure to complete the Contract is the per diem rate of $1,500.00 per calendar day. Such amount is hereby agreed upon as liquidated damages for the loss to the City resulting from the failure of the Contractor to complete the Project within the allotted time and to the value of the operation of the works dependent thereon. It is expressly understood and agreed that this amount is a reasonable amount and is established in lieu of damages that are incapable of calculation at the inception hereof; and this amount is not to be considered 10 in the nature of a penalty. The City shall have the right to deduct such damages from any amount due, or that may become due to the Contractor, or the amount of such damages shall be due and collectible from the Contractor or the Contractor’s Surety. Progress payments made after the scheduled completion date shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages. 8. Suspension. City may, in writing, order Contractor to suspend all or any part of the Contractor’s Services for the convenience of City or for work stoppages beyond the control of City or Contractor. A suspension of the Services does not void this Contract. 9. Notices. Any notices, bills, invoices, or reports authorized or required by this Contract shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (a) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during Contractor’s and City’s regular business hours or by facsimile before or during Contractor’s regular business hours; or (b) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses heretofore set forth in the Contract, or to such other addresses as the parties may, from time to time, designate in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section. All notices shall be addressed as follows: If to City: City Clerk City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 Telephone: (562) 431-2527 Fax: (562) 493-9857 With a copy to: Public Works Director City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 If to Contractor: Pacific Hydrotech Corporation 30590 Cochise Circle Murrieta California, 92563 Telephone: (951) 943-8803 Fax: (951) 943-1093 Attn:_________________________ 10. Non-Assignability; Subcontracting. Contractor shall not assign, transfer, or subcontract any interest in this Contract or the performance of any of Contractor’s obligations hereunder. Any attempt by Contractor to so assign, transfer, or subcontract any rights, duties, or obligations arising hereunder shall be null, void and of no effect. 11. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, 11 state and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations in force at the time Contractor performs the Services. 12. Non-Waiver of Terms, Rights and Remedies. Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under this Contract shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under this Contract. In no event shall the making by City of any payment to Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by City of any breach of covenant, or any default which may then exist on the part of Contractor, and the making of any such payment by City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to City with regard to such breach or default. 13. Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either party to this Contract shall commence any legal action or proceeding to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Contract, each party shall be responsible for their own attorneys’ fees. 14. Construction. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Contract shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California , with venue in Orange County, California. In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of this Contract shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted the Contract or who drafted that portion of the Contract. 15. Workers’ Compensation. Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1861, by signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.” 16. Prevailing Wages. The City and the Contractor acknowledge that the Project is a public work to which prevailing wages apply, and Contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including but not limited to those set forth in Exhibits E and F, attached hereto. 17. Claim Dispute Resolution. 17.1 In the event of any dispute or controversy with the City over any matter whatsoever, the Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of Work, but shall proceed with the performance of the Work in dispute. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. The Disputed Work will be characterized as an “unresolved 12 dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by mutual agreement or a court of law. Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all Disputed Work, claims and other disputed matters. 17.2 All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) with regard to filing claims. All such claims are also subject to Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq. (Article 1.5), where applicable. This Contract hereby incorporates those provisions as though fully set forth herein. Thus, Contractor or any Subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act as a prerequisite to filing a construction claim in compliance with Section 9204 and Article 1.5 (if applicable), and must then adhere to Article 1.5 and Section 9204, as applicable, pursuant to the definition of “claim” as individually defined therein. 18. Antitrust Claims. In entering into this Contract, Contractor offers and agrees to assign to City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. § 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time City tenders final payment to Contractor without further acknowledgment by the parties. 19. Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest 19.1. Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Work, or which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Work under this Agreement. Contractor further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Contractor shall avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall not accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may likely make Contractor “financially interested” (as provided in California Government Code §§ 1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any matter in connection with which Contractor has been retained. 19.2. Contractor further warrants and maintains that it has not employed or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Contractor paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, any fee, commission, gift, percentage, or any other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to deduct from any sums payable to Contractor hereunder the full amount or value of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift. 13 19.3. Contractor warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non -contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the business of Contractor, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of Contractor at any time during the term of this Agreement, Contractor shall immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if such interest would not be deemed a prohibited “conflict of interest” under applicable laws as described in this subsection . 20. Entire Agreement. This Contract, including any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between Contractor and City. This Contract supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations, or agreements. This Contract may not be amended, nor any provision or breach hereof waived, except in a writing signed by the parties which expressly refers to this Contract. 21. Severability. The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Contract shall not void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Contract. 22. Titles and Headings. The titles and headings used in this Contract are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Contract or any part of it. 23. Authority. Any person executing this Contract on behalf of Contractor warrants and represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Contract on behalf of Contractor and has the authority to bind Contractor to the performance of its obligations hereunder. 24. Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in counterpart originals, duplicate originals, or both, each of which is deemed to be an original for all purposes. 14 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, through their respective authorized representatives, have executed this Contract as of the date first written above. CITY OF SEAL BEACH CONTRACTOR: By: ___________________________ By: ____________________________ Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Name: __________________________ Attest: Title: __________________________ By: ___________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk By: ____________________________ Approved as to Form: Name: __________________________ Title: __________________________ By: ___________________________ (Please note, two signatures required for Nicholas Ghirelli, City Attorney corporations pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 313. EXHIBIT A FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. __________ PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that: WHEREAS the City of Seal Beach (“City”), has awarded to (“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor) a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows: LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM, CIP WT1902 (Project name) WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and , (Name and address of Surety) (“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), this amount being not less than the total Contract Price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, successors executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Principal’s part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety hereby waives any statute of limitations as it applies to an action on this Bond. The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or of the Work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligations under this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this Bond and has all rights of a party hereto. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated: “Principal” By: Its By: Its (Seal) “Surety” By: Its By: Its (Seal) Note: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located. EXHIBIT B PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) Bond No. __________ PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that: WHEREAS the City of Seal Beach (“City”), State of California, has awarded to (“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor) a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows: LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM, CIP WT1902 (Project name) WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract, the Principal is required before entering upon the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient payment Bond with the City to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and (Name and address of Surety) (“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material suppliers, and other persons employed in the performance of the Contract and referred to in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to this Work or labor, that the Surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this Bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing this obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered. It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond. Upon expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and upon expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2, if the condition of this Bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any manner affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated: “Principal” By: Its By: Its (Seal) “Surety” By: Its By: Its (Seal) Note: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located. EXHIBIT C WORKER’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach (“City”) has required certain insurance to be provided by: NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned insurance company does hereby certify that it has issued the policy or policies described below to the following named insureds and that the same are in force at this time: 1. This certificate is issued to: City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 The insureds under such policy or policies are: 2. Workers’ Compensation Policy or Policies in a form approved by the Insurance Commissioner of California covering all operations of the named insureds as follows: Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date By: Its Authorized Representative EXHIBIT D-1 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY [INSERT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE SHOWING COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY] ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY Name and address of named insured (“Named Insured”): Name and address of insurance company (“Company”): General description of agreement(s), permit(s), license(s), and/or activity(ies) insured: Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached (the “Policy”) or in any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 1. The City of Seal Beach (“City”), its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, are additional insureds (the above named additional insureds are hereafter referred to as the “Additional Insureds”) under the Policy in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The Additional Insureds have no liability for the payment of any premiums or assessments under the Policy. 2. The insurance coverages afforded the Additional Insureds under the Policy shall be primary insurance, and no other insurance maintained by the Additional Insureds shall be called upon to contribute with the insurance coverages provided by the Policy. 3. Each insurance coverage under the Policy shall apply separately to each Additional Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the Company’s liability. 4. Nothing in this contract of insurance shall be construed to preclude coverage of a claim by one insured under the policy against another insured under the policy. All such claims shall be covered as third-party claims, i.e., in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each insured. Nothing contained in this provision shall operate to increase or replicate the Company’s limits of liability as provided under the policy. 5. The insurance afforded by the Policy for contractual liability insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the Named Insured under the indemnification and/or hold harmless provision(s) contained in or executed in conjunction with the written agreement(s) or permit(s) designated above, between the Named Insured and the Additional Insureds. 6. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, change in coverage, reduction of limits (except as the result of the payment of claims), or non -renewal except after written notice to City, by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) Days before the effective date thereof. In the event of Company’s failure to comply with this notice provision, the policy as initially drafted will continue in full force and effect until compliance with this notice requirement. 7. Company hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Additional Insureds, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to the perils insured against in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Additional Insureds. 8. It is hereby agreed that the laws of the State of California shall apply to and govern the validity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this contract of insurance. 9. This endorsement and all notices given hereunder shall be sent to City at: City Manager City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 10. Except as stated above and not in conflict with this endorsement, nothing contained herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, agreements, or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached. TYPE OF COVERAGES TO WHICH THIS ENDORSEMENT ATTACHES POLICY PERIOD FROM/TO LIMITS OF LIABILITY 11. Scheduled items or locations are to be identified on an attached sheet. The following inclusions relate to the above coverages. Includes: □ Contractual Liability □ Explosion Hazard □ Owners/Landlords/Tenants □ Collapse Hazard □ Manufacturers/Contractors □ Underground Property Damage □ Products/Completed Operations □ Pollution Liability □ Broad Form Property Damage □ Liquor Liability □ Extended Bodily Injury □ □ Broad Form Comprehensive □ □ General Liability Endorsement □ 12. A □ deductible or □ self-insured retention (check one) of $ applies to all coverage(s) except: if none, so state). The deductible is applicable □ per claim or □ per occurrence (check one). 13. This is an □ occurrence or □ claims made policy (check one). 14. This endorsement is effective on at 12:01 a.m. and forms a part of Policy Number . I, (print name), hereby declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have the authority to bind the Company to this endorsement and that by my execution hereof, I do so bind the Company. Executed , 20___ Signature of Authorized Representative (Original signature only; no facsimile signature Telephone No.: ( ) or initialed signature accepted) EXHIBIT D-2 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY [INSERT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE SHOWING AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY] ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Name and address of named insured (“Named Insured”): Name and address of insurance company (“Company”): General description of agreement(s), permit(s), license(s), and/or activity(ies) insured: Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached (the “Policy”) or in any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 1. The City of Seal Beach (“City”), its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials are additional insureds (the above named additional insureds are hereafter referred to as the “Additional Insureds”) under the Policy in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The Additional Insureds have no liability for the payment of any premiums or assessments under the Policy. 2. The insurance coverages afforded the Additional Insureds under the Policy shall be primary insurance, and no other insurance maintained by the Additional Insureds shall be called upon to contribute with the insurance coverages provided by the Policy. 3. Each insurance coverage under the Policy shall apply separately to each Additional Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the Company’s liability. 4. Nothing in this contract of insurance shall be construed to preclude coverage of a claim by one insured under the policy against another insured under the policy. All such claims shall be covered as third-party claims, i.e., in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each insured. Nothing contained in this provision shall operate to increase or replicate the Company’s limits of liability as provided under the policy. 5. The insurance afforded by the Policy for contractual liability insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the Named Insured under the indemnification and/or hold harmless provision(s) contained or executed in conjunction with the written agreement(s) or permit(s) designated above, between the Named Insured and the Additional Insureds. 6. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, change in coverage, reduction of limits (except as the result of the payment of claims), or non -renewal except after written notice to City, by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) Days before the effective date thereto. In the event of Company’s failure to comply with this notice provision, the policy as initially drafted will continue in full force and effect until compliance with this notice requirement. 7. Company hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Additional Insureds, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to the perils insured against in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Additional Insureds. 8. It is hereby agreed that the laws of the State of California shall apply to and govern the validity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this contract of insurance. 9. This endorsement and all notices given hereunder shall be sent to City at: City Manager City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 10. Except as stated above and not in conflict with this endorsement, nothing contained herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, agreements, or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached. TYPE OF COVERAGES TO WHICH THIS ENDORSEMENT ATTACHES POLICY PERIOD FROM/TO LIMITS OF LIABILITY 11. Scheduled items or locations are to be identified on an attached sheet. The following inclusions relate to the above coverages. Includes: □ Any Automobiles □ Truckers Coverage □ All Owned Automobiles □ Motor Carrier Act □ Non-owned Automobiles □ Bus Regulatory Reform Act □ Hired Automobiles □ Public Livery Coverage □ Scheduled Automobiles □ □ Garage Coverage □ 12. A □ deductible or □ self-insured retention (check one) of $ applies to all coverage(s) except: (if none, so state). The deductible is applicable □ per claim or □ per occurrence (check one). 13. This is an □ occurrence or □ claims made policy (check one). 14. This endorsement is effective on ______________ at 12:01 a.m. and forms a part of Policy Number _________. I, (print name), hereby declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have the authority to bind the Company to this endorsement and that by my execution hereof, I do so bind the Company. Executed , 20___ Signature of Authorized Representative (Original signature only; no facsimile signature Telephone No.: ( ) or initialed signature accepted) EXHIBIT D-3 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT [INSERT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE SHOWING PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE LIABILITY, IF REQUIRED] ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT EXCESS LIABILITY Name and address of named insured (“Named Insured”): Name and address of insurance company (“Company”): General description of agreement(s), permit(s), license(s), and/or activity(ies) insured: Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached (the “Policy”) or in any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 1. The City of Seal Beach (“City”), its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials are additional insureds (the above named additional insureds are hereafter referred to as the “Additional Insureds”) under the Policy in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The Additional Insureds have no liability for the payment of any premiums or assessments under the Policy. 2. The insurance coverages afforded the Additional Insureds under the Policy shall be primary insurance, and no other insurance maintained by the Additional Insureds shall be called upon to contribute with the insurance coverages provided by the Policy. 3. Each insurance coverage under the Policy shall apply separately to each Additional Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the Company’s liability. 4. Nothing in this contract of insurance shall be construed to preclude coverage of a claim by one insured under the policy against another insured under the policy. All such claims shall be covered as third-party claims, i.e., in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each insured. Nothing contained in this provision shall operate to increase or replicate the Company’s limits of liability as provided under the policy. 5. The insurance afforded by the Policy for contractual liability insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the Named Insured under the indemnification and/or hold harmless provision(s) contained in or executed in conjunction with the written agreement(s) or permit(s) designated above, between the Named Insured and the Additional Insureds. 6. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, change in coverage, reduction of limits (except as the result of the payment of claims), or non -renewal except after written notice to City, by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) Days before the effective date thereto. In the event of Company’s failure to comply with this notice provision, the policy as initially drafted will continue in full force and effect until compliance with this notice requirement. 7. Company hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Additional Insureds, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to the perils insured against in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Additional Insureds. 8. It is hereby agreed that the laws of the State of California shall apply to and govern the validity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this contract of insurance. 9. This endorsement and all notices given hereunder shall be sent to City at: City Manager City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 Eighth Street Seal Beach, California 90740 10. Except as stated above and not in conflict with this endorsement, nothing contained herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, agreements, or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached. TYPE OF COVERAGES TO WHICH THIS ENDORSEMENT ATTACHES POLICY PERIOD FROM/TO LIMITS OF LIABILITY □ Following Form □ Umbrella Liability □ 11. Applicable underlying coverages: INSURANCE COMPANY POLICY NUMBER AMOUNT 12. The following inclusions, exclusions, extensions or specific provisions relate to the above coverages: 13. A □ deductible or □ self-insured retention (check one) of $ applies to all coverage(s) except: (if none, so state). The deductible is applicable □ per claim or □ per occurrence (check one). 14. This is an □ occurrence or □ claims made policy (check one). 15. This endorsement is effective on ________ at 12:01 a.m. and forms a part of Policy Number ________. I, (print name), hereby declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have the authority to bind the Company to this endorsement and that by my execution hereof, I do so bind the Company. Executed , 20___ Signature of Authorized Representative (Original signature only; no facsimile signature Telephone No.: ( ) or initialed signature accepted) EXHIBIT E ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PENAL AND CIVIL PENALTIES CONCERNING CONTRACTOR LICENSING LAWS ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PENAL AND CIVIL PENALTIES CONCERNING THE CONTRACTORS' LICENSING LAWS [Business & Professions Code § 7028.15] [Public Contract Code § 20103.5] I, the undersigned, certify that I am aware of the following provisions of California law and that I, or the entity on whose behalf this certification is given, hold a currently valid California contractor's license as set forth below (required at time of award): Business & Professions Code § 7028.15: (a) It is a misdemeanor for any person to submit a bid to a public agency in order to engage in the business or act in the capacity of a contractor within this state without having a license therefore, except in any of the following cases: (1) The person is particularly exempted from this chapter. (2) The bid is submitted on a state project governed by Section 10164 of the Public Contract Code or on any local agency project governed by Section 20104 [now § 20103.5] of the Public Contract Code. (b) If a person has been previously convicted of the offense described in this section, the court shall impose a fine of 20 percent of the price of the contract under which the unlicensed person performed contracting work, or four thousand five hundred dollars ($4,500), whichever is greater, or imprisonment in the county jail for not less than 10 days nor more than six months, or both. In the event the person performing the contracting work has agreed to furnish materials and labor on an hourly basis, “the price of the contract” for the purposes of this subdivision means the aggregate sum of the cost of materials and labor furnished and the cost of completing the work to be performed. (c) This section shall not apply to a joint venture license, as required by Section 7029.1. However, at the time of making a bid as a joint venture, each person submitting the bid shall be subject to this section with respect to his or her individual licensure. (d) This section shall not affect the right or ability of a licensed architect, land surveyor, or registered professional engineer to form joint ventures with licensed contractors to render services within the scope of their respective practices. (e) Unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, a bid submitted to a public agency by a contractor who is not licensed in accordance with this chapter shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency. Unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, a local public agency shall, before awarding a contract or issuing a purchase order, verify that the contractor was properly licensed when the contractor submitted the bid. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, the registrar may issue a citation to any public officer or employee of a public entity who knowingly awards a contract or issues a purchase order to a contractor who is not licensed pursuant to this chapter. The amount of civil penalties, appeal, and finality of such citations shall be subject to Sections 7028.7 to 7028.13, inclusive. Any contract awarded to, or any purchase order issued to, a contractor who is not licensed pursuant to this chapter is void. (f) Any compliance or noncompliance with subdivision (e) of this section, as added by Chapter 863 of the Statutes of 1989, shall not invalidate any contract or bid awarded by a public agency during which time that subdivision was in effect. (g) A public employee or officer shall not be subject to a citation pursuant to this section if the public employee, officer, or employing agency made an inquiry to the board for the purposes of verifying the license status of any person or contractor and the board failed to respond to the inquiry within three business days. For purposes of this section, a telephone response by the board shall be deemed sufficient. Public Contract Code § 20103.5: In all contracts subject to this part where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with the laws of this state. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed in accordance with the laws of this state. The first payment for work or material under any contract shall not be made unless and until the Registrar of Contractors verifies to the agency that the records of the Contractors' State License Board indicate that the contractor was properly licensed at the time the contract was awarded. Any bidder or contractor not so licensed shall be subject to all legal penalties imposed by law, including, but not limited to, any appropriate disciplinary action by the Contractors' State License Board. The agency shall include a statement to that effect in the standard form of pre-qualification questionnaire and financial statement. Failure of the Bidder to obtain proper and adequate licensing for an award of a contract shall constitute a failure to execute the Contract and shall result in the forfeiture of the security of the Bidder. License No.:________________ Class:___________________ Expiration Date:_________________ Date:__________________ EXHIBIT F AGREEMENT TO COMPLY WITH LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS AGREEMENT TO COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS [Labor Code §§ 1720, 1773.8, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, 1860, 1861, 3700] The undersigned Contractor certifies that it is aware of and hereby agrees to fully comply with a[l applicable provisions of California law, including but not limited to the following: 1. Contractor acknowledges that this Contract is subject to the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code relating to public works and the awarding public agency (“Agency”) and agrees to be bound by all the provisions thereof as though set forth in full herein. 2. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1773.8 which requires the payment of travel and subsistence payments to each worker needed to execute the Work to the extent required by law. 3. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Contractor shall, as a penalty to the Agency, forfeit not more than fifty dollars ($50) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done under the Contract by Contractor or by any subcontractor. 4. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1776 which require Contractor and each subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776, and (3) inform the Agency of the location of the records. The Contractor is responsible for compliance with Section 1776 by itself and all of its subcontractors. 5. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1777.5 concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects, and further agrees that Contractor is responsible for compliance with Section 1777.5 by itself and all of its subcontractors. 6. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Contractor shall, as a penalty to the Agency, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of the Contract by the Contractor or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the California Labor Code. 7. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self -insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.” Date ___________________ Signature _______________________________________ EXHIBIT G STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND REFERENCE DOCUMENTS 1. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“Greenbook”) 2. Construction Specifications Institute (“CSI”) EXHIBIT H NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION FORM TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID [PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106] The undersigned declares: I am the ______________________ of ____________________, the party making the foregoing Bid. The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, Bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any Person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the Bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ___________ [date], at ___________________________________________ [city], ______________________ [state]. Project Name: Legal Business Name of Bidder Business Address Business Tel. No. Signature: Printed Name: Date: Signature: Printed Name: Date: This form must be notarized. EXHIBIT I CONTRACTOR’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD CONTRACTOR’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD Bidder’s Name _______________________________________ Current Year of Record 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Total Number of contracts Total dollar amount of contracts (in thousands of dollars) Number of fatalities Number of lost workday cases Number of lost workday cases involving permanent transfer to another job or termination of employment The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary --Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. Legal Business Name of Bidder Business Address: Business Tel. No.: State Contractor's License No. and Classification: Title The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perj ury under the laws of the State of California that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. Signature: Title: Date: Signature: Title: Date: If Bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, and, if he is doing business under a fictitiou s name, the fictitious name must be set forth. If Bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership/joint venture must be provide d, followed by signatures of all of the partners/joint ventures or of fewer than all of the partners/joint ventures if submitted with evidence of autho rity to act on behalf of the partnership/joint venture. If Bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by notarized signatures of the corporation President or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal. Signature s of partners join venturers, or corporation officers must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such partners/joint ven turers, or officers are known to him or her to be such, and, in the case of a corporation, that such corporation executed the instrument pursuant to its bylaws or a resolution of its Board of Directors. EXHIBIT J DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS [Public Contract Code Section 4104] List all Subcontractors who will perform Work or labor or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of th e Work or improvement, or a Subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the Contractor, specially fabri cates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half percent (0.5%) of the Contractor’s total Bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half percent (0.5%) of the Contractor’s total Bid or $10,000, whichever is greater. If all Subcontractors do not fit on this page, attach another page listing all information for all other Subcontractors. Name under which Subcontractor is Licensed and Registered CSLB License Number(s) and Class(es) DIR Contractor Registration Number Address and Phone Number Type of Work (e.g., Electrical) Percentage of Total Bid (e.g., 10%)1 1 The percentage of the total Bid shall represent the “portion of the work” for the purposes of Public Contract Code Section 4104(b). EXHIBIT K BID PROPOSAL (INCLUDING BID SHEETS) 1 Kathryne Cho From:Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Sent:Monday, April 6, 2026 10:27 AM To:Kathryne Cho Subject:RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Attachments:Joseph D Iriberri Resume.pdf Kathryne, Joe said the last resume pdf cut o his project referenc es on it so he asked me to send you this Brett Sakamoto, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (714) 889-9896 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Brett Sakamoto Sent: Monday, April 6, 2026 8:57 AM To: 'Kathryne Cho' <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Kathryne, Please see the attached project References relating to pressurized water treatment. I have also attached the resume for Joe Irriberri. All subcontractors above the listing requirement threshold are listed on our bid documents. Brett Sakamoto, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 2 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (714) 889-9896 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Sent: Thursday, April 2, 2026 12:11 PM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hi Brett, I appreciate you returning my call this morning. As requested, please see a copy of RE Chaee’s submitted bid package. As discussed, please provide the additional information listed below: - Project references – The list provided is a company project list, not a clear list of Joe Iberri, Gregory Borbon or Ron Chaee’s experience with separa te pressurized water treatment projects such as GAC, ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, or pressurized filtration. o Please update to include projects that are similar to the Lampson Project (GAC treatment system) with RE Chaee contracts that are/were more than $4 million, including references o List Joe, Gregory or Ron’s involvement/responsibilities (PM, CM, Superintendent, Foreman, Inspection, etc.) - Please submit a resume for Joe Iriberri. - Please confirm that all subcontractors that are above the threshold have been listed. Please provide all requested documents by 10:00 am on Monday, April 6, 2026. Thank you, Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 3 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. Joseph D. Iriberri Construction Project Management 951-733-6645 joe@rechaffee.com Chino, CA Objective To leverage 15-years of comprehensive site development experience to guarantee project success for our clients. My dual expertise in both precision earthwork and underground utility infrastructure— including booster pump stations & Water wells—allows me to seamlessly bridge the gap between site preparation and utility installation, minimizing project delays and ensuring the highest quality product for the owner. Education Arizona State University (2010) Tempe, AZ Construction Management Envirocert International (2022) Riverside, CA CESSWI Certification Key Skills  Trimble Business Center  Trimble GPS Systems Programming  B2W Construction Estimating/Management Software  QuickBooks Accounting  Microsoft Office Suite  SWPPP’s ( SMARTS ) Experience Heavy Earthwork & Grading (15-Year Focus)  Executed mass excavation, land clearing, and precision fine grading operations for [commercial/residential/highway] site developments, moving over 1Million cubic yards of material per project.  Operated heavy machinery—including dozers, scrapers, graders, and excavators —to establish highly accurate grades, slopes, and elevations.  Leveraged GPS and laser machine control technology to optimize grading accuracy, reducing material waste and cutting project timelines.  Managed soil conditioning, subgrade preparation, and complex backfill compaction processes to meet strict geotechnical engineering specifications and density requirements.  Interpreted complex civil blueprints, topographical maps, and survey stakes to ensure daily earthwork operations aligned with structural plans. Utility Infrastructure (5-Year Focus)  Directed and performed the installation of underground utility systems, including sanitary sewer, storm drainage, and main water lines, ensuring proper slope, alignment, and watertight tie-ins.  Executed the construction and mechanical outfitting of water booster pump stations and groundwater wells, including the installation of high-capacity pumps, complex manifold piping networks, and control valves to ensure optimal water pressure and distribution.  Implemented rigorous trench safety and shoring protocols during deep utility excavations, maintaining 100% compliance with OSHA and confined space regulations.  Coordinated seamlessly with municipal inspectors and utility companies to complete hydrostatic pressure testing, pipeline flushing, and final system sign-offs.  Excavated and backfilled utility trenches around active, live lines (gas, fiber optic, high- voltage electrical).  Transitioned sites from heavy earth-moving phases directly into utility installation, streamlining the project lifecycle and reducing equipment downtime. Joseph D. Iriberri Construction Project Management Dec. 2012- Dec. 2022 Project Manager / Estimator Cash Grading Contractors Ontario, CA Dec. 2022 – Nov. 2023 Project Manager / Estimator James Mcminn, Inc. Riverside, CA Nov. 2023 – Present Director of Project Management RE Chaffee. Construction Wrightwood, CA Communication Dedicated to a "no surprises" approach to project management. I prioritize clear, proactive communication with project owners, municipal inspectors, and site engineers. By providing transparent updates on everything from daily grading progress to complex pump station inspections, I ensure our clients are always informed and confident in the project's direction. Leadership Leadership across all company personal by setting a standard of zero-compromise safety and technical excellence. I take full ownership of daily site operations, empowering our operators and pipe crews to execute their tasks right the first time. By maintaining strict, hands-on oversight of both the heavy earth-moving and utility installation phases, I ensure our clients receive a high- quality product delivered by a focused and disciplined team. References Available upon request. Joseph Iriberri Project References Verdemont 2300 PZ East Water Facilities San Bernardino Municipal Water Department Value 11,000,000 2023-2026  Development of 50 acre site include cut and fills of 45ft. in elevation  Develop booster pump station including 4 VTP system  Build CMU pump building  Install 1.2mil gal water reservoir  3500LF of DI Transmission pipeline  200LF of RCP storm drain pipeline New Gas Engine Pumping Unit G3 Booster Station Crestline-Lake Arrowhead Water Agency Value – $2,500,000 2023-2025  Installation of a natural gas driven VTP pump system  10in. CMLC transmission with a service pressure of 1,200PSI  Cast in place vaults and associated site work Morongo Equipmenting of Well 8 & 7a Morongo Band of Mission Indians Value - $4,200,000 2024-2025  Equip 2 well sites  Build two pump houses including removable section  Associated site work, stormdrain transmission piping and asphalt paving Sherrill Well PFAS Treatment Plant Golden State Water Company Value - $2,200,000 2025-Current  Demolition of existing well site  Installation of new VTP well pump with integrated sand separator  Installation of Treatment plant systems including Ion Exchange resin media, granular activated carbon, membrane Filtration, Pressure Vessel, and associated mechanical piping.  Complete site work including foundations, drainage, and oƯsite improvements American Organics Redevelopment Athens Services Value - $2,500,000 2019-2021  Redevelopment of an existing organics facility  Phased Earthwork Schedule to allow continuous plant operations  Groundwater Mitigation  Installation of HDPE liner basin Bee Canyon Greenery Phase 1A Expansion OC waste Value – $2,800,00 2023  Earthwork & Mass grading of site  Installation of HDPE onsite fire waterline  New Asphalt paving Avalino 235 DR Horton Southwest Value - $3,500,000 2023  Demolition of existing improvements  Rough Grade housing tract with up 750,000CY earth movement  Installation of a Riprap flood control channel Reference Contacts available upon request. R.E Chaffee Construction Project References Project Name: SBC Calico Phase 2 Wastewater Treatment Plant (Membrane Filtration) Client/Agency: San Bernardino County Contact: Byanka Velasco ` Phone: 909-386-8834 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Sherrill Well PFAS Water Treatment Plant (GAC) Client/Agency: Orange County Water District Contact: Laurence Esguerra Phone: 714-378-3330 Project Manager: Joe Irriberri Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Tank 7 Source, GAC Filtration System (GAC) Client/Agency: Sheep Creek Water District Contact: Joe Tapia Phone: 760-559-7989 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Imperial GAC (GAC) Client/Agency: Webb and Associates Contact: Shane Bloomfield Phone: 760-636-3899 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon 1 Kathryne Cho From:Joe Iriberri <joe@rechaffee.com> Sent:Friday, April 10, 2026 12:58 PM To:Kathryne Cho Cc:Brett Sakamoto Subject:Fw: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Attachments:Revised Industrial Safety Record.pdf Kathryne, See the following clarifications: 1. There was a clerical error on that page where we put 360 lost workdays not cases. So in 2024 the column should say 2 not 360. I have attached the revised Industrial safety record. 2. The notary has been attached to the revised Industrial Safety Report 3. The resume section of the Bid Documents requested the resumes of the General Construction Superintendent or the Onsite Construction Manager. This this case it would be Ronald Chaffee and/or Greg Borbon. 4. The contract for the job is with Orange County Water District, but the sites owner Golden State Water District is also very heavily involved in the project. We were required to be qualified by Golden State Water to Bid the Project Joe Iriberri, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (951) 733-6645 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Sent: Friday, April 10, 2026 11:09 AM To: Joe Iriberri <joe@rechaffee.com> Cc: Ronnie Chaffee <ronnie@rechaffee.com>; Jessica Chaffee <jessica@rechaffee.com> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information 2 Kathryne, See the following clarifications: 1. There was a clerical error on that page where we put 360 lost workdays not cases. So in 2024 the column should say 2 not 360. I have attached the revised Industrial safety record. 2. The notary has been attached to the revised Industrial Safety Report 3. The resume section of the Bid Documents requested the resumes of the General Construction Superintendent or the Onsite Construction Manager. This this case it would be Ronald Chaffee and/or Greg Borbon. 4. The contract for the job is with Orange County Water District, but the sites owner Golden State Water District is also very heavily involved in the project. We were required to be qualified by Golden State Water to Bid the Project Brett Sakamoto, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (714) 889-9896 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Sent: Thursday, April 9, 2026 3:27 PM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: Re: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hello Brett, This email is a supplemental request to the information you provided via email dated April 6, 2026. In reviewing the RE Chaffee bid further, please provide clarification on the following items: 1. The Industrial Safety Record shows 360 “lost workday cases” while the column total column for the same row reads “0.” Please clarify. 2. The Industrial Safety Record requires a notary acknowledgement. Please clarify why one was not included. 3 3. Please clarify why Joe Iriberri and Greg Borbon were listed as Critical Staff, but Ron Chaffee and Greg Borbon’s resumes were submitted with the RE Chaffee bid package. 4. Joe Iriberri’s resume and the new project references list the Sherrill Project, however, the agency listed is inconsistent. Is this a Golden State Water District project or an Orange County Water District project? Please provide information by 5:00 pm on Friday, April 10, 2026. Thank you, Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. From: Kathryne Cho Sent: Monday, April 6, 2026 9:01 AM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hi Brett, Thank you for sending this information. Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 4 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. From: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Sent: Monday, April 6, 2026 8:57 AM To: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Kathryne, Please see the attached project References relating to pressurized water treatment. I have also attached the resume for Joe Irriberri. All subcontractors above the listing requirement threshold are listed on our bid documents. Brett Sakamoto, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (714) 889-9896 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Sent: Thursday, April 2, 2026 12:11 PM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hi Brett, 5 I appreciate you returning my call this morning. As requested, please see a copy of RE Chaffee’s submitted bid package. As discussed, please provide the additional information listed below: · Project references – The list provided is a company project list, not a clear list of Joe Iberri, Gregory Borbon or Ron Chaffee’s experience with separate pressurized water treatment projects such as GAC, ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, or pressurized filtration. o Please update to include projects that are similar to the Lampson Project (GAC treatment system) with RE Chaffee contracts that are/were more than $4 million, including references o List Joe, Gregory or Ron’s involvement/responsibilities (PM, CM, Superintendent, Foreman, Inspection, etc.) · Please submit a resume for Joe Iriberri. · Please confirm that all subcontractors that are above the threshold have been listed. Please provide all requested documents by 10:00 am on Monday, April 6, 2026. Thank you, Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. -1- CITY HALL 211 EIGHTH STREET SEAL BEACH, CALIFORNIA 90740 (562) 431-2527 • www.sealbeachca.gov April 13, 2026 VIA EMAIL ONLY Ron Chaffee R.E. Chaffee Construction, Inc. 6025 Park Drive P.O. Box 3087 Wrightwood, CA 92397 ronnie@rechaffee.com Re: Bid Protest Proposed Project: Lampson Well Treatment Systems Project (CIP No. WT 1902) Bid Opening Date: March 31, 2026 Dear Mr. Chaffee: The City of Seal Beach has received a bid protest from Pacific Hydrotech Corporation dated April 6, 2026. A copy of the bid protest letter is enclosed, which contends that R.E. Chaffee Construction Inc.’s (Chaffee) bid is non-responsive on several grounds, including the following: “1. Failure to Meet Mandatory Experience Requirements (Non-Responsiveness) The proposal Form (Bidder’s Project History) explicitly requires bidders to demonstrate experience with similar work, defined as successfully completed construction of separate pressurized water treatment projects such as granular activated carbon (GAC), ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, and/or pressurized filtration. However, based on our review of R.E. [Chaffee]’s submitted project references, none of the listed projects demonstrated experience with any of the required treatment systems. The submitted experience consists primarily of booster pump stations, wells, pipelines, life stations, and general civil infrastructure. Even the referenced wastewater treatment plant project consists only of installation of sewer lines and manholes, not treatment process construction.” The protest letter also outlines additional grounds, including (2) Complete Absence of Qualifying Projects; (3) Material Deviation - Cannot Be Waived; and (4) Alternative Basis - Non-Responsibility. On April 2, 2026, the City requested additional project references to provide Chaffee with the opportunity to meet the bid requirements; a copy of the additional references is enclosed. The submitted references include a water treatment project that has not been completed and does not meet the minimum project size requirement ($4 million or greater) for comparability with the Lampson Well Treatment System project. Please inform the City whether you intend to withdraw your bid, or whether you have any contrary factual grounds and/or legal authority that would support overruling the protest and awarding the project to Chaffee. Please submit your response to the undersigned no later than 12:00 pm on April 15, 2025. Sincerely, Kathryne Cho Deputy Director of Public Works/City Engineer City of Seal Beach Enclosures: (1) Pacific Hydrotech Construction Bid Protest Letter dated April 6, 2026 (2) R.E. Chaffee Project References - GAC R.E Chaffee Construction Project References Project Name: SBC Calico Phase 2 Wastewater Treatment Plant (Membrane Filtration) Client/Agency: San Bernardino County Contact: Byanka Velasco ` Phone: 909-386-8834 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Sherrill Well PFAS Water Treatment Plant (GAC) Client/Agency: Orange County Water District Contact: Laurence Esguerra Phone: 714-378-3330 Project Manager: Joe Irriberri Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Tank 7 Source, GAC Filtration System (GAC) Client/Agency: Sheep Creek Water District Contact: Joe Tapia Phone: 760-559-7989 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Imperial GAC (GAC) Client/Agency: Webb and Associates Contact: Shane Bloomfield Phone: 760-636-3899 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon CITY HALL 211 EIGHTH STREET SEAL BEACH, CALIFORNIA 90740 (562) 431-2527 • www.sealbeachca.gov April 23, 2026 VIA EMAIL ONLY Ron Chaffee R.E. Chaffee Construction, Inc. 6025 Park Drive P.O. Box 3087 Wrightwood, CA 92397 ronnie@rechaffee.com Re: Notice of Intended Finding of Non-Responsibility/Due Process Hearing Proposed Project: Lampson Well Treatment Systems Project - CIP WT1902 Bid Opening Date: March 31, 2026 Dear Mr. Chaffee: I am writing to inform you that the City of Seal Beach may issue a notice of intended finding of non-responsibility in connection with your firm’s status as the apparent low bidder for the Lampson Well Treatment System Project - CIP WT1902 (Project), and that the City will conduct a due process hearing into whether your firm is a responsible bidder on the Project prior to making a final determination. On March 31, 2026, the City Clerk opened eight (8) bid packages for the Project, of which, R.E. Chaffee Construction (“Chaffee”) is the apparent low bidder as listed below: Rank Contractor Total Base Bid Low RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee) $6,488,550.00 2 Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro) $6,677,200.00 3 SCW Contracting Corporation $6,698,521.00 4 Caliauga, Inc. $7,277,750.00 5 RC Foster Corporation $7,565,500.00 6 Canyon Springs Enterprises $7,669,220.00 7 Covenant Technical Solutions $7,749,690.00 8 Metro Builders & Engineers Group Limited $7,982,284.00 Based on review by staff and its consultant of the Chaffee Bid Proposal, and clarification emails submitted by Chaffee in response to the City’s questions, and in light of the bid protest received from Pacific Hydrotech Construction dated April 6, 2026, the City has determined that it is necessary to conduct a due process hearing to determine whether Chaffee is a responsible bidder on the proposed project. Several items have led to questions about whether Chaffee is a responsible bidder on this Project, including the following: 1. The Bidder’s Project History page (Bid Package page 23) requires the bidder to “provide project history of similar work, specifically referencing its experience of successfully completing construction of separate pressurized water treatment projects such as, but not limited to, granulated activated carbon, ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration and/or pressurized filtration.” However, the project list submitted by Chaffee does not demonstrate such comparable project experience. Most of the projects that were listed related to well equipping, booster stations, water lines and general utility work. Clarification was requested. 2. The Bidder’s Critical Staff page (Bid Package page 24) requires the bidder to provide the names of the bidder’s proposed for Construction Project Manager, Superintendent or other critical positions. However, the resumes provided by Chaffee do not provide a clear indication of the listed staff’s experience with granulated activated carbon (GAC), ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration or pressurized filtration. Additionally, the resume for one person identified as the Bidder’s Critical Staff was not included in the Bid Proposal. Clarification was requested. 3. The Bidder’s Technical Ability and Experience References (Bid Package pages 17- 21) required the bidder to provide specified types of information on “all public agency projects in excess of $4,000,000 that you are currently working on or have worked on in the past two (2) years.” Projects listed by Chaffee in your Bid Proposal included only two projects that were within the required $4 Million threshold, but the type of work was unrelated to the type of work required for the Project. Clarification was requested. 4. Following receipt of the bids, Staff performed routine verification of the additional projects that were provided by Chaffee, as requested by the Bid Package. One project reference was unavailable, one was for a project in its early stages, and one included negative performance feedback. Finally, of the four additional projects provided, two of them were of a smaller scope, in the $2 million dollar range, with smaller tanks. 5. On April 6, 2026, the City received the Pacific Hydrotech Construction’s bid protest, which raised the same concerns previously identified by the City. Documentation relating to the potential finding of nonresponsibility are included with this letter. Consistent with the Seal Beach City Charter and Municipal Code, and state law governing public bidding, the purpose of this hearing is to provide your firm with an opportunity to present information and demonstrate that you meet the criteria of a responsible bidder. This includes, but is not limited to, your firm’s experience, capacity, financial resources, performance history, and ability to successfully and timely complete the proposed project in accordance with contract requirements. Please be advised that the hearing will take place on the following date and time: Date: Wednesday, May 6, 2026 Time: 1:00 pm to 2:00 pm Location: City Hall – Council Chambers (211 8th Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740) You may submit relevant information, documentation, and witnesses that you wish to have considered by the hearing officer. Please submit all relevant information and documentation to my attention by 5:00 pm on Friday, May 1, 2026, by submittal to: kcho@sealbeachca.gov. At the hearing you may present witnesses to provide any relevant information about the qualifications of Chaffee as a responsible bidder. If you intend to be represented by counsel or another representative at the due process hearing, please notify us in advance no later than 5:00 p.m. on Friday, May 1, 2026. Following the due process hearing, the City of Seal Beach will make a determination regarding bidder responsibility in accordance with applicable laws and procedures. The City Council will make a final decision at the time it awards a contract for the Project. Please confirm your availability for the scheduled hearing or advise promptly if you require any accommodations. If you have any questions regarding this process, feel free to contact me by phone 562-431- 2527 ext. 1321 or by email kcho@sealbeachca.gov. Sincerely, Kathryne Cho Deputy Director of Public Works/City Engineer City of Seal Beach Enclosures (via Email/OneDrive link): (1) Lampson Well Treatment System (WT1902) Contract Documents (“Bid Package”) (2) City’s Bid Check List (3) Butier Engineering Inc.’s Initial Bid Review dated April 2, 2026 (4) City’s Email Requesting Clarification 1 dated April 2, 2026 and R.E. Chaffee Response dated April 6, 2026 (5) Butier Engineering Inc.’s Review of Clarification 1 dated April 6, 2026 (6) City’s Review of R.E. Chaffee’s Clarification 1 (7) City’s Email Requesting Clarification 2 dated April 6, 2026 and R.E. Chaffee Response dated April 10, 2026 (8) Pacific Hydrotech Construction Bid Protest Letter dated April 6, 2026 (9) City’s Notice to R.E. Chaffee regarding Bid Protest Letter dated April 13, 2026 (10) R.E. Chaffee Response to Bid Protest dated April 14, 2026 03/04/26 2 City of Seal Beach LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CIP NO. WT 1902 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE INVITING BIDS 4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS 12 CHECKLIST FOR AWARDEE (SELECTED BIDDER) 13 BID BOND 14 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) FORM 16 REFERENCES FORMS 17 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION FORM 25 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES FORM 26 CONTRACTOR’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD FORM 27 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA FORM 29 BIDDER QUESTIONNAIRE FORM 30 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER FORM 34 SAMPLE CITY CONTRACT 35 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND Exhibit A PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) Exhibit B WORKERS’ COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE Exhibit C INSURANCE ENDORSEMENTS AND CERTIFICATES Exhibit D ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF PENAL & CIVIL PENALTIES CONCERNING CONTRACTOR LICENSING LAWS Exhibit E 3 LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS Exhibit F BID PROPOSAL FORM PR-1 BID PROPOSAL FORM - BID SHEETS PR-2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SP-1 APPENDICES LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT PLANS Appendix A PACE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS Appendix B GEOTECHNCIAL REPORT AND UPDATE Appendix C 4 NOTICE INVITING BIDS LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM Project CIP No. WT 1902 $5,700,000 (Excluding Owner Furnished Control Panels) Engineer’s Estimate City of Seal Beach California BIDS MUST BE RECEIVED BY: March 25, 2026 at 10:30 am BIDS TO BE OPENED BY: March 25, 2026 at 10:30 am PLACE OF BID RECEIPT: City of Seal Beach Office of the City Clerk First Floor 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Seal Beach, County of Orange, California, will receive up to, but not later than the time set forth above, sealed Bids for the award of a Contract for the above Project. All Bids shall be made on the bid proposal forms furnished by the City and placed, together with the accompanying documents and security, in a sealed package marked outside with the title of the Project and “SEALED BID FOR LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM, PROJECT CIP No. WT 1902 - DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL” and addressed to the City Clerk at the above address in a sealed envelope. All Bids must comply with the requirements contained in this Notice and in the specifications and other Contract Documents. All Bids in apparent compliance with such requirements shall be opened and publicly read aloud at the above-stated time at the place of Bid receipt identified above. SCOPE OF WORK. The Project includes, without limitation, furnishing all necessary labor, materials, equipment and other incidental and appurtenant Work necessary to satisfactorily complete the Project, as more specifically described in the Contract Documents. This Work will be performed in strict conformance with the Contract Documents, permits from regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, and applicable regulations. The quantity of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished are approximations only, being given as a basis for the 5 comparison of Bids. Actual quantities of Work to be performed may vary at the discretion of the City Engineer. COMPLETION OF WORK: The Project will have 2 separate notices to proceed. The first notice to proceed will be after the City have approved submittal(s) of long lead time items from the Contractor. Upon receipt by the City from the Contractor firm confirmations on delivery dates of all long lead time items, along with the City approval of the Contractor schedule, the second notice to proceed with construction will be issued, whereby all Work shall be completed within 280 WORKING DAYS following the date specified in the written notice to proceed from the City. OBTAINING BID DOCUMENTS: Contract Documents for the above-referenced Project may be obtained on Planet Bids (www.solutions.planetbids.com). No Bid will be received unless it is made on the official bid proposal forms furnished by the City, is accompanied by an executed Noncollusion Declaration and is accompanied by a certified or cashier's check payable to the City or a satisfactory Bid Bond in favor of the City executed by the Bidder as principal and a satisfactory surety company as surety licensed in the state of California with a rating of B+ or better as stated from time to time by Standard and Poors’, Moodys’, or Bests’, in an amount not less than 10% of the Bid amount, as provided in Public Contract Code section § 20170 et seq. Should the Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded fail to execute the subject Contract in conformity with the Contract Documents, and submit all required bonds, evidence of insurance coverages, and City business license, within fifteen (15) Working Days after the date of the delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder, such Bid security shall be forfeited pursuant to the City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code, except as otherwise provided by law. As used herein, “working day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any day designated as a holiday by the City of Seal Beach. OPTIONAL PRE-BID MEETING AND SITE VISIT. A pre-Bid meeting will be held on March 10, 2026, at 2:00 p.m. at 4299 Lampson Ave, Seal Beach, CA. Every Bidder is strongly recommended to attend the pre-Bid meeting and Project site visit. No allowances for cost adjustments will be made if a Bidder fails to adequately examine the Project site before submitting a Bid. TRENCHES AND OPEN EXCAVATIONS. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 6707, if this Project involves construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, which are five feet or deeper, each bid submitted in response hereto shall contain, as a bid item, adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method, for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to applicable safety orders. REGISTRATION WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. In accordance with Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a Bid Proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions for bid purposes only under Labor Code Section 1771.1(a)]. PREVAILING WAGES. In accordance with Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., the Project is a “public work.” The selected Bidder (Contractor) and any Subcontractors shall pay wages in accordance with the determination of the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) regarding the prevailing rate of per diem wages. Copies of those rates are on file with 6 the Director of Public Works, and are available to any interested party upon request. The Contractor shall post a copy of the DIR’s determination of the prevailing rate of per diem wages at each job site. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. BONDS. Each Bid must be accompanied by a cash deposit, cashier’s check, certified check or Bidder’s Bond issued by a Surety insurer, made payable to the City and in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the total Bid submitted. Personal or company checks are not acceptable. Upon Contract award, the Contractor shall provide faithful performance and payment Bonds, each in a sum equal to the Contract Price. All Bonds must be issued by a California admitted Surety insurer using the forms set forth in the Contract Documents, or in any other form approved by the City Attorney. Failure to execute the Contract with the City in conformity with the Contract Documents, and submit all required Bonds, evidence of insurance coverages, and CIty business license, within fifteen (15) Working Days after the date of the delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder, shall subject the Bid security to forfeiture pursuant to the City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code, except as otherwise provided by law. LICENSES. Each Bidder shall possess a valid Class A Contractor’s license issued by the California State Contractors License Board at the time of the Bid submission, unless this Project has any federal funding, in which case the successful Bidder must possess such a license at the time of Contract award. The successful Contractor must also possess a current City business license for the term of the Contract. RETENTION SUBSTITUTION. Five percent (5%) of any progress payment will be withheld as retention. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300, and at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities equivalent to the amount withheld may be deposited with the City or with a State or federally chartered bank as escrow agent, which shall then pay such moneys to the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Project, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. Alternatively, the Contractor may request that the City make payments of earned retentions directly to an escrow agent at the Contractor’s expense. No such substitutions shall be accepted until all related documents are approved by the City Attorney. BIDDING PROCESS; RIGHT OF REJECTION OR WAIVER: The City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids or any parts thereof, accept or reject alternates, and waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bid or in the bidding to the extent permitted by law and to make awards in all or part in the best interest of the City. Date: March 3, 2026 Published: March 5, 2026 and March 12, 2026 7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FORM OF BID: Bids shall be made on the Bid Proposal forms found herein. Bidders shall include all forms and fill in all blank spaces, including inserting “N/A” (for not applicable) where necessary. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing the Bidder’s name and addressed to the City Clerk with the Project name and identification number (as described in the Notice Inviting Bids) typed or clearly printed on the lower left corner of the envelope. DELIVERY OF BIDS: The Bid shall be delivered by the time and date, and to the place specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. No oral, faxed, emailed, or telephonic Bids or alternatives will be considered. The time of delivery shall be conclusively determined by the time-stamping clock located at the City Clerk’s office. Bidders are solely responsible for ensuring that their Bids are received in proper time, and Bidders assume all risks arising out of their chosen means of delivery. Any Bid received after the Bid submission deadline shall be returned unopened. Bidders are invited to be present for Bid opening. Accepted Bids shall become the property of the City. AMENDED BIDS. Unauthorized conditions, limitations or provisos attached to a Bid may cause the Bid to be deemed incomplete and non-responsive. WITHDRAWAL OF BID: A Bid may be withdrawn without prejudice upon written request by the Bidder filed with the City Clerk before the Bid submission deadline. Bids must remain valid and shall not be subject to withdrawal for a period of sixty (60) Calendar Days after the date of the opening of Bids. BIDDER'S SECURITY: Each Bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier’s check payable to the City, or a satisfactory Bid Bond in favor of the City executed by the Bidder as principal and a -admitted surety insurer as Surety, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the amount set forth in the Bid. The cash, check or Bid Bond shall be given as a guarantee that, if selected, the Bidder will execute the Contract in conformity with the Contract Documents, and will provide the evidence of insurance and furnish the specified Bonds, and City business license, within fifteen (15) Working days after the date of delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder. As used herein, “Working Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any day designated as a holiday by the City of Seal Beach. In case of the Bidder’s refusal or failure to do so, the City may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible bidder, and the cash, check, or Bond (as applicable) of the lowest Bidder shall be forfeited to the City to the extent permitted by law. No Bid Bond will be accepted unless it conforms substantially to the form provided in these Contract Documents. QUANTITIES APPROXIMATE: Any quantities shown in the Bid Proposal form or elsewhere herein shall be considered as approximations listed to serve as a general indication of the amount of Work or materials to be performed or furnished, and as basis for the Bid comparison. The City does not guarantee that the actual amounts required will correspond with those shown. As deemed necessary or convenient, the City may increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of Work or material to be performed or furnished or omit any such item or portion, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8 TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS. Requests to substitute an equivalent item for a brand or trade name item must be made by written request submitted no later than the date specified in Section 4-6 of the General Provisions. Requests received after this time shall not be considered. Requests shall clearly describe the product for which approval is requested, including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. ADDENDA: The City Engineer may, from time to time, issue Addenda to the Contract Documents. Bidders are responsible for ensuring that they have received any and all Addenda. Each Bidder is responsible for verifying that it has received all Addenda issued, if any. Bidders must acknowledge receipt of all Addenda, if any, in their Bids. Failure to acknowledge receipt of all Addenda may cause a Bid to be deemed incomplete and non-responsive. FACSIMILE NUMBER AND EMAIL ADDRESS. Bidders shall supply the Engineer with a facsimile number and email address to facilitate transmission of Addenda and other information related to these Contract Documents. If the Addenda and other information are emailed, the City shall also send all documents by facsimile or U.S. Mail. Failure to provide such a facsimile number and email address may result in late notification. The City does not guarantee that it will provide any information by facsimile, email, or both. A Bidder shall be responsible for all Addenda regardless of whether Bidder received any such fax or email, and a Bidder shall have no recourse due to not receiving such facsimile, email or both. DISCREPANCIES IN BIDS: Each Bidder shall set forth as to each item of Work, in clearly legible words and figures, a unit or line item Bid amount for the item in the respective spaces provided for this purpose. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended amount set forth for the item, the unit price shall prevail. However, if the amount set forth as a unit price is ambiguous, unintelligible or uncertain for any cause, or is omitted, or if the unit price is the same amount as the entry in the “extended amount” column, then the amount set forth in the “extended amount” column for the item shall prevail in accordance with the following: (1) As to lump sum items, the amount set forth in the “extended amount” column shall be the unit price. (2) As to unit price items, the amount set forth in the “extended amount” column shall be divided by the estimated quantity for the item set forth in the Bid documents, and the price thus obtained shall be the unit price. In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: In evaluating Bidder responsibility, consideration will be given not only to the financial standing, but also to the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the Project. Each Bidder shall set forth in the designated area of the Bid form a statement of its experience. No Contract will be executed with a Bidder that is not licensed and registered with the DIR in accordance with State law, and with any applicable specific licensing requirements specified in these Contract Documents. These licensing and registration requirements for Contractors shall also apply to all Subcontractors. 9 BIDDER'S EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Each Bidder must carefully examine the Project site and the entirety of the Contract Documents. Upon submission of a Bid, it will be conclusively presumed that the Bidder has thoroughly investigated the Work and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered and the character, quality, and quantities of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Upon Bid submission, it also shall be conclusively presumed that the Bidder is familiar with and agrees to the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all Addenda. No information derived from an inspection of records or investigation will in any way relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract Documents nor entitle the Contractor to any additional compensation. The Contractor shall not make any claim against the City based upon ignorance or misunderstanding of any condition of the Project site or of the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed which is based on a lack of knowledge of the above items. Bidders assume all risks in connection with performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, regardless of actual conditions encountered, and waive and release the City with respect to any and all claims and liabilities in connection therewith, to the extent permitted by law. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: No Person shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than one Bid for the same Project, unless alternate Bids are specifically called for. A Person that has submitted a sub-bid to a Bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a Bidder, is not thereby disqualified from submitting a sub- proposal or quoting prices to other Bidders or from making a prime Bid. If there is a reason to believe that collusion exists among the Bidders, all affected Bids will be rejected. As used in these Contract Documents, “Person” includes any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. RETURN OF BID SECURITY: The successful Bidder’s Bid security shall be held until the Contract is executed. Bid security shall be returned to the unsuccessful Bidders within a reasonable time, which in any case shall not exceed sixty (60) Calendar Days after the successful Bidder has signed the Contract. AWARD OF CONTRACT: The City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids or any parts thereof or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bid or in the bidding. The Contract award, if made, will be to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder and is anticipated to occur within sixty (60) Calendar Days after the Bid opening. The Contract award may be made after that period if the selected Bidder has not given the City written notice of the withdrawal of its Bid. DETERMINATION OF LOWEST BID. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 20103.8, the lowest Bid shall be determined as follows: Base Bid. LISTING SUBCONTRACTORS; SELF-PERFORMANCE: Each Bidder shall submit a list of the proposed Subcontractors on the Project, as required by the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code Section 4100, et seq.). Contractor shall self-perform Work in accordance with Section 3-2 of the Standard Specifications. TRENCHING. If the Project involves the construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, which 10 are five (5) feet deep or more, then each Bidder must submit, as a Bid item, adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or an equivalent method, for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to applicable safety orders. This final submission must be accepted by the City in advance of excavation and must include a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from caving ground during the excavation Work. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: The selected Bidder shall execute a written Contract with the City in the form included in these Contract Documents and return the executed Contract to the City within fifteen (15) Working Days from the date of delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder. Additionally, the selected Bidder shall also secure all insurance and Bonds and City business license as herein specified, and provide them to the City, within that same 15-day period. Failure or refusal to enter into the Contract or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bidder's security. In such event, the City may declare the Bidder's security forfeited to the extent permitted by law, and the City may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder, or may reject all bids. NO COMPENSATION FOR COSTS INCURRED PRIOR TO CONTRACT EXECUTION. All costs incurred by the selected Bidder prior to Contract award and execution of the Contract by the City shall be at the Bidder’s sole risk. The City shall have no liability for costs incurred prior to its execution of the Contract. SIGNATURES. The Bidder shall execute all documents requiring signatures, and shall cause to be notarized all documents that indicate such a requirement. Bids submitted as joint ventures must so state and be signed by each joint venturer. The Bidder shall provide evidence satisfactory to the City, such as an authenticated resolution of its board of directors, a certified copy of a certificate of partnership acknowledging the signer to be a general partner, or a power of attorney, indicating the capacity of the person(s) signing the Bid to bind the Bidder to the Bid and any Contract arising therefrom. Alternatively, Bids submitted by corporations must be executed as specified in Corporations Code Section 313, and Bids submitted by partnerships must be executed by all partners comprising the partnership. INSURANCE AND BONDS: The Contractor shall not begin Work under the Contract until it has given the City evidence of all required insurance coverage (including all additional Insured Endorsements), a Bond guaranteeing the Contractor’s faithful performance of the Contract, and a Bond securing the payment of claims for labor and materials. TELEPHONES: Bidders are hereby notified that the City will not provide telephones for their use at the time of Bid submission. MATERIAL SUPPLIER: If the firm who is signatory on the Contract is supplying materials only, a Payment Bond need not be furnished. Payment for materials will not be made in advance of completion of Work by the City. INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND DOCUMENTS: Any Bidder that is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents, or that finds discrepancies in or omissions from the Contract Documents, may submit to 11 the City Engineer a written request for an interpretation or correction no later than five (5) Working Days before the Bid submission deadline. No requests will be accepted or considered after that deadline. Please indicate the Project and identification number in the request for clarification. Telephone requests will not be taken. Any interpretation or correction of the Contract Documents will be made only by a written Addendum. No oral interpretation of any provision in the Contract Documents shall be binding. TAXES: Except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, all sales and/or use taxes assessed by federal, State or local authorities on materials used or furnished by the Contractor in performing the Work shall be paid by the Contractor. The Bidder shall calculate payment for all sales, unemployment, pension and other taxes imposed by federal, State, and local law and shall include these payments in computing the Bid. PLANS AND STANDARD DRAWINGS: The location of the Work, the general nature and extent of the Work and the forms and details of the various features of the Work are shown on the Plans. When referenced in the Contract Documents, Plans shall include the construction plans and standard drawings. NOTICE: As of March 9, 2026, the Engineer of Record for the Project will transition from Duncan Lee to Jacob Peterson of Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering, Inc. FAIR EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES: The Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation or military and veteran status. The Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all federal and California statutes and local ordinances and regulations. The Contractor shall include the nondiscrimination and compliance provisions of this clause in all subcontracts to perform work under the Agreement.” 12 CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS The following information is required of all Bidders at the time of Bid submission:  Completed and Signed Bid Proposal Cover Form  Completed and Signed Bid Sheets  Completed and Signed Contractor’s Industrial Safety Record  Signed Noncollusion Declaration  Completed Designation of Subcontractors  Completed, Signed and Notarized Bidder's Bond; or Other Approved Security (Cashier’s Check or Certified Check)  Completed and Signed Bidder Questionnaire  Completed Technical Ability and Experience References Form  Resumes (General Construction Superintendent or on-site Construction Manager)  Bidder’s Project Hisstory  Bidder’s Critical Staff  Completed Designation of Sureties  Completed and Signed Acknowledgment of Addenda  Evidence satisfactory to the City indicating the capacity of the persons) signing the Bid to bind the Bidder Failure of the Bidder to provide all required information in a complete and accurate manner may cause the Bid to be considered non-responsive. 13 CHECKLIST FOR AWARDEE (SELECTED BIDDER) TO BE SUBMITTED BY SUCCESSFUL BIDDER: The following documentation shall be submitted by the Awardee (selected Bidder) to the City within fifteen (15) Working Days of delivery of the Contract Documents to the Awardee:  Completed and Signed Public Works Agreement (the Contract)  Evidence satisfactory to the City indicating the capacity of the persons) signing the Contract and Bonds to bind the Contractor  Performance Bond in the amount of the Contract  Payment Bond (Labor and Material Bond) in the amount of the Contract  Completed and Signed Insurance Requirements for City  Completed and Signed Workers' Compensation Certification  Completed and Signed Certificates of Insurance and Endorsements in the amounts and coverages specified in the Contract  Copy of City business license  Completed and Signed Statement Acknowledging Penal and Civil Penalties Concerning Contractor’s License Law  Completed and Signed Agreement to Comply with California Labor Law Requirements 14 Bond No. _________ BID BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that: WHEREAS the City of Seal Beach (“City”), has issued an invitation for Bids for the Work described as follows: ____________________________ WHEREAS _______________________________ (Name and address of Bidder) (“Principal”), desires to submit a Bid to City for the Work. WHEREAS, Bidders are required to furnish a form of Bidder’s security with their Bids. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and (Name and address of Surety) (“Surety”), a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), being not less than ten percent (10%) of the total Bid price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal is awarded the Contract for the Work by the City and, within the time and in the manner required by the bidding specifications, enters into the written form of Contract included with the bidding specifications, furnishes the required Bonds (one to guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials), and furnishes the required insurance coverage, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. In case suit is brought upon this instrument, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs incurred by the City in the suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees in an amount fixed by the court. Surety hereby waives the provisions of Civil Code Section 2845. 15 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated: “Principal” By: Its: By: Its: “Surety” By: Its: By: Its: Note: This Bond must be dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. 16 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS [Public Contract Code Section 4104] List all Subcontractors who will perform Work or labor or render service to the Contractor in or about the construction of the Work or improvement, or a Subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the Contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half percent (0.5%) of the Contractor’s total Bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half percent (0.5%) of the Contractor’s total Bid or $10,000, whichever is greater. If all Subcontractors do not fit on this page, attach another page listing all information for all other Subcontractors. Name under which Subcontractor is Licensed and Registered CSLB License Number(s) and Class(es) DIR Contractor Registration Number Address and Phone Number Type of Work (e.g., Electrical) Percentage of Total Bid (e.g., 10%)* * The percentage of the total Bid shall represent the “portion of the work” for the purposes of Public Contract Code Section 4104(b). 17 BIDDER’S TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES Bidders Name __________________________________________________ For all public agency projects in excess of $4,000,000 that you are currently working on or have worked on in the past two (2) years, provide the following information: Project 1 Name/Number Project Description ___________________________________________________________ Approximate Construction Dates From: ______________ To: Agency Name: Contact Person: Telephone: Email: Address: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.). Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims. Project 2 Name/Number Project Description ___________________________________________________________ Approximate Construction Date From: ______________ To: Agency Name: 18 Contact Person: Telephone: Email: Address: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.). Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims. Project 3 Name/Number Project Description ___________________________________________________________ Approximate Construction Dates From: ______________ To: Agency Name: Contact Person: Telephone: Email: Address: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.). Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No 19 Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims. Project 4 Name/Number Project Description ___________________________________________________________ Approximate Construction Dates From: ______________ To: Agency Name: Contact Person: Telephone: Email: Address: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.). Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims. Project 5 Name/Number Project Description ___________________________________________________________ 20 Approximate Construction Dates From: ______________ To: Agency Name: Contact Person: Telephone: Email: Address: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.). Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims. Project 6 Name/Number Project Description ___________________________________________________________ Approximate Construction Dates From: ______________ To: Agency Name: Contact Person: Telephone: Email: Address: Original Contract Amount: $ Final Contract Amount: $ If final amount is different from original amount, please explain (change orders, extra work, etc.). 21 Did you or any Subcontractor, file any claims against the Agency? Circle one: Yes No Did the Agency file any claims against you? Circle one: Yes No If you answered yes to either of the above two questions, please explain and indicate outcome of claims. Attach additional sheets if necessary. Upon request, the Contractor shall attach a financial statement and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of the Contractor’s current financial conditions. Failure to provide truthful answers to the questions above may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive. The Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information provided above is true and correct. Notary Public Subscribed and sworn to me: Signature: This ____ day of _____________, 20 Title: Signature: (SEAL) Company Signature: Title: Date: Signature: Title: Date: 22 RESUMES Attach to this Bid the experience resume of the person who will be designated as General Construction Superintendent or on-site Construction Manager for the Project. 23 Bidder’s Project History For the purposes of this project, the bidder and/or bidders project management team shall provide project history of similar work, specifically referencing its experience of successfully completing construction of separate pressurized water treatment projects such as, but not limited to, granular activated carbon, ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, and/or pressurized filtration. Bidders are encouraged to submit supplemental relevant project history in addition to the projects listed herein. Listed below are the names, address and telephone numbers for two public agencies for which the bidder has performed similar work within the past ten years: 1. Name and Address of Public Agency Name and Telephone No. of Project Manager: _________________________________________ Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Provide additional project description to show similar work: 2. Name and Address of Public Agency Name and Telephone No. of Project Manager: _________________________________________ Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Provide additional project description to show similar work: 3. Name and Address of Public Agency Name and Telephone No. of Project Manager: _________________________________________ Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Provide additional project description to show similar work: 24 Bidder’s Critical Staff Listed below are the names of the bidders proposed Construction Project Manager, Superintendent, or other critical positions. For these critical positions, please list at least three projects for which the critical staff has performed similar work within the last ten years. These projects do not have to be under the employment of the bidder of this project. Bidders are encouraged to submit supplemental relevant project history in addition to the projects listed herein. 1. Name of proposed Project Manager Telephone No. of proposed Project Manager: __________________________________________ Project Name & Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Project Name & Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Project Name & Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed 2. Name of proposed Superintendent Telephone No. of proposed Superintendent: ___________________________________________ Project Name & Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Project Name & Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed Project Name & Contract Amount Type of Work Date Completed 25 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION FORM TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID [PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106] The undersigned declares: I am the ______________________ of ____________________, the party making the foregoing Bid. The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham Bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, Bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any Person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the Bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ___________ [date], at ___________________________________________ [city], ______________________ [state]. Project Name: Legal Business Name of Bidder Business Address Business Tel. No. Signature: Printed Name: Date: Signature: Printed Name: Date: This form must be notarized. 26 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidder’s name________________________________________ Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance/bond type): _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ 27 CONTRACTOR’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD Bidder’s Name _______________________________________ Current Year of Record 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Total Number of contracts Total dollar amount of contracts (in thousands of dollars) Number of fatalities Number of lost workday cases Number of lost workday cases involving permanent transfer to another job or termination of employment The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary--Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. Legal Business Name of Bidder Business Address: Business Tel. No.: State Contractor's License No. and Classification: Title 28 The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. Signature: Title: Date: Signature: Title: Date: If Bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, and, if he is doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set forth. If Bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership/joint venture must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners/joint ventures or of fewer than all of the partners/joint ventures if submitted with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership/joint venture. If Bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by notarized signatures of the corporation President or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal. Signatures of partners join venturers, or corporation officers must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such partners/joint venturers, or officers are known to him or her to be such, and, in the case of a corporation, that such corporation executed the instrument pursuant to its bylaws or a resolution of its Board of Directors. 29 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidder’s name _____________________________________ The Bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any: Addendum No. Date Received Signature 30 BIDDER QUESTIONNAIRE Fill out all of the following information. Attach additional sheets if necessary. Bidder’s Name: If the Bidder’s name is a fictitious name, who or what is the full name of the registered owner? If the Bidder’s name is not a fictitious name, write “N/A” in the response to this question. If you are doing business under a fictitious name, provide a copy of the filed valid Fictitious Business Name Statement. Business Address: Telephone: Facsimile: Type of Firm – Individual, Partnership, LLC or Corporation: Partnership, LLC or Corporation organized under the laws of the State of: California State Contractor’s License Number and Class: Original Date Issued: Expiration Date: DIR Contractor Registration Number: List the name and title of the person(s) who inspected the Project site for your firm: List the name and title of the person(s) who attended the mandatory pre-bid meeting for your firm, including the site visit: _____________________________ Number of years’ experience the company has as a contractor in construction work: List the names, titles, addresses and telephone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and company or corporate officers having a principal interest in this Bid: List all current and prior D.B.A.’s, aliases, and fictitious business names for any principal having interest in this Bid: 31 List the dates of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this Bid: For all arbitrations, lawsuits, settlements and the like (in or out of court) that the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid has been involved with in the past five (5) years: a. List the names, addresses and telephone numbers of contact persons for the parties: b. Briefly summarize the parties’ claims and defenses: c. State the tribunal (e.g., Superior Court, American Arbitration Association, etc.), the matter number, and the outcome: Has the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid ever had a contract terminated by the owner or agency? If yes, explain. 32 Has the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid ever failed to complete a project? If yes, explain Has the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid ever been terminated for cause, even if it was converted to a “termination of convenience”? If yes, explain. For projects that the company or any principal having an interest in this Bid has been involved with in the last five (5) years, did you have any claims or actions: a. By you against the owner? Circle one: Yes No b. By the owner against you? Circle one: Yes No c. By any outside agency or individual for labor compliance? Circle one: Yes No d. By Subcontractors? Circle one: Yes No e. Are any of these claims or actions unresolved or outstanding? Circle one: Yes No If your answer is “yes” to any part or parts of this question, explain. List the last three (3) projects you have worked on or are currently working on for the City of Seal Beach: 33 Upon request of the City, the Bidder shall furnish evidence showing a notarized financial statement, financial data, construction experience, or other additional information. Failure to provide truthful answers to the questions above may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive. The Bidder certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the information provided above is true and correct. Notary Public Subscribed and sworn to me: Signature: This ____ day of _____________, 20 Title: Signature: (SEAL) Company Signature: Title: Date: Signature: Title: Date: 34 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within fifteen (15) Working Days after the date of delivery of the Contract Documents shown on the “Notification of Award” to the successful Bidder. As used herein, “Working Days” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any day designated as a holiday by the City of Seal Beach. 1. Completed and Signed Public Works Agreement (the Contract) 2. Evidence satisfactory to the City indicating the capacity of the persons) signing the Contract and Bonds to bind the Contractor 3. Performance Bond in the amount of the Contract 4. Payment Bond (Labor and Material Bond) in the amount of the Contract 5. Completed and Signed Insurance Requirements for City 6. Completed and Signed Workers' Compensation Certification 7. Completed and Signed Certificates of Insurance and Endorsements in the amounts and coverages specified in the Contract 8. Copy of City business license 9. Completed and Signed Statement Acknowledging Penal and Civil Penalties Concerning Contractor’s License Law 10. Completed and Signed Agreement to Comply with California Labor Law Requirements The City will not permit a substitute format for these Contract Documents. Original Certificate(s) of Insurance, General Liability Insurance Endorsement, and Automobile Liability Insurance Endorsement shall be provided as required by the Contract Documents and delivered to the Public Works Department within the fifteen-day deadline. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all Contract Documents have been received and approved by the City. Upon refusal or failure of the successful Bidder to execute the Contract, the check or Bid Bond shall be forfeited to the City to the extent permitted by law. 35 SAMPLE CITY CONTRACT 36 PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CIP NO. WT 1902 between City of Seal Beach 211 - 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 & XXXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX (XXX) XXX-XXXX (XXX) XXX-XXXX - FAX THIS CONTRACT (“Contract”) is made as of XXX, by and between the City of Seal Beach, a California charter city (“City”), and XXX, a ________________<INSERT TYPE OF ENTITY AND STATE OF FORMATION (e.g., a California corporation, partnership, limited liability company, sole proprietorship, etc.)> (“Contractor”) (collectively, “the parties” and individually, a “party”). 37 RECITALS A. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Seal Beach (“City”) approved the plans and specifications for the Lampson Well Treatment System (“Project”) with respect to design criteria, and based thereon the City issued a Notice Inviting Bids dated [March 25, 2026] and B. WHEREAS, Contractor submitted a Bid to City for the Project dated ________________ in the amount of _________________ (“Bid” hereinafter) in response to the Notice Inviting Bids; and C. WHEREAS, Contractor is a California licensed <INSERT TYPE>___ Contractor (State Contractor's license number (License #) <INSERT NO.>, DIR #<INSERT NO.>); and D. WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority provided by its City Charter and Seal Beach Municipal Code, City desires to engage Contractor to carry out the Project in the manner set forth herein and more fully described in Section 1.0. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of performance by the parties of the mutual promises, covenants, and conditions herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows: CONTRACT 1. Contractor’s Services. 1.1 Scope and Level of Services. For and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract, Contractor shall perform and complete in good and workmanlike manner all work (“Work”) for the Project identified as Lampson Well Treatment System (“Project”) as described in this Contract and in the Contract Documents listed in Subsection 1.2. 1.2 Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract and all the following: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Accepted Bid Proposal and Bid Sheets, Notification of Award, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontractors, Contractor’s Industrial Safety Record, Contractor’s Technical Ability and Experience References, Resumes, Bidder Questionnaire, Bid Bond, Faithful Performance Bond, Payment Bond (Labor and Materials), permits from regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, Special Provisions, Specifications, General Provisions, Plans, Standard Plans, Reference Documents, and any other documents referenced therein, all Addenda as prepared prior to the date of Bid opening setting forth any modifications or interpretations of any of said documents, Change Orders, and 38 any and all supplemental agreements executed amending or extending the Work contemplated and that may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner; and all Exhibits attached to this Contract. The Exhibits attached to this Contract include the Performance Bond (Exhibit A), Payment Bond (Labor and Materials) (Exhibit B), Workers’ Compensation Insurance Certificate (Exhibit C), Insurance Endorsements (Exhibit D), Acknowledgment of Penal and Civil Penalties Concerning Contractor Licensing Laws (Exhibit E), Acknowledgment of Labor Law Requirements (Exhibit F), Accepted Bid Proposal with Bid Sheets (Exhibit G), and Project Plans (Appendix A). All Contract Documents are hereby incorporated into this Contract. 1.3 The Work shall be performed in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents. Contractor shall furnish at its own expense all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary therefor, except such labor, materials, equipment and services as are specified in the Contract Documents to be furnished by City. 1.4 In the event of any material discrepancy between the express provisions of this Contract and the provisions of the other Contract Documents, the provisions of this Contract shall prevail. 2. Effective Date. This Contract is effective as of ______________ (the “Effective Date”), and shall remain in full force and effect until Contractor has rendered the services required by this Contract and a Notice of Completion has been filed with the Orange County Recorder, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to this Contract. 3. Contractor’s Compensation. 3.1 Payment. For performing and completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, City shall pay Contractor, in accordance with the Bid Proposal as full compensation therefor, but in no event will City pay more than the total not-to-exceed amount of $XXX,XXX (SPELL OUT dollars), subject to any additions and deletions pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. Said sum shall constitute payment in full for all Work performed hereunder, including, without limitation, all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services used or incorporated in the Work, supervision, administration, overhead, expenses and any and all other things required, furnished or incurred for completion of the Work as specified in the Contract Documents. City shall make payments to Contractor on account of the Contract sum at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions specified in the Contract Documents. 3.2 Additional Work. The City Manager may authorize extra work to fund unforeseen conditions up to the amount approved at the time of award by the City Council, subject to the not-to-exceed amount set forth in Section 3.1. Payment for additional work in excess of this amount requires prior City Council authorization. 4. Contractor’s Personnel. 39 4.1 All Work shall be performed by Contractor or under Contractor’s direct supervision, and all personnel shall possess the qualifications, permits, and licenses required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code and other state and local laws and by the Notice Inviting Bids/Instructions to Bidders to perform such Services, including, without limitation, a City of Seal Beach business license as required by the Seal Beach Municipal Code. 4.2 Contractor shall be responsible for payment of all employees’ wages and benefits, and shall comply with all requirements pertaining to employer’s liability, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, and Social Security. Contractor shall fully comply with the workers’ compensation law regarding Contractor and Contractor’s employees. 4.3 Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and its elected officials, officers, employees, servants, volunteers, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, from any and all liabilities, damages, claims, costs and expenses of any nature to the extent arising from Contractor’s alleged violations of personnel practices. 4.4 Contractor is, and shall at all times remain as to City, a wholly independent contractor. Contractor shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of City or otherwise act as an agent of City. Neither City nor any of its agents shall have control over the conduct of Contractor or any of Contractor’s employees, except as set forth in this Contract. Contractor shall not, at any time, or in any manner, represent that it or any of its officers, agents, or employees are in any manner employees of City. Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to Contractor under this Contract, and indemnify and hold City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against City by reason of the Work performed pursuant to this Contract. 4.5 City shall have the right to offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under this Contract any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section 4. 5. Indemnification. 5.1 Contractor’s Duty. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend, indemnify, and hold the City and its elected and appointed officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers, successors, assigns, and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, expenses, judgments, penalties, stop notices, liens, liabilities and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys or other professionals and all costs associated therewith and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively, “Liabilities”), in 40 law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to, the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, agents, attorneys, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors, or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual for whom the Contractor bears legal liability)in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Liabilities with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitees in connection therewith. The City shall not be liable for any accident, loss, or damage to the Work prior to completion, except as otherwise specified in Section 6-5 of the Specifications. 5.2 Taxes and Workers’ Compensation. Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to the Contractor under the Contract, and indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract. Contractor shall fully comply with the Workers’ Compensation law regarding Contractor and Contractor’s employees. Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any failure of Contractor to comply with applicable Workers’ Compensation laws. City may offset against the amount of any fees due to Contractor under the Contract any amount due to City from Contractor as a result of Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to the City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Subsection 5.2. 5.3 Bid Protests. In addition to all other obligations set forth in this Section 5, Contractor shall reimburse the City for all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by City in connection with, arising out of or incident to any Bid protest. 5.4 Civil Code Exception. Nothing in this Section 5 shall be construed to encompass Indemnitees’ sole negligence or willful misconduct to the limited extent that the underlying Contract is subject to Civil Code Section 2782(a) or the City’s active negligence to the limited extent that the underlying Contract Documents are subject to Civil Code Section 2782(b), provided such sole negligence, willful misconduct or active negligence is determined by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction. 5.5 Workers’ Compensation Acts not Limiting. Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section 5, or any other provision of the Contract, shall not be limited by the provisions of any Workers’ Compensation act or similar act. Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers. 41 5.6 Insurance Requirements not Limiting. City does not, and shall not, waive any rights that it may possess against Contractor because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to the Contract. The indemnities in this Section 5 shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Liabilities, tax, assessment, penalty or interest asserted against City. 5.7 Nonwaiver of Rights. Indemnitees do not, and shall not, waive any rights that they may possess against Contractor because of the acceptance by City, or the deposit with City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to this Contract. 5.8 Subcontractor Indemnity Agreements. Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 5 from each and every Subcontractor or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance of the Contract. If Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity obligations, Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities at law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Subcontractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual for whom Contractor’s Subcontractor bears legal liability) in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. 5.9 Survival. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract, are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the State, and are in addition to any other rights or remedies that Indemnitees may have under the law. Payment is not required as a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision, and an entry of judgment against a Contractor shall be conclusive in favor of the Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision. 6. Insurance. 6.1 Liability Insurance. Contractor shall at all times during the term of this Contract carry, maintain and keep in full force and effect the insurance referenced in this Section 6. The policy limits set forth below do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor. Contractor shall complete and execute the following documents attached as Exhibits hereto and incorporated herein by this reference: 6.1.1 Exhibit D-1: Additional Insured Endorsement - Commercial General Liability. 42 6.1.2 Exhibit D-2: Additional Insured Endorsement - Automobile Liability. 6.2 Minimum Scope of Insurance. Unless otherwise approved by City, coverage shall be at least as broad as: 6.2.1 Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 0001). 6.2.2 Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (Ed. 1/87) covering Automobile Liability, code 1 (any auto). 6.2.3 Insurance Services Office form number CG 20 10 11 85 (Ed. 11/85) covering Additional Insured—Owners, Lessees or Contactors (Form B). 6.2.4 Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by the State of California and Employer’s Liability Insurance. 6.2.5 Professional Liability insurance. Unless the City waives in the requirement for professional liability insurance, Contractor shall provide to City the standard form issued by the carrier. 6.3 Minimum Limits of Insurance. Contractor shall maintain limits no less than: 6.3.1 General Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this Contract or the general limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. 6.3.2 Automobile Liability: $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. 6.3.3 Employer’s Liability: $1,000,000 per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury or disease; and Workers’ Compensation Insurance in the amount required by law. 6.4 Additional Insureds. City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials, shall be the insured or named as additional insureds covering the Work, regardless of any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement, whether liability is attributable to Contractor or City. 6.5 Replacement Insurance. Contractor agrees that it will not cancel, reduce or otherwise modify the insurance coverage required by the Contract during the term of the Contract. Contractor agrees that if it does not keep the required insurance in full force and effect, and such insurance is available at a reasonable cost, City may 43 take out the necessary insurance and pay the premium thereon, and the repayment thereof shall be deemed an obligation of Contractor and the cost of such insurance may be deducted, at the option of City, from payments due Contractor. This shall be in addition to all other legal options available to City to enforce the insurance requirements. 6.6 Certificates of Insurance with Original Endorsements. Contractor shall submit to City certificates of insurance with the original endorsements, both of which reference the same policy number, for each of the insurance policies that meet the insurance requirements, not less than one (1) day before beginning of performance under the Contract. The endorsements are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. Endorsements must be executed on City’s forms titled “Additional Insured Endorsement,” copies of which are attached as exhibits to this Contract, or on any other form that contains substantially the same terms and is approved by City’s Risk Manager. The endorsements must specifically name the City of Seal Beach and its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, volunteers, and independent contractors in the role of City officials as insureds or additional insureds. Current insurance certificates and endorsements shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this Contract. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies at any time. 6.7 Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Contractor shall inform City of any deductibles or self-insured retentions except with respect to any professional liability insurance. 6.8 Other Insurance Provisions. The general liability and automobile liability policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: 6.8.1 For any claims related to this Contract, Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects City, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City, their officers, officials, employees, volunteers or those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials shall be excess of Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it. 6.8.2 Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. 6.8.3 Each insurance policy required by this Section 6 shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled or materially modified except after 30 calendar days prior written notice by first class mail has been given to City. 6.8.4 Each insurance policy required by this Section 6 shall expressly waive the insurer’s right of subrogation against City and its elected officials, officers, employees, servants, attorneys, volunteers, and those City agents serving as 44 independent contractors in the role of City or agency officials. By executing this Agreement, Contractor waives all rights of subrogation against City and its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials. 6.9 Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best’s rating of no less than A:VIIl unless waived in writing by City’s Risk Manager. 6.10 No Limitation on Indemnity. The insurance provisions shall not be construed to limit Contractor’s indemnity obligations contained in this Contract or any other Contract Documents. 6.11 Insurance Requirements not Limiting. If Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums required in this Section 6, City requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by Contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Contract are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Contract. 6.12 Subcontractors. Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors that perform services under the Contract to maintain insurance coverage that meets all of the requirements of the Contract including this Section 6. 7. Liquidated Damages. Should the Contractor fail to complete the Project, or any part thereof, in the time agreed upon in the Contract, the Contractor shall reimburse the City for the additional expense and damage for each calendar day that the Contract remains uncompleted after the Contract completion date. It is agreed that the amount of such additional expense and damage incurred by reason of failure to complete the Contract is the per diem rate of $1,500 per calendar day. Such amount is hereby agreed upon as liquidated damages for the loss to the City resulting from the failure of the Contractor to complete the Project within the allotted time and to the value of the operation of the works dependent thereon. It is expressly understood and agreed that this amount is a reasonable amount and is established in lieu of damages that are incapable of calculation at the inception hereof; and this amount is not to be considered in the nature of a penalty. The City shall have the right to deduct such damages from any amount due, or that may become due to the Contractor, or the amount of such damages shall be due and collectible from the Contractor or the Contractor’s Surety. Progress payments made after the scheduled completion date shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages. 8. Suspension. City may, in writing, order Contractor to suspend all or any part of the Contractor’s Services for the convenience of City or for work stoppages beyond the control of City or Contractor. A suspension of the Services does not void this Contract. 45 9. Notices. Any notices, bills, invoices, or reports authorized or required by this Contract shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (a) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during Contractor’s and City’s regular business hours or by facsimile before or during Contractor’s regular business hours; or (b) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses heretofore set forth in the Contract, or to such other addresses as the parties may, from time to time, designate in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section. All notices shall be addressed as follows: If to City: City Clerk City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 Telephone: (562) 431-2527 Fax: (562) 493-9857 With a copy to: Public Works Director City of Seal Beach 211-8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 If to Contractor: _____________________________ _____________________________ _____________________________ Telephone:____________________ Fax: _________________________ Attn:_________________________ 10. Non-Assignability; Subcontracting. Contractor shall not assign, transfer, or subcontract any interest in this Contract or the performance of any of Contractor’s obligations hereunder. Any attempt by Contractor to so assign, transfer, or subcontract any rights, duties, or obligations arising hereunder shall be null, void and of no effect. 11. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations in force at the time Contractor performs the Services. 12. Non-Waiver of Terms, Rights and Remedies. Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under this Contract shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under this Contract. In no event shall the making by City of any payment to Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by City of any breach of covenant, or any default which may then exist on the part of Contractor, and the making of any such payment by City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to City with regard to such breach or default. 13. Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that either party to this Contract shall 46 commence any legal action or proceeding to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Contract, each party shall be responsible for their own attorneys’ fees. 14. Construction. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Contract shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, with venue in Orange County, California. In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of this Contract shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted the Contract or who drafted that portion of the Contract. 15. Workers’ Compensation. Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1861, by signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.” 16. Prevailing Wages. The City and the Contractor acknowledge that the Project is a public work to which prevailing wages apply, and Contractor shall comply in all respects with all applicable provisions of the California Labor Code, including but not limited to those set forth in Exhibits E and F, attached hereto. 17. Claim Dispute Resolution. 17.1 In the event of any dispute or controversy with the City over any matter whatsoever, the Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of Work, but shall proceed with the performance of the Work in dispute. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. The Disputed Work will be characterized as an “unresolved dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by mutual agreement or a court of law. Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all Disputed Work, claims and other disputed matters. 17.2 All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) with regard to filing claims. All such claims are also subject to Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq. (Article 1.5), where applicable. This Contract hereby incorporates those provisions as though fully set forth herein. Thus, Contractor or any Subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act as a prerequisite to filing a construction claim in compliance with Section 47 9204 and Article 1.5 (if applicable), and must then adhere to Article 1.5 and Section 9204, as applicable, pursuant to the definition of “claim” as individually defined therein. 18. Antitrust Claims. In entering into this Contract, Contractor offers and agrees to assign to City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. § 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time City tenders final payment to Contractor without further acknowledgment by the parties. 19. Prohibited Interests; Conflict of Interest 19.1. Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, which may be affected by the Work, or which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Work under this Agreement. Contractor further covenants that, in performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall be employed by it. Furthermore, Contractor shall avoid the appearance of having any interest, which would conflict in any manner with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall not accept any employment or representation during the term of this Agreement which is or may likely make Contractor “financially interested” (as provided in California Government Code §§ 1090 and 87100) in any decision made by City on any matter in connection with which Contractor has been retained. 19.2. Contractor further warrants and maintains that it has not employed or retained any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, to solicit or obtain this Agreement. Nor has Contractor paid or agreed to pay any person or entity, other than a bona fide employee working exclusively for Contractor, any fee, commission, gift, percentage, or any other consideration contingent upon the execution of this Agreement. Upon any breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right, at its sole and absolute discretion, to terminate this Agreement without further liability, or to deduct from any sums payable to Contractor hereunder the full amount or value of any such fee, commission, percentage or gift. 19.3. Contractor warrants and maintains that it has no knowledge that any officer or employee of City has any interest, whether contractual, non-contractual, financial, proprietary, or otherwise, in this transaction or in the business of Contractor, and that if any such interest comes to the knowledge of Contractor at any time during the term of this Agreement, Contractor shall immediately make a complete, written disclosure of such interest to City, even if such interest would not be deemed a prohibited “conflict of interest” under applicable laws as described in this subsection. 20. Entire Agreement. This Contract, including any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between Contractor and City. This Contract supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations, or agreements. This Contract may not be 48 amended, nor any provision or breach hereof waived, except in a writing signed by the parties which expressly refers to this Contract. 21. Severability. The invalidity in whole or in part of any provisions of this Contract shall not void or affect the validity of the other provisions of this Contract. 22. Titles and Headings. The titles and headings used in this Contract are for convenience only and shall in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Contract or any part of it. 23. Authority. Any person executing this Contract on behalf of Contractor warrants and represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Contract on behalf of Contractor and has the authority to bind Contractor to the performance of its obligations hereunder. 24. Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in counterpart originals, duplicate originals, or both, each of which is deemed to be an original for all purposes. 49 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, through their respective authorized representatives, have executed this Contract as of the date first written above. CITY OF SEAL BEACH CONTRACTOR: By: ___________________________ By: ____________________________ Patrick Gallegos, City Manager Name: __________________________ Attest: Title: __________________________ By: ___________________________ Gloria D. Harper, City Clerk By: ____________________________ Approved as to Form: Name: __________________________ Title: __________________________ By: ___________________________ (Please note, two signatures required for Nicholas Ghirelli, City Attorney corporations pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 313. 50 EXHIBIT A FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 51 Bond No. __________ PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that: WHEREAS the City of Seal Beach (“City”), has awarded to (“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor) a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows: LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM (CIP WT1902) (Project name) WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and , (Name and address of Surety) (“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), this amount being not less than the total Contract Price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, successors executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Principal’s part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety hereby waives any statute of limitations as it applies to an action on this Bond. The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or of the Work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligations under this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this Bond and has all rights of a party hereto. 52 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated: “Principal” By: Its By: Its (Seal) “Surety” By: Its By: Its (Seal) Note: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located. 53 EXHIBIT B PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) 54 Bond No. __________ PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that: WHEREAS the City of Seal Beach (“City”), State of California, has awarded to (“Principal”) (Name and address of Contractor) a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows: LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM (CIP WT1902) (Project name) WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract, the Principal is required before entering upon the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient payment Bond with the City to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and (Name and address of Surety) (“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material suppliers, and other persons employed in the performance of the Contract and referred to in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to this Work or labor, that the Surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this Bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing this obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered. It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond. Upon expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and upon expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2, if the condition of this Bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect. 55 The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any manner affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body. Dated: “Principal” By: Its By: Its (Seal) “Surety” By: Its By: Its (Seal) Note: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located. 56 EXHIBIT C WORKER’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE 57 WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE WHEREAS, the City of Seal Beach (“City”) has required certain insurance to be provided by: NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned insurance company does hereby certify that it has issued the policy or policies described below to the following named insureds and that the same are in force at this time: 1. This certificate is issued to: City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 8th Street Seal Beach, California 90740 The insureds under such policy or policies are: 2. Workers’ Compensation Policy or Policies in a form approved by the Insurance Commissioner of California covering all operations of the named insureds as follows: Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date By: Its Authorized Representative 58 EXHIBIT D-1 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY [INSERT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE SHOWING COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY] 59 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY Name and address of named insured (“Named Insured”): Name and address of insurance company (“Company”): General description of agreement(s), permit(s), license(s), and/or activity(ies) insured: Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached (the “Policy”) or in any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 1. The City of Seal Beach (“City”), its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, are additional insureds (the above named additional insureds are hereafter referred to as the “Additional Insureds”) under the Policy in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The Additional Insureds have no liability for the payment of any premiums or assessments under the Policy. 2. The insurance coverages afforded the Additional Insureds under the Policy shall be primary insurance, and no other insurance maintained by the Additional Insureds shall be called upon to contribute with the insurance coverages provided by the Policy. 3. Each insurance coverage under the Policy shall apply separately to each Additional Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the Company’s liability. 4. Nothing in this contract of insurance shall be construed to preclude coverage of a claim by one insured under the policy against another insured under the policy. All such claims shall be covered as third-party claims, i.e., in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each insured. Nothing contained in this provision shall operate to increase or replicate the Company’s limits of liability as provided under the policy. 5. The insurance afforded by the Policy for contractual liability insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the Named Insured under the indemnification and/or hold harmless provision(s) contained in or executed in conjunction with the written agreement(s) or permit(s) designated above, between the Named Insured and the Additional Insureds. 6. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, change in coverage, reduction of limits (except as the result of the payment of claims), or non-renewal except after written notice to City, by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) Days before the effective date thereof. In the event of Company’s failure to comply with this notice provision, the policy as initially drafted will continue in full force and effect until compliance with this notice requirement. 60 7. Company hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Additional Insureds, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to the perils insured against in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Additional Insureds. 8. It is hereby agreed that the laws of the State of California shall apply to and govern the validity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this contract of insurance. 9. This endorsement and all notices given hereunder shall be sent to City at: City Manager City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 10. Except as stated above and not in conflict with this endorsement, nothing contained herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, agreements, or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached. TYPE OF COVERAGES TO WHICH THIS ENDORSEMENT ATTACHES POLICY PERIOD FROM/TO LIMITS OF LIABILITY 11. Scheduled items or locations are to be identified on an attached sheet. The following inclusions relate to the above coverages. Includes: □ Contractual Liability □ Explosion Hazard □ Owners/Landlords/Tenants □ Collapse Hazard □ Manufacturers/Contractors □ Underground Property Damage □ Products/Completed Operations □ Pollution Liability □ Broad Form Property Damage □ Liquor Liability □ Extended Bodily Injury □ □ Broad Form Comprehensive □ □ General Liability Endorsement □ 12. A □ deductible or □ self-insured retention (check one) of $ applies to all coverage(s) except: if none, so state). The deductible is applicable □ per claim or □ per occurrence (check one). 13. This is an □ occurrence or □ claims made policy (check one). 14. This endorsement is effective on at 12:01 a.m. and forms a part of Policy Number . I, (print name), hereby declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have the authority to bind the Company to this endorsement and that by my execution hereof, I do so bind the Company. Executed , 20___ 61 Signature of Authorized Representative (Original signature only; no facsimile signature Telephone No.: ( ) or initialed signature accepted) 62 EXHIBIT D-2 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY [INSERT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE SHOWING AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY] 63 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Name and address of named insured (“Named Insured”): Name and address of insurance company (“Company”): General description of agreement(s), permit(s), license(s), and/or activity(ies) insured: Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached (the “Policy”) or in any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 1. The City of Seal Beach (“City”), its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials are additional insureds (the above named additional insureds are hereafter referred to as the “Additional Insureds”) under the Policy in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The Additional Insureds have no liability for the payment of any premiums or assessments under the Policy. 2. The insurance coverages afforded the Additional Insureds under the Policy shall be primary insurance, and no other insurance maintained by the Additional Insureds shall be called upon to contribute with the insurance coverages provided by the Policy. 3. Each insurance coverage under the Policy shall apply separately to each Additional Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the Company’s liability. 4. Nothing in this contract of insurance shall be construed to preclude coverage of a claim by one insured under the policy against another insured under the policy. All such claims shall be covered as third-party claims, i.e., in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each insured. Nothing contained in this provision shall operate to increase or replicate the Company’s limits of liability as provided under the policy. 5. The insurance afforded by the Policy for contractual liability insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the Named Insured under the indemnification and/or hold harmless provision(s) contained or executed in conjunction with the written agreement(s) or permit(s) designated above, between the Named Insured and the Additional Insureds. 6. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, change in coverage, reduction of limits (except as the result of the payment of claims), or non-renewal except after written notice to City, by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) Days before the effective date thereto. In the event of Company’s failure to comply with this notice provision, the policy as initially drafted will continue in full force and effect until compliance with this notice requirement. 7. Company hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Additional Insureds, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to the perils insured against in relation to those activities described generally above with 64 regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Additional Insureds. 8. It is hereby agreed that the laws of the State of California shall apply to and govern the validity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this contract of insurance. 9. This endorsement and all notices given hereunder shall be sent to City at: City Manager City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 10. Except as stated above and not in conflict with this endorsement, nothing contained herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, agreements, or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached. TYPE OF COVERAGES TO WHICH THIS ENDORSEMENT ATTACHES POLICY PERIOD FROM/TO LIMITS OF LIABILITY 11. Scheduled items or locations are to be identified on an attached sheet. The following inclusions relate to the above coverages. Includes: □ Any Automobiles □ Truckers Coverage □ All Owned Automobiles □ Motor Carrier Act □ Non-owned Automobiles □ Bus Regulatory Reform Act □ Hired Automobiles □ Public Livery Coverage □ Scheduled Automobiles □ □ Garage Coverage □ 12. A □ deductible or □ self-insured retention (check one) of $ applies to all coverage(s) except: (if none, so state). The deductible is applicable □ per claim or □ per occurrence (check one). 13. This is an □ occurrence or □ claims made policy (check one). 14. This endorsement is effective on ______________ at 12:01 a.m. and forms a part of Policy Number _________. I, (print name), hereby declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have the authority to bind the Company to this endorsement and that by my execution hereof, I do so bind the Company. Executed , 20___ Signature of Authorized Representative (Original signature only; no facsimile signature Telephone No.: ( ) or initialed signature accepted) 65 EXHIBIT D-3 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT [INSERT INSURANCE CERTIFICATE SHOWING PROFESSIONAL INSURANCE LIABILITY, IF REQUIRED] 66 ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT EXCESS LIABILITY Name and address of named insured (“Named Insured”): Name and address of insurance company (“Company”): General description of agreement(s), permit(s), license(s), and/or activity(ies) insured: Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached (the “Policy”) or in any endorsement now or hereafter attached thereto, it is agreed as follows: 1. The City of Seal Beach (“City”), its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials are additional insureds (the above named additional insureds are hereafter referred to as the “Additional Insureds”) under the Policy in relation to those activities described generally above with regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The Additional Insureds have no liability for the payment of any premiums or assessments under the Policy. 2. The insurance coverages afforded the Additional Insureds under the Policy shall be primary insurance, and no other insurance maintained by the Additional Insureds shall be called upon to contribute with the insurance coverages provided by the Policy. 3. Each insurance coverage under the Policy shall apply separately to each Additional Insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the Company’s liability. 4. Nothing in this contract of insurance shall be construed to preclude coverage of a claim by one insured under the policy against another insured under the policy. All such claims shall be covered as third-party claims, i.e., in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each insured. Nothing contained in this provision shall operate to increase or replicate the Company’s limits of liability as provided under the policy. 5. The insurance afforded by the Policy for contractual liability insurance (subject to the terms, conditions and exclusions applicable to such insurance) includes liability assumed by the Named Insured under the indemnification and/or hold harmless provision(s) contained in or executed in conjunction with the written agreement(s) or permit(s) designated above, between the Named Insured and the Additional Insureds. 6. The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be subject to cancellation, change in coverage, reduction of limits (except as the result of the payment of claims), or non-renewal except after written notice to City, by certified mail, return receipt requested, not less than thirty (30) Days before the effective date thereto. In the event of Company’s failure to comply with this notice provision, the policy as initially drafted will continue in full force and effect until compliance with this notice requirement. 7. Company hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Additional Insureds, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all claims, losses and liabilities arising out of or incident to the perils insured against in relation to those activities described generally above with 67 regard to operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by the Additional Insureds. 8. It is hereby agreed that the laws of the State of California shall apply to and govern the validity, construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this contract of insurance. 9. This endorsement and all notices given hereunder shall be sent to City at: City Manager City of Seal Beach City Hall 211 Eighth Street Seal Beach, California 90740 10. Except as stated above and not in conflict with this endorsement, nothing contained herein shall be held to waive, alter or extend any of the limits, agreements, or exclusions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached. TYPE OF COVERAGES TO WHICH THIS ENDORSEMENT ATTACHES POLICY PERIOD FROM/TO LIMITS OF LIABILITY □ Following Form □ Umbrella Liability □ 11. Applicable underlying coverages: INSURANCE COMPANY POLICY NUMBER AMOUNT 12. The following inclusions, exclusions, extensions or specific provisions relate to the above coverages: 13. A □ deductible or □ self-insured retention (check one) of $ applies to all coverage(s) except: (if none, so state). The deductible is applicable □ per claim or □ per occurrence (check one). 14. This is an □ occurrence or □ claims made policy (check one). 15. This endorsement is effective on ________ at 12:01 a.m. and forms a part of Policy Number ________. 68 I, (print name), hereby declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that I have the authority to bind the Company to this endorsement and that by my execution hereof, I do so bind the Company. Executed , 20___ Signature of Authorized Representative (Original signature only; no facsimile signature Telephone No.: ( ) or initialed signature accepted) 69 EXHIBIT E ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PENAL AND CIVIL PENALTIES CONCERNING CONTRACTOR LICENSING LAWS 70 ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF PENAL AND CIVIL PENALTIES CONCERNING THE CONTRACTORS' LICENSING LAWS [Business & Professions Code § 7028.15] [Public Contract Code § 20103.5] I, the undersigned, certify that I am aware of the following provisions of California law and that I, or the entity on whose behalf this certification is given, hold a currently valid California contractor's license as set forth below (required at time of award): Business & Professions Code § 7028.15: (a) It is a misdemeanor for any person to submit a bid to a public agency in order to engage in the business or act in the capacity of a contractor within this state without having a license therefore, except in any of the following cases: (1) The person is particularly exempted from this chapter. (2) The bid is submitted on a state project governed by Section 10164 of the Public Contract Code or on any local agency project governed by Section 20104 [now § 20103.5] of the Public Contract Code. (b) If a person has been previously convicted of the offense described in this section, the court shall impose a fine of 20 percent of the price of the contract under which the unlicensed person performed contracting work, or four thousand five hundred dollars ($4,500), whichever is greater, or imprisonment in the county jail for not less than 10 days nor more than six months, or both. In the event the person performing the contracting work has agreed to furnish materials and labor on an hourly basis, “the price of the contract” for the purposes of this subdivision means the aggregate sum of the cost of materials and labor furnished and the cost of completing the work to be performed. (c) This section shall not apply to a joint venture license, as required by Section 7029.1. However, at the time of making a bid as a joint venture, each person submitting the bid shall be subject to this section with respect to his or her individual licensure. (d) This section shall not affect the right or ability of a licensed architect, land surveyor, or registered professional engineer to form joint ventures with licensed contractors to render services within the scope of their respective practices. (e) Unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, a bid submitted to a public agency by a contractor who is not licensed in accordance with this chapter shall be considered non-responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency. Unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, a local public agency shall, before awarding a contract or issuing a purchase order, verify that the contractor was properly licensed when the contractor submitted the bid. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, the registrar may issue a citation to any public officer or employee of a public entity who knowingly awards a contract or issues a purchase order to a contractor who is not licensed pursuant to this chapter. The amount of civil penalties, appeal, and finality of such citations shall be subject to Sections 7028.7 to 7028.13, inclusive. Any contract awarded to, or any purchase order issued to, a contractor who is not licensed pursuant to this chapter is void. (f) Any compliance or noncompliance with subdivision (e) of this section, as added by Chapter 863 of the Statutes of 1989, shall not invalidate any contract or bid awarded by a public agency during which time that subdivision was in effect. (g) A public employee or officer shall not be subject to a citation pursuant to this section if the public employee, officer, or employing agency made an inquiry to the board for the purposes of verifying the license status of any person or contractor and the board failed to respond to the inquiry within three 71 business days. For purposes of this section, a telephone response by the board shall be deemed sufficient. Public Contract Code § 20103.5: In all contracts subject to this part where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with the laws of this state. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed in accordance with the laws of this state. The first payment for work or material under any contract shall not be made unless and until the Registrar of Contractors verifies to the agency that the records of the Contractors' State License Board indicate that the contractor was properly licensed at the time the contract was awarded. Any bidder or contractor not so licensed shall be subject to all legal penalties imposed by law, including, but not limited to, any appropriate disciplinary action by the Contractors' State License Board. The agency shall include a statement to that effect in the standard form of pre-qualification questionnaire and financial statement. Failure of the Bidder to obtain proper and adequate licensing for an award of a contract shall constitute a failure to execute the Contract and shall result in the forfeiture of the security of the Bidder. License No.:________________ Class:___________________ Expiration Date:_________________ Date:__________________ 72 EXHIBIT F AGREEMENT TO COMPLY WITH LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS 73 AGREEMENT TO COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA LABOR LAW REQUIREMENTS [Labor Code §§ 1720, 1773.8, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, 1860, 1861, 3700] The undersigned Contractor certifies that it is aware of and hereby agrees to fully comply with a[l applicable provisions of California law, including but not limited to the following: 1. Contractor acknowledges that this Contract is subject to the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of the California Labor Code relating to public works and the awarding public agency (“Agency”) and agrees to be bound by all the provisions thereof as though set forth in full herein. 2. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1773.8 which requires the payment of travel and subsistence payments to each worker needed to execute the Work to the extent required by law. 3. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Contractor shall, as a penalty to the Agency, forfeit not more than fifty dollars ($50) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done under the Contract by Contractor or by any subcontractor. 4. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1776 which require Contractor and each subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776, and (3) inform the Agency of the location of the records. The Contractor is responsible for compliance with Section 1776 by itself and all of its subcontractors. 5. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1777.5 concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects, and further agrees that Contractor is responsible for compliance with Section 1777.5 by itself and all of its subcontractors. 6. Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Contractor shall, as a penalty to the Agency, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the execution of the Contract by the Contractor or by any subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than 8 hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the California Labor Code. 7. California Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of California Labor Code Section 1861, Contractor hereby certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.” Date ___________________ Signature _______________________________________ 74 EXHIBIT G BID PROPOSAL (INCLUDING BID SHEETS) 75 BID PROPOSAL CITY OF SEAL BEACH LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CIP NO. WT 1902 Bidder’s Name __________________________________ TO THE HONORABLE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH: The undersigned, as Bidder, declares that: (1)-this Bid is made without collusion with any other person, firm or corporation, and that the only persons or parties interested as principals are those named herein as sworn in the attached Noncollusion Declaration; (2)-Bidder has carefully examined the Project Plans, Specifications, Instructions To Bidders, Bid Proposal Form, Notice Inviting Bids and all other Contract Documents and information furnished therefore and the Project site; and (3)-Bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, the character, quality and quantities of Work to be performed and materials to be furnished. Furthermore, Bidder agrees that submission of this Bid shall be conclusive evidence that such examination and investigation have been made and agrees, in the event this Contract be awarded to Bidder, to enter into a Contract with the City, to perform said proposed Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in the time and manner therein prescribed, and to furnish or provide all materials, labor, tools, equipment, apparatus and other means necessary so to do, except such thereof as may otherwise be furnished or provided under the terms of the Contract Documents, for the following stated unit prices or lump sum price as submitted on the Bid herein. The undersigned Bidder submits as part of this Bid a completed copy of its Industrial Safety Record. This Safety Record includes all construction work undertaken in the State of California by the Bidder and any partnership, joint venture or corporation that any principal of the Bidder participated in as a principal or owner for the last five calendar years and the current calendar year prior to the date of Bid submittal. Separate information is being submitted for each such partnership, joint venture, or corporate or individual Bidder. The Bidder has attached any additional information or explanation of data which the Bidder would like to be taken into consideration in evaluating the safety record. An explanation of the circumstances surrounding any and all fatalities is attached. Accompanying this Bid is (Circle one “Cash”, "a Cashier's Check", "a certified check", or "a Bid Bond in the form furnished by the City", as the case may be) in the amount of $___________, an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total aggregate Bid price based on the quantities shown and the unit prices quoted. The undersigned Bidder agrees that should Bidder be awarded the Contract on the basis hereof and thereafter fail or refuse to execute the Contract and provide the required evidence of insurance and bonds within fifteen (15) Working Days after delivery of the Contract Documents to the Bidder, the cash, check or Bid Bond shall be forfeited to the City to the extent permitted by law. The undersigned agrees that in the event of such failure, the actual amount of damages to the City would be impractical and extremely difficult to determine. In compliance with the Notice Inviting Bids, the undersigned hereby agrees that, should it be awarded the Contract, to enter into a Contract to furnish all labor, materials and supplies for this Project in accordance with the Specifications, Plans and other Contract Documents which are on file in the office of the Engineer, to the satisfaction and under the direction of the Engineer, at the following prices: The Project will have 2 separate notices to proceed. The first notice to proceed will be after the City have approved submittal(s) of long lead time items from the Contractor. Upon receipt by the City from the Contractor firm confirmations on delivery dates of all long lead time items, along with the City approval of the Contractor schedule, the second notice to proceed with construction will be issued, whereby all Work shall be completed within 280 WORKING DAYS following the date specified in the written notice to proceed from the City. The undersigned certifies to have applicable years of current experience in the type of Work related to the Project and that this experience is in actual operation of the firm with permanent employees performing a 76 part of the Work as distinct from a firm operating entirely by subcontracting all phases of the Work. The undersigned certifies to be properly licensed by the State as a contractor to perform this type of Work. The undersigned possesses California Contractor’s License Number ____________, Class _____, which expires on _______________________. Bidder’s Name: ___________________________________________________ Signature: __________________________________ Title: ___________ Date: ______ Signature: __________________________________ Title: ___________ Date: ______ 77 BID PROPOSAL CITY OF SEAL BEACH LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM PROJECT CIP NO. WT 1902 BID SHEETS Bidder’s Name: ____________________________________________________________ To the Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council: In compliance with the Notice Inviting Bids, the undersigned hereby agrees to execute the Contract to furnish all labor, materials, equipment and supplies for the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents to the satisfaction and under the direction of the City Engineer, at the following prices: Base Bid Items Item No. Description Unit Quantity Unit Price (in Figures) Extended Price (in Figures) 1 Mobilization, Construction Trailer, Permits, Bonds, Insurance, Construction Scheduling, and Demobilization LS 1 $__________ $____________ 2 Prepare Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and Install and Maintain Construction BMPs LS 1 $__________ $____________ 3 Prepare and Implement a Shoring Plan by a California Licensed Structural Engineer LS 1 $__________ $____________ 4 Prepare Spill Prevention and Emergency Response Plan LS 1 $__________ $____________ 5 Prepare Traffic Control Plans by a California Licensed Traffic Engineer LS 1 $__________ $____________ 6 Implement Traffic Control LS 1 $__________ $____________ 7 Pothole Existing Utilities and Confirm Tie-in Locations LS 1 $__________ $____________ 8 Survey and Verify All Elevations and Dimensions Of Existing Utilities and Confirmed Tie-in Locations LS 1 $__________ $____________ 9 Site Demolition Per Plan, Remove Existing Chainlink Fence, Clearing and Grubbing LS 1 $__________ $____________ 78 10 Pressure Testing and Pipe Disinfection LS 1 $__________ $____________ 11 Site Excavation, Scarification, Recompaction, CAB, and Remove & Dispose Excess Soil LS 1 $__________ $____________ 12 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 12" PVC Drain Pipe, Junction Boxes, Thrust Blocks, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances to Existing Storm Drain Pipe Per Plans LF 110 $__________ $____________ 13 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 12" PVC Drain Pipe, Junction Boxes, Thrust Blocks, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances to Existing Sewer Manhole Per Plans LF 70 $__________ $____________ 14 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 6" PVC Drain Pipe, Junction Boxes, Thrust Blocks, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances to Existing Sewer Manhole Per Plans LF 50 $__________ $____________ 15 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Modify Existing Sewer Manhole and Connect 6" PVC Drain Pipe EA 1 $__________ $____________ 16 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 4" PVC Perforated Drain Pipe Per Plans LF 135 $__________ $____________ 17 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 16" CMCL Welded Steel Influent Pipe, Valve, Fittings, Thrust Blocks, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances with Cathodic Protection Per Plans LF 100 $__________ $____________ 18 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 16" CMCL Welded Steel Effluent Pipe, Valve, Fittings, Thrust Blocks, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances LF 85 $__________ $____________ 79 with Cathodic Protection Per Plans 19 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Tie-in Existing 16" Well Discharge to CMCL Welded Steel Influent and Effluent Piping Per Plan, Including and Not Limited to Thrust Blocks, Pavement Restoration, Valves, Fittings and with Associated Appurtenances Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 20 Furnish and Install Buried 18" PVC Drain Pipe, Vault, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances to Existing Storm Drain Vault Per Plans LF 30 $__________ $____________ 21 Furnish and Install Buried 4" PVC Pipe, Junction Boxes, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances for Separate Future Communication Fibers Per Plans LF 100 $__________ $____________ 22 Furnish and Install all Labor, Material, and Equipment Required to Construct Buried 6" PVC Sewer Pipe, Fittings, Trench, and Pavement Restoration LF 50 $__________ $____________ 23 Furnish and Install All Labor, Material and Equipment Required to Modify Existing Sewer Manholes and Connect 6" PVC Sewer Pipe EA 2 $__________ $____________ 24 Furnish and Install Various Diameters PVC Conduits and Conductors, Junction Boxes and Appurtenances for Electrical System Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 25 Furnish and Install Various Diameters PVC Conduits and Conductors, Junction Boxes, and Appurtenances for Instrumentations and Controls Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 26 Furnish and Install Buried 2" PVC Pipe Sleeve, Fittings, Chlorine Tubing, Injector, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances to the Existing Chlorine Injection LS 1 $__________ $____________ 80 Piping Per Plans 27 Furnish and Install Buried 3" 316 Stainless Steel Air Pipe, Junction Boxes, Valves, Fittings, Pavement Restoration and Appurtenances Per Plans LF 120 $__________ $____________ 28 Furnish and Install Two 7.5 HP Air Compressors, Piping, Fittings, and Appurtenances Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 29 Furnish and Install Reinforced Concrete Pad, with Concrete Access Ramps for the Treatment System Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 30 Furnish and Install Various Diameters Above Ground Stainless Steel Influent and Effluent Header Pipes with Supports, Fittings, and Appurtenances Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 31 Furnish and Install Four (4) 12' Diameter Steel Pressure Vessels Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 32 Furnish and Install Various Diameters Above Ground Stainless Steel Pipes From Each Pressure Vessels with Supports, Valves, Fittings, and Appurtenances Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 33 Furnish and Install Various Diameters Above Ground Stainless Steel Pipes From the Pump Pad with Pumps, VFDs, Mazzei Injectors, Steel Rack, Supports, Valves, Fittings, and Appurtenances to Each Pressure Vessels Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 34 Furnish and Install Various Diameters Electrically Actuated Isolation/Modulating Valves, Butterfly, and Ball Valves Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 35 Furnish and Install Various Diameters Manual Isolation Valves, Such as Air Vacuum/Release, Butterfly, and LS 1 $__________ $____________ 81 Ball Valves Per Plans 36 Furnish and Install Various Above Ground Electrical and Communication Conduits and Conductors for Each Vessel LS 1 $__________ $____________ 37 Furnish and Install Pre-Fabricated Fiberglass Structure, Railings, Bollards, A/C System, Lighting, and Receptacles Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 38 Furnish and Install 12' Diameter Detention Tank Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 39 Furnish and Install Concrete Pad for Detention Tank LS 1 $__________ $____________ 40 Furnish and Install Various Diameters Flow Meters, with Conduits, Conductors, Fittings, and Appurtenances Per Plans LS 1 $__________ $____________ 41 Furnish and Install Electrical Conduits, Conductors, Power Sub- Panel, and Owner-Furnished Central Control Panel Inside the New Fiberglass Structure LS 1 $__________ $____________ 42 Furnish and Install 8' Tall CMU Block Walls Per Plans LF 180 $__________ $____________ 43 Treatment System Set-Up and Start-Up Testing (Assume 5 Days) EA 5 $__________ $____________ 44 Provide two (2) Separate Four (4) Hour Training Sessions on all Newly Installed Equipment LS 1 $__________ $____________ 45 Provide two (2) Hard Copies and the Electronic Copies of Newly Installed Equipment O&M Manuals LS 1 $__________ $____________ 82 Base Bid Items Item No. Description Unit Quantity Unit Price (in Figures) Extended Price (in Figures) TOTAL BASE BID PRICE (ITEMS NO. 1 THROUGH 45) $ WORDS FIGURES IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY BETWEEN WORDS AND FIGURES, THE WORDS SHALL PREVAIL Note: Items may be adjusted or deleted. Therefore, regardless of total actual volume (percentage) compared to estimated quantities, the unit prices provided above by the Bidder shall be applied to the final quantity when payment is calculated for these items. No adjustment in the unit prices will be allowed. The City reserves the right to not use any of the estimated quantities; and if this right is exercised, the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation. Cost of all export of material shall be included in the above unit costs; no additional compensation will be granted for such expenses. TOTAL BID PRICE = BASE BID AMOUNT TOTAL BID PRICE IN DIGITS: $____________________ TOTAL BID PRICE IN WORDS: _________________________________________________ Alternate Bid Deduction Items #A1 and #A2 Below (Not Used for Base Bid) – Since Stainless Steel pipes are more costly than carbon steel with fusion-bonded epoxy coating and lining, provide below the amount of cost savings if Bid Items #32 and #33 were changed to carbon steel instead. A1 Provide the Amount of Cost Savings to Bid Item #32 if Bid Item #32 if the Above Ground Pipes Were Changed to Carbon Steel with Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating and Lining LS 1 $__________ $____________ A2 Provide the Amount of Cost Savings to Bid Item #33 if Bid Item #33 if the Above Ground Pipes Were Changed to Carbon Steel with Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating and Lining LS 1 $__________ $____________ 83 NOTE: The City reserves the right to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder in parts or in its entirety and reserves the right to reject all Bids and re-advertise, as appears to be in the best interests of the City. A Bid is required for this entire Work, the estimated quantities set forth in this Bid Sheet being solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final compensation under the Contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. The unit and/or lump sum prices bid shall include all appurtenant expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amount bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. The City reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any quantity shown and to delete any item from the Contract. The undersigned Bidder agrees that, if awarded the Contract, Bidder will complete all Work according to the Contract Documents. The undersigned Bidder is licensed in accordance with the requirements of the Business and Professions Code, California Contractor's License No.-_________________, Class ________________ (REQUIRED AT TIME OF AWARD). Legal Business Name of Bidder Business Address Business Tel. No. Signature Date Title Signature Date Title Signature Date Title If Bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, and, if he or she is doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set forth. If Bidder is a partnership or joint venture, the complete legal name of partnership/joint venture and state of formation must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners/joint venturers or fewer than all of the partners/joint venturers if submitted with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership/joint venture. If Bidder is a corporation, the complete legal name of corporation and state of incorporation must be provided, followed by signatures of (i) the corporation President or Vice President and (ii) the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and (iii) the corporate seal. Signatures of partners, joint venturers, or corporation officers must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such partners, joint venturers, or officers are known to him or her to be such, and, in the case of a corporation, that such corporation executed the instrument pursuant to its bylaws or a resolution of its Board of Directors. [2] EXHIBIT H SPECIAL PROVISIONS [i] SPECIAL PROVISIONS LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM CIP NO. WT 1902 INDEX NOTICE INVITING BIDS 4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7 checklist for bidders 12 checklist for AWARDEE (SELECTED BIDDER) 13 BIDDER’S TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES 17 NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION FORM TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID [Public Contract Code Section 7106] 25 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES 26 CONTRACTOR’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD 27 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA 29 BIDDER QUESTIONNAIRE 30 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER 34 PUBLIC WORKS AGREEMENT Lampson well treatment system 36 PERFORMANCE BOND 51 PAYMENT BOND (LABOR AND MATERIALS) 54 BID PROPOSAL 75 SPECIAL PROVISIONS i PART 1 1 SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1 1-1 GENERAL 1 1-1.1 General Information 1 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 1 [ii] 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID 3 1-6.1 General 3 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 3 1-7.1 General 3 1-7.2 Contract Bonds 3 SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK 4 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE 4 2-2 PERMITS 5 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES 5 2-5.1 Temporary Utility Services 5 2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR 6 2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY 6 2-10 DISPUTED WORK 7 SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK 7 3-1 ASSIGNMENT 7 3-2 SELF-PERFORMANCE 7 3-5 INSPECTION 8 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8 3.8 SUBMITTAzzLS 8 3.8-1 General 8 3.8-4 Supporting Information 8 3-8 SUBSURFACE DATA 8 3-11 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS 10 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 10 3-12.1 General 10 3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials 10 3-12.5 Sanitary Sewers 11 3-12.6 Water Pollution Control 11 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 12 3-13.1 Completion 12 3-13.2 Acceptance 12 3-13.3 Warranty 13 SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 14 4-3 INSPECTION 14 4-6 TRADE NAMES 14 SECTION 5 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 14 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 14 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES 15 [iii] 5-3 LABOR 15 5-3.1 General 15 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages 15 5-3.3 Payroll Records 15 5-4 INSURANCE 17 5-5 ANTITRUST CLAIMS 17 5-7 SAFETY 18 5-7.1 Work Site Safety 18 5-7.7 Security and Protective Devices 18 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers 18 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 19 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE aND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 19 6-1.1 Construction Schedule 19 6-1.2 Commencement of the Work 20 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION 21 6-3.1 General 21 6-3.2 The Project will have 2 separate notices to proceed. The first notice to proceed will be after the City have approved submittal(s) of long lead time items from the Contractor. Upon receipt by the City from the Contractor firm confirmations on delivery dates of all long lead time items, along with the City approval of the Contractor schedule, the second notice to proceed with construction will be issued, whereby all Work shall be completed within 280 WORKING DAYS following the date specified in the written notice to proceed from the City. 21 6-3.3 Contract Time Accounting 21 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 22 6-4.1 General 22 6-4.2 Extensions of Time 22 6-4.3 Payment for Delays 23 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 23 SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 23 7-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK 23 7-1.1 General 23 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK 24 7-3 PAYMENT 24 7-3.1 General 24 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment 24 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK 27 7-4.3 Markup 27 SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 28 [iv] 8-1.1 GENERAL 28 SECTION 9 - ADDITIONAL TERMS 28 9-7 CLAIM DISPUTE RESOLUTION 29 PART 2 33 SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 34 203-5 SLURRY SEAL 34 203-5.1 General 34 203-5.4 Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry (EAS) 34 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 34 203-6.4 General. 34 203-17 CRACK SEAL 35 203-17.1 General 35 SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 35 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 35 214-4.1 General 35 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS 35 214-6.3 Non-Reflective Pavement Markers 35 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers 36 PART 3 36 SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 36 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 36 300-1.1 General 36 section 301 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS, AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 37 SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 38 302-1 CRACK SEAL 38 302-1.1 General 38 302-1.2 Sealant Application 38 302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING 38 302-4.8 Spreading and Application 38 302-4.9 Field Sampling and Testing 39 SECTION 314 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 42 314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS 42 [v] 314-2.1 General 42 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS 42 314-4.1 General 42 314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout 42 314-4.4 Thermoplastic Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings 42 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS 43 314-5.1 General 43 PART 4 43 SECTION 400 - PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 43 SECTION 402 - UTILITIES 44 402-1 LOCATION 44 402-1.1 General 45 402-2 PROTECTION 46 402-4 RELOCATION 46 PART 6 48 SECTION 600 - ACCESS 48 600-1 GENERAL 48 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS 48 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS 49 SECTION 601 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES 49 601-1 GENERAL 49 601-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) 49 APPENDIX A 51 APPENDIX b 52 APPENDIX C 53 SP-1 PART 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION 0. INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS DEFINED 0-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS All the Work specified in these Contract Documents shall be done in accordance with these Special Provisions, provisions of the 2018 edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (“Green Book”), adopted by the Joint Cooperative Committee of Southern California Chapter, American Public Works Association and Southern California District, Associated General Contractors of California; hereinafter referred to as the “Standard Specifications”, Orange County Public Works Standards, or applicable codes. Signs, pavement markings, legends, markers, and temporary traffic control devices (temporary or permanent) shall be done in accordance with the latest edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices; hereinafter referred to as the “CA MUTCD”. The Standard Specifications, as amended by the Contract Documents, and the CA MUTCD are incorporated in the Contract Documents by this reference. 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS The number of sections and subsections in these Special Provisions are compatible with the numbering in the Standard Specifications. 0-3 SUPPLEMENTATION OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 1 of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. If there is a conflict between the “Standard Specifications” and these additions, these additions shall have precedence. The numbering of sections of these additions refers to the corresponding numbering of sections of the “Standard Specifications”. SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1-1 GENERAL 1-1.1 General Information The City Clerk of the City of Seal Beach, California will receive sealed Bids at their office at the City Hall, 211 8th Street, said City, until the date and time set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids. 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Whenever in the Standard Specifications the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean the following: Agency City of Seal Beach Address 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 Board The City Council of the City of Seal Beach SP-2 Contract Documents The “Contract Documents” consist of the all of the following: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Accepted Bid Proposal Form and Bid Sheets, Notification of Award, Noncollusion Declaration, Designation of Subcontractors, Contractor’s Industrial Safety Record, Contractor’s Technical Ability and Experience References, Resumes, Bidder Questionnaire, Bid Bond, Faithful Performance Bond, Payment Bond (Labor and Materials), permits from regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, Special Provisions, Specifications, General Provisions, Plans, Standard Plans and Reference Documents, and any other documents referenced therein, all Addenda as prepared prior to the date of Bid opening setting forth any modifications or interpretations of any of said documents, Change Orders, and any and all supplemental agreements executed amending or extending the Work contemplated and that may be required to complete the Work in a substantial and acceptable manner; and all Exhibits attached to the Contract. Day(s) Unless otherwise noted, “Day” or “Days” shall be working days. As used herein, “working day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday and any day designated as a holiday by the City of Seal Beach. Engineer The City Engineer, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents. Such agents shall act within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. Inspector An authorized representative of the City, assigned by said City to make inspections of work performed by or material supplied by the Contractor. Laboratory The designated laboratory authorized by the City of Seal Beach to test materials and work involved in the Contract. Notice of Completion The notice authorized by Civil Code Section 9204 Project See “Work”. Submittal Any drawing, calculation, specification, product data, samples, manuals, requests for substitutes, spare parts, photographs, survey data, traffic control plans, record drawings, Bonds or similar items required to be submitted to the City under the terms of the Contract. Other terms appearing in the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions shall have the intent and meaning specified in Section 1-2 Terms and Definitions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2018 edition. 1-3.3 Institutions The institutions listed in Section 1-3.3 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications shall be supplemented by the list below: Abbreviation Word or Words AAN ..................................................................................................... American Association of Nurserymen AGCA ........................................................................................ Associated General Contractors of America APWA ..................................................................................................... American Public Works Association CRSI ....................................................................................................... Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI ......................................................................................................... Construction Specifications Institute SP-3 NEC ............................................................................................................................. National Electric Code NFPA ...................................................................................................... National Fire Protection Association SSS ............................................................................................ State of California Standard Specifications, Latest edition, Department of Transportation SSP .......................................................................................................... State of California Standard Plans, Latest edition, Department of Transportation 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID 1-6.1 General 1-6.1.1 Examination of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and Site of Work The Bidder is required to examine carefully the Project site and the Project Contract Documents. It will be assumed that the bidder has thoroughly investigated the Work and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered and to the character, quality and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished. It is further assumed that the Bidder is familiar with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The submission of a Bid shall be considered conclusive evidence that the Bidder has made such examination. No information derived from inspection of records or investigation or compilations of same made by the City will in any way relieve the Contractor from his/her obligations under the Contract Documents nor entitle the Contractor to any additional compensation. No claim for additional compensation shall be made by the Contractor for extra work created by conflicts, errors, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents that the Contractor should have discovered prior to submitting his/her Bid. The Contractor will not and agrees not to make any claim against the City based upon ignorance or misunderstanding of any condition of the Work site or of the requirements set forth in the Contract Documents. 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 1-7.1 General 1-7.1.1 Award of the Contract The award of the Contract, if it be awarded, will be to the lowest responsible Bidder whose Bid complies with all the requirements described. The award, if made, will be made within sixty (60) calendar days after the opening of the Bids. All Bids will be compared on the basis of the estimate of quantities of work to be done. 1-7.1.2 Execution of the Contract The Contract shall be signed by the successful Bidder and returned, together with the required bonds, certificates, licenses, and all other applicable documentation within fifteen (15) working days after the date of the mailing of written notice of Contract award to the Bidder. Upon refusal or failure of the successful Bidder to execute the Contract, the City may award the Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder and the Bid security shall be forfeited. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds The successful Contractor shall furnish two (2) bonds as set forth below: SP-4 1. A surety bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price as security for the faithful performance of this Contract. 2. A separate bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price as security for the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing materials in connection with this Contract. The aforesaid bonds shall be in a form satisfactory to the City and issued by a carrier licensed in the State of California with a rating of B+ or better as stated from time to time by Standard and Poors, Moodys, or Bests. Whenever any surety (or sureties) on any such bonds, or on any bonds required by law for the protection of the claims of laborers and materialmen becomes insufficient, or the Engineer has cause to believe that such surety (or sureties) has or may become insufficient, a demand in writing may be made of the Contractor for such further bond (or bonds) or additional surety, not exceeding the Contract amount as is considered necessary, taking into account the extent of the Work remaining to be done. No payment shall be made upon such Contract to the Contractor (or any assignee of the Contractor) until such further bond, bonds, or additional surety has been furnished. The Performance Bond shall remain in force until the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion and the end of all warranty periods set forth in the Contract Documents. The Payment Bond (Labor and Materials) shall remain in force until expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and until the expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2. All Bonds must be submitted using the required forms, which are in the Contract Documents, or on any other form approved by the City Attorney. SECTION 2 - SCOPE OF THE WORK 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE The Work described herein shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction," 2018 edition, with all amendments thereto (“Standard Specifications”), insofar as the same may apply, and in accordance with these Special Provisions. A copy of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” is on file in the Office of the Engineer. The Work necessary for the completion of this Contract consists of, but is not limited to, distributing notices to affected residents and businesses in the Work area; traffic control; cold milling, construction of AC pavement, grading, trenching, excavation, pipeline installation, concrete pad foundations, pipe supports, mechanical piping, valving, electrical improvements, air compressors, potable water pipeline, wastewater pipeline, flow meters, air pumps, chemical tubings, airlines, block wall, storage tank, electrical equipment, fiberglass structure, drainage improvement, procure and install four (4) pressure vessels; and other incidental items of work to complete the Project. The quantity of work to be performed and materials to be furnished are approximate only, being given as a basis for the comparison of Bids. Actual quantities of work to be performed will vary at the discretion of the Engineer. SP-5 2-2 PERMITS Prior to the start of any Work, the Contractor shall obtain all applicable City permits and make arrangements for City inspections. City-issued permits will be at no charge to the Contractor, and shall obtain all other permits required from all other agencies. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall each be licensed in accordance with State Business and Professions Code. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits for the discharge or disposal of any ground or surface waters in accordance with the California Regional Water Quality Control Board Regulations. If this Contract requires construction of trenches or excavations which are five (5) feet or deeper and into which a person is required to descend, the Contractor shall obtain a Cal/OSHA permit, and furnish the City with a copy before Work commencement. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 6707, if this Project involves construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, which are five feet or deeper, each bid submitted in response hereto shall contain, as a bid item, adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method, for the protection of life or limb, which shall conform to applicable safety orders. The Contractor shall also obtain any and all other permits, licenses, inspections, certificates, or authorizations required by any governing body or entity, including the Caltrans Encroachment Permit for Work within Caltrans right-of-way. The Contractor shall pay all costs incurred by the permit and license requirements, unless specified in this section. Any delays with acquiring the necessary permits will be at the Contractor’s sole expense. Contract time extension will not be granted. 2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK The Contractor is required to cooperate with City staff, City-retained contractors, and utility companies and shall be responsible for coordinating all Work with said entities’ operations at no additional cost to the City, which includes, but not limited to City’s street sweeping, trash pick-up, and street maintenance contractors, emergency services departments, utility companies’ crews, special events, and others when necessary. Payment for conforming to these requirements shall be included in other items of Work, and no additional payment shall be made thereof. 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES 2-5.1 Temporary Utility Services The City will supply water reasonably used and required during construction and testing without charge to the Contractor at fire hydrants near the Work and shall be drawn only from hydrants fitted with "Eddy" valves and meters at locations designated by the Engineer. The City reserves the right to limit the location, times, and drawing rates such water. Full compensation for developing water supply, furnishing water equipment and applying City-furnished water will be considered as included in the price paid for the Contract item of Work involving the use of water. No separate payment will be made therefore. The Contractor shall arrange for a meter and tender a $3,500.00 meter deposit with the City, and any applicable fees pursuant to the latest City-adopted Cost Recovery Schedule. Additionally, a $130.00 hookup charge and a $100.00 application fee will be required. Upon return of the meter to the City, the deposit will be returned to the Contractor, less any repair charges for damage to the meter. SP-6 2-5.4 Haul Routes Subsection 2-5.4 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications shall be deleted and replaced as follows: The Contractor must obtain the Engineer’s written approval before using any haul routes. Further detail requirements for haul traffic are delineated in the Special Provisions. 2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR Changes requested by the Contractor shall be governed by the Standard Specifications except that the mark-up of any such Work and resolution of disputes concerning the scope and payment of such Work shall be governed by Section 2-7 below. 2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY The City reserves the right, without notice to the Surety, to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents or to alter or omit portions of the Work so described, as may be deemed necessary or expedient by the Engineer, without in any way making the Contract void. Such increases, alterations, or decreases of Work shall be considered and treated as though originally contracted for, and shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, and provisions of the original Contract. The Contractor shall not claim or bring suit for damages, whether for loss of profits or otherwise, on account of any decrease, alteration, or omission of any kind of Work to be done. The City may change the Plans, Specifications, character of Work, or quantity of Work, both additive and deductive, regardless of the percentage of Contract Price. The City may order minor changes or alterations in the Work not involving extra cost or an extension of time, and not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be ordered by a field order. Before proceeding with the change of Work described in a field order, the Engineer will submit a field order to the Contractor for approval and signature. By signing the field order, the Contractor agrees that he or she shall not be entitled to any additional compensation or extension of time for the Work identified in the field order. Changes not covered by a field order will be authorized by a change order. A change order is a written order, issued by the City to the Contractor, signed by the Engineer, authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the value of one or more of the respective Bid items, or the Contract time. Upon the receipt of a change order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with the Work described therein. All such Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Contract Documents. Except as agreed upon by the parties or as provided herein, Section 7-3 or 7-4 of the Standard Specifications shall govern the payment of costs for Work performed pursuant to change orders. Except as otherwise provided, the Contractor shall be entitled to a mark-up per Section 7-4.3 Markup of the Standard Specifications and these Standard Provisions. If the Contractor and City are unable to agree upon any adjustments in the Contract price and/or time pursuant to a change order, the City and the Contractor shall try to resolve any difference respecting same. The Contractor shall proceed with the Work called for by the change order notwithstanding any dispute as to the price and/or time adjustments. Within fifteen (15) Days after the issuance of a change order in which either the price or time or both have not been mutually agreed upon in writing, the Contractor shall submit a written proposal to the Engineer SP-7 that shall include all reasonable cost data and time extension justification to enable the Engineer to adequately analyze the proposal. If the Contractor cannot reasonably meet this deadline, the Engineer, in his/her sole discretion, may extend the time to resubmit the proposal. The failure of the Contractor to comply in the time constraints imposed herein shall preclude the Contractor from recovering any additional changes in price or time unless the Engineer, within his/her sole discretion, excuses the Contractor’s delay and permits the proposal to be processed and considered by the City. The Engineer shall issue its finding on any price or time adjustment request within thirty (30) Days from receipt of the written proposal except as provided in this subsection. The Contractor waives any claim for damages or additional time arising from changes or revisions to the Contract Documents. 2-8 EXTRA WORK New and unforeseen work will be classified as Extra Work only when the Work is not covered and cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a Bid price appears on the Bid. The Contractor shall not do any Extra Work except upon written order from the Engineer. 2-10 DISPUTED WORK Any and all disputes or claims arising out of changes in Work for the Project or relating to the Contract Documents that are not disposed of by agreement or are not governed by Section 7-6 of these Special Provisions shall be decided by the Engineer in writing as set forth above. The decision of the Engineer shall be final and conclusive on the Contractor unless, within fifteen (15) Days from the receipt of such decision, the Contractor submits to the City a written claim for review of the decision made by the Engineer. The City shall review all decisions within a reasonable time. The Contractor and Engineer shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence with respect to each claim. The City shall render its decision promptly and the decision shall be final and conclusive. Except for the filing of a claim as provided for herein or otherwise governed by Section 7 – Measurement and Payment of these Special Provisions, the Contractor understands and agrees that no other procedures for submission of a claim or request for either increasing its Contract price or time shall apply. Time is of the essence and failure of the Contractor to satisfy any deadline for filing as provided for herein shall preclude the Contractor from later recovering on a claim or request from the City in any legal proceeding. SECTION 3 - CONTROL OF THE WORK 3-1 ASSIGNMENT Any purported assignment without written consent of the City shall be null, void, and of no effect, and the Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify the City and its officers, officials, employees, agents and representatives with respect to any claim, demand or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment. If the City opts to consent to assignment, the City’s consent shall be contingent upon: (1) a letter from the Surety agreeing to the assignment and assigning all of the Bonds to the assignee without any reduction, or the assignee supplying all new Bonds in the amounts originally required under the Contract Documents; and (2) the assignee supplying all of the required insurance in the amounts required in the Contract Documents. Until the Surety assigns all of the Bonds or the assignee supplies all of the new Bonds, and until the assignee supplies all of the required insurance, an assignment otherwise consented to in writing by the City shall not be effective. Even if the City consents to assignment, no assignment shall relieve the Contractor of liability under the Contract. 3-2 SELF-PERFORMANCE The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract Work amounting to at least 25 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated “Specialty Items” may be performed by subcontract and the SP-8 amount of any such “Specialty Items” so performed will be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. “Specialty Items” will be identified by the Engineer in the Bid and/or special provisions. 3-5 INSPECTION The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all off-site inspection of the Work required by any ordinance or governing authorities. The Contractor shall also arrange and pay for other inspections, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned or required. 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall take precedence over, and be used in lieu of, such conflicting portions. The Special Provisions shall take precedence over both the Project Plans and Standard Specifications. The precedence of Contract Documents are as follows: 1. Permits issued by regulatory agencies with jurisdiction. 2. Change Orders and Supplemental Contracts, whichever occurs last. 3. Addenda. 4. Contract. 5. Special Provisions. 6. Plans. 7. Bid/Proposal. 8. General Provisions. 9. Standard Plans. 10. Standard Specifications and Reference Specifications. 12. Notice Inviting Bids. 13. Instructions to Bidders. 3.8 SUBMITTALS 3.8-1 General Unless otherwise noted, submittals shall be submitted to the Engineer for review a minimum of twenty (20) Days prior to material procurement. Unless otherwise noted, three (3) hard copies, and one (1) electronic copy shall be provided for each submittal item. 3.8-4 Supporting Information Add to this section: n) Schedule of Values 3-8 SUBSURFACE DATA If the City or its consultants have made investigations of subsurface conditions in areas where the Work is to be performed, such investigations shall be deemed made only for the purpose of study and design. If a geotechnical or other report has been prepared for the Project, the Contractor may inspect the records pertaining to such investigations subject to and upon the conditions hereinafter set forth. The inspection of the records shall be made in the Department of Public Works at the Seal Beach City Hall, 211 8th Street, Seal Beach, California, 90740. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to determine whether such investigations exist and the City makes no affirmative or negative representation concerning the existence of such investigations. SP-9 The records of any such investigations are made available solely for the convenience of the Contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the City, the Engineer, their agents, consultants or employees assume no responsibility whatsoever with respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any investigations, the records thereof, and the interpretations set forth therein. No warranty or guarantee is expressed or implied that the conditions indicated by any such investigations or records are representative of those existing in the Project area. The Contractor agrees to make such independent investigations and examination as necessary to be satisfied of the conditions to be encountered in the performance of the Work. The Contractor represents that he/she/it has studied the Contract Documents, and all surveys and investigation reports of sub-surface and latent physical conditions, has made such additional surveys and investigations as necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and that he/she/it has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents. No claim of any kind shall be made or allowed for any error, omission or claimed error or omission in whole or in part, of any geotechnical exploration or any other report or data furnished or not furnished by the City. The indicated groundwater elevation provided in the Contract Documents was found to be true and correct at the time of investigation. If there is a difference between the groundwater elevation shown in the subsurface data and the groundwater elevation encountered during Work, no additional payment will be made. 3-10 SURVEYING. 3-10.1 General. The Contractor shall be responsible for directly obtaining the services of a California Licensed Land Surveyor to be in responsible charge of all survey Work performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for the scheduling of all survey requests. The Contractor’s Surveyor shall provide construction staking for the Contract. A copy of the cut sheets shall be provided to the City for verification. Also a copy of all updated control set by the Contractor’s Surveyor; showing coordinates, elevation, and description shall be submitted for City review. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions on the drawings and shall report to the City any discrepancies before proceeding with related Work. The Contractor shall perform all survey and layout Work per the benchmark information on the Project Plans. All surveying Work must conform to the Professional Land Surveyors’ Act (Business and Professions Code Section 8700 et seq.). All Project surveying notes and “cut-sheets” are to be provided to the City after the completion of each surveying activity and all final surveying notes shall be provided before final payment to the Contractor. The Contractor’s Surveyor shall research existing County and City records for centerline survey monuments within the Project area. Prior to construction, all monuments shall be tied-out and a Corner Record shall be recorded with the County Surveyor per Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code of the State of California. After completion of construction, any monument disturbed or lost during construction shall be reset, in conformance with Section 8771. Each centerline intersection shall be drawn on a single Corner Record. A copy of all Corner Records shall be submitted to the City prior to a Notice of Completion being filed. Construction stakes shall be set and stationed by Contractor at its expense. Unless otherwise indicated in the Special Provisions, surveying costs shall be included in the price of items bid. No separate payment will be made. Re-staking and replacement of construction survey markers damaged as a result of the Work, vandalism, or accident shall be at the Contractor’s expense. SP-10 3-11 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS The names, addresses and specialties of the Contractor, Subcontractors, architects or engineers may not be displayed on any signage within any public right-of-way or on any City property outside the public right-of-way. This signage prohibition includes advertising banners hung from truck beds or other equipment. 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 3-12.1 General Clean-up shall be done as Work progresses at the end of each Day and thoroughly before weekends. The Contractor shall not allow the Work site to become littered with trash and waste material, but shall maintain the same in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction operation. Materials which need to be disposed shall not be stored at the Project site, but shall be removed by the end of each Day. If the job site is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the cleaning will be done or contracted by the City and shall be back-charged plus mark-up to the Contractor and deducted from the Contract Price. The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed Work, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the Work by the City will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirements for final clean-up of the Project site. 3-12.3 Noise Control. Unless otherwise noted, noise generated from the Contractor’s operations shall comply with the City of Seal Beach Municipal Code Section 7.25 Noise. 3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials 3-12.4.1 General The Contractor shall make arrangements for storing its equipment and materials. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off-site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work. Approved areas within Work site may be used for temporary storage; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits from the City. In any case, the Contractor’s equipment and personal vehicles of the Contractor’s employees shall not be parked on the traveled way or on any section where traffic is restricted at any time. The Contractor shall deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations and by methods and means that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at the Project site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, the Contractor shall provide delivery and installation coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for materials recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. The Contractor shall periodically inspect to assure materials are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. All costs associated with the clean-up and storage required to complete the Project shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored in streets, roads, sidewalk areas, or City property unless approved by the Engineer in advance. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to SP-11 obtain an area for the storage of equipment and materials. The Contractor will not be allowed to start Work until the Inspector has reviewed and approved the storage and staging areas, which shall be fenced with green screen and secured on all sides. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer’s approval of a site for storage of equipment and materials prior to arranging for or delivering equipment and materials to the site. Prior to move-in, the Contractor shall take photos of the laydown area. The Contractor shall restore the laydown area to its pre-construction condition, or better. The Engineer may require new base and pavement if the pavement condition has been compromised during construction. 3-12.5 Sanitary Sewers 3-12.5.1 General Throughout the progress of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary sewer bypasses, providing temporary facilities, and providing all necessary coordination in order to maintain the continuous collection and transport of sewage. The Contractor shall submit a Work plan in accordance with the Contract Documents which provides details of the Work necessary to satisfy the above condition. 3-12.6 Water Pollution Control 3-12.6.1 General The Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Orange County Stormwater Run-off Manual throughout the course of construction. 3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices Unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once weekly to keep the construction area acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. If City street sweeping is suspended for the Project, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining street cleanliness to the satisfaction of the Engineer, until City services are reinstated. Refer to BMP SE-7, Street Sweeping and Vacuuming in the BMP Handbook. Contractor shall NOT wash out vehicles, trucks, equipments, materials, and/or any appurtenances on streets and/or natural ground surface. Contractor shall provide separate washout facilities. 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) If required by a jurisdictional regulatory agency, the Contractor agrees to provide for City review and approval and implement an approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) to prevent the run-off of construction materials into the City’s storm water system. These run-off control measures are defined by the currently applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit R8-2010-0062, as may be amended or superseded. NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) FOR STORM WATER DISCHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION AND LAND DISTURBANCE ACTIVITIES WATER QUALITY ORDER NO. 2009-0009-DWQ, AS MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPERSEDED On September 2, 2009, the State Water Resources Control Board adopted Order No. 2009-0009- DWQ (Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction Activities and Land Disturbance Activities). Effective July 1, 2010, all discharges (construction sites where calculated soil disturbance totals 1 acre or more) are required to obtain coverage and comply with this Construction General Permit (CGP). Any amended, modified or successor orders are hereby incorporated herein by this reference. SP-12 A copy of this permit and related documents/attachments may be found on the internet at: http://www.swrcb.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml The CONTRACTOR is hereby directed to read and understand all the requirements of this Permit as they relate to this Project. 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 3-13.1 Completion The Project will have 2 separate notices to proceed. The first notice to proceed will be after the City have approved submittal(s) of long lead time items from the Contractor. Upon receipt by the City from the Contractor firm confirmations on delivery dates of all long lead time items, along with the City approval of the Contractor schedule, the second notice to proceed with construction will be issued, whereby all Work shall be completed within 280 WORKING DAYS following the date specified in the written notice to proceed from the City. A set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. The Contractor shall maintain as-built drawings of all Work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up-to-date and reviewed by the Engineer at the time each progress payment is submitted. Any changes to the approved plans that have been made with approval from the Engineer shall be documented on the as-built plans. For the purposes of the calculation of liquidated damages, the Work herein contracted for shall be deemed to be completed within the meaning of this Contract when same has been actually completed in accordance with the plans and specifications therefore and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Project must be certified by the Engineer in accordance with Section 3-13 of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. 3-13.2 Acceptance Any new Work found to be defective, damaged, or with graffiti prior to its acceptance shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at his/her sole expense. The Project will not be considered complete and ready for City Council direction to staff regarding recordation of the Notice of Completion until all required Work is completed, the Work site is cleaned up in accordance with Section 3-12 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions, and all of the following items have been received by the Engineer: 1. A form of Notice of Completion, with all information required by the California Civil Code; 2. “Certificate of Occupancy” indicating approval by City departments and divisions; 3. Receipt by the City of all written guarantees, warranties, and approvals from governing agencies as specified herein; 4. Evidence that the Performance Bond has been extended and will remain in effect for the period specified in Section 1-7.2 of the Standard Specifications, as modified by these Special Provisions; 5. Submission of a full size digital and hard copy set of all as-built plans; and 6. Duplicate copies of all operating instructions and manufacturer’s operating catalogs and data, together with such field instructions as necessary to fully instruct City personnel in correct operation and maintenance procedures for all equipment installed listed under the electrical, air SP-13 conditioning, heating, ventilating and other trades. This data and instructions shall be furnished in both digital and hard copy format for all equipment requiring periodic adjustments, maintenance or other operation procedures. The Contractor shall allow at least five (5) Days’ notice for final inspection. Such notice shall be submitted to the Engineer in writing. 3-13.3 Warranty For the purpose of the calculation of the start of the warranty period, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. If that direction is contingent on the completion of any items remaining on a punchlist, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of the Engineer’s acceptance of the final item(s) on that punchlist. The Contractor shall repair or replace defective materials and workmanship as required in this Section 3- 13.3 at its own expense. Additionally, the Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the City harmless from claims of any kind arising from damage, injury or death due to such defects. The parties agree that no certificate given shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of any defective Work or improper materials. Further, the certificate or final payment shall not terminate the Contractor’s obligations under the warranty herein. The Contractor agrees that payment of the amount due under the Contract and the adjustments and payments due for any Work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the City, the City Council and its officers and employees from any and all claims or liability on account of Work performed under the Contract or any alteration thereof. The Contractor hereby guarantees that the entire Work constructed by him/her under this Contract will meet fully all requirements thereof as to quality of workmanship and materials furnished by him/her. The Contractor hereby agrees to make, at his/her/its own expense, any repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials or workmanship supplied by him/her/it that become evidence within one (1) year after City Council acceptance of the Work. Within one (1) year after acceptance of the Work, Contractor further agrees to restore to full compliance with any requirements any Work or materials found to be deficient with respect to any provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written orders for same from the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to make the repair and replacements promptly, the City may do the Work and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the City for the cost thereof. This guarantee shall be secured by the Faithful Performance Bond furnished under the Contract and said bond shall remain in force and effect until the expiration of said one (1) year period from date of acceptance of the Project by the City Council. 3-14 CONTRACTOR’S RECORD/AS-BUILT DRAWINGS. A stamped set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain “As-Built” drawings of all Work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up-to-date and reviewed by the Engineer at the time each progress payment bill is submitted. The As-Built plans shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to final payment or release of any bonds. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least SP-14 three years after the date of completion of the Project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 GENERAL The Contractor and all Subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors shall guarantee that the Work will meet all requirements of this Contract as to the quality of materials, equipment, and workmanship. 4-3 INSPECTION All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with full information as to the progress of the Work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48-hours minimum) notice of the Contractor’s readiness for inspection. Submittals are required for all construction materials. Contractor shall arrange and pay for all off-site inspection of the Work required by any ordinance or governing authorities. The Contractor shall also arrange and pay for other inspections, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned or required. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed the Work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor. 4-4 TESTING Except as elsewhere specified, the City shall bear the cost of testing materials and workmanship that meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. The City shall be responsible for the first series of tests. If the initial tests do not meet the Contract requirements, the cost of all subsequent tests, including but not limited to the retesting of material or workmanship that fails to pass the first test, shall be borne by the Contractor. If the City requires other tests or more specific requirements for testing regarding this Project, those details will be included in the Special Provisions. 4-6 TRADE NAMES If the Contractor requests to substitute an equivalent item for a brand or trade name item, the burden of proof as to the comparative quality and suitability of alternative equipment or articles or materials shall be upon the Contractor, and the Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all information necessary or related thereto as required by the Engineer. All requests for substitution shall be submitted, together with all documentation necessary for the Engineer to determine equivalence, no later than 48 hours after the Bid opening, unless a different deadline is listed in the Special Provisions. SECTION 5 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS The Contractor shall comply with all codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and other legal requirements of public authorities that govern, regulate or control the performance of its Work. SP-15 In accordance with Section 7028.15 of the Business and Professions Code, all Contractors shall be licensed in accordance with the laws of the State of California and any Contractor or subcontractor not so licensed is subject to the penalties imposed by such laws. 5-2 SPECIAL NOTICES The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of the City. If Contractor observes that any of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any respect, Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted by appropriate modifications. If Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and/or regulations, and without such notice to the Engineer, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore and he/she shall bear all costs attributable thereto. 5-3 LABOR 5-3.1 General The Contractor acknowledges that the Project is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 et seq. (“Chapter 1”), and that this Project is subject to (a) Chapter 1, including without limitation Labor Code Section 1771 and (b) the rules and regulations established by the Director of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. The Contractor shall perform all Work on the Project as a public work. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in (a) and (b) as though set forth in full herein. 5-3.2 Prevailing Wages Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Project are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. By initiating any Work, the Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and the Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Contractor shall, as a penalty paid to the City, forfeit two hundred dollars ($200) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to these Contract Documents by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor. 5-3.3 Payroll Records The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires the Contractor and each Subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776, and (3) inform the City of the location of the records. The Contractor has ten (10) Days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of a written notice requesting these records, or as a penalty to the City, the Contractor shall forfeit one hundred dollars ($100) for each Day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due. SP-16 The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(3), which requires that each Contractor and each Subcontractor shall furnish the records specified in Section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner at least monthly, in a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner. 5-3.4 Hours of Labor The Contractor acknowledges that eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Contractor shall, as a penalty paid to the City, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the performance of this Project by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one (1) calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by employees of the Contractor in excess of eight (8) hours per day, and forty (40) hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day at not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate of pay. 5-3.5 Apprentices The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Before commencing Work on this Project, the Contractor shall provide the City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within sixty (60) Days after concluding Work, Contractor and each of its Subcontractors shall submit to the City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Contract. 5-3.6 Debarment or Suspension The Contractor shall not perform Work with any Subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of this Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If the Contractor or any Subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the Project, the Contractor shall immediately notify the City. 5-3.7 Registration with the DIR In accordance with Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a Bid, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. 5-3.8 Compliance Monitoring and Posting Job Sites This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. The Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation. 5-3.9 Subcontractors For every Subcontractor who will perform Work on the Project, the Contractor shall be responsible for such Subcontractor’s compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700, and the SP-17 Contractor shall include in the written Contract between it and each Subcontractor a copy of the provisions in this Section 5-3 and a requirement that each Subcontractor shall comply with those provisions. The Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure Subcontractor’s compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the Subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the Subcontractor to pay its workers the specified prevailing rate of wages. The Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure. 5-3.10 Prevailing Wage Indemnity To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at the Contractor’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to the City) the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and independent contractors serving in the role of City officials, and volunteers from and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed in Section 5-3 of the General Provisions by any Person (including the Contractor, its Subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees and agents) in connection with any Work undertaken or in connection with the Contract Documents, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and other related costs and expenses. All duties of the Contractor under this Section 5-3.10 shall survive expiration or termination of the Contract. 5-4 INSURANCE The insurance provisions of the Contract supersede the insurance provisions of Section 5-4 of the Standard Specifications. 5-5 ANTITRUST CLAIMS The Contractor’s attention is directed to the following provisions of California Government Code Sections 4552, 4553, and 4554, which shall be applicable to the Contractor and his or her subcontractors: In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials by the Contractor or subcontractor pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. If the City receives, either through judgment or settlement, a monetary recovery for a cause of action assigned under Title 1, Chapter 11 of the Government Code, the assignor shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for actual legal costs incurred and may, upon demand, recover from the City any portion of the recovery, including treble damages, attributable to overcharges that were paid by the assignor but were not paid by the City as part of the Bid price, less the expenses incurred in obtaining that portion of the recovery. Upon demand in writing by the assignor, the assignee shall, within one year from such demand, reassign the cause of action assigned under this part if the assignor has been or may have been injured by the violation of law for which the cause of action arose and (a) the assignee has not been injured thereby, or (b) the assignee declines to file a court action for the cause of action. SP-18 5-7 SAFETY 5-7.1 Work Site Safety 5-7.1.1 General Due to the Project’s location, the Contractor shall be required to secure and render safe the entire construction area at the end of each Day. Work areas must be well barricaded and flagged. No open excavations will be allowed on the weekends. This Project must follow all AQMD, CAL/OSHA, and applicable Agencies Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) requirements and Rule 1403 for handling of Asbestos-Contained and Lead-Contained Materials. 5-7.7 Security and Protective Devices Contractor shall be responsible for and shall provide and maintain all required guards, railings, lights and warning signs and shall take all precautions to avoid injury or damage to any person or property and shall protect and indemnify the City against any claim or liability arising from or based on the lack of proper safeguards or negligence whether by himself or his agents, employees or subcontractors. Contractor shall protect all Work, materials and equipment from damage from any cause whatsoever, and provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the Work per Section 3-12 of these Special Provisions. Contractor shall provide for the safety and good condition of all Work until final acceptance of the Work by the City and replace all damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before requesting final acceptance. Contractor shall exercise diligence to avoid damage to sprinkler piping, valves, trees, planting, turf, etc., in addition to buildings, structures, pavement, fences and footings. Any required tree branch trimming or removal shall be brought to the attention of the City promptly and will be performed by City personnel. Any damage to private property shall be repaired at the sole expense of the Contractor. 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers 5-7.8.1 General Steel plates utilized for trenching shall be the slip resistant type per Caltrans standards. Steel plates on pavement shall be pinned and recessed flush with existing pavement surface on arterial and collector roadways. The Contractor shall make all openings, trenches, and/or excavations covered, protected, and safely opened to the public at the end of each Day, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-8 INDEMNIFICATION Reference is made to the indemnification provisions of the Contract, which are incorporated into the Standard Specifications by this reference. 5-9 CONTRACTOR’S LICENSES. At the time of the award and until completion of the Work, the Contractor shall possess a General Engineering Contractor “A” License. At the start of Work and until completion of Work, the Contractor and all Sub-Contractors shall possess a valid Business License issued by the City. SP-19 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6-1.1 Construction Schedule Within ten (10) Days before the scheduled pre-construction meeting, the Contractor must submit to the Engineer for review and approval the construction schedule required by the first paragraph of Section 6- 1.1 and shows critical path scheduling. The Contractor shall make revisions as required by the Engineer. The schedule must account for all subcontract work, as well as the work of the Contractor, submittals, coordination with the other contractors performing concurrent work and the Traffic Control Plan. The Contractor shall not begin construction until the construction schedule is approved. The Engineer will review the baseline schedule and may require the Contractor to modify the schedule to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. If Work falls behind the baseline schedule, the Contractor shall be prohibited from starting additional Work until Contractor has exerted extra effort to meet the baseline schedule and demonstrated the ability to maintain the schedule in the future. Such stoppages in Work shall in no way relieve the Contractor from the overall time of completion requirement, nor shall it be construed as the basis for payment of extra Work because additional personnel and equipment were required on the job. The Contractor shall update the schedule periodically or as directed by the Engineer to reflect and delay or extension of time. In addition, the Contractor shall prepare 3-week look-ahead schedules on a bi- weekly basis with detailed daily activities. The Contractor shall update this Construction Schedule when directed by the Engineer, or when: a. A Change Order significantly affects the Contract completion date or the sequence of construction approach or activities; or b. The actual sequence of the Work, or the planned sequence of the Work, is changed and does not conform to the Contractor’s current accepted Project construction schedule. The Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule with its monthly invoice every month. Progress payments shall be contingent upon the receipt of monthly updated construction schedules. 6-1.1.1 Pre-Construction Conference Approximately fourteen (14) Days before the commencement of Work at the site, a pre-construction conference will be held at the City and shall be attended by the Contractor’s Project manager, its on-site field superintendent, and any Subcontractors that the Contractor deems appropriate. Attendance by the Contractor and any Subcontractors designated is mandatory. Contractor shall submit its twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone numbers to the Engineer for approval a minimum of two (2) Days before the pre-construction conference. Unless previously submitted to the Engineer, the Contractor shall bring to the pre-construction conference copies of each of the following: 1) Construction Schedule. 2) Procurement schedule of major equipment and materials and items requiring long lead time. 3) Shop drawing/sample submittal schedule. SP-20 4) Preliminary schedule of values (lump sum price breakdown) for progress payment purposes. 5) Written designation of the on-site field superintendent and the Project manager. Both daytime and emergency telephone numbers shall be included in the written designation. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. The parties will discuss matters requiring coordination and establish procedures for handling such matters. The complete agenda will be furnished to the Contractor before the meeting date. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss all of the items listed below. 1) Contractor’s tentative schedule. 2) Pre-construction video and photographic documentation. 3) Notification of local residents prior to starting any Work and keeping them informed throughout the Project. 4) Procedures for transmittal, review, and distribution of Contractor’s submittals. 5) Processing applications for payment. 6) Maintaining record documents. 7) Critical Work sequencing. 8) Maintaining utility service during construction, including proposed by-passes. 9) NPDES requirements. 10) Compliance with the Orange County Stormwater Programs, including the December 2012 “Construction Runoff Guidance Manual.” 11) Field decisions and Change Orders. 12) Use of Project site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and City needs. 13) Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 14) Traffic Control. 15) Any other item that the City representative states is relevant to the meeting. The City’s Construction Manager will preside at the pre-construction meeting and will arrange for keeping and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance. Attendance by the Contractor’s Project manager and superintendent, and its subcontractors is mandatory. 6-1.1-2 Weekly Construction Meeting Weekly construction meetings will be held during the course of the Project. The meeting location, day of the week and time of day will be mutually agreed to by the City and the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a three (3) week “look ahead” schedule for each meeting. The City’s Construction Manager will prepare the meeting agenda and minutes, and will distribute minutes to all persons in attendance. As the Work progresses, if it is determined by the Engineer that weekly meetings are not necessary, the weekly construction meeting frequency may be changed. 6-1.2 Commencement of the Work The Contractor shall not begin any construction activity at the site before a “Notice to Proceed” has been issued, a pre-construction meeting has been conducted, and a schedule of Work has been approved by the Engineer. Any Work that is done by the Contractor in advance of the Notice to Proceed shall be considered as being done at the Contractor’s own risk and responsibility, and as a consequence will be subject to rejection. 6-1.3 Construction Coordination and Phasing The following construction coordination and phasing items shall be considered and incorporated into the construction schedule: · Contractor shall coordinate with the City to keep the well site secure and in operation during construction. SP-21 · Contractor shall not open construction areas that cannot be replaced on the same Day. · All traffic lanes shall be opened to vehicular traffic at the end of each work period (day or night). Temporary striping or slurry tabs shall be placed daily on recently completed Work. Contractor shall be responsible for maintain any temporary striping until permanent striping is applied and accepted. · Asphalt removals, grading, pulverization, cement and asphalt placement, final grading and compaction, shall take place on a continuous sequential operation · Contractor shall coordinate with all affected residents/businesses to maintain access. · Unless otherwise permitted, no Work will be permitted on beachside of Electric Avenue between Memorial Day and Labor Day. 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION 6-3.1 General 6-3.2 The Project will have 2 separate notices to proceed. The first notice to proceed will be after the City has approved submittal(s) of long lead time items from the Contractor. Upon receipt by the City from the Contractor firm confirmations on delivery dates of all long lead time items, along with the City approval of the Contractor schedule, the second notice to proceed with construction will be issued, whereby all Work shall be completed within 280 WORKING DAYS following the date specified in the written notice to proceed from the City. Between the period of the Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall process shop drawings, and begin equipment/materials procurement. The Contractor shall ensure the availability of all material prior to the start of Work. Unavailability of material will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of Work. The Contractor shall coordinate the Work of the various phases of the Project and/or its subcontractors to avoid interference, duplication of work or unfinished gaps between operations. Normal working hours are limited to 7:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday. No Work will be allowed on Saturday, Sunday or City holidays. A permit may have other hours or Days for the Contractor to do the Work, and those hours and Days shall supersede any hours and Days written in this Section. The Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers, etc., shall not generate any noise at the Work site, storage sites, staging areas, etc., before or after the normal working hours prescribed above. Should the Contractor elect to Work outside normal working hours, the Contractor must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:30 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. on weekdays or 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday only. A request for working outside the normal working hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Whenever the Contractor is permitted or directed to perform night Work or to vary the period during which Work is performed during the day, he shall give 12 hours’ notice to the Inspector so that inspection may be provided. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $200 per hour when such time periods are approved. 6-3.3 Contract Time Accounting Add to this section: Designated City holidays are defined as: 1. January 1st (New Year’s Day) 2. Third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day) 3. Third Monday in February (President’s Day) 4. Last Monday in May (Memorial Day) 5. July 4th (Independence Day) SP-22 6. First Monday in September (Labor Day) 7. November 11th (Veterans Day) 8. Fourth Thursday and Friday in November (Thanksgiving and Friday after) 9. December 24th (Christmas Eve) 10. December 25th (Christmas) 11. December 26th thru 30th (City Office Closure) 12. December 31st (New Year’s Eve) 13. Special Election Days 14. Any other City-designed non-working days. If a holiday falls on a Sunday, the following Monday will be considered the holiday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, the Friday before will be considered the holiday. 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 6-4.1 General The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Contract time without the assessment of liquidated damages when delays in the completion of Work are extended by change order or caused by Acts of God, public enemies, fire, flood, epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, shortages of materials, trade embargoes and severe weather, delay of subcontractors due to such causes or delays caused solely by the act or omission of the City, as applicable. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the Engineer in writing within five (5) Days prior to any such delay, if reasonably possible, and submit evidence as required by the Engineer to substantiate his/her entitlement to additional time. The term “severe weather” shall be construed to mean only such weather as in the judgment of the Engineer prevents Work or makes performance of the Work difficult or hazardous either during the weather’s occurrence or its aftermath. No extension of time will be granted for delay caused by shortage of materials. No time extension will be granted for delays which do not affect the critical path of the construction schedule provided at the Pre- Construction Meeting. No extension of time will be granted for any event, including pandemics, leading to the issuance of a “stay at home” or similar kind of order by any local, State, or federal governmental authority, if the Work has been deemed, either by emergency order or proclamation, or operation of law, to be an essential service that is exempt from such stay at home or similar order. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, an adjustment to the Contract time by reason of a Change Order shall be agreed to at the time the Change Order is issued and accepted by Contractor. If the Change Order does not reserve the right of the parties, or either of them, to seek an adjustment to the Contract time, then the parties forever relinquish and waive such right and there shall be no further adjustments to the Contract time. 6-4.2 Extensions of Time In the event it is deemed appropriate by the City to extend the time for completion of the Work, any such extension shall not release any guarantee for the Work required by the Contract Documents, nor shall any such extension of time relieve or release the Sureties on the Bonds executed. In executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such extensions of time. The amount of time allowed by an extension of time shall be limited to the period of the delay giving rise to the same as determined by the City. Notwithstanding any dispute which may arise in connection with a claim for adjustment of the Contract time, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work. SP-23 6-4.3 Payment for Delays Notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, the City shall have no obligation whatsoever to increase the Contract Price or extend the time for delays. Unless compensation and/or markup is agreed upon by the City, the Contractor agrees that no payment of compensation of any kind shall be made to the Contractor for damages or increased overhead costs caused by any delays in the progress of the Contract, whether such delays are avoidable or unavoidable or caused by any act or omission of the City or its agents. Any accepted delay claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete the performance of the Work. This Section shall not apply to compensable delays caused solely by the City. If a compensable delay is caused solely by the City, the Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order that: (1) extends the time for completion of the Contract by the amount of delay caused by the City; and (2) provides equitable adjustment, as determined by the City, to the Contractor. 6-8 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE The following sentence is added to Section 6-8: In no event (including termination for impossibility or impracticability, due to conditions or events beyond the control of the City, for any other reason or for no reason) shall the total amount of money to Contractor exceed the amount which would have been paid to Contractor for the full performance of the services described in the Contract. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Liquidated damages as set forth in Section 6-9 of the Standard Specifications shall be One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) per calendar day. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the Engineer or City Council from granting to the Contractor an extension of time and the waiving of the liquidated damages. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the Work in an orderly, preplanned, continuous sequence so as to minimize inconvenience to residences, businesses, vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and the public as a result of the Work. For the purposes of the calculation of the start of the liquidated damages, the Work shall be deemed to be completed when the same has been completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications therefor and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and the Engineer has certified such completion in accordance with Section 3-13.1 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications. SECTION 7 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK 7-1.1 General Revise paragraph two to read: The unit and lump sum Bid prices for each item of Work shown on the Bid shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the Work, including restoring all existing improvements, to complete the item of Work in place and no other compensation will be allowed thereafter. Payment for incidental items of Work not separately listed shall SP-24 be included in the prices shown for the other related items of Work. The following items of Work pertain to the Bid items included within the Bid: Reference Techincal Specifications 01 1100 for Bid items. LUMP SUM WORK Reference is made to Section 7-2 of the Standard Specifications. 7-2 PAYMENT 7-2.1 General Within ten (10) Days after award of the Contract, Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete and correct cost breakdown of the Contract sum for the purpose of establishing progress payments to the Contractor based on the progress of the Work, if any. The Contractor agrees to revise its original breakdown, if necessary, to satisfy the Engineer as to content, distribution of costs and form. On or before the 10th day of each month, the Contractor shall submit an invoice for payment to the Engineer. Said payment shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and shall be in the amount accepted by the Engineer, less five percent (5%) of the amount accepted by the Engineer and less all previous payments made and sums to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents. Payment will be made on or about thirty (30) Days following receipt of the invoice unless it is the subject of an audit by the City or is not properly submitted. A payment request is properly submitted if it contains all information necessary to document that the Work for which payment is requested has been performed, contains all required backup, including any materials required to be submitted to document compliance with the applicable Labor Code laws. Payments shall be made if the above conditions are satisfied and if funds are available for payment and the payment is not delayed due to an audit inquiry by the City or a dispute exists over the payment request. No payment will be made for materials prior to the complete installation of the materials. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, tools and incidentals required to complete the Project as outlined in these Contract Documents and as directed by the Engineer. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7107, if no claims have been filed and are still pending, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the City will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be withheld for any other lawful purposes. 7-2.2 Partial and Final Payment For purposes of Section 7-3.2, the monthly closure date shall be the last Day of each month. A measurement of Work performed and a progress estimate of the value thereof based on the Contract and of the monthly payment shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer before the tenth (10th) Day of the following month for verification and payment consideration. 7-2.2.1 Final Payment The Engineer, after the completion of the Project, shall make a final determination of the amount of Work done thereunder, and the value of such Work, and the City shall pay the entire sum so found to be due after deducting therefrom all previous payments and all amounts to be kept and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents. The prior partial payments and estimates shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. SP-25 In processing the final payment estimate, the Engineer will invite the Contractor to review and discuss said final estimate during the seven (7) calendar day period following acceptance of the Work by the City. It is mutually agreed between the parties to the Contract that no certificate given or payment made under the Contract, except the final certificate or final payment, shall be conclusive evidence of the performance of the Contract, either wholly or in part, and no payment shall be construed to be an acceptance of any defective Work or improper materials. Retention or deposited securities shall be released to the Contractor sixty (60) calendar days after the date of completion as the term is defined by Section 7107(c) of the Public Contract Code. In the event of a dispute between the Contractor and the Contractor, the City shall withhold from the final payment to the Contractor an amount not to exceed 150 percent of the disputed amount. 7-3.2.3 Retention The City shall withhold not less than five percent (5%) from each progress payment. However, at any time after fifty percent (50%) of the Work has been completed, if the City Council finds that satisfactory progress is being made, it may, at its discretion, make any of the remaining progress payments in full for actual Work completed. The City shall withhold not less than five percent (5%) of the Contract Price from the Final Payment Amount (defined in Section 7-3.2.4) until at least thirty-five (35) days after recordation of the Notice of Completion, or recordation of a notice of acceptance or cessation, but not later than the period permitted by Public Contract Code Section 7107. 7-3.2.4 Final Invoice and Payment Whenever the Contractor shall have completely performed the Contract in the opinion of the Engineer, the Engineer shall notify the City Clerk that the Contract has been completed in its entirety. The Contractor shall then submit to the Engineer a written statement of the final quantities of Contract items for inclusion in the final invoice. Upon receipt of such statement, the Engineer shall check the quantities included therein and shall authorize a payment amount, which in the Engineer’s opinion shall be just and fair, covering the value of the total amount of Work done by the Contractor, less all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents (“Final Payment Amount”). The Engineer shall then request that the City accept the Work and that the City Clerk be authorized to file, on behalf of the City in the office of the County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work herein agreed to be done by the Contractor. In addition, the final payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the redlined as-built conditions. 7-3.2.5 Substitute Security In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300, the Contractor may request that it be permitted to substitute securities in lieu of having retention withheld by the City from progress payments when such payments become due or, in the alternative, the Contractor may request that the City make payments of earned retentions directly to an agreed upon designated escrow agent at the Contractor’s expense. If the Contractor selects either one of these alternatives, the following shall control. 7.3.2.5.1 Substitution of Securities for Performance Retention At some reasonable time before any progress payment would otherwise be due and payable to the Contractor in the performance of Work under these Contract Documents, the Contractor may submit a request to the City in writing to permit the substitution of retentions with securities equivalent to the amount estimated by the City (“estimated amount of retention”) to be withheld. The Contractor shall deposit such securities with the City or may, in the alternative, deposit such securities in escrow with a State or federally chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent, at the Contractor’s expense. Such securities will be the equivalent or greater in value of the estimated amount of retention. If the Contract is SP-26 modified by written Modifications or Change Orders or the Contractor otherwise becomes entitled to receive an amount more than the Contract Price at the time the securities are deposited, the Contractor shall, at the request of the City, deposit with the City or escrow agent, whichever is applicable, additional securities within a reasonable time so that the amount of securities on deposit with the City or escrow agent is equivalent or greater in value than the amount of retention the City would otherwise be entitled to withhold from progress payments due or to become due to the Contractor as the Work progresses. The City shall withhold any retention amount that exceeds the security amount until the additional securities are deposited and, if the deposit is with an escrow agent, the City has confirmation from that escrow agent of the new total value of securities. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, which shall mean, among other things, that the City is not otherwise entitled to retain proceeds from progress payments as elsewhere provided in the Contract or under applicable law, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. The City shall, within its sole discretion, determine whether the amount of the securities on deposit with the City or escrow agent is equal to or greater than the amount of estimated retention of progress payments that could otherwise be held by the City if the Contractor had not elected to substitute same with securities. 7-3.2.5.2 Deposit of Retention Proceeds with an Escrow Agent As an alternative to the substitution of securities, as provided above, or the City otherwise retaining and holding retention proceeds from progress payments, the Contractor may request the City to make payments of retentions earned directly to an escrow agent with the same qualifications as required in Section 7-3.2.5.1 above and at the expense of the Contractor. At its sole expense, the Contractor may direct the investment of such retention payments into only such securities as mentioned in Section 7- 3.2.5.4 below and shall be entitled to interest earned on such investments on the same terms provided for securities deposited by the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, which shall mean when the City would not otherwise be entitled to withhold retention proceeds from progress payments had the Contractor not elected to have such proceeds deposited into escrow, the Contractor shall be allowed to receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest and payments deposited into escrow pursuant to the terms of this Section. The Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor, not later than ten (10) Days of receipt of payment, the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld from each Subcontractor, on the amount withheld to ensure performance of the Contractor. 7-3.2.5.3 Subcontractor Entitlement to Interest If the Contractor elects to receive interest on any moneys withheld in retention by the City, then the Subcontractor shall receive the identical rate of interest received by the Contractor on any retention moneys withheld from the Subcontractor by the Contractor, less any actual pro rata costs associated with administering and calculating that interest. In the event that the interest rate is a fluctuating rate, the rate for the Subcontractor shall be determined by calculating the interest rate paid during the time that retentions were withheld from the Subcontractor. If the Contractor elects to substitute securities in lieu of retention, then, by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Subcontractor, the Subcontractor may substitute securities in exchange for the release of moneys held in retention by the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, not later than ten (10) Days after receipt of escrow moneys, the amount owed to each Subcontractor from the moneys plus the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to the retention held from each Subcontractor, on the amount of retention withheld to ensure performance of the Subcontractor. 7-3.2.5.4 Securities Eligible for Investment Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed upon between the Contractor and the City. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for any monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon. 7-3.2.5.5 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention SP-27 The escrow agreement that shall be used for the deposit of securities in lieu of retention shall substantially conform to the form prescribed in Public Contract Code Section 22300(f). 7-3.2.5.6 Inconsistencies with Prevailing Statutory Requirements If there is any inconsistency between or differences in Public Contract Code Section 22300 and the terms of this provision, or any future amendments thereto, Section 22300 shall control. 7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices 7-3.5.2 Increases of More than 25 Percent Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity shall be paid according to the Contract Unit Price. No adjustments in the Contract Unit Price will be allowed. 7-3.5.3 Decreases of More than 25 Percent Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in Contract Unit Price will not be made. 7-3.8 Eliminated Items Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety prior to the Notice to Proceed date, no payment will be made for said Bid Item. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety after the Notice to Proceed date, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineering so stating its elimination. 7-3.9 AUDIT The City or its representative shall have the option of inspecting and/or auditing all records and other written materials used by the Contractor in preparing its billings to the City as a condition precedent to any payment to the Contractor or in response to a construction claim or a Public Records Act (Government Code Section 6250 et seq.) request. The Contractor will promptly furnish documents requested by the City at no cost. Additionally, the Contractor shall be subject to State Auditor examination and audit at the request of the City or as part of any audit of the City, for a period of three (3) years after final payment under the Contract. The Contractor shall include a copy of this Section 7-3.9 in all contracts with its Subcontractors, and the Contractor shall be responsible for immediately obtaining those records or other written material from its Subcontractors upon a request by the State Auditor or the City. If the Project includes other auditing requirements, those additional requirements will be listed in the Special Provisions. 7-3 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK 7-3.3 Markup 7-3.3.1 Work by the Contractor Add to this section: Except as agreed upon by the parties or as provided herein, Section 7-3 or 7-4 of the Standard Specifications shall govern the payment of costs for Work performed pursuant to change orders. SP-28 Except as otherwise provided, the Contractor shall be entitled to a mark-up (consisting of reasonable profit and overhead costs) of a maximum amount not to exceed: · Labor 15% · Materials 15% · Equipment Rental 15% · Other Items & Expenditures 15% for Work performed pursuant to a change order. Such mark-up shall be the sole monetary compensation to which the Contractor shall be entitled above the actual cost for performing such Work. 7-4.3.2 Work by the Subcontractor When all or any part of the extra Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in subsection 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such Work. A markup of five- percent (5%) of the subcontracted portion for the extra Work may be added by the Contractor. SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1.1 GENERAL No field offices for City personnel shall be required; however, City personnel shall have the right to enter upon the Project at all times and shall be admitted to the offices of the Contractor to use the telephone, desk and sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor for its own personnel. Section 9 is hereby added to Part 1 of the Standard Specifications, as follows: SECTION 9 - ADDITIONAL TERMS 9-1 NONDISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT The Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation or military and veteran status. The Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all statutes and local ordinances and regulations. 9-2 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK Until the final acceptance of the Work by the City Council in accordance with Section 3-13.2 of the General Provisions, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part of the Work by the action of the elements, criminal acts, or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension of Work from any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the protection of Work already completed, shall properly store and protect them if necessary, and shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary. SP-29 9-3 PROCEDURE IN CASE OF DAMAGE TO PUBLIC PROPERTY Any portions of curb, gutter, sidewalk or any other City improvement damaged by the Contractor during the course of construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at its own cost. The cost of additional replacement of curb, gutter or sidewalk in excess of the estimated quantities shown in the Bid form and Specifications, and found necessary during the process of construction (but not due to damage resulting from carelessness on the part of the Contractor during its operation), shall be paid to the Contractor at the unit prices submitted in his/her Bid. 9-4 REMOVAL OF INTERFERING OBSTRUCTIONS The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all debris, abandoned structures, tree roots and obstructions of any character encountered during the process of excavation. It is understood that the cost of any such removals are made a part of the unit price bid by the Contractor under the item for excavation or removal of existing Work. 9-5 SOILS ENGINEERING AND TESTING A certified materials testing firm may be retained by the City to perform materials tests during the Contractor’s entire operation to ascertain compliance with the Contract requirements. The City shall be responsible for the first series of tests. If the initial tests do not meet the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall bear the cost of all subsequent tests. If the City requires other tests or more specific requirements for testing regarding this Project, those details will be included in the Special Provisions. 9-6 ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTY Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and costs associated with securing permission to access private property for any portion of the Project. 9-7 CLAIM DISPUTE RESOLUTION In the event of any dispute or controversy with the City over any matter whatsoever, the Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of Work, but shall proceed with the performance of the Work in dispute. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. The disputed Work will be categorized as an “unresolved dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by mutual agreement or a court of law. The Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all disputed Work, claims and other disputed matters. All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq. (Article 1.5), where applicable. This Contract hereby incorporates those provisions as though fully set forth herein. For purposes of this Section, “claim” means a separate demand by the Contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for (i) a time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the City, (ii) payment by the City of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled, or (iii) payment of an amount that is disputed by the City. The Contractor or any Subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with Section 9204 and Article 1.5 (if applicable), and must then adhere to Section 9204 and Article 1.5 (as applicable). In addition to compliance with Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Article 1.5, filing a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) is a prerequisite to filing any lawsuit against the City relating to this Contract. SP-30 9-8 THIRD PARTY CLAIMS The City shall have full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to the Project at any time. The City shall timely notify the Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Project. The City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notice. 9-9 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, State and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations in force at the time the Contractor performs pursuant to the Contract Documents. 9-10 REQUIREMENT TO MITIGATE THE SPREAD OF COVID-19. The Contractor and all subcontractors for the Work shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, Los Angeles County, and City statutes, regulations, orders, and ordinances regarding COVID-19 Infection Prevention. This requirement specifically includes, without limitation, compliance with the “Safety and Health Guidance COVID-19 Infection Prevention in Construction” issued by the California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health and Safety on October 27, 2020 and as may be amended from time to time by the Department. Prior to the pre-construction meeting, the Contractor shall submit to the City a “COVID-19 Mitigation Program” implementing these requirements and shall post the COVID-19 Mitigation Program on the project site in a manner designated by the City’s Project Manager. The failure of employees or workers of the Contractor and all subcontractors on the Work to comply with these requirements shall be a default per Section 6-4.1, and may also result in a suspension of the Work pursuant to Section 6-3. Contractor acknowledges that, in the event that the Engineer suspends the Work as a result of such failure by Contractor or one of its subcontractors to comply with these requirements, City is not responsible for the delay, and that pursuant to Section 6-6.3 the Contractor is not entitled to compensation. The Contractor shall also pay to the City the costs and expenses incurred by the City resulting from the failure of employees of the Contractor and all subcontractors on the Work to comply with these requirements including, but not limited to, the salaries and benefits for City employees who are unable to work due to exposure to COVID-19 as a result of such failure, and workers compensation benefits and expenses. Delays in the Work resulting from Contractor’s or its subcontractor’s failure to comply with these regulations shall not be considered an unforeseen event entitling Contractor to an extension of time or payment for delay pursuant to Section 6-6 of the Standard Specifications. 9-11 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS By signing the Contract, the Contractor represents, covenants, agrees, and declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that: (a) the Contractor is licensed, qualified, and capable of furnishing the labor, materials, and expertise necessary to perform the services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents; (b) there are no obligations, commitments, or impediments of any kind that will limit or prevent its full performance under the Contract Documents; (c) there is no litigation pending against the Contractor that could adversely affect its performance of the Contract, and the Contractor is not the subject of any criminal investigation or proceeding; and (d) to the Contractor’s actual knowledge, neither the Contractor nor its personnel have been convicted of a felony. 9-12 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST The Contractor agrees not to accept any employment or representation during the term of the Contract or within twelve (12) months after acceptance as defined in Section 3-13.2 of the General Provisions that is or may likely make the Contractor “financially interested,” as provided in Government Code Sections 1090 and 87100, in any decisions made by the City on any matter in connection with which the Contractor has been retained pursuant to the Contract Documents. SP-31 9-13 APPLICABLE LAW The validity, interpretation, and performance of these Contract Documents shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding California’s choice of law rules. Venue for any such action relating to the Contract shall be in the Superior Court with geographic jurisdiction over the City. 9-14 TIME Time is of the essence in these Contract Documents. 9-15 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR The Contractor and Subcontractors shall at all times remain, as to the City, wholly independent contractors. Neither the City nor any of its officials, officers, employees or agents shall have control over the conduct of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their officers, employees, or agents, except as herein set forth, and the Contractor and Subcontractors are free to dispose of all portions of their time and activities that they are not obligated to devote to the City in such a manner and to such Persons that the Contractor or Subcontractors wish except as expressly provided in these Contract Documents. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of the City, bind the City in any manner, or otherwise act on behalf of the City as agents. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not, at any time or in any manner, represent that they or any of their agents, servants or employees, are in any manner agents, servants or employees of the City. The Contractor and Subcontractors agree to pay all required taxes on amounts paid to them under the Contract, and to indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall include this provision in all contracts with all Subcontractors. 9-16 CONSTRUCTION In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of these Contract Documents shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted the Contract Documents or who drafted that portion of the Contract Documents. 9-17 NON-WAIVER OF TERMS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES Waiver by either party of any one (1) or more of the conditions of performance under these Contract Documents shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under these Contract Documents. In no event shall the making by the City of any payment to the Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by the City of any breach of covenant, or any default that may then exist on the part of the Contractor, and the making of any such payment by the City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to the City with regard to such breach or default. 9-18 TERM The Contract is effective as of the Effective Date listed, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Contractor has fully rendered the services required by the Contract Documents or the Contract has been otherwise terminated by the City. However, some provisions may survive the term listed within this Section, as stated in those provisions. 9-19 NOTICE Except as otherwise required by law, any notice or other communication authorized or required by these Contract Documents shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (a) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during the City’s regular business hours or (b) on the third SP-32 (3rd) business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses listed on the Contractor’s Bid and City Hall, or at such other address as one party may notify the other. 9-20 SEVERABILITY If any term or portion of these Contract Documents is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of these Contract Documents shall continue in full force and effect. SP-33 PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS PART 2 – CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 2 (Construction Methods) of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall control. SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE. 201-1.1 Requirements 201-1.1.2 Concrete Specified by Class. Concrete Curb, Gutter, Curb and Gutter, Sidewalk, Ramp 560-C-3250 Concrete Cross Gutter, Rolled Curb, Alley Intersections, Driveways 560-C-3250 Storm Drain, Local Depressions, and Miscellaneous Structures 560-C-3250 Curing Compound Type I D Concrete mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of ten (10) Days prior to installation. 201-1.2 Materials. 201-1.2.1 Portland Cement Type II/V Portland cement shall be used. 201-1.2.5.3 Fly Ash. The use of fly ash will not be allowed. 201-2 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE 201-2.2.1 Reinforcing Steel. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615 or A706 Grade 60. Unless otherwise noted, bars shall be galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A767/A, Class 1, except that chromating is not required. 201-3.1 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. 201-3.1 General Expansion joints shall be placed in curb and gutter at 80 feet intervals and valley gutters and sidewalks at 40 feet intervals with joint sealants (gray color) and at the BCR and ECR and around utility poles. Dowels for contact joints shall be #4 galvanized bars 18 inches long. Weakened plane joints shall be at 10 feet intervals. SP-34 201-3.5 Type “B” Sealant (Preformed Elastomeric Sealant). Elastomeric sealant shall be gray in color. 201-4 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS 201-4.1.1 General. Concrete curing compound shall be Type 1 (clear or translucent). SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS 203-5 SLURRY SEAL 203-5.1 General Slurry seal shall be emulsion-aggregate slurry (EAS) conforming to section 203-5.4, unless otherwise noted. 203-5.4 Emulsion-Aggregate Slurry (EAS) 203-5.4.1 General Emulsion-aggregate slurry (EAS) shall be Type II-CQS-1h conforming to section 203-3. 203-5.4.2 Materials 203-5.4.2.2 Emulsified Asphalt Emulsified asphalt shall be of the quick-set type. 203-5.4.2.4 Latex Latex shall be Ultrapave 65K produced by Textile Rubber and Cement Company, Inc., or equal as approved by the Engineer in advance of ordering the latex additive. It shall be added to the emulsified asphalt by the co-mill method at the emulsion plant at the rate of 2½ percent of weight of the emulsified asphalt. Latex-added emulsified asphalt shall be kept in a suspended state by an agitating mixer and mixed every three days. 203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE. 203-6.4 General. Performance graded (PG) asphalt binder shall be PG 64-10 and conform to Table 203-1.2. Asphalt Concrete for roadway pavement, overlay, full depth surface course, trench resurfacing, slot paving, and patching shall be Type C2 PG 64-10. Asphalt concrete for skin patching shall be Type D2 PG-64-10. Asphalt concrete for A.C. curbs and berms shall be D-PG 70-10 with 1% additional binder in a mix design approved by OC Public Works Materials Laboratory per County of Orange, OC Public Works Standard Plan 1805. The contact surfaces of all cold pavement joints, curbs, gutters, etc. shall be painted with Grade SS- 1h emulsified asphalt immediately before the adjoining A.C. pavement is placed. SP-35 Finished surface of the new pavement at the edge of gutter shall be flush with the edge of the gutter in all crosswalk areas and shall be 3/8” higher than the lip of gutter in all other areas. The Contractor shall prevent the formation of carbonized particles caused by overheating asphalt during manufacturing or construction. Asphalt mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer a minimum of ten (10) Days prior to installation. 203-11 ASPHALT RUBBER HOT MIX (ARHM) Composition and grading shall be ARHM-GG-C 203-17 CRACK SEAL 203-17.1 General Crack sealing material shall be RW 306 R sealant and per the following specifications: TEST REQUIREMENT Pen @ 77 degrees F (ATSM D-3407) 25 (+/-5) Pen @ 115 degrees F (ASTM D-3407) 70 max. Softening Point 210-220 ⁰F Ductility @ 77 degrees F, 5cm/min 30 min Force Ductility 4 max Resilience 50-60 Brookfield Viscosity @ 380 degrees F 20-30 poise Flow @ 140 degrees F 0 max Flexibility (90 degree bend in 2 sec. over 1 1/8 mandrel. No cracks. pass @ 0 ⁰F SECTION 214 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 214-4 PAINT FOR STRIPING AND MARKINGS 214-4.1 General Temporary striping shall be Rapid Dry paint. Final striping shall be reflectorized thermoplastic, unless otherwise noted. 214-6 PAVEMENT MARKERS All pavement markers shall comply with Section 84 of the State of California Standard Specifications. 214-6.3 Non-Reflective Pavement Markers 214-6.3.1 General All new non-reflective pavement markers Types A and AY shall be ceramic. SP-36 214-6.4 Retroreflective Pavement Markers 214-6.4.1 General All retroreflective pavement markers shall be 3M Series 290 with glass-covered faces, or approved equal. PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 3 (Construction Methods) of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall control. SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300-1.1 General The Clearing and Grubbing work items identified in Section 300-1 shall include the following: removal and/or relocation of any native or non-native interfering items or structures encountered; replacement of any damaged grass or landscaped areas impacted by the construction activities; tree, shrub, and ground cover trimming; mailbox and sign relocation; roof and curb drain relocation. Trees and plants that are not to be removed shall be fully protected from injury by the Contractor at its expense. Trees and plants that are removed shall be done in such a manner as not to injure adjacent trees, plants, and improvements which are to be preserved. The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each workday or as directed by the Engineer. Non reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse and the Contractor’s expense. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer on a form provided by the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. The Contractor shall dispose of all excess or waste material and shall include all fees for such disposal in the appropriate Bid items. 300-1.2 Root Pruning and Tree Trimming The Contractor shall have a licensed Arborist, approved by the Engineer, directing all tree pruning operations and all trimming of roots in excess of 2” diameter on the Project. In the event a tree that is to be protected is damaged and must be removed due to Contractor negligence, the Contractor shall reimburse the City for the full appraised value of said tree. SP-37 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 300-2.1 General Unclassified excavation shall consist of, but not limited to, all sawcutting, excavation, including roadways, bituminous pavement, and concrete pavement, curb and roof/curb drain relocations, walk, gutters, structural encounters, cross gutters, driveways, access ramps, alley intersections, and any native/non-native items necessary to accommodate the Work, and the disposal of such items. Improvements removed without prior approval of the Engineer are subject to replacement at the Contractor’s cost. Sidewalks to be removed to nearest score line or joint. In addition to those items specified in Section 300-2.1, unclassified excavation shall include all grading, shaping, excavation, compacting, subgrade preparation, consolidating or other Work that is needed to establish the final profiles and subgrade for to accommodate Contract improvements. 300-2.1.1 Requirements Bituminous pavement shall be removed to neatly sawed edges as required by the Engineer. Saw cuts shall be full depth. Where only the surface of existing bituminous pavement is to be removed, the method of removal shall be approved by the Engineer, and a minimum laying depth of 1 inch (25mm) of new pavement material shall be provided at the join line. Where bituminous pavement adjoins a trench, the edges adjacent to the trench shall be saw cut to neat straight lines before resurfacing to ensure that all areas to be resurfaced are accessible to the rollers used to compact the subgrade or paving materials. 300-2.2 Unsuitable Material. 300-2.2.2 Wet Material Subsection 300-2.2.2 of the Standard Specifications is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: If required excavated material is unsatisfactory for use as backfill solely because of high moisture content, the Contractor shall provide imported backfill per the requirements of Subsection 306-1.3.7 of the Standard Specifications. If such high moisture content is not the result of any action on the part of the Contractor, or inaction in protecting the Work during the course of the Contract, the imported backfill will be paid in accordance with Section 3. This price shall include all costs associated with transporting and disposing of any excess material away from the Project site, with no additional compensation allowed therefor. Otherwise, the Work and material shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 300-2.6 Surplus Material It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove and dispose of all excess material resulting from earthwork operations, including excavated pavement fabric and material of any character that is not suitable for use in fill or backfill. Any excess material not needed for the Project shall be removed from the Project by the Contractor and disposed of in compliance with local, state and federal regulations. SECTION 301 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION, TREATED MATERIALS, AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 301-1.3 Relative Compaction SP-38 Prior to constructing A.C. Pavement Base Course, the Contractor shall recompact 12” of the existing subgrade to a relative compaction of 95%. SECTION 302 - ROADWAY SURFACING 302-1 CRACK SEAL 302-1.1 General The Contractor shall apply herbicide to all vegetation one week prior to removal and crack sealing. Removal of vegetation shall consist of routing out cracks to ensure proper vegetation removal from all cracks. Cracks shall be cleaned using heat lance at approximately 2800 degrees to destroy any vegetation root or seed that may be left behind to prevent any further growth. The heat lance application will also clean out all dirt, sand, debris, and moisture. 302-1.2 Sealant Application Sealant shall be applied in prepared cracks at a temperature of approximately 380 degrees Fahrenheit. No more than a 2½” wide and 1/16” thick strip of material shall be applied to pavement surface. Squeegeeing of sealant will not be acceptable due to the inability to consistently meet the required configuration. Any excess sealant material shall be removed from asphalt surfaces. All cracks greater than 1-inch shall be tack-coated and filled with hot asphalt concrete and rolled flush. 302-4 SLURRY SEAL SURFACING 302-4.8 Spreading and Application Prior to beginning slurry seal operations, the Contractor shall furnish current licensed weighmaster’s certificates indicating the net weight capacity of the aggregate bin of each slurry mixer. Except for partial loads to complete a day’s schedule, or for patching, each mixer shall be filled to its rated capacity and the Engineer and the Contractor shall keep a daily count of the number of loads and/or partial loads applied to the streets by each slurry mixer. Each aggregate bin shall have permanent calibration marks in maximum increments of 2 tons. Each slurry crew shall be composed of a coordinator at the Project site at all times, a competent quick-set mixing operator, a competent driver, and sufficient laborers for any handwork, cleanup, and barricading. Slurry shall not be applied prior to 8:00 a.m. and shall not be applied after 1:00 p.m., unless approved by the Engineer. Approval of application after 1:00 p.m. will only be for the purpose of completing the section of Work that is underway. Slurry seal shall be sufficiently cured for vehicle traffic without tracking or damage to the surface by 3:00 p.m. on the same day. In case of damage caused by vehicles and/or pedestrians upon slurry that has not been sufficiently cured, the Contractor shall replace all of the damaged Work at the Contractor’s expense and no additional compensation shall be made by the City. Upon completion of the day’s slurry seal, streets and parking lots shall be temporarily striped within 24 hours. All Stop Bars shall be temporarily striped on the same day before the street is reopened to traffic. Final striping and marking shall be installed no more than ten (10) Days after placement of slurry seal. SP-39 Prior to applying slurry seal, the Contractor shall clean all work surfaces and remove all loose materials, vegetation, oil, and other foreign material. Additionally all locations with weeds shall be treated by an approved weed-killer before any slurry seal is applied. 302-4.9 Field Sampling and Testing The Contractor shall slurry seal test sections within the construction limits for each batch of slurry seal mix upon the direction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall apply the slurry seal test sections as directed by the Engineer. No slurry seal shall be applied until the test slurry seal sections have been approved by the Engineer. The costs of these slurry seal tests shall be included in the Contract price paid for slurry seal and no additional compensation shall be made by the City. Field samples that do not meet the requirements of Table 302-4.9.1 shall be re-tested. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the re-testing of field samples that do not meet the requirements. 302-5.4 Tack Coat Tack coat material shall be Grade SS-1h emulsified asphalt. Tack coat shall be applied at a rate of 0.05 gallons per square yard. Section 302-5.5 Distribution and Spreading The asphalt concrete pavement shall conform to the following specifications: 8” Base Course: B-PG 64-10 Section 302-5.6 Rolling Rolling along a joint shall be such that the widest part of the roller is on the hot side of the joint. Section 302-5.7 Joints Joint lines between successive runs shall be on lane lines. SECTION 303 - CONCRETE AND MASONRY CONSTRUCTION 303-1 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 303-1.2 Subgrade for Concrete Structures. All roots shall be removed from subgrade within two inches of concrete structures. Root barrier locations to be determined by the Engineer prior to Work. Root barriers and root pruning shall conform to SPPWC Standard No. 523-2. 303-1.8 Placing Concrete. 303-1.8.1. General. Curb and gutter shall not be placed monolithic with other concrete improvements, such as curb ramps or sidewalk. A cold joint is required at the back of curb. Scoring shall match adjacent scoring pattern. 303-5 CONCRETE CURBS, WALKS, GUTTERS, CROSS GUTTERS, ALLEY INTERSECTIONS, ACCESS RAMPS AND DRIVEWAYS. 303-5.1 Requirements SP-40 303-5.1.1 General. 1. Driveway approaches shall be reconstructed and open for use within three calendar days after the commencement of driveway approach removal. 2. Curb access ramps, sidewalks, curb and gutter shall be reconstructed and open for use within five calendar days after commencement of their removal. 3. All curb and gutter shall be constructed on top of 10 inches of 95 percent relative compacted subgrade. 4. Reconstructed sidewalk shall be open to public use on the day following concrete placement. 5. All forms shall be removed, irrigation systems shall be repaired, and backfill or patch back shall be replaced within 72 hours following concrete placement. 6. All damaged private improvements shall be repaired in-kind to the satisfaction of the respective owner within 72 hours of reconstruction Work. 7. P.C.C. work subjected to vehicle loads such as driveways and gutters shall not be opened to traffic until the concrete has cured to a minimum strength of 3,000 psi. The Contractor shall detour traffic around such Work until the Work is ready for public use. 8. Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all new concrete from vandalism. 303-5.1.4 Truncated Dome. Curb ramp detectable warning surface shall consist of raised truncated domes installed on curb ramps in conformance with Caltrans Standard Detail A88A and these special provisions. Unless otherwise noted, the detectable warning surface shall be prefabricated, cast-in-place, or stamped into the surface of the curb ramp. Detectable surfaces that are attached to the top of the ramp or non-flush set surfaces are not allowed. The color of the detectable warning surface shall be dark gray conforming to Federal Standard 595B. Prefabricated detectable warning surface shall be in conformance with the requirements established by the Department of General Services, Division of State Architect and be attached in conformance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The finished surfaces of the detectable warning surface shall be free from blemishes. The manufacturer shall provide a written minimum 5-year warranty for prefabricated detectable warning surfaces, guaranteeing replacement when there is defect in the dome shape, color fastness, sound-on- cane acoustic quality, resilience, or attachment. The warranty period shall begin upon acceptance of the Contract. 303-5.4.1 Joints 303-5.4.1 General Joints in concrete curb, gutter, and walk shall be designated as expansion and weakened plane joints and shall adhere to the guidelines as set forth in the Greenbook and on the Contract Documents. Expansion joints required every 20’ on sidewalks and every 40’ on curb and gutter. Additional expansion joints may be required as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sawcut all existing concrete joints prior to be joined to existing improvements, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Sealant shall be used in curb and gutter expansion joints. 303-5.5 Finishing 303-5.5.2 Curb “The Contractor shall install or replace curb markings that indicate sewer or water lateral or water valve locations on the face of the curb. The Contractor shall mark the curb with a chiseled “S” or “W” for sewer SP-41 or water lateral and a chiseled “V-X” for water valve locations. “X” shall indicate the number of feet from the curb face to the valve. 303-5.5.3 Walk Unless otherwise noted, walk shall be given a medium-broom finish applied transversely to the centerline. 306-13 TRENCH RESURFACING 306-13.1 Temporary Resurfacing Temporary patching of the trench is required immediately after backfilling in the paved or surfaced portions of the street. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining said temporary patching at all times, until permanent resurfacing has been completed by the Contractor. The cost of furnishing, placing, maintaining, removing and disposing of temporary resurfacing material shall be included in the Contract unit price bid for the various items of Work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed. 303-7 COLORED CONCRETE 303-7.1 General Colored concrete shall be procured by Method B – Integral color. SECTION 306 - OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-3.1 GENERAL Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7104, if the project involves trenching more than four (4) feet deep, Contractor shall promptly and before the following conditions are disturbed notify the City in writing of any: a. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; and/or b. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated; and/or c. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract. d. As required by Labor Code Section 6705 and in addition thereto, whenever work under the Contract that involves an estimated expenditure in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for the excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, Contractor shall submit for acceptance by City in advance of excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by Contractor, and all costs therefor shall be included in the price of the Contract. Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or other protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this provision shall be construed to impose tort liability on the City or on any City officer, agent, consultant, representative, or employee. All plans, processing and shoring costs are Contractor’s SP-42 responsibility and must be included in Contractor’s bid. SECTION 314 - TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS 314-2.1 General The Contractor shall remove all existing traffic striping and pavement markings prior to application of slurry seal by a method approved by the Engineer. 314-4 APPLICATION OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS 314-4.1 General All temporary traffic striping and markings shall be applied in one coat of paint as soon as possible within 24 hours after the finish course has been applied. All Stop Bars shall be temporarily striped on the same day before the street is reopened to traffic. 314-4.2 Control of Alignment and Layout The Contractor shall perform all layout, alignment, and spotting. The Contractor shall be responsible for the completeness and accuracy of all layout alignment and spotting. Traffic striping shall not vary ½ inch in 40 feet from the existing alignment. The Contractor shall mark or otherwise delineate the new traffic lanes and pavement markings within 24 hours after the removal or covering of existing striping or markings. No street shall be without proper striping over a weekend or holiday. Stop Bars shall be painted before the end of each Day. 314-4.4 Thermoplastic Traffic Striping and Pavement Markings The Contractor shall inventory the entire Project limits prior to the start of Work. The Contractor shall place all striping and markings with reflectorized thermoplastic, upgraded to the current standards, in- kind. The Contractor shall “cat track” for stripings and markings no later than 24 hours after application of slurry. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when “cat tracking” is completed and ready for review. The final reflectorized thermoplastic striping shall not be applied until the slurry seal has been in place for at least 7 calendar days. Thermoplastic striping shall be applied at 0.45 mm minimum thickness for all striping except crosswalks and limit lines. Thermoplastic striping shall be applied at 0.90 mm minimum thickness at all crosswalks and limit lines. If the Contractor fails to perform the striping as specified herein, the Contractor shall cease all Contract Work until the striping has been properly performed. Such termination of Work shall require the Contractor to re-install “NO PARKING, TOW-AWAY” signs and re-notify the affected residents and businesses at the Contractor’s sole expense. In addition, if the Contractor removes, covers, or damages existing striping and/or raised pavement markers outside of the Work area Contractor shall re-stripe and/or replace such Work items at the Contractor’s expense. SP-43 314-4.4.2 Surface Preparation Primer shall be applied to concrete surfaces prior to application of thermoplastic striping. The primer shall be formulated for the intended application. 314-5 PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-5.1 General Raised pavement markers shall not be placed until the finish course pavement or slurry has been in place for at least 15 calendar days. PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 4 (Existing Improvements) of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall control. SECTION 400 - PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 400-1 GENERAL All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, restoring, relocating, repairing, replacing, or reestablishing existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. The second paragraph of subsection 400-1 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: The Contractor shall relocate, repair, replace, or reestablish all existing improvements within the Project limits which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, sprinkler systems, drains, signage, striping, markings, utility installations, pavements, structures, landscaping, etc.), or damaged or removed as a result of Contractor’s operations. This Work shall also include the replacement, relocation, and/or reconstruction of private improvements that are impacted by the Project, including, but not limited to, those impacts associated with Project construction activities in the vicinity of the downstream limits of the Project. Where existing or Project-constructed traffic striping, pavement markings, raised pavement markers, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectivity reduced by the Contractor's operations, such striping or markings shall also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor shall repaint or replace such improvements within three (3) Days of final paving. Temporary striping and markers shall be placed until permanent improvements are installed. Relocations, repairs, replacements, or reestablishments shall be at least equal to the existing improvements and shall match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified. 400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS The Contractor shall, prior to the beginning of Work, inspect the Project for existing survey monuments, property corners, and centerline ties, and then schedule a meeting with the Engineer to review the SP-44 location of the monuments. The Contractor shall protect all survey monuments during construction operations. In the event that existing survey monuments, corners, or ties are removed or otherwise disturbed during the course of the Work, the Contractor’s California Registered Land Surveyor shall restore the affected survey monuments, corners or ties. The Contractor’s Licensed Surveyor shall file the required Record of Survey or Corner Records with the County of Orange upon restoration Existing street centerline ties and property corner monuments are to be preserved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of restoring all survey ties and/or monuments damaged by the Work 400-3 PAYMENT No separate or additional payment will be made for 1) protection of existing improvements, and 2) restoration of existing improvements. Permanent survey markers will be restored by the Contractor at its own expense. SECTION 402 - UTILITIES 402-1 LOCATION The location and existence of any underground Utility or substructure has not been obtained. The methods used and costs involved to locate existing elements, points of connection and all construction methods are the Contractor’s sole responsibility. Accuracy of information furnished, as to existing conditions, is not guaranteed by the City. The Contractor, at its sole expense, must make all investigations necessary to determine locations of existing elements, which may include contacting Underground Service Alert and other private underground locating firm(s), utilizing specialized locating equipment, hand trenching, or both. The Contractor shall be responsible for preserving the integrity of the existing underground utilities at the site. Contractor shall be required to verify (pothole) depths and locations of all utility line crossings prior to excavation and to adjust grade to avoid utility lines at no additional compensation. The plans include approximate locations and extents of most, and not necessarily all, utility crossings. This information was derived from a search of available information and may not be complete. The Engineer and the City make no guarantees, warranties, or assurances that the information is complete or reflective of field conditions. The cost of verifying depths and locations of all utility line crossings shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify the owners of all utilities and substructures as set forth in Section 600-1 Temporary Traffic Control General Access. Within five (5) Days after the completion of the Work, or phase of Work, the Contractor shall remove all Underground Service Alert (USA) utility markings. Any surface damaged by USA marking application and/or removal effort shall be repaired to its pre-construction condition, or better, at the Contractor’s sole expense. SP-45 402-1.1 General The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the owners of all Utilities and substructures not less than forty-eight (48) hours before starting construction. The following list of names and telephone numbers is intended for the convenience of the Contractor and is not guaranteed to be complete or accurate: CITY OF SEAL BEACH Public Works Department (562) 431-2527 Attention: Iris Lee Water Division (562) 431-2527 ext.1409 Attention: Darrick Escobedo SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY (562) 981-8236 Attention: Jeffrey Berry THE GAS COMPANY (714) 634-3039 Attention: Saul Saenz VERIZON (714) 822-6207 Attention: Matt Bergine SPECTRUM/CHARTER (714) 591-4882 Attention: Antonio Ortiz FRONTIER COMMUNIATIONS (714) 375-6717 Attention: Ariel Fatalla ORANGE COUNTY SANITATION DISTRICT (714) 593-7242 Attention: Rich Leon UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) (800) 422-4133 The Contractor is responsible for, and shall at his or her expense, pothole all existing utilities which may be affected by the Work to verify points of connection and potential conflicts. No segment of Work shall begin until the Contractor has potholed and verified points of connection and related connection material requirements, and coordinated the final/existing layout of the laterals/pipeline with the Engineer, including adjustments due to field conflicts with other utilities or structures above or below ground. Within five (5) Days after completion of the Work or phase of Work, the Contractor shall remove all USA utility markings. Removal by sand blasting is not allowed. Any surface damage by the removal effort shall be repaired to its pre-construction condition or better at the Contractor’s expense. 402-1.3 Entry by Utility Owners SP-46 The right is reserved to the owners of public Utilities or franchises to enter the Project site for the purpose of making repairs or changes in their property that may be necessary as a result of the Work as well as any other reason authorized by the City. When the Contract Documents provide for the Utility owners to alter, relocate or reconstruct a Utility, or when the Contract Documents are silent in this regard and it is determined by the Engineer that the Utility owners must alter, relocate or reconstruct a Utility, the Contractor shall schedule and allow adequate time for those alterations, relocations or reconstructions by the respective Utility owners. City employees and agents shall likewise have the right to enter upon the Project site at any time and for any reason or no reason at all. 402-2 PROTECTION If the Contractor damages or breaks the Utilities, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to repair the Utility at no cost to the Utility or the City. In the event that an existing pull box, meter box, or any other utility box is damaged by the Contractor and is not re-useable, the Contractor shall provide and install a new replacement pull box, meter box, or any other utility box of identical type and size at no additional cost to the City. 402-3 REMOVAL Facilities encountered during the prosecution of the Work that are determined to be abandoned shall be removed by the Contractor as required for the Work, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. The remaining portion of the existing Utility which is left in place shall be accurately recorded, in elevation and plan, on the control set of Contract Drawings. 402-4 RELOCATION The Contractor shall cooperate fully with all Utility forces of the City or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities that interfere with the progress of the Work. The Contractor shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with the relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities. 402-6 COOPERATION The Contractor’s attention is directed to the fact that Work may be conducted at or adjacent to the site by other contractors during the performance of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to provide continued safe access to their respective portions of the site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts. Compensation for compliance shall be included in the various items of the Work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor. SECTION 404 - COLD MILLING. 404-1 GENERAL. The work to be done here under consists of cold planing removal of the designated thickness of existing pavement surface at those locations shown on the Plans as being cold planed. 404-2 MILLING MACHINE. The Contractor shall furnish a self propelled machine especially designed and built for grinding flexible and rigid pavements to the depth shown on the plans in one pass. The machine shall be equipped with standard automatic depth controls and must maintain a constant cutting depth and width without tearing or gouging the underlying surface and blade material into a SP-47 windrow. The machine shall consist of a 60" minimum width cutting drum with carbide tip teeth. Drum lacing patterns shall permit a grooved or smooth surface finish as selected by the Engineer and the drum shall be totally enclosed in a shroud to prevent discharge of any loosened material into adjacent work areas. The machine shall be capable of operating at speeds from 5 to 50 feet per minute and designed such that the operator can observe the work without leaving his control area. It shall be adjustable as to crown and depth by tilting the drum axis and shall have a guidance system furnished to assist the operator in control grade and in matching adjacent pavements or cuts. The equipment shall be demonstrated to have been operated on similar work completed prior to the award of this contract. Method. The operator shall furnish the planing machine, operated by experienced workmen. The surface tolerance produced shall be such that a 10 foot straight edge laid laterally will indicate variances of less than 3/8" (except in the crown area) and the same straight edge laid longitudinally will indicate variances of less than 3/16". Removal shall consist of planing and cutting the pavement where indicated and removing and disposal of the planed material. No aggregate shall remain on the project at the end of each work day. Aggregate material loosened and directly removed shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of off-site in accordance with Subsection 300-2.6 as amended by these Special Provisions. 404-9 TRAFFIC SIGNAL LOOP DETECTORS. "Traffic Signal Loop Detectors," of the Standard Specifications is deleted. Loop detectors shall be replaced, as shown on the Plans, and as directed by the Engineer. Loop detectors shall conform to the provisions in Section 86, "Signals and Lighting," of the State Standard Specifications, State Standard Plans No. ES-5A and ES-5B, and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall replace traffic loop detectors at his own expense whenever his cold milling, pavement removal, or other operations damage existing traffic loop detectors not designated for replacement in the contract plans. Traffic loop detectors damaged by the Contractor’s operation shall be replaced within the same workday the damage occurs. Contractor shall verify location and limits of the existing loops and home runs, in order to ensure protection of adjacent street loop detectors. The Work to be done hereunder consists of furnishing and installing loop detectors at the locations shown on the Plans and where destroyed during cold milling or other removal operations. The Contractor shall replace the same number of detectors as are destroyed. Loop wires shall be State Type 1. The Contractor shall install loops and lead-in wire prior to surface course construction, and shall install loops 4 inches below finished pavement grade. The Contractor shall install 4 turns of wire in each advance loop. For forward loops, route the lead-in cables directly forward to the crosswalk or stop bar, then route in the cross walk or parallel to the stop bar to the curb. The Contractor shall wire the loops in series, alternating clockwise to counter-clockwise. Work Impacting Caltrans Right-of-Way As part of the preparation work for traffic signal loop installations, Contractor shall notify CalTrans’ Resident Engineer within 48 hours prior to performing any immediate or adjacent work, such as cold milling, pavement removal or other damaging operations, the Contractor shall disconnect the existing lead-in line and note the existing loop connection configurations. Should a discrepancy with plans be noted for the loop configuration, Contractor shall notify CalTrans’ Resident Engineer for verification. No additional compensation will be allowed for the labor required to ensure the proper connection of the detector loops. Upon completion of the traffic detector loop installations, the Contractor shall pay all costs associated with inspections by the CalTrans Resident Engineer. SP-48 PART 6 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 6 (Temporary Traffic Control) of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall control. SECTION 600 - ACCESS 600-1 GENERAL Traffic control shall conform to Section 601 of the Standard Specifications, the W.A.T.C.H. Handbook, the most recent edition, and the State of California "Manual of Traffic Control Devices," most recent edition, and must be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and costs associated with securing permission to access private property for any portion of the Project. Notices to Residents/Businesses: The Contractor shall prepare and distribute written notices to each affected residence and business advising them that access to their property will be temporarily restricted. The Contractor shall submit draft notification letters to the Engineer for review and approval prior to distribution. Notification letters shall be distributed by Contractor two weeks in advance of beginning of construction giving notice of traffic restriction, period of construction, and suggested use of alternate routing. Exact wording on the advanced notification letters will be approved by the Engineer. Notification shall be provided to all properties with frontage on the Project limits and all affected properties. The Contractor shall also hand deliver additional notice(s) in the form of a door hanger to all affected residents and businesses affected by the Work at least 5 Days in advance of the Work. A draft shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer for approval 10 Days in advance of required posting. Reproduction of the public notices and door hangers shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The public notices and door hangers shall be reproduced on minimum 65# color hard stock material. Errors in distribution, false-starts, acts of nature, strikes or other alterations of the schedule will require re- notification by the Contractor, at Contractor’s cost, using an explanatory letter prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, at least 24 hours in advance, a written statement that such notices have been distributed. The Contractor shall post no parking signage 48 hours prior to construction. 600-2 VEHICULAR ACCESS If required, the Contractor shall install and maintain in place “NO PARKING-TOW AWAY” signs (even if streets have posted “NO PARKING” signs) which shall be posted at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the need for enforcement. In addition, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to notify the City’s Police Department at (562) 799-4100 for verification of posting at least seventy-two (72) hours in advance of the need for enforcement. The Contractor shall have photographic proof of placement of signs. SP-49 The Contractor shall print the hours and dates of parking restriction on the “NO PARKING-TOW AWAY” sign in 2-inch high non-erase letters and numbers. A sample of the completed sign shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer prior to posting. 600-3 PEDESTRIAN ACCESS The Contractor shall provide safe pedestrian access at all times. Pedestrian access to all storefronts, offices, residences within the limits of Work must be maintained at all times. Detours may be necessary. Appropriate signage and barricades are required for sidewalk closures at detour locations. SECTION 601 - TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE WORK ZONES 601-1 GENERAL The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain adequate signage, barricades, delineators, yellow safety ribbons, changeable message board, and any other measures deemed necessary by the Engineer to safely direct the public around areas of construction, and into and out of the affected establishments. Messages for the changeable message boards shall be updated by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. Signs shall be erected on barricades and not delineators. Flagging may be necessary. 601-2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN (TCP) Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a traffic control plan. The traffic control plan shall be prepared by a Civil or Traffic Engineer licensed in the State of California. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, location of all signs and proposed vehicular and pedestrian traffic flow diagrams. If approved by the Engineer, Contractor may use applicable temporary traffic control set- ups in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) Manual for local streets, collectors and alleys, and shall not be used for arterials. Submittal of said traffic control set-ups to the Engineer for review and approval at least ten (10) Days prior to commencement of any Work applies. Traffic control and detours shall incorporate the following items: 1. Emergency vehicle access shall be maintained at all times. 2. The locations and wordings of all barricade, signs, delineators, lights, warning devices, parking restrictions, and any other required details shall ensure that all pedestrian and vehicular traffic will be handled in a safe manner with a minimum of inconvenience to the public. 3. All advanced warning sign installations shall be reflectorized and/or lighted. 4. The Contractor shall accommodate the City’s trash collection. If the Contractor elects to work on a street or alley during its trash collection day, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to make alternative trash collection arrangements by contacting the City’s Public Works Yard, at (562) 431-2527 Ext. 1414, and all affected property owners. 5. The Contractor shall make special accommodations to provide access for residents with disabilities on the closed streets. 6. If necessary, temporary shutdown of streets and alleys must be approved by the City a minimum of 72 hours in advance of the proposed closure. The Contractor shall make special accommodations to provide access for residents with disabilities in the closed alleys and streets. SP-50 7. Sidewalk closures in residential area, or as determined by the City, shall be set with barricades and SIDEWALK CLOSED signs on barricades at the closure. 8. Bike lane closures shall have BIKE LANE CLOSED AHEAD, BIKE LANE CLOSED, and SHARE THE ROAD/BICYCLE WARNING (combination) signs mounted on barricades in order on the approach and at the closure. 9. The Contractor shall mark or otherwise delineate the new traffic lanes and pavement markings within 24 hours after the removal or covering of existing striping or markings. ***END OF SECTION*** SP-51 APPENDIX A Lampson Well Treatment System Project Plans TITLE SHEETG0.0PROJECT LOCATION4307 LAMPSON AVENUESEAL BEACH, CALAMPSON A VENUE LOS ALAMITOSAIR FIELDPROJECTSITELAMPSON WELL TREATMENT,PROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEAL BEACH, CAPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENTTHE CITY OF562-431-2527IRIS LEESEAL BEACH, CA 90740211 EIGHTH STREETCITY OF SEAL BEACH714-481-7300DUNCAN LEEFOUNTAIN VALLEY, CA. 92708PACE17520 NEWHOPE ST.NOT TO SCALELOCATION MAPNOT TO SCALEIRONWOOD A V ENU E LOCATION MAPIRONWOOD AVENUEGOLDENROD STREET FUCHSIA CIRCLE DAISY CIRCLE GUAVA AVENUEFIR AVENUEELDER AVENUEDOGWOOD AVENUEFIR AVENUEELDER AVENUEPROJECT CONTACTS:OWNERDESIGN ENGINEER01OLD RANCHCOUNTRY CLUBUTILITY AND AGENCY INDEXENGINEERING AND INSPECTION: CITY OF SEAL BEACH,211 8TH STREET, SEAL BEACH CA 90740 (562) 431-2527SANITARY SEWERS: CITY OF SEAL BEACH, 211 8TH STREET,SEAL BEACH CA 90740 (562) 431-2527TRAFFIC SIGNALS: CITY OF SEAL BEACH, 211 8TH STREET,SEAL BEACH CA 90740 (562) 431-2527WATER: CITY OF SEAL BEACH, 211 8TH STREET, SEALBEACHCA 90740 (562) 431-2527ELECTRICAL SERVICES: SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON,7333 BOLSA AVE, WESTMINSTER CA 92683PLANNER: JEFFREY BERRY (562) 981-8236TELEPHONE SERVICE: VERIZON7352 SLATER AVE. HUNTINGTON BEACH CA 92647(714) 822-6207; ATTN MATT BERGINEGAS SERVICE: SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GAS COMPANY,1919 STATE COLLEGUE BLVD. ANAHEIM CA 92806(714) 634-3039; ATT SAUL SAENZTRASH SERVICE: CONSOLIDATED DISPOSAL SERVICES(562) 347-2105CABLE SERVICE: SPECTRUM7142 CHAPMAN AVE, GARDEN GROVE CA 92841(714) 591-4882, ATTN ANTONIO ORTIZFRONTIER COMMUNICATIONS(714)-375-6717, ATT ARIEL FATALLAREGIONAL SEWER FACILITIES: ORANGE COUNTYSANITATION DISTRICT, P.O. BOX 8127, FOUNTAIN VALLEYCA 92728, (714) 593-7242, ATTN RICH LEONREGIONAL STORM DRAIN FACILITIES: COUNTY OF ORANGE,PUBLIC WORKS, 300 N. FLOWER, SANTA ANA CA 92705(717)834-2300LOCAL STORM DRAIN FACILITIES: CITY OF SEAL BEACH211 8TH STREET, SEAL BEACH CA 90740(562) 431-2527NOTE: THE GRID AZIMUTH OF 126-58-04 BETWEEN OCS GPS POINTS 1557AND 5119R1 IS THE BASIS OF BEARINGS. THE GRID VALUES ARE REDUCEDTO GROUND VALUES BY APPLYING THE MEAN COMBINATION FACTOR OFPOINTS 1557 AND 5119R1 (0.99998454) TO ALL VALUES, HOLDING OCSPOINT 1557 AS THE POINT OF ORIGIN. ALL POINTS ARE THEN ROTATEDTO HOLD THE GRID AZIMUTH BASIS.OOCS BM T-280-R75 ELEV = 9.331 NAVD 88A SURVEY WAS NOT PERFORMED FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THELAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM. THE BASIS OF BEARING ANDBENCHMARK WERE PROVIDED AS A PART OF THE WELL EQUIPMENT ANDSITE IMPROVEMENTS.BASIS OF BEARINGBENCHMARKSURVEY STATMENTMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEEW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-G0.0.dwg - Tab: G0.0 - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 5:06:16 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026DSLAPPROVED: DATE: IRIS LEE, P.E, PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTORAPPROVED: DATE: KATHRYNE CHO, P.E, DEPUTY PWD/CITY ENGINEER3/4/263/4/26 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-G1.0.dwg - Tab: G1.0 - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:29:50 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLSHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWNDETAIL OR SECTION LETTERLEGENDM6B1CONTROL PANELDETAIL LETTERSHEET #XXXCONCRETEPROPERTY BOUNDARYEXISTING 1' CONTOUREXISTING 5' CONTOURPROPOSED 1' CONTOURPROPOSED 5' CONTOUREXISTING FENCEXXPROPOSED CHAINLINK FENCEXXPROPOSED FUTURE 5' CONTOURSETBACK15551555CONSTRUCTION NOTES INCL. FITTINGS, VALVES & MISC. EQUIPMENTASPHALTBACKFILLDEMOEXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRICALEEXISTING ACCESS ROADCONDUITPROPOSED UNDERGROUND ELECTRICALECONDUITEXISTING WATER LINEWEXISTING UTILITY POLEEXISTING LIGHT POLEGRAVELENGINEEREDBACKFILLINDEX SHEETG1.002SHEET INDEXDWG No.SHEET No.SHEET TITLEGENERAL01G0.0TITLE SHEET02G1.0INDEX SHEET03G1.1GENERAL NOTES04G1.2CONSTRUCTION NOTES05G2.0PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAMCIVIL06C1.0SITE PLAN07C1.1TREATMENT SYSTEM SITE PLAN08C2.0PROPOSED VESSEL CONCRETE PAD PLAN09C2.1EXISTING SITE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)10C2.2EXISTING GRADING PAVING & DRAINAGE PLAN (FOR REFERENCE ONLY)11C3.0BACKWASH & DRAIN PLAN & PROFILE12C3.118 INCH DRAIN PLAN & PROFILE13C3.26 INCH SEWER IMPROVEMENTS14C3.3DETENTION TANK15C3.412 INCH FILTER-TO-WASTE DRAIN16C4.016 INCH INFLUENT & TREATED EFFLUENT PLAN & PROFILE17C5.0PROPOSED WALL SECTIONS18C6.0CATHODIC PROTECTION19C6.1CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAIL I20C6.2CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAIL II21C6.3CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS III22C7.0CIVIL DETAILS23C7.1CIVIL DETAILS II24C7.2CIVIL DETAILS IIIMECHANICAL25M1.0MECHANICAL PLAN26M2.0MECHANICAL SECTIONS28M3.0WELL TREATMENT - ISO VIEW27M2.1MECHANICAL SECTIONS29M3.1WELL TREATMENT - ISO VIEW30M3.2WELL TREATMENT SECTIONS - ISO VIEW31M4.0PIPE SUPPORT DETAILS32M5.0CHLORINE LINE DETAILS33M6.0WATER TANK DETAIL34M6.1WATER TANK DETAIL35M7.0MECHANICAL DETAILSSTRUCTURAL36S1.0STRUCTURAL NOTES37S1.1STRUCTURAL NOTES38S1.2STRUCTURAL NOTES39S1.3STRUCTURAL NOTES40S2.0FOUNDATION PLAN41S3.0CONCRETE DETAILS42S3.1CONCRETE DETAILS43S4.0RETAINING WALL DETAILS44S5.0MISCELLANEOUS DETAILSELECTRICAL45E0.0ELECTRICAL NOTES46E0.1ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND SYMBOLS47E1.0SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM (1 OF 3)48E1.1SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM (2 OF 3)49E1.2SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM (3 OF 3)50E1.3LOAD SUMMARIES51E1.4PANEL SCHEDULES (1 OF 4)52E1.5PANEL SCHEDULES (2 OF 4)53E1.6PANEL SCHEDULES (3 OF 4)54E1.7PANEL SCHEDULES (4 OF 4)55E2.0ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - POWER56E2.1ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - CONTROL57E3.0ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN58E3.1ELECTRICAL ROOM POWER PLAN59E3.2ELECTRICAL CONTROL PLAN60E3.3ELECTRICAL ROOM CONTROL PLAN61E4.0LIGHTING & RECEPTACLE PLAN62E5.0GROUNDING PLAN63E6.0POWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE (1 OF 3)64E6.1POWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE (2 OF 3)65E6.2POWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE (3 OF 3)66E6.3CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (1 OF 4)67E6.4CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (2 OF 4)68E6.5CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (3 OF 4)69E6.6CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (4 OF 4)70E7.0ELEMENTARY CONTROL DIAGRAM I71E7.1ELEMENTARY CONTROL DIAGRAM II72E8.0ELECTRICAL DETAILS (1 OF 6)73E8.1ELECTRICAL DETAILS (2 OF 6)74E8.2ELECTRICAL DETAILS (3 OF 6)75E8.3ELECTRICAL DETAILS (4 OF 6)76E8.4ELECTRICAL DETAILS (5 OF 6)77E8.5ELECTRICAL DETAILS (6 OF 6)P&ID78I0.0P&ID SYMBOLS AND LEGENDS79I0.1NETWORK DIAGRAM80I1.0WELL DISCHARGE P&ID81I2.1VESSEL #182I2.2VESSEL #283I2.3VESSEL #384I2.4VESSEL #485I2.5VESSEL #586I2.6VESSEL #687I3.0ABOOSTER PUMPS INLET VALVES P&ID88I3.0BBOOSTER PUMPS INLET VALVES P&ID FUTURE89I3.1BOOSTER PUMPS P&ID90I4.0AIR COMPRESSORS P&IDMISCELLANEOUS91T1.0PRESSURE VESSELTREATMENT CONTROL PANEL92TCP-1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT93TCP-2POWER DISTRIBUTION94TCP-3IO WIRING95TCP-4IO WIRING96TCP-5IO WIRING97TCP-6IO WIRING98TCP-7TERMINAL LAYOUTS99TCP-8NETWORK DIAGRAMVESSEL #1 RIO100RIO-V1-1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT101RIO-V1-2CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT102RIO-V1-3POWER DISTRIBUTION103RIO-V1-4IO WIRING104RIO-V1-5IO WIRING105RIO-V1-6IO WIRING106RIO-V1-7IO WIRING107RIO-V1-8IO WIRING108RIO-V1-9IO WIRINGVESSEL #2 RIO109RIO-V2-1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT110RIO-V2-2CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT111RIO-V2-3POWER DISTRIBUTION112RIO-V2-4IO WIRING113RIO-V2-5IO WIRING114RIO-V2-6IO WIRING115RIO-V2-7IO WIRING116RIO-V2-8IO WIRING117RIO-V2-9NETWORK DIAGRAMVESSEL #3 RIO118RIO-V3-1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT119RIO-V3-2CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT120RIO-V3-3POWER DISTRIBUTION121RIO-V3-4IO WIRING122RIO-V3-5IO WIRING123RIO-V3-6IO WIRING124RIO-V3-7IO WIRING125RIO-V3-8IO WIRING126RIO-V3-9NETWORK DIAGRAMVESSEL #4 RIO127RIO-V4-1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT128RIO-V4-2CONTROL PANEL LAYOUT129RIO-V4-3POWER DISTRIBUTION130RIO-V4-4IO WIRING131RIO-V4-5IO WIRING132RIO-V4-6IO WIRING133RIO-V4-7IO WIRING134RIO-V4-8IO WIRING135RIO-V4-9NETWORK DIAGRAM MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-G1.0.dwg - Tab: G1.1 - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:29:50 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL1.SEDIMENT FROM AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BERETAINED ON SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SWPPP.2.STOCKPILES OF SOIL SHALL BE PROPERLY CONTAINED TO ELIMINATEOR REDUCE SEDIMENT TRANSPORT FROM THE SITE TO THE STREETS,DRAINAGE OF FACILITIES OR ADJACENT PROPERTIES VIA RUNOFF,VEHICLE TRACKING, OR WIND.3.APPROPRIATE BMPs FOR CONSTRUCTION-RELATED MATERIALS,WASTES, SPILLS OR RESIDUES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED TO MINIMIZETRANSPORT FROM THE SITE TO STREETS, DRAINAGE FACILITIES, ORADJOINING PROPERTIES BY WIND OR RUNOFF.4.RUNOFF FROM EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLE WASHING SHALL BECONTAINED A DESIGNATED VEHICLE WASHOUT AREAS ATCONSTRUCTION SITES UNLESS TREATED TO REMOVE SEDIMENT ANDOTHER POLLUTANTS.5.ALL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR PERSONNELARE TO BE MADE AWARE OF THE REQUIRED BEST MANAGEMENTPRACTICES AND GOOD HOUSEKEEPING MEASURES FOR THE PROJECTSITE AND ANY ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION STAGING AREAS.6.AT THE END OF EACH DAY OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ALLCONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AND WASTE MATERIALS SHALL BE COLLECTEDAND PROPERLY DISPOSED OF IN TRASH OR RECYCLE BINS.7.CONSTRUCTION SITES SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN SUCH A CONDITIONTHAT STORM RUNOFF DOES NOT CARRY WASTES OR POLLUTANTS OFFTHE SITE. DISCHARGERS OTHER THAN STORMWATER(NON-STORMWATER DISCHARGES) ARE AUTHORIZED UNDERCALIFORNIA'S GENERAL PERMIT FOR STORM WATER DISCHARGESASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY ONLY WHERE THEY DONOT CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO A VIOLATION OF ANY WATER QUALITYSTANDARD AND ARE CONTROLLED THROUGH IMPLEMENTATION OFAPPROPRIATE BMPs FOR ELIMINATION OR REDUCTION OF POLLUTANTS.NON-STORMWATER DISCHARGES MUST BE ELIMINATED OR REDUCEDTO THE EXTENT FEASIBLE.8.POTENTIAL POLLUTANTS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: SOLID ORLIQUID CHEMICAL SPILLS; WASTES FROM PAINTS, STAINS, SEALANTS,SOLVENTS, DETERGENTS, GLUES, LIME, PESTICIDES, HERBICIDES,FERTILIZERS, WOOD, PRESERVATIVES, AND ASBESTOS FIBERS, PAINTFLAKES OR STUCCO FRAGMENTS; FUELS, OILS, LUBRICANTS ANDHYDRAULIC, RADIATOR OR BATTERY FLUIDS; CONCRETE AND RELATEDCUTTING OR CURING RESIDUES; FLOATABLE WASTES, WASTES FROMANY ENGINE/EQUIPMENT STEAM CLEANING OR CHEMICAL DEGREASING;WASTES FROM STREET CLEANING; AND SUPERCHLORINATED POTABLEWATER LINE FLUSHING AND TESTING.9.DURING CONSTRUCTION, DISPOSAL OF SUCH MATERIALS SHOULDOCCUR IN A SPECIFIED AND CONTROLLED TEMPORARY AREA ON-SITEPHYSICALLY SEPARATED FROM POTENTIAL STORMWATER RUNOFF,WITH ULTIMATE DISPOSAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE ANDFEDERAL REQUIREMENTS.10.DISCHARGING CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER PRODUCED BYDEWATERING GROUNDWATER THAT HAS INFILTRATED INTOCONSTRUCTION SITE IS PROHIBITED. DISCHARGING OF CONTAMINATEDSOILS VIA SURFACE EROSION IS ALSO PROHIBITED. DISCHARGING OFNON-CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER PRODUCED BY DEWATERINGACTIVITIES REQUIRES A NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGEELIMINATION SYSTEM (NPDES) PERMIT FROM THE SANTA ANA REGIONALWATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD.11.DURING CONSTRUCTION, ANY SPILLAGE OF FUEL, OIL OR HAZARDOUSMATERIALS FROM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OR VEHICLES MUST BEIMMEDIATELY AND PROPERLY CLEANED UP AND REMOVED FROM THECONSTRUCTION SITE. CONTAMINATED SOIL, SAND OR MATERIAL ANDHAZARDOUS WASTES GENERATED FROM THE CLEANUP MUST BEDISPOSED BY APPROVED METHODS. CONTRACTOR ASSUMES FULLRESPONSIBILITY FOR COSTS TO INVESTIGATE EXTENT OFCONTAMINATION, CLEANUP, WASTE REMOVAL AND IMPLEMENTATIONOF AN APPROVED REMEDIAL ACTION PLAN FOR THE RELEASE OF ANYWASTES OR HAZARDOUS MATERIALS THAT RESULT IN SOIL ANDGROUNDWATER CONTAMINATION. NOTIFICATIONS MUST BEIMMEDIATELY MADE TO THE SEAL BEACH POLICE DEPARTMENT AT (562) 799-4100.12.ALL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'SSUPERVISORS AND FOREMEN SHALL COMPLY AND BE AWARE OF THESWPPP REGULATIONS AND SUBJECT PERMIT REQUIREMENTS.1.ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE PLANS,THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS, THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH STANDARDS,AND STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION 2018EDITION. ANY CHANGES OR REVISIONS THEREFROM SHALL BE APPROVED BYTHE ENGINEER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.2.CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, CONSTRUCT AND MAINTAIN ALL SAFETYDEVICES INCLUDING SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFORMING TOALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL SAFETY HEALTH STANDARDS, LAWS, ANDREGULATIONS.3.THE CITY'S PUBLIC WORKS OFFICE SHALL BE CONTACTED FOR INSPECTIONFOUR (4) WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO START OF WORK.4.NO CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE TO ANY EXISTING FACILITY WITHOUTPRIOR SCHEDULING THROUGH THE CITY.5.ALL MATERIAL WHICH IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON THIS PROJECT SHALLBECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE DISPOSEDOF AWAY FROM THE JOB SITE IN A MANNER AND AT A LOCATIONACCEPTABLE TO ALL COGNIZANT AGENCIES AT CONTRACTOR'S OWN COST.6.CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL PERMITS, LICENSES, AND PERMISSIONTO ACCESS PRIVATE PROPERTY AT NO COST TO THE CITY.7.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF ALLUNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND TAKE ALL STEPS NECESSARY TO AVOIDCONTACT WITH SUCH WHICH MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO PERSONNEL ORDAMAGE TO FACILITIES. THE FINAL DETERMINATION OF EXACT LOCATIONS,AND THE COST OF REPAIR TO DAMAGED FACILITIES, IS THE RESPONSIBILITYOF THE CONTRACTOR.8.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL UTILITIES IN PLACE, UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.9.CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (1-800-422-4133)AT LEAST TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. (SEEUSA INQUIRY ID HEREON)10.PURSUANT TO ASSEMBLY BILL 3019, NO EXCAVATION PERMIT IS VALIDUNLESS THE CONTRACTOR CONTACTS AND OBTAINS AN INQUIRY I.D. NUMBERFROM THE "UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT" (1-800-422-4133) PRIOR TOCOMMENCING EXCAVATION.11.CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE GRASS AND VEGETATION TO ORIGINALCONDITION, SHRUBS TO BE REPLACED IN NUMBER AND SPECIES, UNLESS INA RIPARIAN AREA.12.CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ACCESS ON ALL PAVED AND UNPAVED ROADS.13.NO FACILITY IS TO BE BACKFILLED UNTIL INSPECTED BY THE CITY.14.CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY TO FIELD VERIFY ELEVATION, DEPTH ANDLOCATION OF ALL CROSSING UTILITIES AND CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TOSUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS.15.CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE THE CITY WITH AN AS-BUILT SET OF JOBPRINTS PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT.16.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPACT BACKFILL TO MINIMUM OF 95% RELATIVECOMPACTION IN CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THECONTRACT PLANS, OR SPECIFICATIONS.17.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 36-INCHES COVER OVERUTILITIES TO FINISH SURFACE WITHIN CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY, UNLESSOTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE CONTRACT PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS.18.CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE "COMPETENT PERSON" ONSITE OR READILYAVAILABLE REGARDING THE USE OF SHORING PER OSHA REQUIREMENTS.19.CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DISPOSING OF EXCESS EXCAVATEDMATERIAL OFFSITE.20.CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A NO FEE ENCROACHMENT PERMIT FROMTHE CITY OF SEAL BEACH FOR ALL WORK IN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY. THECONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS SIGNED ANDSEALED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL TRAFFIC ENGINEER FOR REVIEWAND APPROVAL BY THE CITY. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TOCOMMENCE ANY CONSTRUCTION WORK UNTILL SAID TRAFFIC CONTROLPLAN IS APPROVED BY THE CITY.21.ALL PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT IN LAMPSON AVENUE SHALL UTILIZERUBBERIZED ASPHALT.22.A NPDES PERMIT FROM THE REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD ISREQUIRED BEFORE ANY DISCHARGE OF NON-STORM WATER INTO THE STORMDRAIN IS ALLOWED.23.HIGH GROUNDWATER IS PREVALENT THROUGHOUT THE CITY OF SEAL BEACH,AND WILL BE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT.CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BID PROPOSAL PROVISIONS FORDEWATERING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS, ANDNO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR SUCH ADJUSTMENTS.24.SOILS WHICH WILL BE ENCOUNTERED DURING PIPE EXCAVATION WILL HAVE AHIGH MOISTURE CONTENT, AND WILL NOT BE SUITABLE FOR REPLACEMENTAS PIPE ZONE OR TRENCH BACKFILL. CONTRACTOR SHALL HAUL AWAY ALLEXCAVATED UNSUITABLE MATERIAL FROM THE SITE, AND PROVIDEIMPORTED SAND EQUIVALENT 30 MATERIAL FOR BACKFILL OF THE PIPE ANDTRENCH, AND NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT SHALL BE ALLOWED FOR SUCHADJUSTMENTS.25.CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM FIELD TESTING IN THE PRESENCE OF A CITYREPRESENTATIVE.REFERENCEREFW/WITHTOSTOP OF SLABFLOW LINEFLFINFINISHFFFINISHED FLOORELECTRICALELECTCONT.CONTINUOUSCLRCLEARALUMALUMINUMABBREVIATIONSMANHOLE OR MAINTENANCE HOLEELEVATIONEXHAUSTEACH WAYEQUIPMENTEACH FACEEND OF CURVEEACHEXISTINGEDGE OF PAVEMENTELECTRICECCENTRICEXHEQUIPEXIST.E.W.EPEL.ELECECCEFECEANORMALLY OPENNORTHINGNORMAL WATER LEVELNORMALLY CLOSEDNOT TO SCALEMILLION GALLONS PER DAYMILLIGRAMS PER LITERMISCELLANEOUSMINIMUM, MINUTEMECHANICAL JOINTNN/ON/CNTSNWLMGDMJMG/LMISCMINMHDRAWINGDISSOLVED OXYGENDIAMETERDETAILSDIGITAL INPUTCOLD WATERCENTERCHECK VALVECYLINDERDISSOLVED AIR FLOATATIONELECTRICAL POWERDUCTILE IRON PIPEDWGDIADTLDIPDOECTRCYLDAFDICVCWCHUCKCOUPLINGCUBIC FOOT PER SECONDCLEANOUT TO GRADECUBIC FOOT PER HOURCUBIC FOOT PER MINUTECONCRETE MASONRY UNITCLEANOUTCONSTRUCTIONBOTTOMBEGIN VERTICAL CURVECPLGCMUCOTGCONSTCOCFHCFMCFSBOTBVCCHMECHANICALMOTOR CONTROL CENTERLEVEL TRANSDUCERLOW PRESSUREJUNCTION BOXPOUNDSMAXIMUMMANUFACTURERINVERTPOUNDS PER DAYLOW WATER LEVELLINEAR FEETMCCMECHLTMAX.MFRL.W.L.LPJBLBSINV.LBS/DLFHERTZINVERT ELEVATIONINFLUENTINCHESHAND-AUTOMATICHAND-OFF-AUTOMATICINSIDE DIAMETERGALLONS PER MINUTEHORSEPOWERHIGH WATER LEVELHORIZONTALIRRIGATIONHZINFLINIEIDIRRH/AHOAGPMHPH.W.L.HORIZ.ARCHITECTURALARCH AIR RELEASE VALVEBUILDINGBEGINNING OF CURVEBLIND FLANGEBEAM, BENCHMARKAIR VACUUM VALVEAUTOMATICAUXILIARYALARM WATER SURFACEBLOWOFFBOBLDGBFBMBCARVAVV AUXAUTO A.W.SAPPROXIMATELYANALOG INPUTASPHALT CONCRETEAGGREGATE BASEAPPROX AI A.C.A.B.FLEXFLEXIBLEGALLONS PER DAYGALLONSGASGAUGEFORCE MAINFEET PER SECONDFEETFUTUREGALVANIZEDFLANGEGRADE BREAKGPDGALGGAGALVGBFMFPSFTFUTFLGFLOOR DRAINFLEXIBLE COUPLINGFINISHED GROUNDFIRE HYDRANTFDFCFGFHUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISEWASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGEVOLTS ALTERNATING CURRENTVCPW.S.WASW/OWU.N.O.TEMPVACTSPVERT.TYPVITRIFIED CLAY PIPEWATER SURFACEWITHOUTWATERTEMPERATURETWISTED SHIELDED PAIRVERTICALTYPICALREVOLUTIONS PER MINUTESEQUENCING BATCH REACTORREMOVE AND RELOCATE (REINSTALL)REMOVE AND SAVE (SALVAGE)RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGETELTBT&BTBATDHSTASECT.S. STL.SQ.SPEC.STSHT.TO BE ABANDONEDTOP AND BOTTOMTOTAL DYNAMIC HEADTHRUST BLOCKTELEPHONESTATIONSTAINLESS STEELSPECIFICATIONSECTIONSQUARESTREETSHEETR&RSBRSSCH.R&WR&SRWRPMREQ'DRASREDRQMTREMOVE AND WASTERECLAIMED WATERSLOPESCHEDULEREQUIREMENTREQUIREDREDUCERPRESSURE SWITCH, PIPE SUPPORTPOUNDS PER SQUARE INCHPRESSURE REGULATING VALVEPOWER POLE, PIPE PENETRATIONNET POSITIVE SECTION HEADPOINT OF REVERSE CURVEPVMTPSPSIPVRPVCPRVPRFVPPPLCPRCPLUG VALVEPOLYVINYL CHLORIDEPAVEMENTRADIUSPRESSURE RELIEF VALVEPROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERPGOCODNPSHPRESSURE GAUGEOUTSIDE DIAMETERON CENTERLOW FLOW PUMP STATIONLFPSPCCPORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETECML&CSSPS SANITARY SEWER PUMP STATIONFLANGEDFLG'SHIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENEHDPESF.SQUARE FEETTCTOP OF CURBTGTOP OF GRATELEVEL INDICATORLIPUMP STATIONP.S.HIGH HIGH WATER LEVELH.H.W.L.WWFWELDED WIRE FABRICPIPIPPOINT OF INTERSECTIONPROTECT IN PLACEROWRIGHT OF WAYCONCRETE MORTAR LINED& COATEDSHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWNDETAIL OR SECTION LETTERLEGENDM6B1CONTROL PANELDETAIL LETTERSHEET #XXXCONCRETEPROPERTY BOUNDARYEXISTING 1' CONTOUREXISTING 5' CONTOURPROPOSED 1' CONTOURPROPOSED 5' CONTOUREXISTING FENCEXXPROPOSED CHAINLINK FENCEXXPROPOSED FUTURE 5' CONTOURSETBACK15551555CONSTRUCTION NOTES INCL. FITTINGS, VALVES & MISC. EQUIPMENTASPHALTBACKFILLDEMOEXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRICALEEXISTING ACCESS ROADCONDUITPROPOSED UNDERGROUND ELECTRICALECONDUITEXISTING WATER LINEWEXISTING UTILITY POLEEXISTING LIGHT POLEKEY NOTES:1.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF PERMITS ISSUED BY THE REGULATORY AGENCIESAT ALL TIMES. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ALL AGENCIES WHICH WILL PERFORM INSPECTIONS PRIOR TOSTARTING CONSTRUCTION.2.THE CONSTRUCTION LIMIT SHALL BE SECURELY FENCED AND GATED.3.BEFORE START OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY SPECIFIC POINTS IDENTIFIED PER PLANS,PROVIDE RESULTS OF SUCH SURVEY TO THE CITY AND ALLOW CITY UP TO 2 WEEKS FOR REVIEW.4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING ALL ELEVATIONS, DIMENSIONS AND PROVIDESHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS FOR ALL IMPROVEMENTS.GENERAL NOTES:ENVIROMENTAL RESOURES GENERAL NOTES:1.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR EROSION AND DUST CONTROL AS WELL AS TEMPORARYDRAINAGE CONTROL AND PROPER DIVERSION OF CONTRIBUTORY FLOWS (NUISANCE, SIGNIFICANTRAINFALL EVENT OR OTHERWISE) TO BE OPERABLE AT ALL TIMES AND IMPLEMENTED IN A TIMELYMANNER. ERODED SEDIMENTS AND OTHER POLLUTANTS MUST BE RETAINED ON SITE AND MAY NOT BETRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE VIA SHEET FLOW, SWALES, AREA DRAINS, NATURAL DRAINAGE COURSESOR WIND.2.STOCKPILES OF EARTH AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION RELATED MATERIALS MUST BE PROTECTED FROMBEING TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE BY THE FORCES OF WIND OR WATER.3.FUELS, OILS, SOLVENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS MUST BE STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR LISTINGAND ARE NOT TO CONTAMINATE THE SOIL AND SURFACE WATERS. ALL APPROVED STORAGECONTAINERS ARE TO BE PROTECTEDFROM THE WEATHER. SPILLS MUST BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELYAND DISPOSED OF IN A PROPER MANNER. SPILLS MAY NOT BE WASHED INTO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM.4.EXCESS OR WASTE CONCRETE MAY NOT BE WASHED INTO THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY OR ANY OTHERDRAINAGE SYSTEM. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE TO RETAIN CONCRETE WASTES ON SITE UNTIL THEYCAN BE DISPOSED OF AS SOLID WASTE.5.TRASH AND CONSTRUCTION-RELATED SOLID WASTES MUST BE DEPOSITED INTO A COVERED RECEPTICLETO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF RAINWATER AND DISPERSAL BY WIND.6.SEDIMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS MAY NOT BE TRACKED FROM THE SITE BY VEHICLE TRAFFIC. THECONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE ROADWAYS MUST BE STABILIZED SO AS TO INHIBIT SEDIMENTS FROM BEINGDEPOSITED IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY. ACCIDENTAL DEPOSITIONS MUST BE SWEPT UP IMMEDIATELYAND MAY NOT BE WASHED DOWN BY RAIN OR OTHER MEANS.7.ANY SLOPES WITH DISTURBED SOILS OR DENUDED OF VEGETATION MUST BE STABILIZED SO AS TOINHIBIT EROSION BY WIND AND WATER.8.REFERENCE THE BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICE (BMP) HANDBOOK, CALIFORNIA STORMWATER QUALITYASSOCIATION TASK FORCE, SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 1993 OR THE LATEST REVISED EDITION FOR BMP'SWHICH MAY APPLY DURING CONSTRUCTION (ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED IF DEEMEDAPPROPRIATE BY THE ENGINEER).STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL REQUIREMENTSCATCH BASINCBFINISH SURFACEFSGRAVELENGINEEREDBACKFILLINCLUDINGINCL27. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ANY PROPOSED SEWER LINES SHALL BE,AT A MINIMUM, 12' BELOW WHEN CROSSING ANY POTABLE WATER LINES ANDSHALL NOT HAVE JOINTS WITHIN 8' OF THE CROSSING. THE ANGLE OFCROSSING SHALL BE BETWEEN 45° AND 90°. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.28. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHANGES IN THE STAND PIPEHEIGHT IF THE DETENTION TANK HWL DIFFERS FROM THAT SHOWN ON THEPLANS. THE BACKWASH PIPING SHALL BE ADJUSTED ACCORDINGLY TOMAINTAIN MINIMUM AIR GAP REQUIREMENTS.26. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 10' BETWEENANY EXISTING POTABLE WATER LINE AND ANY PROPOSED SEWAGEOR DRAINAGE LINES.SWR LSSEWER LIFT STATIONSWJSOLVENT WELD JOINTSGENERAL NOTESG1.103 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\G1.2 CIVIL AND MECHANICHAL NOTES.dwg - Tab: G1.2 CIVIL AND MECHANICHAL NOTES - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:13:44 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLNo.DESCRIPTIONS1INSTALL 20"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.2INSTALL 20"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.3INSTALL 20"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.4INSTALL 20"x20"x16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.5INSTALL 20"x16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCER.6INSTALL 20"x20"x8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.7INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.8INSTALL 16"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.9INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. CROSS.10INSTALL 16"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE.11RELOCATE EXIST. 16" PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE.12INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.13INSTALL 12"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.14INSTALL 12"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.15INSTALL 12"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.16INSTALL 12"x12"x8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.17INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS.18INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.19INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC END CAP.20INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS21INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.22INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.23INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.24INSTALL 8"x4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. ECCENTRIC REDUCER.25INSTALL 8"x8"x4"x4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING CROSS.26INSTALL 8"x4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.27INSTALL 8"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.28INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVES.29INSTALL 8"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVES.30INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERLY VALVE31INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER WITH INTEGRAL TRANSMITTER. 120VPOWER, 4-20 mA OUTPUT W/ DIGITAL HART PROTOCOL & SCALABLE PULSE. (0 x DINLET/OUTLET RUN)32INSTALL 6"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE.33INSTALL 6"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.34INSTALL 6"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE.35INSTALL 4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.36INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.37INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL. COUPLING.38INSTALL 4"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.39INSTALL 4"Ø 45˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE BEND.40INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.41INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVE.42INSTALL 4"Ø ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE43INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED STEEL DUAL BODY COMBINATION AIR VALVE W/ HOODAND INSECT SCREEN PER DEZURIK AVV 1800, OR EQUAL PER DETAIL C, SHEET M7.0.44INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. CAM LOCK.45INSTALL 3"Ø SCH. 40 PVC PIPE & FITTINGS46INSTALL 3"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.47INSTALL 3"Ø 45˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE BEND.48INSTALL 3"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.49INSTALL 3"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.50INSTALL 3"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.51INSTALL 2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. AERATION PIPE AND FITTINGS PER DETAIL A, SHEETM7.0.52INSTALL 2"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE BEND.53INSTALL 2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.54INSTALL 2"x2"x1"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.G1.204CIVIL CONSTRUCTION NOTESMECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION NOTESNo.DESCRIPTION1INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.2INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.3INSTALL 18"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.4INSTALL 16"Ø CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE.5INSTALL PIPE PENETRATION PER DETAIL F, SHEET C7.0.6INSTALL CONCRETE PIPE ENCASEMENT PER DETAIL B, TYPE B, SHEET C7.0.7INSTALL 12" 90˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE ELBOW.8INSTALL 8"Ø 22.5˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE BEND.9INSTALL 8"Ø 90˚ SWJ SDR 18 PVC PIPE ELBOW.10INSTALL 6"Ø PVC DUAL DIRECTION CLEAN OUT TEE PER DETAIL D, SHEETC7.2.11INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC P-TRAP.12INSTALL 4'(L)x4'(W)x6'(H) PRECAST JUNCTION BOX PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.0.13INSTALL 18"Ø 45˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE BEND.14INSTALL 16"Ø 90˚ CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE ELBOW.15INSTALL 16"Ø 45˚ CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE BEND.16INSTALL 16"x16"x16" CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL TEE WITH MJRESTRAINTS.17INSTALL 16"Ø BURIED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE W/ WORM GEAR & 2"OPERATING NUT AND NJ18INSTALL CONCRETE PAD PER DETAIL C, SHEET C7.2.19BUTT STRAP EXISTING STEEL WELL DISCHARGE PIPE TO PROPOSEDTREATMENT SYSTEM TEE PER DETAIL E, SHEET 7.2.20INSTALL VALVE RISER & BOX WITH COVER PER DETAIL B, SHEET C7.121INSTALL 1/2"Ø TYPE K SOFT COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS.22INSTALL 1"Ø WELDED SERVICE SADDLE OUTLET.23WELD 1/2"Ø TYPE K SOFT COPPER PIPE TO EXISTING EFFLUENT SAMPLINGLINE.24INSTALL 6"Ø 30˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE BEND.25INSTALL 3"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.26INSTALL 3"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE ELBOW.27INSTALL 3"Ø 45 316 SCH. 20 S.S. PIPE BEND.28INSTALL 3"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.29INSTALL 12"x8"Ø SDR 18 PVC ECCENTRIC REDUCER.30INSTALL 8"x4"Ø SDR 18 PVC ECCENTRIC REDUCER.31INSTALL 8"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.32INSTALL 4"Ø 90˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE ELBOW.33INSTALL 4"Ø SDR 18 PVC BUTTERFLY VALVE.34INSTALL 4"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.35INSTALL 4"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.36INSTALL 8"Ø (FLGxFLG) DI BUTTERFLY VALVE W/ WORM GEAR ANDHANDWHEEL.37INSTALL 8"Ø REDUCER EPDM EXPANSION JOINT PER PROCO STYLE 231, OREQUAL.38INSTALL 4"Ø PVC FLEXIBLE COUPLING.39INSTALL 8"Ø HDPE MUSHROOM VENT.40INSTALL 8"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.41INSTALL 12"x4"Ø SDR 18 PVC ECCENTRIC REDUCER.42INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC ECCENTRIC REDUCER.43INSTALL 12"x8"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.44INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 26 PVC PIPE.45INSTALL 6"Ø 45˚ SDR 26 PVC BEND.46INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC END CAP.47INSTALL 3"Ø SCH 80 PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE W/ 3/4" HDPE TUBING,CONTAINMENT PIPE SLOPE MIN. 0.5% TOWARDS PULL BOX.48INSTALL 16"Ø VICTAULIC COUPLING.49INSTALL PIPE 316 S.S. SUPPORT.50INSTALL 6"Ø BURIED SERVICE D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE W/WORM GEAR & 2"ACTUATING NUT.51INSTALL 12"x6" SDR 18 PVC ECCENTRIC REDUCER.52INSTALL 5'(W) x 10'(L) x 5.25'(H) PRECAST CATCH BASIN.53INSTALL 12"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 CML&C STEEL PIPE ELBOW.54INSTALL 3" PERFORATED PVC DRAIN PIPE PER DETAIL D, SHEET C7.0.55INSTALL FRP ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE BUILDING PER MANUFACTURERRECOMMENDATIONS.56INSTALL CONC. THRUST BLOCK PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.1.57INSTALL MANHOLE PIPE PENETRATION PER SPPWC STD PLAN 208-3.58CORE DRILL EXISTING PUMP-TO-WASTE VAULT PER DETAIL F, SHEET C7.0.59INSTALL 16"Ø DRESSER STYLE 128-W FLANGE ADAPTER.60INSTALL 8"Ø FLANGE ADAPTER.61INSTALL BOLLARD PER DETAIL C, SHEET C7.062INSTALL 16"Ø INSULATING FLANGE JOINT PER DETAIL A, SHEET C6.363INSTALL INSULATING FLANGE TEST STATION PER DETAIL A, SHEET C6.364INSTALL ANODE BED WITH 6 ANODES WITH CP TEST STATION PER DETAIL B,SHEET C6.365INSTALL 16"Ø INSULATION FLANGE KIT66INSTALL TWO AIR COMPRESSORS AIRCENTER SM 7.5 FROM KAESER OREQUAL. PROVIDE DISCHARGE STAINLESS STEEL CHECK VALVE,BALL VALVEAND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES. ALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLOSED INONE SINGLE UNIT. FLOW RATE 32.5 CFM @125 PSI. MOTOR 7.5 HP.67INSTALL 12'-0" Ø X 8'-0" H 4,900 GALLON DETENTION TANK AND CONCRETEPAD BY POLY PROCESSING OR EQUIVALENT68INSTALL 16"x16"x16"x16" CML&C SCH.20 CARBON STEEL CROSS WITH MJ RESTRAINTS.69INSTALL 16" D.I. BLIND FLANGE55INSTALL 2"x 1/2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCER.56INSTALL 1"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. DRAIN LINE TO 6" ABOVE FFE.57INSTALL 1"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.58INSTALL 1"Ø 316 S.S BALL VALVE.59INSTALL 1/2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.60INSTALL 1/2"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.61INSTALL 1/2"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.62INSTALL 1/2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.63INSTALL 4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. CROSS.64INSTALL 20"x4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. ECCENTRIC REDUCER.65INSTALL REMOVABLE PIPE BOLLARDS PER DETAIL D, SHEET C5.0.66INSTALL 8"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.67INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.68INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.69INSTALL 2" S.S. VENTURI INJECTOR W/ SUCTION STRAINER PER MAZZEI MODEL2081, OR EQUAL.70INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.71INSTALL 4"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.72INSTALL 2" S.S. SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.73INSTALL 16" EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.74INSTALL 16"X4"Ø REDUCING FLANGE.75INSTALL 8"X4"Ø REDUCING FLANGE.76INSTALL 4"X2"Ø CONCENTRIC REDUCER.77INSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVE.78INSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.79INSTALL HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED CLOSE COUPLED CENTRIFUGAL BOOSTERPUMP. 130 GPM AT 70' TDH, 5 HP, 480V (4 SETS).80INSTALL 3" PERFORATED DRAIN PIPE WITH FILTER FABRIC.81INSTALL 16" ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER WITH INTEGRAL TRANSMITTER.120V POWER, 4-20 mA OUTPUT W/ DIGITAL HART PROTOCOL & SCALABLE PULSE.(0 x D INLET/OUTLET RUN)82INSTALL 16"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL. COUPLING.83INSTALL 16"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.84INSTALL 8"X6"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCER.85INSTALL 3" PVC SCH. 40 PIPE AND FITTINGS.86INSTALL 24"Ø 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.87INSTALL 24"x12" 316 S.S. REDUCER.88INSTALL PIPE SUPPORT SEE STRUCTURAL DETAILS89INSTALL 3"Ø PVC PULL BOX90INSTALL 3"Ø 90˚ LONG RADIUS SCH. 40 PVC ELBOW.91INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC TEE92INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC VALVE93INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC SLIP X THREADED FEMALE ADAPTER94INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC SPIGGOT X THREADED MALE ADAPTER W/ STEEL BAND95INSTALL 3/4"Ø HDPE TUBING96INSTALL FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SAMPLE STATION PER DETAIL B, SHEETM7.0.97INSTALL GAC FILTER VESSEL INCLUDING PROCESS PIPING, ANCHORAGE, ANDMEDIA REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM.98INSTALL 4"x2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.99INSTALL CHEMICAL INJECTION QUILL PER DETAIL X, SHEET MX.X.100INSTALL 8"Ø EDPM EXPANSION JOINT PER PROCO STYLE 231, OR EQUAL.101INSTALL VESSEL-MOUNTED PIPE SUPPORT PER MF'R SHOP DRAWINGS.102INSTALL 8"Ø S.S. CROSS TEE.103INSTALL 16" X 12"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING ELBOW.104INSTALL 2 BLOCK HIGH CMU SPLASH GUARD.105INSTALL PIPE SUPPORT PER DETAIL S1, SHEET M4.0.106INSTALL 9" X 9" X 1/2" HSS GALVANIZED STEEL. VESSEL #1VESSEL #2VESSEL #3VESSEL #4LAGHEADERRAW WATERFROM WELL PUMPBACK WASH TOSEWER MANHOLEEFFLUENT TO CITYDISTRIBUTION SYSTEMVESSEL #5VESSEL #6COMPRESSED AIR FROMAIR COMPRESSORSFILTER-TO-WASTESTORM DRAINMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-G2.0.dwg - Tab: PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM - by khernandez on 05/29/25 at 4:54:53 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLFLOW METERLEGENDLIQUIDSPUMP AIRFMPROCESS/ISOLATION VALVE 1.PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM ONLY SHOWS GENERAL DIRECTION OF FLOWSAND PROCESS-RELEVANT EQUIPMENT. SEE P&ID SHEETS FOR A MOREACCURATE AND DETAILED SCHEMATIC OF TREATMENT SYSTEM.NOTES:FUTUREPROCESS FLOW DIAGRAMG2.005PROCESS/ ISOLATION VALVE (NORMALLY OPEN)(NORMALLY CLOSED) 10'TREATMENT PLAN SEE SHEET C1.1MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C1.0.dwg - Tab: SITE PLAN - by khernandez on 11/11/24 at 4:59:03 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLLAMPSON AVENUESITE PLANSCALE: 1" = 20'-0"EXIST. 36"Ø STORM DRAINRIGHT OF WAYEXIST. FENCEEXIST. GATEEXIST. CONCRETEWALL8' CMU WALLMATCH EXISTINGSTYLE/COLOR.EXIST. RIGHT OF WAYEXIST. 34" SCGTRANSMISSION LINEEXIST. TELEPHONE CABLEEXIST. RIGHT OF WAYEXIST. 18" Ø STORM DRAINEXIST. 16"Ø POTABLE WATERLINEEXIST. 8"Ø SEWERLINEEXIST. SEWER MANHOLE201004020EXIST. SEWER MANHOLETREATMENT PLANSEE SHEET C1.1SEE LAMPSON WELL AS-BUILTS,PROJECT NO. WT09034" Ø PVC CONDUIT FOR FUTUREFIBER OPTIC CONNECTIONSEE ELECTRICALDEPRESSED SEWER SEE SHEET C3.2OLD RANCH COUNTRY CLUBDETENTION TANKSEE SHEET C3.3.NORTH END CMU WALLSOUTH END CMU WALLSITE PLANC1.006 104.0'6.0'±10.0'10.0'12.0'± 8.3'9.5'±11.5'38.5'22.0'22.0'1.4 '± 15.0'10.4'5.0'5.0'5.8'±19.0'9.0'1.2'9.0'±28.0'SITE PLANSCALE: 1" = 5'-0"VESSEL-4VESSEL-3VESSEL-2VESSEL-1ELECTRICALBUILDING15' x 10'EXIST. ELECTRICALEQUIPMENTEXIST. LAMPSON WELLBUILDING1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY FITTINGS AND PIPE APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FORPROPER INSTALLATION AND SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ADEQUATE LAY LENGTH. THIS INCLUDESPROVIDING THE NECESSARY FLANGE ADAPTERS NEEDED FOR PROPER CONNECTION.2.ALL STEEL PIPE BELOW GROUND SHALL BE CML&C SCH 20 CARBON STEEL AND ALL STEEL PIPEABOVE GROUND SHALL BE SCH 20 316 STAINLESS STEEL. ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BEPOLYETHYLENE WRAPPED PER CATHODIC PROTECTION PLANS. ALL BOLTS AND NUT FASTENERSSHALL BE 316 STAINLESS STEEL, U.N.O.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS PER APPLICABLE AWWA REQUIREMENTS.4.ALL DAMAGED LINERS AND COATINGS SHALL BE REPAIRED IN THE FIELD.5.PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE THE EXISTING PIPELINES AT THE PROPOSED CONNECTION POINTS AND VERIFY HORIZONTAL LOCATION, ELEVATION,MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION, AND SIZE. DIMENSIONS OF STRUCTURES, PIPING, AND COMPONENTSARE APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.6.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL 316 SS PIPE SUPPORTS PER SPECIFICATIONS. ALL DRY AREAPIPE SUPPORTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL U.N.O.7.CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL MANUFACTURER PROVIDED PUMP BASE AND BRACKETS PERMANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM SUPPLY OF PUMP MOUNTINGEQUIPMENT WITH PUMP SUPPLIER. ALL PROCESS PIPES SHALL BE COLOR COATED PER THESPECIFICATIONS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF STAINLESS STEEL PIPES. ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPESSHALL ALSO BE OUTFITTED WITH A FLOW DIRECTION ARROW & LABELS.8.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL FOR EACH EQUIPMENTITEM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT ITEMS SHALL BE PERRESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND RECOMMENDED INSTALLATIONREQUIREMENTS.9.GROOVE FITTINGS MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF FLANGE FITTINGS FOR ALL ABOVE GROUND PIPING.10.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY PIPING AND EQUIPMENT NEEDED FORPROCESS ISOLATION, BYPASS, AND TRANSITION.11.ALL YARD PIPING SHALL BE SURVEYED AT ALL FITTINGS PRIOR TO BACKFILL.12.ALL BURIED METALLIC PIPE SHALL BE POLY WRAPPED PER SHEET C6.1, AND BOLTED JOINTS TO BEWRAPPED WITH NO-OX-ID.EXIST. ROWEXIST. FENCEEXST. SCEXFMR18" DRAIN LINE(SEE SHEET C3.1)VESSEL PROCESS PIPING PER MECHANICALEXIST. 16" Ø LAMPSON WELLSTEEL DISCHARGE PIPINGEXIST. 18" Ø PVC STORMDRAINEXIST. CHLORINESTORAGE TANKEXIST. EFFLUENTSAMPLING LINEBACKWASH TO SEWER(SEE SHEET C3.0)BACKWASH TO SEWER(SEE SHEET C3.0)(SEE SHEET C3.0)PUMP TO WASTECATCH BASINEXIST. SEWERDISCHARGE MHPROTECT IN PLACEEXISTING PIPE19116172123202111613252626(2 TYP)2525(TYP)2247NOTES:(57.0 LF±)55CONSTRUCTION NOTESNo.DESCRIPTION1INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.2INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.3INSTALL 18"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.4INSTALL 16"Ø CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE.10INSTALL 6"Ø PVC DUAL DIRECTION CLEAN OUT TEE PER DETAIL D, SHEET C7.2.11INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC P-TRAP.16INSTALL 16"x16"x16" CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL TEE WITH MJ RESTRAINTS.17INSTALL 16"Ø BURIED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE W/ WORM GEAR & 2" OPERATING NUT AND NJ19BUTT STRAP EXISTING STEEL WELL DISCHARGE PIPE TO PROPOSED TREATMENT SYSTEM TEEPER DETAIL E, SHEET 7.2.20INSTALL VALVE RISER & BOX WITH COVER PER DETAIL B, SHEET C7.121INSTALL 1/2"Ø TYPE K SOFT COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS.22INSTALL 1"Ø WELDED SERVICE SADDLE OUTLET.23WELD 1/2"Ø TYPE K SOFT COPPER PIPE TO EXISTING EFFLUENT SAMPLING LINE.25INSTALL 3"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.26INSTALL 3"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE ELBOW.47INSTALL 3"Ø SCH 80 PVC CONTAINMENT PIPE W/ 3/4" HDPE TUBING, CONTAINMENT PIPE SLOPEMIN. 0.5% TOWARDS PULL BOX.48INSTALL 16"Ø VICTAULIC COUPLING.49INSTALL PIPE 316 S.S. SUPPORT.55INSTALL FRP ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE BUILDING PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.56INSTALL CONC. THRUST BLOCK PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.1.59INSTALL 16"Ø DRESSER STYLE 128-W FLANGE ADAPTER.61INSTALL BOLLARD PER DETAIL C, SHEET C7.066INSTALL TWO AIR COMPRESSORS AIRCENTER SM 7.5 FROM KAESER OR EQUAL. PROVIDEDISCHARGE STAINLESS STEEL CHECK VALVE,BALL VALVE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES. ALLSYSTEM COMPONENTS INCLOSED IN ONE SINGLE UNIT. FLOW RATE 32.5 CFM @125 PSI. MOTOR7.5 HP.68INSTALL 16"x16"x16"x16" CML&C SCH.20 CARBON STEEL CROSS WITH MJ RESTRAINTS.69INSTALL 16" D.I. BLIND FLANGE(24.0± LF)(49.0± LF)EXIST. BOLLARD (TYP)(TYP)47(61.5± LF±)47(41.0± LF)(34.5± LF)47(21.0± LF)MAT SLABFOUNDATION(SEE SHEET C3.0)MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C1.1.dwg - Tab: PROPOSED TREATMENT LAYOUT - by khernandez on 02/13/26 at 1:43:38 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLTIE-IN TO EXISTINGCHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM(SEE SHEET M5.0)52.50105CHEMICAL TUBINGPULL BOX (H-20RATED)INFLUENT/EFFLUENT PIPING(SEE SHEET C4.0)4CHEMICAL TUBINGPULL BOXCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONTREATMENT SYSTEM SITE PLANC1.107CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LAYLENGTH, BUTT STRAP TORESTRAIN AND CONNECT TOEXISTING 16" STEEL PIPE.66(SEE MECH/ELEC)SEE AIR COMPRESSORPIPING DETAIL C, SHEETM7.059(TYP)5656(TYP)56686919 NORTH SEC1520253035152025303510+0010+5011+00INV 16.31±EX. AC21.6421.40EX. FGEXIST. AC21.55±36+0 0 6'28'4'21'5'12'16'5'104'EAST SEC1520253035152025303520+0020+5021+0021+5021+7522.10±EX. FGEX. FG20.69EX. FG20.14±S=0.003Point TablePoint #1234Northing2232664.872232560.302232671.012232490.99Easting6012526.496012552.186012521.126012517.27DescriptionNE CONCRETE PAD CORNERSW CONCRETE PAD CORNERNORTH END CMU WALLSOUTH END CMU WALLMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C2.0.dwg - Tab: PROPOSED VESSEL CONCRETE PAD PLAN - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:11:06 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLVESSEL CONCRETE PAD PLANSCALE: 1" = 10'-0"10502010FFE. 22.30'RIGHT OF WAYSECTION - BSCALE: 1" = 10'-0"SECTION - ASCALE: 1" = 10'-0"FFE. 22.30'RIGHT OFWAYB-EXIST.GRADE8' CMU WALLSEE SHEET S4.0A-EDGE OF EXIST. ASPHALT GRADEAPPROX. EDGE OFEXIST. ASPHALTINSTALL CONCRETE RAMPPER ADA STANDARDS ORDETAIL D ON SHEET C7.1INSTALL CONCRETE RAMPPER ADA STANDARDS ORDETAIL D ON SHEET C7.1INSTALL 4" OF 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK OVERNON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE(SLOPE TO GRADE)4" SCH. 40 PVCPERFORATED DRAIN PIPEREINFORCED CONCRETE MATFOUNDATION, SEE SHEET S3.0.EXIST. SOIL8" OF CRUSHED ROCK PERGEOTECH. REPORT (90%RELATIVE COMPACTON)EXIST. SOILEXIST. SOILREINFORCED CONCRETE MATFOUNDATION, SEE SHEET S3.0.REINFORCED CONCRETE MATFOUNDATION, SEE SHEET S3.0.(SUBGRADE PREP PERGEOTECH REQUIREMENTS)CITY OF SEAL BEACH TO OBTAINTEMPORARY CONSTRUCTIONEASEMENT8' CMU WALL,SEE SHEET S4.0.WALL FOOTING. SEEDETAIL A, SHEET S4.0SAW CUT ASPHALT 4' BEYOND MAT SLABINSTALL 6" AC ON 3" AB PERGEOTECH. REPORTINSTALL 4" OF 3/4" CRUCHED ROCKOVER NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE(SLOPE TO GRADE)INSTALL 6" AC ON 3" AB PERGEOTECH REPORT8" OF CRUSHED ROCK PERGEOTECH. REPORT (90%RELATIVE COMPACTON)INSTALL FOOTING DRAINAGESYSTEM PER DETAIL A,SHEET C2.0.DAYLIGHTDETAIL - ASCALE: 1" = 2'SEE DETAIL - AHEREONCMU WALL4" OF 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK GROUND COVERNATIVE SOILPOLYPROPYLENE NON-WOVEN MICROFILAMENTGEOTESTILENATIVE SOILPERVIOUS FILL PER, SPPWC STD. PLAN 217-4(NO FINES)FOOTING PERSTRUCTURAL PLANS4" SCH. 40 PVCPERFORATED DRAINPIPE1234PROPOSED VESSEL CONCRETE PAD PLANC2.008REMOVE EXISTING CHAINLINK FENCE AND GATECLEARING ANDGRUBBING OF EXISTINGLANDSCAPING MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C2.2.dwg - Tab: C2.1 - by khernandez on 05/23/25 at 1:48:44 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLEXISTING SITE PLAN (FORREFERENCE ONLY)C2.19 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C2.2.dwg - Tab: C2.2 - by khernandez on 05/23/25 at 1:48:44 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLEXISTING GRADING PAVING & DRAINAGE PLAN (FORREFERENCE ONLY)C2.210 BACKWAS-TO-WASTE PROFILE10152025303510152025303510+0010+5011+0011+5011+75STA 11+14.15 IE 17.86 STA 11+36.58 IE 17.78 END CONC. ENCASEMENT STA 11+40.26 IE 16.85 S=0.0092EX. AC20.93EXIST. TOP OFMANHOLE21.60STA 10+87.37 IE 17.97 STA 10+95.54 IE 17.94 24" PIPE31.30STA 10+25.00 IE 18.21 19.80BOTTOM OF MATSTA 10+24.27 STA 10+90.05 IE 17.96L2L3L1STA. 0+25.75BEGIN CONST.STA. 0+38.68END CONST.SEE MECH. PLANSTA. 11+36.58STA. 11+40.26END CONST.SEE MECH. PLAN0+250+3911+4010+2511+00STA. 11+14.15 APSTA. 10+87.3751+0051+22 STA. 10+90.05STA. 10+95.54L13STA. 10+25.00BEGIN CONSTLINE DATALINE #L2L3DISTANCE89.15'26.11'BEARINGS88°49'54"EN63°38'16"ESTART POINTN 2232563.16, E 6012536.29N 2232561.34, E 6012625.42END POINTN 2232561.34, E 6012625.42N 2232572.93, E 6012648.8212" DRAIN-TO-WASTE PROFILE1015202530351015202530350+000+500+75STA 0+24.98IE 16.36STA 0+39.83IE 16.25 S=-0.0074EXIST. AC21.08LINE DATALINE #L1DISTANCE13.68'BEARINGS88°40'16"ESTART POINTN 2232622.58, E 6012547.51END POINTN 2232622.26, E 6012561.19MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C3.0.dwg - Tab: BACKWASH & DRAIN PLAN & PROFILE - by khernandez on 03/31/25 at 9:59:35 AM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL DRAIN-TO-WASTE &BACKWASH-TO-WASTE PLANSCALE: 1" = 10'-0"10502010 12" DRAIN-TO-WASTE PROFILESCALE: VERT: 1" = 5'-0" HORZ: 1" = 10'-0"INV 15.00±EXIST 16"WELL DISC.EXIST 18" SDINV 15.55± BACKWASH-TO-WASTE PROFILERIGHT OF WAY8" CMU WALLSEE SHEET S4.065± L.F. OF 12" Ø SDR 18 PVC15± L.F. OF 12"Ø SDR 18 PVCVESSEL 2VESSEL 3VESSEL 4ELECTRICALBUILDINGEXIST . WELL ROOMEXIST.FENCERIGHTOF WAY155011521211INV 15.50±EXIST 8"SEWER LINE.12" DRAIN-TO-WASTE LINE DATA BACKWASH-TO-WASTE LINE DATAINSTALL CONCRETE RAMPPER STRUCTURALEXISTASPHALT15214"±5024431RIGHTOF WAY25165350± L.F. OF 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC52451431536MAT SLABSEE SHEET C2.0MAT SLABSEE SHEET C2.012" BACKWASH TO WASTE12" DRAIN TO WASTECONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTION1INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE W/ PUSH ON GASKET JOINTS.2INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.5INSTALL PIPE PENETRATION PER DETAIL E, SHEET C7.0.6INSTALL CONCRETE PIPE ENCASEMENT PER DETAIL B, SHEET C7.0.11INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC P-TRAP.12INSTALL 4'(L)x4'(W)x6'(H) PRECAST JUNCTION BOX PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.0.24INSTALL 6"Ø 30˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE BEND.43INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.50INSTALL 6"Ø BURIED SERVICE D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE W/WORM GEAR & 2" ACTUATINGNUT51INSTALL 12"x6" SDR 18 PVC ECCENTRIC REDUCER.53INSTALL 12"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 CML&C STEEL PIPE ELBOW.SEE SHEET C2.0SCALE: VERT: 1" = 5'-0" HORZ: 1" = 10'-0"BACKWASH & DRAIN PLAN & PROFILEC3.01156INSTALL CONC. THRUST BLOCK PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.1.56TYP565656566767INSTALL 12'-0" Ø X 8'-0" H 4,900 GALLON DETENTION TANK AND CONCRETE PAD BY POLYPROCESSING OR EQUIVALENT 20+2520+54L5L6L7STA. 20+25.00STA. 20+39.65STA. 20+52.35STA. 20+54.45OUTLET50+25 2.5'2.5'10152025303510152025303520+0020+5020+75S=-0.0302STA 20+25.00IE 17.53STA 20+39.65IE 17.09 STA 20+52.35 IE 16.71 TOP OF BASIN21.80EXIST. GRADE22.04EXIST. AC21.90STA 20+54.45 IE 16.65 LINE DATALINE #L5L6L7DISTANCE14.65'12.70'2.10'BEARINGS88°46'00"ES43°46'02"ES88°41'17"ESTART POINTN 2232667.64, E 6012537.39N 2232667.32, E 6012552.03N 2232658.15, E 6012560.82END POINTN 2232667.32, E 6012552.03N 2232658.15, E 6012560.82N 2232658.10, E 6012562.92MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C3.1.dwg - Tab: 18 INCH DRAIN - by khernandez on 11/12/24 at 11:32:08 AM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL18" DRAIN PLANSCALE: 1" = 5'-0"18" DRAIN PROFILERIGHT OF WAY30± L.F. OF 18" Ø SDR 18 PVCGRAVELEXIST. PUMP-TO-WASTEVAULT51313VESSEL 13GROUTEL. 22.3'313513566PUMP-TO-WASTESCALE: VERT: 2" = 5'-0" HORZ: 1" = 5'-0"5258(TYP)(BxB) (SWJ)(SWJ) (BxB)52.501052%CONSTRUCTION NOTES:3INSTALL 18"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.5INSTALL PIPE PENETRATION PER DETAIL F, SHEET C7.0.6INSTALL CONCRETE PIPE ENCASEMENT PER DETAIL B, TYPE B, SHEET C7.0.13INSTALL 18"Ø 45˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE BEND.52INSTALL 5'(W) x 10'(L) x 5.25'(H) PRECAST CATCH BASIN.58CORE DRILL EXISTING PUMP-TO-WASTE VAULT PER DETAIL F, SHEET C7.0.No.DESCRIPTION5CATCH BASININLET5218 INCH DRAIN PLAN & PROFILEC3.112 3'9'±45°'4''SS4''SS4''SS4''SS6''SS6''SS6''SS11'LAMPSON AVE5101520255101520250+901+001+50STA 1+04.24IE 10.23 STA 1+38.24 IE 10.23 STA 1+00.99IE 11.33 STA 1+41.49 IE 11.37 STA 1+41.82 IE 11.37 STA 1+00.65IE 11.33 S=0.0000FG36" SD11.7342.50' LF 6"DIA. SCH 20 PVC PIPEMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C3.2.dwg - Tab: 6 INCH SEWER IMPROVEMENTS - by khernandez on 05/13/24 at 1:47:43 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLSITE PLANSCALE: 1" = 5'-0"C LAMPSON AVENUE4445CONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTION44INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 26 PVC PIPE.45INSTALL 6"Ø 45˚ SDR 26 PVC BEND.NOTES:1.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS SUCH AS, PIPE INVERTS, PIPE SLOPES,MANHOLE DIMENSIONS, AND DISTANCES BETWEEN EXISTING MANHOLES.2.ALL DAMAGED LINERS AND COATINGS SHALL BE REPAIRED IN THE FIELD.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ANY PROPOSED SEWER LINES SHALL BE, AT A MINIMUM, 12"BELOW WHEN CROSSING ANY POTABLE WATER LINES AND SHALL NOT HAVE JOINTS WITHIN 8' OFTHE CROSSING. THE ANGLE OF CROSSING SHALL BE BETWEEN 45° AND 90°. UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.444544EXISTING 4" SEWER LINE(PROTECT IN PLACE)MANHOLE INVERT RECONSTRUCTION.SEE DETAIL A, SHEET C7.2.57LEXIST. 36" STORM DRAIN(PROTECT IN PLACE)S=0.3508S=0.349544454545455656EXIST. SURFACE(LAMPSON AVENUE)EXIST. MHEXIST. MHINSTALL MANHOLE PIPE PENETRATION PERSPPWC STD. PLAN 208-3SCALE: VERT: 2" = 5' HORZ: 1" = 5'LAMPSON AVE PROFILE52.50105INSTALL CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK PERDETAIL A, SHEET C7.15656566 INCH SEWER IMPROVEMENTSC3.213PIPE ENCASEMENT MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C3.3.dwg - Tab: DETENTION TANK - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:55:55 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLSECTION - A: DETENTION TANKSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"18" THK CONCRETE PADPER STRUCTURALMANWAY37936DETENTION TANK PLANCAPACITY: 4900 GALLONS18" CONCRETEEQUIPMENT PAD2439A9TO SEWER SYSTEMSEE SHEET C3.0FROM BACKASH HEADERSEE SHEET C3.03743(BxB) (SWJ)PUSH ONGASKETJOINT2PUSH ONGASKET JOINT(BxB)(SWJ)PUSH ONGASKET JOINTCAPACITY: 4900 GALLONS6060SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"21042CONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTION2INSTALL 6"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.9INSTALL 8"Ø 90˚ SWJ SDR 18 PVC PIPE ELBOW.36INSTALL 8"Ø (FLGxFLG) DI BUTTERFLY VALVE W/ WORM GEAR AND HANDWHEEL.37INSTALL 8"Ø REDUCER EPDM EXPANSION JOINT PER PROCO STYLE 231, OR EQUAL.43INSTALL 12"x8"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.56INSTALL CONC. THRUST BLOCK PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.1.60INSTALL 8"Ø FLANGE ADAPTER.67INSTALL 12'-0" Ø X 8'-0" H 4,900 GALLON DETENTION TANK AND CONCRETE PAD BY POLYPROCESSING OR EQUIVALENTTANK VENT W/ INSECTSCREEN PER TANKMFR REQUIREMENTS8" INLET/OUTLET ASCLOSE TO BOTTOM OFTANK AS POSSIBLESUBGRADE PER GEOTECH36MANWAYDETENTION TANKC3.3145656LTANK IS CONSIDERED A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THE NECK OF THEINLET/OUTLET IS LONG ENOUGH TO PREVENTFLANGE INTERFERENCE WITH THE CONCRETE PAD.14'±14'±Ø144"±566767 LINE DATALINE #L13DISTANCE96.98'BEARINGS1°12'36"WSTART POINTN 2232654.40, E 6012548.14END POINTN 2232557.44, E 6012546.0950+2551+0051+22STA. 50+25.00BEGIN CONST.STA. 50+56.82STA. 50+69.00STA. 51+07.50STA. 51+21.98END CONST.10152025303510152025303550+0050+5051+0051+50S=-0.0034S=0.0016STA 50+26.40IE 16.46STA 50+47.01IE 16.39STA 50+56.83IE 16.36STA 50+69.00IE 16.38 STA 51+07.50 IE 16.44 STA 51+21.66 IE 16.46 FG20.63FG21.96MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C3.4.dwg - Tab: 12 INCH DRAIN - by khernandez on 05/20/24 at 2:43:22 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL1050201012" FILTER-TO-WASTE74343434346NEW 16" INFINV 18.11±NEW 16" EFFINV 18.11± NEW 12" BW INV 18.21±T.O.C. PAD FFE 22.3095± L.F. OF 12" Ø SDR 18 PVC12" FILTER-TO-WASTESCALE: 1" = 10'-0"12" FILTER-TO-WASTESCALE: 1" = 10'-0"746464646124"x24" CATCH BASINWITH 4"x4" CURB PERSTRUCTURAL (TYP. 4)546CONSTRUCTION NOTES1INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE.6INSTALL CONCRETE PIPE ENCASEMENT PER DETAIL B, TYPE B, SHEET C7.0.7INSTALL 12" 90˚ SDR 18 PVC PIPE ELBOW.43INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.46INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC END CAP.54INSTALL 3" PERFORATED PVC DRAIN PIPE WRAPPED WITH GEOFABRIC.NO.DESCRIPTION50+0050+5051+0051+50(BxB)(SWJ)(BxBxB)(SWJ)(TYP)12 INCH FILTER-TO-WASTE DRAINC3.415 40+2541+0041+19L10L11L1230+2531+0031+09L8L9STA. 31+08.55END CONST.SEE MECH. PLANSTA. 41+19.49END CONST.SEE MECH. PLANSTA. 40+72.90STA. 40+39.90STA. 40+25.00BEGIN CONST.STA. 30+96.11STA. 41+06.89STA. 41+09.56STA. 30+98.55STA. 41+14.15STA. 31+03.21STA. 30+33.84STA. 30+64.22L13STA. 30+25.00BEGIN CONST.16 INCH INF10152025303510152025303540+0040+5041+0041+25STA 40+25.00 IE 18.11 STA 40+39.90 IE 18.11 STA 40+72.90 IE 18.11 STA 41+09.56 IE 17.00 STA 41+14.15 IE 17.00 STA 41+19.49 IE 17.00 S=0.0000STA 40+23.75 STA 41+06.89 IE 18.11LINE DATALINE #L10L11L12DISTANCE14.90'33.01'46.58'BEARINGS26°07'07"ES71°07'06"ES26°07'06"ESTART POINTN 2232661.99, E 6012532.24N 2232648.61, E 6012538.79N 2232637.93, E 6012570.03END POINTN 2232648.61, E 6012538.79N 2232637.93, E 6012570.03N 2232596.11, E 6012590.5416 INCH FROM EFFLUENT10152025303510152025303530+0030+5031+0031+25STA 30+25.00IE 18.11STA 30+64.22IE 18.11STA 30+96.11IE 18.11 STA 30+98.55 IE 17.00 STA 31+03.21 IE 17.00 STA 31+08.55 IE 17.00 S=0.0000STA 30+33.89IE 18.11 LINE DATALINE #L8L9L13DISTANCE8.89'30.33'44.34'BEARINGN68°39'01"ES71°06'32"ES26°06'35"ESTART POINTN 2232641.13, E 6012531.28N 2232644.37, E 6012539.56N 2232634.55, E 6012568.25END POINTN 2232644.37, E 6012539.56N 2232634.55, E 6012568.25N 2232594.74, E 6012587.76MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C4.0.dwg - Tab: 16 INCH INFLUENT & TREATED EFFLUENT PLAN & PROFILE - by khernandez on 01/28/25 at 3:25:53 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL16" INFLUENT & EFFLUENT PLANSCALE: 1" = 10'-0"1050201016" INFLUENT PROFILE16" EFFLUENT PROFILESCALE: VERT: 1" = 5' HORZ: 1" = 10'EXIST 18" SDINV 16.13±16" EFFLUENT LINE DATA16" INFLUENT LINE DATA83± L.F. OF 16" Ø CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL95± L.F. OF 16" Ø CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL41415151716141515151716E X I S T 1 8 " S DINV 16.16±6"CLR. 6"± CLR.141415151516171617151515T.O.C. PAD FFE 22.30RIGHT OF WAY154152020664'56TYP56TYPCONSTRUCTION NOTESNo.DESCRIPTION4INSTALL 16"Ø CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE.6INSTALL CONCRETE PIPE ENCASEMENT PER DETAIL B, SHEET C5.0.14INSTALL 16"Ø 90˚ CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE ELBOW.15INSTALL 16"Ø 45˚ CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL PIPE BEND.16INSTALL 16"x16"x16" CML&C SCH. 20 CARBON STEEL TEE.17INSTALL 16"Ø BURIED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE W/ WORM GEAR & 2" OPERATING NUT.20INSTALL VALVE RISER & BOX WITH COVER PER DETAIL B, SHEET C7.154INSTALL 3" PERFORATED PVC DRAIN PIPE WRAPPED WITH GEOFABRIC.56INSTALL CONC. THRUST BLOCK PER DETAIL A, SHEET C7.1(WLD)(FLG)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(FLG)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)14(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)15(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)SCALE: VERT: 1" = 5' HORZ: 1" = 10'3" AIR LINEIE. 17.00 3" AIR LINE IE. 17.00 S=0.50S=0.50(FLG)(WLD)15(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(WLD)(FLG)(WLD)20203" CHEM LINE IE. 15.00 3" CHEM LINEIE. 15.00 PIPE ENCASEMENT TO BEREDUCED TO NOT CONFLICTWITH GAC SLABPIPE ENCASEMENT TO BEREDUCED TO NOT CONFLICTWITH GAC SLAB16 INCH INFLUENT & TREATED EFFLUENT PLAN &PROFILEC4.016 24'-0"T.O.F. 19.84'T.O.W. 29.84'EX. F.G. 21.97'EX. F.G. 22.04'T.O.C. 22.30'8"T.O.F. 19.17'T.O.W. 29.17'T.O.F. 19.84'T.O.W. 29.84'EX. F.G. 21.94'EX. F.G. 21.98'EX. F.G. 22.04'24'-0"24'-0"13'-4"21'-4"8" 8"EX. F.G. 20.89'EX. F.G. 19.99'EX. T.O.W. 27.34'T.O.F. 17.84'T.O.W. 27.84'T.O.F. 18.50'T.O.W. 28.50'EX. F.G. 21.10'EX. F.G. 21.54'MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C5.0.dwg - Tab: PROPOSED WALL SECTIONS - by khernandez on 04/19/23 at 4:37:12 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL24'-0"MIDDLE WALLSCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"SOUTH WALLSCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"PROPOSED WALLEXISTING WALLCONTINUATION MIDDLE WALL ABOVE CONTINUATION SOUTH WALL ABOVE CONTINUATION MIDDLE WALL BELOWNORTH WALLSCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"CONTINUATION NORTH WALL BELOW (TYP.)12'-0"12'-0"24'-0"NOTE:1.SEE STRUCTURAL PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL WALL STRUCTURE DETAILS.2.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL JOINT SEALANT PER SPECIFICATIONS AT ALL CONTROL JOINTS.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH STYLE AND COLOR OF THE EXISTING LAMPSON CMU WALL.WALL STEP FOOTING PERDS4.0CONTROL JOINT PERCS4.0PROPOSED CMU WALL TOEXISTING WALL TRANSITIONPER .EXISTING WALLLAMPSON AVE.ES4.0WALL STEP FOOTING PERDS4.0CONTROL JOINT PERCS4.0CONTROL JOINT PERCS4.0PROPOSED WALL SECTIONSC5.017 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C60 - CATHODIC PROTECTION.dwg - Tab: CP - by khernandez on 02/13/26 at 1:48:03 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLSITE PLANSCALE: 1" = 5'-0"VESSEL-4VESSEL-3VESSEL-2VESSEL-1EXIST. ELECTRICALEQUIPMENTEXIST. LAMPSON WELLBUILDING1.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL INSULATING FLANGE KIT AT EVERY LOCATION AT WHICHDISSIMILAR METALS WOULD BE IN CONTACT, INCLUDING MECHANICAL PIPING.2.CATHODIC PROTECTION IS CONSIDERED A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL. PLAN HAS BEEN PROVIDEDFOR BIDDING PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SIGNED/STAMPED CATHODICPROTECTION PLAN COMPLETED BY A REGISTERED CORROSION PROFESSIONAL.EXIST. ROWEXIST. FENCEEXST. SCEXFMREXIST. 16" Ø LAMPSON WELLSTEEL DISCHARGE PIPINGEXIST. 18" Ø PVC STORMDRAINPUMP TO WASTECATCH BASINNOTES:1050201063626264CONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTION62INSTALL 16"Ø INSULATING FLANGE JOINT PER DETAIL A, SHEET C6.363INSTALL INSULATING FLANGE TEST STATION PER DETAIL A, SHEET C6.364INSTALL ANODE BED WITH 6 ANODES WITH CP TEST STATION PER DETAIL B, SHEET C6.365INSTALL 16"Ø INSULATION FLANGE KIT6516" Ø INFLUENTAND EFFLUENT PIPECONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCATHODIC PROTECTIONC6.0186262 BNTSBURIED CP WIRES AND CONDUIT TRENCHCNTSBURIED FLANGE RIGID JOINT BONDINGBURIED RUBBER GASKET FLEXIBLE JOINT BONDINGANTSEXOTHERMIC WELDDNTSNOTES:1.BOND WIRE SHALL BE NO. 6 AWG STRANDED HMWPE WIRE INSULATION UNLESS OTHER WISE SPECIFIED.2.ALUMINO-THERMIC WELDS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3" APART, AND 6" AWAY FROM RUBBER GASKET JOINTS.3.BOND WIRE SHALL LAY FLAT WITH SLACK AGAINST THE PIPE, OR FITTING WITHOUT BRIDGING OVER FLANGES, COUPLINGS OR JOINTS.4.FOR PIPE DIAMETERS 20" OR LESS, 2 BONDS CABLES ARE REQUIRED. 3 CABLE BONDS ARE REQUIRED FOR PIPE DIAMETERS LARGER THAN 20".5.DO NOT BOND ACROSS INSULATING FLANGES OR ELECTRICAL ISOLATION DEVICES.6.APPLY NO-OX-ID "A SPECIAL WW" GREASE AND WRAP ALL BURIED, NON-EPOXY COATED SURFACES I.E. FLANGES, COUPLINGS, ETC.NOTES:1.WELDER SHOWN IS FOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES ONLY. FOR VERTICAL SURFACES, A SIDE WELDER IS REQUIRED WHILE PIN BRAZING IS ALLOWED.2.ALL WIRE WELDS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3" APART.3.STANDARD WELD CARTRIDGES SHALL BE USED FOR STEEL SURFACES. FOR DUCTILE IRON, THE WELD SHALL BE XF-19 ALLOY OR EQUIVALENT. USE APPROPRIATE SIZED CHARGES AND MOLDSFOR THE WIRE GAGE AND POSITION.4.EXTEND ROYBOND 747 COATING 3" ONTO PIPE COATING OR AROUND WELD AREA.5.USE COPPER SLEEVES AS RECOMMENDED BY THE EXOTHERMIC WELD MANUFACTURED FOR THE WIRE TO BE WELDED.6.USE THE APPROPRIATE WELD MOLDS FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL APPLICATION. THIS DETAIL ILLUSTRATES THE USE OF A HORIZONTAL WELD CONFIGURATION.NOTES:1.BOND WIRE SHALL BE NO. 6 AWG STRANDED HMWPE WIRE INSULATION UNLESS OTHER WISE SPECIFIED.2.ALUMINO-THERMIC WELDS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3" APART, AND 6" AWAY FROM RUBBER GASKET JOINTS.3.BOND WIRE SHALL LAY FLAT WITH SLACK AGAINST THE PIPE, OR FITTING WITHOUT BRIDGING OVER FLANGES, COUPLINGS OR JOINTS.4.DO NOT PLACE EXOTHERMIC OR PIN BRAZE WELD ON THE BELL OF THE PIPE.5.FOR REMOVABLE PORTION OF MECHANICAL JOINT, SLEEVE COUPLING, GROOVED NED, AND OTHER FLEXIBLE JOINT, WELD BOND WIRE BEFORE INSTALLATION TO AVOIDDAMAGING THE RUBBER GASKET.6.FOR PIPE DIAMETERS OF 20" OR LESS, 2 CABLE BONDS ARE REQUIRED. 3 CABLE BONDS ARE REQUIRED FOR PIPE DIAMETERS LARGER THAN 20".7.DO NOT BOND ACROSS INSULATING FLANGES OR ELECTRICAL ISOLATION DEVICES.8.APPLY NO-OX-ID "A SPECIAL WW" GREASE AND WRAP ALL BURIED, NON EPOXY COATED SURFACES I.E. FLANGES, COUPLINGS, ETC.DUCTILE IRON OR STEELPIPENO. 6 AWG STRANDEDBONDING WIRE WITHHMWPE INSULATIONREFER TOEXOTHERMIC WELDDETAIL3" MIN6" MINSLEEVE-TYPECOUPLINGMECHANICAL JOINTCOUPLINGVICTAULIC-TYPE COUPLINGFLEXIBLE GASKET JOINTCOUPLINGSLEEVE-TYPE BONDINGFLEXIBLE GASKET JOINT BONDINGMECHANICAL JOINT BONDINGGROOVED END / VICTAULIC-TYPE BONDINGGROOVEDENDNOTES:1.BOND WIRE SHALL BE NO. 6 AWG STRANDED HMWPE WIRE INSULATION UNLESS OTHER WISE SPECIFIED.2.ALUMINO-THERMIC WELDS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 3" APART, AND 6" AWAY FROM RUBBER GASKET JOINTS.3.BOND WIRE SHALL LAY FLAT WITH SLACK AGAINST THE PIPE, OR FITTING WITHOUT BRIDGING OVER FLANGES, COUPLINGS OR JOINTS.4.FOR PIPE DIAMETERS 20" OR LESS, 2 BONDS CABLES ARE REQUIRED. 3 CABLE BONDS ARE REQUIRED FOR PIPE DIAMETERS LARGER THAN 20".5.DO NOT BOND ACROSS INSULATING FLANGES OR ELECTRICAL ISOLATION DEVICES.6.APPLY NO-OX-ID "A SPECIAL WW" GREASE AND WRAP ALL BURIED, NON-EPOXY COATED SURFACES I.E. FLANGES, COUPLINGS, ETC.DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPEREFER TO EXOTHERMICWELD DETAILFLANGE COUPLING ADAPTORNO. 6 AWG STRANDED BONDINGWIRE WITH HMWPE INSULATIONVALVE AND FLANGE COUPLING ADAPTER ASSEMBLYBEND OR REDUCERVALVE (TYP)CROSS OR TEE WITH OR WITHOUT VALVES4" MIN.12" (TYP.) 24" (TYP.)BACKFILL PER SECTION 306-1.2.1 OFSTANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (GREEN BOOK)SAND EQUIVALENT 25% MIN1.5" DIAMETER SCHEDULE 40PVC GRAY CONDUITCONTAINING PIPE LEAD WIRESSTEP 1FILE OR GRIND SURFACE TO BRIGHTMETAL, CLEANSTEP 2STRIP INSULATION FROM WIRESTEP 3HOLD WELDER FIRMLY WITH OPENINGAWAY FROM THE OPERATOR AND IGNITESTARTING POWDERSTEP 4REMOVE SLAG FROM CONNECTION ANDPEEN WELD FOR SOUNDESSSTEP 5COVER THE CONNECTION ANDEXPOSED STRUCTURE WITH ABITUMINOUS COATING AND AROYSTON HANDY CAPHANDLEGRAPHITE COVERMETAL POWDERGRAPHITE MOLDPIPESTARTING POWDERMETAL DISCWIREWELDER SECTIONEXOTHERMIC WELDSCHEDULE 40 PVC GRAY CONDUITCONTAINING ANODE LEAD WIRES(DIAMETER WILL VARY BASED ONNUMBER OF WIRES)WARNING TAPE, "CAUTIONCATHODIC PROTECTIONWIRE FOR WATER MAIN"MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C60 - CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS.dwg - Tab: DETAILS I - by khernandez on 05/13/24 at 1:54:05 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLCATHODIC PROTECTION DETAIL IC6.119 BNTSCNTSTERMINAL BOARD FOR 4-WIRE ISOLATION KIT TEST STATIONANTSCP TEST STATION BOX AND VALVE ASSEMBLY FOR STAND ALONE FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCESENGRAVED LABEL (TYP)NEW PIPEEXISTING PIPECOPPER OR BRASSHARDWARE (TYP)RING CONNECTOR (TYP)1/4" MICARTA OR PHENOLICPANEL 6" x 6"(2) #8 AWG HMWPE CPPIPE LEADS (BLACK)(2) #8 AWG HMWPE ISOLATEDSTRUCTURE LEADS (WHITE)TYPE RS 0.01 OHM SHUNT (TYP), 6AMPS1/8" THK COPPER BUS BARCOPPER OR BRASS HARDWARE(TYP)RING CONNECTOR (TYP)ENGRAVED LABEL (TYP)PIPEA1A2A3A4REF PIPESTRUCTURE LEAD (BLACK) #8AWG HMWPE DRAIN1/4" MICARTA OR PHENOLICPANEL 6" x 6"#12 AWG THHN ANODELEADS (BLACK)#14 AWG HMPWE REFERENCECABLE (YELLOW)#8 AWG HMPWE TESTSTRUCTURE LEAD (BLACK)CASTIRONCOVERNOTES:1.TEST STATION BOX IS TO BE LOCATED BEHIND THE CURB, OFF THE PAVED ROADWAY OR AS SHOWN ON THE APPROVED PLANS. DO NOT PLACE IN PARKINGSPACES OR DRIVEWAYS.2.PROVIDE 24" X 24" X 6" THICK REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD AROUND TEST BOX AT UNPAVED SITES.3.CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST BOX SHALL BE H-20 TRAFFIC RATED, CHRISTY G-5 OR EQUAL.4.BODY WEIGHT SHALL BE 54 LB MINIMUM. COVER WEIHGT SHALL BE 12 LB MINIMUM.5.TOP OF VALVE BOX SHALL BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF PAVEMENT WITH A MINUS 14" MAX TOLERANCE.6.RADIO LOCATION TAPE OR COPPER WIRE SHALL BE SECURELY TAPED TO THE INSIDE OF VALVE BOX.CP TEST2"3"3 14"14 12"12"8"-RADIUS X 8" THICK CONCRETE COLLARAND COLLAR SHALL BE PROVIDED FORINSTALLATIONS LOCATED IN THE STREET,ALLEY OR ANY TRAVELWAYTOP OFASPHALTPAVEMENTVALVE BOXCOVERMARKED"WATER"8"CONCRETECOLLARNO.14 AWG SOLID COPPER WIRE, UF TYPE, WITHTHHN-THWN, INSULATION AND 12" LAP INSIDE COVER FORLOCATING NON-METALLIC PIPE8"GROUND WIRE, NO.12 AWG STRANDED COPPER WIRE, W/THHM-THWN. INSULATION AND 12" LAP INSIDE COVER MARKW/ WIRE NUTVARIES8" P.V.C SDR 35 OR GREATER WALLTHICKNESS PVC (ONE PIECE)SACRIFICIAL ANODE6"2" (MIN)4" (MIN)NO. 4 REBAR TYPICAL, ALLFOUR SIDESCONCRETE PAD, FOR PARKWAYINSTALLATION, REFER TO NOTE2VALVE BOX ASSEMBLY (FOR STAND ALONE FITTINGS AND APPURTANECES)CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST STATION BOXTERMINAL BOARD FOR GROUNDBED TEST STATIONMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C60 - CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS.dwg - Tab: DETAILS II - by khernandez on 05/13/24 at 1:54:05 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLDNTSNOT USEDCATHODIC PROTECTION DETAIL IIC6.220 BNTSCNOT USEDANTSINSULATING FLANGE KIT DETAILMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C60 - CATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS.dwg - Tab: DETAILS III - by khernandez on 05/13/24 at 1:54:05 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLNTSTYPICAL CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPEFULL LENGTH BOLT ISOLATING SLEEVE,132" THICK TUBE, LENGTH OF THE TUBE SHALL BETHE SUM THICKNESS OF BOTH FLANGES, BOTHINSULATING WASHERS AND ONE SS WASHER316 SS BOLT ORSTUD AND NUTINSULATING WASHER, 2-EACH TYPICAL, G10,18" THICK, ID OF WASHER SHALL FIT OVER ODOF ISOLATING SLEEVE316 SS WASHER, 2-EACH TYPICAL,SAME OD AND ID AS THE INSULATINGWASHERS316 SS NUTISOLATING GASKET, FULL FACED,TYPE E, G10 RETAINER, WITH APRECISION TAPERED GROOVE AND NITRILESEALING ELEMENTNOTES:1.WHITE AND BLACK WIRES SHALL BE SEPARATELY SLEEVED IN SCHEDULE 40 PVC GRAY CONDUITS.2.CONNECT PIPE LEAD WIRES TO SEPARATE TERMINALS IN ANODE CP TEST STATION.3.DO NOT COAT OR SPRAY INSULATING COMPONENTS WITH GREASE.4.COAT FLANGES AND HARDWARE WITH WAX TAPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C217, EXTEND THE WAX TAPE A MINIMUM OF 6" ONTO PIPE CYLINDER IN EACH DIRECTION.THE COATING SHALL BE 70 MIL MINIMUM OVER SMOOTH SURFACES AND 140 MIL MINIMUM OVER IRREGULAR OR SHARP SURFACES.5.ALL WIRES AND CONDUITS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE WATER MAIN AND TERMINATE AT THE CP TEST STATION BOX.CP TEST STATION BOXWIRES A & B ARE NO. 6AWG STRANDED COPPERWIRE WITH WHITEHMWPE INSULATIONWIRES C & D ARE NO. 6AWG STRANDEDCOPPER WIRE WITHBLACK HWMPE INSULATIONWAX TAPE COATINGPER AWWA C217ABCDWATER MAIN2" SCHEDULE 40 PVC GRAYSLEEVECP FOR DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE PLANSECTION A-ACP TEST STATION BOX, AT GRADE(LOCATE IN PARKWAY IF POSSIBLE)INSTALL LEAD WIRES PERPENDICULARTO WATER MAIN2' MIN 15' MINIMUM(TYPICAL)17 LB. HIGH POTENTIAL PREPACKAGEDMAGNESIUM ANODE OR 30 LB. ZINCANODE. NUMBER OF ANODES VARIES,REFER TO TABLEANODE AND PIPE LEAD WIRES SHALLBE SEPARATELY SLEEVED WITHINSCHEDULE 40 PVC GRAY CONDUITSWITH SWEEPS2' MIN DUCTILE IRON OR STEELWATER MAINEXOTHERMIC WELD WITH ROYSTONHANDICAP (TYPICAL)IF RESISTANCE IS > 1500 OHM-CM,USE 17 LB Mg ANODE. IFRESISITANCE IS < 1500 OHM-CM,USE 30 LB Zn ANODE. BACK WITHNATIVE SOIL.CP TEST STATION BOXANODE LEAD WIRES (TYPICAL)LENGTH OFPIPE (6"-12")# OF ANODES *20'-50'151'-100'2101'-150'3151-200'4201'-250'5CONCRETE PADDUCTILE IRON OR STEELWATER MAINPIPE LEAD WIRES(TYPICAL)AATABLECONCRETE PAD24" X 24" X 6" THICKNOTES:1.CP TEST STATION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR STAND ALONE FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES OR FOR PIPE LENGTHS < 50'.2.PROVIDE CONTINUITY JOINT BONDING FOR ALL CONTINUOUS SECTIONS OF DUCTILE IRON OR STEEL PIPE, FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES.3.LEAD WIRES SHALL BE SLEEVED IN SCHEDULE 40 PVC GRAY CONDUITS.4.COVER ALL EXOTHERMIC WELDS WITH ROYBOND 747 AND ROYSTON HANDY CAP.5.ALL NUTS, BOLTS, AND WASHERS SHALL BE GRADE 316 STAINLESS STEEL.6.APPLY NP-OX-ID "A SPECIAL WW" GREASE PROTECTIVE WRAP ON ALL BURIED FITTINGS.7.FITTINGS, VALVES, AND RESTRAINED JOINT DEVICES, SHALL BE ENCASED IN POLYETHYLENE PER AWWA C105.8.FOR PIPE SIZES > 12" DIAMETER, OR LENGTHS > 250', THE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE CUSTOM DESIGNED.* OR AS SHOWN ON PLANSCATHODIC PROTECTION DETAILS IIIC6.321 5'-6"4'-0"4"3"2'-0"2'-0"4'-0"2'-0" 4'-0"8"6"4'-0"2'-6"1'-6"6"MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION".THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com Advanced Water Engineering CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACH LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902 DSL MSA / JT FEB 2026 IFSSE A NEERI L E NGDNo. C44825 OIF RNIAE A T V C C I OF I A L L Exp. 03-31-26 NPROO SREGITS TERE DUNC A N S . LEESEE COVER SHEET W:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C7.0-CIVIL DETAIL.dwg - Tab: C7.0 - by khernandez on 08/29/24 at 10:11:00 AM135 CIP No. WT 1902 DSL OVERFLOW STRUCTURE SCALE:1/2"=1'-0"A PLAN SECTION - A A FINISHED ASPHALT CLASS "C" CONCRETE 5" SCH. 40 GALV. STEEL PIPE PAD LOCK HASP TACK WELD TO STEEL PIPE AND BOLT TO CONCRETE ENCASEMENT. PAD LOCK SHALL HAVE A MIN. OF 3" CLEARANCE FROM FINISHED SURFACE. 4" SCH. 40 GALVANIZED STL. PIPE. WELD LIFTING D RING ON TOP OF POST. PAINT WITH TWO COATS OF TNEMEC- MOULTON YELLOW 7-50-355.12" DRAIN FOR WASTE PRECAST CONCRETE JUNCTION BOX EXIST. 18" STORM DRAIN 12" DRAIN LINE EXIST. 18" STORM DRAIN DEMOLISH EXISTING S.D. WALL PENETRATION (TYP.) SS DIAMOND PLATE COVER (H20 INCIDENTAL TRAFFIC RATED) EXIST. ASPHALT SLOPE PIPE ENCASEMENT NTS B C 3/4" CRUSHED ROCK BASE PIPE BOLLARD - REMOVABLE SCALE:1"=1'-0"D DRY PACK NON-SHRINK GROUT SLAB PENETRATION (DRY PIT) OUTER FACE OF SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR REINFORCING DRY PACK NON-SHRINK GROUT WALL PENETRATION (DRY PIT) OUTER FACE OF WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR REINFORCING PIPE Ø PER PLANS DRY PACK NON-SHRINK GROUT PIPE O.D. +2" MIN.PIPE O.D.+2" MIN.PIPE Ø PER PLANS PIPE PENETRATIONS SCALE: N.T.S E PIPE Ø PER PLANS PIPE Ø PER PLANS SLAB PENETRATION (WET WELL) OUTER FACE OF SLAB, SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR REINFORCING NON-SHRINK GROUT PER PLANS 1-1/2"MIN.WALL PENETRATION (WET WELL) HYDROTITE WATERSTOP BOND TO PIPE WITH RUBBER ADHESIVE OUTER FACE OF WALL, SEE STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR REINFORCING HYDROTITE WATERSTOP BOND TO PIPE WITH RUBBER ADHESIVE NOTE: COAT PIPE WITH SPECIFIED PAINT SYSTEM PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CAST-IN-PLACE FSCALE SLOPE PIPE BOLLARD TO REMAIN IN CONTACT W/ CONC. EASEMENT 1" SCH 80 PVC DRAIN LINE SLOPE GROUT TO DRAIN SLOPE GROUT TO DRAIN EXIST. SLAB OR WALLCORED HOLES, NON-SHRINK EPOXY GROUT 3"TYP.3/16 3/16 WALL SLEEVE MODULAR MECHANICAL SEAL w/ SST BOLTS AND NUTS EXISTING CONCRETE NEW CONCRETE CORE DETAIL GOUGE OUT AND BURN OFF EXISTING EXPOSED BARS, TYP. SIKA 223 REPAIR MORTAR, TYP. CAST IN-PLACE WALL SLEEVE STAINLESS STEEL/EPDM MODULAR SEAL TO MATCH CORED HOLE SIZE PER TABLE 1 HOLE I.D.PIPE SIZE PER PLAN GROUT VOID WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT SLEEVED PIPE OPENING CORED HOLES, ROUGHEN PER CORE DETAIL PIPE THRU WALL OR SLAB PER LINK SEALSEE NOTE 33/16 3/16 WALL SLEEVE PER DIA. PER PLANS 2" MIN. TYP. CAST IN-PLACE WALL SLEEVE CORED HOLE W/ MODULAR SEAL NOTES: 1.BOLT HEAD ON ACCESSIBLE SIDE OF WALL 2.WALL THK. OF 12" OR LESS = 1 SEAL; WALL THK. > THAN 12" = 2 SEALS 3.CORED OR CAST IN-PLACE SLEEVED HOLE DIA. PER LINK SEAL SPECIFICATIONS. PIPE MATERIAL PER PLANS. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR REQUIRED LINKS FOR SPECIFIC PIPE MATERIAL. 4.PIPE THROUGH WALLS SHOULD BE SEALED WITH LINK SEAL BEFORE CONNECTION TO OTHER PIPES. MECHANICAL MODULAR SEAL PENETRATION LIFTING HASP GRAVITY PIPE BEDDING DETAIL REMOVABLE BOLTS INSTALL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE WITH PRECAST JUNCTION STRUCTURE NOTES: 1)OVERFLOW STRUCTURE TO BE DOG-DOOR STYLE 2)JOINTS SHALL BE KEYED CIVIL DETAILS C7.0 22PIPE O.D.+4" MIN.PIPEO.D.+2"1 1/4" POLYETHYLENE BACKER ROD OUTER FACE OF WALL POLYURETHANE JOINT SEALANT OR DRY PACK GROUT (COLOR TO MATCH) CORED HOLES WITH DRY PACK (MASONRY WALL PIPE PENETRATION) 8"8"#5 REBARS @10" O.C. TOP & BOTTOM, EACH WAY 1/2" GAP, FILLED WITH 1/2"(W) X 2"(H) COMPRESSIBLE JOINT SEALANT CONCRETE PAD PER STRUCTURAL MINIMUM 8.33% SLOPE EXISTING GRADE CRUSHED ROCK GEOTECH. REPORT (90% RELATIVE COMPACTION) TBD NOTES: 1. LENGTH IS TBD (MUST COMPLY WITH 8.33% SLOPE) 1/2" CEMENT BOARD MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION".THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com Advanced Water Engineering CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACH LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902 DSL MSA / JT FEB 2026 IFSSE A NEERI L E NGDNo. C44825 OIF RNIAE A T V C C I OF I A L L Exp. 03-31-26 NPROO SREGITS TERE DUNC A N S . LEESEE COVER SHEET W:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C7.1-CIVIL DETAILS.dwg - Tab: C7.1 - by khernandez on 08/29/24 at 9:49:13 AM135 CIP No. WT 1902 DSL THRUST BLOCK DETAILS NTS D VALVE BOX INSTALLATION NTS A NTS B PIPE BEDDING DETAIL NTS C CIVIL DETAILS II C7.1 23 PIPE PER PLAN S.S. 1 2" BALL VALVE (TYP.) PRESSURE TRANSDUCER S.S. 1 2"x1 4" REDUCER (AS REQ'D) PULSATION DAMPENER (TYP) 1" TAPPED CONNECTION (PVC) S.S. 1 2" (TYP.) PRESSURE GAUGE PG DRAIN DIAPHRAGM SEAL (TYP) (AS REQ.) NOTES: 1.DIAPHRAGM SEALS TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL PROCESS PIPING UNLESS FLUID IS POTABLE/RECYCLED WATER. 2.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ISOLATION BALL VALVE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE FROM PIPE IN OPEN POSITION EPRESSURE GA. & SWITCH/TRANSDUCER DETAIL NTS SERVICE SADDLE TAP (SMITH & BLAIR, OR EQUAL) S.S. 1 2" BALL VALVE (TYP.) CONCRETE RAMP MANHOLE CONNECTIONS EXISTING UPSTREAM MANHOLE PROPOSED UPSTREAM MANHOLE EXISTING DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE PROPOSED DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE EXISTING SEWER LINE (PROTECT IN PLACE) FLOWFLOW 8"Ø4"Ø EXISTING MANHOLE (PROTECT IN PLACE) FLOWFLOW FLOWFLOW 8"Ø 4"Ø 45°FORM NEW CHANNEL TOWARDS DOWNSTREAM MANHOLE PROPOSED 6"Ø SDR 26 PVC PIPE FLOWNOTE: CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR AND SEAL NEW PIPE OPENINGS WITH EPOXY COATING 45°FLOWFLOW FLOWFORM NEW CHANNEL TOWARDS UPSTREAM MANHOLE PROPOSED 6"Ø SDR 26 PVC PIPE 8"Ø4"Ø 8"Ø 4"Ø CLEANOUT DETAIL NTS B NTS D NTS A PRESSURE PIPE BEDDING DETAILS MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION".THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708 P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.com Advanced Water Engineering CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACH LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902 DSL MSA / JT FEB 2026 IFSSE A NEERI L E NGDNo. C44825 OIF RNIAE A T V C C I OF I A L L Exp. 03-31-26 NPROO SREGITS TERE DUNC A N S . LEESEE COVER SHEET W:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-C7.2-CIVIL DETAILS.dwg - Tab: C7.2 - by khernandez on 08/29/24 at 9:49:06 AM135 CIP No. WT 1902 DSL CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS NTS C BUTT STRAP JOINT DETAILS CIVIL DETAILS III C7.2 24 NTS E AIR COMPRESSOR EQUIPMENT PAD NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE CONCRETE PAD SIZE WITH SELECTED GENERATOR MF'R AND SPECS. MIN. 1" THK. EPOXY GROUT WITH 45° CHAMFER (CHOCKFAST ORANGE OR EQUAL) #4 BARS @ 6" OC EW MAINTAINING 2" MIN. CLEARANCE FROM EDGE (TYP) DRILL & EPOXY 316 S.S. ANCHOR BOLTS, SIZE PER MFR. REQUIREMENTS (4" MIN. EMBEDDED DEPTH). .EQUIPMENT ANCHOR LOCATIONS PER MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT LEVELING NUT & NON SHRINK GROUT AS REQUIRED. #4 BARS @ 6" OC EW MAINTAINING 2" MIN. CLEARANCE FROM EDGE (TYP) DOWEL & EPOXY #4 BAR (6" MIN. EMBED.) @ 12" O.C. MAX. (MIN. TWO ANCHOR DOWELS) 3" MIN.3"M IN.5" MIN.EMBED.3"MIN.HEIGHT PER PLAN ROUGHEN EXISTING SURFACE. 1/4" (AMPLITUDE). 4,000 PSI MIN. STRUCTURAL CONCRETE (FIVE STAR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ES OR EQUAL). BACKING PLATE AT SPLICE 2" MIN. 7" MAX. 4" (TYP) "Y" t 2" 15" MAX.-FURNISH IN TWO PIECES & SHIP LOOSE FOR FIELD JOINING A - 2" "Y" t DRILL AND TAP 4-1/4" Ø HOLES EQUALLY SPACED FOR AIR-SOAP TEST. SEE SHEET NOTE 3.(TYPICAL) FIELD-APPLIED CEMENT MORTAR COATING FIELD-APPLIED CEMENT MORTAR LINING (SEE NOTE 1) HANDHOLE DETAIL 2" MIN. 7" MAX. 4" (TYP)PLANT-APPLIED MORTAR LINING A - SECTION SCALE: NTS "Y" t "Y" t PLANT-APPLIED CEMENT MORTAR COATING AND TAPE WRAP 1/4" BUTT STRAP STEEL CYLINDER BEYOND 4" LAP (TYP) NOTE 2 2" (TYP) 5" EXTRA HEAVY HALF COUPLING (THREADED) WELDED WIRE MESH WELD PLUG TO COUPLING AND CEMENT MORTAR LINE OR COAT EXPOSED INTERIOR METAL SURFACES WITH 11 MILS (MIN) EPOXY COATING IN FIELD 1/4"x1" BACKING PLATE IN GAP FOR FULL WIDTH OF JOINT ttttttt t NOTE: 1.FOR INTERNAL DIAMETER AND PLATE THICKNESS OF WELDED STEEL PIPE, SEE PLAN AND PROFILE DRAWINGS. 2."t" INDICATES THE THICKNESS OF THE STEEL PLATE 3.AIR TESTING MAY BE PERFORMED FROM DRILLED PORTS INSIDE OF PIPE. 9'-0"2'-3"17'-0"19'-3"19'-9"3'-6"3'-6"2'-3"2'-3"19'-9"2'-3"5'-0"4'-8"104'-0"9'-10"9'-0"1'-7"1'-9"28'-0"1'-3"4'-6"6'-6"MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M1.dwg - Tab: MECHANICAL PLAN - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:17:57 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLMECHNICAL PLANSCALE: 3/16" = 1'-0"4208412VESSEL-4EXIST.XFMRAM2.0CM2.18" BACKWASHHEADERBM3.0AM3.0131112" LAGHEADER20" EFFLUENTHEADER56VESSEL-3VESSEL-2VESSEL-1354321811RAMP734320204096CM3.0DM2.166207025386(TYP)(BELOW)67223163838452815322512335351081420CONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTIONS1INSTALL 20"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.3INSTALL 20"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.5INSTALL 20"x16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCER.6INSTALL 20"x20"x8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.7INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.8INSTALL 16"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.10INSTALL 16"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BUTTERFLYVALVE.11RELOCATE EXIST. 16" PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE.13INSTALL 12"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.14INSTALL 12"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.15INSTALL 12"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.20INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS21INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.22INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.23INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.25INSTALL 8"x8"x4"x4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING CROSS.27INSTALL 8"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.28INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVES.29INSTALL 8"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVES.30INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERLYVALVE31INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER WITH INTEGRALTRANSMITTER. 120V POWER, 4-20 mA OUTPUT W/ DIGITAL HARTPROTOCOL & SCALABLE PULSE. (0 x D INLET/OUTLET RUN)35INSTALL 4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.37INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.COUPLING.38INSTALL 4"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.40INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.42INSTALL 4"Ø ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLYVALVE43INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED STEEL DUAL BODY COMBINATION AIRVALVE W/ HOOD AND INSECT SCREEN PER DEZURIK AVV 1800, OR EQUALPER DETAIL C, SHEET M7.0.45INSTALL 3"Ø SCH. 40 PVC PIPE & FITTINGS51INSTALL 2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. AERATION PIPE AND FITTINGS PER DETAILA, SHEET M7.0.56INSTALL 1"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. DRAIN LINE TO 6" ABOVE FFE.66INSTALL 8"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.67INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.69INSTALL 2" S.S. VENTURI INJECTOR W/ SUCTION STRAINER PER MAZZEIMODEL 2081, OR EQUAL.70INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.73INSTALL 16" EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.76INSTALL 4"X2"Ø CONCENTRIC REDUCER.79INSTALL HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED CLOSE COUPLED CENTRIFUGALBOOSTER PUMP. 130 GPM AT 70' TDH, 5 HP, 480V (4 SETS).96INSTALL FABRICATED STAINLESS STEEL SAMPLE STATION PER DETAIL B,SHEET M7.0.97INSTALL GAC FILTER VESSEL INCLUDING PROCESS PIPING,ANCHORAGE, AND MEDIA REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE ANDOPERABLE SYSTEM.100INSTALL 8"Ø EDPM EXPANSION JOINT PER PROCO STYLE 231, OR EQUAL.102INSTALL 8"Ø S.S. CROSS TEE.105INSTALL PIPE SUPPORT PER DETAIL S1, SHEET M4.0.106INSTALL 9" X 9" X 1/2" HSS GALVANIZED STEEL.29105(TYP)RAMPELECTRICALBUILDINGNOTES:1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT DETAILED STEEL PIPE FABRICATIONDRAWINGS PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION FOR ENGINEER REVIEWAND APPROVAL. MODIFICATIONS TO THE PROPOSED PLAN INTENDED TO AIDCONSTRUCTABILITY SHALL BE COMPLETED AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE CITY.8(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)20" INFLUENTHEADER5(TYP)79(TYP)69(TYP)(TYP)76(FLG)37(TYP)(TYP)42(TYP)(FLG)(TYP)23(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)22(TYP)20" EFFLUENTHEADER(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)37(TYP)3(TYP)30(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)23(TYP)31(TYP)27(TYP)27(TYP)(TYP)BM2.0(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)97(TYP)38(TYP)(TYP)100100100100MECHANICAL PLANM1.0251021067105 6'-6"10'12'10'3'-4"1'-4"3'-7" 21'-10"26'-6"12'12'12'6'-7"4'-8"6'-8"10'3'-8"3'-2"4'4'-8"2'-9"3'-4"9"3'-8"6'-4"13'5'-2" 8'-4" 2'-4" 1'-6"1'-7" 1'-7"CONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTIONS2INSTALL 20"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.6INSTALL 20"x20"x8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.7INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.8INSTALL 16"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.9INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. CROSS.10INSTALL 16"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATEDBUTTERFLY VALVE.11RELOCATE EXIST. 16" PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE.12INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.14INSTALL 12"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.16INSTALL 12"x12"x8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.20INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS22INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC,OR EQUAL.23INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.27INSTALL 8"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.28INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVES.31INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER WITHINTEGRAL TRANSMITTER. 120V POWER, 4-20 mA OUTPUT W/DIGITAL HART PROTOCOL & SCALABLE PULSE. (0 x DINLET/OUTLET RUN)35INSTALL 4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.36INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. BLIND FLANGE.37INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC,OR EQUAL. COUPLING.38INSTALL 4"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.40INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.42INSTALL 4"Ø ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED EPOXY COATED D.I.BUTTERFLY VALVE43INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED STEEL DUAL BODYCOMBINATION AIR VALVE W/ HOOD AND INSECT SCREEN PERDEZURIK AVV 1800, OR EQUAL PER DETAIL C, SHEET M7.0.56INSTALL 1"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. DRAIN LINE TO 6" ABOVE FFE.58INSTALL 1"Ø 316 S.S BALL VALVE.63INSTALL 4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. CROSS.69INSTALL 2" S.S. VENTURI INJECTOR W/ SUCTION STRAINERPER MAZZEI MODEL 2081, OR EQUAL.70INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.73INSTALL 16" EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVE.74INSTALL 16"X4"Ø REDUCING FLANGE.78INSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.79INSTALL HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED CLOSE COUPLEDCENTRIFUGAL BOOSTER PUMP. 130 GPM AT 70' TDH, 5 HP,480V (4 SETS).81INSTALL 16" ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER WITHINTEGRAL TRANSMITTER. 120V POWER, 4-20 mA OUTPUT W/DIGITAL HART PROTOCOL & SCALABLE PULSE. (0 x DINLET/OUTLET RUN)82INSTALL 16"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC,OR EQUAL. COUPLING.83INSTALL 16"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.100INSTALL 8"Ø EDPM EXPANSION JOINT PER PROCO STYLE 231,OR EQUAL.101INSTALL VESSEL-MOUNTED PIPE SUPPORT PER MF'R SHOPDRAWINGS.103INSTALL 16" X 12"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING ELBOW.104INSTALL 2 BLOCK HIGH CMU SPLASH GUARD.105INSTALL PIPE SUPPORT PER DETAIL S1, SHEET M4.0.106INSTALL 9" X 9" X 1/2" HSS GALVANIZED STEEL.20" EFFLUENTHEADERMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M2.0.dwg - Tab: MECHANICAL SECTIONS - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:27:35 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLVESSEL-1VESSEL-2VESSEL-3VESSEL-4FUTURE PUMPCONNECTION694236104378" BACKWASHHEADER20" INFLUENTHEADER12" LAGHEADER634356279SECTION - B1112" LAGHEADER20" INFLUENTHEADER1243103357920" EFFLUENTHEADER358" BACKWASHHEADER28274356227423(BEHIND)37371474781638797088183824373BACKWASH PIPINGPER SHEET M2.1SEE SECTION A FORPUMP SKID ASSEMBLY(TYP)40(TYP)PUMP SUPPORTPER STRUCTURALSECTION - ASCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)(TYP)40(TYP)BACKWASH PIPINGPER SHEET M2.1MEDIA FILL LINEPER SHEET M2.1MEDIA DRAIN LINEPER SHEET M2.1106(TYP)(TYP)23(TYP)(TYP)INFLUENT LINE PERSECTION B HEREON(TYP)(TYP)2031(TYP)58HIGH DOINFLUENTSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"6166(TYP)(TYP)23(TYP)100100100100100100100100101101101101MECHANICAL SECTIONSM2.026104104103105105105105106222 5'2'-4"1'-6"5'-6"4'2'-3"7'-6"PER TANK MFR SHOP DRAWING 1'2'PER TANK MFR 9'13'-5"14'8'-7"10'-2"6'-10"2 x Ø3'5'-6"CONSTRUCTION NOTES:No.DESCRIPTIONS7INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.8INSTALL 16"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.9INSTALL 16"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. CROSS.11RELOCATE EXIST. 16" PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE.17INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS.18INSTALL 12"Ø SDR 18 PVC TEE.20INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS22INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL.23INSTALL 8"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. TEE.26INSTALL 8"x4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCING TEE.27INSTALL 8"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.28INSTALL 8"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVES.29INSTALL 8"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERFLY VALVES.30INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED EPOXY COATED D.I. BUTTERLY VALVE31INSTALL 8"Ø ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW METER WITH INTEGRAL TRANSMITTER. 120VPOWER, 4-20 mA OUTPUT W/ DIGITAL HART PROTOCOL & SCALABLE PULSE. (0 x DINLET/OUTLET RUN)33INSTALL 6"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.34INSTALL 6"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BUTTERFLY VALVE.35INSTALL 4"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.38INSTALL 4"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.39INSTALL 4"Ø 45˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPE BEND.43INSTALL 4"Ø EPOXY COATED STEEL DUAL BODY COMBINATION AIR VALVE W/ HOOD ANDINSECT SCREEN PER DEZURIK AVV 1800, OR EQUAL PER DETAIL C, SHEET M7.0.44INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. CAM LOCK.56INSTALL 1"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. DRAIN LINE TO 6" ABOVE FFE.57INSTALL 1"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.58INSTALL 1"Ø 316 S.S BALL VALVE.67INSTALL 4"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.77INSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.S. ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED BALL VALVE.80INSTALL 3" PERFORATED DRAIN PIPE WITH FILTER FABRIC.82INSTALL 16"Ø 316 S.S. GROOVED COUPLING PER VICTAULIC, OR EQUAL. COUPLING.83INSTALL 16"Ø EPOXY COATED D.I. SWING CHECK VALVE.84INSTALL 8"X6"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. REDUCER.86INSTALL 24"Ø 316 S.S. PIPE AND FITTINGS.87INSTALL 24"x12" 316 S.S. REDUCER.88INSTALL PIPE SUPPORT SEE STRUCTURAL DETAILS97INSTALL GAC FILTER VESSEL INCLUDING PROCESS PIPING, ANCHORAGE, AND MEDIAREQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM.100INSTALL 8"Ø EDPM EXPANSION JOINT PER PROCO STYLE 231, OR EQUAL.101INSTALL VESSEL-MOUNTED PIPE SUPPORT PER MF'R SHOP DRAWINGS.102INSTALL 8"Ø S.S. CROSS TEE.MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M2.1.dwg - Tab: MECHANICAL SECTIONS - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:59:40 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLSECTION - C: TANK MECHANICALSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SECTION - D: BACKWASH TO WASTEEXISTINGSCE XFMR2720356767675633584331382022102288444863488SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"20(TYP)(BEHIND)(FLG)(BEHIND)30(TYP)872231292723979788382SEE DETAIL F ON S5.0 FORANCHORAGE/ SUPPORT101100100MECHANICAL SECTIONSM2.127SEE DETAIL B ON S3.1 FORDRAIN PIT DETAILS MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M3.2.dwg - Tab: WELL TREATMENT - ISO VIEW - by khernandez on 07/01/24 at 4:29:33 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLPROCESS FLOW LEGEND:INFLUENT FLOW PATHEFFLUENT FLOW PATHBACKWASH FLOW PATHLAG FLOW PATHPROCESS AIR1.SCHEMATIC TO SHOW PROCESS ONLY.NOTES:WELL TREATMENT - ISO VIEWM3.028VESSEL-4VESSEL-3VESSEL-2VESSEL-1ELECTRICAL BUILDING NOTSHOWN FOR CLARITYVESSEL OUTLINE FORCLARITY (TYP.)CONCRETE PAD OUTLINEFOR CLARITY MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M3.1.dwg - Tab: WELL TREATMENT - ISO VIEW - by khernandez on 05/30/25 at 9:24:04 AM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLPROCESS FLOW LEGEND:INFLUENT FLOW PATHEFFLUENT FLOW PATHBACKWASH FLOW PATHLAG FLOW PATH1.SCHEMATIC TO SHOW PROCESS ONLY.NOTES:PROCESS AIRWELL TREATMENT - ISO VIEWM3.129VESSEL-4VESSEL-3VESSEL-2VESSEL-1CONCRETE PAD OUTLINEFOR CLARITYVESSEL OUTLINE FORCLARITY (TYP.) MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M3.dwg - Tab: WELL TREATMENT SECTIONS - ISO VIEW - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:55:41 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLISOMETRIC VIEW - AVESSEL-4VESSEL-3ISOMETRIC VIEW - BELECTRICALBUILDINGVESSEL-4VESSEL-1VESSEL-2ISOMETRIC VIEW - CPROCESS FLOW LEGEND:INFLUENT FLOW PATHEFFLUENT FLOW PATHBACKWASH FLOW PATHLAG FLOW PATHPROCESS AIRELECTRICAL BUILDINGNOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY1.SCHEMATIC TO SHOW PROCESS ONLY.NOTES:WELL TREATMENT SECTIONS - ISO VIEWM3.230CONCRETE PAD OUTLINEFOR CLARITYVESSEL OUTLINE FORCLARITY (TYP.)CONCRETE PAD OUTLINEFOR CLARITYVESSEL OUTLINE FORCLARITY (TYP.)CONCRETE PAD OUTLINEFOR CLARITYVESSEL OUTLINE FORCLARITY (TYP.) MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M4.0.dwg - Tab: PIPE SUPPORT DETAILS - by khernandez on 05/09/24 at 3:08:24 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLMAX. SPAN (FT.)PIPE SIZE10--10---65.55108-1068510-1010--99910-1010--108101/23/83/817/83/45/8DUCTILE IRON PIPE ROD SIZE (INCHES) COPPER PIPE STEEL PIPE FIBERGLASS PVC PIPE6"ABOVE 12"2 1/2" TO 3 1/2"8" TO 12"4" TO 5"1 1/4" TO 2"UP TO 1"GENERAL NOTES:WHERE NO REFERENCE TO PIPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS IS GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS, THECONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE APPROPRIATE HANGER OR SUPPORT SHOWN ON THIS DRAWING.MAXIMUM HANGER AND SUPPORT SPACING SHALL BE AS SHOWN IN SCHEDULE "A" ON THISDRAWING. FIGURE NUMBERS ARE B-LINE, UNISTRUT OR GRINNELL.1.ALL CONCRETE INSERTS, BRACKETS, CHANNELS, BOLTS, RODS, AND MISCELLANEOUS HARDWAREUSED FOR PIPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS SHALL BE 316 S.S., U.N.O.2.CONCRETE CONTINUOUS INSERTS, B-LINE SERIES B52i, OR EQUAL, SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THEWALLS AND CEILINGS AS REQ'D OR AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. INSERTS IN THE WALLS SHALLBE VERTICAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED AND SHALL BEGIN 6 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR ANDEND 6 INCHES BELOW THE CEILING. INSERTS IN THE CEILING SHALL BEGIN AND END 3 INCHESFROM WALLS AND BEAMS, WHERE PRACTICABLE. THE CENTERLINES OF WALL AND CEILINGINSERTS SHALL ALIGN. MAXIMUM CENTER TO ENTER SPACING OF INSERTS SHALL BE 5'-0".3.IN AREAS NOT COVERED UNDER NOTE 3, CONCRETE INSERTS SHALL BE B-LINE SERIES B3014NWITH APPROPRIATE NUT, B-LINE SERIES B521i CHANNEL EMBEDDED ANCHOR BOLTS, OR EQUAL.IN WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER (FOR EQUIPMENT LIFTINGDEVICES, (SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS).4.SUPPORTS SHALL MEET MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVEAND FITTINGS INDUSTRY STANDARD PRACTICE SP58, LATEST EDITION.5.HANGER BRACKET AND SUPPORT COMPONENTS MAY BE INTERCHANGED AS APPROVED BY THEENGINEER.6.TRAPEZE AND PIPE RACK COMPONENTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM STEEL THICKNESS OF 12 GAUGE.MAXIMUM DEFLECTION SHALL BE LIMITED TO 1/240 OF THE SPAN. CHANNEL COMPONENTS SHALLBE B-LINE SERIES B22 OR B22A, OR EQUAL.7.CONCRETE INSERTS IN AREAS BELOW WATER SURFACE OR NORMALLY SUBJECT TO SUBMERGINGSHALL BE EMBEDDED ANCHOR BOLTS, OR APPROVED EQUAL. IN NO CASE SHALL CONCRETECONTINUOUS INSERTS BE USED IN THESE AREAS.8.ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK, ACCESSORIES, APPURTENANCES, ETC. SHALL BE ANCHORED TO RESIST200% OF THE APPLIED LOAD & A LATERAL SEISMIC FORCE OF 40 PERCENT OF ITS WEIGHTWITHOUT EXCESSIVE DEFLECTION.9.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SUPPORT DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS WITH APPROVED SHOPDRAWINGS FOR ITEMS BEING SUPPORTED BEFORE FABRICATIONOR INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS.10.UNISTRUT PER PIPE SUPPORT USED.UNISTRUT MAY BE INSERT TYPE,P3700 SERIES SET FLUSH WITH WALLSUPPORT ON PIPESUPPORT AT FLANGE(2)-BOLTS MIN.1/2"AND EDGES1/41/4FLANGE O.D.REDUCERPIPE, 3" LONGMALLEABLE IRONMIN.1/4"3" STD. STEELBASE PLATE(4)-TACK WELDS AT 90°3/8" PLATE DRILLED TOMATCH FLANGE BOLTSROUND CORNERS (TYP)1 1/2"1/4H = PER PLANH/2, 6" MIN.GROUT OR DRYPACK 3/4" MIN., 6" THREAD PIPE HANGERUNISTRUTJ1205-J120151/2"Ø THREADEDROD W/ NUTS& WASHERSBEAM CLAMPUNISTRUTP2824-63" MIN.CLR.3" MIN.CLR.S7S3FLANGED PIPETO FLANGEL3x3x1/4 BOLTC3x5.0GROUT AS REQDAT STL FLOORA.B. IN CONCRETELENGTH PL 3x1/4x0'-8"S2CEILING OR WALLFRAMING CHANNELSB22 ALL PURPOSES6B2400S44-5/8"4-3/4"4-3/4"FLOORCEILINGWALLBASE PLATE5/8 X 9 X 95/8 X 9 X 93/8 X 9 X 9MEMBERANCHOR BOLTS1.NOTES:3.2.PIPE SUPPORT MAY BE ORIENTATED IN ANY DIRECTION.FIG. 264 AS APPROVED BY ENGINEER.FOR H > 3'-0", CONTRACTOR SHALL USE GRINNELL LOCATIONPIPE DIRECTLY TO 3/8" PLATE ATTACHED TO PIPE FLANGE.DELETE 2 1/2" PIPE AND REDUCER AND WELD 3" STEEL AS AN ALTERNATE, IF ADJUSTMENT IS NOT NECESSARY, S1RIGID PIPE STRAPS5CONCRETE WALLS8PVC PIPE < 1" ANDOTHER PIPE <2 1/2"GRINNELL FIG. 126ONE HOLE CLAMPANCHOR BOLTS W/LOCK WASHERS,DOUBLE NUTTED ATSLABFLOOR, WALL ORCEILINGROUND CORNERS& EDGES3" EXTRA STRONG STL. PIPE (FIELDVERIFY REQ'D INSTALLATION LENGTH)ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BASE PLATEWHEN HEIGHT LESS THAN 9" PLUSPIPE O.D./22 1/2" EXTRA STRONG SSPIPE (MIN)5/8" THROUGH BOLTW/NUT & LOCK WASHER3/8" PLATE, WIDTH EQUAL TO PIPEFLANGE O.D. ROUNDED CORNERS &EDGES3/8" SST EXP BOLTS @12" O.C.B-297-12 THROUGHB-297-24 TO SUITB22 ALL PURPOSEFRAMING CHANNELSPVC PIPE BEINGSUPPORTEDPVC SLEEVE I.D. 1/4"LARGER THAN PIPEO.D. SLEEVE 4" LONGEPOXYCAPSULEANCHOR5/8" CONT THREADEDRODRISER CLAMP FIG.B3131 OR OFFSETCLAMP FIG. B3148TO 8" SIZEEPOXY CAPSULE ANCHOR1/16" SMALLER THAN HOLEIN CLAMPAS REQ'D5/8" "U"BOLT w/NUTS5/8" SSTEXP. BOLTS(TYP.)FACTORY FABRICATEDWELDED STEELBRACKET B30676" SQx1/4" STL PLATEw/ 3/8"Ø ANCHORS2'-0" MAX.UNISTRUT CHANNEL P1000 12GA. OR EQUAL (TYP.)UNISTRUT CHANNELP1001 12 GA.OR EQUALUNISTRUT CHANNEL BRACE,P2484 12 GA. OR EQUAL(TYP.)UNISTRUT CUSH-A-CLAMPASSEMBLY U-BOLT SERIESOR EQUAL (TYP.)PER PLAN PER PLANMIN. 1-1/2"NON-SHRINKGROUT (TYP.)S1ADIMENSIONSPIPE Ø SIZE4-1214-16SIZE5/81/2BOLT18-367/8INSTALLATION NOTE:PIPE SUPPORT SPACING, MATERIAL AND QUANTITY PERSPECS.* BOLT EMBEDMENT DEPTH PER TABLE HEREON.STL. BASE PLATE* S.S. BOLTSSIZE PER TABLETHREADED STAND PIPE"A" PER TABLEGROUTPIPE "A"4"3"STAND6"PIPE "B"3"2 1/2"ADJ.4"FLANGE SUPPORTPLATE THK. "C"1/4"3/8"3/8"2' X 2'X 18"CONC FOOTINGWHERE REQ'D#4 @ 10" O.C.6 -#41'-6"S10S11S9U-BOLT ANDHARDWARE GRINNELFIG. 137 OR EQUAL2" MAX.S.S. WEDGE ANCHOR BOLTSPER PLANOFFSET 304 S.S. PIPE CLAMP(6'-0" MAX. SPACING)2" STRIP OFRUBBERFABRICFACE OF WALLA2 1/2"MIN.BDIMENSIONS81012616 7/1624 7/821 1/214 3/8453PIPESIZEA11 11/1610 9/169 1/2SIZEBOLT9/1613/1613/169/16HOLE SIZE7/169/169/16B1/21/23/43/43/81/21/2183113/163/424371 11/161B2400TURNBUCKLESFIG. B3202B22 ALL PURPOSEFRAMING CHANNELHANGER #P2682"UNISTRUT" CLEVISBOLTDIAMETER1/2"4"6"5/8"4"6"5"7"6"8"7"9"8"10"9"11"- - - - -VERT BOLTEMBEDMENTLENGTHHORIZ BOLTEMBEDMENTLENGTHHEADED STUDFILLET WELDSIZE, "S".3/4"7/8"1"1 1/8"1 1/4"1/4"5/16"5/16"5/16"3/8"- - - - -TYP. ANCHOR AND EXPANSIONBOLT SCHEDULECHANNELUNISTRUT6" SQx1/4" STL PLATEW/3/8"Ø ANCHORSUNISTRUT SERIES 2558 PIPE STRAPFOR RIGID CONNECTION (TYP). DONOT USE FOR PVC > 2". FOR SLIDESUPPORT OF PVC PIPE, SEE DETAILPS6S12ANCHOR BOLT & OTHER RESTRAINTS ARE TO BE 316SS U.N.O.11.PIPE SUPPORT DETAILSM4.031 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M5.0.dwg - Tab: CHLORINE LINE DETAILS - by khernandez on 05/15/24 at 2:02:53 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL92CONSTRUCTION NOTESNo.DESCRIPTIONS45INSTALL 3"Ø SCH. 40 PVC PIPE & FITTINGS.90INSTALL 3"Ø 90˚ LONG RADIUS SCH. 40 PVC ELBOW.91INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC TEE92INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC VALVE93INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC SLIP X THREADED FEMALE ADAPTER94INSTALL 3/4"Ø SCH. 40 PVC SPIGGOT X THREADED MALE ADAPTER W/STEEL BAND95INSTALL 3/4"Ø HDPE TUBING90919293949493EXIST. 3/4" PVC PIPECUT AND REMOVE EXIST. 3/4" PVCPIPE TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTIONOF NEW 3/4" PVC CONNECTIONTO EX. CHLORINE LINETO NEW CHLORINE LINE EXIST. 3/4" HDPE TUBINGCHLORINE LINE CONNECTION DETAILNOT TO SCALE459595NOTES:1.ALL PVC VALVE & CONNECTIONS WILL BE THREADED U.N.C.CHLORINE LINE DETAILSM5.032 29°1°25°21°5°175°5°5°5°5°6" (TYP)6"45°45°45°45°3'-11 3/4"3'-11 3/4"8"8"3'-11 3/4"3'-11 3/4"8"8"MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M6.0.dwg - Tab: M6.0 - by khernandez on 05/07/24 at 4:57:13 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLBOTTOM TANKSCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"TOP TANKSCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"AM6.1BM6.1NOZZLE SCHEDULE OF OPENINGN1NOZZLE24"SIZESIDE ACCESSNOZZLE DESCRIPTIONN214"ACCESS MANWAYN38"PROCESS INLETN48"PROCESS INLETN54"MEDIA DRAINN64"MEDIA FILLN72"AIR SCOUR INLETN81"SAMPLE PORTN2N1N3N4N5N6N7N8MANWAYW/DAVITFEMALE THREADED FORFUTURE CONNECTIONN8N8N8N82" VICTAULICCOUPLING2" VICTAULICCOUPLING1.ANCHOR BOLT CALCULATION PROVIDED PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.2.AIR VAC SIZING, MAKE & MODEL TO BE PROVIDED PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.3.SEISMIC ANCHORAGE CALCULATIONS AND DETAILS TO BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURERAND STAMPED BY REGISTERED ENGINEER.NOTES:WATER TANK DETAILM6.033 N6N4N72'-4"6"5'-6"6'-6"15'-8"56"N55'-2"4'-0"N8N1N2N32'-8"2'-4"8"4'-10"10" (TYP)44"Ø12'VESSEL DESIGN DATAINTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURE125 PSIGCAPACITY (VOLUME)SHIPPING WEIGHT (EMPTY)140 DEG FINTERNAL DESIGN TEMP.VESSEL CONSTRUCTIONASME SECTION VIII, Div1. 2021TBD w/ NATIONAL BOARDVESSEL REGISTRATIONYEAR BUILTNOT YET BUILTVESSEL SERIAL NUMBERTBD1084 CUBIC FT19,460 LBSOPERATIONAL WEIGHTATMOSPHERIC EXTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURETBDSHELL 1 MATERIALTBDOPERATING PRESSURESA-516-70. MIN TH = 0.6597"TOP HEAD MATERIALTBDOPERATING TEMP.ASME 2:1 ELLIPTICAL. SA-516-70. MIN TH = 0.5314"BOTTOM HEAD MATERIAL-20 DEG. F @ 125 PSIGMIN. DESIGN METAL TEMP.ASME 2:1 ELLIPTICAL. SA-516-70. MIN TH = 0.5473"NOZZLES NECKS/FLANGES140 PSIMAWP (NEW & COLD)SA-106-B, SA-105, SA-312-TP316GASKETS125 PSIMAWP (HOT & CORRODED) 0.125" NEOPRENE OR EPDMINTERNALS162.5 PSIHYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURETP316 HUB/LATERALS w/ 0.012" SLOTSSURFACE PREP INTERNALPOTABLE WATERHYDROSTATIC TEST MEDIUMSSPC-SP6INTERNAL COATINGNONECORROSION ALLOWANCESW MACROPROXY 646 PW 5-10 MILS DFTEXTERNAL PRIMERNONERADIOGRAPHYSW MACROPROXY 646 PW 5-10 MILS DFTEXTERNAL PAINT/COATINGN/APOST WELD HEAT TREAT.CARBOLINE CARBOTHANE 8845 3-5 MILS DFT (BLUE)NONE REQUIREDMATERIAL IMPACT TESTSN/AMATERIAL HARDNESSSURFACE PREP EXTERNALSSPC-SP10SHELL 2 MATERIALN/APROCESS EFFLUENTPROCESS INFLUENT8" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEIDDESCRIPTIONSERVICEN124" CIRCULAR MANWAY w/ DAVITTANK ACCESSN214" x 18" ELLIPTICAL MANWAY UPPER TANK ACCESSN3N5N4SCHEDULE OF OPENINGS8" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGE4" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEMEDIA DISCHARGEN64" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEMEDIA LOADINGN72" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEAIR SCOURMATERIAL (NECK/NOZZLE)SA-106-B/SA-105SA-106-B/SA-105SA-516-70/SA-105SA-106-BSA-312-TP316/SA-182-TP316SA-312-TP316/SA-182-TP316SA-312-TP316/SA-182-TP316N8QTY11111111" 3000# FNPT FULL COUPLINGSAMPLE TAPSA-403-TP3166NOTES:NOTES:1.VESSEL DESIGNED TO ASME SECTION VIII, Div 1 2021. 125PSIG @140 DEG F. -20 DEG F MDMT2.VESSEL MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE SUBMITTAL OF ANCHORAGEREQUIREMENTS WITH STRUCTURAL CALCS FOR CITY REVIEW3.PRESSURE RELIEF SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED ON THE 4" GAC FILLLINE. RELIEF VALVE SHALL BE 3" ZOOK GRAPHITE RUPTURE DISC,SET @ 125PSI4.ALL EXTERNAL PIPING SHIPS LOOSE5.ALL DIMENSIONS REFERENCED FROM GRADE6.ALL INTERNAL COMPONENTS (NSF61) COMPLIANT FOR POTABLEWATER TREATMENTMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M6.0.dwg - Tab: M6.1 - by khernandez on 05/07/24 at 4:57:13 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLSECTION - ASCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"SECTION - BSCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"Ø24" TP316BAFFLE W10x33 LEGSASMENAMEPLATEASME 2:1ELLIPTICAL HEADTOP+BOTTOMVOLUME: 237 FT EA3APPROX BED DEPTHAPPROX BED DEPTHWATER TANK DETAILM6.134 2'-0"3'-6"6"1'-2"3'-6"11"3"6"2'-3"4'-0" MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-60-M7.0.dwg - Tab: M7.0 - by khernandez on 08/07/25 at 9:57:31 AM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLAERATION PIPE DETAILSNTSASAMPLING SINK DETAILNTSBAIR COMPRESSOR PIPING DETAILNTSC4" FLANGEDBUTTERFLY VALVE4" DUAL BODY COMBINATION AIR VALVE(DEZURIK MODEL 1800 OR EQUAL)ROUTE 1" SCH 20 316 S.S. DRAINLINE 6" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE.AIR COMBINATION DETAILSNTSDTOVESSELSNOTE:1.CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT ANCHOR BOLTS AND CALCS FORREVIEW AND APPROVAL.FABRICATED HEAVY DUTY 14GAUGE TYPE 316 SST SAMPLINGSINK.ANCHOR BOLTSSST 1" SAMPLELINEINSTALL 3"x2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S.REDUCING TEE.INSTALL 2" SCH. 20 316 S.S. PIPEAND FITTINGS.INSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.S. BALL VALVE.INSTALL 2"Ø SCH. 20 316 S.S. ELBOW.INSTALL 2"Ø 90˚ SCH. 20 316 S.S.PIPE BEND.MECHANICAL DETAILSM7.035INSTALL 2" Ø 316 S.S UNIONINSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.SFLEXIBLE THREADEDHOSEINSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.S. CHECK VALVE.INSTALL 2"Ø 316 S.SUNIONINSECT SCREENINSTALL THREADED 2" Ø316 S.S. BALL VALVE.ROTAMETER0-30 CFM (TYP.)FILTER(TYP.)BALL VALVE(TYP.)COMP.#1COMP.#23" STAINLESS STEELREGULATOR0-80 PSI(TYP.)3/4" STAINLESSSTEELCHECK VALVE (TYP.) 1GENERALSTRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROJECTSPECIFICATIONS, AND THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING,CIVIL, SITE DRAWINGS ETC. CONSULT THESE DRAWINGS FOR PENETRATIONS ANDDETAILS NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THEDRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, EXISTING CONDITIONS, ETC. SHALL BE BROUGHT TOTHE ATTENTION OF THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TOPROCEEDING WITH AFFECTED WORK. ANY COST INCURRED FROM NEGLECT OF THISCOORDINATION SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR.EXISTING CONDITIONS: ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS MUST BE VERIFIED IN THEFIELD AGAINST EXISTING CONDITIONS. SUCH DIMENSIONS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOTLIMITED TO, THOSE DIMENSIONS WITH "±" SHOWN AFTER THE NUMERICALMEASUREMENT. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE NOTPURPORTED TO BE COMPLETE OR CORRECT. ANY DISCREPANCIES MUST BEBROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH ANY AFFECTED PARTS OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKEALL NECESSARY MEANS TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCINGLAYOUTS OF PILES, PREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWING, ETC. THE FIRST SUBMITTALOF SHOP DRAWINGS MUST CONTAIN CORRECT CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONSOBTAINED FROM CONTRACTOR'S FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND MEASUREMENTS. IFCONDITIONS AND/OR DIMENSIONS VARY GREATLY FROM THOSE SHOWN, THECONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD PRIOR TO THEPREPARATION OF SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATE ALL OTHER WORK WITH ALLDRAWINGS. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE THEEXISTING CONSTRUCTION THAT ARE TO REMAIN.ERECTION AND SHORING: IT IS SOLEY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TODETERMINE ERECTION AND SHORING PROCEDURES AND SEQUENCE TO ENSURE THESTABILITY OF THE BUILDING, SOIL EXCAVATIONS, AND ALL OTHER PROJECTCOMPONENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION. THIS INCLUDES BUT NOT LIMITED TO THEADDITION OF NECESSARY SHORING, SHEETING, & TEMPORARY BRACING. IT SHALLALSO BE SOLELY THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT ADJACENTSTRUCTURES, EXISTING UTILITIES, ETC. FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION.FRAMING PENETRATIONS: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE QUANTITY, SIZE, ANDLOCATION OF ALL COMPONENTS SHOWN WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR DOCUMENTS,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ANDCIVIL DOCUMENTS, TO ENSURE THAT ALL SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORM THEIRRESPECTIVE SCOPE OF WORK TAKING EVERY PRECAUTION POSSIBLE TO AVOIDCONFLICT WITH STRUCTURAL FRAMING SHOWN WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.UNAVOIDABLE FRAMING PENETRATIONS MAY OR MAY NOT APPEAR ON THESTRUCTURAL DOCUMENTS; CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL CONTRACTDOCUMENTS. SEE TYPICAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCING REQUIREMENTSAT FRAMING PENETRATIONS. ANY PENETRATIONS THAT ARE NOT SHOWN ONCONTRACT DRAWINGS OR APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE MADE IN ANYFOUNDATION MEMBERS, FLOOR SLABS, CONCRETE BEAMS, ETC. WITHOUT THEEXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. THE EXPENSE FORALL ADDITIONAL PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD COSTS, LABOR, FRAMING, REINFORCING,ETC. REQUIRED TO CORRECT AND/OR STRENGTHEN ANY AVOIDABLE FRAMINGPENETRATIONS DUE TO THE LACK OF THE CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION OF THEOTHER COMPONENTS OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE BORE SOLELY BY THECONTRACTOR.TYPICAL DETAILS: SECTIONS AND DETAILS LABELED AS "TYPICAL" OR "TYP."ANYWHERE ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL APPLY TO ALL SITUATIONS THATOCCUR ON THE PROJECT THAT ARE THE SAME AS OR SIMILAR TO THOSESPECIFICALLY DETAILED. SUCH SECTIONS AND DETAILS SHALL APPLY WHETHER ORNOT THEY ARE CALLED-OUT AT EACH LOCATION. QUESTIONS REGARDINGAPPLICABILITY OF TYPICAL DETAILS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE PROFESSIONALOF RECORD.SUBSTITUTIONS: ALL SUBSTITUTIONS FOR PRODUCTS AND/OR MATERIALS OTHERTHAN THOSE SPECIFIED WITHIN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED PRIORTO FINAL BIDS BEING SUBMITTED. FINAL BIDS SHALL BE BASED ON PRODUCTSAND/OR MATERIALS SHOWN WITHIN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR APPROVED PRIORTO FINAL BID SUBMISSION. ANY SUBSTITUTIONS SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL AFTERFINAL BIDS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED SHALL BE REVIEWED FOR EQUIVALENCE BY ACALIFORNIA LICENSED ENGINEER HIRED AND PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR, ALETTER STAMPED AND SIGNED BY THE ENGINEER VERIFYING EQUIVALENCE SHALL BESUBMITTED FOR RECORD, AND ALL POST-BID APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALLRESULT IN A CREDIT TO THE OWNER.DISCREPANCIES: ALL DISCREPANCIES, CONFLICTS, AND/OR AMBIGUITIES WITHIN THECONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WHETHER WITHIN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, ORBETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THEATTENTION OF THE PROFESSIONAL OF RECORD FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TOSUBMITTING BIDS. IF CLARIFICATION IS NOT GIVEN ON DISCREPANCIES, CONFLICTS,AND/OR AMBIGUITIES WITHIN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTINGBIDS, INTERPRETATION WILL BE GIVEN DURING THE PROJECT SOLELY BY THEPROFESSIONAL OF RECORD. ANY COST INCURRED FROM INTERPRETATIONS OFDISCREPANCIES, CONFLICTS, AND/OR AMBIGUITIES SHALL BE BORE SOLEY BY THECONTRACTOR.DAMAGE TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN: ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN AMANNER THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE ANY EXISTING CONSTRUCTION THAT IS TO REMAIN.ALL EXPENSES INCURRED FOR CORRECTIVE WORK TO REPAIR EXISTINGCONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROFESSIONALOF RECORD SHALL BE BORE SOLELY BY THE CONTRACTOR.2FOUNDATIONTHE FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THEGEOTECHNICAL LETTER REPORT TITLED “GEOTECHNICAL SEISMICITY ANDFOUNDATION UPDATE LAMPSON AVENUE WELL WATER TANK ADDITIONS, SEALBEACH, CALIFORNIA ”, DATED NOVEMBER 2, 2021 (NINYO & MOORE PROJECT NO.207462002). THE GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTANT FOR THIS PROJECT IS NINYO & MOORELOCATED AT THE ADDRESS OF 475 GODDARD, SUITE 200, IRVINE, CA 92618 AND MAYBE REACHED BY PHONE NUMBER OF (949) 753 7070.THE FOUNDATIONS FOR THE PROJECT SHALL CONSIST OF SPREAD FOOTINGS . THERECOMMENDATIONS OF THE REPORT SHALL BE FOLLOWED.OVER EXCAVATION AND COMPACTIONTHE PROPOSED MAT FOUNDATION SHALL REST ON CRUSHED ROCK/LEANCONCRETE BASE PLACED OVER EXISTING FILL THAT IS PROPERLY PREPARED ASRECOMMENDED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. THE EXPOSED SUBGRADE ORSURFACE GRADE SHALL BE SCARIFIED TO A DEPTH OF APPROXIMATELY 8 INCHES,MOISTURE-CONDITIONED TO SLIGHTLY ABOVE OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT, ANDCOMPACTED TO A RELATIVE COMPACTION OF 90 PERCENT AS EVALUATED BY ASTMINTERNATIONAL (ASTM) D 1557. ADDITIONALLY, ANY LOOSE, SOFT OR DELETERIOUSMATERIALS EXPOSED AT THE PLANNED FOUNDATION GRADE SHOULD BEOVER-EXCAVATED AND RE-COMPACTED TO A RELATIVE COMPACTION OF 90PERCENT. EXCAVATION CLOSE TO OR BELOW THE GROUND WATER TABLE MAYENCOUNTER WET AND/OR LOOSE/SOFT GROUND CONDITIONS. THEREFORE,MOISTURE-CONDITION MAY INCLUDE AERATION OF THE SOILS TO REDUCE THEMOISTURE CONTENT TO NEAR OPTIMUM. IN ADDITION, WET SOILS MAY BE SUBJECTTO PUMPING UNDER HEAVY EQUIPMENT LOADS. IF PUMPING SOILS AREENCOUNTERED A 2 FOOT LAYER OF CRUSHED ROCK CAN BE PLACED TO MITIGATEDTHE PUMPING SOILS.SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS1.THE SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS ARE DESIGNED BASED ON AN ALLOWABLE NETVERTICAL BEARING PRESSURE OF 1,000 PSF. THE BEARING PRESSURE MAY BEINCREASED TO 2,000 PSF UNDER SHORT TERM SEISMIC LOADS.2.THE BOTTOM OF THE FOOTING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES BELOW THELOWEST ADJACENT GRADE.3.A COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION OF 0.30 CAN BE UTILIZED FOR LATERAL SLIDINGRESISTANCE.4.A PASSIVE PRESSURE OF 300 PCF PER FOOT OF DEPTH, UP TO A VLAUVE 3,000PSF. WHEN PASSIVE PRESSURE AND FRICTION ARE COMBINED FOR LATERALRESISTANCE, THE PASSIVE PRESSURE NEEDS TO BE REDUCED BY ONE-HALF.5.A THIRD INCREASE OF THE BEARING CAPACITY AND PASSIVE RESISTANCE ISALLOWED FOR WIND AND SEISMIC LOADS.INSPECTION, TESTING & QUALITY ASSURANCEDURING GRADING ACTIVITIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT WITH THEPROJECT GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING FIRM FOR ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDATIONSTO ADDRESS SITE-SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND IF UNSATISFACTORY SOIL CONDITIONSARE ENCOUNTERED.3CONCRETEMINIMUM REQUIRED DEVELOPMENT, HOOK EMBED., LAP SPLICE, & HOOK LENGTHSFOR F'c OF 4000 PSI THRU 5000 KSI WITH 60 KSI REINFORCEMENT - U.N.O. (ALL LAPSPLICES SHALL BE CLASS B UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED OTHERWISE)BARSIZEDEVELOPMENTLENGTH (l )HOOKEMBED(l )LAP SPLICE LENGTH (l )HOOK LENGTHLAP CLASS ALAP CLASS BTOPBARSOTHERBARSTOPBARSOTHERBARSTOPBARSOTHERBARSSTD 90°HOOK180°HOOK#31'-7"1'-3"8"1'-7"1'-3"2'-0"1'-7"6"5"#42'-1"1'-7"10"2'-1"1'-7"2'-8"2'-1"8"6"#52'-7"2'-0"1'-0"2'-7"2'-0"3'-4"2'-7"10"7"#63'-1"2'-5"1'-3"3'-1"2'-5"4'-0"3'-1"1'-0"8"#74'-6"3'-6"1'-5"4'-6"3'-6"5'-10"4'-6"1'-2"10"#85'-2"4'-0"1'-7"5'-2"4'-0"6'-8"5'-2"1'-4"11"#95'-10"4'-6"1'-10"5'-10"4'-6"7'-7"5'-10"1'-7"1'-3"ddhstldhALL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE, FORMWORK, AND CONCRETE REINFORCING SHALL BEPERFORMED IN CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATION 03300.ALL STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR MAT FOUNDATION AND WALL FOOTINGS, WALLS,BEAMS, SLABS, ETC. SHALL BE A READY-MIX CONCRETE OF NORMAL WEIGHTAGGREGATES ABLE TO ACHIEVE A 28 DAY STRENGTH OF 5,000 PSI WITH AWATER-TO-CEMENT RATIO NOT EXCEEDING 0.38.ALSO, PER GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATION, TYPE V CEMENT SHALL BE USED ONALL CONCRETE MIXES.THE MIX DESIGN SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO A RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY FORAPPROVAL. PROPOSED MIX DESIGN SHALL BE UNIQUELY IDENTIFIED BY A MIXNUMBER OR OTHER POSITIVE MEANS. MIX DESIGN AND VERTIFYING TEST REPORTS,PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 214 & ACI 318 OF THE LATEST REVISIONS,SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT LEAST 5 DAYS PRIOR TO USE. CALCIUM CHLORIDE SHALLNOT BE UTILIZED, OTHER ADMIXTURES MAY ONLY BE UTILIZED WITH THE APPROVALOF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTMSTANDARD C94 FOR THE MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, ETC. CONCRETETICKETS SHALL BE TIME STAMPED WHEN THE CONCRETE IS BATCHED. THE MAXIMUMTIME ALLOWED FROM THE TIME MIXING WATER IS ADDED TO THE TIME THE CONRETEIS DEPOSITED, SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE AND ONE HALF HOURS. IT SHALL BE THEDUTY OF THE TESTING LAB TO NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THECONTRACTOR OF ANY NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE.NO HORIZONTAL JOINTS SHALL BE PERMITTED. VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS INFLOORS SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN THE MIDDLE THIRD OF SPANS OF SLABS, BEAMS,AND GIRDERS. JOINTS IN GIRDERS SHALL BE OFFSET A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF TWOTIMES THE WIDTH OF INTERSECTING BEAMS. A POUR SEQUENCE SHALL BESUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. ALL VERTICAL CONCRETE SURFACES SHOWN ON THECONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE BOARD FORMED.DESIGN, ERECTION, AND REMOVAL OF ALL FORMWORK, SHALL MEET THEREQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ACI STANDARDS 301 AND 347.REINFORCEMENT DETAILING:DETAILING OF CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCEWITH ACI 315 STANDARD, OF THE LASTEST REVISION. A STANDARD HOOK SHALL BEPROVIDED AT THE TERMINATION OF ALL BEAM TOP REINFORCING BARS AND WHEREA HOOK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT A SPECIFIC DIMENSION IS NOT GIVEN.ROTATE HOOKED END OF BARS AS NEEDED TO FIT WITHIN THE LIMITATION OF THECONCRETE DIMENSIONS AND REQUIRED CLEARANCES; DO NOT CUT LENGTH OFHOOK. DETAILING AND PLACEMENT OF ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE BASED ON AMEMBER SPAN OF CENTER-OF-SUPPORT TO CENTER-OF-SUPPORT; THIS INCLUDESTHE CENTER OF FOOTINGS AS THE CENTER-OF-SUPPORT. CONTINUOUS TOP BARSSHALL BE HOOKED AT NON-CONTINUOUS ENDS AND LAPPED 30 BAR DIAMETERS ATMID-SPAN. BOTTOM BARS SHALL LAP 9" AT CENTER OF INTERIOR SUPPORTS ANDEXTEND 5" PAST CENTER-OF-SUPPORT AT NON-CONTINUOUS SUPPORTS. ATTEMPERATURE REINFORCEMENT, INTERMEDIATE HORIZONTAL BARS IN WALLS ANDBEAMS, AND WHERE CONTINUOUS (CONT.) REINFORCEMENT IS CALLED FOR, A FULLTENSION LAP SPLICE SHALL BE PROVIDED AT SPLICES;SEE TABLE BELOW FOR REQUIRED LAP LENGTH. CORNER BARS WITH FULL TENSIONLAPS, MATCHING CONTINUOUS BARS SIZE AND SPACING SHALL BE PROVIDED FORALL LONGITUDINAL BEAM REINFORCEMENT AND FOR ALL HORIZONTAL WALLREINFORCEMENT. ALL BEAM STIRRUPS AND COLUMN TIES SHALL CONFORM TOSEISMIC DETAILING REQUIREMENTS. MINIMUM REQUIRED DEVELOPMENT,LAP SPLICE, HOOK LENGTHS, & HOOK EMBEDMENT ARE THE FOLLOWING TABLE. ALLREINFORCEMENT LAP SPLICES SHALL BE FULL CLASS B LAP SPLICE LENGTH UNLESSSPECIFICALLY ALLOWED OTHERWISE-TYPICAL. DEVELOPMENT LENGTH AND LAPSPLICES FOR ALL VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT IN WALLS SHALL BE 1.25 TIMES THEAPPROPRIATE LENGTHS GIVEN IN THE TABLE BELOW.3CONCRETE - CONTINUEDREINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT & CLEARANCES:ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED WITHIN THE MORE STRINGENT TOLERANCESSET FORTH IN ACI 318-14, ACI 350-06, ACI 117-10, AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS.UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE SECTIONS AND/OR DETAILS,REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED SUCH THAT THERE IS MINIMUM A CLEARSPACING BETWEEN BARS SHALL BE THE GREATER OF 112 IN., 112 x db (BAR DIAMETER),OR 43 TIMES THE MAXIMUM SIZE OF AGGREGATE. ADDITIONALLY, THE FOLLOWINGCONCRETE COVER CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT:SLAB:112" CLEAR BOTTOM; 112" CLEAR TOP EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER34" CLEAR TOP ALL OTHER.BEAMS:3" CLEAR TO STIRRUPS BOTTOM EARTH FORMED, 3" CLEAR TO STIRRUPSSIDES EARTH FORMED, 112" CLEAR TO STIRRUPS TOP, 112" CLEAR TOSTIRRUPS BOTTOM & SIDES BOARD FORMED, 2" CLEAR TOLONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT BOTTOM & SIDES BOARD FORMED.FOOTINGS:3" CLEAR TO STIRRUPS BOTTOM EARTH FORMED, 3" CLEAR TO STIRRUPSSIDES EARTH FORMED, 2" CLEAR TO STIRRUPS TOP, 2" CLEAR TOSTIRRUPS BOTTOM & SIDES BOARD FORMED, 2" CLEAR TOLONGITUDINAL REINFORCEMENT BOTTOM & SIDES BOARD FORMED.COLUMNS:112" CLEAR, TYPICAL.WALLS:2" CLEAR EACH SIDE ALL OTHER, TYPICAL.REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE OF ASTM A615 GRADE 60 DEFORMED BARS, FREE OFOIL, SCALE, AND RUST. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE FABRICATED AND PLACED INACCORDANCE WITH THE TYPICAL BENDING DIAGRAM & PLACING DETAILS OF ACI,STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS OF THE LATEST REVISIONS.REINFORCING SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE BY THE USE OF METAL TIES ANDSUPPORTED BY METAL, BOLSTERS, CHAIRS, SPACERS, AND OTHER DEVICES.SUPPORTS FOR ELEVATED SLABS SHALL HAVE LEGS PROTECTED WITH PLASTIC.ALL MECHANICAL SPLICES SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI 318-14 REQUIREMENTS. BARENDS MUST BE TAPER THREADED WITH COUPLER MANUFACTER'S BAR THREADED TOENSURE PROPER TAPER AND THREAD ENGAGEMENT. BARS SHALL BE TIGHTENED TOTHE MANUFACTUERER'S RECOMMENDED WRENGH SETTING. MECHANICALTHREADED BAR SPLICES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY ERICO CONCRETEPRODUCTS OR AS APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.CONDUITS, SLEEVES, AND PIPES EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE:ALL PENETRATIONS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGSSHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTSOF CONDUITS, SLEEVES, AND PIPES EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE. THE CONTRACTORMUST COORDINATE ALL WORK TO FOLLOW THE ABOVE GUIDELINES AT HIS EXPENSE.TESTING & QUALITY ASSURANCE:SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR TESTING AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. THE TESTINGLABORATORY SHALL SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION OF HAVING MET THE REQUIREMENTSOF ASTM E329, OF THE LATEST REVISION.MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S1.0.dwg - Tab: STRUCTURAL NOTES - by santosh-xps dell on 02/13/26 at 6:02:10 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIRC / MSAS. SHAHISTRUCTURAL NOTESS1.036 4STRUCTURAL STEELALL STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATION05120.GENERAL:ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL DESIGN HAS BEEN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THELRFD DESIGN METHODOLOGY SET FORTH IN AISC 360-10. ALL STEEL THAT IS NOTFIREPROOFED SHALL RECEIVE A RUST PREVENTATIVE PRIMER COATING.COORDINATE ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL FIREPROOFING REQUIREMENTS WITH THEARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS. ALL FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORMTO THE AISC 303-10 "CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS ANDBRIDGES".STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES:THE FOLLOWING STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES SHALL CONFORM TO THE RESPECTIVEASTM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ELSEWHERE:STEEL WIDE-FLANGE SHAPESASTM A992, GRADE 50HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS (HSS)ASTM A1085STEEL PIPEASTM A53, GRADE BOTHER STRUCTURAL SHAPESASTM A36STEEL PLATESASTM A572, GRADE 50CONNECTIONS:ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTION ELEMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO THEFOLLOWING RESPECTIVE SPECIFICATION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLYINDICATED ELSEWHERE:BOLTS (HEADED) ASTM A325 OR ASTM F1852, TYPE 1THREADED RODSASTM A193, B7ANCHOR RODSASTM F1554, GRADE 55, SUPPLEMENT S1NUTSASTM A563, HEAVY HEX GRADE DHWASHERSASTM F436, GRADE 1WELD FILLER METALSE-70 MEETING AWS D1.1 & AWS 1.8 CLAUSE 6.3AEWSCASTM A29, GRADE 1010-1020 (Fy=51 KSI (MIN) & Fu=65 KSI(MIN))LENGTH OF THREADED PORTION OF ALL BOLTS SHALL BE SUCH THAT THREADS DONOT OCCUR IN THE SHEAR PLANE. ALL FIELD BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALLCONFORM TO ASTM A325 AND BE 34" (MIN.) DIAMETER U.N.O. ALL BOLT HOLES SHALLBE STANDARD SIZE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. AUTOMATICALLY END WELDEDSHEAR CONNECTORS (A.E.W.S.C.), OR SHEAR-STUDCONNECTORS, SHALL BE TYPE B AND MADE FROM ASTM A29 GRADES 1010 THROUGH1020 MATERIAL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/AWS D1.1, WITH A MINIMUM YIELDSTRENGTH OF 51 KSI AND MINIMUM TENSILE STRENGTH OF 65 KSI. ALL WELDEDCONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS DEMAND CRITICAL AND SHALL HAVE AMINIMUM 316" FILLET WELD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL WELDS SHALL BE MADEWITH E-70 ELECTRODES. WHEREVER MEMBERS ARE IN CONTACT WITH EACH OTHERAND A STRENGTH WELD IS NOT REQUIRED, THE JOINT SHALL BE SEALED WITH AFILLET WELD AS FOLLOWS. THE SIZE OF THE FILLET WELDTO BE PROVIDED WILL DEPEND ON THE THICKNESS OF THE THINNER PART JOINED ASFOLLOW: LESS THAN EQUAL TO 14" SHALL RECEIVE 18" FILLET WELD, OVER 14" TO 12"SHALL RECEIVE 316" FILLET WELD, OVER 12" TO 34" SHALL RECEIVE 14" FILLET WELD,AND OVER 34" SHALL RECEIVE 516" FILLET WELD.ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DETAILED FOR THE APPLICABLE SEISMIC DESIGNCATEGORY REQUIREMENTS AND THE SEISMIC FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM (SFRS) INACCORDANCE WITH AISC 341-10 AND AISC 358-10. CORNERS OF CONTINUITY PLATESAND STIFFENERS PLACED IN THE WEBS OF ROLLED SHAPES SHALL BE DETAILED INACCORDANCE WITH AWS D1.8 CLAUSE 4.1. SEE GENERAL NOTE TITLED "DESIGNLOADS & OTHER DESIGN INFORMATION" FOR ADDITIONAL LOADINGCHARACTERISTICS.GALVANIZING: ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHAPES, PLATES, AND ALL MISCELLANEOUSMETAL ITEMS, AND CONNECTORS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR MOISTURE, WHICHINCLUDES ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL THAT IS NOT ENCLOSED WITHIN A WATERTIGHTAND/OR CONDITIONED SPACE, AND ALL STEEL THAT IS INDICATED TO BE HOT-DIPGALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF) ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALLBE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF). ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL TOBE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION (HDGAF) SHALL BE DONE INACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A123 AFTER FABRICATION, INCLUDING ALL SHOP WELDINGAND DRILLING HAS BEEN COMPLETED. BOLT HOLES SHALL BE INCREASED ASNEEDED TO ACCOUNT FOR THE THICKNESS OF GALVANIZING. WELDING OF ALLGALVANIZED STEEL SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONSOF AWS D19.0. ALL DAMAGED GALVANIZED COATINGS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITEDTO DAMAGE DUE TO WELDING, SHALL BE REPAIRED WITH ZINC-BASED SOLDER (STICKGALVANIZING) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A780.ALL FASTENERS JOINING AND/OR CONNECTING HOT-DIP GALVANIZED STRUCTURALELEMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO BOLTS, ANCHOR RODS, NUTS, WASHERS,& EMBEDDED PLATES, ARE TO BE HOT-DIP GALVANIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTMA153. ALL DAMAGED COATING, INCLUDING DAMAGE DUE TO WELDING, SHALL BEREPAIRED WITH ZINC BASED SOLDER, OR STICK GALVANIZING, IN ACCORDANCE WITHASTM A780.TESTING & QUALITY ASSURANCE:WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATIONS (WPSs) SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEWAND APPROVAL. AS A MINIUMUM, THE INSPECTION SERVICE SHALL REVIEW THEWELDER'S QUALIFICATIONS AND CHECK ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL CONNECTIONS INTHE FIELD. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.5CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU)5CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMU) - CONTINUEDMINIMUM REQUIRED LAP SPLICE LENGTH TABELFOR 60 KSI REINFORCEMENT IN MASONRYBAR SIZE8" SMU BLOCKSINGLE REINFORCEMENTDOUBLE REINFORCEMENT#41'-9"2'-0"#52'-2"3'-2"#63'-7"4'-6"#75'-0"5'-3"#86'-0"NPALL MASONRY WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SPECIFICATION 04200, UNITMASONRY.GENERAL: ALL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORMTO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE "SPECIFICATION FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES", TMS602-13/ACI 530.1-13/ASCE 6-13. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITHARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF MASONRYCONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPLIT FACE BLOCK, JOINTTREATMENT, BLOCK SURFACE COLORS AND FINISHES, ADD MIXTURES IN CMU BLOCK,ETC.MASONRY: ALL CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORMTO THE ASTM C90, CBC 2019 SECTION 2103.1, AND ARTICLE 2.3 OF THE"SPECIFICATION FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES", TMS 602-13/ACI 530.1-13/ASCE 6-13.CMU SHALL BE EITHER DOULE CELL (CLOSED-END) OR OPEN-END. CONCRETEMASONRY UNITS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM AVERAGE NET-AREA COMPRESSIVESTRENGTH, f'm, OF 1900 PSI, WITH NO INDIVIDUAL UNIT FALLING BELOW 1700 PSI. ALLCMU SHALL BE LAID IN RUNNING BOND.MORTAR: MORTAR SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C270, TYPE S BY PROPORTION, CBC2019 SECTION 2103.2, AND ARTICLES 2.1 AND 2.6-A OF THE "SPECIFICATION FORMASONRY STRUCTURES", TMS 602-13/ACI 530.1-13/ASCE 6-13. ONLY TYPE SPORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR SHALL BE USED. MORTAR FINS SHALL BE REMOVEDFROM ALL CELLS THAT ARE TO BE GROUTED. ALL CMU SHALL HAVE FULL MORTARBED JOINTS AND FULL MORTAR HEAD JOINTS. THICKNESS OF BED JOINTS SHALL NOTEXCEED 58".GROUT: GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C476 COURSE GROUT, CBC 2019 SECTION2103.3, AND ARTICLE 2.2 OF THE "SPECIFICATION FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES", TMS602-13/ACI 530.1-13/ASCE 6-13. GROUT SHALL HAVE A SLUMP OF 10 TO 11 INCHES, ASDETERMINED BY ASTM C143, AS "CORE-FILL GROUT-COURSE" AS MANUFACTURED BYQUIKRETE OR AN APPROVED EQUAL. GROUT SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVESTRENGTH, f'g, OF 2500 PSI AT 28 DAYS, BUT NOT TO EXCEED 5000 PSI. AGGREGATESFOR GROUT MUST COMPLY WITH ASTM C404. ALL REINFORCED CELLS, AND ALLCELLS THAT ARE SHOWN TO HAVE ANCHORS, EMBEDS PLATES, ETC., SHALL BEFILLED SOLID FULL HEIGHT WITH PEA GRAVEL GROUT. GROUT SHALL BE SAMPLEDAND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1019. THE GROUT SHALL BE PLACED INLIFTS THAT ARE NOT TO EXCEED 5 FT. MASONRY SHALL CURE FOR A MINIMUM OF 4HOURS PRIOR TO PLACING GROUT. STOP THE LEVEL OF GROUT AT LEAST 2", BUTNOT MORE THAN 4", BELOW THE TOP OF A MORTAR JOINT. IF THE HEIGHT OF WALLCONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO PLACING ANY GROUT EXCEEDS 5'-0", 4"x4" CLEANOUTSSHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE BASE OF ALL GROUTED CELLS. HEIGHT OF CMU WALLCONSTRUCTED PRIOR TO PLACING GROUT SHALL NOT EXCEED 12'-8". GROUT SHALLBE CONSOLIDATED (VIBRATED) AND RECONSOLIDATED, TO COMPLETELY FILL VOIDSAND BOND TO THE MASONRY SURFACES. PARTICULAR ATTENTION SHALL BE GIVENTO GROUT CONSOLIDATION AT EMBEDDED CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHORS.REINFORCEMENT: STEEL REINFORCING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615 GRADE 60DEFORMED BARS, CBC 2019 SECTION 2103.4, AND ARTICLE 2.4 OF THE "SPECIFICATIONFOR MASONRY STRUCTURES", TMS 602-13/ACI 530.1-13/ASCE 6-13. ALL STEELREINFORCING SHALL BE FREE OF OIL, SCALE, AND RUST. CORNER BARS WITH FULLTENSION LAPS, MATCHING CONTINUOUS BARS SIZE AND SPACING, SHALL BEPROVIDED FOR ALL LONGITUDINAL "U"-BLOCK REINFORCEMENT AND FOR ALLHORIZONTAL WALL REINFORCEMENT. LAP SPLICE LENGTHS OF REINFORCING BARSSHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE:EMBEDDMENT AND SPLICE TABLE NOTES:IF THE COVER OR EDGE IS LESS THAN 1 BAR DIAMETER OR THE CENTER-TO-CENTERLATERAL BAR SPACING IS LESS THAN 3 DIAMETERS, SEE TMS 402/ACI 530 FORAPPROPRIATE GUIDANCE.JOINT REINFORCEMENT: HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT SHALL BEPREFABRICATED FOR EMBEDMENT IN HORIZONTAL MORTAR JOINTS OF MASONRY,MANUFACTURED AND WELDED IN 10 FOOT LENGTHS FROM COLD-DRAWN STEEL WIRECONFORMING WITH ASTM A82. JOINT REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTMA951 AND ACI/ASCE 530, AND BE FREE OF OIL, SCALE, AND RUST. PREFABRICATEDCORNERS AND TEES ARE REQUIRED FOR EACH TYPE OF WALL REINFORCING. JOINTREINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LAPPED 8" MINIMUM AT SPLICES.REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT:THE CLEAR DISTANCE BETWEEN PARALLEL BARS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THENOMINAL DIAMETER OF THE BARS, NOR LESS THAN 1 INCH. A MINIMUM CLEARDISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCING BARS AND THE INTERIOR SURFACE OF MASONRYCELLS OF 12 IN. SHALL BE MAINTAINED. REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE PLACED WITH THEFOLLOWING MASONRY COVER CLEARANCES, WITHIN THE TOLERANCES SET FORTH INTMS 402/ACI 530, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE ON THE SECTIONS &DETAILS. REINFORCING BARS SHALL HAVE A MASONRY COVER NOT LESS THAN:MASONRY FACES EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: FOR BARS LARGER THAN NO. 5: 2" CLEAR FOR NO. 5 BARS OR SMALLER: 112" CLEARMASONRY FACES NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: FOR ALL BARS: 112" CLEARREINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT TOLERANCE: TOLERANCE FOR THE PLACEMENT OFREINFORCEMENT STEEL IN WALLS AND FLEXURAL ELEMENTS SHALL BE ±12", WHICHSHALL BE ACHIEVED WITH ADEQUATELY SPACED BAR POSITIONERS.TESTING & QUALITY ASSURANCE:ALL SAMPLING AND TESTING OF GROUT SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTMC1019. ALL SAMPLING AND TESTING OF MORTAR SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCEWITH ASTM C780. PROVIDE AN INSPECTION HOLE AT THE BOTTOM OF EACH CELL FOREACH LIFT TO ALLOW VISUAL INSPECTION AND TO REMOVE MORTAR DROPPINGPRIOR TO GROUTING. TESTING LABORATORY SHALL INSPECT EACH CELL PRIOR TOAND DURING GROUTING.MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S1.1.dwg - Tab: STRUCTURAL NOTES - by santosh-xps dell on 02/13/26 at 6:28:50 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSASTRUCTURAL NOTESS1.137 7INSPECTION & TESTING SERVICESOWNER SHALL SELECT AND PAY FOR THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENTINSPECTION & TESTING LABORATORY TO PERFORM THE TASKS LISTED UNDER THE"INSPECTION, TESTING, & QUALITY ASSURANCE" SECTION OF EACH OF THEACCOMPANYING GENERAL NOTES AND ALL TASKS LISTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.SPECIAL INSPECTIONS:SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED FOR THE FOLLOWING ASPECTS OF THEPROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CBC 2019:CONSTRUCTION TYPECODE SECTION1.STRUCTURAL STEEL1705.2 & 1705.12.12.CONCRETE1705.33.REINFORCED MASONRY1705.44.SOIL 1705.65.POST-INSTALLED ANCHORSMANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONREPORTING REQUIREMENTS:SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL KEEP RECORDS OF INSPECTIONS. THE SPECIALINSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, ANDTO THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE. REPORTSSHALL INCLUDE THAT WORK INSPECTED WAS OR WAS NOT COMPLETED INCONFORMANCE TO APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DISCREPANCIES SHALLBE BROUGHT TO THE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR FORCORRECTION. IF THEY ARE NOT CORRECTED, THE DISCREPANCIES SHALL BEBROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND TO THE REGISTEREDDESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OFTHAT PHASE OF THE WORK. A FINAL REPORT DOCUMENTING REQUIRED SPECIALINSPECTIONS AND CORRECTIONS OF ANY DISCREPANCIES NOTED IN THEINSPECTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT A POINT IN TIME AGREED UPON PRIOR TO THESTART OF WORK BY THE APPLICANT AND THE BUILDING OFFICIAL.7INSPECTION & TESTING SERVICES - CONTINUED7INSPECTION & TESTING SERVICES - CONTINUEDIN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2019 CBC,SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED AS NOTED BELOW1705.2.1 & 1705.2.1.2 - REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF STEEL CONSTRUCTIONVERIFICATION AND INSPECTIONCONTINUOUSPERIODICREFERENCEDSTANDARDIBCREFERENCE1.MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS:A.IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS TO CONFORMTO ASTM STANDARDS SPECIFIED IN THEAPPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.-XAISC 360,SECTION A3.3 &APPLICABLEASTM MATERIALSTANDARDSB.MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OFCOMPLIANCE REQUIRED.-X--2.INSPECTION OF HIGH-STRENGTH BOLTING:A.SNUG-TIGHT JOINTS.-XAISC 360,SECTION M2.51704.3.3B.PRETENSIONED AND SLIP-CRITICAL JOINTSUSING TURN-OF-NUT WITH MATCHMARKING,TWIST-OFF BOLT OR DIRECT TENSIONINDICATOR METHODS OF INSTALLATION.-XC.PRETENSIONED AND SLIP-CRITICAL JOINTSUSING TURN-OF-NUT WITHOUTMATCHMARKING OR CALIBRATED WRENCHMETHODS OF INSTALLATION.X-3.MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AND COLD-FORMED STEEL DECK:A.FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL, IDENTIFICATIONMARKINGS TO CONFROM TO AISC 360.-XAISC 360,SECTION M5.5B.FOR OTHER STEEL, IDENTIFICATIONMARKINGS TO CONFORM TO ASTMSTANDARDS SPECIFIED IN THE APPROVEDCONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.-XAPPLICABLEASTM MATERIALSTANDARDSC.MANUFACTURER' SCERTIFIED TESTREPORTS.-X4.MATERIAL VERIFICATION OF WELD FILTER MATERIALS:A.IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS TO CONFORMTO AWS SPECIFICATION IN THE APPROVEDCONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.-XAISC 360,SECTION A3.5ANDAPPLICABLEAWS A5DOCUMENTS-B.MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OFCOMPLIANCE REQUIRED.-X--5.INSPECTION OF WELDING:A.STRUCTURAL STEEL AND COLD-FORMED STEEL DECK:1.COMPLETE AND PARTIAL JOINTPENETRATION GROOVE WELDSX-AWS D1.11704.3.12.MULTIPASS FILLET WELDS.X-3.SINGLE-PASS FILLET WELDS > 516"X-4.PLUG AND SLOT WELDSX-5.SINGLE-PASS FILLET WELDS 516"-X6.FLOOR AND ROOF DECK WELDS.-XAWS D1.3B.REINFORCING STEEL:1.VERIFICATION OF WELDABILITY OFREINFORCING STEEL OTHER THAN ASTMA706.-XAWS D1.4ACI 318:SECTION 3.5.22.REINFORCING STEEL RESISTINGFLEXURAL AND AXIAL FORCES ININTERMEDIATE AND SPECIAL MOMENTFRAMES, AND BOUNDARY ELEMENTS OFSPECIAL STRUCTURAL WALLS OFCONCRETE AND SHEARREINFORCEMENT.X-3.SHEAR REINFORCEMENT.X-4.OTHER REINFORCING STEEL.-X6.INSPECTION OF STEEL FRAME JOINT DETAILS FOR COMPLIANCE:A.DETAILS SUCH AS BRACING ADNSTIFFENING.-X1704.3.2B.MEMBER LOCATIONS.-XC.APPLICATION OF JOINT DETAILS AT EACHCONNECTION.-X1705.6 - REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF SOILSVERIFICATION AND INSPECTIONCONTINUOUSPERIODIC1.VERIFY MATERIALS BELOW SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS ARE ADEQUATE TOACHIEVE THE DESIGN BEARING CAPACITY.-X2.VERIFY EXCAVATIONS ARE EXTENDED TO PROPER DEPTH AND HAVE REACHEDTHE PROPER MATERIAL.-X3.PERFORM CLASSIFICATION AND TESTING OF COMPACTED FILL MATERIALS.-X4.VERIFY PROPER USE OF MATERIALS, DENSITIES, AND LIFT THICKNESSESDURING PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF COMPACTED FILL.X-5.PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF COMPACTED FILL, OBSERVE SUBGRADE AND VERIFYTHAT SITE HAS BEEN PREPARED PROPERLY.-X1705.3 - REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTS OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONTYPECONTINUOUSPERIODICREFERENCEDSTANDARDIBCREFERENCE1.INSPECT REINFORCEMENT, INCLUDINGPRESTRESSING TENDONS, AND VERIFYPLACEMENT.-XACI318: CH. 20,25.2, 25.3, 26.5.1- 26.5.31908.42.REINFORCING BAR WELDING:A.VERIFY WELDABILITY OF REINFORCINGBARS OTHER THAN ASTM A706.-XAWSD 1.4ACI318: 17.8.2-B.INSPECT SINGLE-PASS FILLET WELDS,MAXIMUM 516"-XC.INSPECT ALL OTHER WELDSX-3.INSPECT ANCHORS CAST IN CONCRETE.-XACI318: 17.8.2-4.INSPECT ANCHORS POST-INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS PER ESR/ICC REPORT.A.ADHESIVE ANCHORS INSTALLED INHORIZONTALLY OR UPWARDLY INCLINEDORIENTATIONS TO RESIST SUSTAINEDTENSION LOADS.X-ACI318: 17.8.2.4ACI318: 17.8.2-B.MECHANICAL ANCHORS AND ADHESIVEANCHORS NOT DEFINED IN 4.A-X5.VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX.-XACI318: CH. 19,26.4.3, 26.4.41904.1, 1904.2,1908.2, 1908.36.PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT, FABRICATESPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORMSLUMP AND AIR CONTENT TESTS, ANDDETERMINE THE TEMPARATURE OF THECONCRETE.X-ASTMC172ASTMC31ACI318: 26.4,26.121908.107.INSPECT CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETPLACEMENT FOR PROPER APPLICATIONTECHNIQUES.X-ACI318: 26.4.51908.6,1908.7,1908.88.VERIFY MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURINGTEMPARATURE AND TECHNIQUES.-XACI318: 26.4.7 -26.4.91908.99.INSPECTION OF PRESTRESSED CONCRETE:A.APPLICATION OF PRESTRESSING FORCES.X-ACI318: 26.9.2.1,26.9.2.3-B.GROUTING OF BONDED PRESTRESSINGTENDONS.X-10.ERECTION OF PRECAST CONCRETE MEMBERS.-XACI318: CH. 26.8-11.VERIFICATION OF IN-SITU CONCRETESTRENGTH, PRIOR TO STRESSING OF TENDONSIN POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE AND PRIOR TOREMOVAL OF SHORES AND FORMS FROMBEAMS AND STRUCTURAL SLABS.-XACI318: 26.10.2-12.INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATIONAND DIMENSIONS OF THE CONCRETE MEMBERBEING FORMED.-XACI318:26.10.1(b)-1705.4 - REQUIRED VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF MASONRY CONSTRUCTIONVERIFICATION AND INSPECTIONCONTINUOUSPERIODICREFERENCE FOR CRITERIACBCSECTIONTMS402/ ACI530/ ASCE5TMS602 /ACI530.1/ ASCE61.COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIRED INSPECTIONPROVISIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTIONDOCUMENTS AND THE APPROVED SUBMITTALS.-X--ART. 1.52.VERIFICATION OF f'm AND f'aac PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTION AND EVERY 5,000 SQUAREFEET DURING CONSTRUCTION.-X--ART 1.4B3.VERIFICATION OF PROPORTIONS OF MATERIALSIN PREMIXED OR PREBLENDED MORTAR ANDGROUT AS DELIVERED TO THE SITE.-X--ART. 1.5B4.VERIFICATION OF SLUMP FLOW AND VSI ASDELIVERED TO THE SITE FORSELF-CONSOLIDATING GROUT.X---ART.1.5B.1.b.35.THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE VERIFIED TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE:A.PROPORTIONS OF SITE-PREPAREDMORTAR, GROUT AND PRESTRESSINGGROUT FOR BONDED TENDONS.-X--ART. 2.6AB.PLACEMENT OF MASONRY UNITS ANDCONSTRUCTION OF MORTAR JOINTS.-X--ART. 3.3BC.PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT,CONNECTORS AND PRESTRESSINGTENDONS AND ANCHORAGES.-X-SEC.1.15ART. 3.4,3.6AD.GROUT SPACE PRIOR TO GROUT.X---ART. 3.2DE.PLACEMENT OF GROUT.X---ART. 3.5F.PLACEMENT OF PRESTRESSING GROUT.X---ART. 3.6CG.SIZE AND LOCATION OF STRUCTURALELEMENTS.-X--ART. 3.3FH.TYPE, SIZE AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS,INCLUDING OTHER DETAILS OF ANCHORAGEOF MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS,FRAMES OR OTHER CONSTRUCTION.X--SEC.1.2.2(e),1.16.1-I.SPECIFIED SIZE, GRADE AND TYPE OFREINFORCEMENT, ANCHOR BOLTS,PRESTRESSING TENDONS ANDANCHORAGES.-X-SEC.1.15ART. 2.4,3.4J.WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS.X--SEC.2.197.2,3.3.3.4(b)-K.PREPARATION, CONSTRUCTION ANDPROTECTION OF MASONRY DURING COLDWEATHER (TEMPERATURE BELOW 40°F) ORHOT WEATHER (TEMPERATURE ABOVE 90°F)-XSEC.2104A.3,2104A.4-ART. 2.4,3.4L.APPLICATION AND MEASUREMENT OFPRESTRESSING FORCE.X---ART. 1.8C,1.8D6.PREPARATION OF ANY REQUIRED GROUTSPECIMENS AND/OR PRISMS SHALL BEOBSERVED.X-SEC.2105A.2.2,2105A.3-ART. 3.6B7.POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS.X-1615A.1.14(DSA-SS,16151.12(DSA-SS /CC)--6ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE & MASONRYGENERAL:CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE EVERY PRECAUTION NECESSARY TO ENSURE THATANCHORS ARE ACCURATELY PLACED AND DO NOT CONFLICT WITH ANY STRUCTURALMEMBERS. ANY STEEL MEMBERS THAT ARE TO BE ATTACHED TO MASONRY ORHARDENED CONCRETE SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM A FIELD DETERMINED TEMPLATEFOR THE LAYOUT OF CAST-IN-PLACE AND POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS. DURING THEINSTALLATION OF ALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INTO MASONRY AND HARDENEDCONCRETE, CONTRACTOR SHALL EXERCISE CARE TO ENSURE THAT NO EXISTINGCAST-IN-PLACE REINFORCEMENT IS NICK OR CUT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATEEXISTING REINFORCEMENT BY MEANS OF SMALL DRILLED PILOT HOLES, OR OTHERAPPROVED NON-DESTRUCTIVE MEANS, THEN DETERMINE THE LAYOUT OF THEPOST-INSTALLED ANCHORS.POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR INSTALLATION TRAINING:ALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEMANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTATLLATION INSTRUCTIONS (MPII). PRIOR TOPROCEEDING WITH THE INSTALLATION OF ANY POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS, THECONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER OF THE POST-INSTALLEDANCHORING SYSTEM BEING USED. A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE ANCHORINGSYSTEM MANUFACTURER SHALL BE HIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL OFTHE NECESSARY ON-SITE TRAINING AND/OR GUIDANCE TO ENSURE THE PROPERINSTALLATION OF THEIR PRODUCTS. ALL HOLES SHALL BE CLEANED WITHCOMPRESSED AIR AND WIRE BRUSHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL MANUFACTURER'SINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. ONLY PERSONNEL WITH ACI ANCHOR INSTALLORCERTIFICATION SHALL INSTALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS. AT THE PROFESSIONALOF RECORD'S OPTION, PERSONNEL WITH ADEQUATE TRAINING MAY BE ALLOWEDINSTALL POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS IF SUFFICIENT DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED.SEE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.ANCHOR TYPES:ALL CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHORS SHALL BE HEADED BOLTS OR THREADED RODS WITH ANUT WELDED NEAR THE LOWER SECTION OF THE ROD. POST-INSTALLED ANCHORSSHALL INCLUDE ALL WEDGE TYPE ANCHORS, ALL ADHESIVE SET TYPE ANCHORS, ANDOTHER TYPES OF POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS THAT REQUIRE DRILLING INTOGROUTED AND HOLLOW MASONRY AND THE CONCRETE AFTER IT HAS HARDENED.INSTALLATION OF ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE:1.CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHORAGE IN CONCRETE:A.MATERIALS: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ANCHORS SHALL CONSIST OFASTM A193, B7 THREADED RODS, ASTM A563, HEAVY HEX GRADE DH NUTS,AND ASTM F436, GRADE 1 WASHERS.B.INSTALLATION: THE TOLERANCES FOR THE PLACEMENT OF EMBEDDEDITEMS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 7.5,ENTITLED “INSTALLATION OF ANCHOR BOLTS, FOUNDATION BOLTS, ANDOTHER EMBEDDED ITEMS”, OF AISC 303-10, ENTITLED “CODE OFSTANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES".2.POST-INSTALLED ADHESIVE ANCHORAGE INTO CONCRETE:A.MATERIALS: POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS SHALL BE ASTM A193,B7 THREADED RODS, ASTM A563, HEAVY HEX GRADE DH NUTS, AND ASTMF436, GRADE 1 WASHERS.B.INSTALLATION: ALL HOLES SHALL BE MADE ONLY WITH A HAMMER DRILLWITH A CARBIDE BIT; HOLES SHALL NOT BE MADE WITH A CORE DRILL. ALLHOLES SHALL BE CLEANED WITH COMPRESSED AIR AND WIRE BRUSHED INACCORDANCE WITH ALL MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.INSTALLATION OF POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INTO THE CMU BLOCK WALLS:THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE SHALL BE FOLLOWED WHEN INSTALLINGPOST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INTO THE CMU BLOCK WALLS.1.CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHORS IN GROUTED CMU BLOCK:A.MATERIALS: CAST-IN-PLACE MASONRY ANCHORS SHALL CONSIST OFASTM A307, GRADE A BOLTS WITH ASTM A563A, HEX NUTS, AND ASTM F844WASHERS.B.INSTALLATION: WHERE ANCHOR PROTRUDES FROM SIDE FACE OFMASONRY FACE SHELL, THE FACE SHELL OF THE MASONRY UNIT WALLSHALL HAVE A HOLE CORED OR DRILLED THAT ALLOWS FOR 1 INCH CLEAROF GROUT ALL AROUND THE ANCHOR BOLT, SUCH THAT DIAMETER OFHOLE SHALL BE 2" + BOLT DIAMETER. THE MINIMUM CLEAR DIMENSIONFROM THE END OF THE HEADED ANCHOR BOLT TO THE INSIDE FACE OFTHE SHELL SHALL BE 12".2.POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INTO CMU BLOCK:A.MATERIALS: ALL THREADED ROD ANCHORS SHALL BE CUT FROM ASTMF593, GROUP 1 STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD, CUT TO THE REQUIREDLENGTH, WITH A SQUARE END INSERTED INTO BLOCK. SET RODS WITHHILTI HIT-HY 70 ADHESIVE SYSTEM. ONCE THE APPLICABLE CURE TIMEHAS ELAPSED, APPLY A MAXIMUM INSTALLATION TORQUE OF 10 FT. LBS.THREADED RODS SHALL BE FREE OF OILS, SCALES, AND RUST.B.GROUTED MASONRY INSTALLATION: POST-INSTALLED ANCHORSINSTALLED INTO GROUTED MASONRY SHALL HAVE AN EMBEDDMENTDEPTH OF 634"-TYPICAL. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATIONRECOMMENDATIONS.C.NON-GROUTED MASONRY INSTALLATION: POST-INSTALLED ANCHORSINSTALLED INTO NON-GROUTED MASONRY SHALL HAVE AN EMBEDDMENTDEPTH OF 2" INTO CMU WITH STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN TUBES. PROVIDE34"x8" STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN TUBES THAT SHALL BE MODIFIED ASNEEDED TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED LENGTH FOR A 2" EMBEDDMENTPAST THE FACE SHELL INTO CMU BLOCK. PROVIDE A FLANGE AT THEOPENING OF THE MODIFIED SCREEN TUBE FROM THE PORTION OF THE34"x8" SCREEN TUBE THAT WAS MODIFIED. FOLLOW ALL MANUFACTURER'SINSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS.WHEN DRILLING HOLES INTO NON-GROUTED MASONRY CELLS, CARESHALL BE EXERCISED SO AS TO NOT BLOWOUT INNER FACE OF MASONRYCELL WALL. THIS CAN BE ACHIEVED BY DECREASING OR ELIMINATING THEHAMMERING FUNCTION OF THE DRILL MIDWAY THROUGH THE BLOCKFACE. AS AN ALTERNATIVE WHEN DRILLING INTO NON-GROUTEDMASONRY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSIDER CORE DRILL.MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S1.2.dwg - Tab: STRUCTURAL NOTES - by santosh-xps dell on 02/13/26 at 6:28:38 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSASTRUCTURAL NOTESS1.238 8EQUIPMENT SIZE, WEIGHTS, & ANCHORAGETHE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ACTUAL SIZE, SUPPORT SPACING, &WEIGHT, INCLUDING WEIGHTS OF ANY INERTIA BASE, OF ALL MECHANICAL ANDELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING TANKS, TO BE USED IN THE PROJECT TO THEPROFESSIONAL OF RECORD AND SUBCONTRACTORS FOR VERIFICATION OF LOADSUSED IN THE DESIGN, AND SHALL REPORT ANY CHANGES IN LOCATION, NUMBER OFPIECES, AND WEIGHTS OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, ANDPLUMBING DRAWINGS AT LEAST TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO FABRICATION ANDCONSTRUCTION OF THE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE COMPONENTS. ALL EQUIPMENTANCHORAGE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM ADEQUATE CAPACITY TO RESIST THE BASESHEAR FORCES LISTED IN THE GENERAL NOTE ENTITLED "DESIGN LOADS & OTHERDESIGN INFORMATION".MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT:PRIOR TO THE DETAILING OF ANY STRUCTURAL MATERIALS INVOLVED IN THESUPPORT OF ANY EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MECHANICAL ANDELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE PROFESSIONAL OFRECORD ALL INFORMATION RELATIVE TO LOADS, LOAD POINTS, DIMENSIONS, ETC. OFTHE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT WHICH IS TO BE FURNISHED FOR THE PROJECT. ALLDETAILS AND MEMBERS SIZES SHOWN ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARETENTATIVE UNTIL SUCH TIME THAT THIS INFORMATION IS REVIEWED BY THEPROFESSIONAL OF RECORD. LOCATION OF SUPPORT BEAMS FOR ALL MECHANICALEQUIPMENT, PIPING, ETC. MUST BE COORDINATED WITH SIZE AND LOCATION OF THEACTUAL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR.EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE:ALL EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE SHALL BE A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL BY THECONTRACTOR. ANCHORAGE OF ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DESIGNED BY AREGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER LICENSED TO PRACTICE IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA,COMMISSIONED AND PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL DEFERRED EQUIPMENTSUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE DESIGNING ENIGINEER'S SEAL AND SIGNATURE. ALLANCHORAGE COMPONENTS AND LABOR NECESSARY TO INSTALL THE NECESSARYANCHORAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO SUITE THE SPECIFICEQUIPMENT THAT IS TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE PROJECT.EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD: WHERE ANCHORING EQUIPMENTON A CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD, ANCHORS SHALL EXTEND THROUGH ENTIRETHICKNESS OF PAD AND ADEQUATE EMBEDMENT INTO UNDERLYING SLAB SHALL BEACHIEVED. ANCHOR EMBEDMENT SHALL BE MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF THE MAINSLAB, NOT FROM THE TOP OF THE PAD.9DESIGN LOADS & OTHER DESIGN INFORMATIONALL COMPONENTS OF THIS PROJECT SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND THE LOADINGCRITERIA SET FORTH IN THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC), 2019 EDITION, ANDASCE 7-16. THE FOLLOWING DESIGN INFORMATION HAS BEEN DEVELOPED INACCORDANCE WITH THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, 2019 EDITION, ALONG WITHASCE 7-16.1.ROOF LIVE LOADS:Lr: N/A2.SNOW LOADS: N/A3.WIND DESIGN DATA:A.ULTIMATE DESIGN WIND SPEED, VULT: 106 mphB.RISK CATEGORY: IVC.WIND IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IW: 1.00D.WIND EXPOSURE: C6.SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA:A.SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR, IE: 1.5B.RISK CATEGORY: IVC.MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS:SS: 1.4752 gS1: 0.527 gD.SITE CLASS: DE.SITE COEFFICIENTS:FA: N/AFV: N/AF.MCE SPECTRAL RESPONSE PARAMETERS:SMS: 1.651 gSM1: 1.867 gG.DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE PARAMETERS:SDS: 1.101 gSD1: 0.245 gH.SITE-MODIFIED MCEG PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION : PGAM = 0.691 gI.LONG PERIOD TRANSITION-PERIOD: TL = 8 SECJ.SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D9DESIGN LOADS & OTHER DESIGN INFORMATION7.FLOOD LOAD: N/A8.SPECIAL LOADS: N/A9.SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR SEISMICRESISTANCE: SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED FOR THE VARIOUS ASPECTS OFTHE PROJECT PER THE REQUIREMENTS STIPULATED IN CBC 2019.MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S1.3.dwg - Tab: STRUCTURAL NOTES - by santosh-xps dell on 02/13/26 at 6:24:25 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSASTRUCTURAL NOTESS1.339 29'-0"104'-0"4'-0"12'-0"16'-6"14'-6"7'-6"14'-6"7'-6"14'-6"13'-0"12'-0"26'-0"66'-0"30" MAT FOUNDATION W/#5@10" OC TOP ANDBOTTOM, BOTH WAYS (TYP.)VESSEL - 412' DIA x 20' TALLMAX WT 154,000 LBSVESSEL - 312' DIA x 20' TALLMAX WT 154,000 LBSVESSEL - 212' DIA x 20' TALLMAX WT 154,000 LBSVESSEL - 112' DIA x 20' TALLMAX WT 154,000 LBSSEE MECHANICAL PLANFOR PIPE PENETRATIONLOCATIONS. PIPEPENETRATION PERAVOID PIPE RUNS WITHIN CONCRETESLAB, LOCATE BELOW OR ABOVETHE SLAB. PIPE SHOWN FORREFERENCE ONLY, SEE MECHANICALPLAN FOR LAYOUT.PUMP RACKAS5.0PIPE SUPPORTRACK , 8 TYP.BS5.0PROVIDE PIPESUPPORTSTAND, TYP.DS5.0PUMP RACKAS5.0MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S2.0.dwg - Tab: FOUNDATION PLAN - by santosh-xps dell on 02/13/26 at 6:28:27 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSAFOUNDATION PLANS2.040CONCRETE RAMPPER ADASTANDARDS ORDETAIL D ONSHEET C7.1CONCRETE RAMP PER ADASTANDARDS OR DETAIL DON SHEET C7.110'-0"FS3.02S3.01S3.0 2"COVER(TYP.)2"'L D'(TYP.)'LD'(TYP.)1SECTION AF2SECTION B2'-6"CMU WALL PER2'-6" 3" CLR TYP. 3" CLR TYP.3" CLRTYP.3" CLR3" CLRTYP.3" CLRTYP.REINFORCINGPER PLANEXISTINGGRADEEXISTINGGRADESCALE: N.T.SSCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"REINFORCINGPER PLANREINFORCINGPER PLANREINFORCINGPER PLAN11#5 CLOSEDSTIRRUPS @ 10" OC(TYP.)MAT OPENING PERMECH./CIVIL DWGS.1.ADDITIONAL REINFORCING BARS TO MATCH EXISTING REINFORCING.2.ADDITIONAL REINFORCING BARS REQUIRED AT BOTH TOP ANDBOTTOM LOCATIONS.3.THE SHOWN REINFORCING AROUND OPENINGS/PENETRATIONS AREIN ADDITION TO THE REQUIRED MAT REINFORCING BARS.4.USE "LDH" IN LIEU OF "LD" WHERE "LD " CANNOT BE ACHIEVED.NOTES:ADD'L. REINF. AT SLAB PENETRATIONS/OPENINGS PLANSECTIONPOLYURETHANESEALANTCAULK WITH BRAIDED YARNOR COTTON ROPE1" CLR. MIN.FLOOR SLAB14" PLATE WALL FLANGE,MATERIAL SAME AS SLEEVE1"STEEL PIPE SLEEVE14" THICK MINIMUM3163" TYP.PIPE SIZE PER PLAN1'-6"1'-6"MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S3.0.dwg - Tab: CONCRETE DETAILS - by santosh-xps dell on 02/13/26 at 6:28:31 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSACONCRETE DETAILSS3.041 14'-0"14'-0" 3" CLR COVER 1'-6"3" CLR.COVER1'-0" MIN. 2" CLR.COVER 6"2'-0"2'-0"1'-3"2'-0"TYPLd TYP1'-3"1'-6" 2'-0"BADETENTION TANK PLAN AND SECTIONSCALE: N.T.SSCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"MAT SLAB DRAIN PIT PLAN AND SECTIONNOTE:1)SEE GENERAL NOTES, NOTE 8 ON S1.3, FOR TANK ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS.2)SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN HERE.144"Ø X 96"(HEIGHT)5,000 GALLON WATER TANK.NOTE:1)SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN HERE.#5@12" MAX OC.HORIZONTAL SPACING TYP(TOP & BOT.)#5 CLOSEDTIES @12"MAX OC. TYPMAT REINFORCING TYPEMBEDDED PIPE PERMECHANICALDRAWINGSMAT REINFORCING TYPDIAGONAL BARS TOMATCH MATREINFORCING TYPREBAR, #4@6" OC TYPREBAR, #4 @6"OC AROUNDPIT TYPREBAR, #4 @6" OC TYP.MOVE BARS TOACCOMMODATEEMBEDDED PIPE.ADD WATER STOPSLOPE GROUT TODRAINMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S3.1.dwg - Tab: CONCRETE DETAILS - by santosh-xps dell on 02/14/26 at 8:54:49 AM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSACONCRETE DETAILSS3.142 8"FULLY GROUTEDCMU WALL, (TYP.)2'-0"2'-0" MIN.3" CLEARCOVER (TYP.)1'-0"4'-3"8'-0"1'-0"1'-0"3'1' MIN.1'1'1'8"FPERIMETER WALL STEP FOOTINGTYPICAL CMU WALLFEDNOT USEDPROPOSED CMU WALL TO EXISITING WALL TRANSITIONN.T.S.1.PROVIDE JOINTS AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 24 FEETEXCEPT AS NOTED.2.HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUSTHRU JOINT.3.SINGLE LAYER OF REINFORCEMENT SHOWN, DOUBLE LAYEROF REINFORCEMENT SIMILAR.4.CMU BLOCK SIZE AND COLOR SHALL MATCH EXISTING CMUWALL.ASITE WALLKEY COLD JOINTFULL HEIGHTPROVIDE OPEN END BLOCKS ATBLOCK WALLS. FILL WITHPOLYSULPHIDE SEALANT EACH SIDENOTES:1'-6"TYP(2)-#5 CONT.N.T.S.N.T.S.N.T.S.2" SOLID CAPBLOCK (TYP.)#5 HORZ. BAR @24"O.C MAX O.C(TYP.)#5 VERT. DOWEL w/STANDARD HOOK @8" MAX. O.C.EXISTING GRADE(5)#5 CLOSED STRIRRUPS@ 16" O.C. (TYP.)#5 VERT.REINFORCING BAR@ 8" MAX. O.C.(TYP.)(4) #5 REBARS EQUALLYSPACED TOP AND BOTTOM.(2)#4 HORZ.BAR @ TOP2 - #5 T&B#5 @ 12"C6"EQ EQ EQ EQ 6"2'-0" TYP.(N) WALL(N) WALL FOOTING(E) PILASTER(E) PILASTER FOOTING(E) WALL FOOTINGPLAN VIEWSECTION(N) EPOXY ANCHOR #5 REBARWITH HILTI-HIT HY 270 (ESR-4143)INTO EXISTING FULLY GROUTEDMASONRY PILASTER AT 6 LOCATIONSWITH 6" EMBEDMENT. SPECIALINSPECTION REQUIRED.(N) EPOXY ANCHOR #5 REBARWITH HILTI-HIT RE 500 VE (ESR-3814)INTO EXISTING CONCRETE FOOTINGAT 5 LOCATIONS WITH 9" EMBEDMENT.SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED.3" EQ 2'-0" TYP.2'-0" TYP.3" EQ (N) WALL FOOTING(N) WALL(N) EPOXY ANCHOR #5 REBARWITH HILTI-HIT RE 500 VE (ESR-3814)INTO EXISTING CONCRETE FOOTINGAT 5 LOCATIONS WITH 9" EMBEDMENT.SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED.(N) EPOXY ANCHOR #5 REBARWITH HILTI-HIT HY 270 (ESR-4143)INTO EXISTING FULLY GROUTEDMASONRY PILASTER AT 6 LOCATIONSWITH 6" EMBEDMENT. SPECIALINSPECTION REQUIRED.(E) PILASTER(E) PILASTER / WALL FOOTING3" PERFORATED DRAIN LINEW/ FILTER FABRICPROVIDEAGGREGATE BASE PER GEOTECHICALRECOMMENDATIONS3/8"TYPMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S4.0.dwg - Tab: RETAINING WALL DETAILS - by santosh-xps dell on 02/12/26 at 5:21:20 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIS. SHAHIRC / MSARETAINING WALL DETAILSS4.043N.T.S. 1 3/4"(TYP.)4"4"1"8"6"1 1/2" TYP 9"4"1 1/2"TYP4"1 1/2" 1" (TYP.)FIELD MEASURE3'-4" MAX.1'-6" MAX.8'-6" MAX.SEE MECH DWGS.SEE MECH DWGS.SEE MECH DWGS.5"3"1 1/2"(TYP.)1'-0"1'-0" 9'-0" 6"6" 4" EMBD 1'-0"1'-0"1"TYP2" TYP BPIPE SUPPORT RACKFDABACKWASH PIPE SUPPORTN.T.S.BOOSTER PUMP SUPPORT RACK1/4(TYP.)5/8" BASEPLATE (TYP.)5/8"ØHILTI KB-TZ2, SS316, w/ 4" MINIMUMEFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT TYP. (2/BASEPLATE) (TYP.) INSTALL PER ESR REPORTTOLCO STANDARD U-BOLT, ORAPPROVED EQUAL, W/ NUTS ANDWASHER TO MATCH (TYP.)PIPE PER MECHANICAL DWG.(TYP.)℄℄1/4℄℄℄℄(TYP.)HSS4x2x1/4HSS4x2x1/4HSS4x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4HSS4x2x1/4HSS4x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4HSS4x2x1/4BASE PLATENOTES:1.COORDINATE W/MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FORDIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATIONOF THE PIPE SUPPORT RACK.2.ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE HOT DIPPEDGALVANIZED, UNO.3.PROVIDE 1" NON-SHRINK GROUT, BELOW THESUPPORT PLATES, TYP.N.T.S.PIPE SUPPORT STAND5/8" BASE PLATE TYP.1/4" CAP PLATEPIPE PER MECHANICALDWGS TYPTOLCO STANDARD U-BOLT,OR APPROVED EQUAL, W/NUTS AND WASHER TOMATCH TYP.NOTES:1.COORDINATE W/MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FORDIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS PRIOR TOFABRICATION OF THE PIPE SUPPORT RACK.2.ALL EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE HOT DIPPEDGALVANIZED, UNO. (TYP.)3.PROVIDE 1" NON-SHRINK GROUT, BELOW THESUPPORT PLATES, TYP.N.T.S.℄℄BASE PLATE TYPN.T.S.1/4 TYP TYPHSS2x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4L2x2x1/4L2x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4BOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAXBOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAXBOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAXBOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAXHSS2x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/41/2"Ø HILTI KB-TZ2, SS316, w/ 31/2" MINIMUM EFFECTIVEEMBEDMENT TYP. (1/BASEPLATE, 4 TOT.) TYP. INSTALLPER ESR REPORT.HSS2x2x1/4HSS2x2x1/4 1/4" CAPPLATE (TYP.)BOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAXBOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAXBOOSTER PUMPWT: 200# MAX1/4 TYPELEVATION-SIDEELEVATION-FRONTPLAN1/4TYPCAP SEE MECHANICALDRAWINGS FORLOCATIONS AND SIZES3/4"ØX6" STUDFUSION WELDED TOEMBEDDED PIPE. (4TOP & 4 BOT. 8LOCATIONS TOTAL) TYPHSS6x6x1/4 5/8"Ø HILTI KBTZ2-SS 316 W/ 4"MIN. EFFECTIVEEMBEDMENT TYP.(4 TOT.). INSTALLPER ICC-ESR-4266(SPECIALINSPECTIONREQUIRED).3/4" THREADED ROD W/NUTS AND WASHER TOMATCH TYP 2 LOCATIONSNOTES:1)ALL EXPOSED STEELSHALL BE SS316STAINLESS STEEL.2)SEE MEP DRAWINGS FORADDITIONALINFORMATION NOTSHOWN HERE.HSS6X6X1/45/8" MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLDSLMSA / JT / CZFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETD:\PROJECTS\2021\PACE\Lampson Well\Received 2_13_2026\B629-60-S5.0.dwg - Tab: MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS - by santosh-xps dell on 02/14/26 at 8:54:38 AM 135CIP No. WT 1902S. SHAHIRC / MSAS. SHAHIMISCELLANEOUS DETAILSS5.044NOT USEDNOTE:PROVIDE 1" NON-SHRINK GROUT, f'c=6,000 MIN @28DAYS, BELOW THE SUPPORT PLATES, TYP.EXPANSION ANCHOR EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT DEPTH SHOWN IS INTO THE CONCRETE. ADJUSTTHE TOTAL LENGTH OF ANCHOR TO ACCOUNT FOR NON-SHRINK GROUT.NOTES:1.PROVIDE 1"NON-SHRINK GROUT,BELOW THE SUPPORTPLATES, TYP. THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL NOTES:1.ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (2020), CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (2022), BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCYSTANDARDS TITLE 24 (2022), FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL JURISDICTION CODES.2.ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT, WORKMANLIKE, FINISHED AND SAFE MANNER, ACCORDING TO THE LATEST PUBLISHED NATIONAL ELECTRICALCONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION STANDARDS OF INSTALLATION, UNDER COMPETENT SUPERVISION.3.CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER FACTORS WHICH MAYAFFECT THE EXECUTION OF THIS WORK.4.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO EXISTING WALKS, WALLS, PARKING SPOTS, DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, ETC. DAMAGES SHALL BEREPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY.5.CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR LOCAL FEES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS AS MAY BE REQUIRED AND PROVIDE A CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTION TO THECITY.6.LEAVE THE SITE CLEAN, REMOVE ALL DEBRIS, EMPTY CARTONS, TOOLS, CONDUIT, WIRE SCRAPS AND ALL MISCELLANEOUS SPARE EQUIPMENT ANDMATERIALS USED IN THE WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION.7.IT IS THE OBLIGATION OF THE CONTRACTOR TO ORGANIZE HIS WORK SO THAT A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL, INSTRUMENTATION, AND/OR CONTROLSYSTEM FOR THE FACILITY WILL BE PROVIDED AND SUPPORTED BY ACCURATE SHOP AND RECORD DRAWINGS, AND ALL O & M MANUALS.8.ALL CABLES SHALL BE NEW, COPPER, RATED FOR 600V AND LISTED FOR ITS LOCATION WITH A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE RATING OF 75 DEG C WET AND 90DEG C DRY; POWER CABLES SHALL BE TYPE XHHW-2 FOR UNDERGROUND RUNS AND ABOVEGROUND RUNS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.9.MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE 3/4". MINIMUM SIZE CONDUIT BELOW GROUND SHALL BE 1" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALLCONDUITS FOR POWER AND LIGHTING SHALL CONTAIN A GROUNDING CONDUCTOR.10.MINIMUM SIZE POWER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE #12 AWG UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.11.ALL WIRE TERMINATIONS SUCH SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM TEMPERATURE RATING OF 75 DEG C, AS SUCH, WIRE AMPACITIES ARE CALCULATED BASED ON75 DEG C RATINGS.12.CONDUIT SIZE SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE PLANS OR DETAILS. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE SCH 40 PVC ENCASED IN CONCRETE WITH PVCCOATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL BENDS, ELBOWS, AND TURN-UPS. ABOVE-GROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE PVC COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (RMC)UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.13.EQUIPMENT LOCATED INDOORS SHALL BE NEMA 12 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. OUTDOOR EXPOSED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEMA 3R UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.14.GROUND AND BOND ALL EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURES PER NEC ARTICLE 250 AND MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.15.CONTRACTOR SHALL PLAN AND INSTALL WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO CONFORM TO THE STRUCTURE, AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, PRESERVEHEADROOM AND KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR.16.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, ETC. NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WHETHER OR NOTTHESE ITEMS ARE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THESE DRAWINGS. INCIDENTAL ITEMS NOT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, NOR MENTIONED INSPECIFICATIONS THAT CAN BE LEGITIMATELY AND REASONABLY INFERRED TO BELONG TO THE WORK DESCRIBED OR BE NECESSARY IN GOODPRACTICE TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS THOUGH ITEMIZED HERE IN EVERY DETAIL.17.ALL TRENCHING, CONDUITS, ETC. SHALL BE ROUTED AND INSTALLED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE EXISTING FACILITIES ORUNDERGROUND UTILITIES. SHOULD DAMAGE OCCUR, IT WILL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR DAMAGE TO THE SATISFACTION OFTHE CITY OR INSPECTOR.18.ALL CONDUIT RUNS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SURE THAT ALL CONDUIT MEETS LOCAL ANDSTATE CODES.19.WHEN CROSSING PATHWAYS OR SIDEWALKS, CONTRACTOR SHALL BORE UNDER EXISTING CONCRETE WALKS AND SAWCUT ASPHALT WALKS. ASPHALTWALKS AND CONCRETE SIDEWALKS TO BE REPLACED IN KIND.20.CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE WORK INSTALLED UNDER THE CONTRACT TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS, USUALWEAR EXPECTED, AND SHOULD ANY SUCH DEFECTS DEVELOP WITHIN A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR ACCEPTANCE OF THE PROJECT BY THE CITY, THECONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR AND/OR REPLACE ANY DEFECTIVE ITEMS AND DAMAGE RESULTING FROM FAILURE OF THESE ITEMS, AT NO EXPENSEWHATSOEVER TO THE CITY.21.ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE LEGIBLY IDENTIFIED AT THE PANEL, JUNCTION BOXES AND AT ALL EQUIPMENT IN A PERMANENT MANNER (I.E. ETCHED PLATES,CONDUCTOR TAG, PERMANENT MARKER, ETC.). THE LABELING SHALL INCLUDE PANEL CIRCUIT NUMBER, "TO" AND "FROM" IDENTIFICATION, AND MARKED"SPARE" WHERE APPLICABLE.22.CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FOR SHORT CIRCUITS AND MEGGER TEST FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. INSURE LOWIMPEDANCE GROUND PATH SYSTEM. PERFORM HIPOT TESTING WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION.23.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CONTROLS IF OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OR CONTROLS ARE NOT INTEGRALWITH UNITS.24.FULL LOAD AMPS (FLA) SIZES, AS NOTED IN THESE DRAWINGS, ARE BASED ON SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT DATA. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY NAMEPLATEFLA OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED AND COORDINATE ACCORDINGLY PER EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND CODE REQUIREMENTS.25.CONDUITS OR RACEWAYS INSTALLED IN AREAS WHERE ELEVATION CHANGES MAY CAUSE WATER OR MOISTURE TO ENTER THE ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT THROUGH THE CONDUIT SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 300.5(G).26.MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF THE BEST QUALITY WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAME PRINTED THEREON. MATERIALS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED INACCORDANCE WITH NEMA, ANSI, UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY OR OTHER APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND RATED FOR HEAVY DUTY SERVICE.27.SELECTION OF MATERIALS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS.28.THE SUBMITTALS SHALL BE NEATLY GROUPED AND ORGANIZED. PERTINENT INFORMATION SHALL BE HIGHLIGHTED, AND THE SPECIFIC PRODUCT SHALLBE IDENTIFIED. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE COMPLETE, AND PRESENTED IN ONE PACKAGE. THE SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE LIST OF THEEQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS, INCLUDING THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME, PRODUCT SPECIFICATION, DESCRIPTIVE DATA, TECHNICAL LITERATURE,PERFORMANCE CHARTS, CATALOG CUTS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION, AND SPARE PART RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EACH DIFFERENT ITEM OF THEEQUIPMENT SPECIFIED.29.VERIFY ALL CONDUIT FILL RATIOS, BOX FILLS, AND CONDUIT BENDS (MAX 360 DEGREES) ARE MET PER NEC REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL PULL BOXES ANDDE-RATE CABLE AMPACITY AS NECESSARY.30.CONTRACTOR TO READ ALL THE DRAWINGS IN THIS SET TO BECOME FAMILIARIZED WITH THE FULL ELECTRICAL SCOPE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOTHE MECHANICAL AND CIVIL DRAWINGS.31.THESE DRAWINGS AND THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ARE COMPLEMENTARY. WHERE THERE IS OVERLAP, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT WILLTAKE PRECEDENCE.32.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CIRCUITS CONTAIN LESS THAN 5% VOLTAGE DROP. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SHORT CIRCUIT ANALYSIS AND ARCFLASH STUDY, AS REQUIRED.33.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND PERFORM WORK TO THE STANDARDS OF ALL APPLICABLE UTILITY COMPANIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TOUNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL LINES, GAS LINES AND WATER LINES. WHEN AN ISSUE OR DISCREPANCY ARISES, NOTIFY THE CITY AND ENGINEERIMMEDIATELY.34.CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND CITY WITH ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND DURING INSTALLATION OR REVIEW.35.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE REQUIREMENTS FOR NFPA 70E, AS REQUIRED.36.LIGHTING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 30 FOOT CANDLES IN ALL INDOOR ROOMS.37.ALL POWER AND LIGHTING CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A GROUND WIRE, BE AT LEAST #12 THHN, AND SIZED FOR PROPER AMPACITY DERATING ANDCONDUIT FILL.38.ALL 120V RECEPTACLES AND CIRCUITS SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED, EITHER WITH A GFCI RECEPTACLE OR THROUGH A GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKER.ELECTRICAL NOTESE0.045 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902MANUAL MOTOR STARTER120V, 20A SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE120V, 20A SPST SWITCHFENCE120V, 20A 3-WAY SWITCH120V, 20A 4-WAY SWITCH120V, 20A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE120V, 20A QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE480V SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE (NUMBERDENOTES CIRCUIT AMPS)TELEPHONE OUTLET (RJ-11)240V SIMPLEX RECEPTACLE(NUMBER DENOTES CIRCUIT AMPS)ETHERNET (10/100) OUTLET (RJ-45)COMBINATION TELEPHONE/ETHERNET(10/100) OUTLET (RJ-11 & RJ-45)ABOVE GROUND JUNCTION BOXFLOAT SWITCHLEVEL ELEMENTDISCONNECT SWITCHSOLENOID VALVE(ENERGIZED TO CLOSE)BUTTERFLY VALVEPUSHBUTTON CONTROL STATIONCONDUIT SEAL-OFF FITTINGLEVEL PROBESFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERSOLENOID VALVE(ENERGIZED TO OPEN)HANDHOLEFLOOR MOUNTED ETHERNET (10/100)OUTLET (RJ-45)CONDUCTIVITY SWITCHCOMBINATION MOTOR STARTEREXISTING OVERHEAD ELECTRICEXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRICPLUG VALVEGATE VALVEMOTOR STARTERANALYZER TRANSMITTERALARM BEACONHORNPRESSURE SWITCHTEMPERATURE SWITCHUNDERGROUND JUNCTION BOXINTRUSION ALARM SWITCHTHERMOSTATMANHOLEPLAN LEGENDSINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC LEGENDRVREDUCED VOLTAGERVATREDUCED VOLTAGE AUTO-TRANSFORMERSESSERVICE ENTRANCE SECTIONSSSSOLID-STATE STARTERSRSIMPLEX RECEPTACLESSSELECTOR SWITCHSPSURGE PROTECTORSTPSHIELDED TWISTED PAIRSVSOLENOID VALVESWBDSWITCHBOARDTBTERMINAL BLOCKTRTIME DELAY RELAYTCTIMECLOCKTMTHERMAL MAGNETICTRMTRTRANSMITTERTSTEMPERATURE SWITCHTWPTWISTED PAIRTYPTYPICALUGUNDERGROUNDVVOLTS, VOLTAGEVMVOLTMETERVFDVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVEWPWEATHERPROOFTR,XMFRTRANSFORMERXPEXPLOSION PROOFA, AMPAMPERESAMAMMETERACALTERNATING CURRENTAICAMPS INTERRUPTING CAPACITYATSAUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHBATBATTERY BC BATTERY CHARGERCCOMMONCBCIRCUIT BREAKERCNTLCONTROLCPTCONTROL POWER TRANSFORMERCPCONTROL PANELCRCONTROL RELAY, CORROSION RESISTANTCTCURRENT TRANSFORMERDCDIRECT CURRENTDRDUPLEX RECEPTACLE(E)EXISTINGECEDGE CONNECTOREFEXHAUST FANETHETHERNETETMELAPSED TIME METERFFUSEFBFUSE BLOCK(F)FUTUREFLTRFILTERFSFLOAT SWITCHFVNRFULL VOLTAGE NON REVERSINGFVRFULL VOLTAGE REVERSINGG, GNDGROUNDGFCIGROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERHPSHIGH PRESSURE SODIUMHSHAND SWITCHICPINSTRUMENTATION CONTROL PANELISRINTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYI, INDINDICATORINSTINSTANTANEOUSKVKILOVOLTKVAKILOVOLT AMPERESKWKILOWATTLEDLIGHT EMITTING DIODELCDLIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAYLALIGHTNING ARRESTERLCPLOCAL CONTROL PANELLPULIGHTNING PROTECTION UNITLOSLOCK OUT STOPLRLATCH RELAYLSLOAD SPLITTERMAMILLIAMPERESMBMAIN BREAKERMCCMOTOR CONTROL CENTERMCPMOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTORMOTMOTOR OVERTEMPERATUREMMSMOTOR MOISTURE SENSORMSMOTOR STARTERNNEUTRALNANON AUTOMATIC(N)NEWN.I.C.NOT IN CONTRACTNPNAMEPLATEOTOVERTEMPERATUREO/LOVERLOAD DEVICEPBPUSHBUTTONPCBPRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDPCPROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERPLCPROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERPL-1PILOT LIGHT 1ABBREVIATION LISTLEVEL TRANSDUCERPHOTOCELLFIELD WIRINGPANEL WIRINGCOMMUNICATIONS WIRINGHPUSH-TO-TEST PILOT LIGHT(LETTER DENOTES COLOR)PILOT LIGHT(LETTER DENOTES COLOR)CONTROL RELAYPRESSURE SWITCH (N.O.)CLOSES ON RISING LEVELPRESSURE SWITCH (N.C.)OPENS ON RISING LEVELTIMING RELAY, (N.O.) CONTACT TIMETO CLOSE (ON DELAY TIMER)TIMING RELAY, (N.C.) CONTACT TIMETO OPEN (ON DELAY TIMER)TIMING RELAY, (N.O.) CONTACT TIMETO OPEN (OFF DELAY TIMER)FLOAT SWITCH (N.C.)OPENS ON RISING LEVELFLOAT SWITCH (N.O.)CLOSES ON RISING LEVELTEMPERATURE SWITCH (N.C.)OPENS ON RISING LEVELTEMPERATURE SWITCH (N.O.)CLOSES ON RISING LEVELTIMING RELAY, (N.C.) CONTACT TIMETO CLOSE (OFF DELAY TIMER)FLOW SWITCH (N.C.)OPENS ON RISING LEVELFLOW SWITCH (N.O.)CLOSES ON RISING LEVELCABLE (MULTICONDUTOR SHIELDED)CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH DOOR OPERATEDHANDLECIRCUIT BREAKERCONTACT (N.O.)CONTACT (N.C.)PUSHBUTTON (N.O.)MOMENTARY CLOSEPUSHBUTTON (N.C.)MOMENTARY OPEN2-POSITIONSELECTOR SWITCH3-POSITIONSELECTOR SWITCH (HAND-OFF-AUTO)LOCKOUT STOP PUSHBUTTONDISCONNECT SWITCH (N.C.)DISCONNECT SWITCH (N.O.)EARTH GROUND CONNECTIONGROUND ROD AND WELLOVERLOAD (ELECTRONIC TYPE)THERMAL OVERLOAD (BI-METALLIC)FUSED TERMINAL BLOCKNEUTRAL BUSTERMINAL BLOCKFIELD TERMINATIONMAIN LUG ONLYPOWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCKHEATERMOTOR STARTER CONTACTOR COILGROUND BUSCOIL/INDUCTORPOWER TRANSFORMERBUZZERHORNPUSH-PULL EMERGENCY STOPPUSHBUTTONELAPSED TIME METERMETER & CURRENT TRANSFORMERWATT HOUR METER AND SOCKETPHASE FAILURE RELAYTIME DELAY RELAYLATCHING RELAYCONTROL RELAYINTERNAL CONTACT (N.O.)SOLENOIDRESISTORDIODEMETAL OXIDE VARISTORINDICATING FUSE HOLDERAMPERE SIZE SHOWNLIGHTNING ARRESTERDRAWING REFERENCELOCATION SYMBOLSHEET NOTE TAGEDGE CONNECTORCONDUIT DESIGNATIONINSTRUMENTATIONI/O POINT REFERENCE PLC,I/O RACK, OR ANNUNCIATOR PANELEQUIPMENT TAG REFERENCEINTERNAL CONTACT (N.C.)EDGE CONNECTORSINTRINSICALLY SAFE RELAYCAPACITORBATTERY240V, 20A SIMPLEX RECEPTACLEDRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKERFLOODLIGHT WITH RECEPTACLE480V, DUPLEX RECEPTACLEABOVE GROUND TERMINAL BOXLIMIT SWITCH (N.C.)LIMIT SWITCH (N.O.)LIMIT SWITCH (N.O. HELD CLOSED)LIMIT SWITCH (N.C. HELD OPEN)PFRPHASE/POWER FAIL RELAYPNLPANELPOTPOTENTIOMETERPRPAIR CABLEPSPRESSURE SWITCHPTPOTENTIAL TRANSFORMERPTTPUSH TO TESTPVCPOLYVINYL CHLORIDEPWRPOWERRRRUN RELAYEXPOSED CONDUITCONDUIT RUN CONCEALED IN CEILING,FLOOR, WALLS, OR UNDERGROUNDGROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORELECTRICAL LEGEND AND SYMBOLSE0.146 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 19021200ALSIGMLIGHTNINGAND SURGEARRESTORSCEMETERING480V, 3øNEMA 3R SWITCHBOARD ENCLOSUREINCOMINGSCE POWER600A GROUND BUS1200ALSIG150AT2P480V-120VPOWERMONITOR(ION 7500OR EQUAL)POWER FAILTO VFDCONTROLSKWHPULSE OUTPUTTO WELLCTRL PNL600A GROUND BUS1200AAUTOMATICTRANSFERSWITCH50 KVA480-120/240V1ø3WX'FMR400AT2PLP"A"104 FLANEMA 12 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER-A ENCLOSURE480V, 3ø4W, 1200A BUS, 65 KAIC BRACING50AT30AT60A HEAVY DUTYDISCONNECTSWITCHCHLORINE GENERATIONSYSTEM RECTIFIER(CHLORINE ROOM)34 FLAWATERHEATER(BATHROOM)22 FLA30A HEAVY DUTYDISCONNECTSWITCH12X12X48GUTTER1000ALSIGSTGFSFAULTCLFICFAULTBYPVFDMAINPOWERCIRCUITOCSSMCOL500WELL PUMP590 FLANEMA 1 VFD ENCLOSURETO DPB-A, SEEE1.1 FOR CONT.P100GENERAL NOTES:1.GREY ITEMS ARE EXISTING AND SHOULD BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. ALL BOLDITEMS INDICATE NEW INSTALLATIONS.2.GREY ITEMS SHOWN ARE REFERENCED FROM RECORD DRAWINGS DATEDJULY 2009. SEE PROJECT NO. WT0903 AS-BUILTS AND VERIFY ALLCONDITIONS FIRST.3.NOT ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING ARE SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM.REFERENCE DRAWINGS IN THE ELECTRICAL SET AND ENTIRE PROJECT TOCOMPLETELY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK.4.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT REFLECT ACTUAL ROUTING.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PULLPOINTS WHERE REQUIRED FOR PULLINGTENSION AND MAINTAINING LESS THEN (4) 90 DEGREE BENDS.5.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFYTHE ENGINEER AND THE CITY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND.6.CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM SAFE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITHCAL/OSHA AND NFPA 70E STANDARDS.7.ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE ARC-FLASH HAZARD WARNINGLABELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16.8.EQUIPMENT LOCATED INDOORS SHALL BE NEMA 1 UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE. OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEMA 3R UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE.9.GROUND AND BOND ALL ENCLOSURES PER GROUNDING PLANS ANDMANUFACTURER/CODE REQUIREMENTS.10.THE CITY SHALL PROVIDE FINAL APPROVAL OF, OR SELECT CONTROLINTEGRATOR CONSULTANTS AND/OR CONTROL PANEL MANUFACTURERS TOATTAIN CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER CITY SITES AND CITY STANDARDS.INSTALL 225AF/225AT 3P LSIG THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER INEXISTING SPARE MCC BUCKET. BREAKER SHALL BE OF THE SAMEMANUFACTURER AND AIC RATING AS THE MCC.CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMNTS1SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM (1 OF 3)E1.0473P225 AF225 ATLSIGSTANDBY DIESEL GENERATOR480/277V, 3Ø-4W, 60 HZ, 750KW, 937KVA, 1127A, 0.8 PFBATTERYCHARGERGNDNEULSI1200AJACKETWATER HTR THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902GENERAL NOTES:1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT REFLECT ACTUAL ROUTING. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALLPULLPOINTS WHERE REQUIRED FOR PULLING TENSION AND MAINTAINING LESS THEN (4) 90 DEGREE BENDS.2.IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16(A), ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PANELBOARDS AND VFDS, SHALLHAVE FIELD OR FACTORY LABELS WARNING PERSONNEL OF ARC FLASH HAZARDS.3.ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION, IS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM. REFERENCE MECHANICALAND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS.4.GROUND AND BOND ALL ENCLOSURES PER GROUNDING PLANS AND MANUFACTURER/CODE REQUIREMENTS.5.NOT ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING ARE SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM. REFERENCE DRAWINGS IN THE ELECTRICALSET AND ENTIRE PROJECT TO COMPLETELY UNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK.6.THE CITY SHALL PROVIDE FINAL APPROVAL OF, OR SELECT CONTROL INTEGRATOR CONSULTANTS AND/ORCONTROL PANEL MANUFACTURERS TO ATTAIN CONSISTENCY WITH OTHER CITY SITES AND CITY STANDARDS.7.BREAKERS FOR MOTOR OPERATED VALVES SHALL HAVE FIXED LOCKS WITH WARNING SIGNS AS REQUIRED BYNEC CODE.8.MAIN PLC AND RIO PANELS SHALL BE OWNER-SUPPLIED, CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED.13SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM225A BUS, 225A MCB, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 1, 65KAICDISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD 'A' (DPB-A)3PSPD1GNDPWRMTR3P21VESSEL #1INF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02120)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #1INF/BW HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02121)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #1INLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02123)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #1OUTLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02142)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #1EFF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02143)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #1DRN. MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02141)(2.1 FLA)FROM MCC, SEEE1.0 FOR CONT.VESSEL #1PROCESS AIRVLV. ACT.(MV-02145)(2.1 FLA)P100BSEE BELOW FOR CONTINUATION SEE SHT. E1.2 FOR CONTINUATION SEE ABOVE FOR CONTINUATIONINSTALL SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE AND SIZE SPD FEEDER PER MANUFACTURERSPECIFICATIONS, MINIMUM 100 KA PER PHASE.CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1INTEGRATED POWER MONITORING DEVICE, SAME BRAND AS PANEL.23BOND EQUIPMENT/ENCLOSURE WITH #1/0 BARE COPPER GROUND TO SYSTEM GROUNDING RING.SEE GROUNDING SHEET E5.0.VESSEL TRAIN #4 VALVE POWER PANEL (PANEL-V4)25A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 4X111111BOOSTERPUMP #1INLET VLV. ACT.(MV-03021)(2.1 FLA)1VESSEL #1FLOWMETER(FIT-02160)RIO-V1P301FROM PANEL 'C'VESSEL #2INF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02220)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2INF/BW HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02221)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2INLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02223)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2OUTLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02242)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2EFF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02243)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2DRN. MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02241)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2PROCESS AIRVLV. ACT.(MV-02245)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL TRAIN #2 VALVE POWER PANEL (PANEL-V2)25A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 4XBOOSTERPUMP #2 INLETVLV. ACT.(MV-03022)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #2FLOWMETER(FIT-02260)RIO-V2P302VESSEL #3INF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02320)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #3INF/BW HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02321)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #3INLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02323)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #3OUTLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02342)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #3EFF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02343)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #3DRN. MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02341)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #3PROCESS AIRVLV. ACT.(MV-02345)(2.1 FLA)P130VESSEL TRAIN #3 VALVE POWER PANEL (PANEL-V3)25A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 4XBOOSTERPUMP #3INLET VLV. ACT.(MV-03023)(2.1 FLA)P131P132P133P134P135VESSEL #3FLOWMETER(FIT-02360)P136RIO-V3P303VESSEL #4INF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02420)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #4INF/BW HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02421)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #4INLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02423)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #4OUTLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02442)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #4EFF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02443)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #4DRN. MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02441)(2.1 FLA)VESSEL #4PROCESS AIRVLV. ACT.(MV-02445)(2.1 FLA)BOOSTERPUMP #4INLET VLV. ACT.(MV-03024)(2.1 FLA)P141P142P143P144P145VESSEL #4FLOWMETER(FIT-02460)P146P110P111P112P113P114P115P116P120P121P122P123P124P125P1263P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A1P15A3P225 AF225 ATP140RIO-V4P304VESSEL TRAIN #1 VALVE POWER PANEL (PANEL-V1)25A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 4X3P15A3P15A3P15A25A3P3P25A11111111FROM PANEL 'C'3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A1P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A25A3P3P25A111111113P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A1P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A25A3P3P25A111111113P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A1P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A25A3P3P25AP111AP111BP113AP113BP116AP116BP121AP121BP123AP123BP126AP126BP131AP131BP133AP133BP136AP136BP141AP141BP143AP143BP146AP146BP100APB-P100JB-P100P100X'FMR "C"15 KVA,480-120/208V,3Ø-4W#1/0PNL "C"120/208V,3Ø-4W,60A,42 CKTS.25A3PP1737.5AIRCOMP. #1(CMPR-04091)(11 FLA)20A3P7.5AIRCOMP. #2(CMPR-04092)(11 FLA)1.5TREATMENTPUMP-TO-WASTE MOD.VALVE ACT.(MV-01020)(3 FLA)P17220A3P15A3PP173AMSMSTO FUTURE RIO PANELS, SEE E1.24P305P306P302TO RIO PANELSP301P304P303OTHER CIRCUITS, SEE CONDUITSCHEDULE AND PLANSP170P170APB-P100JB-P100P170BP170CP170DFROM PANEL 'C'FROM PANEL 'C'EMPTY CONDUITS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATIONS. PULL CORD AND CAP AT BOTH BENDS. SEE PLANVIEWS FOR ROUTING.4225A BUS, 150A MCB, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 1DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD 'A' (DPB-A) CONTINUEDLSIGMAIN PLC AND RIO PANELS SHALL BE OWNER-SUPPLIED, CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED.55555SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM (2 OF 3)E1.148 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902CONSTRUCTION NOTES:GENERAL NOTES:1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT REFLECT ACTUAL ROUTING. CONTRACTORSHALL INSTALL PULLPOINTS WHERE REQUIRED FOR PULLING TENSION AND MAINTAININGLESS THEN (4) 90 DEGREE BENDS.2.IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.16(A), ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUCH AS PANELBOARDSAND VFDS, SHALL HAVE FIELD OR FACTORY LABELS WARNING PERSONNEL OF ARCFLASH HAZARDS.3.ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING INSTRUMENTATION, IS NOT SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM.REFERENCE MECHANICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAMS.4.MOTORS POWERED FROM A VFD SHALL HAVE OVER-TEMPERATURE PROTECTION PERNEC 430.126.5.GROUND AND BOND ALL ENCLOSURES PER GROUNDING PLANS ANDMANUFACTURER/CODE REQUIREMENTS.6.NOT ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING ARE SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM. REFERENCEDRAWINGS IN THE ELECTRICAL SET AND ENTIRE PROJECT TO COMPLETELYUNDERSTAND THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL WORK.7.THE CITY SHALL PROVIDE FINAL APPROVAL OF, OR SELECT CONTROL INTEGRATORCONSULTANTS AND/OR CONTROL PANEL MANUFACTURERS TO ATTAIN CONSISTENCYWITH OTHER CITY SITES AND CITY STANDARDS.8.MAIN PLC AND RIO PANELS SHALL BE OWNER-SUPPLIED, CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED.SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM CONTINUED65 KAIC5BOOSTERPUMP NO. 1(PMP-03101)(7.6 FLA)VFDP201A15A3PP2015BOOSTERPUMP NO. 2(PMP-03102)(7.6 FLA)VFDP2025BOOSTERPUMP NO. 3(PMP-03103)(7.6 FLA)VFDP2035BOOSTERPUMP NO. 4(PMP-03104)(7.6 FLA)VFDP2045BOOSTERPUMP NO. 5(PMP-03105)(7.6 FLA)(FUTURE)VFD5BOOSTERPUMP NO. 6(PMP-03106)(7.6 FLA)(FUTURE)P202AP203AP204A15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P12INSTALL 15A, 3P THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATIONS.221111(FUT-URE)VFD(FUT-URE)SEE SHT. E1.1 FOR CONTINUATION P205P206333100A3PP20065 KAIC100A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 1DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD 'B' (DPB-B)P205AP206A33100A3PVARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, 5HP, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, EQUIPPED WITH 5%LINE REACTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FAN COOLING, MF'R: DANFOSS, PNFC202.EMPTY CONDUITS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATIONS. PULL CORD AND CAP AT BOTH BENDS. SEEPLAN VIEWS FOR ROUTING.VESSEL #6INF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02620)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6INF/BW HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02621)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6INLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02623)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6OUTLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02642)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6EFF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02643)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6DRN. MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02641)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6PROCESS AIRVLV. ACT.(MV-02645)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL TRAIN #6 VALVE POWER PANEL (PANEL-V6) (FUTURE)25A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 4XBOOSTERPUMP #6 INLETVLV. ACT.(MV-03026)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #6FLOWMETER(FIT-02660)(FUTURE)25A3PVESSEL #5INF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02520)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5INF/BW HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02521)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5INLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02523)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5OUTLET MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02542)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5EFF/LAG HDR.VLV. ACT.(MV-02543)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5DRN. MOD.VLV. ACT.(MV-02541)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5PROCESS AIRVLV. ACT.(MV-02545)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)P150VESSEL TRAIN #5 VALVE POWER PANEL (PANEL-V5) (FUTURE)25A, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 4XBOOSTERPUMP #5 INLETVLV. ACT.(MV-03025)(2.1 FLA)(FUTURE)VESSEL #5FLOWMETER(FIT-02560)(FUTURE)RIO-V5(FUT-URE)P305FROM PANEL 'C',SEE SHT. E1.1111111113P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A1P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P25A25A3PP160RIO-V6(FUT-URE)P306FROM PANEL 'C',SEE SHT. E1.1111111113P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A1P15A3P15A3P15A3P15A3P25AP155P165INSTALL 25A, 3P THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATIONS.433333344225A BUS, 225A MCB, 480V, 3Ø, 3W, 60HZ, NEMA 1, 65KAICDISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD 'A' (DPB-A) CONTINUEDMAIN PLC AND RIO PANELS SHALL BE OWNER-SUPPLIED, CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED.555SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM (3 OF 3)E1.249 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902DPB-A (MAIN BREAKER 225A @480V)EQUIPMENT NAMEHPAMPS @480V(ACTIVE)AMPS @480V(REDUNDANT)VESSEL TRAIN #1 VALVE POWER PANEL (PNL V1)-8.4-VESSEL TRAIN #2 VALVE POWER PANEL (PNL V2)-8.48.4VESSEL TRAIN #3 VALVE POWER PANEL (PNL V3)-8.48.4VESSEL TRAIN #4 VALVE POWER PANEL (PNL V4)-8.48.4VESSEL TRAIN #5 VALVE POWER PANEL (PNL V5)(FUTURE)-8.48.4VESSEL TRAIN #6 VALVE POWER PANEL (PNL V6)(FUTURE)-8.48.4AIR COMPRESSOR #1 (CMPR-04091)7.511-AIR COMPRESSOR #2 (CMPR-04092)7.511-TREATMENT PUMP-TO-WASTE MOD. VALVE (MV-01020)1.53-X'FMR 'C'-18-DPB-B-45.6-SUBTOTAL1394225% OF LARGEST LOAD2.8TOTAL LOAD141.8PERCENT CAPACITY63.0EXIST. MCC (MAIN BREAKER 1200A @480V)EQUIPMENT NAMEAMPS @480V (ACTIVE)AMPS @480V(REDUNDANT)500 HP ELECTRICAL MOTOR590-CHLORINE GEN SYSTEM RECTIFIER34-WATER HEATER22-LP "A"104-POWER MONITOR1-DPB-A13950.4SUBTOTAL89050.425% OF LARGEST LOAD148TOTAL LOAD1038PERCENT CAPACITY86.5DPB-B (MAIN BREAKER 100A @480V)EQUIPMENT NAMEHPAMPS @480V(ACTIVE)AMPS @480V(REDUNDANT)BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)57.6-BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)57.6-BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)57.6-BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)57.6-BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105) (FUTURE)57.6-BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106) (FUTURE)57.6-SUBTOTAL45.625% OF LARGEST LOAD1.9TOTAL LOAD47.5PERCENT CAPACITY47.5EXISTING LOADS ARE ESTIMATED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR TOCONFIRM AVAILABLE CAPACITY ON MCC-A BUS.CONSTRUCTION NOTES:11MOTORIZED VALVES (MV) WILL ONLY HAVE FOUR (4) VALVES MAXIMUM POSSIBLE TO RUN AT ATIME THROUGH PROGRAMMING AND SAFE OPERATOR SWITCHING PROCEDURES.22LOAD SUMMARIESE1.350 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 19021.BREAKERS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. WHERE A FULLY RATED SYSTEM IS NOTPOSSIBLE, THE PANELBOARD SHALL BE SERIES RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22(C) AND 240.86(B).2.PROVIDE UPDATED, COMPLETE, AND ACCURATE TYPED PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES AT THE COMPLETION OF WORK.3.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL MAGNETIC, TRIP INDICATING.4.MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTERNAL COMMON TRIP MECHANISM.5.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARD.6.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE.7.BREAKER SHALL HAVE FIXED LOCKS WHEN REQUIRED BY NEC CODE.8.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPARE BREAKERS AS INDICATED.9."SPACE" INDICATES A LISTED CIRCUIT BREAKER COVER.10.BOTH ENDS OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT.11.EQUIPMENT FED FROM PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THEIR CIRCUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22 (A).GENERAL NOTES:MOTORIZED VALVES (MV) WILL ONLY HAVE FOUR (4) VALVES MAXIMUM POSSIBLE TO RUN AT ATIME THROUGH PROGRAMMING AND SAFE OPERATOR SWITCHING PROCEDURES.1CONSTRUCTION NOTES:PANEL "V1"VOLTAGE:480 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:25ASCCR:65 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONMV-0212058215/311164215/3582MV-02142582311644582582511646582MV-0212158215/371164815/3582MV-02143582911641058258211116412582MV-0212358215/31311641415/3582MV-021455821511641658258217116418582MV-0214158215/31911642015/3582MV-030215822111642258258223116424582SPARE15/32502615/3SPARE2702829030SPARE15/33103215/3SPARE3303435036"SPACE"3703825/3MAIN BREAKER3904041042PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4656465646563Φ, 3WVA (SUBTOTAL)13968NEMA 4X25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)146146146GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)17.3* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY69.3%PANEL "V2"VOLTAGE:480 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:25ASCCR:65 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONMV-0222058215/311164215/3582MV-02242582311644582582511646582MV-0222158215/371164815/3582MV-02243582911641058258211116412582MV-0222358215/31311641415/3582MV-022455821511641658258217116418582MV-0224158215/31911642015/3582MV-030225822111642258258223116424582SPARE15/32502615/3SPARE2702829030SPARE15/33103215/3SPARE3303435036"SPACE"3703825/3MAIN BREAKER3904041042PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4656465646563Φ, 3WVA (SUBTOTAL)13968NEMA 4X25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)146146146GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)17.3* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY69.3%11PANEL SCHEDULES (1 OF 4)E1.451 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 19021.BREAKERS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. WHERE A FULLY RATED SYSTEM IS NOTPOSSIBLE, THE PANELBOARD SHALL BE SERIES RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22(C) AND 240.86(B).2.PROVIDE UPDATED, COMPLETE, AND ACCURATE TYPED PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES AT THE COMPLETION OF WORK.3.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL MAGNETIC, TRIP INDICATING.4.MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTERNAL COMMON TRIP MECHANISM.5.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARD.6.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE.7.BREAKER SHALL HAVE FIXED LOCKS WHEN REQUIRED BY NEC CODE.8.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPARE BREAKERS AS INDICATED.9."SPACE" INDICATES A LISTED CIRCUIT BREAKER COVER.10.BOTH ENDS OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT.11.EQUIPMENT FED FROM PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THEIR CIRCUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22 (A).GENERAL NOTES:MOTORIZED VALVES (MV) WILL ONLY HAVE FOUR (4) VALVES MAXIMUM POSSIBLE TO RUN AT ATIME THROUGH PROGRAMMING AND SAFE OPERATOR SWITCHING PROCEDURES.1CONSTRUCTION NOTES:PANEL "V3"VOLTAGE:480 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:25ASCCR:65 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONMV-0232058215/311164215/3582MV-02342582311644582582511646582MV-0232158215/371164815/3582MV-02343582911641058258211116412582MV-0232358215/31311641415/3582MV-023455821511641658258217116418582MV-0234158215/31911642015/3582MV-030235822111642258258223116424582SPARE15/32502615/3SPARE2702829030SPARE15/33103215/3SPARE3303435036"SPACE"3703825/3MAIN BREAKER3904041042PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4656465646563Φ, 3WVA (SUBTOTAL)13968NEMA 4X25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)146146146GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)17.3* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY69.3%PANEL "V4"VOLTAGE:480 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:25ASCCR:65 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONMV-0242058215/311164215/3582MV-02442582311644582582511646582MV-0242158215/371164815/3582MV-02443582911641058258211116412582MV-0242358215/31311641415/3582MV-024455821511641658258217116418582MV-0244158215/31911642015/3582MV-030245822111642258258223116424582SPARE15/32502615/3SPARE2702829030SPARE15/33103215/3SPARE3303435036"SPACE"3703825/3MAIN BREAKER3904041042PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4656465646563Φ, 3WVA (SUBTOTAL)13968NEMA 4X25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)146146146GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)17.3* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY69.3%11PANEL SCHEDULES (2 OF 4)E1.552 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 19021.BREAKERS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. WHERE A FULLY RATED SYSTEM IS NOTPOSSIBLE, THE PANELBOARD SHALL BE SERIES RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22(C) AND 240.86(B).2.PROVIDE UPDATED, COMPLETE, AND ACCURATE TYPED PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES AT THE COMPLETION OF WORK.3.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL MAGNETIC, TRIP INDICATING.4.MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTERNAL COMMON TRIP MECHANISM.5.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARD.6.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE.7.BREAKER SHALL HAVE FIXED LOCKS WHEN REQUIRED BY NEC CODE.8.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPARE BREAKERS AS INDICATED.9."SPACE" INDICATES A LISTED CIRCUIT BREAKER COVER.10.BOTH ENDS OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT.11.EQUIPMENT FED FROM PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THEIR CIRCUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22 (A).GENERAL NOTES:FUTURE MOTORIZED VALVES (MV) WILL ONLY HAVE FOUR (4) VALVES MAXIMUM POSSIBLE TORUN AT A TIME THROUGH PROGRAMMING AND SAFE OPERATOR SWITCHING PROCEDURES.1CONSTRUCTION NOTES:PANEL "V5" (FUTURE)VOLTAGE:480 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:25ASCCR:65 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONMV-02520 (FUTURE)58215/311164215/3582MV-02542 (FUTURE)582311644582582511646582MV-02521 (FUTURE)58215/371164815/3582MV-02543 (FUTURE)582911641058258211116412582MV-02523 (FUTURE)58215/31311641415/3582MV-02545 (FUTURE)5821511641658258217116418582MV-02541 (FUTURE)58215/31911642015/3582MV-03025 (FUTURE)5822111642258258223116424582SPARE15/32502615/3SPARE2702829030SPARE15/33103215/3SPARE3303435036"SPACE"3703825/3MAIN BREAKER (FUTURE)3904041042PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4656465646563Φ, 3WVA (SUBTOTAL)13968NEMA 4X25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)146146146GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)17.3* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY69.3%PANEL "V6" (FUTURE)VOLTAGE:480 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:25ASCCR:65 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONMV-02620 (FUTURE)58215/311164215/3582MV-02642 (FUTURE)582311644582582511646582MV-02621 (FUTURE)58215/371164815/3582MV-02643 (FUTURE)582911641058258211116412582MV-02623 (FUTURE)58215/31311641415/3582MV-02645 (FUTURE)5821511641658258217116418582MV-02641 (FUTURE)58215/31911642015/3582MV-03026 (FUTURE)5822111642258258223116424582SPARE15/32502615/3SPARE2702829030SPARE15/33103215/3SPARE3303435036"SPACE"3703825/3MAIN BREAKER (FUTURE)3904041042PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)4656465646563Φ, 3WVA (SUBTOTAL)13968NEMA 4X25% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)146146146GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)17.3* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY69.3%11PANEL SCHEDULES (3 OF 4)E1.653 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 19021.PROVIDE UPDATED, COMPLETE, AND ACCURATE TYPED PANELBOARD CIRCUIT DIRECTORIES AT THE COMPLETION OF WORK.2.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL MAGNETIC, TRIP INDICATING.3.MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN INTERNAL COMMON TRIP MECHANISM.4.CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE PANELBOARD.5.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE.6.BREAKER SHALL HAVE FIXED LOCKS WHEN REQUIRED BY NEC CODE.7.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SPARE BREAKERS AS INDICATED.8."SPACE" INDICATES A LISTED CIRCUIT BREAKER COVER.9.BOTH ENDS OF CONDUCTORS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THE PANEL NAME AND CIRCUIT.10.EQUIPMENT FED FROM PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LABELED WITH THEIR CIRCUIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC 110.22 (A).GENERAL NOTES:PANEL "C"VOLTAGE:120/208 VACVOLT AMPSMAIN BKR:60ASCCR:22 KAICPANEL BUS:100ALOAD DESCRIPTIONVACBBKRPHASE APHASE BPHASE CBKRCBVALOAD DESCRIPTIONTREATMENT PLC PANEL120020/111500215/1300FIT-01070RIO-V160015/13900415/1300FIT-01071RIO-V260015/15900615/1300FIT-04070RIO-V360015/17725815/1125ELEC RM LIGHTS*RIO-V460015/199601015/1360ELEC RM RECEPRIO-V5 (FUTURE)60015/1116091215/19ELEC RM EMERG. EGRESS LT.RIO-V6 (FUTURE)60015/1136001415/1SPAREELEC RM A/C UNIT100020/21510001615/1SPARE10001710001820/1SPAREA/C UNIT RECEP.18015/1191802020/1SPARESPARE15/121022"SPACE"SPARE15/123024"SPACE"SPARE20/125026"SPACE"SPARE20/127028"SPACE""SPACE"29030"SPACE""SPACE"31032"SPACE""SPACE"33034"SPACE""SPACE"35036"SPACE""SPACE"37038"SPACE""SPACE"39040"SPACE""SPACE"41042"SPACE"PHASE APHASE BPHASE CVA/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)3005286025093Φ, 4WAMPS/PHASE (SUBTOTAL)25.023.820.9VA (SUBTOTAL)8374NEMA 125% OF LARGEST INDUCTIVE LOAD (VA)0250250GRAND TOTAL (AMPS)24.6* INDICATES LOAD CALCULATED AT 125%PERCENT CAPACITY41.1%PANEL SCHEDULES (4 OF 4)E1.754 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL SITE PLANSCALE: 1" = 10'-0"SEE SHTS. E3.0THRU E5.0 FORDETAILS WITHINTHIS AREA10'5'020'10'EXIST.MCC-ACOMP-04092COMP-04091ENLARGED DETAILSCALE: 1/4" = 1'4'2'08'4'CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1NOT USED.2JUNCTION BOX, NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL, WALL-MTD.2JB-P100FROMJB-P100P100AP100P170BP170AP170B3FUTURE 480V SUBPANEL, 3PH, 3W, 25A CIRCUIT BREAKER, 39 CIRCUITS, BOTTOMFEED, KEY ENTRY, STANCHION MTD., NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL, 45"H x 20"W x 8"D,APPROXIMATE LOCATION SHOWN.4FUTURE RIO PANEL, STANCHION MTD., NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL, LOCKABLE,20"H x 16"W x 8"D, HOFFMAN OR APPROVED EQUAL, APPROXIMATE LOCATIONSHOWN.3434PANEL V5 (FUTURE)RIO V5 (FUTURE)PANEL V6 (FUTURE)RIO V6 (FUTURE)P150P1605STUB UP AND CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE VESSEL PANEL LOCATIONS.P160P306P305P306P155P165P1655P309AP309BP309BP309BNOTES:1.LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL E/E8.0.SEE ENLARGEDDETAIL ACROSSP150P305P1555FE8.16EXISTING MCC-A, SEE DETAIL B/E8.5.6ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - POWERE2.055CONDULET TEEP170DP170C MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - CONTROLSCALE: 1" = 10'-0"SEE SHTS. E3.0THRU E5.0 FORDETAILS WITHINTHIS AREA10'5'020'10'CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1JUNCTION BOX, NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL, WALL-MTD.1JB-C100TO SCADASYSTEMC102C100AENLARGED DETAILSCALE: 1/4" = 1'4'2'08'4'C10122RIO V5 (FUTURE)RIO V6 (FUTURE)C2443C244C254C2543C114C114C116LT-01060LSH-01061C151AC151C152EXIST. CITYCONTROLPANELC400(VERT TO PANEL)C400AC116NOTES:1.LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL E/E8.0.2FUTURE RIO PANEL, STANCHION MTD., NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL, LOCKABLE,20"H x 16"W x 8"D, HOFFMAN OR APPROVED EQUAL, APPROXIMATE LOCATIONSHOWN.3STUB UP AND CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE VESSEL PANEL LOCATIONS.COMP-04092COMP-040911JB-C101FROMJB-C100C101C101AC101BC101CC1514PB-C151SEE ENLARGEDDETAIL ACROSSC152A4PB-C1524INSTALL PULLBOX PER DETAIL D/E8.1.FE8.1ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN - CONTROLE2.156 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL POWER PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'ELECTRICAL POWER PLANE3.04'2'08'4'CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1480V SUBPANEL, 3PH, 3W, 25A CIRCUIT BREAKER, 39 CIRCUITS, BOTTOM FEED, KEY ENTRY,STANCHION MTD. PER DETAIL 'C' SHEET E8.4, NEMA 4X STAINLESS STEEL, 45"H x 20"W x 8"D.2RIO PANEL, STANCHION MTD. PER DETAIL 'C' SHEET E8.4, NEMA 4X STAINLESSSTEEL, LOCKABLE, 20"H x 16"W x 8"D, HOFFMAN OR APPROVED EQUAL.2RIO-V4P303P1303PB-P1003INSTALL PULLBOX PER DETAIL B/E8.2.P100AP170ASEE SHT.E2.0 FORCONT.MV-02423,FIT-02460(IN-LINE VERT.)MV-02421MV-02420MV-02441MV-02442MV-02443MV-02445PMP-03104 (TOP)PMP-03105 (MID)(FUTURE)PMP-03106 (BOTTOM)(FUTURE)PMP-03103 (TOP)PMP-03102 (MID)PMP-03101 (BOTTOM)MV-03023 (TOP)MV-03022 (MID)MV-03021 (BOTTOM)MV-03024 (TOP)MV-03025 (MID)(FUTURE)MV-03026 (BOTTOM)(FUTURE)ELEC ROOMSEE SHT. E3.1FOR DETAILSP201AP202AP203AP204AP205AP206AP150P160SEE SHT. E2.0FOR CONT.P305P3064CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE PUMP LOCATIONS.41PANEL-V4P141P142P144P143P146P145P304P1402RIO-V3MV-02323,FIT-02360(IN-LINE VERT.)MV-02321MV-02320MV-02341MV-02342MV-02343MV-023451PANEL-V3P131P132P134P133P136P302P1202RIO-V2MV-02223,FIT-02260(IN-LINE VERT.)MV-02221MV-02220MV-02241MV-02242MV-02243MV-022451PANEL-V2P121P122P124P123P126P301P1102RIO-V1MV-02123,FIT-02160(IN-LINE VERT.)MV-02121MV-02120MV-02141MV-02142MV-02143MV-021451PANEL-V1P111P112P114P113P116P135P125P115P115P125P135P155P1655CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE VALVE LOCATIONS.5P165P155MV-01020P172FIT-01070FIT-01071P307P307P308P309ANOTES:1.LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL E/E8.0.P111AP111BP116AP116BP113BP113AP121AP121BP126AP126BP123BP123AP131AP131BP136AP136BP133BP133AP141AP141BP146AP146BP143BP143AFE8.1GE8.1P100BP170P309E3.057 15'10'MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL ROOM POWER PLANSCALE: 1" = 1'1'0.5'02'1'CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1TREATMENT PLC PANEL, PAD-MTD., NEMA 1, 72"H x 30"W x 24"D.2PANEL 'C', 120/208V, 3PH, 4W, 60A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER, 42 CIRCUITS, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, 20"W x 6"D.126655553DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD (DPB-A), 480V, 3PH, 3W, 225A BUS, 225A MAIN CIRCUITBREAKER, 42 CIRCUITS, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, 60"H x 20"W x 6"D.4DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD (DPB-B), 480V, 3PH, 3W, 100A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER,42 CIRCUITS, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, 60"H x 20"W x 6"D.3567X'FMR 'C', 15 KVA, 480V-120/208V, 3PH, 4W, PAD-MTD.(PMP-03101)(PMP-03102)(PMP-03103)(PMP-03104)(PMP-03106)(FUTURE)(PMP-03105)(FUTURE)7P173P173AP201P202P203P204P205P206P201P202P203P204P205P206P300CKT. "C-1"P301P110P302P120P303P130SEE SHT. E3.0FOR CONT.CKT. "C-3"CKT. "C-5"CKT. "C-7"P304CKT. "C-9"SEE SHT. E3.0FOR CONT.P100BP170SEE SHT. E3.0FOR CONT.4P160P201AP202AP203AP204AP205AP206ASEE SHT. E3.0FOR CONT.P140P304CKT. "C-9"P150P160SEE SHT. E3.0FOR CONT.P305P306P305CKT. "C-11"P306CKT. "C-13"8STUB UP AND CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE VFD LOCATIONS.88P150P140P172P307P307CKT. "C-2"P308CKT. "C-4"P309CKT. "C-6"NOTES:1.LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL E/E8.0.2.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PRE-FABRICATED BUILDING MF'RFOR POWERING LIGHTS, A/C, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MAY BEPROVIDED BY BUILDING MF'R.3.TYPICAL STANCHION-MTD. PANEL PER DETAIL 'C' SHEET E8.4.A/C COND-ENSING UNIT(PAD-MTD.)A/C FAN UNIT(CEILING-MTD. ABOVE)P313AP313BP313A/C UNIT DISCONNECT SWITCH, WALL-MTD, NEMA 4X.99CKTS. "C-15, C-17"VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, 5HP, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, EQUIPPED WITH 5%LINE REACTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FAN COOLING, MF'R: DANFOSS, PN FC202.P200ELECTRICAL ROOM POWER PLANE3.158FUTURE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, 5HP, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, EQUIPPED WITH 5%LINE REACTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FAN COOLING, MF'R: DANFOSS, PN FC202. MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL CONTROL PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'4'2'08'4'2RIO-V4TSH-03104 (TOP)TSH-03105 (MID)(FUTURE)TSH-03106 (BOTTOM)(FUTURE)TSH-03103 (TOP)TSH-03102 (MID)TSH-03101 (BOTTOM)MV-03023 (TOP)MV-03022 (MID)MV-03021 (BOTTOM)MV-03024 (TOP)MV-03025 (MID)(FUTURE)MV-03026 (BOTTOM)(FUTURE)ELEC ROOMSEE SHT. E3.3FOR DETAILSSEE SHT. E2.1FOR CONT.C234C204C214C224C244C25412RIO-V32RIO-V22RIO-V1MV-02123,PIT-02170,FIT-02160MV-02121MV-02120MV-02141MV-02142MV-02143MV-02145C200C201C203C202PT-02171(BELOW)C205LS-02150PT-02172C206C204CONSTRUCTION NOTES:12RIO PANEL, STANCHION MTD. PER DETAIL 'C' SHEET E8.4, NEMA 4X STAINLESSSTEEL, LOCKABLE, 20"H x 16"W x 8"D, HOFFMAN OR APPROVED EQUAL.3INSTALL PULLBOX PER DETAIL D/E8.1.4CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE PUMP LOCATIONS.CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE VALVE LOCATIONS.C244C254C312DC310DC112C113C111C110C109C109C110C114C114C116C244C254C116FIT-01070MV-01020FIT-01071C151C151C153C153C153C150C150C150C100AC400AC400B3PB-C100C100SEE SHT. E2.1FOR CONT.NOTES:1.LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL E/E8.0.C200AC200BC201AC201BC202BC202AC205AC205BC205CIN-LINEVERT.C206AC206BMV-02223,PIT-02270,FIT-02260MV-02221MV-02220MV-02241MV-02242MV-02243MV-02245C210C211C213C212PT-02271(BELOW)C215LS-02250PT-02272C216C214C210AC210BC211AC211BC212BC212AC215AC215BC215CIN-LINEVERT.C216AC216BMV-02323,PIT-02370,FIT-02360MV-02321MV-02320MV-02341MV-02342MV-02343MV-02345C220C221C223C222PT-02371(BELOW)C225LS-02350PT-02372C226C224C220AC220BC221AC221BC222BC222AC225AC225BC225CIN-LINEVERT.C226AC226BMV-02423,PIT-02470,FIT-02460MV-02421MV-02420MV-02441MV-02442MV-02443MV-02445C230C231C233C232PT-02471(BELOW)C235LS-02450PT-02472C236C234C230AC230BC231AC231BC232BC232AC235AC235BC235CIN-LINEVERT.C236AC236BFE8.1GE8.14C302DC300DC302DC312D5C310D6C300D5STACKED E-STOP PANELS FOR PMP-03104, 03105, 03106, STANCHION-MTD.SEE DETAIL A/E8.5.6STACKED E-STOP PANELS FOR PMP-03101, 03102, 03103, STANCHION-MTD.SEE DETAIL A/E8.5.ELECTRICAL CONTROL PLANE3.259 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ELECTRICAL ROOM CONTROL PLANSCALE: 1" = 1'1'0.5'02'1'1443333(PMP-03101)(PMP-03102)(PMP-03103)(PMP-03104)(PMP-03106)(FUTURE)(PMP-03105)(FUTURE)C100SEE SHT.E3.2 FORCONT.C103C104C105C106C107C108C103C104C105C106C107C10822CONSTRUCTION NOTES:1TREATMENT PLC PANEL, PAD-MTD., NEMA 1, 72"H x 30"W x 24"D.23VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, 5HP, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, EQUIPPED WITH 5%LINE REACTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FAN COOLING, MF'R: DANFOSS, PN FC202.4FUTURE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE, 5HP, STANCHION-MTD., NEMA 1, EQUIPPED WITH5% LINE REACTOR, DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FAN COOLING, MF'R: DANFOSS, PN FC202.STUB UP AND CAP CONDUITS AT FUTURE VFD LOCATIONS.SEE SHT. E3.2FOR CONT.C310DC312DSEE SHT. E3.2FOR CONT.SEE SHT.E3.2 FORCONT.C109SEE SHT. E3.2FOR CONT.C116SEE SHT. E3.2FOR CONT.C113C152C151C153C150NOTES:1.LABEL CONDUITS PER DETAIL E/E8.0.2.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PRE-FABRICATED BUILDING MF'RFOR POWERING LIGHTS, A/C, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MAY BEPROVIDED BY BUILDING MF'R.3.TYPICAL STANCHION-MTD. PANEL PER DETAIL 'C' SHEET E8.4.C300AC300C300CC302C302AC302CC312CC312AC312C310C310AC310CC302DC300DELECTRICAL ROOM CONTROL PLANE3.360 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902LIGHTING & RECEPTACLE PLANSCALE: 1" = 1'1'0.5'02'1'1LEGEND:LINEAR WASHDOWN 4FT, 50W, 5000K LED, 120-277V, NEMA 4X, 0-10V DIMMER.MF'R: RAB SHARK-4-50-W/10 (OR APPROVED EQUAL)INDICATES CIRCUIT NUMBERL-#HASH MARKS INDICATING NUMBER OF #12 CURRENT CARRYINGCONDUCTORS. GROUND CONDUCTOR(S) NOT SHOWN FORCLARITY, ALL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM #12 GROUNDAND SIZED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS.120V, 20A GFCI DUPLEX TAMPER-WEATHER RESISTANT RECEPTACLE.STANCHION-MTD.EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT, 9W, MF'R: THE EXIT LIGHT CO., PNEL-HD6 (OR APPROVED EQUAL). CEILING-MTD.THERMOSTAT (WIRE TO AC UNIT PER MF'R REQUIREMENTS)T120 VAC WALL-MOUNTED LIGHT SWITCH @ 42" AFF,STANCHION-MTD.S GENERAL NOTES:CONSTRUCTION NOTES:C-8S C-8C-12,(P312)PANEL 'C', 120/208V, 3PH, 4W, 60A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER, 42 CIRCUITS, STANCHION-MTD. PERDETAIL 'C' SHEET E8.4, NEMA 1, 20"W x 6"D.1C-8,(P310)TC-10,(P311)C-10C-19,(P314)1.CONDUCTORS FOR HOME RUN CIRCUITS FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLESSHALL BE #12 AWG MINIMUM SIZE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.2.LIGHTING ILLUMINATION LEVELS FOR ELEC ROOM TO BE > 40 FC.3.LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE WIRING SHALL BE TYPE XHHW-2 AND RATED FORAN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF 105°F.4.ALL WIRING SHOWN SHALL BE WITHIN CONDUITS (PVC COATED RGS FOROUTDOOR EXPOSED CONDUIT AND RGS FOR INDOOR CONDUIT).5.ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A PROPERLY SIZED GROUND CONDUCTOR.DE-RATE CONDUCTORS PER NEC 310.15(C)(1).6.MOUNT AND WIRE ALL EQUIPMENT PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.7.DE-RATE CONDUCTOR AMPACITY BASED ON # OF CURRENT CARRYINGCONDUCTORS AS APPLICABLE.8.INSTALL RECEPTACLES/SWITCHES VIA STANCHION-MOUNTING PER DETAILE/E8.3.9.RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE CLEARLY LABELED WITH THE CIRCUITPROVIDING POWER. LABEL SHALL BE SUITED FOR ENVIRONMENTRECEPTACLE IS LOCATED IN.10.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH PRE-FABRICATED BUILDING MF'R FORPOWERING LIGHTS, A/C, OR OTHER EQUIPMENT THAT MAY BE PROVIDED BYBUILDING MF'R.120V/20A DUPLEX TAMPER-WEATHER RESISTANT GFCIRECEPTACLE WITH WEATHERPROOF WHILE-IN-USE COVER,STANCHION-MTD.WPWPLIGHTING & RECEPTACLE PLANE4.061C1542TREATMENT PLC PANEL, PAD-MTD., NEMA 1, 72"H x 30"W x 24"D.2 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902GROUNDING PLANSCALE: 1/4" = 1'4'2'08'4'CONSTRUCTION NOTES:EXOTHERMIC WELD PER DETAIL C/E8.0.12#4/0 BARE COPPER GROUND RING, MINIMUM 30" BELOW GRADE.3GROUND INSPECTION ROD PER DETAIL D/E8.0.4GROUND ROD PER DETAIL A/E8.0.56GROUND TO REBAR PER DETAIL G/E8.0.NOTES:1.GROUND FLOW METER PER DETAIL B/E8.0.2.GROUND AND BOND ALL EQUIPMENT AND ENCLOSURES PER MANUFACTURERREQUIREMENTS AND NEC 250.3.ALL METALLIC PIECES INCLUDING RAILINGS, DOORS OR OTHER METAL PERSONNELMAY COME IN CONTACT WITH, SHALL BE EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED.7GROUNDING BUS BAR PER DETAIL C/E8.1.8#2 INSULATED COPPER, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORPROTECTED IN 1" SCH80 PVC WHERE EXPOSED.2(TYP)1(TYP)3444444443678(TYP)GROUND TO TANKS PER DETAIL F/E8.4.5(TYP)TO CONC.PADREBAR6GROUNDING PLANE5.0627 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902POWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE (1 OF 3)E6.063POWER CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZEPOWERGROUNDP1002 - 2"3 - 4/01 - #3EXIST. MCC-AJB-P1001 - 2" SPARE CONDUITP100A2 - 2"JB-P100PB-P1001 - 2" SPARE CONDUITP100B2 - 2"PB-P100DPB-A1 - 2" SPARE CONDUITP1101"3 - #101 - #10DPB-APANEL-V1P1111.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V1CONDULET TEE #1AP111A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #1AMV-02120P111B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #1AMV-02121P1121"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V1MV-02141P1131.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V1CONDULET TEE #1BP113A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #1BMV-02142P113B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #1BMV-02143P1141"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V1MV-02145P1151"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V1MV-03021P1161.5"3 - #101 - #10PANEL-V1CONDULET TEE #1C2 - #101 - #10RIO-V1CONDULET TEE #1C5 - #102 - #10CONDULET TEE #1CCONDULET TEE #1DP116A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #1DMV-02123P116B2 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #1DFIT-02160P1201"3 - #101 - #10DPB-APANEL-V2P1211.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V2CONDULET TEE #2AP121A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #2AMV-02220P121B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #2AMV-02221P1221"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V2MV-02241P1231.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V2CONDULET TEE #2BP123A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #2BMV-02242P123B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #2BMV-02243P1241"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V2MV-02245P1251"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V2MV-03022P1261.5"3 - #101 - #10PANEL-V2CONDULET TEE #2C2 - #101 - #10RIO-V2CONDULET TEE #2C5 - #102 - #10CONDULET TEE #2CCONDULET TEE #2DP126A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #2DMV-02223P126B2 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #2DFIT-02260P1301"3 - #101 - #10DPB-APANEL-V3P1311.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V3CONDULET TEE #3AP131A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #3AMV-02320P131B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #3AMV-02321P1321"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V3MV-02341P1331.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V3CONDULET TEE #3BP133A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #3BMV-02342P133B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #3BMV-02343P1341"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V3MV-02345P1351"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V3MV-03023P1361.5"3 - #101 - #10PANEL-V3CONDULET TEE #3C2 - #101 - #10RIO-V3CONDULET TEE #3C5 - #102 - #10CONDULET TEE #3CCONDULET TEE #3DP136A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #3DMV-02323P136B2 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #3DFIT-02360 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902POWER CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZEPOWERGROUNDPOWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE (2 OF 3)E6.164P1401"3 - #101 - #10DPB-APANEL-V4P1411.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V4CONDULET TEE #4AP141A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #4AMV-02420P141B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #4AMV-02421P1421"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V4MV-02441P1431.5"6 - #102 - #10PANEL-V4CONDULET TEE #4BP143A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #4BMV-02442P143B3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #4BMV-02443P1441"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V4MV-02445P1451"3 - #121 - #12PANEL-V4MV-03024P1461.5"3 - #101 - #10PANEL-V4CONDULET TEE #4C2 - #101 - #10RIO-V4CONDULET TEE #4C5 - #102 - #10CONDULET TEE #4CCONDULET TEE #4DP146A3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #4DMV-02423P146B2 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEE #4DFIT-02460P1501"--DPB-APANEL-V5 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPP151---PANEL-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5A (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITSP151A--CONDULET TEE #5A (FUTURE)MV-02520 (FUTURE)P151B--CONDULET TEE #5A (FUTURE)MV-02521 (FUTURE)P152---PANEL-V5 (FUTURE)MV-02541 (FUTURE)P153---PANEL-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5B (FUTURE)P153A--CONDULET TEE #5B (FUTURE)MV-02542 (FUTURE)P153B--CONDULET TEE #5B (FUTURE)MV-02543 (FUTURE)P154---PANEL-V5 (FUTURE)MV-02545 (FUTURE)P1551"--PANEL-V5 (FUTURE)MV-03025 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VLV.P156---PANEL-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5C (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITS--CONDULET TEE #5C (FUTURE)RIO-V5 (FUTURE)--CONDULET TEE #5C (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5D (FUTURE)P156A--CONDULET TEE #5D (FUTURE)MV-02523 (FUTURE)P156B--CONDULET TEE #5D (FUTURE)FIT-02560 (FUTURE)P1601"--DPB-APANEL-V6 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPP161---PANEL-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6A (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITSP161A--CONDULET TEE #6A (FUTURE)MV-02620 (FUTURE)P161B--CONDULET TEE #6A (FUTURE)MV-02621 (FUTURE)P162---PANEL-V6 (FUTURE)MV-02641 (FUTURE)P163---PANEL-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6B (FUTURE)P163A--CONDULET TEE #6B (FUTURE)MV-02642 (FUTURE)P163B--CONDULET TEE #6B (FUTURE)MV-02643 (FUTURE)P164---PANEL-V6 (FUTURE)MV-02645 (FUTURE)P1651"--PANEL-V6 (FUTURE)MV-03026 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VLV.P166---PANEL-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6C (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITS--CONDULET TEE #6C (FUTURE)RIO-V6 (FUTURE)--CONDULET TEE #6C (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6D (FUTURE)P166A--CONDULET TEE #6D (FUTURE)MV-02623 (FUTURE)P166B--CONDULET TEE #6D (FUTURE)FIT-02660 (FUTURE) THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902POWER CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZEPOWERGROUNDNOTES:1.POWER CABLES FROM VFD TO MOTORS SHALL BE A LISTED VFD TYPE CABLE WITH SIGNAL PAIR (3- CONDUCTORS, 1-GROUND,1-SHIELDED PAIR #16, OVERALL SHIELD AND DRAIN WIRE).POWER CONDUIT SCHEDULE (3 OF 3)E6.265P1702"6 - #102 - #10DPB-APB-P100P170A2"6 - #102 - #10PB-P100JB-P100P170B2"6 - #102 - #10JB-P100CONDULET TEEP170C1"3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEEDISC. SW. - AIR COMP. #1 (CMPR-04091)P170D1"3 - #101 - #10CONDULET TEEDISC. SW. - AIR COMP. #2 (CMPR-04092)P1721"3 - #121 - #12DPB-AMV-01020P1731"3 - #121 - #12DPB-AX'FMR 'C'P173A1.5"4 - #81 - #8X'FMR 'C'PANEL CP2001.5"3 - #21 - #6DPB-ADPB-BP2011"3 - #121 - #8DPB-BVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)P201A1.5"#12 AWG VFD LISTED w/SIG PAIRVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)SEE NOTE 1P2021"3 - #121 - #8DPB-BVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)P202A1.5"#12 AWG VFD LISTED w/SIG PAIRVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)SEE NOTE 1P2031"3 - #121 - #8DPB-BVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)P203A1.5"#12 AWG VFD LISTED w/SIG PAIRVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)SEE NOTE 1P2041"3 - #121 - #8DPB-BVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)P204A1.5"#12 AWG VFD LISTED w/SIG PAIRVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)SEE NOTE 1P2051"--DPB-BVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105) (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPP205A1.5"--VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105) (FUTURE)BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105) (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE PMPP2061"--DPB-BVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106) (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPP206A1.5"--VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106) (FUTURE)BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106) (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE PMPP3001"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-1)TREATMENT PLC PANELP3011"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-3)RIO-V1P3021"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-5)RIO-V2P3031"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-7)RIO-V3P3041"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-9)RIO-V4P3051"--PANEL C (CKT. C-11)RIO-V5 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPP3061"--PANEL C (CKT. C-13)RIO-V6 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPP3071"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-2)FIT-01070P3081"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-4)FIT-01071P3091"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-6)PB-P100P309A1"PB-P100JB-P100P309B1"JB-P100SPAREP3101"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-8)ELEC RM LIGHTSP3111"2 - #101 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-10)ELEC RM RECEPTACLESP3121"2 - #121 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-12)ELEC RM EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTP3131"2 - #101 - #10PANEL C (CKTS. C-15, C-17)DISC. SW. - A/C CONDENSING UNITP313A1"2 - #101 - #10DISC. SW. - A/C CONDENSING UNITA/C CONDENSING UNITP313B1"2 - #101 - #10A/C CONDENSING UNITA/C FAN UNITP3141"2 - #101 - #12PANEL C (CKT. C-19)A/C UNIT RECEP. THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902CONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (1 OF 4)E6.366CONTROL CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZECONTROLC1001.5"3-ETH, 2 - #14,1 - #16 STPTREATMENT PLC PANELPB-C100C100A1.5"PB-C100JB-C100C1011"2-ETH, 2 - #14,1 - #16 STPJB-C100JB-C101C101A1"1-ETHJB-C101AIR COMP. #1 (CMPR-04091)C101B1"1-ETHJB-C101AIR COMP. #2 (CMPR-04092)C101C1"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPJB-C101SPAREC1021"1-ETHJB-C100CITY SCADA SYSTEMCONT. VIA CONDUIT C100AC1031"1-ETHTREATMENT PLC PANELVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)C1041"1-ETHTREATMENT PLC PANELVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)C1051"1-ETHTREATMENT PLC PANELVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)C1061"1-ETHTREATMENT PLC PANELVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)C1071"-TREATMENT PLC PANELVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105) (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPC1081"-TREATMENT PLC PANELVFD - BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106) (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPC1091"1-ETHTREATMENT PLC PANELRIO-V1C1101"1-ETHRIO-V1RIO-V2C1111"1-ETHRIO-V2RIO-V3C1121"1-ETHRIO-V3RIO-V4C1131"1-ETHTREATMENT PLC PANELRIO-V4C1141"-RIO-V4RIO-V5 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPC115--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)RIO-V6 (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITC1161"-TREATMENT PLC PANELRIO-V6 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, STUB UP AND CAPC1501"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPTREATMENT PLC PANELFIT-01070C1511"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPTREATMENT PLC PANELPB-C151C151A1"1 - #16 STPPB-C151LT-01060C1521"2 - #14PB-C151PB-C152C152A1"FACT. CBL.PB-C152LSH-01061C1531"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPTREATMENT PLC PANELFIT-01071C1543/4"1 - #18 STPTREATMENT PLC PANELTHERMOSTATC2001"20 - #14RIO-V1CONDULET TEE #1AC200A10 - #14CONDULET TEE #1AMV-02120C200B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #1AMV-02121C2011"2 - #14, 3 - #16 STPRIO-V1CONDULET TEE #1BC201A1"1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1BPT-02171C201B1"2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1BMV-02141C2021"16 - #14RIO-V1CONDULET TEE #1CC202A6 - #14CONDULET TEE #1CMV-02142C202B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #1CMV-02143C2031"10 - #14RIO-V1MV-02145C2041"10 - #14RIO-V1MV-03021C2051"4 - #14, 4 - #16 STPRIO-V1CONDULET TEE #1DC205A2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1DMV-02123C205B2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1DCONDULET TEE #1E1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1EPT-02170C205C2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1EFIT-02160 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902CONTROL CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZECONTROLCONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (2 OF 4)E6.467C2061"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPRIO-V1CONDULET TEE #1FC206A1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #1FPT-02172C206B2 - #14CONDULET TEE #1FLS-02150C2101"20 - #14RIO-V2CONDULET TEE #2AC210A10 - #14CONDULET TEE #2AMV-02220C210B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #2AMV-02221C2111"2 - #14, 3 - #16 STPRIO-V2CONDULET TEE #2BC211A1"1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2BPT-02271C211B1"2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2BMV-02241C2121"16 - #14RIO-V2CONDULET TEE #2CC212A6 - #14CONDULET TEE #2CMV-02242C212B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #2CMV-02243C2131"10 - #14RIO-V2MV-02245C2141"10 - #14RIO-V2MV-03022C2151"4 - #14, 4 - #16 STPRIO-V2CONDULET TEE #2DC215A2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2DMV-02223C215B2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2DCONDULET TEE #2E1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2EPT-02270C215C2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2EFIT-02260C2161"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPRIO-V2CONDULET TEE #2FC216A1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #2FPT-02272C216B2 - #14CONDULET TEE #2FLS-02250C2201"20 - #14RIO-V3CONDULET TEE #3AC220A10 - #14CONDULET TEE #3AMV-02320C220B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #3AMV-02321C2211"2 - #14, 3 - #16 STPRIO-V3CONDULET TEE #3BC221A1"1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3BPT-02371C221B1"2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3BMV-02341C2221"16 - #14RIO-V3CONDULET TEE #3CC222A6 - #14CONDULET TEE #3CMV-02342C222B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #3CMV-02343C2231"10 - #14RIO-V3MV-02345C2241"10 - #14RIO-V3MV-03023C2251"4 - #14, 4 - #16 STPRIO-V3CONDULET TEE #3DC225A2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3DMV-02323C225B2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3DCONDULET TEE #3E1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3EPT-02370C225C2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3EFIT-02360C2261"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPRIO-V3CONDULET TEE #3FC226A1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #3FPT-02372C226B2 - #14CONDULET TEE #3FLS-02350C2301"20 - #14RIO-V4CONDULET TEE #4AC230A10 - #14CONDULET TEE #4AMV-02420C230B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #4AMV-02421C2311"2 - #14, 3 - #16 STPRIO-V4CONDULET TEE #4BC231A1"1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4BPT-02471C231B1"2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4BMV-02441 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902CONTROL CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZECONTROLCONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (3 OF 4)E6.568C2321"16 - #14RIO-V4CONDULET TEE #4CC232A6 - #14CONDULET TEE #4CMV-02442C232B10 - #14CONDULET TEE #4CMV-02443C2331"10 - #14RIO-V4MV-02445C2341"10 - #14RIO-V4MV-03024C2351"4 - #14, 4 - #16 STPRIO-V4CONDULET TEE #4DC235A2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4DMV-02423C235B2 - #14, 2 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4DCONDULET TEE #4E1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4EPT-02470C235C2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4EFIT-02460C2361"2 - #14, 1 - #16 STPRIO-V4CONDULET TEE #4FC236A1 - #16 STPCONDULET TEE #4FPT-02472C236B2 - #14CONDULET TEE #4FLS-02450C240--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5A (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITSC240A-CONDULET TEE #5A (FUTURE)MV-02520 (FUTURE)C240B-CONDULET TEE #5A (FUTURE)MV-02521 (FUTURE)C241--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5B (FUTURE)C241A--CONDULET TEE #5B (FUTURE)PT-02571 (FUTURE)C241B--CONDULET TEE #5B (FUTURE)MV-02541 (FUTURE)C242--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5C (FUTURE)C242A-CONDULET TEE #5C (FUTURE)MV-02542 (FUTURE)C242B-CONDULET TEE #5C (FUTURE)MV-02543 (FUTURE)C243--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)MV-02545 (FUTURE)C2441"-RIO-V5 (FUTURE)MV-03025 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VLV.C245--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5D (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITSC245A-CONDULET TEE #5D (FUTURE)MV-02523 (FUTURE)C245B-CONDULET TEE #5D (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5E (FUTURE)-CONDULET TEE #5E (FUTURE)PT-02570 (FUTURE)C245C-CONDULET TEE #5E (FUTURE)FIT-02560 (FUTURE)C246--RIO-V5 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #5F (FUTURE)C246A-CONDULET TEE #5F (FUTURE)PT-02572 (FUTURE)C246B-CONDULET TEE #5F (FUTURE)LS-02550 (FUTURE)C250--RIO-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6A (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITSC250A-CONDULET TEE #6A (FUTURE)MV-02620 (FUTURE)C250B-CONDULET TEE #6A (FUTURE)MV-02621 (FUTURE)C251--RIO-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6B (FUTURE)C251A--CONDULET TEE #6B (FUTURE)PT-02671 (FUTURE)C251B--CONDULET TEE #6B (FUTURE)MV-02641 (FUTURE)C252--RIO-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6C (FUTURE)C252A-CONDULET TEE #6C (FUTURE)MV-02642 (FUTURE)C252B-CONDULET TEE #6C (FUTURE)MV-02643 (FUTURE)C253--RIO-V6 (FUTURE)MV-02645 (FUTURE)C2541"-RIO-V6 (FUTURE)MV-03026 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VLV.C255--RIO-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6D (FUTURE)FUTURE CONDUITSC255A-CONDULET TEE #6D (FUTURE)MV-02623 (FUTURE)C255B-CONDULET TEE #6D (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6E (FUTURE)-CONDULET TEE #6E (FUTURE)PT-02670 (FUTURE)C255C-CONDULET TEE #6E (FUTURE)FIT-02660 (FUTURE)C256--RIO-V6 (FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #6F (FUTURE)C256A-CONDULET TEE #6F (FUTURE)PT-02672 (FUTURE)C256B-CONDULET TEE #6F (FUTURE)LS-02650 (FUTURE) THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902CONTROL CONDUIT WIRE SCHEDULECONDUITWIRE*FROMTOREMARKSNO.SIZECONTROLCONTROL CONDUIT SCHEDULE (4 OF 4)E6.669C3001"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)CONDULET TEE #7AC300A1"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)CONDULET TEE #7AC300B1"4 - #14CONDULET TEE #7ACONDULET TEE #7BC300C1"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)CONDULET TEE #7BC300D1"6 - #14CONDULET TEE #7BCONDULET TEE #7CC3011"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #7CTSH-03103AT PMP-03103C301A1"4 - #14CONDULET TEE #7CCONDULET TEE #7DC301B1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #7DTSH-03102AT PMP-03102C301C1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #7DTSH-03101AT PMP-03101C3021"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)CONDULET TEE #8AC302A1"-VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105)(FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #8AEMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VFDC302B1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #8ACONDULET TEE #8BC302C1"-VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106)(FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #8BEMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VFDC302D1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #8BCONDULET TEE #8CC3031"-CONDULET TEE #8CTSH-03106 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE PMPC303A1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #8CCONDULET TEE #8DC303B1"-CONDULET TEE #8DTSH-03105 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE PMPC303C1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #8DTSH-03104AT PMP-03104C3101"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #3 (PMP-03103)CONDULET TEE #9AC310A1"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #2 (PMP-03102)CONDULET TEE #9AC310B1"4 - #14CONDULET TEE #9ACONDULET TEE #9BC310C1"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #1 (PMP-03101)CONDULET TEE #9BC310D1"6 - #14CONDULET TEE #9BCONDULET TEE #9CC3111"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #9CEST-03103FOR PMP-03103C311A1"4 - #14CONDULET TEE #9CCONDULET TEE #9DC311B1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #9DEST-03102FOR PMP-03102C311C1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #9DEST-03101FOR PMP-03101C3121"2 - #14VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #4 (PMP-03104)CONDULET TEE #10AC312A1"-VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #5 (PMP-03105)(FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #10AEMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VFDC312B1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #10ACONDULET TEE #10BC312C1"-VFD - BOOSTER PUMP #6 (PMP-03106)(FUTURE)CONDULET TEE #10BEMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE VFDC312D1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #10BCONDULET TEE #10CC3131"-CONDULET TEE #10CEST-03106 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE ESTC313A1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #10CCONDULET TEE #10DC313B1"-CONDULET TEE #10DEST-03105 (FUTURE)EMPTY CONDUIT, CAP AT FUTURE ESTC313C1"2 - #14CONDULET TEE #10DEST-03104FOR PMP-03104C4001"8 - #14, 2 - #16STP, 1-ETHCITY CONTROL PANELJB-C100C400A1"JB-C100PB-C100C400B1"PB-C100MV-01020 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902CONTROL DIAGRAM - VALVE ACTUATOR (TYPICAL)NTSM3VWUCIRCUIT DRAWN WITH POWER SUPPLY OFF2461353UVWFS1C1C2U W X YZSK2TRANSISTOR SWITCHING FOR24VDC CONTACTORS (IQ10-35)RELAYS ONLY FITTED WHEN120VAC CONTACTOR IS FITTEDFOR IQ40,70,90,91 & 950VACPS1120VAC0VDC24VDC_SK1424VDC 210VDCSK1326 WAYSK365TORQUESENSORPOSITIONSENSORBATTERYFS2 (IF FITTED) 100mA50%18 WAYREMOTECLOSEDSTOPOPENLOCALSK6CLOSESTOP/ MAINTAINOPENCOMMON -VEESDOPEN INTERLOCKCLOSE INTERLOCKCOMMON -VESLOT ASK1SLOT BSK210 WAY-+414321SK8MAKE AT FULLY SHUT S1MAKE AT FULLY OPEN S2SK9 BREAK AT FULLY SHUT S3BREAK AT FULLY OPEN S4SK13MONITOR RELAYSK14132SK718273645SK4910811213145678910123334353625373831111343424441634120VAC5NOMINAL SUPPLY(OUTPUT)21E3PHASESUPPLYTRANSFORMER TAPPING OPTIONSTYPE 1Tap Nominal 50/60HzWXYZWXYZXY220/230380/400400,415/420440/460FUSE F S 1=250mA ANTI-SURGETYPE 2346/380480/500240/240550/575TYPE 3660/660-690690/-+FUSE F S 1=250mA ANTI-SURGEFUSE F S 1=150mA ANTI-SURGE480V POWERUM3WWV UMOTORSSS MODULESK3SK126 WAYUSK15PS10VAC120VAC0VDC24VDC_SK1424VDC 210VDCSK1326 WAYSK365TORQUESENSORPOSITIONSENSORBATTERYFS2 (IF FITTED) 100mA50%18 WAYSTOPCLOSEOPENREMOTELOCALSK6CLOSESTOP/ MAINTAINOPENCOMMON -VEESDOPEN INTERLOCKCLOSE INTERLOCKCOMMON -VESLOT ASK1SLOT BSK210 WAY-+414321SK8MAKE AT FULLY SHUT S1MAKE AT FULLY OPEN S2SK9 BREAK AT FULLY SHUT S3BREAK AT FULLY OPEN S4SK13MONITOR RELAYSK14132SK718273645SK49108112131456789101233343536253738311113434244THE ACTUATOR MUST BEPROTECTED USING SUITABLYRATED HIGH SPEEDSEMI-CONDUCTOR FUSES ON THEINCOMING SUPPLY.SUGGESTED FUSES :-IQ10-20:10 Amp FERRAZ G330010IQ25-35:20 Amp FERRAZ K330013ALTERNATIVES =IQ10-20:10 Amp SIBA 50-179-06/10AIQ25-35:20 Amp SIBA 50-179-06/20AOR EQUIVALENT PROTECTIVEDEVICE.SK241634120VAC5NOMINAL SUPPLY(OUTPUT)IN31V3WUV2U W X YZCIRCUIT DRAWN WITH POWER SUPPLY OFF21EWFS1V3PHASESUPPLYTRANSFORMER TAPPING OPTIONSTYPE 1Tap Nominal 50/60HzWXYZWXYZ220/230380/400400,415/420440/460FUSE F S 1=250mA ANTI-SURGETYPE 2346/380480/500240/240550/575FUSE F S 1=250mA ANTI-SURGE+CONTROL DIAGRAM - VALVE ACTUATOR (TYPICAL)NTS480V POWERSLOT ASK1SLOT ASK3DEMAND +VECOMMON -VENO CONNECTMANUAL/AUTOCOMMON -VE 24VDCCOMMON -VE 120VAC12345678SK612SK812FOR MANUAL/AUTO CONNECTIONS ANDDETAILS OF FOLOMATIC/CPT FUNCTIONSREFER TO ROTORK PUBLICATION PUB002-04123263941452227NOTE - UNDER LOSS OF AC POWERCPT OUTPUT WILL GO TO LESS THAN 1mAFOLOMATIC /CPT ELEMENTARY CONTROL DIAGRAM IE7.070 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902TYPICAL MOTOR SCHEMATIC FOR BOOSTER PUMPS(PMP-03101, 03102, 03103, 03104, 03105, 03106)1256374891011121314151617181920262728293031323334353637383940480VACMMOTORCØBØAØBKRF1AF2AF3AVARIABLE FREQUENCYDRIVE (VFD)COMM CABLET3T2T1L3L2L1UNIT MOUNTHIM212223242541424344454647484950GNDGND4-20mATO PLCSPEEDREFERENCE4-20mAFROM PLCSPEEDCOMMANDETHERNETTO PLCNETWORKMOTOR HIGHTEMP SWANALOGINPUTANALOGOUTPUTDIEXTERNAL INTERLOCKHIGH TEMP+24VDCVFD RUNNING STATUSTO PLCVFD ALARMTO PLCNOTES1.THE PUMP ELEMENTARY CONTROL DIAGRAM IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL THE PUMP'S MOTOR CONTROL WIRING PER THEMANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.2.GROUND VFD AND MOTOR PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS.3.VFD MOTOR LEAD CABLES SHALL BE A UL LISTED VFD TYPE CABLE.4.INSTALL MODULES AND ACCESSORIES FOR VFD PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS ASREQUIRED.5.INDICATES OPTIONAL CONTROL, TO BE CONFIRMED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.GND*****MOTOR E-STOPDIEXTERNAL INTERLOCKE-STOPELEMENTARY CONTROL DIAGRAM IIE7.171 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ANTSBNTSGROUND ROD "A" INSTALLATIONGROUNDING CONNECTION DETAILFLOW METER GROUNDING DETAILDNTSENTSCONCRETE GROUND ROD INSPECTION DETAILGROUNDING CONNECTION - EQUIP/STEEL COLUMNCONDUIT LABELING DETAILCNTSFNTSGNTSGROUND BOND TO REBAR DETAIL2GROUND ROD CONNECTOR (5/8"-3/4", 2/0 SOL-250)BURNDY #GAR6429 OR EQUAL.11GROUND ROD, 3/4" DIA. x 10', COPPER-CLAD STEEL113BILL OF MATERIALSNO.DESCRIPTIONQTY3GROUND ROD CONNECTOR (5/8"-3/4", #4 SOL-2/0)BURNDY #GAR6426 OR EQUAL.12FINISHED GRADETO EQUIPMENTGROUNDING LUG30" MIN.TO GROUND, ROD "B"11CONSTRUCTION NOTES:TO EXISTING SYSTEM GROUNDTO GROUND, ROD "A"22#2/0WELD BYEXOTHERMICPROCESS4/0 CU GROUNDCABLEALMETEK TYPE THWITH BLACK NYLON CABLE TIESSECURE TAGS TO CONDUITTAG HOLDERCONDUITALMETEK TYPE EZ-VTAG TILES (BLACK ON YELLOW)SECURE TAGS TO CONDUITALMETEK TYPE THWITH BLACK NYLON CABLE TIESSECURE TAGS TO CONDUITTAG HOLDERCONDUITALMETEK TYPE EZ-VTAG TILES (BLACK ON YELLOW)SECURE TAGS TO CONDUIT1SERVIT POST CONNECTOR, 2/C, 1/2"-13 LONG STUD,#2-#2/0 W/ NUT & LOCKWASHER, BURNDY#K2C25B11BILL OF MATERIALSNO.DESCRIPTIONQTY3/16"12GROUND CLIP, MILD STEEL, 5" x 3" x 1/4"FIELD FABRICATE - SEE DET-A1DET-AGND CLIPSTEEL COLUMN(FIREPROOFED)STEEL COLUMN OREQUIP. SKIDDRILL & TAP HOLD FOR12"-13 BOLTEQ. GND.TAP (#2 INSUL.CU) TO GNDSYSTEM6" 6"BREAK EDGESAT CORNERSDRILL HOLE FOR1/2"-13 BOLT112"11#4 RE-BAR, 1/2" DIA. - USE GND. CONN. BURNDY #GAR11261BILL OF MATERIALSNO.DESCRIPTIONQTY2#5 OR #6 RE-BAR, 5/8" OR 3/4"DIA. - USE GND. CONN. BURNDY #GAR642613#7 OR #8 RE-BAR, 7/8" OR 1"DIA. - USE GND. CONN. BURNDY #GAR14261ORORSELECT GROUND CONNECTORBASED ON RE-BAR SIZE1PROVIDE 1" PVCSCH 80 SLEEVE23GROUNDING ELECTRODECONDUCTOR (#2 MIN) NEC 250.50 (A) (3)20'-0"MIN.2"MIN.CONCRETEFOUNDATIONREBARPROVIDE1" PVCSCH 80SLEEVEPROVIDE1" PVCSCH 80SLEEVEEQ. GND.TAP (#2 INSUL.CU) TO GNDSYSTEM11 1/8"13 13/16"11 3/16"10 3/8"1 1/8"12"BODY30"CAST IRONCOVERCOVER TO BE MARKED"GROUNDING ELECTRODE"CONCRETE GROUND RODBOX, CHRISTY G05 ORAPPROVED EQUALGROUND ROD/ELECTRODECONNECTOR. CADWELD ORAPPROVED EQUALGRAVEL BASE 18" THICKCOPPER GROUNDINGELECTRODE CONDUCTORSHALL BE MINIMUM #4/03/4" x 10' COPPERGROUND RODELECTRICAL DETAILS (1 OF 6)E8.072 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ANTSEQUIPMENT GROUNDING DETAILGROUNDING PLATE DETAILDNTSENTSCONCRETE PULLBOX DETAILDUCT BANK DETAIL "F"ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOUNDATION DETAILCNTSFGDUCT BANK DETAIL "G"NOTES:14" W X 1/4" D X 24" L,GROUNDING BUSBAR, COPPER, MOUNTED 12" AFF.4#2/0 CU1232STANDOFF INSULATOR AS REQUIRED.3WALL ANCHOR.4BUILDING WALL.#2/0 CU5GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR(S) SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ONE CONTINUOUS LENGTH, WITH A SPLICE OR JOINT BEINGMADE ONLY BY IRREVERSIBLE COMPRESSION TYPE CONNECTORS LISTED AS GROUNDING AND BONDING EQUIPMENT OR BYEXOTHERMIC WELDING, PER NEC 250.64(C)1BODYIN UNPAVED AREAS, PROVIDE CONCRETE COLLARAROUND PULLBOX, 6" MIN. WIDE BY 6" MIN. DEEP.ALL CONDUIT WITH-IN THE CONCRETE PULLBOX ARE TO BE SEALED WITHRTV DUCT SEAL TO PREVENT WATER ENTERING CONDUIT SYSTEM.ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ARE TO BE GROUPED ANDWIRE TIED EVERY 6" PER CONDUIT FILL.ALL SPLICES WITH-IN THE CONCRETE PULLBOX ARE TO BE SEALED WITH ANINSULATING AND ENCAPSULATING RESIN PACK, SCOTCHCAST 4 OR EQUALCONCRETECOVERGALV.STEEL LIFT EYE3 GA. WELDED WIREGRAVEL BASE6" THICKCOVER TO BE MARKEDAS REQUIRED.BRASS SWING BOLTS & NUTS INDIAGONAL CORNERSCONCRETE PULLBOX, CHRISTY, JENSEN OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. PULLBOXTO BE APPROPRIATE SIZE FOR NUMBER AND SIZE OF CONDUITS ENTERING ANDEXITING. PROVIDE EXTENSIONS AS REQUIRED FOR DEPTH.P100BP170C100SPARE POWERCONTROLSPAREP309 SPARENTS NTSP1 0 0 A P1 7 0 A C1 0 0 A S P A R E POWERCONTROLSP A R E P3 0 9 A C4 0 0 A S P A R E BNTSNOT USEDSECTION THROUGH EQUIPMENT DEPTHELECTRICALEQUIPMENTNOTES:1.EQUIPMENT BASE TOP SHALL BE LEVEL.2.PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT BASE INSTALLATION,3.COMPACT SOIL UNDER AND 6" BEYOND THE BASE TO 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION.3" MIN 3" MIN 2'-0"6" MIN(TYP.)4" MIN(TYP.)#4 @12" ON CENTER#4 @12" ON CENTERTOP AND BOTTOM1" CHAMFERALONG EDGEANCHOR BOLTAS REQUIRED BYEQUIPMENTMANUFACTURER (TYP.)FINISHED GRADEELECTRICAL DETAILS (2 OF 6)E8.173SPARE 1'-0"MIN.1'-0"MIN. THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ANTSBCCONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH WALL DETAILNTSNTSCONSTRUCTION NOTES:CONDUIT DUCT BANK DETAIL - TYPICAL FOR ALL DUCT BANKS2' x 2' x 2'-10" HANDHOLE DETAIL122'-0"MIN.1'-0"MIN.6"MIN.CONTROL CONDUITS - SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE1POWER CONDUITS - SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR QUANTITY AND SIZE2CONDUIT(S) NUMBERCONDUIT SCHEDULES FOR SIZE#4 REBAR CAGE @MAX. 24" SPACING6" WIDE 4.5 MIL THICK METALDETECTABLE POLYESTERTAPE CONTINUOUSLY IMPRINTEDON ONE SIDE OF TAPE,"CAUTION: BURIED ELECTRICLINE BELOW" (BLACK LETTERSON RED BACKGROUND)CLEAN BACKFILL(COMPACT TO 95% COMPACTION)3000 PSI CONCRETE (RED)ENCASEMENTFINISHED GRADE2'-0"MIN.1'-0"MIN.6"MIN.3"7.5"MIN.2"2"MIN.2"3"MIN.2"MIN.FINISHED GRADE3"3"1'-0"2"MIN.MIN.7.5"MIN.#4/0 BC GROUNDINGCONDUCTORNOTES:1.ALL DIMENSIONS ARE MINIMUM. SEE PLANS AND CONDUIT SCHED.2.BARE COPPER INSTALLED PER NEC 250.52 (A)(3) AND BONDED TO GROUND RING(S) PERGROUNDING PLAN.3.MAINTAIN 24" MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM POWER CONDUITS AND GAS/SEWER LINES.4.MAINTAIN 12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM POWER CONDUITS AND WATER/CONTROL LINES.5.MAINTAIN 7.5" MINIMUM FROM OTHER POWER CONDUITS, CENTER TO CENTER.6.INSTALL CONDUIT SUPPORT EVERY 5 FEET MINIMUM.7.REPLACE SOIL/CONCRETE WITH IN KIND MATERIAL AFTER COMPLETION.8.TRENCHING SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC INFORMATIVE ANNEX B.9.DUCTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/8 INCH PER FOOT TO ALLOW DRAINAGE TO APOINT PROVIDED WITH ACCESS (MANHOLE).7.5"MIN.7.5"MIN.24"MIN.3SP. INDICATES SPARE3CONCRETE BARSUPPORTS (TYP.)6"6"REINFORCINGBARS (4 TYP.)ELECTRICAL DETAILS (3 OF 6)E8.274 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ANTSDNTSENTSCNTSFGNTSNTSBNTSDISCONNECT SWITCH/JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETEAILHORIZONTAL MOTOR CONNECTION DETAILNOTES:1.ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM.2.PROVIDE 6 INCH COVER OF CONCRETE WITHIN 2 FEETOF ALL DRIVABLE AREAS PER DETAILS AND PLAN.FACTORYELBOWCONDUITGRS INDOORS ANDFINISH SLABOR GRADECOUPLINGGRS-PVC OUTDOORSGRS-PVC CONDUITADAPTOR COUPLINGCOUPLINGGRS-PVC3 1/2" HEIGHT2 1/2" (MIN)AROUND CONDUITALL SIDES OF CONDUITGROUT CURB AROUNDWITH BEVELLED CORNERS4"BLOCK OUT CONCRETE AROUNDCONDUIT WITH FOAM. ONCEEXACT LOCATION OF CONDUIT ISDETERMINED, INSTALL AND FILL INAROUND CONDUIT WITH FOAMFLUSH WITH ADJACENT SLAB.RIGID CONDUIT & CAPFINISHED SLABRIGID STEEL/PVC COATEDCONDUIT ELBOWPVC SCHEDULE 40, SIZE ASREQUIRED ON DRAWINGS6" AFF 24"12"24"NOTE:1.PROVIDE CONCRETE ENCASEMENT FOR AERATION VALVE CONDUITS UNDERGROUND.2.PROVIDE APPROXIMATELY 18" SEPARATION FROM THE CONTROL AND POWERCONDUIT STUB UP FOR THE AERATION VALVES.3.INSTALL LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT TO VALVE PER NEC 350.STANCHION MOUNTED RECEPTACLEWITH METAL WEATHER PROOF WHILEIN USE METAL COVER.18"GRS CONDUITS, NUMBER ANDSIZES SHOWN ON PLANSGRS CONDUITS BELOW GRADE SHALL BE PVCCOATED GRS TO 18" ABOVE GRADE.CONDUIT TO MCC/PANEL. CONDUIT SIZEAS SHOWN ON PLAN.(4) STAINLESS STEELANCHOR BOLTS1/4" STEEL PLATEWELDED TO TUBEHOUSE KEEPING PAD SIZED APPROPRIATE. CONTRACTOR SHALLVERIFY ACTUAL SIZE OF GEAR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONCRETEHOUSE KEEPING PAD SHALL EXTEND 6" ON ALL SIDES OF EQUIPMENT.FOUNDATION DESIGN PER DETAILTYPICAL CONDUIT STUB UP DETAIL - ALT.PVC COND. STUB-UP INSTALLATION FOR FUTURE EXT. DETAILEXPOSED CONDUIT TRANSITION DETAILTYPICAL CONDUIT STUB-UP DETAILSTANCHION-MOUNTED RECEPTACLE DETAIL5" (MIN)LIQUID - TIGHT FLEXIBLECONDUIT TO MOTORCONNECTION JUNCTIONBOX 36" (MAX)MOTOR CONNECTION JUNCTION BOXCONDUIT RISERPUMP BASEHORIZONTAL MOTOR#4/0 BARE COPPER GND.BOND MOTOR FRAME TO GND. RING4" SQUARE GALVANIZED TUBE(4) STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORBOLTSPVC ADAPTER (TYP)NEMA 4X J-BOXOR DISCONNECT SWITCH3'-6"FINISHEDFLOORRIGID GALVANIZED STEELCONDUITS, NUMBER AND SIZESHOWN ON PLANS (TYP)3'-6"WALL ORBACKBOARDNEMA 4X J-BOX ORDISCONNECT SWITCHSTANCHION-MOUNTEDFINISHEDFLOORRIGID GALVANIZED STEELCONDUITS, NUMBER AND SIZESHOWN ON PLANS (TYP)TO PUMP OR INSTRUMENTWALL OR BACKBOARD MOUNTEDPVC ADAPTER (TYP)TO PUMP ORINSTRUMENT1/4" STEEL PLATEWELDED TO TUBENOTES:1.DISCONNECT SWITCH OR J-BOX SHALL BE NEMA-4X WHEN OUTSIDE AND NEMA 1 WHEN INSIDE.2.ENCLOSURES SHALL BE LABELED WITH THEIR CIRCUIT LOCATION AND DEVICE NAME WITH PERMANENTWEATHERPROOF LABELS.3.ATTACH P1000 UNISTRUT SUPPORT TO WALL FOR BRACING, TO BE ADDED AS NECESSARY.4.MAINTAIN MINIMUM 3 FEET 6 INCHES CLEAR DISTANCE AND REQUIRED WORKING SPACE PER NEC 110.26.5.DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, 600V AND SIZED FOR HP PER THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM.6.DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE FUSED WITH LPJ RATED FUSES FOR AIC RATING COMPLIANCE FOR MORE THAN10 KAIC AND EQUIPMENT PROTECTION, PER THE SINGLE LINE DIAGRAMS.7.CONDUITS SHALL BE ROUTED AS SUCH THAT THEY DO NOT CREATE A TRIPPING HAZARD.8.INSTALL ALL ENCLOSURES PER MANUFACTURER REQUIREMENTS AND GROUND/BOND PER CODE.ELECTRICAL DETAILS (4 OF 6)E8.375 THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ANTSENTSCNTSFGNTSNTSNOT USEDTYPICAL STANCHION-MOUNTED DEVICE DETAILVFD WIRING DETAIL - TYPICAL FOR VFD MOTOR PUMPSTANK GROUNDING DETAILBASE PLATE8" 1"TO POWER SOURCEPER PLANSTO EQUIPMENTPER PLANSSIZE MOUNTING PANELPER NUMBER OF DEVICESAS SHOWN ON PLANDRAWINGSSTAINLESS STEELHORIZONTAL UNISTRUTAT TOP & BOTTOMFCS, DEVICE ORPANELSTAINLESS STEELVERTICAL UNISTRUTGRS-PVC CONDUITPER SCHEDULE (TYP)EYS FITTING IF WITHINCLASSIFIED AREADOUBLE NUT 3/8" SSWEDGE ANCHORSWELD TO SS BASENON-SHRINKGROUT BASE4'-0" MAX30" (TYP.)CONDUIT PERSCHEDULECLASS "A"CONCRETEPAD 4' x 4'TYPICAL PANEL SUPPORT DETAIL6"1-1/2"DET-AGND CLIPCONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE GROUND CLIP LOCATION WITH TANKMANUFACTURER, IF NOT FURN'D. WITH TANK. ONLY WELD AFTER RECEIVINGVENDOR APPROPRIATE APPROVAL.BOND TANK TO GROUND RING AT A MINIMUM OF 4 DIFFERENT PLACES,SPACED APART EVENLY.NOTES:1.BILL OF MATERIALSDESCRIPTIONNO.QTY2GROUND CLIP, MILD STEEL, 5"X3"X1/4"FIELD FABRICATE - SEE DETAIL "A"11SERVIT POST CONNECTOR, 2/C, 1/2"-13 SHORT STUD,#2-#2/0 W/ NUT & LOCKWASHER, BURNDY #K2C251EQ. GND. TAP(#2 INSUL. CU)TO GND SYSTEM1" PVC SCH-80PROTECT CABLEAS REQD.TANKNOTE 1BREAK EDGESAT CORNERSDRILL HOLE FOR1/2"-13 BOLT13/16"2.FILLED WITH APPROVEDSEALANTELECTRICAL DETAILS (5 OF 6)E8.476PACKAGED VFD CONTROLPANEL W/ DANFOSS FC202VFD & LOCALDISCONNECT SWITCHFINISHED FLOORSECURE WITH SSBOLTS/WASHERS (TYP)5 FEET MAXSEE PLAN VIEWSFOR CONDUITROUTINGCONTINUATIONUNISTRUT SECTION VIEWPROVIDE BACK PLATE IFAVAILABLE FOR FRAMEP7000 UNISTRUT SUPPORTEDTO STANCHION BEAM WITH SSBOLTS (TYP.), MINIMUM 2PLACES.VFD & MOTORPOWER & CONTROLCONDUIT PER PLANS THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY CONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringGTNCFEB 2026BICITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902SEE COVER SHEET135CIP No. WT 1902ANTSBNTSE-STOP LOCAL CONTROL PANEL DETAILDNTSENTSCNTSFNTSGNTSEXISTING MCC-A DETAILNOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USEDEMERGENCY STOP LOCAL CONTROL PANELMOUNTED TO UNISTRUT VIA SS MOUNTINGPLATE. INSTALL NAMEPLATE WITH MOTORIDENTIFICATION TO FRONT OF PANEL (TYP 3)SECURE CONDUIT TO UNISTRUTVIA SS CLAMP (TYP)PVC COATED GRS CONDUIT(TYP OUTDOOR ABOVEGROUND)9" SQ. x 3/8" THK.SS BASE PLATE3/8"Ø SS ANCHOR BOLTS w/NUT & WASHER ASSEMBLYEMBED 4" MIN INTO SLAB (TYP 4)NON-SHRINK GROUTw/LEVELING NUTSP1001 UNISTRUTCHANNEL (SS)WELDED TO BASE PLATEEST-03104,EST-03103EST-03105 (FUTURE),EST-03102EST-03106 (FUTURE),EST-03101EXISTING MCC-AINSTALL 225A/3P THERMAL MAGNETIC CIRCUITBREAKER IN EXISTING SPARE MCC BUCKET.BREAKER SHALL BE OF THE SAMEMANUFACTURER AND AIC RATING AS THE MCC.P100TO JB-P1005'-6"ELECTRICAL DETAILS (6 OF 6)E8.577 ₂MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: P&ID SYMBOLS AND LEGENDS - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLP&ID SYMBOLS AND LEGENDSI0.078 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: NETWORK DIAGRAM - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLNETWORK DIAGRAMI0.179 PROPOSED TREATMENTPUMP-TO-WASTE CATCH BASINEXISTING WELLPUMP-TO-WASTECATCH BASINPROPOSED JUNCTION BOXEXISTINGSEWER MANHOLEBACKWASHDETENTION TANKMANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: WELL DISCHARGE P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLWELL DISCHARGE P&IDI1.080 VESSEL #1MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: VESSEL #1 P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLVESSEL #1I2.181 VESSEL #2MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: VESSEL #2 P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLVESSEL #2I2.282 VESSEL #3MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: VESSEL #3 P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLVESSEL #3I2.383 VESSEL #4MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: VESSEL #4 P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLVESSEL #4I2.484 VESSEL #5MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: (FUTURE) VESSEL #5 P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL(FUTURE) VESSEL #5I2.585 VESSEL #6MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: (FUTURE) VESSEL #6 P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSL(FUTURE) VESSEL #6I2.686 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: BOOSTER PUMPS INLET VALVES P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLBOOSTER PUMPS INLET VALVES P&IDI3.0A87 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: BOOSTER PUMPS INLET VALVES P&ID FUTURE - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLBOOSTER PUMPS INLET VALVES P&ID FUTUREI3.0B88 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: BOOSTER PUMPS P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLBOOSTER PUMPS P&IDI3.189 AIR COMPRESSOR 1AIR COMPRESSOR 2MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\sheets\B629-XX-I1.0.dwg - Tab: AIR COMPRESSORS P&ID - by khernandez on 02/12/26 at 4:31:23 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLAIR COMPRESSORS P&IDI4.090 12"Ø HUB w/WEAR PAD3"Øx36"(L) EFFLUENT UNDERDRAINSYSTEM w/ 0.012" SLOTS(16 TOTAL LATERALS) (2 LAYERS)1"Øx36"(L) AIR SCOUR LINEw/ 4 1/2"Ø NOZZLES EA (TYP 8.)(45° SPACING)HUB DETAILSCALE: NTSN6N4N72'-4"6"5'-6"6'-6"15'-8"FRONT ELEVATIONASME 2:1 ELLIPTICAL HEADTOP+BOTTOM VOLUME:237 FT3 EAN55'-2"RIGHT ELEVATIONN8N1N2N32'-8"2'-4"8"4'-10"10"44"W10x33 LEGSØ12'-0"21°25°N2N1N6N7N3N80°90°180°270°PLAN VIEWLIFT LUGS (x3)RATED @ 20,000LBS EATOP HEAD: 90° 270°BOTTOM HEAD: 90°30°5°30°ASMENAMEPLATE24" Ø 316SST BAFFLEAPPROX BED DEPTH4'-0"NAMEPLATESEPARATORPLATE2" 150# INTERNALAIR SCOUR P.O.C.SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"VESSEL DESIGN DATAINTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURE125 PSIGCAPACITY (VOLUME)SHIPPING WEIGHT (EMPTY)140 DEG FINTERNAL DESIGN TEMP.VESSEL CONSTRUCTIONASME SECTION VIII, Div1. 2021TBDVESSEL REGISTRATIONYEAR BUILTTBDVESSEL SERIAL NUMBERTBD1084 CUBIC FT19,460 LBSOPERATIONAL WEIGHTATMOSPHERIC EXTERNAL DESIGN PRESSURETBDSHELL 1 MATERIAL60 - 80 PSIGOPERATING PRESSURESA-516-70. MIN TH = 0.6597"TOP HEAD MATERIAL60°F - 80°FOPERATING TEMP.ASME 2:1 ELLIPTICAL. SA-516-70. MIN TH = 0.5314"BOTTOM HEAD MATERIAL-20 DEG. F @ 125 PSIGMIN. DESIGN METAL TEMP.ASME 2:1 ELLIPTICAL. SA-516-70. MIN TH = 0.5473"NOZZLES NECKS/FLANGES140 PSIMAWP (NEW & COLD)SA-106-B, SA-105, SA-312-TP316GASKETS125 PSIMAWP (HOT & CORRODED) 0.125" NEOPRENE OR EPDMINTERNALS162.5 PSIHYDROSTATIC TEST PRESSURETP316 HUB/LATERALS w/ 0.012" SLOTSSURFACE PREP INTERNALPOTABLE WATERHYDROSTATIC TEST MEDIUMSSPC-SP10INTERNAL COATINGNONECORROSION ALLOWANCECARBOLINE PLASITE 4110 35-45 MIL DFTEXTERNAL PRIMERNONERADIOGRAPHYSW MACROPROXY 646 PW 5-10 MILS DFTEXTERNAL PAINT/COATINGN/APOST WELD HEAT TREAT.CARBOLINE CARBOTHANE 8845 3-5 MILS DFT (BLUE)NONE REQUIREDMATERIAL IMPACT TESTSN/AMATERIAL HARDNESSSURFACE PREP EXTERNALSSPC-SP6SHELL 2 MATERIALN/APROCESS EFFLUENTPROCESS INFLUENT8" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEIDDESCRIPTIONSERVICEN124" CIRCULAR MANWAY w/ DAVITTANK ACCESSN214" x 18" ELLIPTICAL MANWAY UPPER TANK ACCESSN3N5N4SCHEDULE OF OPENINGS8" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGE4" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEMEDIA DISCHARGEN64" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEMEDIA LOADINGN72" 150# RFSO ANSI FLANGEAIR SCOURMATERIAL (NECK/NOZZLE)SA-106-B/SA-105SA-106-B/SA-105SA-516-70/SA-105SA-106-BSA-312-TP316/SA-182-TP316SA-312-TP316/SA-182-TP316SA-312-TP316/SA-182-TP316N8QTY1111111NOTES:1.VESSEL DESIGNED TO ASME SECTION VIII, Div 1 2021. 125PSIG @ 140 DEG F. -20 DEG FMDMT.2.VESSEL MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE SUBMITTAL OF ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS WITHSTRUCTURAL CALCS FOR CITY REVIEW.3.3" ZOOK GRAPHITE RUPTURE DISC SET AT 125 PSIG TO BE INSTALLED ON THE 4" MEDIAFILL LINE.4.ALL WETTED MATERIALS SHALL BE CERTIFIED AND RATED FOR POTABLE WATERAPPLICATIONS.5.ALL TANK INTERNALS SHALL BE 316 STAINLESS STEEL AND NSF61 COMPLIANT FORPOTABLE WATER TREATMENT.6.PRESSURE VESSEL IS CONSIDERED A DEFERRED SUBMITTAL.1" 3000# FNPT FULL COUPLINGSAMPLE TAPSA-403-TP3166MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902DSLMSA / JTFEB 2026IFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEESEE COVER SHEETW:\B629\Engineering\B629-60-Seal Beach\taskbase\B629 - PACE_Full Tank Assembly_2.1.23.dwg - Tab: 1 - by khernandez on 05/23/25 at 1:49:09 PM 135CIP No. WT 1902DSLPRESSURE VESSELT1.091 PWRRMPWR1PWR2FAULTP18P17P2P1P4P3P6P5P8P7P10P9P12P11P14P13P16P15P17P18CONSOLE9600. N . 8. 1P2P1P4P3P6P5P8P7P10P9P12P11P14P13P16P15+-++-+22V - 60V 20AV OK in1V OK in2 Vin1 Vin2 ComOK20A MAXRedundancy ModuleVout MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENTCONTROL PANEL LAYOUTTCP-192135 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELPOWER DISTRIBUTIONTCP-293 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGTCP-394 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGTCP-495 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGTCP-596 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGTCP-697 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELTERMINAL LAYOUTSTCP-798 PWRRMPWR1PWR2FAULTP18P17P2P1P4P3P6P5P8P7P10P9P12P11P14P13P16P15P17P18CONSOLE9600. N. 8. 1P2P1P4P3P6P5P8P7P10P9P12P11P14P13P16P15MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135TREATMENT CONTROL PANELNETWORK DIAGRAMTCP-899 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V1-1100 P1P1P5 CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V1-2101 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELPOWER DISTRIBUTIONRIO-V1-3102 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V1-4103 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V1-5104 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V1-6105 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V1-7106 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V1-8107 P1P1P5CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #1 CONTROL PANELNETWORK DIAGRAMRIO-V1-9108 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V2-1109 P1P1P5 CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V2-2110 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELPOWER DISTRIBUTIONRIO-V2-3111 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V2-4112 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V2-5113 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V2-6114 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V2-7115 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V2-8116 P1P1P5CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #2 CONTROL PANELNETWORK DIAGRAMRIO-V2-9117 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V3-1118 P1P1P5 CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V3-2119 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELPOWER DISTRIBUTIONRIO-V3-3120 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V3-4121 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V3-5122 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V3-6123 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V3-7124 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V3-8125 P1P1P5CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #3 CONTROL PANELNETWORK DIAGRAMRIO-V3-9126 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V4-1127 P1P1P5 CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STEREDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4CONTROL PANEL LAYOUTRIO-V4-2128 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELPOWER DISTRIBUTIONRIO-V4-3129 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V4-4130 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V4-5131 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V4-6132 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V4-7133 MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGD No. C44825OI FR NIAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NPROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELIO WIRINGRIO-V4-8134 P1P1P5CONSOLEP1P5P2FAULTRINGMASTERP2P2P3P3P4P4MANNER NOR BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS STAMPED "ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION". THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE PROPERTY OF P.A.C.E. AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED IN ANY 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 | Fountain Valley, CA 92708P: (714) 481-7300 | www.pacewater.comAdvanced Water EngineeringCONFORMED PLANS - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTIONCITY OF SEAL BEACHLAMPSON WELL TREATMENTPROJECT No. CIP No. WT 1902CIP No. WT 1902ECDSLAMFEB 2026SEE COVER SHEETIFSSEANEERILENGDNo. C44825OI FR N IAEATVCCIOFIALLExp. 03-31-26NP ROOSREGIT STER EDU N CAN S. LEE135VESSEL #4 CONTROL PANELNETWORK DIAGRAMRIO-V4-9135 SP-52 APPENDIX B PACE Engineering Specifications Engineering Specifications (Conformed Plans - IFC) City of Seal Beach Lampson Well Treatment System March 2026 Prepared For: City of Seal Beach 211 8th Street Seal Beach, CA 90740 Prepared by: Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering, Inc. 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 Fountain Valley, CA 92708 Contact Person: Duncan Lee, PE PACE JN #B629 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110-1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Section DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 7000 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1400 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 1420 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2973 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3119 PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3310 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT CONTROL 01 3529 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES 01 3553 SECURITY PROCEDURES 01 4100 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 4210 ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4219 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4333 MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES 01 4500 QUALITY CONTROL 01 5100 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5626 TEMPORARY FENCING 01 5713 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5719 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01 5723 TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 01 5726 SITE WATERING FOR DUST CONTROL 01 6010 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA 01 6200 PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 7113 MOBILIZATION 01 7123 FIELD ENGINEERING 01 7329 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7400 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 8020 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 4000 DEMOLITION AND STRUCTURE MOVING 02 4113 PAVING REMOVAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110-2 DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03 0130 MAINTENANCE OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE/WATER LEAKAGE TESTING 03 1113 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 1500 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 1516 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS 03 2000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 4000 PRECAST CONCRETE 03 6000 GROUTING 03 6423 EPOXY INJECTION GROUTING DIVISION 04 MASONRY 04 2200 CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT DIVISION 05 METALS 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 5300 METAL GRATINGS DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTIC, AND COMPOSITES (NOT USED) DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 OPENINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 09 FINISHES 09 9100 PAINTING 09 9700 SPECIAL COATINGS DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10 1400 SIGNAGE DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13 1000 FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP) BUILDINGS DIVISION 22 PLUMBING 22 1000 PLUMBING PIPING DIVISION 23 HVAC (NOT USED) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110-3 DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL 26 0126 ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLE 26 0519.01 INSTRUMENTATION CLASS CABLE 26 0526 GROUNDING 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533.02 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 0533.13 CONDUITS 26 0553 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 0573 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY 20 0573.12 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 26 2100 SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 2102 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 2200 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2400 ENCLOSURES 26 2416 PANEL BOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2813 600 V FUSES 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 2915 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, RELAYS AND ALARMS 26 2920 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 5055 LIGHTING DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK 31 0513 SOILS FOR EARTHWORK 31 0516 AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 2316 EXCAVATION 31 2319 DEWATERING 31 2323 FILL 31 2323.33 FLOWABLE FILL 31 2333 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2500 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 1216 ASPHALT PAVING 32 1313 CONCRETE PAVING 32 1600 CURBS, GUTTER, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS DIVISION 33 UTILITIES 33 0010 PIPELINE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES 33 0110.58 DISINFECTION OF WATER UTILITY PIPING SYSTEMS 33 0130.13 SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TESTING 33 0130.86 MANHOLES RIM ADJUSTMENT 33 0505.31 HYDROSTATIC TESTING 33 0505.43 MANDREL TESTING 33 0513 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0526 UTILITY IDENTIFICATION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110-4 DIVISION 40 PROCESS INTEGRATION 40 0507 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0510 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0523 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0530 PLASTIC PROCESS PIPING 40 0551 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS VALVES 40 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0560 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0562 PLUG VALVES 40 0563 BALL VALVES 40 0564 BUTTERFLY VALVES 40 0565 CHECK VALVES 40 0593 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0596 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 4642 CATHODIC PROTECTION 40 9000 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9010 PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9213 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVES 40 9243 ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9443 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROCESS CONTROLLERS DIVISION 41 MATERIAL PROCESS & HANDLING EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 43 PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE EQUIPMENT 43 4143 POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4221 GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM DIVISION 46 WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000 WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0600 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PUMPS 46 0601 CLOSE COUPLED END SUCTION PUMP 46 1300 GAC FILTRATION MEDIA 46 5110 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION END OF SECTION 00 0110 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-1 SECTION 00 7000 SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents which constitute the contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR with regard to the subject matter as set forth in such contract (Contract Agreement) and include the Contract Agreement, plans, drawings, and the technical specifications. All terms and conditions established in the Contract Agreement shall supersede all general conditions of these specifications to be followed in the event of any conflict or discrepancies. 1.02 DEFINITIONS AND MEANINGS OF TERMS Whenever in the Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns referring to them are used, the intent and meaning shall be interpreted as follows which shall be applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: A. The Contract shall mean the Contract executed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, of which these General Conditions form a part; the terms Contract and Agreement are synonymous. B. The term OWNER shall mean the respective party to the Contract; the OWNER being the City of Seal Beach. The term OWNER may also mean consultants, engineers, or other professionals contracted by the OWNER to review, supervise, or consult on the project. C. The term County shall mean Orange County, CA. D. The term CONTRACTOR shall mean the respective party to the contract. E. The term SUBCONTRACTOR shall mean any individual, partnership or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR to perform any part of the work. F. The term ENGINEER shall mean Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering, Inc. (PACE). G. Addenda shall mean written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Agreement, which modify or interpret the Contract Documents, Final Design Plans, by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. H. Bonds shall mean Performance and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security, furnished by the CONTRACTOR and its surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. I. Change Order shall mean a written order to the CONTRACTOR authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents, or authorizing an adjustment in the Contract price or Contract time. J. Contractual Agreement shall mean the signed agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for the work intended. K. Contract Documents shall have the meaning described in Section 1.1 herein. L. Contract price shall mean the total monies payable to the CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. M. Contract time in days shall mean the number of consecutive calendar days stated in the Contract Documents for the completion of the Work. N. Drawings shall mean the part of the Contract Documents, which show the characteristics and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by the ENGINEER. O. Notice to proceed shall mean written communication issued by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR authorizing him to proceed with the Work and establishing the date of commencement of the Work. P. Project shall mean the undertaking to be performed as provided in the Contract Documents. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-2 Q. Submittals shall mean all drawings, diagrams, illustrations, brochures, schedules and other data which are prepared by the CONTRACTOR, a subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor, which illustrate how specific portions of the Work shall be fabricated or installed; the terms shop drawings and submittals are synonymous. R. Specifications shall mean a part of the Contract Documents consisting of written descriptions of a technical nature of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship. S. Substantial completion shall have the meaning defined in the Contract Agreement. T. Suppliers shall mean any person, supplier or organization who supplies materials or equipment for the Work, including that fabricated to a special design, but who does not perform labor at the site. U. Work shall mean all (i) obligations, responsibilities and duties undertaken by the CONTRACTOR in order to successfully construct, complete and operate (for Startup Completion) the Project, including all labor, materials, equipment and other incidentals, and the furnishing thereof, (ii) Design and Engineering Services, (iii) Training Services, and (iv) Initial Operations, pursuant to the Contract Documents. V. Written notice shall mean any notice to any party of the Agreement relative to any part of this Agreement in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when posted by certified or registered mail to the said party at his last given address, or delivered in person to said party of his authorized representative on the Work. W. Engineering Supplemental Information (ESI) shall mean written communications issued by the ENGINEER to the CONTRACTOR providing the CONTRACTOR with additional clarifications of the Contract Documents that the ENGINEER deem necessary to ensure the design intent. X. Request for Information (RFI) shall mean written communications issued by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER requesting additional information or clarification regarding a specific item in the Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY A.General: It is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and each subcontractor to visit the site and satisfy himself as to the various existing conditions affecting the work as required. B.Underground Utilities: The information shown on the drawings was obtained from drawings furnished by the OWNER, and surveys furnished to the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall make such investigation as deemed necessary to be satisfied as to the actual location, size, type of material, buried depth, and other factors relating to these services. 1.04 PERMITS, FEES, AND SALES TAX A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the required fees, drawings and application for the applicable permits prior to commencement of work. B. A summary of local permits are as follows: 1. City of Seal Beach a. Building Permit 2. Orange County None Required 3. SWPPP NOI, BMP Plan & Monitoring Plan 4. OCSD Source Control Discharge Permits 5. Dust Control 6. This Permit summary is provided for convenience to the CONTRACTOR and does not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility of obtaining any additional required Permits not listed for the construction of this facility. C. The CONTRACTOR will be required to obtain a City of Seal Beach Business License and submit to the ENGINEER for his records prior to the issuance of any NTP. D. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales tax applicable to the work. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-3 1.05 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. General: Before issuance of Notice to Proceed, a pre-construction meeting shall be held at the location, date and time designated by ENGINEER and OWNER. Attendees shall include the ENGINEER, OWNER’s Representatives, General CONTRACTOR’s project manager and field superintendent, and representatives from each subcontractor for the project as appropriate. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Progress meetings shall be held according to the agreed upon schedule. All matters bearing on progress and performance of the work since preceding progress meeting shall be discussed and resolved including, without limitation, any previously unresolved matters, deficiencies in the work or methods being employed for the work, and problems, difficulties, or delays which may be encountered. 1.07 PROTECTION OF WORK A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all protection required to ensure that all work completed will not be harmed. B. The CONTRACTOR may at his option and expense install any lawful security measures he deems necessary to protect his materials, equipment or finished work. Type of security devices or quantity shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR is to provide security and protect the project until the OWNER has occupied the space or OWNER has accepted the space. C. Protection: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsibility for the protection of all materials and work. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall include in his proposal the cost of any temporary partitions, sheathing, plastic covering, etc., as may be required to maintain affected areas. Remove all such temporary work at the proper time during the construction period and repair all damage related to same. 3. The CONTRACTOR is solely responsible for the protection of the area in which work is being performed. 4. Provide construction fencing as required to secure the site (See also section 01 56 26, Temporary Fencing). 1.08 ACCESS TO SITE A. All access to the site by the General CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, workmen, material/ equipment suppliers, etc., shall be via approved access locations as designated by the OWNER. All vehicular or equipment activity shall be strictly confined to the construction limits as indicated by OWNER. B. Remove all temporary construction and temporary facilities at close of the job or when no longer needed. 1.09 MATERIALS TESTING A. All materials to be incorporated into the work shall be subject to sampling, testing, and approval as required by specifications. OWNER shall be responsible for retaining the services of an independent testing agency for special inspections. B. All materials and/or equipment shall be handled in such a manner as to preserve their quality and fitness for the work. C. Unless otherwise specified, samples and tests shall be made in accordance with either: Standard Methods of AASHTO, ASTM, ASME, or Caltrans which were in effect and published at the time SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-4 of advertising for bids. The laboratory responsible for the test(s) shall furnish at least one copy of the test results to the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, and to the appropriate material supplier. D. All materials and/or equipment not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications, whether in place or not, will be rejected. Rejected materials and/or equipment shall be removed immediately from the site of work unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. No rejected material and/or equipment, the defects of which have been subsequently corrected, shall be used until approved in writing by the ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for re-testing of all rejected materials. 1.10 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. Various categories for inspection/ observation of work progress during the course of construction are listed, but not limited to specifications and notes in the drawings. The OWNER requires on- site observation of the work at these various stages prior to covering the work. A list of such inspections will be reviewed at the Pre-Construction Conference and subsequent job meetings, and it is understood that the CONTRACTOR will not cover work until such observation has been completed. The OWNER and OWNER representatives will be responsible for reasonable cooperation with CONTRACTOR requests for observation of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall include anticipated observation requests at weekly update of scheduled activities. 1.11 PRIOR APPROVALS A. If the General or Prime CONTRACTOR wishes to use items of equipment and/or materials other than those identified in the drawings or specifications, a written request for approval shall be submitted to the ENGINEER prior to the confirmation of contract price. Any request submitted after this time are not under obligation to be accepted. Request from subcontractors will not be considered. B. Proposed substitutions that have not received prior approval are undertaken at the CONTRACTORs risk to be deemed equivalent during the construction submittal process. C. Each request shall include all basic data and characteristics clearly legible. The specified item as well as the proposed item shall be formatted in such manner that a direct comparison can be readily made. ENGINEER shall not be required to perform research to accomplish the comparison. It is the bidders responsibility to submit complete descriptive and technical information for the ENGINEER and OWNER to perform a complete and proper appraisal. D. If alternate manufacturers are accepted, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any and all re-design or re-engineering required to accommodate alternate products. Change order proposals that add cost to the project as the result of redesign requirements for alternate manufacturers, or as the result of alternate manufacturers that do not meet the requirements of the construction documents, will not be accepted. 1.12 FINAL DESIGN PLANS A. The intent of the Final Design Plans is that the CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and all incidental work necessary to complete the project in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy or operation by the OWNER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall keep one set of the Final Design Plans on the site of the work. This set shall be kept current by the addition of all reviewed changes, addenda and amendments thereto. C. The Final Design Plans are intended to be explanatory to each other, but should any discrepancy appear or any misunderstanding arise as to the importance of anything contained in either, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain the necessary interpretation from the ENGINEER. Corrections of errors or omissions in the Final Design Plans may be made by the CONTRACTOR; when such corrections are necessary for the proper fulfillment of their intention. However, any changes or SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-5 corrections to be performed after Notice to Proceed shall require the approval of both the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR. D. All work or materials shown on the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications, or any work specified and not shown on the Plans, shall be furnished, performed, and done by the CONTRACTOR as if same were both mentioned in the Specifications and shown on the Drawings. Conflicts or discrepancies within the plans and/or specifications and between the plans and specifications, the stricter interpretation shall applied unless approved by the Engineer of Record. 1.13 SUBMITTAL/SHOP DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit shop and working drawings of concrete reinforcement, structural details, piping layout, wiring, materials and equipment fabricated especially for the Contract, and materials and equipment for which such drawings are specifically requested within these Contract Documents. B. Such drawings shall show the principal dimensions, weight, structural and operating features, space required, clearances, type and/or brand of finish or shop coat, grease fittings, etc. depending on the subject of the drawing. When it is customary to do so, when the dimensions are of particular importance, or when so specified, the drawings shall be certified by the manufacturer or fabricator as correct for the Contract. C. When so specified or if considered by the ENGINEER to be acceptable, manufacturer’s specifications, catalog data, descriptive matter, illustrations, etc., may be submitted in place of shop and working drawings. In such case, the requirements shall be as specified for shop and working drawings, insofar as possible, except that the submission shall be per section 01 3300 of these Specifications. D. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated especially for the Contract until the required shop and working drawings have been submitted as herein above provided and reviewed for conformance to the Contract requirements by the ENGINEER. All such materials and equipment and the work involved in their installation or incorporation into the Work shall then be as shown in and represented by said drawings. E. Until the necessary review has been made, the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with any construction portion of the Work, the design or details of work, materials, equipment or other features for which review is required. F. All shop and working drawings shall be prepared on standard size, 11-inch by 17-inch sheets except those, which are made by changing existing standard shop or working drawings. All drawings shall be clearly marked with the names of the Project Name, CONTRACTOR, and building, equipment, or structure to which the drawing applies, and shall be suitably numbered. G. The review of shop and working drawings hereunder will be general only, and nothing contained in these general conditions shall relieve, diminish or alter in any respect the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents and in particular, the specific responsibility of the CONTRACTOR for details and dimensions necessary for proper fitting and construction of the work as required by the Contract and for achieving the result and performance specified there under. 1.14 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Where standard specifications, such as those of the American Society for Testing and Materials, the American National Standards Institute, the American Water Works Association, the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the Federal Aviation Agency, the Federal Specifications, etc. are referred to in the Specifications and Contract Documents and on the Drawings, said references shall be construed to mean the latest amended and/or revised versions of the said standard or tentative specification. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-6 1.15 SPECIFIC BRANDS, MAKERS OR MANUFACTURERS A. Wherever in the Specifications one or more specific brands, makers or manufacturers are set out and qualified by the "or equal" clause, it is intended to denote the quality standard of the article desired, but unless otherwise noted does not restrict the CONTRACTOR to the specific brand, make or manufacturer. 1.16 "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE A. Whenever the words "or approved equal," or "or equal," or "similar to," etc., appear in the Specifications, they shall be interpreted to mean an item of material or equipment that, in the opinion of the ENGINEER is similar to that named, suited to the same use, capable of performing the same function as that named, has a record of service equal to that named, and is equal in quality, capacity and/or efficiency to that named. 1.17 SAFETY A. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions and provide all necessary safeguards to prevent personal injury and property damage. The CONTRACTOR shall provide protection for all persons including but not limited to his employees and employees of other contractors or subcontractors; members of the public; and employees, agents, and representatives of the OWNER, and regulatory agencies that may be on or about the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide protection for all public and private property including but not limited to structures, pipes, and utilities, above and below the ground. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain all necessary safety equipment such as fences, barriers, signs, lights, walkways, guards and fire prevention and fire-fighting equipment and shall take such other action as is required to fulfill his obligations under this subsection. C. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations and lawful orders of authorities having jurisdiction for the safety of persons and protection of property. D. The CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This responsible person shall have the authority to take immediate action to correct unsafe or hazardous conditions and to enforce safety precautions and programs. 1.18 MATERIALS SAMPLES REVIEW A. Unless otherwise expressly provided on the Drawings or in any of the other Contract Documents, only new materials and equipment shall be incorporated in the Work. All materials and equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR to be incorporated in the Work shall be subject to the review of the ENGINEER. No material shall be processed or fabricated for the Work or delivered to the Work site without prior concurrence of the ENGINEER. B. Facilities and labor for the storage, handling, and inspection of all materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Defective materials and equipment shall be identified to the ENGINEER and removed immediately from the site of the Work. C. If the ENGINEER so requires, either prior to or after commencement of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit samples of materials for such special tests, as the ENGINEER deems necessary to demonstrate that they conform to the Specifications. 1.19 SANITARY FACILITIES A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate sanitary facilities for the use of those employed on the Work. Such facilities shall be made available when the first employees arrive on the site of the Work, shall be properly secluded from public observation, and shall be constructed and maintained SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-7 during the progress of the Work in suitable numbers and at such points and in such manner as may be required. B. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the sanitary facilities in a satisfactory and sanitary condition at all times and shall enforce their use. He shall rigorously prohibit the committing of nuisances on the site of the Work, on the lands of the OWNER, or on adjacent property. 1.20 EMPLOYMENT QUALIFICATIONS A. No person under the age of eighteen (18) years and no convict labor shall be employed to perform any work under this Contract. No person whose age or physical condition is such as to make his employment dangerous to his health or safety or to the health or safety of others shall be employed to perform any work under this Contract, provided that this shall not operate against the employment of physically handicapped persons, otherwise employable, where such persons may be safely assigned to work which they can ably perform. There shall be no discrimination because of race, creed, color, sex or political affiliation in the employment of persons for work under this Contract. 1.21 WORK ON "PRIVATE PROPERTY" A. Private property is defined as property other than that belonging to the OWNER. Highway and railroad rights-of-way, public parks, school yards and other such properties shall be considered "private properties" for the purpose of this Paragraph. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating work with Old Ranch Country Club including temporary encroachment and fencing. C. In connection with water line, sewer line, gas line or similar work performed on "private property," the CONTRACTOR shall confine his equipment, the storage of materials and the operations of his workman to the limits indicated on the Drawings, or to lands and rights-of-way provided for the Project by the OWNER, and shall take every precaution to avoid damage to the buildings, grounds and facilities of the OWNER or private property. D. Fences, walls, hedges, shrubs, etc., shall be carefully removed, preserved, and replaced when the construction is completed. Grassed areas, other than lawns, shall be graded, fertilized and seeded when construction is completed and in accordance with the requirements of the technical Specifications. Where ditches or excavations cross lawns, the sod shall be removed carefully and replaced when the backfilling has been completed. If sod is damaged or not handled properly, it shall be replaced with new sod equal to existing sod at the CONTRACTORs expense. When construction is completed, the facilities and grounds of the OWNERs property shall be restored to as good or better condition than found as quickly as possible at the CONTRACTORs expense. E. When directed by the OWNER, large trees or other facilities that cannot be preserved and replaced shall be removed by the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER will assume the responsibility for settling with the property OWNER for the loss of said trees or facilities. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely and entirely responsible for any damage to all other trees or facilities. F. Foundations, adjacent to where an excavation is to be made below the bottom of the foundation, shall be supported by shoring, bracing or underpinning as long as the excavation shall remain open, or thereafter if required to insure the stability of the foundation and the CONTRACTOR shall be held strictly responsible for any damage to said foundations. 1.22 LANDS FOR WORK A. The OWNER will provide the lands upon which the work under this Contract is to be done or the necessary easements over said lands to include sufficient space for the proper execution of the work, together with right of access to same. The OWNER will provide the CONTRACTOR with information, which delineates and describes the lands owned and rights-of-way acquired. The OWNER shall provide land required for storage of construction materials and for any temporary SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-8 construction facilities for the storage of equipment. The CONTRACTOR will furnish his own power and water supply unless otherwise specifically set out herein or in the contract documents. 1.23 INTERFERENCE WITH AND PROTECTION OF STREETS A. The CONTRACTOR shall not close or obstruct any portion of a street, road, or private way without obtaining permits therefore from the proper authorities. If any street, road or private way shall be rendered unsafe by the CONTRACTORs operations, he shall make such repairs or provide such temporary ways or guards as shall be acceptable to the proper authorities. B. Streets, roads, private ways, and walks not closed shall be maintained passable and safe by the CONTRACTOR, who shall assume and have full responsibility for the adequacy and safety of provisions made therefore. The CONTRACTOR shall keep one line in each direction open between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. C. The CONTRACTOR shall, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance, notify the Police and Fire Departments in writing, if the closure of a street or road is necessary. He shall cooperate with the Police Department in the establishment of alternate routes and shall provide adequate detour signs, plainly marked and well lighted, in order to minimize confusion. D. All excavated materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work shall be placed so as not to injure any part of the Work or existing facilities and so that free access can be had at all times to all parts of the Work and to all public utility installations in the vicinity of the Work. Materials and equipment shall be kept neatly piled and compactly stored in such locations as will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel and adjoining OWNERs, tenants and occupants. 1.24 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Special precautions shall be taken by the CONTRACTOR to avoid damage to existing overhead and underground utilities owned and operated by the OWNER or by public or private utility companies. B. Before proceeding with the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall confer with all public or private companies, agencies or departments that own and operate utilities in the vicinity of the Construction Work. The purpose of the conference, or conferences, shall be to notify said companies, agencies or departments of the proposed construction schedule, verify the location of, and possible interference with, the existing utilities that are shown on the Drawings, arrange for necessary suspension of service, and make arrangements to locate and avoid interference with all utilities (including house and any building connections) that are not shown on the Drawings. Please note that SoCalGas (SCG) has a high pressure gas line located near some of the Work. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for all coordination and requirements enforced by SCG. C. The CONTRACTOR shall locate all unknown metallic hazards, namely buried pipe, metals, etc., by using a pipe locator. The pipe locator shall immediately precede the trench ditching and all hazards located shall be marked in such a manner as to notify the machine operator of such hazard. D. Where existing utilities or appurtenant structures, either underground or above-ground, are encountered, they shall not be displaced or molested unless necessary, and in such case shall be replaced in as good or better condition than found as quickly as possible. Relocation and/or replacement of all utilities and appurtenant structures to accommodate the construction work shall be at cost to the OWNER, unless such relocation and/or replacement is by statute or agreement the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 1.25 FINAL CLEAN-UP A. The Work will not be considered as completed until all final clean up has been done by the CONTRACTOR. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 7000-9 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 00 7000 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100-1 SECTION 01 1100 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The WORK to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing parts, tools, equipment, materials, supplies and manufactured articles, and furnishing all labor, transportation and services, including fuel, power, water and essential communications, and performing all work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The WORK shall require that all work, materials and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents, which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the WORK in good faith shall be provided. B. The WORK will conform to the City of Seal Beach Standard Specifications and Details and the City of Seal Beach Municipal/City Code. The most stringent will govern. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The WORK of this Contract comprises of construction of the City of Seal Beach Lampson Well Treatment System, furnish and installation of piping and equipment associated pump station upgrades. The work shall include civil, mechanical, structural and electrical and control works shown in the Construction Documents. The specific tasks include, but are not limited to the following: 1. (Bid Item No. 1) Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation, and incidentals for performing mobilization and demobilization. This is including but not limited to non-productive work, all accessory work and obtaining all necessary permits and bonds. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for temporary fencing and barriers for staging, security and delineation of the construction site, removal of all construction equipment and materials, demobilization of the construction site, clean-up of all construction zones, and completion of all as-built drawings. The OWNER will obtain written permission from the adjacent golf course to install temporary fencing during construction. 2. (Bid Item No. 2) The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and work necessary to submit an approved, project specific, Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for City of Seal Beach approval. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and work necessary to implement and maintain the Best Management Practice (BMPs) throughout construction. 3. (Bid Item No. 3) Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and work necessary to submit an approved, project specific, shoring plan that has been signed by a California licensed structural engineer for City of Seal Beach approval. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementing the approved shoring plan throughout construction per various applicable bid items. 4. (Bid Item No. 4) The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and work necessary to prepare spill prevention and emergency response plan. 5. (Bid Item No. 5) Furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and work necessary to submit an approved, project specific, traffic control plan that has been signed by a California licensed traffic engineer for City of Seal Beach approval. 6. (Bid Item No. 6) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and work necessary to implement an approved, project specific, traffic control plan that has been signed by a California licensed traffic engineer and approved by the City of Seal Beach. 7. (Bid Item No. 7) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and work necessary to pothole existing utilities and confirm tie- in locations as indicated in the Contract Documents. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100-2 8. (Bid Item No. 8) The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and work necessary to survey and verify all elevations and dimensions of existing equipment and tie in locations as indicated in the Contract Documents. 9. (Bid Item No. 9) The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and work necessary to perform site demolition, including but not limited to, removing interfering landscaping and small trees and removing existing chain link fence as indicated in the Contract Documents. 10. (Bid Item No. 10) The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and work necessary to perform pressure testing and pipe disinfection as indicated in the Contract Documents. 11. (Bid Item No. 11) Provide all labor, material, equipment and install all improvements per plans, including and not limited to excavation, scarification, recompaction, crushed aggregate base, removing and disposing of excess soil as indicated in the Contract Documents. 12. (Bid Item No. 12) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install buried 12” PVC drain pipe and junction boxes required for connection to the existing storm drain system including all necessary fittings, covers, pavement restoration, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, shoring, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restorations and structure installation. 13. (Bid Item No. 13) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install buried 12” PVC drain pipe and junction boxes required for connection to the existing sewer system including all necessary fittings, covers, pavement restoration, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, compacting, grading, shoring, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 14. (Bid Item No. 14) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install buried 6” PVC drain pipe and junction boxes required for connection to the existing sewer system including all necessary fittings, covers, pavement restoration, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, shoring, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 15. (Bid Item No. 15) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install modify existing sewer manhole and connect buried 6” PVC drain pipe, fittings and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, traffic control, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 16. (Bid Item No. 16) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install buried 4” PVC perforated drain pipe including all necessary fittings, covers, pavement restoration, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, compacting, grading, shoring, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 17. (Bid Item No. 17) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install to buried 16" CMCL welded steel influent pipe, valves, fittings, thrust blocks and associated appurtenances with Cathodic protection as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100-3 including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 18. (Bid Item No. 18) Furnish and install all labor, material and equipment required to install buried 16" CMCL welded steel effluent pipe, valves, fittings, thrust blocks and appurtenances with Cathodic protection as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 19. (Bid Item No. 19) Furnish and install all labor, material and equipment required to tie-in existing 16" well discharge to CMCL welded steel influent and effluent piping as indicating in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 20. (Bid Item No. 20) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install to buried 18" PVC drain pipe and connect to existing storm drain vault, valve, fittings, thrust blocks and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, thrust blocks, pavement restoration and structure installation. 21. (Bid Item No. 21) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install to buried 4" PVC pipe for separate future communication fibers, valve, fittings and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, traffic control, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 22. (Bid Item No. 22) Furnish and install all labor, material, and equipment required to install to buried 6" PVC Sewer pipe, fittings and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, traffic control, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 23. (Bid Item No. 23) Furnish and install all labor, material and equipment required to modify existing sewer manholes and connect 6” PVC sewer pipe as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, traffic control, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 24. (Bid Item No. 24) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various diameters buried PVC conduits and conductors, junction boxes and associated appurtenances for electrical systems as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 25. (Bid Item No. 25) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various diameters buried PVC conduits and conductors, junction boxes and associated appurtenances for instrumentations and controls as indicated in the Contract Documents. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100-4 This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 26. (Bid Item No. 26) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install buried 2” PVC pipe sleeve including all necessary chlorine tubing and connection to existing chlorine injection piping, fittings, valves, vaults, vault covers, pipe supports, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, compacting, grading, concrete form work, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, and structure installation. 27. (Bid Item No. 27) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to construct buried 3” 316 stainless steel air pipe, junction boxes, valves, fittings, and appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, traffic control, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill , exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, pavement restoration and structure installation. 28. (Bid Item No. 28) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install air supply system including all necessary air compressors, piping, weldolets, fittings, valves, vaults, vault covers, pipe supports, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. 29. (Bid Item No. 29) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to construct a reinforced concrete pad with ADA compliant access ramps for the City of Seal Beach Lampson Well treatment system as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, and structure installation. 30. (Bid Item No. 30) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various diameters above ground stainless steel influent and effluent header pipes, including all required fittings, anchorage, and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. 31. (Bid Item No. 31) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install four (4) 12’ diameter steel pressure vessels, including all required fittings, anchorage, and associated appurtenances for the treatment vessels as indicated in the Contract Documents. 32. (Bid Item No. 32) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to construct various diameters above ground stainless steel pipes from each pressure vessels with supports, valves, fittings and appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. 33. (Bid Item No. 33) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various diameters above ground stainless steel pipes from the pump pad with pumps, VFDs, Mazzei Injectors, steel rack, supports, valves, and associated appurtenances per the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, welding, securing site, traffic control, pedestrian detour, compacting, grading, shoring, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, and structure installation. 34. (Bid Item No. 34) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various diameters electrically actuated isolation/modulating valves, butterfly, and ball valves associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. 35. (Bid Item No. 35) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various diameters manual isolation valves, such as air vacuum/release, butterfly, and ball valves as indicated in the Contract Documents. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100-5 36. (Bid Item No. 36) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install various above ground electrical and communication conduits and conductors for each vessel as indicated in the Contract Documents. 37. (Bid Item No. 37) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install the electrical building including the A/C system, building security including all doors, locks, alarms, lighting, bollards, receptacles as indicated in the Contract Documents. 38. (Bid Item No. 38) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install Detention tank including all required fittings, anchorage, and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. 39. (Bid Item No. 39) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to construct a reinforced concrete pad for a detention tank as indicated in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, and structure installation. 40. (Bid Item No. 40) Furnish and install all labor, materials and equipment required to install flow meters, conduits, conductors, fittings, and associated appurtenances as indicated in the Contract Documents. 41. (Bid Item No. 41) Furnish and install all new electrical components, electrical conduits, conductors, power sub-panel, along with owner-furnished control panels inside new electrical structure and associated appurtenances as shown in the Contract Documents. 42. (Bid Item No. 42) Furnish and install 8-foot-tall masonry wall as required in the Contract Documents. This is including and not limited to sawcutting, excavating, backfilling, plating, securing site, compacting, grading, concrete form work, steel reinforcements, concrete, importing fill, exporting soil, disposing soil, hauling, and structure installation. 43. (Bid Item No. 43) Coordinate with the City of Seal Beach Public Works Department for the testing and connection of all mechanical and electrical service equipment. The Contractor shall coordinate 3rd party start-up testing, and anticipate a minimum of 5-days independent testing. 44. (Bid Item No. 44) The CONTRACTOR shall provide two (2) separate four (4) hour training sessions on all newly installed equipment. 45. (Bid Item No. 45) Provide two (2) hard copies and the electronic copies of newly installed equipment O&M manuals to City staff. Alternate Bid Deduction Items #A1 and #A2 Below (Not Used for Base Bid) – Since Stainless Steel pipes are more costly than carbon steel with fusion-bonded epoxy coating and lining, provide below the amount of cost savings if Bid Items #32 and #33 were changed to carbon steel instead. #A1. Provide the Amount of Cost Saving to Bid Item #32 if Bid Item #32 for the Above Ground Pipes Were Changed to Carbon Steel with Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating and Lining. #A2. Provide the Amount of Cost Saving to Bid Item #33 if Bid Item #33 for the Above Ground Pipes Were Changed to Carbon Steel with Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating and Lining A. The WORK includes obtaining any permits related or required by the Contract. 1.03 WORK BY OTHERS A. Where two (2) or more Contracts are being performed at one time on the same Site or adjacent land in such manner that work under one (1) Contract may interfere with work under another, the sequence and order of the WORK in either or both Contracts to the agreement of both contracting entities shall be determined. When the Site of one (1) Contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for performance of work under another, the privilege of access or other reasonable privilege to the CONTRACTOR so desiring may be granted, to the extent, amount, and in manner and at a time that shall be determined. Conduct its operations to cause a minimum of interference SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1100-6 with the work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to allow continued safe access to their respective portions of the Site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts. B. Interference with Work on Utilities: Cooperate fully with all utility forces or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities, which interfere with the progress of the WORK, and shall schedule the WORK to minimize interference with said relocation, altering or other rearranging of facilities. Any delays, reduction in work efficiency or hardships incurred shall be identified and resolved to the satisfaction of both parties. 1.04 USE OF SITE A. Use of the Site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities and field offices. B. All or part of the existing Site may be utilized during the entire period of construction for the conduct of normal operations. Cooperate and coordinate to facilitate operations and to minimize interference with the operations at the same time. In any event, access to the site during the period of construction shall be allowed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1100 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 1400-1 SECTION 01 1400 – WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 HIGHWAY LIMITATIONS A. Make investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the WORK. 1.02 TEMPORARY CROSSINGS A. General: Continuous, unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line. B. Street Use: Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle any entity to the exclusive use of any public street, alleyway or parking area during the performance of the WORK hereunder, and it shall so conduct its operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of utilit y companies or other agencies in such streets, alleyways or parking areas. No streets shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission from the proper governmental authority. Where excavation is being performed in primary streets or highways, one lane in each direction shall be kept open to traffic at all times unless otherwise indicated. Toe boards shall be provided to retain excavated material if required by the ENGINEER or the agency having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the WORK shall be kept accessible to fire-fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made to assure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets and other drainage facilities. C. Traffic Control: For the protection of traffic in public or private streets and ways, provide, place, and maintain all necessary barricades, traffic cones, warning signs, lights and other safety devices. 1. Take all necessary precautions for the protection of the WORK and the safety of the public. Barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated at night and all lights shall be kept burning from sunset until sunrise. Station guards or flaggers may be required by the public authorities within their respective jurisdictions in order to conform to such special safety regulations relating to traffic control Signs, signals and barricades shall conform to the requirements Subpart G, Part 1926, of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 1.03 WORK AND STORAGE AREA A. Designate and arrange for the use, a portion of the property adjacent to the WORK for its exclusive use during the term of the Contract as storage and shop area for its construction operations relative to this Contract. PART 1 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1400 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01 1420-1 SECTION 01 1420 - PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing utilities and improvements, not designated for removal, and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in acc ordance with the Contract Documents. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Protection Plan prior to commencement of Work in accordance to Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1.02 RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. WORK that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, or water pipeline; any telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line; any fence; or any other structure, shall not be performed nor shall the entry upon the rights-of-way involved until notified that authority has been secured from the proper party. B. After authority has been obtained, said party shall be given due notice of its intention to begin work, if required by said party, and shall remove, shore, support, or otherwise protect such pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure, or replace the same. 1.03 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. The pavement restoration requirement to match existing sections shall apply to all components of existing sections, including sub-base, base, and pavement. Temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to the requirements of the affected pavement owner. Pavements that are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines. 1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. General: Protect underground Utilities and other improvements, which may be impaired during construction operations, regardless of whether or not the Utilities are indicated on the Drawings. Take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen Utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. B. Except where the Drawings indicate Utilities have been field located during design or certain Utility locations shall be exposed as part of the WORK, responsibili ty for exploratory excavations as it deems necessary to determine the exact locations and depths of Utilities, which may interfere with its work shall be required. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays progress. C. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the utility. D. OWNER's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right-of-way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the WORK of this Contract. E. Underground Utilities Indicated: Existing Utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known prior to excavation and that are to be retained. All Utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced, unless otherwise repaired by the owner of the damaged Utility. If the owner of the damaged facility performs its own repairs, reimbursement to said owner for the costs of repair shall be required. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01 1420-2 F. Underground Utilities Not Indicated: In the event that the existing utility lines are damaged that are not indicated or the locations of which are not made known prior to excavation, a verbal report of such damage shall be made immediately, and a written report thereof shall be made promptly thereafter. Immediately notify the owner of the damaged Utility. If directed, repairs shall be made under the provisions for changes and extra work contained in their Contract Agreement. G. Costs of locating and repairing damage, not due to failure to exercise reasonable care and removing or relocating such Utility facilities, not indicated in the Contract Documents, with reasonable accuracy and for equipment on the project, which was actually working on that portion of the WORK which was interrupted or idled by removal or relocation of such Utility facilities, and which was necessarily idled during such work will be paid for as extra work resulting in the issuing of a change order in accordance with the provisions of the Contractual Agreement. H. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged Utility or improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the Utility or improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work. I. Maintaining in Service: Unless indicated otherwise, oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the WORK shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other satisfactory arrangements are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. Responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations shall be required, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 1.05 NOTIFICATION A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way, notify the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 3 days nor more than 7 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire. PART 1 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1420 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000-1 SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. B. Documentation of changes in Contract Price and Contract Time. C. Change procedures. D. Correlation of the CONTRACTOR’s submittals based on changes. E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to the OWNER for approval. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of OWNER-CONTRACTOR Agreement. C. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization. D. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this section. For unit cost Allowances, identify quantities taken from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost to achieve the total for the item. E. Include separately from each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. B. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Engineer for approval. C. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. D. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following: 1. Item Number 2. Description of work 3. Scheduled Values 4. Previous Applications 5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application 6. Authorized Change Orders 7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application 8. Percentage of Completion 9. Balance to Finish 10. Retainage E. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. F. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. G. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000-2 H. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. I. Include the following with the application: 1. Transmittal letter as specified for Submittals in Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures 2. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3200 – Construction Progress Documentation 3. Current construction photographs specified in Section 01 3233 – Photographic Documentation 4. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 5. Sustainable design documentation applicable to work for which application is being made. 6. Project record documents as specified in Section 01 7839 – Project Record Documents, for review by Owner which will be returned to the Contractor. 7. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. J. When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and line item by number and description. 1.04 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to the Contract Documents. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, Engineer will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. For other required changes, Engineer will issue a document signed by Owner instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. D. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Engineer will issue a document that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 14 days. E. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Engineer, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions. F. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1. For change requested by Engineer for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Engineer. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will be based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Engineer without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Engineer based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and Material work. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000-3 G. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. H. Execution of Change Orders: Change orders will be issued for signatures as defined in the Conditions of the Contract. I. Revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Price. J. Revise Progress Schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. K. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.05 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Price, previous payments, and sum remaining due. B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7700. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2000 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01 2973-1 SECTION 01 2973 - SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for preparation, format, and submittal of Schedule of Values. 1.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare Schedule of Values identifying costs of Major Items of Work and other costs shown in sample included at end of this Section. B. Divide the Work into following Major Items of Work and subdivide the Major Items that will complement not only the scope of the work, but the progress of work as well. C. Assign prices to Items of Work which aggregate the Contract Price. Base prices on costs associated with scheduled activities based on the Project Schedule for each Item of Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit preliminary schedule of values in accordance with Section 01 2000 and 00 7700. B. Submit corrected schedule of values within 10 days upon receipt of reviewed Schedule of Values, but no later than 10 days prior to anticipated submittal of first Application for Payment, in accordance with Section 01 2000. C. Upon request, support prices with data which will substantiate their correctness. D. If activities are added or removed from the Progress Schedule revise the Schedule of Values and resubmit. 1.04 SAMPLE SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Following is an acceptable form for Schedule of Values: SCHEDULE OF VALUES NO. DESCRIPTION OF ITEM LUMP SUM COST 1. Mobilization 2. General Earthwork and Grading 3. Miscellaneous Yard Piping List Major Items of Work Identified in Paragraph 1.02 C / Number Consecutively 4. General Electrical Work Not Included on Major Items of Work 5. Major Items of Work (Pump Station, Tank, Etc.) 6. General Instrumentation Work Not Included on Major Items of Work 7. Start-up and Demobilization 8. Site Paving 9. Miscellaneous Work Items and Other Prices Not Included in Previous Items and Necessary to Complete the Work TOTAL LUMP SUM BID PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2973 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100-1 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the WORK of all crafts, trades and subcontractors engaged on the WORK and he shall have final responsibility in regards to the Schedule, workmanship and completeness of each and all parts of the WORK. B. All crafts, trades and subcontractors shall be made to cooperate with each other and with others, as they may be involved in the installation of work, which adjoins, incorporates, precedes or follows the work of another. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to point out areas of cooperation prior to execution of subcontractors Agreements and the assignment of the parts of the WORK. Each craft, trade and subcontractor shall be responsible to the CONTRACTOR, for furnishing embedded items, giving directions for doing all cutting and fitting, making all provisions for accommodating the WORK and for protecting, patching, repairing and cleaning as required to satisfactorily perform the WORK. C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for supervising all cutting, digging and other action of his subcontractors and workers. Where such action impairs the safety or function of any structure or component of the Project as determined by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall make such repairs, alterations and additions as will bring said structure or component back to its original design condition at no additional cost to the OWNER. D. The CONTRACTOR is expected to be familiar with the General Requirements and all Sections of the detailed Specifications for all other trades and to study all Drawings applicable to his WORK to the end that complete coordination between the trades will be affected. CONTRACTOR shall submit the Request for Information (RFI) to the ENGINEER if conflicts exist within the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall review the RFI and submit, with comments, to the ENGINEER for review and response. The RFI request should include a requested response date. The ENGINEER will make every effort to meet that requested date. However, the ENGINEER will have 14 calendar days to review and respond back to the CONTRACTOR. If the natures of the RFI or circumstances surrounding the RFI are beyond the control of the ENGINEER, requiring the need of more than 14 calendar days, the ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR within five business days of receipt that it will take longer than 14 calendar days. At that time, the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER will establish an agreed upon response date. Upon receipt of the RFI response, the CONTRACTOR shall distribute the RFI response as necessary. The CONTRACTOR will be required to keep and maintain a numbered log of the RFI’s and responses. A copy of the log, and detail of each RFI shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for Project closeout. E. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, additional clarification information may be provided to the CONTRACTOR, regarding the Contract Documents. This notification shall be submitted on an Engineering Supplemental Information (ESI) form. It is the intent of the ESI to provide additional clarification information to the Contract Documents. It is the intent of the ENGINEER to transmit the ESI’s in a timely manner. However, the ENGINEER shall not be held responsible for rework to work performed prior to issuance of the ESI. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3119-1 SECTION 01 3119 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Requirements for conducting conferences and meetings for the purposes of addressing issues related to the Work, reviewing and coordinating progress of the Work and other matters of common interest, and includes the following: 1. Qualifications of Meeting Participants 2. Preconstruction Conference Progress Meetings 3. Pre-installation Meetings 4. Weekly Meetings 5. Post Construction Meeting B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 3200 – Construction Progress Documentation 2. Section 01 3233 – Photographic Documentation 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS OF MEETING PARTICIPANTS A. Representatives of entities participating in meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Upon issuance of Notice to Proceed, or earlier when mutually agreeable, the OWNER will arrange a preconstruction conference in convenient place for most persons invited. B. Attending Preconstruction Conference: CONTRACTOR superintendent, OWNER, ENGINEER, representatives of utilities, major subcontractors and others involved in performance of the Work, and others necessary to agenda. C. OWNER will preside at conference. D. Purpose of Conference: To establish working understanding between parties and to discuss Construction Schedule, shop drawing and other submittals, cost breakdown of major lump sum items, processing of submittals and applications for payment, and other subjects pertinent to execution of the Work. E. Agenda Will Include: 1. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents 2. Distribution and discussion of list of major subcontractors and suppliers 3. Proposed progress schedules and critical construction sequencing 4. Major equipment deliveries and priorities 5. Project coordination 6. Designation of responsible personnel 7. Procedures and Processing of: a. Field decisions b. Proposal requests c. Submittals d. Change Orders e. Applications for Payment f. Record Documents 8. Use of Premises: a. Office, construction, and storage areas b. OWNER's requirements PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3119-2 10. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids. 11. OWNER’s Geotechnical Evaluation/Soils Report 12. Temporary utilities. 13. Safety and first aid procedures. 14. Security procedures. 15. Housekeeping procedures. 16. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and Dust control F. The CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Weekly Progress Meetings: 1. Conduct progress meetings at least once every week in CONTRACTOR’S field office. 2. Require attendance of all subcontractors who are or are proximate to be actively involved in the Work, or who are necessary to agenda. 3. Invite OWNER, ENGINEER, and Utility Companies when the Work affects their interests, and others necessary to agenda. CONTRACTOR shall set up multiple-party audio conferencing to allow for OWNER, ENGINEER, and other OWNER’s Representative to call in. 4. CONTRACTOR will preside at meetings. 5. Purpose of Progress Meetings: To expedite work of subcontractors or other organizations that are not meeting scheduled progress, resolve conflicts, and coordinate and expedite execution of the Work. 6. Verify: a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting. b. Durations and progress of activities not completed. c. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order Work that will be incorporated into Progress Schedule and application for payment. d. Percentage completion of items on Application for Payment. e. Reasons for required revisions to Progress Schedule and their effect on Contract Time and Contract Price. 7. Discuss potential problems which may impede scheduled progress and corrective measures. 8. CONTRACTOR will provide weekly digital photographs of construction for OWNER and ENGINEER. The photos shall be properly labeled prior to submission. 9. The CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties. B. Monthly Progress Meetings: 1. Conduct OWNERS monthly progress meetings at least once every month in CONTRACTORS field office. Same as weekly meeting 2. Distribute to each anticipated participant written notice and agenda of each meeting at least 4 days before meeting. 3. Invite OWNER, ENGINEER, and Utility Companies when the Work affects their interests, and others necessary to agenda. 4. Complete and bring Application for Payment and Progress Schedule to progress meeting. 5. Prepare and distribute agenda. 6. CONTRACTOR will preside at meetings. 7. Review progress of the Work, Progress Schedule, narrative report, Application for: a. Payment, record documents, and additional items of current interest that are pertinent to execution of the Work. PROJECT MEETINGS 01 3119-3 9. Verify: a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting b. Durations and progress of activities not completed c. Reason, time, and cost data for Change Order Work that will be incorporated into Progress Schedule and application for payment d. Percentage completion of items on Application for Payment e. Reasons for required revisions to Progress Schedule and their effect on Contract Time and Contract Price 10. Discuss potential problems which may impede scheduled progress and corrective measures. 11. The CONTRACTOR will record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties. 1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. General: Meet with manufacturers and installers of major units of construction which require coordination between subcontractors. B. Distribute to each anticipated participant written notice and agenda of each meeting at least 7 days before meeting. C. Schedule meeting at least 7 days in advance of installation. D. Conduct meetings in CONTRACTOR's field office or other mutually agreed upon place. E. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors. F. Invite OWNER and ENGINEER. G. CONTRACTOR will preside at meetings. H. Record minutes of meeting and distribute copies of minutes within 7 days of meeting to participants and interested parties. 1.06 POST CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Meet with and inspect the Work just prior to Substantial Completion and again prior to final completion with OWNER and ENGINEER. B. Arrange meeting at least 7 days before meeting. C. Meet in CONTRACTOR's office or other mutually agreed upon place. D. Inspect the Work and draft list of items to be completed or corrected. E. Review service and maintenance contracts, and take appropriate corrective action when necessary. F. Complete or correct defective work and extend correction period accordingly. G. Require attendance of Superintendent, appropriate manufacturers and installers of major units of constructions, and affected subcontractors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3119 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-1 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Preparation, submittal, acceptance, maintenance, updating, and reporting of the Construction Progress Schedule for all Work, including the following: 1. Preliminary Schedule 2. Baseline Schedule 3. Weekly Schedule 4. Schedule Updates 5. Schedule Revisions 6. Time Impact Analyses 7. Final Schedule Submittal B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 3300 – Submittals Procedures 2. Section 01 3119 – Project Meetings 3. Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures C. OWNER reserves the right to disapprove scheduler when submitted by CONTRACTOR if not qualified. OWNER reserves the right to remove scheduler from the project if found to be incompetent. D. Scheduling requirements apply to all Work including, without limitation, mobilization, temporary facilities, plans, permitting, traffic control, demolition, civil/underground, above-ground mechanical piping, electrical, instrumentation/controls, structures, startup, testing, training, and closeout as reflected in the Base Bid Items. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING MEETING A. The OWNER/ENGINEER will conduct a Preconstruction Schedule Meeting within 14 Calendar days after Notice to Proceed. This meeting may be separate from the Preconstruction Conference Meeting and would cover schedule issues exclusively. B. At the meeting, scheduling requirements shall be reviewed with CONTRACTOR. These include schedule preparation, reporting requirements, updates, revisions and schedule delay analysis. CONTRACTOR shall present their schedule methodology, planned sequence of operations and present their proposed activity coding structure. C. Coding Structure: CONTRACTOR shall submit proposed coding structure, identifying the code fields and the associated code values it intends to use in the project schedule. The coding structure shall, include at a minimum, code fields for Project Segment or Phase, Area of Work, Type of Work, Submittal/Procurement/Construction and Responsibility/Subcontractor. D. Contract Duration: 280 Working Days from Notice to Proceed (NTP) to achieve Substantial Completion (or completion as defined in Contract Documents). E. Working Day Definition: Working days are those days the Contractor actually works or is permitted to work per Contract requirements and approved calendars, excluding non-working days and weather/holiday closures defined by the approved schedule calendar(s). F. Contractor shall schedule and complete the Work within Contract Time, including startup/testing, training, O&M manuals, record documentation, and closeout requirements. 1.03 PREPARATION A. Preparation and submittal of Progress Schedule represents CONTRACTORS intention to execute the WORK within specified time and constraints. B. Failure to include an activity required for execution of the Work does not excuse CONTRACTOR CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-2 from completing the WORK and portions thereof within specified times and at price specified in Agreement. Failure of CONTRACTOR to include required schedule constraints, sequences or milestones in schedule shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of obligation to conform to requirements of Contract. Acceptance of schedule shall not waive Contract requirements. In event of conflict between accepted schedule and Contract requirements, terms of Contract shall govern at all times, unless requirements are waived in writing by the OWNER. C. Reference Schedule to calendar days with beginning of Contract Time as Day "1." D. Should CONTRACTOR submit a Baseline Schedule showing project completion more than 20 working days prior to Contract completion date OWNER may issue Change Order, at no cost to OWNER, revising time of performance of WORK and Contract completion date to match CONTRACTORS schedule completion date. Contract milestone dates, if any, shall be adjusted accordingly. E. Schedule Logic: Schedule shall be assembled to show order in which CONTRACTOR proposes to carry out WORK, indicate restrictions of access, availability of Work areas, and availability and use of manpower, materials and equipment. Following criteria shall form basis for assembly of schedule logic. 1. Which activities must be completed before subsequent activities can be started? 2. Which activities can be performed concurrently? 3. Which activities must be started immediately following completed activities? 4. What major facility, equipment or manpower restrictions are required for sequencing these activities? 1.04 SUBMITTAL OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit preliminary B. Submit, on a monthly basis, updated schedules as specified. Submit final schedule update as specified. C. Submit revised schedules and time impact analyses as specified. 1.06 SUBMITTALS AND SCHEDULE DELIVERABLES A. Preliminary Schedule / 60-Day Look Ahead: Submit within 10 Calendar Days after NTP. B. Baseline CPM Schedule (Schedule of Record): Submit within 30 Calendar Days after NTP 1. C. Monthly Update: Submit monthly with pay applications (or at minimum every 30 days) with:  Updated native file  PDF plots  Narrative report  Procurement log (see 3.05) D. Recovery Schedule: Submit within 7 Calendar Days when required under 3.06. E. Time Impact Analysis (TIA): Submit with all-time extension requests and delay/impact claims per 3.07. F. As-Built Schedule: Submit within 30 Calendar Days after Final Acceptance. 1.07 NETWORK DETAILS AND GRAPHICAL OUTPUT A. Produce a clear, legible and accurate calendar based, time scaled, graphical network diagram. Group activities related to the same physical areas of the WORK. Produce the network diagram based upon the early start of all activities. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-3 B. Include for each activity, the description, activity number, estimated duration in calendar days, total float and all activity relationship lines. C. Illustrate order and interdependence of activities and sequence in which WORK is planned to be accomplished. Incorporate the basic concept of the precedence diagram network method to show how the start of one activity is dependent upon the start or completion of preceding activities and its completion restrict the start of following activities. D. Indicate the critical path for the project. E. Identify system shutdown dates, system tie-in dates, specified interim completion or milestone dates and contract completion date as milestones. F. Include, in addition to Construction Activities: 1. Submission dates and review periods for major equipment submittals. 2. Any activity by the OWNER that may affect progress or required completion dates. 3. Equipment and long-lead material deliveries over eight (8) weeks. 4. Approvals required by regulatory agencies or other third parties. 1.08 SCHEDULE OF SHOP DRAWING AND SAMPLE SUBMITTALS A. After the Schedule has been submitted and accepted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall print out, submit list of all shop drawings and sample submittals for all WORK using early start dates. This listing will contain all submittals required for the entire WORK including those listed above. 1.09 UPDATING THE SCHEDULE A. Update the schedule on a monthly basis, using the first of each month as a data date. B. Should monthly Schedule Update show project completion later than current Contract completion date, CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a plan to show how the project will get back on schedule. 1.10 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULE A. Submit revised schedule within five (5) calendar days: 1. When delay in completion of any activity or group of activities indicates an overrun of the Contract time or milestone dates by 20 working days or 5% of the remaining duration, whichever is less. 2. When delays in submittals, deliveries or work stoppages are encountered making necessary the re-planning or rescheduling of activities. 3. When the schedule does not represent the actual progress of activities. 4. When any change to the sequence of activities, the completion date for major Portions of the work or when changes occur which affect the critical path. 5. When Contract modification necessitates schedule revision, submit schedule analysis of change order work with cost proposal. B. Submit revised schedule and materials as specified under Article, "Submittal of Progress Schedule." C. Make revisions on most recently accepted version of schedule. D. Schedule Revisions shall not be prepared or submitted with Schedule Updates. They shall be separate submittals and shall be noted as Schedule Revisions. E. Only upon acceptance of a revision by the OWNER shall it be reflected in the next monthly Schedule Update. F. Schedule Revisions submitted for the purpose of mitigating a CONTRACTOR caused project delay (Recovery Schedule) shall not be implemented until the OWNER reviews and accepts the Schedule Revision. 1.11 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-4 A. If the CONTRACTOR believes that the OWNER has impacted its work, such that the project completion date will be delayed, the CONTRACTOR must submit proof demonstrating the delay to the critical path. This proof, in the form of a Time Impact Analysis, may entitle the CONTRACTOR to an adjustment of contract time.’ 1.12 SCHEDULE REVIEW AND ACCEPTANCE A. Owner/Engineer review is for general conformance and does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accuracy, logic, or completion. B. No time extension will be considered without a compliant updated schedule and TIA demonstrating critical path impact. 1.13 MEETINGS AND REPORTING A. Contractor shall present schedule status at weekly coordination meetings, including:  3-week look ahead (by crew/area)  Constraints list  Outage/tie-in requests and readiness PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 2.01 SCHEDULE FILE FORMATS A. Each submission shall include: 1. Native file: .xer (P6) (and/or .mpp if permitted) 2. PDF: Critical path highlighted, legible at 11x17 3. Narrative PDF 4. Activity export (XLSX/CSV) upon request 2.02 CALENDARS A. Provide calendars reflecting actual work rules and constraints. At minimum:  Standard 5-day workweek calendar (Working Days basis)  Any approved off-hour/outage calendar(s) if tie-ins require them B. Show non-working days, known holidays, and restricted work windows. 2.03 CODING AND WBS A. Minimum coding required:  WBS by Phase/Area  Bid Item No. (1–45)  Responsible Subcontractor/Vendor  Discipline (Civil/Mech/Elect/I&C/Structural) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 3.01 BASELINE CPM SCHEDULE CONTENT REQUIREMENTS A. Include all activities necessary to execute the Work from NTP to completion, including: CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-5  Planning and required plans (SWPPP, shoring, spill response, traffic control)  Utility potholing/survey verification and tie-in confirmation  Demolition and site prep  Underground drain/sewer/storm work, influent/effluent piping, Cathodic protection, and tie-ins  Electrical and I&C conduits/conductors and above-ground conduit runs  Concrete pads, CMU walls, fiberglass structure, detention tank  Installation of Owner-furnished items (central control panel)  Pressure testing and disinfection  Startup/testing (5 working days), training, O&M manuals B. LEVEL OF DETAIL 1. No single activity shall exceed 20 Working Days (except approved long-duration items such as “Maintain BMPs” or similar level-of-effort tasks). 2. Schedule shall typically include 250–600 activities for a field-built treatment system, as needed for transparency. C. LOGIC 1. Activities shall be logically tied to reflect realistic sequencing. 2. Show submittal/review cycles and procurement as predecessors to installation. 3. Identify commissioning/startup prerequisites (power available, controls ready, calibration/loop checks complete, flushing/disinfection complete, etc.). 3.02 Required Milestones A. Include at minimum:  NTP  Baseline Schedule Submitted  Baseline Schedule Accepted  Start of Field Construction  Start of System Tie-In/Outage Window(s) (if any)  Permanent Power Available / Energization  Mechanical Complete  Electrical & I&C Complete  Pre-Startup Complete  Startup/Functional Testing Start  Startup/Functional Testing Complete  Performance/Acceptance Testing Complete (if applicable)  Training Complete  O&M Manuals Submitted / Accepted  Substantial Completion (within 280 Working Days)  Final Completion (if defined separately) 3.03 OUTAGES, TIE-INS, AND OPERATIONAL CONSTRAINTS A. Each tie-in shall be shown as a distinct activity with: CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-6  Minimum notice/approval duration (Owner coordination)  Predecessor “readiness” activities (materials on-site, prefab complete, tests complete)  Restoration activities B. Confirm schedule tie-ins using potholing/survey verification for tie-in locations and elevations. 3.04 PROCUREMENT AND SUBMITTALS (FIELD-BUILT SYSTEM EMPHASIS) A. Include procurement chains (submittal → approval → fabrication → ship → deliver → install → test) for at least:  Pumps/VFDs, electrically actuated valves, flow meters, instrumentation  Fiberglass structure  Detention tank  Air compressors and associated air piping  All long lead items B. Submit a Procurement Status Log with each monthly update showing: PO date, approved submittal date, promised ship date, confirmed ship date, delivery date, and any impacts to critical path. 3.05 MONTHLY UPDATES A. Updates shall include:  Data Date  Actual start/finish dates  Remaining duration updates  Revised logic only where justified and explained in narrative  Recomputed critical path and near-critical paths (float ≤ 10 working days) B. Each update shall include a narrative addressing:  Progress by Bid Item/WBS  Changes in critical path since last update  Upcoming 30/60-day plan  Constraints and required Owner decisions/approvals 3.06 RECOVERY SCHEDULE A. Recovery schedule is required if:  Forecast completion exceeds Contract Time (280 Working Days), or  Contractor is 10 Working Days behind any interim milestone on the accepted schedule, or  Owner/Engineer directs due to insufficient progress B. Recovery plan shall include added crews/shifts, resequencing, prefabrication, expedited procurement, and tie-in window management. 3.07 TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-7 A. TIAs shall be prepared using the most current accepted update. B. TIAs shall:  Insert a logic fragnet  Demonstrate critical path impacts in working days  Identify concurrency  Include supporting documentation (vendor letters, logs, directives, RFI/submittal dates) END OF SECTION 01 3200 Attachment A – Minimum Schedule Activity / WBS Map to Base Bid Items Contractor shall include, at minimum, the following activity groupings. (Contractor may add detail; may not delete required line items.) Bid Item 1 – Mobilization / Trailer / Permits / Bonds / Insurance / Scheduling / Demobilization  Mobilize / trailer setup / site access  Permits & bonds/insurance in place  Baseline schedule development & acceptance  Demobilization Bid Item 2 – SWPPP & BMPs  SWPPP prepared/approved  BMPs install  BMP maintenance (level of effort)  BMP removal Bid Item 3 – Shoring Plan  Shoring plan prepared/stamped  Shoring implementation (as required by excavation phases) Bid Item 4 – Spill Prevention / Emergency Response Plan  Plan prepared and implemented (allow time before fuel/chemical handling) Bid Item 5 – Traffic Control Plans  Plans prepared/stamped/approved Bid Item 6 – Implement Traffic Control  Setup  Maintenance (level of effort)  Removal Bid Item 7 – Pothole Existing Utilities / Confirm Tie-Ins  Utility potholing & verification complete CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-8 Bid Item 8 – Survey/Verify Elevations & Tie-In Locations  Survey complete; tie-in points confirmed Bid Item 9 – Demolition / Fence Removal / Clearing & Grubbing  Demo & removal complete; disposal complete Bid Item 10 – Pressure Testing and Pipe Disinfection  Hydro/pressure testing (by system/segment)  Disinfection & flush complete Bid Item 11 – Site Excavation / Scarification / Recompaction / CAB / Export  Mass excavation & export  Subgrade prep/CAB/compaction complete Bid Items 12–16 – Drainage Work (PVC drains, junction boxes, manhole mods, perforated drain)  Install pipe/structures  Connect to existing  Pavement restoration per segment Bid Items 17–19 – 16" CMCL Welded Steel Influent/Effluent + Tie-In to Existing Well Discharge (with CP, valves, restoration)  Install influent pipe + CP  Install effluent pipe + CP  Tie-in activity (with outage window and restoration) Bid Items 20–23 – Storm/Sewer Connections (18" drain to vault, future comm sleeve, 6" sewer, manhole mods)  Install/connect and restore by reach/manhole Bid Items 24–25 – Electrical + I&C Underground Conduits/Conductors/J-Boxes  Electrical rough-in  Pull/terminate conductors  Megger/continuity testing  I&C rough-in  Pull/terminate I&C  Point-to-point/loop checks (tie to commissioning) Bid Item 26 – Chlorine Sleeve/Tubing/Injector Tie-In  Install sleeve/tubing/injector  Tie-in and testing Bid Item 27 – 3" 316 SS Air Pipe  Install air piping, valves, boxes; restore CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200-9 Bid Item 28 – Two 7.5 HP Air Compressors  Submittal/procure  Install  Startup/functional test Bid Item 29 – Treatment System Concrete Pad with Ramps  Form/rebar/embeds  Place concrete  Cure/strength gain milestone (predecessor to setting equipment) Bid Items 30–36 – Above-Ground Stainless Headers/Piping, Vessels Install, Pumps/VFDs/Mazzei Injectors, Actuated & Manual Valves, Vessel Conduits Minimum discrete groups:  Above-ground header piping (fabricate/install/support)  Owner-furnished vessel receipt/rigging/set  Vessel interconnect piping install  Pump pad piping/pumps/VFDs/injectors install  Actuated valves install + wiring + functional checks  Manual valves install  Vessel electrical/comm conduit & conductors Bid Item 37 – Prefabricated Fiberglass Structure (incl. A/C, lighting, receptacles, railings/bollards)  Submittal/fabrication  Deliver & set  Fit-out complete (power, HVAC, lighting) Bid Items 38–39 – Detention Tank + Pad  Pad construction  Tank delivery/install/connect Bid Item 40 – Flow Meters  Procure/install  Calibration and integration Bid Item 41 – Power Sub-Panel + Owner-Furnished Central Control Panel in Fiberglass Structure  Sub-panel install  Owner-furnished panel coordination/receipt/install  Terminations/energization  Controls integration/checkout Bid Item 42 – 8' CMU Block Walls  Footing/base  CMU erection/grout/reinforcement  Finish/cap CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200- 10 Bid Item 43 – Treatment System Setup and Startup Testing (Assume 5 Days)  Pre-startup checklist complete  Startup & functional testing (5 working days minimum)  Deficiency correction and re-test allowance shown as logic (if required) Bid Item 44 – Training (Two Separate 4-Hour Sessions)  Training #1  Training #2 (separate activity and date) Bid Item 45 – O&M Manuals (Hard Copies + Electronic)  Draft O&Ms submitted  Review/resolve comments  Final O&Ms delivered (predecessor to Final Completion if required) PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3233-1 SECTION 01 3233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. CONTRACTOR is responsible for the preparation, submittal and maintenance of digital construction progress photos. B. Construction photographs provided by CONTRACTOR shall be in the form of digital files. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 3119 – Project Meetings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION A. Images must be created using only digital photographic equipment. Camera should be capable of utilizing a moderate wide-angle lens system and have electronic flash capable of properly illuminating a large interior space. The digital camera must have a sensor capacity of at least 6.1 megapixels and produce original uncompressed JPEG format image files that open to display at dimensions which exceed 20x30 inches, at a minimum of 72 dpi (1500 x 2200 pixel) resolution. The camera shall automatically imprint the date and time the photo is taken into one corner of the image. Digital images shall be saved in JPEG format and properly labeled. B. Digital copies shall be provided for OWNER and ENGINEER by CONTRACTOR at each weekly progress meeting. C. Saved images shall include detailed photograph description along with month, day, and year and separated by treatment process. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3233 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-1 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop Drawing, Descriptive Literature, Project Data and Samples (specifically, when Samples are requested) for all manufactured or fabricated items shall be Submitted by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall examine and review the Submittal to ensure that the information is in the form and in the manner required by the ENGINEER. The review of the Submittal by the ENGINEER shall not be construed as a complete check or approval, but will only indicate that the general method of construction and detailing is satisfactory. Review of such Submittal will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for any errors, which may exist. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and design of adequate connections, details and satisfactory of all WORK. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. The term "Submittals" shall mean shop drawings, manufacturer's drawings, catalog sheets, brochures, descriptive literature, diagrams, schedules, calculations, material lists, perfor mance charts, test reports, office and field samples and items of similar nature, which are normally Submitted for the ENGINEER’s review for conformance with the Design Concept and compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.03 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Review by the ENGINEER of shop drawings or submittals of material and equipment shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibilities of furnishing proper dimension, size, quantity, materials and all performance characteristics to, efficiently perform the Requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. Review shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR responsibility for errors of any kind on the shop drawings. Review is intended only to assure conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Review of shop drawings shall not be construed as releasing the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility of complying with the Contract Documents. B. Do not consider Submittals as Contract Documents. Purpose of Submittals is to demonstrate how CONTRACTOR intends to conform to the design concepts. 1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall be prepared by a qualified detailer. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on Contract Documents. Where applicable, show fabrication, layout, setting and erection details. Shop drawings are defined as original drawings prepared by the CONTRACTOR, subcontractor, suppliers or distributors performing WORK under this Contract. Shop drawings illustrate some portion of the WORK and show fabrication, layout, setting or erection details of equipment, materials and components. Shop drawings shall be folded to an approximate size of 8½-inch x 11-inch and in such manner that the title block will be located in the lower right-hand corner of the exposed surface. B. Project data shall include manufacturer's standard schematic drawings modified to delete information, which is not applicable to the Project and shall be supplemented to provide additional information applicable to the Project. Each copy of descriptive literature shall be clearly marked to identify pertinent information as it applies to the Project. C. Where samples are required, they shall be adequate to illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and to establish Standards by which completed WORK is judged. Provide sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product and material, with integrally related parts and attachment devices, along with a full range of color samples. D. The CONTRACTOR shall review and check Submittals, indicating his review by initials and date. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-2 E. If the Submittals deviate from the Contract Drawings and/or Specifications, the CONTRACTOR shall clearly identify the deviation and state any reasons for the deviation. The ENGINEER may approve a change. Any costs resulting from a change will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. F. Additional information on particular items, such as special drawings, schedules, calculations, performance curves and material details, shall be provided when specifically requested by the Technical Specifications. G. Submittals for all electrically operated items (including instrumentation and controls) shall include complete wiring diagrams showing lead, runs, number of wires, wire size, color coding, all terminations and connections and coordination with related equipment. H. Equipment shop drawings shall indicate all factory or shop paint coatings applied by suppliers, manufacturers and fabricators; the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for insuring the compatibility of such coatings with the field applied paint products and systems. I. Fastener Specifications of manufacturer shall be indicated on equipment shop drawings. J. No material shall be fabricated or shipped unless the applicable drawings or Submittals have been reviewed and approved by the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER. K. All bulletins, brochures, instructions, parts lists and warranties packaged with and accompanying materials and products delivered to and installed in the Project shall be saved and transmitted to the ENGINEER for safe keeping and preparations of the Operation &Maintenance Manuals. L. One electronic of the Submittals (in pdf format) shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER. 1.05 SUBCONTRACTOR OR VENDOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Verify field measurements, field construction criteria, catalog numbers and similar data. B. Coordinate each Submittal with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. C. Submit two (2) hard copies and one electronic copy (in pdf format), excluding samples or mark- ups, of the shop drawings to the CONTRACTOR for review and submission to the ENGINEER for review. Number of hard copies to the CONTRACTOR can be modified with CONTRACTOR’S approval. 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit complete listing of all required shop drawing submittals by Specification Section to the ENGINEER. B. Submit shop drawings, product data, samples and other pertinent information in sufficient detail to show compliance with specified requirements. C. Check, verify and revise Submittals as necessary to bring them into conformance with Contract Documents and actual field conditions. 1. Determine and verify quantities, dimensions, specified design and performance criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data. 2. Coordinate Submittal with other Submittals and with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Include a copy of the specific Specification Section with checkmarks to indicate conformance and “X’s” to indicate deviation or non-conformance of each subsection. Explanation of non- conformance or deviation will need to be attached, along with proposed change as required. D. After completion of checking, verification and revising, stamp, sign and date Submittals indicating review and approval and submit to ENGINEER. 1. Stamp and signature indicate CONTRACTOR has satisfied shop drawing review responsibilities and constitutes written review of shop drawing with general conformance with the Contract Documents. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-3 2. Shop drawings without CONTRACTOR written reviewed stamp and signature will be returned for resubmission. E. Shop Drawings: Submit one electronic copy (in pdf format) to the ENGINEER. One (1) electronic copy will be returned with reviewer’s comments. F. Product Data and Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit one electronic copy (pdf format). Excise or cross out non-applicable information and clearly mark applicable information with citations to and terminology consistent with Contract Documents. 1. One (1) electronic copy will be returned with reviewer’s comments and stamp. G. Samples: Submit two (2) samples labeled with reference to applicable Contract Documents. Label will be returned with reviewer’s selection when appropriate, comments and stamp. Samples will not be returned unless return is requested in writing and additional samples are submitted. H. Assume risk expense and delays when proceeding with work related to required Submittals without review and acceptance. I. Submittals in AutoCAD and PDF Format: Product Equipment Submittal shall also include the following: 1. Equipment Shop Drawings & Diagrams: Submit electronic AutoCAD (2008 or later) drawings of the actual process equipment to be installed for use by the ENGINEER. 2. Contractor using other software shall be required to provide to the ENGINEER conclusive evidence of 100% data transfer compatibility. J. Deferred Submittals: Submit any and all requested deferred submittals as required by the Building Permit or local governing agency. 1.07 ENGINEER’S RESPONSIBILITY A. ENGINEER’s review of shop drawings, samples or test procedures will be only for conformance with design concepts and for compliance with information given in Contract Documents. 1. ENGINEER’s review does not extend to: a. Accuracy of dimensions, quantities or performance of equipment and systems designed by CONTRACTOR, subcontractor or Vendor. b. CONTRACTOR or subcontractor means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, except when specified, indicated on the Drawings or required by Contract Documents. c. Safety precautions or programs related to safety, which shall remain the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and the subcontractor. B. Except as may be provided in subsequent Specification, a submittal will be returned within 10 working days. The submit review period is based on a maximum volume of 5 submittals. When Submittal cannot be returned within that period, ENGINEER will, within a reasonable time after receipt of the Submittals, give notice of the date by which that submittal will be returned. C. For Submittals returned No Exceptions Taken – Submittal is considered in conformance with the design concept. D. For Submittals returned Accepted with Correction Noted – Make Correction Noted/See all Comments, CONTRACTOR shall incorporate all review comments into the work, but resubmittal of an amended Submittal is not required. E. For Submittals returned Submit Specific Item – CONTRACTOR shall develop a new Submittal package with materials, equipment, methods, etc. that meet the requirements of the Contract Documents for that specific item. F. For Submittals returned Revised and Resubmit – Make Corrections Note/See All Comments, CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the review comments into a complete revised package and resubmit it for review. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300-4 G. For Submittals returned Rejected – See All Comments, CONTRACTOR shall develop a new Submittal package with materials, equipment, methods, etc. that meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. For Submittals returned Submittal Not Reviewed, Filed for Record, no further action is required by the CONTRACTOR for this Submittal. I. ENGINEER will be entitled to rely upon the accuracy or completeness of designs, calculations or certification made by licensed professionals accompanying a particular Submittal whether or not a stamp or seal is required by Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. J. Costs incurred by the ENGINEER, as a result, of additional reviews of a particular Submittal after the second time it has been reviewed shall be borne by CONTRACTOR. Reimbursement to ENGINEER will be made by issuance of a Change Order. 1.08 MINOR OR INCIDENTAL PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES A. Shop Drawings of minor or incidental fabricated products will not be required, unless requested. B. Submit tabulated lists of minor or incidental products showing the names of the manufactures and catalog numbers, with Product Data and Samples, as required to, determine acceptability. 1.09 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMAITON OR RECORD ONLY A. Submit one electronic copy of each. None will be returned. B. Mill Test Reports: 1. Submit three (3) certified copies of factory and mill test reports for record only and one (1) electronic copy. No copies will be returned. 2. Do not incorporate Products in the work, which have not passed testing and inspection satisfactorily. 3. Pay for mill and factory tests. C. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Submit reinforcing steel fabrication and setting drawings for information or record only. No copies will be returned. 2. Note deviations and variations as specified for shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3300 ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT CONTROL 01 3310-1 SECTION 01 3310 – ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 USE OF ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT CONTROL SYSTEM A. The CONTRACTOR shall use a cloud-based electronic document control system to submit and receive all construction related documentation on this project. The system used is “Procore” and all costs associated with the use of the software have been paid for by the CONTRACTOR. The information to be generated, transmitted, and tracked by the document control system shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Correspondence (including Engineer’s Communication) 2. Plan Clarifications 3. Requests for Information (RFI’s) 4. Submittals & Shop Drawings 5. Change Orders 6. Allowance Orders 7. Progress Photos 8. Project Schedules 9. Meeting Minutes 10. Permits 11. Partnering (Issue Resolution Ladder, Charter) 12, Claims Resolution 13. Building Information Modeling Coordination B. For hard copies of drawings or product samples that are required to be submitted, the CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Upload a transmittal sheet for the submittal in e2020, 2. Submit six (6) full-size hard copies, 3. Submit one half-sized hard copy (not exceeding 11x17 inches), and 4. Transmit electronic files to the ENGINEER in Adobe Acrobat (.PDF) format. C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the installation of its own computer system and scanner. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the procurement of an Internet Service Provider (ISP) with a high-speed broadband internet connection for its own use, as well as the ENGINEER’s/INSPECTOR’s use at the site offices to access the document control system. D. At the request of the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR must provide a hard copy of approved submittals to the INSPECTOR, at no additional cost to the CITY. PART 2 - PART 3 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 4 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3310 HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES 01 3529-1 SECTION 01 3529 - HEALTH, SAFETY, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Development and maintenance of a Construction Safety Plan. 1.02 REFERENCES A. OSHA. 1.03 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN A. Detail the Methods and Procedures to comply with Federal, State, and Local Health and Safety Laws, Rules and Requirements for the duration of the Contract Times. Include the following: 1. Identification of the Certified or Licensed Safety Consultant who will prepare, initiate, maintain and supervise safety programs, and procedures. 2. Procedures for providing workers with an awareness of safety and health hazards expected to be encountered in the course of construction. 3. Safety equipment appropriate to the safety and health hazards expected to be encountered during construction. Include warning devices, barricades, safety equipment in public right - of-way and protected areas, and safety equipment used in multi-level structures. 4. Methods for minimizing employees' exposure to safety and health hazards expected during construction. 5. Procedures for reporting safety or health hazards. 6. Procedures to follow to correct a recognized safety and health hazard. 7. Procedures for investigation of accidents, injuries, illnesses and unusual events that have occurred at the construction site. 8. Periodic and scheduled inspections of general work areas and specific work stations. 9. Training for employees and workers at the jobsite. 10. Methods of communication of safe working conditions, work practices and required personal protection equipment. B. Assume responsibility for every aspect of Health and Safety on the jobsite, including the health and safety of Subcontractors, suppliers, and other persons on the jobsite. 1. Forward available information and reports to the Safety Consultant who shall make the necessary recommendations concerning worker health and safety at the jobsite. 2. Employ additional health and safety measures specified by the Safety Consultant, as necessary, for workers in accordance with OSHA guidelines. C. Transmit to OWNER and ENGINEER copies of reports and other documents related to accidents or injuries encountered during construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3529 SECURITY PROCEDURES 01 3553-1 SECTION 01 3553 - SECURITY PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Security measures including formal security program, entry control, personnel identification, guard service, and miscellaneous restrictions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 1100 – Summary of Work: use of premises and occupancy. B. Section 01 5100 – Temporary Utilities 1.03 SECURITY PROGRAM A. Protect Work, existing premises and OWNER’s operations from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry. B. Initiate program in coordination with OWNER’s existing security system at project mobilization. C. Maintain program throughout construction period until directed by Engineer. 1.04 ENTRY CONTROL A. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into Project site and existing facilities. B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification. C. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to Owner on request. D. Owner will control entrance of persons and vehicles related to OWNER’s operations. E. Contractor shall control entrance of persons and vehicles related to OWNER’s operations. F. Coordinate access of OWNER’s personnel to site in coordination with OWNER’s security forces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3553 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 4100-1 SECTION 01 4100 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Throughout the Contract Documents, reference is made to Codes and Standards which establish qualities and types of workmanship and materials and which establish methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent characteristics. B. Work Included: Where materials or workmanship are required by these Contract Documents to meet or exceed the specifically named Code or Standard, it is the Contractor's responsibility to provide materials and workmanship which meet or exceed the specifically named Code or Standard. C. Related Work: Specific naming of the Codes or Standards occurs on the Drawings and in other Sections of these Specifications. D. Quality Control: It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify the requirements of the specifically named Codes and Standards to verify that the items produced for this work meet or exceed the specified requirements. E. The Engineer reserves the right to reject items incorporated into the work which fail to meet the specified minimum requirements or accept non-complying items subject to an adjustment in the Contract amount approved by the Engineer and the Owner. F. Governing authorities have been contacted where necessary to obtain information needed for the preparation of Contract Documents. It is the Intention of the Contract Documents to comply with all applicable laws, statues, building codes, and regulations. G. Codes referenced for the preparation of these Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the latest edition of the following: 1. International Building Code 2. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101 3. International Plumbing Code 4. International Mechanical Code 5. International Fire Code 6. International Energy Conservation Code 7. National Electrical Code 8. National Fire Protection Codes 9. ANSI A117.1 10. California State Law 11. The Americans with Disabilities Act PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4100 ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210-1 SECTION 01 4210 - ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Wherever in these Specifications, references are made to the Standards, Specifications or other Published Data of the various International, National, Regional or Local Organizations, such organizations may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. As a guide, to the User of these Specifications the following acronyms or abbreviations, which may appear in these Specifications, shall have the meanings indicated herein. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS AA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association AAR Association of American Railroads AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ACI American Concrete Institute AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association, Inc. AFPA American Forest Products Association AGA American Gas Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association AHA American Hardboard Association AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers AI The Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANS American Nuclear Society ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. APA American Plywood Association or American Parquet Association, Inc. API American Petroleum Institute APWA American Public Works Association ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASA Acoustical Society of America ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers ASLE American Society of Lubricating Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASNT American Society of Nondestructive Testing ASQC American Society for Quality Control ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210-2 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWCI American Wire Cloth Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BBC Basic Building Code, Building Officials and Code Administrators International BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association CABO Council of American Building Officials CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers CDA Copper Development Association CEMA Conveyors Equipment Manufacturer's Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute CMA Concrete Masonry Association CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute DCDMA Diamond Core Drill Manufacturer's Association DHI Door and Hardware Institute DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association EIA Electronic Industries Association ETL Electrical Test Laboratories EPA Environmental Protection Agency FCC Federal Communications Commission FCI Fluid Controls Institute FM Factory Mutual System FPL Forest Products Laboratory HI Hydronics Institute HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society IME Institute of Makers of Explosives IP Institute of Petroleum (London) IPC Institute of Printed Circuits IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association ISDI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute ISA Instrument Society of America ISEA Industrial Safety Equipment Association ISO International Organization for Standardization ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210-3 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association MIL Military Standards (DoD) MPTA Mechanical Power Transmission Association MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society MTI Marine Testing Institute NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NAGDM National Association of Garage Door Manufacturers NB National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (alternate NBBPVI) NBS National Bureau of Standards (Now NIST) NCCLS National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NETA International Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association or National Fluid Power Association or National Forest Products Association NISO National Information Standards Organization NLGI National Lubricating Grease Institute NMA National Microfilm Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PPI Plastics Pipe Institute RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RIS Redwood Inspection Service RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association RVIA Recreational Vehicle Industry Association RWMA Resistance Welder Manufacturer's Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association SDI Steel Door Institute SMA Screen Manufacturers Association SMACCMA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SPI Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SPR Simplified Practice Recommendation SSA Swedish Standards Association SBC Southern Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress SSPC Society for Protective Coating ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS 01 4210-4 SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction TAPPI Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry TFI The Fertilizer Institute TIA Telecommunications Industries Association TPI Truss Plate Institute UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCRSI Western Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute WEF Water Environment Federation WIC Woodwork Institute of California WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. WPA Western Wood Products Association PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4210 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4219 - 1 SECTION 01 4219 - REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Titles of Sections and Paragraphs: Titles and Subtitles accompanying Specification Sections and paragraphs are for convenience and Reference only and do not form a part of the Specifications. B. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these Specifications References are made to Published Specifications, Codes, Standards, or other Requirements, it shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only the latest Specifications, Standards or Requirements of the respective issuing agencies, which have been published as of the date that the Contract shall apply; except to the extent that said Standards or Requirements may be in conflict with applicable Laws, Ordinances or Governing Codes. No Requirements set forth in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings will be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said Standards or Requirements. C. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, Specification text requires (or implies) that specific WORK is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities, who must be engaged for the performance of that WORK. Such assignments shall be recognized as Special Requirements. These Requirements shall not be interpreted so as to conflict with the enforcement of Building Codes and similar Regulations Governing the WORK; also, they are not intended to interfere with Local Union Jurisdiction Settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is recognized as "Expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of Contract Requirements remains. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Construct the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents and the referenced portions of those Referenced Codes, Standards and Specifications. B. Verify the following references agree with the plans and local requirements - References herein to "Building Code" shall mean International Building Code (IBC). Similarly, references to "Mechanical Code" or "International Mechanical Code," "Plumbing Code" or "Uniform Plumbing Code," "Fire Code" or "International Fire Code," shall mean International Mechanical Code (IMC), Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) and International Fire Code (IFC). "Electric Code" or "National Electric Code (NEC)" shall mean the National Electric Code of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). The latest edition of the codes as approved by the Municipal Code and used by the local agency as of the date that the WORK is advertised for bids, as adopted by the agency having jurisdiction, shall apply to the WORK herein, including all Addenda, Modifications, Amendments, or other Lawful changes thereto. C. In case of conflict between Codes, Reference Standards, Drawings, and the other Contract Documents, the most stringent Requirements shall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing any materials or furnishing labor through the RFI process. The most stringent Requirements may be bid on. D. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. E. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shall mean Title 29, Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA), Code of Federal Regulations, including all changes and Amendments thereto. F. Applicable Standard Specifications: References in the Contract Documents to "Standard Specifications" or SSPWC shall mean the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 4219 - 2 1.03 REGULATIONS RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Responsibility for all work included in the Contract Documents, regardless if shown or not, shall comply with all EPA, OSHA, RCRA, NFPA, and any other Federal, State, and Local Regulations governing the storage and conveyance of hazardous materials, including petroleum products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4219 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES 01 4333-1 SECTION 01 4333 - MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. General: Provide a qualified service representative from each equipment company manufacturing or supplying equipment to perform the duties herein described and as required by the various sections of the Specifications. All costs to perform these services shall be included in the supplier’s proposal in accordance with the scope of work. B. Supervision of Installation: The supplier shall provide direct and/or indirect supervision of the workers and ENGINEER, in accordance with the scope of work, to ensure that proper procedures are followed during equipment installation. 1.02 EQUIPMENT CHECK OUT: A. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation but before it is operated by others, the representative shall inspect, operate, test and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include but shall not be limited to, the following points as applicable: 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts) 2. Completeness in all details as specified 3. Correctness of setting, alignment and relative arrangement of various parts 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants 5. Completeness in electrical and controls 6. The operation, testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been installed properly and is capable of satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. On completion of his WORK, the CONTRACTOR, manufacturer or supplier's representatives shall submit a complete signed report of the result of his inspection, operation, adjustments and tests. The report shall include descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified and suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. The report also shall include a certificate that the equipment conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and is ready for permanent operation and that nothing in the installation will render the manufacturer's warranty null and void. B. Field Tests: As required by the individual specification sections, the manufacturer's representative shall be present when the field tests are made. C. Operator Training: As required by the individual specification sections, the manufacturer’s representative shall provide hands-on training to maintenance personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment prior to placing the equipment in full operation. D. Post-startup Services: As required by the individual specification sections, the manufacturer’s representative shall provide services beyond the startup of the equipment. Services may include assistance in the calibration, tuning and troubleshooting, plus any additional training, which may be required during the agreed time after the equipment, is accepted. E. The CONTRACTOR shall be the supplier for items not specifically included in the supplier’s scope of work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES 01 4333-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit six (6) copies of all equipment field service certification documents and certificates of warranty to the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures. END OF SECTION 01 4333 QUALITY CONTROL 01 4500-1 SECTION 01 4500 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIRMENT A. The Specific Quality Control Requirements for the WORK are indicated throughout the Contract Documents. The Requirements of this Section are primarily related to performance of the WORK beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control" includes preactivity inspection, follow up meetings, sampling and testing, and associated requirements. 1.02 INSPECTION AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE A. Unless otherwise indicated, all products, materials, and equipment shall be subject to inspection by the ENGINEER at the place of manufacture. B. Unless noted otherwise, the presence of the ENGINEER at the place of manufacturer is not required; however, this shall not relieve responsibility for providing products, materials and equipment that comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 SAMPLING AND TESTING A. Unless otherwise indicated, all sampling and testing will be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered. 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING SERVICE A. Independent inspection and testing laboratory service shall comply with the following: 1. Unless noted otherwise by the Specifications, an independent firm will be appointed and employed by the CONTRACTOR to perform special inspection and soils and concrete testing. 2. Perform inspections, testing and other services as required. 3. Submit Reports of Testing to the ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR and OWNER if required in duplicate, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non- compliance with Contract Documents. 4. CONTRACTOR to notify 48 hours prior to the expected time for operations requiring inspection and laboratory testing services is required. 5. The same independent firm on instructions shall perform retesting required because of non - conformance to requirements. 6. For tests and samples required, arrangements shall be made with an independent firm for payment and scheduling of testing. Responsibility shall be taken for the cost of sampling and testing. 7. Provide an overall report on inspection and test results for project closeout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: Inspect materials or equipment upon arrival on the job site, prior to installation and reject damaged and defective items. B. Measurements: Verify measurements and dimensions of the WORK, as an integral step of starting each installation. QUALITY CONTROL 01 4500-2 C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, compliance with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in Contract Documents is required. END OF SECTION 01 4500 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5100-1 SECTION 01 5100 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The Temporary Utilities services available for the construction of the facility improvements as well as the associated responsibility are defined here in. 1.02 JOB CONDITIONS A. Scheduled Uses: In conjunction with establishment of Job Progress Schedule, establish a Schedule for implementation and termination of service for each temporary utility at the earliest feasible time and change over from use of temporary utility service to permanent service. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide new or used materials and equipment, which are in substantially undamaged condition and without significant deterioration and which are recognized in the construction industry, by compliance with appropriate standards, as being suitable for intended use in each case. The Utility Company provides a portion of temporary utility, the remaining portion with compatible materials and equipment, shall be provided and comply with recommendations of the Utility Company. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES A. General: Wherever feasible, engage the Utility Company for installation of temporary services to the project, or at a minimum, to make a connection to the existing utility service. Locate services that will not interfere with Total Project Construction WORK; including installation of permanent utility services; maintain temporary services as installed for required period of use and relocate, modify or extend as necessary from time to time during that period as required to accommodate total project construction WORK. B. Approval of Electrical Connections: Temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to approval of the OWNER and the power company representative and shall be removed in like manner, prior to final acceptance of the WORK. Electrical power is available on site for the construction of this facility and will be furnished by the OWNER. Any and all CONTRACTOR required services, connection, hookup and removals are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR must submit a plan to the OWNER for review of the desired electrical connections prior to making any connections. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for coordinating the connections with the OWNER/ENGINEER prior to making any connection. Any disruption to the existing treatment facility due to the Contractor electrical connections or usage will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. C. Separation of Circuits: Unless otherwise permitted by the CONTRACTOR, circuits used for power purposes shall be separate from lighting circuits. D. Construction Wiring: Wiring for temporary electric light and power shall be properly installed and maintained and shall be securely fastened in place. Electrical facilities shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. Power: Provide power required for its operations under the Contract, and shall provide and maintain all temporary power lines required to perform the WORK in a safe and satisfactory manner. TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5100-2 3.03 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING A. Construction Lighting: WORK conducted at night or under conditions of deficient daylight shall be suitably lighted to insure proper WORK and to afford adequate facilities for inspection and safe working conditions. B. Temporary Lighting: Provide a general, weatherproof, grounded temporary lighting system suitable to perform the WORK where needed. 3.04 WATER SUPPLY A. Water is available on site for the construction of this facility and will be furnished by the OWNER. B. General: The CONTRACTOR will be required to coordinate with the OWNER before making any water connections. The CONTRACTOR must submit a plan to the OWNER for review of the desired water connections prior to making any connections. For each such connection made, first attach to the pipeline a valve, and backflow preventer as required by the OWNER. The Contractor is responsible for installation and removal of all facilities necessary to convey the water from the source to the points of usage. C. Bottled Water: The CONTRACTOR is responsible for any and all bottled water brought to the site. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY FACILITIES A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction j ob sites shall conform to the requirements of Subpart D, Section 1926.51 of the OSHA Standards for Construction. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATIONS A. Telephone Services: Provide and maintain at all times during the progress of the WORK not less than one telephone in good working order at its own field construction office at or near the Site. Each such telephone shall be connected to an established exchange for toll service and with all other telephones utilized. Cell phones are an acceptable alternative to land lines. 3.07 OPERATIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Inspections: Prior to placing temporary utility services into use, Inspect and test each service and arrange for governing authorities' required inspection and tests, and obtain required certifications and permits for use thereof. B. Protection: Maintain distinct markers for underground lines, and protect from damage during excavating operations. C. Termination and Removal: When need for a temporary utility service or a substantial portion thereof has ended, or when its service has been replaced by use of permanent services, or not later than time of substantial completion, promptly remove installation unless requested to retain it for a longer period. Complete and restore WORK, which may have been delayed or affected by installation and use of temporary utility, including repairs to construction and grades and restoration and cleaning of exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION 01 5100 TEMPORARY FENCING 01 5626-1 SECTION 01 5626 – TEMPORARY FENCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Contractor shall determine temporary fence type, layout, and location of gates. Construction and maintenance of temporary fencing shall be provided by the contractor. B. In general, the overall site of the existing Waste Water Facility is already fenced. It will be the Contractors responsibility to determine there needs to secure there yard/staging areas as well as any and all construction sites or activities within the project. It is the OWNERS opinion that the plastic orange fence will be sufficient to provide safety and security surrounding the work activities; however it is the contractor’s responsibility to make the final determination. The OWNER will not be responsible in any manner for any missing, stolen, or damaged to any and all contractor property, yard, equipment or construction activity, this is the contractor’s responsibility. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures: 1. Shop drawing indicating layout of temporary fencing, location and size of gates, existing pavement and roads, access to fire hydrants and hose connections, and other site specific conditions. Prepare drawing after site observation and verification of existing conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY CHAIN LINK FENCING A. Unless otherwise indicated, type of temporary chain link fencing shall be Contractor’s option. Following types are acceptable: 1. New Materials or previously used salvage chain link fencing in good condition. 2. Posts: Galvanized steel pipe of diameter to provide rigidity. Post shall be suitable for setting in concrete footings, driving into ground, anchoring with base plates, or inserting in precast concrete blocks. 3. Fabric: Woven galvanized steel wire mesh. Provide in continuous lengths to be wire tied to fence posts or prefabricated into modular pipe-framed fence panels. B. Gates: Provide personnel and vehicle gates of the quantity and size required for functional access to site. 1. Fabricate of same material as used for fencing 2. Vehicle gates: a. Minimum width: 20 feet to allow access for emergency vehicles b. Capable of manual operation by one person. 2.02 PLASTIC MESH FENCING A. Where required to provide visual warning and control, provide plastic mesh fencing supported by steel posts driven into ground or set in precast concrete blocks B. Height: 36 inches minimum C. Color: Safety orange PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LAYOUT A. Access: Provide gates for personnel, delivery of materials, and access by emergency vehicles. TEMPORARY FENCING 01 5626-2 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Plastic mesh fencing: Space steel support posts to ensure mesh remains vertical and at proper height. Securely tie mesh to posts. 3.04 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL A. Maintain fencing in good condition. If damaged, immediately repair. B. Remove temporary fencing upon completion of Work or when no longer required for security or control. Backfill holes and compact. Holes in pavement shall be surfaced to match existing paving. Repair damage caused by installation of temporary fencing. END OF SECTION 01 5626 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-1 SECTION 01 5713 – TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prevention of erosion due to construction activities. B. Prevention of sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and storm and sanitary sewers due to construction activities. C. Restoration of areas eroded due to insufficient preventive measures. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete for temporary and permanent erosion control structures indicated on drawings. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM D4355 - Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to Light, Moisture, and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type Apparatus; 2007. B. ASTM D4491 - Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity; 1999a (Reapproved 2009). C. ASTM D4533 - Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles; 2011. D. ASTM D4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles; 2008. E. ASTM D4751 - Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile; 2012. F. ASTM D4873 - Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples; 2002 (Reapproved 2009). G. EPA (NPDES) - National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Construction General Permit; current edition. H. FHWA FLP-94-005 - Best Management Practices for Erosion and Sediment Control; Federal Highway Administration; 1995. I. USDA TR-55 - Urban Hydrology for Small Watersheds; USDA Natural Resources Conservation Service; 2009. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Perform all work and take all measures necessary to control soil erosion resulting from construction operations, to prevent the flow of sediment from the site, to contain construction materials (including excavation and backfill) within the protected working area, and to stabilize soil banks from erosion caused by stormwater flood zones so as to, prevent damage to the adjacent water courses and to the project site. B. Do not employ any construction method that violates a rule, regulation, guideline or procedure established by Federal, State or local agencies having jurisdiction over the environmental effects of construction. C. Pollutants such as chemicals, fuels, lubricants, bitumen, raw sewage and other harmful waste shall not be discharged into or alongside of any body of water or into natural or man-made channels leading thereto. D. Prepare and submit a Stormwater Prevention Plan to the ENGINEER for his records in accordance with AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION and with the plans as provided with in the Construction Documents. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all aspects of this plan, its TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-2 monitoring, maintaining of the reports and keeping a copy of documents on site as required by AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. E. Prepare and submit a monitoring program and reporting plan to the ENGINEER for his records in accordance with AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. Submit to the ENGINEER for his records on a monthly basis copies of the monitoring reports taken throughout the month. F. Prepare and submit the Notice of Intent (NOI) as required by AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. Submit Copy of NOI to the ENGINEER for his records. G. Comply with all requirements of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency for erosion and sedimentation control, as specified for the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Phases I and II, under requirements for the 2003 Construction General Permit (CGP), whether the project is required by law to comply or not. H. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs. I. Storm Water Runoff: Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface cover due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels, in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less. 2. Anticipate runoff volume due to the most extreme short term and 24-hour rainfall events that might occur in 25 years. J. Erosion on Site: Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil. 2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic. 3. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to Owner. K. Erosion Off Site: Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent windblown soil from leaving the project site. 2. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site. 3. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements. 4. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to Owner. L. Sedimentation of Waterways on Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways on the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers. 1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to Owner; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. If sediment basins are used as temporary preventive measures, pump dry and remove deposited sediment after each storm. M. Sedimentation of Waterways Off Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways off the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers. 1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to Owner; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. N. Open Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant. O. Maintenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures until permanent measures have been established. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-3 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures, for submittal procedures. B. Stormwater Prevention Plan: 1. Submit not less than 30 days prior to anticipated start of clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover. 2. Include: a. Site plan identifying soils and vegetation, existing erosion problems, and areas vulnerable to erosion due to topography, soils, vegetation, or drainage. b. Measurements of existing turbidity of waterways. c. Site plan showing grading; new improvements; temporary roads, traffic accesses, and other temporary construction; and proposed preventive measures. d. Where extensive areas of soil will be disturbed, include storm water flow and volume calculations, soil loss predictions, and proposed preventive measures. e. Schedule of temporary preventive measures, in relation to ground disturbing activities. f. Other information required by law. g. Format required by law is acceptable, provided any additional information specified is also included. h. Obtain the approval of the Plan by authorities having jurisdiction. i. Obtain the approval of the Plan by Owner. C. Certificate: Mill certificate for silt fence fabric attesting that fabric and factory seams comply with specified requirements, signed by legally authorized official of manufacturer; indicate actual minimum average roll values; identify fabric by roll identification numbers. D. Inspection Reports: Submit report of each inspection; identify each preventive measure, indicate condition, and specify maintenance or repair required and accomplished. E. Maintenance Instructions: Provide instructions covering inspection and maintenance for temporary measures that must remain after Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mulch: Use one of the following: 1. Straw or hay 2. Wood waste, chips, or bark 3. Erosion control matting or netting 4. Cutback asphalt 5. Polyethylene film, where specifically indicated only B. Grass Seed for Temporary Cover: Select a species appropriate to climate, planting season, and intended purpose. If same area will later be planted with permanent vegetation, do not use species known to be excessively competitive or prone to volunteer in subsequent seasons. C. Bales: Air dry, rectangular straw bales. 1. Cross Section: 14 by 18 inches, minimum 2. Bindings: Wire or string, around long dimension D. Bale Stakes: One of the following, minimum 3 feet long: 1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 lb. per linear foot 2. Wood, 2 by 2 inches in cross section E. Silt Fence Fabric: Polypropylene geotextile resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, and insects; non-biodegradable; in longest lengths possible; fabric including seams with the following minimum average roll lengths: 1. Average Opening Size: 30 U.S. Std. Sieve, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4751. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-4 2. Permittivity: 0.05 sec^-1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4491. 3. Ultraviolet Resistance: Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4355 after 500 hours exposure. 4. Tensile Strength: 100 lb.-f, minimum, in cross-machine direction; 124 lb.-f, minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632. 5. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4632. 6. Tear Strength: 55 lb.-f, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4533. 7. Color: Manufacturer's standard, with embedment and fastener lines preprinted. 8. Manufacturers: a. TenCate: www.tencate.com b. North American Green: www.nagreen.com c. Propex Geosynthetics: www.geotextile.com F. Silt Fence Posts: One of the following, minimum 5 feet long: 1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 lb. per linear foot 2. Softwood, 4 by 4 inches in cross section 3. Hardwood, 2 by 2 inches in cross section 4. Bank stabilization shall be durable UV resistant high performance turf reinforcement mats (HP TRMs). Tensile strength of 4000 lb./ft meets US EPA definition of a high performance TRM. Acceptable products are Pyramat or Engineer approved equal. G. Concrete: See Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time. 3.03 SCOPE OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES A. In all cases, if permanent erosion resistant meas ures have been installed temporary preventive measures are not required. B. Construction Entrances: Traffic-bearing aggregate surface. 1. Width: As required; 20 feet, minimum 2. Length: 50 feet, minimum 3. Provide at each construction entrance from public right-of-way. 4. Where necessary to prevent tracking of mud onto right-of-way, provide wheel washing area out of direct traffic lane, with drain into sediment trap or basin. C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of silt fences. 1. Provide linear sediment barriers: a. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles b. Along the top of the slope or top bank of drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas c. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes d. Perpendicular to flow across the bottom of existing and new drainage channels and swales that traverse disturbed areas or carry runoff from disturbed areas; space at maximum of 200 feet apart. e. Across the entrances to culverts that receive runoff from disturbed areas f. Space sediment barriers with the following maximum slope length upslope from barrier: TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-5 1) Slope of Less Than 2 Percent: 100 feet 2) Slope Between 2 and 5 Percent: 75 feet 3) Slope Between 5 and 10 Percent: 50 feet 4) Slope Between 10 and 20 Percent: 25 feet 5) Slope Over 20 Percent: 15 feet D. Storm Drain Curb Inlet Sediment Trap: Protect each curb inlet using one of the following measures: 1. Filter fabric wrapped around hollow concrete blocks blocking entire inlet face area; use one piece of fabric wrapped at least 1-1/2 times around concrete blocks and secured to prevent dislodging; orient cores of blocks so runoff passes into inlet. 2. Straw bale row blocking entire inlet face area; anchor into pavement. E. Storm Drain Drop Inlet Sediment Traps: As detailed on drawings. F. Temporary Splash Pads: Stone aggregate over filter fabric; size to suit application; provide at downspout outlets and storm water outlets. G. Soil Stockpiles: Protect using one of the following measures: 1. Cover with polyethylene film, secured by placing soil on outer edges. 2. Cover with mulch at least 4 inches thickness of pine needles, sawdust, bark, wood chips, or shredded leaves, or 6 inches of straw or hay. H. Mulching: Use only for areas that may be subjected to erosion for less than 6 months. 1. Wood Waste: Use only on slopes 3:1 or flatter; no anchoring required. 2. Asphalt: Use only where no traffic, either vehicular or pedestrian, is anticipated. I. Temporary Seeding: Use where temporary vegetated cover is required. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Traffic-Bearing Aggregate Surface: 1. Excavate minimum of 6 inches. 2. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12 inch overlap at joints. 3. Place and compact at least 6 inches of 1.5 to 3.5 inch diameter stone. B. Silt Fences: 1. Store and handle fabric in accordance with ASTM D4873. 2. Where slope gradient is less than 3:1 or barriers will be in place less than 6 months, use nominal 16 inch high barriers with minimum 36 inch long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 4 inches in ground. 3. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 or barriers will be in place over 6 months, use nominal 28 inch high barriers, minimum 48 inch long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground. 4. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 and vertical height of slope between barriers is more than 20 feet, use nominal 32 inch high barriers with woven wire reinforcement and steel posts spaced at 4 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground. 5. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specified. 6. Embed bottom of fabric in a trench on the upslope side of fence, with 2 inches of fabric laid flat on bottom of trench facing upslope; backfill trench and compact. 7. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping at least 18 inches, with extra post. 8. Fasten fabric to wood posts using one of the following: a. Four 3/4 inch diameter, 1 inch long, 14 gage nails. b. Five 17-gage staples with 3/4 inch wide crown and 1/2 inch legs. c. Fasten fabric to steel posts using wire, nylon cord, or integral pockets. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-6 d. Wherever runoff will flow around end of barrier or over the top, provide temporary splash pad or other outlet protection; at such outlets in the run of the barrier, make barrier not more than 12 inches high with post spacing not more than 4 feet. C. Straw Bale Rows: 1. Install bales in continuous rows with ends butting tightly, with one bale at each end of row turned uphill. 2. Install bales so that bindings are not in contact with the ground. 3. Embed bales at least 4 inches in the ground. 4. Anchor bales with at least two stakes per bale, driven at least 18 inches into the ground; drive first stake in each bale toward the previously placed bale to force bales together. 5. Fill gaps between ends of bales with loose straw wedged tightly. 6. Place soil excavated for trench against bales on the upslope side of the row, compacted. D. Mulching Over Large Areas: 1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 2-1/2 tons per acre; anchor using dull disc harrow or emulsified asphalt applied using same spraying machine at 100 gallons of water per ton of mulch. 2. Wood Waste: Apply 6 to 9 tons per acre. 3. Asphalt: Apply at 1200 gallons per acre. 4. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. E. Mulching Over Small and Medium Areas: 1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 4 to 6 inches depth. 2. Wood Waste: Apply 2 to 3inches depth. 3. Pine Needles: Apply 2 to 3 inches depth. 4. Asphalt: Apply 1/4 gallon per square yard. 5. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. F. Temporary Seeding: 1. When hydraulic seeder is used, seedbed preparation is not required. 2. When surface soil has been sealed by rainfall or consists of smooth undisturbed cut slopes, and conventional or manual seeding is to be used, prepare seedbed by scarifying sufficiently to allow seed to lodge and germinate. 3. If temporary mulching was used on planting area but not removed, apply nitrogen fertilizer at 1 pound per 1000 sq. ft. 4. On soils of very low fertility, apply 10-10-10 fertilizer at rate of 12 to 16 pounds per 1000 sq. ft. 5. Incorporate fertilizer into soil before seeding. 6. Apply seed uniformly; if using drill or cultipacker seeders place seed 1/2 to 1 inch deep. 7. Irrigate as required to thoroughly wet soil to depth that will ensure germination, without causing runoff or erosion. 8. Repeat irrigation as required until grass is established. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm that produces 0.5 inches or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall. B. Repair deficiencies immediately. C. Silt Fences: 1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed. 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-third of the height of the fence. 3. Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713-7 D. Straw Bale Rows: 1. Promptly replace bales that fall apart or otherwise deteriorate unless need has passed. 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-half of the height of the bales. 3. Repair bale rows that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes. E. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on site. F. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site; do not remove from site. 3.06 CLEAN UP A. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed, unless permitted to remain by Engineer. B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures. C. Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces. END OF SECTION 01 5713 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01 5719-1 SECTION 01 5719 - TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING A. The use of explosives on the WORK will not be permitted. 1.02 RUBBISH CONTROL A. During the progress of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. Dispose of all rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the Site, and shall establish regular intervals of collection and disposal of such materials and waste. Keep its haul roads free from dirt, rubbish and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be off the Site in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 1.03 SANITATION A. Toilet Facilities: The CONTRACTOR shall provide fixed or portable chemical toilets wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Standards for Construction. B. Sanitary and Other Organic Wastes: The CONTRACTOR shall establish a regular daily collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided or organic material wastes from any other source related to operations shall be disposed of away from the Site in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto. 1.04 CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used or furnished by the CONTRACTOR for or during project construction, whether defoliant, soil sterilant, herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall show approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict accordance with the printed instructions of the manufacturer. 1.05 CULTURAL RESOURCES A. Attention is directed to the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470) and 36 CFR 800, which provides for the preservation of potential historical architectural, archaeological, or cultural resources (hereinafter called "cultural resources"). B. Conform to the applicable requirements of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 as it relates to the preservation of cultural resources. C. In the event potential cultural resources are discovered during subsurface excavations at the site of construction, the following procedures shall be instituted: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall issue a Field Order directive to cease all construction operations at the location of such potential cultural resources find. 2. Such Field Order shall be effective until such time as a qualified archaeologist can be called to assess the value of these potential cultural resources and make recommendations to the State Historic Preservation Office. D. If the archaeologist determines that the potential find is a bona fide cultural resource, at the direction of the State Historic Preservation Office, work shall be suspended at the location of the find under the provisions for changes contained in the Contractual Agreement. TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS 01 5719-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 5719 TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS 01 5723-1 SECTION 01 5723 - TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. This section includes the following: 1. Requirements for compliance with the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) developed specifically for this Project are the responsibility of the Contractor. a. SWPPP satisfies the mandates of Federal Clean Water Act as enforced by State of California Water Resources Control Board and its Regional Water Quality Boards. b. In accordance with the State Water Resources Control Board’s (SWRCB) General Construction Activities Storm Water Permit, Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ, NPDES No. CAS000002, the SWPPP Major objective is to: 1) Identify the sources of sediment and other pollutants that affect the quality of storm water discharges 2) Describe and ensure the implementation of Best Management Practices, (BMPs) to reduce or eliminate sediment and other pollutants in storm water as well as non- storm water discharges. B. Related Sections 1. Contractor shall retain a California State Certified Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) to implement and maintain the SWPPP and file all necessary documents to the State. 2. SWPPP requires compliance of all trades on Project that use or manipulate materials of any nature which can potentially enter storm-water drainage system. 3. Representative materials controlled by the SWPPP include erosion of native soils and fill materials, groundwater, leakage or spills from construction vehicles and machinery, stored fuels, concrete truck washout, chemical treatments, curing, compounds, paints, plasters, paving materials, adhesives and sealants, trash and general construction debris, pesticides, fertilizers, and any other material which can be carried by running water or percolate into earth. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Provide name and certification documents of the Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP). B. Through the entirety of construction, prepare inspection reports, rain gauge readings, stormwater sampling and analysis, bio assessment reports, Annual Reports and submit through the State’s Storm Water Multiple Application and Report Tracking System (SMARTS) as required by the General Construction Permit. C. Closeout Submittals: Submit to owner documentation certifying compliance with the SWPPP, site monitoring reports, and notification of Agencies of completion of operations as required by the General Construction Permit. D. Provide a Rain Event Action Plan (REAP) if project is considered a RISK LEVEL 2 or 3. REAP shall be prepare by the project QSP. E. SWPPP plan. 1. The SWPPP will be prepared by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) certified by the RWQCB, as required by the General Construction Permit. 2. Implementation and report processing of the SWPPP shall be conducted by a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner as required by the General Construction Permit. 1.03 REGULATORY BACKGROUND A. As required by Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean Water Act) and regulations of U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and of State of California Water Resources Control Board, current General construction Permit, any construction activity of ONE acre or more must be covered by National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit. TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS 01 5723-2 B. The Act further decrees fines of as much as $37,500 per day per violation. C. It is implicit that SWPPP satisfies requirements of NPDES permit. D. If Owner is cited for violation of Clean Water Act due to failure of SWPPP to address requirement, Contractor shall be liable for any fines or penalties that might be imposed by regulatory agency, he shall be obligated to perform mandated corrective measures at his own expense. E. If Owner or Owner's Inspector becomes aware of violations of SWPPP, they will immediately inform Contractor in writing. Contractor shall immediately cease violation and shall restore site, at his own expense, to same conditions it was in before violation, to approval of Owner. F. Should Contractor continue to violate requirements of SWPPP, or refuse to comply, or refuse to repair results of violation to Owner's approval, for purposes of this Contract it shall be considered as any other violation of Contract. Owner will take necessary measures as set forth in General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide all temporary and permanent Best Management Practices (BMP’s ) storm water pollution prevention equipment, material, and facilities as required by or as necessary to comply with the SWPPP and meet the General Construction Permit requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IMPLEMENTATION A. Measures required in SWPPP shall be executed as dictated by SWPPP itself. B. Contractor shall not commence construction until a Notice of Intent has been issued to the State and project Waste Discharger Identification (WDID) number has been issued. 1. Concurrent with commencement of construction activities, Contractor shall implement and retain at project site, the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan and a monitoring program and reporting plan throughout construction in accordance with the General Permit. C. Contractor shall be responsible for paying the necessary permit fees and complying with State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2009-009-DWQ, implementing provisions of the Clean Water Act relating to storm water discharges. D. The plan will address all potential sources of pollutants which may enter the storm water system, it must explain what steps will be taken during construction to minimize the risk of storm water contamination and must address management procedures to be utilized during construction to prevent pollution discharges such as spills, leaking, and dumping. E. A copy of said plan shall be provided to owner and upon request contractor shall certify, in writing, compliance with the relevant rules, regulations and laws. F. Additional information regarding State Water Resources Control Board requirements can be obtained from State Water Resources Control Board, Division of Water Quality, Attention: Storm Water Permit Unit, P.O. Box 1977, Sacramento, CA 95812-1977. Telephone Number (916) 657-1146 G. During construction, make changes as necessary for proper functioning of SWPPP measures. Notify QSP on recommended changes. H. At completion of work, Contractor shall remove temporary SWPPP measures and dispose of any pollutants in legal manner offsite, or as otherwise required by SWPPP TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS 01 5723-3 3.02 PERFORMANCE A. Minimum Water Quality Protection Requirements 1. The Contractor is required to meet the following minimum standards of good housekeeping: a. Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on site and may not be transported from the site via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural drainage, or wind. b. Stockpiles of earth and other construction-related materials must be protected from being transported from the site by wind or water. c. Fuels, oils, solvents, and other toxic materials must be stored in accordance with their listing and are not to contaminate the soil nor the surface waters. All approved toxic storage containers are to be protected from the weather. Spills must be cleaned up immediately and disposed of in a proper manner. Spills may not be washed into the drainage system. d. Excess or waste concrete may not be washed into the public way or any drainage system. Provisions shall be made to retain concrete wastes on-site until they can be appropriately disposed of or recycled. e. Trash and construction-related solid wastes must be deposited into a covered receptacle to prevent contamination of rainwater and dispersal by wind. f. Sediments and other materials may not be tracked from the site by vehicle traffic. The construction entrance roadways must be stabilized so as to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public ways. Accidental depositions must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by rain or by any other means. B. Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan 1. The Contractor shall comply with The Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The Contractor shall implement Best Management Practices (BMPs) necessary to control stormwater pollution from sediments, erosion, and construction materials leaving the construction site. 2. The BMPs contained in the Development Best Management Practices Handbook – Part A, Construction Activities cover the following categories of construction activities: a. Site preparation/earth removal b. Underground structures c. Aboveground structures d. Roadways, walkways and parking lots e. Planting and landscaping 3. The SWPPP document shall include the following information: a. The name, location, period of construction, and a brief description of the Project. b. Contact information for the Contractor, including name, address, and telephone number. c. Name, location, and description of any environmentally sensitive areas located on or adjoining the Project. d. A list of major construction materials, waste, and activities. e. A list of BMPs to be used to control pollutant discharges from major construction materials, wastes, and activities. f. A site plan (a construction plan may be used) indicating the location of BMPs where appropriate. g. A certification statement that all required and selected BMPs will be effectively implemented. 4. At least one copy of the approved SWPPP shall be kept at the construction site and accessible to inspectors. TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROLS 01 5723-4 5. Publication on the General Construction Permit details are available at: State Water Resources Control Board Website: http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/construction.shtml California Stormwater Quality Association: http://www.cabmphandbooks.com END OF SECTION 01 5723 SITE WATERING FOR DUST CONTROL 01 5726-1 SECTION 01 5726 - SITE WATERING FOR DUST CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DUST ABATEMENT A. Preventative measures to limit the production of dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity shall be taken in to account. Responsibility for any damage resulting from dust originating from its operations shall be the CONTRACTOR’s. The dust abatement measures shall be maintained at all times during construction of the project, in accordance with the requirements of Navajo County. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary measures to control any and all dust related to or as a result of construction activities under this Contract. The water necessary for the dust control operation will be Owner furnished, beyond that the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide whatever means necessary to accomplish the task of Dust Control. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from construction activities under this Contract. END OF SECTION 01 5726 SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA 01 6010-1 SECTION 01 6010 - SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes, Seismic design criteria for the following: 1. Anchorage design for all contractor/equipment manufacturer supplied mechanical and electrical equipment requiring seismic design for anchorage components (per Section 13 of ASCE 7-16). 2. Seismic design of tanks and anchorage of tanks (per Section 13 and 15 of ASCE 7-16) 3. Seismic design of ducting and suspended piping systems (per Section 13 of ASCE 7-16) 4. Seismic design of architectural components (per Section 13 of ASCE 7-16) 5. Other structures or items as specified or indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Latest Revision of the International Building Code (IBC) B. ASCE Standard 7-16. 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS (PER Ninyo and Moore Geotech Report) A. B. Component Amplification Factor, and Response Modification Factors (ap, and Rp, respectively) in accordance with ASCE 7-16, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.” Reference “Geotechnical Structures Report and General Structural Notes.” C. Seismic parameters for Non-Building Structures Similar to Buildings, in accordance with ASCE 7- 16, “Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.” D. Component Importance Factor, Ip: 1.5 E. Do not use friction to resist sliding due to seismic forces. F. Do not use more than 60 percent of the weight of the mechanical and electrical equipment for designing anchors for resisting overturning due to seismic forces. G. Do not use more than 60 percent of the weight of the tank for resisting overturning due to seismic forces. H. Use anchor bolts, bolts, or welded studs for anchors for resisting seismic forces. Anchor bolts used to resist seismic forces shall have a standard hex bolt head. Do not use anchor bolts fabricated from rod stock with a J shape. Concrete insert anchors/flush shells, chemical anchors, powder actuated fasteners, or other types of miscellaneous anchors shall also not be used unless indicated on the Drawings or accepted in writing by the Engineer. I. Seismic forces must be resisted by direct bearing on the fasteners used to resist seismic forces. Do not use connections which use friction to resist seismic forces. SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA 01 6010-2 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and seismic calculations in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Piping 12 inches and larger diameter shall have calculations submitted. C. The party supplying calculations and pipe support details (registered engineer) does not need to be an employee of the equipment manufacturer’s company. D. Calculations shall be signed and stamped by a Civil or Structural Professional Engineer, registered/licensed to practice in the state where the project is located (note: California registered PE is also acceptable). All calculations shall be provided in English / Imperial units. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 – EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6010 PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 6200-1 SECTION 01 6200 – PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DEFINITIONS A. The word "Products" as used in the Contract Documents is defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the WORK, regardless of whether specifically purchased for the project or taken from stock of previously purchased products. The word "Materials," is defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed or applied to form WORK. The word "Equipment" is defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including products with service connections (wiring, piping and other like items). Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, including "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," special construction" and similar terms, which are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry. B. Neither "Products" nor "Materials" nor "Equipment" includes machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the WORK. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall provide products, materials and equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: Where more than one choice is available as options for selection of a product, material or equipment, select an option, which is compatible with other products, materials or equipment. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product, material and equipment selections. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver and store the product in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and by methods and means that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at the Site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, ensure coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for flammable, hazardous, easily damaged or sensitive materials to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Products shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers and packaging. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products, materials and equipment by methods to prevent soiling and damage. C. Provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Products shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with seals and labels intact and legible. Sensitive products shall be stored in weather -tight climate controlled enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by manufacturer's recommendations. PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 6200-2 B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, products shall be placed on sloped supports above ground. Products subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering and ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation. C. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter. D. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to a ssure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. E. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS IN STORAGE A. Stored products shall be periodically inspected on a scheduled basis. B. Comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements and recommendations. C. Maintain manufacturer-required environmental conditions continuously. D. Ensure that surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely af fected and that weathering of finishes does not occur. E. For mechanical and electrical equipment, provide a copy of the manufacturer's service instructions with each item and the exterior of the package shall contain notice that instructions are included. F. Products shall be serviced on a regularly scheduled basis, and a log of services shall be maintained and submitted as a record document prior to final acceptance by the ENGINEER in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6200 MOBILIZATION 01 7113-1 SECTION 01 7113 – MOBILIZATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Mobilization shall include verification by the CONTRACTOR that all permits have been obtained; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings and other construction facilities; and implementing security requirements; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the WORK. Mobilization shall include the following principal items: 1. Moving onto the site all materials and equipment required for first month operations 2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring and lighting facilities if applicable 3. Establishing a fire protection system as required. 4. Developing a construction water supply as required. 5. Providing field office trailers, complete with all specified furnishings and utility services (if available) including telephones, telephone appurtenances and copying machine 6. Providing all on-site communication facilities including telephones 7. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities 8. Arranging for and erection of work and storage yard 9. Constructing and implementing security features and requirements complying with Section 01 3553 – Security Procedures. 10. Obtaining all required permits for the project. 11. Comply with all OSHA required notices and establish a safety program 12. Having the superintendent or authorized representatives at the job site as required for execution of the work 13. Provide and implement an on-site Construction SWPPP features and requirements complying with Section 01 5713 – Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. 14. Provide and implement an on-site Dust Control Plan features and requirements complying with Section 01 5719 – Temporary Environmental Control. 15. Upon start of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install a Project Identification Sign. The sign shall be painted by a professional experienced in sign painting. The paint used shall resist weathering and fading for the scheduled construction project duration. Two, 4”X4”X8’ supports shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR. The project identification sign shall be securely bolted to the supports and shall be installed and located as directed by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall repair the sign structure and supports as necessary for the duration of the project. The sign and supports shall be maintained in a neat and clean condition. The CONTRACTOR shall remove and properly dispose of the sign upon completion of the project. Costs associated with supplying, erecting, and maintaining the project identification sign shall be considered incidental to the contract and no separate payment will be allowed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7113 FIELD ENGINEERING 01 7123-1 SECTION 01 7123 – FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Field engineering to establish lines and grades for the Work. B. Related Sections: Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures 1.02 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the initial surveying and staking control for the project. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the initial staking of the property and easement limits, clearing limits, influent and effluent lines, utilities, and excavation limits staking of structure corners with offsets as necessary for construction. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary staking following the OWNER initial staking as completed during the design of this project, as required to construct all items included in the plans and Scope of Work. C. The ENGINEER shall survey the location of any underground utility line that the CONTRACTOR installs. This shall include all joints, hydrants and services. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER 48 hours in advance of backfilling to allow scheduling. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Surveyor or Engineer: Registered civil engineer or land surveyor in state where Project is located. B. Accuracy of stakes, alignments, and grades may be checked randomly by ENGINEER. 1. Notice of when checking will be conducted will be given. 2. When notice of checking is given, postpone parts of the Work affected by stakes, alignments or grades to be checked until checked. 3. Do not assume that ENGINEER's check substitutes or complements required field quality control procedures. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINES, AND GRADES A. Execute the Work in accordance with the lines and grades indicated. B. Make distances and measurements on horizontal planes, except elevations and structural dimensions. 1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Basic reference line, a beginning point on basic reference line, and a bench mark will be provided, by OWNER as defined in the Contract. B. From these reference points, establish other control and reference points as required to properly lay out the Work. C. Locate and protect control points prior to starting sitework, and preserve permanent reference points during construction. 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice. 2. Replace Project control point, when lost or destroyed, in accordance with original survey control. D. Set monuments for principal control points and protect them from being disturbed and displaced. 1. Re-establish disturbed monuments. 2. When disturbed, postpone parts of the Work that are governed by disturbed monuments until such monuments are re-established. FIELD ENGINEERING 01 7123-2 1.06 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Establish minimum of 2 permanent bench marks on site referenced to data established by survey control points. B. Record permanent bench mark locations with horizontal and vertical data on Project Record Documents. C. Assume responsibility for accuracy of stakes, alignments, and grades by performing verifications and checking in accordance with standard surveying practice. D. Locate all utilities installed within the project prior to backfilling. Make a complete survey at the line, hub, or joint locations. 1.07 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Once the CONTRACTOR has reached substantial completion the ENGINEER will survey the site in preparation of Record Documents in conjunction with the CONTRACT ORS supplied as-built as specified in Section 01 7839 – Project Record Documents. The Owners final survey does not relieve the CONTRACTOR from his contractual responsibly. B. Carefully note all deviations or changes from the original drawings and maintain complete, accurate log of control points and survey. C. Submit all utility locate information and surveyed information in hard copy and AutoCAD format. D. Affix civil engineer's or land surveyor's signature and registration number to Record Drawing to certify accuracy of information shown. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the initial surveying and staking control for the project. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the initial staking of the property and easement limits, clearing limits, influent and effluent lines, utilities, and excavation limits staking of structure corners with offsets as necessary for construction B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all required field engineering as necessary to complete the work as defined in the contract. END OF SECTION 01 7123 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 7329-1 SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Perform all WORK associated with cutting and patching for connection to existing service lines. This shall be complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Do not cut and patch in a manner that would result in a failure of the WORK to perform as intended, decreased energy performance, increased maintenance, decreased-operational life or decreased safety. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Match existing materials for cutting and patching work with new materials conforming to Project Requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Inspect conditions prior to WORK to identify scope and type of WORK required. Protect adjacent WORK. Notify CONTRACTOR and OWNER of WORK requiring interruption to building services or OWNER’s operations. B. Perform WORK with Workmen skilled in the trades involved. C. Cutting: Use cutting tools, not chopping tools. Make neat holes. Minimize damage to adjacent work. Check for concealed utilities and structure before cutting. D. Patching: Make patches, seams and joints durable and inconspicuous. Comply with tolerances for new WORK. E. Clean WORK area and areas affected by cutting and patching operations. END OF SECTION 01 7329 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7400-1 SECTION 01 7400 - CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. On a continuous basis, maintain premises free from accumulations of waste, debris and rubbish, caused by operations. B. At completion of WORK, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, machinery and surplus materials, and clean all sight-exposed surfaces; leave Project clean and ready for operation/occupancy. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 7329 – Cutting and Patching 2. Section 01 7700 – Closeout Procedures 1.02 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Hazards control: 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers, and remove from premises daily. 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes, which create hazardous conditions. 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and anti-pollution laws. 1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on Project site without written permission from the OWNER. 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains. 3. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. B. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute cleaning to ensure that grounds and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to prevent blowing dust. C. At reasonable intervals during progress of Work, clean site and public properties, and dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. D. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. E. Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site and legally dispose of at public or private dumping areas off OWNER's property. F. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights. G. Each subcontractor areas of work shall thoroughly be cleaned of all materials and equipment installed from their areas of work. CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7400-2 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning. B. In preparation for substantial completion, conduct final inspection of sight -exposed interior and exterior surface, and of concealed spaces. C. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces. D. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds. E. Maintain cleaning until Project, or portion thereof, is occupied by OWNER. F. The CONTRACTOR shall restore or replace existing property or structures as promptly and practicable as work progresses. END OF SECTION 01 7400 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-1 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Related Sections: 1. Section 00 7000 – Conditions of the Contract 2. Section 01 7400 – Cleaning and Waste Management 1.02 PERFORMANCE CLEAN WATER TESTING A. Clean water testing shall be performed for all phases of the project. Certification of each clean water test shall be provided to the ENGINEER and OWNER prior to Substantial Completion of each phase. B. Perform a pre-start systems check in order to provide an efficient transition for start-up of facility. The performance testing shall proceed as follows: 1. Perform systems checks, which include verification of proper equipment installation, operation, and calibration with the manufacturers or their representatives. Certification of proper operation and installation of the equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR and/ or Manufacturer. 2. Verify the performance of the equipment and controls through full scale operation using clean water. Water shall be conveyed to the facility and the basins shall be filled to their normal operating level. Treated effluent water for testing shall be provided by the OWNER. Disinfection to a minimum of 2 ppm and not to exceed 4 ppm of chlorine shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. A disinfection plan shall be provided to the ENGINEER. 3. Temporary piping and pumping equipment shall be installed by the CONTRACTOR for the conveyance of water to the facility for the purpose of clean water testing. All equipment shall be tested in normal operating mode to verify proper operation of all equipment in conjunction with the plant control system. 4. Water shall be recycled through the plant for a total systems check for a period of at least 24 hours, or until the Engineer has determined that no adjustments are necessary. At discretion and direction of the Engineer, make adjustments or repairs to coordinate the operation of the systems and extend the duration, terminate, and restart the pre-start systems check as necessary. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Submit written certification to that the project phase is substantially complete. B. Submit list of major items to be completed or corrected. C. Engineer will make an inspection within seven days after receipt of certification, together with a representative. D. Should ENGINEER consider that work is substantially complete: 1. Prepare, and submit to ENGINEER, a list of the items to be completed or corrected, as a. determined by on-site observation. 2. Engineer will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion, containing: a. Date of Substantial Completion. b. List of items to be completed or corrected, verified and amended. c. The time required to complete or correct work of listed items. d. Responsibilities for: 1) Insurance 2) Utilities 3) Operation of mechanical, electrical and other systems CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-2 4) Maintenance and cleaning 5) Security e. Signatures of: ENGINEER 3. Complete work listed for completion or correction, within designated time. E. Should ENGINEER consider that work is not substantially complete: 1. He shall immediately notify, in writing, stating reasons. 2. Complete work, and send second written notice to ENGINEER, certifying that Project, or designated portion of project of substantially complete. 3. ENGINEER will re-review work. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. Submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Project has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of ENGINEER and are operational. 5. Project is completed and ready for final inspection. B. ENGINEER will make final on-site observation/review within seven (7) days after receipt of certification. C. Should ENGINEER consider that work is finally complete in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents, he shall prepare and issue the following: 1. Certificate of Completion; 2. Complete sets of As-Builts received; and 3. A Request to make Project Closeout submittals. D. Should ENGINEER consider that work is not finally complete: 1. He shall notify, in writing, stating reasons. 2. Take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send second written notice to ENGINEER certifying that work is complete. 3. ENGINEER will re-review the work. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING UP A. The work will not be considered as completed and final payment made until all final cleanup has been done in a satisfactory manner. See Section 01 7400 – Cleaning and Waste Management for detailed requirements. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following Closeout Submittals upon completion of the Work and at least 7 days prior to submitting Application for Final Payment: 1. Evidence of Compliance and Closeout with Requirements of Governing Authorities. 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Hydrostatic Test Results Documentation for Concrete Structures Section 03 0130 – Maintenance of Cast-In -Place Concrete/Water Leakage Testing. 4. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 5. Equipment Field Service Installation, Certification, Certificate of Warranty and Evidence of Training per Section 01 4333 – Manufacturer’s Field Services. 6. Warranties and Bonds. 7. Keys and Keying Schedule. 8. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens as outlined in Conditions of the Contract. 9. Release of claims as outlined in Conditions of the Contract. 10. Completed As-built Drawings and Documentation. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-3 11. Survey Record Documents as specified in Section 01 7123 – Field Engineering. 12. Certificate of Final Completion. 1.07 EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES A. Submit the following: 1. Certificate of Occupancy 2. Certificate of Inspection: a. Mechanical: 1) City of Seal Beach b. Electrical: 1) City of Seal Beach 1.08 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at Project site, available to OWNER and ENGINEER, one copy of the Contract Documents, shop drawings and other submittals, in good order. 1. Mark and record field changes and detailed information contained in submittals and change orders. 2. Record actual depths, horizontal and vertical location of underground pipes, duct banks and other buried utilities. Reference dimensions to permanent surface features. 3. Identify specific details of pipe connections, location of existing buried features located during excavation, and the final locations of piping, equipment, electrical conduits, manholes, and pull boxes. 4. Identify location of spare conduits including beginning, ending and routing through pull boxes, and manholes. Record spare conductors, including number and size, within spare conduits, and filled conduits. 5. Provide schedules, lists, layout drawings, and wiring diagrams. 6. Make annotations with erasable colored pencil conforming to the following color code: Additions: Red Deletions: Green Comments: Blue Dimensions: Graphite B. Maintain documents separate from those used for construction. 1. Label documents “RECORD DOCUMENTS” C. Keep documents current: 2. Record required information at the time the material and equipment is installed and before permanently concealing. D. Deliver record documents with the transmittal letter containing date, Project title, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER’S name and address, list of documents, and signature of CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. E. During progress meetings, record documents will be reviewed to ascertain that changes have been recorded. 1.09 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. Provide executed Warranty or Guaranty Form if required by Contract Documents. B. Provide specified additional warranties, guarantees, and bonds form manufacturers and suppliers. 1.10 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL COMPLETION A. When the 7-day operational test has been successfully completed, ENGINEER will certify that new facilities are operationally complete. ENGINEER will submit a list of known items (punch-list) still to be completed or corrected prior to contract completion. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700-4 B. List of items to be completed or corrected will be amended as items are resolved by CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. When all items have been completed or corrected, submit written certification that the entire work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents and request final inspection. D. Upon completion of final inspection, ENGINEER will either prepare a written acceptance of the entire work or advise CONSTRUCTION MANAGER of work not complete. If necessary, inspection procedures will be repeated. 1.11 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit final applications in accordance with requirements of Contractual Agreement. 1.12 FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT A. OWNER will issue final certificate in accordance with provisions of Contractual Agreement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7700 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823-1 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for maintenance and operation of equipment furnished under the Contract. Prepare Operating and Maintenance Manual as specified. B. Instruct OWNER’s personnel in the maintenance and operation of equipment and systems as outlined herein. C. In addition to Operating and Maintenance Data, the Manufacturer's printed recommended Installation Practice shall be included. If not part of the Operating and Maintenance Manual, separate written installation instructions shall be provided, serving to assist the CONTRACTOR in equipment installation. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 00 7000 – Conditions of the Contract 2. Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures 1.02 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Every piece of equipment furnished and installed shall be provided with complete maintenance and operations manuals. These shall be detailed in instructions to the OWNER’s personnel. They shall be attractively bound for the OWNER’s records. After approval, the CONTRACTOR shall store all manuals until the completion of the project or until requested by the ENGINEER. The manuals will be stored and delivered to the OWNER in an organized format. B. Provide three (3) hard copies plus one (1) electronic version in PDF format. Two (2) copies shall be delivered to the jobsite shipped with the equipment and one (1) copy shall be delivered to the CONTRACTOR’s main office. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order. 1. CONTRACTOR, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume. 3. List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of: a. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since last progress meeting. b. Subcontractor or installer. c. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. d. Identify the area of responsibility of each. e. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product, by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data: 1. Include only those sheets, which are pertinent to the specific product. References to other sizes and types or models of similar equipment shall be deleted or lined out. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823-2 c. Provide a parts list for all new equipment items, with catalog numbers and other data necessary for ordering replacement parts. d. Delete references to inapplicable information. 3. Clear and concise instructions for the operation, adjustment, lubrication, and other maintenance of the equipment including a lubrication chart. C. Drawings: 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of complete installation. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued: Provide information sheet for OWNER's personnel. 1. Proper procedures in the event of failure. 2. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds. F. The manuals must be approved by the OWNER before final payment on the equipment is made. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 7823 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING 01 1820 -1 SECTION 01 8020 – OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. This section covers the development and implementation of training programs that will identify skills and knowledge necessary to safely and efficiently operate and maintain the Lampson Well Treatment System. B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies, and shall perform all functions and services required to complete the Work as specified herein. With the exception of safety and overview training, training shall be divided into separate categories for operations training and maintenance training with maintenance training further broken down to specific crafts. C. The training requirements specified in other Sections of the Specifications shall be in addition to those specified in this Section. D. No actual operations training of a piece of equipment will be permitted until the equipment is properly installed and is operational. E. Operations training shall be a prerequisite to the beneficial use of the facility or any portion thereof and be completed a minimum of one week prior to the beneficial use of the Lampson Well Treatment System. Maintenance training shall occur after and within thirty (30) days of the beneficial use of the facility 1.02 TRAINING SCOPE A. Manufacturer/Vendor Training 1. Manufacturer supplied (VENDOR) equipment training for all major plant equipment and subsystems shall be provided for the Operations and Maintenance groups as outlined in this section. The VENDOR training shall be provided by qualified instructors of the equipment manufacturers, i.e.: equipment field startup technician or their representative, as approved by the ENGINEER and may include both on and off-site training venues. Generally, manufacturer sales representatives will not be acceptable. 2. Classroom training shall be structured to develop a basic understanding of the design, function and capabilities of the equipment and the interrelationship with the process. In addition, routine operational and preventive maintenance, safety considerations, responses to abnormalities and startup, shutdown and troubleshooting will be covered. 3. Field training shall be scheduled to commence immediately following the classroom training and shall stress hands-on, performance based application of the classroom training. Equipment shall be started and relevant systems and components shall be demonstrated. 4. Off-site training, primarily for the technical crafts including Electricians, Instrument Technicians and Mechanics, shall focus on specialized, technical training and shall be provided by the manufacturer at their factory or training facility. In the event, the CITY requests specialized factory training on a particular piece of plant equipment, the contractor shall make arrangements with the applicable equipment manufacturer to provide such training. B. Process Overview, Operations and Safety Training 1. 1.03 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. The pavement OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING 01 1820 -2 restoration requirement to match existing sections shall apply to all components of existing sections, including sub-base, base, and pavement. Temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to the requirements of the affected pavement owner. Pavements that are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines. 1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. General: Protect underground Utilities and other improvements, which may be impaired during construction operations, regardless of whether or not the Utilities are indicated on the Drawings. Take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen Utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. B. Except where the Drawings indicate Utilities have been field located during design or certain Utility locations shall be exposed as part of the WORK, responsibility for exploratory excavations as it deems necessary to determine the exact locations and depths of Utilities, which may interfere with its work shall be required. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays progress. C. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the utility. D. OWNER's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right-of-way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the WORK of this Contract. E. Underground Utilities Indicated: Existing Utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known prior to excavation and that are to be retained. All Utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced, unless otherwise repaired by the owner of the damaged Utility. If the owner of the damaged facility performs its own repairs, reimbursement to said owner for the costs of repair shall be required. F. Underground Utilities Not Indicated: In the event that the existing utility lines are damaged that are not indicated or the locations of which are not made known prior to excavation, a verbal report of such damage shall be made immediately, and a written report thereof shall be made promptly thereafter. Immediately notify the owner of the damaged Utility. If directed, repairs shall be made under the provisions for changes and extra work contained in their Contract Agreement. G. Costs of locating and repairing damage, not due to failure to exercise reasonable care and removing or relocating such Utility facilities, not indicated in the Contract Documents, with reasonable accuracy and for equipment on the project, which was actually working on that portion of the WORK which was interrupted or idled by removal or relocation of such Utility facilities, and which was necessarily idled during such work will be paid for as extra work resulting in the issuing of a change order in accordance with the provisions of the Contractual Agreement. H. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged Utility or improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the Utility or improvement owner before being concealed by backfill or other work. I. Maintaining in Service: Unless indicated otherwise, oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the WORK shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other satisfactory arrangements are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. Responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations shall be required, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TRAINING 01 1820 -3 1.05 NOTIFICATION A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way, notify the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 3 days nor more than 7 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire. PART 1 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 2 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 8020 MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100-1 SECTION 02 0100 - MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The WORK of this Section as defined in the Contract includes all work necessary to satisfactorily prepare the site as shown on the accepted drawings and as specified herein. Following this preparation, the site shall be in such a condition as to easily continue with the next operation whether it be excavating, backfilling, or any other operations that are a part of the project. Site preparation includes clearing, grubbing, grading, tree and shrub removal, native grass stripping and removing and disposing of all debris within the limits of the project and such other areas as may be indicated on the plans or required work, except such objects as are designated to remain or are to be removed in accordance with the plans. This work shall also include the preservation from injury or defacement of all vegetation and objects designated to remain. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 1400 – Work Restrictions 2. Section 01 1420 – Protection of Existing Facilities 3. Section 01 3100 – Project Management and Coordination 4. Section 01 5713 – Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control 5. Section 01 5719 – Temporary Environmental Controls 6. Section 01 5726 – Site Watering for Dust Control 7. Section 01 7113 – Mobilization 8. Section 01 7123 – Field Engineering 9. Division 31 – Earthwork C. Soils Report: This work shall conform to the requirements of the latest Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Submit clearing limits, staging, and site access plans and limits. 1.03 SITE SURVEY AND LAYOUT A. The CONTRACTOR shall establish construction, and clearing limits by providing the initial site survey and field staking. The initial staking will include property line limits, casements and access points and structure locations with 100 ft offsets. The OWNER shall provide the contractor the survey data for the project to include the survey control points, hubs, etc and benchmarks for the site. The contractor shall layout required construction staking as defined in Section 01 7123 – Field Engineering. 1.04 PERMITS A. Verify all required permits have been secured for this work. Comply with applicable local Air Pollution Control requirements. In the absence of specific ordinances, periodic watering shall be done to control dust throughout the work. Make all necessary arrangements for water required for this work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 0100-2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRIMARY SITE ACCESS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide clearing, grubbing, and stripping as defined in the contract. B. The CONTRACTOR shall develop any necessary access to the Site, including access entrance barriers to prohibit entry of unauthorized persons as defined in the Contract. The contractor shall provide at the project site access barriers to prohibit entry of unauthorized persons as defined in the Contract. C. Adequately support existing structures, sidewalks, slabs, pavements, utilities, and other facilities that may be affected by the proposed construction as defined in the Contract. D. Utility Interference: Where existing utilities interfere with the WORK, notify the utility ow ner before proceeding in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.02 CLEARING, GRUBBING AND STRIPPING A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform this work as defined in the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. B. Construction areas shall be cleared of grass and weeds to at least a depth of 1 inch and cleared of structures, pavement, sidewalks, concrete or masonry debris, trees, logs, upturned stumps, loose boulders, and any other objectionable material of any kind which would interfere with the performance or completion of the WORK, create a hazard to safety, or impair the subsequent usefulness of the WORK, or obstruct its operation. Trees and other natural vegetation outside the actual lines of construction shall be protected from damage during construction. C. Within the limits of clearing, the areas below the natural ground surface shall be grubbed to a depth necessary to remove all stumps, roots, buried logs and all other objectionable material. Septic tanks, drain fields, and connection lines and any other underground structures, debris or waste shall be removed if found on the Site. All objectionable material from the clearing and grubbing process shall be removed from the Site and wasted in approved safe locations. 3.03 OVER EXCAVATION, REGRADING AND BACKFILL UNDER FILL AREAS A. All grading and excavation shall conform to the requirements of the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. 3.04 EXISTING UTILITY SERVICES A. At start of work, CONTRACTOR shall locate and identify all utility services located within the construction limits (both underground and overhead). Utilize Blue Stake services and private location services as required, including potholing as may be necessary. B. CONTRACTOR shall disconnect or reroute all existing services, where such services will be affected by construction operations. Comply with all instructions issued during the pre-construction conference regarding coordination, advance notice, emergency repairs, etc. C. All DISCONNECTIONS OR TERMINATIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SAFE MANNER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS. PROVIDE ANY DISCONNECTS SWITCHES, VALVES, PLUGS, TEES, ETC., AS REQUIRED FOR THE VARIOUS LOCATIONS. END OF SECTION 02 0100 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DEMOLITION AND STRUCTURE MOVING 02 4000-1 SECTION 02 4000 - DEMOLITION AND STRUCTURE MOVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENT A. Items required to be removed: 1. Reference plans for existing items to be removed. Removable items may include, but are not limited to concrete paving, asphaltic concrete pavement, base courses, manholes, and pipes. 1.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for disposal of debris. B. Coordinate removal work with utility companies or appropriate party. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain advance approval from ENGINEER for dimensions and limits of removal work. B. Identify known utilities below grade. Stake and flag locations. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect following from damage or displacement: 1. Adjacent public and private property. 2. Trees, plants, and other landscape features designated to remain. 3. Utilities designated to remain. 4. Pavement and utility structures designated to remain. 5. Bench marks, monuments, and existing structures designated to remain. 3.03 REMOVALS A. Remove pavements and structures by methods that will not damage underground utilities. Do not use drop hammer near existing underground utilities. B. Minimize amount of earth loaded during removal operations. C. Where existing pavement is to remain, make straight saw cuts in existing pavement to provide clean breaks prior to removal. Do not break concrete pavement or base with drop hammer unless concrete or base has been saw cut to minimum depth of 2 inches. D. When street and driveway saw cut location is greater than one-half of pavement lane width, remove pavement for full lane width or to nearest longitudinal joint as directed by ENGINEER. E. Remove sidewalks and curbs to nearest existing dummy, expansion, or construction joint. F. Unless noted otherwise or indicated in the Contract Documents, existing ends of pipe culverts or end of sewers which are to remain, shall have a 8-inch-thick masonry plug in pipe installed in the end of the pipe prior to backfill, with the backfill constructed in accordance with requirements of Section 31 0000 - Earthwork. 3.04 BACKFILL A. Backfill of removal areas shall be in accordance with requirements of Division 31 - Earthwork. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. Inlet frames, grates, and plates; and manhole frames and covers, may remain City property. Disposal shall be in accordance with requirements of Section 01 5719– Temporary Environmental Controls. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DEMOLITION AND STRUCTURE MOVING 02 4000-2 B. Remove from site, debris resulting from work under this section in accordance with requirements of Section 01 5719 – Temporary Environmental Controls. END OF SECTION 02 4000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAVING REMOVAL 02 4113-1 SECTION 02 4113 - PAVING REMOVAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Excavation and compaction of materials for roadways and excavation and compaction of materials for roadside ditches. B. Soils Report: This work shall conform to the requirements of the latest Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ASTM D698 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12.44 ft-lbf/ft3). ASTM D2216 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass. ASTM D2922 Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D3017 Standard Test Method for Water content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 1. Provide backfill which is excavated material, graded free of roots, lumps greater than 6 inches, rocks larger than 3 inches, organic material, and debris. A. Provide structural backfill which is select material meeting following requirements: 1. Plasticity index: not less than 12 nor more than 20. 2. Maximum liquid limit: 45 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Road excavation and backfill shall be in accordance with the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. B. Identify required lines, levels, and datum. Coordinate with Section 01 7123 - Field Engineering. C. Identify and flag surface and aerial utilities. D. Notify utility companies to remove or relocate utilities. E. Identify, stake, and flag known utility locations below grade. Make temporary or permanent relocation of underground pipes, ducts, or utilities where indicated on Drawings. F. Upon discovery of unknown or badly deteriorated utilities, or concealed conditions, discontinue work. Notify ENGINEER and obtain instructions before proceeding in such areas. PAVING REMOVAL 02 4113-2 3.02 PROTECTION A. Protect Following from Damage or Displacement: 1. Trees, shrubs, lawns, existing structures, and other features outside of grading limits 2. Utilities either above or below grade, which are to remain 3.03 SOIL EXCAVATION A. Excavate to lines and grades shown on Drawings. B. Remove unsuitable material not meeting specifications. Backfill with embankment materials and compact to requirements of Division 31 – Earthwork. C. At intersections, grade back at minimum slope of one inch per foot. Produce smooth riding junction with intersecting street. Maintain proper drainage. D. When area is inadvertently over excavated, fill area in a ccordance with requirements of Division 31 – Earthwork at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Remove material not qualified for use and excess soil not being reused from site in accordance with requirements of Section 01 5719 Temporary Environmental Controls. 3.04 COMPACTION A. Maintain optimum moisture content of subgrade to attain required density. B. Compact to following minimum densities at moisture content of optimum to 3 percent above optimum as determined by ASTM D698, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings: 1. Areas under future paving and shoulders: Minimum density of 95 percent of maximum dry density 2. Other areas: Minimum density of 90 percent of maximum dry density 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Top of compacted surface 1. Plus or minus 1/2 inch in cross section, or in 16-foot length B. Field Quality Control 1. Testing will be performed under provisions of Division 31 – Earthwork. 2. Test and analysis of soil materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D4318, ASTM D2216, and ASTM D698. C. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D698 or ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017. D. A minimum of three tests will be taken for each 1000 linear feet per lane of roadway. E. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified compaction requir ements, recondition moisture content as required, recompact, and retest until specified requirements are achieved. Where reconditioning and recompaction do not achieve specified requirements, remove and replace nonconforming Work, compact, and retest until specified requirements are achieved. Perform corrective work and retesting at no additional cost to Owner. Corrective measures for soft/unstable/pumping subgrade shall conform to Section 31 2323, 3.07. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Prevent erosion at all times. Maintain ditches and cut temporary swales to allow natural drainage in order to avoid damage to roadway. Do not allow water to pond. B. Distribute construction traffic evenly over compacted areas, where practical, to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed areas having high moisture content from wheel loads that cause rutting. C. Maintain excavation and embankment areas until start of subsequent work. Repair and recompact slides, washouts, settlements, or areas with loss of density. PAVING REMOVAL 02 4113-3 END OF SECTION 02 4113 MAINTENANCE OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE/ WATER LEAKAGE TESTING 03 0130-1 SECTION 03 0130 - MAINTENANCE OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE / WATER LEAKAGE TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall clean, flush, and test hydraulic structures and appurtenant piping, in accordance with ACI 350.1/350.1R Tightness Testing of Environmental Concrete Structures. However, if any local or state ordinances/regulations exist regarding this test procedure the ENGINEER should be notified immediately. The ENGINEER shall review the regulation and determine if it is applicable to the project prior to commencement of construction. Following the review the most stringent will govern. B. The ACI 350.1/350.1R standard hydrostatic test (HST) criteria for these hydraulic structures ar e expressed as the maximum allowable percent loss per day of the test water volume. The designation for these structures is HST-050 or 0.050% per day of volume loss for all the structures. C. It is the intent of this specifications section to compliment the requirements of ACI 350.1/350.1R not to override them. All testing requirements shall be per section 1.1A. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish per Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures B. Testing Plan, Methods & Schedule for preliminary & final testing C. Testing Documentation Recording Forms for preliminary & final testing D. Methods of leak repair and product information E. Upon completion of the test submit the completed Testing Documentation Recording Form showing results of test, dates etc. as required by the form for preliminary & final testing. 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 3000 – Cast in Place Concrete 2. Section 03 6000 – Grouting 3. Section 03 6423 – Epoxy Injection Grouting PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary valves, bulkheads, or other water control equipment and materials shall be as determined by the CONTRACTOR subject to the Engineer’s review. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to the facility or its future function. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit for review a form that will be used to record and document the testing as required in this section. At a minimum, the form shall include the project name, tank description, tank size, width, height, max operating depth, total volume in gallons of water required for testing, calculating allowable loss without evaporation, recorded readings with applicable reading dates, daily weather conditions, water temperature at 18 inches, recorded evaporations and signature and date blocks for the person recording the readings and a witness. In addition, the preliminary testing form shall include space for documentation of the visual inspection of each tank wall, which shall describe any leaks. The description of the leaks shall define the type of leak and methods of resolution. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MAINTENANCE OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE/ WATER LEAKAGE TESTING 03 0130-2 B. Water for testing will be furnished by the OWNER; however, the CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary provisions for conveying the water from the OWNER designated source to the points of use as per the Contract. C. The initial filling of a new tank shall not exceed a rate of 4ft/hr. Filling shall be continued until the water surface is at the design maximum liquid level or 4 inches. below any fixed overflow level, whichever is lower. D. All hydraulic structures and appurtenant pressure piping shall be tested; those for potable water shall also be disinfected. Disinfection shall be accomplished by chlorination. All chlorinating and testing operations shall be done in the presence of the ENGINEER. E. If industrial paint finishes or other protective coatings are to be applied to the interior surfaces of the hydraulic structure, such coatings shall be applied after all testing operations have been completed, unless approved by the ENGINEER. However, all construction joints in the tanks shall be caulked as per Section 07 9200 – Joint Sealants. 3.02 PRELIMINARY HYDRAULIC TESTING A. Preliminary hydraulic testing shall conform to the following procedure: 1. All hydraulic structures shall be cleaned by thoroughly hosing down all surfaces with a high - pressure hose and nozzle of sufficient size to deliver a minimum flow of 50 GPM. All water, dirt and foreign material accumulated in this cleaning operation shall be discharged from the structure or otherwise removed. 2. A thorough visual inspection of the tank foundation and walls for cracks shall be performed by the ENGINEER. Repairs shall be done in accordance with Section 03 3000 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 3. Testing shall be performed in accordance with ACI 350.1/350.1R and prior to structure backfilling. The test shall not be performed sooner than 14 days after all portions of structure walls have been completed or at least 85% of design strength for all concrete elements. All pressure relief valves and wall penetrations shall be properly plugged prior to the hydrostatic test as to prevent leakage through the valve during testing. The tank shall be filled to an appropriate level as specified by the ENGINEER and a visual inspection of the outside walls shall be performed to determine any leaks over a 72-hour period. All observation shall be documented and recorded on a daily basis as specified. If leaks are observed, remove all water, repair the necessary areas and retest. The tanks shall have failed the test if water is observed flowing or seeping from the tank or if moisture can be transferred from the exterior surface to the dry hand. 3.03 TESTING OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES A. General: Testing shall conform to American Concrete Institute (ACI) Standard 350.1/350.1R Tightness Testing of Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. Tank structure testing and backfilling shall not be performed sooner than 14 days after all associated tank structural roof systems have been completed or at least 85% of design strength for all concrete elements. All pressure relief valves and wall penetrations shall be properly plugged prior to the hydrostatic test as to prevent leakage through the valve during testing. The test shall consist of filling the structure with water to the maximum operating water surface. B. Leakage Test and Repairs: 1. After the structure has been filled to the test level, the water loss leakage test shall be performed as follows: an initial water level reading shall be made and recorded every 24-hours until the test has been completed. Concrete will be allowed to saturate for three days. After which the actual test shall begin. Measurements shall be taken every 24 hours at 2 separate locations if possible. The test period shall be at least the theoretical time required to lower the water surface 3/8-inches. assuming a loss of water at the maximum allowable rate. The test period need not be longer than five days. In uncovered or well-ventilated covered tanks evaporation and precipitation shall be measured. At the end of the test period, the water surface, temperature, evaporation and precipitation measurements shall be recorded at the B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MAINTENANCE OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE/ WATER LEAKAGE TESTING 03 0130-3 previous locations. The structure shall be considered to have passed the test if the calculated change in water volume in the tank is less than or equal to the HST-050 criteria or 0.05% of the total volume of the tank. The volume loss if necessary can be corrected for evaporation, precipitation and temperature. The tank has failed if the loss is greater that the required criteria. 2. A restart of the test shall be required when test measurement become unrelia ble due to unusual precipitation or other external factors. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall be permitted to immediately retest a tank failing the test when no visible leakage is exhibited. If the tank fails the second time then the CONTRACTOR shall take other methods to determine the probable area(s) of leakage. The tank shall only be retested after the most probable area(s) of leakage are repaired. Any cracks shall be repaired before each test in accordance with Section 03 3000 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. The tanks shall be retested until they meet the required criterion. 3.04 TESTING OF APPURTENANT PIPING A. Piping appurtenant to hydraulic structures shall be tested as specified in Section 33 0110.58 – Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution. END OF SECTION 03 0130 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 1113-1 SECTION 03 1113 – CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all materials for concrete formwork, bracing, shoring and supports and shall design and construct all falsework, all in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein. B. Government Standards: 1. PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood 2. PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard C. Commercial Standards: 1. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete 3. ACI 350R Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals. B. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Proposed falsework showing general layout, sizes of members, anticipated stresses, grade of materials to be used in the falsework, means of protecting existing construction, which supports falsework, and typical soil conditions. 2. Form ties and all related accessories, including taper tie plugs, if taper ties are used. 3. Form gaskets. 4. Water stops 5. Joint location and pouring sequence. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tolerances: The variation from established grade or lines shall not exceed ¼-inch in 10 feet and there shall be no offsets or visible waviness in the finished surface. All other tolerances shall be within the tolerances of ACI 117 and ACI 350R. B. Qualifications of Formwork Manufacturers: Use only for ming systems manufactured by manufacturers having a minimum of five years’ experience, except as otherwise specified, or accepted in writing by the ENGINEER. C. Regulatory Requirements: Install work of this Section in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the ENGINEER, all lumber brought on the job site for use as forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new material. All forms shall be smooth surface forms and shall be of the following materials: 1. Walls: Steel or plywood panel 2. Columns: Steel, plywood or fiber glass 3. Roof and floor: Plywood 4. All other work: Steel panels, plywood or tongue and groove lumber B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 1113-2 2.02 FORM AND FALSEWORK MATERIALS A. Materials for concrete forms, formwork and falsework shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, construction grade or better, in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20. 2. Plywood for concrete formwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin bonded; exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine plywood manufactured especially for concrete formwork and shall conform to the requirements of PS 1 for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed. 3. Form materials shall be metal, wood, plywood or other approved material that will not adversely affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of concrete to the shape, form, line and grade shown. Metal forms shall be an approved type that will accomplish such results. Wood forms for surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO Ext. Grade. B. Unless otherwise shown, exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided with ¾-inch chamfers. Re-entrant corners in concrete members shall not have fillets unless otherwise shown. C. Forms and falsework to support the roof and floor slabs shall be designed for the total dead load, plus a live load of 50 psf (minimum). The minimum design load for combined dead and live loads shall be 100 psf. 2.03 FORM TIES A. Form ties shall be provided with a plastic cone or other suitable means for forming a conical hole to ensure that the form tie may be broken off back of the face of the concrete. The maximum diameter of removable cones for rod ties, or of other removable form-tie fasteners having a circular cross-section, shall not exceed 1½ inches; and all such fasteners shall be such as to leave holes of regular shape for reaming. Form ties for water-retaining structures shall have integral waterstops. Integral waterstops shall tightly fit the form tie so that they cannot be moved from mid -point of the tie. Form ties shall be Burke Penta-Tie System by The Burke Company; Richmond Snap-Tys by the Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or ENGINEER approved equal. B. Removable taper ties may be used when approved by the ENGINEER. A preformed neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug sized to seat at the center of the wall shall be inserted in the hole left by the removal of the taper tie. Use Burke Taper-Tie System by The Burke Company; Taper-Ty by the Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or ENGINEER approved equal. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used wherever necessary. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the adequate design of all forms, and any forms, which are unsafe or inadequate in any respect, shall promptly be removed from the WORK and replaced at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Provide worker protection from protruding reinforcement bars in accordance with applicable safety codes. A sufficient number of forms of each kind shall be provided to permit the required rate of progress to be maintained. The design and inspection of concrete forms, falsework and shoring shall comply with applicable local, state and Federal regulations. Plumb and string lines shall be installed before concrete placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used by CONTRACTOR personnel and by the ENGINEER, shall be in sufficient number, and properly installed. During concrete placement, the CONTRACTOR shall continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct deficiencies. B. Concrete forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members as called for on the Contract Drawings, and shall be substantial, free from surface defects, and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. Forms shall be properly braced or tied together to maintain their position and shape under a load of freshly placed concrete. If adequate foundation for shores cannot be secured, trussed supports shall be provided. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 1113-3 3.02 FORM DESIGN A. All forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating the concrete. Suitable and effective means shall be provided on all forms for holding adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in accurate alignment to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets or similar surface defects in the finished concrete. Plywood, 5/8 -inch and greater in thickness, may be fastened directly to studding if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection marks in the concrete. The forms shall be tight to prevent the loss of water, cement and fines during placing and vibrating of the concrete. Specifically, the bottom of wall forms that rest on concrete footings or slabs shall be provided with a gasket to prevent loss of fines and paste during placement and vibration of concrete. Such gasket may be a 1- to 1½-inch diameter polyethylene rod held in position to the underside of the wall form. Adequate clean-out holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of forms. The size, number and location of such clean -outs shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. Whenever concrete cannot be placed from the top of a wall form in a manner that meets the requirements of the Contract Documents, form windows shall be provided in, the size and spacing needed to allow placement of concrete to the requirements of Section 03 0300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. The size, number and location of such form windows shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION A. Vertical Surfaces: All vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where placement of the concrete against the ground is shown. Not less than 1-inch of concrete shall be added to the thickness of the concrete member as shown where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms. Such permission will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed. B. Construction Joints: Concrete construction joints will not be permitted at locations other than those shown or specified, except as may be acceptable to the ENGINEER. When a second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory affect whatsoever on the concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor bolts shall be set in the forms where required. C. Form Ties: 1. Embedded Ties: Holes left by the removal of form tie cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers to leave the surface of the holes clean and rough before being filled with mortar as specified for "Finish of Concrete Surfaces" in Section 03 0300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. Wire ties for holding forms will not be permitted. No form-tying device or part thereof, other than metal, shall be left embedded in the concrete. Ties shall not be removed in such manner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concrete members. The use of snap-ties, which cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal, will not be permitted. If steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss of cement paste. Where metal rods extending through the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate not less than 1-inch back from the formed face or faces of the concrete. 2. Removable Ties: Where taper ties are approved for use, the larger end of the taper tie shall be on the wet side of walls in water retaining structures. After the taper tie is removed, the hole shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened for bond. A precast neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be located at the wall centerline. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink grout for water bearing and below-grade walls. The hole shall be completely filled with non- shrink or regular cement grout for above-grade walls, which are dry on both sides. Exposed faces of walls shall have the outer 2 inches of the exposed face filled with a cement grout, which shall match the color and texture of the surrounding wall surface or approved equal. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 1113-4 3.04 REUSE OF FORMS A. Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the ENGINEER. Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform surface texture on all exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as surfaces, which are permanently exposed to view. In the case of forms for the inside wall surfaces of hydraulic/water retaining structures, unused tie rod holes in forms shall be covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods acceptable to the ENGINEER. 3.05 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this work shall be done with care to avoid injury to the concrete. No heavy loading on green concrete will be permitted. In the case of roof slabs and above-ground floor slabs, forms shall remain in place until test cylinders for the roof concrete attain a minimum compressive strength of 75% of the 28 -day strength specified in 03 0300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete; provided, that no forms shall be disturbed or removed under an individual panel or unit before the concrete in the adjacent panel or unit has attained 75% of the specified 28-day strength and has been in place for a minimum of 7 days. The time required to establish said strength shall be as determined by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall contract with a testing agency that will make several test cylinders for this purpose from concrete used in the first group of roof panels placed. If the time so determined is more than the 7-day minimum, then that time shall be used as the minimum length of time. Forms for all vertical walls of waterholding structures shall remain in place at least 36 hours after the concrete has been placed; or, timeframe based upon pre-approved CONTRACTOR pour schedule. Forms for all parts of the WORK not specifically mentioned herein shall remain in place for periods of time as recommended in ACI 347. 3.06 MAINTENANCE OF FORMS A. Forms shall be maintained at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness and smoothness of surface. Forms, when in place, shall conform to the established alignment and grades. Before concrete is placed, the forms shall be thoroughly cleaned. The form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil or other lubricant acceptable to the ENGINEER. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily removed before placing the concrete. Where field oiling of forms is required, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the oiling at least two weeks in advance of their use. Care shall be exercised to keep oil off the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete. 3.07 FALSEWORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design, engineering, construction, maintenance, and safety of all falsework, including staging, walkways, forms, ladders, and similar appurtenances, which shall equal or exceed the applicable requirements of the provisions of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction and the requirements specified herein. B. All falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the necessary rigidity and to support the loads. Falsework for the support of a superstructure shall be designed to support the loads that would be imposed if the entire superstructure were placed at one time. C. Falsework shall be placed upon a solid footing, safe against undermining, and protected from softening. When the falsework is supported on timber piles, the maximum calculated pile loading shall not exceed 20 tons. When falsework is supported on any portion of the structure, which is already constructed, the load imposed by the falsework shall be spread, distributed and brac ed in such a way as to avoid any possibility of damage to the structure. END OF SECTION 03 1113 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150-1 SECTION 03 0150 – CONCRETE ACCESSORIES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Provision of waterstops embedded in concrete and spanning control, expansion, and/or construction joints to create a continuous diaphragm to prevent fluid migration. B. Provision of strip applied expanding waterstop, embedded in concrete and spanning pipe penetrations, to create a continuous diaphragm for prevention of fluid migration. 1.02 REFERENCES A. PVC Waterstop: 1. Corps of Engineers: CRD-C 572-74 2. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 3. Bureau of Reclamation: C-902 4. Canadian General Standards Board: 41-GP-35M Types 1 & 3 B. Hydrophilic Waterstop: American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 013300 – Submittals. B. Product Data: 1. Polyvinyl chloride waterstop: data of complete physical properties. 2. Stripped applied waterstop: data of complete physical properties. C. Samples: 1. Polyvinyl chloride Waterstop 2. Strip applied waterstop 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. PVC waterstops: Store waterstops under tarps to protect from oil, dirt, sunlight, and premature exposure to water. B. Strip applied waterstop: 1. Protect waterstops from exposure to moisture that may cause premature waterstop expansion. 2. Store waterstops under cover to protect from oil, dirt, and sunlight. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC WATERSTOPS FOR JOINTS A. Provide flexible PVC (polyvinyl chloride) waterstop as manufactured by Greenstreak, Ribbed with Centerbulb. Models No’s 735, 696, or equal. B. PVC Waterstops shall be used at all process tank perimeter and interior walls, to provide a migration barrier and watertight structure, protecting the tank exterior environment from the tank process water. C. PVC Waterstops shall be constructed with use of starter walls, where there are conflicts with top or outer reinforcement bars at a joint. D. For retrofit waterstop installations Greenstreak Model 581 or 667 shall be used. E. For non-moving joints, provide flexible PVC waterstop as manufactured by Greenstreak, Flat Ribbed Model No’s 679, 646, or equal. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150-2 F. The PVC waterstop shall be extruded from an elastomeric plastic material of which the basic resin is prime virgin polyvinyl chloride. The PVC compound shall not contain any scrapped or reclaimed material or pigment whatsoever. G. Performance Requirements as follows: Property Test Method Required Limits Water absorption ASTM D570 0.15% max Tear Resistance ASTM D624 200 lb/in (35 kN/m) min. Ultimate Elongation ASTM D638 350% min. Tensile Strength ASTM D638 2000 psi (13.78 Mpa) min. Low Temperature Brittleness ASTM D746 No Failure @ -35o F (-37o C) Stiffness in Flexure ASTM D747 600 psi (4.13 Mpa) min. Specific Gravity ASTM D792 1.45 max. Hardness, Shore A ASTM D2240 79 +3 Tensile Strength after accelerated extraction CRD-C572 1850 psi (11.03 Mpa) min. Elongation after accelerated extraction CRD-C572 300% min. Effect of Alkalies after 7 days: Weight Change Hardness Change CRD-C572 between -0.10% / +0.25% +/- 5 points 2.02 STRIP APPLIED WATERSTOP FOR PIPING & PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE TANK A. Provide strip applied expanding waterstop comprised of bentonite clay, hydrophilic polymers, and butyl rubber. Product shall be SWELLSTOP, as supplied by Greenstreak, Inc., or equal. B. Performance Requirements: Property Test Method Required Limits Specific Gravity ASTM D71 1.55 +/- 5% Penetration ASTM D217 @ 77o F 40 +/- 5 at 150 GTL Volatile Matter ASTM D6 1% max. Application Temperature Range -10o to 125o F (-23o - 52o C) Service Temperature Range -30o to 180o F (-34o - 82o C) 2.03 HYDROPHILIC / STRIP APPLIED WATERSTOP FOR CONCRETE CAST AGAINST EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES AND FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE TANK A. Provide strip applied expanding waterstop comprised of modified chloropene rubber. Product shall be “HYDROTITE”, as supplied by Greenstreak, Inc., CJ-1030-4M, or equal. B. The waterstop shall be a combination of chloroprene rubber and chloroprene rubber modified to impart hydrophilic properties. C. The waterstop shall have a delay coating to inhibit initial expansion due to moisture present in fresh concrete. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150-3 D. Performance Requirements as follows: 1. Chloroprene Rubber: Property Test Method Required Limits Tensile Strength ASTM D412 1300 PSI min. Ultimate Elongation ASTM D412 400% min. Hardness (Shore A) ASTM D2240 50 +/- 5 Tear Resistance ASTM D624 100 /inch min. 2. Modified Chloroprene (Hydrophilic) Rubber: Property Test Method Required Limits Tensile Strength ASTM D412 350 PSI min. Ultimate Elongation ASTM D412 600% min. Hardness (Shore A) ASTM D2240 52 +/- 5 Tear Resistance ASTM D624 50 lb/inch Expansion Ratio Volumetric Change - Distilled Water @ 70o F 3 to 1 min. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. PVC Waterstops: 1. Provide factory made waterstop fabrications for all changes of direction, intersections, and transitions leaving only straight butt joint splices for the field. 2. Provide hog rings or grommets spaced at 12 inches on center along length of waterstop. 3. Provide Teflon coated thermostatically controlled waterstop splicing irons for fie ld butt splices. B. Strip Applied Waterstops: 1. Provide SWELLSTOP Primer Adhesive to continuously secure SWELLSTOP to concrete or equal. 2. Provide concrete nails as required to secure SWELLSTOP and HYDROTITE in vertical or overhead applications or equal. 3. On rough concrete surfaces apply LEAKMASTER to smooth surfaces and adhere to HYDROTITE. 101 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. PVC Waterstop: 1. Refer to manufacturer installation recommendations. 2. Field butt splices shall be heat fused welded using a teflon covered thermostatically controlled waterstop splicing iron at approximately 380 degrees F. Follow approved manufacturer recommendations. 3. Lapping of waterstop, use of adhesives, or solvents shall not be allowed. 4. Center waterstop in joint and secure waterstop in correct position using hog rings or grommets spaced at 12” on centers along the length of the waterstop and wire tie to adjacent reinforcing steel. B. Strip Applied Waterstop: 1. Refer to manufacturer installation recommendations. 2. Apply primer/adhesive to dry pipe or pipe sleeve surface, 2 inches wide continuously along the joint, maintaining a minimum of 2 inches clear cover to concrete face. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 03 0150-4 3. Primer adhesive shall be allowed to “dry to the touch” (typically 30 minutes to several hours; dependent on site conditions) prior to application of waterstop. 4. Continuously adhere waterstop to pipe or pipe sleeve utilizing primer adhesive and maintaining a minimum of 2 inches clear cover to concrete face. 5. Apply waterstop the same day as primer adhesive. 6. Waterstop shall be butt spliced pressing ends together ensuring no separation or air pockets 7. Protect waterstop from moisture, dirt, oil, and sunlight during the progress of the work 8. Remove release paper from waterstop immediately prior to concrete placement. 9. Inspect waterstop for premature swelling, discontinuity, and debris contamination prior to concrete pour. Replace unacceptable waterstop. 10. Place and thoroughly vibrate concrete, taking care not to disturb or displace the waterstop. Do not allow vibrator to contact the waterstop. END OF SECTION 03 0150 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 1516-1 SECTION 03 1516 – CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Construct all joints in concrete at the locations shown. Joints required in concrete structures are of various types and will be permitted only where shown, unless specifically accepted by the ENGINEER. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ASTM C920 Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM D412 Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension ASTM D624 Test Method for Rubber Property -- Tear Resistance ASTM D638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D746 Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by Impact ASTM D747 Test Method for Apparent Bending Modulus of Plastics by Means of a Cantilever Beam ASTM D1056 Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials -- Sponge or Expanded Rubber ASTM D1752 Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction ASTM D2240 Test Method for Rubber Property -- Durometer Hardness ASTM D2241 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR- Series) 1.03 TYPES OF JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Provide where shown on the plans. When fresh concrete is placed against a hardened concrete surface, the joint between the two (2) pours is called a construction joint. Unless otherwise specified, all joints in water bearing members shall be provided with a waterstop and sealant groove of the shape specified and shown. The space so formed shall be filled with a joint sealant material as specified in Section 07 9200 – Joint Sealants. B. Contraction Joints: Provide where shown on the plans. Contraction joints are similar to construction joints except that the fresh concrete shall not bond to the hardened surface of the first pour, which shall be coated with a bond breaker. The slab reinforcement shall be stopped 4½ inches from the joint; which is provided with a sleeve-type dowel, to allow shrinkage of the concrete of the second pour. Waterstop and/or sealant groove shall also be provided when specified or shown. C. Expansion Joints: Provide where shown on the plans. To allow the concrete to expand freely, a space is provided between the two pours, the joint shall be formed as shown. This space is obtained by placing a filler joint material against the first pour, which acts as a form for the second pour. Unless otherwise specified, all expansion joints in water bearing members shall be provided with a waterstop as shown. D. The space so formed shall be filled with a joint sealant material as specified in Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant. In order to keep the two (2) walls or slab elements in line the joint shall also be provided with a sleeve-type dowel as shown. E. Control Joints: The function of the control joint is to provide a weaker plane in the concrete, where shrinkage cracks will probably occur. Saw-cut in the concrete shall be provided at a minimum of 15 feet in both North/South and East/West directions. Control joints shall be 3/8 inch in width. This groove is afterward filled with a joint sealant material as specified in Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 1516-2 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Waterstops: Prior to production of the material required under this contract, qualification samples shall be submitted. Such samples shall consist of extruded or molded sections of each size or shape to be used, and shall be accomplished so that the material and workmanship represents in all respects the material to be furnished under this contract. The balance of the material to be used under this contract shall not be produced until after the ENGINEER has reviewed the qualification samples. As defined in Section 03 0150 - Concrete Accessories. C. Joint Location: Submit placement shop drawings showing the location and type of all joints for each structure, along with the associated pour sequence. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waterstop Inspection: It is required that all waterstop field joints shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no such work shall be scheduled or started without having made prior arrangements with the ENGINEER to provide for the required inspections. Not less than 24 hour notice shall be provided to the ENGINEER for scheduling such inspections. B. All field joints in waterstops shall be subject to rigid inspection for misalignment, bubbles, inadequate bond, porosity, cracks, offsets and other defects, which would reduce the potential resistance of the material to water pressure at any point. All defective joints shall be replaced with material, which shall pass said inspection, and all faulty material shall be removed from the site and disposed of at no additional cost. C. The following waterstop defects represent a partial list of defects, which shall be grounds for rejection: 1. Offsets at joints greater than 1/16-inch or 15% of material thickness, at any point, whichever is less. 2. Exterior crack at joint, due to incomplete bond, which is deeper than 1/16 -inch or 15% of material thickness, at any point, whichever is less. 3. Any combination of offset or exterior crack which will result in a net reduction in the cross section of the waterstop in excess of 1/16-inch or 15% of material thickness at any point, whichever is less. 4. Misalignment of joint, which result in misalignment of the waterstop in excess of ½-inch in 10 feet. 5. Porosity in the welded joint as evidenced by visual inspection. 6. Bubbles or inadequate bonding which can be detected with a penknife test. (If, while prodding the entire joint with the point of a pen knife, the knife breaks through the outer portion of the weld into a bubble, the joint shall be considered defective.) D. Waterstop Samples: Prior to use of the waterstop material in the field, a sample of each size or shape of material to be used shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review. These samples shall be fabricated so that the material and workmanship represent in all respects the fittings to be furnished under this contract. Field samples of fabricated fittings (crosses, tees, etc.) may be selected at random by the ENGINEER for testing by a laboratory at no additional expense to the ENGINEER. When tested, they shall have a tensile strength across the joints equal to at least 600 psi. E. Construction Joint Sealant: See Section 07 9200 – Joint Sealants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC AND HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP A. General: As defined in Section 03 0150 – Concrete Accessories. 2.02 BACKING ROD A. Backing rod shall be an extruded closed-cell, polyethylene foam rod. The material shall be compatible with the joint sealant material used and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 40 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 1516-3 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25% at 8 psi. The rod shall be 1/8-inch larger in diameter than the joint width except that a 1-inch diameter rod shall be used for a ¾-inch-wide joint. 2.03 BOND BREAKER A. Bond breaker shall be Super Bond Breaker as manufactured by Burke Company, San Mateo, California; Select Cure CRB as manufactured by Select Products Co., Upland, California; or ENGINEER approved equal. It shall contain a fugitive dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable. Provide where shown on the plans. 2.04 SLIP DOWELS A. Slip dowels in joints shall be A36 smooth epoxy-coated bars, conforming to ASTM A775. Provide where shown on the plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Waterstops of the type specified herein shall be embedded in the concrete across joints as shown. All waterstops shall be fully continuous for the extent of the joint. Splices necessary to provide such continuity shall be accomplished in conformance to printed instructions of manufacturer of the waterstops. Suitable precautions and means to support and protect the waterstops during the progress of the work and shall repair or replace at its own expense any waterstops damaged during the progress of the work shall be taken. All waterstops shall be stored so as to permit free circulation of air around the waterstop material. B. When any waterstop is installed in the concrete on one side of a joint, while the other half or portion of the waterstop remains exposed to the atmosphere for more than two (2) days, suitable precautions shall be taken to shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. 3.02 SPLICES IN PVC WATERSTOPS A. When applicable, splices in waterstops shall be performed by heat-sealing the adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. It is essential that: 1. The material not be damaged by heat sealing. 2. The splices have a tensile strength of not less than 60 percent of the unspliced materials tensile strength. 3. The continuity of the waterstop ribs and of its tubular center axis be maintained. B. Butt joints of the ends of two (2) identical waterstop sections may be made while the material is in the forms. C. All joints with waterstops involving more than two (2) ends to be jointed together, and all joints which involve an angle cut, alignment change, or the joining of two (2) dissimilar waterstop sections shall be prefabricated prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon being inspected and approved, such prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be installed in the forms and the ends of the 24-inch strips shall be butt welded to the straight run portions of waterstop in place in the forms. D. Where a centerbulb waterstop intersects and is jointed with a non-centerbulb waterstop, care shall be taken to seal the end of the centerbulb, using additional PVC material if needed. 3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Setting Waterstops: In order to eliminate faulty installation that may result in joint leakage, particular care shall be taken of the correct positioning of the waterstops during installation. Adequate provisions must be made to support and anchor the waterstops during progress and to insure the proper placement and or embedment in the concrete. The symmetrical halves of the waterstops shall be equally divided between the concrete pours at the joints. The center axis of the waterstops shall be coincident with the joint openings. Maximum density and imperviousness of B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT JOINTS IN CONCRETE 03 1516-4 the concrete shall be insured by thoroughly working it near all joints. B. In placing flat-strip hydrotite waterstops in the forms, means shall be provided to prevent them from being folded over by the concrete as it is placed. Unless otherwise shown, all hydrotite waterstops shall be held in place with light wire ties on 12-inch centers, which shall be passed through the edge of the hydrotite waterstop and tied to the curtain of reinforcing steel. Horizontal hydrotite waterstops, with their flat face in a vertical plane, shall be held in place with continuous supports to which the top edge of the hydrotite waterstop shall be tacked. In placing concrete around horizontal hydrotite waterstops, with their flat face in a horizontal plane, concrete shall be worked under the hydrotite waterstops by hand so, as to avoid the formation of air and rock pockets. C. In placing centerbulb waterstops in expansion joints, the centerbulb shall be centered on the joint filler material. D. Waterstop in vertical wall joints shall stop 6 inches from the top of the wall where such waterstop does not connect with any other waterstop and is not to be connected to for a future concrete placement. E. Joint Location: Construction joints, and other types of joints, shall be provided where shown. When not shown, construction joints shall be provided at 25-foot maximum spacing for all concrete construction, unless noted otherwise. Where joints are shown spaced greater than 40-feet apart, additional joints shall be provided to maintain the 25-foot maximum spacing. The location of all joints, of any type, shall be submitted for acceptance by the ENGINEER. F. Joint Preparation: Special care shall be used in preparing concrete surfaces at joints where bonding between two (2) sections of concrete is required. Unless otherwise shown, such bonding will be required at all horizontal joints in walls. Surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 0300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. Except on horizontal wall construction joints, wall to slab joints or where otherwise shown or specified, at all joints where waterstops are required, the joint face of the first pour shall be coated with a bond breaker as shown on the plans. G. Construction Joint Sealant: Construction joints in water-bearing floor slabs, and elsewhere as shown, shall be provided with tapered grooves, which shall be filled with a construction joint sealant. The material used for forming the tapered grooves shall be left in the grooves until just before the grooves are cleaned and filled with joint sealant. After removing the forms from the grooves, all laitance and fins shall be removed, and the grooves shall be sandblasted. The grooves shall be allowed to become thoroughly dry, after which they shall be blown out; immediately thereafter, install the joint sealant per Section 07 9200 – Caulking and Joint Sealant they shall be primed, bond breaker tape placed in the bottom of the groove, and filled with the construction joint sealant. The primer used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer supplying the sealant. No sealant will be permitted to be used without a primer. Care shall be used to completely fill the sealant grooves. Areas designated to receive a sealant fillet shall be thoroughly cleaned, as outlined for the tapered grooves, prior to application of the sealant. END OF SECTION 03 1516 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000-1 SECTION 03 2000 - CONCRETE REINFORCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish, fabricate and place all concrete reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete construction and perform all appurtenant work, including installation of all the wires, clips, supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein are specified in Section 01 4219 - Reference Standards. B. Commercial Standards: ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete CRSI MSP-1 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel ASTM A82 Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A775 Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Submittals shall include shop bending diagrams, placing lists, drawings of all reinforcement steel prior to fabrication and mill test reports. C. Details of the concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted at the earliest possible date after receipt by the CONTRACTOR of the Notice to Proceed. Said details of reinforcement steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315 and the requirements specified and shown. The shop bending diagrams shall show the actual lengths of bars, to the nearest inch measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular cross section) of the outside surface. The shop drawings shall include bar placement diagrams, which clearly indicate the dimensions of each bar splice. D. Where mechanical couplers are required or permitted to be used to splice reinforcement steel, submit manufacturer's literature which contains instructions and recommendations for installation for each type of coupler used; certified test reports which verify the load capacity of each type and size of coupler used; and shop drawings which show the location of each coupler with details of how they are to be installed in the formwork. E. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, submit mill test reports, which shall contain the information necessary for the determination of the carbon equivalent as specified in AWS D1.4. Submit a written welding procedure for each type of weld for each size of bar which is to be spliced by welding; merely a statement that AWS procedures will be followed is not acceptable. F. Submit all reinforcing product mill certificates. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples from each heat of reinforcement steel delivered in a quantity adequate for testing. Costs of all tests will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000-2 B. If reinforcement steel is spliced by welding at any location, the CONTRACTOR shall submit certifications of procedure qualifications for each welding procedure used and certification of welder qualifications, for each welding procedure, and for each welder performing the work. Such qualifications shall be as specified in AWS D1.4. C. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide samples of each type of welded splice used in the WORK in a quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, radiographic testing of direct butt-welded splices will be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance necessary to facilitate testing. The CONTRACTOR shall repair any weld, which fails to meet the requirements of AWS D1.4. The costs of testing will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT STEEL A. Reinforcement Steel for all cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement or as otherwise shown. 2. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A185 and the details shown; provided, that welded wire fabric with longitudinal wire of W4 size wire and smaller shall be either furnished in flat sheets or in rolls with a core diameter of not less than 10 inches; and provided further, that welded wire fabric with longitudinal wires larger than W4 size shall be furnished in flat sheets only. 3. Spiral reinforcement shall be cold-drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of ASTM A82. B. Accessories: 1. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. All bar supports shall meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice including special requirements for supporting epoxy coated reinforcing bars. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection with a 1/8-inch minimum thickness of plastic coating, which extends at least ½-inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color. 2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which it is located. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports. C. Epoxy coating for reinforcing and accessories, where specified or shown, shall conform to ASTM A775. 2.02 MECHANICAL COUPLERS A. Mechanical couplers shall be provided where shown and where approved by the ENGINEER. The couplers shall develop a tensile strength, which exceeds 125% of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars being spliced at each splice. B. Where the type of coupler used is composed of more than one component, all components required for a complete splice shall be supplied. This shall apply to all mechanical splices, including those splices intended for future connections. C. The reinforcement steel and coupler used shall be compatible for obtaining the required strength of the connection. Straight threaded type couplers shall require the use of the next larger size reinforcing bar or shall be used with reinforcing bars with specially forged ends which provide upset threads which do not decrease the basic cross section of the bar. D. Couplers shall be Lenton Form Saver as manufactured by Erico Products; Dowel Bar Splicer System as manufactured by Richmond Screw Anchor Company; or ENGINEER approved equal. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000-3 2.03 WELDED SPLICES A. Welded splices shall be provided where shown and where approved by the ENGINEER. All welded splices of reinforcement steel shall develop a tensile strength, which exceeds 125% of the yield strength of the reinforcement bars, which are connected. B. All materials required to conform the welded splices to the requirements of AWS D1.4 shall be provided. 2.04 EPOXY GROUT A. Epoxy for grouting reinforcing bars shall be specifically formulated for such application, for the moisture condition, application temperature and orientation of the hole to be filled. Epoxy grout shall meet the requirements found in Section 03 6000 - Grouting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers and other appurtenances shall be fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the Supplementary Requirements specified herein. 3.02 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes shown, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as modified by the Contract Drawings. Stirrups and tie bars shall be bent around a pin having a diameter not less than 1½-inch for No. 3 bars, 2-inch for No. 4 bars, and 2½-inch for No. 5 bars. Bends for other bars shall be made around a pin having a diameter not less than 6 times the bar diameter, except for bars larger than 1-inch, in which case the bends shall be made around a pin of 8 bar diameters. Bars shall be bent cold. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance with bending diagrams, placing lists and placing drawings. Said drawings, diagrams and lists shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR as specified under Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Fabricating Tolerances: Bars used for concrete reinforcement shall meet the following requirements for fabricating tolerances: 1. Sheared length: +/- 1-inch 2. Depth of truss bars: + 0, - ½-inch 3. Stirrups, ties and spirals: +/- ½-inch 4. All other bends: +/- 1-inch 3.03 PLACING A. Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as shown, and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers, which are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support, reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties, which are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over formwork, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish concrete, metal, plastic or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers. B. Limitations on the use of bar support materials shall be as follows: 1. Concrete Dobies: Permitted at all locations except where architectural finish is required. 2. Wire Bar Supports: Permitted only at slabs over dry areas, interior dry wall surfaces and exterior wall surfaces. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000-4 3. Plastic Bar Supports: Permitted at all locations except on grade. C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified concrete coverage. D. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the ENGINEER for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. E. Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code. F. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement steel, conduits or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement of bars shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. G. Accessories supporting reinforcing bars shall be spaced such that there is no deflection of the accessory from the weight of the supported bars. When used to space the reinforcing bars from wall forms, the forms and bars shall be located so that there is no deflection of the accessory when the forms are tightened into position. 3.04 SPACING OF BARS A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between multiple layers of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of the bars nor less than 11/3 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1-inch. B. Where reinforcement in beams or girders is placed in two (2) or more layers, the clear distance between layers shall be not less than one inch. C. In columns, the clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not less than 1½ times the bar diameter, nor less than 1½ times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor less than 1½ inches. D. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars. 3.05 SPLICING A. General: 1. Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the character of the splice shall be as acceptable to the ENGINEER. 2. Unless, otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and spacing of the spliced bar. B. Splices of Reinforcement: 1. The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown shall be in accordance with ACI 318-89, Section 12.15.1 for a Class B splice. 2. Splices in column spiral reinforcement, when necessary, shall be made by welding or by a lap of 1½ turns. C. Bending or Straightening: Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner, which will injure the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be used. All bars shall be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field-bent except as shown or specifically permitted by the ENGINEER. D. Couplers, which are located at a joint face, shall be a type, which can be set either flush or recessed from the face. The couplers shall be sealed during concrete placement to completely eliminate concrete or cement paste from entering. Couplers intended for future connections shall be recessed a minimum of ½-inch from the concrete surface. After the concrete is placed, the coupler shall be plugged with plastic plugs, which have an O-ring seal and the recess filled with sealant to prevent any contact with water or other corrosive materials. Threaded couplers shall be plugged. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000-5 E. Unless noted otherwise, mechanical coupler spacing and capacity shall match the spacing and capacity of the reinforcing shown for the adjacent section. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Reinforcement steel shall at all times be protected from conditions conducive to corrosion until concrete is placed around it. B. The surfaces of all reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be reinserted and, if necessary recleaned. 3.07 EMBEDMENT OF DRILLED REINFORCING STEEL DOWELS A. Hole Preparation: 1. The hole diameter shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer but shall be no larger than 0.25-inch greater than the diameter of the outer surface of the reinforcing bar deformations. 2. The depth of the hole shall be as recommended by the epoxy manufacturer to fully develop the bar but shall not be less than 12 bar diameters, unless noted otherwise. 3. The hole shall be drilled by methods, which do not interfere with the proper bonding of epoxy. 4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity, of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars. 5. The hole shall be blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles. 6. Epoxy shall be injected into the hole through a tube placed to the bottom of the hole. The tube shall be withdrawn as epoxy is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that insures that excess material will be expelled from the hole during dowel placement. 7. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full wetting of the bar surface with epoxy. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets. END OF SECTION 03 2000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-1 SECTION 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all materials for concrete in accordance with the provisions of this Section and form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished concrete, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Soils Report: This work shall conform to the requirements of the latest Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. C. The following types of concrete are covered in this Section: 1. Structural Concrete: Concrete to be used in all cases except where indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. Sitework Concrete: Concrete to be used for curbs, gutters, catch basins, sidewalks, pavements, fence and guard post embedment, underground duct bank encasement and all other concrete appurtenant to electrical facilities unless otherwise indicated. 3. Lean Concrete: Concrete to be used for thrust blocks, pipe trench cut-off blocks and cradles that are detailed on the Drawings as un-reinforced. Lean concrete shall be used as protective cover for dowels intended for future connection. D. The term "hydraulic structure" used in these specifications means environmental engineering concrete structures for the containment, treatment or transmission of water, wastewater or other fluids. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Related Sections: Section 01 3300 Submittal Procedures Section 01 4500 Quality Control Section 03 0130 Maintenance of Cast-in-Pace Concrete/ Water Leakage Testing Section 03 1113 Structural Cast-in-Place Concrete Forming Section 03 1516 Concrete Construction Joints Section 03 2000 Concrete Reinforcing Section 03 3053 Miscellaneous Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 03 6000 Grouting Section 03 6423 Epoxy Injection Grouting B. Commercial Standards: ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials ACI 214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete ACI 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 306.1 Cold Weather Concreting ACI 309 Consolidation of Concrete ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 350R Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures ASTM C31 Practices for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-2 ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C143 Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete ASTM C150 Portland Cement ASTM C156 Test Methods for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials ASTM C157 Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete ASTM C192 Practices for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory ASTM C260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C1077 Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for use in Construction & Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation ASTM D175 Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D448 Classifications for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and Bridge Construction ASTM D2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate ASTM E119 Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Performance Requirements: 1. General: a. Except as otherwise specified, provide concrete composed of Portland cement, aggregate, and water so proportioned and mixed as to produce plastic, cohesive workable mixture in accordance with requirements as specified in this Section and suitable to specific conditions of placement. b. Due to the corrosivity of the soil and recommendations from the Geotechnical Evaluation, concrete shall be made with cement that provides sulfate resistance and that has a maximum water-cementitious materials ratio and minimum compressive strength set forth in 2006 IBC and ACI 318. See also the Geotechnical Evaluation. c. Proportion fine and coarse aggregates in a manner such as not to produce harshness in placing nor honeycombing in structures. 2. Water tightness of Concrete Work: It is intent of this Section to secure for every part of the Work concrete and grout of homogeneous structure, which when hardened will have required strength, water tightness, and durability. As provided in ACI 350.1/350.1R Concrete for Environmental Structures. a. It is recognized that some surface hairline cracks and crazing will develop in concrete surfaces. b. Construction, contraction, and expansion joints have been positioned in structures as indicated on the Drawings, and curing methods specified, for purpose of reducing number and size of these expected from specified concrete mixes. c. Watertight: Repair cracks as described in this Section which develop in walls or slabs and repair cracks which show any signs of leakage until all leakage is stopped. d. If patching does not stop the leakage and at the engineer’s discretion the installing CONTRACTOR shall pressure inject visible cracks, other than hairline cracks and crazing, in following areas with epoxy as specified in Section 03 6423 – Epoxy Injection Grouting. 1) Floors and walls of water bearing structures. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-3 2) Walls and overhead slabs of passageways or occupied spaces, outsides of which are exposed to weather or may be washed down and are not specified to receive separate waterproof membrane. 3) Other Items Not Specified to Receive Separate Waterproof Membrane: Slabs over water channels, wet walls, reservoirs, and other similar surfaces. 3. Workmanship and Methods: Provide concrete work, including detailing of reinforcing, conforming with best standard practices and as set forth in ACI 318, Manuals, and Recommended Practices. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data completely describing products. C. Information on Heating Equipment to Be Used for Cold Weather Concreting: Submit information on type of equipment to be used for heating materials and/or new concrete in process of curing during excessively cold weather. D. For conditions that promote rapid drying of freshly placed concrete such as low humidity, high temperature, and wind: Submit corrective measures proposed for use prior to placing concrete. E. Copies of Tests of Concrete Aggregates: Submit certified copies in triplicate of commercial laboratory tests not more than 90 days old of all samples of concrete aggregates. 1. Fine Aggregate: a. Clay lumps b. Reactivity c. Shale and chert. d. Soundness. e. Color. f. Decantation. 2. Coarse Aggregate: a. Clay lumps and friable particles b. Reactivity c. Shale and chert d. Soundness e. Abrasion loss f. Coal and lignite g. Materials finer than 200 sieve F. Sieve Analysis: Submit sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates being used in triplicate at least every 3 weeks and at any time there is significant change in grading of materials. G. Concrete Mixes: Submit full details, including mix design calculations for concrete mixes proposed for use for each class of concrete 1. Include information on correction of batching for varying moisture contents of fine aggregate. 2. Submit source quality test records with mix design submittal. H. If There is Change in Aggregate Source, Aggregate Quality from Same Source: Submit new set of design mixes covering each class of concrete. I. If Either Fine or Coarse Aggregate Is Batched from More than One Bin: Submit analyses for each bin, and composite analysis made up from these, using proportions of materials to be used in mix. J. Cement Mill Tests: Include alkali content, representative of each shipment of cement for verification of compliance with specified requirements. K. Pozzolan Certificate of Compliance: Identify source of pozzolan and certify compliance with requirements of ASTM C618. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-4 L. Information on mixing equipment. M. Drying shrinkage test data. N. Packing and Shipping: 1. Deliver, store, and handle concrete materials in manner as to prevent damage and inclusion of foreign substances. 2. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers until ready for use. 3. Deliver aggregate to mixing site and handle in such a manner that variations in moisture content will not interfere with steady production of concrete of specified degree of uniformity and slump. O. Acceptance at Site: Reject material containers or materials showing evidence of water or other damage. P. Test Batch Test Data: 1. Submit data for each test cylinder. 2. Submit data that identifies mix and slump for each test cylinder. Q. Sequence of Concrete Placing: Submit proposed sequence of placing concrete showing proposed beginning and ending of individual placements. R. Ties to be used and the tie hole patching procedure and methods and materials. S. Curing Compound Other than Specified Compound: Submit complete data on proposed compound. T. Repair of Defective Concrete: Submit mix design for grout or product data if mixed onsite. U. Acceptance of Method of Concrete Repair: Make no repair until the ENGINEER has accepted method. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C94/C94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 2. Tests for compressive strength and shrinkage of concrete shall be performed as indicated herein. Test for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C143. 3. The cost of all laboratory tests on concrete will be borne by the CONTRACTOR. The laboratory will meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C1077. 4. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material. B. Field Testing of Concrete: 1. During progress of construction, the CONTRACTOR will have tests made to determine whether the concrete, as being produced, complies with requirements specified. 2. Tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM C31, ASTM C39, and ASTM C172. 3. The testing company will make and deliver test cylinders to the laboratory and testing expense will be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 4. Required Number Cylinders: a. Not less than 3 cylinder specimens, 6 inch diameter by 12 inch long, will be tested for each 150 cubic yards of each class of concrete placed and not less than 3 specimens for each half day’s placement. b. One cylinder will be broken at 7 days and two at 28 days. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-5 5. The Testing Agency shall: a. Test slump of concrete using slump cone in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C143. b. Furnish test equipment. c. Do not use the concrete that does not meet specification requirements in regards to slump, but remove such concrete from project site. d. Test slump at the beginning of each placement, as often as necessary to keep slump within the specified range, and when requested to do so by the ENGINEER. e. Make provisions for and furnish concrete for test specimens, and provide manual assistance to the ENGINEER in preparing said specimens. f. Assume responsibility for care of and providing of curing conditions for test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31. C. Enforcement of Strength Requirement: 1. Concrete is expected to reach higher compressive strength than that which is indicated on the drawings and herein as specified compressive strength f’c. 2. Strength Level of Concrete: Will be considered acceptable if the following conditions are satisfied. a. Average of all sets of 3 consecutive test results is greater or equal to specified compressive strength f’c. b. No individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below specified compressive strength f’c by more than 500 pounds per square inch. c. Whenever one, or both, of 2 conditions stated above is not satisfied, provide additional curing of affected portion followed by cores taken in accordance with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 and comply with the following requirements. 1) If additional curing does not bring average of 3 cores taken in affected area to at least specified compressive strength f’c, designate such concrete in affected area as defective. 2) The ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to strengthen defective concrete by means of additional concrete, all at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. D. Construction Tolerances: The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing operations to ensure that the completed WORK is within tolerances. Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be distinguished from tolerances. Tolerance is the permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions indicated on the Drawings. Where tolerances are not stated in the specifications, permissible deviations will be in accordance with ACI 117. 1. The following construction tolerances apply to finished walls and slab unless otherwise indicated: Item Tolerance Variation of the Constructed Linear Outline from the Established Position in Plan In 10 feet: 1/4-in In 20 feet or more: 1/2-in Variation from the Level or from the Grades Shown In 10 feet: 1/4-in In 20 feet or more: 1/2-in Variation from the Plumb In 10 feet: 1/4-in In 20 feet or more: 1/2-in Variation in the Thickness of Slabs and Walls Minus 1/4-in Plus 1/2-in Variation in the Locations and Sizes of Slabs and Wall Openings Plus or minus 1/4-in Variation in Weirs Hydraulic Control Structures Max deviation in elevation 1/4 in (total) B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-6 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Hot weather concreting: a. When Ambient Air Temperature Is Above 90 degrees Fahrenheit: Prior to placing concrete, cool forms and reinforcing steel to by water cooling to below 90 degrees Fahrenheit. b. Temperature of Concrete Mix at Time of Placement: Keep temperature below 90 degrees Fahrenheit by methods which do not impair quality of concrete. 2. Cold Weather Concreting: a. Concrete placed below ambient air temperature of 45 degrees Fahrenheit and falling or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit: Make provision for heating water. b. If materials have been exposed to freezing temperatures to degree that any material is below 35 degrees Fahrenheit: Heat such materials. c. Heating Water, Cement, or Aggregate Materials: 1) Do not heat in excess of 160 degrees Fahrenheit. d. Protection of Concrete in Forms: 1) Protect by means of covering with tarpaulins, or other acceptable covering. 2) Provide means for circulating warm moist air around forms in manner to maintain temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 5 days. 3. For conditions that promote rapid drying of freshly placed concrete such as low humidity, high temperature, and wind: Take corrective measures to minimize rapid water loss from concrete. a. Furnish and use sufficient number of maximum and minimum self-recording thermometers to adequately measure temperature around concrete. 1.03 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule placing of concrete in such a manner as to complete any single placing operation to construction, contraction, or expansion joint. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Aggregate 1. General: a. Provide concrete aggregates that are sound, uniformly graded, and free of deleterious material in excess of allowable amounts specified. b. Grade aggregate in accordance with ASTM D75 and C136. c. Provide unit weight of fine and coarse aggregate which produces in place concrete with weight of not less than 140 pounds per cubic foot. B. Fine Aggregate: 1. Provide fine aggregate for concrete or mortar consisting of clean, natural sand or of sand prepared from crushed stone or crushed gravel. 2. Do not provide aggregate having deleterious substances in excess of the following percentages by weight of contaminating substances. In no case shall total exceed percent listed. Item Test Method Percent Removed by Decantation (dirt, silt, etc.)ASTM C117 3 Shale or Chert ASTM C295 1 Clay Lumps ASTM C142 1 3. Except as otherwise specified, grade fine aggregate from coarse to fine in accordance with requirements of ASTM C33. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-7 C. Coarse Aggregate: 1. General: Provide coarse aggregate consisting of gravel or crushed stone made up of clean, hard, durable particles free from calcareous coatings, organic matter, or other foreign substances. 2. Weight: Not exceeding 15 percent, for thin or elongated pieces having length greater than 5 times average thickness. 3. Deleterious Materials: Not in excess of following percentages by weight, and in no case having total of all deleterious substances exceeding 2 percent. Item Test Method Percent Shale or Chert ASTM C295 1 Coal and Lignite ASTM C123 1/4 Clay Lumps and Friable Particles ASTM C142 1/4 Materials Finer than Number 200 Sieve ASTM C117 1/2* NOTE: (*) Except when material finer than Number 200 sieve consists of crusher dust, maximum amount shall be 1 percent. 4. Grading: a. Aggregate: As specified in ASTM C33, Size Number 57, except as otherwise specified or authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. b. Aggregate for Concrete for Encasement of Electrical Conduits: 1) Graded as specified in ASTM C33, Size Number 8. 2) Provide concrete utilizing this aggregate equal to 2500 psi concrete in all other respects, and is designated as Class CE. D. Portland Cement: 1. General: Conform to specifications and tests for ASTM C150, except as specified otherwise. 2. Low Alkali Portland: Have total alkali containing not more than 0.60 percent, unless specified otherwise, and or where soil conditions permit such use. 3. Exposed Concrete in Any Individual Structure: Use only one brand of Portland cement. 4. Cement for Finishes: Provide cement from the same source and of same type as concrete to be finished. E. Admixtures: 1. General: a. Do not use admixtures of any type, except as specified, unless written authorization has been obtained from the ENGINEER. b. Compatible with concrete and other admixtures. c. Do not use admixtures containing chlorides calculated as chloride ion in excess of 0.5 percent by weight. d. Use in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and add each admixture to concrete mix separately. 2. Water Reducing Admixture: a. May be used at the CONTRACTOR’s option. b. Conform to ASTM C494, Type A or Type D. c. Not contain air entraining agents. d. Liquid form before adding to the concrete mix. e. No decrease in cement is permitted as result of use of water reducing admixture. 3. Superplasticizers or Flyash: Are not to be used without acceptance by ENGINEER. F. Water: 1. Water for Concrete, Washing Aggregate, and Curing Concrete: Clean and free from oil and deleterious amounts of alkali, acid, organic matter, or other substances. 2. Chlorides and Sulfate Ions: a. Water for Conventional Reinforced Concrete: Use water not containing more than 1,000 (mg/L) of chlorides calculated as chloride ion, no more than 1,000 (mg/L) of sulfates calculated as sulfate ion. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-8 b. Water for Pre-stressed or Post-tensioned Concrete: Use water not containing more than 650 (mg/L) milligrams per liter of chlorides calculated as chloride ion, nor more than 800 (mg/l) of sulfates calculated as sulfate ion. G. Conduit Encasement Coloring Agent: 1. Color: Red color concrete used for encasement of electrical ducts, conduits, and similar type items. 2. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal. a. Frank D, Davis Company, Red Oxide Number 117. b. I. Reiss Company, Inc., equivalent product. 3. Conduit Encasement Concrete: Mix into each cubic yard of concrete 10 pounds of coloring agent. H. Keyway Material: Lumber. I. All curing compounds shall be white pigmented and resin based conforming to ASTM C309, Type D. Sodium silicate compounds shall not be allowed. Concrete curing compound shall be Kurez by Euclid Chemical Company; MB-429 as manufactured by Mater Builders; L&M Cure R; or equal. Water based resin curing compounds shall be used only where local air quality regulations prohibit the use of a solvent based compound. Water based curing compounds shall be Aqua-Cure by Euclid Chemical Company; Masterkure-W by Master Builders; L&M Cure R-2; or equal. J. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal. 1. WR Meadows 2. CGM Incorporated K. Plastic Membrane Curing: Use polyethylene film. 1. Color: White 2. Thickness: Minimum 6 mils 3. Loss of Moisture: Not to exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface when tested in accordance with ASTM C156 2.02 CONCRETE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates, and water of the qualities indicated. The exact proportions in which these materials are to be used for different parts of the work will be determined during the trial batch. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage, and, where deposited in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide fresh concrete that will not promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or embedded items. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to meet the required results at no additional cost to the OWNER. All changes shall be subject to review by the ENGINEER. B. Fine Aggregate Composition: In mix designs for structural concrete, the percentage of fine aggregate in total aggregate by weight, shall be as indicated in the following table. Fineness Modulus Maximum Percent 2.7 or less 41 2.7 to 2.8 42 2.8 to 2.9 43 2.9 to 3.0 44 For other concrete, the maximum percentage of fine aggregate of total aggregate, by weight, shall not exceed 50. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-9 C. Water-Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength: Concrete shall have the following minimum properties unless noted otherwise on the plans: Type of Work Min 28-Day Compr. Strength (psi) Max Size Aggregate (in) Minimum Cement per cubic yard (lbs) Non Air Max W/C Ratio (by weight) Structural Concrete 5,000 4,500 4,000 1 1 1 564 564 564 * 0.38 0.45 Pea Gravel Mix 4,000 3/8 752 0.40 Sitework Concrete 3,000 1 470 0.50 Lean Concrete 2,000 1 376 0.60 NOTES: W/C ration shall be based upon the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report-- Refer to the Evaluation for W/C, and other site dependent concrete recommendations. See the Structural Plan notes for strength application and location. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the limiting parameters above are not a mix design. Additional cement or water reducing agent may be required to achieve workability required by the CONTRACTOR's construction methods and aggregates. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing concrete with the required workability. For strengths above 4500 psi (non-air) concrete proportions shall be established from either existing field data or trial mixes. This information shall be submitted by the ready mix company through the CONTRACTOR for review by the ENGINEER before it will be approved. The average compressive strength from the test record must equal or exceed the ACI 318 requirements for average compressive strength. D. Adjustments to Mix Design: The mixes shall be changed whenever such change is necessary or desirable to secure the required strength, density, workability, and surface finish, and the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such changes. 2.03 CONSISTENCY A. The quantity of water in a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a normal mixing period, to produce a concrete which can be worked properly into place without segregation and which can be compacted by vibratory methods to give the desired density, impermeability, and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature or moisture content of the aggregates, to maintain uniform production of a desired consistency. The consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests in accordance with ASTM C143. The slumps shall be as follows: Part of Work Slump (in) All concrete, unless indicated otherwise 3 inches plus or minus 1-inch With high range water reducer added 7 inches plus or minus 2 inches Pea gravel mix 7 inches plus or minus 2 inches Ductbanks 5 inches plus or minus 1-inch 2.04 MIXES A. Measurements of Materials: 1. Measure materials by weighing, except as otherwise specified or where other methods are specifically authorized in writing by the ENGINEER. 2. Furnish apparatus for weighing aggregates and cement that is suitably designed and constructed for this purpose. 3. Accuracy of Weighing Devices: Furnish devices that have capability of providing successive quantities of individual material that can be measured to within one percent of desired amount of that material. 4. Measuring or Weighing Devices: Subject to review by the ENGINEER, and bear valid seal of the Sealer of Weights and Measures having jurisdiction. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-10 5. Weighing Cement: a. Weigh cement separately. b. Cement in Unbroken Standard Packages (Sacks): Need not be weighed. c. Bulk Cement and Fractional Packages: Weigh such cement. 6. Mixing Water: Measured by volume or by weight. B. Concrete Proportions and Consistency: 1. Concrete Consistency and Composition: a. Provide concrete that can be worked readily into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without excessive vibration and without permitting materials to segregate or free water to collect on surface. b. Prevent unnecessary or haphazard changes in consistency of concrete. 2. Ratio of Coarse Aggregate to Fine Aggregate: Not less than 1.0 nor more than 2.0 for all concrete Classes, with exception of Class CE. 3. Aggregate: a. Obtain aggregate from source which is capable of providing uniform quality, moisture content, and grading during any single day’s operation. 4. Concrete Mix Water to Cement Ratio, Cement Content, and Slump Range: Conform to values specified in Section 2.2.C and per the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. 5. Concrete Batch Weighs: Control and adjust so as to secure maximum yield, and at all times maintain proportions of concrete mix within specified limits. 6. Mixture Modification: If required, by the ENGINEER, modify mixture within limits set forth in this Section. C. Concrete Mixes: 1. Proportioning of Concrete Mix: Proportion mixes on required average on compressive strength f’c as defined in the contract documents. 2. Mixes: a. Adjusting of Water: After acceptance, do not change mixes without acceptance by ENGINEER, except that at all times adjust batching of water to compensate for free moisture content of fine aggregate. b. Total Water Content of Each Concrete Class: Not exceed those specified in Section 2.2.C, unless noted otherwise or specified in the Geotechnical Evaluation and or Soils Report. c. Checking Moisture Content of Fine Aggregate: Furnish satisfactory means at batching plant for checking moisture content of fine aggregate. 3. Change in Mixes: Undertake new trial batch and test program as specified in this Section. D. Hand Mixed Concrete: 1. Hand mix concrete only when acceptable to the ENGINEER. 2. Prepare hand mixed concrete on watertight, level platform in batches not to exceed 1/3 cubic yard each. 3. Aggregate: a. First spread required amount of coarse aggregate on platform in an even and uniform layer, and then over such aggregate spread proper proportion of fine aggregate. b. Combined Depth of Both Such Layers: Not be greater than one foot. 4. Cement: a. First evenly spread required quantity of cement over fine aggregate. b. Then turn entire batch with shovels at least twice before adding water. 5. Water: a. Then uniformly sprinkle or spray proper amount of water over batched materials. b. Then turn with shovels not less than three times before being removing from platform. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-11 1. Concrete Mixes: a. After concrete mixes have been accepted by ENGINEER, have trial batches of the accepted mix designs prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER. b. Prepare trial batches by using specified cement and aggregates proposed to be use for the work. c. Trial Batches: Provide batches of sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, consistency, and finishing characteristics, and to provide sufficient test cylinders. d. Test Cylinders: Provide cylinders having six inch diameter by 12 inch length and that are prepared in accordance with ASTM C31 for tests specified in this Section. e. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143. f. Test Cylinders from Trial Batch: 1) Test 8 cylinders for compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C39. 2) Test 4 cylinders at 7 days and 4 at 28 days. 3) Establish ratio between 7 day and 28 day strength for mix. Seven day strength may be taken as satisfactory indication of 28 day strength provided effects on concrete of temperature and humidity between 7 day and 28 day are taken into account. 4) Average Compressive Strength of 4 Test Cylinders Tested at 28 Days: Equal to or greater than required average compressive strength f’c on which concrete mix design is based. g. Drying Shrinkage: 1) Prepare 5 drying shrinkage specimens in accordance with ASTM C157, except as modified herein. 2) Remove drying shrinkage specimens from molds at age of 23 hours plus or minus 1 hour after trial batching, then immediately place them in water at 73 degrees Fahrenheit plus or minus 3 degrees for at least 30 minutes and then measure specimens within 30 minutes thereafter to determine original length. Then submerge specimens in saturated lime water at 73 degrees Fahrenheit plus or minus three degrees for moist curing. 3) Make measurements to determine expansion expressed as percentage of original length at age 7 days. Use length at age 7 days as base length for drying shrinking calculations. 4) Immediately store specimens in humidity controlled room maintained at 73 degrees Fahrenheit plus or minus 3 degrees and 50 percent plus or minus 4 relative humidity for remainder of the test. 5) Make and report measurements to determine shrinkage expressed as percentage of base length separately for 7, 14, 21, and 28 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing. 6) Drying Shrinkage Deformation: 7) Measure drying shrinkage deformation of each specimen as difference between base length and length after drying at each test age. 8) Measure average drying shrinkage deformation of specimens to nearest 0.0001 inch at each test age. 9) If drying shrinkage of any specimen departs from average of test age by more than 0.0004 inch, disregard results obtained from that specimen and test another specimen. 10) Shrinkage of trial batch concrete at 28 days drying age shall not exceed 0.045 percent maximum. h. If trial batch tests do not meet specified requirements for slump, strength, workability, consistency, drying shrinkage, and finishing, change concrete mix design proportions and, if necessary, source of aggregate. Make additional trial batches and tests until an acceptable trial batch is produced that meets requirements of this Section. i. Perform test batches and tests required to establish trial batches and acceptability of materials without change in Contract Price. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-12 j. Do not place concrete until the concrete mix design and trial batch have been accepted by ENGINEER. 2. Required Average Compressive Strength: a. Determine required average compressive strength (f’c) for selection of concrete proportions for mix design, for each class of concrete, using calculated standard deviation and its corresponding specified compressive strength f’c, in accordance with ACI 318, Part 3, Chapter 5. b. When test records of at least 30 consecutive tests that span period of not less that 45 calendar days are available, establish standard deviation as described in ACI 318, Part 3, Chapter 5 and as modified as follows herein. c. Provide test records from which to calculate standard deviation that represent materials, quality control procedures, and conditions similar to materials, quality control procedures, and conditions expected to apply in preparation of concrete for the Work. d. Provide changes in materials and proportions within test records that are more restricted than those for the Work. e. Specified Compressive Strength (f’c) of Concrete Used in Test Records: Within 1,000 pounds per square inch of that specified for the Work. f. When lacking adequate test records for calculation of standard deviation meeting requirements, determine required average compressive strength f’c from the following table. Specified Compressive Strength f'c (pounds per square inch) Required Average Compressive Strength f'c (pounds per square inch) Less than 3,000 f'c + 1,000 3,000 to 5,000 f'c + 1,200 Over 5,000 f'c + 1,400 3. Pozzolan: a. Sampling and Testing: 1) Sample and test pozzolan in accordance with ASTM C311. 2) In Computing Water to Cement Ratio and Cement Content per Cubic Yard of Concrete: Consider cement weight to be weight of Portland cement plus 100 percent of weight of fly ash. 4. Aggregate: a. Testing of concrete aggregate is at CONTRACTOR’s expense. b. Sieves: 1) Use sieves with square openings for testing grading or aggregates. 2) Sieve Analysis: If sieve analysis indicates significant change in materials, the ENGINEER may require that new mix design be submitted and accepted before further placing of concrete. c. Sample aggregate in accordance with ASTM D75 and C136. d. Fine Aggregate: 1) Provide fine aggregate not containing strong alkali nor organic matter which gives color darker than standard color when tested in accordance with ASTM C40. 2) Provide aggregate having soundness complying with requirements of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C88. 3) Provide aggregate complying with reactivity requirements of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C289. e. Coarse Aggregate: 1) Soundness when tested in accordance with ASTM C88: Have loss not greater than 10 percent when tested with sodium sulfate. 2) Abrasion Loss: Not exceed 45 percent after 500 revolutions when tested in accordance with ASTM C131. 3) Reactivity: Not exceed limits specified in Appendix of ASTM C33 when tested in accordance with ASTM C89. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-13 f. Portland Cement: 1) Determination Alkali Content: Determine by method set forth in ASTM C114. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING A. Proportioning: Proportioning of the mix shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3 "Proportioning" of ACI 301. B. Mixing: Mixing shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 7 of said ACI 301 Specifications. C. Slump: Slumps shall be as indicated herein. D. Retempering: Retempering of concrete or mortar which has partially hardened shall not be permitted. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. General: Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud and debris at the time of placing concrete. B. Joints in Concrete: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, as determined by the ENGINEER, the new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for good bonding. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective concrete, foreign material, and be roughened to a minimum ¼-inch amplitude. Such cleaning and roughening shall be accomplished by hydroblasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate) followed by thorough washing. All pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new concrete is placed. C. After the surfaces have been prepared, all approximately horizontal construction joints shall be covered with a 6-inch lift of a pea gravel mix. The mix shall be placed and spread uniformly. Wall concrete shall follow immediately and shall be placed upon the fresh pea gravel mix. D. Placing Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other means, that will secure proper union with subsequent work; provided that construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the ENGINEER. E. Embedded Items: No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, installation of parts to be embedded, reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been completed and accepted by the ENGINEER at least 4 hours before placement of concrete. All surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout from previous work shall be cleaned before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. F. All inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the requirements herein. G. All reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms at locations indicated on the Drawings or shown by shop drawings and shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. H. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater than 180 days of age), the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by hydro-blasting or sandblasting (exposing aggregate). The joint surface shall be coated with an epoxy bonding agent unless indicated otherwise by the ENGINEER. I. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the WORK. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-14 permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing ground water, if required, shall be subject to the review of the ENGINEER. J. Corrosion Protection: Pipe, conduit, dowels and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 2 inches clearance between said items and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Securing such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement will not be permitted. K. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and anchors shall, where practicable, be provided during the placing of concrete. L. Anchor bolts shall be accurately set and shall be maintained in position by templates while being embedded in concrete. M. Cleaning: The surfaces of all metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. 3.03 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING A. General: Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and the requirements of this Section. No aluminum materials shall be used in conveying any concrete. B. Non-Conforming Work or Materials: Concrete which during or before placing is found not to conform to the requirements indicated herein shall be rejected and immediately removed from the work. Concrete which is not placed in accordance with these Specifications, or which is of inferior quality, shall be removed and replaced by the CONTRACTOR at no additional cost to the OWNER. C. Unauthorized Placement: No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of a duly authorized representative of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing at least 24 hours in advance of placement of any concrete. D. Placement in Wall and Column Forms: Concrete shall not be dropped through reinforcement steel or into any deep form, nor shall concrete be placed in any form in such a manner as to leave accumulation of mortar on the form surfaces above the placed concrete. In such cases, means such as hoppers and, if necessary, vertical ducts of canvas, rubber, or metal shall be used for placing concrete in the forms in a manner that it may reach the place of final deposit without separation. In no case shall the free fall of concrete exceed 4 feet in walls and 8 feet in columns below the ends of ducts, chutes or buggies. Concrete shall be uniformly distributed during the process of depositing and in no case after depositing shall any portion be displaced in the forms more than 6 feet in horizontal direction. Concrete in wall forms shall be deposited in uniform horizontal layers not deeper than 2 feet; and care shall be taken to avoid inclined layers or inclined construction joints except where such are required for sloping members. Each layer shall be placed while the previous layer is still soft. The rate of placing concrete in wall forms shall not exceed 5 feet of vertical rise per hour. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. E. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Epoxy adhesive bonding agent shall be applied to the old surfaces according to the manufacturer's written recommendations. This provision shall not apply to joints where hydrotite waterstop is provided. See Section 03 1516 – Concrete Construction Joints. F. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: All ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of concrete discharge throughout the CONTRACTOR'S conveying, hoisting, and placing system shall be designed and arranged so that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the indicated consistency will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-15 G. Placement in Slabs: Concrete placed in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As the work progresses, the concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around the slab reinforcement, and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up-slope direction. H. Temperature of Concrete: The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90 degrees F nor less than 55 degrees F for sections less than 12 inches thick nor less than 50 degrees for all other sections. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from falling below the minimum temperature. When the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F or above, the time between the introduction of the cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes. If concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, the CONTRACTOR shall employ effective means, such as pre-cooling of aggregates and mixing water using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any additional compensation on account of the foregoing requirements. I. Cold Weather Placement: 1. Placement of concrete shall conform to ACI 306.1 - Cold Weather Concreting, and the following. 2. Remove all snow, ice, and frost from the surfaces, including reinforcement, against which concrete is to be placed. Before beginning concrete placement, thaw the subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. All reinforcement and embedded items shall be warmed to above 32 degrees F prior to concrete placement. 3. Maintain the concrete temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 5 days after placement. 3.04 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. General: If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B. Pumping Equipment: The pumping equipment shall have two (2) cylinders and be designed to operate with one cylinder in case the other one is not functioning. In lieu of this requirement, the CONTRACTOR may have a standby pump on the site during pumping. C. The minimum diameter of the hose conduits shall be in accordance with ACI 304.2R. D. Pumping equipment and hose conduits that are not functioning properly shall be replaced. E. Aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete shall not be permitted. F. Field Control: Concrete samples for slump and test cylinders will be taken at the placement end of the hose. 3.05 ORDER OF PLACING CONCRETE A. The order of placing concrete in all parts of the WORK shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete shall be placed in units as bounded by construction joints at the indicated locations. The placing of units shall be done by placing alternate units in a manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 5-days for hydraulic structures and 2-days for all other structures before the contiguous unit or units are placed, except that the corner sections of vertical walls shall not be placed until the two (2) adjacent wall panels have cured at least 10 days for hydraulic structures and 4-days for all other structures. B. The surface of the concrete shall be level whenever a run of concrete is stopped. To insure a level, straight joint on the exposed surface of walls, a wood strip at least ¾-inch thick shall be tacked to the forms on these surfaces. The concrete shall be carried about ½-inch above the underside of the strip. About one hour after the concrete is placed, the strip shall be removed and any irregularities in the edge formed by the strip shall be leveled with a trowel and all laitance shall be removed. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-16 3.06 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete. Vibrators shall be Group 3 per ACI 309, high speed power vibrators (8,000 to 12,000 rpm) of an immersion type in sufficient number and with at least one standby unit as required. Group 2 vibrators may be used only at specific locations when accepted by the ENGINEER. B. Care shall be used in placing concrete around hydrotite waterstops. The concrete shall be carefully worked by rodding and vibrating to make sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat-strip type hydrotite waterstops are placed horizontally, the concrete shall be worked under the hydrotite waterstops by hand, making sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Concrete surrounding the hydrotite waterstops shall be given additional vibration over and above that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of the hydrotite waterstops in the concrete. C. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels or forked tools until it completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed have been worked thoroughly. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the required results within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed in the forms. The vibrating head shall not contact the surfaces of the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.07 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES A. General: Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing or roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard surface. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment, profiles and dimensions shown are defined as tolerances and are indicated in Part 1, above. These tolerances are to be distinguished from irregularities in finish as described herein. Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used. B. Formed Surfaces: No treatment is required after form removal except for curing, repair of defective concrete, and treatment of surface defects. Where architectural finish is required, it shall be as indicated. Surface holes larger than ½-inch in diameter or deeper than ¼-inch are defined as surface defects in basins and exposed walls and shall be patched per Section 3.11 Treatment of Surface Defects. C. Unformed Surfaces: After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, all unformed top surfaces of slabs, floors, walls and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable tools. Immediately after the concrete has been screeded, it shall be treated with a liquid evaporation retardant. The retardant shall be used again after each work operation as necessary to prevent drying shrinkage cracks. The classes of finish specified for unformed concrete surfaces are designated and defined as follows: 1. Finish U1 - Sufficient leveling and screeding to produce an even, uniform surface with surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8-inch. No further special finish is required. 2. Finish U2 - After sufficient stiffening of the screeded concrete, surfaces shall be float finished with wood or metal floats or with a finishing machine using float blades. Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete is plastic and dusting of dry cement and sand on the concrete surface to absorb excess moisture will not be permitted. Floating shall be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free from screed marks and is uniform in texture. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 1/4-inch. Joints and edges shall be tooled where indicated or as determined by the ENGINEER. 3. Finish U3 - After the finish U2 surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from being drawn to the surface, steel troweling shall be performed with firm pressure such as will flatten the sandy texture of the floated surface and produce a dense, uniform surface B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-17 free from blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks. The finish shall be smooth and free of all irregularities. 4. Finish U4 - Trowel the Finish U3 surface to remove local depressions or high points. In addition, the surface shall be given a light hairbroom finish with brooming perpendicular to drainage unless otherwise indicated. The resulting surface shall be rough enough to provide a nonskid finish. D. Unformed surfaces shall be finished according to the following schedule: UNFORMED SURFACE FINISH SCHEDULE Area Finish Grade slabs and foundations to be covered with concrete or fill material U1 Water bearing slabs with slopes 10 percent and less U3 Water bearing slabs with slopes greater than 10 percent U4 Slabs not water bearing U4 Top surface of walls U3 3.08 CURING A. General: All concrete shall be cured for not less than 7 days after placing, in accordance with the methods indicated below for the different parts of the WORK. Surface to be Cured or Damp proofed Method Wall sections with forms removed 1 Construction joints between footings and walls, and between floor slab 2 and columns Encasement concrete and thrust blocks 1 or 2 All concrete surfaces not specifically indicated in this paragraph 1 Floor slabs on grade in hydraulic structures 1 or 2 Slabs not on grade 1 or 2 B. Method 1: The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid white pigmented curing compound. 1. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions at a maximum coverage rate of 200 square feet per gallon and in such a manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film which will seal thoroughly. 2. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid damage to the seal during the 7-day curing period. If the seal is damaged or broken before the expiration of the curing period, the break shall be repaired immediately by the application of additional curing compound over the damaged portion. 3. Wherever curing compound has been applied by mistake to surfaces against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere, compound shall be entirely removed by wet sandblasting just prior to the placing of new concrete. 4. Curing compound shall be applied as soon as the concrete has hardened enough to prevent marring on unformed surfaces and within 2 hours after removal of forms. Repairs to formed surfaces shall be made within the 2-hour period; provided, however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within the said 2-hour period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to be made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the curing compound. 5. At all locations where concrete is placed adjacent to a panel which has been coated with curing compound, the panel shall have curing compound C. Method 2: This method applies to both walls and slabs. 1. The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum period of at least seven (7) consecutive days beginning immediately after the concrete has reached final set or forms have been removed. 2. Until the concrete surface is covered with the curing medium, the entire surface shall be kept damp by applying water using nozzles that atomize the flow so that the surface is not marred or washed. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-18 3. Curing blankets shall be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period. The curing medium shall be weighted or otherwise held substantially in contact with the concrete surface to prevent being dislodged by wind or any other causes. All edges shall be continuously held in place. 4. The curing blankets and concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the use of sprinklers or other means both during and after normal working hours. 5. Immediately after the application of water has terminated at the end of the curing period, the curing medium shall be removed, any dry spots shall be rewetted and curing compound shall be immediately applied in accordance with Method 4 above. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of excess water from the curing operation to avoid damage to the work. 3.09 PROTECTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury until final acceptance at the CONTRACTOR’s own expense and at no additional cost to the OWNER B. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet or snow. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring. 3.10 CURING IN COLD WEATHER A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury from cold weather until final acceptance at the CONTRACTOR’s own expense and at no additional cost to the OWNER. B. Concrete cured by an application of curing compound will require no additional protection from freezing if the protection at 50 degrees F for 72 hours is obtained by means of approved insulation in contact with the forms or concrete surfaces; otherwise the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours immediately following 5 days protection at 50 degrees F. Concrete cured by water shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 3 days immediately following the 72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F. C. Discontinuance of protection against freezing temperatures shall be such that the drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed 40 degrees F in 24 hours. In the spring, when the mean daily temperature rises above 40 degrees F for more than three (3) successive days, the specified 72-hour protection at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees F may be discontinued for as long as the mean daily temperature remains above 40 degrees F; provided, that the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for not less than 48 hours after placement. D. Where artificial heat is employed, special care shall be taken to prevent the concrete from drying. Use of un-vented heaters will be permitted only when unformed surfaces of concrete adjacent to the heaters are protected for the first 24 hours from an excessive carbon dioxide atmosphere by application of curing compound; provided, that the use of curing compound for such surfaces is otherwise permitted by these Specifications. 3.11 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. As soon as forms are removed, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined and any irregularities shall be immediately patched or ground in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform and continuous surface. Plastering or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will not be permitted. No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the ENGINEER. In no case will extensive patching of honeycombed concrete be permitted. Concrete containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall be repaired as indicated below. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall be completely removed and replaced. All repairs and replacements herein required shall be promptly executed at no increased cost to the OWNER. B. Defective surfaces to be repaired shall be cut back from true line a minimum depth of ½-inch over the entire area. Feathered edges will not be permitted. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-19 in order to deepen the area properly, the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of all laitance or soft material, plus not less than 1/32-inch depth of the surface film from all hard portions by means of an efficient sandblast. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of shooting with shotcrete or with cement mortar so that while the repair material is being applied, the surfaces underneath will remain moist but not so wet as to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends. The material used for repair proposed shall consist of a mixture of one sack of cement to 3-cubic feet of sand. For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas white Portland cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the surrounding concrete. In hydraulic structures the material used for repair shall be hydraulic cement as defined in this Section under Products. C. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be rubber stopped and grouted. Holes then shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout. Holes left by form-tying devices having a rectangular cross-section and other imperfections having a depth greater than their least surface dimension shall not be reamed but shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout. D. All repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed work will conform to the requirements of this Section, as applicable, using approved methods which will not disturb the bond, cause sagging, or cause horizontal fractures. Surfaces of repairs shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment as required for the concrete in the repaired section. E. Prior to filling any structure with water, all cracks that may have developed shall be "vee'd" as indicated in specs or in the field and filled with sealant conforming to the requirements of Section 03 1516 – Concrete Construction Joints. This repair method shall be done on the water bearing face of members. Prior to backfilling, faces of members in contact with fill, which are not covered with a waterproofing membrane shall also have cracks repaired as indicated herein. 3.12 PATCHING HOLES IN CONCRETE A. Patching Small Holes: 1. Holes which are less than 12 inches in the least dimension and extend completely through concrete members shall be filled. 2. Small holes in members which are water-bearing or in contact with soil or other fill material shall be filled with non-shrink grout or hydraulic cement in wet tanks. Where a face of the member is exposed to view, the non-shrink grout shall be held back 2 inches from the finished surface. The remaining 2 inches shall then be patched according to the Paragraph entitled "Treatment of Surface Defects." 3. Small holes through all other concrete members shall be filled with non-shrink grout or hydraulic cement, with exposed faces treated as above. B. Patching Large Holes: 1. Holes which are larger than 12 inches in the least dimension shall have a keyway chipped into the edge of the opening all around, unless a formed keyway exists. The holes shall then be filled with concrete as indicated herein. 2. Holes which are larger than 24 inches in the least dimension and which do not have reinforcing steel extending from the existing concrete, shall have reinforcing steel set in grout in drilled holes. The reinforcing added shall match the reinforcing in the existing wall unless indicated otherwise. 3. Large holes in members which are water bearing or in contact with soil or other fill shall have a bentonite type hydrotite waterstop material placed around the perimeter of the hole in accordance with Section 03 1516 – Concrete Construction Joints, unless there is an existing hydrotite waterstop in place. 3.13 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress or any other cause until final acceptance. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-20 found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed WORK, or which departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at no additional cost to the OWNER. END OF SECTION 03 3000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-1 SECTION 03 3053 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENT A. Cast-in-place concrete work for utility construction or rehabilitation, such as slabs on grade, small vaults, site-cast bases for precast units, utility concrete encasement, kickers, and in-place liners for manhole rehabilitation. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Commercial Standards: ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. ACI 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete. ACI 302.1R Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. ACI 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete. ACI 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. ACI 309R Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. ACI 311 Guide for Concrete Plant Inspection and Field Testing of Ready-Mix Concrete. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary. ACI 544 Guide for Specifying, Mixing, Placing, and Finishing Steel Fiber Reinforced Concrete. ASTM A82 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM A767 Standard Specifications for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. ASTM A775 Standard Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. ASTM A820 Standard Specification for Steel Fibers for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete. ASTM A884 Specification for Epoxy-Coated Steel Wire and Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. ASTM C31 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. ASTM C33 Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. ASTM C42 Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. ASTM C138 Standard Test Method for Unit Weight Yield and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. ASTM C143 Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement. ASTM C172 Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. ASTM C173 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Volumetric Method. ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. ASTM C260 Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-2 ASTM C309 Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. ASTM C595 Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. ASTM C685 Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing. ASTM C1064 Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement Concrete. ASTM C1077 Standard Practice for Laboratory Testing of Concrete and Concrete Aggregate for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. CRSI MSP-1 Manual of Standard Practice. AK. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. FEDERAL SPECIFICATION SS-S-210A Sealing Compound, Preformed Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints NRMCA Concrete Plant Standards 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Submit proposed mix design and test data for each type and strength of concrete in Work. C. Submit laboratory reports prepared by independent testing laboratory stating that materials used comply with requirements of this Section. D. Submit manufacturer's mill certificates for reinforcing steel. Provide specimens for testing when required by ENGINEER. E. Submit certification from concrete supplier that materials and equipment used to produce and deliver concrete comply with this Specification. F. When required on Drawings, submit shop drawings showing reinforcement type, quantity, size, length, location, spacing, bending, splicing, support, fabrication details, and other pertinent information. G. For hydrotite waterstops, submit product information sufficient to indicate compliance with this Section, including manufacturer's descriptive literature and specifications. 1.04 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Cement: Store cement off of ground in well-ventilated, weatherproof building. B. Aggregate: Prevent mixture of foreign materials with aggregate and preserve gradation of aggregate. C. Reinforcing Steel: Store reinforcing steel to protect it from mechanical injury and formation of rust. Protect epoxy-coated steel from damage to coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, unless use of Type III is authorized by ENGINEER; or ASTM C595, Type IP. For concrete in contact with sewage use Type II cement. 2. When aggregates are potentially reactive with alkalis in cement, use cement not exceeding 0.6 percent alkali content in form of Na20 + 0.6581(20. B. Water: Clean, free from harmful amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, or other deleterious substances, and meeting requirements of ASTM C94. C. Aggregate: B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-3 1. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33. Unless otherwise indicated, use following ASTM standard sizes: No. 357 or No. 467; No. 57 or No. 67, No. 7. Maximum size: Not larger than 1/5 of narrowest dimension between sides of forms, nor larger than 3/4 of minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33. 3. Determine potential reactivity of fine and coarse aggregate in accordance with Appendix to ASTM C33. D. Air Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260. E. Chemical Admixtures: 1. Water Reducers: ASTM C494, Type A. 2. Water Reducing Retarders: ASTM 494, Type D. 3. High Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): ASTM C494, Types F and G. F. Prohibited Admixtures: Admixtures containing calcium chloride, thiocyanate, or materials that contribute free chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. G. Reinforcing Steel: 1. Use new billet steel bars conforming to ASTM A615, ASTM A767, or ASTM A775, grade 40 or grade 60, as shown on Drawings. Use deformed bars except where smooth bars are specified. When placed in work, keep steel free of dirt, scale, loose or flaky rust, paint, oil or other harmful materials. 2. Where shown, use welded wire fabric with wire conforming to ASTM A185 or ASTM A884. Supply gauge and spacing shown, with longitudinal and transverse wires electrically welded together at points of intersection with welds strong enough not to be broken during handling or placing. 3. Wire: ASTM A82. Use 16 1/2 gauge minimum for tie wire, unless otherwise indicated. H. Fiber: 1. Fibrillated Polypropylene Fiber: a. Addition Rate: 1.5 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete. b. Physical Properties: 1) Material: Polypropylene 2) Length: 1 /2 inch or graded 3) Specific Gravity: 0.91 c. Acceptable Manufacturer: W. R. Grace Company, Fibermesh, or approved equal. 2. Steel Fiber: Comply with applicable provisions of ACI 544 and ASTM A820. a. Ratio: 50 to 200 pounds of fiber per cubic yard of concrete. b. Physical Properties 1) Material: Steel 2) Aspect Ratio (for fiber lengths of 0.5 to 2.5 inch, length divided by diameter or equivalent diameter): 30:1 to 100:1 3) Specific Gravity: 7.8 4) Tensile Strength: 40-400 ksi. 5) Young's Modulus: 29,000 ksi 6) Minimum Average Tensile Strength: 50,000 psi 7) Bending Requirements: Withstand bending around 0.125-inch diameter mandrel to angle of 90 degrees, at temperatures not less than 60 degrees F, without breaking I. Curing Compounds: Type 2 white-pigmented liquid membrane-forming compounds conforming to ASTM C309. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-4 2.02 FORM WORK MATERIALS A. Lumber and Plywood: Seasoned and of good quality, free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay and other imperfections which would affect strength or impair finished surface of concrete. Use S4S lumber for facing or sheathing. Forms for bottoms of caps: At least 2 inch (nominal) lumber or 3/4 inch form plywood backed adequately to prevent misalignment. For general use, provide lumber of 1-inch nominal thickness or form plywood of approved thickness. B. Form work for Exposed Concrete Indicated to Receive Rubbed Finish: Form or form-lining surfaces free of irregularities; plywood of 1/4 inch minimum thickness, preferably oiled at mill. C. Chamfer Strips and Similar Moldings: Redwood, cypress, or pine that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to true line. Use mill-cut molding dressed on all faces. D. Form Ties: Metal or fiberglass of approved type with tie holes not larger than 7/8 inch in diameter. Do not use wire ties or snap ties. E. Metal Forms: Clean and in good condition, free from dents and rust, grease, or other foreign materials that tend to disfigure or discolor concrete in gauge and condition capable of supporting concrete and construction loads without significant distortion. Countersink bolt and rivet heads on facing sides. Use only metal forms which present smooth surface and which line up properly. 2.03 PRODUCTION METHODS A. Use either ready-mixed concrete conforming to requirements of ASTM C94, or concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C685. 2.04 MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS A. Measure dry materials by weight, except volumetric proportioning may be used when concrete is batched and mixed in accordance with ASTM C685. B. Measure water and liquid admixtures by volume. 2.05 DESIGN MIX A. Use design mixes prepared by certified testing laboratory in accordance with ASTM C1077 and conforming to requirements of this section. B. Proportion concrete materials based on ACI 211.1 to comply with durability and strength requirements of ACI 318, Chapters 4 and 5, and this specification. Prepare mix design of Class A concrete so minimum cementitious content is 564 pounds per cubic yard. Submit concrete mix designs to ENGINEER for review. C. Proportioning on basis of field experience or trial mixtures in accordance with requirements at Section 5.3 of ACI 318 may be used, when approved by ENGINEER. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-5 D. Classification: CLAS S TYPE MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (LBS./SQ. IN.) MAXIMU M W/C RATIO AIR CONTENT (PERCENT) CONSISTENCY RANGE IN SLUMP (INCHES) 7-DAY 28-DAY A Structural 3,200 4,000 0.45 4±2 to 4* B Encasement -2,500 0.67 4±5 to 7 C Pipe Block Fill, Thrust Block -1,500 -4±5 to 7 * When ASTM C494, Type F or Type G admixture is used to increase workability, this range may be 6 to 9. E. Add steel or polypropylene fibers only when called for on Drawings or in another section of these Specifications. F. Determine air content in accordance with ASTM C138, ASTM C173 or ASTM C231. G. Use of Concrete Classes: Use classes of concrete as indicated on Drawings and other Specifications. Use Class B for concrete encasement of piping or conduit not located directly under the structure. When directly under the structure, use structure class concrete, see Section 03 3000 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. Use Class C for unreinforced concrete used for plugging pipes, seal slabs, thrust blocks, trench dams, tunnel inverts and concrete fill unless indicated otherwise. Use Class A for all other applications. H. Conduit Encasement Coloring Agent: 1. Color: Red color concrete used for encasement of electrical ducts, conduits, and similar type items. 2. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal. a. Frank D, Davis Company, Red Oxide Number 117. b. Reiss Company, Inc., equivalent product. 3. Conduit Encasement Concrete: Mix into each cubic yard of concrete 10 pounds of coloring agent. 2.06 PVC HYDROTITE WATERSTOPS A. Refer to Section 03 0150 – Concrete Accessories and 03 1516 – Concrete Construction Joints. 2.07 RESILIENT HYDROTITE WATERSTOP A. Refer to Section 03 0150 – Concrete Accessories and 03 1516 – Concrete Construction Joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORMS AND SHORING A. Provide mortar-tight forms sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. Set and maintain forms to lines designated such that finished dimensions of structures are within tolerances specified in ACI 117. Construct forms to permit removal without damage to concrete. Forms may be given slight draft to permit ease of removal. Provide adequate clean out openings. Before placing concrete, remove extraneous matter from within forms. B. Install rigid shoring having no excessive settlement or deformation. Use sound timber in shoring centering. Shim to adjust and tighten shoring with hardwood timber wedges. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-6 C. Design Loads for Horizontal Surfaces of Forms and Shoring: Minimum fluid pressure, 175 pounds per cubic foot; live load, 50 pounds per square foot. Maximum unit stresses: 125 percent of allowable stresses used for form materials and for design of support structures. D. Back form work with sufficient number of studs and wales to prevent deflection. E. Re-oil or lacquer liner on job before using. Facing may be constructed of ¾-inch plywood made with waterproof adhesive backed by adequate studs and wales. In such cases, form lining will not be required. F. Unless otherwise indicated, form outside corners and edges with triangular ¾-inch chamfer strips (measured on sides). G. Remove metal form ties to depth of at least ¾-inch from surface of concrete. Do not burn off ties. Do not use pipe spreaders. Remove spreaders which are separate from forms as concrete is being placed. H. Treat facing of forms with approved form coating before concrete is placed. When directed by ENGINEER treat both sides of face forms with coating. Apply coating before reinforcement is placed. Immediately before concrete is placed, wet surface of forms which will come in contact with concrete. 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcing steel accurately in accordance with approved Drawings. Secure steel adequately in position in forms to prevent misalignment. Maintain reinforcing steel in place using approved concrete and hot-dip galvanized metal chairs and spacers. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication "Placing Reinforcing Bars." Request inspection of reinforcing steel by ENGINEER and obtain acceptance before concrete is placed. B. Minimum spacing center-to-center of parallel bars: 2 1/2 times nominal bar diameter. Minimum cover measured from surface of concrete to face of reinforcing bar unless shown otherwise on Drawings: 3 inches for surfaces cast against soil or subgrade, 2 inches for other surfaces. C. Detail bars in accordance with ACI 315. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with CRSI Publication MSP-1, "Manual of Standard Practice." Bend reinforcing steel to required shape while steel is cold. Excessive irregularities in bending will be cause for rejection. D. Do not splice bars without written approval of ENGINEER. Approved bar bending schedules or placing drawings constitute written approval. Splice and development length of bars shall conform to ACI 318, Chapters 7 and 12, and as shown on Drawings. Stagger splices or locate at points of low tensile stress. 3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Install conduit and piping as shown on Drawings. Accurately locate and securely fasten conduit, piping, and other embedded items in forms. B. Install hydrotite waterstops as specified in other sections and according to manufacturer's instructions. Securely position hydrotite waterstops at joints as indicated on Drawings. Protect hydrotite waterstops from damage or displacement during concrete placing operations. 3.04 BATCHING, MIXING AND DELIVERY OF CONCRETE A. Measure, batch, mix, and deliver ready-mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Sections 8 through 11. Produce ready-mixed concrete using automatic batching system as described in NRMCA Concrete Plant Standards, Part 2 - Plant Control Systems. B. Measure, mix and deliver concrete produced by volumetric batching and continuous mixing in accordance with ASTM C685, Sections 6 through 8. C. Maintain concrete workability without segregation of material and excessive bleeding. Obtain approval of ENGINEER before adjustment and change of mix proportions. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-7 D. Ready-mixed concrete delivered to site shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing information required by ASTM C94, Section 16. Concrete produced by continuous mixing shall be accompanied by batch tickets providing information required by ASTM C685, Section 14. E. When adverse weather conditions affect quality of concrete, postpone concrete placement. Do not mix concrete when air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F and falling. Concrete may be mixed when temperature is 35 degrees F and rising. Take temperature readings in shade, away from artificial heat. Protect concrete from temperatures below 32 degrees F until concrete has cured for minimum of 3 days at 70 degrees F or 5 days at 50 degrees F. F. Clean, maintain and operate equipment so that it thoroughly mixes material as required. G. Hand-mix only when approved by ENGINEER. 3.05 PLACING CONCRETE A. Give sufficient advance notice to ENGINEER at least 24 hours prior to commencement of operations to permit inspection of forms, reinforcing steel, embedded items and other preparations for placing concrete. Place no concrete prior to ENGINEER of Record's approval. B. Schedule concrete placing to permit completion of finishing operations in daylight hours. However, when necessary to continue after daylight hours, light site as required. When rainfall occurs after placing operations are started, provide covering to protect work. C. Use troughs, pipes and chutes lined with approved metal or synthetic material in placing concrete so that concrete ingredients are not separated. Keep chutes, troughs and pipes clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete. Allow no aluminum material to be in contact with concrete. D. Limit free fall of concrete to 4 feet. Do not deposit large quantities of concrete at one location so that running or working concrete along forms is required. Do not jar forms after concrete has taken initial set; do not place strain on projecting reinforcement or anchor bolts. E. Use tremies for placing concrete in walls and similar narrow or restricted locations. Use tremies made in sections, or provide in several lengths, so that outlet may be adjusted to proper height during placing operations. F. Place concrete in continuous horizontal layers approximately 12 inches thick. Place each layer while layer below is still plastic. G. Compact each layer of concrete with concrete spading implements and mechanical vibrators of approved type and adequate number for size of placement. When immersion vibrators cannot be used, use form vibrators. Apply vibrators to concrete immediately after depositing. Move vibrator vertically through layer of concrete just placed and several inches into plastic layer below. Do not penetrate or disturb layers previously placed which have partially set. Do not use vibrators to aid lateral flow concrete. Closely supervise consolidation to ensure uniform insertion and duration of immersion. H. Handling and Placing Concrete: Conform to ACI 302.1R, ACI 304R and ACI 309R. 3.06 HYDROTITE WATERSTOPS A. Refer to Section 03 1516 – Concrete Construction Joints. 3.07 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Definitions: 1. Construction joint: Contact surface between plastic (fresh) concrete and concrete that has attained initial set. 2. Monolithic: Manner of concrete placement to reduce or eliminate construction joints; joints other than those indicated on Drawings will not be permitted without written approval of ENGINEER. Where so approved, make additional construction joints with details equivalent to those indicated for joints in similar locations. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-8 3. Preparation for Construction Joints: Roughen surface of concrete previously placed, leaving some aggregate particles exposed. Remove laitance and loose materials by sandblasting or high-pressure water blasting. Keep surface wet for several hours prior to placing of plastic concrete. 3.08 CURING A. Comply with ACI 308. Cure by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature change and mechanical injury for period of 7 curing days when Type II or IP cement has been used and for 3 curing days when Type III cement has been used. Start curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. A curing day is any calendar day in which temperature is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours. Colder days may be counted when air temperature adjacent to concrete is maintained above 50 degrees F. In continued cold weather, when artificial heat is not provided, removal of forms and shoring may be permitted at end of calendar days equal to twice required number of curing days. However, leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached specified 28 day strength, unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER. B. Cure formed surfaces not requiring rubbed-finished surface by leaving forms in place for full curing period. Keep wood forms wet during curing period. Add water as needed for other types of forms. Or, at Subcontractor's option, forms may be removed after 2 days and curing compound applied. C. Rubbed Finish: 1. At formed surfaces requiring rubbed finish, remove forms as soon as practicable without damaging surface. 2. After rubbed-finish operations are complete, continue curing formed surfaces by using either approved curing/sealing compounds or moist cotton mats until normal curing period is complete. D. Unformed Surfaces: Cure by membrane curing compound method. 1. After concrete has received final finish and surplus water sheen has disappeared, immediately seal surface with uniform coating of approved curing compound, applied at rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer or as directed by ENGINEER. Do not apply less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. Provide satisfactory means to properly control and check rate of application of compound. 2. Thoroughly agitate compound during use and apply by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers equipped with atomizing nozzles. For application on small miscellaneous items, hand-powered spray equipment may be used. Prevent loss of compound between nozzle and concrete surface during spraying operations. 3. Do not apply compound to dry surface. When concrete surface has become dry, thoroughly moisten surface immediately prior to application. At locations where coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or when rain falls on newly coated surface before film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, apply additional coat of compound at specified rate of coverage. 3.09 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING A. Remove forms from surfaces requiring rubbing only as rapidly as rubbing operation progresses. Remove forms from vertical surfaces not requiring rubbed-finish when concrete has aged for required number of curing days. When curing compound is used, do not remove forms before 2 days after concrete placement. B. Leave soffit forms and shores in place until concrete has reached specified 28-day strength, unless directed otherwise by ENGINEER. 3.10 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately repair defective work discovered after forms have been removed. When concrete surface is bulged, uneven, or shows excess honeycombing or form marks which cannot be repaired satisfactorily through patching, remove and replace entire section. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053-9 3.11 FINISHING A. Patch honeycomb, minor defects and form tie holes in concrete surfaces with cement mortar mixed one part cement to two parts fine aggregate. Repair defects by cutting out unsatisfactory material and replacing with new concrete, securely keyed and bonded to existing concrete. Finish making junctures between patches and existing concrete as inconspicuous as possible. Use stiff mixture and thoroughly tamp into place. After each patch has stiffened sufficiently to allow for greatest portion of shrinkage, strike off mortar flush with surface. B. Apply rubbed finish to exposed surfaces of formed concrete structures as noted on Drawings. After pointing has set sufficiently, wet surface with brush and perform first surface rubbing with No. 16 carborundum stone, or approved equal. Rub sufficiently to bring surface to paste, to remove form marks and projections, and to produce smooth, dense surface. Add cement to form surface paste as necessary. Spread or brush material, which has been ground to paste, uniformly over surface and allow to reset. In preparation for final acceptance, clean surfaces and perform final finish rubbing with No. 30 carborundum stone or approved equal. After rubbing, allow paste on surface to reset; then wash surface with clean water. Leave structure with clean, neat and uniform-appearing finish. C. Apply wood float finish or broom finish to concrete slabs. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be performed under provisions of Section 01 4529 - Testing Laboratory Services. B. Unless otherwise directed by ENGINEER, following minimum testing of concrete is required. Testing shall be performed by qualified individuals employed by approved independent testing agency, and conform to requirements of ASTM C1077. 1. Take concrete samples in accordance with ASTM C172. 2. Make one set of four compression test specimens for each mix design at least once per day and for each 150 cubic yards or fraction thereof. Make, cure and test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 3. When taking compression test specimens, test each sample for slump according to ASTM C143, for temperature according to ASTM C1064, for air content according to ASTM C231, and for unit weight according to ASTM C138. 4. Inspect, sample and test concrete in accordance with ASTM C94, Section 13, 14, and 15, and ACI 311-5R. C. Test Cores: Conform to ASTM C42. D. Testing High Early Strength Concrete: When Type III cement is used in concrete, specified 7-day and 28-day compressive strengths shall be applicable at 3 and 7 days, respectively. E. If 7-day or 3-day test strengths (as applicable for type of cement being used) fail to meet established strength requirements, extended curing or resumed curing on those portions of structure represented by test specimens may be required. When additional curing fails to produce required strength, strengthening or replacement of portions of structure which fail to develop required strength may be required by ENGINEER, at no additional cost to Owner. 3.13 PROTECTION A. Protect concrete against damage until final acceptance by the ENGINEER. B. Protect fresh concrete from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. Provide protection while concrete is still plastic, and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring. C. Do not backfill around concrete structures or subject them to design loadings until components of structure needed to resist loading are complete and have reached specified 28 day compressive strength, except as authorized otherwise by the ENGINEER. END OF SECTION 03 3053 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-1 SECTION 03 40 00 – PRECAST CONCRETE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the precast concrete work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. This Section covers the design, fabrication, delivery and installation of all plant precast concrete units, including connections, complete, in place, as shown and specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 03 6000 – Grouting. B. Section 07 9200 – Joint Sealants. 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Comply with reference standards of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards, as applicable: 1. Commercial Standards: ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete ACI 304 Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete ACI 311 Guide for Concrete Plant Inspection and Testing of Ready-Mixed Concrete ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures AWS A5.4 Welding Rods and Electrodes AWS D1.1 Welding and Cutting AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code – Reinforcing Steel ASTM A184 Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A185 Specification for Steel Welded Wire, Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A193 Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High- Temperature Service ASTM A194 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service ASTM A351 Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic, for High-Temperature Service ASTM A497 Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A580 Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Wire ASTM A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM A666 Specification for Austenitic Stainless Steel, Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar for Structural Applications ASTM A775 Specifications for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars ASTM C33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates ASTM C67 Method for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile ASTM C127 Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate ASTM C128 Test Method for Specific Gravity and Absorption of Fine Aggregate ASTM C150 Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C173 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-2 ASTM C 204 Test Method for Fineness of Portland Cement by Air Permeability Apparatus ASTM C31 Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C 260 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C311 Method for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C494 Test Method for Shear Fatigue of Sandwich Core Materials ASTM D2240 Test Method for Rubber Property -- Durometer Hardness AWS B2.1 Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforced Steel PCI MNL-116 Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Structural Precast Concrete Products PCI MNL-117 Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast Concrete Products PCI MNL-121 Manual for Structural Design of Architectural Precast Concrete 2. Government Standards: CSS Caltrans Standard Specifications. 1.04 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Shop Drawings 1. Shop drawings shall provide details in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318 including installation details. 2. Shop drawings, including design computations, shall be stamped and signed by a civil or structural engineer registered in the State of California and shall be approved by the ENGINEER. 3. Shop drawings shall indicate precast unit identification marks, location of units in the WORK, elevations, fabrication details, welding details, reinforcement, connections, dimensions, interface with adjacent members, and special handling instructions in sufficient detail to cover manufacture, handling, and erection. Shop drawings shall include erection drawings. Shop drawings shall also include design computations for above mentioned drawings. 4. Shop drawings shall be divided into complete separate submittals for each structure. Each complete submittal shall consist of a panel schedule and shop drawings. a. Panel Schedule: Showing all exterior elevations of the structure, including all precast concrete enclosure faces exposed to view, in its associated shop drawing submittal. Elevations at a minimum scale of 1/8" = 1'-0" shall be drawn, identifying the type and location of each panel by a number which corresponds to the panel number appearing on an associated shop drawing; this same number shall be permanently marked on the back of each panel as they are fabricated. b. Shop Drawings: Showing all elevations, dimensions, horizontal and vertical sections, openings, inserts, reinforcing, anchorage devices, pick-up points, details, design computations, and other requirements for each different type of panel to be incorporated into the portion of the project covered by the submittal. Drawings shall be 24 inches x 36 inches maximum. F. Mix Proportions: Prior to commencing operations, including fabrications of the precast concrete for any mock-up, a statement shall be submitted giving the nominal maximum aggregate size and proportions of all ingredients that will be used in the manufacture of concrete. The statement shall include test results from an approved testing laboratory, with certification stamp and signature by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California. No substitutions shall be made in materials used in the concrete mix without approval and additional tests to verify that the concrete properties are satisfactory. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-3 G. Test Reports: Tests for compressive strength of concrete shall be performed by an approved independent commercial testing laboratory at no cost to the CITY. Copies of test reports including all test data and all test results shall be submitted for review and approval of the ENGINEER. H. Certificates of Compliance: Certificates of compliance shall be submitted attesting that materials and products meet or exceed specified requirements. I. Manufacturer's Qualifications: A statement shall be submitted giving the qualifications of the precast concrete Manufacturer, and evidence that the Manufacturer and plant are PCI certified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General Requirements: Design precast members under direct supervision of a professional structural engineer experienced in design of precast concrete units, registered in the State and conforming to requirements of PCI MNL-121 and to ACI 318. 1. Precast Manufacturer and erectors shall be qualified in accordance with PCI MNL-117 and MNL-116. 2. Welding shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1, AWS D12.1, AWS B2.1, and AWS A5.4. 3. Manufacture, Transportation and Installation: The Manufacturer shall specialize in providing precast products and services normally associated with precast concrete construction with high quality architectural finishes similar to that indicated on drawings, using procedures complying with PCI MNL-116 and MNL-117, and PCI plant certified for at least 5 years. 4. Use adequate number of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.06 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: The precast concrete panel and connection designs shown hereon represent minimum precast construction requirements. The Manufacturer shall verify the panel and connection designs for all handling, erection, and service conditions, and shall provide any additional materials necessary to meet the design conditions. B. Concrete Mix: The concrete mix shall be designed by the Manufacturer, with certification stamp and signature by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California, and approved by the ENGINEER, using the materials and quantities specified to meet all of the requirements of this specification. 1. Proportioning of Concrete Mixes: Mixes shall be proportioned by weight except water and admixtures may be batched by volume if desired. Trial mixes and testing to meet requirements of the strengths of concrete specified is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility. Design mix shall contain similar materials as those proposed for use in the WORK. 2. Admixtures: Concrete shall contain an air entraining admixture in proportion so as to provide 4 percent plus or minus 1 percent total air in the concrete as determined by ASTM C 173 or C 231. Set retarding admixtures may be used provided cement content is not reduced. Water reducing admixtures may be used provided they are used in the mix design studies. High- range water reducers (superplasticizers) shall be used only where specifically called for in this Section, otherwise superplasticizers shall not be used without written approval from the ENGINEER. No admixture may contain chlorides, bromides, or fluorides. 3. Water: Clean, potable water. The CONTRACTOR shall provide tests to assure that no more than 200 parts per million total aggregated content of chlorides, bromides, and fluorides are present. C. Formwork: Formwork shall be designed to withstand high-frequency vibration and to ensure finished units. D. Pickup Points and Boxouts: Pickup points, boxouts, and inserts on panel faces and surfaces to be exposed are prohibited except as approved by the ENGINEER. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-4 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Deliver precast concrete units to the job-site in such quantities and at such times as to assure the continuity of construction. Precast members shall be handled to position consistent with their shape and design; they shall be lifted and supported from design incorporated support points and provided with strong backs and other devices as required. Lifting or handling equipment shall be capable of maintaining units during manufacture, storage, transportation, erection, and in position for fastening. B. Blocking and supports, lateral restraints and protective materials during transport and storage shall be clean, non-staining, without causing harm to exposed surfaces, including temporary support to prevent bowing and warping. Lateral restraints shall be provided to prevent undesirable horizontal movement. Edges and exposed faces of members shall be protected to prevent straining, chipping, or spalling of concrete. C. Units shall be marked with date of production and final position in structure in location not visible after erection. D. Precast units shall be stored off the ground in a manner to keep markings visible, and to prevent cracking, distortion, warping, staining or other physical damage, and they shall be protected from weather, marring, and overload. E. Stainless Steel Hardware: Stainless steel hardware shall be transported, handled, stored, and protected in wood crates. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, "low alkali," white color. "Low alkali" requirement may be waived if not reactive as defined in Appendix to ASTM C 33. Submit laboratory test reports. B. Aggregate: ASTM C33, 1/2-inch maximum coarse aggregate size fine aggregate ratio to total aggregate volume = 0.35 min, 0.55 max. 1. Water Absorption, Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C127 2. Water Absorption, Fine Aggregate: ASTM C128. C. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed epoxy coated in accordance with ASTM A775. D. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Plain: ASTM A185, epoxy coated. 2. Deformed Steel: ASTM A497, epoxy coated. 3. Fabricated Steel Bar or Rod Mats: ASTM A184, epoxy coated. E. Tie Wire: ASTM A580, Type 316L, cold finished annealed. F. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260. G. Water Reducing or Retarding Admixtures: ASTM C494, Type C, D, or F/G, with no chloride, bromide, and fluoride ingredients. H. Silica Fume Slurry Admixture: 45 to 50 percent silica fume, water, and superplasticizer as dispersant. Silica Fume: 85 percent amorphous silicon dioxide in accordance with ASTM C311; loss on ignition shall not exceed 6 percent and moisture shall not exceed 3 percent in accordance with ASTM C311. Surface area not less than 10,000 square meters per kilogram at bed porosity of 0.50 in accordance with ASTM C204. Reduce water in mix by 5.6 to 9.5 lbs for each gallon of slurry added to mix, as recommended by slurry Manufacturer used. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-5 I. Pigment: Pure mineral type, color-resistant to alkalis, nonfading. Color as required to produce finished concrete matching color and appearance of prebid sample and the 72-inch by 72-inch sample at the ENGINEER's field office. 2.02 SUPPORT DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES Unless otherwise specified on the project plans, the following requirements shall apply: For Corrosive Environments: A. Connecting and Support Devices: ASTM A666, Type 316L stainless steel. B. Bolts: ASTM A193, Grade B8M (Type 316). C. Nuts and Washers: ASTM A194, Grade 8M (Type 316). D. Weld Filler Metal for Stainless Steel: Stainless steel to stainless steel; AWS A5.4, Grade 316L filler metal; stainless steel to carbon steel, AWS A5.4, Grade 309 filler metal, 3/32-inch diameter. E. Primer: Zinc-dust, zinc oxide primer in a phenolic resin spare varnish vehicle, TT-P-641 Type III (for galvanized surfaces). F. Plates, Angles, Anchors, and Studs: ASTM A666, Type 316L stainless steel. Austenitic Steel Castings for Embedments and Anchorage Assemblies: ASTM A351, Type CF3M, with Type 316 stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Normal Conditions: A. Connecting and support devices, bolts, nuts, washers, inserts, and anchorage devices exposed to view, moisture, or weather shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. B. Anchorage devices shall be fabricated from ASTM A36, and shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123. C. Plates, Angles, Anchors, studs, and other metal accessories exposed to view, moisture, or weather shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. D. Reglets: Plastic, shaped and flanged to remain in place once cast; tape closed to prevent concrete intrusion. E. Bearing Pads: Neoprene, molded to size or cut from molded sheet, 70-80 Type A durometer, ASTM D 2240. F. Sealant: Specified in Section 07 92 00, "Joint Sealants." G. Gaskets: ASTM C 509, preformed, firm, cellular, neoprene, sized to be under constant compression at the joints, and manufactured in lengths to minimize field splices. 2.03 FORMS AND MOLDS A. Forms: Manufacturer's standard with smooth, hard, dense, and rigid casting surface; without bow, warpage, oil canning, or other imperfections. Comply with PCI MNL 117, Division V, Section 2, Article 5.2.1. B. Form Release Agent: Manufacturer's standard, non-staining, nonpetroleum based; compatible with concrete surface sealer. C. Surface Sealer: Clear, flat, penetrating, nonyellowing, non-clouding solution; high concentration of organosilane in an aqueous alcoholic vehicle which is designed to provide water repellent concrete surfaces from which graffiti can be easily removed. Oil-type silicones, paraffins, waxes, vinyls, modified urethanes, or acrylics shall not be used. Sealant shall be tested by Manufacturer and proved compatible with surface sealer. D. Molds: Fabricate using steel, concrete, fiberglass, reinforced plastic or wood. 1. Selection of materials for molds shall be at manufacturer's option, except that wood shall not be use without specific prior approval of the ENGINEER. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-6 2. Cast elements in molds of rigid construction, accurate in detail with precise corners and arises, and designed to provide close control of dimensions, radii, and details as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3. Prior to casting of precast elements, molds shall have surface joints, radii, and corners filled, ground, filed, straightened, or otherwise removed to provide finished concrete surface that is smooth and dense, free of honeycombing, air pockets, offsets, sinkages, or other irregularities. 4. Mold Release Agents: Synthetic resin or organic compound containing no wax, oil, silicates, or varnish, and compatible with specified coatings, sealants, fresh concrete, curing process, and adhesives. 5. Cast molds with release agents to facilitate removal of elements from molds. 2.04 MIX Silica Fume Concrete: Minimum 5,000 psi (unless noted otherwise on the project plans), 28-day compressive strength; aggregate 3/8-inch max; water - 305 lbs per cu yd; cement - 750 lbs per cu yd; w/c ratio 0.40 max; slump range 3 inches to 5 inches with silica fume slurry; air entrainment 4 percent plus or minus 1 percent; 7.5 percent dry silica fume by weight of cement, provided through specified silica fume slurry; add superplasticizer to achieve desired working slump for precast concrete as may be required by silica fume slurry Manufacturer. Add colorant as required to achieve match with ENGINEER's sample. Moist cure by spray mist. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Precast concrete units shall be fabricated by a licensed shop in accordance with ACI 318, PCI MNL-116 (structural features), PCI MNL-117 (nonstructural features, surface treatments, patching, and tolerances). Plant records and quality control program shall be maintained during production of precast units. Records and access to plant shall be available to the ENGINEER upon request. Rigid molds shall be used, constructed to maintain precast unit uniform in shape, size, and finish, free from castings and dents, gouges, oil canning, or other irregularities that will adversely affect appearance or strength of units. Consistent quality shall be maintained during manufacture. Equipment for handling epoxy-coated reinforcing bars shall have protected contact areas. Bundles of coated bars shall be lifted at multiple pickup points to prevent bar-to-bar abrasion from sags in the bundles. Coated bars or bundles of coated bars shall not be dropped or dragged. Coated bars shall be stored on protective cribbing. The maximum amount of damage shall not exceed 2 percent of the surface area of each bar. Reinforcing steel, anchors, inserts, plates, angles, and other cast-in-place items shall be embedded as indicated on shop drawings. Reinforcement shall be fabricated and placed in conformance with ACI 318. No tack welding of or to reinforcement permitted. Welding when allowed shall conform to AWS D1.4 requirements. No carbon steel chairs, spacers, nails or tie wire shall be used in positioning reinforcing and embedments. Adequate reinforcing steel shall be provided to control cracking. Maximum permissible crack width: Surfaces exposed to weather: 0.005 inch. Surfaces exposed to view but not weather: 0.01 inch Connecting devices, plates, angles, items fit to steel framing members, inserts, bolts, and accessories shall be fabricated to permit initial placement and final attachment. Anchors, inserts, lifting devices, and other accessories shall be placed and embedded in accordance with approved shop drawings, accurately positioned in their designed location and anchored to prevent dislocation during panel construction. Do not use powder actuated fasteners for surface attachment of accessory items except as specifically approved by the ENGINEER and specifically accepted by the precast unit manufacturer. Flashing reglets shall be placed and embedded continuous and straight, with lifting devices to permit removal after erection. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-7 Units shall be moist cured with water mist to develop concrete quality and to minimize surface drying and appearance blemishes such as nonuniformity, staining, or surface cracking. Precast units shall be removed from formwork using procedures conforming to PCI MNL-117. Minor patching in plant acceptable, providing structural adequacy and appearance of units are not impaired. Each precast unit shall be identified with corresponding code on erection drawings, in location not visible to finished work. Repair of damaged epoxy coating, when required, shall be made with patching material conforming to ASTM A775. Repair shall be in accordance with the material Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Fabrication and Tooling of Stainless Steel Connections and Embedments: All tools used during fabrication shall be made of stainless steel. Use of carbon steel tools is prohibited. Welding of stainless steel shall conform to AWS A5.4, AWS B2.1 and AWS D1.1, using tungsten inert gas procedures and 316L filler metal for stainless steel to stainless steel and 309 filler metal for stainless steel to carbon steel. Surfaces shall be sanded smooth (do not grind), and oxidized discoloration removed (blue heat tint). Threaded parts of stainless steel bolts shall be lubricated with graphite suspended in alcohol (Neo-Lube) every time that nut is run on or off the threads. No other lubricant is acceptable. Erection slings, cables, blocking, hardware and restraints shall be nonmetallic or stainless steel. Cribbing or crating shall be wood. 2.06 FINISH OF PRECAST UNITS A. Backs and Sides (Unexposed Edges): Smooth, dense, uniform surface free from blemishes. Defects in backs and sides (unexposed edges) shall be repaired as approved. B. Faces: Appearance, color, and texture finish of all panels shall match appearance, color and texture of the approved sample panels constructed by the CONTRACTOR. Panels that do not match shall be rejected. Repairs will be acceptable only if structural adequacy and appearance of product are not impaired and the repair and surrounding area match the approved sample panels at the ENGINEER's field office. Mechanical finishing of panels at precast plant shall be at essentially the same age (or strength) of concrete to assure finished appearance is uniform from panel to panel. To reduce possibility of stains occurring during transportation and erection, sealer shall be applied at the plant as recommended by Manufacturer and the precaster and shall be guaranteed in writing that sealer will not alter or yellow the original precast concrete color in any way and that it is compatible with the joint sealants to be used on the project. Seal finish surfaces of precast units to be exposed in completed work as follows: apply a uniform coat of surface sealer in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions. Apply sealer by method and in quantity required to provide coverage specified by sealer Manufacturer. Forty-eight hours after application of sealer, apply water to face of each panel in sufficient quantity to determine if full sealer coverage was achieved. Panels not fully sealed shall be resealed and retested. A second coat shall be applied at the jobsite after erection and cleanup in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Examination: The CONTRACTOR shall verify that the structure, anchors, devices, and openings are ready to receive work of this Section. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing condition. B. Preparation: The CONTRACTOR shall provide for erection procedures and induced loads, during erection, maintain temporary bracing in place until final support is provided, provide necessary hoisting equipment and safety and protective devices. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PRECAST CONCRETE 03 4000-8 C. Erection: The units shall be erected in accordance with approved shop/erection drawings without damage to shape or finish or adjacent work. Damaged panels shall be replaced or repaired. Unless otherwise shown, members shall be erected level and plumb within allowable tolerances. The CONTRACTOR shall align and maintain uniform horizontal and vertical joints as erection progresses, provide approved shims and wedges as required, and when members required adjustment beyond design or tolerance criteria, discontinue affected work. Units shall be secured in place and field welds, scratches and otherwise damaged steel surfaces shall be touched up. The vertical units shall be set dry, without grout, attaining joint dimension with lead or plastic shims and spacers. Pickup points, boxouts, inserts, bearing surfaces, and open spaces at connections and joints shown shall be grouted with non-shrink grout system(s) recommended by the manufacturer of the precast units, in accordance with Section 03 60 00, "Grouting". The color and texture of concrete surfaces of adjacent areas shall be finished to match in the same plane. Provide forms or other acceptable method to retain the grout in place until it is sufficiently hard to support itself. Pack spaces with stiff grout material, tamping voids completely full. Place the grout in a manner to finish smooth, plumb, and level with adjacent concrete surfaces. Keep grouted surfaces damp for not less than 24-hours after grout has taken its initial set. Promptly remove grout material from exposed surfaces before it hardens. D. Tolerances: In accordance with requirements of PCI MNL-117 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Variation from Plane of Location: 1/4-inch in 10 feet and 3/8-inch in 100 feet maximum, compensating not cumulative. 2. Offset from True Alignment between Two Connecting Members: 1/4-inch maximum. 3. Out of Square: 1/8-inch in 10 feet maximum, noncumulative. 4. Variation in Dimensions Indicated in Shop Drawings: Plus or minus 1/8-inch. 5. Misalignment of Anchors, Inserts, Openings: 1/8-inch, maximum. 6. Bowing or Warpage of Units: 1/700 of panel dimension. 7. Exposed Joint Dimension: 3/4-inch plus or minus 1/8-inch. 8. Location of Reglets: 1/4-inch from true position. E. Joint Sealing: Specified in Section 07 9200, Joint Sealants. 3.02 CLEANING A. Not sooner than 72 hours after joints are sealed, faces and other exposed surfaces of precast units shall be cleaned using a cleaning detergent recommended by the sealer manufacturer and water applied with a soft bristle brush, and thoroughly rinsed using clean water or other approved procedures. B. Units shall be cleaned when temperature and humidity conditions are such that surfaces dry rapidly (e.g., 70 degrees F and rising, 50 percent Relative Humidity or less). C. Discolorations which cannot be removed by these procedures shall be considered defective work, and repaired or replaced as directed by ENGINEER. D. Just before final acceptance by the ENGINEER, clean precast units to remove dirt and stains. 3.03 PROTECTION Adjacent surfaces shall be protected from damage during sealing and cleaning operations and against damage, disfiguration or discoloration from subsequent operations. Noncombustible shielding shall be used during welding operations. END OF SECTION 03 4000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT GROUTING 03 6000-1 SECTION 03 6000 – GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide and place grout in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Section Includes: 1. Concrete Mortar 2. Grout 3. Drypack Mortar 4. Non-shrink Grout. 5. Epoxy grout. 6. Non-shrink epoxy grout. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 3000 – Cast in Place Concrete. 2. Section 03 6423 – Epoxy Injection Grouting 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C109 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (using 2 inch or 50 millimeter cube specimens). C230 Standard Specification for Flow Table for Use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement. C531 Test Method for Liner Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacing and Polymer Concretes. C579 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars and Monolithic Surfacing. C827 Test Method for Change in Height at Early Ages of Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious Mixtures. C939 Test Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method). C1090 Test Method for Measuring Change in Height of Cylindrical Specimens from Hydraulic- Cement Grout. C1107 Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (non-shrink). C1181 Test Methods for Compressive Creep of Chemical-Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts . 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Grout: Submit manufacturer’s Literature and certified test data prior to installation of any grout mixes. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. All materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in their original, unopened packages or containers, clearly labeled with the manufacturer’s product identification and printed instructions. B. All materials shall be stored in a cool dry place and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. C. All materials shall be handled in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Refer to manufacturer’s literature or contact the manufacturer for any special physical or environmental limitations that may be required for use of products B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT GROUTING 03 6000-2 1.06 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Refer to manufacturer’s literature or contact the manufacturer for any special physical or environmental limitations that may be required for use of products. 1.07 WARRANTIES A. Non-shrink Grout: The manufacturer shall warranty that the non-shrink grout will never go below its initial placement volume when tested in accordance with ASTM C1107. B. Non-shrink Epoxy Grout: The manufacturer shall warranty that the non-shrink epoxy grout will show negligible shrinkage or expansion when tested in accordance with ASTM C531. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete Mortar: 1. General: Consist of concrete mixture with coarse aggregate removed and water quantity adjusted as required. 2. At Exposed Concrete Surfaces Not to Be Painted or Submerged in Water: White Cement. B. Grout: Consist of mixture of Portland cement and sand. C. Dry-pack: 1. Mortar consists of mixture of Portland cement and sand. 2. Hydraulic Cement Manufacturers a. Aqua Plug b. Unitex Hydraulic Cement c. Thoro Water Plug D. Non-shrink Grout: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Five Star Products, Inc., Fairfield, CT, Five Star Grout. b. Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH, Masterflow 928. c. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE, CRYSTEX 2. Non-shrink grout shall be a proportioned and prepackaged cement-based mixture. It shall contain no metallic particles such as aluminum powder and no metallic aggregate such as iron filings. It shall require only the addition of potable water. 3. Potable water for pre-soaking, mixing, and curing shall be clean and free of oils, acids, alkalies, organics, and any other deleterious matter. 4. Bleeding: Non-shrink grout shall be free from the emergence of mixing water from within or the presence of water on its surface. 5. Non-shrink grout shall be in accordance with ASTM C1107. 6. Consistency: Non-shrink grout shall remain at a minimum flowable consistency for at least 45 minutes after mixing at 45 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit when tested in accordance with ASTM C230. If at a fluid consistency, it shall be verified in accordance with ASTM C939. 7. Dimensional Stability (height change): Non-shrink grout shall be in accordance with ASTM C1107, volume-adjusting Grade B or C at 45 degrees to 90 degrees. It shall show 90 percent or greater bearing area under bases or baseplates. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT GROUTING 03 6000-3 8. Compressive Strength: Non-shrink grout shall show minimum compressive strengths at 45 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit in accordance with ASTM C1107 for various periods from the time of placement, including 5,000 pounds per square inch at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C109 as modified by C 1107. E. Epoxy Grout: 1. Consist of mixture of epoxy and sand. 2. Sand: Clean, bagged, graded, and kiln dried silica sand. F. Non-shrink Epoxy Grout: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: a. Five Star Products, Inc., Fairfield, CT, Five Star Epoxy Grout b. Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, OH, Masterflow 648 CP Plus c. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE, EPOGROUT 2. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall be 100 percent solids, pre-measured, prepackaged system containing a two-component thermosetting epoxy resin and inert aggregate 3. Consistency: Non-shrink epoxy grout shall maintain a flowable consistency for at least 45 minutes at 70 degrees Fahrenheit. 4. Dimensional Stability (height change): a. Non-shrink epoxy grout shall have negligible shrinkage or expansion (less than 0.0006 in/in) when tested in accordance with ASTM C531. 5. Compressive Strength: Non-shrink epoxy grout shall show a minimum compressive strength of 10,000 pounds per square inch at 24 hours and 14,000 pounds per square inch at 7 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C579, Method B. 6. Compressive Creep: The compressive creep for non-shrink epoxy grout shall not exceed 0.0027 in/in when tested under a 400 pounds per square inch constant load at 140 degrees Fahrenheit in accordance with ASTM C1181. 7. Thermal Capability: The coefficient of thermal expansion for non-shrink epoxy grout shall not exceed 0.000018 inches per inch per degree Fahrenheit- when tested under ASTM C531, Method B. 2.02 MIXES A. Concrete Mortar Mix: 1. Use water-cement ratio that is no more than that specified for concrete being repaired. 2. At Exposed Concrete Surfaces Not to Be Painted or Submerged in Water: Use sufficient white cement to make color of finished patch match that of surrounding concrete. B. Grout Mix: 1. For Concrete Repair: Mix in same proportions used for concrete being repaired, with only sufficient water to give required consistency for spreading. 2. For Spreading over the Surfaces of Construction or Cold Joints: Mix with no more water used than allowed by water-cement ratio specified for concrete. 3. For Other Applications: Mix in proportions by weight of one part cement to four parts of concrete sand. C. Dry-pack Mortar and Hydraulic Cement Mix: Use only enough water so that resulting mortar will crumble to touch after being formed into a ball by hand. D. Non-shrink Grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions such that resulting mix has fluid or flowable consistency and is suitable for placing by pouring. E. Epoxy grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions for mixing. F. Non-shrink Epoxy Grout: Mix in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT GROUTING 03 6000-4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect concrete surfaces to receive grout or mortar and verify that they are free of ice, frost, dirt, grease, oil, curing compounds, paints, impregnations and all loose material or foreign matter likely to affect the bond or performance of grout or mortar. B. Inspect baseplate and anchor systems for rust, oil, and other deleterious substances that may affect the bond or performance of grout. C. Confirm that newly placed concrete has been cured sufficiently to attain its design strength and limit further shrinkage. D. Verify that temperature of cementitious or epoxy grout does not exceed manufacturer’s recommendations. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. Roughen all concrete surfaces by heavy sandblasting, chipping, or other mechanical means to assure bond. Loose or broken concrete shall be removed. 2. All grease, oil, dirt, curing compounds, laitance, and other deleterious materials that may affect bond that were identified in the inspection process shall be completely removed from concrete and bottoms of baseplates. All metal surfaces should have a 2- to 3-mil peak-to- valley profile for epoxy grouts. 3. For cementitious mortars and grouts, concrete surfaces shall be saturated surface dry. Any standing water shall be removed prior to placing grouts. 4. For epoxy grouts, do not wet concrete surfaces with water. Instead, where required, wet surfaces with epoxy for horizontal work or epoxy gel for vertical or overhead work prior to placing epoxy grouts. B. Forms and Headboxes for Grouts (Cementitious or Epoxy): 1. Forms for grouts shall be built of material with adequate strength to withstand the placement of grouts. 2. Forms must be rigid and liquid tight. All cracks and joints shall be caulked with an elastomeric sealant. All forms shall be lined with polyethylene for easy grout release. Forms carefully waxed with two coats of heavy-duty paste wax shall also be acceptable. 3. Forms shall be 4 to 6 inches higher than the baseplate on one side of the baseplate configuration when using head pressure for placement. 4. A sufficient number of headboxes shall be built to facilitate placement of grouts. 5. Air relief holes a minimum 1/8 inch in diameter shall be provided when required by a baseplate configuration to avoid entrapping air underneath. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Cement Mortar and Grout: 1. For Defective Concrete Repair: a. Filling: Filling of voids around items through the concrete. b. Grout Spreading: Spread over construction joints, cold joints, and similar type items. 2. Concrete Surfaces: Apply epoxy bonding agent to clean, roughened, and dry surfaces before placing mortar or grout. 3. Placing: a. Exercise particular care in placing Portland cement mortar or grout since they are both required to furnish structural strength or impermeable water seal or both. b. Do not use cement mortar or grout that has not been placed within 30 minutes after mixing. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT GROUTING 03 6000-5 B. Epoxy Grout: 1. Apply in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions. 2. Use where specified herein or where indicated on the Drawings. 3.04 PLACEMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall make arrangements to have a grout manufacturer’s representative present for a preconstruction meeting and during the initial grout placement. Grout shall only be installed after the final equipment alignment is correct and accepted by the ENGINEER. 1. Grouts shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 2. A mortar mixer with moving paddles shall be used for mixing grouts. For cementitious grouts, pre-wet the mixer and empty out excess water before beginning mixing. 3. Cementitious Grouts: a. Non-shrink cementitious grout shall be added to a pre-measured amount of water that does not exceed the manufacturer’s maximum recommended water content. b. Mix cementitious grouts per manufacturer’s instructions for uniform consistency. c. Grouts may be dry-packed, flowed, or pumped into place. All baseplate grouting shall take place from one side of a baseplate to the other to avoid trapping air. Do not overwork grouts. d. Do not re-temper grout by adding more water after stiffening. e. Hydrostatic head pressure shall be maintained by keeping the level of the grout in the headbox above the bottom of the baseplate. The headbox should be filled to maximum level and the grout worked down to top of baseplate. 4. Epoxy Grouts: a. Epoxy grouts shall be mixed in complete units. Do not vary the ratio if components or add solvent to change the consistency of the mix. b. Pour the hardener into the resin and mix for at least one minute and until each mixture is uniform in color. Pour the chemical components into the mortar mixer wheelbarrow and add the aggregate. Mix until aggregate is uniformly wetted. Overmixing will cause air entrapment in the mix. c. All epoxy grout shall be flowed into place using a headbox. All grouting shall take place from one side of a baseplate to the other in a continuous flow to avoid trapping air. d. Hydrostatic head pressure shall be maintained by keeping the level of grout in headboxes above the bottom of baseplates. Headboxes shall be filled to the maximum level and grout worked down to the bottom of the baseplates. e. Epoxy grouts shall not be cut back after setting. The final level of grout will be as installed with all chamfer edges built into the formwork. 3.05 CURING A. Cementitious Grouts: 1. Grouts must be cut back to the lower edge of baseplates after reaching initial set. Provide a 45-degree angle cut back. 2. Clean equipment and tools as recommended by the grout manufacturer. 3. Cure Grouts in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations. Keep grout moist for a minimum of 3 days. The method needed to protect grouts will depend on temperature, humidity, and wind. Wet burlap, a soaker hose, sun shading, ponding and in extreme conditions, a combination of methods shall be employed. 4. Grouts shall be maintained above 40 degrees Fahrenheit until they have attained a compressive strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch or above 70 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 24 hours to avoid damage from subsequent freezing. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT GROUTING 03 6000-6 B. Epoxy Grouts: 1. Cure grouts in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations. Do not wet cure epoxy grouts. 2. Consult the manufacturer for appropriate cure schedule. In no case should any surface in contact with grout be allowed to fall below 50 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 48 hours after placement. 3. Equipment and tools shall be cleaned immediately with a strong liquid detergent and water solution before grout hardens. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-shrink grouts shall be tested for 84-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C109. B. Non-shrink grouts shall be tested for 24-hour compressive strength in accordance with ASTM C579 (Method B). END OF SECTION 03 6000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EPOXY INJECTION GROUTING 03 6423-1 SECTION 03 6423 - EPOXY INJECTION GROUTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Epoxy injection system. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): D638 Text Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics. D695 Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. D790 Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data completely describing epoxy injection system materials. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Certificates of Compliance. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: One of the following or equal: 1. Master Builders, Inc., Concressive Standard LVI 2. Sika Chemical Corp.'s, Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod LV B. Epoxy: Provide epoxy materials that are new and use them within shelf life limitations set forth by manufacturer. Water-insensitive 2 part type low viscosity epoxy adhesive material containing 100 percent solids and meeting or exceeding following characteristics when tested in accordance with standards specified: Physical Characteristic Test Method Required Results Tensile Strength ASTM D638 8,000 pounds per square inch at 14 days and 77 degrees Fahrenheit cure Flexure Strength ASTM D790 11,000 pounds per square inch at 14 days and 77 degrees Fahrenheit cure Compressive Strength ASTM D695 16,000 pounds per square inch at 24 hours and 77 degrees Fahrenheit cure Physical Characteristic Test Method Required Results Bond Strength --Concrete shall fail before failure of epoxy Gel Time in 5-Mil Film --Four hours maximum at 77 degrees Fahrenheit Elongation ASTM D638 1 percent at 14 days and 77 degrees Fahrenheit B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EPOXY INJECTION GROUTING 03 6423-2 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Pump Unit: 1. Furnish unit to be used for injection that is positive displacement type with interlock to provide in-line mixing and metering system for 2 component epoxy. 2. Furnish pressure hoses and injection nozzle of such design as to allow proper mixing of 2 components of epoxy. 3. Presence of standby injection unit may be required. 2.01 MIXES A. Epoxy Injection System Materials: 1. Mix epoxy in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Do not use solvents to thin epoxy system materials introduced into cracks or joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. Epoxy Injection System: 2. General: Before processing, sweep or clean area in vicinity of crack location to receive epoxy and leave in generally clean condition. 3. Joints to Receive Epoxy: Clean in manner such that joints are free from dirt, laitance, and other loose matter. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install and cure epoxy materials in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Perform and conduct work of this Section in neat orderly manner. C. Epoxy Injection System: 1. Apply adequate surface seal to crack or joint to prevent escape of epoxy. 2. Establish entry points at distance along seal not less than thickness of cracked member. 3. Force epoxy into crack at first port with sufficient pressure to advance epoxy to adjacent port. 4. Seal original port and shift entry to port at which epoxy appears. 5. Continue this manner of port-to-port injection until each joint has been injected for its entire length. 6. For small amounts, or where excessive grout pressure developed by pump unit might further damage structure, premixed material and hand caulking gun may be used if acceptable to the ENGINEER. 7. Seal ports, including adjacent locations where epoxy seepage occurs, as necessary to prevent drips or run out END OF SECTION 03 6423 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 04 2200-1 SECTION 04 2200 - CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide concrete masonry and other appurtenant work, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ANSI/ASTM C5 Quicklime for Structural Purposes ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C90 Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM C129 Non load bearing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM C140 Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM C144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C150 Portland Cement ASTM C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes ASTM C404 Aggregates for Masonry Grout ASTM E447 Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms UBC 21-16 Field Test Specimens for Mortar 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Samples: 1. Samples of concrete masonry unit colors with texture ranges indicated for selection of color. Full size samples of the blocks selected shall be submitted for final approval by the ENGINEER after color selection, if requested. If the specified product is a colored and textured unit, the samples shall be colored and textured units. 2. Samples of mortar colors for color selection 3. A 4-foot minimum square free standing sample panel shall be prepared for approval before starting masonry work if required. The panel shall remain at the Site for reference until all masonry work is completed. C. Documentation: 1. Reports from testing Masonry units. Letter of certification that units meet ASTM standards. Recent test reports on units from independent testing company. 2. Reports from Mortar and Grout testing will be obtained from on-site testing company. D. Grout and Mortar Mix Design: 1. Proportions for all components 2. Mill Tests for Cement 3. Admixture Certification, include chloride ion content 4. Aggregate Graduation and Certification 5. Lime Certification 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicable Standards: Concrete masonry shall conform to the local Building Code, and other applicable codes and standards of governing authorities. B. All work shall conform to the standard of quality established by the approved free-standing sample panel. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 04 2200-2 C. Concrete block masonry units and ready mix grout from the job site shall be sampled and tested in accordance with applicable ASTM standards by onsite testing company. D. Inspection: Whenever required under the provisions of the Building Code, work hereunder will be subject to continuous inspection by a Special Inspector selected by the ENGINEER and approved by the local Building Official having jurisdiction. The Special Inspector will work under the supervision of the ENGINEER. E. Weather Conditions: Concrete masonry units shall not be placed when air temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit (4 degrees Centigrade) and shall be protected against direct exposure to the wind and sun when erected when the ambient air temperature exceeds 100 degrees Fahrenheit (37 degrees Centigrade) in the shade with relative humidity less than 50%. Cold weather installation shall be per code and Reference Standards and as approved by the ENGINEER. F. Product Storage: Cement, lime and other cementitious materials shall be delivered and stored in dry, weather-tight sheds or enclosures, in unbroken bags, barrels, or other approved containers, plainly marked and labeled with the manufacturers' names and brands. Mortar and grout shall be stored and handled in a manner, which will prevent the inclusion of foreign materials and damage, by water or dampness. Masonry units shall be handled with care to avoid chipping and breakage, and shall be stored on wooden pallets. Materials stored on newly constructed floors shall be stacked in such manner that the uniformly-distributed loading does not exceed 50 psf. Masonry materials shall be protected from contact with the earth and exposure to the weather and shall be kept dry and clean until used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Concrete masonry units shall conform to ASTM C90, Type I, with maximum linear shrinkage of 0.6% from standard to oven-dried condition. Units shall be medium weight units unless indicated otherwise. B. Concrete masonry units shall be modular size as shown or indicated on the drawings, with smooth precision finish or as indicated on the plans. Units shall be integrally-colored or standard unit color with painted exterior as indicated on the drawings with color selections from light and medium color range (white, black and dark green not included in color range). C. All bond beam, corner, lintel, sill and other specially shaped blocks shall be provided where required or necessary. Specially shaped non-structural blocks may be constructed by saw cutting. Color and texture shall match that of adjacent units. No exposed grouted block cells will be allowed. All exposed masonry surfaces of openings and window and door openings such as sills, heads and jambs shall be finish block surfaces, not formed surfaces, unless indicated otherwise. Closed bottom bond beam blocks shall be used at heads and sills. D. Concrete masonry units hidden from view entirely may be natural color units the same size as other adjacent masonry units. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement shall be Type I or II, low alkali, conforming to ASTM C150. No masonry cement will be allowed. B. Hydrated lime shall be Type S, conforming to ASTM C207. Pulverized quicklime shall conform to ANSI/ASTM C5, shall pass a No. 20 sieve, and 90% shall pass a No. 50 sieve. C. Sand shall conform to ASTM C144. Coarse aggregate shall conform to ASTM C404. D. Water for mixing shall be clear potable water. E. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60. F. Any admixtures must be pre-approved prior to usage. See Section 2.4 B. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 04 2200-3 G. Veneer ties shall be per local governing code and shall be Hot Dip Galvanized per ASTM 153-B2. H. Horizontal Joint Reinforcement shall be Hot Dip Galvanized ladder-type per ASTM A153-B2 2.03 MORTAR A. Mortar for concrete block masonry shall be Type S, with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 1800 psi. B. Mortar for use with colored masonry units shall have integral color as approved by the ENGINEER. 2.04 GROUT A. Grout shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2000 psi. Where the grout space is less than 4 inches, pea gravel shall be omitted. B. Admixtures may only be used when approved by the ENGINEER. When it has been approved for use, it shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations for the grout. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Measurements for mortar and grout shall be accurately made. Mortar proportions shall be accurately controlled and maintained. B. Work shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable code for reinforced concrete hollow-unit masonry. C. Set or embed all anchors, bolts, reglets, sleeves, conduits, and other items as required. D. All block cutting shall be by machine. E. Reinforcing steel shall be cleaned of all loose rust and scale, and all oil, dirt, paint, laitance, or other substances, which may be detrimental to or reduce bonding of the steel and concrete. F. Immediately before starting work, the concrete upon which the masonry will be laid shall be cleaned with water under pressure. G. Full mortar bed for first course shall be provided. H. Units shall be shoved tightly against adjacent units to assure good mortar bond. I. All equipment for mixing and transporting the mortar and grout shall be clean and free from set mortar, dirt, or other foreign matter. 3.02 MIXING A. Mortar shall be mixed according to ASTM C270. After all ingredients are in the mixer, they shall be mechanically mixed for not less than 5 minutes. Re-tempering shall be done on the mortar board by adding water within a basin formed within the mortar, and the mortar reworked into the water. Mortar, which is not used within 2 1/2 hours, shall be discarded per ASTM requirements. 3.03 ERECTION OF CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY A. Masonry work shall be erected in-plane, plumb, level, straight, and true to dimensions and executed in accordance with acceptable practices of the trade. B. Unless indicated otherwise, masonry shall be laid up in straight uniform courses with running bond. C. All masonry shall be erected to preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells measuring not less than 3 inches x 3 inches in cross-section. Cross webs shall be full bedded in mortar, to prevent grout leakage. All head (or end) joints shall be solidly filled with mortar for a distance in from the face of the wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shells. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 04 2200-4 3.04 JOINTS A. Vertical and horizontal joints shall be uniform and approximately 3/8-inch wide. Exterior joints and interior exposed block joints shall be concave-tooled to form dense surface. Special care shall be used in tooling joints so as to match existing construction. Interior or exterior non-exposed masonry and masonry behind plaster shall have flush joints. 3.05 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanout openings shall be provided at the bottoms of all cells to be filled at each lift or pour of grout, where such lift or pour is over 4-feet in height. Any overhanging mortar larger than ½ inch or other obstructions or debris shall be removed from the insides of such cells. The cleanouts shall be sealed before grouting and after inspection. Cleanout openings shall match the finished wall in exposed masonry. 3.06 REINFORCEMENT A. Bond beam blocks shall be used where horizontal reinforcing steel is embedded. B. Knock-out openings shall have no steel or joint reinforcing running through the opening. Head, jambs and sill blocks shall be used to provide an even finish surface to install window when blocks are removed. Joints at head, jambs and sills shall be stacked and continuous. C. Vertical reinforcement shall be held in position at top and bottom and at intervals as defined on the drawings. D. Horizontal joint reinforcing to 16” o.c. in all masonry walls. E. Veneer ties shall be provided per Building Code and trade standards where veneered surfaces are indicated and shall be spaced no less than 16” o.c. each way. 3.07 GROUTING A. CMU wall shall be filled solidly with grout. Grouting shall not be started until the wall has cured for 24 hours. B. All grout shall be consolidated at time of pouring by vibrating. Where the grouting operation has been stopped for one hour or longer, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the grout pour 1½ inches below the top of the uppermost unit. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Wall surfaces shall be protected from droppings of mortar or grout during construction. 3.09 FINISHING AND CLEANING A. Masonry shall not be wet-finished unless exposed to extreme hot weather or hot wind and then only by using a nozzle-regulated fog spray sufficient only to dampen the face but not of such quantity to cause water to flow down over the masonry. B. Finish masonry shall be cleaned and pointed in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER, based upon the approved sample panel. C. All interior and exterior colored masonry work exposed to view shall be cleaned to remove all stains and other imperfections. END OF SECTION 04 2200 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-1 SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide all labor, materials, bolts, fasteners, equipment and service necessary for fabrication and erection of structural steel and aluminum and for fabrication and installation of miscellaneous non- ferrous metals in accordance with the Contract Documents and not specifically included under other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Erection 2. Shop and Erection Drawings 3. Shop Painting 4. Galvanizing 5. Aluminum Work Protection 6. Cleaning Aluminum Work Miscellaneous Items 7. Loose Lintels 8. Sleeves and Inserts 9. Aluminum Pipe Railing 10. Plate Covers and Frames 11. Guard Chains 12. Lifting Hooks 13. Cast Iron Wheel Guard 14. Cast Aluminum Nosings 15. Floor Hatches and Frames 16. Access Doors B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 5300 – Metal Gratings 2. Section 05 5213 – Pipe and Tube Railings 1.02 REFERENCES A. All work under this Section shall be governed by: 1. Specifications for the design, fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings – American Institute of Steel Construction, current edition. 2. Aluminum Construction Manual, Section 1, Specifications for Aluminum Structures – The Aluminum Association. 3. All welding shall conform to the latest code of the American Welding Society. 4. ASTM A276 5. ASTM A325 6. ASTM F593, 294 7. Federal Specification FF-S-325 8. ASTM A48 9. Federal Specification TT-V-51F 10. ANSI B94.12 11. ASTM A12, A 153, A 384, A 593 and A 780 12. SSPC SP-1, SP-2, SP3, SP-7 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. As required by the Specifications, submit for review completely detailed and certified shop and erection drawings of the miscellaneous metal work. All Coatings or other protection against B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-2 corrosion to be applied at the shop or in the field shall be indicated on these drawings. The shop drawings for aluminum work shall show the alloys and tempers to be used, and the finish, if any to be applied. C. Shop drawings, giving complete information necessary for fabrication, layout and installation of metal work shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review prior to fabrication. D. Preparation of shop drawings for fabricated metal items shall be coordinated with the manufacturers, of various equipment in order to comply with details, locations, openings and arrangements required by the manufacturers, of various equipment in order to comply with details, locations, openings and arrangements, required by the manufacturers. E. Field measurements shall be made to verify all dimensions in the field, which may affect installation of work before shop drawings are made and/or fabrication is performed. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The design, detail and workmanship of steel plates and structural steel shall conform to the AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. Where welding is permitted or required, it shall conform to the current requirements of the American Welding Society for the type of work in question. C. Aluminum work shall be fabricated in a shop where the quality of work is in accordance with the highest standards for work of this type. All work shall be executed by mechanics skilled in the fabrication of aluminum, and shall be true to detail with sharp, clean profiles, fitted with proper joints and intersections and with finishes as specified. D. All miscellaneous metal work shall be formed to shape and size with sharp lines and angles. Shearing and punching shall leave clean true lines and surfaces. 1.05 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DIMENSIONS A. The general design and dimensions of the miscellaneous metal work are indicated on the Drawings, correctness of the details and dimensions of the finished articles is required. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for verification of conditions at the job before fabrication and coordination of the work with that of all other trades to prevent interference. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel plated and structural steel shapes shall conform to ASTM Standard Specification for Structural Steel, Designation A36. B. Sheet steel shall be cold rolled or hot rolled carbon sheet steel conforming to ASTM Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality, Designation A36 or AST ASTM Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 maximum, percent), Hot Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality, Designation A569, as appropriate. C. Steel pipe shall conform to ASTM Standard Specifications for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless, Designation A53. D. Stainless steel shall be Type 304 unless otherwise indicated or specified in the Contract Documents. E. Aluminum work shall be fabricated of plates, rolled or extruded shapes, sheets or casting conforming (unless otherwise permitted or indicated) to the following alloy and temper designations of the Aluminum Association: 1. Structural rolled or extruded shapes 6061-T6. 2. Extruded shapes 6063-T5. 3. Plates 6061-T6. 4. Gratings (bearing bars) 6061-T6 (crimp bars) 6063-T6. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-3 5. Castings 214. 6. Sheets 3003-F. 7. Bolts and nuts 2024-T4. 8. Pipe Railing 6063-T6. 2.02 STEEL A. Structural steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A36. Structural tubing, where used, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A500, Grade B, and the ends of the tubing shall be properly sealed to protect the internal surfaces. Steel anchor bolts shall be ASTM A36 hot rolled threaded rod or bar stock, except where stainless steel is indicated on the Drawings. B. Structural steel members as required shall conform to ASTM Standard shapes. C. Base and bearing plates shall be provided where necessary to provide maximum bearing value of not more than 200 psi on solid concrete masonry units not more than 750 psi on concrete and shall be grouted in place. D. Steel lintels shall be provided for all square head openings in masonry where shown and where other lintels are not indicated on the Drawings. Lengths of bearing at each end of lintels shall be not less than 1 inch per foot of span, but in no case less than 8 inches shall be increased or the lintels shall be fitted with bearing plates as required to provide unit pressures in pounds per square inch of not more than 200 on solid concrete masonry units and 625 on concrete. All new steel lintels shall be shop primed and ready to receive coatings as specified under Section 09 9100 – Painting. Finish coats are specified in Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings. 2.03 SHOP PAINTING A. Painting of miscellaneous ferrous metal work is specified under Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings. 2.04 GALVANIZING A. Items of miscellaneous iron work and steel work indicated on the Drawings or specified to be galvanized shall be zinc coated by the hot dip process in conformity with ASTM Standard Specification for Zinc (hot galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled, Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip, Designation A123-78; or ASTM Standard Specifications for Zinc Coating (hot-dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware, Designation A153-78, as appropriate. Galvanizing is specified under Article 3.04, "Hot-Dip Galvanizing." 2.05 ALUMINUM A. All structural and miscellaneous aluminum shall be Alloy 6061 (Alloy 6063 for extrusions), Temper T6, unless otherwise noted, indicated or accepted by the Owner. Where welding is necessary in fabrication, is shall be done in conformance with Section 7 "Welded Construction" of Specification for Aluminum Structures, referenced hereinbefore. 2.06 ALUMINUM WORK PROTECTION A. Aluminum surfaces which after erection would otherwise be in contact with concrete or brick masonry or with mortar, shall be protected from contact therewith by a coat of bitumastic super service black manufactured by the Koppers Company, Inc. Pittsburgh, PA; Tarmastic 100 manufactured by Porter Coating Division, Porter Paint Company, North Kansas City, MO; or an acceptable equivalent product. Areas where the paint has been damaged by abrasion or other cause shall be cleaned and repainted as directed so that the aluminum will have a complete protective paint film when brought into contact with the material against which it is being protected. Before application of coating, the surface shall be cleaned of all dirt, heavy deposits of grease or oil and other foreign substances and shall be immersed in or swabbed with an acceptable solvent. Next the surfaces shall be rinsed with clear water and thoroughly dried. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-4 B. Attention of the Specifications in regard to protection against electrolysis where aluminum is to be used in conjunction with dissimilar metals is required. C. Where a shop coating of methacrylate lacquer has been specified on aluminum work to protect the surface from stain, the protective coating of lacquer worn off during handling or erection shall be replaced in the field by a new coating of lacquer of the same type. D. During construction, care shall be taken to prevent damage to the aluminum work from splashing or the accumulation of paint, concrete, mortar, or other similar materials. 2.07 STAINLESS STEEL A. Stainless steel shapes shall be ANSI Type 304 or 316 in accordance with ASTM A276. Miscellaneous bar stock products such as pipe straps shall be 300 Series stainless steel. Anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be ANSI Series 300 stainless steel. 2.08 FASTENERS A. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: 1. Structural bolts shall be ANSI Type 300 Series stainless steel in accordance with ASTM F593, with ASTM F594 nuts. All bolts shall have hexagonal heads. 2. Anchors and bolts including nuts and washers shall be provided where necessary for securing the work in place. Sizes, types and spacing of anchors and bolts not indicated or specified otherwise shall be as necessary for their purposes. Anchor bolts and anchors for the erection of structural steel shall be shall be stainless steel Type 316. 3. Bolts and nuts shall be installed with anti-seize per Loctite, or equal (or thread locker to be confirmed with WWTP Operations). B. Expansion Anchors (In Concrete): 1. Expansion anchors shall be of three (3) types: a. Stainless steel wedge type. b. Self-drilling plated type with stainless steel bolt and stainless steel washer. c. Type of expansion anchor desired shall be noted on Drawings. 2. Stainless steel wedge type anchors shall be ITW Ramset/Red Head or ENGINEER approved equal of Type 316 stainless steel. Anchors shall meet or exceed latest Government GSA Federal Specifications FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4, Class 1. Anchor shall be used with 300 series stainless steel bolt and washer. 3. Self-drilling plated anchors shall be ITW Ramset/Red Head of ENGINEER approved equal. Anchors shall meet or exceed latest Government GSA Federal Specification FF-S-325, Group III, Type 1. Self-drilling anchors shall be electro-deposited zinc plated and chromate dipped, to meet or exceed the requirements of the latest Federal Specification QQ-Z-325, Type II, Class 3. Cutting teeth shall have minimum hardness of 82 Rockwell A scale. 4. Steel expansion anchors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5. Self-drilling expansion anchors shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. To insure full development strength, all self-drilling expansion anchors shall be expanded over the plug in the final set, by using a bolt screwed into the female threads and impacted by hand with a suitable hammer. The final set shall not be accomplished by using the drilling tool. 6. After installation, pull-out tests by the anchor manufacturer's representative may be requested by the ENGINEER. If so, the ENGINEER will specify the number and location of the tests. 2.09 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Items of miscellaneous metal work not particularly specified hereinafter shall be of the shape, size, materials and details indicated on the Drawings or suitable for the purpose intended. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-5 2.10 LOOSE LINTELS A. Furnish all loose lintels as indicated on the Drawings or required by the Work. The loose lintels shall be fabricated from structural steel shapes and plates. All loose lintels shall be shop primed and ready to receive coatings as specified under Section 09 9100 - Painting. 2.11 SLEEVES AND INSERTS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the Specifications regarding sleeves and inserts. 2.12 ALUMINUM PIPE RAILING A. Reference Section 05 5213 – Pipe and Tube Railings. B. The aluminum pipe railing shall be the product of company normally engaged in the manufacture of pipe railing. Railing shall be shop assembled in lengths not to exceed 24 feet for field erection. C. Handrails and stair rails shall be designed to withstand a 200-pound concentrated load applied in any direction at any point on the top rail. Handrails and stair rails shall also be designed to withstand a load of 50 pounds per foot applied horizontally to the top rail. The 200-pound load will not be applied simultaneously with the 50 pounds per foot load. In addition, the handrails shall be designed to withstand a load of 100 pounds per foot horizontal load. The 100 pounds per foot vertical load does not apply to stair rails. D. The manufacturer shall submit calculations to the ENGINEER for approval. Testing of base castings or base extrusions by an independent lab or manufacturer’s lab (if manufacturer’s lab meets the requirements of the Aluminum Association) will be an acceptable substitute for calculations. Calculations will be required for approval of all other design aspects. E. Post spacing shall be a maximum of 8-feet 0 inches, unless noted otherwise. Posts and railings shall be a minimum of 1½ inches Schedule 40 aluminum pipe alloy 6063-T6, ASTM B429 or ASTM B221. The handrail manufacturer shall show that their posts are of adequate strength, the manufacturer may reduce the post spacing or add reinforcing dowels or may do both in order to meeting loading requirements. F. The handrail shall be made of pipes joined together with component fittings. Samples of all components, bases, toe plate and pipe must be submitted for approval. Components that are glued at the joints will not be acceptable. Handrail and components shall be Kee Clamp, Inc., Golden Railings, Speed-Rail, or approval equal. G. Posts shall not interrupt the continuation of the top rail at any point along the railing, including corners and end terminators. H. The midrail at a corner return shall be able to withstand a 200-pound load without loosening. I. Expansion bolts shall be spaced 10 diameters apart and 5-diameter edge distance for not reduction in pullout strength. A safety factor of four shall be used on expansion bolt pullout values published by the manufacturer. J. Toe plate shall conform to OSHA Standards. Toe plate shall be a minimum of 4 inches high and shall be an extrusion that attaches to the posts with clamps, which allow for expansions and contraction between posts. Toe plates shall be set ¼-inch above the walking surface. Toe plates shall be provided on handrails as required by OSHA and/or as shown on Drawings. Toe plates shall be shipped loose in stock lengths with pre-manufactured corners for field installation. K. Openings in the railing shall be guarded by a self-closing gate. Safety chains shall not be used unless specifically shown on the Drawings. L. Finish shall be Aluminum Association M10-C22-A41 (215-R1). The pipe shall be plastic wrapped. The plastic wrap is to be removed after erection. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-6 M. Aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete, grout or dissimilar metals will be protected with a coat of bituminous paint, (two (2) coats of Federal Specification TT-V51F Asphalt Varnish), mylar isolators, or other approved material. 2.13 PLATE COVERS AND FRAMES A. The plate covers and frames shall be the sizes indicated on the Drawings. The frames shall be aluminum angles of the sizes indicated with welded strap anchors for securing the frames in the concrete. The frames shall have mitered corners with welded joints ground smooth where exposed. B. The covers shall be ¼-inch thick aluminum tread plate having an acceptable nonskid surface and reinforced with aluminum bars welded to the underside of the cover in accordance with the details. Plate covers shall be capable of supporting a uniform superimposed load of 100 psf for the span with a deflection of less than ¼-inch based on allowable fiber stress of 16,000 psi. The covers shall be made to fit neatly and accurately in the frames. C. Hinged covers shall be furnished with heavy-duty stainless steel, plain bearing hinges with stainless steel pins. The hinges shall be fastened to the covers and frames with stainless steel machine screws. The hinged covers shall be provided with flush lift handles fabricated from ½-inch diameter aluminum rod, alloy 6061-T6511. D. A single leaf of hinged plate covers shall be no greater than 3 -feet x 5-feet in size. E. Removable plate covers shall have 1-inch diameters finger holes to facilitate removal. All edges of holes cut in the plate covers shall be ground smooth. F. Removable plate covers shall be no greater than 14 square feet in size with the longer dimension no greater than 7 feet. G. Gasket plate covers shall have continuous compressible neoprene seals between the cover and the frame at the perimeter. The covers shall be secured to the frames with countersunk, flathead, stainless steel machine screws spaced approximately 6 inches on centers. 2.14 GUARD CHAINS A. Removable guard chains at openings in aluminum pipe railings shall be fabricated from wrought, non-welded aluminum chain having 12 links per foot. The chains shall be secured to aluminum eyes bolted or welded to pipe stanchion at one end of the opening. The free ends of the chains shall be provided with hooks formed from ¼-inch diameter solid aluminum rod for attaching to similar eyes in the pipe stanchion at the opposite end of the opening. 2.15 CAST IRON WHEEL GUARDS A. Wheel guards where indicated on the Drawings shall be cast iron guards of the sizes and types indicated on the Drawings as herein specified and shall be manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company, Neenah, WI; Flockhart Foundry Company, Neward, NJ; McKinley Iron Work, Fort Worth, TX or ENGINEER approved equal. Wheel guards shall be given one shop coat of rust inhibitive paint before shipment. B. Wheel guards shall be heavy-duty concrete fill type, cast iron wheel guards, No., R-4983-C manufactured by Neenah Foundry Company Type 706A manufactured by Flockhart Foundry Company or ENGINEER approved equal. The guards shall be set 2 inches into the pavement and shall be bolted to the masonry walls. The guards shall be filled with Class A concrete and the top of the fill sloped at a 15 degree angle from the building. 2.16 CAST ALUMINUM NOSINGS A. The cast aluminum nosing shall be abrasive cast aluminum nosing securely fastened with stainless steel, flat head bolts and wing anchors set into the fresh concrete. The nosings shall be the products of Wooster Products, Inc., Wooster, OH; American Abrasive Metals Company, Irvington, NJ; Andco Building Specialties or ENGINEER approved equal. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-7 2.17 FLOOR HATCHES AND FRAMES A. The floor hatches and frames shall be flush floor hatches provided by manufacturer as shown in the Drawings or ENGINEER approved equal. Where noted and in areas subject to vehicle traffic, the hatches shall be H-20 rated. The hatches shall be double or single leaf type and of the sizes indicated on the Drawings. The hatches shall be factory assembled and shipped complete with frame for installation on the job. The hatches shall be furnished with hinges, hold open safety lock bars, and flush lift handles. Gutter type hatches shall have a 1½-inch drainage coupling located in on corner of the channel frame. B. The floor hatches and frames shall be fabricated from aluminum with ¼-inch extruded aluminum frames and 1/40-inch diamond checkered aluminum plate covers. The covers shall be reinforced to be capable of withstanding a uniform live load of 300 psf (min.). 2.18 ACCESS DOORS A. Doors shall be flush panel access doors as manufactured Inryco, Inc., Milwaukee, WI; Karp Associates, Inc., Maspeth, NY; BOICO, Birmingham, AL or ENGINEER approved equal. Doors and frames to be steel with concealed hinge and flush screwdriver operated locks. 2.19 CASTINGS A. All miscellaneous iron castings shall be of best quality materials free from flaws and unsightly defects. Gray cast iron shall be ASTM A48 Class 35 (35,000 psi tensile strength). Furnish and install in the locations indicated casting of the type and size shown on the Drawings. 2.20 CARPENTERS IRON WORK A. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structures. Manufacture or fabricate items of sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for head and nuts which bear on wood structural connections, elsewhere, furnish steel washers. 2.21 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Provide miscellaneous steel framing and supports as required to complete the work. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown or if not shown, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating plates, louvers, vents, grilles, screens or other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown, fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars of all welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum number of joints for filed connection. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to the work. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 ANCHORAGE ITEMS A. Furnish all bolts, nuts, shims, pins, screws, nails and other anchors, which, may be required by the Drawings or job conditions to secure all items permanently in place whether or not specifically called for or shown on the Drawings. 3.02 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF METAL WORK A. General: All metal items shall be accurately fabricated and erected with exposed joints close fitting. All joints shall be such of character and so assemble that they will be as strong and rigid as adjoining sections. Joints shall be located where least conspicuous. Items shall have smooth finished surfaces except where otherwise shown or specified. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-8 B. Built-In Items: Members or parts to be built-in with masonry or concrete shall be in a form affording a suitable anchorage or shall be provided with approved anchors, expansion shields or other approved means of securing members. C. Dissimilar Metals: Ferrous and non-ferrous metals shall be insulated at all contacts with felt washer, mylar strips or sheets, bitumastic paints, or other acceptable means. All aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete shall be coated with two (2) coats of Federal Specification TT-V51F Asphalt Varnish or ENGINEER approved equal. D. Connections: 1. All required anchors, couplings, bolts and nuts required to support miscellaneous metalwork should be furnished and installed as required. 2. Weights of connections and accessories shall be adequate to safely sustain and withstand stresses and strains to which they will be normally subjected. 3. Connections shall be bolted except where welding is called for in the Drawings. Bolts shall be ¾-inch diameter unless noted or required otherwise. E. Expansions Anchors: 1. Expansions anchors shall be installed in holes drilled into concrete with carbide tipped drill bits conforming to ANSI B94.12-1977, using a rotary impact hammer for ½-inch and 3/8- inch anchors. Hole depth shall equal or exceed the anchor manufacturer’s minimum recommended embedment. Should hole depth equal anchor manufacturer’s minimum recommended embedment, hole shall be cleaned out by air pressure. The minimum hole depth shall be per anchor manufacturer’s recommendations. Assure hole is perpendicular and conforms in size to anchor manufacturer’s recommendation. 2. Washer and nut shall be assembled on anchor so that the top of the nut is flush with the top of the anchor. Then the anchor shall be driven into the hole through the work until the washer bears against the work. The anchor shall be expanded in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 3. General: Provide stainless steel fasteners for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade and class required. 4. Bolts and Buts: Regular hexagon head type, stainless steel, Grade A (within tankage) 5. Lag Bolts: Stainless steel (within tankage) 6. Machine Screws: Stainless steel 7. Wood Screws: Stainless steel 8. Plain Washers: Stainless steel 9. Masonry Anchorage Devices: Stainless steel 10. Toggle Bolts: Stainless steel (within tankage) 11. Lock Washers: Stainless steel 12. Bolts, buts, lags, toggle bolts and lock washers above and exterior to tankage shall be stainless steel 3.03 WELDING A. Welding procedures, welders and welding operators, both for shop and field welding, shall be qualified and certified in accordance with the requirements of AWS D1.1 “Welding in Building Construction” of the American Welding Society. Manufacturer’s and fabricator’s shop drawings shall clearly show complete information and all field welding shall be performed in conformance with this information regarding location, type, size and length of all weld, all in accordance with AWS A2.0 “Standard Welding Symbols” of the American Welding Society. Special conditions shall be fully explained by notes and details. 3.04 HOT-DIP GALVANIZING A. All fabrication, galvanizing and repair shall comply with ASTM Standards as they apply in accordance with the publication “ASTM Standard for Materials Hot-Dip Galvanized after B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000-9 Fabrication, 1981” issued by American Hot-Dip Galvanizers Association, Inc. In particular, the following specific standards shall apply to work under this contract: ASTM A123, A153, A384, A385, A563 and A780. B. Items to be galvanized shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM A385-80. C. Galvanizing for fabricated steel items, shall conform to ASTM A123-78 and shall be done after fabrication. Steel assemblies shall be subject to safeguarding from warpage and distortion during galvanizing per ASTM A384-76. D. Upon field erection, any damage measuring more than 1/10-inch wide shall be repaired with a zinc- based solder or zinc-rich paint in accordance with ASTM A780-80. Marred, damaged, or uncoated areas 4-square inches and less shall be patched with a zinc-based solder to a thickness of 5- milligrams; areas greater than 4-square inches shall be patched with an organic zinc-rich paint to a dry film, Devcon Z, LPS Instant Cold Galvanized or ENGINEER approved equal. The resident project representative shall determine the extent of damage, which would require recoating. E. Items subject to distortion during transit, such as thin, curved members, etc., shall be stacked on edge and/or blocked to prevent radius change or other distortion while in transit to and from the galvanizing plant. 3.05 PAINTING A. Painting of miscellaneous ferrous metal work is specified under Division 09 - Finishes. 3.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS A. Rough Hardware: 1. Furnish bent or otherwise custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes as required for framing and supporting woodwork, and for anchoring or securing woodwork to concrete or other structure. Straight bolts and other stock rough hardware items are specified in Division 05 - Metals. 2. Fabricate items to sizes, shapes and dimensions required. Furnish malleable iron washers for heads and nuts, which bear on wood structural connections; elsewhere, furnish steel washers. B. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: 1. Provide shapes and sizes for profiles shown. Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars, with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings and anchorages as required for coordination of assembly and installation with other work. 2. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim where indicated. END OF SECTION 05 5000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 5213-1 SECTION 05 5213 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish and install handrails in accordance with all applicable ADA requirements and as specified within the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Handrails manufacturer shall be Engineer approved. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Rolled Plates and Shapes: ASTM A36 B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Type E or S, Schedule 40 unless otherwise noted. C. Tubing: Cold formed shapes per ASTM A500 or hot-formed shapes per ASTM A501. Wall thickness for either category shall be in accordance with the thickness and tolerances specified in ASTM A501. D. Bolts: ASTM A307, Grade A, with hexagon heads or nuts where exposed in the finish work, with flat heads for countersinking where flush bolting is specified or required. E. Plastic Cover: Polyethylene Thermoplastic (HDPE) tubes having ultra-violet resistance and anti- static properties, nominal thickness 0.250 inches. Color shall be OSHA yellow unless otherwise noted. Size covers for pipe diameters. F. Grout: Nonshrink, nonmetallic type per CE CRD-621 and ASTM C1107. Grout shall be premixed and factory-packaged. Formulation shall be nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous properties. Provide grout as recommended by grout manufacturer for interior or exterior application. G. Anchor Bolts: 1. Expansion Anchors: Threaded stud type with two independent expansion anchor wedges per Fed. Spec. FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4, Class 1 for concrete expansion anchors. Stud, wedges, washer and nut shall be zinc-plated steel. 2. Adhesive Anchor System: Self-contained glass vial containing pre-measured amounts of quartz sand, hardening agent and polyester resin. Studs shall be threaded rod conforming to ASTM A307 with compatible washers and hexagon nuts furnished by the anchor manufacturer. H. Concrete: Provide 3,000 psi, 28-day strength concrete unless noted otherwise. ASTM C94, slump of 4 inches ± 1 percent. 1. Exterior Concrete: Include air-entrainment or 6 percent ± 1 percent. 2. Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. 3. Aggregates: ASTM C33 normal weight, natural coarse aggregate, maximum ¾” diameter. 4. Water: Potable B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05 5213-2 2.03 HAND RAIL SYSTEM A. Structural Performance of Handrails and Railings: Provide handrails and railings capable of withstanding the following structural loads based on 2000 international building code, without exceeding allowable design working stresses of materials for handrails, railings anchors, and connections: 1. Top Rail of Guards and hand rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads as indicated a. Concentrated load of 200 lbf (890 N) applied at any point and in any direction. b. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft: (730 N/m) applied in any direction at the top and to transfer this load through the supports to the structure. c. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Intermediate rails, balusters and filler panels: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: a. Applied normal load of 50 pounds (0.22kN) on an area not to exceed 1 square foot including openings and space between rails. b. Reactions due to this loading are not required to be superimposed with the proceeding section. B. Provide Handrail system complying with the following requirements 1. Sleek system with internal connectors. a. Rails and Posts 1) Extruded Aluminum Pipe ASTM B429, Aluminum alloy 6061-T6. Finish AA M10C22A41. Posts – 1 ½ inch IPS Schedule 80. Rails – 1 ½ inch IPS Schedule 40. 2) Steel pipe scheduled 40. Posts and rails 1 ¼ inch, with high-density polyethylene thermoplastic coating, nominally 0.125 inch thick. b. Mechanical Connectors 1) Post and handrail connector fittings 2) Machined from solid aluminum bar stock of alloy 6063-T6 (ASTM B221) or austenitic stainless steel bar stock of alloy 303 (ASTM A582) or machined castings of high tensile aluminum-magnesium alloy 535.0 (ASTM B26) or castings from high purity ingot 535.2 (ASTM B179) 3) Anodize finish 0.7 mil minimum thickness. 4) Design – Fittings shall be the type which fastens externally with anodized aluminum, tubular rivet nut with socket head cap screw and stainless steel lock washer. Internal connections by means of an internal double tang, expanded by an internal/external, reverse knurl, cup point, hexagon socket set screw. c. Flanges 1) Sand cast from high tensile aluminum-magnesium alloy 535.0 2) Supplied with anodize finish.7mil minimum thickness. 3) Design – Fittings shall be the type, which fastens directly to the pipe by means of an internal/external, reverse knurl, cup point, hexagon socket set screw. 4) All anchoring hardware shall be 300 series stainless steel. d. Fasteners 1) All fasteners to be 304 or 316 stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION C. Installation Options 1. Core 2. Base Mount END OF SECTION 05 5213 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL GRATINGS 05 5300-1 SECTION 05 5300 - METAL GRATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish and install metal bar grating (solid top or open) were shown on the Drawings and in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications 1.02 REFERENCES A. Design, fabrication and installation of grating shall be in accordance with Standard Specifications and Voluntary Code of Practice in Metal Bar Grating Manual, 1979 Edition, published by National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, Chicago, IL (ANSI A-202.1). B. ASTM B210 C. ASTM B221 D. Federal Specification TT-V-51F 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Support minimum uniform live load of 250 psf B. Deflection not to exceed span of bearing bars (in inches) divided by 240 C. Maximum Fiber Stress: 12,000 psi D. Material: Heavy Duty Galvanized Steel 2.01 BASIC DESIGN A. The gratings shall be 2 ½ inch metal that shall fit into the area shown on the mechanical plan. B. The gratings shall be secured in place by at least four (4) acceptable removable-type fasteners per grating panel. The ends of each grating section shall be banded with bearing bars. C. All openings for fixtures or pipes, which require the cutting of three main bars or more, shall be finished in a similar manner as the ends. D. Gratings in concrete shall have coated aluminum or reinforced fiberglass angle frames with mitered corners and with welded joints ground smooth where exposed. The frames shall have welded anchors and shall be set in the concrete as it is placed. E. Bearing and cross bars shall be flush at surface. F. All free and supported bar ends around perimeter and around cutouts shall be banded. G. Provide removable sections of grating with suitable end bearing where noted on the Drawings or otherwise required. 2.02 MATERIAL A. Bear Bars: ASTM B221, 6061-T6 or 6063-T6, aluminum B. Cross Bars: ASTM B221 (extruded) or ASTM B210 (drawn) aluminum C. Steel Fasteners: Stainless steel, when used with aluminum grating D. Finish: Aluminum mill finish (as fabricated) B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT METAL GRATINGS 05 5300-2 E. Anchors: Stainless Steel Saddle clips of manufacturer’s standard design PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. CONTRACTOR shall provide submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittal Procedures showing the layout of the grating where grating is called out in the Contract Documents: B. Grating shall be set with full and uniform end bearing to preclude rocking; do not use wedges or shims. C. Provide 1-inch minimum bearing with maximum erection clearance of ¼-inch all around. D. Anchor grating with saddle clips in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or as detailed on the Drawings. E. Provide cutouts for the passage of pipe, valve and equipment operators, conduit, stems and similar work; cutouts for circular obstructions shall be at least 2 inches larger in diameter than the obstruction. F. Protect all surfaces of angles and frames to be in contact with concrete or dissimilar metals with two (2) coats of Federal Specification TT-V-51F Asphalt Varnish. END OF SECTION 05 5300 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200-1 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish and install caulking and sealing as indicated in Division 03. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Indicate manufacturers and brand names, colors available, and locations where each will be used. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements of the general conditions except as noted below. B. Guarantee all work of this section for a period of 2 years. C. Guarantee all work against water leaks, air infiltration, sagging, and pulling loose. D. Guarantee shall include replacement and/or repair of other work damaged by water leakage in caulking and sealant work. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver sealants in original sealed containers, each bearing manufacturer’s name and product designation. B. Do not retain at the job site material, which has exceeded the shelf life recommended by its manufacturer. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Types 1 to 4 Sealants: Polyurethane sealants conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-00227E Type II & ANSI A116.1. 1. Type 1 Sealant: Two part 30-40 Shore A, non-sag a. Manufacture Sikaflex – 2C or equal 2. Type 2 Sealant: Two part, 35-45 Shore A, self-leveling. 3. Type 3 Sealant: Two part, 20-35 Shore A, self-leveling. 4. Type 4 Sealant: Two part, 20-35 Shore A, non-sag. B. Type 5 Sealant: One component, elastomeric gun grade polyurethane sealant conforming to ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Use NT, M, A, G and I Federal Specifications TT-S- 00230C Type 2, Class A. 1. Manufacturer: Sonneborn Sonolastic NP 1 or equal. 2.01 ACCESSORIES A. Primers: As specified by sealant manufacturer B. Backup Materials: Closed cell polyethylene foam C. Bond Breaker: Polyethylene film. 2.02 COLOR A. Color for each location of use shall be as selected by OWNER and in accordance with the contract documents. Non-availability of a required color within a particular brand of otherwise approved material shall not act to relieve obligation to furnish material of required color and conforming to specifications. B. Colors shall be selected to best blend with adjoining materials. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200-2 PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATIONS FOR SEALANT TYPES A. Type 1 Sealant: Use for all interior and exterior construction, expansion joints, etc. associated with sealing the joints in the concrete tanks B. Type 2 Sealant: Except as hereinafter specified, use for all interior and exterior horizontal joints subject to foot traffic. C. Type 3 Sealant: Except as hereinafter specified, or where Type 1 sealant is required, use for all exterior horizontal joint. D. Type 4 Sealant: Use for all exterior vertical surfaces. E. Type 5 Sealant: Use for all interior work except where Type 1 sealant is required. F. Caulk and seal all open joints, both interior and exterior; at junction of metal frames and walls; at other locations as noted on drawings. G. Generally, expansion joints in exterior concreted flatwork on grade, curbs and gutter for sitework, etc.; joint fillers will not require a joint sealant. Where sealant is noted on drawings for such joints, sealant shall be Type 1 and a bond breaker shall be installed along top of joint filler, full width of joint, to present contact between sealant and joint filler. 3.02 SEALANT AND JOINT DETAILS A. Joint Sizes: 1. Types 1, 2, 3 and 4 Sealants: a. Minimum joint size: ¼-inch x ¼-inch b. Depth to width ration of joint shall be a recommended by sealant manufacturer. c. Maximum width: Sealant manufacturer’s recommended maximum. 2. Type 4 Sealant: Maximum joint size shall be 3/8-inch x ½-inch. B. Joints deeper than above shall have backup material installed to maintain specified depth. C. With Types 1, 2, 3 and 4 sealants, a bond breaker shall be installed, unless backup material is used, so that sealant bonds only sides of joints. 3.01 SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Carefully and thoroughly clean surfaces with cleaner, and in matter recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Prime surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Apply sealants smoothly and uniformly. Mask surfaces each side of joints to protect adjacent surface and to form straight, even edges. END OF SECTION 07 9200 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAINTING 09 9100-1 SECTION 09 9100 – PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to do all painting (excluding items listed in Section 09 9700 - Special Coatings), including preparation, priming and protection of finished surfaces. An extensive and comprehensive painting job will be required and shall include all surfaces which normally are painted. B. The intent of these Specifications is to obtain the material and workmanship necessary to produce an adequate and acceptable job, and is intended to describe the requirements for both shop and field painting. C. The intent of this Specification Section is to include all items which are to receive painting and have not been included in Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings. D. The intent of this Specification Section and Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings shall be to paint all exposed structural steel, miscellaneous ferrous metal, lintels, equipment, piping, all exterior masonry walls and all other work obviously required or noted to be painted unless otherwise specified (see Section 2.1). The omission of minor items in the schedule of work shall not relieve the obligation to include such items where they come within the general intent of the Specifications as stated herein. All interior surfaces and equipment which have been previously painted shall be repainted or recoated following the proper surface preparation as shown on the Drawings. E. Review and examine all Divisions and Sections of these Specifications for any additional painting requirements and/or additional surfaces or items to be painted. F. Apply specified finish coats of paint to all pre-primed work and complete finishing system for unprimed work required to be painted. G. Backprime, with specified interior first coat material all surfaces of finish trim which will be concealed after installation. H. Apply specified finish coats of paint to all prepainted surfaces which require only a finish coat. Otherwise, the complete system (as given in Section 2.1) shall be administered. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 – General Requirements 2. Division 05 – Metals 3. Section 07 9200 – Joint Sealants 4. Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings B. Wherever detailed painting requirements are covered under an equipment or product specification, the Specifications herein and Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings govern with respect to surface preparation, paint materials, coats, thicknesses and coverage. 1.03 ITEMS NOT REQUIRING FIELD PAINTING A. All new galvanized and stainless steel surfaces (except where noted on Drawings). B. Valves, fittings and appurtenances in small diameter plastic piping (less than 3 inches). C. Prefinished items. D. Plain copper (except as required for color coding) and stainless steel. E. Aluminum except where otherwise designated and required to prevent corrosion at contact with dissimilar materials. F. Concrete floors except where noted. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAINTING 09 9100-2 G. Exterior concrete surfaces except where noted. H. Finish hardware. I. Concealed from view items (except where required for color coding) and surfaces, except as specified herein or where previously painted. J. Packing glands and other adjustable parts and nameplates of mechanical equipment. K. Mechanical equipment (i.e. pumps, blowers, actuators, etc.) 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. The term “paint” as used herein includes enamels, epoxy, paints, sealers, fillers, emulsions and other coatings. B. MDMTPC = Minimum dry mil thickness per coat. C. MDFT = Minimum dry film thickness. D. SSPC = Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification of Painters: All painting shall be done by qualified, skilled, experienced craftsmen. In the acceptance or rejection of completed painting, no allowance will be made for lack of skills on the part of the craftsmen. B. Paint Labels: Labels on paint containers shall include the following: 1. Manufacturer's name 2. Generic type of paint 3. Manufacturer's stock number 4. Color 5. Instructions for thinning where applicable C. Field Quality Control: Paint film thickness shall be subject to measurement by electrometer, wet film gauge, low or high voltage meter, and/or ENGINEER approved measuring instruments. If dry film thickness is found to be less than specified, or coverage is not uniform, apply additional paint to correct the thickness or appearance at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Compatibility: 1. Compatibility of all paints used is required. A compatible paint will be considered a paint which precludes adverse effects related to bonding, drying delamination, scaling, lifting and bleeding. 2. In cases where shop-applied primers and coatings on materials and equipment furnished by suppliers are products different from those described in the Specifications, compatibility shall be verified with the specified field-applied coating system. 3. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer furnishing the paint, and products for thinning purposes only, will be allowed. E. Thickness and Spreading Rates: 1. Minimum dry mil thicknesses per coat (MDMTPC) and/or spreading rates in square feet per gallon shall be governed by the manufacturer's current data sheets or literature containing recommendations or instructions regarding these values. These recommended dry mil thickness and/or spreading rate values will be considered requirements to be met same as if set out herein these Specifications and Contract Documents. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended coverage rates. 2. The number of coats to be applied are specified herein and shall govern. Where the total dry film thickness is specified, this thickness shall govern over the MDMTPC. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAINTING 09 9100-3 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Delivery: All materials shall be brought to the project site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer. All labels shall be legible and intact at time of use. B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Paint manufacturer's written instructions for proper surface preparation, mixing, thinning, application and drying shall be furnished with the paint, and strictly followed. C. Storage of Materials: 1. Store only acceptable materials on project site. 2. Store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. 3. Comply with all applicable health and fire regulations regarding the storage of paint materials. 4. Storage of material shall comply with the manufacturer's specifications; however, storage shall be at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. D. Protection of Materials: 1. Take all necessary precautions to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste. 2. Painting wastes shall be properly deposited in containers made for this purpose. Do not use plumbing fixtures for disposing of paints wastes. 3. Take all necessary precautions to protect paint materials before, during and after application and to protect the finished work. E. Replacement: In the event of damage to paint materials, immediately make all replacements necessary at no additional cost. F. Product delivery, handling and storage shall be in accordance with Part 1 of this Specification. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to the environmental conditions under which painting systems can be applied. 2. Do not apply finish in areas where dust and/or mist is being generated. B. Climatic Conditions: Paint shall not be applied if: 1. The ambient temperature or temperature of the surface to be painted is below 50 degrees F or below the temperature recommended by the paint manufacturer. 2. The relative humidity is above 85 percent. 3. The relative humidity is such that the paint will not dry properly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. C. Projection: 1. Protect with drop cloths, masking or other acceptable means all surfaces which could be damaged in function or appearance by paint, including surfaces not being painted concurrently and surfaces not to be painted. 2. Hardware, accessories, fixtures and similar items shall be removed and replaced after completion of painting. 3. Spray painting will not be permitted when it will cause damage to adjacent of otherwise located surfaces. 4. All paint splatters on glass shall be wiped off immediately. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAINTING 09 9100-4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINT SYSTEMS A. General: 1. All paints of a system shall be by one (1) manufacturer. 2. "Lift" tests may be requested on various surfaces to be painted to assure bonding compatibility. 3. Paints containing lead, or other "dangerous" materials, that surpass federal maximum levels shall not be allowed. Oil shall be pure boiled linseed oil. 2.02 COLORS A. The manufacturer shall be able to furnish all paints for exposed surfaces in a wide range of colors including lighter and darker shades of these colors which may be selected on various surfaces, if not included in the following codes (also note, the below listed may be included in the requirements of Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings): 1. Safety Color Codes: Comply with Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, as applicable, regarding safety color codes. 2. Piping Color Codes: Colors for process pipe coding shall be as specified in Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint and/or coating finishes for conditions that will adversely affect application, permanence or quality of work and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through surface preparation. B. Do not proceed with surface preparation or painting application until conditions are suitable. C. If surfaces are not thoroughly dry or if they cannot be put in proper conditions to receive paint by customary cleaning methods, the painting applicators shall notify the ENGINEER in writing, requesting necessary corrections. D. Review the specified or approved painting systems and bring any questions or doubts as to the proper performance to the ENGINEER. Otherwise, assume the responsibility for providing the desired results. 3.02 ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES A. The commencement of painting work in any area or space will be construed as acceptance of the surface as being satisfactory. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: 1. All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of dust, rust, mill scale, loose paint or oily materials. 2. References to SSPC refer to Steel Structures Painting Council specifications. 3. Surfaces shall be primed and/or treated, as specified, as soon after completion of surface preparation as practical, but in any event before any visible or detrimental corrosion or contamination can occur. A prepared surface, which becomes corroded or contaminated, shall be re-prepared before treating and/or priming. B. Non-submerged Non-Galvanized Structural Steel: All new non-galvanized structural steel for non- submerged service shall have their surfaces prepared according to SSPC-SP6-63, Commercial Blast Cleaning. C. Submerged Non-Galvanized Structural Steel: All new non-galvanized structural steel and fabricated metals for submerged service of high temperature service shall have their surfaces prepared according to SSPC-SP10-63T Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAINTING 09 9100-5 D. Unprimed Metal Surfaces: All unprimed metal surfaces and miscellaneous fabricated metals (exclusive of structural steel and galvanized metal) to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned according to SSPC-SP2-63 Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3-63 Power Tool Cleaning, unless specifically required elsewhere in these Specifications. E. Non-Ferrous Metals: Non-ferrous metals surface preparation shall be not less than that required by the paint manufacturer. F. Concrete and Masonry: 1. All concrete and masonry surfaces shall be cleaned and free from loose particles. 2. Concrete floors to be painted shall be etched with a 10 percent solution of muriatic acid. If the concrete surface is exceedingly dense, a greater strength acid or a second etching will be required. After etching for a minimum of 30 minutes, wash thoroughly with water to remove all traces of acid. Allow to thoroughly dry at least 72 hours. 3. Submerged concrete to be coated shall have their surfaces prepared by a light sandblast (Brush Blast), to remove loose coating and provide a textured surface to enhance adherence of the new coating. No sandblasting shall be done on the job in areas containing pumps, motors or other equipment that could be damaged by infiltration of sand particles. G. Wood Surfaces: Wood surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all extraneous matter and all cracks, nail holes, and other defects properly filled and smoothed. Wood trim shall be sanded to fine finish and wiped clean of dust. 3.04 SHOP PRIMING A. The requirements Specification Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings will govern over this Specification Section requirements. B. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the equipment manufacturer to be compatible with the finish paints to be used. C. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all paint materials supplied in the shop and field. 3.05 APPLICATION A. On metal surfaces apply each coat of paint at the rate specified by the manufacturer to achieve the minimum dry mill thickness required. One gallon of paint as originally furnished by the manufacturer shall not cover a greater area when applied by spray gun than when applied un-thinned by brush. Deficiencies of film thickness shall be corrected. B. On masonry, the application rates will vary according to surface texture; however, in no case shall the manufacturer's stated coverage rate be exceeded. C. On porous surfaces, it shall be the painter's responsibility to achieve a protective and decorative finish either by decreasing the coverage rate of by applying additional coats of paint. D. Evenly brush out each finish coat and permit to dry per manufacturer's recommendation before applying any subsequent coats. E. All paints and catalogs shall be maintained at a minimum manufacturer's application temperature before applying. F. Successive coats of paint shall be tinted so as to make each coat easily distinguishable from each other with the final undercoat tinted to a darker shade than the finish coat. G. Finish surfaces shall not show brush marks or other irregularities. Undercoats shall be thoroughly and uniformly sanded with No. 00 sandpaper or equal to remove defects and provide a smooth even surface. H. Painting shall be continuous and shall be accomplished in an orderly manner so as to facilitate inspection. Materials subject to weathering shall be prime coated as quickly as possible. Surfaces of exposed members that will be inaccessible after erection shall be cleaned and painted before erection. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PAINTING 09 9100-6 I. All surfaces to be painted as well as the atmosphere in which painting is to be done shall be maintained at the conditions recommended by manufacturer by heating and ventilating, if necessary, until each coat of paint has hardened. Any defective paint shall be removed and the surface repainted. J. Perform all required back priming work before items are installed. 3.06 REINSTALLATION OF REMOVED ITEMS A. Following completion of painting in each space, promptly reinstall all items removed for painting, using only workmen skilled in the particular trade. 3.07 CLEANING A. During the progress of Work, do not allow the accumulation of empty containers or other excess items except in areas specifically reserved for that purpose. B. Take all precautions to prevent accidental spillage of paint materials. In the event of spilling, immediately remove all spilled materials and the waste and other equipment used to clean up the spill, and wash surfaces to their original undamaged condition. C. Touch-up and restore finish where damaged. D. Remove all trash and accumulated materials of a painting nature from premises at the completion of the Work. E. Paint spots, oil or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed. Any damage to Work of other trades or equipment caused from painting shall be made good at no additional expense. F. Do not mark surface finish of items being cleaned. G. Leave entire job clean (including paint storage space). 3.08 FINAL INSPECTION A. Protect all painted surfaces against damage until the date of final acceptance of the Work. B. Conduct a final inspection of all painting work and repaint or retouch any areas or surfaces found deficient in complying with these Specifications. END OF SECTION 09 9100 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-1 SECTION 09 9700 - SPECIAL COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required for accomplishing special coatings on equipment, tanks or piping in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 SPECIAL NOTICE A. Because there exists in this project corrosive agents in the liquids and, in certain areas, in the atmosphere, special coatings for protecting the select equipment, structures, and appurtenances are required. The service requirements of the coatings are harsh and only products with an extended history of successful application will be acceptable. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 – General Requirements 2. Division 05 – Metals 3. Section 09 9100 – Painting 4. Division 11 – Equipment C. Wherever detailed coating/painting requirements are covered under an equipment or product specification, the Specifications herein, shall govern over those coating requirements, with respect to surface preparation, coat materials, coats, thickness and coverage with the exception of manufacturer’s supplied coatings and protection. The ENGINEER shall determine if the manufacturer’s supplied coatings are adequate. 1.03 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS A. Specified products are specified as the standard of quality. Products are listed to establish a minimum standard of quality. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be submitted on written approval of the Engineer. As part of the proof of quality and performance equivalency, the Engineer will require at the cost of the Contractor, certified test reports from a nationally known, reputable and independent testing laboratory conducting comparative tests as directed by the Engineer between the product specified and the requested substitution. B. Requests for substitution shall include manufacturer's literature for each product giving name, product number, and generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume, recommended dry film thickness and certified lab test reports showing results to equal the performance criteria of the products specified herein. All materials must meet all local, state and Federal regulations including and not limited to the Air Quality Management District. In addition, a list of five projects shall be submitted in which each product has been used and rendered satisfactory service. 1.04 ITEMS REQUIRING SPECIAL COATING A. See Coating Schedules as listed in PART 2 – PRODUCTS. 1.05 ITEMS NOT REQUIRING SPECIAL COATING A. The metal surfaces of stainless steel, chromium plate, galvanized and aluminum that are not now coated will not require field coating. Do not apply coating over any code-required labels, glass items, gauges and name plates. It is also important not to coat any moving parts or operating units, valves or stems, or any mechanical and electrical parts such as valve and damper operators, linkages. It is the contactor’s responsibility to protect any surface that is not to receive a coating. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification of Coaters: Qualification of Coaters: All coating shall be done by qualified, skilled and experienced craftsmen. In the acceptance or rejection of completed coating, no allowance will be made for lack of skills on the part of the craftsmen. 1. SSPC-QP-1 Certified- Field Application to Complex Industrial and Marine Structures B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-2 2. SSPC-QP-3 Certified- Shop Painting Certification B. Coating Labels: Labels on coating containers shall include the following: 1. Manufacturer’s name. 2. Generic type of coat. 3. Manufacturer’s stock number. 4. Color. 5. Instructions for thinning where applicable. C. Field Quality Control: Coating film thickness shall be subject to measurement with electrometer, wet film gauge, low or high voltage meter and/or applicable measuring instruments acceptable to the ENGINEER. If dry film thickness is found to be less than specified, or coverage is not uniform, an additional coating to correct thickness or appearance at no additional cost shall be applied. D. Compatibility: 1. Compatibility of all coatings used shall be required. A compatible coating will be considered a coat, which precludes adverse effects related to bonding, drying delamination, scaling, lifting and bleeding. 2. In cases where shop-applied primers and coatings on materials and equipment furnished by suppliers are products different from those described in the Specifications, compatibility with the specified field-applied coating system shall be verified by the Contractor. 3. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer furnishing the coating, and products for thinning purposes only, will be allowed. E. Thickness and Spreading Rates: 1. Minimum dry mil thickness per coat (MDMTPC) and/or spreading rates in square feet per gallon shall be governed by the manufacturer’s current data sheets or literature containing recommendations or instructions regarding these values. These recommended dry mil thickness and/or spreading rate values will be considered requirements to be met same as if set out herein; these Do Not exceed manufacturer’s recommended coverage rates. 2. The number of coats to be applied are specified herein and shall govern. Where the total dry film thickness is specified, this thickness shall govern over the MDMTPC. 1.07 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Delivery: All materials shall be brought to the job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the coating manufacturer. All labels shall be legible and intact at time of use. B. Manufacturer’s Instruction: Coating manufacturer’s written instructions for proper surface preparation, mixing, thinning, application and drying shall be furnished with the coating and strictly followed. C. Storage of Materials: 1. Store only acceptable materials on project site. 2. Store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of coating materials and related equipment. 3. Comply with all applicable health and fire regulations regarding the storage of coating materials. 4. Storage of material shall comply with the manufacturer’s specifications; however, storage shall be at a minimum temperature of 50 degrees F. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-3 D. Protection of Materials: 1. Take all necessary precautions to ensure the safe storage and use of coating materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste. 2. Coating wastes shall be properly deposited in containers made for this purpose. 3. Take all necessary precautions to protect coating materials before, during and after application and to protect the finished work. E. Replacement: In the event of damage to coating materials, immediately make all replacements necessary to the approval of the ENGINEER and at no additional cost. F. Product delivery, handling and storage shall be in accordance with Part 1 of this Section and the manufacturer’s recommendations. 1.08 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations as to environmental conditions under which coatings and coating systems can be applied. 2. Do not apply finish in areas where dust and/or mist is being generated. B. Climatic Conditions: Coating shall not be applied if: 1. The ambient temperature or temperature of the surface to be coated is below 50 degrees F or below the temperature recommended by the coating manufacturer. 2. The relative humidity is above 85 percent. 3. The relative humidity is such that the coating will not dry properly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. C. Protection: 1. Protect with drop cloths, masking or other acceptable means all surfaces which could be damaged in function or appearance by coating, including surfaces not being coated concurrently and surfaces not to be coated. 2. Hardware, accessories, fixtures and similar items shall be removed and replaced after completion of coating. 3. Spray coating will not be permitted when it will cause damage to adjacent or otherwise located surfaces. 4. All coating splatters on glass shall be wiped off immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR STEEL - STRUCTURAL, TANKS, ROOF DECKING, PIPE, AND EQUIPMENT A. Exterior Exposed: 1. System Type: Aromatic Urethane Zinc rich Primer/Epoxy/Polyurethane 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 6 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Corothane Galvapac 2K @ 3.0 – 5.0 mils DFT 2K 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series 90-97 Tneme Zinc @ 2.5-3.5 0 mils DFT. 94 H2O for Low VOC 4. Intermediate Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT. 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Hi Solids Polyurethane @ 3.0 – 5.0 mils DFT. 250 or 100 for Low VOC b. Series 1075 Endura-Shield II; 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT. 1095 for Low VOC 6. Total DFT: 9.5 to 14.5 mils B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-4 B. Interior Exposed: 1. System Type: Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 6 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 5. Total DFT: 7.0 to 11.0 mils C. Immersion, Potable Water: 1. System Type: Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 10 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series N140 Pota Pox Plus ; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 4. Intermediate Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series N140 Pota Pox Plus ; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series N140 Pota Pox Plus ; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 6. Total DFT: 12.0 to 18.0 mils. Or 1. System Type: Ultra High Solids Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast clean per SSPC-SP10, 2.5 – 4 mil profile 3. Primer: a. For stripe coat application to all welds and irregular surfaces b. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 6.0 mils DFT c. Tnemec Series N140 Pota Pox Plus; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. For finish coat application over all surfaces b. Sherwin Williams Sherplate PW or Duraplate UHS; 20.0 – 30.0 mils DFT c. Tnemec Series 20 or 22; 20.0 - 30.0 mils DFT 5. Total DFT: 20.0 to 30.0 mils D. Interior/Immersion, Severe Exposure to H2S: 1. System Type: Modified Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: White Metal Blast SSPC-SP 5 with minimum 3.0-mil profile 3. Primer/Finish (One or More Coats): a. Sherwin Williams Duraplate 6100 or Novaplate 325; 30.0 – 40.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze; 30.0 to 36.0 mils DFT 4. Total DFT: 30.0 to 36.0 mils E. Marginally Prepared Surfaces (Maintenance, Non-Immersion, Interior): 1. System Type: Mastic epoxy, solvent orwater based 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series Series 27 WB Typoxy 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-5 b. Tnemec Series 27 WB Typoxy 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT 5. Total DFT: 8.0 to 12.0 mils F. Marginally Prepared Surfaces (Maintenance, Non-Immersion, Exterior): 1. System Type: Mastic Epoxy/Polyurethane 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series 27 WB Typoxy 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT 4. Finish Coat (Exterior): a. Sherwin Williams Hi Solids Polyurethane; 3.0 – 5.0 mils DFT; 250 or 100 for Low VOC b. Series 1075 Endura-Shield II; 2.5 to 3.5 mils. DFT 1095 for Low VOC 5. Total DFT: 6.5 to 9.5 mils G. Below Ground Pipe (Heat Resistant to 375 F and Corrosion Resistant): 1. System Type: Moisture Cure Urethane Zinc Rich Primer/Inorganic Hybrid water borne Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: Near White Metal Blast SSPC-SP-10 with an angular anchor profile of 1-2 mils 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Corothane Galvapac 2K; 3.0 – 5.0 mils DFT. 100 for low VOC b. Tnemec Series 90E-92 Tneme Zinc ; 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT 4. Intermediate Coat: a. Sherwin Williams N/A b. Tnemec Series 1224 Epoxoline WB @ 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Sherglass FF; 8.0 - 16.0 mils DFT b. Series 1224 Epoxoline WB; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT 6. Total DFT: 10.5 to 19.5 mils. Or 1. System Type: Reinforced Novolac Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: Near White Metal Blast SSPC-SP-10 with an angular anchor profile of 1-2 mils 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Epo Phen HT Coating; 7.0 - 9.0 mils DFT 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Epo Phen HT Coating; 7.0 - 9.0 mils. DFT 5. Total DFT: 14.0 to 18.0 mils 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR FACTORY PRIMED STEEL - DOORS, FRAMES, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT A. Interior Exposed: 1. System Type: Acrylic 2. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry 3. Primer: Factory primed 4. Field Primer: a. Sherwin Williams ProCryl Universal Primer; 2.0 - 4.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 115 Uni Bond DF; 2.0 to 3.0 mils DFT 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Shercryl HPA; 2.0 – 4.0 mils DFT. Pro Industrial Acrylic for low VOC b. Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone ; 2.0 - 3.0 mils. DFT B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-6 6. Total DFT: 4.0 to 6.0 mils (on top of shop primer). Exterior Exposed: 1. System Type: Inorganic Hybrid Water Based Epoxy/Polyurethane 2. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry 3. Primer: Factory primed 4. Field Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Pro Industrial WB Cat Epoxy B73; 3.0 – 5.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 27 Typoxy WB ; 3.0 - 5.0 mils DFT 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Pro Industrial WB Acrolon 100 B65; 2.0 – 4.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 1075 Endura-Shield II; 2.5 - 3.5 mils. DFT 1095 for Low VOC 6. Total DFT: 5.5 to 8.5 mils (on top of shop primer) 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR GALVANIZED STEEL AND NONFERROUS METAL - PIPE AND MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATIONS A. Interior Exposure: 1. System Type: Acrylic 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM D6386 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams ProCryl Primer; 2.0 – 3.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 115 Uni Bond DF ; 2.0 - 3.0 mils DFT 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Shercryl HPA; 2.0 – 4.0 mils DFT. Pro Industrial Acrylic for low VOC b. Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone; 2 .0 - 3 .0 mils DFT 5. Total DFT: 4 .0 to 6 .0 mils B. Exterior Exposure: 1. System Type: Acrylic 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM D 6386 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams ProCryl Primer; 2.0 – 3.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 115 Uni Bond DF ; 2 .0 to 3 .0 mils DFT. 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Shercryl HPA; 2.0–4.0 mils DFT. Pro Industrial Acrylic for low VOC. b. Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone ; 2.0 to 3.0 mils. DFT 5. Total DFT: 4.0 to 6.0 mils 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR DUCTILE OR CAST IRON - PIPE, PUMPS, AND VALVES A. Interior Exposure: 1. System Type: Epoxy. 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 5. Total DFT: 8.0 to 12.0 mils B. Exterior Exposure: 1. System Type: Epoxy/Polyurethane B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-7 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4 – 8 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Hi Solids Polyurethane; 3.0–5.0 mils DFT. 250 or 100 for low VOC b. Series 1075 Endura-Shield II; 2.5 - 3.5 mils DFT. 1095 for Low VOC 5. Total DFT: 6.5 to 9.5 mils C. Below Ground: 1. System Type: Coal tar epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions 3. Prime/Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Targuard Coal Tar Epoxy; 16 – 32 mils DFT. 100 for low VOC b. Series 46H-413 Hi-Build Tneme-Tar; 14.0 - 20.0 mils DFT. Series 27 WB Typoxy for Low VOC 4. Total DFT: 14.0 to 20.0 mils D. Immersion, Potable Water: 1. System Type: Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 6.0 mils DFT b. Series N140 Pota Pox Plus; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 4. Intermediate Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 6.0 mils DFT b. Series N140 Pota Pox Plus; 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 6.0 mils DFT b. N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 6. Total DFT: 12.0 to 18.0 mils Or 1. System Type: Ultra High Solids Epoxy. 2. Surface Preparation: Abrasive blast clean per SSPC-SP10, 2.5 – 4 mil profile 3. Primer: a. For stripe coat application to all welds and irregular surfaces. b. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 5500; 4.0 – 6.0 mils DFT c. Tnemec Series N140 Pota Pox Plus; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L140 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. For finish coat application over all surfaces. b. Sherwin Williams Sherplate PW or Duraplate UHS; 20.0 – 30.0 mils DFT c. Tnemec Series 20 or 22; 20.0 - 30.0 mils DFT 5. Total DFT: 20.0 to 30.0 mils E. Immersion, Severe Exposure to H2S 1. System type: Modified Polyamine Ceramic Epoxy 2. Surface preparation: In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation 3. Primer/Finish (One or more coats): a. Sherwin Williams Duraplate 6100 or Novaplate 325; 30 – 40 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 431 Perma Glaze; 30-40 mils DFT 4. Total DFT: 30-40 mils. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-8 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR PVC A. Interior Exposure: 1. System Type: Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: Scarify 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 5. Total DFT: 8.0 to 12.0 mils. B. Exterior Exposure: 1. System Type: Epoxy/Polyurethane. 2. Surface Preparation: Scarify 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 - 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Hi Solids Polyurethane; 3.0 – 5.0 mils DFT. 250 or 100 for low VOC. b. Series 1075 Endura-Shield II; 2.5 to 3.5 mils. DFT. 1095 for Low VOC 5. Coating provided shall contain UV inhibitor. 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR PRECAST CONCRETE AND CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE (REQUIRE WHERE INDICATED IN PLANS) A. Exterior Exposed: 1. System Type: Acrylic 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Clean and dry 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Loxon XP; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 180 W.B. Tneme-Crete; 4.0 to 8.0 mils DFT 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Loxon XP; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT b. Tnemec Series 180 W.B. Tneme-Crete; 4.0 to 8.0 mils DFT 5. Total DFT: 8.0 to 16.0 mils B. Below Grade: 1. System Type: Coal tar 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Clean and dry 3. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Targuard Coal Tar Epoxy; 8.0 – 16.0 mils DFT. 100 for low VOC b. Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol. DFT 8.0 to 12.0 mils 4. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Targuard Coal Tar Epoxy; 8.0 – 16.0 mils DFT. 100 for low VOC b. Tnemec Series 46-465 H.B. Tnemecol. DFT 8.0 to 12.0 mils 5. Total DFT: 16.0 to 24.0 mils C. Interior Exposed: 1. System Type: Epoxy 2. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Abrasive Blast Cleaning 3. Patching: a. Sherwin Williams Duraplate 2300 (as needed) B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-9 b. Series 218 MortarClad (as needed) 4. Primer: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 5. Finish Coat: a. Sherwin Williams Macropoxy 646; 4.0 – 8.0 mils DFT. M646 100 for Low VOC b. Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II; 4.0 to 6.0 mils DFT. L69 for Low VOC 6. Total DFT: 8.0 to 12.0 mils D. Severe Service - Immersion, H2S Exposure or Chemical Corrosion Protection (Light to Heavy Abrasion): 1. System I (H2S less than 50 ppm, Light Abrasion) a. System Type: Modified Epoxy b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Abrasive blast clean to ICRI 310.2, CSP 4–6.Surfacing and Patching: 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 2300; 1/16 inch DFT 2) Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad; 1/16 inch DFT (nominal 62.5 mils) c. Primer/Finish (One or More Coats): 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 6100; 1/16 inch DFT 2) Tnemec Series 435 Perma-Glaze; 20.0 to 30.0 mils DFT 2. System II (H2S less than 100 ppm, Moderate to Heavy Abrasion) a. System Type: Modified Epoxy Mortar b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Abrasive blast clean to ICRI 310.2, CSP 4–6 c. Patching: 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 2300; As needed 2) Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad; As Needed d. Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S; 1/8 inch DFT (nominal 125 mils) 3. System III (H2S more than 100 ppm, Moderate to Heavy Abrasion) a. System Type: Modified Epoxy Mortar. b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Abrasive blast clean to ICRI 310.2, CSP 4–6 c. Patching: 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 2300 2) Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad; As Needed d. Mortar: 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 6100; 1/8 inch DFT (nominal 125 mils) 2) Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S; 1/8 inch DFT (nominal 125 mils) e. Finish (One or More Coats): 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 6100; 20.0 – 30.0 mils DFT 2) Series 435 Perma-Glaze; 20.0 - 30.0 mils DFT 4. System IV (H2S more than 100 ppm, Moderate to Heavy Abrasion) a. System Type: Semi Structural Epoxy. b. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Abrasive blast clean to ICRI 310.2, CSP 4–6 c. Surfacing: 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 2300, ¼ inch DFT nominal 250 mils d. Finish (One or More Coats): 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 6100; 125.0 – 150.0 mils DFT 5. Chemical Corrosion Protective Coating a. Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP 13/NACE 6. Abrasive blast clean to ICRI 310.2, CSP 4–6. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-10 b. Primer: 1) Sherwin Williams Duraplate 235 PW, Phenalkamine Epoxy; 1-coat @ 4-8 mils DFT c. Finish (One or More Coats): 1) Sherflex Elastomeric Urethane; Aromatic Hybrid Polyurethane; 1-coat @ 60-80 mils DFT 2.01 COATING SYSTEMS FOR CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 1. Exposed, indoors and outdoors, as shown a. System: Acrylic, Concrete: High molecular weight acrylic coating material shall have a minimum solids content of 35 percent by volume. Prime coat shall be an acrylic filler and sealer for concrete surfaces. 1) Prime coat (Filler/sealer), Tnemec 180 Tneme-Crete, Sanitile 100, or equal. 2) Finish coats (2 or more, DFT = 3 mils), Tnemec 180 Tneme- Crete, Carbocrylic 3359 MC (DFT = 6 mils) or equal. 2. Submerged in wastewater, including all vertical masonry surfaces above waterline as shown. a. System: Epoxy Mortar: High-build, 3-componet amine cured epoxy mortar, shall have a solids content of 100 percent by volume, suitable for long-term immersion and atmospheric exposure to wastewater. Filler-resurfacer compound shall be a 3-component epoxy cementitious thin overlay material used to fill voids and rough areas and must feather-edge capable. Epoxy Glaze (finish) coat shall be a 100-percent- solids epoxy suitable for long-term immersion and atmospheric exposure to wastewater. 1) Filler/Resurfacre thin Overlay (Thickness = minimum 1/16”), Tnemec 218 MortarClad, or equal 2) Epoxy Mortar (DFT = 125 mils) Tnemec 434 Perma-Shield, or equal 3) Finish coat (DFT = 15-20 mils), Tnemec 435 Perma-Glaze, or equal 3. Exterior surfaces, above grade. a. System: Waterproofing: Two coats of a clear, non-staining, silane-modified-siloxane masonry waterproofing material. The waterproofing system after application shall be provided with not less than a five-year warranty on the performance of the product. 1) Where EPA Allows Solvents: Chemstop, "WB Heavy Duty”; Rainguard, "XS", Chemprobe / Prime a Pell H2O; or equal 2) Where EPA Prohibits Solvents: Chemstop, "WB Regular / Heavy Duty"; Rainguard's "Blok-Lok"; Rainproof's "Chem-Trete #45", Chemprobe / Prime A Pell H2O; or equal b. Surfaces shall be cleaned with a chemical (approved by waterproofing manufacturer) cleaner and power wash. Surfaces shall be clean and dry before application of waterproofing. Method and rate of application shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. A manufacturer's representative shall be present during applications if necessary for warranty. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces scheduled to receive coating for conditions that will adversely affect application, permanence or quality of work and which cannot be put into an acceptable condition through surface preparation. B. Do not proceed with surface preparation or coating application until conditions are suitable. 3.02 ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES A. The commencement of coating work in any area or space will be construed as acceptance of the surface as being satisfactory. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SPECIAL COATINGS 09 9700-11 3.03 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Preparation and application shall be in accordance with coating systems (Part 2). 3.01 FINAL INSPECTION A. Protect all coated surfaces against damage until the date of final acceptance. B. Conduct a final inspection of all coating work and recoat or retouch any areas or surfaces found deficient in complying with these Specifications. 3.01 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. All visible piping ¾-inch and greater which is accessible for maintenance and operations shall be color-coded and identified with appropriate identification markers. Direction of flow arrows are to be included with each identification mark unless otherwise specified. B. Each marker shall be black lettering on a yellow or white background and have a clearly printed legend to identify the contents of the pipe. C. Locations for pipe markers to be as follows: 1. Adjacent to each valve (except as plumbing fixtures and equipment) 2. At each branch and riser take-off 3. At each pipe passage through wall, floor and ceiling construction 4. At each pipe passage to underground 5. On all horizontal pipe runs, marked every 30 feet 3.01 PIPE COLOR CODE Process or Fluid Description Color Tnemec Color # Potable Water Dark Blue 11SF Raw Sewage Dark Gray 33GR Secondary/ Centrate Light Grey 31GR Tertiary/Reclaimed Purple (Pantone)14SF Sludge Dark Brown 84BR Backwash Waste Light Brown 68BR Compressed Air Dark Green 91GN Fire Protection Red 06SF Foul Air White 11WH Chlorine (Gas or Solution)Yellow 02SF Polymer or Coagulant Aid Orange 04SF END OF SECTION 09 9700 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SIGNAGE 10 1400-1 SECTION 10 1400 - SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Budget allowance for signs B. Room and door signs C. Interior directional and informational signs D. Luminous egress path marking and other "glow-in-the-dark" signs E. Emergency evacuation maps F. Building identification signs G. Plaques H. Traffic signs 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 22 1000 - Plumbing Piping. B. Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.03 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. See Section 01 2000 – Price and Payment Procedures. B. Room and door signs are not covered by the allowance. C. Allowance amount covers purchase and delivery but not installation. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities; Final Rule; current edition; (ADA Standards for Accessible Design). B. ANSI/ICC A117.1 - American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009. C. UL 1994 - Luminous Egress Path Marking Systems; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product literature for each type of sign, indicating sign styles, font, foreground and background colors, locations, overall dimensions of each sign. C. Signage Schedule: Provide information sufficient to completely define each sign for fabrication, including room number, room name, other text to be applied, sign and letter sizes, fonts, and colors. 1. When room numbers to appear on signs differ from those on the drawings, include the drawing room number on schedule. 2. When content of signs is indicated to be determined later, request such information from Owner through Engineer at least 2 months prior to start of fabrication; upon request, submit preliminary schedule. 3. Submit for approval by Owner through Engineer prior to fabrication. D. Samples: Submit two samples of each type of sign, of size similar to that required for project, illustrating sign style, font, and method of attachment. E. Selection Samples: Where colors are not specified, submit two sets of color selection charts or chips. F. Verification Samples: Submit samples showing colors specified. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SIGNAGE 10 1400-2 G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include installation templates and attachment devices. H. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. See Section 01 6200 - Product Options, for additional provisions. 2. Curved Sign Media Suction Cups: One for each 100 signs; for removing media. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package signs as required to prevent damage before installation. B. Package room and door signs in sequential order of installation, labeled by floor or building. C. Store tape adhesive at normal room temperature. 1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install tape adhesive when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer. B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of signs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Flat Signs: 1. Best Sign Systems, Inc: www.bestsigns.com 2. Cosco Industries (ADA signs); ADA Series 1: www.coscoarchitecturalsigns.com 3. Cosco Industries (non-ADA signs); Changeable Message Signs: www.coscoarchitecturalsigns.com 4. Inpro; Aspen produced in one piece photopolymer media: www.inprocorp.com 5. Mohawk Sign Systems, Inc: www.mohawksign.com 6. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/aec B. Curved Signs: 1. Vista System: www.vistasystem.com C. Dimensional Letter Signs: 1. Cosco Industries; Cast Aluminum: www.coscoarchitecturalsigns.com 2. Inpro; S600-060: www.inprocorp.com D. Plaques: 1. Cosco Industries; Cast Aluminum: www.coscoarchitecturalsigns.com E. Photoluminescent Marking and Signage: 1. Ecoglo, Inc; Guidance Strips: www.us.ecoglo.com 2.02 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. Accessibility Compliance: All signs are required to comply with ADA Standards for Accessible Design and ANSI/ICC A 117.1 and applicable building codes, unless otherwise indicated; in the event of conflicting requirements, comply with the most comprehensive and specific requirements. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SIGNAGE 10 1400-3 B. Room and Door Signs: Provide a sign for every doorway, whether it has a door or not, not including corridors, lobbies, and similar open areas. 1. Sign Type: Flat signs with engraved panel media as specified 2. Provide "tactile" signage, with letters raised minimum 1/32 inch and Grade II braille 3. Character Height: 1 inch 4. Sign Height: 2 inches, unless otherwise indicated 5. Office Doors: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section for replaceable occupant name. 6. Conference and Meeting Rooms: Identify with room numbers to be determined later, not the numbers shown on the drawings; in addition, provide "window" section with sliding "In Use/Vacant" indicator. 7. Service Rooms: Identify with room names and numbers to be determined later, not those shown on the drawings. 8. Rest Rooms: Identify with pictograms, the names "MEN" and "WOMEN", room numbers to be determined later, and braille. C. Interior Directional and Informational Signs: 1. Sign Type: Same as room and door signs 2. Sizes: As indicated on the drawings 3. Allow for 20 signs 4 inches high by 16 inches long. 4. Wording of signs is scheduled on the drawings. 5. Where suspended, ceiling mounted, or projecting from wall signs are indicated, provide two- sided signs with same information on both sides. D. Luminous Egress Path Marking and Other "Glow-in-the-Dark" Signs: Photoluminescent media. 1. Provide luminous egress path marking as required by local authority having jurisdiction. 2. Allow for total of 100 directional signs, approximately 6 inches square. 3. Allow for 1000 linear feet of guidance strips. 4. Provide one numbered seat marker for each seat in auditorium and one numbered row marker for each row, each side of aisles. E. Emergency Evacuation Maps: 1. Allow for one map per elevator lobby. 2. Map content to be provided by Owner. 3. Use clear plastic panel silk-screened on reverse, in brushed aluminum frame, screw-mounted. F. Recognition/Donor Panels: Engraved panel media; individual name signs attached with magnetic tape to fixed panel. 1. Dimensions and Number of Name Signs: As indicated on the drawings. 2. Provide all name signs whether engraved or not, for uniform overall appearance. 3. Color: Color as selected. 4. Products: a. Inpro; S460 Donor Board: www.inprocorp.com b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6200 - Product Options G. Building Identification Signs: 1. Use individual metal letters. 2. Mount on outside wall in location shown on drawings. H. Other Dimensional Letter Signs: Wall-mounted. 1. Exterior: Allow for total of 50 letters, 6 inches high, metal. 2. Interior: Allow for total of 50 letters, 6 inches high, metal. I. Plaque: See Allowance for details. J. Traffic Signs: To match campus standards; locate where indicated on the drawings. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SIGNAGE 10 1400-4 2.03 SIGN TYPES A. Flat Signs: Signage media without frame. 1. Edges: Square 2. Corners: Square 3. Frame Finish: Natural (clear) anodized 4. Clear Cover: For customer produced sign media, provide clear cover of polycarbonate plastic, glossy on back, non-glare on front. 5. Wall Mounting of One-Sided Signs: Tape adhesive 6. Wall and Ceiling Mounting of Two-Sided Signs: Aluminum wall bracket, powder coated, color selected from manufacturer's standard colors, attached with screws in predrilled mounting holes, set in clear silicone sealant 7. Suspended Mounting: Stainless steel suspension cables, cable clamps, and ceiling fastener suitable for attachment to ceiling construction indicated B. Radius / Curved Signs: One-piece, curved extruded aluminum media holder securing flat, flexible sign media by curved lip on two sides; other two sides closed by end caps; concealed mounting attachment. 1. Sizes: As indicated on the drawings 2. Finish: Natural (clear) anodized 3. Sign Orientation: Curved in horizontal section 4. End Caps: Aluminum with finish matching frame and stainless steel screw attachment 5. End Caps: Plastic, color selected from manufacturer's standard colors, paintable 6. Clear Cover: For customer produced sign media, provide clear cover of polycarbonate plastic, glossy on back, non-glare on front. 7. Wall Mounting of One-Sided Signs: Mechanical anchorage, with predrilled holes, and set in clear silicone sealant 8. Wall and Ceiling Mounting of Two-Sided Signs: Aluminum wall bracket, powder coated, color selected from manufacturer's standard colors, attached with screws in predrilled mounting holes, set in clear silicone sealant 9. Mounting of Floor Mounted Pylon Signs: Oval shaped steel base anchored to floor 10. Suspended Mounting: Stainless steel suspension cables, cable clamps, and ceiling fastener suitable for attachment to ceiling construction indicated 11. Directories: For customer-produced media; provide divider strips. C. Color and Font: Unless otherwise indicated: 1. Character Font: Helvetica, Arial, or other sans serif font 2. Character Case: Upper case only 3. Background Color: Clear 4. Character Color: Contrasting color 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Concealed Screws: Stainless steel, galvanized steel, chrome plated, or other non-corroding metal B. Exposed Screws: Chrome plated C. Tape Adhesive: Double sided tape, permanent adhesive PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SIGNAGE 10 1400-5 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install neatly, with horizontal edges level. C. Locate signs where indicated: 1. Room and Door Signs: Locate on wall at latch side of door with centerline of sign at 60 inches above finished floor. 2. If no location is indicated obtain Owner's instructions. D. Protect from damage until Substantial Completion; repair or replace damage items. END OF SECTION 10 1400 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP) BUILDINGS 13 1000-1 SECTION 13 1000 - FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP) BUILDINGS PART 1 - GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all FRP buildings, equipment, components and accessories as specified herein. All said buildings, equipment, components and accessories shall be provided by a single supplier or manufacturer to assure compatibility and proper performance. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. All buildings, equipment, components and accessories shall be designed, manufactured, inspected and delivered in accordance with the latest edition of the following specifications, codes and standards: ASTM D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM D2563 Standard Practice for Classifying Visual Defects in Glass-Reinforced Plastic Laminate Parts ASTM D2583 Standard Test Method for Indentation Hardness of Rigid Plastics by Means of a Barcol Impressor B. Related Sections: 1. Division 26: Electrical WARRANTY A. The FRP building shall be provided with a minimum ten- (10-) year manufacturer’s warranty against defects in material and workmanship. All equipment, components and accessories shall be provided with a minimum two- (2-) year CONTRACTOR warranty against defects in material and workmanship unless otherwise stated in the project bid documents. SUBMITTALS A. The supplier or manufacturer shall submit the following documents for acceptance prior to manufacturing, assembling and/or shipping the specified buildings, equipment, components or accessories: 1. Complete fabrication drawings showing all materials and dimensions of the FRP building and associated appurtenances. 2. Complete assembly drawings showing the locations of all equipment, components and accessories to be provided by the manufacturer or supplier in accordance with this specification. 3. Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) product data sheets for all equipment, components and accessories being provided by the manufacturer or supplier in accordance with this specification. 4. If required per section 2.02, submit complete design calculations for all design loads including: dead loads, live loads, wind loads, and seismic loads prepared and signed by Registered Civil Engineer licensed in the State of which the project will be completed. 5. Detailed information and/or drawings showing standard options for building anchorage. All material, equipment, labor and provisions associated with the FRP building foundation and anchorage design and construction shall not be made part of this specification section and shall not be provided by the FRP building supplier or manufacturer. 6. Instructions and recommendations for unloading, handling, storage, and installation. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. The manufacturer or supplier shall take reasonable precautions to protect all products covered within this specification section from damage during shipment. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP) BUILDINGS 13 1000-2 B. The CONTRACTOR shall take the proper precautions to protect all products covered within this specification section from damage following receipt of shipment. Damage incurred while loading, unloading, moving, storing, assembling or installing the products covered within this specification section shall be the sole liability of the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS AND SUPPLIERS A. Orenco Composites, a Division of Orenco Systems, Inc. – Roseburg, OR – (541) 459-6970 B. Or Engineer Approved Equal 2.02 FRP BUILDING DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide an FRP building (s) meeting the following requirements: 1. Structure Name: City of Seal Beach Lampson Treatment Electrical Building a. Electrical Room (Building): 1) Exterior Width: 10’ 2) Side Wall Height: 10’ 3) Length: 10’ 2. FRP Floor Required: No 3. PE Stamped Structural/Seismic Calculations Required: Yes 4. Exposure: C 5. Category: III 6. Design Velocity (Wind): 115 mph 7. Minimum Design Thermal Resistance: R-24 8. Exterior Color: Per OWNER Preference 9. Interior Color: White B. The FRP building shall be a seamless, molded, one-piece building manufactured using a closed- molded RTM or vacuum-infusion process. Open-molded and/or panel assembled buildings shall not be acceptable. To ensure a seamless, strong and weather-proof design, a building shall be determined panel assembled (and therefore not allowed) if any portion of the walls and/or roof are molded or manufactured individually. C. To reduce the risk of delamination due to rotting, swelling and/or rusting, the FRP building shall be manufactured of 100% composite materials. Embedded wood and or ferrous metals shall not be allowed. D. The ability to move existing equipment and/or install new equipment within the structure is critical for future use. To ensure full and unimpeded equipment mounting access to all interior and exterior wall locations all structural laminates shall be of sufficient strength to handle direct mounting of heavy equipment using standard, readily available mounting hardware. Specifically, each piece of mounting hardware shall be rated to an ultimate pull-out strength of 1,750lbs (minimum) when properly anchored within the structural laminate. Equipment mounting boards of any type or material shall not be allowed as they restrict mounting access for future equipment and introduce degradable materials into the structure. E. The FRP building shall be manufactured from fiberglass reinforced polyester resin, using grades of resin and fiberglass considered acceptable for use in water and wastewater en vironments. All FRP laminate shall obtain a minimum glass reinforcement content of 50%. Insulation foam with a minimum density of 2 lb/ft3 shall be polyurethane or polyisocyanurate and shall be integrally molded within the structure walls, roof and floor. The FRP building walls, roof and floor shall be manufactured to include integrally molded FRP columns, spaced at a minimum of 8” on-center, to increase structural integrity and prevent delamination. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP) BUILDINGS 13 1000-3 F. All interior surfaces shall be protected with a polyester gelcoat. All exterior surfaces shall be protected with a high performance, UV resistant, polyaspartic urethane coating rated for continuous outdoor exposure. G. The FRP building shall be manufactured with in-wall, embedded anchor pockets. To ensure equipment may be located directly against all interior walls, internally protruding mounting flanges shall not be acceptable. Exterior mounting flanges shall not be acceptable for security reasons. A manufacturer provided gasket or butyl sealant shall be installed between the FRP building and concrete foundation at the time of installation. H. The FRP building shall include a roof and/or floor of identical construction to that of the walls. The roof shall be sloped to allow drainage. I. The FRP building shall be equipped with lifting brackets or eyebolts installed on the roof exterior to facilitate lifting and installation of the structure. 2.03 DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWARE A. The FRP structure shall be supplied with the type, size and quantity of doors and hardware as specified below or as shown on the project drawings. B. All single/double doors shall be of FRP construction with a 2” minimum polyurethane or polyisocyanurate foam core (minimum density of 2 lb/ft3). C. Each single/double door shall be hung on 4-inch × 4-inch stainless steel ball bearing hinges with non-removable pins. The hinges shall be bolted through the door jamb with 304 stainless steel fasteners. Single/double doors are supplied with commercial-grade 1, outdoor lever- type handles with interior panic bar. D. Door frames shall be composed entirely of FRP material and shall be mounted separately to the structure after the molding process is complete. To permit use of standard, industrial doors and hardware, submarine style door systems (or similar systems in which the frame is molded into the wall of the unit) shall not be allowed. E. To eliminate tripping hazards and facilitate entry and exit from the building, the area below the door shall be free of any and all building material, framing and/or extensions of the structure. Raised or integral door sills shall not be acceptable. F. The FRP structure shall be provided with an FRP drip cover above the entire length of the door. 2.04 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING A. Provide (1) split system air conditioning unit rated to 12,000 BtuH with integrated thermostat. Air conditioning unit shall be Toshiba, Mitsubishi, Daikin or approved equal. 2.05 ELECTRICAL A. All components, equipment, wiring and ancillary items shall be provided and installed in conformance with the National Electric Code as well as all applicable state and local codes. B. The CONTRACTOR and FRP building manufacturer shall coordinate conduit runs to the load center. This item includes all breakers and components required to provide power to the equipment that is to be provided by the building manufacturer. C. Provide 20 amp, duplex, feed-through, outdoor rated GFCI receptacles housed within weatherproof enclosures as shown in the Contract Documents. Receptacles shall be Leviton 1221-2W or approved equal. D. All components shall be wired to the load center using standard 12 AWG THHN wiring within rigid, UL listed, schedule 40, PVC electrical conduit. E. Provide an adequate quantity of 20 amp toggle switch(s) to control all equipment. Toggle switches call be housed within weatherproof enclosures and shall be Leviton 1221-2W or approved equal. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FIBER REINFORCED POLYMER (FRP) BUILDINGS 13 1000-4 F. Provide an adequate quantity of 4-foot, damp location rated, vapor-proof, florescent, duel light fixtures such to provide a minimum output of 35 lumens per square foot of interior structure space. Interior light fixtures shall be RAB, Lithonia or approved equal. G. Provide (1) compact florescent exterior light fixture above or adjacent to each door. Exterior light fixtures shall include an integrated photocell and shall be Lithonia TWS LED 1 50K 120PE or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All buildings, equipment, components and accessories shall be stored, fabricated, assembled, erected, moved and tested in accordance with the bid documents and the manufacturers, suppliers and original equipment manufacturers (OEM’s) written recommendations and instructions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All buildings, equipment, components and accessories shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. Appropriately sized lifting equipment shall be used to off-load the building using the manufacturer supplied lifting lugs. B. All buildings shall be installed on level and flat concrete slabs or foundations free of cracks and vertical projections. The CONTRACTOR shall install a manufacturer supplied neoprene gasket in between the FRP building and concrete foundation at the time of placement. C. All pipe and conduit penetrations through concrete foundation, FRP roof, and FRP walls shall be completely sealed to provide an air and weather tight structure. D. All building equipment and accessories shall be mounted directly to the FRP wall using either walldog screws (60 lb. design pull-out strength, 406 lb. ultimate) and/or rivet nuts (200 lb. design pull-out strength, 1,781 lb. ultimate) depending on the equipment loading requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the manufacturer or supplier should equipment loadings exceed the aforementioned mounting hardware capabilities. END OF SECTION 13 1000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-1 SECTION 22 1000 – PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all drainage and vent piping, cleanouts and access panels, floor drains, hot and cold water piping, valves, piping specialties and appurtenances, supports and anchors, and plumbing and piping insulation in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Related Sections: 1. Section 09 9100 – Painting 2. Division 31– Earthwork 3. Section 33 0110.58 – Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product data to be submitted: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer’s specifications, catalog cuts, and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings and other data as required indicating method of installing and attaching equipment, except where such details are fully shown on the Drawings. C. Sterilization Certificate: Upon completion of water line sterilization, deliver to the Engineer two copies of an acceptable “Certificate of Performance” for that activity. D. Cathodic Protection: 1. Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the Engineer sufficient data to prove that wrapping of steel piping has been tested and meets the specified requirements. 2. Show date of inspection, voltages used, and name and address of the inspector. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experience in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Codes and Regulations: 1. In additions to complying with the specified requirements, comply with pertinent regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 2. In the event of conflict between or among specified requirements and pertinent regulations, the more stringent requirement will govern when so directed by the Engineer. 3. Plumbing Code Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of the Uniform Plumbing Code pertaining to selection and installation of plumbing materials and products. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 PIPE MATERIALS A. Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with the applicable Sections within Division 40 – Process Integration and in accordance with the following listings: B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-2 B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings: 1. Service weight cast iron conforming to ASTM A74, hubless type, asphaltic coated. 2. Joints shall be made with cast iron mechanical couplings or stainless steel sleeves with neoprene gaskets. C. Galvanized or Black Steel Pipe: 1. 3 inches and smaller – ASTM A120. Schedule 40, black or hot-dipped galvanized, welded or seamless steel pipe, threaded or coupled. 2. 4 inches and larger – ASTM A53. Grade A or B, Schedule 40, black or hot dipped galvanized, welded or seamless steel pipe, threaded. 3. Fittings: FS WW-P521, 150 psi, malleable iron. Black or hot dipped galvanized ASTM A153. 4. Unions: FS WW-U-531, Type B, black or hot dipped galvanized, Class 2, 250 psi, malleable iron, ground joint and brass seat. 5. Sealing Paste or Tape: Teflon. 6. Corrosion Protective Wrap: Polyvinyl chloride or Polyethylene pressure sensitive tape, 20-mil nominal thickness (one layer 20 mil or two layers 10 mil). 7. Primer: 3M “Scotchwrap Pipe Primer.” D. Copper Pipe and Fittings: 1. Pipe: Underground, ANSI/ASTM B88, Type K, hard temper, seamless water tube. Aboveground, ANSI/ASTM B88, Type L., hard drawn, seamless water tube. 2. Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.22. wrought copper or brass solder-joint fittings. 3. Solder: Lead-free, silver tin-antimony solder 95-5, or tin-silver solder 96.5-3.5, 95.5, or 94- 6, with mildly corrosive liquid or petroleum-based past flux containing chlorides of zinc and ammonium. E. ABS: (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) plastic, drain, waste and vent pipe. 1. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D2661; ASTM F628; CSA B181.1. 2. Solvent Cement: As recommended by the pipe manufacturer. F. Polypropylene Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe: 1. Flame retardant polypropylene material conforming to ASTM D2146 and flammability based on ASTM D635. 2. Pipe shall be produced to Schedule 40 Iron Pipe size dimensional standards, including wall thickness. 3. Fitting design shall be based upon the laying length dimensions in ANSI B16 -12 for case iron screwed drainage fittings. Fitting wall thicknesses shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D2122, Section 4, and interval diameters shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D2122, Section 7. 4. In concealed locations, joints shall be made by the electrical fusion method. In exposed or easily accessible locations, mechanical joint polypropylene fittings and joints may be used. 5. Pipe and fittings shall be equal to GSR Fuseal, manufactured by R & G Sloane Co., 7660 North Clybourn Avenue, Sun Valley, CA, or equal G. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC): 1. General: PVC materials for pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D1784, Cell Classification 12454-B. Pipe and fitting materials shall be specially formulated with sufficient UV protection additives to provide for long term outdoor exposure with no deleterious effects. Flanges shall be one-piece solid design or two-part van stone type which utilize the tapered, serrated face and full face gasket technique for joining and are compatible with ANSIN16.5 Class 150 metal flanges. Unions shall be the O-ring type having interchangeable components with true union valves for maximum system versatility. 2. Schedule 40, 80, and 120: Pipe in accordance with ASTM D1785. Schedule 80 PVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM D2467. Schedule 40 PVC fittings shall conform to B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-3 ASTM D2466. PVC solvent weld cement for socket connections shall meet the requirement of ASTM D2564/ Schedule 80 PVC threaded fittings shall conform to ASTM D2464. 2.02 FLOOR DRAINS (FD) A. Cast iron body with Nikaloy top, Jonespec Series 21220, Jay R. Smith Fig. 2110, or equal. 2.03 TRENCH DRAINS A. Trench Drain Channels: 1. Trench drain channels shall be made of pre-cast polymer concrete with a top width of 6.1 inches, radiused bottoms and nominal lengths of ½ of 1 meter. All ch annels shall interlock with tongue and groove connections with adjoining channels. Each channel shall have horizontal anchoring ribs to mechanically lock the channel into the floor slab or pavement. 2. Channels shall have available vertical cut outs for 4-inch or 6-inch discharge and available 4-inch or 6-inch horizontal outlet end caps. Channels shall have a built-in bottom slope of 0.6 percent. B. Channel Grates: Channel grates shall be for heavy duty service made of Vinylester FRP or approved equal. Grates should be securely locked down with built-in channel lock blocks. Locking mechanism shall be designed so as to provide an obstruction-free trench for maintenance and cleaning as well as to prevent concrete from entering channels during installation. C. Catch Basins: Catch basins shall be pre-cast polymer concrete with FRP grates. Any trench drains entering catch basins shall interlock fully with tongue and groove connections. D. Joint Sealers: To prevent leakage, joints between channels, catch basin connections, etc., shall be sealed with an adhesive recommended by the manufacturer. E. Manufacturers: Trench drains shall be as manufactured by ACO Polymer Products, Inc., Chagrin Falls, OH; Polydrain ABT, Inc., Troutman, NC; or equal. 2.04 FLASHING A. Where pipe of this Section passes through the roof, flash with Semco No. 1100-4 seamless 4 lbs. flashing, with steel reinforced “Vari-Pitch” boot and cast iron counterflashing sleeve or as approved equal. 2.05 PIPE HANGERS A. Water Piping: 1. Split ring hangers with supporting rods, Grinnel Fig. 108; Elcen Fig. 10, or equal. 2. Semco “trisolators” or approved equal. 3. Channel mounted clamping system, Cush-A-Clamp per ZSI, or equal. B. Soil and Waste Piping: 1. Variable ring hangers with supporting rods, Grinnel Fig. 108; Elcen 10, or equal. 2. Riser clamps at each floor and as required, Grinnell Fig. 261; Elcen Fig. 39 or equal. 3. Channel mounted clamping system, Cush-A-Clamp per ZSI, or equal. C. Gas Piping: Split ring hangers with supporting rods, Grinnel Fig. 108; Elcen Fig. 10, or equal. 2.06 PIPE INSULATION A. Hot and Cold Water (Exposed to Freezing Conditions): Molded fiberglass insulation jacketed with PVC jacketing. Provide.016 mil embossed aluminum weather protective jacket for outdoor application. Insulation 2-inch thick for pipe sizes less than 6-inch. Flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed ratings of 50 or less per ASTM E-84-89a. Manville “Micro-Lok AP”; Owens/Corning Fiberglass “SSL-11,” or equal. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-4 2.07 CLEANOUTS A. Exterior: 1. Concrete walk areas: Jonespec No. 63230-GP; Smith No. 4293 with 4910, or equal. 2. All other areas: Jonespec No. 60010-QS; Smith No. 4293, or equal with pre-cast concrete box as detailed in Drawings. B. Floors: Jonespec No. 61000; Smith No. 4023, or equal. C. Finished Walls: Round chrome plated or stainless steel access plate and screw, Jonespec No. 63150; Smith No. 4532, or equal. 2.08 VALVES A. Valves: Isolation valves shall be bronze valves with ends to suit pipe. Valves shall be rated for a working pressure of 150 psi. B. Bronze Ball Valve: Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves c. Hammond Valve. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa) d. Body Design: Two piece e. Body Material: Bronze f. Ends: Suit to pipe g. Seats: PTFE or TFE h. Stem: Bronze i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass j. Port: Full C. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 150, Non-Rising Stem Bronze Gate Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hammond Valve b. Milwaukee Valve Company c. Red-White Valve Corporation d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. e. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1 b. CWP Rating: 300 psig (2070 kPa) c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and union-ring bonnet d. Ends: Suit to pipe e. Stem: Bronze f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze g. Packing: Asbestos free h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-5 2.09 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation, subject to the approval of the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proc eed until unsatisfactory conditions are connected. 3.02 PLUMBING SYSTEM LAYOUT A. Lay out the plumbing system in careful coordination with the Drawings, determining proper elevations for all components of the system and using only the minimum number of bends to produce a satisfactorily functioning system. B. Follow the general layout shown on the Drawings (where other work may interfere, consult with engineer). C. Lay out pipes to fall within partition, wall, or roof cavities, and to not require furring other than as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Perform trenching and backfilling associated with the work of this Section in strict accordance with the provisions of Division 31 – Earthwork and 31 2333 – Trenching and Backfilling of these Specifications. B. Cut bottom of trenches to grade. Make trenches 12 inches wider than the greatest dimension of the pipe. C. Bedding and Backfilling: 1. Install piping promptly after trenching. Keep trenches open as short a time as practicable. 2. Under the structures, install pipes on a 6-inch bed of damp sand. Backfill the bottom of slab with damp sand. 3. Outside of the structures, install underground piping on a 6-inch bed of damp sand. Backfill to within 12 inches of finish grade with damp sand. Backfill remainder with native soil. 4. Don not backfill until installation has been approved and until Project Record Documents have been properly annotated. 3.04 PIPE SCHEDULE: PIPE SIZES, SCHEDULE, AND MATERIAL TO BE INSTALLED PER DRAWINGS. A. Interior and Exterior Water Piping and Compressed Air Piping: 1. Pipe: Underground, ANSI/ASTM B88, Type K, hard temper, seamless copper water tube. Aboveground, ANSI/ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn, seamless copper water tube. 2. Fittings: ANSI/ASME B16.22, wrought copper or brass solder joint fittings. 3. Solder: Lead-free, tin-antimony solder 95-5, or tin-silver solder 96.5-3.5, 95.5-5 or 94-6. B. Above Ground Facility Drain Piping: 1. Sizes 3-Inch and smaller: PVC Schedule 40/80 or standard weight galvanized steel pipe, with black or galvanized cast iron fittings, drainage pattern and screwed joints, or provide service weight cast iron soil pipe and fittings. 2. Sizes 4-Inch and smaller: PVC Schedule 40/80 or service weight cast iron soil pipe, conforming to ASTM A74, hubless cast iron soil pipe fittings with cast iron mechanic al couplings or stainless steel sleeves with stainless steel bands and neoprene gaskets. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-6 C. Above Ground Chemical Waste Piping: Schedule 40 flame retardant polypropylene, GSR Fuseal, or equal, with electrical-resistance fusion joints and fittings, except that mechanical joints may be used in exposed or easily accessible location. D. Vent Piping: 1. Above Ground: Sizes 2 ½ inches and smaller; Schedule 40 PVC or galvanized steel pipe ASTM A53, welded or seamless, with black or galvanized cast iron drainage fittings. Pipe sizes 3 inches or larger: PVC or Cast iron soil pipe and fittings as specified above. 2. Underground: PVC or Cast iron soil pips and fittings. E. Underground Facility Drain Piping: Schedule 40/80 PVC or service weight cast iron soil pipe: Conforming to ASTM A74, bell and spigot cast iron soil pipe and cast iron bell and spigot fittings or hubless cast iron pipe with cast iron mechanical couplings or stainless steel sleeves with stainless steel bands and neoprene gaskets. F. Underground Chemical Waste Piping: Schedule 40 flame retardant polypropylene pipe with electrical-resistance fusion joints, as specified above. G. Facility Distribution Gas Piping: Schedule 40 black steel pipe with malleable iron threaded fittings. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. General: 1. Proceed as rapidly as the facility construction will permit. 2. Thoroughly clean items before installation. Cap pipe openings to exclude dirt until fixtures are installed and final connections have been made. 3. Cut pipe accurately and work into place without springing of forcing, properly clearing windows, doors, and other openings. Excessive cutting or other weakening of the structures will not be permitted. 4. Remove cutting and threading burrs before assembling piping. 5. Do not install defective piping of fittings. Do not use pipe with threads which are chipped, stripped or damaged. 6. Shoe no tool marks or threads on exposed plated, polished, or enameled connections from fixtures. Tape all finished surfaces to prevent damage during construction. 7. Make changes in directions with fittings; make changes in main sizes with eccentric reducing fittings. Unless otherwise noted, install water supply and return piping with straight side of eccentric fittings at top of the pipe. 8. Run horizontal sanitary and storm drainage piping at uniform grade of ¼-inch per foot, unless otherwise noted. Run horizontal water piping with an adequate pitch upwards in direction of flow to allow complete drainage. 9. Provide sufficient swing joint, ball joints, expansion loops, and devices necessary for a flexible pipeline system, whether or not shown on the Drawings. 10. Support piping independently at pumps, coils, tanks, and similar locations, so that weight of pipe will not be supported by the equipment. 11. Pipe the drains from pump glands, drip pans, relief valves, air vents, and similar locations, to spill over an open sight drain, floor drain, or other acceptable discharge point, and terminate with a plain and unthreaded pipe 6 inches above the drain. 12. Securely bolt all equipment, isolators, hangers, and similar items in place. 13. Support each item independently from other pipes. Do not use wire for hanging or strapping pipes. 14. Provide complete dielectric isolation between ferrous and non-ferrous metals. 15. Provide union and shut off valves suitable located to facilitate maintenance and removal of equipment and apparatus. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-7 B. Trapping and Venting of Fixtures: 1. Trap and vent all plumbing fixtures in accordance with Uniform Plumbing Code adopted by the Western Plumbing Officials Association and local plumbing codes, whether or not shown on the Drawings. Strictly adhere to any local codes. Only exceptions to the above will be those fixtures which are especially noted herein or on the Drawings to be provided with special wastes. 2. No vent shall intersect another vent at a point less than 6 inches above extreme overflow level of highest fixture served. 3. Take vents off top half of horizontal runs and grade so as to free vents quickly of any water or condensation. C. Installation of Compressed Air Piping: Run compressed air piping with pitch as shown, without pockets. Provide glove valve drips at low points. All branches shall be taken off tip of mains. D. Equipment Access: 1. Install piping, equipment, and accessories to permit access for maintenance. Relocate items as necessary to provide such access, and without additional cost to the Owner. 2. Provide access doors where valves, motors, or equipment requiring access to maintenance are located in walls or chases or above ceilings. Coordinate location of access doors with other trades as required. 3.06 PIPE JOINTS A. Copper Tubing: 1. Cut square, ream cut end and remove burrs, and clean inside of female fitting to a bright finish. a. Apply solder flux with brush to tubing. b. Apply flux to fitting socket. c. Remove internal parts of solder-end valves prior to soldering. d. Assemble. e. Remove excess flux. f. Apply heat and solder. Allow joint to cool. 2. Provide dielectric unions at points of connection of copper tubing to ferrous piping and equipment. B. Screwed Piping: 1. Deburr cuts a. Do not ream exceeding internal diameter of the pipe. b. Thread to requirements of ANSI B2.1. 2. Use Teflon tape on male thread prior to cleaning for air and oil piping. C. Leaky Joints: 1. Remake with new material. 2. Remove leaky section and/or fitting as directed. 3. Do not use thread cement or sealant to tighten joint. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF POLYPROPYLENE AND PVC PIPING A. Install in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s directions. 3.08 PIPE SUPPORTS A. Support suspended piping with clevis or trapeze hangers and rods. B. Space hangers and support for horizontal steel pipes according to the following schedule: Pipe Size Maximum Spacing on Centers 1 ¼" and smaller 8’-0" 1 ½" to 3" 10’-0" 4" to 5" 14’-0" B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-8 C. Space hangers and supports for horizontal copper tubing according to the following schedule: Tube Size Maximum Spacing on Centers 1" and smaller 6’-0" 1 1/2" 7’-0" 2" 8’-0" 2 1/2" 9’-0" 3" and larger 10’-0" D. Provide sway bracing on hangers longer than 18-inch. E. Support vertical piping with riser clamps secured to the piping and resting on the structures. Provide at each floor unless otherwise noted. F. Provide insulation continuous through hangers and rollers. Protect insulation by galvanized steel shields. G. Arrange pipe supports to prevent excessive deflection, and to avoid excessive bending stress. H. Support piping from inserts or anchors in concrete slabs. Where practical, provide the inserts under this Section and arrange for the placing under Section 03 1113 – Concrete Formwork of these Specifications. I. Hubless Piping: 1. Provide hangers on the piping at each side of, and within 6 inches of, hubless pipe coupling so the coupling will bear no weight. 2. Do not provide hangers on couplings. 3. Provide hangers adequate to maintain alignment and to prevent sagging of the pipe. 4. Make adequate provision to prevent shearing and twisting of the pipe and the joint. 3.09 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. Provide sleeves in place before concrete is placed. 1. Set pipe sleeves in place before concrete is placed. 2. For un-insulated pipe, provide sleeves two pipe sizes larger than the pipe passing through, or provide a minimum of ½-inch clearance between inside and outside of the pipe. 3. For insulated pipe, provide sleeves of adequate size to accommodate the full thickness of pipe covering, with clearance for packing and caulking. B. Caulk the space between the sleeve and pipe or pipe covering, using a noncombustible, permanently plastic, waterproof, non-staining compound which leaves a smooth finished appearance, or pack with noncombustible fiberglass packing or fiberglass rope to within ½-incn of both wall faces, and provide the waterproof compound described above. C. Finish and Escutcheons: 1. Smooth rough edges around sleeves with plaster or spackling compound. 2. Provide 1-inch wide chrome or nickel plated escutcheons on all pipes exposed to view where passing through walls, floors, partitions, ceiling, and similar locations. a. Size the escutcheons to fit pipe and covering. b. Hold escutcheons in place with set screw. 3.10 CLEANOUTS A. Secure the Engineer’s approval of locations for cleanouts in finished areas prior to installation. B. Provide cleanouts of same nominal size as the pipes they serve – except where cleanouts are required in pipes 4 inches and larger provide 4-inch cleanouts. C. Make cleanouts accessible. After pressure tests are made an approved, thoroughly graphite the cleanout threads. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PLUMBING PIPING 22 1000-9 3.11 VALVES A. Provide valves in water, air, and gas systems, Locate and arrange so as to give complete regulation of apparatus, equipment and fixture. B. Provide valves in at least the following locations: 1. In branches and/or headers of water piping serving a group of fixtures. 2. On both sides of apparatus and equipment. 3. For shutoff of risers and branch mains. 4. For flushing and sterilizing the system. 5. Where shown on Drawings. C. Locate valves for easy accessibility and maintenance. 3.12 CONCRETE A. Provide concreted required for the work of this Section in strict accordance with pertinent provisions of Division 03 – Concrete. 3.13 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEMS A. Disinfect water systems in accordance with Section 33 0110.58 – Disinfecting of Water Utility Distribution. 1. Perform disinfection under the Engineer’s observation. Notify the Engineer at least 48 hours prior to start of the disinfection process. 2. Upon completion of disinfecting, secure and submit the Certificate of Performance required under Article 1.04 of this Section, stating system capacity, disinfectant used, time and rate of disinfectant applied and resultant residuals in ppm at completion. 3. Use disinfectant method approved by the ENGINEER. 3.14 OTHER TESTING AND ADJUSTING A. Provide personnel and equipment, and arrange for and pay the costs of all required tests and inspections required by governmental agencies having jurisdictions. B. Where tests show materials or workmanship to be deficient, replace or repair as necessary, and repeat the tests until the specified standards are achieved. C. Adjust the system to optimum standards of operations. END OF SECTION 22 1000 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-1 SECTION 26 0126 - ELECTRICAL TESTING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide testing as specified herein. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following is a list of standards which may be referenced in this section: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. 450, Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Large lead Storage Batteries for Generator Stations and Substations. b. C2, National Electric Safety Code. c. C37.20.1, Metal-Enclosed Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Switchgear. d. C37.20.2, Metal-Clad and Station-Type Cubicle Switchgear. e. C37.20.3, Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear. f. C62.33, Standard Test Specifications for Varistor Surge Protective Devices. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. D665, Standard Test Method for Rust Preventing Characteristics of Inhibited Mineral Oil in the Presence of Water. b. D877, Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage of Insulating Liquids Using Disk Electrodes. c. D923, Standard Test Method for Sampling Electrical Insulating Liquids. d. D924, Standard Test Methods for A-Class Characteristics and Relative Permittivity (Dielectric Constant) of Electrical Insulating Liquids. e. D971, Standard Test Method for Interfacial Tension of 0.1 Against Water by the Ring Method. f. D974, Standard Test Method for Acid and Base Number by Color-indicator Titration. g. D1298, Standard Test Method for Density, Relative Density (Specific Gravity), or API Gravity of Crude Petroleum and Liquid Petroleum Products by Hydrometer Method. h. D1500, Standard Test Method for ASTM Color of Petroleum Products. i. D1524, Standard Test Method for Visual Examination of Used Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin in the Field. j. D1533, Standard Test Methods for Water in Insulating Liquids. k. D1816, Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage on Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin Using VDE Electrodes. l. D2285, Standard Test Method for Interfacial Tension of Electrical Insulating Oils of Petroleum Origin Against Water by the Drop-Weight Method. 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a. 43, Recommended Practice for Testing Insulating Resistance of Rotating Machinery. b. 48, Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Altemating-Current Cable Terminators. c. c. 81, Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System. d. 95, Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of Large AC Rotating Machinery with High Direct Voltage. e. 118, Standard Test Code for Resistance Measurement. f. 400, Guide for Making High-Direct-Voltage Tests on Power Cable Systems in the Field. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-2 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): a. AB 4, Guideline for Inspection and Preventive Maintenance of Molded Case Circuit Breakers Used in Commercial and Industrial Applications. b. PB 2, Deadfront Distribution Switchboards. c. WC 7, Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. d. WC 8, Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. 5. International Electrical Testing Association (NETA) 1999: Acceptance Testing Specifications (ATS) for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC). b. 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted for review in accordance with the Contract Documents, Section 01 3300 - Submittals, Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical. B. Administrative Submittals: Submit 30 days prior to performing inspections or tests: 1. Schedule for performing inspection and tests a. Include notification dates for special inspections. 2. List of references to be used for each test. 3. Sample copy of equipment and materials inspection form(s). 4. Sample copy of individual device test form. 5. Sample copy of individual system test form. C. Quality Control Submittals: Submit within 14 days after completion of test: 1. Test or inspection reports and certificates for each electrical item tested. D. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. In accordance with Operation & Maintenance requirements specified elsewhere. 2. After test of inspection reports and certificates have been reviewed by ENGINEER and returned, insert a copy of each in operation and maintenance manual. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Firm Qualifications: 1. Independent V party organization functioning as an unbiased testing authority. 2. Professionally independent of manufacturers, suppliers, and installers, of electrical equipment and systems being tested. 3. Employer of engineers and technicians regularly engaged in testing and inspecting of electrical equipment, installations, and systems. 4. Supervising engineer accredited as Certified Electrical Test Technologist by National Institute for Certification of Engineering Technologists (NICET), or International Electrical Testing Association and having a minimum of 5 years testing experience on similar projects. 5. Technicians certified by NICET or NETA. 6. Assistants and apprentices assigned to project at ratio not to exceed two certified to one non- certified assistant or apprentice. 7. Registered Professional Engineer to provide comprehensive project report outlining services performed, results of such services, recommendations, actions taken, and opinions. 8. In compliance with OSHA Title 29, Part 1907 criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories. B. Test equipment shall have an operating accuracy equal to, or greater than, requirements established by NETA ATS. Test instrument calibration shall be in accordance with NETA ATS. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-3 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Perform inspection and electrical tests after equipment has been installed and certified by equipment manufacturer's representative. B. Perform tests with apparatus de-energized whenever feasible. C. Inspection and electrical tests on energized equipment are to be: 1. Scheduled with OWNER and ENGINEER prior to de-energization. 2. Minimized to avoid extended period of interruption to the operating equipment. D. Notify OWNER and ENGINEER at least 72 hours prior to performing tests on energized electrical equipment. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Tests specified in this section are to be performed in accordance with the requirements of manufacturer's minimum recommendations, as identified herein, and as detailed in specific equipment specifications. B. Tests and inspection shall establish that: 1. Electrical equipment is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances. 2. Installation operates as designed and intended by the equipment manufacturer. 3. Equipment is suitable for energization. 4. Installation conforms to requirements of Contract Documents and NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, and ANSI C2. C. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NETA ATS, industry standards, and manufacturer's recommendations. D. Adjust mechanisms and moving parts for free mechanical movement. E. Adjust adjustable relays and sensors to correspond to operating conditions, or as recommended by manufacturer. F. Verify nameplate data for conformance to Contract Documents. G. Realign and shim equipment not properly aligned and correct out of alignment, plump, or level condition. H. Properly anchor electrical equipment found to be inadequately anchored. I. Tighten accessible bolted connections, including wiring connections, with calibrated torque wrench to manufacturer's recommendations, or as otherwise specified. J. Clean contaminated surfaces with cleaning solvents as recommended by manufacturer. K. Provide proper lubrication of applicable moving parts. L. Inform OWNER of working clearances not in accordance with NFPA 70. M. Investigate and repair or replace: 1. Electrical items that fail tests. 2. Active components not operating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. Damaged electrical equipment. 3.02 ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURES A. Remove foreign material and moisture from enclosure interior. B. Vacuum and wipe clean enclosure interior. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-4 C. Remove corrosion found on metal surfaces. D. Repair or replace, as determined by OWNER, door and panel sections having dented surfaces. E. Repair or replace, as determined by OWNER, poor fitting doors and panel sections. F. Repair or replace improperly operating latching, locking, or interlocking devices. G. Replace missing or damaged hardware. H. Finish: 1. Provide matching paint and touch up scratches and mars. 2. If required due to extensive damage, as determined by OWNER, refinish the entire assembly. I. Replace fuses and circuit breakers that do not conform to size and type required by the Contract Documents. J. Grout, caulk, or seal around the base of enclosures to prevent the entrance of moisture, dust, and rodents. 3.03 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Visual and Mechanical inspection: 1. Physical and insulator damage. 2. Proper winding connections. 3. Bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.12, unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 4. Defective wiring. 5. Removal of shipping brackets, fixtures, or bracing. 6. Free and properly installed resilient mounts. 7. Cleanliness and improper blockage of ventilation passages. 8. Verify that tap-changer is set at correct ratio for rated output voltage under normal operating conditions. 9. Verify proper secondary voltage phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground after energization and prior to loading. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Applied megohmmeter do voltage in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.5 for each: 1) Winding-to-winding. 2) Winding-to-ground. b. 10-minute test duration with resistances tabulated at 30 seconds, 1 minute, and 10 minutes. c. Results temperature corrected in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.14. d. Temperature corrected insulation resistance values equal to, or greater than, ohmic values established by manufacturer. e. Insulation resistance test results to compare within 1 percent of adjacent windings. 2. Perform tests and adjustments for fans, controls, and alarm functions as suggested by manufacturer. 3.04 LOW VOLTAGE CABLES, 600 VOLTS MAXIMUM A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Inspect each individual exposed power cable No. 4 and larger for: a. Physical damage. b. Proper connections in accordance with Single-Line Diagram. c. Cable bends not in conformance with manufacturer's minimum allowable bending radius where applicable. d. Color coding conformance with NFPA 70 or specifications. e. Proper circuit identification. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-5 2. Mechanical Connections For a. Proper lug type for conductor material. b. Proper lug installation. c. Bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10. 12, unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 3. Shielded Instrumentation Cables (IC) for a. Proper shield grounding. b. Proper terminations. c. Proper circuit identification. 4. Control Cables For: a. Proper termination. b. Proper circuit identification. 5. Cables Terminated Through Window Type CTs: Verify that neutrals and grounds are terminated for correct operation of protective devices. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Applied megohmmeter do voltage in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.1. b. Phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for 1 minute on each pole. c. Insulation resistance values equal to, or greater than ohmic values established by manufacturer or listed in NETA ATS, Table 10.1. 2. Contact Resistance Tests: a. Contact resistance in microhms across each switch blade and fuse holder, 30 amps and larger. b. Investigate deviation of 50 percent or more form adjacent poles or similar switches. 3.05 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. General: Inspection and testing limited to circuit breakers rated 200 amperes and larger. B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Proper mounting. 2. Proper conductor size. 3. Feeder designation according to nameplate and one-line diagram. 4. Cracked casings. 5. Connection bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.1. 6. Operate frame size and trip setting with circuit breaker schedules or one-line diagram. 7. Compare frame size and trip setting with circuit breaker schedules or one-line diagram. 8. Verify that terminals are suitable for 75 degrees C rated insulated conductors. C. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Utilize 1,000-volt do megohmmeter for 480 and 600-volt circuit breakers. b. Pole-to-pole and pole-to-ground with breaker contacts opened for 1 minute. c. Pole-to-pole and pole-to-ground with breaker contacts closed for 1 minute. d. Test valves to comply with NETA ATS, Table 10.2. 2. Contact Resistance Tests: a. Contact resistance in microhms across each pole. b. Investigate deviation of 50 percent or more from adjacent poles and similar breakers. 3. Primary Current Injection Test to Verify: a. Long-time minimum pickup and delay. b. Short-time pickup and delay. c. Ground fault pickup and delay. d. Instantaneous pickup by run-up or pulse method. e. Trip characteristics of adjustable trip breakers shall be within manufacturer's published time-current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-6 f. Trip times shall be within limits established by NEMA AB 4, Table 5-3. g. Instantaneous pickup value shall be within values established by NEMA AB 4, Table 5-4. 3.06 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMERS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Visually Check Current, Potential, and Control Transformers For: a. Cracked insulation. b. Broken leads or defective wiring. c. Proper connections d. Adequate clearances between primary and secondary circuit wiring. 2. Verify Mechanically That: a. Grounding and shorting connections have good contact. b. Withdrawal mechanism and grounding operation, when applicable, operate properly. 3. Insulation resistance measurement on instrument transformer shall not be less than that shown in NETA ATS, Table 7.1.1. 3.07 METERING A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Verify meter connections in accordance with appropriate diagrams. 2. Verify meter multipliers. 3. Verify that meter types and scales conform to Contract Documents. 4. Check calibration of meters at cardinal points. 5. Check calibration of electrical transducers. 3.08 GROUNDING SYSTEMS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Equipment and circuit grounds in motor control centers and panelboards assemblies for proper connection and tightness. 2. Ground bus connections in motor control centers and panelboards assemblies for proper termination and tightness. 3. Effective transformer core and equipment grounding. 4. Accessible connections to grounding electrodes for proper fit and tightness. 5. Accessible exothermic-weld grounding connections to verify that molds were fully filled and proper bonding was obtained. 3.09 AC INDUCTION MOTORS A. General: Inspection and testing limited to motors rated 10 hp and larger. B. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Proper electrical and grounding connections. 2. Shaft alignment. 3. Blockage of ventilating air passageways. 4. Operate Motor and Check for: a. Excessive mechanical and electrical noise. b. Overheating. c. Correct rotation. d. Check vibration detectors, resistance temperature detectors, or motor inherent protectors for function ability and proper operation. e. Excessive vibration. 5. Check operation of space heaters. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-7 C. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. In accordance with ANSWEEE 43: 1) Motors above 200 hp for 10-minute duration with resistances tabulated at 30 seconds, 1 minute, and 10 minutes. 2) Motors 200 hp and less for 1-minute duration with resistances tabulated at 30 and 60 seconds. 2. Insulation resistance values equal to, or greater than, ohmic values established by manufacturers. 3. Calculate polarization index ratios for motors above 200 hp. Investigate index ratios less than 1.5 for Class A insulation and 2.0 for Class B insulation. 4. Insulation resistance test on insulated bearings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 5. Measure running current and voltage, and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate full-load amperes. 6. Verify proper operation of motor moisture and winding temperature protection, and other ancillary devices. 3.10 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Proper barrier and shutter installation and operation. 2. Proper operation of indicating and monitoring devices. 3. Proper overload protection for each motor. 4. Improper blockage of air-cooling passages. 5. Proper operation of draw out elements. 6. Integrity and contamination of insulation system. 7. Check door and device interlocking system by: a. Closure attempt of device when door is in OFF or OPEN position. b. Opening attempt of door when device is in ON or CLOSED position. 8. Check nameplates for proper identification of: a. Equipment title and tag number with latest Single-Line Diagram. b. Pushbuttons. c. Control switches. d. Pilot lights. e. Control relays. f. Circuit breakers. g. Indicating meters. 9. Verify that fuse and circuit breaker sizes and types conform to Contract Documents. 10. Verify that current and potential transformer ratios conform to Contract Documents. 11. Check bus connections for high resistance by low resistance ohmmeter and calibrated torque wrench applied to bolted joints: a. Ohmic value to be zero. b. Bolt torque level in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10. 12, unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 12. Check operation and sequencing of electrical and mechanical interlock systems by: a. Closure attempt for locked open devices. b. Opening attempt for locked closed devices. 13. Verify performance of each control device and feature famished as part of the motor control center or motor controller. 14. Control Wiring: a. Compare wiring to local and remote control, and protective devices with elementary diagrams. b. Check for proper conductor lacing and bundling. c. Check for proper conductor identification. d. Check for proper conductor lugs and connections. 15. Exercise active components. ELECTRICAL TESTING 26 0126-8 16. Inspect contactors for: a. Correct mechanical operations. b. Correct contact gap, wipe, alignment, and pressure. c. Correct torque of all connections. 16. Compare overload rating with full-load current for proper size. 17. Compare fuse, motor protector, and circuit breaker with motor characteristics for proper size. 18. Perform phasing check on double-ended motor control centers to ensure proper bus phasing from each source. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Insulation Resistance Tests: a. Applied megohmmeter do voltage in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 10.1. b. Bus section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for 1 minute on each phase. c. Contactor phase-to-ground and across open contacts for I minute on each phase. d. Starter section phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground on each phase with starter contacts closed and protective devices open. e. Test values to comply with NETA ATS, Table 10.1. 2. Overpotential Tests: a. Maximum applied ac or do voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published values. If not available, in accordance with NETA ATS, Table 11. b. Phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground for 1 minute for each phase of each bus section. c. Test results evaluated on pass/fail basis. 3. Current Injection Through Overload Unit at 300 Percent of Motor Full-Load Current and Monitor Trip Time: a. Trip time in accordance with manufacturer's published data. b. Investigate values in excess of 120 seconds. 4. Control Wiring Tests: a. Apply secondary voltage to control power and potential circuits. b. Check voltage levels at each point on terminal boards and each device terminal. c. Insulation resistance test at 1,000 volts do on control wiring except that connected to solid state components. 1) Insulation resistance to be 1 megohm minimum. 5. Operational test by initiating control devices to affect proper operation. 3.11 LOW VOLTAGE SURGE ARRESTORS A. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: 1. Adequate clearances between arrestors and enclosures. 2. Ground connections to ground bus. B. Electrical Tests: 1. Varistor Type Arrestors: a. Clamping voltage test. b. Rated RMS voltage test. c. Rated do voltage test. d. Varistor arrester test values in accordance with ANSI C62.33, Sections 4.4 and 4.7. END OF SECTION 26 0126 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLE 26 0519-1 SECTION 26 0519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section outlines the wiring requirements for the electrical work and forms a part of all other Sections of Division 26 unless otherwise specified. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere. 1. Common Work Results, Section 26 0500. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for the Owner's approval material lists, shop drawings, factory test reports and technical data to the extent required in this Section and Section 26 0500. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide basic materials and all wiring installations as indicated, specified and required. B. Wiring for furnished equipment shall include the following: C. Wiring for Furnished Equipment. The wiring from electrical panels, control panels and motor control centers to the furnished equipment shall include all the required materials and installations to complete the wiring as shown on the Drawings, specified and required. 2.02 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conductors and cables shall be new, single conductor, copper, not smaller than #12 AWG (except fixture wire or control power conductors) unless otherwise indicated, and as shown on the Drawings. No running splices will be allowed for new conductor installations. Where modifications to existing conductor runs, and conductors are unable to be replaced, an acceptable means of splicing would be to use STA-KIN butt splice or equal, with heat shrinkable insulating cover (T&B cat #H5 or equal). Use calibrated T&B #WT1455 ratchet tool for compression of terminal at all STA-KON terminals and connectors. B. Conductors 250MCM and Larger shall be stranded, 600 volts, ethylene propylene rubber insulation, Type RHW. Conductors shall be manufactured by Rome, American Insulated Wire Co., Cablec Co., or approved equal. C. Conductors smaller than 250MCM shall be stranded, 600 volt and Type XHHW-2. Conductors shall be manufactured by Rome, American Insulated Wire Co., Cablec Co., or approved equal. D. Ground and Neutral Conductors shall be provided for the required ground and neutral wiring. 1. The insulated ground and neutral conductors shall be the same type as the phase conductors. 2. Bare ground conductors shall be copper, soft drawn, annealed, concentric lay, stranded conforming to ASTM Specifications B3 and B8. E. Fixture Wires shall be rated 900 centigrade, #16 AWG stranded, thermoplastic insulated with an outer jacket. The wire shall be Type TFFN and manufactured by Brand-Rex, Carol Cable, or approved equal. F. Control power conductors shall be type XHHW stranded #14 gauge with manufacturer sequential number identification on exterior of insulation jacket. G. For Instrumentation conductors and cables, see Section 26 0523 - INSTRUMENTATION & NETWORK CLASS CABLE. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLE 26 0519-2 H. Wire Lubricant shall be provided to ease the pulling of cables and conductors in conduits. The lubricant shall be Aqua Gel, Polywater or approved equal. “Yellow 77” is not acceptable. 2.03 WIRE CONNECTORS A. Connectors shall be provided for splices and terminal connections of all copper conductors and cables. The connector shall fit the conductor to which it shall be connected, and the assembly shall have joint contact surfaces not less than 50 percent. B. High voltage conductors (480V) shall be terminated in junction boxes using appropriately sized Weidmuller terminal blocks, color coded (green = grounding conductors, white or gray = neutral/grounded conductors, black red or blue for medium voltage (120V -240V) and brown, orange and yellow for high voltage conductors (480V). C. Compression Connectors for No. 8 AWG and larger shall be copper lugs for terminal connections, and two-way copper sleeves and taps for splice connections. A crimping tool shall be provided to make tight and neat compression connections. The connectors and crimping tool shall be Anderson- Square D, Thomas and Betts, Buchanan or approved equal. D. Tapered Spring Connectors shall have live springs attached to inner steel housings and enclosed with plastic insulators. Connectors shall be provided for No. 10 AWG conductors and smaller, and shall be Buchanan Type B2, Scotchlok Type B, Thomas and Betts Type PT or approved equal. E. Ground Clamps shall be provided for cable connections to ground rods and metal pipes as shown on the Drawings. Clamps shall be copper alloy, heavy duty, corrosion resistant and consist of U- bolts and saddles with bolted cable connections. The ground clamps shall be O-Z, Thomas and Betts Burndy or approved equal. F. Electrical Tape shall be plastic, 0.007 inches thick, and resistant to abrasion, alkalies, acids, corrosion, moisture, low and high temperatures. The tape shall be Scotch No. 33 Plus, Plymouth Premium Black No. 4453 or approved equal. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide the wiring installations and equipment installations, including connections and interconnections as indicated, specified and required. Assure proper fits for all equipment and materials in the spaces shown on the Drawings. 3.02 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Install all the conductors and cables for the wiring as indicated, specified and required. B. Conductors. Conductors shall be completely installed and connected. Apply wire lubricant to ease the pulling of conductors in conduits. Recommended pulling tensions shall not be exceeded. Splice and terminal connections shall be made tight with spring and compression connectors. The connectors shall be crimped with a tool that provides uniform and tight connections. Connectors shall be sized as outlined in paragraph on Wire Connectors in this Section. Include all the required wiring interconnections. When routing conductors and cables through precast concrete pull boxes and manholes, the longest (not shortest) route from entrance to exit shall be used. C. Insulate. All connections shall be insulated as required with tight wraps of plastic tape. Apply insulation putty to fill irregularities and voids in splices. High and medium voltage cable splices shall be completed as instructed by the cable manufacturer. D. Furnished Equipment. Provide wiring installations as shown on the Drawings, and specified in other Sections of the Specifications for furnished equipment. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLE 26 0519-3 E. The purpose of all circuits shall be legibly identified at the panel, receptacles, junction boxes and equipment in a permanent manner (i.e. Etched Plates, Conductor Tag, Permanent Marker, Etc.). The labeling shall include panel circuit number, “To” and “From” identification and marked “Spare” where applicable. 3.03 CHECKING, ADJUSTING AND TESTING A. Provide the required labor and equipment, and all checking, adjusting and testing operations on the electrical installations. B. Check all wire terminals shall be checked to assure tight connections. C. Wiring Tests. The tests shall be performed to detect wrong connections, short circuits, continuity and grounds. Insulation tests shall be made with a hand crank test instrument on all cables and conductors. NOTE: WARNING. Do not make insulation tests on any conductors either signal or power that are connected to semi-conductor type equipment. Remove the conductors from the equipment before insulation testing; severe damage may result from meggar-type instruments. Power feeders and branch conductors shall be tested phase to phase, and phase to ground. Phase to ground tests on shielded cable shall mean "conductor to shield". After insulation resistance tests have been performed, high voltage and medium voltage shielded cables shall be "hi-Pot" tested in accordance with the current ICEA Standards and the manufacturer's recommendation. Voltage shall be applied and removed in a slow, even manner, and the conductors shall be grounded for at least one minute after the voltage is removed to ensure that no charge remains. Test voltage and application time for the various cables and conductors shall be submitted to the Owner. Correct any defects in the wiring systems. D. Test Data. Test data for equipment, shielded cables and supply voltage shall be submitted to the Owner. E. Checking, Adjusting and Testing. Provide all checking, adjusting and testing operations on equipment and complete installations as specified in Section 26 0500. END OF SECTION 26 0519 INSTRUMENTATION CLASS CABLE 26 0519.01-1 SECTION 26 0519.01 - INSTRUMENTATION CLASS CABLE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers cable use for process signal and controls. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures, Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, prior to installation. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with Contract Documents, the instrumentation cable shall be as manufactured by Belden, Okonite, or equal. 2.02 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE A. Instrument cable shall be Type TC, and have the number of individually shielded twisted pairs indicated on the Plans and shall be insulated for not less than 600 volts. Unless otherwise indicated, conductor size shall be No. 18 AWG minimum. Shielded, grounded instrumentation cable shall be used for all analog and low voltage digital signals. B. The jacket shall be flame retardant with 90 degrees C temperature rating. The cable shield shall be a minimum of 2.3 mil aluminum or copper tape overlapped to provide 100 percent coverage and a tinned copper drain wire. C. The conductors shall be bare soft annealed copper, Class B, 7-strand minimum concentric lay with 15 mils nominal thickness, nylon jacket, 4 mil nominal thickness, 90 degrees C temperature rating. One conductor within each pair shall be numerically identified. D. Pairs shall be assembled with a nominal 2-inch lay and shall then be group shielded with a minimum of 1.3 mil aluminum or copper tape overlapped to provide 100 percent coverage. All group shields shall be completely isolated from each other. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Feeder and branch circuits shall be isolated from each other, and from instrumentation and control circuits. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in separate raceways from other cables and wiring. This includes portions running through manholes. Instrumentation cable shall be continuous between instruments or between field devices and instrument enclosures. There shall be no intermediate splices or terminal boards, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. B. Maintain electrical continuity of the shield when splicing twisted shielded pair conductors. Drain wires shall be terminated inside enclosures at grounded terminal blocks. Only one end of each instrument loop cable drain wire shall be grounded. Ground drain wire of shielded conductors at one end only. C. Terminate instrumentation and control wiring, including spare wires, at control panels and motor control centers on terminal boards mounted inside the equipment. 1. CONTRACTOR shall supply terminal boards as required. 2. Do not field wire directly to devices. END OF SECTION 26 0519.01 GROUNDING 26 0526-1 SECTION 26 0526 – GROUNDING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. A ground grid system consisting of the indicated configuration of copper wires, and ground rods, or concrete encased grounding electrodes ("UFERs") shall be provided to minimize station potential gradient irregularities and drain leakage and fault currents to earth. B. Whether indicated on the Plans or not, neutral conductors, cable shields, metallic conduits, cable terminations, junction boxes, poles, surge arresters, and other non-current-carrying metallic parts of equipment shall be grounded. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures, Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents prior to installation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC) Article 250 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. A resistance of not greater than 25 ohms shall be provided, unless otherwise specified. Ground resistances shall be measured as herein described. Resistances of systems requiring separate ground rods, rather than a counterpoise, shall be measured separately before bonding below grade. The combined ground resistance of separate systems bonded together below grade may be used to meet the specified ground resistance, but the minimum number of rods indicated must still be provided. 2.02 GROUND RODS A. Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel conforming to UL 467, 314 inch in diameter by 10 feet in length. Unless otherwise indicated, ground rods shall be driven into the ground until tops of rods are approximately 6 inches below finished grade. In counterpoise systems. Tops of ground rods shall be approximately at elevations of counterpoises. Where the specified ground resistance cannot be met with the indicated number of ground rods, additional ground rods, longer ground rods, or deep-driven sectional rods shall be installed and connected until the specified resistance is obtained, except that not more than three additional ground rods shall be required at any one installation. Ground rods shall be spaced as evenly as possible at least 6 feet apart and connected below grade. 2.03 CONNECTIONS A. Connections above grade shall be made with bolted solderless connectors, and those below grade shall be made by a fusion-welding process. An embossing die code or other standard method shall provide visible indication that a connector has been adequately compressed on the ground wire. 2.04 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A. Service entrance ground wires shall be sized in accordance with 2014 NEC Table 250-66, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. After being located to provide maximum physical protection, exposed ground wires shall be securely attached to structural supports at not more than 2 -foot intervals with suitable fasteners. Bends greater than 45 degrees in ground wires are not permitted. Routing of ground conductors through concrete should be avoided, except where specifically called for in these Documents. When concrete penetration is necessary, nonmetallic conduit shall be cast flush with the points of concrete entrance and exit, so as to provide an opening for the ground wire. GROUNDING 26 0526-2 The opening shall be sealed with a suitable compound after installation of the ground wire. 2.05 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR A. Neutral conductors shall be grounded where indicated. Equipment grounding conductors shall be sized in accordance with 2014 NEC Table 250-122, unless otherwise indicated. Ground wires shall be protected by conduit, where such wires run exposed above grade in non-fence-enclosed areas, or are run through concrete construction. Where concrete penetration is necessary, nonmetallic conduit shall be cast flush with the points of concrete entrance and exit, so as to provide an opening for the ground wire. The opening shall be sealed with a suitable compound after installation of the ground wire. Bends greater than 45 degrees in ground wire connections to the ground rods, or counterpoises are not permitted. 2.06 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Equipment frames of motor housings, metallic tanks, metallic equipment enclosures, metal splicing boxes, chain-link fencing, and other metallic noncurrent-carrying metal items, shall be grounded. Connections to earth shall be made in the same manner as required for system grounding. Equipment or devices operating at less than 750 volts may be connected to secondary neutral grounding electrodes. 2.07 SURGE ARRESTER GROUNDING A. Surge arresters shall be grounded. Resistance to ground for intermediate-class arresters shall be not more than 10 ohms and for distribution-class arresters shall be not more than 25 ohms. Ground wire connections shall be not less than No. 4 AWG for distribution arresters and No. 110 AWG for intermediate arresters. Connections to earth shall be made in the same manner as required for neutral conductors. Surge arrester grounds may use the same ground wires provided for equipment operating at more than 750 volts. Surge arrester and secondary neutral grounds shall be separate from and independent of each other but both grounds shall be bonded together below grade at the ground rods or may utilize a common counterpoise. 2.08 LIGHTING POLE GROUNDING A. Base of fighting poles shall be connected to an adjacent ground rod as indicated on Plans. A ground connection from poles back to neutral ground points shall also be provided utilizing equipment grounding conductor. 2.09 METALLIC STRUCTURES A. Metallic structures and buildings shall be grounded per NEC. 2.10 GROUNDING RINGS A. When required, grounding rings shall be installed using bare copper cable with ground rods at least 25 feet intervals using thermoweld connecting means as indicated on Plans in accordance with NEC requirements. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. It is the intent of these Contract Documents that all device and equipment grounds shall be run as a separate conductor in the conduit from the equipment to the distribution panels or system ground. Wireways and enclosures shall be properly bonded and grounded, and ground conductors shall be run for all circuits. GROUNDING 26 0526-3 B. Equipment cases and devices shall be grounded. Ground rods shall be driven, and concrete encased conduits installed, before a building, or structure is built, and ground conductors brought through the concrete to accessible points for grounding equipment. These systems shall be installed at each structure, where transformers, switchboards, panelboards, and MCCs are installed. C. Duct banks shall contain a concrete encased system bare copper ground conductor. The system ground conductors shall run continuously in duct banks, through handholes and other raceway boxes. The system ground shall be connected to the structure grounding systems to provide a continuous grounding system. Each metallic raceway, panel, switchboard, and other metallic devices associated with the electrical and control systems shall be bonded to this grounding system. D. Ground rod shall be installed not less than 6 inches below grade. Equipment, neutral, and surge arrester ground wires shall be connected to the ground grid as indicated. 3.02 TESTS A. Pre-Energization Tests --- Pre-energization tests shall include, but shall not be limited to tests that the equipment engineer is required to perform under paragraph "GENERAL REQUIREMENTS." No part of the electrical system shall be energized until all station grounding system components have been tested and demonstrated to comply with the requirements specified, and until associated test reports have been submitted and approved. B. Operating Test - After the installation is completed, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct an operating test for approval. Equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements herein. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish instruments and personnel required for the test. C. Ground-Resistance Measurements - Ground-resistance measurements of each ground rod shall be taken and certified by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER. No part of the electrical distribution system shall be energized prior to the resistance testing of that system's ground rods and grounding system and submission of test results to the ENGINEER. Test reports shall indicate the location of the ground rod and grounding system and the resistance and the soil conditions at the time the test was performed. When the building water service is used as a ground or part of the grounding system, ground-resistance measurements shall also be made of this connection. Ground-resistance measurements shall be made in normally dry weather, not less than 48 hours after rainfall, and with the ground under test isolated from other grounds. The resistance to ground shall be measured using the fall-of-potential method described in IEEE Std 142 and Std 81. 3.03 TEST RESULTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform the above tests and submit a certified test report prior to energizing the equipment. END OF SECTION 26 0526 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533-1 SECTION 26 0533 – RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install pre-cast concrete pull boxes in the locations indicated on the Plans and as required. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted for review prior to installation in accordance with the Contract Documents, Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures and Division 26 – Electrical. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PULL BOXES A. The pull boxes shall be designed for traffic conditions, and the pull box and cover shall be designed for heavy traffic bridge loading unless otherwise noted. The pull boxes shall have dimensions indicated on the plans. The pull boxes shall be constructed of concrete. B. The pull boxes shall be Quikset, Utility Vault Co., or equal, with covers. The covers shall be engraved "ELECTRICAL". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The pull boxes shall be installed on 12 inches of compacted gravel and shall be installed in such a manner that the cover of the pull box will be flush with finished grade. END OF SECTION 26 0533 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 0533.02-1 SECTION 26 0533.02 - OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Outlet, pull and junction boxes. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 00 – Bid Requirements 2. Division 01 - General Requirements 3. Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical 4. Section 26 0526 - Grounding 5. Section 26 0533.01 - Raceways 6. Section 26 2726 - Wiring Devices 7. Section 33 0516.13 – Precast Concrete Utility Structures 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: Refer to Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Refer to the Contract Documents, Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures and Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. See Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Galvanized steel boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Steel City c. Raco 2. Sheet metal boxes for non-classified areas: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. 3. Corrosion-resistant boxes: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. b. Crouse-Hinds 4. Hazardous location boxes (Class I, II & Ill): a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds c. Killark d. O-Z/Gedney 5. Raintight and watertight boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds 6. Terminal boxes: a. Hoffman Engineering Co. OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 0533.02-2 7. Boxes in sidewalk shall be precast concrete: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds c. O-Z/Gedney 8. Boxes in earth: a. Carlon Electric Products 9. Exposed switch and receptacle boxes: a. Appleton Electric Co. b. Crouse-Hinds 2.02 MATERIALS A. Pull and Junction Boxes for Offices and other Dry Architecturally Finished Areas: 1. Material: 14 GA, galvanized steel 2. Concentric knockouts on all four sides 3. Flat cover fastened with screws 4. NEMA 1 classification 5. UL listed B. Pull and Junction Boxes for General Use Unclassified Areas Suitable for NEMA 12 Enclosures: 1. Material: 14 GA galvanized steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth and no knockouts 2. Zinc rich coating on all seams 3. Stainless steel captivated cover screws threaded into sealed wells 4. Flat door with oil resistant gasket 5. NEMA 12 classification 6. UL listed C. Pull and Junction Boxes for Wet Areas: 1. Material: 14 GA steel with polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces 2. Seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts 3. Stainless steel clamps on four sides 4. Flat cover with oil resistant gasket 5. NEMA 4 classification 6. UL listed D. Pull and Junction Boxes for Corrosive Areas: 1. Material: 14 GA steel with powdered epoxy resin coating inside and out or fiberglass- reinforced polyester material 2. Steel boxes: a. Seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts b. Rolled lip around all sides c. Hinged door d. Captivated stainless steel door screws e. Flat door with oil-resistant gasket 3. NEMA 4X boxes shall be stainless-steel. a. Hinged door with latch and lockout b. Neoprene door gasket c. Grounding bushing(s) 4. NEMA 4X classification 5. UL listed OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 0533.02-3 E. Pull and Junction Boxes for Hazardous Areas: 1. Material: Cast gray iron alloy or copper-free cast aluminum 2. Drilled and tapped openings or tapered threaded hub equipped 3. Flat bolted-down or threaded cover with neoprene gasket 4. Stainless steel hex head screws 5. Explosion proof, UL listed for Class 1 Groups C and D F. Pull and Junction Boxes for Sidewalks: 1. Cast-iron box and cover, hot-dip galvanized 2. Flange for flush mounting 3. Checkered cover with neoprene gasket, pry bar slots and stainless steel screws 4. UL listed 5. Drilled and tapped holes 6. Watertight NEMA 4 classification G. Large Pull and Junction Boxes (100 CU IN and larger): 1. Located in general use areas: a. NEMA 12 construction: 1) Welded steel 2) Furnished with gray enamel inside and out over phosphatized surfaces 2. Located in wet and corrosive areas: a. NEMA 4X with stainless steel screws. b. Type 304 L welded stainless steel: 1) Constructed of 14 GA steel with seams continuously welded, ground smooth, no knockouts 2) Rolled lip around all sides 3) Rigid handles for covers larger than 9 SF or heavier than 25 lbs. 4) Split covers when heavier than 25 lbs. H. Traffic-rated Pull Boxes: 1. Shall be, at a minimum, H-20 rated pre-cast concrete and meets the requirement of Section 03 40 00 – Precast Concrete. I. Terminal Boxes: 1. Galvanized 16 GA steel box provided with plain blank screw cover, subpanel, and terminal points. 2. Refer to Drawing for dimensions and number of terminals. 3. Terminal blocks shall be screw-post barrier-type, white center marker strip. 4. Rated 20 ampere, minimum 600 V. J. Fiberglass Cable-Pulling Enclosure: 1. Use: Access points to facilitate pulling of electrical cables in buried conduit runs 2. Size and quantity: As shown on Drawings 3. Type: Rectangular fiberglass composite, suitable for direct burial pedestrian traffic on top, - 50 DegF, chemical, sunlight, and weather resistant 4. Provide matching top with "ELECTRIC" logo K. Outlet Boxes: 1. Use: Installation of wiring devices. 2. Boxes for exposed wiring: a. Cadmium plated, cast, ferrous metal, with threaded hubs 3. Boxes for concealed wiring: a. Code gage, hot-dip galvanized steel b. Include bar hangers for metal stud partitions c. Provide barriers between switches in boxes with 277 V switches on opposite phases. d. Use extension and plaster rings where required. e. Provide grounding screw. OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 0533.02-4 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Use locknut and bushing for boxes in non-classified areas. B. Use cast metal boxes with threaded conduit hubs in hazardous areas. C. Use Type FS and FD boxes in wet areas and where exposed rigid steel conduit is required. D. Use epoxy resin coated, stainless steel, cast aluminum for corrosive areas. E. Fill unused punched-out, tapped, or threaded hub openings with insert plugs. F. Use outlet boxes sized to accommodate quantity of conductors enclosed. G. Use boxes sized to accommodate conduit tying into box. H. Install pull boxes or junction boxes in conduit runs where indicated or required to facilitate pulling of wires or making connections. 1. Make covers of boxes accessible. I. Install pull boxes or junction boxes rated for the area classification. J. Install rigid conduit squarely into boxes which do not have hubs or are drilled and tapped. 1. Install with locknut on the outside and bushing on inside. K. Install conduit into boxes with hubs, or that are tapped, using thread lubricant. L. Do not use back-to-back boxes on this Project. M. Support outlet boxes for incandescent fixtures and other ceiling-mounted devices in lay-in acoustical tile ceilings by bar hangers anchored to ceiling construction members which do not interfere with tile removal. END OF SECTION 26 0533.02 CONDUITS 26 0533.13-1 SECTION 26 0533.13 - CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install conduits as required, and as shown on the Plans. Materials employed shall be as shown on the Plans. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit product literature including manufacturer part number, model number, material, size, and specifications. Material shall not be installed until the ENGINEER has reviewed the submittal data. B. Shop Drawings shall be submitted for review and acceptance showing routing, conduit size, and number and size of wires in each conduit before installation of conduit and any related work. C. Proposed routing of conduits buried under floor slabs-on-grade. D. Identify conduit by tag number of equipment served or by circuit schedule number. E. Proposed routing and details of construction including conduit and rebar embedded in floor slabs, columns, etc. Identify conduit by tag number of equipment served or by circuit schedule number. F. Proposed location and details of construction for openings in slabs and walls for raceway runs. G. Refer to Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical and Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures for further submittal requirements. 1.03 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): C80.1, Rigid Steel Conduit Zinc-Coated. B. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA): RN-1, Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit. C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): 1. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit. 2. 6, Rigid Metal Conduit. 3. 360, Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit. 4. 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment. 5. 514, Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Flush-Device Boxes and Covers. 6. 651, Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit. 7. 870, Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters, and Associated Fittings. 8. 884, Underfloor Raceways and Fittings. 9. 886, Outlet Boxes and Fittings for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. Exposed conduit in an unclassified or hazardous area shall be galvanized rigid steel (GRS) unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Plans. Conduits in the corrosive areas shall be PVC coated GRS unless otherwise indicated. Underground and/or concrete encased conduits shall be PVC, unless otherwise indicated. All wiring, except as otherwise noted, shall be in conduit. Conduit size shall not be less than the National Electrical Code (NEC) size required for the conductors therein and shall not be smaller than 1-inch, unless noted in plans. B. Condulet type fittings shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or equal with wedge nut covers. All condulets located outdoors or in wet locations shall be weathertight. CONDUITS 26 0533.13-2 C. In unclassified areas, flexible conduit shall be grounding type, weatherproof, corrosion resistant, and watertight. D. Couplings, connectors, and fittings shall be standard types specifically designed and manufactured for the purpose. They shall be installed to provide a firm mechanical assembly and electrical conductivity throughout. E. Expansion fittings shall be OZ type AX with jumper for exposed locations and type DX at structural expansion joints, Spring City, or equal. Conduits shall have expansion fittings in accordance with NEC. F. The conduits and fittings shall be supported per NEC requirements as a minimum. 2.02 GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (GRS) A. Conduit and couplings shall be hot-dipped galvanized with zinc coated threads and outer coating of zinc bichromate, in accordance with ANSI C80.1 standards, as manufactured by Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation, Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation, Triangle PWC, or equal. B. Steel conduit shall not be buried in earth without concrete encasement and additional corrosion protection. A half lapped rapping of 20-mil PVC based corrosion protection tape shall be used. 2.03 PVC COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL (PVC-GRS) A. PVC coated GRS conduit shall be installed where shown on the Plans or elsewhere specified and shall conform to NEMA RN-1 and ANSI C80.1 standards. B. The zinc surface of the conduit shall remain intact and undisturbed on both the inside and the outside of the conduit throughout the preparation and application processing. A Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) coating shall be bonded to the galvanized outer surface of the conduit. The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the plastic. The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of 0.040-inch (40 mil). C. A loose coupling shall be furnished with each length of conduit. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the outer surface of the coupling and a PVC sleeve equal to the outside diameter of the uncoated conduit shall extend beyond both ends of the coupling approximately one pipe diameter or 1 -1/2 inches, whichever is smaller. The wall thickness of the coating on the coupling and the sleeve shall be a minimum of 0.055-inch (55 mil). D. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the inner and outer surface of all conduit bodies and fittings and a PVC sleeve shall extend from all hubs. The wall thickness of the coating on conduit bodies and fittings and the sleeve walls shall be identical to those on couplings in length and thickness. The covers on all conduit bodies shall be coated on both sides and shall be designed to be completely interchangeable. The inside of conduit bodies shall remain undisturbed in the processing. E. Type 304 stainless steel screws shall be furnished and used to attach the cover to the conduit body. All coated material shall be installed and patched according to the manufacturer's recommended installation and patching instructions. F. Conduit straps shall be PVC coated or stainless steel. G. PVC coated conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured by Kor Kap Corporation, Occidental Coating Company, Rob-Roy, or equal. H. PVC coated flexible conduits shall be liquid and vaportight and manufactured in accordance with UL 360 standards. 2.04 RIGID NONMETALLIC - PVC A. Where specifically indicated on the Plans, or elsewhere specified, conduit may be high density Schedule 40, 90 degrees C, heavy-duty PVC. The conduit shall be manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound which meets ASTM D1784, NEMA TC-2, ANSI C33.91, and UL CONDUITS 26 0533.13-3 651 standards. Smoke emissions shall be limited to less than 6 grams per 100 grams of material tested. B. Where conduit concrete encasement is indicated on the Plans, conduit supports shall be installed at five foot intervals. PVC conduit shall be manufactured by Carlon, Triangle Conduit & Cable, or equal. 2.05 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT A. Conduit and couplings shall be galvanized intermediate metal conduit manufactured in accordance with UL 1242 and as manufactured by Allied Tube & Conduit Corporation, Jones & Laughlin Steel Corporation, or equal. B. Intermediate metal conduit shall not be buried without concrete encasement. Threadless couplings and connectors shall not be used. 2.06 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be liquid and vapor-tight, oil and ultraviolet ray resistant and manufactured in accordance with UL 360 standards. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be formed of a continuous, spiral wound, galvanized steel core with an extruded PVC jacket. The PVC jacket shall be rated for high ambient heat applications, 90 degrees Celsius. B. For corrosive locations, liquid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be formed of a continuous, spiral wound, aluminum core with an extruded PVC jacket. The PVC jacket shall be impervious to corrosive liquids and vapors. C. An external bonding conductor shall be required for flexible conduit connections containing circuits rated at 60 amps or greater and for sizes 1 1/2 " or larger. Flexible conduit and connectors for 1 1/4" and smaller shall be listed for grounding. D. Connectors for liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be galvanized, furnished with a sealing ring and locknut, and suitable for wet locations. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Conduit runs are schematic only, and shall be modified as required to suit field conditions, subject to review and acceptance by the ENGINEER. B. Conduit shall run continuously between outlets and shall be provided with junction boxes where connections are made. Couplings, connectors, and fittings shall be acceptable types designed and manufactured for the purpose, and shall provide a firm mechanical assembly, and electrical conductivity throughout. C. Conduit runs shall be straight and true. Elbows, offsets, and bends shall be uniform and symmetrical. Changes in direction shall be made with long radius bends, or with fittings of the condulet type. D. Conduit runs in buildings and structures shall be exposed except as specifically noted, or accepted by the ENGINEER. E. Conduit runs shall not interfere with the proper and safe operation of equipment, and shall not block or interfere with ingress or egress, including equipment removal hatches. F. Exposed conduits shall be securely fastened with clamps, or straps, intended for conduit use. All exposed conduit shall be run on the walls and ceiling only and shall be parallel to the planes of the walls or ceiling. No diagonal runs will be permitted. Flexible conduit shall be used only for short lengths required to facilitate connections between rigid conduit to motors from junction boxes, or control equipment. The maximum length of flexible conduit shall be 3 feet. CONDUITS 26 0533.13-4 G. Conduit runs on water-bearing walls shall be supported one inch away from the wall on an accepted channel. When channel galvanizing, or other coating, is cut or otherwise damaged, it shall be field coated to original condition. No conduit shall be run in water-bearing walls, unless specifically designated otherwise. H. Conduit shall be thoroughly reamed to remove burrs. IMC or GRS shall be reamed during the threading process, and Rigid Nonmetallic PVC shall be reamed before applying fittings. A zinc rich cold galvanizing shall be used to restore corrosion protection on field cut threads. Bushings and lock nuts or hubs shall be used at conduit terminations. The total number of bends in any run between pull points shall not exceed 360 degrees. Junction boxes and pull boxes shall be installed at points acceptable to the ENGINEER. Conduit ends shall be plugged to prevent the entrance of moisture or debris during construction. All spare conduits shall be adequately capped and shall contain a suitable pull string. I. Joints shall be set up tight. Hangers and fastenings shall be secure, and of a type appropriate in design, and dimensions, for the particular application. J. Conduit runs shall be cleaned and internally sized (obstruction tested) so that no foreign objects, or obstructions remain in the conduit prior to pulling in conductors. K. After installation of complete conduit runs 2 inches and larger, conduits shall be snaked with a conduit cleaner equipped with a cylindrical mandrel of a diameter not less than 85 percent of the nominal diameter of the conduit. Conduits through which the mandrel will not pass shall not be used. L. Expansion fittings shall be installed across all expansion joints and at other locations where necessary to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction. M. Provide trenching, backfill, and compaction for conduits installed underground. END OF SECTION 26 0533.13 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 0553-1 SECTION 26 0553 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Electrical identification work specified in this section covers the following: 1. Buried cable warnings 2. Electrical power, control and communication conductors 3. Operational instructions and warnings 4. Danger signs 5. Equipment/system identification signs 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals to the ENGINEER shall include the following: 1. Manufacturers data on electrical identification materials and products 2. Samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required for each identification material or system 1.03 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering electrical identification produ cts maybe incorporated in the work include, but not limited to, the following: 1. Brady, W.H. Co. 2. Ideal Industries, Inc. 3. Panduit Corp. 4. or, equal 1.04 QUALITY COMPLIANCE A. Comply with applicable requirements of UL Std. 969, "Marking and Labeling Systems", pertaining to electrical identification systems. B. Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Std. No's WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application. 2.02 COLOR CODED CONDUIT MARKERS A. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, flexible or semi-rigid, permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 360 degrees around conduits; designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint of marker, matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marke r, or pretensioned snap-on. Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering that indicates voltage of conductor{s} in conduit. Provide 8" minimum length for 2" and smaller conduit, 12" length for larger conduit. B. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide white markers with black letters. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 0553-2 C. Conduit identification shall be via stainless-steel tags. See comments for Section 26 0533.01 - Raceways. 2.03 CABLE AND CONDUCTOR WIRE MARKERS A. Cable and conductor wire markers shall be self-laminating vinyl on white background, printed using a Brady TLS2200 printer, Seton printer, or equal. Handwritten wire markers are not acceptable. 2.04 SELF-ADHESIVE PLASTIC SIGNS A. Provide manufacturer's standard, self-adhesive or pressure-sensitive, pre-printed, flexible vinyl signs for operational instructions or warnings; of sizes suitable for application areas and adequate for visibility, with proper wording for each application, e.g., 208V, EXHAUST FAN, RECTIFIER. B. Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide white signs with black lettering. C. Signs shall be attached with stainless-steel screws. 2.05 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS A. Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in electrical identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of electrical systems and equipment. Comply with ANSI A13.1 pertaining to minimum sizes for letters and numbers. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install electrical identification products as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements of NEC. B. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of painting. C. Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for identification of electrical work. 3.02 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A. Where electrical conduit is exposed in spaces with exposed mechanical piping that is identified by a color-coded method, apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in manner similar to piping identification. Except as otherwise indicated, use white as coded color for conduit. 3.03 CABLE/CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. Apply cable/conductor identification, including voltage, phase and feeder number, on each cable/conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or communication/signal system are present, except where another form of identification (such as color-coded conductors) is provided. Match identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project's electrical work. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 0553-3 3.04 EQUIPMENT/SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in building; including central or master unit of each electrical system including communication -control-signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering on 1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work: 1. Panelboards, electrical cabinets and enclosures. 2. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities. 3. Major electrical switchgear. B. Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Secure to substrate with brass or stainless-steel screws, except use adhesive where screws should not or cannot penetrate the substrate. C. Identification signs shall be black lettering on a white field to match the Districts’ standard. 3.05 CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION A. The neutral shall be white to match the requirements of Part 2.5 (B) in Section 26 0519 – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cable. The 3-phase wires shall be identified at the switchgear, panelboards and motor control centers as Phases A, B, and C. At 277/480V, Phase A shall be brown, Phase B shall be orange, and Phase C shall be yellow. The neutral shall be gray. B. In addition to color coding all conductors, each conductor shall be identified in each pull box, manhole, panelboard, cable tray, or termination with circuit identification markers. This identification is applicable to all power, control, alarm, and instrumentation conductors and these markings shall be recorded on the Record Documents. Markers shall be slip -on PVC sleeve type as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal. C. Markers for other cabling shall be B-292 vinyl as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal. D. Exposed medium voltage conduits shall be labeled at 50-foot intervals with f-inch letters stating the voltage - example - "12,470 volts". Labels shall be vinyl plastic as manufactured by Brady, Seton, or equal. 3.06 AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT WARNING SIGNS A. Permanent warning signs shall be mounted at all mechanical equipment that may be started automatically or from remote locations. Signs shall be in accordance with OSHA regulations and shall be suitable for exterior use. The warning signs shall be fastened with round head brass screws or bolts, located and mounted in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. B. Warning signs shall be 7 inches high by 10 inches wide, colored yellow and black, on not less than 18 gauge vitreous enameling stock. Sign shall read: CAUTION THIS EQUIPMENT STARTS AUTOMATICALLY BY REMOTE CONTROL 3.07 HIGH VOLTAGE WARNING SIGNS A. Permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be mounted on all equipment, doorways to equipment rooms, pull boxes, manholes, where the voltage exceeds 600 volts. B. Signs shall be in accordance with OSHA regulation, and shall be suitable for exterior use. The warning signs shall be fastened with round head brass screws or bolts, located and mounted in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 0553-4 C. Signs shall be 7 inches high by 10 inches wide, colored red and white, on not less than 18 gauge vitreous enameling stock. Sign shall read: WARNING HIGH VOLTAGE KEEP OUT 3.08 CONDUCTOR FASTENERS A. Glue-on type conductor fasteners shall not be used in any panels, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear, motor control centers, or other enclosures containing electrical devices and/or conductors. END OF SECTION 26 0553 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 26 0573.12 - 1 SECTION 26 0573.12 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE A. The contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, reference Article 130.5 and Informative Annex D. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 1. IEEE 399 – Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis 2. IEEE 1015 – Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 3. IEEE 1584 – Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI C57.12.00 – Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers 2. ANSI C37.13 – Standard for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures 3. ANSI C 37.41 – Standard Design Tests for High Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Accessories 4. ANSI C37.5 – Methods for Determining the RMS Value of a Sinusoidal Current Wave and Normal-Frequency Recovery Voltage, and for Simplified Calculation of Fault Currents C. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code, latest edition 2. NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 26 0573.12 - 2 1.03 SUBMITTALS FOR CONSTRUCTION A. The results of the arc flash hazard analysis study shall be summarized in a final report. No more than five (5) bound copies of the complete final report shall be submitted. Additional copies, where required, shall be provided in PDF format. B. The report shall include the following sections: 1. One-line diagram showing protective device ampere ratings and associated designations, cable size & lengths, transformer kVA & voltage ratings, motor & generator kVA ratings, and switchgear/switchboard/panelboard designations 2. Descriptions, purpose, basis, and scope of the study 3. Incident energy and flash protection boundary calculations 4. Comments and recommendations for system improvements, where needed 5. Executive Summary including source of information and assumptions made 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The arc flash hazard analysis study shall be conducted under the supervision and approval of a Registered Professional Electrical Engineer skilled in performing and interpreting the power system studies. The Registered Professional Electrical Engineer shall be a full-time employee of the Engineering Services Organization. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 STUDIES A. The contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, reference Article 130.5 and Informative Annex D. 2.02 DATA COLLECTION A. The Engineer shall furnish all field data as required by the power system studies. B. Source combination may include present and future utility supplies, motors, and generators. C. Load data utilized may include existing and proposed loads obtained from Contract Documents provided by OWNER or CONTRACTOR. D. Include fault contribution of existing motors in the study, with motors < 50 hp grouped together. The Contractor shall obtain required existing equipment data, if necessary, to satisfy the study requirements. 2.03 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS A. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE 1584 equations that are presented in NFPA70E-(latest). B. The flash protection boundary and the incident energy shall be calculated at all significant locations in the electrical distribution system (switchboards, switchgear, motor-control centers, panelboards, busway, and splitters) where work could be performed on energized parts. C. The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall include all 480V locations and significant locations in 240-volt and 208-volt systems. D. Safe working distances shall be specified for calculated fault locations based upon the calculated arc flash boundary considering an incident energy of 1.2 cal/cm2. E. The Arc Flash Hazard analysis shall include calculations for maximum and minimum contributions of fault current magnitude. The minimum calculation shall assume that the utility contribution is at a minimum and shall assume a minimum motor load. Conversely, the maximum calculation shall assume a maximum contribution from the utility and shall assume motors to be operating under full-load conditions. ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 26 0573.12 - 3 F. Arc flash computation shall include both line and load side of main breaker calculations, where necessary. G. Arc Flash calculations shall be based on actual overcurrent protective device clearing time. Maximum clearing time will be capped at 2 seconds based on IEEE 1584-2002 section B.1.2. 2.04 REPORT SECTIONS A. Incident energy and arc flash boundary calculations. 1. Arcing fault magnitude 2. Device clearing time 3. Duration of arc 4. Arc flash boundary 5. Working distance 6. Incident energy 7. Recommendations for arc flash energy reduction PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD ADJUSTMENT A. Notify Owner in writing of any required major equipment modifications. B. Following completion of the study, acceptance testing and startup by the field engineering service division of the equipment manufacturer, a 2-year warranty shall be provided on all components manufactured by the engineering service parent manufacturing company. 3.02 ARC FLASH WARNING LABELS A. The vendor shall provide a 4 in. x 4 in. thermal transfer type label of high adhesion polyester for each work location analyzed. B. The label shall have an orange header with the wording, “WARNING, SHOCK & ARC FLASH HAZARD”, and shall include the following information: 1. Location designation 2. Nominal voltage 3. Arc flash boundary 4. Incident energy 5. Working distance 6. Shock Boundaries 7. Engineering report number, revision number and issue date C. Labels shall be machine printed, with no field markings D. Arc flash labels shall be provided in the following manner and all labels shall be based on recommended overcurrent device settings. 1. For each 600-, 480-, and applicable 208-volt panelboards and disconnects, one arc flash label shall be provided 2. For each motor control center, one arc flash label shall be provided 3. For each low voltage switchboard, one arc flash label shall be provided 4. For each switchgear, one flash label shall be provided 5. For medium voltage switches one arc flash label shall be provided E. Labels shall be field installed by the engineering service division of the equipment manufacturer under the Startup and Acceptance Testing contract portion. 3.03 ARC FLASH TRAINING A. The equipment vendor shall train personnel of the potential arc flash hazards associated with working on energized equipment (minimum of 2 hours). Maintenance procedures in ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 26 0573.12 - 4 accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70E, Standard for Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces, shall be provided in the equipment manuals. The training shall be certified for continuing education units (CEUs) by the International Association for Continuing Education Training (IACET). END OF SECTION SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 2100-1 SECTION 26 2100 - SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Requirements specified in Section 26 0500 – Common Work results for Electrical form a part of this Section. This Section outlines the electrical work for underground or overhead power service and power distribution. B. Related Section: Section 26 2915 – Electrical Controls, Relays, and Alarms C. Power Service: The underground or overhead service shall be complete and as shown on the Drawings. The service installation shall conform with the power company service requirements. D. Distribution: The power distribution system shall include equipment installations and underground or overhead wiring installations as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for the Owner's approval material lists, shop drawings, factory test reports, and technical data to the extent required in Section 01 3300. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all the equipment and materials, and complete all of the power service, power distribution and grounding installations as indicated, specified and required. Sizes of equipment shown on the Drawings and space allowed for the equipment are based on equipment manufactured by only one of the listed acceptable manufacturers. The manufacturers and models listed in this Section of the Specifications are acceptable providing they conform to the Specifications and that the equipment and materials provided fit properly in the available space. Refer to Section 26 0533 – Raceway and Boxes for Electrical, Section 26 0519 – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables for conductors, and Section 26 0553 – Electrical Identification for nameplates. 2.02 SERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Provide the metal enclosed, service equipment as shown on the Drawings, specified in Section 26 2716 – Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures and in accordance with the power company service requirements. The low voltage equipment shall be manufactured by Square D, Cuttler Hammer, General Electric, Siemens, Allen Bradley, or approved equal. Service equipment shall be part of the motor control center assembly as shown on the Drawings. All sections must meet SCE (Souther California Edison) requirments. B. Metering Section shall be full height, free standing and equipped with meter sockets, copper busses, main circuit breaker and ground fault protection as indicated. The meter sockets shall be provided for the power company self contained meter or meters that shall be connected to instrument transformers as required. Must meet SCE requirments. C. Pull Section shall be totally metal enclosed, full height, free standing and equipped with copper busses and connectors for the underground service conductors. Must meet SCE requirments. D. A main circuit breaker shall be used as a service disconnect in the service equipment as shown on the Drawings. E. Nameplates shall be provided for the service equipment. Refer to Section 26 0553 – Electrical Identification for nameplates. F. Double Hasp shall be attached on a gasketed hinged door of outdoor equipment for two padlocks. G. Grounding shall meet the requirements of Section 26 0526 - Grounding. SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION 26 2100-2 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide all the equipment installations and wiring installations including connections and interconnections for the power service and distribution as indicated, specified and required. Assure proper fits for all equipment and materials in the spaces shown on the Drawings. B. Earthwork, Concrete and Painting: The required work for excavations, backfills, concrete and painting shall be provided for the electrical installations. 1. Earthwork shall be performed for handholes, pull boxes, underground conduits, poles, guys, grounding, equipment foundations and supports as indicated and specified. 2. Concrete shall be provided for electrical equipment foundations and supports, and conduit encasements as indicated and specified in Division 3. 3. Painting shall be provided for all installations having unfinished surfaces as specified in. Field damaged factory finishes on equipment shall be touched-up with paint that is equal in quality and color to the original factory finish. C. Handholes and Pull Boxes: Precast concrete handholes and pull boxes shall be installed in excavations as shown on the Drawings and as required. 1. Accessories shall be installed, which include pull eyes and required hardware. 2. Covers shall be installed on all handholes and pull boxes. D. Service Equipment: Install the metal enclosed service equipment and wiring as indicated, specified and required. 1. Equipment shall be installed level and securely attached to the concrete foundation with anchor bolts. The sections shall be joined together with bolts, washers and nuts to form a unit assembly. 2. Wiring installations shall be complete and in accordance with the power company service requirements. 3. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic and attached to clean surfaces of the metal enclosures with an adhesive or equal. E. Grounding: Install all the equipment, materials and wiring to complete the equipment, structural, lightning and system grounding installations as shown on the Drawings, specified and required. F. Panelboards and Switchboards: Install the metal enclosed panelboards and distribution switchboards as indicated, specified and required. 1. Equipment shall be installed level and securely attached to the concrete foundations, floors and walls with anchor bolts. 2. Wiring installations shall be complete, including all connections. 3. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic, and attached to clean surfaces of the metal enclosures with an adhesive. G. Automatic Transfer Bypass/Isolation Switch: The Automatic Transfer Bypass/Isolation Switch described in Specification Section 26 3600 – Automatic Transfer shall be supplied with the Service Entrance equipment. H. Checking, Adjusting and Testing: Provide all checking, adjusting and testing operations on equipment and complete. END OF SECTION 26 2100 DISCONNECT SWITCHES 26 2102-1 SECTION 26 2102 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers electrical disconnecting switches. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals, Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents prior to installation. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty safety switches with a quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism, with full cover interlock, and indicator handle. The disconnect switches shall be furnished with fuses of the size indicated on the Plans. One set of spare fuses shall be furnished for each fused disconnect switch. Disconnect switches shall be NEMA type HD heavy duty construction, UL 98 listed. B. Enclosures shall be rated NEMA 12 for indoor use, and NEMA 3R for outdoor use, unless otherwise indicated on the Plans. C. Disconnect switch handle shall be pad lockable. D. Disconnect switches in the corrosive areas as indicated on the Plans, shall be NEMA 4X, 304 stainless steel. E. Disconnect switches shall be as manufactured by Square D, Cutler Hammer, Allen-Bradley, General Electric, or equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Disconnect switches shall be installed as indicated on the Plans. B. Provide grounding per NEC, and Section 26 0526 – Grounding. END OF SECTION 26 2102 LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200-1 SECTION 26 2200 - LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section outlines the wiring requirements for the electrical work and forms a part of all other Sections of Division 26 unless otherwise specified. B. Related Work Not Included in This Section. 1. Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results 2. Section 26 0526 – Grounding 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for the Owner's approval material lists, shop drawings, factory test reports, and technical data to the extent required in Section 26 0500. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide all the equipment and materials, and complete all of the power service, power distribution and grounding installations as indicated, specified and required. Sizes of equipment shown on the Drawings and space allowed for the equipment are based on equipment manufactured by only one of the listed acceptable manufacturers. The manufacturers and models listed in this Section of the Specifications are acceptable providing they conform to the Specifications and that the equipment and materials provided fit properly in the available space. 2.02 TRANSFORMERS A. Provide the power, pad-mounted, dry-type and distribution transformers as indicated, specified and required. The equipment shall be secured with hardware to brackets, supports, and inside equipment. B. Dry Type Transformers shall be provided for meters, control power, lighting, convenience and power outlets as shown on the drawings, specified and required. The transformers shall be self- cooled, two winding, three phase and single phase, 60 hertz, KVA and voltage ratings as indicated, and designed for indoor and outdoor installations at altitudes of 10,000 feet or less. Totally enclosed, non-ventilated transformers shall be provided for outdoor installations. Core laminations shall be grain oriented silicon steel, annealed, free of burrs and tightly clamped to provide quiet operation. Maximum flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation level. Transformers rated 2 KVA and smaller shall have NEMA Class B insulating materials which withstand a maximum winding temperature of 150 degrees Centigrade. Transformers rated 3 KVA through 25 KVA shall have NEMA Class F insulating materials which withstand a maximum winding temperature of 185 degrees Centigrade. Transformers rated 30 KVA and larger shall have NEMA Class H insulating materials which withstand a maximum winding temperature of 220 degrees centigrade. The transformer coils shall be wound with high temperature epoxy film insulated wire. Coils shall be vacuum impregnated with silicone varnish and cured at a minimum temperature of 350 degrees Fahrenheit to reduce hotspots and seal out moisture. Hybrid silicone varnish shall not be accepted. The coils shall be protected with an outer layer of glass tape or similar quality insulation. The core and coil assembly shall be isolated from the enclosure with neoprene pads. Single phase transformers 15 through 25 KVA shall be equipped with two 5 percent full capacity taps below normal rated primary voltage. Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer and substantiated by certified tests for each transformer. The sound levels shall not exceed the following: O-9 KVA, 38 decibels; 10-45 KVA, 42 decibels. Pressure connectors shall be included for the copper conductors shown on the drawings, which shall be accessible in a front wiring compartment. Enclosures shall be fabricated from at least #14 formed steel with uniform surfaces, except the base shall be #11 gauge minimum. A diagrammatic metal plate shall show the complete diagram, internal connections, identified LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 26 2200-2 terminals and voltages. The dry-type transformers shall be manufactured by Square D, Allen Bradley, Cutler Hammer, Siemens, General Electric, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Provide the required labor and equipment, and all checking, adjusting and testing operations on the electrical installations. 3.02 TRANSFORMERS A. Transformers. Install the power, pad-mounted, dry-type and overhead distribution transformers as indicated, specified and required. 1. Equipment shall be installed level and securely attached to concrete foundations, floors, walls and poles with the required hardware. 2. Wiring installations shall be complete as shown on the Drawings. 3.03 CHECKING, ADJUSTING AND TESTING A. Provide the required labor and equipment, and all checking, adjusting and testing operations on the electrical installations. END OF SECTION 26 2200 ENCLOSURES 26 2400-1 SECTION 26 2400 – ENCLOSURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This specification includes enclosures to house electrical controls, instruments, terminal blocks, and serve a junction boxes where shown on the Plans. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures, Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents prior to installation. 1.03 MANUFACTURERS A. Enclosures shall be manufactured by Hammond, Hoffman, Rittal, or equal. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 STEEL A. Enclosures shall be fabricated from 14 gauge steel with seams that are continuously welded. Doors shall have full length piano hinges with the door removable by pulling the hinge pin. B. A rolled lip shall be provided around three sides of the door and around all sides of the enclosure opening. The gasket shall be attached with oil-resistant adhesive and held in place with steel retaining strips. Exterior hardware, such as clamps, screws, and hinge pins, shall be of stainless steel for outdoor installations. A hasp and staple shall be provided for padlocking. Each enclosure shall have a print pocket. All wires entering or leaving the enclosure shall terminate on terminal strips. All wires and terminals shall be clearly identified as specified elsewhere in these specifications. C. Finish shall be white enamel interior, light gray enamel, ANSI 61 exterior, over phosphatized surfaces. Special finishes and colors shall be furnished for wet locations. Plans should be checked for special conditions. 2.02 NEMA RATING A. Unless otherwise indicated on the Plans, enclosures shall be NEMA 12 for indoors, NEMA 4X for corrosive areas, and NEMA 4X for outdoor installations. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be 316 stainless steel, unless noted otherwise. NEMA 4X enclosures shall also be used in wet or wash down areas. 2.03 FIBERGLASS ENCLOSURES (where indicated in plans) A. Where called out in the Plans, fiberglass NEMA 4X enclosures shall be compression molded, fiberglass reinforced polyester, high impact, and heat resistant. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Enclosures shall be installed as indicated on the Plans, and according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Enclosures shall be properly grounded, and shall include ground straps connected to hinged doors and accessories. END OF SECTION 26 2400 PANEL BOARDS 26 2416-1 SECTION 26 2416 - PANELBOARDS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers electrical panelboards. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 3300, Division 26, and the Contract Documents prior to installation. B. Panel layout with alphanumeric designation, branch circuit breaker sizes and types, AIC rating, bus sizes, and other characteristics. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA PB-1, Panelboards B. NEC C. UL67, Panelboards PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS A. Dead-front panelboards, including lighting distribution and control panels, shall be furnished and installed as indicated on the Plans. Buses shall be copper. Mounting and type of enclosures shall be as indicated on the Plans. Where not indicated, indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12 and outdoor enclosures shall be NEMA 3R. The minimum interrupting capacity of any device shall be as indicated on the Plans. B. Protective devices shall be replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. Wire connectors shall be suitable for wire sizes indicated. Branch circuits shall be numbered as indicated on the Plans, and a complete typed circuit schedule shall be furnished under a transparent cover, and affixed to the panel. Phase busing shall be full height without reduction. Full size neutral bars shall be included, and shall have suitable lug for each outgoing circuit requiring neutral connection. Spaces for future protective devices provided in lighting panels shall be bused for the maximum device that can be fitted into them. C. Panelboards shall be finished with a primer, rust resistant phosphate undercoat and two coats of oven baked enamel with finish ANSI grey. Doors shall not uncover any live parts, and shall be hinged and have latches that require no tool to operate. Panelboard doors shall be lockable. Lock and two keys shall be furnished. D. Each panelboard shall have, on the outside of the door, a lamicoid nameplate with 3/4-inch letters as specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. E. Panelboards shall be manufactured by Cutler Hammer, General Electric, or equal, F. Panelboards shall be service entrance rated where required, and as shown on the Plans. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Panelboards shall be installed as indicated on the plans and according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide grounding per NEC. C. CONTRACTOR shall verify all NEC clearance requirements prior to installation. PANEL BOARDS 26 2416-2 END OF SECTION 26 2416 WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-1 SECTION 26 2726 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Light switches, receptacles, device plates, dimmers, plug-in strips and tele-power poles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 00 – Conditions of the Contract 2. Division 01 – General Requirements 3. Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical 4. Section 26 0526 – Grounding 5. Section 26 0533.02 – Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Referenced Standards: Refer to Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Refer to the Contract Documents, Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures and Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Light switches (except explosion proof): a. Hubbell b. Slater c. P&S d. Arrow Hart e. General Electric f. Leviton 2. Explosion proof light switches: a. Crouse-Hinds b. Appleton Electric Co. c. Killark 3. Door switches: a. General Electric b. Slater c. P&S d. Arrow Hart e. Micro-switch 4. Receptacles (except explosion proof): a. Hubbell b. Slater c. P&S d. Arrow Hart e. General Electric f. Leviton WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-2 5. Explosion proof receptacles: a. Crouse-Hinds b. Appleton Electric Co c. Killark 6. Welding receptacles: a. Crouse-Hinds b. Appleton Electric Co 7. Tele-power poles: a. Wiremold b. Walker 8. Dimmers: a. Lutron b. General Electric c. P&S 9. Plug-in strip: a. Wiremold b. Walker 2.02 MATERIALS A. Light Switches for Unclassified Areas: 1. Toggle type, quiet action, specification grade with grounding terminal 2. Back and side wired 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts 4. One-piece switch arm rated 20 A, 120/277 V AC 5. UL listed 6. Color: Ivory 7. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel 8. Type: As indicated on Drawings B. Receptacles for Unclassified Areas: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade 2. Back and side wired with wrap-around bridge 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC 4. UL listed 5. Color: a. For use on normal power: Ivory b. For use on UPS systems: Red c. For use on isolated ground systems: Orange. 6. Wall plate: Type 304 stainless steel 7. Type: As indicated on Drawings C. Light Switches for Wet Areas: 1. Presswitch type, quiet action, specification grade, with grounding terminal 2. Back and side wired 3. Solid silver cadmium oxide contacts 4. One-piece switch arm rated 20 A, 120/277 V AC 5. UL listed 6. Color: Ivory 7. Wall plate: Gray weatherproof presswitch type 8. Type: As indicated on Drawings WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-3 D. Receptacles for Wet Areas: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade 2. Back and side wired with wrap around bridge 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC 4. UL listed 5. Color: Ivory 6. Wall plate: Weatherproof, cast aluminum, UL listed, WDL open and closed 7. Type: As indicated on Drawings E. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles: 1. Straight blade, grounding type, specification grade 2. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC 3. UL listed 4. Test and reset buttons 5. Wall plate: Indoor or weatherproof as require 6. Feed-through type F. Light Switches for Corrosive Areas: 1. Corrosion-resistant NEMA 4X enclosure with switch consisting of: a. Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosure b. Fiberglass reinforced polyester gasketed wall plate with built-in toggle lever switch with stainless steel shaft c. Grounding bushing d. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC e. UL listed f. Type: As indicated on Drawings g. Color. Yellow 2. Optional: Corrosion-resistant enclosure and switch consisting of: a. Cast copper-free aluminum "FS" or "FD" ridge type hub box b. Toggle type, quiet action, specification grade with grounding terminal c. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC with solid silver cadmium oxide contacts d. UL listed e. Neoprene gasket f. Cast aluminum cover with stainless steel screws and lever to activate switch g. Type: As indicated on Drawings h. Color: Yellow G. Receptacles for Corrosive Areas: 1. Corrosion-resistant straight blade, grounding type, specification grade 2. Back and side wired with wrap-around bridge 3. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC 4. UL listed 5. Color: Yellow 6. Box: "FS" or "FD" ridge type cast hub box of copper-free aluminum 7. Gasket: Neoprene 8. Wall plate: Weatherproof, cast aluminum, UL listed, WDL open or close 9. Type: As indicated on Drawings. H. Explosion proof Light Switches for Use in Hazardous Areas: 1. Explosion proof, UL listed for Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D; and Class II, Division 1 and 2 areas, Groups E, F, and G 2. EDS factory sealed 3. Malleable iron body and cover 4. Aluminum sealing chamber 5. Front operated handle with stainless steel shaft WIRING DEVICES 26 2726-4 6. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC 7. With grounding screw 8. Type: As indicated on Drawings I. Explosion proof Receptacles for Use in Hazardous Areas: 1. Explosion-proof, UL listed for Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D; and Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups F and G 2. Factory-sealed malleable iron receptacle with spring-loaded cover 3. Malleable iron mounting box 4. Rated 20 A, 125 V AC 5. "Dead-front" construction requiring plug to be inserted and rotated to activate receptacle 6. Type: As indicated on Drawings J. Welding Receptacles: 1. 60 A, 480 V, 3 pole, 4 wire, grounding type K. Plug-In Strip: Surface steel raceway plug-in strip with single 15 A, 125 V, 3 wire grounding-type receptacles spaced 18 IN on center. 1. Prewired with two #12 TW and one #12 TW green insulated ground 2. Minimum 1-1/4 in. wide x 3/4 in. deep 3. Suitable fittings and snap-in cover 4. Finish: a. Stainless steel 5. Receptacle color: a. For use on normal power: Ivory b. For use on UPS systems: Red c. For use on isolated ground systems: Orange PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount devices where indicated on the Drawings and as scheduled in Section 26 4000 – Enclosures. B. Surface mount receptacles and light switches in concrete construction. C. In masonry and metal stud construction, recess mount receptacles and light switches unless device precludes recessed mounting or unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. D. Where more than one receptacle is installed in a room, they shall be symmetrically arranged. E. Set switches and receptacles plumb and vertical to the floor. F. Set recess-mounted switches and receptacles flush with face of walls. G. Do not connect dimmers to loads in excess of 80 percent of the rating of the dimmer. H. Provide blank plates for empty outlets. END OF SECTION 26 2726 600 V FUSES 26 2813-1 SECTION 26 2813 - 600 V FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers the requirements for protective fusing on this project. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install fuses and fuse holders per the Drawings and equipment manufacturers recommendations. B. This specification includes the general requirements for various types of fuses whether they are shown on the Drawings or not. If fusing is required by codes or manufacturers recommendations, but not shown on the Drawings, this specification shall apply to the type of fusing provided by the CONTRACTOR. C. Types of fuses specified in this section include the following: 1. Class L time-delay 2. Class L fast-acting 3. Class RK1 time-delay 4. Class RK1 and Class J current-limiting 5. Class RK5 time-delay 6. Class K5 time-delay, noncurrent-limiting 7. Class T current-limiting 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The fuse manufacturer's facilities shall be ISO 9001 certified. 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable provisions of UL 198D, "High-Interrupting- Capacity Class K Fuses". Provide over-current protective devices which are UL-listed and labeled. B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of fusible devices. C. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI C97.1 "Low-Voltage Cartridge Fuses 600 Volts or Less". 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data on fuses, including specifications , electrical characteristics, installation instructions, furnished specialties and accessories in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals, Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical, and the Contract Documents. In addition, include voltages and current ratings, interrupting ratings, current limitation ratings, time-current trip characteristic curves, and mounting requirements. 1.05 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering fusible devices which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Bussmann, Gould-Shawmut, Reliance, or equal. 600 V FUSES 26 2813-2 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide fuses of types, sizes, ratings, and average time -current and peak let-through current characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, and constructed in accordance with published product information, and with industry standards and configurations. 2.02 CLASS L TIME-DELAY FUSES A. Provide UL Class L time-delay fuses rated 600-volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting transformers, motors, and circuit-breakers. 2.03 CLASS L FAST-ACTING FUSES A. Provide UL Class L fast-acting fuses rated 600 volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting service entrances and main feeder circuit -breakers. 2.04 CLASS RK1 TIME-DELAY FUSES A. Provide UL Class RK1 time-delay fuses rated 600-volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting motors and circuit-breakers. 2.05 CLASS RK1 CURRENT-LIMITING FUSES A. Provide UL Class RK1 current-limiting fuses rated 250-volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting circuit-breakers. 2.06 CLASS J CURRENT LIMITING FUSES A. Provide UL Class J current-limiting fuses rated 600-volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating. 2.07 CLASS RK5 TIME-DELAY FUSES A. Provide UL Class RK5 time-delay fuses rated 600-volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting motors. 2.08 CLASS K5 ONE-TIME FUSES A. Provide UL Class K5 one-time fuses rated 250-volts, 60 Hz, with 100,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting non-inductive loads. 2.09 CLASS T FUSES A. Provide UL Class T fuses rated 600-volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protection of physically small devices. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fuse types and sizes shall be as indicated on the Plans. Fuses shall be installed in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC) requirements and the manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install fuses in proper fuse holders. C. Where fuses are installed in the motor starters, fuses shall be sized to match the actual motor full load current. 600 V FUSES 26 2813-3 D. Where fuses are installed in disconnect switches at HVAC units, the fuse sizes shall be sized to meet the HVAC manufacturer's requirements. E. Fuses for control transformers shall be sized in accordance with the National Electrical Code. F. Fuses shall be installed with the labels clearly visible. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energizing fusible devices, test devices for circuit continuity and for short-circuits. 3.03 SPARE PARTS B. Furnish 3 spare fuses of each size and type. END OF SECTION 26 2813 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 2816-1 SECTION 26 2816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install, low voltage circuit breakers, as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Products shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals, Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents prior to installation. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The breaker manufacturer's facilities shall be ISO 9001 certified. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Circuit breakers shall be manufactured by Cutler-Hammer, Allen-Bradley, General Electric, or equal. B. Circuit breaker frame, trip, short circuit, and interruption ratings shall be as indicated on the Drawings, except that they shall be coordinated with the ratings of the equipment actually furnished, and shall be modified where necessary to suit the equipment. Circuit breakers to be used in motor control centers shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Where no indication of type is given on the Drawings circuit breakers protecting motors shall be motor circuit protectors, and other circuit breakers shall be molded case type. C. Circuit breaker for mounting in motor control centers, or for separate mounting shall be of the air- break type, quick-make and quick-break, 600 volt, with number of poles as indicated on the Drawings. D. Each pole of the circuit breaker shall provide inverse time delay, and instantaneous circuit protection. E. The breakers shall be operated by a handle, and shall have a switching mechanism that is mechanically trip free from the handle, so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuits, and abnormal currents. Tripping due to overload, or short circuit shall be clearly indicated by the handle automatically assuming a position between the manual ON and OFF positions. Latch surfaces shall be ground and polished. Poles shall be constructed so that they open, close, and trip simultaneously. F. Breakers must be completely enclosed in a molded case. Non-interchangeable trip breakers shall have their covers sealed; interchangeable trip breakers shall have the trip unit sealed to prevent tampering. Ampere ratings shall be clearly visible. Contacts shall be non-welding silver alloy. Arc extinction must be accomplished by means of arc chutes. The minimum interrupting ratings of the circuit breakers shall be at least equal to the available short circuit current at the line terminals. G. Circuit breakers shall conform to the applicable requirements of NEMA Standards Publication No. AB1. H. Molded case circuit breakers shall be ambient temperature compensating that provides inverse time delay overload and instantaneous short circuit protection by means of a thermalmagnet ic element. Compensation shall be accomplished by a secondary bi-metal that will allow the breaker to carry rated current between 25 degrees C and 50 degrees C with tripping characteristics that are approximately the same throughout this temperature range. ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 2816-2 I. On breakers with interchangeable, thermal, adjustable magnetic trip, the accessibility and position of the adjustment knob shall not be changed from those on the standard breaker. J. Unless mounted in a switchboard, or panelboard, circuit breakers shall be housed in a NEMA rated enclosure as described elsewhere in these specifications. K. Provide circuit breakers with shunt trip mechanisms where shown on the Drawings. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Circuit breakers shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and per manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 26 2816 ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, RELAYS AND ALARMS 26 2915-1 SECTION 26 2915 - ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, RELAYS, AND ALARMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01. SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section includes the following: 1. Pushbutton and Selector Switches 2. Relays 3. Alarms 4. Intrinsic Safety Barriers 5. Wireways 6. Watthour Transducers 7. Elapsed Time Meters and Time Clods 1.02. RELATED WORK A. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures 2. Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical 3. Section 26 2400 – Enclosures 1.03. REFERENCES A. NEMA ICS 1: General Standards for Industrial Control Systems. B. NEMA ICS 2: Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. C. NEMA ICS 6: Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. D. NEMA ST 1: Standard for Specialty Transformers (Except General purpose Type). 1.04. SUBMITTALS A. Data: a complete list of equipment and material including manufacturer's descriptive data and technical literature, performance charts, catalog cuts and installation instructions, spare parts data for each different item of equipment specified. The data shall include a complete Bill of Materials. B. Drawings: containing complete wiring and schematic diagrams, control diagrams, and any other details required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated and will properly function as a unit. Drawings shall show proposed layout, anchorage, support and appurtenances of equipment and equipment relationship to other parts of the work including clearances for maintenance and operations. C. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Contract Documents, and NEMA ICS 1 specifications indicating control panel layouts, wiring connections and diagrams, dimensions, support points. 1.05. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Accurately record actual locations of control equipment. Revise diagrams included in Drawings to reflect actual control device connections. 1.06. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit operation data in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Include instructions for adjusting and resetting time delay relays, timers, and counters. C. Submit maintenance data in accordance with the Contract Documents. ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, RELAYS AND ALARMS 26 2915-2 D. Include recommended preventative maintenance procedures and materials. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PUSHBUTTONS AND SELECTOR SWITCHES A. Pushbuttons, pilot lights and selector switches shall be of the full size, heavy-duty industrial, oil tight, 120 volt, with interchangeable pilot lights, plug-in construction, double break silver contacts, chrome plated lock rings, with modular contacts, and NEMA rating equal to that of the enclosure on which devices are installed. All components shall be flush mounted on front of panel, unless otherwise noted. B. Provide individual legend plates for indication of switch, pushbutton, and light function (e.g., Open, Closed, Hand-Off-Auto). A list shall be submitted for review and approval C. Pilot lights shall be high intensity LED type. Pilot lights shall have clear lenses and LED lamps colored as shown on the Plans. Common, remote push-to-test circuitry shall be provided for each control panel to simultaneously test all indicating lights on the panel using a single pushbutton when there are 10 or more lights on the panel. Control panels with less than 10 lights shall utilize individual push-to-test lights and control circuitry. D. Pushbuttons shall be maintained or momentary as required and as shown on the Drawings. Provide extended head pushbutton for all stop functions, mushroom head for emergency stop functions, and flush head pushbuttons for all other functions. Where indicated on the Drawings pushbuttons shall be illuminated type. Provide locking mechanism for all lock out functions. Selector switches shall have black knob operator, be maintained contact type unless noted otherwise, number and arrangement as required to perform intended functions specified but not less than one double pole, double throw, double break contact per switch. Contact rating shall be compatible with AC or DC throughput current of devices simultaneously operated by the switch contact but not less than 10 amperes resistive at 120 volts AC or DC continuous. E. Potentiometers shall be provided with operators and resistive elements of the type and quantity indicated on the Drawings and as required with legend plates indicating percent of span. F. The above devices shall be manufactured by Allen Bradley, General Electric, or equal. 2.02 RELAYS A. Timing relays shall be heavy duty, 300V A.C., 10 amps, solid state design, poles as required per application, -10 degrees C. to +60 degrees C, have timing repeatability of ±2.0% of setting, and be UL listed. The range shall be determined from the control descriptions and or schematic drawings. Provide mounting accessories, as required. The timing relays shall be manufactured by Allen Bradley, Cutler Hammer, or equal. B. Control relays shall be of the plug-in socket base type with dust-proof plastic enclosures, with silver-cadmium oxide contacts rated 300-volt, 10 amperes, with contact arrangement and operating coils of the proper voltage as required by the control circuit sequence. Relays shall have indicating lamp to show energized state. Each relay shall have a minimum of two double pole, double throw contacts, or as required. Control relays shall be Allen Bradley, Cutler Hammer, or equal. C. Alternating relays shall be UL listed, 120 VAC, with contacts rated for 10 amperes at 120 VAC, life expectancy of 100,000 operations, load indicating LEDs, and switch for load locking and load selecting options. Alternating relays shall be manufactured by TimeMark models 261, 271, and 471, and Diversified Electronics model ARA for duplex, triplex, and quadplex alternators. ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, RELAYS AND ALARMS 26 2915-3 2.04 ALARMS A. Audible alarms shall be UL listed, 120 VAC, with solid state circuitry, vibrating horn, non-metallic corrosion resistant housing, with required mounting hardware, suitable for outdoor use capable of producing 100 dB at 10 feet. The audible alarm shall be manufactured by Federal Signal model 350, Edwards model 870--EX, or equal. B. Rotating beacons for interior and/or exterior locations shall be UL listed, 120 VAC, with motor and cooling fan, rotating lights at 60 times per minute minimum, capable of producing 36000 candlepower with required mounting hardware. Lens color shall be verified at the time of construction. The rotating beacons shall be manufactured by Federal Signal model 371 L or equal. C. Rotating beacons for corrosive and/or hazardous locations shall be UL listed, 120 VAC, with solid state circuitry, rotating lights at 60 times per minute minimum, suitable for outdoor use capable of producing 36000 candlepower with required mounting hardware. Lens color shall be verified at the time of construction. The rotating beacons shall be manufactured by Edwards model 52EX or equal. D. Strobe beacons shall be UL listed, NEMA 4X, 120 VAC, flashing at 80 times per minute minimum, producing peak candlepower of 520,000, effective candlepower of 165, with required mounting hardware. Lens color shall be verified at the time of construction. The rotating beacons shall be manufactured by Federal Signal model 151 XST, Edwards model 92EX, or equal. 2.05 INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS A. Intrinsic safety barriers shall permit connection of devices located in a hazardous area to other devices located in a safe area. Intrinsic safety barriers shall be EMC compliant, 10 to 35 V dc, 35 mA output current, hazardous area terminals identified by blue labels, terminals accommodating conductors up to 12 AWG, ambient temperature rating of -20 to +60°C. The intrinsic safety barriers shall be manufactured by MTL Inc., Ronan Engineering Co., R. Stahl Inc., or equal. 2.06 WIREWAYS A. Wireways shall be PVC, snap-in slot design, with non-slip cover. Safe area wireways shall be light gray and marked "Safe Area Wiring." Hazardous area wireways shall be intrinsic blue and marked "Hazardous Area Wiring." The wireways shall be manufactured by Panduit Corporation, or equal. 2.07 WATTHOUR TRANSDUCERS A. Watthour transducers for active or reactive power shall be DIN rail and surface mount, single phase or three phase with balanced or unbalanced load, electrically isolated input and output signals, 4 to 20 mA output signal, 0-10 mA to 0-10 A input current, 0-10 V to 0-600 VAC input voltage, 16- 500 Hz selectable frequency. The watthour transducers shall be manufactured by Sineax model PQ502, or equal. 2.08 ELAPSED TIME METERS AND TIME CLOCKS A. Elapsed time meters shall be self-powered, non-reset, solid state counter which provides silent, accurate and noise immune operation. Elapsed time meters shall require no external power, five- year minimum battery life, 120 VAC power, accessories for panel mounting, nameplate below LCD display reading "HOURS", liquid crystal display with 6 digits approximately 2 inches high with 50,000 hour minimum display life and indication of sufficient battery power. The elapsed time meters shall be manufactured by Durant, Automatic Timing and Controls a Division of Sycon Corp., or equal. B. Time clocks shall be microprocessor based, have 24-hour time control, up to 24 operations per day, programmable from panel face keys, skip-a-day feature allowing schedule to be skipped for one to seven days, SPDT switch contact rated at 15 amps at 120 V AC, with battery carryover to maintain time and program during power outage for 275 hours. The time clocks shall be manufactured by Tork, Paragon Electric Company, or equal. ELECTRICAL CONTROLS, RELAYS AND ALARMS 26 2915-4 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fasteners shall be type 304 stainless steel. B. Install devices in strict accordance with NEC requirements and per manufacturers recommendation. C. Coordinate with other trades as necessary during installation of these devices. 3.2 ACCEPTANCE A. All installations are subject to evaluation in accordance with NEC requirements and manufacturers recommendations. CONTRACTOR shall remove the unacceptable work and correct work at no charge to OWNER. END OF SECTION 26 2915 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -1 SECTION 26 2920 - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. General: This specification defines the minimum requirements for Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) and accessories for speed control of either constant or variable torque loads. B. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, appurtenances, and incidentals required to install, test, and operate the VFD systems specified herein, complete with all auxiliary items and accessories necessary to meet the highest standards for the type of service. Also included shall be provisions for instruction of the regular operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of all systems and equipment. This Section outlines the work for variable speed equipment, and forms a part of all applicable sections. C. The VFD supplier shall provide and have complete system responsibility for the adjustable frequency drives. The supplier shall verify that the variable speed equipment’s output speed, horsepower rating, and torque range agree with the driven motor requirements. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all work and equipment supplied in accordance with Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical, and the General Conditions. D. Motors shall be provided as specified in the section specifying the driven equipment. E. Wiring for VFD equipment shall be provided as shown on the Drawings and as specified in Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical. F. Provide the equipment and materials, including installation, conforming to the codes and standards that are listed in Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical, and IEEE 519. G. Related Work Included in other Sections: 1. Division 1 – General Requirements 2. Division 26 – Electrical 1.02 REFERENCES: A. UL 508C B. CE C. NEC D. Canadian Underwrites Laboratory (cUL) E. ISO 9001 F. IEEE519 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete material lists, shop drawings, and technical data for Engineer’s approval to the extent required in Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical and Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1. Technical Data: Complete equipment description including detailed operation narrative and operation data shall be submitted to the Engineer with the shop drawings. The final version shall be included in the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 2. Factory Test Reports: Submit certified test reports. 3. Installation, Operations, and Maintenance Manuals: Submit one (1) electronic and four (4) hard copies of complete installation, operation, and maintenance manuals. a. Required operation and maintenance data includes, but is not limited to the following: 1) Complete, detailed written operating instructions for each project or piece or equipment including: equipment function; operating characteristic; regulation and control; and shutdown. Manuals must be specific. General Manuals will not VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -2 be accepted. 2) Complete, detailed written preventative maintenance instruction. 3) A complete inventory of all parts and components. 4) Recommended spare parts lists and local sources of supply for parts. 5) Written explanations of all safety considerations relating to operation and maintenance procedures. 6) Name, address, and phone number of manufacturer, manufacturer's local service representative, or installer. 7) A written explanation with illustrations for each preventative maintenance task. 8) Trouble shooting instructions. 4. Variable Speed System for all Pumps: a. Where applicable, the pumps shall be controlled in a lead/lag sequence. The selected lead pump will be controlled from the VFD. The variable speed of this pump shall be manually or automatically controlled. In the manual mode, control shall be available locally at the VFD. In the remote automatic mode, control shall come from a 4 -20 ma or networked (Ethernet I/P) signal, as shown in the plans. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Danfoss VLT AQUA Series VFD (Variable Frequency Drive); Model FC-202–[____ specific typecode for rated hp of motor]-T4-E66-H2-X-G-X-1-X-X-SXX-X-AN-B0-CX-X-XX-DX. Exceptions include drives included as part of the pre-selected equipment, which require a specific drive type for proper functionality. B. Engineer approved equal. 2.02 GENERAL A. Furnish complete VFD as specified herein or in the equipment schedule for loads designated to be variable speed. VFD’s shall be user-selectable for either constant or variable torque loads. B. The VFD shall convert incoming fixed frequency three-phase AC power into a variable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of three-phase AC induction motors. The VFD shall be a six- pulse input design. The VFD shall be of a PWM output design utilizing current IGBT inverter technology and voltage vector control of the output PWM waveform and shall output a waveform that closely approximates a sine wave. C. The VFD shall be provided with an enclosure that is rated NEMA Type 4X/IP-66. A VFD that is mounted in a separate enclosure is not acceptable. The enclosure shall be suitable for installations that require protection against windblown dust and rain or splashing water. All cast aluminum parts shall be powder-coated with a durable epoxy that is capable of withstanding harsh environments. D. The manufacturer of the VFD shall demonstrate a continuous period of manufacturing and development of VFD’s for a minimum of 40 years. VFD’s that are brand-labeled are not acceptable. E. The VFD shall produce an output waveform capable of handling maximum motor cable distances of up to 1,000 ft. (unshielded) without tripping or derating. F. The VFD shall utilize VVCPLUS, an output voltage-vector switching algorithm, or equivalent, in both variable and constant torque modes. VVCPLUS provides rated RMS fundamental voltage from the VFD. This allows the motor to operate at a lower temperature rise, extending its thermal life. VFD’s that cannot produce rated RMS fundamental output voltage or require the input voltage to be increased above motor nameplate value to achieve rated RMS fundamental output voltage are not acceptable. VFD’s that utilize Sine-Coded PWM or Look-up tables shall not be acceptable. G. An Automatic Energy Optimization (AEO) selection feature shall be provided in the VFD to minimize energy consumption in variable torque applications. This feature shall optimize motor VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -3 magnetization voltage and shall dynamically adjust output voltage in response to load, independent of speed. Output voltage adjustment based on frequency alone is not acceptable for single motor VT configurations. H. An Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA) function shall measure motor stator resistance and reactance to optimize performance and efficiency. It shall not be necessary to spin the motor shaft or de-couple the motor from the load to accomplish this optimization. Additionally, the parameters for motor resistance and motor reactance shall be user-programmable. I. The VFD selected must be able to source the motor’s full load nameplate amperage (fundamental RMS) on a continuous basis, and be capable of running the motor at its nameplate RPM, voltage, current, and slip without having to utilize the service factor of the motor. J. The VFD shall offer a programmable motor parameter that allows the total number of poles of a motor to be programmed to optimize motor performance. K. VFD shall automatically boost power factor at lower speeds. L. The VFD will be capable of running either variable or constant torque loads. In variable torque applications, the VFD shall provide a CT-start feature and be able to provide full torque at any speed up to the base speed of the motor. In either CT or VT mode, the VFD shall be able to provide its full rated output current continuously and 110% of rated current for 60 seconds. M. Switching of the input power to the VFD shall be possible without interlocks or damage to the VFD at a minimum interval of 2 minutes. N. Switching of power on the output side between the VFD and the motor shall be possible with no limitation or damage to the VFD and shall require no additional interlocks. O. The VFD shall have temperature controlled cooling fans for quiet operation, minimized internal losses, and greatly increased fan life. P. The VFD shall include an integral RFI filter conforming to the A2 standard as a minimum. VFD enclosures shall be made of metal to minimize RFI and provide additional immunity. Q. VFD shall provide full galvanic isolation with suitable potential separation from the power sources (control, signal, and power circuitry within the drive) to ensure compliance with PELV requirements and to protect PLC’s and other connected equipment from power surges and spikes. R. All inputs and outputs shall be optically isolated. Isolation boards between the VFD and external control devices shall not be required. S. There shall be six fully programmable digital inputs for interfacing with the systems external control and safety interlock circuitry. Two of these inputs shall be programmable as inputs or outputs. T. The VFD shall have two analog signal inputs. Inputs shall be programmable for either 0 -10V or 0/4-20 mA. U. The VFD shall allow for connection, communication and control via Ethernet/IP networking, as shown in the plans. V. Where required, the VFD shall include an I/O board that adds 3 digital inputs, 2 digital outputs, 2 analog inputs, and 1 analog output. W. One programmable analog output shall be provided for indication of the drive status. This o utput shall be programmable for output speed, voltage, frequency, motor current and output power. The analog output signal shall be 0/4-20 mA. X. The VFD shall provide two user programmable relays with 75 selectable functions. Two form ‘C’ 230VAC/2A rated dry contact relay outputs shall be provided. Y. The VFD shall include a relay board that includes three additional Form ‘C’ 240V relays that are mounted inside the drive. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -4 Z. An embedded cascade pump controller shall be included to provide lead pump alternation and provide control for up to 3 total pumps. The VFD Pump and 2 other pumps can be controlled either by a starter or softstarter. AA. Where required, the VFD shall include an integral pump controller to automatically stage and de- stage up to five (5) pumps in either standard cascade or leader-follower mode, utilizing the VFD’s PID loop controller feature to regulate either pressure, level, or flow in a system. The controller shall be compatible with systems having multiple VFD’s, or with a VFD “master” and eithe r softstarter or across-the-line follower units. BB. The VFD shall accept a N.C. motor over-temperature switch input, as well as possess the capability to accept a motor thermistor input. The VFD shall also accept input from pump devices that provide input on moisture intrusion in the pumps (e.g., Flygt MiniCAS). CC. Run permissive circuit shall be provided to accept a “system ready” signal to ensure that the VFD does not start until isolation valves, seal water pumps, or other types of auxiliary equipment are in the proper state for VFD operation. The run permissive circuit shall also be capable of sending an output signal as a start command to actuate external equipment before allowing the VFD to start. DD. The VFD shall be equipped with a standard RS-485 serial communications port and front-of-drive accessible USB port. Danfoss FC or ModBus RTU communications shall be integrally mounted. EE. The VFD shall offer Ethernet/IP communication protocol. FF. A Windows® compatible software program to display all monitoring, fault, alarm, and status signals shall be available. This software program shall allow parameter changes, storage of all VFD operating and setup parameters, and remote operation of the VFD. The software shall connect to the VFD with a standard USB cable. 2.03 HARMONICS A. The VFD shall provide internal DC link reactors to minimize power line harmonics and to provide near unity power factor. DC Link reactor shall be installed so that power fluctuations to the DC Capacitors shall be reduced to increase Capacitor life. VFD’s without a DC link reactor shall provide a 5% impedance line side reactor and provide spare capacitors. B. The VFD shall be provided with line-side harmonic reduction, as required, to ensure that the current distortion limits, as defined in table 10.3 of IEEE 519-1992, are met. PCC1, defined as the low voltage side of the distribution transformer, is used for purposes of calculation and referred, by the turns ratio of the transformer, to the PCC defined by the IEEE Recommended Practices as the Consumer-Utility interface. The tables of limits set forth therein are with reference to the PCC (primary side of the main transformer). C. Harmonic solutions shall be designed to withstand up to 2% line imbalances with the maximum Current Distortion not to exceed 11% at 100% load. D. Harmonic solutions shall be capable of withstanding up to 2% ambient voltage distortion with the maximum Current Distortion not to exceed 12% at 100% load. 2.04 PROTECTIVE FEATURES A. VFD shall have input surge protection utilizing MOV’s, spark gaps, and Zener diodes to withstand surges of 2.3 times line voltage for 1.5 msec. B. Printed Circuit boards shall be conformal coated to reduce the corrosion effect from environmental gases and other conditions. The conformal coating must meet IEC 61721-3-3, Class 3C2. C. VFD shall include circuitry to detect phase imbalance and phase loss on the input side of the VFD. D. VFD shall include current sensors to monitor all three-output phases to detect and report phase loss or unbalance or other power issues to the motor. The VFD will identify which of the output phases is low or lost. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -5 E. VFD shall auto-derate the output voltage and frequency to the motor if an input phase is lost. This result will maintain operation without decreasing the life expectancy of the VFD. The use of this feature shall be user selectable and export a warning during the event. F. VFD shall auto-derate the output voltage and frequency to the motor in the presence of sustained ambient temperatures higher than the normal operating range, so as not to trip on an inverter temperature fault. The use of this feature shall be user-selectable and a warning will be exported during the event. Function shall reduce switching frequency before reducing motor speed. G. VFD shall auto-derate the output frequency by limiting the output current before allowing the VFD to trip on overload. The speed of the load can be reduced, but not stopped. 2.05 INTERFACE FEATURES A. VFD shall provide a graphical local control panel (LCP). B. VFD Keypad shall feature an INFO key that, when pressed, shall display the contents of the programming manual for the parameter that is currently viewed on the display. The description shall explain the feature and how the settings can be made by the operator. C. VFD shall display all faults in plain text; VFD’s which can display only fault codes are not acceptable. D. The keypad shall feature a 6-line graphical display and be capable of digitally displaying up to five separate operational parameters or status values simultaneously (including process values with the appropriate engineering unit) in addition to Hand/Off/Auto, Local/Remote, and operating status. E. Two lines of the display shall allow “free text programming” so that a site description or the actual name of the equipment being controlled by the VFD can be entered into the display. F. Keypad shall provide an integral H-O-A (Hand-Off-Auto) and Local-Remote selection capability, and manual control of speed locally without the need for adding selector switches, potentiometers, or other devices. G. All VFD’s shall be of the same series, and shall utilize a common control card and LCP (keypad/display unit) throughout the rating range. The control cards and keypads shall be interchangeable through the entire range of drives used on the project. H. VFD keypad shall be capable of storing drive parameter values in non-volatile RAM uploaded to it from the VFD, and shall be capable of downloading stored values to the VFD to facilitate programming of multiple drives in similar applications, or as a means of backing up the programmed parameters. I. VFD Display shall have the ability to display 5 different parameters pertaining to the VFD or the load including: current, speed, DC bus voltage, output voltage, input signal in mA, or other values from a list of 92 different user-selectable parameters. J. VFD display shall indicate which digital inputs are active and the status of each relay. K. It shall be possible to toggle between three status read-out screens by pressing the [Status] key. Various operating variables, even with different formatting, can be shown in each status screen. L. VFD display shall indicate the value of any voltage or current signal, including the engineering units of measurement, connected to the analog input terminals. M. VFD display shall indicate the value of the current at the analog output terminals, including the engineering units of measurement. N. A red FAULT light, a yellow WARNING light and a green POWER-ON light shall be provided. These indications shall be visible both on the keypad and on the VFD when the keypad is removed. O. Two-level password protection shall be provided to prevent unauthorized changes to the programming of the VFD. The parameters can be locked via a digital input and/or the unit can be programmed not to allow an unauthorized user to change the parameter settings. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -6 P. A quick setup menu with factory preset parameters shall be provided on the VFD to facilitate commissioning. Use of macros shall not be required. Q. A digital elapsed time meter and kilowatt hour meter shall be provided in the display. R. VFD shall offer as standard an internal clock. The internal clock can be used for: Timed Actions, Energy Meter, Trend Analysis, date/time stamps on alarms, Logged data, Preventive maintenance, or other uses. It shall be possible to program the clock for Daylight Saving Time / summertime, weekly working days or non-working days including 20 exceptions (holidays, etc.). It shall be possible to program a Warning in case the clock has not been reset after a power loss. S. A battery back-up shall be provided to maintain internal clock operation during power interruptions. Battery life shall be no less than 10 years of normal operation. T. The VFD shall store in memory the last 10 faults with time stamp and recorded data. 2.06 SOFTWARE FEATURES: A. The VFD shall have an adjustable output switching frequency. B. Four complete programming parameter setups shall be provided, which can be locally selected through the keypad or remotely selected via digital input(s), allowing the VFD to be programmed for up to four alternate control scenarios without requiring parameter changes. C. In each programming set up, independent acceleration and deceleration ramps shall be provided. Acceleration and deceleration time shall be adjustable over the range from 0 to 3,600 seconds to base speed. D. The VFD shall have four programmable “Bypass frequencies” with adjustable bandwidths to prevent the driven equipment from running at a mechanically resonant frequency. The feature shall offer a Semi-Automatic program to simplify the set-up. E. In each programming setup, independent current limit settings, prog rammable between 50% and 110% of the drives output current rating, shall be provided. F. PID parameter settings shall be adjustable while the VFD is operating, to aid in tuning the control loop at start up. The VFD will also be capable of simultaneously displaying set-point reference and feedback values with appropriate engineering units, as well as output frequency, output current, and run status while programming the PID function. G. The VFD will include a “loss of follower” function to detect the loss of process feedback or reference signals with a live-zero value and a user-selectable choice of responses (go to set speed, min speed, max speed, stop, stop, and trip). H. A Sleep Mode function shall be provided to reduce wear and heating of the pump and other equipment in periods where system demand is minimal. This function will operate in both open and closed loop modes: 1. In closed loop process control, when the output speed drops to a user-programmed minimum value (“sleep frequency”) for a specified time (“sleep mode timer”), the drive will enter a sleep mode and either go into standby, or boost mode before entering standby. The drive shall automatically restart the motor once the output of the PID processor exceeds a programmable value “wake up frequency”. a. Boost mode shall prevent short-cycling of the motor by temporarily adjusting the set- point by a user-programmable percentage. Upon reaching this value, the unit will go into standby. 2. In open loop, the drive shall be capable of entering sleep mode if the input ref erence drops below a user-programmable value. When the input reference increases above a user - programmable reference, the drive will automatically start. I. An initial ramp function shall be available to provide a user-selectable ramp, up to 60 seconds, for applications requiring a faster or slower ramp than the normal ramp. VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -7 J. A Dual Ramp feature shall include a Check Valve Ramp and a final Ramp feature. The Check Valve Ramp shall be programmable to gently seat a check valve and reduce the potential of damage from excess pressure while shutting-down the system. Both time and end speed shall be programmable. On the Final Ramp, the VFD shall be programmable to quickly stop the motor after seating of a check valve or for a more rapid stopping than the normal ramp down setting. K. VFD shall offer up to 4 separate PID controllers. One controller shall operate the drive in closed loop, while the other 3 provide control signals to other equipment. VFD’s with PI controllers only are not acceptable. L. An Autotuning PI controller output feature shall provide automated PI controller settings. Once the user accepts the settings, the VFD will save the settings to memory. M. An empty pipe fill mode shall be available to fill an empty pipe in a short period of time, and then revert to the PID controller for stable operation. Pipe fill mode shall have a programmable time to reduce water hammer in the system or fill the pipe at a unit per time rate. N. Automatic “No-Flow Detection” shall be available to detect a no-flow situation in pump systems where all valves can be closed. This shall be functional in closed loop control or when controlled by an external signal. O. Dry-pump detection shall be available to detect if the pump has run dry. If this condition occurs, the drive will be safely stopped. A timer shall be included to prevent nuisance tripping. P. End-of-Pump curve detection shall stop motor when the pump is operating outside of its programmed pump curve. Q. VFD shall provide a flow compensation program to reduce energy by adjusting the Setpoint to match changes in flow (friction loss). Flow compensation shall also operate in Cascade control mode. R. The VFD shall have a motor preheat function with the ability to be programmed to induce a small amount of current to the motor whenever it is at rest. This will prevent condensation inside the motor and help to extend its life without the need for space heaters or other external equipment. S. The VFD will include a user-selectable Auto-Restart function that enables the VFD to power up in a running condition after a power loss, to prevent the need to manually reset and restart the VFD. T. The VFD will include a user-selectable Reset function, which enables the selection of between zero and twenty restart attempts after any self-clearing fault condition (under-voltage, over-voltage, current limit, inverter overload, and motor overload), or the selection of an infinite number of restart attempts. The time between restart attempts shall be adjustable from 0 through 600 seconds. U. An automatic “on-delay” function may be selected from 0 to 120 seconds. V. VFD shall catch a rotating motor operating either in forward or reverse at up to full speed. 2.07 PACKAGING OPTIONS A. Provide a manual bypass consisting of a door interlocked main fused-disconnect padlockable in the off position, a built-in motor starter and a four position DRIVE/OFF/BYPASS/TEST switch controlling three contactors. In the DRIVE position, the motor is operated at an adjustable speed from the drive. In the OFF position, the motor and drive are disconnected. In the BYPASS position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC power line and power is disconnected from the drive so that service can be performed. In BYPASS Position, a Danfoss MCD Softstarter will be in the circuit to allow the motor to avoid an across the line start. In the TEST position, the motor is operated at full speed from the AC line power. This allows the drive to be given an operational test while continuing to run the motor at full speed in bypass. Customer supplied norma lly closed dry contact shall be interlocked with the drives safety trip circuitry to stop the motor whether in DRIVE or BYPASS mode in case of an external safety fault. 2.08 SERVICE CONDITIONS VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -8 A. The ambient operating temperature of the VFD shall be -10ºC to 50ºC (14 to 122F), with a 24-hour average not to exceed 45ºC. Storage temperatures shall be -13° F (-25° C) to149/158° F (65/70° C). B. 0 to 95% relative humidity, non-condensing. C. Elevation to 3,300 feet (1000 meters) without derating. D. VFD shall provide full torque to the motor, given input voltage fluctuations of up to +10% to -15% of the rated input voltage (525 to 690VAC, 380 to 480VAC, or 200 to 240VAC). Line frequency variation of ± 2% shall be acceptable. E. No side clearance shall be required for cooling of the units. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's performance data including dimensional drawings, power circuit diagrams, installation and maintenance manuals, warranty description, VFD's FLA rating, certification agency file numbers, catalog information, and catalog cut-sheets for all major components. B. All drawings shall be in an 8.5 X 11” reproducible format, and incorporate the manufacturer’s title block on the drawing. C. This specification lists the minimum VFD performance requirements for this project. Each supplier shall list any exceptions to the specification. If no departures from the specification are identified, the supplier shall be bound by the specification. D. Three copies of all submittals shall be provided. E. Submit a computer-generated Harmonic Distortion Analysis for the jobsite location. 3.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall be both ISO-9001 and ISO-14001 certified. B. All products shall be CE marked; UL labeled, and meet the requirements of UL-508C and maintain cUL. C. To ensure quality and minimize infant-mortality failures on the jobsite, each VFD shall be completely tested by the manufacturer. The VFD shall operate a dynamometer at full load and speed under elevated temperature conditions. D. All optional features shall be functionally tested at the factory for proper operation. E. Factory test documentation shall be available upon request. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Contractor to verify that job site conditions for installation meet factory recommended and code- required conditions for VFD installation prior to start-up, including clearance spacing, temperature, contamination, dust, and moisture of the environment. Separate conduit installation of the motor wiring, power wiring, and control wiring, and installation per the manufacturer's recommendations shall be verified. B. The VFD is to be covered and protected from installation dust and contamination until the environment is cleaned and ready for operation. The VFD shall not be operated while the unit is covered. 3.04 START-UP AND WARRANTY C. A factory-authorized service technician shall perform start-up on each drive. ("Start up" shall not include installation or termination of either power or control wiring.) The service technician shall VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (VFD) EQUIPMENT 26 2920 -9 perform start-up on up to 8 drives per day. Start-up costs provided with the bid shall include time and travel for the estimated number of visits required, but shall not be less than at least one half - day with travel. Additional labor or return trips to the site shall be billed at Danfoss' published straight-time rates. Upon completion, a startup service report shall be provided. D. A 6-year on-site warranty shall be provided such that the owner is not responsible for any warranty costs including travel, labor, parts, or other costs for a full 6 years from the date of manufacture of the Drive. The warranty shall cover all Drive failures including line anomalies – including lightning strikes, load anomalies, accidental exposure to moisture or corrosives and accidental collision of other physical damage; product misapplications, vandalism and chronic problems due to the misapplication are not covered. The cost of the warranty shall be included in the bid. END OF SECTION 26 2920 LIGHTING 26 5055-1 SECTION 26 5055 – LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Luminaires, ballasts, poles and lamps. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer’s data for the following: 1. Luminaires with designation as indicated on the Drawings, for each one proposed. 2. Luminaire ballasts, for each one proposed. 3. Lamps (type, color, wattage, etc.), for each one proposed. 4. Light pole with accessories, including foundation details. Area light pole foundations must be designed for 80mph wind loading with 100mph wind gusts. B. Submit manufacturer’s data demonstrating compliance with Specifications and the luminaires as indicated on the Drawings. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following Codes and Standards (see Section 26 0500): 1. UL listed and labeled. 2. NEMA 3. NFPA 70 (NEC) 4. IES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Magnetic Ballasts: 1. Jefferson Electric (all types) 2. Advance Transformer Co. (fluorescent) 3. Universal Manufacturing Co. (fluorescent) 4. Or equal B. Electronic Ballast: 1. Motorola 2. Advanced 3. Magnetek 4. Or equal C. Lamps: 1. Sylvania 2. Philips 3. General Electric Co. 4. Or equal 2.02 MATERIALS A. Luminaires shall be: 1. Furnished with proper outlet boxes, hangers, hardware, supports, canopy extensions, etc. Wall mounted exterior luminaires shall be furnished with a flush {surface} mounted weatherproof box and be rated for outdoor use in wet locations. 2. Furnished complete with lamps with wattage and voltage as indicated on the Drawings. LIGHTING 26 5055-2 3. Furnished complete with plaster frames and light tight gaskets when recessed in drywall or plaster ceilings or overhangs. 4. Of the specified finishes and color. B. Ballasts for luminaires with high pressure sodium lamps shall be: 1. Autoregulator, constant wattage type (CWA) 90% pf, 18 percent maximum loss, low starting current). 2. LPA “Peak Lead” auto transformer type, 90 percent pf, 20 percent loss, for two lamp fixtures, metallic vapor. 3. UL listed and labeled for application. 4. Sound rated 20 to 24db (free if magnetic hum). 5. Isolated for vibration. 6. Not exceed 90ºC operating temperature. 7. Meet NEMA standards and be labeled. C. Ballasts for luminaires with metal halide lamps shall be: 1. Pulse start for 150-500W lamps, unless the ballast is greater than 88% efficient. All other metal halide ballasts may be of electronic, non-pulse start type, 90% pf, 20% maximum loss. 2. UL listed and labeled for application. 3. Isolated for vibration. 4. Not exceed 90ºC operating temperature. 5. Meet NEMA standards and be labeled. 6. Meet the Federal Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA) requirements. D. Ballasts for fluorescent lighting luminaires shall be the electronic type and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. UL Listed Class P, Type 1 2. Class A sound rating with no audible noise 3. Operate at an input voltage of 108 to 132 (120 Volt Circuit) at an input frequency of 60 HZ. Light output shall remain constant for line voltage fluctuation of plus or minus 5 percent. 4. Ballast shall be full rapid start and maintain full cathode heat during operation. 5. No polychlorinated Byphenyls (PCB’S) contained in the Ballast. 6. No potting compound, maximum ballast weight shall be 1.25 pounds. 7. Total harmonic distortion shall be less than 10 percent. 8. Third harmonic distortion shall be less than 8 percent. 9. Power factor shall be greater than 0.95. 10. Lamp flicker shall be less than 2 percent. 11. Lamp current frequency shall be greater than 25 KHZ. 12. Ballast shall be rated for T-8 lamps. E. Lamps: 1. Incandescent lamps shall be 130 volt inside frosted unless otherwise specified in the luminaire schedule. 2. Fluorescent lamps shall be preheat, rapid start or instant start type unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. Lamp types shall be as follows: a. Cool white, 3150 lumens b. Color Rendering Index (CRI): Lamps shall have a minimum CRI of 70 through the use of RE-70 or RE-80 rare earth phosphor coatings. 3. Metal-halide lamps shall be “pulse-start” for 400 watts and below. F. Lighting contactors: 1. Lighting contactors shall be heavy-duty type with a 120 VAC operating coil. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, the lighting contactor shall have a minimum of three 600V contacts with amperage rating no less than the maximum lighting circuit passing through the contactor. LIGHTING 26 5055-3 G. Photocells: 1. Photocells shall operate on 120VAC unless otherwise indicated and housed in a heavy-duty, weatherproof housing. 2. Normally open contacts shall close at approximately three-foot-candles and open at approximately 12-foot candles. H. Time clocks: 1. Time clocks shall be 24-hour, electromechanical type with a synchronous motor and spring- driven reserve power. Power for the timeclock shall be 120VAC or as indicated on the Drawings. Contacts shall be rated 40A at 120VAC. I. Area Lighting: 1. Pole mounted area lights shall be furnished complete with pole, handhole, receptacle, gaskets, welded ground lug opposite the handhole, luminaire labeled approved for wet location. Luminaires shall have lamp bases coated with an inhibitor to prevent base from corroding to the socket and be solidly grounded. 2. Where indicated, luminaires shall include a factory-installed photocell with the following features. a. Photocells shall operate on 120VAC unless otherwise indicated and housed in a heavy- duty, weatherproof housing. b. Normally open contacts shall close at approximately three-foot candles and open at approximately 12-foot candles. J. Light Poles: 1. Light poles shall be constructed of square aluminum tubing with a flush-mounted receptacle and hinged pole base as indicated on the Drawings. K. Exterior Lighting: 1. Exterior luminaires shall be furnished complete with gaskets, cast aluminum weatherproof outlet boxes, labeled approved for outdoor locations, have lamp bases coated with an inhibitor to prevent base from corroding to the socket and be solidly grounded. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INTERFERENCES A. Contractor shall carefully examine the complete areas as well as each individual room where luminaires are to be installed, for interference with piping and other trades. Where such interferences occur, provide luminaires with proper type suspension to overcome such interferences. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Luminaires shall be installed parallel with walls and ground for a neat appearance. Where luminaires are indicated to be mounted on a perimeter wall, luminaires shall be installed on a flush mounted box at an elevation such that the top of fixture is flush with the top of wall. B. Operate luminaires after installation and connection. Check for proper operation. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps. 3.03 OPERATION A. Area lights shall be controlled by a 3-position selector switch (On-Off-PC) located on the MCC RTU/control section door. B. Shade canopy lights shall be controlled by a light switch located on the electrical equipment rack as indicated on the Drawings. C. Lighting shall be controlled as indicated on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 26 5055 SOILS FOR EARTHWORK 31 0513-1 SECTION 31 0513 - SOILS FOR EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Subsoil materials. 2. Topsoil materials. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit name of imported materials source. B. Samples: Provide sample of each type of fill to testing laboratory in airtight containers. C. Supplier's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish each subsoil and topsoil material from single source throughout Work. B. Perform Work according to Owner standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SELECT NATIVE FILL A. Select native fill shall consist of suitable materials obtained from on -site excavations, free of peat, humus, vegetative matter, organic matter, debris, rubbish, and rocks greater than 12 inches in diameter, processed as required to be placed in the thicknesses prescribed and at the optimum moisture content to obtain the level of compaction required by the Contract Documents. This soil must be reviewed by the ENGINEER (approved by the Geotechnical Engineer). B. Fill and backfill materials to be placed within 6 inches of any structure or pipe shall be free of rocks or unbroken masses of earth materials having a maximum dimension larger than 3 inches. C. Suitable Materials: Materials not defined as unsuitable by these specifications are defined as suitable materials and may be used in fills, backfilling and embankment construction, subject to any indicated limitations in the Contract Documents. In addition, when acceptable to the ENGINEER, some of the material listed as unsuitable may be used when thoroughly mixed with suitable material to form a stable composite. D. Unsuitable Materials: 1. Soils defined as unsuitable in the Contract Documents, or Geotechnical Evaluation, or Soils Report, or by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Soils which, when classified under ASTM D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System), fall in the Classifications of PT, OH, CH, MH or OL. 3. Soils, which cannot be compacted sufficiently to achieve the density specified for the intended use. 4. Materials that contain hazardous or designated waste materials including petroleum hydrocarbons, pesticides, heavy metals, and any material which may be classified as hazardous or toxic according to applicable regulations. 5. Soils that contain greater concentrations of chloride or sulfate ions, or have a soil resistivity or pH less than the existing on-site soils. 6. Topsoil, except as allowed below. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SOILS FOR EARTHWORK 31 0513-2 2.02 IMPORTED FILL A. Imported fill material shall meet the requirements for select native fill as defined above and shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER (approved by the Geotechnical Engineer). 2.03 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall be the top 6 to 12 inches of existing soil containing organic matter. The ENGINEER's decision shall be final as to determination of what is of topsoil quality. Topsoil shall be stockpiled on site for later use in landscaping. Care shall be taken in collection of topsoil so as to preserve native seed stocks, which are valuable to restoring native species as part of finish landscaping. 2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Analysis: 1. Subsoil Material: Comply with AASHTO T 180. 2. Topsoil Material: Comply with AASHTO T 180. 3. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Excavation: 1. Excavate subsoil and topsoil from designated areas. 2. Strip topsoil to full depth of topsoil in designated areas. 3. Remove excess excavated materials, subsoil, and topsoil not intended for reuse from Site. 4. Remove excavated materials not meeting requirements for subsoil and topsoil materials from Site. B. Stockpiling: 1. Stockpile excavated material meeting requirements for subsoil and topsoil materials. 2. Stockpile materials on Site at locations as indicated in elsewhere in the Contract Documents or as by Engineer or Owner. 3. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements. 4. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent intermixing of soil types or contamination. 5. Stockpile topsoil maximum 8 feet high. 6. Direct surface water away from stockpile to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials. 7. Stockpile unsuitable or hazardous materials on impervious material and cover to prevent erosion and leaching until they are disposed. 3.02 CLEANING A. Comply with Contract Document requirements for cleaning. B. Stockpile: 1. Remove stockpile and leave area in clean and neat condition. 2. Grade Site surface to prevent freestanding surface water. C. Soft/Unstable/Pumping Subgrade: 1. Where soft, unstable, yielding, pumping, or otherwise unsuitable material is encountered at subgrade or below fills, immediately stop placement, protect the area from disturbance and moisture intrusion, and notify Owner’s Representative. 2. Cover the suitable material. Do not cover unsuitable material. Corrective measures (including minimu m undercut/over excavation, replacement, compaction, and retesting) shall conform to Section 31 2323, 3.07. END OF SECTION 31 0513 AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 0516-1 SECTION 31 0516 - AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Aggregate material shall be supplied when indicated on Drawings. Section Includes: 1. Sand backfill materials 2. Crushed Rock backfill materials 3. Gravel backfill materials 4. Drain Rock backfill materials 5. Aggregate Base backfill materials 6. Disintegrated Granite (DG) backfill materials 7. Riprap backfill materials 8. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) “flowable” backfill materials 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit name of imported materials source. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout Work. B. Perform Work according to Owner Code standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SAND A. Sand shall consist of natural or manufactured granular material, or a combination thereof, free of deleterious amounts of organic material, mica, loam, clay, and other substances not suitable for the purpose intended. B. Sand with 100% passing a 3/8-inch sieve, at least 90% passing a Number 4-sieve, and a sand equivalent value not less than 30. 2.02 CRUSHED ROCK A. Crushed rock shall be specified by nominal size (e.g. “3/4”) as shown on the Drawings, and shall meet the gradation and other requirements according to the authority having jurisdiction standards, or the latest edition of THE “GREENBOOK” STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION. 2.03 GRAVEL A. Gravel shall be composed entirely of particles that have no more than one fractured face. B. Pea gravel shall be gravel with 100% passing a ½-inch sieve and not more than 10% passing a Number 4-sieve 2.04 DRAIN ROCK A. Granular drain rock backfill material shall be crushed or uncrushed rock or gravel, be the size as shown on the Drawings, and shall be clean and free-draining. Material shall meet the gradation and other requirements according to the authority having jurisdiction standards, or the latest edition of THE “GREENBOOK” STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK 31 0516-2 2.05 AGGREGATE BASE A. Aggregate base shall consist entirely of crushed rock and rock dust , and shall meet the gradation and other requirements according to the authority having jurisdiction standards, or the latest edition of THE “GREENBOOK” STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION. 2.06 DISINTEGRATED GRANITE (DG) A. Disintegrated granite shall be free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under water and rolling to form a firm, stable base. B. Disintegrated granite shall be any igneous rock, which has been weathered in place, or any sedimentary material principally derived from igneous rock. 2.07 RIPRAP A. Stone for riprap shall be quarrystone or cobblestone. Quarrystone shall be angular and cobblestone shall be rounded. Flat or elongated shapes will not be accepted unless the thickness of the individual pieces is at least 1/3 of the length. Minimum diameter 6”. B. Stone shall be sound, durable, hard, resistant to abrasion and free from laminations, weak cleavage planes, and the undesirable effects of weathering. Stone shall be of such character that it will not disintegrate from the action or air, water, or the conditions to be met in handling and placing. C. Stone for riprap shall be designated by class and shall meet the gradation and other requirements according to the authority having jurisdiction standards, or the latest edition of THE “GREENBOOK” STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION. 2.08 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) A. CLSM shall be composed of cement, pozzolans, fine aggregate, water, and admixtures. CLSM shall have a low cement content, be non-segregating, self-consolidating, free-flowing and excavatable material which will result in a hardened, dense, non-settling fill and a compressive strength at 28 days of 150 to 350 psi if not otherwise shown or specified. B. CLSM shall meet the gradation and other requirements according to the authority having jurisdiction standards, or the latest edition of THE “GREENBOOK” STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, or as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 STOCKPILING A. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements. B. Separate different aggregate materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent intermixing of aggregate types or contamination. C. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials 3.02 CLEANING A. Stockpile: 1. Remove stockpile and leave area in clean and neat condition. 2. Grade Site surface to prevent freestanding surface water. END OF SECTION 31 0516 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EXCAVATION 31 2316-1 SECTION 31 2316 – EXCAVATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Soil densification 2. Excavating for structure foundations 3. Excavating for paving, roads, and parking area 4. Excavating for slabs on grade 5. Excavating for cast-in-place and precast structures 6. Excavating for landscaping 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Excavation Protection Plan: Describe sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials and installation required to protect excavations and adjacent structures and property; include structural calculations to support plan. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to authority having jurisdiction standards. B. Licensed Professional: Professional Engineer experienced in design of specified Work and registered in the same State as the project location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Prior to work in this section, become familiar with site conditions. In the event discrepancies are found, notify the ENGINEER as to the nature and extent of the differing conditions. B. Call local utility line information service not less than three working days before performing Work. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas. C. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. D. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping. E. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. F. Maintain and protect above and below grade utilities indicated to remain. 3.02 EXCAVATION - GENERAL A. Clear areas required for access to Site and execution of Work to a minimum depth as indicated on Drawings or Geotechnical Report. B. The natural ground surface shall be cleared of all plant growth, such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots of downed trees, brush, grass, weeds, and all other objectionable materials, within the limits of excavation and fill slope lines. Where slopes are to be rounded, the areas shall extend to the outside limits of slope rounding. C. Excavate material of every nature and description to the lines and grades as indicated on the drawings and/or as required for construction of the facility. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EXCAVATION 31 2316-2 D. Provide and maintain equipment to remove and dispose of water during the course of the work of this section and keep excavations dry and free of frost or ice. E. Project dewatering is specified elsewhere. Coordinate drainage requirements with this work. Provide temporary drainage ditches as required and regrade as indicated at completion of project. F. Do not interfere with 45-degree bearing splay of foundations. G. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. H. Trim excavation and remove loose matter. I. Notify ENGINEER of unexpected subsurface conditions. J. Compact disturbed load-bearing soil in direct contact with foundations to original bearing capacity, as specified in Section 31 2323 – Fill and Section 31 2333 – Trenching and Backfilling. K. Correct over-excavated areas as specified in Section 31 2323 – Fill. L. Stockpile topsoil at locations approved by the OWNER. Grade the surface of stockpiles remaining over rainy months to prevent ponding of water. Cover stockpiles to minimize the infiltration of water. See other provisions for erosion control. M. All excess material not suitable or not required for backfill and grading shall be hauled off site and disposed of at a location approved by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall make arrangements for disposal of the material at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. If a landfill permit is to be obtained by the CONTRACTOR, a copy shall be provided to the OWNER prior to commencement of disposal. N. Obtain permission from OWNER prior to removing any excess subsoil. 3.03 STRUCTURE, ROADWAY, AND EMBANKMENT EXCAVATION A. Excavation beneath Structures and Embankments: Except where otherwise indicated on Drawings, excavation shall be carried to the grade of the bottom of the footing or slab and prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents or Geotechnical Report. B. Excavation beneath Paved Areas: Except where otherwise indicated on Drawings, excavation under areas to be paved shall extend to the bottom of the aggregate base and prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents or Geotechnical Report. 3.04 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION A. See Section 31 2333 – Trenching and Backfilling. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Request visual inspection of bearing surfaces by inspection agency before installing subsequent Work. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Prevent displacement or loose soil from falling into excavation and maintain soil stability. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. C. Protect structures, utilities, and other facilities from da mage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards that may be created by earth operations. D. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation Work. END OF SECTION 31 2316 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DEWATERING 31 2319-1 SECTION 31 2319 - DEWATERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The CONTRACTOR shall dewater all excavations, as required to complete the work, in accordance with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall secure all necessary permits to complete the requirements of this Section, including any and all Federal, State or local applicable requirements. Section Includes: 1. Dewatering system 2. Surface water control system 3. Monitoring wells 4. System operation and maintenance 5. Water disposal 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Dewatering: 1. Lowering of ground water table and intercepting horizontal water seepage to prevent ground water from entering excavations, trenches, tunnels, and shafts. 2. Reducing piezometric pressure within strata to prevent failure or heaving of excavations, trenches, tunnels, and shafts. 3. Disposing of removed water. B. Piezometer: A tube inserted into a vessel or pipe to indicate the height (pressure) that a liquid can rise in the tube. C. Pitometer: A measuring device that transforms a differential pressure into an electrical output current proportional to the flow rate. D. Surface Water Control: The removal of surface water within open excavations. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a dewatering plan to be reviewed by the ENGINEER prior to the beginning of construction activities requiring dewatering. Review by the ENGINEER of the CONTRACTOR’s design shall not be construed as a detailed analysis of the adequacy of the dewatering system, nor shall any provisions of the below requirements be construed as relieving the Contractor of its overall responsibility and liability for the work. The CONTRACTOR may be required to demonstrate the system proposed, and to verify that adequate equipment, personnel, and materials are provided to dewater the excavations at all locations and times. B. Only request submittals needed to verify compliance with Project requirements. C. Product Data: 1. Submit sizes, capacities, priming method, and motor characteristics for dewatering pumps. 2. Submit pumping equipment for control of surface water within excavation. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate dewatering system layout, well depths, well screen lengths, dewatering pump locations, pipe sizes and capacities, grades, filter sand gradations, surface water control devices, valves, and water disposal method and location. 2. Indicate primary, and standby, power system location and capacity. 3. Indicate layout and depth of monitoring wells, piezometers, and flow measuring devices for system performance measurement. 4. Include detailed description of dewatering and monitoring system installation procedures, and maintenance of equipment. 5. Include description of emergency procedures to follow when problems arise. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DEWATERING 31 2319-2 6. Include detailed description of dewatering and monitoring system decommissioning and removal procedures. E. Delegated Design Submittals: 1. Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings prepared by a Professional Engineer, with a minimum of 5 years of experience in the field, registered in the same State as the project location. 2. Indicate design values, analyses, assumptions, and calculations, including drawdown curves, to support design. 3. Include description and profile of geology, soil, and ground water conditions. F. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and depths of capped wells and piping abandoned in place. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with authority having jurisdiction for the following: 1. Drilling and abandoning of wells used for dewatering systems. 2. Water discharge and disposal from pumping operations. B. Obtain permit from EPA under National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), for storm water discharge from Site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Furnish dewatering and surface water control systems to permit Work to be completed on dry and stable subgrade. B. Provide monitoring wells and monitoring equipment to obtain meaningful observations of conditions affecting excavation, and any adjacent structures, and any adjacent water wells. C. Furnish standby equipment stored at Project Site and ready for immediate use upon failure of dewatering equipment. 2.02 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA A. Design: 1. Lower water table within areas of excavation to elevations as indicated on Drawings, in no case less than 1 foot below bottom of excavation, to permit Work to be completed on dry and stable subgrade, and in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at the proposed bottom of the excavation. 2. Relieve hydrostatic pressures in confined water bearing strata below excavation to eliminate risk of uplift or other instability of excavation. 3. Prevent damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, and other facilities from construction operations. 4. Prevent removal of natural soils, loss of fines, quick condition, or softening of foundation subgrade. 5. Maintain stability of sides and bottoms of excavations and trenches. 6. Surface Water Control System: Collect and remove surface water and seepage entering excavation. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DEWATERING 31 2319-3 2.03 DEWATERING EQUIPMENT A. Dewatering, where required, may include the use of well points, sump pumps, generator with fuel, temporary pipelines for water disposal, rock or gravel placement, and other means. Standby pumping and power equipment shall be maintained on the jobsite. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Conduct additional borings and investigations to supplement subsurface investigations as required to complete dewatering system design. B. Utility Service Locator: 1. Call local utility service-line information not less than three working days before performing Work. 2. Request that underground utilities be located and marked within and immediately surrounding construction areas. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect existing adjacent buildings, structures, and improvements from damage that may be caused by dewatering operations. 3.03 MONITORING WELLS A. Install monitoring wells at locations as indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Test each monitoring well point to verify that installation is performing properly. C. Install, calibrate, and test piezometers for proper operation. D. Maintain accessibility to monitoring wells continuously during construction operations. E. Maintain monitoring wells until groundwater is allowed to return to normal level. 3.04 DEWATERING SYSTEM A. Install dewatering system in accordance with Shop Drawings. B. Drilling: 1. Drill wells in sizes and to depths as indicated. 2. Provide temporary surface casing if required to stabilize soil while advancing well. 3.05 SURFACE WATER CONTROL SYSTEM A. At all times, site grading shall promote drainage. Provide ditches, berms, and other devices to divert and drain surface water from excavation area. B. Divert stormwater runoff within excavation areas into sumps and pump water into drainage channels, storm drains, settling basins, or other locations as indicated on Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Control and remove unanticipated water seepage into excavation. 3.06 SYSTEM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. Operate dewatering system continuously until backfill is a minimum distance above normal ground water table elevation as indicated on Drawings, or backfilling is complete. B. Provide 24-hour supervision of dewatering system by personnel skilled in operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DEWATERING 31 2319-4 C. If dewatering system cannot control water within excavation, notify OWNER or ENGINEER and stop excavation work. D. Modify dewatering and surface water control systems if operation causes or threatens to cause damage to new construction, existing Site improvements, adjacent property, or adjacent water wells. E. If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or an uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced with approved drain rock, at no additional cost the OWNER. F. Prevent flotation by maintaining a positive and continuous removal of water. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible and liable for all damages that may result from failure to adequately keep excavations dewatered. G. Do not discontinue dewatering operations without approval of OWNER or ENGINEER. 3.07 WATER DISPOSAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain an OCSD Discharge Permit. Water shall be disposed of into the sewer manhole located on site. 3.08 SYSTEM REMOVAL A. Remove dewatering and surface water control systems after dewatering operations are discontinued. B. Remove, or abandon in place, all piezometers and monitoring wells, as indicated on Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. After dewatering system is installed, perform pumping test to determine at what point selected pumping rate lowers water level in well below pump intake. 2. Adjust pump speed, discharge volume, or both to ensure proper operation of each pump. B. Monitoring and Recording: 1. Daily: a. Note average discharge flow rate for each deep well, eductor header, well point, and ground water elevation. b. Continue monitoring daily until steady state conditions occur, then monitor and record conditions weekly, or at a frequency as indicated on Drawings or Shop Drawings. 2. Sand Content: a. Monitor ground water discharge for sand content. b. Sample and test water from each well weekly for sand content, or at a frequency as indicated on Drawings or Shop Drawings. c. Maximum Permitted Sand Content: 5 ppm, or as indicated on Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Contaminates: a. Monitor ground water discharge for contamination while performing pumping in vicinity of potentially contaminated sites. b. Sample and test water weekly for contaminates, or at a frequency as indicated on Drawings or Shop Drawings. 4. Existing Adjacent Buildings, Structures, and Improvements: a. Survey weekly during dewatering to detect movement in comparison to original elevations, or at a frequency as indicated on Drawings or Shop Drawings. b. Notify OWNER or ENGINEER immediately of any measured movement. END OF SECTION 31 2319 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FILL 31 2323-1 SECTION 31 2323 – FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backfilling building perimeter to subgrade elevations 2. Backfilling Site structures to subgrade elevations 3. Fill under slabs on grade 4. Fill under paving 5. Fill for over-excavation 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: In air-tight containers, 10 lb. sample of each type of fill, or as requested by testing laboratory. B. Materials Source: Name of imported fill materials suppliers. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to authority having jurisdiction standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Backfill Materials: As indicated within the Contract Documents. B. Subsoil Fill: As specified in Section 31 0513 – Soils for Earthwork. C. Structural Fill: As specified in Section 31 0513 – Soils for Earthwork and 31 05 16 – Aggregates for Earthwork. D. Granular Fill: As specified in Section 31 0516 – Aggregates for Earthwork. E. Flowable Fill: As specified in Section 31 2323.33 – Flowable Fill. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: As specified in Section 31 0519.13 - Geotextiles for Earthwork. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that any sub-drainage, damp-proofing, and waterproofing installations have been inspected. B. Verify that any underground tanks are anchored to their own foundations to avoid flotation after backfilling. C. Verify structural integrity of unsupported walls to support loads imposed by fill. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Compact subgrade to specified density requirements for subsequent backfill materials. B. Soft Subgrade: 1. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FILL 31 2323-2 2. Backfill with Aggregate Base and compact to density equal to or greater than specified requirements for subsequent fill material. C. Scarify subgrade surface to depth as indicated on Drawings or recommended by Geotechnical Engineer. 3.03 BACKFILLING AND GRADING A. Do not allow or cause any work performed or installed to be covered up or enclosed prior to required tests, inspections, and approvals. Should any work be enclosed or covered up, the work shall be uncovered at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. B. Backfilling and grading operations shall not take place when weather conditions and moisture content of fill materials prevent the attainment of specified density. Vertical curves or roundings at abrupt changes in slope shall be established as approved by ENGINEER. Bring all graded areas to a relatively smooth, even grade and slope by blading or dragging. Remove high spots and f ill depressions. C. Backfill areas to contours and elevations as indicated on Drawings. D. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. E. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces, and do not backfill with frozen materials. F. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in layers. When compaction is achieved using mechanical equipment, the layers shall be evenly spread so that when each layer compacted shall not exceed 6 inches in thickness. The compaction lift depth may be adjusted at the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer. G. Structures: 1. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. 2. Backfill shall not be placed around or upon any structure until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed. 3. Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundation walls until supports are in place. 4. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 percent slope for minimum distance of 10 feet , unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. H. Make gradual grade changes, and blend slope into level areas. I. Remove surplus backfill materials from Site. J. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials. 3.04 TOPSOIL FILL A. Scarify prepared subgrade to a depth of 4 inches immediately prior to placing topsoil. B. Place topsoil in areas to be seeded to the depths indicated, with a minimum depth of six inches. Place loose, do not compact unless otherwise specified. C. Do not place in wet or muddy conditions. 3.05 COMPACTION A. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. B. Embankment Construction: All fill material within 3 feet of the top of fill elevations shall be compacted 95 percent maximum density unless otherwise specified. All fill material below the 3- foot limit to 90 percent maximum density unless otherwise specified. C. Backfill beneath structures and hydraulic structures: 95 percent maximum density unless otherwise specified. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FILL 31 2323-3 D. Beneath paved areas or structures: 95 percent maximum density unless otherwise specified. E. Not beneath paved areas or structures: 90 percent maximum density unless otherwise specified. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfilling within Structural Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. B. Top Surface of Backfilling under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1/2 inch from required elevations. C. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be the Owner’s responsibility unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. B. All field soils testing will be done by a testing laboratory as specified in the Contract Documents. C. Perform laboratory material tests according to Method C of ASTM D1557. Where cohesionless, free draining soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of relative density, the calculation of relative density will be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4253 and D 4254. D. In -Place Compaction Testing: 1. Density Tests: ASTM D1556/D1556M or ASTM D6938. 2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D6031/6031M. E. If tests indicate that Work does not meet specified requirements, rec ondition moisture content as required, recompact, and retest until specified requirements are achieved. Where reconditioning and recompaction do not achieve specified requirements, remove and replace nonconforming Work, compact, and retest until specified requirements are achieved. Perform corrective work and retesting at no additional cost to Owner. F. Testing Frequency: As indicated on Drawings or recommended by Geotechnical Engineer. G. Proof-roll compacted fill surfaces when recommended by Geotechnical Engineer. H. Control operations by testing to verify and confirm that compaction work complies, and is complying at all times, with requirements specified in this Section concerning compaction, control, and testing. I. If Compaction Fails to Meet Specified Requirements: Perform remedial work as recommended by Geotechnical Engineer and accepted by Owner’s Representative by one or more of the following methods: 1. Scarify, moisture-condition (including aeration/drying or moisture addition), recompact, and retest. 2. Remove and replace nonconforming material with suitable material, compact, and retest. 3. Undercut (overexcavate) unstable, soft, yielding, pumping, or wet material as specified in Paragraph J. J. Soft/Unstable/Pumping Subgrade (including “pumping” soil): 1. Identify soft/unstable/pumping areas by observation during compaction/proof-rolling and by deflection, weaving, rutting, or pumping of fines/water under construction equipment. 2. Immediately stop placement over affected areas, protect the area from additional disturbance and moisture intrusion, and notify Owner’s Representative. Do not cover unsuitable material. 3. Determine limits and corrective action with Geotechnical Engineer. 4. Minimum Undercut/Overexcavation: Unless a greater depth is required by Drawings or recommended by Geotechnical Engineer, undercut a minimum of 12 inches below the affected subgrade or fill surface. Extend undercut laterally a minimum of 24 inches beyond the observed limits of the unstable/pumping condition to provide a stable transition. 5. Backfill undercut areas with suitable material capable of being compacted to specified requirements (or other material accepted by Owner’s Representative), compact, and retest. Repeat corrective measures as required until stable and passing results are achieved. 6. Corrective measures required to achieve specified compaction and stability, and associated retesting, shall be performed at no additional cost to Owner. If Owner specifically directs FILL 31 2323-4 excavation beyond plan lines/grades as extra work (e.g., differing site condition), measurement and payment, if any, shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Reshape and recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction. END OF SECTION 31 2323 FLOWABLE FILL 31 2323.33-1 SECTION 31 2323.33 - FLOWABLE FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Flowable fill for the following: a. Structure backfill b. Utility bedding c. Utility backfill d. Filling abandoned utilities 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Utility: Any buried pipe, duct, conduit, manhole, tank, or cable. B. Flowable Fill: A self-compacted, self-leveling, lean cement concrete fill. For purposes of this section, a fill utilizing Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). C. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM): A self-consolidating, cementing material used primarily as a backfill as an alternative to compacted fill. CLSM is intended to result in a compressive strength of 1200 psi or less. D. Excavatable Flowable Fill: CLSM fill used where future excavation may be required such as fill for utility trenches, bridge abutments, and culverts. E. Non-excavatable Flowable Fill: CLSM fill used where future excavation is not anticipated such as fill below structure foundations and filling abandoned utilities. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Materials Source: Name of flowable fill materials suppliers. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Mix Design: 1. Furnish flowable fill mix design for each specified strength. Furnish separate mix designs when admixtures are required for the following: a. Flowable fill Work during hot and cold weather. b. Air entrained flowable fill Work. 2. Identify design mix ingredients, proportions, properties, admixtures, and tests. 3. Furnish test results to certify flowable fill mix design properties meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Delivery Tickets: 1. Furnish duplicate delivery tickets indicating actual materials delivered to Project Site. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to authority having jurisdiction standards. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with 3 years' experience. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install flowable fill during inclement weather or when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FLOWABLE FILL 31 2323.33-2 1.06 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements before installing flowable fill to establish quantities required to complete Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLOWABLE FILL (CLSM) A. Furnish materials according to authority having jurisdiction standards. B. Flowable Fill: Excavatable type and non-excavatable type as indicated on Drawings or as specified elsewhere. Provide non-excavatable type when not designated otherwise. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150. B. Fine Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.03 ADMIXTURES A. Furnish materials according to authority having jurisdiction standards. B. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. C. Chemical Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M. D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618 Class C or F obtained from residue of electric generating plant using ground or powdered coal. E. Plasticizing: ASTM C1017/C1017M. 2.04 MIXES A. CLSM shall be proportioned by the ready mixed concrete supplier on the basis of field experience and/or laboratory trial mixtures to produce a cohesive and non-segregating mixture meeting the specified properties. B. Mix and deliver flowable fill according to ASTM C94/C94M, Option C. C. Flowable Fill (CLSM) Design Mix: 1. Cement Content: a. Excavatable: 75 to 100 lb./cu. yd. b. Non-Excavatable: 100 to 150 lb./cu. yd. 2. Fly Ash Content: a. Excavatable: None b. Non-Excavatable: 150-600 pcf 3. Water Content: a. Excavatable: As specified b. Non-Excavatable: As specified 4. Air Entrainment: a. Excavatable: 5 to 35 percent b. Non-Excavatable:5 to 15 percent 5. 28-Day Compressive Strength: a. Excavatable: Minimum 50 psi, Maximum 125 psi b. Non-Excavatable: Minimum 150 psi, Maximum 350 psi 6. Unit Mass (Wet): a. Excavatable: 80 to 110 pcf b. Non-Excavatable: 100 to 125 pcf B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FLOWABLE FILL 31 2323.33-3 7. Temperature, Minimum, at Point of Delivery: a. Excavatable: 50 degrees F b. Non-Excavatable: 50 degrees F D. Provide water content in design mix to produce self-leveling, non-segregating, flowable fill material at time of placement. E. Design mix air entrainment and unit mass are for laboratory design mix and source quality control only. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and analyze properties of flowable fill design mix and certify results for the following: 1. Design mix proportions by weight of each material. 2. Aggregate: ASTM C33 for material properties and gradation. 3. Properties of plastic flowable fill design mix including: a. Temperature b. Slump c. Air entrainment d. Wet unit mass e. Yield f. Cement factor 4. Properties of hardened flowable fill design mix including: a. Compressive strength at 1 day, 7 days, and 28 days. Report compressive strength of each specimen and average specimen compressive strength. b. Unit mass for each specimen and average specimen unit mass at time of compressive strength testing. B. Prepare delivery tickets containing following information: 1. Project designation 2. Date 3. Time 4. Class and quantity of flowable fill 5. Actual batch proportions 6. Free moisture content of aggregate 7. Quantity of water withheld PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavation or trenching is complete. B. Verify utility installation is complete and tested before placing flowable fill. C. Verify excavation is dry and dewatering system is operating if applicable. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Support and restrain utilities to prevent movement and flotation during installation of flowable fill. B. Protect structures and utilities from damage caused by hydraulic pressure of flowable fill before fill hardens. C. Protect utilities to prevent intrusion of flowable fill. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT FLOWABLE FILL 31 2323.33-4 3.04 INSTALLATION - FILL, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL A. Place flowable fill by chute, pumping or other methods approved by authority having jurisdiction. 1. When required, place flowable fill under water using tremie procedure. 2. Do not place flowable fill through flowing water. B. Place flowable fill in lifts to prevent lateral pressures from exceeding structural capacity of structures and utilities. C. Place flowable fill evenly on both sides of utilities to maintain alignment. D. Place flowable fill to elevations indicated without vibration or other means of compaction. 3.05 INSTALLATION - FILLING ABANDONED UTILITIES A. Verify pipes and conduits are not clogged and are sufficiently empty to permit gravity installation of flowable fill for entire length indicated to be filled. B. Seal lower end of pipes and conduits by method to contain flowable fill and to vent trapped air caused by filling operations. C. Place flowable fill using method to ensure there are no voids. 1. Fill pipes and conduits from high end. 2. Fill manholes, tanks, and other structures from grade level access points. D. After filling pipes and conduits seal both ends. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform inspection and testing according to ASTM C94/C94M. 1. Take samples for tests for every 150 cu yd of flowable fill, or fraction thereof, installed each day. 2. Sample, prepare and test four compressive strength test cylinders according to ASTM D4832. Test one specimen at 3 days, one at 7 days, and two at 28 days. 3. Measure temperature at point of delivery when samples are prepared. B. Perform in place penetration (density) tests using hand held penetrometer to measure penetration resistance of hardened flowable fill, according to ASTM C403. Or perform in-place density tests using nuclear test device, according to ASTM C1040. 1. Perform tests at locations as directed by Geotechnical Engineer. C. Defective Flowable Fill: Fill failing to meet following test requirements or fill delivered without following documentation. 1. Test Requirements: a. Minimum temperature at point of delivery. b. Compressive strength requirements for each type of fill. 2. Documentation: Duplicate delivery tickets. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove spilled and excess flowable fill from Project Site. B. Restore facilities and Site areas damaged or contaminated by flowable fill installation to existing condition before installation. END OF SECTION 31 2323.33 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2333-1 SECTION 31 2333 – TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating trenches, fine grading, pipe bedding 2. Compacted fill from top bedding to subgrade elevations 3. Backfilling and compaction 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: In air-tight containers, 10 lb. sample of each type of fill, as requested by testing laboratory. B. Materials Source: Name of imported fill materials suppliers. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to authority having jurisdiction standards. B. Prepare excavation protection plan under direct supervision of professional engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the state of the project. 1.04 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.05 COORDINATION A. Verify Work associated with lower elevation utilities is complete before placing higher elevation utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil Fill: As specified in Section 31 0513 – Soils for Earthwork. B. Structural Fill: As specified in Section 31 0513 – Soils for Earthwork and 31 0516 – Aggregates for Earthwork. C. Granular Fill: As specified in Section 31 0516 – Aggregates for Earthwork. D. Flowable Fill: As specified in Section 31 2323.33 – Flowable Fill. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 LINES AND GRADES A. Lay pipes to lines and grades indicated. 1. ENGINEER may make changes in lines, grades, and depths of utilities when changes are required for Project conditions. B. Use laser-beam instrument with qualified operator to establish lines and grades. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Call local utility line information service not less than three working days before performing Work. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2333-2 B. Insert local utility's locating service telephone number. C. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. D. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping. E. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. F. Maintain and protect above and below grade utilities indicated to remain. G. Establish temporary traffic control and detours when trenching is performed in public right-of-way. Relocate controls and reroute traffic as required during progress of Work. H. Before laying pipes or electrical conduits in fill, place fill and compact it to not less than 1 foot above top of pipe or conduit. After placing and compacting fill, excavate through fill then fine grade as required in this Section. 3.03 EXPLORATORY TEST PITS A. The Contractor shall dig such exploratory test pits as may be necessary in advance of excavation to determine the exact location and elevation of subsurface structures, pipelines, duct banks, conduits, and other obstructions which are likely to be encountered or need to be connected to and shall make acceptable provision for their protection, support, and maintenance of their continued operation. B. Excavate and expose buried points of connection to existing utilities where indicated on the Drawings. Excavation shall be performed prior to preparation of Shop Drawings for connections and before fabrication of pipe, and the data obtained shall be used in preparing Shop Drawings. C. Data, including dates, locations excavated, and sketches, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within one week of excavation. D. Damage to utilities from excavation activities shall be repaired at the CONTRACTOR’s expense. 3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil required for trench. B. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/6 cu yd, measured by volume. Remove larger material as specified in Contract Documents. If bottom of excavation is found to consist of rock or any material that by reason of its hardness cannot be excavated to provide uniform bearing surface, remove such rock or other material to a depth of not less than 4 inches below bottom of pipe and refill to grade with aggregate base course material or sand placed at uniform density, with minimum possible compaction, at no additional cost. C. Remove water or materials that interfere with Work. D. Do not advance open trench more than 200 feet ahead of installed pipe. E. Cut trenches to width indicated, or sufficiently wide to enable installation and allow inspection. If, because of soil conditions, safety requirements or other reasons, trench width at top of pipe is increased beyond width specified, upgrade laying conditions or install stronger pipe designed in conformance with the appropriate pipe specification section for the increased trench width, without additional cost. F. Excavate bottom of trenches maximum 24 inches wider than outside diameter of pipe. G. Excavate trenches to depth indicated on Drawings. Provide uniform and continuous bearing and support for bedding material and pipe, conduit, or other utilities. H. Do not interfere with 45-degree bearing splay of foundations. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2333-3 I. When Project conditions permit, slope side walls of excavation starting 24 inches above top of pipe. When side walls cannot be sloped, provide sheeting and shoring to protect excavation as specified in this Section. J. When subsurface materials at bottom of trench are loose or soft, excavate to greater depth as directed by ENGINEER until suitable material is encountered. K. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with engineered fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill material. If bottom of excavation is found to consist of soft or unstable material which is incapable of properly supporting pipe, remove such material to a depth and for the length required, as determined by the ENGINEER, and then refill trench to grade with aggregate base course or sand, compacted to 90 percent of maximum density. L. Trim excavation. Remove loose matter. M. Correct areas over excavated areas with compacted backfill as specified for authorized excavation or replace with fill concrete as directed by ENGINEER. N. Potable and Non-Potable Water Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Lay in trenches separate from those used for sewers. 2. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings, lay in trenches having cover of not less than 3 feet below surface of ground and located at distance of not less than 6 feet from any parallel sewer trench, or as required by authority having jurisdiction. O. At Road Crossings or Existing Driveways: Make provision for trench crossings at these points, either by means of backfills, tunnels, or temporary bridges. P. Remove excess subsoil not intended for reuse, from Site. Q. Obtain permission from OWNER prior to removing any excess subsoil. 3.05 TRENCH FINE GRADING A. For Pipes 16 Inches in Nominal Diameter and Under: Unless otherwise specified, accurately grade bottom of trench to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe, on undisturbed soil at every point along pipe's entire length, except for portions of pipe where it is necessary to excavate for bells and for proper sealing of pipe joints. B. For Pipe over 16 Inches in Diameter: 1. Over-excavate bottom of trench by at least 4 inches, or 1/12 outside diameter of pipe, whichever is greater. 2. Fill overcut with bedding material specified herein, and fine graded as specified above. 3. Place bedding material at uniform density, with minimum possible compaction. 4. Where trench excavation is below grade of bedding material, restore trench bottom to proper grade by backfilling and compacting backfill to 95 percent of maximum density, at no additional cost. Use bedding material as specified in this Section. C. Depressions for Joints: Make in accordance with recommendations of joint manufacturer for particular joint used. 3.06 SHEETING AND SHORING A. Sheet, shore, and brace excavations to prevent danger to persons, structures and adjacent properties and to prevent caving, erosion, and loss of surrounding subsoil. B. Support trenches more than 5 feet deep excavated through unstable, loose, or soft material. Provide sheeting, shoring, bracing, or other protection to maintain stability of excavation. C. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation, pipe installation and backfill operations, the shield shall be moved by lifting the shield free of the trench bottom or backfill and then moving the B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2333-4 shield horizontally. No trench shields shall be dragged along the trench causing damage or displacement to the trench sidewalls, the pipe, or the bedding and backfill. D. Design sheeting and shoring to be removed at completion of excavation Work. E. Repair damage caused by failure of sheeting, shoring, or bracing and for settlement of filled excavations or adjacent soil. F. Repair damage to new and existing Work from settlement, water or earth pressure or other causes resulting from inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing. 3.07 TRENCH BACKFILLING A. Pipe Zone Backfill: 1. The pipe zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross -section lying between a plane below the bottom surface of the pipe and a plane at a point above the top surface of the pipe. The bedding is defined as that portion of pipe zone backfill material between the trench sub-grade and the bottom of the pipe. The embedment is defined as that portion of the pipe zone backfill material between the bedding and a level line. 2. After compacting the bedding, perform a final trim using a laser or approved method for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. Excavation for pipe bells and welding shall be made as required. 3. The pipe zone shall be backfilled with the indicated backfill material. Care to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, cathodic bonds and the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations shall be exercised. B. Trench Zone Backfill: After the pipe zone backfills have been placed, backfilling of the trench zone may proceed. The trench zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying as indicated between a plane above the top surface of the pipe and a plane at a point, 18 inches below the finished surface grade, or if the trench is under pavement, 18 inches below the roadway sub - grade. C. Final Backfill: Final backfill is all backfill in the trench cross -sectional area within 18 inches of finished grade, or if the trench is under pavement, all backfill within 18 inches of the roadway sub - grade. D. Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any pipe. Backfill shall not be placed around or upon any structure until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed. E. Except for drainrock materials being placed in over-excavated areas or trenches, backfill shall be placed after all water is removed from the excavation and the trench sidewalls and bottom have been dried to moisture content suitable for compaction. F. Immediately prior to placement of backfill materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches and structure excavations shall have all loose sloughing, or caving soil and rock materials removed. Trench sidewalls shall consist of excavated surfaces that are in a relatively undisturbed condition before placement of backfill materials. G. During spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary to promote uniformity of material in each layer. Pipe zone backfill materials shall be manually spread around the pipe so when compacted the pipe zone backfill will provide uniform bearing and side support. H. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content, water shall be added before or during spreading until the moisture content is between optimum and 3% over the optimum. I. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the spec ified degree of compaction the material shall be dried until the moisture content is between optimum and 3% over the optimum. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2333-5 J. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations with unfrozen fill materials. K. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces. L. Place material in continuous layers as follows: 1. Subsoil Fill: Maximum 8 inches compacted depth, unless specified elsewhere. 2. Structural Fill: Maximum 6 inches compacted depth, unless specified elsewhere. 3. Granular Fill: Maximum 6 inches compacted depth, unless specified elsewhere. M. Employ placement method that does not disturb or damage foundation perimeter drainage, utilities in trench, and other installed work. N. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. O. Do not leave more than 50 feet of trench open at end of working day. P. Protect open trench to protect personnel and the public. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfilling within Structural Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations B. Top Surface of Backfilling under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1/2 inch from required elevations C. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing shall be the Contractor’s responsibility unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. B. All field soils testing will be done by a testing laboratory as specified in the Contract Documents. C. Perform laboratory material tests according to Method C of ASTM D1557. Where cohesionless, free draining soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of relative density, the calculation of relative density will be determined in accordance with ASTM D4253 and D4254. D. In -Place Compaction Testing: 1. Density Tests: ASTM D1556/D1556M or ASTM D6938. 2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D6031/6031M. E. If tests indicate that Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, compact, and retest. F. Testing Frequency: As indicated on Drawings or recommended by Geotechnical Engineer. G. Proof-roll compacted fill surfaces when recommended by Geotechnical Engineer. H. Control operations by testing to verify and confirm that compaction work complies, and is complying at all times, with requirements specified in this Section concerning compaction, control, and testing. I. If Compaction Fails to Meet Specified Requirements: Perform remedial work by one of the following methods. 1. Remove and replace backfill at proper density. 2. Bring density up to specified level by other means acceptable to the ENGINEER. J. Retesting: 1. Costs of Retesting: Costs of retesting required to confirm and verify that remedial work has brought compaction within specified requirements shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 2. Tests during performance of remedial work shall be at a frequency double amount specified for initial confirmation tests. K. Frequency of Tests: B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING 31 2333-6 1. For Trenches: At each test location include tests for each type or class of backfill from bedding to finish grade. 2. In Open Fields: Two every 1,000 linear feet. 3. Along Dirt or Gravel Road or off Traveled Right-of-way: Two every 500 linear feet. 4. Crossing Paved Roads: Two locations along each crossing. 5. Under Pavement Cuts or within 2 Feet of Pavement Edges: one location every 400 linear feet. L. Leak Testing Pipe: 1. After bedding the pipe, the CONTRACTOR has the option to either immediately perform leak testing or backfill to surface, at his own risk, and then leak test pipe. 2. If pipe does not pass test, uncover pipe, locate leaks, repair and retest, repeating until pipe section under test passes. M. Leak Testing Pipe: 1. After bedding the pipe, the CONTRACTOR has the option to either immediately perform leak testing or backfill to surface, at his own risk, and then leak test pipe. 2. If pipe does not pass test, uncover pipe, locate leaks, repair and retest, repeating until pipe section under test passes. 3.10 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction. END OF SECTION 31 2333 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 2500-1 SECTION 31 2500 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Diversion Channels 2. Rock Energy Dissipator 3. Paved Energy Dissipator 4. Rock Basin 5. Rock Barriers 6. Sediment Ponds 7. Sediment Traps 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Mix Design: Furnish design of each class of concrete for review prior to commencement of Work. B. Samples: 1. Two samples or rock, minimum 5 tons each or one-half total Project quantity, whichever is smaller. Provide one sample in place at construction Site and provide other sample at quarry. Construction Site sample may be incorporated into Work. Samples will be used as reference for judging size, and graduation of rock supplied and placed. 1.03 ROCK MATERIALS A. Furnish materials according to Owner standards. Permeant B. Rock: Sound, hard and angular shape; well graded; without shale seams, structural defects and foreign substances; with width and thickness greater than one third its length; minimum specific gravity of 2.5, as determined according to AASHTO T88, bulk saturated, and surface dry basis. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 DIVERSION CHANNELS A. Windrow excavated material on low side of channel. B. Compact to 95 percent maximum density. C. On entire channel area, apply soil supplements and sow seed as specified elsewhere in Contract Documents. D. Mulch seeded areas with hay as specified elsewhere in Contract Documents. E. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.02 ROCK ENERGY DISSIPATOR A. Excavate to indicated depth of rock lining or nominal placement thickness as follows. Remove loose, unsuitable material below bottom of rock lining, then replace with suitable material. Thoroughly compact and finish entire foundation area to firm, even surface. B. Lay and overlay geotextile fabric over substrate. Lay fabric parallel to flow from upstream to downstream. Overlap edges upstream over downstream and upslope over downslope. Cover fabric as soon as possible and in no case leave fabric exposed more than four weeks. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 2500-2 C. Carefully place rock on geotextile fabric to produce an even distribution of pieces, with minimum of voids and without tearing geotextile. D. Unless indicated otherwise, place full course thickness in one operation to prevent segregation and to avoid displacement of underlying material. Arrange individual rocks for uniform distribution. E. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.03 PAVED ENERGY DISSIPATOR A. Embed stones or blocks in plastic concrete at indicated separation on slopes and channel bottom. B. Pave in uniform 10 foot lengths or sections. C. Pave in shorter sections as necessary for closures or curves. D. Place pre-molded expansion joint filler, 1/2 inch thick, cut to conform to paving cross sections, at ends of curved sections at intervals of not more than 100 feet, at end of day's work, and where paving is adjacent to rigid structure. Use joint filler with depth of 1/2 inch less than paving depth and press firmly against adjacent concrete. E. Form intermediate joints between sections, with two thicknesses of bituminous paper cut neatly to paving cross section. F. Seal joint top with joint sealer. G. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.04 ROCK BASIN A. Construct generally according to rock energy dissipator requirements to indicated shape and depth. Rock courses may be placed in several operations but minimum depth of initial course must be 3 feet or greater. B. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.05 ROCK BARRIER A. Determine length required for ditch or depression slope and excavate, compact and foundation area to firm, even surface. B. Produce an even distribution of rock pieces, with minimum voids to indicated shape, height and slope. C. Construct coarse aggregate filter blanket against upstream face of rock barrier to indicated thickness. D. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.06 SEDIMENTATION POND A. Clear and grub storage area and embankment foundation area site as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Excavate key trench for full length of dam. Excavate emergency spillway in natural ground. C. Install pipe spillway, with anti-seep collar attached, at location indicated. D. Place forms, and reinforcing for concrete footing at bottom of riser pipe . Construction of embankment and trench prior to placing pipe is not required. E. Do not use coarse aggregate as backfill material around pipe. Backfill pipe with suitable embankment material to prevent dam leakage along pipe. F. Construct rock basin at outlet end of pipe, as specified in this Section. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 2500-3 G. On entire sedimentation pond area, apply soil supplements and sow seed as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. H. Mulch seeded areas with hay as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. I. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.07 SEDIMENT TRAPS A. Construct trap by excavating and forming embankments. B. Place coarse aggregate or rock at outlet as indicated on Drawings. C. Place geotextile fabric, as specified for rock energy dissipator. D. On entire sediment trap area, apply soil supplements and sow seed as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. E. Mulch seeded areas with hay as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. F. Install Work according to Owner standards. 3.08 SITE STABILIZATION A. Incorporate indicated erosion control devices into Project at earliest practicable time. B. Construct, stabilize and activate erosion controls before Site disturbance within tributary areas of those controls. C. Stockpile and waste pile heights shall not exceed 35 feet. Slope stockpile sides at 2:1 or flatter. D. Stabilize any disturbed area of affected erosion control devices on which activity has ceased and which will remain exposed for more than 20 days. E. Stabilize diversion channels, sediment traps, and stockpiles immediately. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erosion control devices on a weekly basis and after each runoff event. Make necessary repairs to ensure erosion and sediment controls are in good working order. 3.10 CLEANING A. When sediment accumulation in sedimentation structures has reached a point one -third depth of sediment structure or device, remove and dispose of sediment. B. Do not damage structure or device during cleanin C. g operations. D. Do not permit sediment to erode into construction or Site areas or natural waterways. E. Clean channels when depth of sediment reaches approximately one half channel depth. 3.11 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect paving from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Protect paving from elements, flowing water, or other disturbance until curing is completed. END OF SECTION 31 2500 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT ASPHALT PAVING 32 1216-1 SECTION 32 1216 - ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Perform all WORK associated with Asphalt Concrete (AC) Pavement and base as shown and specified herein including all labor, materials, equipment supplies, and facilities associated with providing a finished product satisfying all the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Verify all requirements with Geotechnical Report and notify the Engineer immediately if discrepancies exist. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein. B. References: These specifications refer to the California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, referred to herein as the Standard Specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in writing, materials testing reports, mix designs and other pertinent information satisfactory to the ENGINEER demonstrating that materials and methods it proposes to utilize will comply with the referenced provisions of the Standard Specifications, in accordance Submittal Requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS A. Aggregate Base: Materials for aggregate base shall be maximum ¾ inch Class 2 Aggregate Base as specified in Section 26-1.02B of the State Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the project soils report. B. Asphalt Concrete: 1. AC shall be Type A, 1/2" (12.5mm) max medium and shall conform to the provisions of Section 39 of the State Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the project soils report. 2. AC shall have a viscosity grade of AR-4000 as specified in Section 92 of the State Standard Specification. 3. Asphalt content as a percentage of the dry aggregate weight shall be approved by the ENGINEER. In the absence of such a determination, the amount of asphalt binder to be mixed with the aggregate shall be between 5.6% and 5.9% by weight of the dry aggregate. C. Pavement Marking Paint: Pavement marking paint shall be an approved product having a proven record of performance and durability. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW ROADWAY PAVEMENT A. Subgrade Preparation shall comply with the soils report. B. Aggregate Base: Aggregate base shall be provided where shown and to the thickness shown. Construction of the aggregate base course shall be as indicated on the drawings. AB thickness to be determined after R-value tests are completed using samples of soil obtained from completed subgrade. C. Asphalt Concrete B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT ASPHALT PAVING 32 1216-2 1. AC paving shall be constructed as indicated on the drawings. AC thickness to be minimum a of 2.5”, unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. AB shall be as indicated on the drawings. AB thickness to be minimum 10” unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. 2. Alternate compacting equipment or substitution of a vibratory roller for a pneumatic -tired roller must be approved by the ENGINEER. 3. All mixtures shall be spread at a temperature of not less than 250 degrees Fahrenheit. Base material compaction shall be completed before the mix reaches 200 degrees Fahrenheit. D. Pavement Marking Paint: Application of the paint shall be in accordance with the paint manufacturer's instructions. Traffic markings obliterated by the WORK shall be repainted, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR PAVEMENT REPAIR A. Preparation of the site for pavement repair shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. New pavement shall be placed according to the provisions of this Section and shall be of similar materials and pavement thickness as existing adjacent pavement except that the new pavement section surface shall be 1/8-inch higher than adjacent pavement. C. Diamond saw cut joining pavement edges and tack coat edges. END OF SECTION 32 1216 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE PAVING 32 1313-1 SECTION 32 1313 - CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete paving for: a. Concrete sidewalks b. Concrete curbs and gutters c. Concrete parking areas and roads 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit data on concrete materials, per Specification Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Design Data: 1. Submit concrete mix design for each concrete strength. Submit separate mix designs when admixtures are required. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301. B. Perform Work according to TUD standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE PAVING A. Form Materials: 1. Form Materials: Conform to ACI 301. B. Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing Steel and Wire Fabric: As specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Concrete Materials: 1. Concrete Materials: Per Section 03 0300, and as specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify gradients and elevations of base. B. Verify subgrade is ready to support paving and imposed loads. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Moisten substrate to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Placing Concrete: 1. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and Section 03 3000. 2. Do not disturb reinforcing or formwork components during concrete placement. 3. Place concrete continuously between predetermined joints. 4. Place bumpers secure. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE PAVING 32 1313-2 B. Finishing: 1. Light broom, unless specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Apply curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch in 10 ft. B. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION 32 1313 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 32 1600-1 SECTION 32 1600 - CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Concrete curbs, gutters, sidewalks, driveways, access ramps, and alley intersections. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Construct various types of concrete curb, gutter, sidewalk, driveways, and alley intersections to dimensions and details indicated on the Drawings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit data completely describing products. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Concrete: 3,000 psi, conforming to the applicable requirements of Section 03 3300. B. Curb Finishing Mortar: 1 part Portland cement to two parts sand. C. Form Release Material: Light oil or other releasing agent of type which does not discolor concrete or interfere with the application of finishing mortar to curb tops and faces. D. Joint Materials: 1. Expansion: Comply with requirements as specified in Section 03 0150. 2. Construction: Steel dividers or plastic inserts. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Verify field conditions, including subgrade condition and interferences, before beginning construction. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. Subgrade: a. Construct and compact true to grades and lines indicated on the Drawings. b. Remove soft or unsuitable material to depth of not less than 6 inches below subgrade elevation and replace with satisfactory material following Division 31. 2. Forms and Subgrade: Water immediately in advance of placing concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Special Techniques: 1. CONTRACTOR's Option: a. Construct concrete curbs and gutters by conventional use of forms, or by means of curb and gutter machine when acceptable to the ENGINEER. b. When use of machines designed specifically for work of this Section are accepted by the ENGINEER, results must be equal to or better than those produced by use of forms. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 32 1600-2 c. Applicable requirements of construction that apply to use of forms also apply to use of machines. d. Discontinue use of machines when results are not satisfactory to the ENGINEER. B. Forms: 1. Carefully set to line and grade and securely stake in position forms conforming to dimensions of items to be constructed. 2. Thoroughly clean prior to each use and coat with form releasing material. C. Expansion and Contraction Joints: 1. Expansion Joints: a. Construct vertically, and at right angles to centerline of street and match joints in adjacent pavement or sidewalks. b. Constructed at radius points, driveways, alley entrances, and at adjoining structures. c. Fill joints with expansion joint filler material. 2. Contraction Joints: a. Constructed not more than 15 feet apart. b. Make joints of construction joint material, scoring or saw cutting to depth of not less than 1-1/2 inches, and matching joints in adjacent pavement or sidewalk. D. Concrete: 1. Placing: a. Thoroughly spade concrete away from forms so that no rock pockets exist next to forms and so that no coarse aggregate will show when forms are removed. 2. Compacting: a. Compact by mechanical vibrators accepted by the ENGINEER. b. Continue tamping or vibrating until mortar flushes to surface and coarse aggregate is below concrete surface. 3. Form Removal: a. Front Form Faces: Do not remove before concrete has taken initial set and has sufficient strength to carry its own weight. b. Gutter and Rear Forms: Do not remove until concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent damage to edges. Take special care to prevent damage. 4. Finishing and Curing: Comply with requirements as specified in Section 03 3300 except as modified here: a. As soon as curb face forms are stripped, apply finishing mortar to the top and face of curb and trowel to a smooth, even finish. Finish with fine haired broom in direction of work. b. Where curb is installed without integral gutter, extend finish 2 inches below grade. c. Edge concrete at expansion joints to 1/4-inch radius. d. Flow lines of gutters shall be troweled smooth 4 inches out from curb face for integral curb and gutter and 4 inches on both sides of flowline for gutters without curbs. E. Backfilling: Unless otherwise specified, backfill behind curbs, gutters, or sidewalks and to lines and grades indicated on the Drawings with Geotechnical Engineer approved soil. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests: 1. Curbs and Gutters: a. Test face, top, back, and flow line with 10-foot straight edge or curve template longitudinally along surface. b. Correct deviations in excess of 1/4 inch. 2. Gutters: a. Frequency of Testing: When required by the ENGINEER, where gutters have slope of 0.8 foot per hundred feet or less, or where unusual or special conditions cast doubt on capability of gutters to drain. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 32 1600-3 b. Test Method: Establish flow in length of gutter to be tested by supplying water from hydrant, tank truck, or other source. c. Required Results: 1) 1 hour after supply of water is shut off, inspect gutter for evidence of ponding or improper shape. 2) In event water is found ponded in gutter to depth greater than ½ inch, or on adjacent asphalt pavement, correct defect or defects in manner acceptable to the ENGINEER without additional cost to the Contract. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Repair portions of concrete damaged while stripping forms or, when damage is severe, replace such work at no additional cost to the Contract. Evidence of repairs shall not be noticeable in the finished product. B. Remove and replace sections of work deficient in depth or not conforming to requirements indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Specifications at no additional cost to the Contract. Removal and replacement shall be the complete section between two joints. END OF SECTION 32 1600 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PIPELINE CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES 33 0010-1 SECTION 33 0010 - PIPELINE CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTIONS A. This section includes requirements for connection to and abandonment of existing water facilities. 1.02 LOCATION A. As the Contractor's first order of work, the connection points to the existing water system shall be potholed to identify depth, diameter and pipe material. Coordinates and Dimensions to locate the exact pothole location shall also be documented. Pothole information shall be immediately provided to the Engineer for review. The Engineer will not review any other contractor submittals until after the pothole data is received. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Contractor shall submit to the OWNER at least six weeks prior to any connections to existing facilities which require the shutdown of that facility, their plan to perform the shut down and requirements of which facilities will be shut down to accomplish the connection. PART 2 - MATERIALS A. All materials used in making the connection or removing the facility from service shall conform to the applicable sections of these specifications and the contract drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONNECTION TO EXISTING WATERLINES A. Notification: The Contractor shall give the OWNER a minimum of ten (10) working days’ notice in writing before the time of any required shutdown of existing mains or services. The OWNER shall determine the actual time and date of shutdown. B. Authorization: Connections shall be made only in the presence of the OWNER Representative. No connection work shall be performed prior to authorization by the OWNER. C. Time Schedule: The Contractor is restricted to a time limit not exceeding 4 hours to connect the new pipelines to the existing pipeline, with required fittings, and restore water service, after the OWNER has drained the pipeline. D. Material: The Contractor shall furnish all pipe and materials as may be required for connections including but not limited to: labor and equipment necessary to make the connections; all required excavation; backfill; lights; barricades; water truck; highli ne hose; and fittings for making the connections. The Contractor shall provide verification to the OWNER that all necessary materials and personnel are on-site before requesting shutdown or commencing with connection to existing mains or services. E. Inadequate Progress: If progress is inadequate during the connection operations to complete the connection in the time specified, the Engineer shall order necessary corrective measures. All costs for corrective measures shall be paid by the Contractor. F. Connections: Connections shall be made with as little change as possible in the grade of new main. If the grade of the existing pipe is below that of the new pipeline, a sufficient length of the new line shall be deepened so as to prevent the creation of any high spot or abrupt changes in grade of the new line. Where the grade of the existing pipe is above that of the new pipeline, the new line shall be laid at specified depth, except for the first joint adjacent to the connection, which shall be deflected as necessary to meet the grade of the existing pipe. If sufficient change in direction cannot B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT PIPELINE CONNECTION TO EXISTING FACILITIES 33 0010-2 be obtained by the limited deflection of the first joint, a fitting of the proper angle shall be installed. Where the connection creates a high or low spot in the line, a st andard air release or blow-off assembly shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. G. Testing: The new pipeline shall be disinfected and hydrostatically tested as required. 3.2 CONNECTION TO NON WATERLINE PIPES A. Notification: The CONTRACTOR shall give the OWNER a minimum of ten (10) working days’ notice in writing before the time of any required shutdown of existing pipelines. The OWNER shall determine the actual time and date of shutdown. B. Authorization: Connections shall be made only in the presence of the OWNER Representative. No connection work will be performed prior to authorization by the OWNER. C. Time Schedule: The contractor is restricted to a time limit not exceeding 4 hours (unless previously negotiated with the OWNER in writing) to connect the new pipelines to the existing pipeline, with required fittings, and restore service. D. Material: The Contractor shall furnish all pipe and materials as may be required for connections including but not limited to: labor and equipment necessary to make the connections; all required excavation; backfill; lights; barricades; water truck; highline hose; and fittings for making the connections. The Contractor shall provide verification to the OWNER that all necessary materials and personnel are on-site before requesting shutdown or commencing with connection to existing mains or services. E. Inadequate Progress: If progress is inadequate during the connection operations to complete the connection in the time specified, the Engineer shall order necessary corrective measures. All costs for corrective measures shall be paid by the Contractor. F. Connections: Connections shall be made with as little change as possible in the grade of new main. If the grade of the existing pipe is below that of the new pipeline, a sufficient length of the new line shall be deepened so as to prevent the creation of any high spot or abrupt changes in grade of the new line. Where the grade of the existing pipe is above that of the new pipeline, the new line shall be laid at specified depth, except for the first joint adjacent to the connection, which shall be deflected as necessary to meet the grade of the existing pipe. If sufficient change in direction cannot be obtained by the limited deflection of the first joint, a fitting of the proper angle shall be installed. Where the connection creates a high or low spot in the line, a standard air release or blow-off assembly shall be installed as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 33 0010 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DISINFECTION OF WATER UTILITY PIPING SYSTEMS 33 0110.58-1 SECTION 33 0110.58 - DISINFECTION OF WATER UTILITY PIPING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Disinfection of potable water distribution system 2. Testing and reporting of results 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Disinfection Procedure: 1. Type of disinfectant and calculations indicating quantities of disinfectants required to produce specified chlorine concentration. B. Product Data: Manufacturer information for proposed chemicals and treatment doses. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Certify that final water complies with disinfectant quality standards of authority having jurisdiction. E. Include separate Paragraphs for additional certifications. F. Test and Evaluation Reports: Indicate testing results comparative to specified requirements. G. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. H. Qualifications Statements: 1. Qualifications for manufacturer and applicator. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Disinfection Report: 1. Type and form of disinfectant used. 2. Date and time of disinfectant injection start and completion. 3. Test locations. 4. Name of person collecting samples. 5. Initial and 24-hour disinfectant residuals in treated water in ppm for each outlet tested. 6. Date and time of flushing start and completion. 7. Disinfectant residual after flushing in ppm for each outlet tested. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to AWWA C651. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with three years' experience. C. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with three years' experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DISINFECTION CHEMICALS A. Chemicals: 1. Hypochlorite: Comply with AWWA B300. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping system has been cleaned, inspected, and pressure tested. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT DISINFECTION OF WATER UTILITY PIPING SYSTEMS 33 0110.58-2 B. Perform scheduling and disinfecting activity with startup, water pressure testing, adjusting and balancing, and demonstration procedures, including coordination with related systems. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Maintain disinfectant in system for a minimum of 24 hours. B. Flush, circulate, and clean until required disinfectant quality standard has been achieved using municipal domestic water. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Disinfection, Flushing, and Sampling: 1. Disinfect pipeline installation according to AWWA C651, and per AHJ requirements. 2. Use of liquid chlorine is not permitted. 3. Upon completion of retention period required for disinfection, flush pipeline until chlorine concentration in water leaving pipeline is no higher than that generally prevailing in existing system or is acceptable for domestic use. 4. Disposal: a. Legally dispose of chlorinated water. b. If chlorinated discharge may cause damage to environment, apply neutralizing chemical to chlorinated water to neutralize chlorine residual remaining in water. 5. After final flushing and before pipeline is connected to existing system or placed in service, certify that disinfectant level meets quality standards of authority having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 33 0110.58 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TESTING 33 0130.13-1 SECTION 33 0130.13 - SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TESTING PART 1 -– GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Perform all pipeline flushing and testing, complete, for sanitary sewer and storm drainage system piping as specified herein and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Be responsible for providing conveyance of test water to the point of usage and also for disposal, as required, of water used in the testing operations. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ASTM A746 Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe ASTM F1417 Standard Test Method for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Gravity Sewer Lines Using Low-Pressure Air 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 - Submittals. B. Proposed plans for testing of the sanitary sewer system. The methods used may be air or water as described herein. If water method is used then provide the water conveyance, control and disposal. Advance written notice of its proposed testing schedule for review and concurrence of the ENGINEER shall be submitted. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary valves, plugs, bulkheads and other air pressure testing and water control equipment and materials shall be provided, subject to the ENGINEER's review. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to pipeline structure and future function. Air test gages shall be laboratory - calibrated test gages and shall be recalibrated by a certified laboratory at the Contractor’s expense prior to the leakage test, if required by the ENGINEER. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise specified, water for testing will be furnished however, all necessary provisions for conveying the water from the designated source to the points of use shall be made. B. Release of water from pipelines, after testing has been completed, shall be performed as reviewed by the ENGINEER. C. All testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the ENGINEER. D. All testing shall be performed per the CITY Standards, and or Adopted Environmental Codes, or equal. If local requirements exist on testing, use most stringent. 3.02 TESTING OF PIPING A. General: All gravity sewer pipes and service laterals shall be tested for exfiltration, infiltration and deflection, as specified. All manholes shall be tested for leakage, as specified. Manholes shall be tested prior to backfill placement. All leakage tests shall be completed and approved prior to placing of permanent resurfacing. When leakage or infiltration exceeds the amount allowed by the Specifications, locate the leaks and make the necessary repairs or replacements in accordance with the Specifications to reduce the leakage or infiltration to the specified limits. Any individu ally B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TESTING 33 0130.13-2 detectable leaks shall be repaired, regardless of the results of the tests. The OWNER reserves the right to require testing of the entire installation. Cost of repairs or corrections necessary to conform to the following testing requirements will be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. B. Pressure sewers (force mains); water pressure test at 120% of maximum operating pressure, measured at the lowest point of the pipeline section being tested. C. Gravity sewers pipe lines and manholes shall be subject to acceptance testing after backfilling has been completed but prior to the placement of the finished surface material. 1. Low Pressure Air Test: Testing will be accomplished by the means of “Low Pressure Air Testing.” Tests may be conducted by the Contractor or an independent testing firm. However, acceptance tests shall be made only in the presence of the Engineer or District Representative. a. Test Procedure: 1) Before testing, the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned. 2) The Contractor shall seal off the section of pipe to be tested at each manhole connection. Test plugs must be securely braced within the manholes. 3) A minimum of two connecting hoses to link the air inlet test plug with an above ground test monitoring panel must be provided. a) One hose is to induce air through the test plug and into the test chamber. b) The second hose is for the purpose of monitoring the test pressure from within the enclosed pipe. 4) UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE WORKERS TO BE ALLOWED IN THE CONNECTING MANHOLES WHILE A PRESSURE TEST IS BEING CONDUCTED. 5) Add air slowly into the test section. After an internal pressure of 4.0 psi is obtained, allow internal air temperature to stabilize. 6) After stabilization period, adjust the internal air pressure to 3.5 psi, disconnect the air supply and begin timing the test. 7) Refer to Table 3.3-1 to determine the length of time (minutes) the section under test must sustain while not losing in excess of 1 psi as monitored by the test gauge. If the section of line to be tested includes more than one pipe size, calculate the test time for each size and add the test times to arrive at the total test time for the section. 8) Sections so determined to have lost 1 psi or less during the test period will have passed the leakage test. Those sections losing in excess of 1 psi during the test period will have failed the leakage test. 9) Appropriate repairs must then be completed and the line retested for acceptance. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TESTING 33 0130.13-3 TABLE 3.3-1 SANITARY SEWER AIR TEST Minimum Test Time for Various Pipe Sizes* Nominal Pipe Size, in. T (time), min/100 ft. Nominal Pipe Size, in. T (time), min/100 ft. 3 0.2 21 3.0 4 0.3 24 3.6 6 0.7 27 4.2 8 1.2 30 4.8 10 1.5 33 5.4 12 1.8 36 6.0 15 2.1 39 6.6 18 2.4 42 7.3 * The time has been established using the formulas contained in ASTM C-828, Appendix. 2. Hydrostatic Test: Exfiltration Testing (water): Sanitary sewer testing by means of exfiltration should only be considered when low pressure air testing cannot be used and only with the approval of the Engineer. a. Testing Procedure: 1) The Contractor shall furnish all equipment for testing. 2) Seal off the downstream end of the line and fill with water to a minimum head of 4 feet in a stand pipe at the high end. 3) A period of at least one hour will be allowed for absorption time before making the test. 4) A suitable meter or method of measuring the quantity of water used is necessary. 5) The allowable water loss for sanitary sewers shall not exceed 0.158 gallons per hour per 100 feet of pipe per inch of diameter of pipe under a minimum test head of 4 feet above the top of the pipe at the upper end. D. Deflection Test for HDPE and PVC Pipe: 1. In addition to the tests prescribed above, the Contractor shall perform a deflection test on the system as directed by the Engineer. Any part of the installation which shows deflection in excess of 5% of the nominal inside diameter per Section 738 for HDPE pipe or in excess of 5% of the average inside diameter per ASTM D3034 for PVC pipe, shall be corrected. 2. After acceptance by prior to the termination of the warranty period, the Contracting Agency may test the long term deflection of the sewer. If the Contracting Agency determines that the deflection has exceeded 7 ½ % of the average inside diameter, that portion of the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no cost to the Contracting Agency. 3.03 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF MANHOLES – See Section 33 0505.31 A. General: All sewer manholes shall be hydrostatically tested for leakage after installation, but prior to being backfilled. Prior to hydrostatic testing, all manholes shall be visually inspected for leaks. All leaks or cracks shall be repaired, prior to hydrostatic testing, to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. All pipes entering the manhole shall be sealed at a point outside the manhole walls so as to include testing of the pipe/manhole joints. The manhole shall be filled with water to a level 2 inches below the top of the frame. Safety lines shall be secured to all plugs utilized. After a period of at least one hour to allow the water level to stabilize, the manhole shall be refilled and the water level shall be checked. The water level shall again be checked after a period of 4 hours. If the water level is reduced by more than ¼-inch, the leakage shall be considered excessive, the required repairs shall be made and the manhole retested. The exterior of the manhole shall be inspected during this period for visible evidence of leakage. Visible moisture, sweating or beads B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM TESTING 33 0130.13-4 of water on the exterior of the manhole shall not be considered leakage, but any water running across the surface will be considered leakage and shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER regardless of the volume of water lost. END OF SECTION 33 0130.13 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES RIM ADJUSTMENT 33 0130.86-1 SECTION 33 0130.86 - MANHOLE RIM ADJUSTMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Raising manhole frames and covers 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer information for manhole covers and riser rings construction, features, configuration, dimensions. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Manufacturer Instructions: Installation requirements, including storage and handling procedures. D. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. E. Qualifications Statements: 1. Qualifications for manufacturer and installer. 2. Manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual grade-adjusted elevation of manholes. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to District standards. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with three years' experience. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with three years' experience. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. B. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS A. Manufacturers: 1. South Bay Foundry #1900 CHP in traffic areas; Certainteed Pamrex CDPA60EHSEW with Penta lock C14 outside of traffic areas, or as approved by District. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES RIM ADJUSTMENT 33 0130.86-2 2.02 RISER RINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. Jensen Precast, Old Castle Precast, or equal B. Riser Rings: 1. Thickness of 3 Inches to 6 Inches: a. Material: Precast concrete b. Comply with ASTM C478 2. Thickness of Less than 6 Inches: a. Material: Cast iron b. Comply with AASHTO M306 3. Rubber Seal Wraps: a. Wraps and Band Widths: Comply with ASTM C877 C. As specified in Section 33 0513 – Manholes and Structures. D. Accessories: 1. Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C990 2. Bolts: Stainless steel; ASTM F593 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide shop inspection and testing of completed assembly. B. Certificate of Compliance: 1. If manufacturer is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at manufacturer's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify and locate manholes requiring grade adjustment. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Raising Manhole Frames and Covers: 1. Locate and raise manholes to grade as indicated. 2. Use flat or tapered rubber manhole rings to achieve indicated elevation for frame and cover. 3. Do not adjust elevation greater than 4 inches with rubber manhole rings. 4. Use sealant to seal joints between manhole top, rubber rings, and frame. B. Replacing Manhole Frames and Covers: 1. Locate manholes for replacement of frames and covers as indicated. 2. Deliver removed manhole frames and covers to Owner as maintenance materials. 3. Install new frames and covers for manholes as indicated. 4. Adjust new frames and covers to match finished grade as indicated. 5. Seal joints between manholes and manhole frames. C. Paving Restoration: 1. Restore bituminous paving areas as specified in Section 32 1216 - Asphalt Paving. END OF SECTION 33 0130.86 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT HYDROSTATIC TESTING 33 0505.31-1 SECTION 33 0505.31 - HYDROSTATIC TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Hydrostatic testing of pressure piping. City Standards for requirements. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit following items prior to start of testing: 1. Testing procedures 2. List of test equipment 3. Testing sequence schedule 4. Provisions for disposal of flushing and test water 5. Certification of test gage calibration B. Test and Evaluation Reports: Indicate results of piping tests. C. Qualifications Statement: 1. Qualifications for applicator 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to City Standards. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with three years' experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HYDROSTATIC TESTING A. Equipment: 1. Pressure pump 2. Pressure hose 3. Water meter 4. Test connections 5. Pressure relief valve 6. Pressure Gage: Calibrated to 0.1 psi PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping is ready for testing. B. Verify that trenches are backfilled. C. Verify that pressure piping thrust restraints have been installed. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Pressure Piping: 1. Test system according to AWWA C600 and following: a. Hydrostatically test each portion of pressure piping, including valved section, at 1.5 times working pressure of piping, based on elevation of lowest point in piping corrected to elevation of test gage. b. Conduct hydrostatic testing for at least two hours. c. Slowly fill with water portion of piping to be tested, expelling air from piping at high points. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT HYDROSTATIC TESTING 33 0505.31-2 d. Install corporation cocks at high points. e. Close air vents and corporation cocks after air is expelled. f. Raise pressure to specified test pressure. g. Observe joints, fittings, and valves undergoing testing. h. Remove and renew cracked pipes, joints, fittings, and valves that show visible leakage. i. Retest. j. Correct visible deficiencies and continue testing at same test pressure for additional two hours to determine leakage rate. k. Maintain pressure within plus or minus 5.0 psi of test pressure. l. Leakage is defined as quantity of water supplied to piping necessary to maintain test pressure during period of testing. m. Compute maximum allowable leakage using following formula: 1) L = [SxDx√P]/C. 2) L = testing allowance, gph. 3) S = length of pipe tested, feet. 4) D = nominal diameter of pipe, inches. 5) P = average test pressure during hydrostatic testing, psig. 6) C = 148,000. 7) If pipe undergoing testing contains sections of various diameters, calculate allowable leakage from sum of computed leakage for each pipe size. 2. If testing of piping indicates leakage greater than that allowed, locate source of leakage, make corrections, and retest until leakage is within acceptable limits. 3. Correct visible leaks regardless of quantity of leakage. END OF SECTION 33 0505.31 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANDREL TESTING 33 0505.43-1 SECTION 33 0505.43 - MANDREL TESTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Deflection testing of plastic sewer piping. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit following items prior to start of testing: 1. Testing procedures 2. List of test equipment 3. Testing sequence schedule 4. Provisions for disposal of flushing and test water 5. Certification of test gage calibration 6. Deflection mandrel drawings and calculations B. Test and Evaluation Reports: Indicate results of piping tests PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DEFLECTION TESTING A. Equipment: 1. Properly sized rigid ball 2. Pull/retrieval ropes PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping is ready for testing. B. Verify that trenches are backfilled. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Lamping: 1. Lamp gravity piping after flushing and cleaning. 2. Perform lamping operation by shining light at one end of each pipe section between manholes. 3. Observe light at the other end. 4. Pipe not installed with uniform line and grade will be rejected. 5. Remove and reinstall rejected pipe sections. 6. Clean and lamp until pipe section is installed to uniform line and grade. B. Plugs: 1. Plug outlets, wye branches, and laterals 2. Brace plugs to resist test pressures. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Deflection Testing of Plastic Sewer Piping: 1. Perform vertical ring deflection testing on PVC and ABS sewer piping after backfilling has been in place for at least 14 days, but not longer than 1.5 months. 2. Allowable maximum deflection for installed plastic sewer pipe is no greater than five percent of original vertical internal diameter. 3. Perform deflection testing using properly sized rigid ball B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANDREL TESTING 33 0505.43-2 4. Diameter: a. Not less than 95 percent of base or average ID of pipe b. Pipe Diameter: Comply with ASTM D2122 5. Perform testing without mechanical pulling devices. 6. Locate, excavate, replace, and retest piping that exceeds allowable deflection. END OF SECTION 33 0505.43 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-1 SECTION 33 0513 - MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENT A. Precast concrete manholes for sanitary sewers and storm sewers, per the CITY Standard Design and Specifications. B. Precast concrete sanitary sewer manholes with special coating liner as indicated in Section 09 9700. C. Pile-supported concrete foundation used for unstable subgrade treatment for manhole base. 1.02 REFERENCES A. CITY Standard Design and Construction Standards and Details B. Commercial Standards: ASME B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ASTM A307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM C923 Standard Specifications for Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures and Pipes ASTM C1107 Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non- shrink) ASTM D1557 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3)) ASTM D2996 Standard Specification for Filament-Wound "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting-Resin) Pipe ASTM D2997 Standard Specification for Centrifugally Cast "Fiberglass" (Glass-Fiber- Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe AWWA C213 Standard for Fusion Bonded Epoxy Coating for Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines C. Soils Report: This work shall conform to the requirements of the latest Geotechnical Evaluation and/or Soils Report. D. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's data and details of following items for approval: 1. Shop drawings of manhole sections, base units and construction details, including reinforcement, jointing methods, materials and dimensions. 2. Summary of criteria used in manhole design including, as minimum, material properties, loadings, load combinations, and dimensions assumed. Include certification from manufacturer that precast manhole design is in full accordance with ASTM C478 and design criteria as established in Paragraph 2.01E of this Specification. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-2 3. Frames, grates, rings, and covers 4. Materials to be used in fabricating drop connections 5. Materials to be used for pipe connections at manhole walls 6. Materials to be used for stubs and stub plugs, if required 7. Materials and procedures for corrosion-resistant liner and coatings, if required 8. Plugs to be used for sanitary sewer hydrostatic testing 9. Manufacturer's data for pre-mix (bag) concrete, if used for channel inverts and benches C. Submit testing plan, documentation methods, and proposed schedule. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLES A. Provide manhole sections, base sections, and related components conforming to ASTM C478. Provide base riser section with integral floors, unless shown otherwise. Provide adjustment rings which are standard components of manufacturer of manhole sections. Mark date of manufacture and name or trademark of manufacturer on inside of barrel. B. Construct barrels for precast manholes from standard reinforced concrete manhole sections of diameter indicated on Drawings. Use various lengths of manhole sections in combination to provide correct height with fewest joints. Design wall sections for depth and loading conditions in Paragraph 2.01 E, with minimum thickness of 5 inches. Base section shall have minimum thickness of 12 inches under invert. C. Provide tops to support HS-20 vehicle loading, and receive cast iron frame covers. D. Where manholes larger than 48-inch diameter are indicated on Drawings, provide precast base sections with flat slab top precast sections used to transition to 48-inch diameter manhole access riser sections. Transition can be concentric or eccentric unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Locate transition to provide minimum of 7-foot head clearance from base to underside of transition unless otherwise approved by ENGINEER. E. Design Loading Criteria: Manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed, by manufacturer, to requirements of ASTM C478 for depth as shown on Drawings and to resist following loads. 1. AASHTO HS-20 vehicle loading applied to manhole cover and transmitted down to transition and base slabs 2. Unit soil weight of 120 pcf located above portions of manhole, including base slab projections 3. Lateral soil pressure based on saturated soil conditions producing an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 100 pcf 4. Internal liquid pressure based on unit weight of 63 pcf 5. Dead load of manhole sections fully supported by transition and base slabs F. Design: Manhole walls, transition slabs, cone tops, and manhole base slab shall be designed according to requirements of ASTM C478 and following: 1. Design additional reinforcing steel to transfer stresses at openings. Area of steel to be no less than shown on Drawings. 2. Wall loading conditions: a. Saturated soil pressure acting on empty manhole b. Manhole filled with liquid to a halfway depth as measured from invert to cover, with no balancing external soil pressure 3. Minimum clear distance between two wall penetrations shall be 12 inches or half diameter of smaller penetration, whichever is greater. G. Manhole Grade Rings: 1. Manhole grade rings for extensions shall be a maximum 6 inches high. Extensions will be limited to 15 inches. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-3 2. Finish grade for solid covers shall be 1/2 inch below flush in concrete or asphalt concrete paved areas, and 6 inches above finish grade in unpaved areas, except flush where gated covers are specified. 3. Grade rings shall have anchor bolt holes for bolt-down frames and covers. 4. Finish installation in accordance with City Standards. H. Eccentric Sections: Eccentric cones shall be provided for all manholes except as otherwise shown on the Drawings. Cones shall have the same wall thickness and reinforcement as the precast manhole section. I. When base is cast monolithic with portion of vertical section, extend reinforcing in vertical section into base. J. Precast Concrete Base: Suitable cutouts or holes to receive pipe and connections. Lowest edge of holes or cutouts: For water line manhole, no less than 6 inches above inside surface of floor of base. 2.02 CONCRETE A. Conform to requirements of Section 03 3000 – Cast-In -Place Concrete B. Channel Inverts: Use 5 sack premix (bag) concrete or Class A concrete for inverts not integrally formed with manhole base, with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi. C. Cement Stabilized Sand Foundation: Provide cement stabilized sand foundation under base section in lieu of foundation slab, as shown on Drawings. D. Concrete Foundation: Provide Class A concrete with minimum compressive strength of 4000 psi for concrete foundation slab under manhole base section where indicated on Drawings. 2.03 REINFORCING STEEL A. Conform to requirements of Section 03 2000 – Concrete Reinforcing. 2.04 MORTAR A. Conform to requirements of Section 04 2200. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS METALS A. Provide cast-iron frames, rings, and covers conforming to requirements of Section 33 0130.86. 2.06 DROP CONNECTIONS AND STUBS A. Provide drop connections and stubs conforming to same pipe material requirements used in main pipe, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2.07 PIPE CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLE A. Sanitary Sewer: Provide resilient connectors conforming to requirements of ASTM C 923. Use the following materials for metallic mechanical devices as defined in ASTM C923: 1. External clamps: Type 304 stainless steel 2. Internal, expandable clamps on standard manholes: Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum. 3. Internal, expandable clamps on corrosion-resistant manholes: a. Type 316 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum b. Type 304 stainless steel, 11 gauge minimum, coated with minimum 16 mil fusion- bonded epoxy conforming to AWWA C213 4. Where rigid joints between pipe and cast-in-place manhole base are specified or shown on Drawings, provide polyethylene-isoprene water-stop meeting physical property requirements of ASTM C923, such as Press-Seal WS Series, or approved equal. B. Storm Sewer Connections: Provide watertight connections in accordance with ASTM C923. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-4 C. Water Lines: 1. Where smooth exterior pipes, i.e., steel, ductile iron, or PVC pipes are connected to manhole base or barrel, seal space between pipe and manhole wall with assembly consisting of rubber gasket or links mechanically compressed to form a watertight barrier. Assemblies: Press - Wedge, Res-Seal, Thunderline Link-Seal, or approved equal. See Drawings for placement of assembly in manhole sections. 2. When connecting concrete or cement mortar coated steel pipes, or as option for connecting smooth exterior pipes to manhole base or barrel, space between pipe and manhole wall may be sealed with an assembly consisting of a stainless steel power sleeve, stainless steel take- up clamp and a rubber gasket. Take-up clamp: Minimum of 9/16 inch wide. Provide PSX positive seal gasket system by Press-Seal Gasket Corporation or approved equal. 2.08 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Provide sealing materials between precast concrete adjustment ring and manhole cover frame, Adeka Ultraseal P201, or approved equal. B. Provide approved external sealing material from Canusa Wrapid Seal manhole encapsulation system, or approved equal. C. Provide Butyl Sealant: Provide Press-Seal EZ Stick, or equal, for HDPE rings. 2.09 BACKFILL MATERIALS A. Conform to requirements of CITY Standards. 2.10 NON-SHRINK GROUT A. Provide prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non-gas-liberating, non-metallic, cement-based grout requiring only addition of water. B. Meet requirements of ASTM C 1107 and have minimum 28-day compressive strength of 6000 psi. 2.11 VENT PIPES A. Provide external vent pipes for manholes where indicated on Drawings. B. Buried Vent Pipes: Provide 3 inch or 4 inch PVC DWV pipe conforming to ASTM D 2665. Alternatively, provide FRP pipe as specified for vent outlet assembly. C. Vent Outlet Assembly: Provide vent outlet assembly as shown on Drawings, constructed of following specified materials: 1. FRP Pipe: Provide filament wound FRP conforming to ASTM D2996 or centrifugally cast FRP conforming to ASTM D2997. Seal cut ends in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Joints and Fittings: Provide epoxy bodied fittings and join pipe to fittings with epoxy adhesive 3. Flanges: Provide socket-flange fittings for epoxy adhesive bonding to pipe ends where shown on Drawings. Meet bolt pattern and dimensions for ASME B16.1, 125-pound flanges. Flange bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel or hot-dip zinc coated, conforming to ASTM A307, Class A or B. 4. Coating: Provide approved 2-component, aliphatic polyurethane coating using primer or tie coat recommended by manufacturer. Provide two or more coats to yield dry film thickness of at least 3 mils. Color shall be selected by ENGINEER from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.12 PROHIBITED MATERIALS A. Do not use brick masonry for construction of sanitary sewer manholes, including adjustment of manholes to grade. Use only specified materials listed above. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-5 2.13 MANHOLE LADDER FOR WATERLINE MANHOLES A. Manhole Ladder: Fiberglass with 300-lb rating at appropriate length; conform to requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Standards (OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor except where shown on Drawings 1. Use components, including rungs, made of fiberglass, fabricated with nylon or aluminum rivets and/or epoxy. Apply non-skid coating to ladder rungs. Mount ladder using manufacturer's recommended hardware. 2. Provide ladder as manufactured by Saf-Rail or approved equal. Locate ladder as shown on Drawings. 3. Fiberglass: Premium type polyester resin, reinforced with fiberglass; constructed to provide complete wetting of glass by resin; resistant to rot, fungi, bacterial growth and adverse effects of acids, alkalis and residential and industrial waste; yellow in color. B. Provide approved petroleum-based tape encapsulating bolts in access manhole. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that lines and grades are correct. B. Determine if subgrade, when scarified and recompacted, can be compacted to 95 percent of maximum Standard Proctor Density according to ASTM D1557 prior to placement of foundation material and base section. When proper density is not reached, moisture condition subgrade until that density is reached or treat as unstable subgrade. C. Do not build manholes in ditches, swales, or drainage paths unless approved by District and ENGINEER. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Install precast manholes to conform to locations and dimensions shown on Drawings. B. Place sanitary and storm manholes at points of change in alignment, grade, size, pipe intersections, and end of sewer unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 3.03 MANHOLE BASE SECTIONS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Place precast base on 12-inch-thick (minimum) foundation of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or concrete foundation slab. B. Unstable Subgrade Treatment: When unstable subgrade is encountered, notify ENGINEER for examination of subgrade to determine if subgrade has heaved upwards after being excavated. When heaving has not occurred, over-excavate subgrade to allow for 24-inch-thick layer of crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric as foundation material under manhole base. When there is evidence of heaving, provide pile-supported concrete foundation, as detailed on Drawings, under manhole base. 3.04 PRECAST MANHOLE SECTIONS A. Install sections, joints, and gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Install precast adjustment rings above tops of cones or flat-top sections as required to adjust finished elevation and to support manhole frame. C. Seal any lifting holes with non-shrink grout. D. Place at least two precast concrete grade rings with thickness of 12 inches or less, under casting. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-6 3.05 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT MANHOLES A. Install approved resilient connectors at each pipe entering and exiting manholes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Where smooth exterior pipes, i.e. steel, ductile iron or PVC pipes are connected to manhole base or barrel, space between pipe and manhole wall shall be sealed with an assembly consisting of rubber gaskets or links mechanically compressed to form watertight barrier. Assemblies: "Press-Wedge," "Res-Seal," "Thunderline Link-Seals," or approved equal. See Drawings for placement of assembly in manhole sections. 2. When connecting concrete or cement mortar coated steel pipes, or as an option for connecting smooth exterior pipes to manhole base or barrel, space between pipe and manhole wall may be sealed with an assembly consisting of stainless steel power sleeve, stainless steel take-up clamp and rubber gasket. Take-up clamp: Minimum of 9/16 inch wide. Provide PSX positive seal gasket system by Press-Seal Gasket Corporation or approved equal. B. Grout storm sewer connections to manhole unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Grout pipe penetration in place on both inside and outside of manhole. C. Ensure no concrete, cement stabilized sand, fill, or other rigid material is allowed to enter space between pipe and edge of wall opening at and around resilient connector on either interior or exterior of manhole. If necessary, fill space with compressible material to ensure full flexibility provided by resilient connector. D. Where new manhole is constructed on existing sewer, rigid joint pipe may be used. Install waterstop gasket around existing pipe at center of cast-in-place wall. Join ends of split waterstop material at pipe springline using an adhesive recommended and supplied by waterstop manufacturer. E. Test connection for watertight seal before backfilling. 3.06 INVERTS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Construct invert channels to provide smooth flow transition waterway with no disruption o f flow at pipe-manhole connections. Conform to following criteria: 1. Slope of invert bench: 1 inch per foot minimum; 1-1/2 inches per foot maximum 2. Depth of bench to invert: a. Pipes smaller than 15 inches: one-half of largest pipe diameter b. Pipes 15 to 24 inches: three-fourths of largest pipe diameter c. Pipes larger than 24 inches: equal to largest pipe diameter 3. Invert slope through manhole: 0.10-foot drop across manhole with smooth transition of invert through manhole, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Form invert channels with concrete if not integral with manhole base section. For direction changes of mains, construct channels tangent to mains with maximum possible radius of curvature. Provide curves for side inlets and smooth invert fillets for flow transition between pipe inverts. 3.07 DROP CONNECTIONS FOR SANITARY SEWERS A. Backfill drop assembly with crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric, cement stabilized sand, or Class A concrete to form solid mass. Extend cement stabilized sand or concrete encasement minimum of 4 inches outside bells. B. Install drop connection when sewer line enters manhole higher than 24 inches above invert of manhole. 3.08 STUBS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS A. In manholes, where future connections are indicated on Drawings, install resilient connectors and pipe stubs with approved watertight plugs. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES 33 0513-7 3.09 MANHOLE FRAME AND ADJUSTMENT RINGS A. Combine precast concrete or HDPE adjustment rings so elevation of installed casting cover matches pavement surface. Seal between concrete adjustment ring and precast top section with non-shrink grout; do not use mortar between adjustment rings. Apply latex -based bonding agent to precast concrete surfaces joined with non-shrink grout. Set cast iron frame on adjustment ring in bed of approved sealant material. Install sealant bed consisting of two beads of sealant, each bead having minimum dimensions of 1/2-inch and 1/2-inch wide. B. Wrap manhole frame and adjustment rings with external sealing material, minimum 3 inches beyond joint between ring and frame and adjustment rings and precast section. C. For manholes in unpaved areas, set top of frame minimum of 6 inches above existing ground line unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. In unpaved areas, encase manhole frame in mortar or non- shrink grout placed flush with face of manhole ring and top edge of frame. Provide rounded corner around perimeter. 3.10 BACKFILL A. Place and compact backfill materials in area of excavation surrounding manholes in accordance with requirements of Division 31. Provide embedment zone backfill material, as specified for adjacent utilities, from manhole foundation up to an elevation 12 inches over each pipe connected to manhole. Provide trench zone backfill, as specified for adjacent utilities, above embedment zone backfill. B. Where rigid joints are used for connecting existing sewers to manhole, backfill under existing sewer up to springline of pipe with Class B concrete or flowable fill. C. In unpaved areas, provide positive drainage away from manhole frame to natural grade. Provide minimum of 4 inches of topsoil. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Conduct leakage testing of sanitary sewer manholes in accordance with requirements of Division 33. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Protect manholes from damage until work has been accepted. Repair damage to manholes at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 33 0513 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT UTILITY IDENTIFICATION 33 0526-1 SECTION 33 0526 - UTILITY IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide safety signs and identification devices for all exposed piping and valves using color bands, lettering, flow direction arrows, and related permanent identification devices, and all appurtenant works, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples of all types of identification devices and signs to be used in the work. B. All submittals shall be in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer and model shall be described on the Drawings or Engineer approved equal. B. The manufacturer shall provide a 2-year warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING A. Identification of all exposed pipe shall be accomplished by color-coding with bands or painting of the pipe and by lettering as specified in Part 3, herein. Color bands shall either be painted directly upon the pipe or shall be pressure-sensitive adhesive-backed vinyl cloth or plastic tape. B. Each pipe identification shall consist of two color-coded bands, a printed label identifying the name of the pipe, and a flow arrow to indicate direction of flow in the pipe. All labels shall be preprinted on pressure-sensitive adhesive-backed vinyl cloth or plastic tape. Arrows shall be die-cut of the same type of material as the labels. Arrows and labels may be stenciled on the pipes at the discretion of the Engineer. C. Letter sizes and colors for lettering, arrows and background shall conform to ANSI A13.1. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION OF VALVES AND SHORT PIPE LENGTHS A. Identifying devices for valves and the sections of pipe that are too short to be identified with color bands, lettered labels, and arrows shall be identified with metal or plastic tags as specified herein. B. Metal tags shall be supplied with embossed lettering. Plastic tags shall be of solid black phenolic with white letters. All tags shall be designed to be attached, by chain, to the valves or short pipes. 2.03 SAFETY SIGNS A. Color, legend and layout shall conform to OSHA 1910.145 requirements. B. “DANGER” Signs: Two-inch high white letters “Danger” in red oval surrounded by a rectangular black field. Text wording 1½-inch high black capital letters on white field. C. Signs: Two-inch high yellow letters on black field. Text wording 1½-inch high black capital letters on yellow field. B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT UTILITY IDENTIFICATION 33 0526-2 D. Chemical precaution signs: 1. In accordance with ANSI Z129.1 2. 12 inches x 14 inches 3. Made to withstand most chemicals. Special ink for printing to be absorbed into sign surface. Ultraviolet inhibitors and clear face coating for resisting fading and scratching. Semi-rigid linear polyethylene. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All labels and identification tags shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, and shall be neat and uniform in appearance. All such tags or labels shall be readily visible from all normal working locations. 3.02 VALVE TAGS A. Valve tags shall be attached to the valve or structure by means of a chain. 3.03 PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. Each pipe shall be identified at intervals of 30-feet, and at least one time in each room (where applicable). Piping shall also be identified at a point approximately within 2-feet of all turns, elbows, valves and on the upstream side of all distribution fittings or branches. B. Pipe identification shall consist of 2 elements, i.e., a lettered label, and a directional label. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Application of identifying devices shall conform to the following color codes in Table in Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings, Part 3.6. END OF SECTION 33 0526 B629 LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0507-1 SECTION 40 0507 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide pipe supports, hangers, guides, and anchors, complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures and Section 01 6010 – Seismic Design Criteria. B. Shop Drawings shall include the following information: 1. Drawings of pipe supports, hangers, anchors and guides 2. Calculations for special supports and anchors for floor and wall mounted equipment over 500 pounds. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Code Compliance: All piping systems and pipe connections to equipment shall be properly anchored and supported to prevent undue deflection, vibration, dislocation due to line pressures, and stresses on piping, equipment and structures. All supports and parts thereof shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping, except as supplemented or modified in the tables within this Specification. Supports for plumbing piping shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the applicable plumbing code or local administration requirements. B. Structural Members: Wherever possible, pipes shall be supported from structural members. Where it is necessary to frame structural members between existing members, such supplementary members shall be provided. All supplementary members shall be in accordance with the requirements of the building code and the American Institute of Steel Construction. C. Pipe Hangers: Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation, allowing free expansion and contraction of the piping, and preventing excessive stress on equipment. All hangers shall have a means of vertical adjustment after erection. Hangers shall be designed to prevent becoming disengaged by any movement of the supported pipe. Hangers subject to shock or thrust imposed by the actuation of safety valves, shall incl ude hydraulic shock suppressors. All hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only. D. Hangers Subject to Horizontal Movements: At hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit such movement. Where horizontal pipe movement is greater than 1/2-inch, or where the hanger rod deflection from the vertical is greater than 4 degrees from the cold to the hot position of the pipe, the hanger rod and structural attachment shall be offset in such a manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. E. Spring-Type Hangers: Spring-type pipe hangers shall be provided for piping subject to vibration or vertical expansion and contraction, such as engine exhausts and similar piping. All spring-type hangers shall be sized to the manufacturer's printed recommendations and the loading conditions encountered. Variable spring supports shall be provided with means to limit misalignment, buckling, eccentric loading, or to prevent overstressing of the spring, and with means to indicate at all times the compression of the spring. Supports shall be capable of accommodating at least 4 times the maximum travel due to thermal expansion. F. Thermal Expansion: Wherever expansion and contraction of piping is expected, a sufficient number of expansion loops or joints shall be provided, together with the necessary rolling or sliding supports, anchors, guides, pivots, and restraints permitting the piping to expand and contract freely in directions away from the anchored points. All components shall be structurally suitable to HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0507-2 withstand all loads imposed. G. Heat Transmission: Supports, hangers, anchors, and guides shall be so designed and insulated, that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the structure or to other equipment. H. Riser Supports: Where practical, risers shall be supported on each floor with riser clamps and lugs, independent of the connected horizontal piping. I. Freestanding Piping: Free-standing pipe connections to equipment such as chemical feeders and pumps shall be firmly attached to steel frames fabricated from angles, channels, or I -beams anchored to the structure. Exterior, free-standing overhead piping shall be supported on fabricated pipe stands consisting of pipe columns anchored to concrete footings, with horizontal, welded steel angles and U-bolts or clamps securing the pipes. J. Materials of Construction: 1. General: All pipe support assemblies, including framing, hardware, and anchors, shall be steel construction, galvanized after fabrication, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Submerged Supports: All submerged piping, as well as piping, conduits, and equipment in hydraulic structures within 24 inches of the water level, shall be supported with support, assemblies, including framing, hardware, constructed of Type 304 stainless steel, unless otherwise indicated. All bolts and nuts shall be 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M, for bolts and ASTM A194, Grade 8M, for nuts. K. Point Loads: Any meters, valves, heavy equipment, and other point loads on PVC, FRP, and other plastic pipes, shall be supported on both sides, according to manufacturer's recommendations to avoid undue pipe stresses and failures. To avoid point loads, all supports on PVC, FRP, and other plastic piping shall be equipped with extra wide pipe saddles or galvanized steel shields. L. Noise Reduction: To reduce transmission of noise in piping systems, all copper tubes in buildings and structures shall be wrapped with a 2-inch wide strip of rubber fabric or similar, suitable material at each pipe support, bracket, clip, or hanger. 2.02 SUPPORT SPACING A. Supports for piping with the longitudinal axis in approximately a horizontal position shall be spaced to prevent excessive sag, bending, and shear stresses in the piping, with special consideration given where components such as flanges and valves impose concentrated loads. Pipe support spacing shall not exceed the maximum spans in the tables on the following pages. For temperatures other than ambient temperatures, or those listed, and for other piping materials or wall thicknesses, the pipe support spacing shall be modified in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. Vertical supports shall be provided to prevent the pipe from being overstressed from the combination of all loading effects. 1. Support Spacing for Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Steel Pipe: Nominal Pipe Diameter (inches) Maximum Span (feet) ½ 6 ¾ and 1 8 1¼ to 2 10 3 12 4 14 6 17 8 and 10 19 12 and 14 23 16 and 18 25 20 and Greater 30 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0507-3 2. Support Spacing for Welded Fabricated Steel Pipe: a. The support spacing shall be designed so that the stress on the pipe does not exceed 5,000 psi. Maximum deflection of pipe shall be limited to 1/360th of the span and shall be calculated by using the formula: L = (7500tD/(32t+D))1/2 where: t = Thickness (inches) D = Diameter (inches) L = Maximum span (feet) 3. Support Spacing for Ductile-Iron Pipe: Nominal Pipe Diameter (inches) Maximum Span (feet) All Diameters Two supports per pipe length or 10 feet (one of the 2 supports located at joint) 4. Support Spacing for Copper Tubing: Nominal Pipe Diameter (inches) Maximum Span (feet) ½ to 1½ 6 2 to 4 10 6 and greater 12 5. Support Spacing for Schedule 40 or 80 PVC Pipe: Nominal Pipe Diameter (inches) Maximum Span (feet) ½ 4 3/4 4 1 5 1¼ 5 1½ 5 2 6 3 7 4 8 6 10 8 11 10 12 12 13 2.03 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTS A. Stock Parts: Where not specifically indicated, designs which are generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice and use stock or production parts, shall be utilized wherever possible. Such parts shall be locally available, new, of best commercial quality, designed and rated for the intended purpose. B. Manufacturers, or Equal: 1. TOLCO Inc. 2. Bergen-Paterson Pipe Support Group., Woburn, MA; 3. Grinnell Corp. (Supply Sales Company), Cranston, RI; 4. NPS Products, Inc., Westborough, MA; 5. Power Piping Company, Pittsburgh, PA; 6. ZSI HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0507-4 2.04 COATING A. Galvanizing: Unless otherwise indicated, all fabricated pipe supports other than stainless steel or non-ferrous supports shall be blast-cleaned after fabrication and hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123 - Specifications for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. B. Other Coatings: Other than stainless steel or non-ferrous supports, all supports shall receive protective coatings in accordance with the requirements of Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: All pipe supports, hangers, brackets, anchors, guides and inserts shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and ANSI/ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. All concrete inserts for pipe hangers and supports shall be coordinated with the formwork. B. Appearance: Pipe supports and hangers shall be positioned to produce an orderly, neat piping system. All hanger rods shall be vertical, without offsets, unless noted otherwise. Hangers shall be adjusted to line up groups of pipes at the proper grade for drainage and venting, as close to ceilings or roofs as possible, without interference with other work. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Quality Control: Pipe hangers and supports shall be fabricated and installed by experienced welders and fitters, using the best welding procedures available. Fabricated supports shall be neat in appearance without sharp corners, burrs, and edges. END OF SECTION 40 0507 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0510-1 SECTION 40 0510 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide all piping systems indicated, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all piping in Division 02 and Division 40. C. The mechanical drawings define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of support, pipe size and pipe type. The mechanical drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. Details for construction shall be developed as necessary to construct all mechanical piping systems, to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide all spools, spacers, adapters, and connectors for a complete and functional system. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings shall contain the following information: 1. Drawings: Layout drawings including all necessary dimensions, details, pipe joints, fittings, specials, bolts and nuts, gaskets, valves, appurtenances, anchors, guides, and material lists. Fabrication drawings shall indicate all spool pieces, spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings and supports to accommodate the equipment and valves in a complete and functional system. C. Certifications: All necessary certificates, test reports and affidavits of compliance shall be obtained. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Extent of Work: Pipes, fittings and appurtenances shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Pipe, fittings, and appurtenances not expressly shown in the Contract Documents shall be supplied by the Contractor to provide a complete and operable system. B. Pipe Supports: Pipes shall be adequately supported, restrained and anchored in accordance with Section 40 0507 – Pipe Supports, and as indicated. C. Lining: Application, thickness and curing of pipe lining shall be in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise indicated. D. Coating: Application, thickness and curing of pipe coating shall be in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 2, unless otherwise indicated. Pipes above ground or in structures shall be field-coated in accordance with Section 09 9700 - Special Coating. E. Pressure Rating: Piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure. F. Inspection: Pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. During the fabrication of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing is in progress and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm compliance with requirements. G. Tests: Except where otherwise indicated, materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. Welds shall be tested as indicated. H. Welding Requirements: Welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified under the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code. Welding procedures shall be reviewed for longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections. I. Welder Qualifications: Welding shall be done by skilled welders and welding operators who have had adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified under COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0510-2 the provisions of ANSI/AWS D1.1 by an independent local, approved testing agency not more than 6 months prior to commencing work on the pipeline. Machines and electrodes similar t o those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests. Qualification testing of welders and materials used during testing are part of the WORK. 2.02 PIPE FLANGES A. General: Flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise indicated. Attachment of the flanges to the pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C207. Flange faces shall be perpendicular to the axis of the adjoining pipe. Flanges for miscellaneous small pipes shall be in accordance with the standards indicated for these pipes. B. Pressure Ratings: 1. 150 psi or less: Flanges shall conform to either ANSI/AWWA C207 - Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service--Sizes 4-inch. Through 144-inch, Class D, or ANSI/ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 150-lb class. 2. 150 psi to 275 psi: Flanges shall conform to either ANSI/AWWA C207 Class E or Class F, or ANSI/ASME B16.5 150-lb class. 3. 275 psi to 700 psi: Flanges shall conform to ANSI/ASME B16.5, 300-lb class. 4. Selection based on test pressure: AWWA flanges shall not be exposed to test pressures greater than 125 percent of rated capacity. For higher test pressures, the next higher rated AWWA flange or an ANSI-rated flange shall be selected. C. Blind Flanges: Blind flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C207, or as indicated for miscellaneous small pipes. D. Flange Coating: Machined faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated with a temporary rust-inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed. E. Flange Bolts: Bolts and nuts shall conform to Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. Bolts and nuts shall be installed with anti-seize per Loctite, or equal (or thread locker to be confirmed with Fire Camp Operations). Studs and bolts shall extend through the nuts a minimum of ¼-inch. All-thread studs shall be used on all valve flange connections, where space restrictions preclude the use of regular bolts. F. Insulating Flanges: Insulated flanges shall have bolt holes ¼-inch diameter greater than the bolt diameter. G. Insulating Flange Sets: Insulating flange sets shall be provided where indicated or as needed. Each insulating flange set shall consist of an insulating gasket, insulating sleeves and washers and a steel washer. Insulating sleeves and washers shall be one piece when flange bolt diameter is 1½-inch or smaller and shall be made of acetal resin. For bolt diameters larger than 1½-inch, insulating sleeves and washers shall be 2-piece and shall be made of polyethylene or phenolic material. Steel washers shall be in accordance with ASTM A 325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. Insulating gaskets shall be full-face. H. Flange Gaskets: 1. Gaskets for flanged joints used in general water and wastewater service shall be full-faced type, with material and thickness in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C207. Blind flanges shall have gaskets covering the entire inside face of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind flange. Ring gaskets shall not be permitted, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Gaskets for flanged joints used in chemicals, air, solvents, hydrocarbons, steam, chlorine and other fluids shall be made of materials compatible with the service, pressure and temperature. 2.03 THREADED INSULATING CONNECTIONS A. General: Threaded insulating bushings, unions, or couplings, as appropriate, shall be used for joining threaded pipes of dissimilar metals and for piping systems where corrosion control and cathodic protection are involved. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0510-3 B. Materials: Threaded insulating connections shall be of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene or other non-conductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to suit the service and loading conditions. 2.04 MECHANICAL-TYPE COUPLINGS (GROOVED OR BANDED PIPE) A. General: Cast mechanical-type couplings shall be provided where indicated. The couplings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. Gaskets for mechanical-type couplings shall be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized, in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations. The wall thickness of grooved piping shall conform with the coupling manufacturer's recommendations to suit the highest expected pressure. To avoid stress on equipment, equipment connections with mechanical-type couplings shall have rigid-grooved couplings or flexible type coupling with harness in sizes where rigid couplings are not available, unless thrust restraint is provided by other means. Mechanical -type couplings shall be bonded. The Subcontractor shall have the coupling manufacturer's service representative verify the correct choice and application of couplings and gaskets, and the workmanship, to assure a correct installation. To assure uniform and compatible piping components, all grooved fittings, couplings and valves shall be from the same manufacturer. 2.05 SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS A. Construction: Sleeve-type couplings shall be provided where indicated, in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C219 - Standard for Bolted Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe. Couplings shall be steel with steel bolts, without pipe stop. Couplings shall be of sizes to fit the pipe and fittings indicated. The middle ring shall be not less than ¼-inch thick or at least the same wall thickness as the pipe to which the coupling is connected. If the strength of the middle ring material is less than the strength of the pipe material, the thickness of the middle ring shall be increased to have the same strength as the pipe. The coupling shall be either 5 or 7 inches long for sizes up to and including 30 inches and 10 inches long for sizes greater than 30 inches, for standard steel couplings, and 16 inches long for long-sleeve couplings. The followers shall be single-piece contoured mill sections welded and cold-expanded as required for the middle rings, and of sufficient strength to accommodate the number of bolts necessary to obtain adequate gasket pressures without excessive rolling. The shape of the follower shall be of such design as to provide positive confinement of the gasket. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. Buried sleeve-type couplings shall be epoxy-coated at the factory as indicated. B. Pipe Preparation: Where indicated, the ends of the pipe shall be prepared for flexible steel couplings. Plain ends for use with couplings shall be smooth and round for a distance of 12 inches from the ends of the pipe, with outside diameter not more than 1/64-inch smaller than the nominal outside diameter of the pipe. The middle ring shall be tested by cold-expanding a minimum of one percent beyond the yield point, to proof-test the weld to the strength of the parent metal. The weld of the middle ring shall be subjected to air test for porosity. C. Gaskets: 1. Gaskets for sleeve-type couplings shall be rubber-compound material that will not deteriorate from age or exposure to air under normal storage or use conditions. Gaskets for wastewater and sewerage applications shall be Buna "N," Grade 60, or equivalent suitable elastomer. The rubber in the gasket shall meet the following specifications: a. Color - Jet Black b. Surface - Non-blooming c. Durometer Hardness - 74 plus and minus 5 d. Tensile Strength - 1000 psi Minimum e. Elongation - 175 percent Minimum 2. The gaskets shall be immune to attack by impurities normally found in water or wastewater. All gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 2000 - Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive Applications, AA709Z, meeting Suffix B13 Grade 3, except as noted above. Where sleeve couplings are used in water containing chloramine or other fluids, which COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0510-4 attack rubber materials, gasket material shall be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized. D. Insulating Couplings: Where insulating couplings are required, both ends of the coupling shall have a wedge-shaped gasket which assembles over a rubber sleeve of an insulating compound in order to obtain insulation of all coupling metal parts from the pipe. E. Restrained Joints: Sleeve-type couplings on pressure lines shall be harnessed unless thrust restraint is provided by other means. Harnesses shall be designed by the pipe manufacturer in accordance with AWWA Manual M11, or as indicated. Harness sets shall be designed for the maximum test pressure of the pipe in which they are installed. Where harness sets are installed near the suction and discharge of the pump, harness bolts shall have zero elongation to prevent misalignment of the pump imparted by the thrust within the piping system. 2.06 DISMANTLING JOINTS A. General: Dismantling joints shall be provided where indicated, and provide up to 5” of longitudinal adjustment and up to 2 degrees of misalignment in flanged piping systems. The flange spool shall meet the requirements of AWWA Class D Ring Flange, compatible with ANSI Class 125 and 150 bolt circles. The end and body ring shall meet the requirements of ASTM A536 ductile iron meeting or exceeding Grade 65-45-12 for 3” to 12” sizes and ASTM A36 Carbon Steel with AWWA C207 Class D flanges for 14” to 72” sizes. Dismantling joints shall be provided with gaskets compounded for water and sewer service in accordance with ASTM D2000. Dismantling joints shall have a fusion bonded epoxy coating. Bolts and nuts (including tie-rods) shall conform to the requirements of Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. Dismantling joints shall be per Romac Industries, or approved equal. 2.07 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Piping subject to expansion and contraction shall be provided with sufficient means to compensate for such movement without exertion of undue forces to equipment or structures. This may be accomplished with expansion loops, bellow-type expansion joints or sliding-type expansion joints. Expansion joints shall be of stainless steel, rubber, or other materials best suited for each individual service. 2.08 PIPE THREADS A. Pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch), and be made up with Teflon tape or chemical sealant unless otherwise indicated. 2.09 PIPE INSULATION A. Pipe thermal insulation for exterior freeze protection shall be self-sealing, flexible, tubular polyolefin/ polyethylene foam insulation. The insulation shall have a low thermal conductivity (not to exceed 0.04 W/mK) and shall have a service temperature range between -330°F and 120°F. Minimum thickness shall be 1-inch. Insulation shall be acceptable for use with heat tracing/ heat tape. B. Where called out in the Contract Documents, heat tape shall be provided for freeze protection. Heat tape shall be wrap-type cable with built-in thermostat for automatic heat control and energy efficiency. It shall be used in conjunction with foam insulation. The low wattage design shall utilize a 120-volt power with outlet plug. Heat tape shall be manufactured by Wrap-On Co., Inc or approved equal. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0510-5 C. Where called out in the Contract Documents, Pipe insulation for personnel protection against high temperature shall be provided. Protective insulation shall be fiber glass bonded with a thermosetting resin with a jacket designed to protect personnel again accidental contact with hot pipes. The insulation shall be designed to be used on systems operating up to 1000°F. Minimum thickness shall be 1-inch. 2.10 GENERAL A. Pipes, fittings and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2 and Division 40. B. Lined Piping Systems: The lining manufacturer shall take full responsibility for the complete, final product and its application. Pipe ends and joints of lined pipes at screwed flanges shall be epoxy-coated to assure continuous protection. C. Core Drilling: Where core drilling is required for pipes passing through existing concrete, core drilling locations shall be determined by radiograph of concrete construction to avoid damage to embedded raceways and reinforcing bars. D. Cleanup: After completion of the WORK, cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and other scattered debris shall be removed from the Site. The entire piping system shall be handed over in a clean and functional condition. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE A. Piping shall be installed in accordance with the respective piping material Sections within Division 02 and Division 40. END OF SECTION 40 0513 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-1 SECTION 40 0523 - STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish all materials, tools, equipment, transportation, labor, supervision and incidentals required to supply, store, install, clean, and test the shop fabricated stainless steel pipe & fittings as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. B. The requirements of Section 40 0510 – Common Work Results for Process Piping apply to the WORK of this Section. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. All shop fabricated stainless steel pipe and fitting shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture and fabrication of the items to be furnished. The pipe and fittings shall be shop fabricated and field installed in accordance with common industry wide practices and methods and shall comply with these specifications. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for review and approval piping layouts, schedules, shop fabrication drawings, specifications, catalog cuts and other data necessary to show conformance of the complete piping systems to the specifications. The submittal shall include dimensions, fittings, locations of equipment, valves, and appurtenances, joint locations and details, types and locations of supports, coordination with all other work and existing conditions, and all other pertinent technical specifications for the piping systems to be furnished. B. Shop fabrication drawings shall show alloys, diameters, pipe wall thicknesses, flanges and other joint preparation details, finishing details, dimensions, fittings and other appurtenances to be supplied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe shall be manufactured from ASTM-A240 annealed and pickled sheets and plates in accordance with ASTM A778 in type (304L and 316L) stainless steel. Pipe shall be manufactured to nominal pipe sizes as listed in ANSI B36.19, and shall have the following nominal wall thicknesses. 304L stainless is required for all project stainless piping, with the exception of the permeate piping upstream of the permeate pump, and the stainless piping above the chlorine contact basin as depicted in M8.4, which shall be 316L stainless. Rolled grooved ends will be acceptable. *See Table Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 1/8 0.405 . STD XS . 40 80 10S 40S 80S .049 .068 .095 .307 .269 .215 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-2 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 1/4 0.540 . STD XS . 40 80 10S 40S 80S .065 .088 .119 .410 .364 .302 3/8 0.675 . STD XS . 40 80 10S 40S 80S .065 .091 .126 .545 .493 .423 1/2 0.840 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .065 .083 .109 .147 .187 .294 .710 .674 .622 .546 .466 .252 3/4 1.050 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .065 .083 .113 .154 .219 .308 .920 .884 .824 .742 .612 .434 1 1.315 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .065 .109 .133 .179 .250 .358 1.185 1.097 1.049 .957 .815 .599 1 1/4 1.660 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .065 .109 .140 .191 .250 .382 1.530 1.442 1.380 1.278 1.160 .896 1 1/2 1.900 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .065 .109 .145 .200 .281 .400 1.770 1.682 1.610 1.500 1.338 1.100 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-3 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 2 2.375 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .065 .109 .154 .218 .344 .436 2.245 2.157 2.067 1.939 1.687 1.503 2 1/2 2.875 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .083 .120 .203 .276 .375 .552 2.709 2.635 2.469 2.323 2.125 1.771 3 3.500 . . STD XS . XXS . . 40 80 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . .083 .120 .216 .300 .438 .600 3.334 3.260 3.068 2.900 2.624 2.300 3 1/2 4.000 . . STD XS . . 40 80 5S 10S 40S 80S .083 .120 .226 .318 3.834 3.760 3.548 3.364 4 4.500 . . STD XS . . XXS . . 40 80 120 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . . .083 .120 .237 .337 .438 .531 .674 4.334 4.260 4.026 3.826 3.624 3.438 3.152 5 5.563 . . STD XS . . XXS . . 40 80 120 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . . .109 .134 .258 .375 .500 .625 .750 5.345 5.295 5.047 4.813 4.563 4.313 4.063 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-4 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 6 6.625 . . STD XS . . XXS . . 40 80 120 160 . 5S 10S 40S 80S . . . .109 .134 .280 .432 .562 .718 .864 6.407 6.357 6.065 5.761 5.501 5.187 4.897 8 8.625 . . . . STD . XS . . . XXS . . . 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 . 160 5S 10S . . 40S . 80S . . . . . .109 .148 .250 .277 .322 .406 .500 .594 .719 .812 .875 .906 8.407 8.329 8.125 8.071 7.981 7.813 7.625 7.437 7.187 7.001 6.875 6.813 10 10.750 . . . . STD XS . . . . . . . 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . 40S 80S . . . . . .134 .165 .250 .307 .365 .500 .594 .719 .844 1.000 1.125 10.482 10.420 10.250 10.136 10.020 9.750 9.562 9.312 9.062 8.750 8.500 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-5 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 12 12.75 . . . . STD . XS . . . . . . . . 20 30 . 40 . 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . 40S . 80S . . . . . . .156 .180 .250 .330 .375 .406 .500 .562 .688 .844 1.000 1.125 1.312 12.438 12.390 12.250 12.090 12.000 11.938 11.750 11.626 11.374 11.062 10.750 10.500 10.126 14 14.00 . . . . STD . XS . . . . . .. . . 10 20 30 40 . 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . . . . . . . . . . 156 .188 .250 .312 .375 .438 .500 .594 .750 .938 1.094 1.250 1.406 13.688 13.624 13.500 13.376 13.250 13.124 13.000 12.812 12.500 12.124 11.812 11.500 11.188 16 16.00 . . . . STD XS . . . . . . . . 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . . . . . . . . . .165 .188 .250 .312 .375 .500 .656 .844 1.031 1.219 1.438 1.594 15.670 15.624 15.500 15.376 15.250 15.000 14.688 14.312 13.938 13.562 13.124 12.812 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-6 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 18 18.00 . . . . STD . XS . . . . . . . . . 10 20 . 30 . 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 .188 .250 .312 .375 .438 .500 .562 .750 .938 1.156 1.375 1.562 1.781 17.670 17.624 17.500 17.376 17.250 17.124 17.000 16.876 16.500 16.124 15.688 15.250 14.876 14.438 20 20.00 . . . STD XS . . . . . . . . . 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . . . . . . . . . .188 .218 .250 .375 .500 .594 .812 1.031 1.281 1.500 1.750 1.969 19.624 19.564 19.500 19.250 19.000 18.812 18.376 17.938 17.438 17.000 16.500 16.062 22 22.00 . . . STD XS . . . . . . . . 10 20 30 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . . . . . . . . .188 .218 .250 .375 .500 .875 1.125 1.375 1.625 1.875 2.125 21.624 21.564 21.500 21.250 21.000 20.250 19.75 19.25 18.75 18.25 17.75 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-7 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 24 24.00 . . STD XS . . . . . . . . . 10 20 . 30 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5S 10S . . . . . . . . . . .218 .250 .375 .500 .562 .688 .969 1.219 1.531 1.812 2.062 2.344 23.564 23.500 23.250 23.000 22.876 22.624 22.062 21.562 20.938 20.376 19.876 19.312 26 26.00 . STD XS 10 . 20 . . . .312 .375 .500 25.376 25.250 25.000 28 28.00 . STD XS . 10 . 20 30 . . . . .312 .375 .500 .625 27.376 27.250 27.000 26.750 30 30.00 . . STD XS . . 10 . 20 30 5S 10S . . . .250 .312 .375 .500 .625 29.500 29.376 29.250 29.000 28.750 32 32.00 . STD XS . . 10 . 20 30 40 . . . . . .312 .375 .500 .625 .688 31.376 31.250 31.000 30.750 30.624 34 34.00 . STD XS . . 10 . 20 30 40 . . . . . .344 .375 .500 .625 .688 33.312 33.250 33.000 32.750 32.624 STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-8 Pipe Size (inches) Outside Diameter (inches) Identification Wall Thickness - t - (inches) Inside Diameter - d - (inches) Steel Stainless Steel Schedule No. Iron Pipe Size Schedule No. 36 36.00 . STD XS . . 10 . 20 30 40 . . . . . .312 .375 .500 .625 .750 35.376 35.250 35.000 34.750 34.500 42 42.00 STD XS . . . 20 30 40 . . . . .375 .500 .625 .750 41.250 41.000 40.720 40.500 • Standard wall - STD • Extra strong wall - XS • Double extra strong wall - XXS B. Fittings shall be butt weld type manufactured in accordance with ASTM-A-774 of the same raw material and in the same thicknesses as the pipe. Long radius elbows up to 24 inches diameter shall be smooth flow; i.e., centerline to end of elbow equals 1.5 times the nominal pipe size. All short radius, special radius, and reducing elbows and long radius elbows greater than 24 inches diameter shall be of mitered construction with at least five (5) miter sections for 90 degree bends, three (3) mitered sections for 45 to 60 degree bends, and two (2) mitered sections for 30 degree and smaller bends. Reducers shall be straight tapered, cone type. Tees, crosses, laterals and wyes shall be shop fabricated from pipe. C. The finish on the raw material, manufactured to ASTM A240 will be No. 1, HRAP (hot rolled annealed and pickled) or better. The finish on the completed pipe and fittings shall be as specified in ASTM A778 and A774, respectively. See PART 3 of this specification for pickling and passivation requirements on piping fabrications. 2.02 FLANGES A. Flanged pipe ends shall be made up of type (304L or 316L) stainless steel slip-on type rolled angle face rings drilled to ANSI 16.1 class 125 standard. The angle face ring thickness shall be equal to or greater than the wall of the pipe or fitting to which it is welded and it shall be continuously welded on both sides to the pipe or fitting. The angle leg shall not interfere with the flange bolt holes. 2.03 COUPLINGS A. The piping will be shop prepared for pipe couplings where shown on the drawings or specified herein. 1. Sleeve type couplings shall be of standard steel construction. Pipe shall be plain end with external weld beads ground smooth to insure proper gasket seating. For pressure pipe lines, sleeve coupling joints will be restrained by the use of harness rods connecting across the joint to flange lugs on adjacent flange joints. Where no adjacent flange joints exist, stainless steel harness lugs shall be welded to the pipe to receive the harness rods. All sleeve couplings, flange lugs, harness rods and hardware shall be provided. STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-9 2. Arched band type couplings shall be stainless steel of equal of superior alloy and wall thickness as the pipe and will be Depend-O-Lok type as manufactured by Brico or equal. Couplings will be Fixed – FxF, Expansion – ExE, of Fixed by Expansion – FxE as noted on the drawings or as required. The pipe shall be plain end with external weld beads ground smooth and with S.S. restraining rings shop welded to the piping for fixed type couplings. 3. Split type couplings shall be malleable iron or ductile iron. Gaskets shall be suitable for the service conditions. The pipe ends shall be roll grooved to the coupling manufacturers specifications. Where roll grooving is impractical, the pipe shall have heavy wall machine grooved pipe nipples or machined ring collars fully welded to the pipe or fitting. Nipples shall be taper or bored to the I.D. of the adjoining pipe to allow full weld penetration. Collars shall be welded on both sides to the piping. 4. Expansion couplings shall be the flanged rubber arch type. Pipe flanges shall be provided for these couplings where shown on the drawing. 2.04 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded pipe, gauge or instrument connections shall be made using stainless steel 150-pound threaded half couplings conforming to ASTM A182 or ASTM A276, shop welded to the pipe at the locations shown on the drawings. 2.05 JOINTS A. Flanges shall be provided as a minimum at all flanged valves, meters, couplings, and other equipment. Couplings will be provided as shown on the drawings. B. Pipe and fitting spools shall be shop fabricated to the fullest extent possible in 40’0” maximum lengths with 7’6” maximum widths for efficient commercial transport to the project site. Spools with fitting may exceed 40 ft so long as length allows commercial transport. Smaller pipe spools shall be provided with joints as shown on the drawings for special handling, installation and/or disassembly requirements. C. All other joints required for shipping, handling and installation of the piping spools shall be (filed welds, flange joints, sleeve couplings, band couplings, or split couplings.) 2.06 BOLTING A. The CONTRACTOR shall supply and install flange bolting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 – GENERAL A. Welding of pipe spools shall be performed using welders and procedures qualified in accordance with ASME Section IX. Piping with wall thicknesses up to and including 11 gauge (0.125”) shall be welded with the TIG (GTAW) process. Heavier walls shall be beveled according to procedure, root pas welded with TIG (GTAW), and have subsequent weld passes performed using the TIG (GTAW), or Metallic Arc (SMAW) process. Filler metal of equal or superior ELC grades only shall be added to all welds to provide a cross section at the weld equal to or greater than the parent metal. Weld deposit shall be smooth and evenly distributed, weld reinforcement shall be as follows: Wall Thickness Weld Reinforcement (Max) I.D. O.D. Up to 12 Ga. (0.109”) 1/16” 3/32” 11 Ga. (0.125”) to 3.16” PI. 3/32” 1/8” 1/4” Plate & Larger 1/8” 3/16” Concavity, undercut, cracks or crevices shall not be allowed. Butt welds shall have full penetration to the interior surface, and inert argon gas shielding shall be provided to the interior and exterior of the joint. Angle face rings shall be continuously welded on both sides to pipe or fitting. Exterior welds, such as the back side of face rings or flanges and structural attachments, may be welded by STAINLESS STEEL PROCESS PIPE AND TUBING 40 0523-10 the MIG (GMAW) or Metallic Arc (SMAW) process; however, care must be taken to avoid melting through to the interior surface on very light walls. Excessive weld deposits, slag, splatter and projections shall be removed by grinding. Welds on gasket surfaces shall be ground smooth. B. Spools shall be fabricated to the “Pipe Fabrication Institute” fabricating tolerances ES-3 (1981). C. After shop fabrication into pipe spools, exterior welds shall be manually scrubbed or brushed win non-metallic pads or stainless steel wire brushes to remove weld discoloration, rinsed with clean water and allowed to air dry. The finish on the completed piping shall have a glass bead blasted surface, surface preparation SSPC-SP5/NACE-1. Pickle and passivate by complete immersion (15 minutes minimum) in a citric acid or nitric acid, based solution, heated to the correct temperature. Material to be rinsed in a neutralizing bath and air dried. Use of stainless steel pipe/fittings received Full Immersion Pickling and Passivation at the time of manufacturer, followed by field cleaning weld effected areas with “Wonder Gel” (or equal) on the O.D. and I.D., per the manufacturer’s listed procedure, is acceptable. D. All fabricated piping shall have openings plugged and flanges secured for storage and/or transport after fabrication. All fabricated piping shall be piece marked with identifying number or codes which correspond to the layout and installation drawings. The marks will be located on the spools at opposite ends and 180 degrees apart. E. Use extreme care to avoid the contact of any ferrous materials with the stainless steel piping. All saws, drills, files, wire brushes, etc. shall be uses for stainless steel piping only. Pipe storage and fabrication racks shall be non-ferrous or stainless steel or rubber lined. Nylon slings or straps or ally chains or cable shall be used for handling stainless steel piping. After installation, wash and rinse all foreign matter from the piping surface. If rusting of embedded iron occurs, pickle the affected surface with Oakite Deoxidizer SS, Wonder Gel, or equal, scrub with stainless steel brushes and rinse clean. F. Supply and install the stainless steel piping with a consistently clean surface. After installation, identifying spool piece marks shall be removed with paint thinner or solvents and the entire stainless steel surface shall be washed with detergent and rinsed clean. Final marking of the pipeline will be in accordance with Section 40 0553 – Identification for Process Piping. G. After installation, the piping system shall be tested according to Section 40 0513 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. END OF SECTION 40 0523 PLASTIC PROCESS PIPING 40 0530-1 SECTION 40 0530 - PLASTIC PROCESS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish and install polyvinyl chloride, chlorinated polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and polypropylene pipe and fittings in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 PIPE DESIGNATIONS: A. The following plastic pipe designations are defined: Designation Definition PVC Polyvinyl Chloride CPVC Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride PE Polyethylene PP Polypropylene 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECFIED ELSEWHERE A. Related Sections: 1. Dvision 31 – Earthwork 2. Section 40 0507 – Pipe Supports 3. Section 40 0513 – Common Work Results for Process Piping 4. Section 40 0560 – Common Work Results for Process Valves 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittals Procedures. B. Submit materials list and catalogue data sheets naming each product to be used identified by manufacturer and type number. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE REFERENCES A. This section contains references to some or all of the following documents, most recent edition. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail. Reference Title ASTM D1248 Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials ASTM D1784 Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 ASTM D2241 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR series) ASTM D2464 Threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D2466 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM D2467 Socket-Type Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D2564 Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3034 Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM D4101 Propylene Plastic Injection and Extrusion Materials ASTM F402 Practice for Safe Handling of Solvent Cements and Primers used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM F437 Threaded Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 PLASTIC PROCESS PIPING 40 0530-2 Reference Title ASTM F438 Socket-Type Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM F439 Socket-Type Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM F441 Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 ASTM F477 Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F493 Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PVC PIPE A. General: PVC materials for pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D1784, Cell Classification 12454-B. Pipe and fitting materials shall be specially formulated with sufficient UV protection additives to provide for long term outdoor exposure with no deleterious effects. Flanges shall be one-piece solid design or two-part van stone type which utilize the tapered, serrated face and full- face gasket technique for joining and are compatible with ANSIN16.5 Class 150 metal flanges. Unions shall be the O-ring type having interchangeable components with true union valves for maximum system versatility. B. Schedule 40, 80, and 120: Pipe in accordance with ASTM D1785. Schedule 80 PVC socket type fittings shall conform to ASTM D2467. Schedule 40 PVC fittings shall conform to ASTM D2466. PVC solvent weld cement for socket connections shall meet the requirement of ASTM D2564/ Schedule 80 PVC threaded fittings shall conform to ASTM D2464. 2.02 POLYETHYLENE PIPE A. Pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3350, NSF14/61, and AWWA C901/C906. 2.03 POLYETHYLENE TUBING A. Polyethylene tubing shall be extruded from high molecular weight resins and conform with ASTM D-148 Type 1, Class A, Category 4, Grade E5. Stress crack resistance shall be per ASTM D-1693. Tubing shall have a minimum working pressure of 120 psi. Fittings shall be polyethylene construction, same type as for polypropylene. All connections shall be leak proof. 2.04 POLYPROPYLENE TUBING A. Polypropylene tubing shall be formulated of polypropylene conforming to ASTM D4101. Tubing shall have a working pressure of 300 psi. Fittings shall be FAST and TITE polypropylene fittings with SST grab ring and Viton O-rings. PVC insert fittings and SST hose clamps may only be used as approved by the Engineer. All connections shall be leak proof. 2.05 BRAIDED VINYL TUBING A. Install clear braided vinyl tubing for diluted polymer solution. A synthetic fiber braid shall be sandwiched between two layers of plasticized PVC. The nominal inside diameter shall be one (1) inch, wall thickness 5/32”. Tubing shall be rated for a rated working pressure of 140 psi. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE AND FITTINGS A. General: In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and Section 40 0513 – Common Work Results for Process Piping, whichever is more stringent. B. Pipe and fittings shall be of the sizes indicated. Clean pipe interior of all foreign matter before installing. Pipe shall be square cut with fine tooth saw or other cutter or knife designed for use with plastic pipe. Remove burrs by smoothing edges with a knife, file, or sandpaper. Replace any section of pipe found to be defective or damaged with new acceptable pipe. Handle pipe carefully PLASTIC PROCESS PIPING 40 0530-3 to prevent gouging or scratching. Any length of pipe has a gouge, scratch, or other permanent indentation more than 10 percent of the wall thickness in depth shall be rejected. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF SOLVENT WELD JOINT TYPE PIPE A. In accordance with the recommendations of the pipe manufacturer and the following supplementary requirements: 1. Do not solvent weld joints if it is raining, if atmospheric temperature is below 40 degrees F or above 90 degrees F, if the pipe is exposed to direct sunlight. 2. Test fit dry pipe and fittings before applying cement. Pipe should enter socket without forcing at least one-third but not more than two-thirds the depth of socket. Fittings that are looser or tighter shall not be used. Thoroughly clean and dry the pipe end and socket of fitting with methyl, ethyl, ketone, acetone, or similar cleaner. Apply cement evenly to outside surface and end of pipe and inside surface of socket. Avoid excess application of cement but insure complete coverage of all bonding surfaces. Mark depth of socket on pipe to guide application of cement and insure full insertion of pipe. Insert pipe in socket, twisting pipe or fitting approximately ½ turn as pipe is being seated in socket. Make sure pipe is fully seated providing a bond between end of pipe and shoulder of socket. Immediately wipe excess cement from pipe leaving no more than a 1/8-inch fillet at fitting end. Hold assembled joint in place for approximately 15 seconds and allow to set for 30 minutes before moving. Avoid rough handling for 48 hours. Longer periods may be required in cold or wet weather. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF TUBING A. Carefully slip tubing inside of PVC conduits without kinking or damaging the tubing. Tubing shall be continuous between boxes and equipment. No joints shall be allowed in conduits. Tubing shall be tested as specified in Section 40 0513 – Common Work Results for Process Piping for 72 hours with no visible leaks. 3.04 TESTING A. In accordance with Section 33 0110.58 – Disinfection of Water Utility Piping Systems and Section 40 0510 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. END OF SECTION 40 0530 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES 40 0551-1 SECTION 40 0551 - COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish and install all valves, actuators, and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. This Section shall apply to valves, actuators, and appurtenances to be provided by process equipment vendors as part of process systems or equipment. The vendor shall indicate any deviations from the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 46 0000 – Water and Wastewater Equipment, apply to the WORK of this Section. C. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and valve actuators except where otherwise indicated. Valves and actuators in particular locations may require a combination of units, sensors, limit switches, and controls indicated in other Sections of the Specifications. D. Where a valve is to be supported by means other than the piping to which it is attached, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the valve manufacturer a design for support and foundation that satisfies the criteria in Section 46 0000. The design, including drawings and calculations sealed by an engineer, shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings. When the design is approved, the support shall be provided. E. Unit Responsibility: A single manufacturer shall be made responsible for coordination of design, assembly, testing, and furnishing of each valve; however, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for compliance with the requirements of each valve section. Unless indicated otherwise, the responsible manufacturer shall be the manufacturer of the valve. F. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valves of the same type and size are required, the valves shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information: 1. Valve name, size, CV factor, pressure rating and identification number (if any). 2. Complete information on valve actuator, including size, Manufacturer, model number, limit switches, and mounting. 3. Cavitation limits for all control valves. 4. Assembly drawings showing part nomenclature, materials, dimensions, weights, and relationships of valve handles, handwheels, position indicators, limit switches, integral control systems, needle valves, and control systems. C. Technical Manual: The Technical Manual shall contain the required information for each valve. D. Spare Parts List: A Spare Parts List shall contain the required information for each valve assembly, where indicated. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valve manufacturer and model shall be as described in the Drawings or Engineer approved equal. 1.04 SPARE PARTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the required spare parts suitably packaged and labeled with the valve name, location, and identification number. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for the spare parts of each valve. Spare parts are intended for use by the OWNER after expiration of the correction of defects period. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES 40 0551-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. General: Valves and gates shall be new and of current manufacture. Shut-off valves 6-inches and larger shall have actuators with position indicators. Buried valves shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing position indicators and valve extensions. Manual shut -off valves mounted higher than 7-feet above working level shall be provided with chain actuators. Valves with no clear way to determine position shall be provided with position indicators. Stem extensions shall be provided on valves where operation of the valve cannot be easily accomplished from ground level. B. Valve Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, valve actuators shall be i n accordance with Section 40 9213 – Primary Control Valves and Section 40 9243 – Rotary Actuators. C. Valve Labeling: A label shall be provided on all shut-off valves and control valves except for hose bibs. The label shall be of 1/16-inch plastic or steel, minimum 2 inches by 4 inches in size, as indicated in Section 33 0526 – Utility Identification, and shall by permanently attached to the valve or on the wall adjacent to the valve as directed by the ENGINEER. D. Valve Testing: As a minimum, unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the ENGINEER, valves 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be tested in accordance with manufacturer's standard and 4 inches in diameter and larger shall be factory tested as follows: 1. Hydrostatic Testing: Valve bodies shall be subjected to internal hydrostatic pressure equivalent to twice the water rated pressure of the valve. Metallic valves rating pressures shall be at 100 degrees F and plastic valves shall be 73 degrees, or at higher temperature according to type of material. During the hydrostatic test, there shall be no leakage through the valve body, end joints, or shaft seals, nor shall any part of the valve be permanently deformed. The duration shall be sufficient time to allow visual examination for leakage. Test duration shall be at least 10 minutes. 2. Seat Testing: Valves shall be tested for leaks in the closed position with the pressure differential across the seat equal to the water rated pressure of the valve. The duration of test shall be sufficient time to allow visual examination for leakage. Test duration shall be at least 10 minutes. Leakage past the closed valve shall not exceed 1 fluid ounce per hour per inch diameter for metal seated valves and drop-tight for resilient seated valves. 3. Performance Testing: All valves shall be shop operated from fully closed to fully open position and reverse under no-flow conditions in order to demonstrate the valve assembly operates properly. E. Valve Marking: Valve bodies shall be permanently marked in accordance with MSS SP25 - Standard Marking Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General: Materials shall be suitable for the intended application. Materials not indicated shall be high-grade standard commercial quality, free from defects and imperfections that might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended. Unless otherwise indicated, valve and actuator bodies shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Cast Iron: Close-grained gray cast iron, conforming to ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings, Class 30, or to ASTM A126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. 2. Ductile Iron: ASTM A536 - Ductile Iron Castings, or to ASTM A395 - Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures. 3. Steel: ASTM A216 - Steel Castings, Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High- Temperature Service, or to ASTM A515 - Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service. 4. Bronze: ASTM B62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings, and valve stems not subject to dezincification shall conform to ASTM B584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES 40 0551-3 5. Stainless Steel: Stainless steel valve and operator bodies and trim shall conform to ASTM A351 - Steel Castings, Austenitic, for High-Temperature Service, Grade CF8M, or shall be Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 6. PVC: Poly Vinyl Chloride materials for valve body, flanges, and cover shall conform to Cell Classification 12454. 7. CPVC: Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride materials for valve body, flanges, and cover shall conform to Cell Classification 23447. 8. NSF Standard 14 and 61: All materials shall be listed for use in contact with potable water, where applicable. F. Bodies: Valve bodies shall be cast, molded (in the case of plastic valves), forged, or welded of the materials indicated, with smooth interior passages. Wall thicknesses shall be uniform in agreement with the applicable standards for each type of valve, without casting defects, pinholes, or other defects that could weaken the body. Welds on welded bodies shall be done by certified welders and shall be ground smooth. Valve ends shall be as indicated, and be rated for the maximum temperature and pressure to which the valve will be subjected. G. Bonnets: Valve bonnets shall be clamped, screwed, or flanged to the body and shall be of the same material, temperature, and pressure rating as the body. The bonnets shall have provision for the stem seal with the necessary glands, packing nuts, or yokes. Below grade valves with above grade worm gear drives/handwheels or electric actuators shall include extended bonnets for mating up to the worm gear drives/handwheel or electric actuators. H. Stems: Valve stems shall be of the materials indicated, or, if not indicated, of the best commercial material for the specific service, with variable stem packing, O -rings, Chevron V-type packing, or other suitable seal. Where subject to dezincification, bronze valve stems shall conform to ASTM B62, containing not more than 5 percent of zinc or more than 2 percent of aluminum, with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 14,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10 percent in 2 inches. Where dezincification is not a problem, bronze conforming to ASTM B584 may be used, except that zinc content shall not exceed 16 percent. I. Stem Guides: Stem guides shall be provided, spaced 10-feet on centers unless the manufacturer can demonstrate by calculation that a different spacing is acceptable. Submerged stem guides shall be 304 stainless steel. J. Internal Parts: Internal parts and valve trim shall be as indicated for each individual valve. Where not indicated, valve trim shall be of Type 316 stainless steel or other best suited material. K. Nuts and Bolts: Nuts and bolts on valve flanges and supports shall be in accordance with Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. L. Coatings: Valve coatings shall be in accordance with Section 09 9700 - Special Coatings or as recommended by the valve manufacturer. M. Environment: Submerged valves shall be of stainless-steel construction as recommended by the valve manufacturer or as approved by the ENGINEER. 2.03 VALVE ACCESSORIES A. Valves shall be furnished complete with the accessories required to provide a functional system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General: Valves, actuating units, stem extensions, valve boxes, and accessories shall be installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated. Gates shall be adequately braced to prevent warpage and bending under the intended use. Valves shall be firmly supported to avoid undue stresses on the pipe. B. Access: Valves shall be installed with easy access for actuation, removal, and maintenance and to avoid interference between valve actuators and structural members, handrails, or other equipment. COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS VALVES 40 0551-4 C. Valve Accessories: Where combinations of valves, sensors, switches, and controls are indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall properly assemble and install such items so that systems are compatible and operating properly. The relationship between interrelated items shall be clearly noted on Shop Drawing submittals. END OF SECTION 40 0551 IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0553-1 SECTION 40 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide safety signs and identification devices for all exposed piping and valves using color bands, lettering, flow direction arrows, and related permanent identification devices, and all app urtenant works, in accordance with the Contract Documents. Piping Identification and Signage Systems shall match existing facility identification and signage, where applicable. 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples of all types of identification devices and signs to be used in the work. B. All submittals shall be in strict accordance with the requirements of Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer and model shall be described on the Drawings or Engineer approved equal. B. The manufacturer shall provide a 2-year warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING A. Identification of all exposed pipe shall be accomplished by color-coding with bands or painting of the pipe and by lettering as specified in Part 3, herein. Color bands shall either be painted directly upon the pipe or shall be pressure-sensitive adhesive-backed vinyl cloth or plastic tape. B. Each pipe identification shall consist of two color-coded bands, a printed label identifying the name of the pipe, and a flow arrow to indicate direction of flow in the pipe. All labels shall be preprinted on pressure-sensitive adhesive-backed vinyl cloth or plastic tape. Arrows shall be die-cut of the same type of material as the labels. Arrows and labels may be stenciled on the pipes at the discretion of the Engineer. C. Letter sizes and colors for lettering, arrows and background shall conform to ANSI A13.1. 2.02 IDENTIFICATION OF VALVES AND SHORT PIPE LENGTHS A. Identifying devices for valves and the sections of pipe that are too short to be identified with color bands, lettered labels, and arrows shall be identified with metal or plastic tags as specified herein. B. Metal tags shall be supplied with embossed lettering. Plastic tags shall be of solid black phenolic with white letters. All tags shall be designed to be attached, by chain, to the valves or short pipes. 2.03 SAFETY SIGNS A. Color, legend and layout shall conform to OSHA 1910.145 requirements. B. “DANGER” Signs: Two-inch high white letters “Danger” in red oval surrounded by a rectangular black field. Text wording 1½-inch high black capital letters on white field. C. “CAUTION” Signs: Two-inch high yellow letters on black field. Text wording 1½-inch high black capital letters on yellow field. D. Chemical precaution signs: 1. In accordance with ANSI Z129.1 2. 12 inches x 14 inches IDENTIFICATION FOR PROCESS PIPING 40 0553-2 3. Made to withstand most chemicals. Special ink for printing to be absorbed into sign surface. Ultraviolet inhibitors and clear face coating for resisting fading and scratching. Semi -rigid linear polyethylene. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All labels and identification tags shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, and shall be neat and uniform in appearance. All such tags or labels shall be readily visible from all normal working locations. 3.02 VALVE TAGS A. Valve tags shall be attached to the valve or structure by means of a chain. 3.03 PIPE IDENTIFICATION A. All visible piping ½ -inch and greater which is accessible for maintenance and operations shall have appropriate identification markers. Direction of flow arrows are to be included with each identification mark unless otherwise specified. All none stainless steel pipe shall be color-coded. B. Each marker shall be black lettering on a yellow or white background and have a clearly printed legend to identify the contents of the pipe. C. Locations for pipe markers to be as follows: 1. Adjacent to each valve (except as plumbing fixtures and equipment). 2. At each branch and riser take-off. 3. At each pipe passage through wall, floor and ceiling construction. 4. At each pipe passage to underground 5. On all horizontal pipe runs, marked every 30 feet. 3.04 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE A. Application of identifying devices shall conform to the following color codes: Process or Fluid Description Color Tnemec Color # Potable Water (“POT”) Dark Blue 11SF Raw Sewage (“RAW”) Dark Gray 33GR Influent (“RAW”) Emergency Storage Basin (“RAW”) Tertiary/Recycled (“RW”) Purple (Pantone) 14SF Sludge (“WAS”) Dark Brown 84BR WAS (“WAS”) RAS ("RAS") Backwash Waste ("BW") Light Brown 62BR Compressed Air (“AIR”) Dark Green 91GN Fire Protection (“FIRE”) Red 06SF Foul Air (“ODOR”) White 11WH Sodium Hypochlorite (Solution) (“NAOCL2”) Yellow 02SF Polymer (“POLY”) Orange 04SF Sodium Aluminate (“ALUM”) Orange w/ White Band Sodium Hydroxide ("BASE") Green 49HT END OF SECTION 40 0553 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0560-1 SECTION 40 0560 - MISCELLANEOUS VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide all miscellaneous valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Complete Shop Drawings C. Drawings valves and actuators. D. Drawings showing valve port diameters complete with dimensions, part numbers and materials of construction. 1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 7823 – Operating and Maintenance Data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer and model shall be described on the Drawings, as specified herein, or ENGINEER approved equal. B. The manufacturer shall provide a 2-year equipment warranty. 1.05 SPARE PARTS A. Spares shall be as requested by the ENGINEER. Payment for spares shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions. B. A list of spare parts for each piece of equipment shall be obtained from the manufacturer and submitted at the same time as Shop Drawings. The name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment shall be furnished. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRESSURE RELIEF/SUSTAINING VALVES A. Quality Assurance: The valve manufacturer shall warrant the valve to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years from date of shipment, provided the valve is installed and used in accordance with all applicable instructions. Electrical components shall have a one year warranty. Valves shall be subjected to performance, leakage, and hydrostatic tests in accordance with procedures and acceptance criteria established by AWWA C530. B. General: The pressure sustaining valve shall maintain a constant upstream and/or downstream pressure regardless of changing flow rate and/or inlet pressure. Valve shall be NSF 61 certified. C. Main Valve: The valve shall be hydraulically operated, single diaphragm-actuated, globe pattern. The valve shall consist of three major components: the body, cover, and diaphragm assembly. The diaphragm shall be the only moving part and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure from line pressure. Packing glands and/or stuffing boxes are not permitted and there shall be no pistons operating the main valve or pilot controls. D. Body: Valve body shall be ductile iron construction. Valve body shall be cast as one piece. No fabrication or welding shall be used in manufacturing. MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0560-2 E. Disc: The valve shall contain a resilient, synthetic rubber disc, with a rectangular cross-section contained on three and one-half sides by a disc retainer and forming a tight seal against a single removable seat insert. No O-ring type discs (circular, square, or quad type) shall be permitted as the seating surface. The disc guide shall be of the contoured type to permit smooth transition of flow and shall hold the disc firmly in place. The disc retainer shall be of a sturdy one-piece design capable of withstanding opening and closing shocks. It must have straight edge sides and a radius at the top edge to prevent excessive diaphragm wear as the diaphragm flexes across this surface. No hourglass-shaped disc retainers shall be permitted and no V-type or slotted type disc guides shall be used. F. Diaphragm: The diaphragm assembly containing a non-magnetic 303 stainless steel stem with sufficient diameter to withstand high hydraulic pressures shall be fully guided at both ends by a bearing in the valve cover and an integral bearing in the valve seat. No center guides shall be permitted. The stem shall be drilled and tapped in the cover end to receive and affix such accessories as may be deemed necessary. The diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating operating pressure from line pressure. G. The flexible, non-wicking, FDA approved diaphragm shall consist of nylon fabric bonded with synthetic rubber compatible with the operating fluid. The center hole for the main valve stem must be sealed by the vulcanized process or a rubber grommet sealing the center stem hole from the operating pressure. The diaphragm must withstand a Mullins Burst Test of a minimum of 600 psi per layer of nylon fabric and shall be cycle tested 100,000 times to insure longevity. The diaphragm shall not be used as the seating surface. The diaphragm shall be fully supported in the valve body and cover by machined surfaces which support no less than one-half of the total surface area of the diaphragm in either the fully opened or fully closed position. H. Seat & Stem: The main valve seat and the stem bearing in the valve cover shall be removable. The lower bearing of the valve stem shall be contained concentrically within the seat and shall be exposed to the flow on all sides to avoid deposits. To ensure proper alignment of the valve stem, the valve body and cover shall be machined with a locating lip. No “pinned” covers to the valve body shall be permitted. Cover bearing, disc retainer, and seat shall be made of the same material. All necessary repairs and/or modifications other than replacement of the main valve body shall be possible without removing the valve from the pipeline. Packing glands and/or stuffing boxes shall not be permitted and components including cast material shall be of North American manufacture. I. Pilot System: Pilot tubing shall be 316 S.S. construction. The pressure reducing pilot control shall be a direct-acting, adjustable, spring-loaded, normally open, diaphragm valve designed to permit flow when controlled pressure is less than the spring setting. The pilot control is held open by the force of the compression on the spring above the diaphragm, and it closes when the delivery pressure acting on the underside of the diaphragm exceeds the spring setting. The pilot control system shall include a fixed orifice. No variable orifices shall be permitted. The pilot system shall include an opening speed control on all valves. The pilot control shall have a second downstream sensing port which can be utilized to install a pressure gauge. A full range of spring settings shall be available in ranges of 0 to 450 psi. J. Valve Position Indicator: As required by the project documents, each pressure relief/sustaining valve shall be provided with a dependable positive acting limit switch tied to the position of the valve when it is open or closed. Switch contacts shall be 24VDC rated if wired directly to a PLC or 120VAC in all other applications. K. The valve manufacturer shall also provide a computerized cavitation chart which show flow rate, differential pressure, percentage of valve opening, Cv factor, system velocity, and if there will be cavitation damage. L. Manufacturers, or Equal: Valve manufacturer and model shall be CLA-VAL, or approved equal. 2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. General: Backflow preventers shall be a double check valve or reduce pressure principle type backflow preventer unit and associated components shall be equal in quality and performance to a MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0560-3 “Foundation for Cross-Connection Control and Hydraulic Research”. Backflow preventers shall be Febco, Watts, Wilkins, or approved equal. All backflow preventers shall be submitted for approval by the District regardless of make or model. 2.03 VENTURI AIR INJECTORS A. General: Furnish and install a venturi injector that utilizes differential pressure to induce air intake. The injector shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be provided with ANSI B16.5, Class 150 flanged inlet and outlet connections. The inlet, outlet, and suction port size shall be as recommend by the manufacturer to meet the project design requirements. The venturi injector shall be cleaned for passivation per ASTM A380 and passivated per ASTM A967. The suction port of the venturi injector shall be provide with a ball valve to reduce air intake, if required. The venturi air injector shall be Mazzei, or equal. 2.04 CHEMICAL DOSING ACCESSORIES A. Calibration Column: 1. Calibration column shall be provided for each chemical pump group. The calibration column shall be sized for the max flow of the chemical pump and shall be manufactured by Koflo Corporation or equal. B. Pulsation Dampeners: 1. Shall be of the single diaphragm design, capable of arresting water hammer in the pump discharge lines created by the metering pumps. 2. Materials of construction of diaphragm and body shall be CPVC and corrosion resistant to the chemical fluid pumped. 3. Provide one dampener on the discharge side of each metering pump. 4. Each pulsation dampener shall include an integral pressure gauge. 5. Pulsation dampeners shall be sized appropriately for each pump to remove a minimum of 95% of the pulsations. The manufacturer shall provide calculations to verify sizing if requested by the ENGINEER. C. Pressure Relief, Pressure Sustaining Valve: 1. Adjustable diaphragm pressure relief, pressure sustaining type valve installed on pump discharge header and set at location according to Mechanical and P&ID Plans. 2. Materials of construction of body shall be CPVC and corrosion resistant to the chemical fluid pumped. Diaphragm shall be PTFE. 3. Valve shall be true-union connection. 4. Valve shall have capability of adjustable pressure setting. D. Pressure Gauge and Diaphragm Isolators: 1. Piping shall be Schedule 80 CPVC. 2. True-union CPVC ball valves shall be provided for isolation of major equipment. 3. Seals shall be compatible with the chemical being pumped. 2.05 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. General: Furnish and install pressure reducing control valves in accordance with the project documents. The pressure reducing control valve shall automatically throttle to reduce a higher incoming pressure and maintain an accurate and constant lower downstream pressure regardless of changing flow rate and/or inlet pressure. If downstream pressure increases above the pilot spring setting, the valve shall close. When the outlet pressure is greater than the inlet pressure, the valve shall be provided with a check feature allowing the outlet pressure to be admitted into the main valve cover chamber closing the valve and preventing return flow. B. Materials specification for the pressure reducing control valves shall be as follows: Component Material Body and Cover Ductile Iron-ASTM A536 Main Valve Trim Stainless Steel MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0560-4 Seat Stainless Steel Stem, Nut and Spring Stainless Steel Seal Disc Buna-N Rubber Diaphragm Nylon Reinforced Buna-N Rubber Internal Trim Parts Stainless Steel End Detail Flanged Pressure Rating AWWA Class D Flanges (pressure class 150) Temperature Range Water up to 180 degrees F Any other wetted metallic parts Stainless Steel Coating NSF 61 Certified Fusion bonded epoxy coating (interior and exterior) Accessories Position Indicator, opening speed controls through pilot system, isolation valves for pilot system, inlet and outlet pressure gauges. C. The main valve shall be hydraulically operated, single diaphragm actuated, globe pattern. The valve shall consist of three major components; the body with seat installed, the cover with bearing installed and the diaphragm assembly. The diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating the operating pressure from line pressure. Packing glands, stuffing boxes and or rolling diaphragm technology will not be permitted and there shall be no pistons operating the main valve or pilot controls. No fabrication or welding shall be used in the manufacturing process. Y-pattern valves shall not be permitted. The main valve shall comply with NSF/ANSI standard 61 and certified lead free to NSF/ASNI 372 as a safe drinking water system component. D. The diaphragm assembly containing a non-magnetic stainless-steel stem; of sufficient diameter to withstand high hydraulic pressures and shall be fully guided at both ends by a bearing in the main valve cover and an integral bearing in the valve seat. The valve seat shall be a solid, one-piece design and shall have a minimum five-degree taper on the seating surface for a positive, drip-tight shut off. No center guides shall be permitted. The stem shall be drilled and tapped in the cover end to receive and affix such accessories as may be deemed necessary. The diaphragm assembly shall be the only moving part and shall form a sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve, separating the operating pressure from the line pressure. No bolts or cap screws shall be permitted for use in the construction of the diaphragm assembly. E. The flexible, non-wicking, FDA approved diaphragm shall consist of nylon fabric bonded with synthetic rubber compatible with the operating fluid. The diaphragm’s center hole for the main valve stem must be sealed by the vulcanized process or a rubber grommet sealing the center stem hole from the operating pressure. The diaphragm must withstand a Mullins Burst Test of a minimum of 600 X per layer of nylon fabric and shall be cycled tested 100,000 times to insure longevity. The diaphragm shall not be used as the seating surface. The diaphragm shall be fully supported in the valve body and cover by machined surfaces which support no less than one-half of the total surface area of the diaphragm in either the fully opened or fully closed position. Bellofram type rolling diaphragms shall not be permitted. F. The main valve seat and stem bearing in the valve cover shall be removable. The main valve seat shall be retained by flat head machine screws for ease of maintenance. The lower bearing of the valve stem shall be contained concentrically within the seat and shall be exposed to the flow on all sides to avoid deposits. To ensure proper alignment of the valve stem, the valve body and cover shall be machined with a locating lip. No “pinned” covers to the valve body shall be permitted. Cover bearing, disc retainer and seat shall be made of the same material. All necessary repairs and/or modifications other than replacement of the main valve body shall be possible without removing the valve from the pipeline. The valve shall be designed such that both the cover assembly and internal diaphragm assembly can be disassembled and lifted vertically straight up MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0560-5 from the top of a narrow opening/vault. Y- pattern valves shall not be permitted. The seat shall be of the solid one piece design. Two piece seats or seat inserts shall not b e permitted. Packing glands and/or stuffing boxes shall not be permitted. G. Pilot Control System: The pressure reducing pilot control shall be a direct -acting, adjustable, spring-loaded, normally open, diaphragm valve designed to permit flow when controlled pressure is less than the spring setting. The pilot control is held open by the force of the compression on the spring above the diaphragm and it closes when the delivery pressure acting on the underside of the diaphragm exceeds the spring setting. The pilot control system shall include a strainer and a fixed orifice closing speed. No variable orifices shall be permitted. The pilot system shall include an opening speed control on all valves sizes 3” and smaller as standard equipment. The pilot control shall have a second downstream sensing port which can be utilized to install a pressure gauge. A full range of spring settings shall be available in ranges of 0 to 400 psi. Pilot shall comply with NSF/ANSI 61 and certified lead free to NSF/ANSI 372 as a safe drinking water system component. The pilot control system shall include a strainer and a fixed orifice closing speed. No variable orifices shall be permitted. The pilot system shall include an opening speed control on all valves sizes 3” and smaller as standard equipment. A full range of spring settings shall be available in ranges of 0 to 400 psi. Pilot to be manufactured by control valve manufacturer. H. Materials specification for the pilot control shall be as follows: Component Material Body and Cover Bronze Pilot Trim Stainless Steel 303 Rubber Buna-N Connections FNPT Pressure Rating 400 psi max Temperature Range Water to 180 degrees F Max Control Tubing Stainless Steel Control Fittings Stainless Steel I. Each control valve shall be factory assembled, and the manufacturer shall make all necessary adjustments and correct any defects. Each control valve shall be factory tested by the manufacturer in accordance with their requirements. At a minimum the tests shall include a valve body and cover, seat, and stroke leakage test. Control valves and pilot valves, in the partially open position, with both ends closed off with blind flanges (valves) and pipe plugs (pilots), shall be subject to an air test. The applied air pressure shall be 90 psi minimum. All air pressure tests shall be applied for a minimum of 15 minutes. No visible leakage is permitted through the valve seat, the pressure boundary walls of the valve body, valve cover, pilot body, pilot cover or the body-cover joint. A direct factory representative shall be made available by the equipment supplier for start-up service, inspection and necessary adjustments. 2.06 AIR-VACUUM AND AIR-RELEASE VALVES A. Air and Vacuum Valves: Air and vacuum valves shall be capable of venting large quantities of air while pipelines are being filled, and allowing air to re-enter while pipelines are being drained. They shall be of the size indicated, with flanged or screwed ends to match piping. Bodies shall be of carbon steel. The float, seat, and all moving parts shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel. All bolts and nut fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel and provided with dielectric isolation kits. Seat washers and gaskets shall be of a material insuring water tightness with a minimum of maintenance. Valves shall be designed for minimum 150 psi water- working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. Air-Release Valves: Air-release valves shall vent accumulating air while system is in service and under pressure and be of the size indicated and shall meet the same general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves except that the vacuum feature will not be required. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water-working pressure of 150 psi, unless otherwise indicated. MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 40 0560-6 B. Combination Air Valves: Combination air valves shall combine the characteristics of air and vacuum valves and air release valves by exhausting accumulated air in systems under pressure and releasing or re-admitting large quantities of air while a system is being filled or drained, respectively. Valves shall have the same general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves. C. Valves shall be manufactured by: 1. Dezurik 2. Or Approved Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations, and with provisions of Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. B. Vented ball valves shall be installed with off gassing chemicals and in accordance with the provisions of Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. Care shall be taken that valves in plastic lines are well supported at each end of the valve. C. The flap valve shall be mounted perpendicularly and free of tension. Valve connection is specified per plans and anchor and mounting bolts shall be of stainless steel AISI 316. Between the moving HDPE parts will be stainless steel AISI 316L. The valve flap shall be provided with ballast to prevent the door from floating in the water and ensure complete closing of the door under the water line. The ballast applied on the door ensure that the specific weight of the door is being increased to 1100 kg/ M3 ensuring full closing of the door below water level and yet maintains differential opening pressures of less than 10 mm water column when completely submerged. END OF SECTION 40 0560 PLUG VALVES 40 0562-1 SECTION 40 0562 - PLUG VALVES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide plug valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves apply to this Section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 7823 – Operating and Maintenance Data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall provide a 2-year equipment warranty. 1.05 SPARE PARTS A. Spares shall be as requested by the ENGINEER. Payment for spares shall be made in accordance with the General Conditions. B. A list of spare parts for each piece of equipment shall be obtained from the manufacturer and submitted at the same time as Shop Drawings. The name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment shall be furnished. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES A. General: Plug valves shall be of the quarter-turn, non-lubricated, eccentric type with resilient faced plug. Plug valves shall be designed for a working pressure of 175 psi for valves 12” and smalle r, 150 psi for valves 14” and larger. Valves shall provide tight shut -off at rated pressure. Valves 20” and smaller shall have round port design. 24” and larger valves shall have rectangular port design. Minimum port area for all valves shall be 80% of corresponding pipe area. B. Valve Body: The plug valve body shall be cast iron ASTM A126 Class B with welded -in overlay of greater than 90% nickel alloy content on all surfaces contacting the face of the plug. Sprayed, plated, nickel welded rings or seats screwed into the body are not acceptable. All cover bolts shall be corrosion resistant. The “SEAT END” of the valve shall be designated on the valve body. C. Coating: Plug valves shall be coated in accordance with Section 09 9700 – Special Coating. The valve shall be provided with a shop coating per the manufacturer’s requirements for the installation location. D. Valve Plug: The valve plug shall be cast iron ASTM A126 Class B, with Buna N resilient seating surface to mate with the body seat. E. Valve Connections: Flanged valves shall be drilled in compliance with ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Mechanical joint valves shall comply with AWWA C111. Threaded valves shall have NPT full size inlets with hexagonal wrench connection. F. Valve Bearings: Plug valves shall be furnished with permanently lubricated sleeve type bearings conforming to AWWA C504. Bearings shall be of sintered, oil impregnated type 316 stainless steel ASTM A743 Grade CF-8M or bronze ASTM B127. PLUG VALVES 40 0562-2 G. Valve Bonnet: Refer to Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. H. Valve Shaft Seals: Valve shaft seals shall be of the “U” cup type, in accordance with AWWA C504. Seals shall be self-adjusting and replaceable without removing the bonnet from the valve. I. Valve Actuators: Valves 2.5” and smaller shall be provided with a hand lever. Valves 3” and larger shall be specified as equipped with either a handwheel or 2” square nut for direct quarter-turn operation. 1. Where specified, a totally enclosed and sealed worm gear actuator with position indicator and externally adjustable open and closed stops shall also be included. The worm segment gear shall be ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 ductile iron with precision bore and keyway for connection to the valve shaft. All buried valves shall be provided with worm and gear actuators suited for the intended service. All gear actuators shall be designed to withstand, without damage, a rim pull of 200 lbs for handwheels and an input torque of 300 ft -lbs for nuts. 2. Buried service actuators shall be packed with grease and sealed for temporary submergences to 20 feet of water. Exposed worm shafts shall be stainless steel. J. Electric Actuators: When specified, electric actuators shall be in accordance with Section 40 9243 – Electric Actuators. K. Manufacturers, or Equal: 1. Dezurik 2. Or Engineer Approved Equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 40 0560 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. END OF SECTION 40 0562 BALL VALVES 40 0563–1 SECTION 40 0563 - BALL VALVES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide ball valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves apply to this Section. C. The requirements of Section 40 9213 – Primary Control Valves apply to this Section. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The ball valve type and its actuator shall be as indicated in the contract documents. All actuators shall be in accordance with Section 40 9213. 2.02 BALL VALVES (3- TO 12-INCH) A. Construction: Ball valves shall be full bore with a design working pressure of 150 psig. Valve construction shall conform to the following: 1. Top Flange shall be design for direct mounting of actuator and gear operators. Top flange shall provide easy access for adjustment of gland bolts. Design shall conform to EN ISO 5211. 2. Valve Design shall conform to ASME B16.34-2004/ API 6D / BS EN ISO 17292 Class 150 3. Valve end-to-end dimensions shall be per ASME B16.10 / API 6D. 4. Valve Body shall be flanged, two-piece design in cast construction and shall be coated with two-coat zinc rich epoxy paint. 5. Ball shall be floating design, stainless steel with superior finish and sphericity to ensure extended seat life and low operating torque. 6. Stem shall be stainless steel, heavy duty construction with double “D” (sizes up to 4”) and round and keyed (sizes 6” and greater) configurations. 7. Seat shall be contoured and be reinforced with PTFE seat. 8. Body joint bolting shall conform to ASTM A 193 B7/ ASTM A 194 2H for carbon steel bodies and ASTM A 193 GR.B8/ ASTM A 194 GR.8 for stainless steel bodies. 9. Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, ball valves shall have manual hand lever or wheel actuators. B. Manufacturers, or Equal: 1. Apollo 2. Nibco 3. Valtorc 4. or Engineer Approved Equal 2.03 BALL VALVES (SMALLER THAN 3-INCH) A. Construction: Ball valves, smaller than 3-inch, for general purpose use, shall be heavy-duty type for industrial service, with butt weld, grooved, threaded, or soldered ends to match the piping. The bodies shall be cast red bronze conforming to ASTM B584. The ball and threaded pack gland shall be brass with a reinforced PTFE seat ring. The stem shall be of silicon bronze. All valves shall have a pressure rating of minimum 125 psi steam, and 200 psi cold-water, unless otherwise indicated. BALL VALVES 40 0563–2 B. Construction (Thermoplastic Ball Valves): PVC and CPVC ball valves, smaller than 3-inch, for general purpose use, shall be heavy-duty type for industrial service, with butt socket, threaded, or flanged ends to match the piping. The ball valves shall be true union type constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D1784, or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D1784. All O-rings shall be EPDM or Viton. All ½” to 2” valves shall be pressure rated at 235 psi and all 2-1/2” to 3” valves shall be pressure rated at 150 psi, unless otherwise indicated. C. Manufacturers, or Equal: 1. Apollo; 2. Nibco 3. or Engineer Approved Equal PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Ball valves shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Section 40 0560 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. Care shall be taken that valves in plastic lines are well supported at each end of the valve. END OF SECTION 40 0563 BUTTERFLY VALVES 40 0564 - 1 SECTION 40 0564 – BUTTERFLY VALVES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The WORK of this Section includes providing butterfly valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Complete Shop Drawings: C. Drawings of butterfly valves and actuators. D. Drawings showing valve port diameter complete with dimensions, part numbers, materials of construction, installation location, and a confirmation letter that the valve materials are suitable for the service location. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves shall be subjected to performance, leakage, and hydrostatic tests in a ccordance with procedures and acceptance criteria established by AWWA C504. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 BUTTERFLY VALVES (AWWA) A. General: Butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA C504 & C516, shall be of offset disc design. Valves shall have corrosion-resistant shaft, stainless steel disc edge, and self- compensating shaft seals. Molded-in body seat with disc locators provides positive sealing and longer seat life on sizes 3” - 20" (80 - 500mm). Large AWWA butterfly valves, 24" and larger shall feature adjustable, replaceable seat, non-hollow disc structure and rubber seat retained within a dovetail groove in the valve body and locked in place by an epoxy wedge. 1. Valves shall have flanged or grooved ends to ANSI B16.1 Class 125, or Class 250 as indicated and / or required. Shaft seals shall be designed for use with standard split-V type packing or other approved seals, and the interior passage shall not have any excessive obstructions or stops. Cartridge-type valve seats, or valve employing snap rings to retain the rubber seats, will not be acceptable. The rubber seat shall be mounted in the valve body. Seats shall be mechanically retained without being penetrated by fasteners and shall be field adjustable and field replaceable for valves 24” and larger. 2. For valves 30” and larger, the valve port diameter shall not be reduced less than 1-1/2 inches of the nominal pipe diameter. Shaft shall be sealing shall be adjustable stuffing box with actuator bracket mounted. When / Where required or recommended by the manufacturer, support bases shall be provided on two sides such the valve can be installed in either position. The support bases shall extend below all other valve parts such as the body flanges and body ribs. The support brackets shall be cast integrally with the valve body to support the valve on a foundation base plate. The support brackets shall be ribbed and shall have a mounting base for bolting to a base plate. The support bracket shall be designed and constructed to provide a base which properly distributes the stresses due t o the weight of the valve assembly and content. B. Materials of Construction: BUTTERFLY VALVES 40 0564 - 2 Description Sizes 3” To 20” Sizes 24” and Larger Body Cast Iron, ASTM A126 Class B/ Ductile Iron., ASTM A536. Ductile Iron., ASTM A536 Grade 65- 45-12 Disc Cast Iron, ASTM A48 Class 40C/Ductile Iron, ASTM A536/316 Stainless Steel Ductile Iron, ASTM A536 Grade 65- 45- 12 Seat NBR/EPDM permanently bonded to the body. Elastomer shall be suitable for fluid type flowing through the valve. The CONTRACTOR shall submit proof of elastomer compatibility. NBR/EPDM mechanical retained. Elastomer shall be suitable for fluid type flowing through the valve. The CONTRACTOR shall submit proof of elastomer compatibility. Disc Seating Edge 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Shaft 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Bearings Nylon with Buna seat & Teflon with EPDM seat Teflon Packing NBR/EPDM NBR/EPDM Lower Shaft 316 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel Gland N/A Bronze ASTM B62 for valves 54” and larger O-Ring N/A NBR/EPDM Fasteners 316 Stainless Steel/18-8 Stainless Steel 316 Stainless Steel/18-8 Stainless Steel C. Buried Service: Bearings shall be sleeve type that is corrosion resistant and self- lubricating. D. Actuators shall be fully grease packed and have stops in the open/close position. The actuator shall have a mechanical stop, which will withstand an input torque of 450 ft. lbs. against the stop. Unless noted otherwise, all butterfly valves shall be equipped with worm- gear operators. Above-grade manually operated valves shall be equipped with a handwheel. Buried manually operated valves shall be supplied with a 2-inch square operating nut, valve neck, extension, valve box, and cover. Buried operators shall be lubricated and sealed to prevent entry of dirt or water into the operator at a water pressure of 20 feet of head. E. The valve interior and exterior surfaces except for seating shall be coated with Ameron Amerlock 370, or approved equal, in accordance with AWWA C550 and C504. All internal and/or external surfaces shall be covered with a polyamide cured epoxy coating applied over a sand blasted “new white metal surface" per SSPC-SP10 to a minimum of 6 mils in compliance with AWWA C550. F. Manufacturers, or equal: 1. DeZurik 2. Muller 3. Or ENGINEER-approved equal. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All exposed butterfly valves shall be installed with a means of removing the complete valve assembly without dismantling the valve or operator. Installation shall be in accordance with Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. END OF SECTION 40 0564 40 05 65 – CHECK VALVES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 WORK OF THIS SECTION A. The WORK of this Section includes providing check valves of the types and sizes indicated with epoxy coating, appurtenances, and accessories complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 REFERENCE CODES, AND STANDARDS 2 The WORK of this Section shall comply with the codes and standards indicated in Section 15100. 2.01 SUBMITTALS A. The following shall be submitted in compliance with Sections 01300 and 15100: 1. Manufacturer's product data including catalog cuts. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Shop drawings showing details and dimensions. 4. Manufacturer's certification that products comply with the indicated requirements. 5. Schedule of valves indicating valve identification and location. 6. Manufacturer's certification that epoxy coatings have been factory tested and comply with the indicated requirements. 2.02 OWNER’S MANUAL A. The Owner’s Manual shall be provided in accordance with Section 15100. 2.03 FACTORY TESTING A. Factory testing shall be provided in accordance with Sections 15100, AWWA C506, and AWWA C508. B. Proof-of-design tests shall be submitted in compliance with Section 15100 for all check valves size 10 inches and larger. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 SWING CHECK VALVES - THREADED/FLANGED/GROOVED/WAFER A. Swing check valves designed for water, sewage, sludge, and general service shall be of the outside lever and spring or weight type, complying with AWWA C508, and full- opening, and shall be rated for 150 psig, cold water, nonshock. All valve components shall be replaceable without removing the valve body from the line. B. Swing check valves intended for steam, water, oil, or gas in sizes 2½ inches and smaller shall be designed for a steam pressure of 150 psig and a cold water pressure of 300 psig. They shall have threaded ends and caps. C. Design: The valve body shall be full flow equal to nominal pipe diameter area at all points through the valve and shall be equipped with a threaded adjustable open/stop. The body seat shall be O-ring sealed and field replaceable. The end flanges shall comply with ANSI B16.1 Class 125#contain integrally case mounting pads. Provide the valve body with a 1 inch drain and vent tap in the flanged bonnet. The drain tap and vent tap shall be fitted with stainless steel plugs. 1. The top access port shall be full size, allowing removal of the disc without removing the valve from the line. The access cover shall be domed in shape to provide flushing action over the disc for operating in lines containing high solids content. 2. The disc shall be of one-piece construction and connected to the shaft with a disc arm and two pivot pins to provide pivot action to allow self-adjusting seating at all pressures. 14” and larger discs shall be convex shape for lift, stabilization and strength. The disc seat shall be resilient with integral type sealing surface for drop tight shut-off at high and low pressures. The resilient seat shall be secured with a Type 316 stainless steel retainer plate and Type 316 stainless steel fasteners for easy replacement. 3. The shaft seals shall consist of V-type packing in a fixed gland with an adjustable follower designed to prevent over compression of the packing and to meet design parameter of the packing manufacturer. Removable, slotted shims shall be provided under the follower flanges to provide for adjustment and prevent over loading of the packing. D. Material of Construction End Connection Threaded Flanged/ Grooved Flanged Wafer Size 2 1/2” and Smaller 3” to 12” 14” and larger 1” to 60“ Body/Bonnet Bronze ASTM 61 Cast Iron ASTM Ductile Iron Cast Iron ASTM A126 A126/Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade B/Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade Grade 65-45-12 ASTM A395 (Note 1) 65-45-12 (Note 1) 316 stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M Disc Bronze ASTM 61 Cast Iron ASTM Ductile Iron Cast Iron ASTM A126 A126 ASTM A536 Grade B/Ductile Iron Grade 65-45-12 ASTM A395 (Note 1)/ 316 stainless steel ASTM A351 CF8M Seat Metal Seat Resilient Buna-N/EPDM (Note 2) Seat Ring N/A 316 Stainless steel Pivot Pin Bronze ASTM 61 316 Stainless Steel Pivot Pin Bearings Bronze Fasteners Bronze 316 Stainless steel Notes: 1. Ductile iron body shall be provided, as noted on Contract Documents valve schedule. 2. EPDM seat shall be provided where operating temperature is 100°F and higher, as noted on Contract Documents valve schedule. E. Miscellaneous 1. The valve shall be factory equipped with a lever and weight assembly. The lever shall be equipped with three holes for adjusting the bolted weight assembly. When the valve is closed, the lever and weight shall be located 30 degrees below horizontal. 2. When specified, the valve shall be factory equipped with a lever and air cushion assembly mounted between the weight assembly and the valve body. The air cushion assembly shall consist of a clevis mounted tie-rod type closed cylinder with speed control valves. 3. When specified, the valve shall be factory equipped with a lever and spring assembly. The spring shall be mounted to a bracket on the side of the valve body with a bolt assembly to adjust the spring tension. 4. When specified, the lever and weight assembly shall be enclosed within a removable safety guard constructed of perforated metal for visibility. F. A pre-wired limit switch shall be provided to indicate open/closed position to a remote location. The mechanical type limit switch shall be activated by the ext ernal arm and rated for NEMA 4, 6,or 6P and shall have U.L. rated 5 amp, 125 VAC contacts. G. Coating: The exterior and interior of the valve shall be coated with ANSI/NSF 61 approved fusion bonded epoxy coating. 2.02 FLEXIBLE DISK SWING CHECK VALVES A. General: Check Valves shall comply with AWWA C508 and shall be suitable for cold working pressures of 150 psig in water, wastewater, abrasive, and slurry service. The check valve shall be of the full body type, with a domed access cover and only two moving parts, the flexible disc and the disc accelerator. B. Design: The valve body and cover shall be provided with flanges ANSI B16.1, Class 125#. 1. The valve body shall be full flow equal to nominal pipe diameter at all points through the valve. The seating surface shall be on a 45 degree angle to minimize disc travel. A threaded port with pipe plug shall be provided on the bottom of the valve to allow for field installation of a backflow actuator, or hydraulic cushion without special tools or removing the valve from the line. 2. The top access port shall be full size, allowing removal of the disc without removing the valve from the line. The access cover shall be domed in shape to provide flushing action over the disc for operating in lines containing high solids content. A threaded port with pipe plug shall be provided in the access cover to allow for field installation of a mechanical, disc position indicator. 3. The disc shall be of one-piece construction, precision molded with an integral o-ring type sealing surface, and contain alloy steel and nylon reinforcement in the flexible hinge area. The flex portion of the disc shall be warranted for twenty five years. Non-Slam closing characteristics shall be provided through a short 35 degree disc stroke and a disc accelerator to provide a cracking pressure of 0.3 psig. 4. The disc accelerator shall be of one piece construction and provide rapid closure of the valve in high head applications. The disc accelerator shall be enclosed within the valve and shall be field adjustable and replaceable without removal of the valve from the line. The disc accelerator shall be securely held in place by being captured between the cover and disc. It shall be formed with a large radius to allow smooth movement over the disc surface. 5. The valve disc shall be cycle tested 1,000,000 times in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C508 and show no signs of wear, cracking, or distortion to the valve disc or seat and shall remain drop tight at both high and low pressures. C. Material of Construction End Connection Flanged/ Grooved Flanged Size 2” to 12” 14” and larger Body/Bonnet Cast Iron ASTM A126/Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 (Note 1) Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Disc Buna-N/Viton (Note 2) Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Disc Accelerator 316 Stainless Steel Fasteners 316 Stainless steel Notes: 1. Ductile iron body shall be provided, as noted on Contract Documents valve schedule. 2. Viton seat shall be provided, as noted on Contract Documents valve schedule. D. Miscellaneous: 1. A screw-type backflow actuator shall be provided to allow opening of the valve during no-flow conditions. Buna-N seals shall be used to seal the stainless steel stem in a bronze bushing. The backflow device shall be of the rising-stem type to indicate position. A stainless steel T-handle shall be provided for ease of operation. 2. A mechanical indicator shall be provided to provide disc position indication on valves 4” and larger. The indicator shall have continuous contact with the disc under all operating conditions to assure accurate disc position indication. 3. A pre-wired limit switch will be provided to indicate open/closed position to a remote location. The mechanical type limit switch shall be activated by the external position indicator. The switch shall be rated for NEMA 4 and shall have U.L. rated 5 amp, 125 VAC contacts. 4. A bottom mounted oil dashpot (oil cushion) shall be provided to provide hydraulic control of the final 10% of valve closure and reduce valve slam and water hammer normally associated with rapid flow reversal conditions on pump shut down. The dashpot shall consist of a high pressure hydraulic cylinder, adjustable external flow control valve, oil reservoir, pressure gauge, stainless steel air inlet valve, and piping designed to control the closing speed of the last 10% of travel in 1-5 seconds. A threaded brass dashpot bushing unit with a grease fitting for lubrication shall connect the cylinder to the valve and shall have an air gap to prevent hydraulic fluid from entering the valve and contaminating the water system. A snubber rod fitted with O-ring seals and rod wiper scrapers shall make contact with the lower portion of the disc’s stainless steel strike plate. E. Testing: All valves shall be hydrostatically tested and seat tested to demonstrate zero leakage. When requested the Manufacturer shall provide test certificates, dimensional drawings, parts list drawings, and operation and maintenance manuals. F. Coating: The exterior and interior of the valve shall be coated with ANSI/NSF 61 approved fusion bonded epoxy coating. 2.03 TILTED DISC CHECK VALVES A. General: Slanting disc check valves intended for water and sewage service, shall have replaceable seat rings and disc rings. The water passage cross-sectional area shall be equal to the full pipe area. Valves shall have sufficient clearance around the pivot pins to permit free seating of the disc without binding and shall not stick in the closed position. Slanting disc check valves shall have position indicators (with electrical signal switches for indication of disc position) and two flanged connections for attachment of dashpots or hydraulic snubbers. The valves shall be designed for a water working pressure of 150 psi, except as otherwise indicated. B. Design: The valve body shall consist of two sections bolted together as a central diagonal flange inclined at an angle of 55 degrees. The inlet body section shall contain a seat ring positioned and captured by the diagonal flange. The outlet body section shall accept eccentrically located pivot pin trunnions with sealed covers and lubrication grease fittings. The eccentric pivot trunnions shall be located to divide the disc into approximately 1/3 and 2/3 proportions and allow the seating surface of the disc to rotate away from the seating surface of the seat ring without contact. Clearance shall be provided between the pivot pin and bushing when the disc is seated to prevent binding and to ensure a tight seal. The flow area through the valve body inlet and outlet shall be equal to the nominal pipe size and gradually increase to an area 40 percent greater at the valve seat. The valve flow way shall be contoured and unrestricted to provide full flow areas at all locations within the valve. Full flow shall be based on an open stroke of 40 degrees to assure stabilization of the disc when open. A position indicator shall be supplied on 6 in. and larger valves and visually show disc position at all times. The valve disc and seat shall have a seating surface finish of 32 micro-inch or better to ensure positive seating at all pressure. The leakage rate shall not exceed one-half of the allowable rate allowed by AWWA Standard C508 or 0.5 oz (15 ml) per hour per inch (mm) of valve size. 1. Body: The valve body shall be provided with ANSI B16.1 Class 125 pound flanged or grooved ends, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Disc: The valve disc shall be designed with an "aerofoil" configuration and shall be partially balanced with a short travel, designed to resist slamming. 3. Seat Ring: The seat ring shall be fabricated with beveled edges, and be firmly clamped or screwed into the valve body. 4. Pins: The pivot pins shall be designed to allow free movement of the disc without binding. C. Material of Construction Valve Size 3” to 10” 12” and Larger Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Disc Aluminum Bronze ASTM B148 Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Seat/Disc Ring Aluminum Bronze ASTM B148 Aluminum Bronze ASTM B271 Seat/Disc Ring Seal Buna-N Pivot Pin Aluminum Bronze ASTM B505 Pivot Bearings Aluminum Bronze ASTM B505 D. Miscellaneous 1. Dashpot: A bottom mounted oil dashpot (oil cushion) shall be provided to provide hydraulic control of the final 10% of valve closure and reduce valve slam and water hammer normally associated with rapid flow reversal conditions on pump shut down. The dashpot shall consist of a high pressure hydraulic cylinder, adjustable external flow control valve, oil reservoir, pressure gauge, stainless steel air inlet valve, and piping designed to control the closing speed of the last 10% of travel in 1-5 seconds. A threaded brass dashpot bushing unit with grease fitting for lubrication shall connect the cylinder to the valve and shall have an air gap to prevent hydraulic fluid from entering the valve and contaminating the water system. A snubber rod fitted with O- ring seals and rod wiper scrapers shall make contact with the lower portion of the disc’s stainless steel strike plate. 2. A pre-wired limit switch will be provided to indicate open/closed position to a remote location. The mechanical type limit switch shall be activated by the external position indicator. The switch shall be rated for NEMA 4 and shall have U.L. rated 5 amp, 125 VAC contacts. E. Coating: The exterior and interior of the valve shall be coated with ANSI/NSF 61 approved fusion bonded epoxy coating. 2.04 INTERNAL SPRING-LOADED CHECK VALVES (GLOBE STYLE) A. General: Internal spring-loaded check valves designed for water pumps, compressors, gas, air, and steam shall be of the full-flow internal spring-loaded poppet type. The valves shall be designed for a water-working pressure of not less than 150 psig unless otherwise indicated. B. Body: Bodies of valves in sizes 3 inch and larger shall be fabricated of cast iron with ANSI B16.1 Class 125# flanged or grooved ends, unless otherwise indicated. Valves shall include positive, watertight seal between the removable seat and valve body and the stem guide shall be integrally cast with the body or screwed into the body. C. Valves smaller than 3 inches shall have bronze bodies suitable for the intended use with threaded ends conforming to ANSI/ASME B1.20.1, suitable for a minimum working pressure of 200 psi, and temperature of 250 degrees F, unless otherwise indicated. D. Disc and Stem: The disc and stem of valves in sizes 3 inches and larger shall be fabricated with bronze or stainless steel. The stem shall have two-point bearings with the downstream bearing fabricated of bronze or other suitable bushings designed to provide smooth operation. E. Valves smaller than 3 inches shall have discs and retaining rings of Teflon, Nylon, or other suitable material, and stem of bronze, brass, or stainless steel suitable for the intended service. F. Seat: Valves for general service at temperatures up to 250° F shall have bubble-tight shut- off with resilient seats of Buna-N, Teflon, or other suitable material. Valves for steam service and temperatures over 250° F shall have metal-to-metal seating of bronze or stainless steel, as recommended by the Manufacturer for the specific service condition. Resilient seats shall be firmly attached to the seating ring by compression- molding or other acceptable method. G. Spring: Valves in sizes 3 inches and larger shall have stainless steel springs, and valves smaller than 3 inch shall have stainless steel or beryllium copper springs and be suitable for the service. The spring tension of the valves shall be designed for the individual pressure condition indicated for each valve. 2.05 DOUBLE-LEAF CHECK VALVES A. General: Double-leaf check valves intended for air and gas service and where indicated, shall be of the wafer/lug type designed to fit between ASME B16.1 Class 125# or ASME B16.5 Class 150# flanges. The check valve leaves shall be spring-loaded. Flow from one direction shall cause the valve to open, and upon valve shutoff, the spring shall shut the valve leaves before reverse flow starts and at a point of zero velocity, with non-slam closure. The spring-tension of each valve shall be designed for the individual operating condition. B. Material of Construction CV6A CVAB 2” – 12” 14” - 66 2” - 66 Body Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B or Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Gr 65-45-12 Ductile Iron ASTM A536 Gr 65-45-12 Cast 316 Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Gr CF8M Leaves Aluminum Bronze ASTM B148 or Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Gr CF8M Stainless Steel ASTM A351 Gr CF8M Seat Resilient Buna-N or Viton Metal Stainless Steel Inlay on Cast or Ductile Iron Body Same as Body Material on 316 Stainless Steel Body Pin 316 Stainless Steel Spring Stainless Steel 316 Type 17-7PH ASTM A313 Stainless Steel 316/ Type 17-7PH ASTM A313 Fasteners 316 Stainless Steel in compliance with Section 15000, Paragraph 2.01 I C. Body: Shall be cast construction with integrally-cast seat, rated for a minimum of 150 psig working pressure at up to 250° F. D. Leaves: Leaves shall revolving on hinge pins with retainers. E. Seat: The valves shall have resilient or metal seats designed for bubble-tight shut-off suitable for temperatures up to 250° F without sticking. The seat rings shall be firmly attached to the body or disc by compression-molding or proper method. F. Springs: The springs shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer for use in the service indicated. 2.06 PLASTIC BALL CHECK VALVES – CV7 A. General: Plastic ball check valves designed for corrosive fluids, in sizes up to 4 inches, shall be used for vertical upflow conditions only, unless the valves include spring actions. B. Construction: The valve bodies and balls shall be fabricated with polyvinyl chloride (PVC), chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), or polypropylene (PP) and recommended by the Manufacturer for the service indicated. Valves shall include unions with socket connections, or flanged ends conforming to ANSI B16.5, class 150. Seals shall have Viton O-rings and valve design shall minimize possibility of the balls sticking or chattering. Valves shall be suitable for a maximum working non-shock pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F. 2.07 PLASTIC SWING CHECK VALVES A. General: Plastic swing check valves intended for corrosive fluids, in sizes up to 8 inches, may be used for either horizontal or vertical upflow conditions. 1. Construction: Valve bodies and discs shall be fabricated with PVC, PP, or PVDF and recommended by the Manufacturer for use in the service indicated. Valves shall have flanged ends conforming to ANSI B16.5, class 150, and flanged top access covers, and shall be designed for positive shut-off at no-flow conditions. Seats and seals shall be EPDM, Teflon, or Viton. PVC valves shall be rated for a maximum non-shock working pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F for sizes 3 inches and smaller. For larger sizes and other materials and temperatures the pressure rating will be recommended by the Manufacturer for use in the service indicated. B. PVC Backwater Valves: Backwater Type valves constructed from PVC shall have EPDM seats and seals, shall have an external arrow flow indicator. Valves shall be pressure rated to 43 psi (100 feet of Head) for water @ 73°F. C. Y-Check Valves: Y-Check valves constructed from PVC or CPVC shall have Buttress thread bonnet and standard O-ring type seating disc, O-rings shall be EPDM or Viton®. 1/2" - 2" valves shall be pressure rated at 150 psig, and 3" - 4" valves shall be pressure rated at 90 psig for water at 73°F. D. Diaphragm Check Valves: Diaphragm Check Valves constructed from PVC or CPVC shall have resilient diaphragm seals, high flex and tear resistant Santoprene™ Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) with self-seating design and normally closed position. Diaphragm Check Valves shall be Union style with choice of socket or threaded end connections and pressure rated to 150 psig full-flow (open) and 100 psig back pressure (closed) for water @ 73°F. Materials shall be NSF Certified for use with potable water. 2.08 SLUDGE BALL CHECK VALVES – CV9 A. General: Ball check valves shall be ANSI B16.1 Class 125# flanged body type with a cleanout bonnet and a sinking type, rubber coated, steel ball. The valves shall be rated for 150 psig service in vertical up-flow or horizontal flow. B. Construction: The valve body shall be cast iron and the ball rubber coating shall be vulcanized nitrile. 2.08 RUBBER CHECK VALVE – FLANGED ENDS & SLIP OVER TYPE A. General: Rubber check valve shall be “duck bill”, flanged end or slip over a pipe end type. B. Construction: Valve shall be all Hypalon, flanged or sleeve type fastened to the pipe with two stainless steel straps. 2.09 SINGLE PIVOT FLAP CHECK VALVE A. The Flap Valve shall be flange framed with resilient to bronze seating. The cover & Body shall be cast iron ASTM A126 Class B, the seat and disc ring shall be bronze, the hinge pin and cotter pins shall be 316 stainless steel. The resilient elastomer seat shall be Buna- N and shall be mounted in the body of the valve. Attaching hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 2.10 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL 1. Swing Check Valves (2½ inches and smaller): a. Milwaukee Valve Company. b. Stockham Valves and Fittings. c. Wm. Powell Company. d. Victaulic Company of America 2. Swing Check Valves (3 inch through 12 inch): a. APCO (Valve and Primer Corp.). b. Crispin Valve. c. Danfoss Flomatic. d. Kennedy Valve. e. Mueller Co. f. Stockham Valves and Fittings. g. Victaulic Company of America 3. Swing Check Valves (14 inches and larger): a. APCO. b. Bray Valve. c. Crane Valve. d. Crispin Valve. e. Danfoss Flomatic. f. Kennedy Valve. g. Muller Co. 4. Tilted Disc Check Valves: a. APCO (Valve and Primer Corporation). b. Crispin valve. c. Valmatic Corporation. 5. Flexible Disc Swing Check a. APCO b. Kennedy Valve. c. Muller Co. d. Valmatic Corporation. 6. Internal Spring-loaded Check Valves (Globe-Style): a. Crispin Valve. b. Valmatic Corporation. 7. Double-leaf Check Valves: a. APCO (Valve and Primer Corporation). b. Danfoss Flomatic. c. Kennedy Valve. d. Valmatic Corporation. 8. Plastic Check Valves: a. Asahi America. b. G F Plastic Systems, Inc. c. Plast-O-matic d. Spears. 9. Sludge Ball Check Valves a. Flomatic Corporation. 10. Rubber Check Valve: a. General Rubber. b. Proco. c. Red Valve Tide-Flex. 11. Flap Check Valve a. Kennedy Valve b. Penn Troy PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General installation requirements shall be as indicated in Section 15100. B. Sludge ball check valve when in horizontal flow orientation shall be orientated with the ball pocket in upward position. 3.02 FIELD TESTING A. Field testing shall be performed in accordance with Section 15100. – END OF SECTION 15105 – COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0593-1 SECTION 40 0593 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single- and three-phase motors for application on equipment provided under other Sections. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer information for each motor furnished loose. 2. Nameplate data, compliance with specified standards, electrical ratings and characteristics, physical dimensions, weights, mechanical performance data, and support points. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Qualifications Statements: 1. Qualifications for manufacturer and testing agency. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with three years' experience. B. Testing Agency: Company specializing in testing products specified in this Section with 3 years' experience. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage: 1. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. 2. For extended outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. B. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for motors furnished loose. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MOTORS FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT A. Three-Phase Motors: 1. Description: Energy-efficient squirrel-cage induction motor with windings to accomplish starting methods and indicated number of speeds. 2. Comply with NEMA MG 1, Design B. 3. Characteristics: Voltage as indicated in electrical plans, three phase, 60 Hz. 4. Characteristics: As indicated. 5. Service Factor: As indicated. 6. Enclosure: Meet conditions of installation unless specific enclosure is indicated. 7. Design for continuous operation in 100 degree F environment, with temperature rise according to NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. 8. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0593-2 9. Bearings: a. Description: Grease-lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication. b. Comply with ABMA 9. c. L-10 Life: 200,000 hours. d. Stamp bearing sizes on motor nameplate. 10. Sound Power Levels: Comply with NEMA MG 1. B. Single-Phase Motors: 1. Characteristics: As indicated on electrical plans. C. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials. 2.02 THREE-PHASE MOTORS FURNISHED LOOSE A. Manufacturers: 1. WEG 2. Or Engineer Approved Equal. B. Description: 1. Characteristics: As indicated. 2. Service Factor: As indicated in electrical plans. 3. Enclosure: Meet conditions of installation. 4. Design for continuous operation in 100 degree environment, with temperature rise according to NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type. 5. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. 6. Bearings: a. Description: Grease-lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped with plugged provision for relubrication. b. Comply with ABMA 9. c. L-10 Life: 200,000 hours. d. Stamp bearing sizes on motor nameplate. 7. Sound Power Levels: Comply with NEMA MG 1. 8. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test motors according to NEMA MG 1, including winding resistance, no -load speed and current, locked rotor current, insulation high-potential test, and mechanical alignment tests. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Disconnect and remove abandoned motors. B. Clean and repair existing motors to remain or those to be reinstalled. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Existing Installations: 1. Maintain access to existing motors and other installations remaining active and requiring access. 2. Modify installation or provide access panel. B. Install motors securely on firm foundation. COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0593-3 C. Engraved Plastic Nameplates: As specified in Section 26 0553 - Identification for Electrical Systems. D. Grounding and Bonding: As specified in Section 26 0526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test according to NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests as listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.15. END OF SECTION 40 0593 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0596-1 SECTION 40 0596 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Inertia bases 2. Open-spring isolators 3. Restrained-spring isolators 4. Closed-spring isolators 5. Restrained, closed-spring isolators 6. Pad isolators 7. Flexible connections 8. Seismic snubbers 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. 2. Catalog information indicating materials and dimensional data. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Delegated Design Submittals: Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawings with design calculations and assumptions verifying that maximum sound levels will not be exceeded. D. Manufacturer Instructions: Installation requirements, including storage and handling procedures. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. F. Qualifications Statements: 1. Qualifications for manufacturer, installer, and licensed professional. 2. Manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of hangers, including attachment points. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with three years' experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with three years' experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Licensed Professional: Professional Engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of California. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. B. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0596-2 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Furnish five-year manufacturer's warranty for inertia bases. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide vibration isolation on motor-driven equipment over 5 hp plus connected piping. B. Use concrete inertia bases for motors and on base-mounted pumps, blowers, and compressors. 2.02 INERTIA BASES A. Manufacturers: B. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc C. Or Approved Equal D. Structural Bases: 1. Design: Sufficiently rigid to prevent misalignment or undue stress on machine and to transmit design loads to isolators and snubbers. 2. Construction: Welded structural steel with gusset brackets, supporting equipment, and motor with slide rails. E. Concrete Inertia Bases: 1. Connecting Point: Reinforced to connect isolators and snubbers to base. 2. Concrete: Reinforced 3,000-psi concrete. 2.03 OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 2. Code: Color-code springs based on load-carrying capacity. C. Springs: 1. Minimum Horizontal Stiffness: 75 percent of vertical stiffness. 2. Working Deflection: Between 30 and 60 percent of maximum deflection. D. Spring Mounts: 1. Furnish leveling devices. 2. Sound Pads: a. Material: Neoprene. 3. Hardware: Zinc-chromate-plated. E. Sound Pads: 1. Meet requirements for pad isolators. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0596-3 2.04 RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal. B. Description: 1. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 2. Code: Color-code springs based on load-carrying capacity. C. Spring Mounts: 1. Furnish leveling devices. 2. Sound Pads: a. Material: Neoprene. 3. Hardware: Zinc-chromate-plated. D. Restraint: Furnish mounting frame and limit stops. 2.05 CLOSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ace Mountings Co., Inc 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Type: Closed-spring mount with top and bottom housing separated by neoprene rubber stabilizers. 2. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 3. Code: Color-code springs based on load-carrying capacity. C. Springs D. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side stabilizers 2.06 RESTRAINED, CLOSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip-galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 2. Code: Color-code springs for load-carrying capacity. 3. Type: Closed-spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. C. Springs: 1. Minimum Horizontal Stiffness: 75 percent of vertical stiffness. 2. Working Deflection: Between 30 and 60 percent of maximum deflection. D. Housings: 1. Neoprene Isolation Pad: a. Rubber or neoprene waffle pads. b. Hardness: 30 durometer. c. Height of Ribs: Not to exceed 70 percent of width. 2. Neoprene Side Stabilizers VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0596-4 2.07 PAD ISOLATORS A. Description: 1. Material: Rubber or Neoprene. 2. Hardness: 30 durometer. 3. Height of Ribs: Not to exceed 70 percent of width. B. Rubber Mount: 1. Molded rubber. 2. Threaded insert. C. Glass-Fiber Pads: Neoprene-jacketed, pre-compressed molded glass fiber. 2.08 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Steel Piping: 1. Inner Hose: As indicated 2. Exterior Sleeve: As indicated 3. Pressure Rating: As required. 4. Joints: Connection as indicated. 5. Size: As indicated. C. Copper Piping: 1. Inner Hose: As indicated 2. Exterior Sleeve: As indicated 3. Pressure Rating: As required. 4. Joints: Connection as indicated. 5. Size: As indicated. 2.09 SEISMIC SNUBBERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Type: Nondirectional and double-acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements. 2. Neoprene Elements: Replaceable. 3. Capacity: Four times load assigned to mount groupings 4. Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding three times rated load capacity of seismic snubber. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that equipment and piping is installed before Work of this Section is started. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Adjust equipment to proper level. B. Install isolation for motor-driven equipment. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT 40 0596-5 D. Piping Connections: 1. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. 2. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load in order to allow shim removal. E. Provide pairs of horizontal limit springs on fans and on hanger -supported, horizontally mounted axial fans. F. Snubbers: 1. Provide resiliently mounted equipment and piping with seismic snubbers. 2. Provide each inertia base with minimum four seismic snubbers located close to isolators. 3. Snub equipment designated for post-disaster use. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report, including static deflections. B. Ensure that equipment operates under loaded conditions without objectionable sound or vibration. C. Equipment Acceptance: Adjust, repair, modify, or replace components failing to perform as specified and rerun tests. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Closed-Spring Isolators: Adjust such that side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions. 3.05 CLEANING A. Remove foreign objects that might bridge vibration isolators. END OF SECTION 40 0596 CATHODIC PROCESS CORROSION PROTECTION 40 4642-1 SECTION 40 4642 - CATHODIC PROCESS CORROSION PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Anodes and attachment to buried metallic components. B. In case of conflicts, all specific detail specifications for construction materials shall be used. C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for including the price of cathodic protection in the bid. An increase of cost resulting from a change to cathodic protection plan shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Iron and Steel Components: 1. Negative voltage of 0.85 volts measured between component and saturated reference electrode contacting earth near component. 2. Negative voltage shift of 300 millivolts measured between component and saturated reference electrode contacting earth near component. 3. Polarization voltage shift of 100 millivolts measured between component and saturated reference electrode contacting earth near component. B. Aluminum Components: 1. Negative voltage of 1.2 volts measured between component and saturated reference electrode contacting earth near component. 2. Negative voltage shift of 150 millivolts measured between component and saturated reference electrode contacting earth near component. 3. Polarization voltage shift of 100 millivolts measured between component and saturated reference electrode contacting earth near component. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Cathodic protection is considered a deferred submittal. Signed/Stamped wiring diagrams, calculations, and supporting information for system design. B. Design Data: Design Calculation. C. Product Data: Anodes and test panels. 1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of anodes and test panels. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include periodic test procedures. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with three years' experience. B. Design system under direct supervision of professional engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of the project. C. Design Work by parties certified by National Association of Corrosion Engineers and licensed at place of Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: 1. Corrpro Companies 2. Or Engineer Approved Equal CATHODIC PROCESS CORROSION PROTECTION 40 4642-2 B. Magnesium Anode: Core of galvanized steel, tape, rod, bare weight of 32 lb, coating alloy content conforming to following: 1. Aluminum: 0.05 percent, maximum 2. Manganese: 0.5 to 1.3 percent, maximum 3. Zinc: Zero percent, maximum 4. Silicon: Zero percent, maximum 5. Copper: 0.02 percent, maximum 6. Nickel: 0.001 percent, maximum 7. Iron: 0.03 percent, maximum 8. Other Impurities: 0.3 percent, maximum C. Zinc Anode: ASTM B418 Type I galvanic zinc, tape rod, bare weight of 30 lb. D. Anode Lead Wire: Solid copper conductor, 12 (or as indicated in details) AWG, Type THW insulation. E. Field Wiring: Stranded copper conductor, size as indicated in details, Type TW insulation. F. Conduit: Rigid galvanized steel, and nonmetallic; as specified in Section 26 0533.13 - Conduits. 2.02 ANODE BACKFILL A. Backfill: Blended granular mixture, 100 percent passing No. 10 sieve mesh screen; composed of following: 1. Hydrated Gypsum: 75 percent 2. Bentonite Clay: 20 percent 3. Sodium Sulfate: 5 percent 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Box: 1. Precast concrete of sulfate-resisting portland cement concrete 2. Dimensions as indicated 3. Cast iron or concrete cover 4. CATHODIC PROTECTION TEST identification markings in letters not less than 1.5 inches high B. Enclosure: 1. NEMA 250 Type 3R (or as required for installation location). C. Terminal Board: One piece with screw terminals rated 15 amperes D. Shunt: 0.01 ohm, 6 (or as indicated) ampere, accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent E. Current Control Resistor: As indicated in details, adjustable slide wire type F. Metering: As indicated in details PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify buried pipe systems are completed and tested under provisions of Section 26 0533.13 - Conduits. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Edit first two Paragraphs when specifying magnesium anodes. B. Fasten anode lead wire to anode, tape, or rod by silver brazing. Install wire length of 10 feet (or as indicated in details). Insulate connection to 600 volts, overlapping lead wire insulation by 1/2 inch minimum. CATHODIC PROCESS CORROSION PROTECTION 40 4642-3 C. Pack anode and backfill in cloth bag; center anode and firmly pack backfill with mechanical vibrator. Use backfill material of packaged weight 2-1/2 times unit weight of anode. D. Provide bonding to ensure protected components are electrically continuous. E. Connect system to, ferrous pipe, copper pipe, metal tanks, and other materials/equipment as indicated in plan details by exothermic weld, or mechanical methods. F. Locate test stations as follows: 1. At each location of protected pipe crossing another metallic pipe 2. At each end of casing under roadway 3. At each inaccessible insulating pipe joint 4. At intervals not to exceed 1,000 feet G. Install test stations on pipe stanchion 42 inches above grade. H. Restore corrosion protective coatings and wraps damaged during installation. I. Coordinate Work with placement of buried Site metallic components requiring protection. END OF SECTION 40 4642 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9000-1 SECTION 40 9000 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENT A. This section includes the general requirements for furnishing and installing the Instrumentation, Control and Monitoring equipment as indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division 40 – Process Integration of these specifications. Other instrumentation and control sections of this Division shall supplement this Section as necessary. B. The intent of the instrumentation and control sections of Division 40 – Process Integration is to require that all instrumentation as indicated, specified and/or required, shall be furnished by a single competent, qualified Instrumentation and Control Integrator (hereinafter referred to as the I&C INTEGRATOR) to assure system compatibility and coordination with all other subsystems. C. Labor, materials, apparatus, and components essential to the complete functioning of systems described and indicated herein, or which may be reasonably implied as essential, whether mentioned in the Contract Documents or not, shall be furnished and installed by the I&C INTEGRATOR. In case of doubt as to the work intended, or in the event of need for explanation thereof the I&C INTEGRATOR shall refer to the ENGINEER for supplemental instructions. D. All items not specifically mentioned in these specifications or noted on the Drawings, or on shop drawings, but which are necessary to make a complete and satisfactory, working electrical/instrumentation installation, shall be deemed to be included herein. The Construction Documents are not intended to show every fitting, junction, or component nor every difficulty that may be encountered during installation or coordination with different equipment manufacturers. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall refer to related data in all Contract Documents and shall verify this information on site. E. Unless otherwise indicated, all equipment and components shall' be rated for use in the environment installed. Outdoor equipment shall be weatherproof or rated for outdoor use. Equipment installed in corrosive areas shall be rated for that environment. Equipment installed in a hazardous area shall be explosion-proof. In case of doubt as to the area classification, or need for explanation thereof, or discrepancies noted between components specified and the environment installed the I&C INTEGRATOR shall refer to the ENGINEER for supplemental instructions. 1.02 REFERENCES A. The specifications reference known standards and codes. Each such standard referenced shall be considered a part of the Specifications to the same extent as if reproduced therein in full. The following is a representative list of such Associations, Institutes and Societies, together with the acronym by which each is identified. AIEE American Institute of Electrical ENGINEERs ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ICEA Insulated Cable ENGINEERs Association IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics ENGINEERs NEC National Electrical Code (2002) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NETA National Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association UL Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9000-2 B. Every reference in the Specifications shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the Contract date or latest edition as adopted by the local governing authority. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. 1. Where applicable, provide complete manufacturer's part number, identifying scaling, operating range, housing and wetted parts materials, NEMA rating, product options, consumable materials, and other pertinent information. 2. Prior to Final Acceptance of the work, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall provide Operations and Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Descriptive Data: Submit copies of complete descriptive literature, performance data, physical dimensions, power and signal connections for each component and equipment to be furnished. Provide name of manufacturer, style, and complete model number. Listing items "as specified" without both make and model or type designation is not acceptable. 4. Component Data Sheets: Submit a component data sheet for each piece of instrumentation equipment similar to an ISA S20 form. Include equipment tag number, manufacturer's model number, location of service, materials of construction, size and scale range, calibrated range, setpoints, optional accessories and any other useful information. 5. Important Notice: a. After material or equipment has been submitted and approved, no substitutions will be allowed. b. If I&C INTEGRATOR's submittal(s) depart from the Contract Documents, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall make specific mention thereof in his letter(s) of transmittal, otherwise review of such submittals by the ENGINEER shall not constitute review of such departure(s). c. The I&C INTEGRATOR may be charged for costs incurred by the ENGINEER for third and subsequent submittal reviews. Cost for ENGINEER's review time shall be billed at the ENGINEER's standard hourly rates. 6. Control System Drawings: Submit 11" X 17" detailed shop drawings indicating dimensions, component layout, mounting details, wiring diagrams, nameplate legends and bill of materials for each control panel. a. Wiring diagrams shall include all interconnections, inter-wiring and terminals between all electrical and/or instrumentation units. Wire numbers shall be continuous from start to finish. Wire numbers shall not change when going from one unit, cabinet, enclosure, terminal or any device to another. b. Discrete control and power circuits: Submit ladder diagrams indicating all panel devices related to discrete functions mounted in or on control panel. c. Show unique rung numbers on left side of each rung. Label each wire, coil and terminal block. Show individual component terminal numbers. d. Analog signals: Indicate the entire analog loop on the wiring diagram including all devices connected in series and location of each device. Indicate loop power supplies and individual component terminal numbers. Indicate wire and terminal numbers of each device in the loop. e. Use different symbols for terminal blocks located in different pieces of equipment. Label each terminal block and wire termination point. f. Show each PLC I/O point rack, slot, terminal number and PLC configured address on each drawing. 7. Submit a complete PLC I/O listing including instrument tag numbers and descriptions. The I/O list shall contain the PLC rack, slot, terminal number and PLC address. Submit a complete PLC program database cross-reference list linking each database and internal register with its associated I/O point(s). INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9000-3 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment to be furnished under this section shall be the product of firms regularly engaged in the design and manufacture of this type of equipment. Manufacturer shall assume responsibility for, and guarantee performance of equipment furnished. However, this shall not be construed as relieving the I&C INTEGRATOR from responsibility for the proper installation and functioning of the work. B. The manufacture shall provide a 2-year equipment warranty. C. The I&C INTEGRATOR must have a minimum of three (3) years’ experience as a system integrator, panel fabricator and instrumentation supplier for other projects of similar type, size and requirements. The I&C INTEGRATOR must submit documentation from his selected panel fabricator verifying the experience and UL 508A file number. D. All equipment furnished shall be new and of current design. Like equipment shall be of the same manufacturer. 1.05 SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY A. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall have total responsibility for the work as specified in the instrumentation and control specifications of this Division. This includes but is not necessarily limited to furnishing system components, system integration and design, wiring diagrams, loop drawings, programming, installation supervision, field instrument calibration, start-up, testing and operator training. The I&C INTEGRATOR is responsible to verify existing field conditions, including the functionality and capability of the existing PLC to be reprogrammed to incorporate any new process controls. B. The I&C INTEGRATOR is a Subcontractor. Therefore, references made to the responsibilities and requirements of the CONTRACTOR shall only mean that the responsibilities and requirements pass through the CONTRACTOR and that the final responsibility for all Control and Instrumentation systems rests with the I&C INTEGRATOR. 1.06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Operating and Maintenance Manuals (O&M): The I&C INTEGRATOR shall provide O&M manuals for equipment and materials furnished under this contract. Submit number of copies as specified in Division 1 – General Requirements of these specifications (min 4). Assemble data in a single complete indexed volume and identify the size, model, and features indicated for each item. Equipment O&M manuals shall include the following information as a minimum: 1. A neatly typewritten index near the front of the manual furnishing immediate information as to the location in the manual of emergency data regarding installation. 2. Installation requirements and procedures. 3. Complete instructions regarding the operation and maintenance of equipment involved. Instructions and documentation not related to the equipment furnished must be removed or crossed out. O&M manuals must be individually tailored to the project and equipment as furnished. 4. Bill of Materials, component data sheets, descriptive literature, product specification sheets, wiring diagrams and calibration procedures. O&M manuals must be individually tailored to the project and equipment as furnished. 5. Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts, part numbers, current cost, na me and address of nearest vendor of replacement parts. Information on equipment or components not related to equipment furnished must be removed or crossed out. O&M manuals must be individually tailored to the project and equipment as furnished 6. Copy of warranties issued on the installation, showing dates of expiration. 7. Provide a copy of all instrument calibration reports. B. Operator interface/PLC cross-reference table/interface list. The cross-reference list shall include all PLC registers linked to each operator interface display feature. The list shall include the operator interface tag, PLC address, I/O type and range of analog signals in engineering units. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9000-4 C. Four (4) copies of the final PLC programs on 8-1/2" x 11" paper and two (2) copies on CDROM/ Flash Drive after final acceptance of the project. The electronic copies shall be a complete set of fully documented programming files as used by the I&C INTEGRATOR in programming all PLCs. The programs (including electronic copies provided) shall be well documented with control descriptions. D. Two (2) copies of all final operator interface configuration files on CDROM/ Flash Drive after final acceptance of the project. 1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Drawings: Upon completion of work, I&C INTEGRATOR shall furnish a complete set of Record Drawings and Shop Drawings which properly reflect final tested system, loop diagrams, PLC programs, etc., as actually installed. Drawings shall accurately record the final constructed system and shall be labeled as "RECORD". 1.08 COORDINATION A. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall coordinate with all other equipment manufacturers to avoid conflicts and interferences. No extra compensation will be allowed for changes made necessary due to conflicts between various equipment. B. Any discrepancies noted in these contract documents or discrepancies between Drawings and actual field conditions shall be promptly brought to the ENGINEER for a decision. No extra compensation will be allowed for changes made by the I&C INTEGRATOR without ENGINEER's consent. C. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for coordination of any control panel fabrication, testing and instrumentation system installation with configuration of both PLC's and operator interface's. Project completion will not be granted to the I&C INTEGRATOR until programming and configuration has been completed and complete automatic operation has been tested. 1.09 WARRANTY A. In addition to specific warranties required by the Specifications, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall leave the entire installation in complete working order and free from defects in materials, workmanship or finish. I&C INTEGRATOR shall repair or replace at his own expense any part that may develop defects due to faulty material or workmanship during the tests and within a period of one year (minimum, or as indicated elsewhere) after substantial completion acceptance. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall repair or replace existing equipment and work that is damaged during the repair of defective apparatus, materials or workmanship at no cost to the OWNER. B. All manufacturers’ warranties shall be filled out in their entirety by the I&C INTEGRATOR for the OWNER using the OWNER's name and address. Equipment warranty periods will commence on date of final acceptance. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 STANDARD EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and install equipment of the type specified which has been proven to operate successfully. Material or equipment that has been specified or called out by manufacturer and/or model number is approved by the ENGINEER. All other equipment may be selected based on equal quality and performance. If the I&C INTEGRATOR wishes to use an alternate manufacturer to that indicated on the plans or specified herein, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for approval, along with a written request stating the reason(s) for the substitution. The ENGINEER and the OWNER shall review such requests and have final approval prior to purchase or installation. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall be responsible for the design and installation requirements with no additional charge/fee to the OWNER. B. All control panel components shall be UL recognized and ground fault protected per UL 508A fabrication standards. Each control panel assembly shall bear a serialized UL 508A label. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9000-5 C. All instrumentation equipment and control panel components shall be capable of operating successfully at full-rated load, without failure, at an ambient air temperature of 50°C, and specifically rated for the altitude in which the equipment will be placed in service. If equipment cannot operate under the specified conditions or excessive heat build-up is expected to exceed component rating, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall supply heat mitigation measures to reduce the operating temperature within the control space to that specified by the manufacturer. D. Instrument tubing shall be soft annealed, ASTM B280 copper with soldered connections. Tubing bends shall be made with a tubing bender. Tubing shall be run straight, vertical or horizontal and secured with straps or clamps. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TEST A. Prior to final acceptance of the work, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall certify the equipment and installation included under this section to be free of defects, and suitable for trouble-free operation under the conditions set forth in these specifications. This requirement is in addition to the manufacture's guarantee. B. Before delivering any control panels to the site, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing at least two weeks prior so that a factory acceptance test can be performed. The test shall be conducted only after the I&C INTEGRATOR has performed his testing, calibrations and check-out of the system. C. The PLC and operator interface programs shall be thoroughly tested. Each input and output signal shall be tested for proper indication and control function. The PLC control logic will be tested by using simulated inputs and tripping interlocks. D. The factory acceptance test shall be conducted by the I&C INTEGRATOR. The test shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER. E. A successful factory acceptance test only allows the I&C INTEGRATOR to ship the system to the site. It does not constitute final acceptance by the OWNER. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Equipment and materials specified in this section shall be installed and connected as specified, and as shown on the Plans. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the installation with the other trades, to insure proper installation of the control instrument, components and associated conduit and cables. B. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall calibrate the instruments to the proper ranges, as required by the OWNER and the ENGINEER. Where analog signals are connected to local or remote monitoring equipment, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall verify that the calibrated ranges and scaling of the local and remote indicators are correct. C. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall furnish the services of instrumentation technicians or control system engineers trained and experienced in the installation of the various instrument and control equipment being supplied. These services shall be utilized by the I&C INTEGRATOR as he deems necessary to supervise installation, calibrate, troubleshoot and put equipment into service. 3.03 INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION A. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall provide the services of a factory representative with the proper tools and equipment to properly calibrate and adjust each instrument in the field. The ENGINEER shall be notified when the factory representative will be onsite to witness instrumentation calibration and setup. This site visit by the factory representative may also be utilized for the OWNER designated operator training as required below. INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR PROCESS SYSTEMS 40 9000-6 B. Each instrument shall be tested with certified test instruments simulating inputs at 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100 percent of the calibrated range. Ten (10) data points shall be recorded by ascending to 100 percent than descending back to O. Data shall be recorded on a prepared Instrument Calibration Report with the following information: 1. Instrument description 2. Type and location of service 3. Manufacturer, model and serial number of instruments 4. Scale range and engineering units 5. Testing method and description 6. Input values or settings 7. Output values (recorded data) 8. Calibrations notes or explanations 9. Technician's name, date and signature 10. Copy of the test instrument calibration report. Testing instrument must have been calibrated within one year prior to calibration date. 3.04 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Upon completion of instrument calibration and system validation, all systems to be retested under process conditions. The OWNER, ENGINEER and I&C INTEGRATOR shall perform this test as a final acceptance test for each instrument or piece of equipment. The p rocess variables will be pushed to their limit to verify accuracy, alarms and interlocks. Any defects or problems will be corrected immediately. Once all testing has been completed to the OWNER's satisfaction, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall submit a certified report with all substantiating data sheets indicating that the total instrumentation and control system meets the functional intent of the Contract Documents. B. After installation of the system and checkout by the OWNER, ENGINEER and I&C INTEGRATOR, a performance test shall be performed per Section 01 7700 - Contract Closeout. The test shall include an operational demonstration during which the system shall run continuously without loss of basic functions. The operational demonstration shall confirm that the status, alarm, and process variable signals are valid and are being updated appropriately. If additional time or tests are need due to improper function of the control system, the I&C INTEGRATOR shall perform the necessary work at no cost/fee to the OWNER. 3.05 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the OWNER with a list of the manufacturers' recommended spare parts. END OF SECTION 40 9000 PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-1 SECTION 40 9010 – PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Provide primary sensors and field instruments as required by the Contract Documents. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 40 9000, Instrumentation and Control for Process Equipment. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Furnish primary process measurement devices by the named manufacturers or equal equipment by other manufacturers. 2. The named manufacturers have been specified to establish the standard of quality and performance of the equipment to be supplied. 3. Obtain all sensors and field instruments of a given type from the same manufacturer. B. Manufacturers' Responsibilities and Services: 1. Design, manufacturing, field supervision, inspection, start-up and training in accordance with the requirements of Section 40 9000, Instrumentation and Control for Process Equipment. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with the requirements specified in Section 40 9000, Instrumentation and Control for Process Equipment. B. Primary process measurement devices shall not be delivered to the Site until all product information and sensors and instrument submittals have been approved. 1.04 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION FOR WETTABLE PARTS A. Provide compatible materials of construction for primary sensors and field instrument (wetted) parts that come in contact with the process fluids shown on the drawings. 1.05 IDENTIFICATION TAGS A. Performance Requirements: 1. Tag numbers of sensors and field instruments shall be in accordance with tag naming convention outlined on the instrumentation list. For items not shown or specifically tagged, the item tag number shall be established by the system supplier in accordance with tag naming convention. All instruments, whether field or panel mounted, shall have an identification tag. 2. Include the identifying tag number, manufacturer, model number, service, and range. 3. Fasten tags to the device with self-tapping stainless-steel screws. Where fastening with screws cannot be accomplished the tags shall be permanently attached to the device by a circlet of stranded stainless-steel wire rope and clamp. 4. All sensors and field instruments mounted on or within control panels and enclosures shall have the identification tag installed so that the engravings are easily visible to service personnel. Panel mounted devices shall have the tag attached to the rear of the device. B. Construction Features: 1. Tags shall be engraved with 3/16-inch letters and constructed as follows. a. 3/32-inch thick laminated phenolic for engraving composed of core, laminated on both sides with a matte (non-glare) finish cover sheet. b. Core to be black; cover sheet to be white. c. Mounting holes to be centered on width and 1/4-inch from each end. PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-2 1.06 FILLING LIQUID A. Use silicone except for process fluids containing chlorine. When the process fluid contains chlorine, the filling liquid shall be Halocarbon 63 or Flurolube 63. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 INSTRUMENTATION A. Provide instrumentation as noted on the Equipment List, P&ID, and drawings. 2.02 PROCESS TAPS, SENSING LINES AND ACCESSORIES A. Water Pressure Sensing Lines and Accessories for Flow and Pressure Transmitters: 1. Material: Copper Water Tube, ASTM B-88, Type L, drawn temper or annealed 2. Pressure Rating: 150 psi 3. Size: 1/2-inch O.D. for water 4. Connections: Brass Compression Type, "Swagelok" by Crawford, or equal 5. Shut-off Valves: a. Type: Ball b. Pressure Rating: 150 psi c. Body, Ball and Stem: Brass d. Packing: High Density TFE e. Handle: Nylon with metal travel stops f. Support Rings: TFE coated brass g. End Connections: Removable "Swagelok", or equal h. Model: Whitey 45 Series for water, or equal 6. Manifolds: a. Type: 5-valve and 3-valve meter manifolds b. Materials: Type 316 stainless steel body, bonnets and stems; Delrin seats; Teflon packing c. Products and Manufacturers: 1) Anderson-Greenwood 2) Or Approved equal B. Pressure Tap Sensing Lines and Accessories for Pressure Gauges and Pressure Switches: 1. For Process Sensing Taps in Ductile Iron, Steel and Stainless-Steel Piping Systems: a. Material and Fittings: Type 304 stainless steel pipe (ASTM A312) and threaded fittings and adapters (ASTM A403) b. Sizes: 1/2-inch minimum for main sensing piping and 1/4-inch gauge and switch connections c. Pressure Rating: Equal to or greater than the applicable system pressure d. Accessories: 1) For applications not requiring diaphragm seals, provide separate 1/2-inch Type 316 stainless steel threaded ball valve for each gauge and switch. 2) For applications requiring diaphragm seals, provide a separate 1/2-inch threaded Type 316 stainless steel ball valve for seal process side shutoff. 2. For Process Sensing Taps in Copper and Thermoplastic Piping Systems: a. Pipe Material and Fittings: Use same type of pipe material and fittings as that used in the process piping system. b. Sizes: 1/2-inch minimum for main process sensing piping and 1/4-inch for gauge and switch connections c. Accessories: 1) For copper piping system taps with or without seals, provide a separate 1/2-inch minimum threaded brass or bronze ball valve for each gauge and switch. 2) For PVC piping systems with or without diaphragm seals, provide a separate PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-3 1/2-inch threaded ball valve for process sensing line shutoff. 2.03 LEVEL SWITCH - FLOAT TYPE A. Type: Direct acting, pear shaped, eccentric weighted, displacement type liquid level sensor. B. Construction Features: 1. Float Body: Hollow hermetically sealed, rigidly molded of polypropylene containing mechanical switch and eccentric metal weight. 2. Mechanical Switch: SPDT switch rated 10-16 amps resistive at 120 VAC and five amps resistive at 30 VDC. 3. Weight: Weight to cause sensor to hang straight down from cable when not immersed and only allow float to pivot when immersed in liquid. 4. Electrical Cable: a. Heavy duty, three conductor, flexible and submersible cable, sheathed in PVC and connected to float and switch with watertight seal. b. Length furnished to be sufficient to extend to junction box. C. Products and Manufacturers: 1. Flygt, Model ENM-10 2. Conery, 2900 Series 3. Or equal 2.04 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER A. Type: Solid State two-wire, differential capacitance or resonant wire type transmitter. B. Function: Monitor system pressures. The transmitter shall display the monitored pressure value and shall output a 4 to 20 mADC signal proportional to the monitored pressure. C. Performance Requirements: 1. Positive Overrange Protection: At least 1.25 times the maximum span limit 2. Local Indication: Yes 3. Accuracy (includes combined effects of linearity, hysteresis, and repeatability): ±0.10 percent of calibrated span 4. Repeatability: 0.05 percent of calibrated span 5. Hysteresis: 0.05 percent of calibrated span 6. Stability (drift over a six-month period): Not more than ±0.25 percent of transmitters upper range limit 7. Power: Designated to operate on power from receiver or remote power supply, nominal 24 VDC 8. Supply Voltage Effect: Output change not greater than 0.005 percent of span for each one volt change in supply power 9. Output: a. Isolated direct acting 4 to 20 mADC b. Digital process variable signal superimposed on 4 to 20 mADC signal without compromising loop integrity 10. Ambient Temperature Limits: -20 to +180 degrees F 11. Ambient Temperature Effect (Total Error per 100 degrees F change between the Ambient Temperature Limits): Not more than ±1.0 percent of the transmitters upper range limit (maximum span) D. Construction Features: 1. Measuring elements protected by sealing diaphragm. 2. Non-Wetted Parts: a. Body and Process Connection Bolting: Type 316 stainless steel b. Housing and Cover: Die cast low copper aluminum alloy finished with epoxy paint system; covers shall be threaded and seated on Buna-N O-rings; NEMA 4 rating. PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-4 c. Capsule Fill Liquid: See Article 1.8. 3. Process Wetted Parts: To be compatible with the process fluid 4. Calibration Adjustments: a. Zero: Adjustable in electronics compartment b. Span: Coarse and fine adjustments in electronics compartment 5. Zero Elevation and Suppression: The extent that the amount of suppression plus the calibrated span does not exceed the upper range limits of the sensor. 6. Damping: Internal Adjustable 7. Built-in electrical surge and RFI protection 8. Provide a single shutoff valve at each process line tap to enable live process removal of transmitter. 9. Provide Type 316 stainless steel three valve manifold for shutoff and pressure equalization on differential pressure and flow measurement applications. 10. Electrical Conduit Connection: 1/2-inch NPT 11. Process Connection: 1/2-inch NPT 12. Stainless steel mounting bracket and hardware suitable for mounting transmitter on flat vertical surface or a 2-inch diameter pipe 13. Indicator: Provide integral indicator with range in engineering units. E. Accessories: 1. Valves: Comply with requirements of Article 2.1, above. 2. Hand held interface with keyboard and LED display capable of easily configuring and testing the transmitter F. Products and Manufacturers: 1. Endress and Hauser, Cerabar S Mode 2. Or Equal 2.05 PRESSURE SWITCHES A. General 1. Pressure switches shall be capable of the measurement of absolute and gauge pressure in gases, vapors, liquids and dust. The pressure switch shall utilize a piezoresistive sensor, that shall be long-term stable and overload resistant. B. Requirements 1. Process Connection: NPT female connection. Size per plan 2. Switch Type: SPDT 3. Setpoint: single setpoint, adjustable deadband 4. Enclosure: Switch shall be housed in a NEMA 4X IP66 rated enclosure 5. Switch Contacts: 120V or 24VDC as required by the project documents 6. Actuator Seal: Viton or Teflon 7. Pressure Range: As required by the design requirements 8. Diaphragm seals shall be provided on all chemical lines and as indicated on P&ID unless specifically noted by the engineer. C. Manufacturers 1. Ashcroft G and L Series Pressure Switches 2. Or equal. 2.06 PRESSURE GAUGE A. Type: Bourdon Tube Pressure Element Type, Liquid Filled Gauge (for pressure ranges of 15 psi and greater and vacuum ranges to 30-inches Hg): B. Performance Requirements: 1. Accuracy: ±0.5 percent of span (ANSI B40.1 Grade 2A). PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-5 C. Construction Features: 1. Case: a. Solid front design constructed of glass filled polyester b. Color: Black 2. Size: 4-1/2-inch 3. Ring: Threaded, glass filled polyester 4. Window: Glass 5. Dial: White with black markings 6. Filling Liquid: See Article 1.8 7. Overpressure protection: Full blowout back 8. Bourdon Tube and Socket: a. Type 316 stainless steel b. Heliarc welded, unless otherwise specified 9. Movement: a. Type 300 series stainless steel b. Rotary geared with Teflon S coating, or cam and roller type c. Built-in overload and underload movement stops 10. Connection: 1/4-inch male NPT, bottom 11. Mounting: Stem Mount 12. Calibration: a. Adjustable pointer b. Externally accessible zero adjustment D. Accessories: 1. Pressure Snubber: Sintered stainless steel snubber threaded into gauge socket or in external stainless steel housing with 1/4-inch NPT male and female connections 2. Process Isolation: Provide ball valves for process isolation E. Products and Manufacturers: 1. Ashcroft, Duragage 1379 Series 2. Helicoid, Series 900 3. Wika EN 837 4. Or equal 2.07 DIAPHRAGM SEAL A. General: 1. Furnish diaphragm seals for pressure gauges and switches at locations shown and as specified. 2. The complete diaphragm seal assembly, including gauge, switch or transmitter, shall be factory assembled, filled and calibrated to the ranges and switch setpoints specified prior to shipment. 3. System Supplier Manufacturer shall be responsible for assuring that fill volumes and sensitivities of the supplied seals and diaphragms are suitable to provide the required gauge, switch or transmitter accuracy over the specified measurement range or at switch setpoints. 4. Location and orientation of the gauges, switches and seal assemblies shall be coordinated with the actual piping and equipment installations so that gauges and indicators shall be easily read and accessed for maintenance by plant personnel. 5. Where field mounting and orientation conflicts arise due to incomplete coordination with field changes in the process piping and equipment installation, assemblies shall be relocated, re-oriented, re-assembled and re-calibrated as directed by the ENGINEER. B. Construction Features: 1. Instrument Connection: 1/4-inch NPT 2. Process Connection: 1/2-inch NPT 3. Flushing Connection: 1/4-inch NPT 4. Top Housing Materials: Type 316 stainless steel PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-6 5. Process Side Housing Materials: a. Type 316L stainless steel for metallic piping b. PVC or CPVC to match non-metallic piping 6. Bolting Materials: Type 316 stainless steel 7. Diaphragm, O-Rings, and Gasket Materials: Teflon C. Accessories: 1. Provide fill/bleed screw to permit filling of instrument and diaphragm seal. 2. Provide a clean-out ring which holds the diaphragm captive in the upper housing to allow the upper housing assembly to be removed for recalibration or cleaning of the process side housing without the loss of filling liquid or change in calibration. D. Products and Manufacturers: 1. Helicoid, Type 100 HAC 2. Or equal 2.08 MAGNETIC FLOWMETER AND TRANSMITTER A. Type: Flowmeter with pulsed DC Magnetic Flow Transmitter. B. Function: Monitor liquid flows. The transmitter shall display the monitored flow value and shall output a 4 to 20 mADC signal proportional to the monitored flow. C. Performance Requirements: 1. Accuracy (with analog output): a. ±0.5 percent of flow rate, or better, over a range from 1 fps to 31 fps b. ±0.005 fps, or better, at flows below 1 fps c. Accuracy unaffected by changes in fluid velocity, density, pressure, temperature or conductivity (above minimum conductivity limits) d. System accuracy shall be proven by submittal of flow test curves of the actual meters being furnished. 1) Test curves shall show a minimum of ten equally spaced flow points. Tests shall be performed using water and a weight or volume tank. A “master meter” used as a reference standard is not acceptable. The test setup shall be submitted and approved prior to testing. 2. Repeatability: ±0.15 percent of flow rate, or ±0.0015 fps, whichever is greater. 3. Drift: Complete zero stability 4. Minimum Fluid Conductivity Limit: Five microsiemens per centimeter or less 5. Minimum Pre-amp Input Impedance: 1012 ohms 6. Power: a. 120 VAC ± 10 percent, 60 Hz, ±3 Hz power supply b. Power Consumption shall not exceed 50 watts for flowmeter and transmitter combined 7. Output: a. 4 to 20 mADC, direct acting and isolated, into 0 to 1000 ohms b. High accuracy, field adjustable scaled pulse output (0.1 to 10 Hz or greater) to drive local totalizer 8. Operating Temperature: Suitable for operation with process fluid temperature from 0°F to 140°F. 9. Flow Range: As specified in the Instrument List 10. Pipeline Size: As indicated in plans D. Construction Features 1. Flowmeter: a. Type: Lined metal flowmeter b. Interchangeability: Ratio of flow velocity to voltage reference signals generated identical for all meter sizes to permit interchangeability with transmitter without requiring circuit modifications. PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-7 c. Tube Material: Type 304 stainless steel d. Electrode: 1) Conical or elliptical shaped 2) Material: Compatible with the process fluid e. Lining: Compatible with the process fluid 2. Enclosure: a. Materials and Rating: 1) Cast low-copper aluminum alloy or fabricated sheet steel. 2) NEMA 6 rated. 3) Capable of withstanding accidental submergence in 30 feet of water for 48 hours. b. Finish: Finish exterior, except for flange faces, with a high build epoxy paint. c. End Connections: ANSI Class 150 suitable for mating with pipe specified. d. Electrical Connections: 3/4-inch NPT tapped holes for power conduit fitting and signal conduit fittings. 3. Pulsed DC Magnetic Flow Transmitter: a. Materials and Rating: 1) Die cast, low-copper aluminum alloy. 2) NEMA 4 rated. b. Solid state construction. c. Local Indication: 1) 3-1/2 digit minimum LCD meter with field selectable engineering units. 2) Seven-digit electromechanical totalizer or eight-digit electronic LCD totalizer with reset and lithium battery backup. Totalizer shall be integral with transmitter and visible through viewing window or shall be externally mounted in a separate NEMA 4X enclosure or condulet with viewing window and installed adjacent to the transmitter. Totalizer shall read forward, reverse, and net flow. d. Pulse and analog outputs galvanically isolated from input and earth ground. e. Automatic zeroing feature making it unnecessary to zero the instrument before or after placing it in operation. f. Pre-calibrated span adjustment providing continuous span adjustment over entire range. g. Range Adjustment: Direct reading thumbwheel switches or calibrated potentiometer, continuously adjustable for full scale settings from 1 to 31 feet per second. h. Signal Conditioning: Adjustable damping circuit with response times of 1 to 25 seconds minimum. i. Low Flow Cutoff: Provide automatic low flow cutoff circuitry to stop pulse output and local totalization when flow drops below 0.5 percent ± 0.2 percent of the calibrated upper range valve. E. Accessories: 1. Mounting: a. Provide complete Type 316 stainless steel mounting hardware. b. All transmitter and driver electronics shall be remotely mounted from the flow tubes at locations shown. c. Type of mounting (wall, support frame or pipe stand) as required. 2. Shielded cable assemblies of sufficient length for connection between flowmeter and transmitter electronics. 3. Type 316 stainless steel grounding rings for flowmeter. 4. Type 316 stainless steel grounding straps. 5. NEMA 4X rated 120 VAC power on-off selector switch as specified in Article 2.2, above. 6. A spool piece for replacement of each different size flow tube where no bypass piping is provided. 7. One calibrator suitable to calibrate all flow tubes provided. PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-8 F. Products and Manufacturers: 1. Toshiba, LF620F/LF622F 2. E&H, Promag 100. 3. Or Engineer Approved equal. 2.09 CONDUCTIVITY PROBE A. General: Continuous monitoring system consisting of contacting conductivity sensor and a transmitter designed to measure conductivity of the sample and produce a proportional output linear signal. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Sensor: Range Selectable: 0.0-1000.0 µS/cm a. Wetted Materials: Titanium electrodes, PTFE insulator, and Viton O-ring seals b. Provide flow-through mounting type sensor c. Operating Temperature Range: -4 to 392 degrees F. d. Maximum Flow Rate: Ten feet per second. e. Sensor Cable: Shielded polyethylene cable. Provide length as required to connect to remotely mounted transmitter (20 feet, minimum length). f. Connection: 3/4-inch NPT female. g. Accuracy: + 2% of the reading above 200 µS/cm h. Sensitivity: + 0.5% of reading i. Repeatability: +0.5% of reading j. Response Time: 90% of reading within 30 seconds of step change k. Temperature Compensator: Pt 1000 RTD C. Products and Manufacturers: 1. Hach D3422B3 with Hach digital SC1000 2.10 SPARE PARTS AND TEST EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and deliver the spare parts and test equipment as outlined below, identical to and interchangeable with similar parts furnished under this Section. B. Spare parts shall be packed in containers suitable for long term storage, bearing labels clearly designating the contents and the pieces of equipment for which they are intended. C. The following shall constitute the minimum spare parts: 1. Five of each type input-output relay for each 40 or less furnished for this Contract. 2. One replacement power supply for each type and size furnished for this Contract. 3. A one-year supply of all expendable materials. 4. One per five of gauges, indicators and/or switches used in field complete with diaphragm seals, filled and ready for use. D. The following shall constitute the minimum test and calibration equipment. 1. Three Fluke, Hewlett-Packard, or equal (latest in series) digital multimeter plus amprobe, high voltage probe, test leads, case and all other recommended spares and accessories. 2. All tooling required to insert, extract and connect any internal or external connector, including edge connectors. 3. All special calibration equipment required for system calibration. 4. A thermocouple calibrator including case. 5. Two signal simulators (4 to 20 mADC; 1 to 5 VDC), including cases. One simulator shall be battery powered and shall include charger. 6. A portable flow meter calibrator (for magnetic use only). E. All spare parts shall have been operated and tested in the factory as part of factory testing prior to shipment of the control system. PRIMARY SENSORS AND FIELD INSTRUMENTS 40 9010-9 F. For process sensors and all other analog instruments, the supplier shall submit a separate quotation for a recommended list of spare parts and test equipment. Each item recommended shall be listed and priced separately. The spare parts quotation shall contain a statement that the prices quoted are firm for a period of one year from the installation date of the equipment, and that the supplier understand that the OWNER reserves the right to purchase none, any, or all of the parts quoted. The supplier is required to show that a stock of spare parts and test-equipment is obtainable within a 48-hour period. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide the services of qualified factory-trained servicemen to assist in the installation of the instrumentation and control system equipment. B. Install each item in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Transmitters and instruments, which require access for periodic calibration or maintenance, shall be mounted so they are accessible while standing on the floor. Care shall be taken in the installation to ensure sufficient space is provided between instruments and other equipment or piping to allow for easy removal and servicing. C. Mount and anchor items and instrument components using stainless steel hardware. D. All field instruments shall be rigidly secured to walls, stands or brackets as required by the manufacturer. E. Conform to all applicable provisions of the NEMA standards, NEC and local, State and Federal codes when installing the equipment and interconnecting wiring. 3.02 START-UP, CALIBRATION, TESTING, AND TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer datasheet and field verification documentation that instruments have been installed per manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. B. Verify instrument range against manufacturer datasheet in the field. C. Test instruments as part of facility testing for integration with the existing controls. D. Train operators with a focus on instrument maintenance, cleaning, housekeeping and field calibration/range verification. END OF SECTION 40 9010 PRIMARY CONTROL VALVES 40 9213-1 SECTION 40 9213 - PRIMARY CONTROL VALVES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide all valve and gate actuators and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and gates, except where otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. C. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more valve or gate actuators of the same type or size are required, the actuators shall all be produced by the same Manufacturer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures and Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. The shop drawing shall substantiate compliance with the Contract Documents requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings of all actuators shall be submitted together with the valve and gate submittals as a complete package. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, all shut-off and throttling valves, and externally actuated valves and gates, shall be provided with manual or power actuators. All actuators shall be complete and operable with mounting hardware, motors, gears, controls, wiring, solenoids, hand wheels, levers, chains, and extensions, as applicable. All actuators shall be capable of holding the valve in any intermediate position between fully open and fully closed without creeping or fluttering. B. Manufacturers: Where indicated, certain valves and gates may be provided with actuators manufactured by the valve or gate Manufacturer. Where actuators are furnished by different manufacturers, coordinate selection to have the fewest number of manufacturers possible. C. Materials: All actuators shall be current models of the best commercial quality materials and liberally sized for the maximum expected torque. All materials shall be suitable for the environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed. D. Mounting: All actuators shall be securely mounted by means of brackets or hardware specially designed and sized for this purpose and of ample strength. The word "open" shall be cast on each valve or actuator with an arrow indicating the direction to open in the counter-clockwise direction. All gear and power actuators shall be equipped with position indicators. Where possible, manual actuators shall be located between 48 and 60 inches above the floor or the permanent working platform. E. Standard: Unless otherwise indicated and where applicable, all actuators shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C 540 - AWWA Standard for Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. F. Functionality: Electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic actuators shall be coordinated with the power requirements of Division 26 - Electrical and instrumentation equipment requirements indicated in Division 40 – Process Integration. 2.02 MANUAL ACTUATORS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, all valves and gates shall be furnished with manual actuators. Valves in sizes up to and including 8 inches shall have direct acting lever or handwheel actuators of the Manufacturer's best standard design. Larger valves and gates shall have gear-assisted manual PRIMARY CONTROL VALVES 40 9213-2 actuators, with an operating pull of maximum 60 pounds on the rim of the handwheel. All buried and submerged gear-assisted valves, all gates, all gear-assisted valves for pressures higher than 250 psi, all valves 30 inches in diameter and larger, and where so indicated, shall have worm-gear actuators, hermetically-sealed and grease-packed, where buried or submerged. All other valves 10 inches to 24 inches in diameter may have traveling-nut actuators, worm-gear actuators, spur- or bevel-gear actuators, as appropriate for each valve. G. Buried Valves: Unless otherwise indicated, all buried valves shall have extension stems (or bonnets where shown on the plans) to grade, with square nuts or floor stands, position indicators, and cast- iron or steel pipe extensions with valve boxes, covers and operating keys. Where so indicated, buried valves shall be in cast-iron, concrete, or similar valve boxes with covers of ample size to allow operation of the valve actuators. Covers of valve boxes shall be permanently labeled as requested by the OWNER, or the ENGINEER. Wrench-nuts shall comply with AWWA C 500 - Metal - Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service, and a minimum of 2 operating keys, or one key per 10 valves, whichever is greater, shall be furnished. H. Buried and Submerged Actuators: Buried and submerged valve actuators and gear assemblies shall be provided with Type 304 and/or 316 stainless steel bolting and trim, and shall be rated for continuous submerged service. If buried, the valve actuator shall be suitable for a submerged service at a water depth of 10 feet (minimum). If submerged, the actuator sh all be suitable for a submerged service at a water depth of 30 feet (minimum). PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All valve and gate actuators and accessories shall be installed in accordance with Section 40 0551 – Common Work Results for Process Valves. Actuators shall be located to be readily accessible for operation and maintenance, without obstructing walkways. Actuators shall not be mounted where shock or vibrations will impair their operation, nor shall the support systems be attached to handrails, process piping, or mechanical equipment. END OF SECTION 40 9213 ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9243-1 SECTION 40 9243 - ELECTRIC ACTUATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. Furnish and install electric actuators in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIC ELSEWHERE A. Related Sections: 1. Division 26 - Electrical 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with the requirements of the General Section. B. Submit complete manufacturer catalog information showing dimensions, electrical requirements, operating instructions, etc. 1.04 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. O&M Manuals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 7823 – Operating and Maintenance Data. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall provide a 2-year equipment warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ELECTRIC ACTUATORS A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall verify with the vendor/manufacturer that each electric actuator (supplied and installed) delivers the necessary torque requirements for opening and closing the corresponding valve that it is actuating, and provide supporting documentation to the ENGINEER. Electric actuators shall be suitable as specified on the plans for use on 115VAC, 1-phase, or 480 VAC, 3-phase, 60Hz power supply. The actuators shall incorporate motor, integral reversing starter, local control facilities and terminals for remote control and indication connections housed within a self-contained, sealed enclosure. 1. In order to maintain the integrity of the enclosure, setting of the torque levels, position limits and configuration of the indication contacts, etc. shall be carried out without the removal of any actuator covers over an Infrared interface. Sufficient commissioning tools shall be provided with the actuators and must meet the enclosure protection and certification levels of the actuators. Commissioning tools shall not form an integral part of the actuator and must be removable for secure storage/authorized release. In addition, provision shall be made for the protection of configured actuator settings by a means independent of access to the commissioning tool. 2. The actuator shall include a device to ensure that the motor runs with the correct rotation for the required direction of valve travel irrespective of the connection sequence of the power supply. B. Enclosure: Actuators shall be 0-ring sealed, watertight to /IP68 7m for 72hrs, NEMA 4, 6. The motor and all other internal electrical elements of the actuator shall be protected from ingress of moisture and dust when the terminal cover is removed for site for cabling. The terminal compartment shall have the same ingress protection rating as the actuator with the terminal cover removed. Enclosure must allow for temporary site storage without the need for electrical supply connection. The enclosure shall be acceptable for use in the following locations: ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9243-2 1. Non-hazardous indoor or outdoor location to protect against wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water. 2. Hazardous locations classified as Class I and II, Groups C, D, E, F and G as defined in the National Electrical Code plus non-hazardous locations to protect against wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water (i.e. CSA Enclosure 4 and 7 – Explosion- proof and Weatherproof). 3. All external fasteners shall be zinc plated stainless steel. The use of unplated stainless steel or steel fasteners is not permitted. C. Actuator Sizing: The actuator shall be sized to guarantee valve closure at the specified differential pressure and temperature. The safety margin of motor power available for seating and unseating the valve shall be sufficient to ensure torque switch trip at maximum valve torque with the supply voltage 10% below nominal. For linear operating valves, the operating speed shall be such as to give valve closing and opening at approximately 10-12 inches per minute unless otherwise noted. For 90 valve types the operating time will be specified. Actuator manufacturer/vendor shall confirm appropriate opening and closing times for the valve the actuator is operating. D. Environmental: Actuators shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use. The actuator shall be capable of functioning in an ambient temperature ranging from -33°C (-27°F) to 70°C (158°F), up to 100% relative humidity. Actuators for hazardous area applications shall meet the area classification, gas group and surface temperature requirements specified in data sheet. E. Motor: The motor shall be an integral part of the actuator, designed specifically for valve actuator applications. It shall be a low inertia high torque design, class F insulated with a class B temperature rise giving a time rating of 15 minutes at 40°C(104°F) at an average load of at least 33% of maximum valve torque. Temperature shall be limited by thermostats embedded in the motor end windings and integrated into its control. Electrical and mechanical disconnection of the motor should be possible without draining the lubricant from the actuator gear case. F. Motor Protection: Protection shall be provided for the motor as follows: 1. Stall - the motor shall be de-energized within 8 seconds in the event of a stall when attempting to unseat a jammed valve. 2. Over temperature - thermostat will cause tripping of the motor. Auto-reset on cooling 3. Single phasing - lost phase protection. 4. Direction – phase rotation correction. G. Gearing: The actuator gearing shall be totally enclosed in an oil-filled gear case suitable for operation at any angle. Grease lubrication is not permissible. All drive gearing and components must be of metal construction and incorporate a lost-motion hammer blow feature. For rising spindle valves the output shaft shall be hollow to accept a rising stem, and incorporate thrust bearings of the ball or roller type at the base of the actuator. The design should be such as to permit the opening of the gear case for inspection or disassembled without releasing the stem thrust or taking the valve out of service. For 90 operating type of valves, drive gearing shall be self-locking to prevent the valve back driving the actuator. H. Manual Operation: A hand wheel shall be provided for emergency operation, engaged when the motor is declutched by a lever or similar means, the drive being restored to power automatically by starting the motor. The hand wheel or selection lever shall not move on restoration of motor drive. Provision shall be made for the hand/auto selection lever to be locked in both hand and auto positions. It should be possible to select hand operation while the actuator is running or start the actuator motor while the hand/auto selection lever is locked in hand without damage to the drive train. Clockwise operation of the hand wheel shall give closing movement of the valve unless otherwise noted. For linear valve types the actuator hand wheel drive must be mechanically independent of the motor drive and should be such as to permit valve operation in a reasonable time with a manual force not exceeding 400N through stroke and 800N for seating/unseating of the valve. I. Drive Bushing: The actuator shall be furnished with a drive bushing easily detachable for machining to suit the valve stem or gearbox input shaft. Normally the drive bush shall be positioned ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9243-3 in a detachable base of the actuator. Thrust bearings, when housed in a separate thrust base should be of the sealed for life type. J. Torque and Turns Limitation: Torque and turns limitation to be adjustable as follows: 1. Position setting range – multi-turn: 2.5 to 100,000 turns, with resolution to 15 deg. of actuator output. 2. Position setting range – direct drive part turn actuators: 90 +/-10, with resolution to 0.1 deg. of actuator output. 3. Torque setting: 40% to 100% rated torque. 4. Measurement of torque shall be from direct measurement of force at the output of the actuator. Methods of determining torque-using data derived from the motor such as motor speed, current, flux, etc. are not acceptable 5. A means for automatic “torque switch bypass” to inhibit torque off during valve unseating and “latching” to prevent torque switch hammer under maintained or repeated control signals shall be provided. The electrical circuit diagram of the actuator should not vary with valve type remaining identical regardless of whether the valve is to open or close on torque or position limit. K. Remote Valve Position/ Actuator Status Indication: Four contacts shall be provided which can be selected to indicate any position of the valve. Provision shall be made for the selection of a normally closed or open contact form. Contacts shall maintain and update position indication during hand wheel operation when all external power to the actuator is isolated. 1. The contacts shall be rated at 5A, 250V AC, 30V DC. As an alternative to providing valve position any of the four above contacts shall be selectable to signal one of the following: a. Valve opening, closing or moving b. Thermostat tripped, lost phase c. Motor tripped on torque in mid travel, motor stalled d. Remote selected e. Actuator being operated by hand wheel 2. Provision shall be made in the design for an additional 4 contacts having the same functionality. Provision shall be made in the design for the addition of a contactless transmitter to give a 4-20mA analogue signal corresponding to valve travel for remote indication when required. The transmitter will auto range to the set limits L. Local Position Indication: The actuator display shall include a dedicated numeric/symbol digital position indicator displaying valve position from fully open to fully closed in 1% increments. Valve closed and open positions shall be indicated by symbols showing valve position in relation to the pipe work to ensure that valve status is clearly interpreted. With main power on the display shall be backlit to enhance contrast at low light levels and shall be legible from a distance of at least 6 feet (2m). 1. Red, green, and yellow lights corresponding to open, closed, and intermediate valve positions shall be included on the actuator display when power is switched on. The digital display shall be maintained and updated during hand wheel operation when all power to the actuator is isolated. 2. In addition, the actuator display shall include a separate text display element with a minimum of 32 characters to display operational, alarm and configuration status. The text display shall be selectable between English and one of the following languages: Spanish, German, French, Italian, and Portuguese. Provision shall be made to upload a different language without removal of any covers or using specialized tools not provided as standard with the actuator. Provision shall be made to orientate the actuator display through increments of 90°. M. Local Torque Indication: The digital display shall be capable of indicating real time torque and valve position simultaneously, both being displayed in 1% increments of valve position and actuator rated torque. In addition, torque shall also be displayed in horizontal bar graph form. N. Integral Starter and Transformer: The reversing starter, control transformer and local controls shall be integral with the valve actuator suitably housed to prevent breathing and condensation. The ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9243-4 starter shall be suitable for 60 starts per hour (for open/close operation) or 1,200 starts per hour, minimum (for modulating, or proportional control) and of rating appropriate to motor size. The controls supply transformer shall be fed from two of the incoming three phases and incorporate overload protection. It shall have the necessary tappings and be adequately rated to provide power for the following functions: 1. Energization of the contactor coils. 2. 24V DC output for remote controls. 3. Supply for all the internal electrical circuits. O. Local Controls: The actuator shall incorporate local controls for Open, Close and Stop and a Local/Stop/Remote mode selector switch lockable in any one of the following three positions: local control only, stop (no electrical operation), remote control plus local stop only. It shall be possible to select maintained or non-maintained local control. The local controls shall be arranged so that the direction of valve travel can be reversed without the necessity of stopping the actuator. Provision shall be made to orientate the local controls through increments of 90°. P. Control Facilities: The necessary control, wiring and terminals shall be provided in the actuator for the following functions: 1. Open and close external interlocks to inhibit local and remote valve opening and/or closing control. It shall be possible to configure the interlocks to be active in remote control only. Remote controls fed from an internal 24V DC supply and/or from an external supply between 20V and 120V AC or 20V and 60 V DC, to be suitable for any one or more of the following methods of control: a. Open, Close and Stop control. b. Open and Close maintained or “push to run” (inching) control. c. Overriding Emergency Shut-down to Close (or Open) valve from a normally closed or open contact. d. Two-wire control, energize to close (or open), de-energize to open (or close). 2. It shall be possible to reverse valve travel without the necessity of stopping the actuator. The motor starter shall be protected from excessive current surges during rapid travel reversal. The internal circuits associated with the remote control and monitoring functions are to be designed to withstand simulated lightning impulses of up to 2kV. 3. In locations where the electric actuator is installed 6 feet above the finished grade/floor/working platform the Contractor shall provide a remote control station wired to the electric actuator to allow operation of the valve from the finished grade/floor/working platform. Q. Monitoring Facilities: Facilities shall be provided for monitoring actuator operation and availability as follows: 1. Monitor (availability) relay, having one change-over contact, the relay being energized from the control transformer will de-energise under any one or more the following conditions: a. Loss of main or customer 24V DC power supply b. Actuator control selected to local or stop c. Motor thermostat tripped d. Actuator internal fault 2. Where specified, provision shall be made for contacts to provide discreet indication of one or more of the following: a. Remote selected 1) Thermostat trip 2) Actuator fault 3. Actuator text display indication of the following status/alarms: a. Closed Limit, open limit, moving open, moving closed, stopped b. Torque trip closing, torque trip opening, stalled c. ESD active, interlock active d. Thermostat trip, phase lost, 24V supply lost, Local control failure e. Configuration error, Position sensor failure, Torque sensor failure ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9243-5 f. Battery low, power loss inhibit 4. Integral data logger to record and store the following operational data: a. Opening last /average torque against position b. Closing last /average torque against position c. Opening motor starts against position d. Closing motor starts against position e. Total open/closed operations f. Maximum recorded opening and closing torque values g. Event recorder logging operational conditions (valve, control and actuator) 5. The data logger shall record relevant time and date information for stored data. 6. Data logger data is to be accessed via non-intrusive IrDA communication. Sufficient standard intrinsically safe tools shall be provided for downloading data logger and actuator configuration files from the actuators and subsequent uploading to a PC. The actuator manufacturer shall supply PC software to enable data logger files to be viewed and analyzed. R. Wiring and Terminals: Internal wiring shall be tropical grade PVC insulated stranded cable of appropriate size for the control and 3-phase power. Each wire shall be clearly identified at each end. The terminals shall be embedded in a terminal block of high tracking resistance compound. The terminal compartment shall be separated from the inner electrical components of the actuator by means of a watertight seal and shall be provided with a minimum of 2 threaded c able entries with provision for a maximum of 4. 1. All wiring supplied as part of the actuator shall be contained within the main enclosure for physical and environmental protection. External conduit connections between components are not acceptable. 2. A durable terminal identification card showing plan of terminals shall be provided attached to the inside of the terminal box cover indicating: a. Serial number b. External voltage values c. Wiring diagram number d. Terminal layout 3. The code card shall be suitable for the CONTRACTOR to inscribe cable core identification alongside terminal numbers. S. Manufacturers or Equal: Note: Models shall be based on specific application and whether that application requires modulating (or proportional control) or open/close only operation. CONTRACTOR shall supply submittals based upon the intended application. 1. Rotork Models IQT, or IQTM (for quarter-turn or modulating quarter turn actuated valves) and IQM (for linear/multi-turn actuated valves and gates). 2. AUMA Models SQ, or SQR 3. ENGINEER approved equal PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install per manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Each actuator shall be supplied with a start-up kit comprising installation instruction manual, electrical wiring diagram and cover seals to make good any site losses during the commissioning period. In addition, sufficient actuator commissioning tools shall be supplied to enable actuator set up and adjustment during valve/actuator testing and site installation commissioning C. Each actuator must be performance tested and individual test certificates shall be supplied free of charge. The test equipment should simulate a typical valve load, and the following parameters should be recorded. 1. Current at maximum torque setting 2. Torque at max. torque setting ELECTRIC ACTUATORS 40 9243-6 3. Flash test voltage 4. Actuator output speed or operating time. D. In addition, the test certificate should record details of specification such as gear ratios for both manual and automatic and second stage gearing if provided, drive closing direction, wiring diagram number. END OF SECTION 40 9243 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROCESS CONTROLLERS 40 9443-1 SECTION 40 9443 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROCESS CONTROLLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. This section includes the furnishing and installation of Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC), Operator Interface Terminals (OIT), power supplies, interconnecting cables and all associated components for control and monitoring of equipment as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The PLC programming shall be provided by the I&C INTEGRATOR. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall coordinate the installation and wiring of the PLC with the ENGINEER, and make provisions for on-site start-up and testing of the PLC. C. The PLCs shall be programmed and configured to perform monitoring and control of the Distributed Control System (DCS) as indicated in this Division and as indicated on the Drawings. System design and installation shall conform to NEMA ICS 1.1. D. The CONTRACTOR shall reference APPENDIX B – PLC AS-BUILTS. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing all field wiring to and from the pre-purchased PLC panels. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Sections 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Manufacturer's catalog cut sheets indicating electrical characteristics, capabilities and physical attributes for each PLC component including CPU, power supplies, I/O modules, special interface modules or devices, module racks, operator's interface, interconnecting cables and any other equipment related to the PLC. C. Wiring Diagrams showing connections to all devices; input and output, analog and discrete. The wiring diagrams shall indicate the I/O address point to be used in the PLC program. System interconnection diagram indicating all major networked components and indicating each connection port. D. A tabular list will be required for all discrete and analog I/O which will include: 1. Rack number, module number, module I/O point number. 2. Name of each I/O field device. 3. Instrument tag number of the I/O device located in the contract documents. 4. Electrical characteristics of I/O signal. 5. PLC internal address. E. I/O being monitored and controlled with each Operator Interface. F. Component layout drawing for each PLC enclosure. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer shall provide a 2-year equipment warranty. 1.04 SPARE PARTS A. Provide all spare parts anticipated to be required for the first 2 years of operation. Manufacturer shall clearly define quantity, description of part and associated part numbers as part of manufacturer’s scope of supply. B. Spare parts shall be placed in a separate container clearly marked as “Spare Parts.” All parts shall be identified and clearly labeled with applicable part numbers. C. Provide one spare power supply of each type utilized. PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROCESS CONTROLLERS 40 9443-2 D. Provide one spare I/O module of each type utilized. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) A. General: 1. The PLC shall be furnished with hardware, software installation, operation and maintenance manuals necessary to monitor and control equipment, as listed in the Specifications, and as indicated on the Drawings. Each field input and output shown as an I/O point shall be connected as per the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. 2. The PLC programming software (as updated to the latest version at time of completion) shall be provided with the user's manuals, original diskettes, and licensing agreement for registration by the OWNER. Cables, adapters, connectors, and other hardware required to render the PLC completely operational shall be provided and installed. 3. The PLC programming software shall enable the user to write the PLC program in on-line or off-line modes. The software shall include utilities to manage PLC program files, document and print the programs, configure the programming environment, monitor and force the PLC addresses while on-line, and configure the PLC memory and addressing structure. 4. The PLC programming software shall be provided. 5. The processor shall be programmable using conventional ladder-type logic and shall include the following minimum functions: a. Real Time Clock b. Data Comparators c. Standard Relays d. On-delay and Off-delay Timers e. Counters f. Master Control Relays g. Transitional or One-shot Outputs h. PID Loop Control i. Floating point math 6. Each PLC shall contain the necessary hardware and software as required to implement the control schemes as indicated in the Contract Documents. The ladder logic programs shall reside in the PLC processors. Every program rung shall be documented with a control description. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall provide copies of the fully documented PLC programs on CD to the OWNER at the completion of the project. 7. The operator interface(s) configuration software (as updated to the latest version at time of completion) shall be provided with the user's manuals, original diskettes, and licensing agreement for registration by the OWNER. Cables, adapters, connectors, and other hardware required to render the operator interface completely operational shall be provided and installed. 8. Acceptable Manufacturer: Allen Bradley CompactLogix 1769 Modular Controller or approved equal. B. Central Processing Unit: 1. The PLC CPU shall be a microprocessor based industrial controller with a temperature rating of 0 to 60 degrees C and a humidity rating of 0 to 95 percent non -condensing, minimum. Memory (RAM) shall be sized as required for all system logic and control functions with a minimum of 50 percent spare capacity. RAM shall be protected by lithium battery backup for at least one year, and capacitor storage for up to two weeks. 2. Each CPU shall be provided with internal fault analysis with a fail-safe mode and output for remote failure alarming. Diagnostic codes shall be made available on the Plant Computer through the programming software to further aid in the troubleshooting process. PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROCESS CONTROLLERS 40 9443-3 3. Three communication ports shall be provided. One port shall be utilized for a peer -to-peer network connection (Ethernet) while the other two may be used for connection to another peripheral devices. C. I/O Expansion Modules: 1. Discrete input modules shall be plug-in, rack style modules or built-in to the PLC CPU that sense voltage input and shall have LED indicators for each point displaying the status of the field contact. Maximum 16 points per module. Provide a minimum of 10 percent spare points wired to terminal blocks. 2. Discrete output modules shall be plug-in, rack style modules or built-in to the PLC CPU with a source voltage output or relay output having a current rating of 1.5A at 120 VAC, minimum. Outputs shall have LED indicators for each output status. Each output shall drive an interposing relay with DPDT contacts rated 10A at 120 VAC. Maximum 16 points per module. Provide a minimum of 10 percent spare points complete, wired to interposing relays and terminal blocks. 3. Analog input modules shall be plug-in, rack style modules that will accept 4-20mA DC signals. Input circuitry shall provide differential input (no common) to prevent loop grounding problems. Analog to digital conversion shall have 12 bit resolution or greater. Maximum 4 points per module. Provide a minimum of 10 percent spare points wired to terminal blocks. 4. Analog output modules shall be plug-in, rack style modules which transmit isolated linear 4-20mA DC signals to field devices. Loop power for analog outputs shall be provided by regulated power supplies each capable of driving a 0-600 Ohm load. Digital to analog conversion shall have 12 bit resolution or greater. Maximum 4 points per module. Provide a minimum of 10 percent spare points wired to terminal blocks. D. Redundant rack-mounted PLC power supplies shall be provided and shall be of the same manufacturer as the PLC. E. Operator Interface Terminals (OITs): 1. 10.4-inch TFT Color display 2. Ethernet and RS-232 serial communication ports 3. USB port and drivers for printing alarm page and screen dumps 4. Keypad and touchscreen operation 5. Minimum of 128 MB RAM compact flash or smart media card for data storage 6. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Allen Bradley Panelview b. Red Lion G310 c. Or approved equal 2.02 SPARE PARTS A. Provide one spare power supply of each type utilized. B. Provide one spare I/O module of each type utilized. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The PLC shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. Each PLC I/O point connected to an external device shall be terminated at terminal blocks. B. All analog input and output signals shall be individually fused at the terminal block. See additional requirements as specified on the Drawings. PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC PROCESS CONTROLLERS 40 9443-4 C. Upon completion of installation, start-up shall be performed by the I&C INTEGRATOR and witnessed by the ENGINEER and OWNER. D. The PLC program, operator interface graphic screen configuration and I/O shall be thoroughly tested. Each input and output signal shall be tested for correct indication and control function. The I&C INTEGRATOR shall test the operation of the PLC control logic with simulated inputs, before making final connections to the system. See Section 40 9000 –Instrumentation and Control for Process Systems. END OF SECTION 40 9443 POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-1 SECTION 43 4143 - POLYETHYLENE TANKS AND APPURTENANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to provide a high density polyethylene (HDPE) storage tank, complete and operational with accessories as shown and specified, for treatment backwash storage. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under this and other Sections and coordinate the instal lation of items that must be installed with or before the storage tank Work. 2. Size and location of manways, pipe connections, etc. shall be coordinated with the details shown on the drawings. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Standards referenced in this Section are: 1. ANSI B16.5, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard. 2. ASTM D638, Tensile Properties of Plastics 3. National Electric Code (NEC). 4. ASTM D883, Standard Definitions of Terms Relating to Plastics 5. ASTM D1505, Density of Plastics by the Density Gradient Technique 6. ASTM D1525, Test Method for Vicat Softening Temperature of Plastics 7. ASTM D1693, ESCR Specification Thickness 8. ASTM F412, Standard Terminology Relating to Plastic Piping Systems 9. International Building Code, IBC 2009 10. NSF/ANSI Standard 61, AWWA – Drinking Water System Components 11. ASTM D1998, Standard Specification for Polyethylene Upright Storage Tanks 12. ARM: Low Temperature Impact Resistance (Falling Dart Test Procedure). B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Comply with applicable provisions of regulatory agencies below and others having jurisdiction: 1. Local and State Building Codes and Ordinances. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years of experience producing substantially similar equipment to that specified in this Section and shall be able to document at least five installations in satisfactory operation for at least five years. B. Component Supply and Compatibility: 1. Obtain all equipment included in this Section regardless of component manufacturer from a single high density cross-linked polyethylene tank manufacturer. 2. The equipment manufacturer shall prepare, or review and approve all Shop Drawings and other submittals for components furnished under this Section. 3. Components shall be specifically constructed for specified service conditions and be integrated into overall assembly by high density cross-linked polyethylene tank manufacturer. 4. Tanks shall be manufactured from virgin materials. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Manufacturer’s literature, illustrations, specifications, and engineering data including: materials, dimensions, weights, fitting locations and details, chemical compatibility, performance data, electrical heat tracing and foam insulation data, and parts lists for POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-2 all components in sufficient detail to allow an item by item comparison with the Contract Documents. b. Drawings showing fabrication methods, assembly, accessories, installation details, restraints and supports, manways, flexible connections, vents and wiring diagrams. c. List of deviations from the Contract Drawings. d. Copy of manufacturer’s standard warranty for parts and labor. 2. Test Procedures: Submit and obtain ENGINEER’s approval of test procedures for shop testing and field testing prior to performing tests. 3. Certification of tank wall thickness for design conditions. B. Informational Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Source Quality Control Submittals: Written reports of shop tests and inspection records, submitted prior to shipment from factory. 2. Field Quality Control Submittals: Written reports of field tests. 3. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations for: a. Storage b. Handling c. Setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchor bolts and other anchorages d. Installation 4. Vertical Tank and Fitting Material: a. Resin Manufacturer Data Sheet b. Fitting Material c. Gasket style and material d. Bolt material 5. Calculations shall be stamped and signed by a registered, third party engineer in the State of California. a. Wall thickness. Hoop stress shall be calculated using 600 psi @ 100 degrees F. b. Tank restraint system shall be designed to withstand seismic forces on the system. Calculations and details shall be stamped and sealed by a registered Civil/Structural Engineer in the State of California. 6. Statement of compliance shall be provided from material supplier for all items supplied under this specification. Supplier shall state they have fully reviewed each item being supplied for chemical compatibility with caustic soda, calcium chloride, sodium carbonate, sodium hypochlorite, sulfuric acid, citric acid, ammonium sulfate and the proposed RO antiscalant. 7. Factory Test Report a. Material, specific gravity rating at 600 psi @ 100 degrees F. design hoop stress b. Wall thickness verification c. Fitting placement verification d. Visual inspection e. Impact test f. Gel test g. Hydrostatic test C. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: a. Submit complete operation and maintenance manuals, including copies of test reports, maintenance data, and schedules, description of operation, and spare parts information. 1.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. The tank manufacturer shall have quality control procedures adequate to ensure that all tank fabrication complies with these specifications. Quality control shall include a final inspection. The objective of manufacturer's quality control and inspection procedure shall be to have the tanks comply with the specifications and drawings at the time of first inspection, thus eliminating any need for rework by the manufacturer or a second inspection. POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-3 1. Manufacturer's inspection of the tanks shall include the following: a. Thickness measurements. b. Measurements showing compliance with dimensions and tolerances and fittings. c. Surface quality: Presence of pits, foreign inclusions, dry spots, air bubbles and pimples. 2. All cutouts from each tank shall be retained and upon request shall be delivered to the ENGINEER. 3. Comply with ASTM D1998, latest edition, “Standard Specification for Polyethylene Upright Storage Tanks”. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packing, Shipping, Handling and Unloading: 1. CONTRACTOR shall arrange for delivery, unloading, and storage of the tanks and all appurtenant items. 2. CONTRACTOR shall require the manufacturer to assume responsibility for packaging to prevent transit and handling damage to the tanks. Tanks shall be shipped with temporary bracing, as required, to maintain shape during transportation, storage, and handling and to protect bulkhead and flange fittings. 3. All tank openings shall be covered to prevent entrance of dirt, water and debris during shipping. B. Storage and Protection: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the manufacturer all requirements for field storage. Items not amenable to outdoor storage shall be noted and storage requirements shall be provided prior to delivery. 2. Store equipment in a manner to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Store equipment in covered storage off the ground, using pallets, platforms, or other supports. C. Acceptance at Site: 1. All boxes, crates, and packages shall be inspected by CONTRACTOR upon delivery to the Site. Notify ENGINEER of loss or damage to equipment or components. Replace loss and repair damage to new condition in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall be provided upon request for the specific service application. 5-year full replacement minimum. All tanks shall be warranted to be free of defects in material and workmanship for the warranty period. PART 2 - EQUIPMENT 2.01 GENERAL A. Tanks shall be rotationally-molded, vertical, high density cross-linked polyethylene resin, one- piece seamless construction, cylindrical in cross-section and vertical with flat bottoms. Tanks shall be adequately vented. Where indicated, tanks shall be provided with ancillary mechanical fittings and accessories. Tanks shall be marked to identify the manufacturer; date of manufacture and serial numbers must be permanently embossed into the tank. Tanks shall be suitable for continuous 24-hour per day operation in an outdoor location. The maximum ambient temperature shall be 120F and the minimum ambient temperature shall be 0F. Tanks shall be used for storage of caustic soda and calcium chloride. POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-4 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Chemical storage tanks and appurtenances shall be furnished by one of the following: 1. Poly Processing Company 2. Or approved equal 2.03 TANK SCHEDULE A. The tanks shall be the size and quantity indicated on the Contract Documents. 2.04 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION A. Tank Materials: 1. Tank: High density polyethylene capable of containing liquids with specific gravities as specified 2. Fittings: CPVC 3. Fitting Gaskets and Seals: PTFE 4. Hardware for Tank Fitting: 316 SS B. Tank Construction: 1. Tanks shall be cylindrical, vertical and of seamless construction. Final location of all fittings and calibration marks will be determined in the field by the CONTRACTOR prior to submittal of Shop Drawings. 2. Where black tanks are indicated, the resin shall have a carbon black compounded into it. The tank material shall be rotationally molded and be a resin that is commercially available at the time of tank manufacture. 3. For sodium hypochlorite and sulfuric acid storage, resin shall include additional medium density polyethylene (OR-1000) with four times the antioxidant properties of a standard polyethylene bonded to the interior surface during the manufacturing process. 4. Wall thickness for a given hoop stress is to be calculated in accordance with ASTM D 1998. Tanks shall be designed using a hoop stress no greater than 600 psi. In NO case shall the tank thickness be less than design requirements per ASTM D 1998. a. The wall thickness of any cylindrical portion at any fluid level shall be determined by the following equation: T = P x OD/2SD or 0.433 x SG x H x OD/2SD Where: T = wall thickness, in P = pressure, psi SG = specific gravity, gm/cc H = fluid head, ft OD = outside diameter, ft SD = hydrostatic design stress, 600 psi b. The minimum wall thickness shall be sufficient to support its own weight in an upright position without external support but shall not be less than 0.187” thick. c. On closed top tanks the top head shall be integrally molded with the cylindrical wall. Its minimum thickness shall be equal to the thickness of the top of the straight sidewall. In most cases, flat areas shall be provided for attachment of large fittings on the dome of the tank. d. The bottom head shall be integrally molded with the cylindrical wall. C. Appearance: 1. The finished tank surface shall be as free as commercially practicable from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, air bubbles, pin holes and craters. 2. Tank colors shall be natural (unpigmented), black (compounded), or as specified by the Design Builder with written agreement by the tank manufacturer. POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-5 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Storage tanks shall be provided with the following items located as shown on the Drawings. Exact orientation shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR in the field. B. Fittings 1. Tank fittings shall be according to the fitting schedule in 2.3 above. Treaded fittings shall use American Standard Pipe Threads. If tanks are insulated, fittings shall be installed at the factory prior to application of the insulation. 2. Bolted flange fittings shall be self-aligning and constructed of one 150 lb. flange with ANSI B16.5 bolt pattern, one flange gasket and stud bolts with gaskets. Stud bolts to have chemical resistant polyethylene injection molded heads and gaskets to provide a sealing surface between the bolt head and the interior tank wall. Stud bolt heads are to be color coded for visual ease of identifying the bolt material by onsite operators. Green- 316 Stainless Steel, Black- Titanium, Red- Alloy C-276, Blue- Monel. All materials shall be compatible with chemical service and as indicated in the fitting schedule above. For NSF/ANSI 61 certification, EPDM or Viton GF gaskets shall be supplied. 3. Bolted One-Piece Sure Seal (B.O.S.S.), double flange fittings constructed of virgin polyethylene shall be supplied. Bolts will be welded to a common backing ring and encapsulated with polyethylene preventing fluid contact with the metal material. Flange will have one full face gasket to provide a sealing surface against inside tank wall. All materials shall be compatible with chemical service and as indicated in the fitting schedule above. C. Lifting Lugs: 1. Lifting lugs shall be provided and shall be constructed of HDPE and capable of withstanding weight of empty tank with minimum safety factor of 5. A minimum of four lugs shall be provided on the tank. Lifting lugs shall be constructed to prevent tear-out of the hole when in use. D. Vents: 1. Provide vents at the sizes and locations shown on the Contract Drawings 2. Each tank vent line shall be equipped with a plastic-coated insect screen that is compatible with the chemical stored. 3. Insect/Bird Screen on Tank Vents a. Screens shall be constructed of PVC or Fiberglass. b. Opening Size: Per Manufacturer Requirement c. Screens may be integrally molded into PVC body or wafer style. E. Pipe Supports: 1. Pipe supports shall be furnished in accordance with Section 40 0507, Pipe Hangers and Supports, and the additional requirements listed below. 2. Provide support braces from tanks' outside wall for support of the tanks' overflow lines. 3. Maximum spacing between pipe supports shall be 5 feet. F. Tie Down Systems: 1. The tie down system shall be supplied and designed of same certified by a Structural Engineer registered in the State of California to withstand seismic and wind loads per IBC code, using wind exposure D. Anchor bolts as required by the calculations shall be supplied by the tank manufacturer. 2. Metal components to be 316 stainless steel, edge softeners, and tension ring with 316 stainless steel cable and clamps. 3. The tie down system shall be resistant to the chemicals stored. G. Manways: 1. Bolted Sealed Manway: a. Provide the size and location as shown on the Drawings. POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-6 b. The sealed manway shall be constructed of polyethylene material. The bolts shall be polypropylene, polyethylene or PVC. The gaskets shall be EPDM based on chemical resistance to chemical contained. H. Tank Fill Connections: 1. Fill connections for the tank shall have downpipes extending 24 inches from the tank bottom. Down pipes and fill pipes shall be supported at 6-ft max intervals. Down pipes and fill pipes shall be CPVC or material compatible with the chemical stored. I. Overflow 1. Provide overflow pipe as shown. J. Flexible Connections and Expansion Joints: 1. Provide flexible connections at tank connections to accommodate filling and draining of the tank, as well as thermal expansion and contraction. 2. Flexible connections shall be resistant to the chemical conveyed. 3. Flexible connections shall eliminate transfer of stress from connected piping to tank connections. 4. End connections: Flanged. 5. Joint construction shall be EPDM with PTFE liner. 6. Manufacturer: Rubber Expansion Joint Compatible with Tank Application 7. Expansion joint to have a minimum of 3 convolutions, stainless steel limit cables and FRP composite flanges. Galvanized parts will not be accepted. 8. Expansion joint to meet the following minimum performance requirements: Axial Compression ≥ 0.67” Axial Extension ≥ 0.67” Lateral Deflection ≥ 0.51” Angular Deflection ≥ 14º Torsional Rotation ≥ 4º 2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Shop Tests: 1. Testing, inspection, and acceptance criteria shall conform to the applicable codes, standards, and requirements stated herein. 2. All deficiencies or malfunctions which occur during the tests shall be corrected and the test repeated. Defective material shall not be repaired and used in the construction of the supplied equipment, without prior approval of the ENGINEER. 3. Submit to the ENGINEER results of impact test, gel-test, and visual inspection. Test methods shall be per ASTM D1998. 4. Hydrostatic Test: Tanks shall be filled with water and checked for leaks for no less than two hours after filling. Allowable leakage shall be zero. Hydrostatic test shall be performed after all fittings and bulkheads are installed. 5. Degree of Crosslinking. Use Method C of ASTM D1998, Section 11.4 to determine the ortho- xylene insoluble fraction of cross-linked polyethylene gel test. Samples shall test at no less than 60 percent. PART 2 - EXECUTION 3.01 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. The tank shall be shipped upright or lying down on their sides with blocks and slings to keep them from moving. AVOID sharp objects on trailers. B. All fittings shall be installed and, if necessary, removed for shipping and shipped separately unless otherwise noted by the CONTRACTOR. POLYETHYLENE TANK AND APPURTENANCES 43 4143-7 C. Inspect and verify that structures or surfaces on which the equipment will be installed have no defects which will adversely affect installation. 1. Dimensions: Take exterior dimensions with the tank empty, in the vertical position. Outside diameter tolerance, including out-of-roundness, shall be per ASTM D 1998. Fitting placement tolerance shall be +/- 1 degree radial. 2. CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall inspect each tank for defects, damage and conformance with the Specifications prior to installation. Inspect for foreign inclusions, air bubbles, pimples, crazing, cracking, and delamination. Should defects become evident during inspection, testing or within the guarantee period, CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace the defective tank or fitting as approved by ENGINEER. 3. Promptly report defects which may affect the Work to ENGINEER. 4. Inspect concrete pads for proper elevation, dimensions, evenness and anchor bolt locations. Correct if required. 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in complete accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Factory-trained manufacturer’s representative shall be present for unloading and installation of the tank. Provide a ¼-inch thick elastomeric pad for installation under each polyethylene tank manufactured of material compatible with the chemical to be stored. The diameter of each pad shall be 6 inches greater than the associated tank. B. Tanks shall be secured with stainless steel anchoring devices in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. C. Contactor shall make adjustments required to place tanks in proper operating condition following installation. 3.01 FIELD TESTING A. After installation, each tank shall be field-tested by filling with potable water. The tank with its fittings shall hold water, without loss, or evidence of weeping or capillary action for a period of 24 hours prior to acceptance. The field test will be witnessed by the CONTRACTOR. Submit copies of the test report to ENGINEER within seven days of completing the field test. END OF SECTION 43 4143 GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM 43 4221-1 SECTION 43 4200 - GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the equipment, and all associated accessories and appurtenances, as necessary to provide a complete and functioning system. MANUFACTURER/VENDOR shall be responsible for providing sufficient instruction to the CONTRACTOR to ensure satisfactory equipment installation, as well as support for system startup, commissioning, and initial operations as required per the Contract Documents. B. Items of equipment provided hereunder shall be the end products of one manufacturer and shall be provided from standard package systems and product lines, with modifications as needed to meet nonstandard requirements as indicated herein. C. Pressure vessels shall be marked with an ASME Code U Symbol. D. All wetted materials, interior surfaces, coatings, and appurtenances must be ANSI/NSF 61 and ANSI/NSF 372 rated for use with potable water. 1.02 EQUIPMENT A. System Description: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the pressure vessel systems described herein for installation. The complete pressure vessel systems each include the following: a. Pressure Vessels, including: 1) Interior Flow Distribution Nozzles/Systems. 2) Structural Steel Support Legs with Anchor Bolts and Hardware. 3) Internals for Granular Activated Carbon (GAC) 2. Systems Connections: a. 8” Flanged Influent Inlet b. 8" Flanged Effluent Outlet c. 4” Flanged Absorbent Media Fill Line d. 4” Flanged Absorbent Media Drain Line e. 6 x 1” Threaded Process Taps and Associated Appurtenances f. 2” Flanged Air Scour Inlet and Associated Appurtenances g. 24” Flanged Side Bed Access Way with Davit h. 14”x18” Elliptical Access Manway with Lifting Rungs 3. Installation Support Services. a. Systems and Components shall be standard product offerings except where specific modifications are required as noted herein. b. The Supplier shall provide the maximum installed length, width, and height dimensional envelope of all proposed systems, including all associated equipment, piping, and appurtenances. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Reference Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures B. Required Submittal Information: 1. Design drawings showing dimensions, weights, details of components, size and location of external piping connections and packaged components, including but not limited to, all system piping, rupture disks, and other appurtenances. 2. Provide data on superficial velocity and/or flow rate versus pressure drop through a pressure vessel without adsorbent media installed during normal downward flow operations, as well as during adsorbent media fluidization backwashing at 35°F, 50°F, and 65°F. The data shall include those at superficial velocity ranging from 1 gallon to 10 GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM 43 4221-2 gallons per minute per square foot (gpm/ft2) and/or flow rate ranging from 200 to 1,500 gallons per minute (gpm). 3. Information on Materials of Construction and Coating System. 4. Calculations Demonstrating Compliance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1 Pressure Vessel Code; Calculations and Drawings Shall Be Stamped by a Professional Engineer Registered in the State of California. 5. Standard Media Loading and Unloading Procedures. 6. ANSI/NSF 61 Certifications for all Equipment 7. Recommended Maintenance Procedures. 8. Product Data and Cut Sheets for Equipment, Components, and Accessories. 9. Tank to Floor Connection Details with Calculations illustrating Anchorage Requirements; Seismic Anchorage Calculations shall be Stamped by a Professional Engineer Registered in the State of California C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Certificate of Proper Installation for Pressure Vessel System and Accessories. 2. Written Installation Instructions. 3. Operation and Maintenance Manual. 4. Test Reports: a. Factory Inspections. b. Factory Tests and Adjustments. c. Factory Pressure Test for The Pressure Vessels Actually Provided. D. Contract Closeout Submittal: O&M Manual and Warranty delivered to the OWNER. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Supplier shall warrant that the equipment provided is free from defects in material and workmanship, and has been manufactured in accordance with the Contract Documents. Warranty shall be for a period of 5 years following startup of the system. Corrosion resulting from improper coating of the interior of the pressure vessel is specifically included as part of this warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SERVICE CONDITIONS A. Exposure: 1. Pressure vessels shall be suitable for installation outdoors. Ambient temperatures will typically range from 30°F to 110°F. The pressure vessel systems are anticipated to be in service continuously to provide potable/drinking water treatment. Vessels will be drained of water and taken offline when not in use for any extended periods. Special provisions necessary to accommodate this service cycle shall be identified by the MANUFACTURER/VENDOR. This shall include, but not be limited to, small manual drains and mesh filters on all dead legs such as the media removal lines to allow the system to be fully drained of water without loss of media. 2. Seismic – Each vessel shall be designed to meet current Uniform Building Code Seismic requirements as required by specific location. See Section 01 6010 – Seismic Design Criteria for additional information. 2.02 PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN PARAMETERS A. Design Criteria Parameter Unit Value Treatment Capacity gpm 4,000 Number of Trains vessels 4 Capacity per train gpm 1,000 Vessel Diameter feet 12 Flux Rate gpm/sf 8.8 Media Depth feet 4 EBCT minutes 3.4 Empty Space feet 1.6 GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM 43 4221-3 Parameter Unit Value Vessel Side Shell Height feet 5.6 B. Equipment Description: 1. Pressure vessels shall be of welded steel construction using SA-516 Grade 70 Steel. The vessels shall be designed, constructed, and stamped in accordance with ASME Section VIII, Division 1, and shall be registered with the National Board for a minimum design pressure rating of 125 psig at 140 degrees F. Vessels shall be factory-tested in accordance with UG-99 Standard Hydrostatic Test. Vessel pressure envelope and components directly welded to pressure envelope will be constructed of SA-516 GR70. All other components welded to vessel will be SA-36. 2. Each pressure vessel shall be 12-foot 0-inch diameter and sized to contain at least 20,000 pounds of media. 3. The package will include all necessary plumbing in order to support series lead and lag, parallel isolation and backwash modes of operation. 4. The structural aspects of the vessel will be sufficient to meet the requirements of the California Building Code and International Building Code, latest editions. MANUFACTURER/VENDOR shall submit detailed calculations on request illustrating the seismic characteristics of the proposed vessel. 5. Each pressure vessel shall be capable of holding adsorbent media and be designed such that no media escapes during normal forward flow or backwashing. 6. Each pressure vessel shall include the following features described below. Connection points and piping on the vessel shall be lined. a. One (1) 8” Flanged Influent Inlet Tee with an Air Relief/Vacuum Valve and Isolation Valve Sized per the MANUFACTURER/VENDOR’s requirements. Air Relief/Vacuum valve shall be plumbed to 42” above the finished floor and provided with an insect screen at the pipe outlet. Vent piping diameter shall be as recommended by the pressure vessel manufacturer, constructed of Schedule 40 carbon steel, ASTM A53 Grade B materials. b. One (1) 8" Flanged Effluent Outlet Tee with 6” Drain Line and Isolation Valve c. One (1) 4” Flanged Absorbent Media Fill Line with associated Isolation Valves and Quick Connect Coupling d. One (1) 4” Flanged Absorbent Media Drain Line with associated Isolation Valves and Quick Connect Coupling e. Six (6) 1” Threaded Process Taps, consisting of Five (5) Sampling Lines and associated Isolation Valves; One (1) High Level Conductivity Probe Port. (Probe to be Provided by CONTRACTOR) f. One (1) 2” Flanged Air Scour Inlet g. One (1) 24” Flanged Side Bed Access Way with Davit Support Mechanism h. One (1) 14”x18” Elliptical Access Manway with Lifting Rungs i. Four (4) Structural Steel Support Legs. j. Flange Connections to Interface with External Piping. k. Vessel Mounted Pipe Support l. Four Lifting Lugs, Minimum. m. Anchor bolts, Type 304 stainless steel, to be provided by the Contractor. Supplier shall specify the number and size of anchor bolts for the Contractor. n. Surface Finishing 1) The interior surface of the pressure vessels shall be abrasive blasted to SSPC-SP10 and coated with Carboline Plasite 4110, or Equal, to a minimum 35 mil dry film thickness. 2) The exterior ferrous metal surfaces shall be abrasive blasted to SSPC-SP6 and primed with epoxy paint with Carboguard 890 to a minimum 6 to 8 mil dry film GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM 43 4221-4 thickness with a finish coat of Carbothane 134HG paint at a minimum 2 to 3 mil dry film thickness. o. Inlet Distributor: 1) Pressure vessel shall be equipped with an upper inlet distributor assembly designed to distribute influent flows evenly across the media without disrupting the media or causing short-circuiting. 2) Inlet distributors shall be installed by the pressure vessel manufacturer prior to shipment. The assembly shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel to prevent corrosion. 3) The inlet distributor shall be located to allow at least 30 percent expansion of the media during backwash without loss of media. No media-excluding component which would block media fines from being washed out during the initial media backwash shall be included in the inlet distributor. 4) Location of inlet distributor and materials shall be submitted with design drawings for review and approval. p. Effluent Drainage Systems: 1) Each vessel shall be designed with a Type 316 stainless steel multi-level branched ring effluent drainage system that provides uniform collection of the treated water. The shall be designed to contain the media within the pressure vessel and allow the water to pass to the vessel effluent. 2) The underdrain systems shall be installed prior to shipment. 3) Underdrain system shall be able to be used with GAC, IX, or alternative similarly sized media. 4) Materials used in the underdrain systems must meet ANSI/NSF -61 certification. 5) 316 SS Hub and (16) 3” Slotted pipe laterals. 6) Included on hub are 1"Ø x 36"(L) Air Scour Line 7) w/ 4 1/2"Ø Nozzles Each (Typ 8.) (45° Spacing) q. Equipment Identification Plates: An engraved laminated identification plate shall be securely mounted on the equipment in a readily visible location. The plate shall bear the 1/4-inch minimum identification number indicated on Contract Documents. r. Pipe Identification: All pipes shall be marked to identify their purpose (i.e. – Supply, Effluent, Backwash, etc.). Pipe Identification labels shall comply with ANSI/ASME requirements for pipe labeling. s. Pressure vessel supports, bases, and anchorages shall be designed in accordance with the requirements of the International Building Code, latest edition. t. Pressure Indication 1) Ashcroft Part No.: 45-1279SSL-04L-XSG-150PSI 2) 4 ½” dial pressure gauge, lower mount, ½” NPT, stainless steel connection, liquid filled, safety glass, 0-150 psi u. Pressure Relief: 1) Pressure relief shall be provided by a 3-inch rupture disk constructed of impervious graphite and designed to relieve pressure at the design pressure of the vessel and at the maximum flow to the system. The rupture disks shall be mounted off the vessel vent line and shall vent to atmosphere. A total of two (2) rupture disks shall be provided for each system. Alternate methods of pressure relief can be presented by the MANUFACTURER/VENDOR for ENGINEER approval. GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM 43 4221-5 v. Miscellaneous: 1) Gaskets shall be 1/8-inch thick, 85 durometer EPDM with a temperature range of minus 40 degrees F to 275°F and a pressure rating of 175 psig. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF Standard 61. 2) All gaskets to be American Biltrite rubber EPDM NSF full face gaskets supplied by Sur-Seal, Inc. Specification ASTM D2000; Hardness Shore A 75 +/- 5, ASTM D1330 Grade 1 & 2, Polymer: Ethylene-Propylene (EPDM); ASTM D412 Tensile (PSI): 1500 min.; Ultimate Elongation (%) 250 min. ASTM Grade. 3) Isolation Joints are neoprene construction with plated steel loose rings. w. Spare Parts / Special Tools 1) No special tools needed. 2) Spare parts – gaskets for backup and for future carbon change outs if needed. 2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Inspections: Inspect welds on vessels to ASME. B. Factory Tests and Adjustments: Hydrostatically Pressure Test Pressure Vessel Per ASME Code. 2.03 MANUFACTURERS: All tanks shall be fabricated by reputable manufacturers, experienced in the design and fabrication of the specific tanks, and familiar with all applicable local regulations, codes, fire and safety orders. 1. Tetrasolv Filtrations Inc., Granular Activated Carbon Adsorption System, DL4-144k 2. Engineer Approved Equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. MANUFACTURER/VENDOR, assisted by the Contractor, shall conduct field tests as described below. 1. Functional Test: Prior to plant startup, all equipment shall be inspected for proper installation and proper connections to exterior piping. 2. Hydrostatically Test Pressure Vessels and Related Piping. 3.02 MANUFACTURER/VENDOR’S SERVICES A. MANUFACTURER/VENDOR’s representative for the following services at jobsite or classroom, as designated by the ENGINEER and/or OWNER. 1. Installation assistance and inspection. 2. Functional testing and completion of MANUFACTURER/VENDOR's Certificate of Proper Installation. 3. Pre-startup classroom or site training of plant’s personnel. B. Furnish startup services and training of OWNER’s personnel at such times as requested by OWNER. 3.03 SERVICES BY OTHERS A. The OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR(s) shall be responsible for the installation of the pressure vessel systems and Site services, including: 1. Site Preparation (CONTRACTOR) 2. Foundation Design (ENGINEER) 3. Foundation Installation (CONTRACTOR) 4. Holding Fabricated Vessel until Delivery can be Coordinated (Up to 6 Months) (MANUFACTURER/VENDOR) 5. Receipt and Off-Loading of Pressure Vessel System Equipment (CONTRACTOR) GAC PRESSURE VESSEL SYSTEM 43 4221-6 6. Installation of Pressure Vessel System (CONTRACTOR) 7. Connection of the Differential Pressure Instruments to Control and Alarm Systems (CONTRACTOR). 8. Provision of a Means to Keep the Vessel Flooded in All Operating Modes (CONTRACTOR/OWNER). 9. System Connection to Existing Infrastructure (CONTRACTOR) 10. System Disinfection Prior to Initial Fill of Media (CONTRACTOR) 11. Utilities for Bulk Loading of Media (Compressed Air, Clean Water Source, Backwash Water Disposal). (OWNER Provided / CONTRACTOR Purchased) 12. Operation of the System During Initial Media Fill. (CONTRACTOR) 13. Mechanical Startup of the System (CONTRACTOR under OWNER Supervision). 14. Painting: Field touchup painting shall be performed for any surfaces damaged during shipping. Touchup painting shall blend with factory paint and shall be applied as recommended by the MANUFACTURER/VENDOR END OF SECTION 43 4221 WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-1 SECTION 46 0000 - WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. All equipment and appurtenant work, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be provided. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all equipment except where otherwise indicated. C. Equipment Arrangement: Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the arrangement of equipment shown on the Drawings is based upon information available at the time of design and is not intended to show exact dimensions particular to a specific manufacturer in all cases. Some aspects of the Drawings are diagrammatic and some features of the illustrated equipment arrangement may require revision to meet the actual equipment requirements. Structural supports, foundations, piping and valve connections, and electrical and instrumentation connections indicated may have to be altered to accommodate the equipment provided. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures B. Section 01 6110 – Seismic Design Criteria C. Section 09 9100 – Painting D. Section 09 9700 – Special Coatings E. Section 40 0513 – Common Work Results for Process Piping 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Equipment shall be in accordance with the following standards, as applicable and as indicated in each equipment specification: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 5. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) 6. American Welding Society (AWS) 7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 8. Federal Specifications (FS) 9. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 10. Manufacturer's published recommendations and specifications 11. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) B. The following standards are referenced in this Section: ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800 ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel, Nickel Alloy and other Special Alloys ANSI B46.1 Surface Texture ANSI S12.6 Method for the Measurement of the Real-Ear Attenuation of Hearing Protectors ASME B1.20.1 General Purpose Pipe Threads (Inch) WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-2 ASME B31.1 Power Piping AWWA C206 Field Welding of Steel Water Pipe AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service - Sizes 4 in. through 144 in. (100 mm through 3,600 mm) ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ASTM A 108 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Furnish complete drawings and technical information for equipment, piping, valves and controls. Where indicated or required by the ENGINEER, Shop Drawings shall include clear, concise calculations showing equipment anchorage forces and the capacities of the anchorage elements (including seismic and structural anchoring calculations). C. Spare Parts List: A list of spare parts for each piece of equipment shall be obtained from the manufacturer and submitted at the same time as Shop Drawings. The name, address and telephone number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment shall be furnished. This list shall contain all data necessary to allow the OWNER to purchase spare parts as necessary. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Inspection: The local authorities shall be informed to witness all required tests for piping, plumbing, fire protection systems, pressure vessels, safety systems, and related items. B. Quality and Tolerances: Tolerances and clearances shall be as shown on the Shop Drawings and shall be closely adhered to. 1. Machine work shall in all cases be of high-grade workmanship and finish, with due consideration to the special nature or function of the parts. Members without milled ends and which are to be framed to other steel parts of the structure may have a variation in the detailed length of not greater than 1/16-inch for members 30-feet or less in length, and not greater than 1/8-inch for members over 30-feet in length. 2. Castings shall be homogeneous and free from non-metallic inclusions and defects. Surfaces of castings which are not machined shall be cleaned to remove foundry irregularities. Casting defects not exceeding 12.5 percent of the total thickness and where defects will not affect the strength and serviceability of the casting may be repaired by approved welding procedures. If the removal of metal for repair reduces the stress-resisting cross-section of the casting by more than 25 percent or to such an extent that the computed stress in the remaining metal exceeds the allowable stress by more than 25 percent, then the casting may be rejected. 3. All materials shall meet the physical and mechanical properties in accordance with the reference standards. C. Machine Finish: The type of finish shall be the most suitable for the application and shall be shown in micro-inches in accordance with ANSI B46.1. The following finishes shall be used: 1. Surface roughness not greater than 63 micro-inches shall be required for all surfaces in sliding contact. 2. Surface roughness not greater than 250 micro-inches shall be required for surfaces in contact where a tight joint is not required. 3. Rough finish not greater than 500 micro-inches shall be required for other machined surfaces. 4. Contact surfaces of shafts and stems which pass through stuffing boxes and contact surfaces of bearings shall be finished to not greater than 32 micro-inches. WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-3 1.06 SPARE PARTS AND TOOLS A. Spare parts shall be furnished as indicated in the individual equipment sections. All spare parts shall be suitably packaged in the original manufacturer's box and label ed clearly with equipment numbers and name tags attached to the box. B. Special tools shall be suitably packaged and clearly labeled and directions shall be provided for intended use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Noise Level: When in operation, no single piece of equipment shall exceed the OSHA noise level requirement of 105 dBA for one-hour exposure per day without sound enclosure or sound dampening devices. B. High Noise Level Location: One personal hearing protection station at each high noise level location shall be provided. Locations are defined as follows: 1. Outdoor Location: Any single equipment item or any group of equipment items that produce noise exceeding OSHA noise level requirements for a 2-hour exposure. Where such equipment is separated by a distance of more than 20 feet, measured between edges of footings, each group of equipment shall be provided with a separate hearing protection station. 2. Indoor Location a. Any single equipment item or any group of equipment items located within a single room not normally occupied, that produces noise exceeding OSHA noise level requirements for a 2-hour exposure. b. Any single equipment item or any group of equipment items located within a single room normally occupied by workers, that produces noise exceeding OSHA noise level requirements for an 8-hour exposure. C. Personal Hearing Protection: Three pairs of high attenuation hearing protectors in the original unopened packaging shall be provided. The ear protectors shall be capable of meeting the requirements of ANSI S12.6 and shall produce a noise level reduction of 25 dBA at a frequency of 500 Hz. The hearing protectors shall have ear cushions and a variable, padded headband. D. Drive Trains and Service Factors: Service factors shall be applied in the selection or de sign of mechanical power transmission components. All components of drive train assemblies between the prime mover and the driven equipment shall be designed and rated to deliver the maximum peak or starting torque, speed, and horsepower. All of the applicable service factors shall be considered, such as mechanical (type of prime mover), load class, start frequency, ventilation, ambient temperature and fan factors. Drive train components include couplings, shafts, gears and gear drives, drive chains, sprockets and V-belt drives. Unless otherwise indicated, the following load classifications shall apply in determining service factors: Type of Equipment Service Factor Load Classification Reciprocating Air Compressors: Multi-Cylinder Single-Cylinder 2.0 2.0 Heavy Shock Heavy Shock Pumps: Centrifugal or Rotary Reciprocating 1.0 1.8 Uniform Moderate Shock Cranes or Hoists 1.25 Moderate Shock WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-4 E. Mechanical Service Factors: Electric Motor Internal Combustion Engine Uniform 1.25 1.50 Moderate Shock 1.50 1.75 Heavy Shock 2.00 2.25 F. For thermal rating adjustments such as start frequency, ambient temperature, and hourly duty cycle factor, ventilation factor, and fan factor, refer to gear manufacturer sizing information. G. Where load classifications are not indicated, service factors based on AGMA 514.02 shall be used for standard load classifications and service factors for flexible couplings, H. Welding: Unless otherwise indicated, welding shall conform to the following: 1. Latest revision of the AWWA Standards for the welding application. 2. Composite fabricated steel assemblies that are to be erected or installed inside a hydraulic structure, including any fixed or movable structural components of mechanical equipment, shall have continuous seal welds to prevent entrance of air or moisture. 3. Welding shall be by the metal-arc method or gas-shielded arc method as described in the American Welding Society's "Welding Handbook" as supplemented by other pertinent standards of the AWS. Qualification of welders shall be in accordance with the AWS Standards. 4. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped, supported, and restrained to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions. Weld reinforcement shall be as specified by the AWS code. Upon completion of welding, weld splatter, flux, slag and burrs left by attachments shall be removed. Welds shall be repaired to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours and dimensions. Sharp corners of material that is to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum of 1/32-inch on the flat. I. Protective Coating: Equipment shall be painted or coated in accordance with Section 09 9700 - Special Coatings and Section 09 9100 - Painting, unless otherwise indicated. J. Identification of Equipment Items: Each item of equipment shipped shall have a legible identifying mark corresponding to the equipment number for the particular item. K. Vibration Isolators: Air compressors, blowers, engines, inline fans shall be provided with restrained spring-type vibration isolators or pads per manufacturer's written recommendations. L. Shop Fabrication: Shop fabrication shall be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents and the Shop Drawings. M. Controls: Equipment and system controls shall be in accordance with Section 40 9000 – Instrumentation and Control for Process System. 2.02 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND FOUNDATIONS A. Equipment Supports: Unless otherwise indicated, equipment supports, anchors, and restrainers shall be adequately designed for static, dynamic, wind, and seismic loads. The design horizontal seismic force shall be the greater of: that noted in Section 01 6110 – Seismic Design Criteria, the general structural notes, or as required by the governing building code, or 10 percent of gravity. Submitted design calculations for equipment supports shall bear the signature and seal of an engineer registered in the State wherein the project is to be built, unless otherwise indicated. B. Equipment Foundations: Mechanical equipment, tanks, control cabinets, enclosures, and related equipment shall be mounted on minimum 3.5-inch high concrete bases, where indicated. Equipment foundations are indicated on Drawings. The size and weight of equipment foundation to insure compatibility with equipment shall be verified through the equipment manufacturer. WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-5 2.03 COUPLINGS A. Mechanical couplings shall be provided between the driver and the driven equipment. Flexible couplings shall be provided between the driver and the driven equipment to accommodate slight angular misalignment, parallel misalignment, end float, and to cushion shock loads. Unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the equipment manufacturer, coupling type shall be furnished with the respective equipment as follows: Equipment Type Coupling Type Air Compressors / Air Blowers Belt, gear or flexible disc pack B. Each coupling size shall be determined based on the rated horsepower of the motor, speed of the shaft, and the load classification service factor. The equipment manufacturer shall select or recommend the size and type of coupling required to suit each specific application. C. Differential Settlement: Where differential settlement between the driver and the driven equipment may occur, 2 sets of universal type couplings shall be provided. D. Taper-Lock or equal bushings may be used to provide for easy installat ion and removal of shafts of various diameters. 2.04 SHAFTING A. General: Shafting shall be continuous between bearings and shall be sized to transmit the power required. Keyways shall be accurately cut in line. Shafting shall not be turned down at the ends to accommodate bearings or sprockets whose bore is less than the diameter of the shaft. Shafts shall rotate in the end bearings and shall be turned and polished, straight, and true. B. Design Criteria: All shafts shall be designed to carry the steady state and transient loads suitable for unlimited number of load applications, in accordance with ASME B106.1M, - Design of Transmission Shafting. Where shafts are subjected to fatigue stresses, such as frequent start and stop cycles, the mean stress shall be determined by using the modified Goodman Diagram. The maximum torsional stress shall not exceed the endurance limit of the shaft after application of the factor of safety of 2 in the endurance limit and the stress concentration factor of the fillets in the shaft and keyway. Stress concentration factor shall be in accordance with ASME Standard B17.1 - Keys and Keyseats. C. Materials: Shafting materials shall be appropriate for the type of service and torque transmitted. Environmental elements such as corrosive gases, moisture and fluids shall be taken into consideration. Materials shall be as indicated unless furnished as part of an equipment assembly. 1. Low carbon cold-rolled steel shafting shall conform to ASTM A 108, Grade 1018. 2. Medium carbon cold-rolled shafting shall conform to ASTM A 108, Grade 1045. 3. Other grades of carbon steel alloys shall be suitable for service and load. 4. Corrosion-resistant shafting shall be stainless steel or Monel, whichever is most suitable for the intended service. D. Differential Settlement: Where differential settlement between the driver and the driven equipment may occur, a shaft of sufficient length with 2 sets of universal type couplings shall be provided. 2.05 V-BELT DRIVES A. V-belts and sheaves shall be of the best commercial grade and shall conform to ANSI, MPTA, and RMA Standards. B. Unless otherwise indicated, sheaves shall be machined from the finest quality gray cast iron. C. Sheaves shall be statically balanced. In some applications where vibration is a problem, sheaves shall be dynamically balanced. Sheaves operating at belt speeds exceeding 6,500 rpm may be required to be of special materials and construction. WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-6 D. Finish bored sheaves shall be complete with keyseat and setscrews. E. Sliding motor bases or auto-tension, spring suspension shall be provided to adjust the tension of V- belts. 2.06 DRIVE GUARDS A. Power transmission trains, prime movers, machines, shaft extensions, and moving machine parts shall be guarded to conform with the Division of Industrial Safety General Industrial Safety Orders latest edition. The guards shall be constructed of minimum 10 gage expanded, flattened steel with smooth edges and corners, galvanized after fabrication, and securely fastened. Where required for lubrication or maintenance, guards shall have hinged and latched access doors. 2.07 BEARINGS A. General: Bearings shall conform to the standards of the Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (AFBMA). B. To assure satisfactory bearing application, fitting practice, mounting, lubrication, sealing, static rating, housing strength, and lubrication shall be considered in bearing selection. C. Re-lubricatable type bearings shall be equipped with a hydraulic grease fitting in an accessible location and shall have sufficient grease capacity in the bearing chamber. D. Lubricated-for-life bearings shall be factory-lubricated with the manufacturer's recommended grease to insure maximum bearing life and best performance. E. Anti-Friction Type Bearing Life: Except where otherwise indicated, bearings shall have a minimum L-10 life expectancy of 5 years or 20,000 hours, whichever occurs first. Where so indicated, bearings shall have a minimum rated L-10 life expectancy corresponding to the type of service, as follows: Type of Service Design Life (Years) L-10 Design Life (Hours) Whichever Comes First 8-hour shift 10 20,000 16-hour shift 10 40,000 Continuous 10 60,000 F. Bearing housings shall be of cast iron or steel and bearing mounting arrangement shall be as indicated or as recommended in the published standards of the manufacturer. Split-type housings may be used to facilitate installation, inspection, and disassembly. G. Sleeve Type Bearings: Sleeve-type bearings shall have a cast iron or ductile iron housing and Babbitt or bronze liner. Bearing housing shall be bolted and doweled to the lower casing half. These housings shall be provided with cast iron caps bolted in place and the bearing end caps shall be bored to receive the bearing shells. Sleeve bearings shall be designed on the basis of the maximum allowable load permitted by the bearing manufacturer. If the sleeve bearing is connected to an equipment shaft with a coupling, the coupling transmitted thrust will be assumed to be the maximum motor or equipment thrust. Lubricant, lubrication system, and cooling system shall be as recommended by the bearing manufacturer. H. Plate Thrust Bearings: Thrust bearings shall be the Kingsbury Type, designed and manufactured to maintain the shaft in the fixed axial position without undue heating or the necessity of adjustment or attention. Bearings shall be oil lubricated to suit the manufacturer's standard method of lubrication for the specific bearing. If bearing cooling is required, manufacturer shall provide necessary piping, filters, and valves. WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-7 2.08 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Guides: Pipe connections to equipment shall be supported, anchored, and guided to avoid stresses and loads on equipment flanges and equipment. Supports and hangers shall be in accordance with Section 40 0507 –Hangers and Supports for Process Piping. B. Flanges and Pipe Threads: Flanges on equipment and appurtenances shall conform to ANSI B16.1, Class 125, or B16.5, Class 150, unless otherwise indicated. Pipe threads shall be in accordance with ANSI/ASME B1.20.1 and Section 40 0513 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. C. Flexible Connectors: Flexible connectors shall be installed in all piping connections to engines, blowers, compressors, and other vibrating equipment and in piping systems in accordance with the requirements of Section 40 0510 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. Flexible connectors shall be harnessed or otherwise anchored to prevent separation of the pipe where required by the installation. D. Insulating Connections: Insulating bushings, unions, couplings, or flanges, as appropriate, shall be used in accordance with the requirements of the Section 40 0510 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. 2.09 GASKETS AND PACKINGS A. Gaskets shall be in accordance with Section 40 0510 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. B. Packing around valve stems and reciprocating shafts shall be of compressible material, compatible with the fluid being used. Chevron-type "V" packing shall be Garlock No. 432, John Crane "Everseal," or equal. C. Packing around rotating shafts (other than valve stems) shall be "O"-rings, stuffing boxes, or mechanical seals, as recommended by the manufacturer, in accordance with the project requirements. 2.10 NAMEPLATES A. Equipment nameplates of stainless steel shall be engraved or stamped and fastened to the equipment in an accessible location with No. 4 or larger oval head stainless steel screws or drive pins. Nameplates shall contain the manufacturer's name, model, serial number, size, characteristics, and appropriate data describing the machine performance ratings. 2.11 EQUIPMENT LUBRICANTS A. Lubricants for all equipment during storage and prior to initial testing of the equipment shall be installed. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: Where required by individual sections, an authorized, experienced, and competent service representative of the manufacturer shall visit the Site to witness or perform the following in accordance with Section 01 4333 – Manufacturer’s Field Services and to certify in writing that the equipment and controls have been properly installed, aligned, lubricated, adjusted, and readied for operation. 1. Inspection, checking, and adjusting the equipment and approving its installation. 2. Startup and field testing for proper operation, efficiency, and capacity. 3. Performing field adjustments during the test period to ensure that the equipment installation and operation comply with requirements. 4. Instruct plant operating personnel on proper operations, maintenance and care. WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0000-8 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations. B. Alignment: Equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment. 3.03 PRE-PACKAGED EQUIPMENT A. Coordination of all necessary space and structural requirements, clearances, utility connections, signals, and outputs shall be required to avoid later change orders, when any system is furnished as pre-packaged equipment. 3.04 WELDING A. Welds shall be cleaned of weld-slag, splatter, etc. to provide a smooth surface. Metal brushes shall be the same material as the metal welded. Stainless steel brushes shall be used for cleaning stainless steel welds. 3.05 FIELD TESTS A. Where indicated by the individual equipment sections, equipment shall be field tested after installation to demonstrate satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration, or overheating of bearings or motor. B. The following field testing shall be conducted: 1. Start equipment, check, and operate the equipment over its entire operating range. Vibration level shall be within the amplitude limits as indicated or as recommended by the reference applicable Standards. 2. Obtain concurrent readings of motor voltage, amperage, capacity, vibration and bearing temperatures. C. In the event that any equipment fails to meet the test requirements, the equipment shall be modified and retested until it satisfies the requirement. END OF SECTION 46 0000 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIP 46 0548 - 1 SECTION 46 0548 –VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Inertia bases 2. Open-spring isolators 3. Restrained-spring isolators 4. Closed-spring isolators 5. Restrained, closed-spring isolators 6. Pad isolators 7. Flexible connections 8. Seismic snubbers 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit schedule of vibration isolator type with location and load on each. Submit catalog information indicating materials and dimensional data. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures and setting dimensions. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that isolators meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Delegated Design Submittals: Submit signed and sealed Shop Drawi ngs with design calculations and assumptions verifying that maximum sound levels will not be exceeded. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. F. Manufacturer Reports: Indicate sound isolation installation is complete and according to instructions. G. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and licensed professional. 1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of hangers, including attachment points. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years' documented experience. B. Licensed Professional: Professional Engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of California. 1.05 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Furnish five year manufacturer's warranty for inertia bases. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide vibration isolation on motor-driven equipment, plus connected piping. B. Provide minimum static deflection of isolators for equipment. VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIP 46 0548 - 2 C. Use concrete inertia bases for motors and on base-mounted pumps, blowers, and compressors. D. Manufacturers: 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal E. Structural Bases: 1. Design: Sufficiently rigid to prevent misalignment or undue stress on machine and to transmit design loads to isolators and snubbers. 2. Construction: Welded structural steel with gusset brackets, supporting equipment, and motor with motor slide rails. F. Concrete Inertia Bases: 1. Mass: Minimum of 1.5 times weight of isolated equipment 2. Construction: Structured steel channel perimeter frame, with gusset brackets and anchor bolts, adequately reinforced, concrete filled 3. Connecting Point: Reinforced to connect isolators and snubbers to base 4. Concrete: Reinforced 3,000 psi concrete 2.02 OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Isotech Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip-galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 2. Code: Color-code springs for load-carrying capacity. C. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 30 and 60 percent of maximum deflection. D. Spring Mounts: 1. Leveling devices 2. Neoprene sound pads 3. Zinc-chromate-plated hardware E. Sound Pads: 1. Meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators. 2.03 RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip-galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 2. Code: Color-code springs for load-carrying capacity. C. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 30 and 60 percent of maximum deflection. D. Spring Mounts: 1. Leveling devices 2. Neoprene sound pads 3. Zinc-chromate-plated hardware E. Sound Pads: 1. Meet requirements for neoprene pad isolators VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIP 46 0548 - 3 F. Restraint: Furnish mounting frame and limit stops. 2.04 CLOSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Vibro-Acoustics 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Type: Closed-spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. 2. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip-galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 3. Code: Color-code springs for load-carrying capacity. C. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 30 and 60 percent of maximum deflection. D. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting requirements for neoprene pad isolators and neoprene side stabilizers. 2.05 RESTRAINED, CLOSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck Fan Corporation 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Exterior and Humid Areas: Furnish hot-dip-galvanized housings and neoprene-coated springs. 2. Code: Color-code springs for load-carrying capacity. 3. Type: Closed-spring mount with top and bottom housing separated with neoprene rubber stabilizers. C. Springs: 1. Minimum Horizontal Stiffness: 75 percent of vertical stiffness. 2. Working Deflection: Between 30 and 60 percent of maximum deflection. D. Housings: 1. Neoprene Isolation Pad: a. Rubber or neoprene waffle pads b. Hardness: 30 durometer c. Height of Ribs: Not to exceed 70 percent of width. 2. Neoprene Side Stabilizer 2.06 PAD ISOLATORS A. Description: 1. Material: Rubber or Neoprene 2. Hardness: 30 durometer 3. Height of Ribs: Not to exceed 70 percent of width. B. Rubber Mount: 1. Molded rubber. 2. Threaded insert. C. Glass-Fiber Pads: Neoprene-jacketed, pre-compressed molded glass fiber 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers: 1. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIP 46 0548 - 4 B. Steel Piping: 1. Inner Hose: As indicated 2. Exterior Sleeve: As indicated 3. Pressure Rating: As required 4. Joints: Connection as indicated 5. Size: As indicated. C. Copper Piping: 1. Inner Hose: As indicated 2. Exterior Sleeve: As indicated 3. Pressure Rating: As required. 4. Joints: Connection as indicated. 5. Size: As indicated. 2.08 SEISMIC SNUBBE 1. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Type: Nondirectional and double-acting unit consisting of interlocking steel members restrained by neoprene elements. 2. Neoprene Elements: Replaceable. 3. Capacity: Four times load assigned to mount groupings 4. Attachment Points and Fasteners: Capable of withstanding three times rated load capacity of seismic snubber. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that equipment and piping is installed before Work of this Section is started. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Adjust equipment level. B. Install isolation for motor-driven equipment. C. Bases: 1. Set steel bases for clearance between housekeeping pad and base. 2. Set concrete inertia bases for clearance between housekeeping pad and base. D. Closed-Spring Isolators: Adjust such that side stabilizers are clear under normal operating conditions. E. Piping Connections: 1. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary shims to final height. 2. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load in order to allow shim removal. F. Provide pairs of horizontal limit springs on fans with more than static pressure and on hanger- supported, horizontally mounted axial fans. G. Snubbers: 1. Provide resiliently mounted equipment and piping with seismic snubbers. 2. Provide each inertia base with minimum of four seismic snubbers located close to isolators. 3. Snub equipment designated for post-disaster use VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIP 46 0548 - 5 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect isolated equipment after installation and submit report, including static deflections. B. Ensure that equipment operates under loaded conditions without objectionable sound or vibration. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove foreign objects that might bridge vibration isolators. END OF SECTION 46 0548 IDENTIFICATION FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0553-1 SECTION 46 0553 –IDENTIFICATION FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nameplates 2. Tags 3. Stencils 4. Labels 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. B. Shop Drawings: Submit list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for equipment identification and schedule, including equipment number, location, function, and manufacturer's name and model number. C. Samples: Submit five nameplates, labels, and tags for each size used on Project. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and installation. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. F. Qualifications Statement: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer. 1.03 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Products meet or exceed specified sustainable design requirements. B. Product Cost Data: Verify compliance with Project sustainable design requirements. Exclude cost of labor and equipment to install products. 1. Provide cost data for following products: a. Salvaged, refurbished, and reused products b. Products with recycled material content c. Regional products 1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Extra Stock Materials: Furnish 4 containers of spray-on adhesive. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years' experience. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 NAMEPLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Craftmark Pipe Markers 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light, contrasting background color. IDENTIFICATION FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0553-2 2.02 TAGS A. Plastic Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady ID b. Or Approved Equal 2. Description: a. Laminated three-layer plastic with engraved black letters on light, contrasting background color. B. Metal Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady ID b. Or Approved Equal 2. Description: a. Aluminum or Stainless-steel construction; stamped letters. C. Information Tags: 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady ID b. Or Approved Equal 2. Description: a. Clear plastic with printed DANGER, CAUTION, WARNING and message. b. Furnish grommet and self-locking nylon ties. 2.03 STENCILS A. Manufacturers: 1. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co. 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Clean-cut symbols. C. Stencil Paint: As specified in Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating; semigloss enamel. 2.04 LABELS A. Manufacturers: 1. Brady ID 2. Or Approved Equal B. Description: 1. Aluminum, Polyester, or Laminated Mylar construction. 2. Adhesive backed, with printed identification PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. B. Prepare surfaces as specified in Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating for stencil painting. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Identify equipment with plastic nameplates or stencil painting. B. Identify inline pumps and other small devices with tags. IDENTIFICATION FOR WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT 46 0553-3 D. Identify control panels and major control components outside panels with plastic nameplates. E. Apply stencil painting as specified in Section 09 9000 - Painting and Coating. F. Install identifying devices after completion of coverings and painting. G. Install plastic nameplates with corrosion-resistant mechanical fasteners or adhesive. H. Labels: 1. Install labels with sufficient adhesive for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. 2. For unfinished covering, apply paint primer before applying labels. I. Install tags using corrosion-resistant chain. END OF SECTION 46 0553 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PUMPS 46 0600-1 SECTION 46 0600 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. All pumps and pumping appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be provided. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all pumps and pumping equipment except where otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. C. The requirements of Section 46 0000 – Water and Wastewater Equipment apply to this Section. D. Unit Responsibility: The pump manufacturer shall be made responsible for furnishing the equipment and for coordination of design, assembly, testing, and installation of each pump system. E. Single Manufacturer: Where two or more pump systems of the same type or size are required, the pumps shall all be produced by the same manufacturer. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information: 1. Pump name, identification number, and specification Section number. 2. Performance data curves showing head, capacity, horsepower demand, NPSH required, and pump efficiency over the entire operating range of the pump. The equipment manufacturer shall indicate separately the head, capacity, horsepower demand, overall efficiency, and minimum submergence required at the design flow conditions and the maximum and minimum flow conditions. Performance curves at intervals of 5 Hz from minimum speed to maximum speed shall be furnished for each centrifugal pump equipped with a variable speed drive. 3. The manufacturer shall be required to indicate the limits on the performance curves recommended for stable operation without surge, cavitation or excessive vibration. The stable operating range shall be as wide as possible based on actual hydraulic and mechanical tests. 4. Assembly and installation drawings including shaft size, seal, coupling, bearings, anchor bolt plan, part nomenclature, material list, outline dimensions, and shipping weights. 5. Data shall be provided for the electric motor proposed for each pump. 6. Wiring diagram of field connections with identification of terminations between Local Control Panels, junction terminal boxes, and equipment items. 7. Complete electrical schematic diagram. 8. Factory certification indicating the pump make and model has been tested satisfactorily to meet the specified performance criteria. C. Spare Parts List: A list of spare parts for each piece of equipment shall be obtained from the manufacturer and submitted at the same time as Shop Drawings. The name, address and telephone number of the nearest distributor for each piece of equipment shall be furnished. This list shall contain all data necessary to allow the OWNER to purchase spare parts as necessary. D. Factory Test Data: Signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each pump system which requires factory testing. E. Certifications: 1. Manufacturer's certification of proper installation. 2. ENGINEER'S certification of satisfactory field testing. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PUMPS 46 0600-2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Compliance with the requirements of the individual pump Sections may necessitate modifications to the Manufacturer's standard equipment. B. Performance Curves: All centrifugal pumps shall have a continuously rising curve or the system operating range shall not cross the pump curve at two different capacities or “dip region.” Unless indicated otherwise, the required pump shaft horsepower at any intended operational point on the performance curve shall not exceed the rated horsepower of the motor or engine or encroach on the service factor. C. All components of each pump system provided under the pump Sections shall be entirely compatible. Each unit of pumping equipment shall incorporate all basic mechanisms, couplings, electric motors or engine drives, variable speed controls, necessary mountings, and appurtenances. 2.02 MATERIALS A. All materials shall be suitable for the intended application; materials not indicated shall be high - grade, standard commercial quality, free from all defects and imperfections that might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended, and shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Cast iron pump casings and bowls shall be of close-grained gray cast iron, conforming to ASTM A48 - Gray Iron Castings, Class 30 or equal. 2. Bronze pump impellers shall conform to ASTM B62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings, or B584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications, where dezincification does not exist. 3. Stainless steel pump shafts shall be Type 416 or 316. Miscellaneous stainless steel parts shall be of Type 304 or 316, except in a septic environment. 4. Anchor bolts, washers, and nuts in Standard Service (Non-Corrosive Application) shall be galvanized steel in accordance with the requirements of Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. Anchor bolts, washers and nuts in Corrosive Service as defined in Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications shall be stainless steel in accordance with that Section. 2.03 PUMP COMPONENTS – GENERAL A. Flanges and Bolts: Suction and discharge flanges shall conform to ANSI/ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800 or B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings dimensions. Bolts shall be in accordance with Section 05 5000 – Metal Fabrications. B. Lubrication: Vertical pump shafts of clean water pumps shall be product water -lubricated, unless otherwise indicated. Deep-well pumps and pumps with dry barrels shall have water- or oil-lubricated bearings and seals and enclosed line shafts. C. Handholes: Handholes on pump casings shall be shaped to follow the contours of the casing to avoid any obstructions in the water passage. D. Drains: All gland seals, air valves, cooling water drains, and drains from variable speed drive equipment shall be piped to the nearest floor sink, or drain, with galvanized steel pipe or copper tube, properly supported with brackets. 2.04 PUMP APPURTENANCES A. Nameplates: Each pump shall be equipped with a stainless steel nameplate indicating serial numbers, rated head and flow, impeller size, pump speed, induction motor Full Load Current (FLA), Voltage, Frequency and manufacturer's name and model number. B. Gauges: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PUMPS 46 0600-3 1. Gauges shall be located in a representative location, where not subject to shock or vibrations, in order to achieve true and accurate readings. 2. Where subject to shock or vibrations, the gauges shall be wall-mounted or attached to galvanized channel floor stands and connected by means of flexible connectors. 3. Pressure and compound gauges shall be provided in accordance with Division 40. 2.05 FACTORY TESTING A. If specified in individual specification sections, the following tests shall be conducted on each indicated pump system: 1. Motors: Electric motors shall be tested in accordance with Division 26 – Electrical. 2. Pump Systems: All centrifugal pump systems with drives 10 hp up to and including 125 hp shall have a prototype tested at the pump factory in accordance with the American National Standard for Centrifugal Pump Tests (ANSI/HI 1.6) acceptance Level "A" or the American National Standard for Vertical Pump Tests (ANSI/HI 2.6) as approved by ANSI and published by the Hydraulic Institute. The following minimum test results shall be submitted: a. Hydrostatic test results b. At maximum speed, a minimum of five hydraulic test readings between shutoff head and 25 percent beyond the maximum indicated capacity, recorded on data sheets as defined by the Hydraulic Institute. For variable speed driven pumps, each pump shall be tested between maximum and minimum speed at 5 Hz increments. c. Pump curves showing head, flow, bhp/ electrical current, and efficiency requirements. d. NPSH required test curve if required by the pump specification. Otherwise, a calculated NPSH required curve may be submitted. 3. Acceptance: In the event of failure of any pump to meet any of the requirements, all necessary modifications, repairs, or replacements shall be made to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and the pump shall be re-tested until found satisfactory. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: Where required by the individual pump Sections, an authorized service representative of the manufacturer shall visit the Site to witness the following and to certify in writing that the equipment and controls have been properly installed, aligned, lubricated, adjusted, and readied for operation. 1. Inspection, checking, and adjusting the equipment. 2. Startup and field testing for proper operation. 3. Performing field adjustments to ensure that the equipment installation and operation comply with requirements. 4. Instruct plant operating personnel on proper operation, maintenance and care. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with the ma nufacturer's written recommendations. B. Alignment: All equipment shall be field tested to verify proper alignment and freedom from binding, scraping, shaft runout, or other defects. Pump drive shafts shall be measured just prior to assembly to ensure correct alignment without forcing. Equipment shall be secure in position and neat in appearance. C. Lubricants: The necessary oil and grease for initial operation shall be provided. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PROCESS PUMPS 46 0600-4 3.03 PROTECTIVE COATING A. Materials and equipment shall be coated as required in Section 09 9700 - Special Coatings and Section 09 9100 - Painting. 3.04 FIELD TESTS A. Where indicated by the individual pump sections, each pump system shall be field tested after installation to demonstrate: 1. Satisfactory operation without excessive noise and vibration. 2. No material loss caused by cavitation. 3. No overheating of bearings. 4. Indicated head, flow, and efficiency at design point. B. The following field testing shall be conducted: 5. Startup, check, and operate the pump system over its entire speed range. If the pump is driven by a variable speed drive, the pump and motor shall be tested at 5 Hz increments. If the pump is driven at constant speed, the pump and motor shall be tested at max RPM. Unless otherwise indicated, vibration shall be within the amplitude limits recommended by the Hydraulic Institute Standards at a minimum of four pumping conditions. 6. Obtain concurrent readings of motor voltage, amperage, pump suction head, and pump discharge head for at least three pumping conditions at each pump rotational speed if variable speed at 5 Hz increment or at max RPM if constant speed. Check each power lead to the motor for proper current balance. 7. Determine bearing temperatures by contact type thermometer. A run time until bearing temperatures have stabilized shall precede this test, unless insufficient liquid volume is available. 8. Electrical and instrumentation tests shall conform to the requirements of the sections under which that equipment is specified. C. In the event any pumping system fails to meet the indicated requirements, the pump shall be modified or replaced and retested as above until it satisfies the requirements. D. After each pumping system has satisfied the requirements, the ENGINEER shall certify in writing that it has been satisfactorily tested and that all final adjustments have been made. Certification shall include the date of the field tests, a listing of all persons present during the tests, and the test data. E. This work shall include all costs of field tests, including related services of the manufacturer's representative, except for power and water. END OF SECTION 46 0600 CLOSE COUPLED END SUCTION PUMP 46 0601-1 SECTION 46 0601 - CLOSE COUPLED END SUCTION PUMP PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Contractor shall furnish and install horizontally mounted end suction close coupled pump complete with pump, motor and associated appurtenances in accordance with Specification Section 46 0600 – Common Work Results for Process Pumps, manufacturer’s recommendations and plans and specifications mentioned herein. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The work in this section is subject to the requirements of applicable portions of the following standards: 1. HI – Hydraulic Institute 2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute 3. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials 4. IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 5. NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturers Association 6. NEC – National Electrical Code 7. ISO – International Standards Organization 8. UL – Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 9. CSA –Canadian Standards Association 10. OSHA – Occupational Safety & Health Administration 11. ASME – American Society of Mechanical Engineers 12. IEC– International Electrotechnical Commission 13. ETL – Electrical Testing Laboratories 14. NSF – National Sanitation Foundation PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 CLOSE COUPLED END SUCTION PUMPS A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install close coupled end suction pumps as indicated in the Contract Documents. B. The pump and electric motor shall be factory assembled at the pump manufacturer’s facility. The pump manufacturer shall have complete unit responsibility. 2.02 PUMPS A. The pumps shall be close coupled, single stage, end suction top discharge design, cast iron stainless steel fitted construction. B. The pumps shall have the following features: 1. All pumps shall be of the back pull-out design so that the rotating element can be removed from the casing without disconnecting the suction or discharge piping. The casing material shall be close-grained cast iron ASTM A48 - Class 30 with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 P.S.I. Volute shall have integrally cast suction and discharge connections, gauge ports at nozzles, and vent and drain ports. Pumps with specific speed greater than 1600 shall have double volute casing. Pumps with discharge size 3” and larger shall have suction splitter to reduce pre-rotation and improve efficiency. Casings shall be designed for scheduled working pressure and can withstand hydrostatic test at 150% of the maximum working pressure under which the pump could operate at design speed. 2. Pumps with impeller diameter larger than 5” shall be fitted with bronze renewable case wear rings. CLOSE COUPLED END SUCTION PUMP 46 0601-2 3. Pumps with discharge size 2.5” and larger shall have full flanged connections on both suction and discharge. Suction and discharge flanges shall b e drilled to ANSI Class 125# standards and be machined flat face. 4. Pumps with discharge sizes 2” and below shall have NPT threaded connection. 5. The motor shaft shall be of cold rolled steel AISI 1024 with bronze sleeves covering the wetted area of the shaft. Motors with 56J frame shall have a motor shaft of stainless steel AISI 416. 6. The pump manufacturer shall recommend the proper mechanical seal based on the pressure, temperature and liquid outlined on the equipment schedule. Mechanical seals, at a minimum, shall have ceramic stationary seats, carbon rotating rings, Buna elastomers and stainless steel hardware. Application of a mechanical seal shall be internally flushed type, without requiring external flushing lines. Seals shall be capable of being inspected and easily replaced without removing the piping or volute. 7. Impeller shall be of the enclosed Francis vane type, single suction design, made of Stainless Steel 304 (UNS S30400), both hydraulically and dynamically balanced to ISO 1940-1:2003 balance grade G6.3 and keyed to the shaft. The impeller shall be trimmed to meet the specific hydraulic requirements. 8. Pump Construction. The standard material of construction for the pump shall be as below. 9. Special material shall be available as option to suit the liquid pumped. a. Volute: Cast Iron ASTM A48 - Class 30 b. Case W ear ring: Tin Bronze ASTM B584-90500 c. Impeller: Stainless Steel 304 (UNS S30400) d. Shaft: Cold Roll Steel AISI 1024 or Stainless Steel AISI 416 e. Shaft Sleeve: Bronze III932 C89835 f. Mechanical Seals: Carbon – Ceramic with Buna Elastomers and Stainless Steel hardware C. Pump rotation shall be clockwise as viewed from the motor end. D. Cast iron base with integrally cast drip lip, grouting holes and tapped drain outlet shall be provided E. Pump shall be of a maintainable design for ease of maintenance and should use machine fit parts that are easily disassembled. F. Each pump shall be painted with one coat of high quality factory approved paint and name -plated before shipment from the factory. G. Where noted on schedule the pump shall also be NSF-61 certified. H. Pumps shall be manufactured and assembled in an ISO-9001 certified facility. 2.03 MOTORS A. Motors shall meet scheduled horsepower, speed, voltage, and enclosure design. Pump and motors shall be factory assembled. B. Motors shall be suitably sized per ISO5199 and shall meet NEMA specifications and conform to the standards outlined in EISA 2007. 2.04 INSTALLATION A. The pump shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations and according to the standards of the Hydraulics Institute. CLOSE COUPLED END SUCTION PUMP 46 0601-3 2.05 TESTING A. Where noted on schedule, pumping equipment may require one or more of the following: 1. Certified Performance test 2. Hydro static test 3. NPSH Test 4. Any other factory test as noted in the pump Schedule B. The testing shall be in accordance with Hydraulic Institute level B or the latest HI standard as noted in the pump schedule. 2.06 WARRANTY A. The warranty period shall be a non-prorated period of 12 months from date of installation, not to exceed 18 months from date of manufacturer. Warranty shall cover against defective material and/or faulty workmanship. 2.07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. EBARA, Model 3U B. Or Engineer Approved Equal PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 46 0601 GAC FILTRATION MEDIA 46 1300-1 SECTION 46 1300 - GAC FILTRATION MEDIA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install the GAC media per the manufacturer’s requirements for all four filter vessels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. GAC Media 1. Clean coconut shell-based GAC media from Carbon Activated in Compton California, COC-AL60, 12x30 Mesh. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION AND START-UP SERVICES A. The responsible party for installation of the pressure vessel systems and site services has been defined below: 1. Site Preparation (CONTRACTOR) 2. Foundation Design (ENGINEER) 3. Foundation Installation (CONTRACTOR) 4. Receipt and Off-Loading of Pressure Vessel System Equipment (CONTRACTOR) 5. Installation of Pressure Vessel System (CONTRACTOR) 6. Connection of the Pressure Instruments to Control and Alarm Systems (CONTRACTOR). 7. Provision of a Means to Keep the Vessel Flooded in All Operating Modes (CONTRACTOR). 8. System Connection to Existing Infrastructure (CONTRACTOR) 9. System Disinfection Prior to Initial Fill of Media (CONTRACTOR) 10. Utilities for Bulk Loading of Media (Compressed Air, Clean Water Source, Backwash Water Disposal). (OWNER Provided / CONTRACTOR Purchased) 11. Operation of the System During Initial Media Fill. (CONTRACTOR) 12. Mechanical Startup of the System (CONTRACTOR under OWNER Supervision). 13. Painting: Field touchup painting shall be performed for any surfaces damaged during shipping. Touchup painting shall blend with factory paint and shall be applied as recommended by the MANUFACTURER/VENDOR END OF SECTION 46 1300 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-1 SECTION 46 5110 - COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the requirements for the design, fabrication, shipment installation oversight, commissioning, startup, performance testing, and acceptance of the complete compressed air systems including piping, equipment, and related accessories, for general building, compressed air systems operating at 200 psig and below. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Reference Specifications: All work provided under this Section shall be in accordance with the following: 1. Section 01 1100 – Summary of Work 2. Section 01 3300 – Submittal Procedures 3. Section 01 4500 – Quality Control 4. Section 01 7823 – Operating and Maintenance Data 5. Section 46 0000 – Water and Wastewater Equipment 6. Section 46 0548 – Vibration and Seismic Controls for Water and Wastewater Equipment B. Reference Standards: 1. ASME PTC-13 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications: a. Section A36: Carbon Structural Steel b. Section A48: Gray Iron Casting c. Section A53: Hot Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded Steel Pipe d. Section A123: Hot Dipped Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Products e. Section A240: Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for General Applications f. Section A270: Stainless Steel Tubing g. Section A276: Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes h. Section A322: Carbon and Alloy Steel Bar i. Section A325: High-Strength Bolts/Fasteners j. Section A500: Structural Tubing k. Section A778: Stainless Steel Tubular Products 3. Section F593/594: Stainless Steel Bolts/Fasteners 4. AFBMA/ABMA 5. AGMA 6. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Publications 7. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications (D1.1) 8. ANSI/AWWA 9. NEC, NEMA 10. SSPC 11. UL, UL 508, UL 508A 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The manufacturer shall submit shop drawings for review and approval as specified in this section. All drawings shall be submitted electronically. Electronic files shall be in pdf format. Equipment dimensional and equipment arrangement drawings shall be provided in both pdf and CAD formats, if possible. The manufacturer shall submit the following information: 1. Schematic Drawings: a. Schematic Drawings, including process flow diagrams and P&IDs for the Equipment. b. Electrical schematic diagrams including motors and other electrical load information and identification of external wiring (panel) connections for coordination with the COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-2 General Contractor-supplied equipment. This includes machine wiring diagrams, conduit plans, etc. 2. Unit Fabrication and Assembly/ Installation Arrangement Drawings: The manufacturer shall coordinate production and submit each of the following Installation Arrangement drawings for approval: a. Provide plan, sections as required, details and isometric views of the Equipment System. Provide double-line, scaled drawings showing all equipment supports, connections, fittings, valves, and instruments and appurtenances. b. Clearly identify the termination points and physical location for process and electrical connections where interfacing of the supplied equipment and equipment to be installed by the General Contractor will be required. 3. Test Reports: a. Procedures of the testing, including a description of the testing methods shall be submitted for approval. b. Finalized Certified Shop Testing Report shall be submitted once equipment has been certified completely and successfully operational. Report shall be submitted a minimum of 30 days prior to equipment shipping. Finalized Certified Shop Testing Report shall demonstrate complete proper operational control and functioning of the equipment system in a “dry” setting. Includes testing of all mechanical, electric, and safety equipment components. The report shall be signed by an authorized person for the manufacturer, and include witness signatures. The finalized report shall also indicate that the equipment meets all design requirements of this specification. 4. Bill of Materials: a. Include manufacturer’s literature, illustrations, specifications, weights, dimensions, materials, sizes, engineering data and performance data for component equipment of standard design including the auxiliary components/electrical equipment, and instrumentation, etc. 5. Design Calculations: include calculations for equipment supports as required herein: a. Structural design calculations for mounting and anchoring of fabricated assemblies, signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer (civil/structural) currently licensed in the same state as the final installation. Calculations shall include seismic considerations for the location of installation. 7. Information as specifically requested by the Engineer or Owner in support of this project. Include information/submittals for special tools or lifting equipment as required. 8. Operation and Maintenance Manuals a. Prior to the delivery of the equipment, the manufacturer shall develop and submit an O&M Manual, complete with a Bill of Materials for the contents of all shipments. This list shall detail contents, size, weights and tag numbers of each item shipped. b. Storage and Handling Instructions: 1) The manufacturer shall provide specific shipping, receiving, storage and handling instructions for all equipment, including each loose-shipped item of equipment, instrumentation, materials and crates. c. O&M Manual shall also include (at a minimum) 1) Manufacturer Contact Info. 2) Individual Equipment Component Contact Info 3) Lesson Plans for Training of the Facility’s O&M Staff. 4) Equipment Performance Info. 5) Typical Operation and Maintenance Information. 6) Emergency Operation and Troubleshooting Guides. 7) Adjustment and Alignment Instructions. 8) Equipment Specifics and Model/Type/Product Info for Each Supplied Equipment Item. 9) Lubrication Schedules and Procedures. 10) Connection Diagrams and Layout Drawings. COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-3 11) Electrical Power and Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams and Schematics. 12) Electrical Control Logic – Program to Be Provided for HMIs and the Control Panels PLCs. 13) Control Panel Screen Shots d. Manufacturer’s References 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The supplier shall be regularly engaged in the business of designing and manufacturing compressed air systems for a period in excess of ten (10) years. B. Statement of Source / Assembling Factory Quality Control Protocol. Equipment units shall be fully assembled and factory/shop tested prior to shipment. C. If a proprietary or otherwise US Patented component is proposed by the manufacturer, the manufacturer shall indicate such in their proposal and shall include all costs for licensing and/or usage fees required by the patented holder within the proposal. The manufacturer shall further indemnify and warrant to the Contractor and Owner that no patent violations exist. If a patent violation claim is made due to the scope of supply for this project, the manufacturer shall be fully responsible for all costs associated with the amicable settlement of such dispute. D. Must have a company-owned service and parts facility within the continental United States. E. Workmanship and Design: All parts of the equipment shall be amply proportioned for long, continuous, uninterrupted service. Provision shall be made for easy access for service or replacement of parts. Corresponding parts of multiple units shall be interchangeable. Workmanship shall be first class, with all welding in accordance with the latest applicable code of the American Welding Society. The maximum allowable stresses on structural steel members shall not exceed those permitted by the latest AISC specifications for applicable design, at twice the maximum continuous running torque. 1.05 SPARE PARTS A. Provide all spare parts anticipated to be required for the first 2 years of operation. manufacturer shall clearly define quantity, description of part and associated part numbers as part of manufacturer’s scope of supply. B. Spare parts shall be placed in a separate container clearly marked as “Spare Parts.” All parts shall be identified and clearly labeled with applicable part numbers. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Contractor shall unload, store, and handle the equipment per the manufacturer’s instructions. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Warranty shall extend for 24 months after start-up or 30 months after delivery, whichever comes first. B. Warranty shall include all parts, shipping and labor for repairing or replacing equipment that fails during the warranty period. Defects occurring within the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the manufacturer at no cost to the OWNER. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Deliver blower equipment as fully assembled or partially assembled as practical to minimize field assembly. Contractor shall be responsible for unloading and any necessary field assembly. Contractor shall contact manufacturer for blower equipment field assembly requirements during bid. COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-4 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work with restrictions as specified. 1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Special Tools: Provide standard manufacturer supplied toolbox with all tools needed to assemble and disassemble the blower equipment. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. The proposed system shall be capable of discharging a variable amount of air flow at the operating pressures and inlet air conditions specified herein. The compressor performance curves shall provide graphed ACFM values “standardized” to SCFM, accounting for the air density under actual site altitude (ambient pressure), and the specified temperatures and relative humidity (R.H.) listed for each of the design points. Standard conditions shall be represented by: 68.0 F (20°C), 65% R.H., 14.696 psia (101.3254 kPa). 2. The minimum and maximum operating flow range shall be provided for each compressor with its corresponding discharge pressure. Each compressor shall be capable of operating continuously and satisfactorily at any point between its flow range and pressure conditions without any surge, vibration, or excessive heating of any bearings or the motor. 3. Allowable Blower Tolerances (%): a. Flow (SCFM): 1% b. Pressure (PSI): 0.5% c. Power (kW): 2% 4. Nameplates stating the name of the manufacturer, the motor model number, the motor serial number, the rated horsepower, capacity, speed, voltage, amps, rated service factor, and other pertinent data, shall be attached to the motor. Motor nameplate is not required if motor is assembled as part of the blower package, and manufacturer’s information on the motor is included with the blower nameplate. 5. The package must meet the quality and safety standards set forth by the Underwriters Laboratory for the proposed machinery. The compressor system shall be UL certified. B. Service Conditions 1. The site conditions are expected to be as follows: a. Project Location: City of Seal, CA b. Treatment Facility Average Day Design Flow: 2.0 MGD; Max Day Flow: 5.0 MGD c. Installation Type: Potable Water Treatment d. Treatment Process: Biological Activated Carbon e. Number of Treatment Vessels: Six (6); Four (4) Proposed with Two (2) Future f. Installation Exposure: Indoor g. Site Ambient Air Temperatures: 32°F to 95°F h. Relative Humidity: 30 to 95%, Non-Condensing i. Altitude: 21 Feet above Mean Sea Level C. Vessel GAC Regeneration and Air Scour Description 1. Aeration Blowers: Forced-air regeneration was more effective and predictable at regenerating media than natural ventilation and required less downtime to perform. For this reason, as part of the treatment system design, compressed air will be implemented into the process. The air compressors will be used to force air into the media vessels after media exhaustion to regenerate and scour the media. The compressed air system shall use internal control devices (VFD, etc.) to speed up or slow down the individual motors based on the input received from operator inputs. COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-5 2. Process Design Requirements: a. The Compressed Air System(s) shall be required to meet the following Guaranteed Performance Point(s). Performance Conditions for Each Compressed Air System Parameter Value Air Flow (SCFM) 32.5 Discharge Pressure (PSIG) 125 Motor Horsepower 7.5 Voltage 480VAC 2.02 COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM PACKAGE A. Rotary Screw Air Compressors, General 1. Provide factory-assembled and tested, packaged, air-cooled, continuous duty, rotary-type, motor-driven air compressors as indicated, of capacities and having electrical characteristics indicated, and with the following features: a. Panels: Freestanding single- or 2-compartment electrical control panels of appropriate NEMA types, and power characteristics indicated. Mount devices on front of panel, or extend devices through panel openings, including circuit breaker operators, selector switches, and gauges. Identify each switch, control relay, circuit breaker and other components, inside or outside panel with 2-1/2-inch by 4-inch engraved, plastic-laminate signs as specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification." b. Starters: Magnetic, across-the-line type starters for each compressor motor, with 3-coil overload protection, undervoltage releases, and Hand-Off-Automatic selector switch. Protect each starter with air circuit breaker. c. Air Compressor Controls: Automatic compressor control station with load control and protection functions; provide dual voltage type. Electrically separate lower voltage control and protection circuits from higher voltage motor contactors. Equip with lamps to indicate safe operating conditions and alarm situations. Provide with circuit breakers, ammeters, and hour meters. d. Provide automatic alternators to switch lead compressor at each start, for duplex air compressor units. B. Small Capacity Rotary Air Compressors 1. General: Provide units with inlet silencer filters, safety valves, discharge pressure gauges, pressure regulators, tank mounted, air dryer, automatic drains and shutoff valve. 2. Tank-Mounted, Lubricated, Air Compressors. 3. Aftercoolers a. Aftercoolers, Air Cooled: Tubular, rated at 250 psig and leak-tested at 350-psig minimum air pressure, in capacities indicated. Size units to cool compressed air in compressor-rated capacities to 10 deg F above summertime maximum ambient temperature. 4. Accessories a. General: Provide accessories having working pressure rating not less than system pressure at location where used, and compatible with equipment and piping system used. b. Intercoolers: Air-cooled, fixed-bundle, tubular intercoolers, rated at 250 psig and leak-tested at 350-psig minimum air pressure, in capacities indicated. Size units to cool compressed air in compressor-rated capacities to 10 deg F above summertime maximum ambient temperature. c. Separators: Conical shaped, centrifugal air-line separators in sizes and capacities indicated. Equip with water-removal trap and drain. Size units for maximum pressure drop through units of 3 psig from air inlet to outlet. COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-6 d. Receivers: ASME stamped, cylindrical, vertical or horizontal installation as indicated, galvanized steel; with safety valves in sizes, working pressures and temperatures indicated, and with drain connection. e. Pressure rating: Not less than maximum discharge pressure. f. Safety Valves: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Pressure Vessels construction, National Board certified, labeled, and factory-sealed; constructed of bronze body with poppet safety valve for compressed air service. g. Pressure Settings: Higher than discharge pressure and same or lower than receiver pressure rating. h. Air-Line Lubricators: Sizes and capacities indicated; equip with drip chamber and sight dome for observing oil drop entering air stream; with oil feed adjustment screw, and quick-release collar for easy bowl removal. i. Provide with automatic feed device for supplying oil to lubricator. j. Filters: Two-stage, mechanical-separation type, air-line filters in sizes and ratings indicated. Equip with deflector plates; resin-impregnated-ribbon type filters with edge filtration, 40-micron (0.0015-inch) thick; and drain cock. k. Coalescing Filters: Capacities and types indicated. Equip with activated carbon capable of removing water and oil aerosols, with color change dye to indicate when carbon is saturated, and with warning light to indicate when selected maximum pressure drop has been exceeded. l. Automatic Drain Valves: Corrosion-resistant metal body and internal parts, rated for 200-psig minimum working pressure, capable of automatic discharge of collected condensate. m. Hose, Clamps, and Couplings: Provide compatible hose, hose clamps, and hose couplings, suitable for compressed air service, of nominal diameter, and rated for 300-psig minimum working pressure except where otherwise indicated. n. Quick Connect/Disconnect Hose Couplings: One-way, automatic shutoff, brass body, with O-ring or gasket seal, and stainless steel or nickel-plated steel operating parts. Select socket end with threaded inlet that is considered the fixed end and has a one-way valve. 1) Plug End: Flow-sensor bleeder, check-valve type, with serrated outlet for hose. 2) Plug End: Straight-through type, with serrated outlet for hose. 3) Hose Coupling: Two-piece, threaded, brass or stainless steel, O-ring or gasket seal, swivel coupling, with serrated ends, 300-psig minimum working pressure. 4) Hose Adapter: One-piece, brass or stainless-steel fitting, with serrated ends. 5) Hose: Reinforced, single- or double-braid, neoprene-covered hose, for compressed air service. 6) Hose Clamps: Stainless steel, clamps, bands, or wire. C. Equipment Installation 1. Install air compressors, intercoolers, aftercoolers, air receiver tanks, and dryers on concrete bases. Set and connect units in accordance with manufacturers' written installation instructions. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored, in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturers' recommended clearances. Orient so equipment controls and devices needing servicing are accessible. D. Piping Applications 1. Low-Pressure Systems: Use the following pipe and fittings: 2. 2 Inches: Black steel pipe with threaded, malleable-iron fittings; threaded joints. 3. 1-1/2 Inches and Smaller: Galvanized steel pipe with galvanized, threaded, malleable -iron fittings; threaded joints. COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-7 E. Joint Construction 1. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint lubricant or sealant, suitable for the service for which the pipe is intended, on the male threads at each joint. Tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. 2. Welded Joints: Weld pipe joints in accordance with ASME Code for Pressure Piping, B31.9 Building Service Piping for low-pressure systems and B31.1 Power Piping for medium- pressure systems. 3. Brazed and Soldered Joints: For copper tube and fittings, braze and solder joints in accordance with ASME B31 - Standard Code for Pressure Piping. a. Braze joints in accordance with ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. b. Solder joints in accordance with ASME B31.9 - Building Service Piping. c. Thoroughly clean tube surface and inside surface of the cup of the fittings, using very fine emery cloth, prior to making soldered or brazed joints. Wipe tube and fittings clean and apply flux. Flux shall not be used as the sole means for cleaning tube and fitting surfaces. F. Piping Installation, General 1. Install air and drain piping with 1/8-inch-per-foot slope downward in direction of air flow. 2. Install eccentric reducers where pipe is reduced in size in the direction of flow, with bottoms of both pipes and reducer flush. 3. Connect branch air piping to mains from top of main. Provide drain leg and drain trap at end of each main, each branch, and each low point in piping system. 4. Install piping specialties in accordance with Section 40 0510 – Common Work Results for Process Piping. 5. Install valves in accordance with Section 40 0551 – Common Requirements for Process Valves. G. Connections 1. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow servicing and maintenance. 2. Connect air piping to equipment with unions, and with shutoff valves and strainers when indicated. 3. Install pressure gauges on compressor discharge piping, on receiver tanks, and where indicated. 4. Connect water piping to intercooler and aftercooler units with union and reduced-pressure- zone-type backflow-preventer assembly having strainer, gate valves, and air gap fitting for indirect waste. Connect cooler unit drains with union and flow control valve, and discharge over closest floor drain. 5. Where water piping connections are dissimilar metals, make connections with dielectric fittings or dielectric unions. 6. Install safety valves in receiver tanks, in quantity and size to relieve capacity not less than that of connected compressor. 7. Install automatic drain valves on intercoolers, aftercoolers, separators, receivers, dryers, and other locations indicated. Discharge condensate over nearest floor drain. 8. Install accessories as indicated. H. Vibration: Each compressor shall be provided with vibration isolators designed to minimize vibration of the enclosure. Vibration monitoring systems shall be provided. Vibration isolators shall be of the standard type provided by the manufacturer. I. Nameplate(s) stating the name of the manufacturer, blower/blower package model number, blower/blower package serial number, the rated capacity, speed, motor data, and other pertinent data, shall be attached to each blower/blower package. COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-8 J. The packaged blower equipment shall include the following, as required by the manufacturer: 1. Pressure Reducing Valve 2. Blow Off Valve K. Other Required Appurtenances Not ListedHarmonic Filter: Each Blower VFD shall be supplied with a Mirus, Arteche, TCI, or equal harmonic filter to meet IEEE 519 total harmonic distortion. L. Pipe and Tube Materials 1. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Electric-Resistance Welded or Type S, Seamless, Grade B, Schedule 40, black or hot-dipped, zinc-coated with prime and epoxy coated. M. Pipe and Tube Fittings with Prime and Epoxy Coated 1. Malleable-Iron Pipe Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, threaded, plain or galvanized. 2. Malleable-Iron Pipe Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, threaded. 3. Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125 and Class 250. 4. Wrought-Steel Pipe Fittings: ASME B16.9, Schedule 40, buttwelding. 5. Forged-Steel Pipe Fittings: ASME B16.11, socket type. 6. Grooved-End, Mechanical Pipe Fittings: ASTM A47, malleable-iron; ASTM A106, steel; or ASTM A 536, ductile-iron; galvanized fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved-end couplings. 7. Bronze Tube Flanges: ASME B16.24, Classes 150 and 300. 8. Valves: Gate, ball, and check valves are specified in Section 40 0551 – Common Requirements for Process Valves. N. Joining Materials 1. Gasket Material: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free composition. 2. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved-End Steel Pipe: Ductile-iron or malleable-iron housing, synthetic rubber gasket with central cavity pressure-responsive design; with bolts, nuts, locking pin or toggle, or lugs to secure grooved pipe and fittings. 3. Solder Filler Metal: ASTM B32, Alloy Sb5 (95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony), with 0.20 percent maximum lead content. 2.03 CONTROL SYSTEM A. General: Each package shall be supplied with an on-board controller and color touch-screen interface or HMI capable of running the unit independent of a master PLC controller. The on-board controller shall be supplied with the ability to communicate with the new PLC via Allen Bradley Ethernet IP communication protocol. At a minimum, Communications shall include all status and control information shown on the P&IDs. B. The Compressed Air System Controls shall include built in flow measurement, speed measurement, air inlet and outlet measurements, vibration measurement, motor temperatures, and air inlet and outlet pressure sensors with associated data display and adjustment capability. Air flow may be measured by a separate air flow meter, if required. C. Variable speed operation shall be provided on each blower and shall be capable of modulation based on inlet 4-20 mA, or Ethernet inputs provided by others. 2.04 ANCHOR BOLTS AND ATTACHMENT HARDWARE A. All required anchor bolts and attachment hardware to anchor each of the blower equipment shall be sized by the manufacturer. B. Seismic calculations shall be provided by the manufacturer as discussed in Section 46 0548 – Vibration and Seismic Controls for Water and Wastewater Equipment. 2.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Kaeser B. Or Engineer Approved Equal COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-9 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD / SITE TESTING A. Field / Site Tests shall include performance and vibration testing as approved by the Engineer. The field tests shall be made by the Contractor in the presence of and as directed by the Manufacturer’s Representative. The field tests shall demonstrate under all conditions of operation that each unit met the following: 1. Has not been damaged by transportation or installation. 2. Has been properly installed. 3. Has no mechanical defect. 4. Is in proper alignment. 5. Has been properly connected. 6. Is free of overheating of any parts. 7. The as installed equipment meets the maximum vibration limits specified. 8. The as installed units do not exceed the maximum noise levels specified. 9. Is free of overloading of any parts. 10. Shall operate correctly and as specified with the control system. 11. Meets the power draw, air flow and pressure performance requirements for the project. B. Any defects in the equipment or failure to meet the requirements of the Specifications shall be promptly corrected by the manufacturer. C. After the installation of the units and all appurtenances, each unit shall be subjected to a field running test under actual operating conditions for 14 calendar days. The manufacturer shall be responsible for the cost to certify 14-day field test (such as measurement devices, labor, etc.). If the measurement equipment (or self-contained monitoring on the package unit) is provided with sufficient automatic data logging to accomplish the “Demonstration” required by the specification, then the manufacturer will not be required to be present for the entire testing period. The OWNER will not provide labor to monitor or log data on behalf of the manufacturer for the testing. The OWNER may, at its discretion, provide parallel monitoring of power as indicated in the specification. D. The manufacturer shall provide the OWNER with a performance guarantee for a minimum of 2 years in the form of a Performance Bond. In the event that the supplied equipment does not meet the performance stated in the manufacturer’s proposal, the manufacturer shall pay to the OWNER, as penalty, 100% of the project equipment cost as provided under the Agreement. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. A General Contractor will install the equipment system under direction and guidance from the manufacturer. The General Contractor will be selected as part of a design/bid/build contract with the Owner. B. The Contractor shall provide all hardware and accessories required for installation. 3.03 EQUIPMENT STARTUP AND TESTING A. Perform start-up and functional testing, with all units operating in AUTO mode. The Contractor shall complete all electrical/instrumentation and loop testing prior to functional performance testing. B. Provide Major Certificate of Proper Installation. C. Witnessing: All field testing shall be witnessed by the OWNER. D. A representative of the manufacturer shall be provided for the following: 1. To inspect the equipment and installation 2. To make any field adjustments to ensure proper equipment operation 3. To furnish affidavit stating that the blowers systems have been tested and are ready for operation as specified. 4. To inspect start-up COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEMS 46 5110-10 E. The manufacturer shall inspect system before initial start-up and certify that system has been correctly installed and prepared for start-up. F. Training: 1. Provide operator training for at least 2 days on-site by EM factory trained representative. Operator training to include: a. Operations and inspection training b. Safety instructions c. Preventative maintenance instructions d. Calibration and other pertinent services 2. Training shall include a minimum of 2-hours of “classroom” setting training and 4-hours of field / “hands-on” training. Acceptable O&M Manuals shall be on-site during the O&M training session. The lesson plan may also be video recorded by the Owner. END OF SECTION 46 5110 APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION 475 Goddard, Suite 200 | Irvine, California 92618 | p. 949.753.7070 | www.ninyoandmoore.com June 9, 2021 Project No. 207462002 Mr. Duncan Lee Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 Fountain Valley, California 92708 Subject: Geotechnical Seismicity and Foundation Update Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions Seal Beach, California Dear Mr. Lee: In accordance with our proposal dated January 29, 2021 (Ninyo & Moore, 2021), we have prepared this letter to provide additional geotechnical design recommendations in support of the Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions project located in the city of Seal Beach, California. We previously provided a geotechnical evaluation report dated September 19, 2008 (Ninyo & Moore, 2008). We understand that four new water tanks will be added at the well site on the west side of the existing well building. The new tanks will be approximately 12 feet in diameter and 20 feet high. Each tank will be supported on four legs that will be approximately 4 feet tall. The total height of the tanks and legs will be approximately 24 feet above the ground surface. The foundation support of the four tanks will be in the form of a single mat to be placed in a north-south alignment. Our previous geotechnical evaluation presented our design recommendations based on the 2007 California Building Code (CBC) that was applicable at the time. At present, the relevant building code is the 2019 CBC. The 2019 CBC follows the guidelines presented in the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Publication 7-16 (2016) for the Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures. The purpose of this study is to provide updated geotechnical seismic design parameters in accordance with the 2019 CBC and ASCE 7-16 guidelines and provide updated geotechnical recommendations for the proposed mat foundation supporting the tanks. We have utilized the existing geotechnical data from our prior subsurface exploration at the site. SCOPE OF SERVICES In accordance with our referenced proposal, we performed the following services:  Reviewed our previous geotechnical report. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 2  Updated our seismicity evaluation including development of design acceleration response spectrum and seismic design parameters in accordance with the 2019 CBC and ASCE 7-16. o Developed the Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) response spectrum in accordance with Chapter 11 of ASCE 7-16. o Developed site-specific response spectrum and acceleration parameters in accordance with Chapter 21 of ASCE 7-16.  Developed geotechnical design recommendations for the new mat foundation.  Prepared this letter report presenting the updated seismic design criteria and mat foundation design recommendations. Site-Specific Seismic Ground Motion Considering the proximity of the site to active faults capable of producing a maximum moment magnitude of 6.0 or more, the project area has a high potential for experiencing strong ground motion. The 2019 California Building Code (CBC) specifies that the risk-targeted maximum considered earthquake (MCER) ground motion response accelerations be used to evaluate seismic loads for design of buildings and other structures. The 2019 CBC mandates that a site-specific ground motion hazard analysis shall be performed for structures on Site Class D with a mapped MCER, 5 percent damped, spectral response acceleration parameter at a period of 1 second (S1) greater than or equal to 0.2g in accordance with Sections 21.2 and 21.3 of the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Publication 7-16 (2016) for the Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Building and Other Structures. We calculated that the S1 for the site is equal to 0.527g using the 2021 Applied Technology Council (ATC) seismic design tool (web-based); therefore, a site- specific ground motion hazard analysis was performed for the project area. The site-specific ground motion hazard analysis consisted of the review of available seismologic information for nearby faults and performance of probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) to develop acceleration response spectrum (ARS) curves corresponding to the MCER for 5 percent damping. Prior to the site-specific ground motion hazard analysis, we obtained the mapped seismic ground motion values and developed the general MCER response spectrum for 5 percent damping in accordance with Section 11.4 of ASCE 7 -16 (ATC, 2021). The average shear wave velocity (VS) for the upper 30 meters of soil (VS30) is assumed to be 228 meters per second (m/s) (California Geological Survey [CGS]/Wills et al., 2017) and the depths to VS = 1,000 m/s and VS = 2,500 m/s are assumed to be 700 meters and 4,050 meters, respectively (Southern California Earthquake Center [SCEC] Community Velocity Model Version 4 Basin Depth). The 2014 new generation attenuation (NGA) West-2 relationships were used to evaluate the site- specific ground motions. The NGA relationships that we used for developing the probabilistic and Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 3 deterministic response spectra are by Chiou and Youngs (2014), Campbell and Bozorgnia (2014), Boore, Stewart, Seyhan, and Atkinson (2014), and Abrahamson, Silva, and Kamai (2014). The Open Seismic Hazard Analysis software developed by USGS (USGS, 2020) was used for performing the PSHA. The Calculation of Weighted Average 2014 NGA Models spreadsheet by the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center (PEER) was used for performing the DSHA (Seyhan, 2014). PSHA was performed for earthquake hazards having a 2 percent chance of being exceeded in 50 years multiplied by the risk coefficients per ASCE 7-16. The maximum rotated components of ground motions were considered in PSHA with 5 percent damping. For the DSHA, we analyzed accelerations from characteristic earthquakes on active faults within the region using the hazard curves and deaggregation plots at the site obtained from the USGS Unified Hazard Tool application (USGS, 2021). A magnitude 7.3 event on the Compton fault with a rupture distance of 8.0 kilometers from the site was evaluated to be the controlling earthquake. Hence, the deterministic seismic hazard analysis was performed for the site using this event and corrections were made to the spectral accelerations for the 84th percentile of the maximum rotated component of ground motion with 5 percent damping. The site-specific MCER response spectrum was taken as the lesser of the spectral response acceleration at any period from the PSHA and DSHA, and th e site-specific general response spectrum was evaluated by taking two-thirds of the MCER response spectrum with some conditions in accordance with Section 21.3 of ASCE 7-16. Figure 1 presents the site-specific MCER response spectrum and the site-specific design response spectrum. The general mapped design response spectrum calculated in accordance with Section 11.4 of ASCE 7-16 is also presented on Figure 1 for comparison. The site-specific spectral response acceleration parameters, consistent with the 2019 CBC, are provided in Table 1 for the evaluation of seismic loads on buildings and other structures. The site-specific maximum considered earthquake geometric mean (MCEG) peak ground acceleration, PGAM, was calculated as 0.691g. Site-Specific Seismic Desi gn Considerations Design of the proposed improvements should be performed in accordance with the requirements of governing jurisdictions and applicable building codes. Table 1 presents the site-specific spectral response acceleration parameters in accordance with the CBC (2019) guidelines. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 4 Table 1 – 2019 California Building Code Seismic Design Criteria Site Coefficients and Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters Values Site Class D Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, Ss 1.475g Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, S1 0.527g Site-Specific Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, SMS 1.651g Site-Specific Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, SM1 1.867g Site-Specific Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, SDS 1.101g Site-Specific Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, SD1 1.245g Site-Specific Maximum Considered Earthquake Geometric Mean (MCEG) Peak Ground Acceleration, PGAM 0.691g UPDATED RECOMMENDATIONS In general, the remedial grading and other earthwork recommendations provided in our referenced report dated September 19, 2008, remain applicable to the current project. Updated mat foundation design recommendations are provided below. Mat Foundations We anticipate that the new tanks will be supported on a mat foundation bearing on a crushed rock/lean concrete base placed over the existing fill. The exposed subgrade should be scarified to a depth of approximately 8 inches, moisture-conditioned to slightly above the optimum moisture content, and compacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent as evaluated by ASTM D 1557. Additionally, any loose, soft, or deleterious materials exposed at the planned foundation grade should be overexcavated and recompacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent. Excavations close to or below the groundwater table may encounter wet and/or loose/soft ground conditions. Therefore, moisture-conditioning may include aeration of the soils to reduce the moisture content to near optimum. In addition, wet soils may be subject to pumping under heavy equipment loads. If pumping soils are encountered, a 2-foot-thick layer of crushed rock can be placed to mitigate the pumping soils. The proposed mat foundation may be designed using a net allowable bearing capacity of 1,000 pounds per square foot (psf) bearing on a crushed rock/lean concrete base layer underlain by competent subgrade. The allowable bearing capacity may be increased by one -third when considering loads of short duration, such as wind or seismic forces. The total and differential settlements corresponding to this allowable bearing load are estimated to be on the order of 1 inch and ½ inch over a horizontal span of 40 feet, respectively. Mat foundations typically experience some deflection due to loads placed on the mat and the reaction of the soils directly underlying the mat. A design modulus of subgrade reaction (K) of 70 tons per cubic foot may be used for the subgrade soils in evaluating such deflections. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 5 Foundations bearing on competent subgrade may be designed using a coefficient of friction of 0.30, where the total frictional resistance equals the coefficient of friction times the dead load. Foundations may be designed using a passive resistance value of 300 psf per foot of depth, up to a value of 3,000 psf. The allowable lateral resistance can be taken as the sum of the frictional resistance and passive resistance provided the passive resistance does not exceed one-half of the total allowable resistance. The passive resistance may be increased by one-third when considering loads of short duration such as wind or seismic forces. Corrosivity The results of our limited corrosivity testing performed in 2008 indicated an electrical resistivity of approximately 150 ohm-centimeters, soil pH of approximately 8.1, chloride content of approximately 315 parts per million [ppm], and sulfate content of approximately 0.21 percent by weight (i.e. 2,100 ppm). Based on the laboratory test results and Caltrans (2018) corrosion criteria, the project site can be classified as a corrosive site. Caltrans currently considers a site to be corrosive to foundation elements if the minimum resistivity is less than or equal to 1,100 ohm-cm and one or more of the following conditions exist: chloride concentration is greater than or equal to 500 ppm, sulfate concentration is greater than or equal to 1,500 ppm, or the pH is 5.5 or less. Concrete Placement Concrete in contact with soil or water that contains high concentrations of water-soluble sulfates can be subject to premature chemical and/or physical deterioration. Based on the CBC (2019), the potential for sulfate attack is negligible for water-soluble sulfate contents in soil ranging from 0.00 to 0.10 percent by weight, moderate for water-soluble sulfate contents ranging from 0.10 to 0.20 percent by weight, severe for water-soluble sulfate contents ranging from 0.20 to 2.00 percent by weight, and very severe for water-soluble sulfate contents over 2.00 percent by weight. The soil sample previously tested indicated a water-soluble sulfate content of approximately 0.21 percent by weight (i.e., 2,100 ppm). Accordingly, the on-site soils are considered to have a severe potential for sulfate attack. Therefore, we recommend that Type V cement with a water/cement ratio of 0.45 or less be considered for the project. To reduce the potential for shrinkage cracks in the concrete during curing, we recommend that the concrete for the proposed improvements, if applicable, be placed with a slump of 4 inches based on ASTM C 143. The slump should be checked periodically at the site prior to concrete placement. We further recommend that concrete cover over reinforcing steel for foundations be provided in accordance with CBC (2019). The structural engineer should be consulted for additional concrete specifications. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 6 LIMITATIONS The geotechnical analyses presented in this letter report have been conducted in general accordance with current practice and the standard of care exercised by geotechnical consultants performing similar tasks in the project area. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made regarding the conclusions, recommendations, and opinions presented in this report . There is no evaluation detailed enough to reveal every subsurface condition. Variations may exist and conditions not observed or described in this report may be encountered during construction. Uncertainties relative to subsurface conditions can be reduced through additional subsurface exploration. Additional subsurface evaluation will be performed upon request. We appreciate the opportunity to be of continued service on this project. Respectfully submitted, NINYO & MOORE Julianne Padgett, PE Project Engineer Michael Putt, PG, CEG Principal Geologist Soumitra Guha, PhD, PE, GE Principal Engineer JKP/MLP/SG/sc Attachments: References Figure 1 – Acceleration Response Spectra Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 1 REFERENCES Abrahamson, N.A., Silva, W.J. and Kamai, R., 2014, Summary of the ASK14 Ground Motion Relation for Active Crustal Regions, Earthquake Spectra: Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 1025-1055, dated August. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 2016, Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Building and Other Structures, ASCE Standard 7-16. The Applied Technology Council (ATC), 2021, Hazards by Location, https://hazards.atcouncil.org/#/. Boore, D.M., Stewart, J.P., Seyhan, E., and Atkinson, G.M., 2014, NGA-West2 Equations for Predicting PGA, PGV, and 5% Damped PSA for Shallow Crustal Earthquakes, Earthquake Spectra, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 1057-1085, dated August. Building Seismic Safety Council, 2009, National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP) Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures (FEMA P-750). California Building Standards Commission, 2019, California Building Code: California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volumes 1 and 2, based on the 2018 International Building Code. California Department of Transportation, 2018, Corrosion Guidelines, Version 3.0, Division of Engineering Services, Materials Engineering and Testing Services, Corrosion Technology Branch, dated March. California Geological Survey (CGS), 2008, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California, Special Publication 117A, dated September 11. California Geological Survey, C.J. Wills, C.I. Gutierrez, F.G. Perez, and D.B. Branum, 2017, CGS Map Sheet 48: Shear-wave Velocity in Upper 30m of Surficial Geology (Vs30); https://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/DataViewer/, dated May 24. Campbell, K.W., and Bozorgnia, Y., 2014, NGA-West2 Ground Motion Model for the Average Horizontal Components of PGA, PGV, and 5% Damped Linear Acceleration Response Spectra, Earthquake Spectra, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 1087-1115, dated August. Chiou, B. S.-J., and Youngs, R.R., 2014, Update of the Chiou and Youngs NGA Model for the Average Horizontal Component of Peak Ground Motion and Response Spectra, Earthquake Spectra, August 2014, Vol. 30, No. 3, dated August. Ninyo and Moore, 2008, Geotechnical Evaluation, Lampson Avenue Well, Seal Beach, California, dated September 19. Ninyo and Moore, 2021, Proposal for Additional Geotechnical Consulting Services, Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California, Proposal No. 207462001, dated January 29. Seyhan, E, 2014, Weighted Average 2014 NGA West-2 GMPE, Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center. Southern California Earthquake Center, 2009, SCEC Community Velocity Model, Version 4, Iteration 26, Basin Depth. United States Geological Survey, 2008, National Seismic Hazard Maps - Fault Parameters, https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cfusion/hazfaults_2008_search/query_main.cfm United States Geological Survey and Southern California Earthquake Center, 2020, Open Seismic Hazard Analysis, version 1.5.2, http://www.opensha.org/. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | June 9, 2021 2 United States Geological Survey, 2021, Unified Hazard Tool; https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/. Wills, C.J., and Clahan, L.B., 2006, Developing a Map of Geologically Defined Site -Condition Categories for California, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 96, no. 4A, p. 1483–1501. Wills, C.J., C.I. Gutierrez, F.G. Perez, and D.M. Branum (2015). A next-generation Vs30 map for California based on geology and topography, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, 105, no 6, p. 3083-3091. SDS =gSD1 =g SMS =gSM1 =g g NOTES: 1 exceedance in 50 years in the maximum direction using the Chiou & Youngs (2014), Campbell & Bozorgnia (2014), Boore et al. (2014), and Abrahamson et al. (2014) attenuation relationships and the risk coefficients. 2 The deterministic ground motion spectral response accelerations are for the 84th percentile of the geometric mean values in the maximum direction using the Chiou & Youngs (2014), Campbell & Bozorgnia (2014), Boore et al. (2014), and Abrahamson et al. (2014) attenuation relationships for deep soil sites considering a Mw 7.3 event on the Compton fault zone located 8.0 kilometers from the site. It conforms with the lower bound limit per ASCE 7-16 Section 21.2.2. 3 The Site-Specific MCER Response Spectrum is the lesser of spectral ordinates of deterministic and probabilistic accelerations at each period per ASCE 7-16 Section 21.2.3. The Site-Specific Design Response Spectrum conforms with lower bound limit per ASCE 7-16 Section 21.3. 4 The Mapped Design MCE Response Spectrum is computed from mapped spectral ordinates modified for Site Class D (stiff soil profile) per ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4. It is presented for the sake of comparison. 1.245 1.651 1.867 PGAM = 0.6911.101 0.911 0.622 0.446 0.336 0.174 0.098 1.167 1.412 1.545 1.665 1.785 1.834 SITE-SPECIFIC MCER RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) 0.690 0.696 0.703 0.782 0.974 1.830 1.623 1.484 1.133 The probabilistic ground motion spectral response accelerations are based on the risk-targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) having a 2% probability of 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.050 PERIOD (seconds) SITE-SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) SITE-SPECIFIC MCER RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) PERIOD (seconds) SITE-SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) 0.075 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.460 0.464 0.468 0.521 3.000 0.649 0.778 0.941 1.030 0.500 0.750 1.000 1.500 5.000 0.300 1.220 1.082 0.989 0.755 2.000 4.000 0.607 0.415 0.297 1.190 0.224 7.500 0.116 0.400 1.223 0.250 1.110 10.000 0.066 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 012345678910SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, Sa (g)PERIOD, T (seconds) Mapped Design MCE Response Spectrum Site-Specific Design Response Spectrum Site-Specific MCE Response SpectrumR R FIGURE 1 ACCELERATION RESPONSE SPECTRA LAMPSON AVENUE WELL WATER TANK ADDITIONS SEAL BEACH, CALIFORNIA 207462002 | 6/21 R SP-53 APPENDIX C Geotechnical Report and Update 475 Goddard, Suite 200 | Irvine, California 92618 | p. 949.753.7070 | www.ninyoandmoore.com November 2, 2021 Project No. 207462002 Mr. Duncan Lee Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering 17520 Newhope Street, Suite 200 Fountain Valley, California 92708 Subject: Geotechnical Seismicity and Foundation Update Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions Seal Beach, California Dear Mr. Lee: In accordance with our proposal dated January 29, 2021 (Ninyo & Moore, 2021), we have prepared this letter to provide additional geotechnical design recommendations in support of the Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions project located in the city of Seal Beach, California. We previously provided a geotechnical evaluation report dated September 19, 2008 (Ninyo & Moore, 2008). We understand that four new water tanks will be added at the well site on the west side of the existing well building. The new tanks will be approximately 12 feet in diameter and 20 feet high. Each tank will be supported on four legs that will be approximately 4 feet tall. The total height of the tanks and legs will be approximately 24 feet above the ground surface. The foundation support of the four tanks will be in the form of a single mat to be placed in a north-south alignment. Our previous geotechnical evaluation presented our design recommendations based on the 2007 California Building Code (CBC) that was applicable at the time. At present, the relevant building code is the 2019 CBC. The 2019 CBC follows the guidelines presented in the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) Publication 7-16 (2016) for the Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures. The purpose of this study is to provide updated geotechnical seismic design parameters in accordance with the 2019 CBC and ASCE 7-16 guidelines and provide updated geotechnical recommendations for the proposed mat foundation supporting the tanks. We have utilized the existing geotechnical data from our prior subsurface exploration at the site. SCOPE OF SERVICES In accordance with our referenced proposal, we performed the following services:  Reviewed our previous geotechnical report. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 2  Updated our seismicity evaluation including development of design acceleration response spectrum and seismic design parameters in accordance with the 2019 CBC and ASCE 7-16. o Developed the Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) response spectrum in accordance with Chapter 11 of ASCE 7-16. o Developed site-specific response spectrum and acceleration parameters in accordance with Chapter 21 of ASCE 7-16.  Developed geotechnical design recommendations for the new mat foundation.  Prepared this letter report presenting the updated seismic design criteria and mat foundation design recommendations. Site-Specific Seismic Ground Motion Considering the proximity of the site to active faults capable of producing a ma ximum moment magnitude of 6.0 or more, the project area has a high potential for experiencing strong ground motion. The 2019 CBC specifies that the MCER ground motion response accelerations be used to evaluate seismic loads for design of buildings and other structures. The 2019 CBC mandates that a site-specific ground motion hazard analysis shall be performed for structures on Site Class D with a mapped MCER, 5 percent damped, spectral response acceleration parameter at a period of 1 second (S1) greater than or equal to 0.2g in accordance with Sections 21.2 and 21.3 of the ASCE Publication 7-16 (2016) for the Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Building and Other Structures. We calculated that the S1 for the site is equal to 0.527g using the 2021 Applied Technology Council (ATC) seismic design tool (web-based); therefore, a site-specific ground motion hazard analysis was performed for the project area. The site-specific ground motion hazard analysis consisted of the review of available seismologic information for nearby faults and performance of probabilistic seismic hazard analysis (PSHA) and deterministic seismic hazard analysis (DSHA) to develop acceleration response spectrum curves corresponding to the MCER for 5 percent damping. Prior to the site-specific ground motion hazard analysis, we obtained the mapped seismic ground motion values and developed the general MCE R response spectrum for 5 percent damping in accordance with Section 11.4 of ASCE 7-16 (ATC, 2021). The average shear wave velocity (VS) for the upper 30 meters of soil (VS30) is assumed to be 228 meters per second (m/s) (California Geological Survey [CGS]/Wills et al., 2017) and the depths to VS = 1,000 m/s and VS = 2,500 m/s are assumed to be 700 meters and 4,050 meters, respectively (Southern California Earthquake Center [SCEC] Community Velocity Model Version 4 Basin Depth). The 2014 new generation attenuation (NGA) West-2 relationships were used to evaluate the site- specific ground motions. The NGA relationships that we used for developing the probabilistic and deterministic response spectra are by Chiou and Youngs (2014), Campbell and Bozorgnia (2014), Boore, Stewart, Seyhan, and Atkinson (2014), and Abrahamson, Silva, and Kamai (2014). The Open Seismic Hazard Analysis software developed by United States Geological Survey (USGS, 2020) was Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 3 used for performing the PSHA. The Calculation of Weighted Average 2014 NGA Models spreadsheet by the Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center was used for performing the DSHA (Seyhan, 2014). PSHA was performed for earthquake hazards having a 2 percent chance of being exceeded in 50 years multiplied by the risk coefficients per ASCE 7-16. The maximum rotated components of ground motions were considered in PSHA with 5 percent damping. For the DSHA, we analyzed accelerations from characteristic earthquakes on active faults within the region using the hazard curves and deaggregation plots at the site obtained from the USGS Unified Hazard Tool application (USGS, 2021). A magnitude 7.3 event on the Compton fault with a rupture distance of 8.0 kilometers from the site was evaluated to be the controlling earthquake. Hence, the deterministic seismic hazard analysis was performed for the site using this event and corrections were made to the spectral accelerations for the 84th percentile of the maximum rotated component of ground motion with 5 percent damping. The site-specific MCER response spectrum was taken as the lesser of the spectral response acceleration at any period from the PSHA and DSHA, and the site-specific general response spectrum was evaluated by taking two-thirds of the MCER response spectrum with some conditions in accordance with Section 21.3 of ASCE 7-16. Figure 1 presents the site-specific MCER response spectrum and the site-specific design response spectrum. The general mapped design response spectrum calculated in accordance with Section 11.4 of ASCE 7-16 is also presented on Figure 1 for comparison. The site-specific spectral response acceleration parameters, consistent with the 2019 CBC, are provided in Table 1 for the evaluation of seismic loads on buildings and other structures. The site-specific maximum considered earthquake geometric mean (MCEG) peak ground acceleration, PGAM, was calculated as 0.691g. Site-Specific Seismic Design Considerations Design of the proposed improvements should be performed in accordance with the requirements of governing jurisdictions and applicable building codes. Table 1 presents the site-specific spectral response acceleration parameters in accordance with the CBC (2019) guidelines. Table 1 – 2019 California Building Code Seismic Design Criteria Site Coefficients and Spectral Response Acceleration Parameters Values Site Class D Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, Ss 1.475g Mapped Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, S1 0.527g Site-Specific Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, SMS 1.651g Site-Specific Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, SM1 1.867g Site-Specific Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 0.2-second Period, SDS 1.101g Site-Specific Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1.0-second Period, SD1 1.245g Site-Specific Maximum Considered Earthquake Geometric Mean (MCEG) Peak Ground Acceleration, PGAM 0.691g Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 4 UPDATED RECOMMENDATIONS In general, the remedial grading and other earthwork recommendations provided in our referenced report dated September 19, 2008, remain applicable to the current project. Updated mat foundation design recommendations are provided below. Mat Foundations We anticipate that the new tanks will be supported on a mat foundation bearing on a crushed rock/lean concrete base placed over the existing fill. It is not clear to us whether the mat will be partly embedded into the subgrade or placed at or above the finished surface grade. In either case, the exposed subgrade or surface grade should be scarified to a depth of approximately 8 inches, moisture-conditioned to slightly above the optimum moisture content, and compacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent as evaluated by ASTM International (ASTM) D 1557. Additionally, any loose, soft, or deleterious materials exposed at the planned foundation grade should be overexcavated and recompacted to a relative compaction of 90 percent. Excavations close to or below the groundwater table may encounter wet and/or loose/soft ground conditions. Therefore, moisture-conditioning may include aeration of the soils to reduce the moisture content to near optimum. In addition, wet soils may be subject to pumping under heavy equipment loads. If pumping soils are encountered, a 2-foot-thick layer of crushed rock can be placed to mitigate the pumping soils. The proposed mat foundation may be designed using a net allowable bearing capacity of 1,000 pounds per square foot (psf) bearing on a crushed rock/lean concrete base layer underlain by competent subgrade or surface grade. The total and differential settlements corresponding to this allowable bearing load are estimated to be on the order of 1 inch and ½ inch over a horizontal span of 40 feet, respectively. Based on our recent discussions with the structural engineer, we understand that the short term seismic bearing pressure would be on the order of 2,000 psf. In our opinion, the allowable bearing capacity may be increased to 2,000 psf when considering short term seismic loads. Mat foundations typically experience some deflection due to loads placed on the mat and the reaction of the soils directly underlying the mat. A design modulus of subgrade reaction (K) of 70 tons per cubic foot may be used for the competent subgrade or surface grade soils in evaluating such deflections. The mat foundation bearing on competent subgrade or surface grade may be designed using a coefficient of friction of 0.30, where the total frictional resistance equals the coefficient of friction times the dead load. For a mat embedded into the subgrade, a passive resistance value of 300 psf per foot of depth, up to a value of 3,000 psf, may be used. Passive resistance should be ignored for the upper 1 foot of embedment below the finished surface grade. The allowable lateral resistance can be taken Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 5 as the sum of the frictional resistance and passive resistance, as applicable based on the embedment condition, provided the passive resistance does not exceed one-half of the total allowable resistance. The passive resistance, if applicable, may be increased by one-third when considering loads of short duration such as wind or seismic forces. Corrosivity The results of our limited corrosivity testing performed in 2008 indicated an electrical resistivity of approximately 150 ohm-centimeters, soil pH of approximately 8.1, chloride content of approximately 315 parts per million [ppm], and sulfate content of approximately 0.21 percent by weight (i.e. 2,100 ppm). Based on the laboratory test results and Caltrans (2018) corrosion criteria, the project site can be classified as a corrosive site. Caltrans currently considers a site to be corrosive to foundation elements if the minimum resistivity is less than or equal to 1,100 ohm-cm and one or more of the following conditions exist: chloride concentration is greater than or equal to 500 ppm, sulfate concentration is greater than or equal to 1,500 ppm, or the pH is 5.5 or less. Concrete Placement Concrete in contact with soil or water that contains high concentrations of water-soluble sulfates can be subject to premature chemical and/or physical deterioration. Based on the CBC (2019), the potential for sulfate attack is negligible for water-soluble sulfate contents in soil ranging from 0.00 to 0.10 percent by weight, moderate for water-soluble sulfate contents ranging from 0.10 to 0.20 percent by weight, severe for water-soluble sulfate contents ranging from 0.20 to 2.00 percent by weight, and very severe for water-soluble sulfate contents over 2.00 percent by weight. The soil sample previously tested indicated a water-soluble sulfate content of approximately 0.21 percent by weight (i.e., 2,100 ppm). Accordingly, the on-site soils are considered to have a severe potential for sulfate attack. Therefore, we recommend that Type V cement with a water/cement ratio of 0.45 or less be considered for the project. To reduce the potential for shrinkage cracks in the concrete during curing, we recommend that the concrete for the proposed improvements, if applicable, be placed with a slump of 4 inches based on ASTM C 143. The slump should be checked periodically at the site prior to concrete placement. We further recommend that concrete cover over reinforcing steel for foundations be provided in accordance with CBC (2019). The structural engineer should be consulted for additional concrete specifications. LIMITATIONS The geotechnical analyses presented in this letter report have been conducted in general accordance with current practice and the standard of care exercised by geotechnical consultants performing similar tasks in the project area. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made regarding Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 6 the conclusions, recommendations, and opinions presented in this report. There is no evaluation detailed enough to reveal every subsurface condition. Variations may exist and conditions not observed or described in this report may be encountered during construction. Uncertainties relative to subsurface conditions can be reduced through additional subsurface exploration. Additional subsurface evaluation will be performed upon request. We appreciate the opportunity to be of continued service on this project. Respectfully submitted, NINYO & MOORE Julianne Padgett, PE Project Engineer Michael Putt, PG, CEG Principal Geologist Soumitra Guha, PhD, PE, GE Principal Engineer JKP/MLP/SG/mlc Attachments: References Figure 1 – Acceleration Response Spectra Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 1 REFERENCES Abrahamson, N.A., Silva, W.J. and Kamai, R., 2014, Summary of the ASK14 Ground Motion Relation for Active Crustal Regions, Earthquake Spectra: Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 1025-1055, dated August. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE), 2016, Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Building and Other Structures, ASCE Standard 7-16. The Applied Technology Council (ATC), 2021, Hazards by Location, https://hazards.atcouncil.org/#/. Boore, D.M., Stewart, J.P., Seyhan, E., and Atkinson, G.M., 2014, NGA-West2 Equations for Predicting PGA, PGV, and 5% Damped PSA for Shallow Crustal Earthquakes, Earthquake Spectra, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 1057-1085, dated August. Building Seismic Safety Council, 2009, National Earthquake Hazards Reduction Program (NEHRP) Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures (FEMA P-750). California Building Standards Commission, 2019, California Building Code: California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Volumes 1 and 2, based on the 2018 International Building Code. California Department of Transportation, 2018, Corrosion Guidelines, Version 3.0, Division of Engineering Services, Materials Engineering and Testing Services, Corrosion Technology Branch, dated March. California Geological Survey (CGS), 2008, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California, Special Publication 117A, dated September 11. California Geological Survey, C.J. Wills, C.I. Gutierrez, F.G. Perez, and D.B. Branum, 2017, CGS Map Sheet 48: Shear-wave Velocity in Upper 30m of Surficial Geology (Vs30); https://maps.conservation.ca.gov/cgs/DataViewer/, dated May 24. Campbell, K.W., and Bozorgnia, Y., 2014, NGA-West2 Ground Motion Model for the Average Horizontal Components of PGA, PGV, and 5% Damped Linear Acceleration Response Spectra, Earthquake Spectra, Vol. 30, No. 3, pp. 1087-1115, dated August. Chiou, B. S.-J., and Youngs, R.R., 2014, Update of the Chiou and Youngs NGA Model for the Average Horizontal Component of Peak Ground Motion and Response Spectra, Earthquake Spectra, August 2014, Vol. 30, No. 3, dated August. Ninyo and Moore, 2008, Geotechnical Evaluation, Lampson Avenue Well, Seal Beach, California, dated September 19. Ninyo and Moore, 2021, Proposal for Additional Geotechnical Consulting Services, Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California, Proposal No. 207462001, dated January 29. Seyhan, E, 2014, Weighted Average 2014 NGA West-2 GMPE, Pacific Earthquake Engineering Research Center. Southern California Earthquake Center, 2009, SCEC Community Velocity Model, Version 4, Iteration 26, Basin Depth. United States Geological Survey, 2008, National Seismic Hazard Maps - Fault Parameters, https://earthquake.usgs.gov/cfusion/hazfaults_2008_search/query_main.cfm United States Geological Survey and Southern California Earthquake Center, 2020, Open Seismic Hazard Analysis, version 1.5.2, http://www.opensha.org/. Ninyo & Moore | Lampson Avenue Well Water Tank Additions, Seal Beach, California | 207462002 | November 2, 2021 2 United States Geological Survey, 2021, Unified Hazard Tool; https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/. Wills, C.J., and Clahan, L.B., 2006, Developing a Map of Geologically Defined Site-Condition Categories for California, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, v. 96, no. 4A, p. 1483–1501. Wills, C.J., C.I. Gutierrez, F.G. Perez, and D.M. Branum (2015). A next-generation Vs30 map for California based on geology and topography, Bulletin of the Seismological Society of America, 105, no 6, p. 3083-3091. SDS =gSD1 =g SMS =gSM1 =g g NOTES: 1 exceedance in 50 years in the maximum direction using the Chiou & Youngs (2014), Campbell & Bozorgnia (2014), Boore et al. (2014), and Abrahamson et al. (2014) attenuation relationships and the risk coefficients. 2 The deterministic ground motion spectral response accelerations are for the 84th percentile of the geometric mean values in the maximum direction using the Chiou & Youngs (2014), Campbell & Bozorgnia (2014), Boore et al. (2014), and Abrahamson et al. (2014) attenuation relationships for deep soil sites considering a Mw 7.3 event on the Compton fault zone located 8.0 kilometers from the site. It conforms with the lower bound limit per ASCE 7-16 Section 21.2.2. 3 The Site-Specific MCER Response Spectrum is the lesser of spectral ordinates of deterministic and probabilistic accelerations at each period per ASCE 7-16 Section 21.2.3. The Site-Specific Design Response Spectrum conforms with lower bound limit per ASCE 7-16 Section 21.3. 4 The Mapped Design MCE Response Spectrum is computed from mapped spectral ordinates modified for Site Class D (stiff soil profile) per ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4. It is presented for the sake of comparison. 1.245 1.651 1.867 PGAM = 0.6911.101 0.911 0.622 0.446 0.336 0.174 0.098 1.167 1.412 1.545 1.665 1.785 1.834 SITE-SPECIFIC MCER RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) 0.690 0.696 0.703 0.782 0.974 1.830 1.623 1.484 1.133 The probabilistic ground motion spectral response accelerations are based on the risk-targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) having a 2% probability of 0.010 0.020 0.030 0.050 PERIOD (seconds) SITE-SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) SITE-SPECIFIC MCER RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) PERIOD (seconds) SITE-SPECIFIC DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM Sa (g) 0.075 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.460 0.464 0.468 0.521 3.000 0.649 0.778 0.941 1.030 0.500 0.750 1.000 1.500 5.000 0.300 1.220 1.082 0.989 0.755 2.000 4.000 0.607 0.415 0.297 1.190 0.224 7.500 0.116 0.400 1.223 0.250 1.110 10.000 0.066 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 012345678910SPECTRAL ACCELERATION, Sa (g)PERIOD, T (seconds) Mapped Design MCE Response Spectrum Site-Specific Design Response Spectrum Site-Specific MCE Response SpectrumR R FIGURE 1 ACCELERATION RESPONSE SPECTRA LAMPSON AVENUE WELL WATER TANK ADDITIONS SEAL BEACH, CALIFORNIA 207462002 | 11/21 R Lampson Well Treatment System - WT1902Bid Checklist Items R E Chaffee Construction, Inc. CommentsCompleted and Signed Bid Proposal Cover Form YesCompleted and Signed Bid Sheets YesCompleted and Signed Contractor's Industrial Safety Record Yes Not NotarizedSigned Noncollusion Declaration YesCompleted Designation of Subcontractors YesCompled, Signed and Notarized Bidder's Bond YesCompleted and Signed Bidder Questionnaire YesCompleted Technical Ability and Experience References FormYesProjects submitted were not relevant; City requested for additional project references.Follow up projects did not clearly show project responsibilityResumes (GC Super / On-site CM)Yes Was missing Joe Iriberri's Resume - submitted after City requestedBidder's Project History YesBidder's Critical StaffYesWas unclear on Critical Staff's part in the projects referenced, provided clarificationCompleted Designation of Sureties YesCompleted and Signed Acknowledgment of Addenda YesEvidence satisfatory to the City indicating the capacity of persons signing the bid to bind the bidderYesDIR Registration Number 1000707243CSLB License 897948Subcontractor 13.50% Big Bear ElectricSubcontractor 1.20% Majestic MasonrySubcontractor 1.00% Amber SteelSubcontractor 0.80% Techno CoatingsTotal Subcontractor Work 16.5% 1 Kathryne Cho From:Casey Harris <charris@butier.com> Sent:Thursday, April 2, 2026 10:32 AM To:Kathryne Cho Cc:Mark Butier Jr. Subject:Lampson Treatment Low Bidder Hello Kathryne, Received your VMd a few moments ago. I have performed a brief evaluation of Cha ee and am including it below. Mark has relevant comments and will be calling you shortly. Let me know if you want us to dive into this deeper and also evaluate second bidder PHC. RE: CITY OF SEAL BEACH ORANGE COUNTY STATE OF CALIFORNIA CONTRACT DOCUMENTS For LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM Project CIP No. WT 1902 Bid Opening Date and Time: July 2nd at 10:30 am My bottom-line view: R.E. Cha ee is not a clean award candidate as presently documented. The package is largely assembled, but I would not recommend a confident finding that they are both responsive and responsible without further review, and there is enough in the record to support either a questioned responsiveness finding or a failure to establish responsibility. On the facial responsiveness side, they did submit most of the bid-time items the City required: signed proposal/bid sheets, bid bond, noncollusion declaration, subcontractor list, sureties, industrial safety record, bidder questionnaire, experience/reference material, resumes, project history, critical sta form, addenda acknowledgment, and signatory-authority documents. The noncollusion declaration is signed and notarized at pages 30-31; the addenda acknowledgment and questionnaire are present at pages 35- 40; and corporate authority support is attached at pages 50-53. The questionnaire also states CSLB license no. 897948 with classes A/B/C57 and DIR registration no. 1000707243. On that narrow “is there a bid package here?” level, the submission is mostly complete. That said, I see at least three responsiveness problems. First, the industrial safety record at pages 33-34 appears internally inconsistent: the 2023 “lost workday cases” cell appears to read “360” while the total column for that same row reads “0.” Second, I do not see a separate notarial acknowledgment attached to the safety record, even though the form instructions require corporate-o icer signatures to be acknowledged before a notary. Third, several required forms are not actually filled out in the spaces provided; they mostly say “See Attached.” The City’s checklist expressly says failure to provide required information in a complete and accurate manner may cause the bid to be considered non-responsive. 2 On the responsibility side, there are some positives. The package shows real public-works experience and includes a long reference list at pages 42-48 with wells, pump stations, water mains, lift-station work, sewer/wastewater work, hydropneumatic tanks, and utility projects. Ronald E. Cha ee Jr.’s resume also states experience with pump stations and water/wastewater treatment facilities, and Gregory Borbon’s resume shows long superintendent experience. Also, the questionnaire says nobody attended the pre-bid meeting, but the Notice Inviting Bids made that meeting optional, so that item should not count against them. The bigger issue is comparability of experience. The submitted Bidder’s Project History page in the bid package (page 28) calls for similar work tied to separate pressurized water treatment projects such as GAC, ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, or pressurized filtration. Yet the attached project list is a mix of somewhat relevant utility work and plainly non-comparable work such as guard shacks, signage, Caltrans channel repair, asphalt/shoulder paving, and restroom structures. I do not see a strong, clean showing of completed projects that are directly analogous to the Lampson Well Treatment System itself. Even the more relevant jobs look closer to well equipping, booster stations, waterlines, and general utility work than to construction of a pressurized treatment facility. The critical-sta showing is also weak. At page 29, the proposed Project Manager is listed as Joe Iriberri and the proposed Superintendent as Greg Borbon, but I only see resumes for Ronald E. Cha ee Jr. and Gregory Borbon. I do not see a resume clearly tied to Joe Iriberri, and I do not see the required three sta -specific similar projects laid out for each critical position in the form itself. The form just says “See Attached Project References / See Attached Work in Progress,” but the attachment is a company-wide project list, not a clear Joe/Greg project history. That is a meaningful gap for a responsibility finding. There is one more caution flag: the addenda acknowledgment at page 35 shows receipt of Addendum 1 only. That is fine only if Addendum 1 was the sole addendum issued. From the files you gave me, I cannot verify whether additional addenda existed. So addenda compliance is still an open check item before any award recommendation. So my recommendation is: do not treat R.E. Cha ee as clearly qualified for award on the present record. The fairest, most defensible framing is that the bidder is facially assembled but substantively vulnerable. If the City applies its checklist strictly, there is support for a nonresponsive finding based on incomplete/inaccurate submission. If the City treats the experience and sta materials as responsibility-only information, then I still would say responsibility has not yet been adequately established. Before award, I would want: confirmation of all issued addenda, confirmation that all subcontractors above the listing threshold were disclosed, correction/explanation of the safety-record anomaly and notarization issue, a Joe Iriberri resume and sta -specific similar-project history, and independent verification of CSLB/DIR/surety/references/business-license status. 3 Casey Harris Construction Manager 310-508-2813 1 Kathryne Cho From:Casey Harris <charris@butier.com> Sent:Monday, April 6, 2026 4:56 PM To:Kathryne Cho Cc:Mark Butier Jr. Subject:Apparent Low Bidder for Lampson Projecct Hello Kathryne, R.E. Chaee’s supplemental submittals improve its sho wing on responsibility, but they do not cure the main responsiveness concerns in the original bid package. The document’s overall conclusion is that Chaee should not yet be approved as the lowest responsive and responsible bidder because the record remains conditional and vulnerable. The main issue is that several required bid-time forms were incomplete when originally submitted. The technical ability form, bidder’s project history, and critical sta form largely said “See Attached” instead of being fully completed, and Joe Iriberri’s resume was not included with the original bid. That means the later materials help explain qualifications, but they do not change the fact that the original bid may still be exposed on responsiveness grounds. The strongest improvement is the addition of Joseph D. Iriberri’s resume, which provides a more credible proposed project manager and identifies relevant utility and treatment- related work, including the Sherrill Well PFAS Treatment Plant. The added GAC project references also give Chaee a closer match to the L ampson scope by showing projects involving GAC, membrane filtration, and other treatment work. Even so, the new references are still weak in important respects. Some were unavailable for verification, some were below the bid document’s $4 million threshold, some were still in progress, and at least one included negative performance comments. The document also notes an inconsistency in the listed client for the Sherrill project. As a result, responsibility is improved, but still only marginally established. The biggest unresolved problem remains the safety record. The document notes that the 2024 row shows “360” lost workday cases while the total column shows “0,” which is internally inconsistent. It also notes that no separate notarial acknowledgment appears to be attached to the safety-record pages. That remains a significant award risk. Bottom line: the recommendation is to withhold approval for now. A defensible award would require the City to document that the original form defects were waivable or related only to responsibility, confirm that only Addendum 1 was issued, obtain a written correction/explanation for the safety-record anomaly, and complete favorable reference checks for the key personnel and treatment-related projects. Until then, approval remains protest-sensitive. Casey Harris 2 Construction Manager 310-508-2813 1 Kathryne Cho From:Casey Harris <charris@butier.com> Sent:Monday, April 6, 2026 4:56 PM To:Kathryne Cho Cc:Mark Butier Jr. Subject:Apparent Low Bidder for Lampson Projecct Hello Kathryne, R.E. Chaee’s supplemental submittals improve its sho wing on responsibility, but they do not cure the main responsiveness concerns in the original bid package. The document’s overall conclusion is that Chaee should not yet be approved as the lowest responsive and responsible bidder because the record remains conditional and vulnerable. The main issue is that several required bid-time forms were incomplete when originally submitted. The technical ability form, bidder’s project history, and critical sta form largely said “See Attached” instead of being fully completed, and Joe Iriberri’s resume was not included with the original bid. That means the later materials help explain qualifications, but they do not change the fact that the original bid may still be exposed on responsiveness grounds. The strongest improvement is the addition of Joseph D. Iriberri’s resume, which provides a more credible proposed project manager and identifies relevant utility and treatment- related work, including the Sherrill Well PFAS Treatment Plant. The added GAC project references also give Chaee a closer match to the L ampson scope by showing projects involving GAC, membrane filtration, and other treatment work. Even so, the new references are still weak in important respects. Some were unavailable for verification, some were below the bid document’s $4 million threshold, some were still in progress, and at least one included negative performance comments. The document also notes an inconsistency in the listed client for the Sherrill project. As a result, responsibility is improved, but still only marginally established. The biggest unresolved problem remains the safety record. The document notes that the 2024 row shows “360” lost workday cases while the total column shows “0,” which is internally inconsistent. It also notes that no separate notarial acknowledgment appears to be attached to the safety-record pages. That remains a significant award risk. Bottom line: the recommendation is to withhold approval for now. A defensible award would require the City to document that the original form defects were waivable or related only to responsibility, confirm that only Addendum 1 was issued, obtain a written correction/explanation for the safety-record anomaly, and complete favorable reference checks for the key personnel and treatment-related projects. Until then, approval remains protest-sensitive. Casey Harris 2 Construction Manager 310-508-2813 R.E Chaffee Construction Project References Project Name: SBC Calico Phase 2 Wastewater Treatment Plant (Membrane Filtration) Client/Agency: San Bernardino County Contact: Byanka Velasco ` Phone: 909-386-8834 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Sherrill Well PFAS Water Treatment Plant (GAC) Client/Agency: Orange County Water District Contact: Laurence Esguerra Phone: 714-378-3330 Project Manager: Joe Irriberri Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Tank 7 Source, GAC Filtration System (GAC) Client/Agency: Sheep Creek Water District Contact: Joe Tapia Phone: 760-559-7989 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Imperial GAC (GAC) Client/Agency: Webb and Associates Contact: Shane Bloomfield Phone: 760-636-3899 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon 1 Kathryne Cho From:Joe Iriberri <joe@rechaffee.com> Sent:Friday, April 10, 2026 12:58 PM To:Kathryne Cho Cc:Brett Sakamoto Subject:Fw: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Attachments:Revised Industrial Safety Record.pdf Kathryne, See the following clarifications: 1. There was a clerical error on that page where we put 360 lost workdays not cases. So in 2024 the column should say 2 not 360. I have attached the revised Industrial safety record. 2. The notary has been attached to the revised Industrial Safety Report 3. The resume section of the Bid Documents requested the resumes of the General Construction Superintendent or the Onsite Construction Manager. This this case it would be Ronald Chaffee and/or Greg Borbon. 4. The contract for the job is with Orange County Water District, but the sites owner Golden State Water District is also very heavily involved in the project. We were required to be qualified by Golden State Water to Bid the Project Joe Iriberri, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (951) 733-6645 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Sent: Friday, April 10, 2026 11:09 AM To: Joe Iriberri <joe@rechaffee.com> Cc: Ronnie Chaffee <ronnie@rechaffee.com>; Jessica Chaffee <jessica@rechaffee.com> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information 2 Kathryne, See the following clarifications: 1. There was a clerical error on that page where we put 360 lost workdays not cases. So in 2024 the column should say 2 not 360. I have attached the revised Industrial safety record. 2. The notary has been attached to the revised Industrial Safety Report 3. The resume section of the Bid Documents requested the resumes of the General Construction Superintendent or the Onsite Construction Manager. This this case it would be Ronald Chaffee and/or Greg Borbon. 4. The contract for the job is with Orange County Water District, but the sites owner Golden State Water District is also very heavily involved in the project. We were required to be qualified by Golden State Water to Bid the Project Brett Sakamoto, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (714) 889-9896 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Sent: Thursday, April 9, 2026 3:27 PM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: Re: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hello Brett, This email is a supplemental request to the information you provided via email dated April 6, 2026. In reviewing the RE Chaffee bid further, please provide clarification on the following items: 1. The Industrial Safety Record shows 360 “lost workday cases” while the column total column for the same row reads “0.” Please clarify. 2. The Industrial Safety Record requires a notary acknowledgement. Please clarify why one was not included. 3 3. Please clarify why Joe Iriberri and Greg Borbon were listed as Critical Staff, but Ron Chaffee and Greg Borbon’s resumes were submitted with the RE Chaffee bid package. 4. Joe Iriberri’s resume and the new project references list the Sherrill Project, however, the agency listed is inconsistent. Is this a Golden State Water District project or an Orange County Water District project? Please provide information by 5:00 pm on Friday, April 10, 2026. Thank you, Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. From: Kathryne Cho Sent: Monday, April 6, 2026 9:01 AM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hi Brett, Thank you for sending this information. Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 4 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. From: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Sent: Monday, April 6, 2026 8:57 AM To: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Subject: RE: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Kathryne, Please see the attached project References relating to pressurized water treatment. I have also attached the resume for Joe Irriberri. All subcontractors above the listing requirement threshold are listed on our bid documents. Brett Sakamoto, Project Manager RE Chaffee Construction Inc CSLB # 897948 A, B & C-57 DIR# 1000707243 SBE# 2006949 VOSB/MBE# 096148250 DBE# 49013 Office: (760) 249-8068 Cell: (714) 889-9896 WWW.RECHAFFEE.COM From: Kathryne Cho <kcho@sealbeachca.gov> Sent: Thursday, April 2, 2026 12:11 PM To: Brett Sakamoto <brett@rechaffee.com> Subject: Lampson Well Bid - Request for Additional Information Hi Brett, 5 I appreciate you returning my call this morning. As requested, please see a copy of RE Chaffee’s submitted bid package. As discussed, please provide the additional information listed below: · Project references – The list provided is a company project list, not a clear list of Joe Iberri, Gregory Borbon or Ron Chaffee’s experience with separate pressurized water treatment projects such as GAC, ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, or pressurized filtration. o Please update to include projects that are similar to the Lampson Project (GAC treatment system) with RE Chaffee contracts that are/were more than $4 million, including references o List Joe, Gregory or Ron’s involvement/responsibilities (PM, CM, Superintendent, Foreman, Inspection, etc.) · Please submit a resume for Joe Iriberri. · Please confirm that all subcontractors that are above the threshold have been listed. Please provide all requested documents by 10:00 am on Monday, April 6, 2026. Thank you, Kathryne Cho Kathryne Cho, Deputy Director of Public Works / City Engineer 211 Eighth Street, Seal Beach, CA 90740 (562) 431-2527 x 1321 Apply for planning, building, public works, and special event permits and track your application here. Seal Beach follows Civility Principles by promoting courtesy, respectful listening, open mindedness, issue-focused debate, and embracing respectful disagreement and dissent as democratic rights and tools for sound decisions. For Information about Seal Beach, please see our City website: www.sealbeachca.gov NOTICE: This communication may contain privileged or other confidential information. If you are not the intended recipient of this communication, or an employee or agent responsible for delivering this communication to the intended recipient, please advise the sender by reply email and immediately delete the message and any attachments without copying or disclosing the contents. Thank you. -1- CITY HALL 211 EIGHTH STREET SEAL BEACH, CALIFORNIA 90740 (562) 431-2527 • www.sealbeachca.gov April 13, 2026 VIA EMAIL ONLY Ron Chaffee R.E. Chaffee Construction, Inc. 6025 Park Drive P.O. Box 3087 Wrightwood, CA 92397 ronnie@rechaffee.com Re: Bid Protest Proposed Project: Lampson Well Treatment Systems Project (CIP No. WT 1902) Bid Opening Date: March 31, 2026 Dear Mr. Chaffee: The City of Seal Beach has received a bid protest from Pacific Hydrotech Corporation dated April 6, 2026. A copy of the bid protest letter is enclosed, which contends that R.E. Chaffee Construction Inc.’s (Chaffee) bid is non-responsive on several grounds, including the following: “1. Failure to Meet Mandatory Experience Requirements (Non-Responsiveness) The proposal Form (Bidder’s Project History) explicitly requires bidders to demonstrate experience with similar work, defined as successfully completed construction of separate pressurized water treatment projects such as granular activated carbon (GAC), ion exchange, surge tanks, membrane filtration, and/or pressurized filtration. However, based on our review of R.E. [Chaffee]’s submitted project references, none of the listed projects demonstrated experience with any of the required treatment systems. The submitted experience consists primarily of booster pump stations, wells, pipelines, life stations, and general civil infrastructure. Even the referenced wastewater treatment plant project consists only of installation of sewer lines and manholes, not treatment process construction.” The protest letter also outlines additional grounds, including (2) Complete Absence of Qualifying Projects; (3) Material Deviation - Cannot Be Waived; and (4) Alternative Basis - Non-Responsibility. On April 2, 2026, the City requested additional project references to provide Chaffee with the opportunity to meet the bid requirements; a copy of the additional references is enclosed. The submitted references include a water treatment project that has not been completed and does not meet the minimum project size requirement ($4 million or greater) for comparability with the Lampson Well Treatment System project. Please inform the City whether you intend to withdraw your bid, or whether you have any contrary factual grounds and/or legal authority that would support overruling the protest and awarding the project to Chaffee. Please submit your response to the undersigned no later than 12:00 pm on April 15, 2025. Sincerely, Kathryne Cho Deputy Director of Public Works/City Engineer City of Seal Beach Enclosures: (1) Pacific Hydrotech Construction Bid Protest Letter dated April 6, 2026 (2) R.E. Chaffee Project References - GAC R.E Chaffee Construction Project References Project Name: SBC Calico Phase 2 Wastewater Treatment Plant (Membrane Filtration) Client/Agency: San Bernardino County Contact: Byanka Velasco ` Phone: 909-386-8834 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Sherrill Well PFAS Water Treatment Plant (GAC) Client/Agency: Orange County Water District Contact: Laurence Esguerra Phone: 714-378-3330 Project Manager: Joe Irriberri Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Tank 7 Source, GAC Filtration System (GAC) Client/Agency: Sheep Creek Water District Contact: Joe Tapia Phone: 760-559-7989 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon Project Name: Imperial GAC (GAC) Client/Agency: Webb and Associates Contact: Shane Bloomfield Phone: 760-636-3899 Project Manager: Ronnie Chaffee Superintendent: Greg Borbon LAMPSON WELL TREATMENT SYSTEM –CIP WT1902 CITY OF SEAL BEACH May 11, 2026 WHAT TO EXPECT •Project Overview •Timeline •Value Engineering & Bidding •Bid Summary & Due Process Hearing •Project Budget and Funding •Council Actions Requested PROJECT OVERVIEW •Water & Sewer Rate Adjustment Project List •Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) removal - Improves groundwater quality •H2S is NOT a health concern – nuisance odor & taste •Minimal traffic impacts along Lampson Avenue •Construction will depend on GAC vessel delivery TIMELINE September 8, 2025 Bid #1 - Contractor Award was continued September 22, 2025 Bid #1 expired Council rejected all bids Council directed staff to begin value engineering October 13, 2025 – Mid-December 2025 Construction Support Contracts Approval + Execution (Butier & PACE) Mid-December 2025 – Early February 2026 Value Engineering Review February 2026 Bid Document Updates March 4 – 31, 2026 Bid #2 Public Bidding Period April 2026 Bid Review Bid Protest Management Notice of Due Process Hearing Issued May 6, 2026 Non- Responsible Due Process Hearing May 11, 2026 Bid #2 Award Next Steps: OCWD Loan Update Contracting Procurement •Independent value engineering reviews completed by City, Butier Engineering, Inc. (Butier), and Pacific Advanced Civil Engineering, Inc. (PACE) •Representatives from different disciplines: •Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Instrumentation & Controls and General •Value Engineering Team Meeting •No negative impacts on existing design •Improve cost: materials, constructability, quality, schedule, operation & maintenance •Bid #2 Documents Advertised on PlanetBids VALUE ENGINEERING & BIDDING BID SUMMARY •Formal bid process (March 4 – March 31, 2026): Eight (8) bids received •One (1) official Addendum Issued to extend bidding period •City and Butier Independent Reviews Completed Rank Contractor Total Base Bid Low RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee)$6,488,550.00 2 Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro)$6,677,200.00 3 SCW Contracting Corporation $6,698,521.00 4 Caliauga, Inc.$7,277,750.00 5 RC Foster Corporation $7,565,500.00 6 Canyon Springs Enterprises $7,669,220.00 7 Covenant Technical Solutions $7,749,690.00 8 Metro Builders & Engineers Group Limited $7,982,284.00 RESPONSIVE VS. RESPONSIBLE •Responsive bid: •A bid is responsive if it promises to do what the bidding instructions demand •Responsiveness concerns the bid itself, not the bidder’s qualifications. •Responsible bidder: •A responsible bidder means a bidder “who has demonstrated the attribute of trustworthiness, as well as quality, fitness, capacity and experience to satisfactorily perform the public works contract.” BID SUMMARY & DUE PROCESS HEARING •Pac Hydro Submitted a Bid Protest •Informed Apparent Low Bidder of Bid Protest / Response •Notice of Non-Responsible Due Process Hearing Issued •Due Process Hearing PROJECT BUDGET & FUNDING Description Amount Pilot Project and Design (Completed) – rate funded, not part of loan $530,167 Construction Support (Council Approved) PACE Amendment 3 – Engineering $144,870 Butier – Construction Management $494,722 Butier – Contingency (approx.10%)$50,000 Construction Support Cost $689,592 Construction (Recommended May 11, 2026) Pac Hydro $6,677,200 Contingency (approx. 10%)$670,000 Right-of-Way Inspection $30,000 Construction Cost $7,377,200 Estimated CIP WT1902 Project Cost $8,596,959 Updated OCWD Loan Amount (exclude Pilot Project & Design)$8,100,000 Existing Approved OCWD Producer’s Loan $(4,450,000) OCWD Amendment To Be Requested $3,650,000 RESOLUTION 7777 •Approving the project plans and specifications •Sustaining the bid protest of Pacific Hydrotech Corporation (Pac Hydro), and rejecting the bid of apparent low bidder, RE Chaffee Construction, Inc. (Chaffee), as non -responsive and non-responsible •Awarding a Public Works Agreement with Pac Hydro for the Project in the not-to-exceed amount of $6,677,200 •Additional work requests and construction support/testing/inspection services up to $670,000 (approximately 10%) •Authorizing the City Manager to approve off-site inspection services for work within the public right-of-way up to $30,000 •Orange County Water District Producer Well Construction Loan Agreement up to a loan amount of $8,100,000 •Authorizing a Budget Amendment up to $3,650,000 for WT1902 THANK YOU!